Wikibooks kuwikibooks https://ku.wikibooks.org/wiki/Destp%C3%AAk MediaWiki 1.42.0-wmf.20 first-letter Medya Taybet Gotûbêj Bikarhêner Gotûbêja bikarhêner Wîkîpirtûk Gotûbêja Wîkîpirtûkê Wêne Gotûbêja wêneyî MediaWiki Gotûbêja MediaWiki Şablon Gotûbêja şablonê Alîkarî Gotûbêja alîkariyê Kategorî Gotûbêja kategoriyê TimedText TimedText talk Modul Gotûbêja modulê 0 1 6816 6340 2023-11-02T19:56:12Z ꠢꠣꠍꠘ ꠞꠣꠎꠣ 2007 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Destpêk:ser}} {| class="wikitable sortable" |- ! Wêje ! Ziman ! Perwerde ! Çîrok ! Helbest |- | [[Derwêşê Evdî]] | [[Pêşkît û Parkît]] | [[Dersên PHP'ê]] | [[Azad û fasûliya bisihir]] | [[Dubêytî yên Dr Sadiq Ferhadî]] |- | [[Gulistan]] | [[Zimanê Sîlotî]] | | [[Behlûlê dîn]] | |- | [[Îsmet Dax]] | | | [[Beq û Şivan]]. | |- |} {{Malbata Wikimedia}} __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ [[aa:]] [[af:]] [[als:]] [[ar:]] [[de:]] [[en:]] [[as:]] [[ast:]] <!-- missing WikiMedia 1.3 support --> [[ay:]] [[az:]] [[be:]] [[bg:]] [[bn:]] [[bo:]] [[bs:]] [[cs:]] [[co:]] [[cs:]] [[cy:]] [[da:]] [[el:]] [[eo:]] [[es:]] [[et:]] [[eu:]] [[fa:]] [[fi:]] [[fr:]] [[fy:]] [[ga:]] [[gl:]] [[gn:]] [[gu:]] [[he:]] [[hi:]] [[hr:]] [[hy:]] [[ia:]] [[id:]] [[is:]] [[it:]] [[ja:]] [[ka:]] [[kk:]] [[km:]] [[kn:]] [[ko:]] [[ks:]] [[ky:]] [[la:]] [[ln:]] <!-- missing WikiMedia 1.3 support --> [[lo:]] [[lt:]] [[lv:]] [[hu:]] [[mi:]] [[mk:]] [[ml:]] [[mn:]] [[mr:]] [[ms:]] [[mt:]] <!-- missing WikiMedia 1.3 support --> [[my:]] [[na:]] [[nah:]] [[nds:]] [[ne:]] [[nl:]] [[no:]] [[oc:]] [[om:]] [[pa:]] [[pl:]] [[ps:]] [[pt:]] [[qu:]] [[ro:]] [[ru:]] [[sa:]] [[si:]] [[sk:]] [[sl:]] [[sq:]] [[sr:]] [[sv:]] [[sw:]] [[ta:]] [[te:]] [[tg:]] [[th:]] [[tk:]] [[tl:]] [[tr:]] [[tt:]] [[ug:]] [[uk:]] [[ur:]] [[uz:]] [[vi:]] [[vo:]] [[xh:]] [[yo:]] [[za:]] [[zh:]] [[zu:]] c86db8rnpzue1afpcf40ifwb7qpe0zb 0 3 4752 1647 2008-04-26T04:09:37Z Alexbot 37 روبوت: تصليح تحويلة مزدوجة wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Destpêk]] 9at3o58r1wlozvckxy5gatpx4ld2m61 10 4 4719 1648 2007-05-17T17:28:59Z 213.84.127.221 linkfix wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="plainlinks"> {| align="center" cellpadding="2" | valign="top" align="center" width="20%" | [[Image:Wikipedia.png]] | valign="top" align="center" width="20%" | [[Image:Wiktionary.png]] | valign="top" align="center" width="20%" | [[Image:Wikiquote-logo-en.png]] | valign="top" align="center" width="20%" | [[Image:Sourceberg.jpg]] | valign="top" align="center" width="20%" | [[Image:Wiki-meta.png]] |- |valign=top align=center| [[w:|'''Wîkîpediya''']] <br> ''Ensîklopediya azad'' |valign=top align=center| [[wikt:|'''Wiktionary''']] <br> ''Ferhenga azad'' |valign=top align=center| '''[[q:|Wîkîgotin]]''' <br> ''Gotinên azad'' |valign=top align=center| [http://wikisource.org/wiki/Main_Page:Kurd%C3%AE '''Wîkîçavkanî'''] <br> ''Belgeyên azad'' |valign=top align=center| [[m:|'''Meta-Wîkî''']] <br> ''Koordînasyona hemu projeyên Wikimedia'' |} </div> k9utdu50pw22r64uayt9xzq3uxmcxhm 8 84 1662 6 2004-09-14T19:31:58Z Erdal Ronahi 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Wîkîpirtûk, pirtûkên azad 2qe2nwqtitsw9jkfja66t2d1jq0ap48 8 142 1718 5 2004-09-14T19:31:01Z Erdal Ronahi 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Wîkîpirtûk rwlx2tytnmyqwsaas4u24u6gamr3hha 4 2356 2445 2004-11-11T02:45:20Z Erdal Ronahi 2 "Talk:Bûyerên rojane" hat jêbirin wikitext text/x-wiki <ul><li>02:45, 11 Nov 2004 [[User:Erdal Ronahi|Erdal Ronahi]] "Talk:Bûyerên rojane" hat jêbirin</li> </ul> 4prntssno6w55w5lxzezpn2yxv7g78z 0 2570 5790 5283 2015-05-12T17:13:55Z Haco 1236 wikitext text/x-wiki Derwêşê Evdî Dengbêj [[Ehmed Zeynal]] li Bakûrê Kurdistan, bajarê Wanê nehiya Payîzava qeza Mûradiyê gelê gundê Girmora, rûniştiyê gundê Sawoxsûyê. :Ay lê yardê… :Wey… lê yardê… :Dilê mi li yane, lolo dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi lîayane. :Serê dilê mi bi kul û derd û bi kovane. :Gidî binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Bi salxê salixdaran dibên Seîd û Telhan du birane. :Seîd birê mezin e, birê biçûk jî Telhane. :Birano du fîdanin, rebê mutealiyê bixu dizane. :Zeman zemanê bê bavane. :Heyam heyamê bed`eslane. :Dibên geleka pîlanê indakirina herdû zilama ji xwe re qirar dane. :Seîd digot: “Telhan bira welatê hanê welatê nanerzane. :Rabe emê biken tedarekê kariwane. :Emê berê xwe bidin hîmê binê berîyê çend salan herine kariwane. :Xudê heyanî belayetê rêç dike ji devê musulmana, yaxa me xelas dibe ji pîsane. :Dayê…hay… :Hey yar dê dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Seîd û Telhan her dûya ji hev ra qirar dane. :Her dû bira berê xwe dane hîmê binê berîyê xu ra çûne bi kariwane. :Heft roja hajotin bi rê dane. :Lawo rêka dûr û deraze, ne bi gotin û xeberdanê cemaeta di girane. :Roj kete roja di hestane. :Dîna xwe didanê rastekî rast usane. :Yeqîn dikim xîz li çokê hespane. :Jê ra dibên hîmê binê berîyê, cîyê hût û lehengane. :Mêrkê camêr nebîne derdê bêdermane. :Li hîmê binê berîyê her kesek nasekine li ber alvê mêrane. :Her tim û cara li wê muhîtê ret nabin dengê rimane. :Her kesek îro nahejîne qedrê rimane. :Her dû bira ketine (serê) rê û dirbane. :Dîna xu didanê êlekê giran dnîye li serê rast û di bestane. :Xeyo.... :Hey lê yardê... wey lo...lo... wa...dilê mi li yane sed car dilê min li yane. :Serê dilê mi bi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Ew her dû zilam mesiyane nava êla di girane. :Dîna xu didanê kunekê li ser bîst û çar istûnane. :Heft perde li kon da girêdane. :Kula xudê bi kul be bikeve mala bavê xûyê konê di girane. :Ez (ji) we ra yeko yeko bidim salixê perdê di konane: :Birano! Perda yekê cîhê rûnistina mêran û hût û lehengane. :Perda dûyê cîhê rûnistina anima û canikane. :Perda sêyê cîhê kebanî û serkarê di malane. :Perda çarê cîhê kalê li ber sêlane. :Perda pêncê cîhê tewinkeran, belê dikin neqs û nemûsane. :Perda sesê dibêjim hoza mîyane. :Perda heftê koza berxane, li pist perdê da cîhê tewla meinegîyane. :Dîna xu didinê qîz û bûkê(n) Kîkan û Mila rûniştine li bin perê konane. :Zendê bi helî morî hildane. :Gidî çawa dûdinên, du kevirê loqloq û antîqe pêda bi dar dane. :Ne hacetê elektirîk û şemdan û çirane. :Qîz û bûkê(n) Mila tim û tim û caran li ber dikin seyir û nemûsane. :Bidim salixê konê di girane... :Wêlwêlwêl... :Ay lê yardê dilê mi lîyne. :Xeyo serê dilê mi bi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Wa(n) bilama dîna xu didane rûnistina cemaeta di mêrane. :Dîna xu didane darcixarê destê wan sê bihost û sê tili yane. :Wa(n) zilama îro cixare avîtine ser kokê qelûnane. :Dû ji devê hevdu direvînin mala we sewitîyo notila borîyê di sobane. :Dîna xu didanê kulikê ser wan sê bihost û sê hoqane. :Pêçê serê wan hemû risîyê seirê Dîyarbekir jorda ber enîya da berdane. :Li milê wan dinêrin, ebayê hezoyî sê bihost û sê ritmane. :Li nigê wan dinêrin resikin, mala we sewitîyo temam rûnistine bi hev ra ketine disimîsê di girane. :Kulika xu dane orta îmanê birû û bijangane. :Seîd digo Telhano bira! Eva hest roje em retine serê rê û di dirbane. :Me kirîye bîra xamê di mangane. :Hey mala te sewitîyo birçîna qudûmê me çûye herê tacete me nemane. :Lingê me nagire rikêbê zengîyane. :Destê me nagire desgiriyê (dizgînê) meinegîyane. :Malşewitîyo em birçîna mane serê rê û di dirbane. :Bajo derê konê hane. :Em bixon qote(k) nane. :Li memleketê me bûye axirdewrane. :Yeqîn dikim niha çor û çoçixê me birçîna xu dane ber dîwarane. :Wêlwêl... :Ay lê yardê ... :Xeyo dilê mi li yane, sed car dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Her du hajotin derê konê di girane. :Dîna xu didanê kisiyaye pêsiya wan sêsed mêrê xûyê kulik û ebane. :Vana qilçikê erebî li ser inîska da vedane. :Jor da mesiyane li ser sinîyane. :Dixon birincê Qereçamê dûvê helikane. :Milê wan zilama heta inîskê di don û rûn da mane. :Qet kesekî negot ew her dû zilamê hanê ser pista hespa mane. :Lawo derbas bin ji boy Xudê bixon qotek nane. :Seîd çav kire Telhane. :Go eva kona konê nemerdane. :Bajo em derbas serê konane. :Lawo nadine me qotek nane. :Ew zilamê hanê xûyê kulik û seir û ebane. :Me ji xwe ra nagirin seyîsê hespa natele ji êlê ra golikvane. :Lawo bajo em herin serê konane. :Em xerîbin nadine me qotek nane. :Wêlwêlwêl… :Ay lê yardê … :Lololo … dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Gidî binê dilê mi bi mij û bi dûmane. :Gava ku van zilama hev ra xeberdane. :Vergerandin serê hespan û medenê meinegîyane. :Derbas bûn serê di konane. :Menzilekî hajotin menzilekî di girane. :Dîna xu didanê îro konekî tek vegirtîye dûrî konane. :Konê vî zilamî li ser heft istûnane. :Belê perdê kon rîsîyêd hevirmûsin peng bi peng bi hev dane. :Kalekî nûranî rûyê wî sipîye li ser çokane. :Diran di dêv da nemane. :Hey lawo îro sasikekê li sêrîye, tizbîyekî sed û yek lib di dêst dane. :Li ser postekî nimêjê rûnistîye ji xu ra dikisîne selewat û werdane. :Seîd digot Telhano bira bajo derê konê hane. :Ew konê hanê yeqîn dikim tertîla wî bisulmane. :Wa hard û zilama ho kirin deve û mîratê qantirane. :Hajotin derê konê di girane. :Ew kalê nûranî ji ber wan rabûye ser pîyane. :Gidî girtîye serê hespane. :Çav kire navmalê û qaweçîyane. :Go lawo bigre bi serê hespane. :Cil û ciholê serpistê heywana jê bikin bavêne perê konane. :Hevsarê serê heywana bisiqitînin bavêjin hêsîyê konane. :Wa heywana berdin serê rast û bestane. :Hema zivirî li nava kon da belê dosikeke qûstûkî avête erdê, beilgîyê bi sê legan li ber pista wane. :Ew kalê nûranî sekinîye li pêsbera kon li pêsîya zilama dike hurmeta girane. :Seîd bang kirê go apo rûyê te sipîye li ser çokane. :Yasê te derbas bûye, tu li ser pîya sekinîyî dikî xizmeta girane. :Erê dibê ji mi ra nebase, ne serefa mêrane. :Lawo îsê we tune bi xeberê hane. :Hûn xerîbin ne ji van derane. :Hurmeta mêvan tim û tim û caran ji bona xudane. :Ay lê yardê... :Wêlwêlwêl... :Lololo...dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Seîd pirsî go apo êlekê danîye li serê rast û bestane. :Konekî giran li sertacê konane. :Heyanî pênc hezar mal(î) di bin konan dane. :Risîyê konan peng bi peng bi hev dane. :Gelo ew kona konê kêye, êla çi kesane. :Go lawo ew êla tu dibêjî êla axayê mîrê Milane. :Go apo êla wî da qerebalixek hebû ew çi qerebalixeke di girane. :Go lawo ma tu nizanî ew kona konê mîrê Milane. :Sêsed mêr tê da rûnistine li hundurê konane. :Her yekê reîsê êlekê, li kon da rûnistine ji hev ra bi xeberdane. :Belê go lawo ji mîrê Mila ra hatîye kaxeza gawurê Çîlosmane. :Go apo sebebê wê çîye û çimane? :Go tê da nivîsîye bide min hozê mîya kozê berxane. :Yê bide min barê zêra qenterê devane. :Yê bide min xerac xemil û rewsa konê erebî, ceinîya miîna Leylane. :Yan jî yê sorgulîyê Edûla qîza xu ra bigire ji mi ra têxe kebanîya mala girane. :Yan jî bila tedarukê xu bike, serê mi pê ra heye, ser û cenga girane. :Ê, go apo sebebê wê çîye û çimane? :Go lawo gawure jê ra dike xeberdanê di girane. :Ê, go apo lê tu kêyî, navê te çîye, û te çima ha tek danîye û tu naçî nava wane. :Ay bê yardê... :Wêlwêlwêl... :Lololo...dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Lawo emrê min derbas bûye, hatîye nod û negane. :Tu bala xu bidê diran di devê mi da nemane. :Rûyê mi sipîye li ser çokane. :Lawo çokê mi ne yê dosekane. :Tilî pêçkê min ne yê birincê Qereçamê dûvê Helikane. :Lêvê mi ne lêvê qehwane. :Navê mi Sêx Evdîye ez bavê Derwêsim belê emrê mi derbas bûye ji nod û negane. :Seîd jê pirsî: go apo tu dibêjî ez Sêx Evdîme, bavê Derwêsim, lê Derwês kuye, li kêderê dane? :Mi nav û dengê Derwês bihîstîye li welatê swerqê, li nava hevdê tewnane, li cemaeta girane. :Axa û beg li wir da li hev dicivin dikin naxilê û xeberdane. :Dikin behsa herba Derwêsê Evdî, herba di girane. :Îja niha Derwês kanê li kêderêdane? :Ay lê... yardê... :Lololol dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi kule, binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Lawo edetê mala meye, gava bikevin xewa di girane. :Heft rojan ranabin li xewa di girane. :Îro belê çare, Derwês razaye, hê sê roj wexta rabûna wî jî mane. :Lawo em jî qehirîne naçine nava êla wane. :Lê belê ez ji we ra bikim salitane. :Îsal heft sale dilê Derwês li Edûla qîza mîrê Mila dane. :Ez diçime xazginîyê Edûlê ji mi ra dibêjin, eslê te Êzdîye pîrê te Seytane. :Îro ketîye roja kewkebê, sibê nerînîya lawê di bavane. :Kuro tê dengê kose û misrîyane. :Lê belê ewî jî giregire top kirîye nava konê xwe dane. :Dibê hatîye ji mi ra nama Çîlosmane. :Lawo ewî jî îskana swetan û surûtan danîye ser zerfane. :Zerfe li ser telbane. :Telbe li nava cemaeta mêrane. :Kêyê ku here bîne cewaba eskerê Çîlosmane. :Ezê bi sorgulîyê Edûlê ra bigirim jê ra bikeme kebanîya mala di girane. :Lawo îro heft roje birincê Qereçamê, dûvê Helikan dide wan xûyê kulik û ebane. :Kes newêre destê xu bavêje îskana sertan û surûtane. :Îca li pêsîya xu bi darikê cixara hildane. :Çokekê li pêsîya xu erd vedane. :Em jî xeyîdîne, naçine nava wane. :Rûyê wî jî nagire bisîne peyê Derwês dane. :Lawo ewa cemaeta wî îro heft roje li kon da hev civîyane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Ay lê yardê...lololo dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi bi kul û derde, xeyo binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Gotin di devê Sêx Evdî da bû, go apo xazilî min bidîta qed û qametê Derwês ku çawa salix dane, gelo vire yan wisane. :Sêx Evdî rabû lingê xu lêda li serê papûsane. :Çû derê çadura Derwês yê jê ra bêje du bendane. :Cika gotinê Sêx Evdî ji ewlad ra çane? :Wêlwêlwêl... :Digotê de lolo wayê... :Hûyî...wî.. :De rabe, hûto de rabe! :Lehengo de rabe ! :Sotenîyo de rabe ! :Gedeyo de rabe ! :Posmano de rabe ! :Pênc perano de rabe ! :Derwêso lawo rabe ji xewa di girane. :Du zilam hatine mala me mêvane. :Xweîbin ne ji êlêne, ne ji emrêne, çol û best dane pêsîya xwe dane. :Yê herin hîmê binê berîyê kerwane. :Salixê te jê ra dane. :Lawo de rabe, devê mi da nemane dirane. :Ne wextê min û laqirdî û henekane. :Îja rabe ji her du mêvana ra bike laqirdîyane. :Bila li memleketê me nekin tu xem û xîyalane. :Ay de yardê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Mi dîna xu didayê Derwêsê Evdî radibû ji xewa di girane. :Xulama girtine qulpê misîn û legenîyane. :Pêsgirî li ser milê wane. :Li ber Derwês sekinîne, Derwês avê davêje nava birû û bijangane. :Sêx Evdî hatîye li kêleka her dû zilama rûnistîye ji wan ra dike laqirdîyane. :Ay de yardê rebenê dilê mi li yane, dilê mi li yane. :Mi dîna xwe didayê Derwêsê Evî sîyarê Hedman kilê çeivê qîzan û bûkan xu berdabû perê konane. :Sê cara tewafa destê bavê xu kirîye, li pêsdera kon her du destê xu kemerbest girêdaye sekinîye ser pîyane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Ay de yardê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Sêx Evdî zivirî li ser milê xu nihêrî li mêvanane. :Digo lawo mêvan ev her du zilamane. :Rûnê kêleka wane. :Ji wan ra bike hurmeta di girane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :De yard ê dilê mi li yane. :Seîd û Telhan her dû ya dîna xu dane qed û qamet û bejin û balê Derwês dane. :Texmîn dikir tesbîh nebe bejina wî wekî minareyê camîyane. :Çokê wî wekî çokê nerrane. :Bînanî nerê ku têkeve pêsîya heft qenter devê di kerwane. :Neitika wî sê bihost û çar tilîyane. :Ez dîna xu didemê orta her dû birû û bijangane. :Dû mûyê Erzaîl dûr va pês xûyane. :Dayê wêlwêl… :Ax dibê salix dane. :Seîd bi Telhan va dîna xu didanê wisane. :Haza ku mêrekî bi sed mêrane. :Gava ku bikeve serê hîmê binê berîyê leheng û hûtane. :Bi qebzê rima ra bigre bikeve nava mêrane. :Minê dîn û bala xu didayê îro çawa bibe nirîna lawê bavane. :Kula Xudê bi kul be bikeve mala xûyê Hedmane. :Gava bikeve serê pehlewan û hûtane. :Devê xu davêje qaltaxê zînê hespê dujmina diksîne ser xûyê xu dane. :Lololo... :Belê para dide ber refes û çiftane. :Îja pê ra dide ber lekman û gezane. :Mîratê Hedman neilê wî zîvin, bizmarê rêr lê dane. :Bi rojê kewkewê giran bi irinîyê lawê bava ra bi dengê kosel û misrîya ra tim û cara li serê meydanê mecalê nade dujminane. :Lololo... :Hey lê yar dê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Gotin li devê wan zilamane. :Dîna xu didanê sîyarekî tek derketî li perê konane. :Dimekê nezeyî li dest dane. :Heft salixê rimê heye, ez ji we ra vidim salixê rima hane. Ka çawane. :Yek lale, yek dure, yek qumrûte, yek zumrûte, di ortê da yaqûta teyrê di neimane. :Setê mîrata rimê li hewane. :Sade ji jehrîya mirane. :Wisane binanî gewrekî asin lawo beras bi mûkî pê da bi dar dane. :Belê Medhanîyek li bin dane. :Ew hespa ne wek hespê welatê serhedê notila bergîrê hane. :Bi linga têne firotane. :Her lingekî heywanî tê bi çil kîse zêrê di girane. :Lololo... :Hey lê yar dê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Evî zilamî hajote derê konê Sêx Evdî dane. :Sêx Evdî û Derwês rabûne ser pîyane. :Bi serê Medhanî yê ra girtin derbas kirin pist çît û perda di hespane. :Dosekek dinê avîtin erdê, ketin bin milê wî danîne ser doseka hane. :Wexta ku ew zilama rûnist li ser doskane. :Go lawo eva jî navê wî Ceiferê Gêsîyane. :Kurê xûska mine, rêya heft qonxa ji me wê dane. :Gava bikeve serê leheng û hûtane. :Ancax Derwês digre serê hespane. :Ew dujmina ra dikeve laqirdîyane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :De yard ê dilê mi li yane, lololo... :Wextê ku Sêx Evdî salixê Ceiferê Gêsan bi her dû bilama ra dane. :Dîna xu didanê Erebek tê ye ji wê dane. :Lêva Ereb yel li erde, yek li asîmane. :Nûra Rehman tune li rûyane. :Nemekî(nameyek) li berîka wî dane. :Selam dabû her çarane. :Sêx Evdî go Ereb kerem ke derbas be jora hane. :Ereb li qarsî Sêx Evdî rûnistîye li ser çokane. :Destê xu avîtê name danîye ser çoka Sêx Evdî bavê Derwês dane. :Wexta name derxistîye dîna xu daye zerf û kaxezane. :Seîd go apo ewa çi nameye, ji me ra bêje ka çawane? :Go lawo eva heye Erebê navnalî yê mîrê di Milane. :Herê ji mi ra hatîye nama hane. :Dibêje îro heft roje mi berev kirîye giregire, xûyê kulik û eba, her reîsekî di êlê dane. :Dirime wan birincê Qereçamê dûvê Helikane. :Milê wan heta inîskê di don û rûn da mane. :Mi îskana sertan û surûtan danîye ser zerfane. :Zerf li ser telbane. :Talbe li nav cemaeta di mêrane. :Belê îro çawa heft roje kes newêre destê xu bavêje îskana se tran û surûtane. :Qe îman û namûs ji me ra nemane. :Belê îro ji mi ra hatîye nama Çîlosmane. :Têda nivîsîye, yan bide min hozê mîya, kozê di berxane. :Barê zêra qenterê devane. :Rewsa konê Erebî, ceinîya miîna Leylane. :Yan jî yê sorgulî yê Edûlê ra bigire ji mi ra bike kebanîya mala di girane. :Ax de lawo namûsa mêrkê bisulman ne bi perane. :Dibê îja mi îskan danîye ser zerfane. :Sifir (sirf) here ji mi ra bîne cihaba eskerê Çîlosmane. :Kê here bîne cewaba eskerê Çîlosmane. :Ezê bi gotina Xudê bi hedîsa pêxember Edûlê jê ra bikim kebanîya mala di girane. :Lê kesek avirê xu nade îskana sertan û surûtane… :Ewa nama hanê hatîye ji mi rane. :Dibê bila kerem bike were cemaeta di mêrane. :Lê mi berîya niha ji we ra got, em jî qehirîne naçine nava cemaeta wane. :Mi wextekê deiwa Edûlê dikir ji Derwês rane. :Ji mi ra digot: qîmeta te çîye, ez esîrim eslê te Êzdîye, pîrê te Seytane. :Ay lo berxê dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Sêx Evdî digot lawo hûn demekê rûnên ez gavekê herim derê konê mîrê di Milane. :Cikanê çi deme çi dewrane. :Çi qerebalixe sêvra di girane. :Lehzekî mêze bikim bejin û balê xudanê kulik û ebane. :Îja Sêx Evdî lingê xu lêdane serê meisane. :Çû derê konê axayê mîrê di Milane. :Dîna xu didayê xûyê kulik û eba rûnistine pêda pêda belê kulkê xu mutane orta îmanê birû û bijangane. :Her yekê sivqelûnê wan di desta da bi du mêtrane. :Rebena îja tirsava ketine disimîsê di girane. :Naxon îskana sertan û surûtane. :Yeqîn dikim îro her yekê çokekê pêsîya xu erd vedane. :Xeyo dilê mi li yane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Îja Sêx Evdî selamekê dabû xûyê kulik û ebane. :Axayê mîrê Mila digo: Sêx Evdî derbas be jora hane. :Sêx Evdî digo lawo serê te mezine bînanî serê balaxê gamêsane. :Te hindek gede û gûde, golikê li ber çêleka îro heft roje top kirîye nava cemaeta girane. :Lawo tu didî wan birincê Qereçamê dûvê Helikane. :Muerisê kurê muerisan du zilam hatine mala te mêvane. :Navê yekê Seîde, navê yekê jî Telhane. :Te taqet nekir tu çopek nan bidî wan zilamane. :Ji boy Xudê rêvîne, li serê rîyane. :Ija xûyê kulik û eba don û rûn da mane. :Lawo tu dibêjî mi derbas be jora hane. :Ne qûna min ya dosekane. :Ne tilî pêçikê mi yê birincê Qereçamê dûvê Helikane. :Ne lêvê mi lêvê Qehwane. :Go ez hatime ka gotinê te çîye, deiwa te çi ra ne? :Go çima tu nizanî îro çend roje ji mi ra hatîye nama Çîlosmane. :Belê go axayê min, çendî yasê mi derbas bûye, lê guhê min li guhdarîyane. :Ax go lawo namûs ne ji te ra ne. :Te golkê ber çêleka berev kirîye konê xu dane. :Heft roje tu jê ra dikî xizmeta girane. :Sibê bila bikeve kewkewê singînîyê zengîyê mîratê Methanîyane. :Bibe nirîna mêrane. :Bibe gujînê gurz û kemendane. :Bibe teqînê rim û mistîyane. :Ewê serê xu li ber derîya derxin wekî golikê li ber çêlekane. :Keksek ji te ra nake yardima namûsa di girane. :Sêx Evdî serê xu bilind kir, go qaweçîyo serê mi dêse, dilê mi dila dilkî dîne. :Serê dilê min bi kule, bi kesere û bi birîne. :Îskana qawa sert û surûta cemaeta sêsed mêrî tu birijîne. :Ji apê xu ra qaweyek teze bikelîne. :Li pêsîya xûyê kulik û eba bigerîne. :Bila dilê kesekê ji min nemîne. :Hemîn yasê mi derbas bûye, wextê min û ser û deiwê giran nîne. :Lawo îja tu ber bi apê xu jêle bîne. :Tu bala xu bidê cika çi dewrane, bila kulik û eba û seir û risîyê vana li bestê bê xûyî bimîne. :Ay lê yardê dilê mi li yane. :Dilê mi li yane. :Lololo dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi bi kul û derd û tev covane. :Binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Wextê qaweçî îskana sertan û sirûtan digerîne, xûyê kulik û eba serê xu birine binê apincîyane. :Lawo ketine disimîsê di girane. :Sira hate ser Sêx Evdî dane. :Sêx Evdî destê xi avîte îskana sertan û surûtane. :Ser xu da quliband, bû sîrqîna cemaeta xûyê kulik û eba, hemû pê keniane. :Go emrê wî nod û negane. :Diran di dêv da nemane. :Qûna wî naçe ser cîyane. :Bi laf û lûfa yê here bîne cihaba eskerê Çîlosmane. :Temam pê da bi Sêx Evdî keniane. :Sêx Evdî zivirî berê xu da mala xu dane. :Temam ji Derwês ra salix dane. :Dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Lolololo... :Çar sîyara hajotin derê konê mîrê di Milane. :Xûyê kulik û eba hemûya ustuyê xu xar kirine, çeivê wana mane li hewane. :Destê wan nagire îskanê qehwane. :Rebî Derwêsê Sêx Evdî sekinîye pêsdera kon dane. :Doska wî li ser milê mîrê Mila dane. :Go apo cîhê te dera hane. :Dakeve binîya solane. :Ceiferê Gêsan, Seîd û Telhan rabûn ser dosekane. :Bixu sekinî li qarsî her sê bira li ser çokane. :Hey de yardê... :Derwêsê Evdî gote xûyê kulik û ebane. :Emrê bavê min nod û negane. :Diran di devê bavê min da nemane. :Bû sîrqînîya we hûn bi bavê mi kenîyane. :Lawo îskana sertan û surûtan eva heft roje li ber weye, we notila golka ustuyê xu xar kirîye li ber dîwarane. :Îro roja mêrane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Hey yardê rebenê... :Kulê tu bi kul bî bikevî mala bavê Edûlê, bi sêsed û sêst û ses terza xu xemilandîye, zulf berdaye nava gerdenê, di birîyane. :Bejina vê delalê usne notila taka rihanê, ber devê Erez, belê sivka gezoyê hindav dane. :Sûretê wê horîmelekê bînanî sêvê Xelatê ji xu ra teze xal dane. :Li gerdenê binêre notila gerdena qulingê payîzê, bike zarûn li nava çîmen û çayîra li ber zevîyane. :Dilê wê îsal heft sale li Derwês dane. :Di bin bijang û mûjingê çeiva ra avirê dide Derwês dane. :Derwês birîndare, notila firarekî bîst û çar sala bikeve li firarîyê gullê bi nuqte bavêje dil û hinavane. :Wisa avira dide Derwês belê notila oxcîyê tîr û kewanê tîrekî bavêje serê kezebê, serê kezeba wî kul kirîye pista pîlê wî va biskok dane. :Yar dê dilê mi li yane... :Derwês hindav da rabû ser pîyane. :Rakirîye singê ber hêsîya konane. :Ketîye nava xûyê kulik û ebane. :Kulik ketîye nava dest û pîyane. :Ebayê Hezoyî li bestê velezîyane. :Sivqelûnê wan bi agir va vergeriyane. :Darkê cixara li nav dest û pîya da bûne ses pirtîyane. :Min dîna xu didayê hatanî sêsed mêrî xu avîtin pist cil û cihazê di devane. :Ay lê yard ê... :Ceiferê Gêsan, Seîd û Telhan û Derwês hatine derê konê Sêx Evdî dane. :Derwês digo bavo ji mi ra bike karê di hespane. :Me serê xu danîye oxira di girane. :Sêx Evdî çû pêsîyê go Derwêso lawo navê hespê te Hedmane, yê mi Etmane. :Lawo îsal heft sale hundur da tav nedîtine ji dervane. :Ji hiskîyê da xarina wane. :Minê neilê wan zîv û bizmarê wan zêr lêdane. :Seba zû nemihin, li setê meydanê bikevine serê lehengan xu bavêne ser dizgînê dujminane. :De lawo tu were îro siwar be mîratê Etmane. :Etman hespê bavê te ye, lawo te nahêle di c dane. :Li gava ser û cenga da dujmina dide ber lekmane. :Lawo hespê te serhiske, li serê meydanê zû nazivire ser dizgîna dujminane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Dilê mi li yane, sed car dilê mi li yane. :Sêx Evdî digo Derwêso lawo li hespê mi sîyar be, belkê li roja tengavîyê tu dikevî serê kewkesê sibê, serê kos û misrîyan, dengê nirînîya lawê bava lawo tu bê xayî nemînî li nava dujminane. :Derwês digot Sêx Evdî aqil çûye, sewda li serê te nemane. :Ez hespê çê siwar bim yê kotî bidme van birayê hane. :Xudê suxula mi nayîne li ser rê û dirbane. :Eger ecelê mi hatibe li ser pista mîratê Hedmane. :Tu hespê xu bide Seîd da, Gulî Seyî dayîka her du hespa bide Telhane. :Ezê jî sîyar bim Hedmanî, binê Berîyê bi linga tê firotane. :Emê berê xu bidone ser eskerê Çîlosmane. :Sêx Evdî hesp û zîn û taximê wan li ser pistê dane. :Evan zilamana çûne destê Sêx Evdî, berê xu dane oxirê, pista xu dane feleka xayîn û derewîn ji kesî ra nemane. :Dilê mi li yane… :Serê dilê mi kule bi covane. :Binê dilê mi bi mije bi dûmane. :Edûla qîza Zor Temir Pasayê Milî bihîstîye Derwûsê here ser Çîlosmane. :Refê qîz û bûka li ser xu dane. :Sitabekê daye bejin û bala xu, morî û încîyane. :Lawo av li gerdenê xûya dike, mejû li tiliyane. :Xu berdbû serê rêya ku Derwêsê here ser Çîlosmane. :Îja wî çaxî yê Edûlê bi ezmanê sirîn, bi qed û qametê giran yê bendekê Derwês ra bêje, kanê bendê wê çawane. :Wêlwêlwêl.. :Digo de were, Derwêso de were, lehengo de were, hûto de were! :Hey malxerabo bavê mi te dixapîne, li rêya hat nehatê da disîne. : Dilê mi li yane, serê dilê mi dêse, dilê mi (ji) dila dilekî del û dîne. :Lawo bi heqîya Xudê be, bavê we bisulmane, kalkê we Êzdîne. :Êla te êleke girane, hemîn sûnda te bi yezdan ra girane, tirsa te tunîne. :De tu were destê xu bavê sîngê mi sî û sê sedef ser hev sekinîne. :Libo libo serê sedefa biqetîne. :Li cotê zermemika binêre, serê wan sor û xûnin, binê wan sipîne. :Îja xemê dilê xu pê birevîne. :Bila çûyîna te da çi kul û keser û keder li dilê mi yê birîn da nemîne. :Ax de lay lo hayê...de lay lo hayê... :Dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Derwêsê Evdî digot tolê de rabe li serê rê û dirbane. :Ne gedeme, ne gûdeme, ramûsanan bistînim li taldê tepik û devê avane. :Diçime ser esketê Çîlosmane. :Bi qewet û raya rahmê rehmane. :Ezê bi gotina Xudê bi hedîsa pêxember te ji xu ra bikim kebanîya mala di girane. :Belkî çûyîna min bi mine, hatina mi bi xudane. :Sibê xelkê ji mi ra bêje ser oxira xu zivirî Derwês gedekî bi du perane. :Çîkî me jê ra heye, eslê wî Êzdîye pîrê wî Seytane. :Dilê mi li yane... :Seîd û Telhan û Ceiferê Gêsan, Derwêsê Evdî kilê çeivê Edûlê derbas bûn serê konane. :Heft roja hajotin bi rê dane. :Wêlwêlwêllllll... :Roj kete roja hestane. :Li xîmê binê berîka jêrîn dîna xu didanê êlekê danîye li qontara çîyane. :Hinek dibêjin mije, hinek dibêjin dûmane, hinek dibêjin sêrikê asîmane. :Hinek dibêjin wekî xîzê binê behrane. :Serê êlê heye, binê wê qet nexûyaye. :Tim û tim cara êlê xu daye alîyê rastê serobene, konekî giran li serê konane. :Çadurek al sincan li perê konane. :Derwêsê Sêx Evdî, Seîd û Telhan û Ceiferê Gêsan hajotin ber derê wê çadura alsincan belê li perê konane. :Dîna xu danê xanimekê jê derketîye, agirê kulê bi kul be bikeve beyta bavê xanimê wekî sirîtê dora kona porê wê kom bûne li erdê mane. :Yeman dibêje bejn û balê xanimê dinêrî dibêjî bejna spîndarane. :Li dêmê xanimê dinêrî tu dibêjî heyva di çardane. :Hema girtîye li serê hespê Derwês dane. :Ax digo birano peya bin hûn rêvîne li serê rîyane. :Birano kerem kin bixon qotek nane. :Derwês li xanimê pirsiyar kir: ev êla ha ku srrê wê heye, binê wê nexûyane. :Êla kêye û axayê wê kîjane? :Go birayo axayê êlê Çîlosmane. :Go xayê ez bala xu didime êlê xêncî kalê nod salî kesek têda ne xûyane. :Lê mêrê êla we ku da çûne qet nemane. :Go birayo eva êla axayê Çîlosmane. :Temamê wê top bûne çûne herin ser axayê mîrê di Milane. :Go xayê mewcûdîya wan çeqase? :Go birayo mewcûdîya wan sê hezare qet kêm nîne, derketine serê rê û di dirbane. :Go birayo ez salixê wî sê hezarî bidem ji we rane. :Pênsedê wan rimbazin, tim caran dikin serê eskerê xûyê tîran û rimane. :Pênsedê wan gêrçîne li pêsîyê digerîne xeberane. :Pênsedê wan dikin malxirabo nezera di girane. :Pênsedê wan xûyê kose û misrîyane. :Hezarê mayî temam eskerê herba di girane. :Çûne ser axayê mîrê di Milane. :Go sebebê wê ya çîye? :Go bira ma tu ne ji êlêyî, ne ji emrêyî? Çîlosman li axayê êla Mila dixwaze xeraca heft salane. :Belê lê dike deiwa rewsa konê Erebî, ceinîya miîna Leylane. :Lê dike deiwa sed qîzê tilî yê wan li gustîla, lingê wan di zengîyane. :Lê dike deiwa sed pîrê xûyê tesî û kulîyane. :Lê dike deiwa sed xortê xûyê tîr û kewan û rimane. :Lê dike deiwa sed mêrê baspehlewane. :Yan jî yê bi destê zorê xerac bide mi da qîza xu Edûlê li ser milê belengazane. :Go xayê tu herema gawurê Çîlosmanî na yan ne wisane. :Go birayo çawa te ra dibêjim, eger tu bisulmanî, li dînê Muhemedî, ez herema gawurê Çîlosmanim, mame li serê rê û dirbane. :Belke suxulê wî bimîne nîvê rê dane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Ê go dayê ew bi sê hezar mêrî çûye ser mîrê Mila, lê qeweta mîrê Mila çeqase û çi qedrane. :Digo dilê mi li yane, sed car dilê mi li yane. :Dibê wexta di kon da rûnistibûn, xûyê kulik û ebane. :Xeber didan, guhê mi li guhdarîya bû, digotin hey lawo tirsa we ji Derwêsê Evdî sîyarê Hedmane. :Rengê Derwês muxeyyer bû. :Go birayo tu Derwês nînî? :Go xayîngê Derwês mi ji xu ra nagre seyîsê ku here ber hespane. :Go navê hesoê wî jî Hedmane. :Bû sîhîna hespê. :Go birango de were bi sahê merdane. :Çaxê mi kirîye qala Hedmane. :Hespê te sîhîya, yeqîn dikim tu Derwêsî, hespê te Hedmane. :Jinkê destê xu avîte nigê Hedman ra kir û dûna xu dayê, serê bizmarê wî zerin, neilê sipî lê dane. :Go birayo tu û dînê Muhemed kî, heke tu Derwêsî peya be li serê konane. :Belê digo xayîngê ez Derwêsim. :Wexta peya bû li perê konane, kula Xudê li beyta bavê xanimê keve, a nika va jê ra çêkirîye birincê Qereçamê dûvê Helikane. :Dibê avîte ser zexmê kulî birincane. :Jê ra kirîye tedarukê nane. :De yar dê dilê mi li yane. :Dibê ewî nanê xu xwarî zînê hespa li ser pistê dane. :Nigê xu avîtine rikêfê zengîyane. :Belê siwar bûne ser pistê hespane. :Xanimê rê ji wan ra nîsan dane. :`Kerr ji Derwês ra dibêje: :dibê birayo hewara te were sahê di merdane. :Xêr û xwesî suxula te hev bîne, tu lêxî serê Çîlosmane. :Hema mi jî ji xu ra bibe bike kebanîya Edûlê, natele kebanîya mala di girane. :Lê lê yar dê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Derwês dibêje bila bi soza mêrane. :Gava ku mi bi xêr û xasî jê kir serê Çîlosmane. :Ezê te jî biherim belê bikim kebanîya mala di girane. :Ewan her du ya soz bi hev ra dane. :Evan zilaman jorda daketin serê rê û dirbane. :Lolololo.. :Ewana sê roja hajotin bi rê dane. :Roj kete roja di çarane. :Xu ji para gîhande ser eskerê axayê Çîlosmane. :Seîd digo lolololo dilê mi li yane... :Digo Telhano birayo tê bîra te em çûne derê konê axayê mîrê di Milane. :Qîmet nedan me her du birane. :Lawo qot nanê layîqê me her du rêvîyane. :Îja îro xu çê ke, roj roja mêrane. :Birayê te yê pêsîyê here, tu peyê birayê xu top ke wekî garana guhê gundane. :Wêlwêlwêl… :Ay lê yar dê dilê mi li yane… :Lolololo... :Sed car dilê mi li yane. :Agirê kulê bi kul be bikeve bejn û bala Telhane. :Notanî belê birûsk rabe ji asîmane. :Seîd çawa pêsîyê li hev dizivirîne, eva jî para dide be qûnê rimane. :Ax eskerê Çîlosman nizane, berqe, birûske, yan agir ketîye nava kokê wan dane. :Ax de yardê rebenê sê roja her dû bira temamî hevra lêdane. :Hetanî hezar û pênsed mêrî serê wan kete nav dest û pîyane. :Derwês zivirî cem her sê birane. :Digo birano emê rast derkevin pêsîyê li para sere yê pêsîyê qet nizane. :Lolololo... :Lawo eger em koka wan bînin, sibê yê bêjin mêrkê bisulman vira dikin, îsê bisulmana bi xeyanetîye, bi xayînetî li me dane. :Emê destek kincê eskerê kûçik li Ceifer kin, bisînin li cem wane. :Bila hîm be li pîlan û bendane. :Êvarê xeberê xu temaamî top ke bîne ji me rane. :Bi sîyasetî bisîne xeberane. :Serê xûyê riman û tîr û kewanan li ser milê Seîd û Telhane. :Derwêsê Evdî gurregruê bavê min û pehlewanane. :Ewan zilama li rojekê heyanî sî û pênc roja bi dewamî lê dane. :De lololoooo... :Ay lê yardê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Dilê mi li yane. :Li rojekê heyanî sî û pênc roja xeyo tev lê dane. :Nîvê esker para ji xu ra sev reviyane. :Gum û gora bavê Çîlosmane. :Go koka me anîye jinê me mane bê xayî û bê xudane. :Çîlosman gava bi eskerê xu hesîya, dîna xu dayê nîvê kustîyê esker bê xûyî mane. :Gelek cendek ketine nava dest û pîyane. :Gelekî wan kustî û yê mayî jî sev revîne nava êla di girane. :Her çar bira soz bi hev dane. :Îja roj kete roja sî û sesane. :Derketine pêsîya eskerê Çîlosmane. :Name bi hev dane. :Ewane hatine pêsîya Çîlosmane. :Deiwa namûsê axayê mîrê di Milane. :Îja eskerê wî temam sekinîye serê meydane di girane. :Ceiferê Gêsan digo: Derwês lawo tê sibê herî nava êlê bilî Edûlê bidî lavane. :Tê bêjî Ceifer girtîye serê hespane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Ax de rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Dibê ser kete ser milê Ceiferê Gêsane. :Serê eskerê xûyê tîran û riman hatîye ser milê Seîd û Telhane. :Wêlwêlwêl… :Dilê mi li yane. :Ewa zilamana hetanaî çil û yek rojê dewamî lêdane. :Lolololooo... :Kula Xudê bi kul bî bikevî mala Ceiferê di Gêsane. :Bustina hût û leheng û pehlewanan li ber çeiva notila cixarekî bavê nava lêvane. :Ji pênsed pehlewanî çarsedê wî hildaye temam ser jê kirîye avîtîye bestane. :Jê maye sed mêrê baspehlewane. :Çîlosman rabûye nav eskerê xu dîna xu dayê xêncî sed mêr pehlewanî qe kes nemane. :De dibê Derwêsê Sêx Evdî mala xu xerab kir çû pêsîya Ceiferê Gêsane. :Go Ceifero kurmeto, bide xatirê rahimê remane. :Îja îro dor dora min û wane. :Ezê jê ra bikevim henek û laqirdîyane. :Roja çil û yekê Derwêsê Sêx Evdî mesiya bû pêsîya leheng û hûtane. :Hetanî berî nîro serê nod û neha lêdane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Îja yek lê maye, baspehlewane. :Navê wî rûyîn Telhane. :Zulxê pola ser sêrî ne îsê gurzane, ne îsê tîrane, ne îsê rimane...ya bo... :Xeyo rebeno dilê mi li yane. :Derwêsê Sêx Evdî sîyarê Hedmane. :Notila qulingê buharê firqazekê bide xu da li serê meydanê serhiske, bi gotica Sêx Evdî nazivire ser dizgîna dujminane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Berê wî daketîye berjêrane. :Xudê teqdîra jorê bike, tê serê merîyane. :Rebî her du lingê Hedmane pêsîyê li kulemiskê da çûne, qeydik da firiyane. :Lololo... :Ewî gawurî kire nemerdî rimekê li orta navmilê Derwês daye, gurçika wî derkete derivane. :Hewî li me be lê... :Çawa bi ketinê ra Seîd nola nerekî pêsîya devane. :Xu gîhande pêsîyê her du bira bi hev ra lêdane. :Dikin nakin zulxê polare, ne îsê rimane, ne îsê tîrane, ne îsê gurzane, ne îsê kustinê ye mirina girane. :Seîd go gawur mi ser xu ra nedî mêr û pehlewane. :Em merivin ne heywane. :Em sefeqê heta niha di herbê dane. :Lawo peya be, em dest bavêne bi hev dane. :Gava gawur peya bû, dest avîte kemenda Seîd notanî mêrekî çawa destê xu bavêje zincîrekî dabû ber çoka xu dane. :Sûr hilda ku jê ke serê wî Telhane. :Seîd bi sê dengê Elî lê kire qûrîn lawo zirara wî çawane? :Go gawur mi ser xu ra nedît pehlewane. :Hela ka sifet û rengê te çawane. :Bila keser bi mi ra neçe axa sar dane. :Lololololo... :Evî gawurî destê xu avîte zulxê pola ji ser serê xu hil da bû di hewane. :Seîd bi nezim du tîr avîte di çavane. :Çar tilîya li patika ustu ra avîte derivane. :Ji bin çoka wî çû dera hane. :Seîd notila qulingê buharê qîrîya hate ser cenazê Derwês dane. :Hêy….. :Digot de lololo… wîwîwî… :Hey lo bira de rabe… wîwîwî… :Hey malî sewitîyo de rabe. :Dilê mi li yane... :wîwîwî… :Mala te sewitîyo Edûle qîza mîrê Mila mabû li nava Mila bê xûyî û bê xudane. :Ezê sibê çi bidim cihaba kalemêrê li ber konane. :Wêlwêlwêl... :Lolo Derwêso bira sibeye serê mi dêse, dilê mi dîne. :Malxirab serê dilê mi kule bi kesere bi birîne. :Bira ezê duakê bikim ji xaliqê merlane, ji revê jorîne. :Bila ruhê mi li dora ruhê te bigerîne. :Edûle qîza mîrê Mila bila hîvîya xelqê va nemîne. :Wey lololo bira wî wî... :De lololo bira wî wî... :De rabe lehengo rabe, de rabe hûto rabe, gurê pisthêsîno de rabe ! :Dilê mi li yane, tu çûyî, emê çawa bikin li duniya hane. :Hey malxerabo bavê te kalemêre sibê xelk ji xu ra nake golikvane. :Hey wî wî bira hea wî wî, lo bira dilê mi li yane. :Ay de yar dê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Serê dilê mi bi kul û dere û bi covane. :Binê dilê mi bi dûmane. :Derwês digo: Seîdo bira heçê yazîya Xudê li jor dike, bê sik û bê subhe tê serê merivane. :Xêra mi tune ji we bira rane. :Ew derba ku ewî li mi daye, dil û gurçikê mi avêtîye di derivane. :Hey malsewutîyano hûn diçine malê, bêjin kalebavê mi da, Xudê ruhê mi ji her sê birayê mi ra kir qurbane. :Wêl wêl ... :Ax de dilê mi dêse serê dilê mi kîne kîne. :Xudê bila derdê biratîyê nîsanî dar û ber û gurê serê çîya nexîne. :Li ser cinazê Derwês da bû qîrîne. :Wî wî wî... :Destê wan ketibû li ber rûyane. :Her sêk zivirîn çûne pêsîya kafirê rûyînten, serê wî jê kirin, avîtin terkîya di hespane. :Wextekê dîna xu didanê Ceiferê Gêsan dike tedarukê revê, berê faytûnê zivirandîye ser rê û dirbane. :Derwês digo Seîdo bira dilê mi kîne kîne. :Serê dilê mi kule, binê dilê mi birîne. :Zû bike pêsîya faytûnê vir da bîne û bizivirîne. :Sozê min li erdê nexîne. :Herema gawurê Çîlosman bibe, her du êla ser xu xîne. :Mi helal ke, fayda mi ji we ra nîne. :Ca tu rabe ji mi ra taseke ava sar jî bîne. :Melekê muqereb, qasidê qocefelekê hatîye, emanetê ji min bistîne. :Wî wî wî... :Hey lo bira wî wî... :Hey lê rebenê dilê mi li yane. :Teqdîr temam bi destê rahmê remane. :Derwês teqdîr bû li serê rast û bestane. :Ceiferê Gêsan, Seîd û Telhan hatin êla Çîlosman hildane û berê xu dane êla mîrê di Milane. :Cihabekê çûye Sêx Evdî rane. :Sêx Evdî derketîye kevirê bindarûkê dûrbînê davê serê rêyane. :Dîna xu didayê sîyar temam zivirîne, lê sîyarê Hedman ne ji wan rane. :Diçû pêsîyê digo: wêl wêl, lo lawo dilê mi li yane. :Lawo hûn xêr û xasî hatin, lê sîyarê Hedman ne bi we rane. :Seîd û Telhan bi Ceifer va ser Sêx Evdî da girane. :Sêx Evdî digot: lawo bi xêr û xasî hûn zivirîn, we serê Çîlosman jê kirîye, her wekî bizmarek li binê sola min firîye, dîsa hûn xas bin hesêbe Derwês sax li duniya hane. :Wax hey wî wî... ---- Ji kasêtê peya kir: :Perwîz Cîhanî li bajarê Ormîyê :Buhara sala 1989 ê û li sê hejmarên 34, 35 û 36ê kovara Sirwe da çap kir. :Tîpguhêzî kir: Perwîz Cîhanî li 06.12.2003 li bajarê Zürichê. :Demjimêr 21. 59 <nowiki>ده‌روێشێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی ده‌نگبێژ ئه‌همه‌د زه‌ینال ل باكوورێ‌ كوردستان، باژارێ‌ وانێ‌ نه‌حیا چالدێرانێ‌ (چاردێرانێ) قه‌زا موورادییێ‌ خه‌لقێ‌ گوندێ‌ گرمۆرا، روونشتیێ‌ گوندێ‌ ساوۆخسوویێ. ای لێ‌ یاردێ... وه‌ی... لێ‌ یاردێ... دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، لۆلۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م لیایانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب كول و ده‌رد و ب كۆڤانه‌. گدی بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. ب سالخێ‌ سالخداران دبێن سه‌ید و ته‌لهان دو برانه‌. سه‌ید برێ‌ مه‌زن ئه‌، برێ‌ بچووك ژی ته‌لهانه‌. برانۆ دو فیدانن، ره‌بێ‌ موته‌الییێ‌ بخو دزانه‌. زه‌مان زه‌مانێ‌ بێ‌ باڤانه‌. هه‌یام هه‌یامێ‌ به‌د`ه‌سلانه‌. دبێن گه‌له‌كا پیلانێ‌ نداكرنا هه‌ردوو زلاما ژ خوه‌ را قرار دانه‌. سه‌ید دگۆ: “ته‌لهان برا وه‌لاتێ‌ هانێ‌ وه‌لاتێ‌ نانه‌رزانه‌. رابه‌ ئه‌مێ‌ بكه‌ن ته‌داره‌كێ‌ كاروانه‌. ه‌مێ‌ به‌رێ‌ خوه‌ بدن هیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌رییێ‌ چه‌ند سالان هه‌رنه‌ كاروانه‌. خودێ‌ هه‌یانی به‌لایه‌تێ‌ رێچ دكه‌ ژ ده‌ڤێ‌ موسولمانا، یاخا مه‌ خه‌لاس دبه‌ ژ پیسانه‌. دایێ...های... هه‌ی یار دێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. سه‌ید و ته‌لهان هه‌ر دوویا ژ هه‌ڤ را قرار دانه‌. هه‌ر دوو برا به‌رێ‌ خوه‌ دانه‌ هیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌رییێ‌ خو را چوونه‌ ب كاروانه‌. هه‌فت رۆژا هاژۆتن ب رێ‌ دانه‌. لاوۆ رێكا دوور و ده‌رازه‌، نه‌ ب گۆتن و خه‌به‌ردانێ‌ جه‌ماه‌تا د گرانه‌. رۆژ كه‌ته‌ رۆژا د هه‌ستانه‌. دینا خوه‌ ددانێ‌ راسته‌كی راست وسانه‌. یه‌قین دكم خیز ل چۆكێ‌ هه‌سپانه‌. ژێ‌ را دبێن هیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌رییێ، جییێ‌ هووت و له‌هه‌نگانه‌. مێركێ‌ جامێر نه‌بینه‌ ده‌ردێ‌ بێده‌رمانه‌. ل هیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌رییێ‌ هه‌ر كه‌سه‌ك ناسه‌كنه‌ ل به‌ر ئالڤێ‌ مێرانه‌. هه‌ر تم و جارا ل وێ‌ موهیتێ‌ ره‌ت نابن ده‌نگێ‌ رمانه‌. هه‌ر كه‌سه‌ك ئیرۆ ناهه‌ژینه‌ قه‌درێ‌ رمانه‌. هه‌ر دوو برا كه‌تنه‌ (سه‌رێ) رێ‌ و دربانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ ئێله‌كێ‌ گران دنییه‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ راست و د به‌ستانه‌. خه‌یۆ.... هه‌ی لێ‌ یاردێ... وه‌ی لۆ...لۆ... وا...دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌ سه‌د جار دلێ‌ من ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. ه‌و هه‌ر دوو زلام مه‌سیانه‌ ناڤا ئێلا د گرانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ كونه‌كێ‌ ل سه‌ر بیست و چار ستوونانه‌. هه‌فت په‌رده‌ ل كۆن دا گرێدانه‌. كولا خودێ‌ ب كول به‌ بكه‌ڤه‌ مالا باڤێ‌ خوویێ‌ كۆنێ‌ د گرانه‌. ه‌ز (ژ) وه‌ را یه‌كۆ یه‌كۆ بدم سالخێ‌ په‌ردێ‌ د كۆنانه‌: برانۆ! په‌ردا یه‌كێ‌ جیهێ‌ روونستنا مێران و هووت و له‌هه‌نگانه‌. په‌ردا دوویێ‌ جیهێ‌ روونستنا ئانما و جانكانه‌. په‌ردا سێیێ‌ جیهێ‌ كه‌بانی و سه‌ركارێ‌ د مالانه‌. په‌ردا چارێ‌ جیهێ‌ كالێ‌ ل به‌ر سێلانه‌. په‌ردا پێنجێ‌ جیهێ‌ ته‌ونكه‌ران، به‌لێ‌ دكن نه‌قس و نه‌مووسانه‌. په‌ردا سه‌سێ‌ دبێژم هۆزا مییانه‌. په‌ردا هه‌فتێ‌ كۆزا به‌رخانه‌، ل پست په‌ردێ‌ دا جیهێ‌ ته‌ولا مه‌نه‌گییانه‌. دینا خو ددنێ‌ قیز و بووكێ(ن) كیكان و ملا روونستنه‌ ل بن په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. زه‌ندێ‌ ب هه‌لی مۆری هلدانه‌. گدی چاوا دوودنێن، دو كه‌ڤرێ‌ لۆقلۆق و ئانتیقه‌ پێدا ب دار دانه‌. نه‌ هاجه‌تێ‌ ئه‌له‌كتریك و سه‌مدان و چرانه‌. قیز و بووكێ(ن) ملا تم و تم و جاران ل به‌ر دكن سه‌ر و نه‌مووسانه‌. بدم سالخێ‌ كۆنێ‌ د گرانه‌... وێلوێلوێل... ای لێ‌ یاردێ‌ دلێ‌ م لیینه‌. خه‌یۆ سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. وا(ن) بلاما دینا خو ددانه‌ روونستنا جه‌ماه‌تا د مێرانه‌. دینا خو ددانه‌ دارجخارێ‌ ده‌ستێ‌ وان سێ‌ بهۆست و سێ‌ تل یانه‌. وا(ن) زلاما ئیرۆ جخاره‌ ئاڤیتنه‌ سه‌ر كۆكێ‌ قه‌لوونانه‌. دوو ژ ده‌ڤێ‌ هه‌ڤدو دره‌ڤینن مالا وه‌ سه‌وتییۆ نۆتلا بۆرییێ‌ د سۆبانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ كولكێ‌ سه‌ر وان سێ‌ بهۆست و سێ‌ هۆقانه‌. پێچێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ وان هه‌موو رسییێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ دییاربه‌كر ژۆردا به‌ر ئه‌نییا دا به‌ردانه‌. ل ملێ‌ وان دنێرن، ئه‌بایێ‌ هه‌زۆیی سێ‌ بهۆست و سێ‌ رتمانه‌. ل نگێ‌ وان دنێرن ره‌سكن، مالا وه‌ سه‌وتییۆ ته‌مام روونستنه‌ ب هه‌ڤ را كه‌تنه‌ دسمیسێ‌ د گرانه‌. كولكا خو دانه‌ ئۆرتا ئیمانێ‌ بروو و بژانگانه‌. سه‌ید دگۆ ته‌لهانۆ برا! ئه‌ڤا هه‌ست رۆژه‌ ئه‌م ره‌تنه‌ سه‌رێ‌ رێ‌ و د دربانه‌. مه‌ كرییه‌ بیرا خامێ‌ د مانگانه‌. هه‌ی مالا ته‌ سه‌وتییۆ برچینا قودوومێ‌ مه‌ چوویه‌ هه‌رێ‌ تاجه‌ته‌ مه‌ نه‌مانه‌. لنگێ‌ مه‌ ناگره‌ ركێبێ‌ زه‌نگییانه‌. ده‌ستێ‌ مه‌ ناگره‌ ده‌سگرییێ‌ (دزگینێ) مه‌نه‌گییانه‌. مالسه‌وتییۆ ئه‌م برچینا مانه‌ سه‌رێ‌ رێ‌ و د دربانه‌. باژۆ ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ هانه‌. ه‌م بخۆن قۆته‌(ك) نانه‌. ل مه‌مله‌كه‌تێ‌ مه‌ بوویه‌ ئاخرده‌ورانه‌. یه‌قین دكم نها چۆر و چۆچخێ‌ مه‌ برچینا خو دانه‌ به‌ر دیوارانه‌. وێلوێل... ای لێ‌ یاردێ‌ ... خه‌یۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. هه‌ر دو هاژۆتن ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ د گرانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ كسیایه‌ پێسیا وان سێسه‌د مێرێ‌ خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. ڤانا قلچكێ‌ ئه‌ره‌بی ل سه‌ر نیسكا دا ڤه‌دانه‌. ژۆر دا مه‌سیانه‌ ل سه‌ر سنییانه‌. دخۆن برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ‌ دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكانه‌. ملێ‌ وان زلاما هه‌تا نیسكێ‌ د دۆن و روون دا مانه‌. قه‌ت كه‌سه‌كی نه‌گۆت ئه‌و هه‌ر دوو زلامێ‌ هانێ‌ سه‌ر پستا هه‌سپا مانه‌. لاوۆ ده‌رباس بن ژ بۆی خودێ‌ بخۆن قۆته‌ك نانه‌. سه‌ید چاڤ كره‌ ته‌لهانه‌. گۆ ئه‌ڤا كۆنا كۆنێ‌ نه‌مه‌ردانه‌. باژۆ ئه‌م ده‌رباس سه‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. لاوۆ نادنه‌ مه‌ قۆته‌ك نانه‌. ه‌و زلامێ‌ هانێ‌ خوویێ‌ كولك و سه‌ر و ئه‌بانه‌. مه‌ ژ خوه‌ را ناگرن سه‌ییسێ‌ هه‌سپا ناته‌له‌ ژ ئێلێ‌ را گۆلكڤانه‌. لاوۆ باژۆ ئه‌م هه‌رن سه‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. ه‌م خه‌ریبن نادنه‌ مه‌ قۆته‌ك نانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ای لێ‌ یاردێ‌ ... لۆلۆلۆ ... دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. گدی بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب مژ و ب دوومانه‌. گاڤا كو ڤان زلاما هه‌ڤ را خه‌به‌ردانه‌. ڤه‌رگه‌راندن سه‌رێ‌ هه‌سپان و مه‌ده‌نێ‌ مه‌نه‌گییانه‌. ده‌رباس بوون سه‌رێ‌ د كۆنانه‌. مه‌نزله‌كی هاژۆتن مه‌نزله‌كی د گرانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ ئیرۆ كۆنه‌كی ته‌ك ڤه‌گرتییه‌ دووری كۆنانه‌. كۆنێ‌ ڤی زلامی ل سه‌ر هه‌فت ستوونانه‌. به‌لێ‌ په‌ردێ‌ كۆن ریسییێد هه‌ڤرمووسن په‌نگ ب په‌نگ ب هه‌ڤ دانه‌. كاله‌كی نوورانی روویێ‌ وی سپییه‌ ل سه‌ر چۆكانه‌. دران د دێڤ دا نه‌مانه‌. هه‌ی لاوۆ ئیرۆ ساسكه‌كێ‌ ل سێرییه‌، تزبییه‌كی سه‌د و یه‌ك لب د دێست دانه‌. ل سه‌ر پۆسته‌كی نمێژێ‌ روونستییه‌ ژ خو را دكسینه‌ سه‌له‌وات و وه‌ردانه‌. سه‌ید دگۆت ته‌لهانۆ برا باژۆ ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ هانه‌. ه‌و كۆنێ‌ هانێ‌ یه‌قین دكم ته‌رتیلا وی بسولمانه‌. وا هارد و زلاما هۆ كرن ده‌ڤه‌ و میراتێ‌ قانترانه‌. هاژۆتن ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ د گرانه‌. ه‌و كالێ‌ نوورانی ژ به‌ر وان رابوویه‌ سه‌ر پییانه‌. گدی گرتییه‌ سه‌رێ‌ هه‌سپانه‌. چاڤ كره‌ ناڤمالێ‌ و قاوه‌چییانه‌. گۆ لاوۆ بگره‌ ب سه‌رێ‌ هه‌سپانه‌. جل و جهۆلێ‌ سه‌رپستێ‌ هه‌یوانا ژێ‌ بكن باڤێنه‌ په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. هه‌ڤسارێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ هه‌یوانا بسقتینن باڤێژن هێسییێ‌ كۆنانه‌. وا هه‌یوانا به‌ردن سه‌رێ‌ راست و به‌ستانه‌. هه‌ما زڤری ل ناڤا كۆن دا به‌لێ‌ دۆسكه‌كه‌ قووستووكی ئاڤێته‌ ئه‌ردێ، به‌لگییێ‌ ب سێ‌ له‌گان ل به‌ر پستا وانه‌. ه‌و كالێ‌ نوورانی سه‌كنییه‌ ل پێسبه‌را كۆن ل پێسییا زلاما دكه‌ هورمه‌تا گرانه‌. سه‌ید بانگ كرێ‌ گۆ ئاپۆ روویێ‌ ته‌ سپییه‌ ل سه‌ر چۆكانه‌. یاسێ‌ ته‌ ده‌رباس بوویه‌، تو ل سه‌ر پییا سه‌كنییی دكی خزمه‌تا گرانه‌. ه‌رێ‌ دبێ‌ ژ م را نه‌باسه‌، نه‌ سه‌ره‌فا مێرانه‌. لاوۆ ئیسێ‌ وه‌ تونه‌ ب خه‌به‌رێ‌ هانه‌. هوون خه‌ریبن نه‌ ژ ڤان ده‌رانه‌. هورمه‌تا مێڤان تم و تم و جاران ژ بۆنا خودانه‌. ای لێ‌ یاردێ... وێلوێلوێل... لۆلۆلۆ...دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. سه‌ید پرسی گۆ ئاپۆ ئێله‌كێ‌ دانییه‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ راست و به‌ستانه‌. كۆنه‌كی گران ل سه‌رتاجێ‌ كۆنانه‌. هه‌یانی پێنج هه‌زار مال(ی) د بن كۆنان دانه‌. رسییێ‌ كۆنان په‌نگ ب په‌نگ ب هه‌ڤ دانه‌. گه‌لۆ ئه‌و كۆنا كۆنێ‌ كێیه‌، ئێلا چ كه‌سانه‌. گۆ لاوۆ ئه‌و ئێلا تو دبێژی ئێلا ئاخایێ‌ میرێ‌ ملانه‌. گۆ ئاپۆ ئێلا وی دا قه‌ره‌بالخه‌ك هه‌بوو ئه‌و چ قه‌ره‌بالخه‌كه‌ د گرانه‌. گۆ لاوۆ ما تو نزانی ئه‌و كۆنا كۆنێ‌ میرێ‌ ملانه‌. سێسه‌د مێر تێ‌ دا روونستنه‌ ل هوندورێ‌ كۆنانه‌. هه‌ر یه‌كێ‌ ره‌یسێ‌ ئێله‌كێ، ل كۆن دا روونستنه‌ ژ هه‌ڤ را ب خه‌به‌ردانه‌. به‌لێ‌ گۆ لاوۆ ژ میرێ‌ ملا را هاتییه‌ كاخه‌زا گاوورێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. گۆ ئاپۆ سه‌به‌بێ‌ وێ‌ چییه‌ و چمانه‌؟ گۆ تێ‌ دا نڤیسییه‌ بده‌ من هۆزێ‌ مییا كۆزێ‌ به‌رخانه‌. یێ‌ بده‌ من بارێ‌ زێرا قه‌نته‌رێ‌ ده‌ڤانه‌. یێ‌ بده‌ من خه‌راج خه‌مل و ره‌وسا كۆنێ‌ ئه‌ره‌بی، جه‌نییا مینا له‌یلانه‌. یان ژی یێ‌ سۆرگولییێ‌ ئه‌دوولا قیزا خو را بگره‌ ژ م را تێخه‌ كه‌بانییا مالا گرانه‌. یان ژی بلا ته‌داروكێ‌ خو بكه‌، سه‌رێ‌ م پێ‌ را هه‌یه‌، سه‌ر و جه‌نگا گرانه‌. ێ، گۆ ئاپۆ سه‌به‌بێ‌ وێ‌ چییه‌ و چمانه‌؟ گۆ لاوۆ گاووره‌ ژێ‌ را دكه‌ خه‌به‌ردانێ‌ د گرانه‌. ێ، گۆ ئاپۆ لێ‌ تو كێیی، ناڤێ‌ ته‌ چییه‌، و ته‌ چما ها ته‌ك دانییه‌ و تو ناچی ناڤا وانه‌. ای بێ‌ یاردێ... وێل وێل وێل... لۆلۆلۆ...دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. لاوۆ ئه‌مرێ‌ من ده‌رباس بوویه‌، هاتییه‌ نۆد و نه‌گانه‌. تو بالا خو بدێ‌ دران د ده‌ڤێ‌ م دا نه‌مانه‌. روویێ‌ م سپییه‌ ل سه‌ر چۆكانه‌. لاوۆ چۆكێ‌ م نه‌ یێ‌ دۆسه‌كانه‌. تلی پێچكێ‌ من نه‌ یێ‌ برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ‌ دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكانه‌. لێڤێ‌ م نه‌ لێڤێ‌ قه‌هوانه‌. ناڤێ‌ م سێخ ئه‌ڤدییه‌ ئه‌ز باڤێ‌ ده‌روێسم به‌لێ‌ ئه‌مرێ‌ م ده‌رباس بوویه‌ ژ نۆد و نه‌گانه‌. سه‌ید ژێ‌ پرسی: گۆ ئاپۆ تو دبێژی ئه‌ز سێخ ئه‌ڤدیمه‌، باڤێ‌ ده‌روێسم، لێ‌ ده‌روێس كویه‌، ل كێده‌رێ‌ دانه‌؟ م ناڤ و ده‌نگێ‌ ده‌روێس بهیستییه‌ ل وه‌لاتێ‌ سوه‌رقێ، ل ناڤا هه‌ڤدێ‌ ته‌ونانه‌، ل جه‌ماه‌تا گرانه‌. اخا و به‌گ ل ور دا ل هه‌ڤ دجڤن دكن ناخلێ‌ و خه‌به‌ردانه‌. دكن به‌هسا هه‌ربا ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی، هه‌ربا د گرانه‌. یژا نها ده‌روێس كانێ‌ ل كێده‌رێدانه‌؟ ای لێ... یاردێ... لۆلۆلۆل دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. لاوۆ ئه‌ده‌تێ‌ مالا مه‌یه‌، گاڤا بكه‌ڤن خه‌وا د گرانه‌. هه‌فت رۆژان رانابن ل خه‌وا د گرانه‌. یرۆ به‌لێ‌ چاره‌، ده‌روێس رازایه‌، هێ‌ سێ‌ رۆژ وه‌ختا رابوونا وی ژی مانه‌. لاوۆ ئه‌م ژی قه‌هرینه‌ ناچنه‌ ناڤا ئێلا وانه‌. لێ‌ به‌لێ‌ ئه‌ز ژ وه‌ را بكم سالتانه‌. یسال هه‌فت ساله‌ دلێ‌ ده‌روێس ل ئه‌دوولا قیزا میرێ‌ ملا دانه‌. ه‌ز دچمه‌ خازگنییێ‌ ئه‌دوولێ‌ ژ م را دبێژن، ئه‌سلێ‌ ته‌ ئێزدییه‌ پیرێ‌ ته‌ سه‌یتانه‌. یرۆ كه‌تییه‌ رۆژا كه‌وكه‌بێ، سبێ‌ نه‌رینییا لاوێ‌ د باڤانه‌. كورۆ تێ‌ ده‌نگێ‌ كۆسه‌ و مسرییانه‌. لێ‌ به‌لێ‌ ئه‌وی ژی گره‌گره‌ تۆپ كرییه‌ ناڤا كۆنێ‌ خوه‌ دانه‌. دبێ‌ هاتییه‌ ژ م را ناما چیلۆسمانه‌. لاوۆ ئه‌وی ژی ئیسكانا سوه‌تان و سورووتان دانییه‌ سه‌ر زه‌رفانه‌. زه‌رفه‌ ل سه‌ر ته‌لبانه‌. ته‌لبه‌ ل ناڤا جه‌ماه‌تا مێرانه‌. كێیێ‌ كو هه‌ره‌ بینه‌ جه‌وابا ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ ب سۆرگولییێ‌ ئه‌دوولێ‌ را بگرم ژێ‌ را بكه‌مه‌ كه‌بانییا مالا د گرانه‌. لاوۆ ئیرۆ هه‌فت رۆژه‌ برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ، دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكان دده‌ وان خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. كه‌س نه‌وێره‌ ده‌ستێ‌ خو باڤێژه‌ ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سورووتانه‌. یجا ل پێسییا خو ب داركێ‌ جخارا هلدانه‌. چۆكه‌كێ‌ ل پێسییا خو ئه‌رد ڤه‌دانه‌. ه‌م ژی خه‌ییدینه‌، ناچنه‌ ناڤا وانه‌. روویێ‌ وی ژی ناگره‌ بسینه‌ په‌یێ‌ ده‌روێس دانه‌. لاوۆ ئه‌وا جه‌ماه‌تا وی ئیرۆ هه‌فت رۆژه‌ ل كۆن دا هه‌ڤ جڤییانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ای لێ‌ یاردێ...لۆلۆلۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب كول و ده‌رده‌، خه‌یۆ بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. گۆتن د ده‌ڤێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دا بوو، گۆ ئاپۆ خازلی من بدیتا قه‌د و قامه‌تێ‌ ده‌روێس كو چاوا سالخ دانه‌، گه‌لۆ ڤره‌ یان وسانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی رابوو لنگێ‌ خو لێدا ل سه‌رێ‌ پاپووسانه‌. چوو ده‌رێ‌ چادورا ده‌روێس یێ‌ ژێ‌ را بێژه‌ دو به‌ندانه‌. جكا گۆتنێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی ژ ئه‌ولاد را چانه‌؟ وێلوێلوێل... دگۆتێ‌ ده‌ لۆلۆ وایێ... هوویی...وی.. ده‌ رابه‌، هووتۆ ده‌ رابه‌! له‌هه‌نگۆ ده‌ رابه‌ ! سۆته‌نییۆ ده‌ رابه‌ ! گه‌ده‌یۆ ده‌ رابه‌ ! پۆسمانۆ ده‌ رابه‌ ! پێنج په‌رانۆ ده‌ رابه‌ ! ده‌روێسۆ لاوۆ رابه‌ ژ خه‌وا د گرانه‌. دو زلام هاتنه‌ مالا مه‌ مێڤانه‌. خوه‌یبن نه‌ ژ ئێلێنه‌، نه‌ ژ ئه‌مرێنه‌، چۆل و به‌ست دانه‌ پێسییا خوه‌ دانه‌. یێ‌ هه‌رن هیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌رییێ‌ كه‌روانه‌. سالخێ‌ ته‌ ژێ‌ را دانه‌. لاوۆ ده‌ رابه‌، ده‌ڤێ‌ م دا نه‌مانه‌ درانه‌. نه‌ وه‌ختێ‌ من و لاقردی و هه‌نه‌كانه‌. یژا رابه‌ ژ هه‌ر دو مێڤانا را بكه‌ لاقردییانه‌. بلا ل مه‌مله‌كه‌تێ‌ مه‌ نه‌كن تو خه‌م و خییالانه‌. ای ده‌ یاردێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. م دینا خو ددایێ‌ ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی رادبوو ژ خه‌وا د گرانه‌. خولاما گرتنه‌ قولپێ‌ مسین و له‌گه‌نییانه‌. پێسگری ل سه‌ر ملێ‌ وانه‌. ل به‌ر ده‌روێس سه‌كنینه‌، ده‌روێس ئاڤێ‌ داڤێژه‌ ناڤا بروو و بژانگانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی هاتییه‌ ل كێله‌كا هه‌ر دوو زلاما روونستییه‌ ژ وان را دكه‌ لاقردییانه‌. ای ده‌ یاردێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. م دینا خوه‌ ددایێ‌ ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤی سییارێ‌ هه‌دمان كلێ‌ چه‌ڤێ‌ قیزان و بووكان خو به‌ردابوو په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. سێ‌ جارا ته‌وافا ده‌ستێ‌ باڤێ‌ خو كرییه‌، ل پێسده‌را كۆن هه‌ر دو ده‌ستێ‌ خو كه‌مه‌ربه‌ست گرێدایه‌ سه‌كنییه‌ سه‌ر پییانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ای ده‌ یاردێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی زڤری ل سه‌ر ملێ‌ خو نهێری ل مێڤانانه‌. دگۆ لاوۆ مێڤان ئه‌ڤ هه‌ر دو زلامانه‌. روونێ‌ كێله‌كا وانه‌. ژ وان را بكه‌ هورمه‌تا د گرانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ده‌ یارد ئێ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌ید و ته‌لهان هه‌ر دوو یا دینا خو دانه‌ قه‌د و قامه‌ت و به‌ژن و بالێ‌ ده‌روێس دانه‌. ته‌خمین دكر ته‌سبیه نه‌به‌ به‌ژنا وی وه‌كی مناره‌یێ‌ جامییانه‌. چۆكێ‌ وی وه‌كی چۆكێ‌ نه‌ررانه‌. بینانی نه‌رێ‌ كو تێكه‌ڤه‌ پێسییا هه‌فت قه‌نته‌ر ده‌ڤێ‌ د كه‌روانه‌. نه‌تكا وی سێ‌ بهۆست و چار تلییانه‌. ه‌ز دینا خو دده‌مێ‌ ئۆرتا هه‌ر دوو بروو و بژانگانه‌. دوو موویێ‌ ئه‌رزایل دوور ڤا پێس خوویانه‌. دایێ‌ وێلوێل... اخ دبێ‌ سالخ دانه‌. سه‌ید ب ته‌لهان ڤا دینا خو ددانێ‌ وسانه‌. هازا كو مێره‌كی ب سه‌د مێرانه‌. گاڤا كو بكه‌ڤه‌ سه‌رێ‌ هیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌رییێ‌ له‌هه‌نگ و هووتانه‌. ب قه‌بزێ‌ رما را بگره‌ بكه‌ڤه‌ ناڤا مێرانه‌. منێ‌ دین و بالا خو ددایێ‌ ئیرۆ چاوا ببه‌ نرینا لاوێ‌ باڤانه‌. كولا خودێ‌ ب كول به‌ بكه‌ڤه‌ مالا خوویێ‌ هه‌دمانه‌. گاڤا بكه‌ڤه‌ سه‌رێ‌ په‌هله‌وان و هووتانه‌. ده‌ڤێ‌ خو داڤێژه‌ قالتاخێ‌ زینێ‌ هه‌سپێ‌ دوژمنا دكسینه‌ سه‌ر خوویێ‌ خو دانه‌. لۆلۆلۆ... به‌لێ‌ پارا دده‌ به‌ر ره‌فه‌س و چفتانه‌. یژا پێ‌ را دده‌ به‌ر له‌كمان و گه‌زانه‌. میراتێ‌ هه‌دمان نه‌لێ‌ وی زیڤن، بزمارێ‌ رێر لێ‌ دانه‌. ب رۆژێ‌ كه‌وكه‌وێ‌ گران ب رنییێ‌ لاوێ‌ باڤا را ب ده‌نگێ‌ كۆسه‌ل و مسرییا را تم و جارا ل سه‌رێ‌ مه‌یدانێ‌ مه‌جالێ‌ ناده‌ دوژمنانه‌. لۆلۆلۆ... هه‌ی لێ‌ یار دێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. گۆتن ل ده‌ڤێ‌ وان زلامانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ سییاره‌كی ته‌ك ده‌ركه‌تی ل په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. دمه‌كێ‌ نه‌زه‌یی ل ده‌ست دانه‌. هه‌فت سالخێ‌ رمێ‌ هه‌یه‌، ئه‌ز ژ وه‌ را ڤدم سالخێ‌ رما هانه‌. كا چاوانه‌. یه‌ك لاله‌، یه‌ك دوره‌، یه‌ك قومرووته‌، یه‌ك زومرووته‌، د ئۆرتێ‌ دا یاقووتا ته‌یرێ‌ د نه‌مانه‌. سه‌تێ‌ میراتا رمێ‌ ل هه‌وانه‌. ساده‌ ژ ژه‌هرییا مرانه‌. وسانه‌ بنانی گه‌وره‌كی ئاسن لاوۆ به‌راس ب مووكی پێ‌ دا ب دار دانه‌. به‌لێ‌ مه‌دهانییه‌ك ل بن دانه‌. ه‌و هه‌سپا نه‌ وه‌ك هه‌سپێ‌ وه‌لاتێ‌ سه‌رهه‌دێ‌ نۆتلا به‌رگیرێ‌ هانه‌. ب لنگا تێنه‌ فرۆتانه‌. هه‌ر لنگه‌كی هه‌یوانی تێ‌ ب چل كیسه‌ زێرێ‌ د گرانه‌. لۆلۆلۆ... هه‌ی لێ‌ یار دێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ه‌ڤی زلامی هاژۆته‌ ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی و ده‌روێس رابوونه‌ سه‌ر پییانه‌. ب سه‌رێ‌ مه‌دهانی یێ‌ را گرتن ده‌رباس كرن پست چیت و په‌ردا د هه‌سپانه‌. دۆسه‌كه‌ك دنێ‌ ئاڤیتن ئه‌ردێ، كه‌تن بن ملێ‌ وی دانینه‌ سه‌ر دۆسه‌كا هانه‌. وه‌ختا كو ئه‌و زلاما روونست ل سه‌ر دۆسكانه‌. گۆ لاوۆ ئه‌ڤا ژی ناڤێ‌ وی جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسییانه‌. كورێ‌ خووسكا منه‌، رێیا هه‌فت قۆنخا ژ مه‌ وێ‌ دانه‌. گاڤا بكه‌ڤه‌ سه‌رێ‌ له‌هه‌نگ و هووتانه‌. انجاخ ده‌روێس دگره‌ سه‌رێ‌ هه‌سپانه‌. ه‌و دوژمنا را دكه‌ڤه‌ لاقردییانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ده‌ یارد ئێ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، لۆلۆلۆ... وه‌ختێ‌ كو سێخ ئه‌ڤدی سالخێ‌ جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان ب هه‌ر دوو بلاما را دانه‌. دینا خو ددانێ‌ ئه‌ره‌به‌ك تێ‌ یه‌ ژ وێ‌ دانه‌. لێڤا ئه‌ره‌ب یه‌ل ل ئه‌رده‌، یه‌ك ل ئاسیمانه‌. نوورا ره‌همان تونه‌ ل روویانه‌. نه‌مه‌كی(نامه‌یه‌ك) ل به‌ریكا وی دانه‌. سه‌لام دابوو هه‌ر چارانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی گۆ ئه‌ره‌ب كه‌ره‌م كه‌ ده‌رباس به‌ ژۆرا هانه‌. ه‌ره‌ب ل قارسی سێخ ئه‌ڤدی روونستییه‌ ل سه‌ر چۆكانه‌. ده‌ستێ‌ خو ئاڤیتێ‌ نامه‌ دانییه‌ سه‌ر چۆكا سێخ ئه‌ڤدی باڤێ‌ ده‌روێس دانه‌. وه‌ختا نامه‌ ده‌رخستییه‌ دینا خو دایه‌ زه‌رف و كاخه‌زانه‌. سه‌ید گۆ ئاپۆ ئه‌وا چ نامه‌یه‌، ژ مه‌ را بێژه‌ كا چاوانه‌ گۆ لاوۆ ئه‌ڤا هه‌یه‌ ئه‌ره‌بێ‌ ناڤنالی یێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. هه‌رێ‌ ژ م را هاتییه‌ ناما هانه‌. دبێژه‌ ئیرۆ هه‌فت رۆژه‌ م به‌ره‌ڤ كرییه‌ گره‌گره‌، خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با، هه‌ر ره‌یسه‌كی د ئێلێ‌ دانه‌. درمه‌ وان برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ‌ دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكانه‌. ملێ‌ وان هه‌تا نیسكێ‌ د دۆن و روون دا مانه‌. م ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سورووتان دانییه‌ سه‌ر زه‌رفانه‌. زه‌رف ل سه‌ر ته‌لبانه‌. تالبه‌ ل ناڤ جه‌ماه‌تا د مێرانه‌. به‌لێ‌ ئیرۆ چاوا هه‌فت رۆژه‌ كه‌س نه‌وێره‌ ده‌ستێ‌ خو باڤێژه‌ ئیسكانا سه‌ تران و سورووتانه‌. قه‌ ئیمان و نامووس ژ مه‌ را نه‌مانه‌. به‌لێ‌ ئیرۆ ژ م را هاتییه‌ ناما چیلۆسمانه‌. تێدا نڤیسییه‌، یان بده‌ من هۆزێ‌ مییا، كۆزێ‌ د به‌رخانه‌. بارێ‌ زێرا قه‌نته‌رێ‌ ده‌ڤانه‌. ره‌وسا كۆنێ‌ ئه‌ره‌بی، جه‌نییا مینا له‌یلانه‌. یان ژی یێ‌ سۆرگولی یێ‌ ئه‌دوولێ‌ را بگره‌ ژ م را بكه‌ كه‌بانییا مالا د گرانه‌. اخ ده‌ لاوۆ نامووسا مێركێ‌ بسولمان نه‌ ب په‌رانه‌. دبێ‌ ئیژا م ئیسكان دانییه‌ سه‌ر زه‌رفانه‌. سفر (سرف) هه‌ره‌ ژ م را بینه‌ جهابا ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. كێ‌ هه‌ره‌ بینه‌ جه‌وابا ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ ب گۆتنا خودێ‌ ب هه‌دیسا پێخه‌مبه‌ر ئه‌دوولێ‌ ژێ‌ را بكم كه‌بانییا مالا د گرانه‌. لێ‌ كه‌سه‌ك ئاڤرێ‌ خو ناده‌ ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سورووتانه‌... ه‌وا ناما هانێ‌ هاتییه‌ ژ م رانه‌. دبێ‌ بلا كه‌ره‌م بكه‌ وه‌ره‌ جه‌ماه‌تا د مێرانه‌. لێ‌ م به‌رییا نها ژ وه‌ را گۆت، ئه‌م ژی قه‌هرینه‌ ناچنه‌ ناڤا جه‌ماه‌تا وانه‌. م وه‌خته‌كێ‌ ده‌وا ئه‌دوولێ‌ دكر ژ ده‌روێس رانه‌. ژ م را دگۆت: قیمه‌تا ته‌ چییه‌، ئه‌ز ئه‌سیرم ئه‌سلێ‌ ته‌ ئێزدییه‌، پیرێ‌ ته‌ سه‌یتانه‌. ای لۆ به‌رخێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دگۆت لاوۆ هوون ده‌مه‌كێ‌ روونێن ئه‌ز گاڤه‌كێ‌ هه‌رم ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. جكانێ‌ چ ده‌مه‌ چ ده‌ورانه‌. چ قه‌ره‌بالخه‌ سێڤرا د گرانه‌. له‌هزه‌كی مێزه‌ بكم به‌ژن و بالێ‌ خودانێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. یژا سێخ ئه‌ڤدی لنگێ‌ خو لێدانه‌ سه‌رێ‌ مه‌سانه‌. چوو ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ ئاخایێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. دینا خو ددایێ‌ خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با روونستنه‌ پێدا پێدا به‌لێ‌ كولكێ‌ خو موتانه‌ ئۆرتا ئیمانێ‌ بروو و بژانگانه‌. هه‌ر یه‌كێ‌ سڤقه‌لوونێ‌ وان د ده‌ستا دا ب دو مێترانه‌. ره‌به‌نا ئیژا ترساڤا كه‌تنه‌ دسمیسێ‌ د گرانه‌. ناخۆن ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سورووتانه‌. یه‌قین دكم ئیرۆ هه‌ر یه‌كێ‌ چۆكه‌كێ‌ پێسییا خو ئه‌رد ڤه‌دانه‌. خه‌یۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... یژا سێخ ئه‌ڤدی سه‌لامه‌كێ‌ دابوو خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. اخایێ‌ میرێ‌ ملا دگۆ: سێخ ئه‌ڤدی ده‌رباس به‌ ژۆرا هانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دگۆ لاوۆ سه‌رێ‌ ته‌ مه‌زنه‌ بینانی سه‌رێ‌ بالاخێ‌ گامێسانه‌. ته‌ هنده‌ك گه‌ده‌ و گووده‌، گۆلكێ‌ ل به‌ر چێله‌كا ئیرۆ هه‌فت رۆژه‌ تۆپ كرییه‌ ناڤا جه‌ماه‌تا گرانه‌. لاوۆ تو ددی وان برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ‌ دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكانه‌. موه‌رسێ‌ كورێ‌ موه‌رسان دو زلام هاتنه‌ مالا ته‌ مێڤانه‌. ناڤێ‌ یه‌كێ‌ سه‌یده‌، ناڤێ‌ یه‌كێ‌ ژی ته‌لهانه‌. ته‌ تاقه‌ت نه‌كر تو چۆپه‌ك نان بدی وان زلامانه‌. ژ بۆی خودێ‌ رێڤینه‌، ل سه‌رێ‌ رییانه‌. ژا خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با دۆن و روون دا مانه‌. لاوۆ تو دبێژی م ده‌رباس به‌ ژۆرا هانه‌. نه‌ قوونا من یا دۆسه‌كانه‌. نه‌ تلی پێچكێ‌ م یێ‌ برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ‌ دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكانه‌. نه‌ لێڤێ‌ م لێڤێ‌ قه‌هوانه‌. گۆ ئه‌ز هاتمه‌ كا گۆتنێ‌ ته‌ چییه‌، ده‌وا ته‌ چ را نه‌ گۆ چما تو نزانی ئیرۆ چه‌ند رۆژه‌ ژ م را هاتییه‌ ناما چیلۆسمانه‌. به‌لێ‌ گۆ ئاخایێ‌ من، چه‌ندی یاسێ‌ م ده‌رباس بوویه‌، لێ‌ گوهێ‌ من ل گوهدارییانه‌. اخ گۆ لاوۆ نامووس نه‌ ژ ته‌ را نه‌. ته‌ گۆلكێ‌ به‌ر چێله‌كا به‌ره‌ڤ كرییه‌ كۆنێ‌ خو دانه‌. هه‌فت رۆژه‌ تو ژێ‌ را دكی خزمه‌تا گرانه‌. سبێ‌ بلا بكه‌ڤه‌ كه‌وكه‌وێ‌ سنگینییێ‌ زه‌نگییێ‌ میراتێ‌ مه‌تهانییانه‌. ببه‌ نرینا مێرانه‌. ببه‌ گوژینێ‌ گورز و كه‌مه‌ندانه‌. ببه‌ ته‌قینێ‌ رم و مستییانه‌. ه‌وێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ خو ل به‌ر ده‌رییا ده‌رخن وه‌كی گۆلكێ‌ ل به‌ر چێله‌كانه‌. كه‌كسه‌ك ژ ته‌ را ناكه‌ یاردما نامووسا د گرانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی سه‌رێ‌ خو بلند كر، گۆ قاوه‌چییۆ سه‌رێ‌ م دێسه‌، دلێ‌ م دلا دلكی دینه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ من ب كوله‌، ب كه‌سه‌ره‌ و ب برینه‌. یسكانا قاوا سه‌رت و سورووتا جه‌ماه‌تا سێسه‌د مێری تو برژینه‌. ژ ئاپێ‌ خو را قاوه‌یه‌ك ته‌زه‌ بكه‌لینه‌. ل پێسییا خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با بگه‌رینه‌. بلا دلێ‌ كه‌سه‌كێ‌ ژ من نه‌مینه‌. هه‌مین یاسێ‌ م ده‌رباس بوویه‌، وه‌ختێ‌ من و سه‌ر و ده‌وێ‌ گران نینه‌. لاوۆ ئیژا تو به‌ر ب ئاپێ‌ خو ژێله‌ بینه‌. تو بالا خو بدێ‌ جكا چ ده‌ورانه‌، بلا كولك و ئه‌با و سه‌ر و رسییێ‌ ڤانا ل به‌ستێ‌ بێ‌ خوویی بمینه‌. ای لێ‌ یاردێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. لۆلۆلۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب كول و ده‌رد و ته‌ڤ جۆڤانه‌. بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. وه‌ختێ‌ قاوه‌چی ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سرووتان دگه‌رینه‌، خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با سه‌رێ‌ خو برنه‌ بنێ‌ ئاپنجییانه‌. لاوۆ كه‌تنه‌ دسمیسێ‌ د گرانه‌. سرا هاته‌ سه‌ر سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی ده‌ستێ‌ خ ئاڤیته‌ ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سورووتانه‌. سه‌ر خو دا قولباند، بوو سیرقینا جه‌ماه‌تا خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با، هه‌موو پێ‌ كه‌نانه‌. گۆ ئه‌مرێ‌ وی نۆد و نه‌گانه‌. دران د دێڤ دا نه‌مانه‌. قوونا وی ناچه‌ سه‌ر جییانه‌. ب لاف و لووفا یێ‌ هه‌ره‌ بینه‌ جهابا ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. ته‌مام پێ‌ دا ب سێخ ئه‌ڤدی كه‌نانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی زڤری به‌رێ‌ خو دا مالا خو دانه‌. ته‌مام ژ ده‌روێس را سالخ دانه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. لۆلۆلۆلۆ... چار سییارا هاژۆتن ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌با هه‌موویا وستویێ‌ خو خار كرنه‌، چه‌ڤێ‌ وانا مانه‌ ل هه‌وانه‌. ده‌ستێ‌ وان ناگره‌ ئیسكانێ‌ قه‌هوانه‌. ره‌بی ده‌روێسێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی سه‌كنییه‌ پێسده‌را كۆن دانه‌. دۆسكا وی ل سه‌ر ملێ‌ میرێ‌ ملا دانه‌. گۆ ئاپۆ جیهێ‌ ته‌ ده‌را هانه‌. داكه‌ڤه‌ بنییا سۆلانه‌. جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان، سه‌ید و ته‌لهان رابوون سه‌ر دۆسه‌كانه‌. بخو سه‌كنی ل قارسی هه‌ر سێ‌ برا ل سه‌ر چۆكانه‌. هه‌ی ده‌ یاردێ... ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی گۆته‌ خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. ه‌مرێ‌ باڤێ‌ من نۆد و نه‌گانه‌. دران د ده‌ڤێ‌ باڤێ‌ من دا نه‌مانه‌. بوو سیرقینییا وه‌ هوون ب باڤێ‌ م كه‌نییانه‌. لاوۆ ئیسكانا سه‌رتان و سورووتان ئه‌ڤا هه‌فت رۆژه‌ ل به‌ر وه‌یه‌، وه‌ نۆتلا گۆلكا وستویێ‌ خو خار كرییه‌ ل به‌ر دیوارانه‌. یرۆ رۆژا مێرانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... هه‌ی یاردێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ... كولێ‌ تو ب كول بی بكه‌ڤی مالا باڤێ‌ ئه‌دوولێ، ب سێسه‌د و سێست و سه‌س ته‌رزا خو خه‌ملاندییه‌، زولف به‌ردایه‌ ناڤا گه‌رده‌نێ، د برییانه‌. به‌ژنا ڤێ‌ ده‌لالێ‌ وسنه‌ نۆتلا تاكا رهانێ، به‌ر ده‌ڤێ‌ ئه‌ره‌ز، به‌لێ‌ سڤكا گه‌زۆیێ‌ هنداڤ دانه‌. سووره‌تێ‌ وێ‌ هۆریمه‌له‌كێ‌ بینانی سێڤێ‌ خه‌لاتێ‌ ژ خو را ته‌زه‌ خال دانه‌. ل گه‌رده‌نێ‌ بنێره‌ نۆتلا گه‌رده‌نا قولنگێ‌ پاییزێ، بكه‌ زاروون ل ناڤا چیمه‌ن و چاییرا ل به‌ر زه‌ڤییانه‌. دلێ‌ وێ‌ ئیسال هه‌فت ساله‌ ل ده‌روێس دانه‌. د بن بژانگ و مووژنگێ‌ چه‌ڤا را ئاڤرێ‌ دده‌ ده‌روێس دانه‌. ده‌روێس برینداره‌، نۆتلا فراره‌كی بیست و چار سالا بكه‌ڤه‌ ل فرارییێ‌ گوللێ‌ ب نوقته‌ باڤێژه‌ دل و هناڤانه‌. وسا ئاڤرا دده‌ ده‌روێس به‌لێ‌ نۆتلا ئۆخجییێ‌ تیر و كه‌وانێ‌ تیره‌كی باڤێژه‌ سه‌رێ‌ كه‌زه‌بێ، سه‌رێ‌ كه‌زه‌با وی كول كرییه‌ پستا پیلێ‌ وی ڤا بسكۆك دانه‌. یار دێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌... ده‌روێس هنداڤ دا رابوو سه‌ر پییانه‌. راكرییه‌ سنگێ‌ به‌ر هێسییا كۆنانه‌. كه‌تییه‌ ناڤا خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. كولك كه‌تییه‌ ناڤا ده‌ست و پییانه‌. ه‌بایێ‌ هه‌زۆیی ل به‌ستێ‌ ڤه‌له‌زییانه‌. سڤقه‌لوونێ‌ وان ب ئاگر ڤا ڤه‌رگه‌ریانه‌. داركێ‌ جخارا ل ناڤ ده‌ست و پییا دا بوونه‌ سه‌س پرتییانه‌. من دینا خو ددایێ‌ هاتانی سێسه‌د مێری خو ئاڤیتن پست جل و جهازێ‌ د ده‌ڤانه‌. ای لێ‌ یارد ئێ... جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان، سه‌ید و ته‌لهان و ده‌روێس هاتنه‌ ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دانه‌. ده‌روێس دگۆ باڤۆ ژ م را بكه‌ كارێ‌ د هه‌سپانه‌. مه‌ سه‌رێ‌ خو دانییه‌ ئۆخرا د گرانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی چوو پێسییێ‌ گۆ ده‌روێسۆ لاوۆ ناڤێ‌ هه‌سپێ‌ ته‌ هه‌دمانه‌، یێ‌ م ئه‌تمانه‌. لاوۆ ئیسال هه‌فت ساله‌ هوندور دا تاڤ نه‌دیتنه‌ ژ ده‌رڤانه‌. ژ هسكییێ‌ دا خارنا وانه‌. منێ‌ نه‌لێ‌ وان زیڤ و بزمارێ‌ وان زێر لێدانه‌. سه‌با زوو نه‌مهن، ل سه‌تێ‌ مه‌یدانێ‌ بكه‌ڤنه‌ سه‌رێ‌ له‌هه‌نگان خو باڤێنه‌ سه‌ر دزگینێ‌ دوژمنانه‌. ده‌ لاوۆ تو وه‌ره‌ ئیرۆ سوار به‌ میراتێ‌ ئه‌تمانه‌. ه‌تمان هه‌سپێ‌ باڤێ‌ ته‌ یه‌، لاوۆ ته‌ ناهێله‌ د ج دانه‌. ل گاڤا سه‌ر و جه‌نگا دا دوژمنا دده‌ به‌ر له‌كمانه‌. لاوۆ هه‌سپێ‌ ته‌ سه‌رهسكه‌، ل سه‌رێ‌ مه‌یدانێ‌ زوو نازڤره‌ سه‌ر دزگینا دوژمنانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دگۆ ده‌روێسۆ لاوۆ ل هه‌سپێ‌ م سییار به‌، به‌لكێ‌ ل رۆژا ته‌نگاڤییێ‌ تو دكه‌ڤی سه‌رێ‌ كه‌وكه‌سێ‌ سبێ، سه‌رێ‌ كۆس و مسرییان، ده‌نگێ‌ نرینییا لاوێ‌ باڤا لاوۆ تو بێ‌ خایی نه‌مینی ل ناڤا دوژمنانه‌. ده‌روێس دگۆت سێخ ئه‌ڤدی ئاقل چوویه‌، سه‌ودا ل سه‌رێ‌ ته‌ نه‌مانه‌. ه‌ز هه‌سپێ‌ چێ‌ سوار بم یێ‌ كۆتی بدمه‌ ڤان برایێ‌ هانه‌. خودێ‌ سوخولا م نایینه‌ ل سه‌ر رێ‌ و دربانه‌. ه‌گه‌ر ئه‌جه‌لێ‌ م هاتبه‌ ل سه‌ر پستا میراتێ‌ هه‌دمانه‌. تو هه‌سپێ‌ خو بده‌ سه‌ید دا، گولی سه‌یی داییكا هه‌ر دو هه‌سپا بده‌ ته‌لهانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ ژی سییار بم هه‌دمانی، بنێ‌ به‌رییێ‌ ب لنگا تێ‌ فرۆتانه‌. ه‌مێ‌ به‌رێ‌ خو بدۆنه‌ سه‌ر ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی هه‌سپ و زین و تاخمێ‌ وان ل سه‌ر پستێ‌ دانه‌. ه‌ڤان زلامانا چوونه‌ ده‌ستێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی، به‌رێ‌ خو دانه‌ ئۆخرێ، پستا خو دانه‌ فه‌له‌كا خایین و ده‌ره‌وین ژ كه‌سی را نه‌مانه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌... سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌ ب جۆڤانه‌. بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب مژه‌ ب دوومانه‌. ه‌دوولا قیزا زۆر ته‌مر پاسایێ‌ ملی بهیستییه‌ ده‌روووسێ‌ هه‌ره‌ سه‌ر چیلۆسمانه‌. ره‌فێ‌ قیز و بووكا ل سه‌ر خو دانه‌. ستابه‌كێ‌ دایه‌ به‌ژن و بالا خو، مۆری و ئینجییانه‌. لاوۆ ئاڤ ل گه‌رده‌نێ‌ خوویا دكه‌، مه‌ژوو ل تلیانه‌. خو به‌ردبوو سه‌رێ‌ رێیا كو ده‌روێسێ‌ هه‌ره‌ سه‌ر چیلۆسمانه‌. یژا وی چاخی یێ‌ ئه‌دوولێ‌ ب ئه‌زمانێ‌ سرین، ب قه‌د و قامه‌تێ‌ گران یێ‌ به‌نده‌كێ‌ ده‌روێس را بێژه‌، كانێ‌ به‌ندێ‌ وێ‌ چاوانه‌. وێلوێلوێل.. دگۆ ده‌ وه‌ره‌، ده‌روێسۆ ده‌ وه‌ره‌، له‌هه‌نگۆ ده‌ وه‌ره‌، هووتۆ ده‌ وه‌ره‌! هه‌ی مالخه‌رابۆ باڤێ‌ م ته‌ دخاپینه‌، ل رێیا هات نه‌هاتێ‌ دا دسینه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م دێسه‌، دلێ‌ م (ژ) دلا دله‌كی ده‌ل و دینه‌. لاوۆ ب هه‌قییا خودێ‌ به‌، باڤێ‌ وه‌ بسولمانه‌، كالكێ‌ وه‌ ئێزدینه‌. ێلا ته‌ ئێله‌كه‌ گرانه‌، هه‌مین سووندا ته‌ ب یه‌زدان را گرانه‌، ترسا ته‌ تونینه‌. ده‌ تو وه‌ره‌ ده‌ستێ‌ خو باڤێ‌ سینگێ‌ م سی و سێ‌ سه‌ده‌ف سه‌ر هه‌ڤ سه‌كنینه‌. لبۆ لبۆ سه‌رێ‌ سه‌ده‌فا بقه‌تینه‌. ل جۆتێ‌ زه‌رمه‌مكا بنێره‌، سه‌رێ‌ وان سۆر و خوونن، بنێ‌ وان سپینه‌. یژا خه‌مێ‌ دلێ‌ خو پێ‌ بره‌ڤینه‌. بلا چوویینا ته‌ دا چ كول و كه‌سه‌ر و كه‌ده‌ر ل دلێ‌ م یێ‌ برین دا نه‌مینه‌. اخ ده‌ لای لۆ هایێ...ده‌ لای لۆ هایێ... دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی دگۆت تۆلێ‌ ده‌ رابه‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ رێ‌ و دربانه‌. نه‌ گه‌ده‌مه‌، نه‌ گووده‌مه‌، رامووسانان بستینم ل تالدێ‌ ته‌پك و ده‌ڤێ‌ ئاڤانه‌. دچمه‌ سه‌ر ئه‌سكه‌تێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. ب قه‌وه‌ت و رایا راهمێ‌ ره‌همانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ ب گۆتنا خودێ‌ ب هه‌دیسا پێخه‌مبه‌ر ته‌ ژ خو را بكم كه‌بانییا مالا د گرانه‌. به‌لكی چوویینا من ب منه‌، هاتنا م ب خودانه‌. سبێ‌ خه‌لكێ‌ ژ م را بێژه‌ سه‌ر ئۆخرا خو زڤری ده‌روێس گه‌ده‌كی ب دو په‌رانه‌. چیكی مه‌ ژێ‌ را هه‌یه‌، ئه‌سلێ‌ وی ئێزدییه‌ پیرێ‌ وی سه‌یتانه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌... سه‌ید و ته‌لهان و جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان، ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی كلێ‌ چه‌ڤێ‌ ئه‌دوولێ‌ ده‌رباس بوون سه‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. هه‌فت رۆژا هاژۆتن ب رێ‌ دانه‌. وێلوێلوێلللللل... رۆژ كه‌ته‌ رۆژا هه‌ستانه‌. ل خیمێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌ریكا ژێرین دینا خو ددانێ‌ ئێله‌كێ‌ دانییه‌ ل قۆنتارا چییانه‌. هنه‌ك دبێژن مژه‌، هنه‌ك دبێژن دوومانه‌، هنه‌ك دبێژن سێركێ‌ ئاسیمانه‌. هنه‌ك دبێژن وه‌كی خیزێ‌ بنێ‌ به‌هرانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ ئێلێ‌ هه‌یه‌، بنێ‌ وێ‌ قه‌ت نه‌خوویایه‌. تم و تم جارا ئێلێ‌ خو دایه‌ ئالییێ‌ راستێ‌ سه‌رۆبه‌نه‌، كۆنه‌كی گران ل سه‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. چادوره‌ك ئال سنجان ل په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. ده‌روێسێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی، سه‌ید و ته‌لهان و جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان هاژۆتن به‌ر ده‌رێ‌ وێ‌ چادورا ئالسنجان به‌لێ‌ ل په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. دینا خو دانێ‌ خانمه‌كێ‌ ژێ‌ ده‌ركه‌تییه‌، ئاگرێ‌ كولێ‌ ب كول به‌ بكه‌ڤه‌ به‌یتا باڤێ‌ خانمێ‌ وه‌كی سریتێ‌ دۆرا كۆنا پۆرێ‌ وێ‌ كۆم بوونه‌ ل ئه‌ردێ‌ مانه‌. یه‌مان دبێژه‌ به‌ژن و بالێ‌ خانمێ‌ دنێری دبێژی به‌ژنا سپیندارانه‌. ل دێمێ‌ خانمێ‌ دنێری تو دبێژی هه‌یڤا د چاردانه‌. هه‌ما گرتییه‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ هه‌سپێ‌ ده‌روێس دانه‌. اخ دگۆ برانۆ په‌یا بن هوون رێڤینه‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ رییانه‌. برانۆ كه‌ره‌م كن بخۆن قۆته‌ك نانه‌. ده‌روێس ل خانمێ‌ پرسیار كر: ئه‌ڤ ئێلا ها كو سررێ‌ وێ‌ هه‌یه‌، بنێ‌ وێ‌ نه‌خوویانه‌. ێلا كێیه‌ و ئاخایێ‌ وێ‌ كیژانه‌؟ گۆ برایۆ ئاخایێ‌ ئێلێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. گۆ خایێ‌ ئه‌ز بالا خو ددمه‌ ئێلێ‌ خێنجی كالێ‌ نۆد سالی كه‌سه‌ك تێدا نه‌ خوویانه‌. لێ‌ مێرێ‌ ئێلا وه‌ كو دا چوونه‌ قه‌ت نه‌مانه‌. گۆ برایۆ ئه‌ڤا ئێلا ئاخایێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. ته‌مامێ‌ وێ‌ تۆپ بوونه‌ چوونه‌ هه‌رن سه‌ر ئاخایێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. گۆ خایێ‌ مه‌وجوودییا وان چه‌قاسه‌؟ گۆ برایۆ مه‌وجوودییا وان سێ‌ هه‌زاره‌ قه‌ت كێم نینه‌، ده‌ركه‌تنه‌ سه‌رێ‌ رێ‌ و د دربانه‌. گۆ برایۆ ئه‌ز سالخێ‌ وی سێ‌ هه‌زاری بده‌م ژ وه‌ رانه‌. پێنسه‌دێ‌ وان رمبازن، تم جاران دكن سه‌رێ‌ ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ خوویێ‌ تیران و رمانه‌. پێنسه‌دێ‌ وان گێرچینه‌ ل پێسییێ‌ دگه‌رینه‌ خه‌به‌رانه‌. پێنسه‌دێ‌ وان دكن مالخرابۆ نه‌زه‌را د گرانه‌. پێنسه‌دێ‌ وان خوویێ‌ كۆسه‌ و مسرییانه‌. هه‌زارێ‌ مایی ته‌مام ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ هه‌ربا د گرانه‌. چوونه‌ سه‌ر ئاخایێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. گۆ سه‌به‌بێ‌ وێ‌ یا چییه‌؟ گۆ برا ما تو نه‌ ژ ئێلێیی، نه‌ ژ ئه‌مرێیی؟ چیلۆسمان ل ئاخایێ‌ ئێلا ملا دخوازه‌ خه‌راجا هه‌فت سالانه‌. به‌لێ‌ لێ‌ دكه‌ ده‌وا ره‌وسا كۆنێ‌ ئه‌ره‌بی، جه‌نییا مینا له‌یلانه‌. لێ‌ دكه‌ ده‌وا سه‌د قیزێ‌ تلی یێ‌ وان ل گوستیلا، لنگێ‌ وان د زه‌نگییانه‌. لێ‌ دكه‌ ده‌وا سه‌د پیرێ‌ خوویێ‌ ته‌سی و كولییانه‌. لێ‌ دكه‌ ده‌وا سه‌د خۆرتێ‌ خوویێ‌ تیر و كه‌وان و رمانه‌. لێ‌ دكه‌ ده‌وا سه‌د مێرێ‌ باسپه‌هله‌وانه‌. یان ژی یێ‌ ب ده‌ستێ‌ زۆرێ‌ خه‌راج بده‌ م دا قیزا خو ئه‌دوولێ‌ ل سه‌ر ملێ‌ به‌له‌نگازانه‌. گۆ خایێ‌ تو هه‌ره‌ما گاوورێ‌ چیلۆسمانی نا یان نه‌ وسانه‌. گۆ برایۆ چاوا ته‌ را دبێژم، ئه‌گه‌ر تو بسولمانی، ل دینێ‌ موهه‌مه‌دی، ئه‌ز هه‌ره‌ما گاوورێ‌ چیلۆسمانم، مامه‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ رێ‌ و دربانه‌. به‌لكه‌ سوخولێ‌ وی بمینه‌ نیڤێ‌ رێ‌ دانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ێ‌ گۆ دایێ‌ ئه‌و ب سێ‌ هه‌زار مێری چوویه‌ سه‌ر میرێ‌ ملا، لێ‌ قه‌وه‌تا میرێ‌ ملا چه‌قاسه‌ و چ قه‌درانه‌. دگۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. دبێ‌ وه‌ختا د كۆن دا روونستبوون، خوویێ‌ كولك و ئه‌بانه‌. خه‌به‌ر ددان، گوهێ‌ م ل گوهدارییا بوو، دگۆتن هه‌ی لاوۆ ترسا وه‌ ژ ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی سییارێ‌ هه‌دمانه‌. ره‌نگێ‌ ده‌روێس موخه‌ییه‌ر بوو. گۆ برایۆ تو ده‌روێس نینی؟ گۆ خایینگێ‌ ده‌روێس م ژ خو را ناگره‌ سه‌ییسێ‌ كو هه‌ره‌ به‌ر هه‌سپانه‌. گۆ ناڤێ‌ هه‌سۆێ‌ وی ژی هه‌دمانه‌. بوو سیهینا هه‌سپێ. گۆ برانگۆ ده‌ وه‌ره‌ ب ساهێ‌ مه‌ردانه‌. چاخێ‌ م كرییه‌ قالا هه‌دمانه‌. هه‌سپێ‌ ته‌ سیهییا، یه‌قین دكم تو ده‌روێسی، هه‌سپێ‌ ته‌ هه‌دمانه‌. ژنكێ‌ ده‌ستێ‌ خو ئاڤیته‌ نگێ‌ هه‌دمان را كر و دوونا خو دایێ، سه‌رێ‌ بزمارێ‌ وی زه‌رن، نه‌لێ‌ سپی لێ‌ دانه‌. گۆ برایۆ تو و دینێ‌ موهه‌مه‌د كی، هه‌كه‌ تو ده‌روێسی په‌یا به‌ ل سه‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌. به‌لێ‌ دگۆ خایینگێ‌ ئه‌ز ده‌روێسم. وه‌ختا په‌یا بوو ل په‌رێ‌ كۆنانه‌، كولا خودێ‌ ل به‌یتا باڤێ‌ خانمێ‌ كه‌ڤه‌، ئا نكا ڤا ژێ‌ را چێكرییه‌ برنجێ‌ قه‌ره‌چامێ‌ دووڤێ‌ هه‌لكانه‌. دبێ‌ ئاڤیته‌ سه‌ر زه‌خمێ‌ كولی برنجانه‌. ژێ‌ را كرییه‌ ته‌داروكێ‌ نانه‌. ده‌ یار دێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. دبێ‌ ئه‌وی نانێ‌ خو خواری زینێ‌ هه‌سپا ل سه‌ر پستێ‌ دانه‌. نگێ‌ خو ئاڤیتنه‌ ركێفێ‌ زه‌نگییانه‌. به‌لێ‌ سوار بوونه‌ سه‌ر پستێ‌ هه‌سپانه‌. خانمێ‌ رێ‌ ژ وان را نیسان دانه‌. كه‌رر ژ ده‌روێس را دبێژه‌: دبێ‌ برایۆ هه‌وارا ته‌ وه‌ره‌ ساهێ‌ د مه‌ردانه‌. خێر و خوه‌سی سوخولا ته‌ هه‌ڤ بینه‌، تو لێخی سه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. هه‌ما م ژی ژ خو را ببه‌ بكه‌ كه‌بانییا ئه‌دوولێ، ناته‌له‌ كه‌بانییا مالا د گرانه‌. لێ‌ لێ‌ یار دێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ده‌روێس دبێژه‌ بلا ب سۆزا مێرانه‌. گاڤا كو م ب خێر و خاسی ژێ‌ كر سه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ ته‌ ژی بهه‌رم به‌لێ‌ بكم كه‌بانییا مالا د گرانه‌. ه‌وان هه‌ر دو یا سۆز ب هه‌ڤ را دانه‌. ه‌ڤان زلامان ژۆردا داكه‌تن سه‌رێ‌ رێ‌ و دربانه‌. لۆلۆلۆلۆ.. ه‌وانا سێ‌ رۆژا هاژۆتن ب رێ‌ دانه‌. رۆژ كه‌ته‌ رۆژا د چارانه‌. خو ژ پارا گیهانده‌ سه‌ر ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ ئاخایێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. سه‌ید دگۆ لۆلۆلۆلۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌... دگۆ ته‌لهانۆ برایۆ تێ‌ بیرا ته‌ ئه‌م چوونه‌ ده‌رێ‌ كۆنێ‌ ئاخایێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. قیمه‌ت نه‌دان مه‌ هه‌ر دو برانه‌. لاوۆ قۆت نانێ‌ لاییقێ‌ مه‌ هه‌ر دو رێڤییانه‌. یژا ئیرۆ خو چێ‌ كه‌، رۆژ رۆژا مێرانه‌. برایێ‌ ته‌ یێ‌ پێسییێ‌ هه‌ره‌، تو په‌یێ‌ برایێ‌ خو تۆپ كه‌ وه‌كی گارانا گوهێ‌ گوندانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... ای لێ‌ یار دێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌... لۆلۆلۆلۆ... سه‌د جار دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. اگرێ‌ كولێ‌ ب كول به‌ بكه‌ڤه‌ به‌ژن و بالا ته‌لهانه‌. نۆتانی به‌لێ‌ برووسك رابه‌ ژ ئاسیمانه‌. سه‌ید چاوا پێسییێ‌ ل هه‌ڤ دزڤرینه‌، ئه‌ڤا ژی پارا دده‌ به‌ قوونێ‌ رمانه‌. اخ ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمان نزانه‌، به‌رقه‌، برووسكه‌، یان ئاگر كه‌تییه‌ ناڤا كۆكێ‌ وان دانه‌. اخ ده‌ یاردێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ سێ‌ رۆژا هه‌ر دوو برا ته‌مامی هه‌ڤرا لێدانه‌. هه‌تانی هه‌زار و پێنسه‌د مێری سه‌رێ‌ وان كه‌ته‌ ناڤ ده‌ست و پییانه‌. ده‌روێس زڤری جه‌م هه‌ر سێ‌ برانه‌. دگۆ برانۆ ئه‌مێ‌ راست ده‌ركه‌ڤن پێسییێ‌ ل پارا سه‌ره‌ یێ‌ پێسییێ‌ قه‌ت نزانه‌. لۆلۆلۆلۆ... لاوۆ ئه‌گه‌ر ئه‌م كۆكا وان بینن، سبێ‌ یێ‌ بێژن مێركێ‌ بسولمان ڤرا دكن، ئیسێ‌ بسولمانا ب خه‌یانه‌تییه‌، ب خایینه‌تی ل مه‌ دانه‌. ه‌مێ‌ ده‌سته‌ك كنجێ‌ ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ كووچك ل جه‌فه‌ر كن، بسینن ل جه‌م وانه‌. بلا هیم به‌ ل پیلان و به‌ندانه‌. ێڤارێ‌ خه‌به‌رێ‌ خو ته‌ماامی تۆپ كه‌ بینه‌ ژ مه‌ رانه‌. ب سییاسه‌تی بسینه‌ خه‌به‌رانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ خوویێ‌ رمان و تیر و كه‌وانان ل سه‌ر ملێ‌ سه‌ید و ته‌لهانه‌. ده‌روێسێ‌ ئه‌ڤدی گورره‌گروێ‌ باڤێ‌ من و په‌هله‌وانانه‌. ه‌وان زلاما ل رۆژه‌كێ‌ هه‌یانی سی و پێنج رۆژا ب ده‌وامی لێ‌ دانه‌. ده‌ لۆلۆلۆۆۆۆ... ای لێ‌ یاردێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ل رۆژه‌كێ‌ هه‌یانی سی و پێنج رۆژا خه‌یۆ ته‌ڤ لێ‌ دانه‌. نیڤێ‌ ئه‌سكه‌ر پارا ژ خو را سه‌ڤ ره‌ڤیانه‌. گوم و گۆرا باڤێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. گۆ كۆكا مه‌ ئانییه‌ ژنێ‌ مه‌ مانه‌ بێ‌ خایی و بێ‌ خودانه‌. چیلۆسمان گاڤا ب ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ خو هه‌سییا، دینا خو دایێ‌ نیڤێ‌ كوستییێ‌ ئه‌سكه‌ر بێ‌ خوویی مانه‌. گه‌له‌ك جه‌نده‌ك كه‌تنه‌ ناڤا ده‌ست و پییانه‌. گه‌له‌كی وان كوستی و یێ‌ مایی ژی سه‌ڤ ره‌ڤینه‌ ناڤا ئێلا د گرانه‌. هه‌ر چار برا سۆز ب هه‌ڤ دانه‌. یژا رۆژ كه‌ته‌ رۆژا سی و سه‌سانه‌. ده‌ركه‌تنه‌ پێسییا ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمانه‌. نامه‌ ب هه‌ڤ دانه‌. ه‌وانه‌ هاتنه‌ پێسییا چیلۆسمانه‌. ده‌وا نامووسێ‌ ئاخایێ‌ میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. یژا ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ وی ته‌مام سه‌كنییه‌ سه‌رێ‌ مه‌یدانه‌ د گرانه‌. جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان دگۆ: ده‌روێس لاوۆ تێ‌ سبێ‌ هه‌ری ناڤا ئێلێ‌ بلی ئه‌دوولێ‌ بدی لاڤانه‌. تێ‌ بێژی جه‌فه‌ر گرتییه‌ سه‌رێ‌ هه‌سپانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... اخ ده‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. دبێ‌ سه‌ر كه‌ته‌ سه‌ر ملێ‌ جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ خوویێ‌ تیران و رمان هاتییه‌ سه‌ر ملێ‌ سه‌ید و ته‌لهانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ه‌وا زلامانا هه‌تانای چل و یه‌ك رۆژێ‌ ده‌وامی لێدانه‌. لۆلۆلۆلۆۆۆ... كولا خودێ‌ ب كول بی بكه‌ڤی مالا جه‌فه‌رێ‌ د گێسانه‌. بوستنا هووت و له‌هه‌نگ و په‌هله‌وانان ل به‌ر چه‌ڤا نۆتلا جخاره‌كی باڤێ‌ ناڤا لێڤانه‌. ژ پێنسه‌د په‌هله‌وانی چارسه‌دێ‌ وی هلدایه‌ ته‌مام سه‌ر ژێ‌ كرییه‌ ئاڤیتییه‌ به‌ستانه‌. ژێ‌ مایه‌ سه‌د مێرێ‌ باسپه‌هله‌وانه‌. چیلۆسمان رابوویه‌ ناڤ ئه‌سكه‌رێ‌ خو دینا خو دایێ‌ خێنجی سه‌د مێر په‌هله‌وانی قه‌ كه‌س نه‌مانه‌. ده‌ دبێ‌ ده‌روێسێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی مالا خو خه‌راب كر چوو پێسییا جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسانه‌. گۆ جه‌فه‌رۆ كورمه‌تۆ، بده‌ خاترێ‌ راهمێ‌ ره‌مانه‌. یژا ئیرۆ دۆر دۆرا من و وانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ ژێ‌ را بكه‌ڤم هه‌نه‌ك و لاقردییانه‌. رۆژا چل و یه‌كێ‌ ده‌روێسێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی مه‌سیا بوو پێسییا له‌هه‌نگ و هووتانه‌. هه‌تانی به‌ری نیرۆ سه‌رێ‌ نۆد و نه‌ها لێدانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... یژا یه‌ك لێ‌ مایه‌، باسپه‌هله‌وانه‌. ناڤێ‌ وی روویین ته‌لهانه‌. زولخێ‌ پۆلا سه‌ر سێری نه‌ ئیسێ‌ گورزانه‌، نه‌ ئیسێ‌ تیرانه‌، نه‌ ئیسێ‌ رمانه‌...یا بۆ... خه‌یۆ ره‌به‌نۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ده‌روێسێ‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی سییارێ‌ هه‌دمانه‌. نۆتلا قولنگێ‌ بوهارێ‌ فرقازه‌كێ‌ بده‌ خو دا ل سه‌رێ‌ مه‌یدانێ‌ سه‌رهسكه‌، ب گۆتجا سێخ ئه‌ڤدی نازڤره‌ سه‌ر دزگینا دوژمنانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... به‌رێ‌ وی داكه‌تییه‌ به‌رژێرانه‌. خودێ‌ ته‌قدیرا ژۆرێ‌ بكه‌، تێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ مه‌رییانه‌. ره‌بی هه‌ر دو لنگێ‌ هه‌دمانه‌ پێسییێ‌ ل كوله‌مسكێ‌ دا چوونه‌، قه‌یدك دا فریانه‌. لۆلۆلۆ... ه‌وی گاووری كره‌ نه‌مه‌ردی رمه‌كێ‌ ل ئۆرتا ناڤملێ‌ ده‌روێس دایه‌، گورچكا وی ده‌ركه‌ته‌ ده‌رڤانه‌. هه‌وی ل مه‌ به‌ لێ... چاوا ب كه‌تنێ‌ را سه‌ید نۆلا نه‌ره‌كی پێسییا ده‌ڤانه‌. خو گیهانده‌ پێسییێ‌ هه‌ر دو برا ب هه‌ڤ را لێدانه‌. دكن ناكن زولخێ‌ پۆلاره‌، نه‌ ئیسێ‌ رمانه‌، نه‌ ئیسێ‌ تیرانه‌، نه‌ ئیسێ‌ گورزانه‌، نه‌ ئیسێ‌ كوستنێ‌ یه‌ مرنا گرانه‌. سه‌ید گۆ گاوور م سه‌ر خو را نه‌دی مێر و په‌هله‌وانه‌. ه‌م مه‌رڤن نه‌ هه‌یوانه‌. ه‌م سه‌فه‌قێ‌ هه‌تا نها د هه‌ربێ‌ دانه‌. لاوۆ په‌یا به‌، ئه‌م ده‌ست باڤێنه‌ ب هه‌ڤ دانه‌. گاڤا گاوور په‌یا بوو، ده‌ست ئاڤیته‌ كه‌مه‌ندا سه‌ید نۆتانی مێره‌كی چاوا ده‌ستێ‌ خو باڤێژه‌ زنجیره‌كی دابوو به‌ر چۆكا خو دانه‌. سوور هلدا كو ژێ‌ كه‌ سه‌رێ‌ وی ته‌لهانه‌. سه‌ید ب سێ‌ ده‌نگێ‌ ئه‌لی لێ‌ كره‌ قوورین لاوۆ زرارا وی چاوانه‌؟ گۆ گاوور م سه‌ر خو را نه‌دیت په‌هله‌وانه‌. هه‌لا كا سفه‌ت و ره‌نگێ‌ ته‌ چاوانه‌. بلا كه‌سه‌ر ب م را نه‌چه‌ ئاخا سار دانه‌. لۆلۆلۆلۆلۆ... ه‌ڤی گاووری ده‌ستێ‌ خو ئاڤیته‌ زولخێ‌ پۆلا ژ سه‌ر سه‌رێ‌ خو هل دا بوو د هه‌وانه‌. سه‌ید ب نه‌زم دو تیر ئاڤیته‌ د چاڤانه‌. چار تلییا ل پاتكا وستو را ئاڤیته‌ ده‌رڤانه‌. ژ بن چۆكا وی چوو ده‌را هانه‌. سه‌ید نۆتلا قولنگێ‌ بوهارێ‌ قیرییا هاته‌ سه‌ر جه‌نازێ‌ ده‌روێس دانه‌. هێی..... دگۆت ده‌ لۆلۆلۆ... ویویوی... هه‌ی لۆ برا ده‌ رابه‌... ویویوی... هه‌ی مالی سه‌وتییۆ ده‌ رابه‌. دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌... ویویوی... مالا ته‌ سه‌وتییۆ ئه‌دووله‌ قیزا میرێ‌ ملا مابوو ل ناڤا ملا بێ‌ خوویی و بێ‌ خودانه‌. ه‌زێ‌ سبێ‌ چ بدم جهابا كاله‌مێرێ‌ ل به‌ر كۆنانه‌. وێلوێلوێل... لۆلۆ ده‌روێسۆ برا سبه‌یه‌ سه‌رێ‌ م دێسه‌، دلێ‌ م دینه‌. مالخراب سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌ ب كه‌سه‌ره‌ ب برینه‌. برا ئه‌زێ‌ دواكێ‌ بكم ژ خالقێ‌ مه‌رلانه‌، ژ ره‌ڤێ‌ ژۆرینه‌. بلا روهێ‌ م ل دۆرا روهێ‌ ته‌ بگه‌رینه‌. ه‌دووله‌ قیزا میرێ‌ ملا بلا هیڤییا خه‌لقێ‌ ڤا نه‌مینه‌. وه‌ی لۆلۆلۆ برا وی وی... ده‌ لۆلۆلۆ برا وی وی... ده‌ رابه‌ له‌هه‌نگۆ رابه‌، ده‌ رابه‌ هووتۆ رابه‌، گورێ‌ پستهێسینۆ ده‌ رابه‌ ! دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌، تو چوویی، ئه‌مێ‌ چاوا بكن ل دونیا هانه‌. هه‌ی مالخه‌رابۆ باڤێ‌ ته‌ كاله‌مێره‌ سبێ‌ خه‌لك ژ خو را ناكه‌ گۆلكڤانه‌. هه‌ی وی وی برا هه‌ا وی وی، لۆ برا دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ای ده‌ یار دێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب كول و ده‌ره‌ و ب جۆڤانه‌. بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م ب دوومانه‌. ده‌روێس دگۆ: سه‌یدۆ برا هه‌چێ‌ یازییا خودێ‌ ل ژۆر دكه‌، بێ‌ سك و بێ‌ سوبهه‌ تێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ مه‌رڤانه‌. خێرا م تونه‌ ژ وه‌ برا رانه‌. ه‌و ده‌ربا كو ئه‌وی ل م دایه‌، دل و گورچكێ‌ م ئاڤێتییه‌ د ده‌رڤانه‌. هه‌ی مالسه‌ووتییانۆ هوون دچنه‌ مالێ، بێژن كاله‌باڤێ‌ م دا، خودێ‌ روهێ‌ م ژ هه‌ر سێ‌ برایێ‌ م را كر قوربانه‌. وێل وێل ... اخ ده‌ دلێ‌ م دێسه‌ سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كینه‌ كینه‌. خودێ‌ بلا ده‌ردێ‌ براتییێ‌ نیسانی دار و به‌ر و گورێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ چییا نه‌خینه‌. ل سه‌ر جنازێ‌ ده‌روێس دا بوو قیرینه‌. وی وی وی... ده‌ستێ‌ وان كه‌تبوو ل به‌ر روویانه‌. هه‌ر سێك زڤرین چوونه‌ پێسییا كافرێ‌ روویینته‌ن، سه‌رێ‌ وی ژێ‌ كرن، ئاڤیتن ته‌ركییا د هه‌سپانه‌. وه‌خته‌كێ‌ دینا خو ددانێ‌ جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان دكه‌ ته‌داروكێ‌ ره‌ڤێ، به‌رێ‌ فایتوونێ‌ زڤراندییه‌ سه‌ر رێ‌ و دربانه‌. ده‌روێس دگۆ سه‌یدۆ برا دلێ‌ م كینه‌ كینه‌. سه‌رێ‌ دلێ‌ م كوله‌، بنێ‌ دلێ‌ م برینه‌. زوو بكه‌ پێسییا فایتوونێ‌ ڤر دا بینه‌ و بزڤرینه‌. سۆزێ‌ من ل ئه‌ردێ‌ نه‌خینه‌. هه‌ره‌ما گاوورێ‌ چیلۆسمان ببه‌، هه‌ر دو ئێلا سه‌ر خو خینه‌. م هه‌لال كه‌، فایدا م ژ وه‌ را نینه‌. جا تو رابه‌ ژ م را تاسه‌كه‌ ئاڤا سار ژی بینه‌. مه‌له‌كێ‌ موقه‌ره‌ب، قاسدێ‌ قۆجه‌فه‌له‌كێ‌ هاتییه‌، ئه‌مانه‌تێ‌ ژ من بستینه‌. وی وی وی... هه‌ی لۆ برا وی وی... هه‌ی لێ‌ ره‌به‌نێ‌ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. ته‌قدیر ته‌مام ب ده‌ستێ‌ راهمێ‌ ره‌مانه‌. ده‌روێس ته‌قدیر بوو ل سه‌رێ‌ راست و به‌ستانه‌. جه‌فه‌رێ‌ گێسان، سه‌ید و ته‌لهان هاتن ئێلا چیلۆسمان هلدانه‌ و به‌رێ‌ خو دانه‌ ئێلا میرێ‌ د ملانه‌. جهابه‌كێ‌ چوویه‌ سێخ ئه‌ڤدی رانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی ده‌ركه‌تییه‌ كه‌ڤرێ‌ بندارووكێ‌ دووربینێ‌ داڤێ‌ سه‌رێ‌ رێیانه‌. دینا خو ددایێ‌ سییار ته‌مام زڤرینه‌، لێ‌ سییارێ‌ هه‌دمان نه‌ ژ وان رانه‌. دچوو پێسییێ‌ دگۆ: وێل وێل، لۆ لاوۆ دلێ‌ م ل یانه‌. لاوۆ هوون خێر و خاسی هاتن، لێ‌ سییارێ‌ هه‌دمان نه‌ ب وه‌ رانه‌. سه‌ید و ته‌لهان ب جه‌فه‌ر ڤا سه‌ر سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دا گرانه‌. سێخ ئه‌ڤدی دگۆت: لاوۆ ب خێر و خاسی هوون زڤرین، وه‌ سه‌رێ‌ چیلۆسمان ژێ‌ كرییه‌، هه‌ر وه‌كی بزماره‌ك ل بنێ‌ سۆلا من فرییه‌، دیسا هوون خاس بن هه‌سێبه‌ ده‌روێس ساخ ل دونیا هانه‌. واخ هه‌ی وی وی... ژ كاسێتێ‌ په‌یا كر: په‌رویز جیهانی ل باژارێ‌ ئۆرمییێ‌ بوهارا سالا 1989 ئێ و ل سێ‌ هه‌ژمارێن 34، 35 و 36ێ‌ كۆڤارا سروه‌ دا چاپ كر. تیپگوهێزی كر: په‌رویز جیهانی ل 06.12.2003 ل باژارێ‌ زورخێ. تیپگوهێزی ژ لاتینی یا به‌رێز په‌روێز جیهانی: ره‌شاد بێجرمانی 2009 ب كومبیوته‌ری.</nowiki> m5tqwb8w4b3cv0penmx9vjagjpk4x6y 10 2571 6800 6799 2023-07-24T02:13:24Z Minorax 1611 wikitext text/x-wiki {| width="100%" cellspacing="3" class="plainlinks" style="vertical-align:top; background-color:transparent;" ! style="background-color:#f2f2f2; font-size:100%; text-align:center; border:1px solid #cfcfcf"|Malbata Wîkîmedyayê |- | {| align="center" cellpadding="2" width="90%" style="color:#777; background:transparent;" |- valign="top" | [[Wêne:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|20px|Meta-Wiki|link=m:]] [[m:|'''Meta-Wîkî''']] – Koordînasyon | [[Wêne:Commons-logo.svg|18px|Commons|link={{fullurl:commons:|uselang=ku-latn}}]] [{{fullurl:commons:|uselang=ku-latn}} '''Commons'''] – Wêne û mêdyayên din | [[Wêne:Wiktionary-logo-ku.png|20px|Wîkîferheng|link=wikt:]] [[wikt:|'''Wîkîferheng''']] – Ferheng |- | [[Wêne:Wikibooks-logo.svg|20px|Wîkîpirtûk|link=b:]] [[b:|'''Wîkîpirtûk''']] – Pirtûk ji bo zanînê | [[Wêne:Wikisource-logo.svg|20px|Wîkîçavkanî|link=oldwikisource:Main Page/Kurdî]] [[oldwikisource:Main Page/Kurdî|'''Wîkîçavkanî''']] – Çavkaniya azad | [[Wêne:Wikiquote-logo.svg|20px|Wîkîgotin|link=q:]] [[q:|'''Wîkîgotin''']] – Gotinên kesan |- | [[Wêne:Wikispecies-logo.svg|20px|Wîkîcure|link=species:]] [[species:|'''Wîkîcure''']] – Rêbernameya cureyan | [[Wêne:Wikinews-logo.svg|20px|Wîkînûçe|link=n:Wîkînûçe]] [[n:Wîkînûçe|'''Wîkînûçe''']] – Nûçe | [[Wêne:Wikiversity-logo.svg|20px|Wîkîversîte|link=//www.wikiversity.org]] [//www.wikiversity.org '''Wîkîversîte'''] – Platforma fêrbûnê |- | [[Wêne:Wikidata-logo-en.svg|20px|Wîkîdane|link={{fullurl:d:Wikidata:Destpêk|uselang=ku-latn}}]] [{{fullurl:d:Wikidata:Destpêk|uselang=ku-latn}} '''Wîkîdane'''] – Bingeha zanîna azad | [[Wêne:Wikipedia-logo.svg|22px|Wîkîpediya|link=w:]] [[w:|Wîkîpediya]] – Ensîklopediya azad | [[Wêne:MediaWiki-2020-logo.svg|20px|MediaWiki|link=//www.mediawiki.org?uselang=ku-latn]] [//www.mediawiki.org?uselang=ku-latn '''MediaWiki'''] – Free wiki software |} |}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Destpêk]]</noinclude> 5rl1re0a9r4ccik5gte2c232i21cbs5 0 2572 2661 2005-06-13T16:38:07Z Erdal Ronahi 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Ev pirtûk ji van beşan pêk tê: *[[Dersên PHP'ê I]] *[[Dersên PHP'ê II]] *[[Dersên PHP'ê III]] adabxlastz1ubvaw7tld9l7mjc1ms8u 0 2573 5107 5065 2011-07-12T13:35:03Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki R. Lerdorf, di destpêka dîroka înternetê de, wate di wan salên 1990'î de ku hîn înternet nû belav dibû de, ji xwe re li karekî digeriya. Fikirî ku kurtejiyana xwe di rûpelekê de binivîse û dema çû ji bo kar serî li derekê da, vê navnîşanê bide wan. Lê wan deman, bi taybetî jî di tora Unix a zanîngehan de ku pêşkêşkerên web hatibûn sazkirin, çêkirina rûpeleke şexsî ne karekîhêsan bû. Kî rûpelekê ji xwe re çêke û têxe pêşkêşker, heke roja yekem lê hay nebe jî, roja duyem dê meraq bike bê çend kes ketine malpera wî, çi fikirine û xwestine jê re çi bibêjin. Lerdorf kurtejiyana xwe xist pêşkêşker û wî jî meraq dikir ku çend kes vê kurtejiyana wî dixwînin. Wan salan di hindurê wê de motoreke berhevkar hebû ku yek-du makro fêm dikir. Çend amûrên ku di piraniya malperên şexsî de hene; lênûska mêvanan, hejmarok û hwd tê de cih digirt. Lerdorf di sala 1994an de li ser vê meraqa xwe PHP (Personel Home Page) bi pêş xist.. Beşeke mezin a vê nivîsbariyê ji zimanê Perl hatibû standin. Navê Personel Home Page (Serûpela Şexsî) lê kiribû. Vê nivîsbariyê gelekî bal kişand û hate bikaranîn. Lerdorf pêvekên ku wekî form daneyên ji serîlêderan hatine berhev dike nivîsî. Navê vê bernameyê bû PHP/FI (Form Interpreter / Şîrovekarê Formê). Hinekan navê PHP2 li vê guhertoya bernameyê kir. Ev nav, tevî ku bername gelekî guherî û bi pêş ket jî demeke dirêj neguherî. Lerdorf di 1993an de motora berhevkar ji nû ve nivîsand. Navê wê bû PHP/FI V2 Vê guhertoyê formên agahiyan ên HTML bi kar dianî. Dema desteka mySQL jî li vê yekê zêde bû, PHP/FI êdî ji dayika xwe bû. Pêşî ji gel re ne vekirî bû. R.Lerdorf fikirî ku ev nivîsbariya ku ji bo xwe amade kiriye ji aliyê kesên zêde webê nasnakin ve jî dikare bi hêsanî were bikaranîn. Di sala 1995an de bi navê "Personel Home Page Tools" li gel hate vekirin. êdî gelek kesan destek dayê û kod ên wê bi hevkarî bi pêş xistin. Ji lew re bi lez bi pêş de çû. Rasmus Lerdorf di nîvê sala 1995an de komek ava kir. Di vê komêde Zeev Suraski, Stig bakken, Shane Caraveo û Jim Winstead hebûn. Heta wêdemê PHPê ji "Perl"ê deyndariyeke dewamî dikir. Vê komê PHP ji vî awayî rizgar kir. PHP kirin (Object-Oriented) "Berêveyî Bireser." Ew êdî zimanekî bernamekirinê yê bi vî rengî bû. Ev kom ji bo kêrhatinên dîtir li PHPê zêde bike, hey xebitî. Di 1997an de Zeev Suraski û Andi Gutmans motorê berhevkar bi tevahî ji serî de nivîsandin û ji bo PHP V3 bingehek çêbû. Dû re jî PHP V4 ji serî ve hate nivîsandin. PHP Hypertext Processor ji bo serkeftinan amade bû. -> [[Dersên PHP'ê II]] [[Kategorî:Dersên PHP'ê]] 329n6s7b6vo5qvri6aq1vhxlxt9h4o0 0 2574 6423 5066 2018-04-07T06:17:09Z Biyolojiyabikurdi 1449 wikitext text/x-wiki Ji bo kesên ku CC++, Pascal, heta Visucal Basic dizanin, hînbûna PHP’ê bi tenê danekî rojê digire. Lê kesên ku van zimanan nizanin, belkî çend danên rojê ji bo wê veqetînin. PHP, zimanekî Scriptê ye; wate, kod ên wê wekî dosiyên nivîsê tên tomarkirin û li cihê ku dê were bikaranîn, ji aliyê şirovekarê ve tê şîrovekirin. Ev tê wateya çi? Ev tê wateya ku ji bo tu bernameya te bi PHP’ê nivîsiye berhev bikî, yanî wekî EXE bikî dosiyeke ku dikare bê xebitandin, pêwistiya te bi derxistina dosiyeke din tune. Lê ji bo tu bikaribî Scriptên xwe yên PHP bixebitînî, pêwistiya te dê bi bernameyeke ku zimanê PHP’ê bizane çêbibe. Ev bername dikare bi serê xwe (di paceya fermanxwaz de an jî di termînala dîmenderê de) jî bixebite. Lê bi tevahî em bêjin ku divê ji aliyê Pêşkêşkerê Webê ve bikaribe bête xebitandin. Bi gotineke din, divê mirov bike ku Pêşkêşkerê Webê were radeya ku ji PHP’ê fêm bike. Şîrovekarê PHP’ê, îro li ser teknolojiya Scripta ku jê re ‘kakilê-Zend’ tê gotin, ji aliyê Zeev Suraski û Andi Gutmans ve, ji serî ve, bi tevahî ji nû ve hatiye nivîsîn. Zend, teknolojiyeke wisa ye, ku wekî Windows Script Host û mesela Visual Basic for Applications (VBA), îmkanê dide Pergala Xebatê ku bernameyên pê hatine nivîsîn bikaribe bixebitîne. (Der barê Zendê de mirov dikare agahiyên bêhtir ji www.zend.com’ê bigire.) îro navê fermî yê vî zimanî wekî ‘PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor’ (Pêş-pêkanînerê Hiper-nivîsê) hatiye guhertin. û ji bo gelek Pêşkêşkerên Webê bikaribin zimanê PHP’ê fam bikin, şîrovekarên pêwist ji nû ve hatin hilberandin. Di 20’ê rêbendana 2000’an de konferansa yekemîn a PHP’ê li Israîl pêk hat û ceribandina guhertoya 4’emîn hate pêşkêşkirin. êdî tu dikarî rûnî û bi PHP’ê bernameyeke xwedî her bikêrî binivîsî; wate PHP hatiye asta ku bi serê xwe herêmên sepanê bibîne. Bi gotineke din, bi PHP’ê êdî mirov dikare hem bernameyên lîstikan binivîse, hem jî rêveberiya danegirê binivîse. Hema hema mirov dikare pê her cure bernameyan binivîse. Di vê pirtûka biçûk de, aliyê PHP’ê yê ku me têkildar dike, PHP zimanekî bernamenûsiyê ye ji bo mirov bikaribe hinek karan bi Pêşkêşkerê Webê bide kirin. Hema wekî CGIPERL an jî ASP, ColdFusion, Java (ne Javascript)! Kod ên PHP’ê, dema me rûpelên HTMLê çêkir, di nav etîketên HTMLê de , di nav veqetandeka xwe ya taybet de tê nivîsîn. html ?PHP echo (“Merheba Koma PCKurd!”); ?>" html Te divê di komputera te ya şexsî de, te divê di înternetê de, dema Pêşkêşkereke Webê dibîne ku mêvanek (bernameya daxwazkar a înternetê, GerokBrowser) dosiyeke ji cureyên “.php”, “.php2”, “.php3” an jî “.php4” dixwaze, hema ji xwe re dibêje “Aha dîsa ji min re karek derket.” Lewre Pêşkêşkerê Webê dosiyeke ji cureyên “.htm” an jî “.html” bi hêsanî di dîska xwe ya bicihkirî de dibîne û bêzehmet ji daxwazkar e dişîne. Lê dema ku “.asp”, “.pl”, “.cfm” û her wiha “.php” tê xwestin, Pêşkêşkerê Webê vê rûpelê wekî ku heye ji daxwazkar re naşîne. Pêşî gazî şîrovekarê PHP’ê dike û pê dide zanîn ku divê ew vê dosiyê radestî daxwazkar bike. Şîrovekarê PHP’ê (ango di Windowsê de PHP.EXE, an jî di guhertoya çaran de PHP4isapi.dll, di Unix û mînakên wê de dosiya PHP ku dikare were xebitandin), vê dosiya ku radestî wî bûye, pêşî kod ên PHP’ê yên di navbera veqetandeka “” de ne, hildibijêre û pêwistiya wê çi be, wê dike. Ev kod ên ku di navbera van veqetandekan de ne, fermanên karên ku em dixwazin pêk werin e. Sedema ku em bi HTMLê nehatine ser û PHP’ê bi kar tînin jî, tişta ku ev ferman dikin ji aliyê HTMLê ve nikare bête pêkanîn. [[Dersên PHP'ê I]] - [[Dersên PHP'ê II]] - [[Dersên PHP'ê III]] - [[Dersên PHP'ê IV]] [[Kategorî:Dersên PHP'ê]] 2piivoo45fd4u11egjjs5uusw4gq6cj 0 2575 5160 5158 2011-10-06T20:30:02Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki == PHP Çi Ye? == PHP zimanek ji zimanên bernamekirina webê ye. Her wiha, cihê ku herî pir lê tê bikaranîn jî web a herî mezin, ango înternet e. Di înternetê de daneyên rûpelan, bi bikaranîna protokolên belî ji deriyekî komputerê dihere yê din. Ev çûn, an jî ev birin, li ser bingeha TCP/IP pêk tê. HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protokol) jî dibe pûl a li ser vê nameyê. Dema tu dixwazî www.malperamin.com vekî, komputera te ji pêşkêşkera ku wê rûpelê pêşkêş dike re nameyekê dişîne, wekî daxwaz. Ev daxwaz ji aliyê pêşkêşker ve tê bersivandin. Ji danûstandinê re bi kinasî wiha tê gotin "daxwaz-bersiv." PHP wekî Linuxê xwedî zagonên "Pergala Vekirî" ye. Ango bi van zagonan vegirêdayî ye. Her kesê ku dixwaze, dikare guhertinan li gor zanebûna xwe lê zêde bike. Lê nikare ji vê guhertinê pereyan qezenc bike. Divê guhertinên xwe ji her kesê ku dixwaze re eşkere jî bike. ---- [[Dersên PHP'ê I]] - [[Dersên PHP'ê II]] - [[Dersên PHP'ê III]] [[Kategorî:Dersên PHP'ê]] s6gcxsu8e9i91hb20q0ix3u4mm6p7tr 0 2593 2682 1644 2005-06-29T17:59:52Z 130.232.114.217 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Naverok== *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Parkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] ---- 47efc67iiblxf55bz67emz3qj3pd0fa 0 2594 5801 5800 2015-07-27T10:00:51Z Ferhengvan 12 wikitext text/x-wiki ==Naverok== *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Parkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] ---- == Çend gotin == Ewropî ji kîteyên ku tên pêş peyvan re prefîks û yên ku tên paş peyvan re jî suffîks dibêijin. Prefîks û suffîks bi serê xwe ne tişt in lê derna ew tên pêş an jî paş peyvê, wateyeke nû didin wê û peyveke nû çêdibe. Celadet Bedirxan ji prefîksa latînî re gotiye pêşkît û ji suffîksa latînî re jî parkît, Qanadê Kurdo û Mûrad Ciwan pêşpirtik û paşpirtik, Kamran Bedirxan pêşdanî û paşdanî, Reşîdê Kurd xurdepêş û xurdepaş, Torî pêşgir û paşgir, Feqî Hu-seyin Sagniç pêşqertaf û paşqertaf, Selîm Biçûk pêşgîn û Paşgîn nivîsîne. Belê, ji derî van nivîskarên ku min navên van li jor nivîsîn çendên din jî gramera kurdî nivîsîne lê ne bi kurdî, bi tirkî îzah kirine, ji ber wê yekê jî ez rastî kurdiya wan nehatim. Baş e ku bi tirkî şirove kirine ku ew jî bi kurdî bûya, dê çend navên din jî li prefîks û suffîksan bihata kirin û tevlihevî bêtir bûbûya. Dema mirov li van gramernivîsên kurd dinêre, baş dibîne ku di warê navlêkrina prefîks û suffîksên latînî de jî afirandêr dîsa Celadet Bedir-xan bi xwe ye. Yên din li ser sofra hazir danîne, jê têr xwarine û heta rêtine. Loma min termînolojiya Celadet Bedirxan durist dît û bi kar anî. Emîr Celadet Bedirxan û Roger Lescot 34 pêşkît û 103 parkîtên kurdî destnîşan kirine û ji her yekê re çend nimûne jî dane. Bi vê yekê re gelek pêşkît û parkît hene ku ji bîr kirine û çendek jê jî ku îro di zimanê rojane de nayên bi karanîn, li ser wan rawestane. Wek: "ban, asî, nivaz, îtik, îvk, oyî, vanî, dok"... Min pêşkît û parkîtên weha di nav rêza rivîsînê de ku cîyê wan hatiye, yek bi yek destnîşan kiriye. Mûrad Ciwan jî li ser pêşkît û parkltên kurdî rawestaye û wî jî 17 pêşkît û 56 parkît destnîşan kiriye. Gramernivîsên din ku min navên van. û pirtûkên wan ên gramerê li dawiya vê berhemê nivîsîn, bi tenê navên 20-30 pêşkît û parkîtên kurdî destnîşan kirine.. Hema hema hemûyan bi awayekî bêserûber û bêrêza alfabetîk hema çawa hatiye bîr û hişê wan nivîsîne. Di zimanê kurdî de dikare pêşkît û parkît ji hinek kîteyên serbixwe, daçek, bêjeyên neyînî (ne-gation), zayende, hoker, navdêr û ji hinek pêşkît û parkîtên taybetî pêk bên. Lê ew ji çi cure û rengên peyran dibin bila bibin, wezîfe û erkên wan yek e û ji ber vê yekê jî, li gor vê taybetiya xwe navên wan pêşkît û parkît lêkirine. Êdî ew taybetî û rolên xwe yên berê wenda dikin û peyvên nû diafirînin. Mirov dikare bibêje ku wek gelek zimanên din, zimanê kurdî jî bi saya pêşkît û parkîtan dize û hejmara wate û bêjeyan zêde, dewlemend û xurtir dibin. Di nav proseseke dûr û dirêj de an jî di nav xebata ziman a aktîv de wek ku di her warê zimên de guhertin çêdibin, herweha di warê pêşkît û parkîtan de jî, guhertinên mezin çêdibin. Di vê prosesa dûr û dirêj de, dikare carnan hejmarên cure yên pêşkît û parkîtan kêm û carnan jî zêde bibin. Li gor rewş û taybetiyên her zimanî, rewş û hejmara pêşkît û parkîtan jî tê guhertin. Teknîk her ku bi peş dikeve, tiştên nû tên dîtin, bi wê re jiyana civatî jî tê guhertin. Kar û mijarên nû derdikevin holê, navên nû li wan tên kirin. Li gor hewcedariya dem û civata nû ziman jî bi pêş dikeve û xwe li gor civat û teknîka nû diguhêre. Di ziman de termînolojî tê guhertin û peyvên nû tên dîtin. Hejmara bêjeyên ferhenga kurdî zêde dibin. Di vî warî de kar û wezîfeyekî girîng dikevin ser pêşkît û parkîtan ku bi alîkariyan wan gotinên nû tên çêkirin. Helbet her ziman xwedî çendek taybetî û prensîban e û rêbazên çêkirina peyvên xwe hene. Pêwîst e ku çêkirina peyvên nû li gor prensîb û taybetiyên ziman bin. Heger mirov ji her aliyî ve ji prensîb û taybetiyên pêşkît û parkîtên zimanê xwe ne serwext û agahdar be, rabe bi serê xwe peyvên nû, pêşkît û parkîtên nû çêbike an jî yên ne di cî û lê de bikarbîne, wê demê li ser navê pêşxistina ziman mirov ziman dikuje. Ji kesên weha re zimankuj dibêjin. Divê kesên zimanzan an jî yên bi ziman re mijûl in, baş bizanibin ku kîjan pêşkît û parkît ji bo peyvên kîjan kar û warî nû diguncin an jî lê tên. Wek mînak mirov nikare ji kesî ku gul bifroşe re bêje "gulkar, gulker," an jî "gulvan" ûhwd. Navê wî/wê "gulfiroş" e. Her gramernivîsê kurd giranî daye ser devoka herêma xwe. Wek ku tu berhemên din ên ku di vê mijarê de hatine nivîsîn nedîtibin, nexwendibin. Bi navê "gramera Kurmancî" an jî "rêzimana/ê Kurmancî" bi awayekî cîdî pirtûk nivîsîne lê ji binî ve pêşkîtên kurdî ji bîr kirine û bi tenê nîvê parkîtan nivîsîne. Him jî parkîtên ku herî zêde rojane tên bikaranîn di pirtûkên wan de tune ne lê yên ku di nav gel de nayên bi karanîn û ew bi xwe nikaribûne ji wan re du an sê nimûne bibînin, di van pirtûkên xwe de ew bi cî kirine û nimûne dane. Pêwîst e ku ev mijar baş zelal bibe û gotûbêj li ser bê kirin. Bi taybetî ev nivîskarên xwedî "gramer" an jî "rêzimanên kurmancî", divê carek din li dûv xwe vegerin û li ser vê mijarê hûr û kûr bibin. Ew bi tenê li ser zaravayê kurmancî rawestane, soranî û dimilî negirtine berçav. Halbû ku di van 20-30 salên dawî de, bê hejmar gotinên soranî ketine nav zaravayê kurmancî yê nivîskî. Em êdî parkîtên wek: "nûs, nêr, are" û hwd. di kurmanciya rojane de bi kar tînin. Parkît hene ku li hinek herêman him di kurmancî û him jî di dimilî de tên bi kar anîn. Wek parkîta "ox." Belê, di prosesa nivîsandina kurdî de, îro çarçove û qalibê klasîk hatiye şikandin. Zarava têkilbûne, kurdî bi pêşketiye û dewlemend bûye. Rêzimannivîs divê êdî ji îro şûn ve, vê prosesê bi-girin ber çav. Rêziman li gor zimanê jîndar û rojane tên nivîsîn û vejîn. Êdî bi tenê mînakgirtin û şirovekirina gramera Celadet Bedirxan têr nake. Piştre gramer nivîsandin ne karê her nivîskarî an jî rojnamevanî ye. Bi serê xwe zanyarî û pisporiyeke taybetî û mezin dixwaze. Karê proseseke dûr û dirêj e. Ne karê çend roj û mehan e. Ew kesên ku gramerên kurmancî nivîsandine û binivîsîn, pêwîst e ku li derdora gramera Celadet Bedirxan nezivirin, hinek tiştan jê neçîrpînin û bervajî nekin. Divê ew, bi awayekî zanistî prensîb û rêbazên nû bibînin, lê zêde bikin û heger yên şaş û çewt hebin destnîşan bikin. Kopî tucar ji orîjînalê ne baştir e. Heger tiştekî nû tune be, wê demê ne hewce ye ku mirov gramer binivîse lê mirov dikare yên ku hene sivik û hêsantir bike. Ev pêşkît û parkîtên ku ez li jêr rêz dikim, ne îcadên min in û ne jî tnin afirandiye; yên ku heta niha hatine nivîsîn û bikaranîn, min li ser wan lêkolîneke biçûk kir, ka çi hene û kê çi nivîsiye. Heta îro çewtî û kêmasî çi ne? 0 min xwest û heta ku ji destê min hat hejmara mînakan zêde binivîsim. Ez dikarim bibêjim di warê hejmarên peşkît û parkîtan de heta îro tu kesek xebateke weha nekiriye û ku kiribe jî ez bi xwe lê rast neha-time. Di vî warî de min teknîka herî dawî bikaranî û bi komputerê li bêjeyan gerîm.. Di destê min de çi yên kevn û çi yên nû, çiqas tekstên kurdî di dîsketan de hebûn, min li ser wan kar kir. Ji bo hinek pêşkît û parkîtan bi alîkariya teknîkê ez bi rojan li duv wan geriyam lê hezar mixabin ez jî nikaribûm ji çend pêşkît û parkîtan re zêde nimûne bibînim. Ev di her zimanî de weha ye, hinek zêde tên bikaranîn û hinek jî gelek kêm lê dîsa jî ew wek pêşkît û parkît tên pejiran-din. Parkitên wek ”î” , ” ê”, ” o” , ” ik” , ”ok” , ”tir” bê hejmar û bê sînor in. Mirov dikare bîne piştî gelek bêjeyan. Ji ber vê yekê, ez li ser yên weha zêde ranewestîm û min bi kurtî ji bo wan çend nimûne nivîsî. Ez li ser bêjeyên hevdudanî ranewestam û min dest neda wan. Ji xwe ew li derî vê mijarê ne. Mirov bi wan dikare bi hezaran bêjeyên nû çêbike. Gelek nivîskar, xwendekar û xebadkaren med-yaya kurdî pêşkît û bi taybetî parkîtan şaş û çewt bikartînin. Bi taybetî şandiyar, nûçegîhan û nivîskarên kurd an jî yên ku bi kurdî dinivîsin, dibêjin qey bi tenê du cure parkîtên kurdî hene. Ew jî "kar" û "van" in. Halbû ku bi qasî ku min di ve xebata xwe de tespît kir hejmara pêşkîtan 42 û yên parkîtan jî 138 in. Heger mirov pêşkît û parkîtên biyanî yên ku îro ketine nav zimanê me û em di pratîkî rojane de bikartînin jî bihesbînin; wê demê hejmara pêşkîtan dibin 52 û yên parkîtan jî dibin 143. Bi vê mebestê min xwest ku mijara pêşkît û parkîtên kurdî piçek zelal bikim û herwe-ha li gor rêza alfabetîk em bibin xwedî ferhengo-keke pêşkît û parkîtan jî. ---- *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Parkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] tbh7b9qyfkwfs8gsgj6d28ry33tptu7 0 2595 5803 5802 2015-07-27T10:06:47Z Ferhengvan 12 wikitext text/x-wiki *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] **[[#Balkêşî û jêrenotek|Balkêşî û jêrenotek]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Parkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] ---- Pêşkît tê pêş peyvê û pêkve tê nivîsîn. Bi alîkariya pêşkîtê peyveke nû tê afirandin. Bi vî awayî hejmara peyvan zêde, naverok û wateyên wan dewlemend, xutir û rengîn dibin. == 1. ba- == babidest, babilîsok, baçermek, badan, bafi- roke, bager, bakêş, bakur, baperik, bapêç, bapêş, bapêketî, bapîvan, bapûk, basûr, başûr, baweşîn, bawişk, bazin... Di wateyên ji hevbûn, tesîr lêkirin, pekandinê de tê bikaranîn. == 2. ber- == berav, beravêtî, berba, berbajar, berban, berbang, berbanî, berbejn, berber, berberî, berbe- rojik, berbext, berbelav, berbiçav, berbihev, berbûk, berçavk, berçem, berdar, berdest, berdes- thilatdar (muxalefet), berdevk, berdêl, berdêlî, berdil, berdilik, berendam, berêvar, berfîreh, bergeh, bergerî, bergirî, berhem, berhemdarî, berhev, berhevdan, berhevkirin, berhevok, berhe- wa, bergirtin, berjêr, berjewend, berjewendî, berkanî, berkel, berketî, berketin, berkeş, berkêşan, berkeşok, berkêr, berkurk, berlêker, bermal, bermalî, bermayî, bermêj, bermilk, berna-me, bernamzet, bernas, bernav, berpeyî, berpêş, berpêşkirin, berpirsîyar, berrûmet, bersêl, bersing, bersingande, bersiv, bersûc, bertêrker, bervajî, ber-vale, berwar, berxwirênî, berxistî... Pêşkîteyeke hokerî ye, gelek berfireh, berhem-dar û kêrhatî ye. Di kurdiya nivîskî de roleke mezin û gifîng dilîze û her ku diçe bi vê pêşkîteyê gelek bêjeyên nû û taze tên afirandin. == 3. bê- == bêalfabe, bêaramî, bêarî, bêav, bêbav, bêbextî, bêçek, bêdê, bêdengî, bêexlaq, bêgav (bêçare), bêhêl, bêjin, bêkar, bêkes, bêkêr, bêmal, bênamûs, bênîştîman, bêpar, bêpayan, bêpirtûk, bêpere, bêrê bêrûmet, bêrojname, bêserûpa, bêşeref, bêxanî, bêxwedî, bêzarok Pêşkîta "bê" bi xwe negasiyon e. Ew tê pêş peyvê û wateya neyînî dide peyva nû. == 4. bi- == biber, bibe, bicî, biçe, bidestkirî, bihatin, bijîşk, bikêrhatî, bimêzîne, binivîse, birengîne, biser, biserketin, bixwe, bizelqîne, birêz.... Pêşkîta "bi" tê pêş lêkerê û formên bilanî û fermanî dide peyva nû. Hinek nivîskarên kurd "bi" ya daçek wek pêşkît dihesibînin; ev ne rast e, ji bo ne pêşkît e, ew daçek e lê dikare bibe pêşkît jî. Di zimanê Hînd-ewropî de pêşkît û parkît bi bêjeyê ve tên nivîsîn lê daçek bi serê xwe tên nivîsîn. Wek bi bav, bi ber, bi rûmet, bi bext, bi xêr... == 5. bin- == binav, binbar, bindest, bindestî, bincil, bincame (durû), binçav, binçeng, bingeh, binguh, binkiras, binling, binmal, binpalas, binpî, binpêkirin, binpoz, binsazî, binsimêl, binyat, bin-ziman, binzik... Pêşkîteke hokerî ye û bêtir di wateyên dizî, veşartin, girtin, zexelî û esas de tê bikaranîn. == 6. da- == dabestin, dabeş, dabezîn, daberizîn, dabi-nartin, dabiristin, dadan, daçek, daçikandin, daçikiyan, daeliqandin, dageriyan, dagerandin, da-girtin, dagirtî, dagîr, dahatin, dahatû, dahatû-perest, dahatûxwaz, dahatûxwazî, dahênan (yarat-ma), dahêner, dahilandin, dahiştin, daketin, dakêşîn, dakişîyan, dakişandin, dakutandin, dali-qandin, damezrandin, damezrandêr, danezan, danivîsandin, daniştin, danîn, danêr, daqurtandin, dapar, dapelandin (damlatma), dapêçîn, darêjan din (form), darêjtin (derlemek), darêjker (derleyi-ci), darêjnivîs (derleme), darizandin, datanî, daves-tin, dawestin, dawerivandin, daweşandin, daxistin, daxuyanî, daxwaz, daxwazname... Pêşkîta "da" tê pêş peyvê û wateyên nizim, veger û daketinê dide peyvê. == 7. der- == Du mehneyên wê hene: 1:Pêşkîteke lêkerî ye û ji lêkera "derketin" çêdibe, tê pêş bêjeyê û wateyeke nû peyda dike. deranîn, derbûn, derçûn, derketin. , , derxistin, derxûn... 2:Mehneya "tê de" dide peyvê.Herwekî: Derpê(Ango ê di piyan de,ê di nav lingan de),derpêş(Ê di pêş de),derhal(ê di hal/rewşê de,ango di vê rewşê de,di cih de,heman),dergûş(ê di gûşê/hembêzê de,bebek),derheq(di heqê(yekî)de == 8. di- == dibe, diçe, digerîne, dikare, dileqîne, dinivîse, direngîne, dişibe, dixwe, dizane... Pêşkîta "di" tê pêş lêkere û formê derna niha û fireh dide lêkerê. Ev pêşkîteke gelek kêrhatî û bi ber e, di zimanê nivîskî de roleke mezin dilîze. == 9. dij- == dijber, dijhev, dijmin, dijmintî, dijmîn (çêr), dijûn, dijraber, dijwar.... Ev pêşkîteya han wateya berxwedan, reqabet û muxalefetê dide. == 10. dû- == dûajo, dûmahîk, dûxan, dûzan... Di wateya berdewamiyê de ye. == 11. hem- == hembajarî, hember, hembêz, hemdem, hemdemî, hemkar, hempa, hemsale, hemwelatî.... Li hinek deveran "him" û li hinek deveran jî "hem" tê gotin. == 12. her- == heraftin, herbilîn, herbijî, herçend, herçiqas, herdem,herroj,hergav,hertim, herweha... Di wateya berdewamiyê de ye û gelek ne bi-karhatî ye. == 13. hev- == hevbajar, hevbend, hevber, hevbeş, hev-buha, hevcivan, hevcure, hevçerx, hevdem, hev-deng, hevdil, hevdîtin, hevdu, hevgel, hevgirêdan, hevgirtin, hevgîn, hevjîn, hevkar, hevkêşe, hevmal, heval, hevnasî, hevpa, hevpar, hevpîşe, hevpey-man, hevpeyvîn, hevok, hevrê, hevreng, hevring, hevta, hevrû, hevsal, hevsar, hevpeyvîn... Pêşkîta "hev" wateya yekbûn û yekîtiyê dide. == 14. hil- == hilanîn, hilawistin, hilavêtin, hilberîn, hilbestin, hilbezîyan, hilbezandin, hilbijartin, hilbijêr, hilbirîn, hilbûn, hilçinîn, hildan, hilfîran-din, hilgirtin, hilketin, hilkêş, hilkişandin, hilkişîyan, hilkirin, hilpekîyan,hilgavtin, hilperkîn, hilpu-fandin, hilqetîn, hilqetandin, hilweşîyan, hilwe şandin, hilxistin... Pêşkîta "hil" tê pêş peyvê û wateyên bi-lindbûn, rakirin û rabûne dide peyvê. == 15. î- == îca, îro, îsal, îsot, îşev.. Pêşkîta "î" dema fê pêş peyvê, peyva rengdêra îşarkî pêk tê. Pêşkîta "î" wateya niha dide bêjeyê lê zêde ne kêrhatî ye. Mirov nikare jê re çend nimûneyên din jî bibîne. == 16. jê- == jêbir, jêbirîn, jêbûn, jêçûn, jêdarxistin, jêderk, jêderxistin, jêgerîn, jêgirtî, jêgirtin, jêhat, jêhatî, jêhatin, jêket, jêketin, jêkêm, jêkêmkirin, jêlî, jênager, jêqulkirin, jêtijî (kabîlîyet), jêxistin... pêşkîta "jê" tê pêş peyvê û form û wezîfeyên hêzbûn, zêdebûn, kêmbûnê dide peyvê. == 17. lê- == lêanîn, lêburîn, lêbûn, lêçûn, lêdan, lêgerîn, lêgirtin, lêguncîn, lêhatî, lêhatin, lêhûrbûn, lêker, lêketin, lêkirin, lêkom, lêkolîn, lêkûrbûn, lêmêzekirin, lêniştin, lênêrîn, lêpêçan, lêpirsîn, lêsiwarkirin, lêsorbûn, lêsorkirin, lêşikandin, lêşibandin, lêvegerîn, lêxistin, lêzivirandin... Ev pêşkît kurtkirina cînavên wî/wê û hinek navdêran in û bi lêkerê ve tên nivîsîn. Wateyeke nû dide peyvê û wê diguncî ne. Pêşkîteke bi berdar ûkêrhatîye. == l8. li- == likar, lirê, livegerê, liçûyînê, libûyînê, liki-rinê, lipê, lizanabûnê... Daçeka "li" bûye pêşkîte. Pêşkîta "li” tê pêş peyvê û wateyên cî, girêdan û têkilbûnê dide dîyar kirin. == 19. lihev- == lihevbûn, lihevçûn, lihevdan, lihev hatin, lihevketin, lihevkirin, lihevxistin... Bêjeyên ku ji vê pêşkîtê çêdibin, wateyên (£kilî û rewşê didin dîyarkirin. == 20. ma- == ma(a)lîne, ma(a)xife, majo, ma(a)lêse, ma(a)vêje... Pêşkîta "W” tê pêş lêkerên ku bi tîpa a destpêdikin û dema fireh û niha û forma fermanî bikartînin. == 21. me- == meke, meçe, mexwe, mere, menivîse, mebêje, meşo, meyîn ... Pêşkîta "me" tê pêş lêkerên dema niha û fireh ku formê fermanî û neyînî digirin. Di şûna pêşkîta "me” de, ya "ne" jî tê bikaranîn. == 22. na- == nabe, naçe, nake, nakokî, nalebar, namerd, naşêm, naşîn, naşêrîn, naxwaze, naxwe... Parkîta "na" negasiyona dema fireh e û bi vê pêşkîtê bêjeyên neyînî tên çêkirin. == 23.nav- == navber, navçar, navçe, navda, navdeng, navder, navderketî, navdewletî, navgundî, navmalî, navnetewî, navik, navkêl, navmal, navmalî, navmil, navling, navran, navser, nav-teng... Pêşkîteke hokerî ye, tê pêş peyvê û wateyeke nû dide wê. Pêşkîteke bi berhemdar û kêrhatî ye. == 24. ne- == nebanok, neberd (aza), nebez (bêtirs), necamêr, necamêrî, neçar, neçarî, nedervazî, nedîyar, neguharbar, negehîştî, nehênî, nejê, nejin, nekes, nelê, netna, neman, nemir, nemerd, nemêr, nelê (uymaz), nenas, nepandin, nependî, neprogramkirî, neqencî, nerast, nerasteder, nerind, neroz, nesax, nesazî, neşûştî, nexwarbar, nexweş, neyar, neyînî, nezan, nezanî.. "Ne" bi serê xwe negasîyon e, bi bêjeyê ve tê nivîsîn û bêjeyeke nû çêdike. == 25. ni- == nikar, nikarî, nikarok, nikirîn, nikare, nişê, nizane... "Bê, me, na, ne" û "ni" negasiyon in. Dema ji yek ji van negasiyon bê pêş peyvê û bi peyvê ve were nivîsîn, wê demê wezîfeyê pêşkîtê bi cî tînin û wateyeke din didin peyvê. Di nav pêşkîtên Cela-det Bedirxan de bi tenê negasîyona "bê" heye. "Me, na, ne” û "ni" tune ne. Mûrad Ciwan van hemû negasîyonan wek pêşkîte bikaranîye û ev rast û duristir e. Ewropî jî li gor hevokê negasîyonan wek pêşkîte bikartînin. == 26. nîv- == nîvçe, nîvekar, nîvekarî, nîvekîr (qebe), nîverê, nîvkurd, nîvkurd û nîvtirk, nîvmirov, nîvro... Pêşkîteyekî hokerî ye, rewş û taybetiyê dide dîyarkirin. == 27. par- == parçe, parkît, parsû, parzemîn, parzûn. Pêşkîta "par" du wateyên wê hene: yek di wateya "paş" de û ya duyem jî di wateya "parkirin" de ye. == 28. paş- == paşber, paşdanî, paşgotin, paşketî, paşling, paşmayîn, paşmêr, paşnav, paşroj, paşeroj, paşîv, paşlêker, paşveçûn, paşvekişandin, paşxistin... Pêşkîteyeke hokerî ye. Pêşkîteya "paş" wateyên jar, neduristî û yên dema borî, veger û kevn didin bêjeyên nû. == 29. pê- == pêbaz, pêbend, pêbilîn, pêbûn, pêçan, pêçî, pêçûn, pêdan, pêdanî, pêdabûn, pêdaçûn, pêdakirin, pêdaketin, pêdaxistin, pêdivî, pêew lebûn, pêgeh, pêger, pêgermok, pêgih, pêgirt, pêhesîn, pêkan, pêkanîn, pêkenîn, pêketin, pêkirin, pêlav, pêlêkirin, pênas, pênivîs (pênûs), pênûs, pêpar, pêşandar, pêşane, pêşanî, pêşarî, pêşeng, pêşewa, pêşing (kok), pêvajo, pêveçûn, pêvedan, pêvebûn, pêvekirin, pêvehatin, pêwend (gîhanek), pêwendî, pêxistin, pêxwar, pêxwarinî, Li hinek herêman di şûna pêşkîta "pê" de "vê" jî dibêjin. Pêşkîta "pê" tê pêş peyvê û wateyên alîkarî, îstîqamet û têkiliyê dide peyvê. == 30. pev- == pevçûn, pevdank, pevdeng, pevgirêdan, pevkirin, pevrabûn, pevxistin... Wateyên hevaltî û têkilî dide peyvên nû. == 31. pêş- == pêşbazî, pêşangeh, pêşdar, pêşber, pêşketî, pêşbirî, pêşbirik, pêşbînî, pêşdanî, pêşdaraz, pêşdîtin, pêşeng, pêşgîr, pêşgotin, pêşîn, pêşketin, pêşkêş, pêşkêşkar, pêşkoj, pêşmal, pêşmerge, pêşnav, pêşnîyaz, pêştemal, pêşnûma, pêşveçûn, pêşverû, pêşwazî, pêşxistî... Pêşkîteyeke hokerî ye û kêrhatî ye. Di kurdiya nûjen de her ku diçe ev pêşkîte bêtir tê bikaranîn. == 32. pis- == pisaxa, pismam, pismîr, pisxaltî, pisxal... Di farisî de "pis" tê wateya "kur". Di kurdî de her çiqas kêm be jî, ev pêşkîte tê bikaranîn. == 33. pişt- == piştbend, piştdayîn, piştderî, piştek, piştevanî,piştrast, piştgir, piştgirî, piştmêr, piştşîv, piştwerî... Ev pêşkîte wateyên alîkarî, hevalbendî û saxle-miyê dide bêjeyên ku jê çêdibin. == 34. ra- == rabazîn (destdirêjî), rabide, raber, rabestin (tarz), rabezandin (êrîş), rabûn, raburandin, rabûrî (mazî), raberdû, raçandin (dokunmak), raçav (di çav de derbaskirin), radan, rader (mas-tar), radest (teslim), rageş, ragirtin, ragîhandin, rahêlandin, rahiştin, rajandin( silkinmek), rajêr, rajor, raker, raketin, rakişandin, rakirin, ramîsan, rapelikîn, raparastin, rapelikandin, rapêçan, raperîn, raspartin, raser, raserîn, rawek, rawe, rawêj (tewirhelwest) raxistan, rawestandin, rawes-tok (stasyon), rawerîn (lava), raxistin, razan... Pêşkîta ”ra” tê pêş peyvê û wateyên hêz, pêşvebirin û pêşxistinê dide peyvê. == 35. rû- == rûbar, rûber, rûçerm (bêşerm), rûçik, rûda, rûdan, rûgeş, rûgirtî, rûken, rûmet, rûneşûştî, rûniştin, rûpel, rûpişt (astar), rûreş, rûxweş... Ev pêşkîte rewşê dide dîyar û zelalkirin. == 36. ser- == serbajar, serbaz, serben, serbend, serbest, serberjêr, serberz, serbilind, serdest, serder, serderî, serevraz, sergerm, serhawa, serhev, serheng, serhevde, serhişk, serjinik, serker, serlêdan, sermaye, sernav, sernerm, sernivîs, sernivîskar, sernizim, sernûçe, serserî, sersing... Ev pêşkîte bêtir hêz û rewşê dide dîyar û zelal-kirin. == 37. tê- == têber, têbinî, têdan, têdayî, têdeman, têderxistin, têderxistinok, têçûyî (satirbaşi), têfiran din, têgeh, tegehiştî, têgehî, têger, têgerandin, têgîn, têhelkêşan, têhildan, têkber, tê(k) birin, tê (k)çûn, tê(k)dan, têketin, têkil, têkilî, têkirin, têkoşer, têkoşîn, têkuz, têper, têrebûn, têrel, têrekirin, têwerbûn, têwerdan, têwerkirin, têxistin, têxistinî... Pêşkîta "tê" tê pêş peyvê û wateyên hebûn, zanîn, nirx û hatinê dide peyvê. == 38. ve- == veanîn (bukmek), vebestin, vebijartin (ayiklama), vebijandin (eritmek), vebirîn (kesin, ozet), vebirrîn, vebûhtî, vebûn, veciniqîn, veçinîn (tamîr), veçirîyan, veçirandin (sokmek), vedan, vedeng, vedizîn, vedigindirî, vedor, vefirî, veger, vegerîn, vegerandin, vegevîzîn, vegirêdan, vegirtin, vegotin, vegirtox, veguhastin, veguhêrîn, vehatin, vehewîn, vehêl, vehist, vehistî, vehîn, vehustan, vejan, vejen (enerjî), vejîn, vekarî, veke, veketin, vekirin, vekeşan, vekişîn, vekît (heceleme), vekîtandin (hecelemek), vekolîn, vekuştin, vemagîn, vemalaştin, vemalîn, vemirîn, velîstin (burkulma), venasîn, venuhurî, venanadin, venêrîn, veniştin, venîn, veresandin, verêbûn, ve-rojtin, vepijiqîn, veqetandin, veqetandek, veqelaştin, vepirsîn, vereşan, vereşîn, verêj, verêkirin, verestin, veristî (serbest), verisîn, veşartî, veşartok, veşartgeh, vetewşandin (sersemlemek), vewestan, vexumala, vexwarin, vexwendin, vezan-din, vezelandin... Pêşkîta "ve" tê pêş peyvê û wateyên paşveçûn, paşvekişandin, ji nû ve jîyandin û dubarekirinê dide peyva nû. Pêşkîteyeke bi berdar û kêrhatî ye. Di zimanê nivîskî de her ku diçe bêtir tê bikaranîn û popîler e. Di zimanê swêdî de nêzîkî kîteya "om" e. Wek nimûne dema ku mirov bixwaze bi swêdî bêje ji nû ve binivîse "skrîva otn" dibêjin, ji nû ve bizewice "gîfta om." dibêjin. Ev pêşkîteya me di pêşrojê de dikare wezîfeyê "om"a swêdî bigire. == 39. vê- == vêkdan, vêket, vêketin, vêsan (tenefus), vêsandin, vêseh, vêsîn, vêxistin... Ev pêşkît weha ne bi ber û dewlemend e. Li gelek deveran di şûna tîpa "v" de ya "p" jî dibêjin. Wek nimûne di şûna "vêket" de "pêket." dibêjin. == 40. wer- == weranîn, werçerxati, werger, wergêr, wergir, wergirtin, wergîr, werkirin, werzan, werzêr Pêşkîta "wer" tê pêş peyvê û wateyên guhastin û nûkirinê dide peyva nû. == 41. xwe- == xwebînî xwebûn, xwemal, xwepê- şandan, xwepêşandêr, xwerist, xwerû, xweser, xwevekişandin... Cînava "xwe" tê pêş bêjeyê û bêjeyeke nû diafrîne. Bêjeyên ku tên afirandin hema hema di heman wateya ne di bin tesîra kes û cî de ne. == 42. == Ji derî van pêşkîtan hejmarên nav tên pêş peyvan û peyvên nû diafirînin. Ji ber vê taybetiyê mirov dikare ji van hejmaran re jî bêje pêşkîte. Wek nimûne: Yekcar, ducan, ducanî, dudil, dudar, durû, sêber, sêgoşe, sêrê, çaralî, çargoşe, çarkuj, çarme-dor, çarmil, çarpê, çarrê, heftreng .... ==Balkêşî û jêrenotek== Pêşkîteyên (prefîksên) latînî û grekî ketine nav hemû zimanên cîhanê. Her çend kêm be jî di kur-diya devkî û nivîskî ya îroyîn de çend pêşkîteyên latînî û grekî jî tên bi karanîn. Çend nimûne: *antî- (dij) antîkomunîzm, antînazîzm *auto- (oto- xwe bi xwe) - otomatîk *înter- (nav) înternasyonalîzm, înternet *mîkro- (biçûk) mîkroskop, mîkroorganîzm *multî- (gelek) multîmilyoner, multînasyonel *pre- (pêş) prefabrîk, prekapîtalîzm *post-(paş, piştî) postkapîtalîzm, postmodemîzm *super- (gelek mezin) supermarket, superzeka *tele- (kontrol) teleskop, telefon, teleferîk, teleteknîk *trans- (ji ser de, ji aliyê din) transport, transît ---- *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Parkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] da424yhiydbmq7l5oos4t4tn94rm8ke 0 2596 6760 5733 2022-11-04T17:30:19Z 78.190.143.229 /* 3. -ajo */ wikitext text/x-wiki *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Paşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] <hr> '''2. PARKÎT''' (Paşkît) <hr> Parkîtjî têpaşpeyvê û pêve tê nivîsîn. Bi alîkariya parkîtê(paşkîtê) peyveke nû tê afirandin. Bi vî awayî hejmara peyvan zêde, naverok û Wateyên wan dewlemend, xurtir û rengîn dibin. == 1. -a == ajna, aşna, axa, biraza, ciwana, fama, pêşewa, şar(e)za, silîva, xama, xwenda, zana... Parkîta "a" rewşa huner, hêz û xwedayetî dide dîyarkirin. == 2. -ahî == beredahî, biçûkahî, dirêjahî, dûrahî, germahî, gewrahî, keskahî, mezinahî, nêzîkahî, pahnahî, reşahî, sermahî, sorahî, şînahî, şîrînahî, tengahî, tirşahî Rewşeke pirhejmar û taybetî dide diyarkirin. Her çiqas tîpa "h" gîhanek be jî êdî formeke taybetî girtiye. == 3. -ajo == biskîletajo, dûajo (alîkar), cotajo, erebeajo, hespajo, kerajo, otobusajo, otomobîlajo, taksîajo... Ji lêkera "ajotin" çêdibe. Zêde ne bi kêrhatî ye. == 4. -ak == heftak (cureyê kemberê), ronak, xenak... Ev parkît rewş û taybetiyê dide dîyarkirin û ne parkîteke weha bikêrhatî û dewlemend e. == 5. -al == çangal, delal, gopal, heval, hewal, kendal, kortal, pergal, postal, repal (rût û repal), sûtal, şekal, şengal, teral... Rewş û taybetiyan dide dîyarkirin. == 6. -an == aliyan (noqkirî), aryan, bozan, dalyan, gulan, germi(y)an, heyran, hozan, kêşan, kolan, kotan, lekan, lîlan, loran, rîşan, sermi(y)an, şîlan, zîlan, zîzan, zoran, zozan... Parkîta "an" ji bo navdêrên gelehejmar jî tê dawiya hemû navdêran. Wek gundan, bajaran, jinan, zarokan ûhwd... == 7. -ane == aştî(y)ane, bavikane, bersingane (gulaş), ciwane, çendane, çilane, dayikane, dewrêşane, dil- sojane, gawirane, heftane, hovane, jinane, kurda- ne, korane, mehane, mestane, mêrane, mijane, mîrane, pirane, pişkane (muşterek), rojane, salane, serekane, şahane, şevpestane, tekane, yekane, zik- makane, zîrekane... Ew di wateya wek wî/wê de ye û parkîteke gelek bi ber û dewlemend e. == 8. -anî == boranî, çortanî, doşanî, gavanî, giranî, hêsanî, keranî, koranî, mêranî, mirovanî, piranî, şivanî, xortanî... Wek wî/wê an jî dişibe ew tişt, kes û pîşeyên ku navên wan didin. == 9. -anok == çîvanok, kevkanok, miştanok, tiştanok, xiştanok... Di wateya tiştên biçûk de tê bikaranîn û piçek jî bîhna hîle û huner jê tê. == 10. -ar == be(y)ar, debar, di(y)ar, cotar, gotar, guftar (sohbet), guhar, hilbijar, jengar, kevnar, kirar, kovar, komar, nivîsar, noqar (vaftîzkar), pingar, pûtar, rengar, sergotar, şerar, şîşar, xewar, xîzar... Di wateyên cuda cuda de tê bikaranîn. Wek pîşe, navdêr, rengdêr û hewd. == 11. - are == bijare, dilare, kevnare, kujare, mikare, pişare (xwarina ji bo banga dawetê), seyare (êrîşkar)… Wateyên baştir, hêjatir an jî kevntir dide bêjeyê. == 12. –tî/etî == bajartî, bavîtî, biratî, bûkîtî, cahştî, dostîtî, durûtî, dûrîtî, gundîtî, kirîbetî, kerêtî, ke-sayetî, komelayetî, kûrîtî, malbetî, kurda(ye)tî, mi-rovayetî, xinametî, xwendekartî, xwedatî. Ev parkît taybetmendiyê dide dîyarkirin. Hinek nivîskar parkîta "et-atî' tevlihev dikin û dinivîsîn ku bi navê "-yetî-yatî" jî parkîtekê heye. Wek: Komelayetî, mirovayetî... Parkîta "tî" li gor tîpa dawiya bêjeyê tê guhar-tin. Dema du an jî sê tîpên bêdeng li paşiya bêjeyê bin û parkîta "tî" jî bigire, wê demê dikare parkît bibe "etî, îtî" an jî "atî"... Wek kirîvatî, komela yetî, dostîtî... Halbû ku tîpa "y" gîhanek e û dikeve navbera du tîpên dengdêr. Ji ber vê yekê jî, bi navê "ytî' an jî "yatî' parkîteke kurdî tune ye. == 13. -avêj == agiravêj, avavêj (fiskiye, artîziyen), bextavêj, bombavêj, derewavêj, dûxanavêj (bom-beya bi duxan), gulleavêj, gurravêj, hevavêj, hûravêj (çekê otomatîk), îmanavêj, kemendavêj, kevitavêj, kurtavêj, piştavêj, qûnavêj, ronahîavêj, rimavêj, sêlikavêj (dîsk), roketavêj, tîravêj, topavêj, torpîlavêj, xweavêj... Ev parkît bi alîkariya lêkera "avêtinê" pêk tê. == 14. -awe == badilawe, bêawe, germawe, serawe, sermawe... Parkîta "awe" rewşê dide dîyarkirin. Bingehê gotinê "hawe' ye di nav demê de tîpa "h" ketiye û bûye awe. == 15. -az == beraz, qelaz, telaz, tolaz.. Rewşeke negatîv dide dîyarkirin û paşkîtekê ne hewqas berhemdar û kêrhatî ye. == 16. - bar == alozbar, berbar, berfbar, binbar, birbar (portabel), cazîbebar, cobar, çavnebar, çimbar, dengbar, dîtbar, girbar(î) (tehemul), guhêrbar, guhêzbar, gunehbar, gumanbar, hêsirbar, kehrîbar, kirêbar, kubar, nalebar, nedîtbar, nexwarbar, nêrbar, nûbar (turfanda), razbar, rêzbar, rondikbar, rûbar, serbar, sivikbar, sizabar, sotebar, starbar, stemfar, şekirbar, tawanbar, ta-wangbar, xembar, xetabar, xwarbar, vexwarbar, zêbar, zirêbar... Parkîta "bar" di van wateyan de tê bi kar anîn: zêde, ne stabîl û di lêhatinê de tê bi karanîn. == 17. -bare == derbare, dubare, sêbare... Bare, cîyê çend û car digire. == l8. -baz == agirbaz, cadûbaz, canbaz, cengbaz, çavbaz, çekbaz, çenebaz, dekbaz, derewbaz, dilbaz, dîlbaz, duzenbaz, efsanebaz, efsûnbaz, eşqebaz, evînbaz, êrîşbaz, fêlbaz, firîbaz, fitnebaz, fîrazbaz, helqebaz, herambaz, heqlebaz, hevbaz (hevsal), hîlebaz, hoqebaz, jinbaz (hovarda), kewbaz, key-sbaz, kînbaz, kozîbaz, laşbaz(î), lewlebaz, livbaz, lîstikbaz, mekirbaz (xêrnexwaz), metrebaz (şarlatan), mihirbaz, nêrînbaz, nîşanbaz (nimûne), qamçîbaz, qumarbaz, qulebaz (delavereci), rêbaz, rimbaz, rûbaz, serbaz, sîhêrbaz, şahbaz (bi kêf), şanbaz, şaklabaz (dalkavuk), şebêkbaz (sîhîrbaz), şembaz, şerbaz, şûrbaz, tekvandobaz, xemzebaz, zimanbaz, zorbaz, zorbazî... Ev parkît ji bo kes an jî bûyerên ku bêtir bi çalakî û bizavê ve girêdayîne, ji bo fen û huner jî tê bikaranîn. == 19. -bend == avbend, bazbend, çekbend (êleg), çiçikbend (sudyen), darbend, derbend (zixur-geçît), destbend, dîwarbend, dolbend (şarika serê jinan), dorbend, fenerbend, gulbend, goşebend, hevbend, hevalbend kombend, malbend, merbend (baxê solan), nalbend, nexşebend, nêrûbend, pev-bend, qesrbend (mîmar), qelebend (zîndanî), rehîmbend (pesar), rûbend (çarşeva ser doşekê), sazbend, serbend, sihirbend, sîngebend, sîlebend, solbend, terkîbend, têlbend, xerbend... Ev parkît di wateya kombûn, çêkirin û girêdanê de tê bikaranîn. == 20. -ber == berber, desteber, dijraber, dilber, dîtber (konkret), emîrber, fermanber, guhber, guherber, heyber (heyî), nameber, navber, nûber (turfanda), paşber, peyamber, pêşber, pêveber (artibut), pîber (koruyucu), pîşkber, raber ( hember), razber (ab- strak), reneber, rêber, rihber (zindî), sazber, serber, sêber (sêgoşe, ûçboyut), şênber (maddî), xweber (di gramatîkê de navên eşya û tişt), xweşber (tabîî)... Du wateyên "ber" hene: yek ji birînê tê û ya din jî, ji hember tê. == 21. -best == darbest, dilbest, helbest, mebest, pêbest (benê ku ling pê girê didin.), pêrbest (daçek), serbest, zimanbest(bêdeng)... Di wateya hunandin û lihevanînê de tê bi karanîn. Di zaravayê soranî de parkîta "best" bêtir aktîv e. == 22. -bêj == awazbêj, bêjbêj (ji bo kesên geveze ku pir dipeyîvin), bestebêj, buherkbêj, dengbêj, des- tanbêj, dîlokbêj, dîrokbêj, çîrokbêj, goranîbêj,gotûbêj, gulbêj, hayranbêj (yê ku stranên hayra-nok dibêje), henekbêj, hostanîbêj, hûrbêj (gotinên nerm), kombêj, lavebêj, lawjebêj, lawikbêj, mese-lebêj, mêjbêj, niktebêj, niktezan, nûçebêj, pirbêj, rastîbêj, rewanbêj (hêsa û sivik), rimbêj, serpêhatîbêj, selewatbêj, stranbêj, teraqbêj, wendebêj, wanebêj, wêjebêj, xurdebêj (pêşkît û parkît), xweşbêj (sohbetxweş), xwebêj... Ev parkît ji bêjeya "gotinê" çêdibe yanî yê/ya ku dibêje. == 23. -bir == agirbir, avbir, berîkbir (diz), birêvebir, bîrbir, cawbir (meqes), çavbir, çilobir, çolbir (rêbir), darbir, dengbir (aletê ku deng kêm dike), destbir, derbir, êşbir, fermanbir, gotinbir, hesin-bir, hevbir, kevirbir, kumbir, kurtebir, namebir (postaci), nanbir, navbir, navikbir, nermebir (fêlbazên ku bi nermî mirov dixapînin), peyman-bir, pezbir, pêşbir, porbir, qismetbir, qirikbir, qolbir, rêbir, rêvebir, risqbir, serbir, sermabir, sozbir, şûrbir, tabir, têkilîbir, xeberbir, xwebir, xwînbir... Parkîta "bir" ji du lekerên cuda çêdibe: Yek ji lêkera "birîn" û ya din jî, ji lêkera "birin" e. Go-tinbir, namebir, rêvebir, xeberbir.. ji lêkera "birin" hatine çêkirin. == 24. -bîn== dûrbîn, hûrbîn, gulbîn, kurtbîn, kûrbîn, malbîn, lezbîn, nobîn, nûbîn, robîn, rojbîn, tengbîn, xwebîn, xweşbîn... Ev parkît ji lêkera dîtin hatiye çêkirin. == 25. -bîr == dûrbîr, kûrbîr, rewşenbîr, ronakbîr... Di wateya kese ku bîr pe dibe an jî dizane de tê bikaranîn. == 26. -çe == bexçe, boxçe, deryaçe, demançe, derîçe, kemançe, kuçe, kulîçe, navçe, nûçe, perçe, serçe (mandela ku pê cil digirin), xalîçe, xwençe... Parkîta "çe" biçûk û xweşikbûnê dide dîyar-kirin. == 27. -çîn == ewçîn, giyaçîn, gulçîn, mayînçîn, mazîçîn, pembûçîn, perçîn, titûnçîn... Di şûna parkîta "çîn" de parkîta "çin" jî bi kar tînin. Ev parkît ji lêkera çînin pêk tê. == 28. -da == bînda, çivda, dengda, gulda, malda, navda, rojda, ronda, rûda, şaxda, şevda, xwedêda... Ev parkît bi lêkera "dan" çêdibe û mirov dikare bi alîkariya wê gelek peyvên nû biafirîne. == 29. -dan == avdan, ardan, benzîndan, biryardan, candan, dengdan, destdan, dûdan, guhdan, guldan, jehrdan, jîndan, kardan, lemdan, mafdan, maldan, nandan, paldan, rêdan, ronahîdan, ruhdan, rûdan, serdan, serlêdan, şîrdan, xwarindan, xwêdan... Ev parkît bi alîkariya lêkera "dan" pêk tê û mirov dikare bîne dawiya gelek bêjeyan. == 30. -dan(k) == agirdank, avdank, barûtdank, derzîdank, çaydank, fişekdank, findank (mûm dank), guhdank (ahîze), hêkdank, îsotdank, kevçîdank, kildank, masîdank (akvaryum) mîz dank (kodika mîza zarokan), peldank, peredank (kombara), pevdank, pênûsdank, pêsîrdank (sudyen), qirşdank (sepeta ku mirov kaxez û qirşan davêjê, çöpsepeti), şekirdank, tilîdank (guşpan, gûzvank), xanedan, xwelîdank, xwê-dank... Di zimanê axaftinê de tîpa "k" ketiye û wek "dan" tê gotin. Dank, wateya cîyê biçûk ku mirov tiştek dike navê. Ji dagirtinê tê. == 31. -dar == abrûdar (bi şeref), ahengdar, agahdar, aladar (bayrakdar), armanedar, avdar, axûdar, (bi jehr), azîmdar, badar (bawîbûn), baldar, bedar (feqîr, nedar), behîdar, bejndar, berhemdar, behr-dar, berhevdar, bersivdar, berxwedar, beşdar, bezdar (bi bez), bihadar, birîndar, bindar, bijûndar, biryardar, bîdar (hişyar), bîhndar, bîrdar, bîstandar, bondar, candar, cegerdar (bi ce-saret), cejndar, celebdar, çekdar, çêjdar, çildar, daxîdar, defterdar, demandar, dersdar, desthilat-dar, dengdar, deyndar, dezgehdar (xwedî kar), dildar, dimîdar, diravdar, dîdar, dîldar (koledar), dîndar, dîzdar, domdar, dozdar, dudar (dema lêkera borî), dukandar, dundar, emekdar, eleqe-dar, eqildar, erkdar, evîndar, ezîmdar, fehldar, fer-mandar, fêmdar, fikirdar, fîrazdar, gazindar, gencînedar, geşedar, gilîdar, giramîdar (muhterem), girdar, giyandar, (giyanewe), goşdar (bi goşt), gotindar, goşedar, guhandar (memeli), guhdar, guhnedar, gumandar, guldar, haydar, heqdar, hevdar (hevbeş), hestdar, hewcedar, hêvîdar, hêzdar, hingivdar, hişdar, hîmdar, hîndar, hîsedar, hukim-dar, intdar, jandar, jehrdar, jîndar, kardar, karxa-nedar, kasedar, kendar (mîzahî), keremdar, kezîdar, kêfdar, kindar, kirêdar, kirdar, kirîdar, kîndar, koledar, komekdar, kovandar, kujdar, le-kedar, lezetdar, lênûsdar (defterdar), maldar, mafdar, manîdar, merezdar, metirsîdar, mezdar, mêldar, mêvandar, mêwedar, mildar, mijokdar, minetdar, mizdar (şîrîntirş), mizgîndar (mîsyoner), mulkdar, namîdar, nandar, navdar, na/.dar, nedar (feqîr), netndar (şil), nêredar (kontrolor), nimûnedar, nijdar (bijûndar), nirxdar, nîgehdar, nîşandar, nobedar, nojdar, oldar, pakdar, paldar, patdar (ortak), paydar (domdar), payedar, perde-dar, peredar, perendar, pesindar, peyvdar, pêdar (sebat), pêldar, pêdar (şahlanma), pêşdar (pêşeng), piş(t)dar, pişkdar, pîjindar (şivît), pîldar (falavêj), pîtdar, pûldar, qerzdar (deyndar), qewildar, qulix-dar, ramandar, rayedar (xwedîyê dîtin), razdar (qeyde), rexdar, rexnedar, rewişdar, rezdar, redar, rêzdar, riftdar, rikdar, rimildar, rojdar, rondar, rûndar (bi rûn), selahîyetdar, serdar, sermayedar, serfermandar, semînerdar, serîdar, serxwedar, sirmedar, sîdar, soredar, sozdar, sudar, sûcdar, spasdar, surdar (bi heycan), şanedar, şaxdar, şekirdar, şerdar, şermedar, şetdar, şêdar (şil), şêwirdar, şêndar, şikdar, şikirdar, şîndar, şîridar, tahmdar, temsîldar, tekerdar, terefdar, terşdar (xwedî pez), tevnedar, têkildar, tirsdar, tîndar, tobedar, tuwandar, ulimdar, vîndar, wanedar (dersdar), wefadar, xaldar, xawêndar (bi şeref), xeberdar, xedar, xerîdar, xêrdar, xirêdar, xiznedar, xwîndar, watedar, wefadar, weznedar, wezîfedar, wênedar, wurşedar, zemîndar, zengildar (saeta bi zîl), zêdedar, zilindar, zîpdar, zîyandar, zordar, zordarî... Parkîta "dar" di wateyên xwedî wezîve, mal, kar, berpirsîyar, hukim û nav û deng de tê bika-ranîn. Parkîta "dar" bêtir bi kar hatî ye. Li gor de-veran sê parkîtên ku bêtir tên bikaranîn: "dar, "kar" û "van" tên têkil kirin û carnan bi şaşî tên bi karanîn. == 32. -de== balinde, bexşînde, dirinde (wehşî), dîyarde (olgu), firinde, gerînenede, gewende, girîde, kirde, kurdende, mayînde, qûnde, serde, şande (mîsyoner), xwende, zende.... Ev parkît rewş, taybetî û reng dide dîyar û ze-lalkirin. == 33. -dek == bindek, girdek (tîpên mezin), hûrdek (tîpên biçûk), nîşandek (îşaret), serdek... Parkîta rewş diyarkirin û rengdêrîyê ye. == 34 -der == bader (tornavîda), bender, derbeder, bexjînder, beder, birader, hewleder, jander, jêder, mader, makder, navder, rader, rasteder, şevder, zêder (zayende)... Rewş û posîzyonê dide dîyarkirin. Carnan wateya xwe ji lêkera "derketin" jî digire. == 35. -dêr == afirandêr, avdêr (sulamaci), berhemdêr, berxwedêr, bonodêr, çavdêr (nêrevan), çekdêr (bononêr), dengdêr (tîpên bi deng), deyndêr (ala-cakli), fermandêr, guhdêr, hevgirdêr (tomarker), kardêr (patron), kirêdêr (kiralik), mast(d)êr, navdêr (isim), polîçedêr, rengdêr (sifat), serhildêr, şehnedêr, şevdêr, xwepêşandêr, .... Di wateyên berpirsîyar, wezîfedar, çêkir û xwedî de tê bikaranîn. Ev parkît bêtir di zimanê nivîskî de tê bikaranîn û bi giranî û pirani bi soranî ye. Di van salên dawiyê de her ku diçe parkîta "dêr" bêtir tê bikaranîn û bi taybetî jî, ji bo bêjeyên nû pêwîstî bi vê parkîtê heye. == 36. -dirû == cildirû, çermdirû, genimdirû, kinc-dirû, paldirû, soldirû... Parkîteke lêkerî ye û ji lêkera dirûn tê. Cî û. warê bikaranîna wê gelek teng e. == 37. -dîn == guldîn, kadîn, Mêrdîn, paşedîn, şemdîn, sêvdîn, şevdîn, tacdîn... == Parkîta "dîn" ji lêkera dîtinê tê û ev parkît weha ne zêde bi berhemdar û kêrhatî ye. == 38. -doş == çêlekdoş, gadoş (sermezin), gundîdoş, mangedoş, mirovdoş (kedxwar), mîhdoş, pezdoş,.. Ev parkît ji lêkera dotinê te.Di wateyên kelk, kar û zarpêkirinê de tê bikaranîn. == 39. -doz== çewaldoz, kînedoz, palandoz, pînedoz,soldoz Parkîteke dîrokî û kevn e. Ji "dirûz" tê û bigu-haztinê re bûye "doz". Rastiya wê çewaldirûz, pînedirûz û soldirûz e. Lê dîsan jî divê mirov vê parkîta kurdî biparêze; dibe ku di pêş de, ev bi kar bê û ji bo hinek bêjeyên din jî bê bikaranîn. == 40. -e == bêje, beze, bijarte, bineke, dermale, fîroke, gewre, keske, kirde, kûre, sereke, sore, xwende... Ev parkît zêde ne dewlemend e, bi sînor e û rewş û têviliyan dide dîyarkirin. == 41. ek/eke == badek, bendek, bizdonek, çilek, destek, dehek, fîsek, fişek, fortek, gîhanek, hûrek, kevanek, komek, kotek, kulek, kurtek, mizdanek, nefsek, newêrek, nîşandek, paçek, parsek, perdek, pêçek, piştek, qeşmerek, qumatek, qûnek, qulek, rastek (dîrek), rawek (xuya), serek, şanek, şeşek, tirsonek, tirek, virek, zirek, zîrek... Ev parkît rewş, hejmar û taybetiya kes û tiştan dide dîyarkirin. == 42. -ende == berfende (aşîd), dirinde (rastî dirende ye), gerînende, gewende, gewzende, navende (tîpa "e" ji ketiye û bûye navend), nivîsende (katip), şermende (şermok), parakende, pergende, zayende tîpa "e" ji dawiyê ketiye û zayend maye... Taybetmendiyê dide dîyarkirin. == 43. -eng == bîşeng, çeleng, erjeng (felaket), leheng, peleseng, pêşeng, pirşeng, porşeng, xeleng, xo- şeng… Mirov dikare bêje ku ev parkîta xweşikbûn û pesndariyê ye. == 44. -er == bîner, bû(y)er, dever, firoşer koçer, kujer, koser, lêker, nûner, parêzer, têkoşer... Yê/ya ku dike an bi alîkariya wî/wê dibe û pêk tê. Di zimanê nivîskî e her ku diçe bêtir tê bika-ranîn. == 45. -erok == çilerok, naverok... Kesî heta niha behsa vê parkîtê nekiriye. == 46. -ev == rojev... Ez nikaribûm ji vê parkîta nû re nimûneya duyem bibînim. Li ser çi prensîbî ev parkît hatiye afirandin kes nizane. Ez texmîn dikim ku orjînala vê parîtê ”-hev” û ji bo ku tîpa ”j” û ”h” hatine kêleka hev, tîpa ”h” ketiye û bûye ”-ev”. Wek: bahev, berhev, binhev, cemhev, gelhev, paşhev, pêşhev, serhev, tevhev... == 47. -ê == bizinê, bûkê, cîranê, çêlekê, dayê, deryayê, jinê, keçê, malê, mamosteyê, piştê, metê, xwişkê... Mirov dikare bi vî awayî tîpa "ê" bîne dawiya gelek navdêrên mê. Ev ji bo hîtabkirina navdêrên mê û tewangê tê bikaranîn. Ji bo hîtabkirina navdêrên nêr jî tîpa "o" tên dawiya bêjeyan. Wek: nêriyo, zavayo, gayo, kuro, mamosteyo, mamo... Lê, di rewşa gelehejmar de parkîta "e' dibe "no." an jî dibe "ino." Ev him ji bo zayenda nêr û him jî ji bo ya mê derbas dibe. Wek: bizino, bûkno, cîrano... Dema bêjeyeke cara pêşî parkîta "ik" bigire û cara duyem jî parkîta "ê" bê paş wê, bêjeya nû vê carê vê forma han digire. bejnziravikê, çelengê, dayikê, dilovanike, jinikê, kinikê, pîsikê, rindikê, xwişkê.... Hinek nivîskar ji vê rewşê re parkîta - ikê/kê dibêjin ku ev ne rast e. Ev ne parkîteke bi serê xwe ye, du parkît li pey hev tên. Mînak: Bêjeya "kin" cara pêşî parkîta "'ik" digire û dibe "kinik." Cara duyem parkîta "e' digire û dibe " kinikê." Di kurdî de bêjeyek dikare çend parkîtan li dû hev bigire. Wek: dukan+dar+î, zan+a+tî, bajar +van+tî, şi+van+î, nîştîman+perwer+î 48. -êr == dilêr (qehreman), hilbijêr (seçmen), kûnêr, panêr, serhildêr, şilêr, venêr, weşînêr Yê/ya ku aktîv û lê dinêre, pê mijûl e. Ev parkît ji soranî hatiye nav kurmanci. Di van salên dawî de her ku diçe di zimanê nivîskî yê kurmancî de jî bêtir tê bikaranîn. 49. -firîn == çûkfirîn, dilfirîn, hevfirîn, kevokfirîn, kotelfirîn, kurtefirîn, kevirfirîn (mecenîq), nefs- firîn, serfirîn, tirsfirîn, xwefirîn... Ev bi alîkariya lêkera "firîn" pêk tê. Mirov bi vê parkît û metodê dikare gelek bêjeyên nû biafirîne. 50. -firoş == ardfiroş, avfiroş, bavfiroş, belafiroş, birafiroş, cilfiroş, dêfiroş, dewfiroş, eşîrfiroş, genimfiroş, goştfiroş, gulfiroş, hirîfiroş, jinfiroş, keçfiroş, kibrîtfiroş, kurdfiroş, malfiroş, makînefiroş, mastfiroş, meyfiroş, mirovfiroş, nanfiroş, nazfiroş, perçefiroş, pirtûkfiroş, pincarfiroş, rûnfiroş, şekirfiroş, şerfi roş, şîrfiroş, xanîfiroş, xwefiroş, xwînfiroş, welatfiroş, zembîlfiroş... Tiştên ku bi gotina "firotin" ve girêdayî be, mirov dikare bi vê parkîta "firoş" bêjeyên nû çêbike. Parkîteke lêkerî ye. == 51. –gal == çangal, pergal, şengal, tengal... Rewş û form dide dîyarkirin. == 52. -gan == axpîngan, bargan, bazirgan, lalîgan, rûngan (tucarê rûn), xaçirgan... Yê ku bi kar ve mijûl e, bêjeya pîşeyî diafirîne. Ev parkît hewqas ne kêrhatî ye û mirov nikare ji bo nimûne çend gotinên din jî bibîne. == 53. -gar == amojgar, jengar, pingar, rojgar, sazgar, parêzgar, yadîgar... Di wateya kombûn, zanîn û pêşkêşkirinê de tê bikaranîn. == 54. -gaz == belengaz, gerdengaz... Ev parkît di wateya perîşanî û pakiyê de tê bi-karanîn û zêde ne bi ber û bereket e. == 55.-geh == amojgeh, aramgeh, asêgeh(barîkat, mewzî), azmûngeh, balafîrgeh, balgeh, baregeh (karargeh, bas) bergeh, bingeh, bihingeh(mesîre), borangeh (cîyê kevokan), civangeh, cîgeh, çargeh (meqamê muzîkê), çêregeh, (malîkxane, çiftlik), dadgeh, dangeh, danîşgeh, darêjgeh, dengeh, dergeh, destegeh (tersxane), dezgeh, dirûngeh, dîtingeh, dûrgeh, êwirgeh (barinak), fêrgeh, firoşgeh, gorîngeh (di perestgehê de ser dihat jêkirin), havîngeh, hêjageh (hedefa askeri), îbadetgeh, îstegeh, îzgeh, jîngeh(ekolojî), kargeh, kevnargeh, kêlangeh, kiblegeh, kungeh, lengergeh (iskele), leşkergeh, lewergeh, lîstikgeh, lîzgeh(ji lîzê), mêrgeh, mêtîngeh, mijûlgeh, nexweşgeh, nêrîngeh(fokos), nimêjgeh, nimînegeh, nivîsgeh (buro), nivîswergeh, pageh(garaj), palgeh (koltuk), pangeh(garaj), pazendgeh, perestgeh, perwerdegeh(talimgeh), peymangeh, pêgeh (rewş), pêşangeh, pirsgeh, pîrozgeh, qedemgeh, qerargeh, rawestgeh, rewangeh, rûniştgeh, rûxistgeh, safgeh (aritma), sazgeh, sefgeh, sergom-geh, seyrangeh, sêgeh(meqamê muzîkê), sêzgeh, strîngeh, şargeh, şergeh, tavgeh, tarawgeh, têşgeh, tomargeh, vehesîngeh, venişgeh(menzîl), wargeh, xwaringeh(mutfak), xwendegeh, yarîgeh(stad yum), zanîngeh, ziyaretgeh... Di wateya cî û war de tê bikaranîn û parkîteke ku cîyê karanîna wê gelek fireh û bi ber e. Kamran Bedirxan di pirûka xwe ya "Rêzimana Kurdî" de, bi hejmara 21 û. bi navê sernivîsa guhêrkerên din yên paşdanî de bi navê "gah" jî parkîtê hejmartiye û ji bo wê jî mînaka "xwende-gah" daye. Bi rastî bi navê "gah" parkîtê bi serê xwe nîne. Ew ne "gah" e "geh" e û mînak jî dibe "xwendegeh." == 56. -gele == hergele, pergele, sengele, şêrgele... Rewşeke negatîv dide dîyarkirin. == 57. -ger == bager, banger, bazîger(lîstikvan), bêrgeh (bêrîgeh), cadûger, çavlêger, çayger, dadger (hakim), dager, dermanger(eczaci), dolabger, dozger(savci), efsûnger, gewzeger(sefîh), govend-ger, hesinger, karger, karîger, kirîger (alici), lêkolînger, mertalger, meyger, mêtînger, misoger, neşteger (cerah), pager(devriye), parêzger, peyger, pêger(nesne), rêger, rojnameger, semager, senger, sêlikger(gramafon), sifirger, şanoger, şerbetger, şevger, şevlêger, şîrger, şoreşger, tevger, werger, zêrînger(mucevherci)... Dîsa piraniya gramernivîsên kurdî, dinivîsin ku bi navê "girîn" jî parkîteke kurdî heye û ji bo vê jî mînakên weha didin: "Çixirgerîn, şopgerîn, çavgerîn" û hwd. Ev jî ne rast û durust e. Wek ku xuya ye, ev bêjeyên han bêjeyên hevdudanî ne. Ji bêjeyên "şop" û "gerin" pêkhatine û li derî babeta parkîtan e. Bêjeyeke hevdudanî ye. == 58. -gêr == bankgêr(bankacî), bingêr, çapgêr, dagêr, makînegêr, mangêr, saloxgêr(istihbaratçi), sergêr, wergêr(çevirmen), werzgêr, xwegêr... Ev parkît di zaravayê me yê soranî de bêtir tê bi kar anîn. Di van salên dawî de hêdî hêdî dikeve nav zaravayê kurmancî yê nivîskî jî. Di wateya yê/ ya ku dike û digire de tê bikaranîn. == 59. -gir/gîr == ahengir, amadegîr, alîgir, arşîvgir, avgîr (bataklik, sunger), bacgir(xercgir, tehsîldar), balafirgir (keştiyên ku balafiran digirin), bargir (savunma), bargîr, bergir(ewlekar), bertîlgir, bigir (alici), bonogir, cangîr, cîgir(yedek), cîhangîr, çepgir(solcu), çekgir, çeşnîgir, dadgir(hakîm), dagir, demîngir(alişik), dengir(cîhazê ku deng digire), destgir, destegîr, dewletgîr(devletçî), dilgîr, dîyarîgir, giramgir(hurmetkar), dugir, gulaşgîr, hevgir, girsegir, herêmgir, herîgir, jengir, kefgîr, kewgîr, koçegîr(sîlahşor), kungir, layangir, libgir, masîgir, mayîngir (makînên mayînan), mîratgir, mûçegir (yên ku maaş digirin), la yangir, lexgîr(enerjîk), nangîr, pargir(xwedî hîse), paşgir, pelgir, pergîr, pêjingir(duyarli), pêşgîr, piştgir, pîşkegîr (partîzan), polîçegir, qedirgir, rast-gir (sagci), rexnegir, rêgir, saltgîr(kirdeya aktîv), şîşîgir, şêrgîr, tagir, wergir(alici), wênegir( aletên ku resim digirin), xelatgir, xercgir, xewgîr, xûgir (demîngir), xûgîgir... Ev parkît ji lêkera "girtin" tê û di zimanê nivîskî de her ku diçe bêtir tê bikaranîn. Di kur-mancî de ev parkît bêtir wek "gir" û di soranî de jî wek "gîr" tê bi kar anîn. == 60. -gîn== bugîn(nesne), cûgîn (olgu), dengîn, dezgîn (dizgin), dingîn, dîyargîn(sifat), fêrgîn, gulgîn, hevgîn, lezgîn, mizgîn, navgîn, paşgîn pergîn(pêşwazî), pêşgîn, sergîn, şevgîn, şingîn, xwazgîn, xemgîn... Ev parkît, pêve girêdayî, hezkirin û rewşê dide dîyar kirin. == 61. -go== derewgo, pirgo, qenego, rastgo, xweşgo. "Go", kurtkirina "gotin"ê ye. Bi forma dirêjî jî tê gotin. Wek: Pirgot, rastgot, xweşgot.. == 62. -guhêz== denguhêz, nûçeguhez(muhabîr), xe- berguhêz(fesad), wêneguhêz... Ji gotina "guhertin," tê û peyvên nûjen çêdike. Di zimanê teknîkê de bêtir tê bikaranîn. == 63. -gûn == algûn (pembeyê tarî), argûn (ji agir), avgûn (şînê asmanî), pargûn (coya biçûk ku li derdora konê tê kolan), piştgûn (dûr), şîgûn (genimê avî)... Celadet Bedirxan û Rizgar Baran, parkîta "gûn" wek ' gon bikaranîne. Ev parkîta han di za-ravayê dimilî de jî heye. (Celadet Bedirxan- Roger Lescot Kurtçe Gramerî rûpel 287, Rizgar Baran, Uygulamali Kûrtçe Dersleri- Dersên Kurdî rûpel 332 binêrin.) == 64. -heng == aheng, çel(h)eng, ferheng, leheng, pêş(h)eng, serheng, şevaheng... Parkîta "heng" wateya spehî, jêhatî û serûberiyê dide bêjeyê. == 65 -hev == bahev, berhev, binhev, cemhev, gelhev, paşhev, pêşhev, serhev, tevhev, tevlihev, têkilhev. Di wateya kombûn, rêzbûn û zêdebûnê de tê bi karanîn. == 66. -hingêv == kevkanokhingêv, şûrhingêv (sîlehşor), rimhingêv, tifinghingêv, tîr-hingêv.... Di wateya hoste û lêdanê de tê bikaranîn û ev parkît di zimanê me de gelek kêm e. == 67. -ik == bendik, birçik, bozik, çavik, çirik, darik, dasik, dilik, jinik, gewrik, gloverik, keçik, kinik, kumik, kurik, lawik, mêrik, pîsik, pirçik, rindik, reşik, sorik, virik, xweşik, zerik... Di wateya spehî û biçûkbûnê de tê bikaranîn, Selîm Biçûk bi parkîta "ik" re ya "çik" jî nivîsandiye û ji bo vê jî, vê mînakê daye: Rêçik, derçik. Min " derçik" fêm nekir ka mebesta wî çi ye. Lê rêçik ne rast e. Ji ber ku kok "rêç" e û parkît jî "ik" e. (Selîm Biçûk Rêzimanê Kurdî rûpel 68.) Ev parkîteke bi ber û dewlemend de, mirov dikare bi ve parkîtê bi hezaran gotin biafrîne. Ji bo hezkirin, biçûkdîtin, pîskirin belengazî, xizanî, nêzîktî û ciwantiyê tê bikaranîn. == 68. -inde == gerî(ne)nde, keçinde(ji bo kesî ku keça wî/wê tune be, tê gotin ), korinde, kujinde, kurdinde, mayinde, warinde, za(y)inde.... Parkîta "inde" di wateyên mayîn, tunebûn û girêdayî de tê bikaranîn. == 69 -ing == aring(nexweşiyeke pez û wateya xwe ji ar digire), awing(şebnem, avî), bersing, bêjing, daring, deling, garing, hevling, hevring, kaşing, kuling, paring, paşing, piling, quling, rejing (çirika avê), reving, rojing(ji rojê tê. yanî pence-re), saring, sering, siping(yemek otu), sizing, soring, şijing(sifnik, melkis), tifîng, ziring, ziving (ji zivistanê tê)... Di wateya wekhev, dişibe hev, nêzîkî hev de tê bikaranîn. == 70. -istan == Afganistan, Arabistan, Bulgaristan, beristan, bihuşistan, bîyanistan, Çaçanistan, çîrok-istan, çolistan, daristan, dibistan, diristan, dilistan, dojehistan, Ermenistan, germistan, goristan, gulis-tan, guristan(cî û welatê diz û talanê), Gurcis-tan, Halistan(li Kurdistanê herêmek), Hîndistan, îngilistan, kafiristan, karistan, Kazakistan, kewis-tan, Kirgisiztan, Kurdistan, Kuzistan, Loristan, Macaristan, Mogolistan, meyistan(cîyê xwarin û vexwarinê), muristan, Pakistan, qûmistan, rovis-tan(cî û welatê delevêre, dek û dolaban), şaristan, şevistan, şênistan (cîyê şên û xweş), taris-tan, Tacikistan... Partkîta "istan” bi gelemperî ji bo cî û welat tê bi kar anîn, carnan ji bo rewşê jî dibe. Wek "şevistan, meyistan" û "şênistan...." Ev parkît gelek bi berhemdar û kêrhatî ye û her ku diçe di zimanê nivîskî de cîyê xwe digire. == 71. -î == aramî, Amedî, aştî, avî, bajarî, bankgêrî (bankacilik), başî, bejî, berpirsyarî, bihuştî (cennetî), bindarî, birdî, Dihokî, dojebi, çavî, çêkirî, dîtî, ezîzokî(kubar), girtî, gohtî, gundî, hişmendî, kurdî, laşparêzî(parastina laş, vucudê), Mêrdînî, nezanî, nojdarî(selametî), paşdanî, patî, tawî, serfîrazî, rizgarkirî, şandî (qasid), şarmendî, şaristanî, şewitî, şikestî, talanî, terasî, tolazî, vekirî, Wanî, xerabî, xwînî, xwendî... Parkîta "î" rewş û cîwazbûnê dide dîyarkirin. Ev parkît jî bêhejmar e. Mirov dikare bi alîkariya vê parkîtê bi hezaran bêjeyên nû çêbike. Di derbarê parkîta "î" de, li pirtûka Feqî Huseyn Sagniç "Rêzimanê Kurdî" rûpel 56-57 binêrin, ka çi tevlihevî û şaşî hene. Dîsa Feqî Huseyn parkît ku navê "qertaf' lê kiriye; bêje, bêjeyên hevdudanî û formê neyînî tevlihev kiriye. Li heman pirtûkê rûpel 90 ku bi sernavê "Rengdêrên Hevedudanî" binêrin. Celadet û gelek gramernivîsên kurd, dinivîsin ku bi navê "ahî” parkîtekê heye û ji bo vê jî mînakên wek agahî, bilindahî, kûrahî, dirêjahî, germahî mezinahî û hwd. didin. Ev jî ne rast e. Ji ber ku parkît -"î" ye û dema parkîta "î” tê dawiyê, tîpa "h" dikeve navbera herdu dengdêran. Heger em li van mînakan binêrin, rastî weha ye: "agaî, avaî, bilindaî ne. Dikare di şûna tîpa ”h” de tîpa ”y” jî bikeve navberê. Lê divê mirov ji bîr neke ku hemû parkîtên ”î” ne di heman wateyê de ne. == 72. -în == agirîn, avîn, axîn, bingehîn, birgîn, bengîn, berfîn, cawîn, darîn, dawîn, derewîn, dilîn, dozîn (içgudu), faraşîn, genimîn, gulîn, gurmîn, hesinîn, jêrîn, jorîn, malîn, keçîn, kevîn, kevirîn, kesîn, kurîn, mizgîn, nalîn, navîn, parîn, paşîn, perçîn, pêşîn, rengîn, rojîn, şermîn, şevîn, tavîn, tevîn, vekolîn, xemlîn, xwemalîn, yarîn, zerîn, zêrîn, zîvîn.... Parkîta "în” bêtir rewş û cî dide dîyarkirin. Bi vê parkîtê mirov dikare gelek bêjeyên nû çêbike. == 73. -îne == çarîne, kulîne, kurdîne... Tê wateya wek û dişibe wî/wê. Di zaravayên dimilkî û soranî de jî ev parkît heye. == 74. -înok == gerînok, şaneşînok, xapînok... Di wateyên fen û filbaziyê de tê bikaranîn. == 75. -jen == arjen, avjen, bajen (perwane), bilûrjen, bûjen (malzeme), devjen, diljen, gotinjen, heste-jen, hirîjen, kemanjen, kevanjen (du wateyê vê gotinê hene: Yek ya ku kevanê pembû dijene û yê duyem jî tîr davêje.), livajen, muzîkjen, nûjen, pembûjen, rojen, tembûrjen, xeberjen, zurnejen... Parkîteke lêkerî ye û ji lêkera "jenîn" çêbûye. == 76. jimêr == demjitnêr(saet), dilopjimêr(enjek-sîyon), geljimêr(geljimar), katjimêr(bi soranî saet), pirjimêr, yekjimêr.. Ev parkît ji lekera "jimartin" tê. Di kurdiya nûjen de roleke pozîtiv dilîze û her ku diçe bêtir tê bika-ranîn. == 77. -kar == afirankar, alîkar, amadekar, amojkar (şêwirmend), aşîkar, avakar, berkar(nesne), ber-hevkar, bestekar, bexişkar, bêrêzkar, binekar, bi-zavkar, cirîtkar, canfedakar, cotkar, cudakar, da-wedcar, daxwazkar, destkar, destekar, dirûnkar, dîdarkar, efsûnkar, efûkar, ewlekar, êrîşbaz, êrîşkar, êşkencekar, fedekar, fedîkar, fersendkar, fitnekar, gevizkar, guherînkar, gunehkar, helwestkar, hevtawankar, hevkar, hewezkar, hişimkar, hişmetkar, hîcîzkar, hîlekar, hînkar, hîndekar, hunkar, hurmedcar, îhanetkar, îcatkar, înatkar, îqnekar, îsyankar, îtaetkar, îtîrafkar, koşkar, kedkar, lavekar, mehfiirkar, merdekar, mirzkar, mirêkar, mînetkar, mînekar, navberkar, nivîskar, mêtîngehkar, navenkarj nazkar, nebekar, nebûkar(îtîra£kar), nexmekar, nexjkar, nimînekar, nîvkar, nîvekar(ortak), nîyazkar, parêzkar, perwerdekar, pêjinkar, pêkar, pêşkar, pîşekar, pîşkar(kirde), qebhetkar, qencîkar, rehekar, riyakar, rizgarkar, rozîkar, sarkar, sazkar, sazûmankar, sazişkar, sekar, serkar, (rektor), serfkar(tûketici), sextekar, sînemakar, stemkar, sozkar, şabkar, şakar, şankar, şatafatkar, şenkar, şermîkar, şînazkar, şîretkar, şîwekar, şuxilkar, şûmîkar, tawankar, talankar, te-lebkar, temaşekar, tevkar, tetbîqkar, timakar, tir-skar, vankar, werzişkar xapînkar(xapînok), xilas-kar, xudkar, xwekar(automat), xwendekar (telebe), xizmetkar, wêrankar, zînakar, zulimkar.... Mirov dikare bêje ev parkîteke pîşeyî ye. Yê/ya ku aktîv e û karekî an tiştekî dike. Parkîta "kar" di kurdî de yek ji wan e ku herî zêde tê bikaranîn. Ev di kurdiya kevn û ya nû de jî weha ye. == 78. -ker == avaker, avjenker, banker (telal), belav-ker, berlêker, bêtirker, biçûker, boyaxker, cûmker, çavlêker(taqlîtçî), çewtîker (bi qabhat), çeyîker, çêker, dagîrker, darêjker, dehker, dengberzker (amplîfîkator), de-rewker, dilreşker, dilxweşker, dirançêker, diranker, dirûnker, diyarker, elektîker, falker, feneker (fenekqurnaz), fîlmçêker, fîşker, germker (radya-tor), gezker, gilîker, guherker, havilker(çareger), helawker, helawçêker, hesinker, hîleker, hînker, hoker, karker, keremker, kêmker, korsker, kurtan-ker, kûzeker, lavaker, lêker, lêbarker(isnad), leşker, losker, meraqker, mesrefker, mezinker, mijoker, mirarker, mîzker, nimêjker, nivişker, paqijker, pareker, parker, parsker, pêdeker, pêjinker (hesas), peyker, pêşker, pirsker, piçûker, pîneker, pîşker, poşeker, qencîker, qiseker, raker, rastker, rawker, rizgarker, rîpoker, sabûnker, sarker, sefar-ker, simker, spîker, sohbetker, solker, şerker, şermker, şiroveker, şîretker, şorker, şuxilker, şûkar, şûmîker, tamîrker, talanker, tevineker, tehdeker, temamker, tewanker, têrker, tinazker, tomarker, virker, wêranker, xerabker, xebatker, xelasker, xêrker, xîjîker, xurtker, yarîker, zarker(teqlîdçî), zêrker, zîvker, zorker, zûreker. Parkîtên "ker" û "kar" gelek nêzîkî hev in. Heta li hinek deveran di şûna "kar" de "ker" û li hinek deverên din jî di şûna "ker" de "kar" bikar tînin. Herdu weha nêzîkî hev in ku carnan mirov nikare bêje kîjan ji wan rast e. Parkîta "ker" jî wek ya "kar" aktîviyê dide dîyarkirin. Parkita "ker" bingehî xwe bêtir ji lêkera "kirin" digire. Yanî ew kesî ku vî an jî wî tiştî dike. Mûrad Ciwan di şûna parkîta "ker" de parkîta "kir" bikaranîye. Rast e ev parkît ji lêkeran "kirin" tê lê bi hezar salan e ku wek "kar" tê bikaranîn û di nav gel de rûniştî ye. Reşo Zîlan gotinên wek "karkir, şuxulkir" û hwd di wateya "bikêrhatî" de bikaraniye. Ez termînolojiya Reşo Zîlan rast û durist dibînim. == 79. -kêş == afîyonkêş, aramkêş, avkêş(hortum), axînkêş, azabkêş, bakêş (havalandirma), balkêş, barkêş, berkêş, bêrikêş(kurekçi), binkêş, cefakêş, cezakêş, cixarekeş, çaqokêş, darkêş, demkêş, derdkêş, destekêş, destkêş, dênkêş, dilkêş, dozkêş, dûkêş, esrarkêş, eskerkêş, firçekêş, fotokêş, gankêş, govetidkêş, gunahkêş, hevkêş(mûadele), hev-sarkêş, hewakêş(ventîlator), kakêş, karkêş, kêrkêş, kêlindîkêş (tirpanci), kilkêş, kînkêş, kulkêş, makêş, mîxkêş, mîzkeş, neqişkêş (desînator), nexşekêş, nîgarkêş, otokêş, pênûskêş, qayişkêş, qelemkêş, qelûnkêş, pêşkêş, piştîkêş, mistkeş, renekeş, rêkêş, rikêş, serkeş, serinckêş, sivîlkêş, şûrkêş, takêş, wênekêş, xemkêş, xencerkêş, xedceş, xeyalkêş, xîretkêş, xofkêş, xweşkêş, zehmetkêş... Ev parkît ji lêkera "kêşandin" tê. Parkîtên "keş" û "kêş" jî wek yên "gir" û "gîr" li gor herêm û zaravayan tê guhertin. Li hinek herêmên kurmancî "keş" û li binek herêman jî "kêş" dibêjin. Giraniya zimanê nmskî li ser parkîta. "keş" e. == 80. -kî == Badînkî, badkî, bajarkî, berfiradkî, devkî, dimbilkî, eşîrkî, gundkî, jinkî, kurdkî, Licêkî, mêrkî, mahmûdkî, niviskî, pêxemberkî, qeşmerkî, sorankî, şêtkî, tirkî, Serhedkî... Ev parkît rewş û şibandinê dide dîyatkirin. Parkîteke gelek bi ber û kêrhatî ye. Mirov dikare wê bîne dawiya gelek bêjeyî û bêjeyên nû biafîrîne. Li hinek ciyan di şûna ”-kî de " –kanî” jî bi kartînin. Wek: jinkanî, keçkanî, lawkanî, mêrkanî, pêxemberkanî... Ev parkîta "kanî" di za-ravayê dimilî de jî tê bi karanîn. Dîsa di şûna parkîta " ki” de "carnan parkîta "wari' jî bikartînin. Wek kurdewarî, şêrewarî ûhwd. == 81. -koj == darkoj, hestîkoj, kundirkoj, nankoj, qûnkoj... Ev parkît ji lêkera "kojandin" tê û ne gelek bi-karhatî ye. Wateyeke wê ya gelek negatîv heye û di zimanê argo de tê bikaranîn. == 82. -kok == delal(k)ok, jinkok, keçkok, meşkok, reşkok, xweşkok... Parkîta biçûkbûn û xweşikbûnê ye. Mirov dikare bi vê metodê gelek bêjeyên nû çêbike. == 83. -kuj == agirkuj (îtfaye), birakuj, dengkuj(aletê ku dengê sîlah kêm dike),evînkuj, hişkuj, hevkuj, hêzkuj, jinkuj, karwankuj, komelkuj(qetlîam), kurdkuj, mirovkuj, mêrkûj, mêşkuj, otomobîlkuj, reşekuj, xewnkuj, xwekuj, zarokuj... Ji lêkera "kuştin" tê. Ji bo afrandina bêjeyên nû parkîteke gelek kêrhatî û berhemdar e. == 84. -kut == bankut, dankut, darkut, goşkut, ling-kut, meykut, mîrkut, pîkut, serkut, sîrkut, şekirkut... Parkîteke lêkerî ye û ji lêkera "kutandin" tê û bêjeyên nû diafirîne. == 85. -le == pîkole, tirole, zirtole... Ew parkîta han rewşeke negatîv dide dîyar kirin û hewqas ne bikêrhatî ye. == 86. -lîn == biriqlîn, hê(k)lîn, xwêlîn... Di wateya ku tiştek jê çêdibe, bîhna wî/wê jê tê an jî nêzîkî wî/wê ye de tê bikaranîn. == 87. -lor == çilor, erdgilor, gilor, kilor, nîverdgilor, pilot, şilor... Di wateyên gilor û. berbat de tê bi karanîn. Zêde bi kar nayê. == 88. -mal == bermal, destmal, navmal, pêşmal, pêş-temal, sermal, xwemal, yekmal... Di wateyên xwedî û parastinê de tê bikaranîn. Ji gotinên "mal" û "malaştin" çêdibe. == 89. -man == atîman, deqman, der(d)man, ferman, homan, hewreman, karman, nîştîman, loqman, raman, sazîman, seqman, şadman, şadîman, şazeman, tekman, xoşman, xoşîman, xişman, zûman... Di wateya huner, şeref û hêz de tê bikaranîn. == 90. -mend == bawermend, behremend, carmend, çîkmend, dadmend, derdimend, dermend, destûr-mend (îmtîyaz sahîbî), dewlemend, eqilmend, ercûmend, ewlemend, gormend, hêjarnend, hişmend, hizirmend, hunermend, karmend, nîyazmend, parmend, parêzmend, pîrozmend, pîşemend, rahijmend (muteşebîs), rûmetmend, sazmend, sermend, sozmend, siyamend, şakirmend, şarmend, şêwirmend, şikomend, şîretmend, taybetmend, tevmend, xoşmend, xwehermend, xweşmend, yekmend, zarmend, zormend, zûmend... Gelek bêjeyên ku bi "mend' diqedin, carnan tîpa "e" û carnan jî tîpa "î" li parkîta "mend' tê barkirin û wê demê li gor rewşa hevokê "'mend' formê " mende” an jî "mendî” digire. Wek: pîroz-mende, sermende an jî taybetmendî, dadmendî, sazmendî, şêwirmendî.. Hinek zimanzan û gra-mernivîsên kurd, parkîtên "mende" û mendî" du parkîtên cuda û serbixwe dibînin, ev ne rast e. == 91. -mest == bedmest/î, bîhnmest, çavmest, dil-mest, ramanmest, setmest... Di wateya têrbûnê de lê di warê bîrûbawerî, şahî, şademanî û psîkolojîiyê de jî tê bikaranîn. == 92. -mêj == germêj, hevmêj, kedmêj, marmêj (hekîmê maran, ji xwînmijê tê.), şîrmêj, tozmêj (makîna malpaqijkirinê), xwemêj, xwêdanmêj, xwînmêj... Ev parkîteke lêkerî ye û ji lêkera "mêjandin" tê. Li hinek deveran di şûna parkîta "mêj" de "mij" jî dibêjin. == 93. -miz == destmiz (ucret), kedmiz ... Parkîta "miz" di wateya xwedî ked û maf de tê bikaranîn. Ev parkît zêde ne bi ber û kêrhatî ye. == 94. -mîyan == germiyan, hemûyan, memiyan, ser-miyan... Di wateyên xwedî, giştî û rewş diyarkirinê de tê bikaranîn. == 95. -nak == agirnak, dernak, tirsnak, xeternak... Ev parkît zêde ne bi kêrhatî ye. Di zaravayê dimilî de bêtir tê bikaranîn. == 96. -nas == bernas, ciwannas, civaknas, çavnas, çeknas, dîroknas, dostnas, dûrnas, feleknas, folk-lornas, gernas, hevalnas, hevenas, komelnas, kurd-nas, kurdînas, mafhas, mêrnas, pirsnasî (termînolojî), qedirşînas, perînas, rênas, rêçenas, rojhilatnas, stêrknas, torenas, wêjenas, xwenas, zi-mannas... Ji lêkera "naskirin" tê. Di wateya zanîn û nas-kirinê de tê bikaranîn. == 97. -naz == benaz, ciwannaz, dilnaz, gulnaz, hew-naz, nawnaz, pîrnaz, qurnaz, sewlînaz, serûnaz, şanaz, şabinaz, xatûnnaz, xweşnaz, yarnaz... Ev parkît, bêtir di wateyên nazik û kubarbûnê de tên bikaranîn. == 98. -ner == afirîner, awazdaner, çewsêner, daner, derhêner, guherîner, lêhûrbûner, lêkolîner, payer, pêçer, pêfder, nûçer, nûner, reaksînoner, şaner, weyner, xapîner... Ev parkît bêtir di zaravayê sorani de tê bi kar anîn lê her ku diçe di kurman-ciya niviskî de jî zêde dibe. ==99 -nêr == dabeşnêr, damezranêr, danêr, çewsînêr, kunêr, nexweşnêr, panêr, pîşknêr, şahêr, tendurîstînêr... Mirov dikare bêje ku ev parkît ji soranî hatiye nav kurmanciya nivîskî û her ku diçe bêtir tê bi karanîn. Parkîtên "ner” û "nêr" gelek nêzîkî hev in, heta yek in. Li gor zarava û devokan tên guhertin. == 100. -nivîs == çîroknivîs, destnivîs, dîroknivîs (tarîhçî), notenivîs, rexsernivîs, romannivîs, rojna- menivîs (nivîskarê meqaleyan), sernivîs, rêzsernivîs (paragraf), sernivîs, xweşnivîs (hattat)... Ev parkîta han ji lêkera "nivîsîn" tê û cî û qada wê zêde û berfireh e. ==101. -nûs == çarenûs, lênûs, masenûs, pênûs, serbûyernûs... Parkîta"nûs" ji soranî derbasî kurmancî bûye. Di kurmancî de "nivîs" e. Hinek nivîskar dixwa-zin di şûna "nûs'a soranî de, "nivîs'a. kurmancî bi karbînin û tînin jî. Wek: pênivîs. Bi dîtina min ev ne rast e. Divê mirov gotina orîjîlan bigire. Him orîjînala wê dimîne û him jî, ji bo yekîtiya ziman pêngaveke pozîtîv e. 102. -o agiro, bajaro, bavo, cîrano, çemo, geneo, doxtoro, gundo, guro, hevalo, kojo, kurmo, mamosteyo, mêşo, mêro, pîso, rêxo, rindo, şahîno, xapo, xwaro, zero, zaroko, zoro... Ev parkîteke bi ber û kêrhatî ye. Mirov dikare bi vê parkîta han gelek bêjeyên taze biafrîne. Ji bo belengazî, rebenî, biçûkdîtin û biçûkxistinê tê bi-karanîn. Li hinek herêman di şûna parkîta "o" de, parkîta "ko" jî bikartînin. Wek Azadko, rizgarko, aloko, rebenko, perîşanko, belengazko, malxe-ramko... Bi baweriya min "o" ji "ko'ye baştir e hêsantir e û herweha hejmara parkîteke din jî kêm dibe. Mirov dikare bi vî awayî tîpa "o" bîne dawiya gelek navdêran. Parkîta "o" ji bo navdêrên nêr jî tê bikaranîn. Lê di rewşa pirhejmar de parkîta "o" dibe "no." ev hem ji bo zayendên nêr û him jî ji bo ya mê derbas dibe. Di vê babetê de, li parkîta "ê" binêre! Selîm Biçûk û hinek gramernivîsên me dinivîsin ku parkîtek bi navê "iko" an jî "ko" heye, ev jî ne rast e û ji bo wê jî van mînakên didin: baviko, birako, dilbaziko, pêxwasko, reşiko, rindiko, rezîliko, spîko, xortiko, xweşiko, zeriko... Ev jî wek me di parkîta "ê" de dabû dîyarkirin; du parkît li peyhev hatine: "ik" û ”o” bêjeya "reş cara pêşî parkîta "ik" girtiye û bûye "reşik." Piştre carek din parkîta "o" girtiye û vê carê jî bûye "reşiko. (Selîm Biçûk Rêzimanê Kurdî rûpel 69.) 103. -ok avok(matara), axa(y)ok, behcok, bezok, bilqok, bizmok, bihîstok(ahîze), bîhnok, bîtanok, canok, çeqok, çermok, çîvanok, danok, devok, devkenok, fetilok, ferhengok, fortok, gazin(d)ok, gerok, gezok, giriyok, girînok, gulok, hejîrok, hevok, heyranok, hêrsok, kaşok, kenok, keçelok, kesok, laflafok, meyramok, mêjok, mirovok, miz-mizok, naverok, narincok, nivîsok (prînter), payîzok, qehrok, pesnok, revok, rikok, serok, sa-rincok, şemamok, şekirok, tirsok, xapînok, xebe-rok, xişok, xurok, zirto(ne)k, zarok, zengilok ... Biçûkbûn û xweşikbûniyê tînin zimên. 104 -okî çermokî, kevnikokî, peritokî, qirêjokî, reşikokî, şilokî... Ev parkît rewş û cîyabûnê dide dîyarkirin. 105. -ole gêjole, hişkole, keşkole, mêşole, piçikole, pirole, reşole, sembole (bi dimilî navê cureyek bîhokê), şepole(sist, livok), zirtole ... Di vê parkîtê de giraniya soranî heye. 106. -olekî keskolekî, piçkolekî, reşolekî, spîçol (e)kî, şînolekî... Ev parkît bi piranî û giranî bi soranî ye. Rewşeke ne zelal dide dîyarkirin. 107 -one parone Min nikarîbû çend nimûneyên din jî ji parkîta "one" re bibînim. I08. -onek bizdonek, fetlonek, geronek, paro-nek, şermonek, tirsonek, zirtonek... Li gor hinek herêm, devok û zaravayan parkîtên "ole" û "onek" cî diguhêrin an jî herdu-yan jî bi kar tînin. Wek nimûne him zirtonek û him jî zirtole dibêjin. I09. -oş beroş, îboş, keloş, kinoş, meloş, minoş, mihoş, peroş... Parkîta "oş" di du wateyên cuda yên dijberên hev de tê bi karanîn: a) biçûkxistin û bizarkirinê de b) xweşik û ciwaniyê de. 110. -ox ajotox, çêkirox, firotox, gotox, kirox, kuştox, şîretkirox, vegirtox... Ji zaravayê dimilî derbasî kurmancî bûye. Mirov him di kovara Hawar û him jî di berhemên Cigerxwîn de rastî vê parkîtê tê. Li herêma Licê kurmanc di axaftina xwe ya rojane de bi kar tînin... 111. -parêz agirparêz, bajêrparêz, dînparêz, gelparêz, gundparêz, hevşehrîparêz, herêmparêz, koiriarparêz (cumhuriyetçi), malbatparêz, mezheparêz, nanparêz, olparêz, perçeparêz, tawizparêz, xweparêz, welatparêz, xaçparêz, zimanparêz... Ev parkît ji lêkera "parastin" tê û wateyeke xweş û pozîtîv dide bêjeyê. Bi piranî û giranî ji hezkirin û baweriyê tê. 112. -perest agirperest, aştîperest, axperest, bajarperest, Bedirxanperest, dahatûperest, deverperest, diravperest, eşîretperest, gelperest, herêmperest, gundperest, kurdperest, kevneperest, komarperest, malperst, namûsperest, neteweperest, pûlperest, nîştîmanperest, nîjadperest, olperest, perçeperest, regezperest, şehweperest, şerperest, şrwatperest, tixûbperest, welatperest, xweperest, xweşikperest... Parkîtên "parêz" û "perest" ji heman lêkerî tên lê wateyên wan ne yek in. Perest ji parastinê teng-tir û tûntir e. Di perestiyê de wateya fanatîkî tê de heye. Wek nimûne, "welatparêz" pêşverû ye û "neteweperest" paşverû ye ji ber ku yên netewepe-rest gel û neteweyên din biçûk dibînin. Wateyên parkîtên "parêz û "perwer" jî nêzîkî hev in. 113 -perwer asayîşperwer, niştîmanperwer, gelperwer, îlmperwer, kurdperwer, mirovperwer, we-latperwer, xweristperwer, zanistperwer... Di wateya hezkirinê tê bikaranîn. 114. -pêj aşpêj, gotinpêj, nanpêj, rûnpêj, kulorpêj, xwarinpêj... Parkîta "pêj" ji lêkera "pijandin" tê. Selîm Biçûk him parkîta "pêj û him jî ya "pi/ bi kar anîye. Yanî wî du parkîtên cuda pejirandiye. Ji parkîta "pêj mînakên "xwarinpêj û "nanpêj daye û ji bo ya "pij jî "nanpij daye. Halbû ku "pêj û "pij' devok in û rastî jî "pêj' e. Weha dîyar e ku Selîm Biçûk bi lez û bez pirtûka xwe nivîsiye û daye çapê. Wî bi parkîta "van" dest pêkiriye û bi ya "e" dawî lê aniye. Parkîtên Biçûk gelek seyr in. Wek mînak, mirov nikare di pirtûka S. Biçûk de rastî parkîtên"geh" û "istan" bê. (Selîm Biçûk Rêzimanê Kurdî rûpel: 68-69 û 89-91.) 115. -revîn balrevîn, derdrevîn, dilrevîn, çav-revîn, çûkrevîn, hevrevîn, hişrevîn, jinrevîn, keçrevîn, kesrevîn, keserrevîn, kulrevîn, mirov-revîn, ramanrevîn, rojrevîn, salrevîn, şevrevîn, tirs-revîn, xeyalrevîn, xemrevîn, xewrevîn, zarok revîn... Parkîta "revîn" ji navê xwe jî dîyar e ku ji lêkera "revîn tê. Di wateyên revîn, wendabûn û xemgîniyê de tê bikaranîn. Parkîteke bi berhem-dar û kêrhatî ye. Il6. -rêj avrêj(avdestxane-tuwalet), biverêj, çavrêj, hesinrêj, hişrêj, kedrêj, ronîrêj, rondikrêj, hêstirrêj, kulrêj, xwêdanrêj, xwînrêj ... Li hinek deveran di şûna parkîta "rêj" de "rij" jî dibêjin. Ev ji lêkera "rêjandin" çêdibe. 117. -ris dolabris, herîris, hevrîşimris, pembûris, teşîris... Ji lêkera "ristin" pêk tê û zêde ne kêrhatî ye. 118. -saz aşsaz, barsaz, berçavksaz, çeksaz, der-mansaz, diransaz, hebûnsazî, hestesaz, hevoksaz, karsaz (patron), komelsaz, otomobîlsaz, pîşesaz, plansaz, radyosaz, saetsaz, şêrînsaz, telefonsaz, tifengsaz, tîrsaz, xurdesaz… Parkîta "saz" bi piranî ji bo çêkirin û li darxistinê tê bikaranîn. 119. –şo destşo, cilşo, firaqşo, kineşo, lingşo, mirîşo, serşo... Parkîtek e ku ji lêkera "şûştin" çêdibe û mirov dikare bi vê parkîtê gelek bêjeyên nû biafirîne. 120. -şor gotinşor, qelemşor, sîlahşor, tirşor... Di wateya hunermendî û hêzekî mezin de tê bikaranîn. 121. -teraş darteraş, heykelteraş, kevirteraş, neynûkteraş, peykerteraş, pênûsteraş, qelemteraş, sengteraş, serteraş, simteraş... Parkîteke lêkerî ye û ji lêkera "teraşkirin" tê. Di wateya jêkirin de ye û zêde bi kêrhatî ye. 122. -tir baştir, bezatir, bihatir, bilintir, bizdonektir, çaktir, dûrtir, erzantir, germtir, girantir, hêsantir, hişktir, kûrtir, mezintir, paşketîtir, pîstir, qeşmertir, reştir, rezîltir, rovîtir, sartir, spîtir, şîrîntir, tirsonektir, tirştir, tûjtir, zelaltir... Parkîteke berhevdudanî ye û di pileya duyem de tê bikaranîn. Parkîteke gelek bi ber û dewle-mend e û di zimanê devkî û nivîskî yê rojane de gelek tê bikaranîn. Bi gelemperî tê paş bêjeyên rengdêr. Dîsa hinek gramernivîs dinivîsin ku bi navê "tirin" ji parkîtekê heye û mînakên wan jî weha ne: Baştirîn, bezatirîn, bi-lintirîn, erzantirîn.... Ev jî ne bi serê xwe parkîtek e, du parkît in. Pêşî parkîta "în" tê û piştre jî ya "tir" tê û dibin "tirîn." Parkîta "tir" latîv" û ya "tirîn" jî dibe su-perlatîv. 123. -tî balafirvantî, bavtî, biratî, dijmintî, gavantî, gundîtî, hemwelatî, katîtî, kerîtî, malbatî, nezantî, pîrîtî, şivantî, şofertî, zanatî... Parkîteke rengdêrî ye û rewşê dide dîyarkirin. 124. -ûd şerûd Gotina "şerûd" bi kurdî ye û ne bi erebî ye lê gotinên wek bixûd, xesûd xwerû bi erebî ne û têkiliya wan gotina bi parkîta " ûd” re nîn e. 125. -van agirkujvan, ajovan, aşvan, axaftvan, bajarvan, balafirvan, baxvan, bazevan, baqûrvan, berevan(parastin), berdêlvan, bervan(mudafî), bernamevan, berxvan, bexçevan, bezvan, berrîvan, bêdervan, bêrîvan, bihîstevan, bilûrvan, bivirvan, cerdevan(çete), cirîtvan, cîjivan(qerargeh), çalakvan, çandevan, çirikvan, çîrokvan, dadvan, dafikvan, darvan, dergevan, deryavan, deholvan, destvan, deştvan, dilvan, dilovan, dîdevan, dîlokvan, êzingvan, gavan, gazîvan, geştevan, gilîvan, giyavan, golikvan, gorevan, guzvan, hel-bestvan, hozanvan, kelekvan, keştîvan, konevan, kevokvan, kulovan, leqatvan, lêgerînvan, lîstikvan, lîzvan, maratonvan, malovan, masîvan, mazîvan, mazûvan, mehdervan, melevan, meşvan, mêşevan, mihrîvan, natorvan, negirvan, nêçîrvan, nêrevan (çavdêr), nijdevan, niqovan, nivîsvan(katip), no-torvan(gardiyan), nûçevan, paçvan, partîvan, pay-tonvan, pasvan, parêzvan, paşvan, pavan, pembûvan, pêçvan, pêkevan, pêrgevan, pêşbirkevan, pêşwazîvan, piştîvan, qetilvan( de-metvan), rezvan, ristevan, rojvan, rojnamevan, rûniştevan, satorvan, serdevan, seydvan, sînorvan, sîwanvan, sîwaxvan, sîyasetvan, sportvan, stran-van, şanovan, şehrevan(medenî), şeqlevan, şervan, şoreşvan, şivan, şîretvan, şîrvan, şûrvan, tankvan, tembûrvan, tirşikvan, tolikvan, torvan(yê ku bi torê masî digire), torevan(edîb, gelenekçi), werzişvan(sportvan), wêjevan (edebiyatçi), xame-van, xanvan, xwendevan(okuyucu), zêrevan, zir-nevan, zirtikvan, ziyaretvan, zorevan(yarişmaci), zozanvan... Parkîteke gelek berfîreh, bi ber û kêrhatî ye. Parkîteke pîşeyî ya aktîv e. Li gor herêm û devo-kan carnan parkîta "van”, ”wan”, ”ger”, ”ker" û "gir" tê hevlihev kirin. Pêwîst e ku mirov di vî warî de baldar be. I26. –Vî kevî, kovî, gakovî, pezkovî, tavî, tovî... Parkîta "vî" ne weha parkîteke bi berdar û kêrhatî ye. Di wateya ji wê/wî an jî dişibe de tê bikaranîn. Li hinek herêman, di şûna gotina "kovî” de "kûvî” jî dibêjin lê ev ne rast e. Ji ber ku di kur-diya kevn de, ji çiya re "ko" tê gotin. Di zaravayê me yê dimilkî de îro jî, ji çiya re "ko" dibêjin. "Kovî” jî tê wateya çiyayî. I27. -wan ajwan, bax(e)wan, berwan, bende-wan, bêjewan, dadwan, darewan, deştewan, dîwan, jîlwan, karwan, mişwan(tore), noşîrwan, pawan, pasewan, pêhlîwan, pêwan, rewan, rêwan, rojwan, sîlewan, sîwan, şarewan, şaxewan, şehderwan, şerewan, şêrwan, xalwan... Di zaravayê soranî de parkîta "wan" bêtir tê bi karanîn. Ji ber ku soran di şûna tîpa "v" de ya "w" bikartînin. Parkîtên "van" û "wan" hema hema yek in, herdu jî di heman wateyî de tên bikaranîn. 128. -War bendewar, bextewar, cîwar, jîndewar, mehwar, sûdewar(bi kêrhatî), şûnewar, tilwar (tirpan), umîdwar, xwendewar... "Van" û "wan" herdu jî parkîtên aktîvbûnê ne lê "war" pasîv e û hêvîdariyê dipê û carnan ew parkîta cî û mekan e jî. Mûrad Ciwan di şûna parkîtên "war" û " wer' de "ewar" û "ewer" nivîsandiye. Lê ne rast e. Wek mînak, dema mirov analîza bêjeya "bendewar bike; kok ne "bend” e, " bende" ye û parkît jî "war" e. Mûrad Ciwan di pirtûka xwe ya bi navê "Turkçe Açiklamali Kurtçe Dilbilgisi" de, 56 parkît nivîsiye. Him jî di nav wan de yên gelek bi berhemdar û kêrhatî hene ku qet behsa wan neki-riye. Wek: "an, çîn, çe, dan, dan(k), de, der, dêr, e, ende, er, ê, êr, gaz, gêr, gîn, gûn, guhêz, heng, hingêv, inde, ing, istan, ker, lor, mest, nas, naz, ner, nêr, o, ox, parêz, perest, perwer, saz, xan, xane..." Lê Mûrad Ciwan di warê çêkirina parkîtên lêkerî de formileke hêja dîtiye: Koka lêkeran a dema niha û ya borî. Ji bo dema niha: avêj, bêj,, kuj, mêj, ji bo ya borî jî: rastgo, xebatkir, karkir. I29. -wer azwer(bi îhtîras), bîrewer, bext (e)wer, bûnewer, cengawer, dilawer(cesûr), jînawer, kamwer(muvafakiyet), karwer(meşgul), mêrge wer, munewer, navewer, pêşwer, pîlewer (tenekecî), pîşewer, pîrozwer, rêzanwer, rûmetwer, serwer, şermwer, tarîperwer... Parkîta "wer" ji aliyê wate ve gelek berfireh e: carnan di şûna parkîtên "kar, van, bîr" û "ger" de jî tê bikaranîn. Di zaravayê soranî de bêtir tê bika-ranîn lê di kurmanciya nivîskî de jî îro ev parkît her ku diçe bêtir dibe. 130. -wî bawî, cêwî, efsanewî, kawî, rêwî, sêwî, tawî... Ev parkîta han rewşê dide dîyar kirin û tê dawiya bêjeyên ku bi tîpên dengdêr diqedîn. 131 -xan Bedirxan, canxan, ciwanxan, çiraxan, dûxan, entîkexan, kulxan, Mehmedxan, Saroxan, Seyîdxan, Şerefxan, şeşxan, têlîxan, werxan, xweşxan, yezdaxan, yezdîxan.... Parkîta "xan" di wateyên cî, war, malbat, xa-nedan û xanî de tê bikaranîn. 132. -xane aşxane, avdestxane, avjenxane (havuz), avrêjxane, bacxane, balyozxane, barxane, barûtxane, bendîxane, benzînxane, betalxane, bîraxane, çapxane, çayxane, dermanxane, dîwanxane, elektrîkxane, fêrxane, girtîxane, karxa-ne, kerxane, leşkerxane, lîstikxane, malîkxane, meyxane, mêvanxane, nexweşxane, pêjxane, polax-ane, polîsxane, postaxane, pûtxane, qehwexane, qehpexane, qûşxane, rasatxane, ragirtîxane, riswax-ane, serbazxane, sêwîxane, şeşxane, tamîrxane, ti-ralxane, tîmarxane, şîrexane, starxane, tersxane, xweşxane, zarokxane, zirtxane... Ev parkîta kurdî ji bo cî, xanî û avahî tê bikar-anîn û gelek fireh û dewlemend e. 133. -xwar bertîlxwar, ereqxwar, gûxwar, hel-alxwar, heramxwar, jehrxwar, kedxwar, kertûl-xwar, kerîxwar, keserxwar, kulxwar, malxwar, malsêwîxwar, meyxwar, mîratxwar, mûçexwar, parîxwar, stûxwar, şîrxwar, tirşikxwar, xûgîxwar, xwînxwar, xemxwar, ziqûmxwar... Ji lêkera xwarinê tê û vexwarin û wek xwarin tê bikaranîn. Nabêjin meyvenexwar, ereqvenex-war, dibêjin meyxwar û ereqxwar. 134. -xwaz aştîxwaz, azadîxwaz, baştîxwaz, dahatûxwaz, dadxwaz, daxwaz, dilxwaz, hevalx-waz, jinxwaz, mafxwaz, qencîxwaz, şerxwaz, xcrxwaz, xêrnexwaz.... Ev parkît ji lêkera "xwestin" tê û gelek ber-hemdar û kêrhatî ye. 135. -yar bextiyar, berpirsiyar, bihîstyar, biryar, dadyar, diyar, cotyar, endezyar, geştyar (turîst), hestyar, hişyar, jîyar, kewyar, kiryar (tiştên ku dike an jî kirîye), kirîyar (abone, muşterî), nasyar, nûsîyar, peyar(peya), pirsyar, pîyar (rehim), ratnyar, rêzîyar, rojyar, salyar, şalyar (wezîr), şandiyar, şehneyar, zanyar... Parkîteke nûjen, kêrhatî û bi ber e. Di kurdiya nûjen de her ku diçe bêtir tê bikaranîn. Mirov dikare bêje ku bêtir di soranî de tê biaranîn lê di van 20 salên dawî de her ku diçe di kurmacî de jî ciyê xwe digire. Wateyên wezîfe, bîrûbawerî, ked û zanistiyê didin. Çendek ji gramernivîsên kurdî parkîta "îyar" jî bi serê xwe digirin û bikartînin. Mînaka wan jî, bi tenê " bextîyar" e. Ne "-îyar" e, "-yar" e. Koka bêjeya bextiyar, " bext e lê ji ber ku sê tîpên dengdêr tên ba hevdu tîpa "î" dikeve navberê. 136. –za biraza, gumanza, hevalza, mêza(femînîn), mamza, mîrza, neftza(kana petrolê), nêrza, nûza, rasteza, şehreza, xweza... Wateyên zêdebûn, kubarî û zanînê dide. 137. -zan bazarzan(ekonomist), borîzan, cîzan, danezan, dengzan, dîrokzan, dubarezan, dûzan, fêlzan, henekzan, hiqûqzan, hîlezan, hurmetzan, jêzan(pispor), îslamzan, karzan, kevnezan, korîzan, (kêm eqil, tew tewe), kurdîzan, lafezan, makînezan, mêjûzan, niktezan, nirxzan, nûzan, pêçezan(îzcî), pêşekzan, pêzan, qanûnzan, qedir-zan, qîmetzan, rêzan, rojhilatzan, şerzan, şêrzan, şerîetzan, şopezan, şûrzan, tarîhzan, warzan, werzan, xisîstiyanzan, xwezan, zimanzan, zemînzan... Ev paşkît ji lêkera "zanîn" pêk tê. Li ser zanîn û zanistiyê ye û war û qada karanîna wê berfireh e. 138. -zar çîmenzar, dengzar, dilzar, gulzar, gulîzar, lalezar, şermezar, tengezar, xweşzar... Ev parkît di wateyên perîşanî, bêkesî, berxwe-ketin, dilxweş û dev liken de tê bikaranîn. == Balkêşî û jêrenotek == Wek pêşkîtan, çend parkîtên ku ne bi kurdî ne lê di kurdî de tên bikaranîn jî hene. Hinek ji wan ji zimanên cîranên me û hinek jî ji zimanên din ketine nav zimanê me. Ji wan çend nimûne. -zade begzade, perîzade, şahzade... -ewî efsanewî, asmanewî.. -medar sîyasetmedar... Ev hersê parkît ji farisî ketîne nav zimanê kurdî. Zêde nayên bikaranîn. Herweha çend parkîtên din jî hene ku me ji farisî wergirtine û di zimanê rojane de bikartînin. Celadet Bedirxan û Roger Lescot di gramera xwe ya kurmancî de parkîtên wek: "ban, asî, niwaz, îtik, îvk, oyî, vanî, dok" û hwd, jî bikar anîne. Çendek ji wan şaş û ne durust in û çendek jî îro di zimanê axaftin û nivîsandinê de cî nagirin. Ji yên şaş û çewt yek jê parkîta ban û ya din jî "vanî" ye. Celadet Bedirxan û Roger Lescot ji bo parkîta "ban du mînak dane wek : pasban û derge-ban. Halbû ku parkîta van herdu bêjeyan "van" e . Pasvan û dergehvan. Parkîtên wek "asî, îtik, îvsk" û hwd. Celadet Bedirxan bi xwe di wê demê de nikaribûye ji wan parkîtan re nimûne bibîne. Parkîtên weha dibe ku di demeke dûr û dirêj de wenda bibin. -îst faşîst, humanîst, împeryalîst, kolonîyalîst, kapîtalîst, komunîst, kemalîst, sosyalîst.... Ev parkît ji zimanê ewropî hatiye û ketiye nav kurdiya rojane. -çî boyaxçî, devecî, qehwecî.... Celadet Bedirxan, Qanadê Kurdo û Rizgar Baran di pirtûkên xwe yên gramerî de parkîta "cî" an jî "çî" wek ya kurdî bi kar anîne. Ev ne rast e, "çî" parkîteke tirkî ye û ketiye nav axaftina devkî ya kurdî. Di vê mijarê de, li pirtûka Celadet Be-dirxan & Roger Lescot Kûrtçe Grameri rûpel 291 û ya Baran Rizgar ya "Uygulamali Kurtçe Dersle-ri-Dersên Kurdî" rûpel 331^ binêre! ---- *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] tu7g44b7qe5rb5lihh3fdy32d9qrkte 0 2597 2686 1643 2005-06-29T17:45:18Z Erdal Ronahi 2 wikitext text/x-wiki *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] ---- # Emir Celadet Bedir Han & Roger Lescot, Kiirtçe Grameri (Kurmanci Lehçesî) Instit Kurde De Paris-1990 #Qanadê Kurdo, Gramera Zimanê Kurdî, Moskova #Kamran Bedirxan, Rêzimana Zmanê Kurdî, Parîs-1971 #Reşîd Kurd, Rêzimana Zimanê Kurmancî, Kombenda Kawa, çapa duyem, Swêd- 1991 #Mûrad Ciwan, Tûrkçe Açiklamali Kurtçe Dilbilgisi- Kurmanci Lehçesi, Jîna Nû, Sweden -1992 #Selîm Biçûk, Rêzimanê Kurdî (Kurmancî) Weşanên înstîtuya Kurdî, Berlîn-1997 #Cigerxwîn, Jînenîgariya Min, APEC-1995 #Feqî Huseyn Sagniç, Hêmana Rêzimanê Kurdî, Melsa, Stanbûl-1991 #Baran Rizgar, Uygulamali Kurtçe Dersleri-Dersên Zimanê Kurdi, London-1993 #Reşo Zîlan (werger) Ferhenga Swêdî-Kurdî, Swêd-1989 #D. îzolî, Ferheng, Weşanên Deng, Istanbul 1992. #Celadet Bedirxan, Ferhenga Kurmancî - Fransî, kovara Vate hejmar: 1, 2, 3- Swêd #Malmisanij, kovara Vate hejmar-1,2 ,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 #Kemal Badilî, Turkçe Îzahli-Kurtçe Gramerî (Kurmança Lehçesi), Ankara Basim ve ciltevi-1965 #I. Nasso, Matêmatîk-i (Cîhana Jimaran), weşanên înstîtûya Kurdî- Berlîn #Josephson, Korduner, Sprêket Sverige-1993 #M. E. Batê, Mewlûd, Roja Nû, Swêd-1987 #Aleksander Jaba, Çîrokên Kurmand, Çanda Nûjen, Stockholm-1999 #Ferhengoka Kurdî Weşanên Welat Stenbol - 2000 20. Karîn Jarner, Svenska Grammatik, Finland-1994 Pêşkît û Parkît (Prefix & Suffix) av Amed Tîgrîs ISBN: 91- 97 35 45- 8- 9 ---- *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çend gotin|Çend gotin]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 1. Pêşkît|1. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: 2. Parkît|2. Pêşkît]] *[[Pêşkît û Parkît: Çavkaniyên nivîskî|Çavkaniyên nivîskî]] 9276kb4qslq6q8wbzelv5umynu0owsi 4 3107 4739 3697 2007-12-10T01:59:07Z Cbrown1023 30 [[Wikibooks:Portala komê]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Wikibooks:Portala komê]] 2iu37mpkid2njltjte69ussye7pqnpl 10 3140 6295 3708 2017-03-10T20:45:39Z WOSlinker 709 fix tags wikitext text/x-wiki <center><span id="top"></span><span dir="ltr" ><span class="plainlinks">[{{SERVER}}{{localurl:template:wikivar|action=purge}} purge] [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|oldid={{REVISIONID}}}} rev-ID : {{REVISIONID}}] &nbsp; [[<!--- b: --->template:wikivar|b:]] [[commons:template:wikivar|c:]] [[m:template:wikivar|m:]] [[n:template:wikivar|n:]] [[q:template:wikivar|q:]] [[s:template:wikivar|s:]] [http://test.wikipedia.org/wiki/template:wikivar t:] [[w:template:wikivar|w:]] [[wikt:template:wikivar|wikt:]] '''[[special:SiteMatrix#ku|?]]''' &ndash; [[special:Version|version]] [[special:Allmessages|all messages]]<br />[http://cvs.sourceforge.net/viewcvs.py/wikipedia/phase3/languages/Language.php?view=markup $wgMagicWordsEn at CVS Language.php] &nbsp; [[meta:help:Variable|meta:help:Variable]], [[meta:Global variables|meta:Global variables]]</span></span></center> {| border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" align="center" width="80%" valign="top" height="38" !method a !method b !generates |- ! colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="common_namespaces"></span><span dir="ltr" >[[#top|&uarr;]] common namespaces [-2 - 15] / used at all <span class="plainlinks">[http://www.mediawiki.org/ MediaWiki]</span> projects [[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_-2"></span><nowiki>{{ns:-2}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Media}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:-2}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_-1"></span><nowiki>{{ns:-1}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Special}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:-1}} |- ! colspan="3" align="center" | <span dir="ltr" ><span id="ns_0"></span>[[#top|&uarr;]] (Main) &ndash; [[MediaWiki:Blanknamespace]] &ndash; {{DIRMARK}}<span dir="ltr" >'''{{MediaWiki:Blanknamespace}}'''</span> [[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_1"></span><nowiki>{{ns:1}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:1}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_2"></span><nowiki>{{ns:2}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:User}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:2}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_3"></span><nowiki>{{ns:3}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:User_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:3}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_4"></span><nowiki>{{ns:4}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Project}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:4}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_5"></span><nowiki>{{ns:5}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Project_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:5}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_6"></span><nowiki>{{ns:6}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Image}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:6}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_7"></span><nowiki>{{ns:7}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Image_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:7}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_8"></span><nowiki>{{ns:8}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:MediaWiki}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:8}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_9"></span><nowiki>{{ns:9}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:MediaWiki_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:9}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_10"></span><nowiki>{{ns:10}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Template}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:10}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_11"></span><nowiki>{{ns:11}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Template_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:11}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_12"></span><nowiki>{{ns:12}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Help}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:12}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_13"></span><nowiki>{{ns:13}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Help_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:13}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_14"></span><nowiki>{{ns:14}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Category}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:14}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_15"></span><nowiki>{{ns:15}}</nowiki> | align="center" | <nowiki>{{ns:Category_talk}}</nowiki> | align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:15}} |- ! colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="reserved_namespaces"></span><span dir="ltr" >[[#top|&uarr;]] reserved namespaces [[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_16"></span><nowiki>{{ns:16}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:16}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_17"></span><nowiki>{{ns:17}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:17}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_98"></span><nowiki>{{ns:98}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:98}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_99"></span><nowiki>{{ns:99}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:99}} |- ! colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="custom_namespaces"></span><span dir="ltr" >[[#top|&uarr;]] custom namespaces [[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_100"></span><nowiki>{{ns:100}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:100}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_101"></span><nowiki>{{ns:101}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:101}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_102"></span><nowiki>{{ns:102}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:102}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_103"></span><nowiki>{{ns:103}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:103}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_104"></span><nowiki>{{ns:104}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:104}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_105"></span><nowiki>{{ns:105}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:105}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_106"></span><nowiki>{{ns:106}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:106}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_107"></span><nowiki>{{ns:107}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:107}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_121"></span><nowiki>{{ns:121}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:121}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_122"></span><nowiki>{{ns:122}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:122}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_127"></span><nowiki>{{ns:127}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:127}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_128"></span><nowiki>{{ns:128}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:128}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_2147483646"></span><nowiki>{{ns:2147483646}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:2147483646}} |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_2147483647"></span><nowiki>{{ns:2147483647}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:2147483647}} <!--- |- | align="center" | <span id="ns_2147483648"></span><nowiki>{{ns:2147483648}}</nowiki> || &nbsp; || align="center" | &nbsp;{{ns:2147483648}} ---> |- ! colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="variables"></span><span dir="ltr" >[[#top|&uarr;]] variables [[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTDAY"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAY}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTDAY}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTDAY2"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAY2}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTDAY2}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTDAYNAME"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTDAYNAME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTDAYNAME}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTDOW"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTDOW}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTDOW}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTMONTH"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTH}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTMONTH}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTMONTHABBREV"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHABBREV}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTMONTHABBREV}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTMONTHNAME"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTTIME"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTTIME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTTIME}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTWEEK"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTWEEK}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTWEEK}} |- | align="center" | <span id="CURRENTYEAR"></span><nowiki>{{CURRENTYEAR}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{CURRENTYEAR}} |- | align="center" | <span id="FULLPAGENAME"></span><nowiki>{{FULLPAGENAME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{FULLPAGENAME}} |- | align="center" | <span id="FULLPAGENAMEE"></span><nowiki>{{FULLPAGENAMEE}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;<span dir="ltr" >{{FULLPAGENAMEE}}</span> <sup><small>[[#1|1]]</small></sup>&lrm; |- | align="center" | <span id="NAMESPACE"></span><nowiki>{{NAMESPACE}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{NAMESPACE}} |- | align="center" | <span id="NAMESPACEE"></span><nowiki>{{NAMESPACEE}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;<span dir="ltr" >{{NAMESPACEE}}</span> <sup><small>[[#1|1]]</small></sup>&lrm; |- | align="center" | <span id="NUMBEROFARTICLES"></span><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}} |- | align="center" | <span id="NUMBEROFFILES"></span><nowiki>{{NUMBEROFFILES}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{NUMBEROFFILES}} |- | align="center" | <span id="PAGENAME"></span><nowiki>{{PAGENAME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{PAGENAME}} |- | align="center" | <span id="PAGENAMEE"></span><nowiki>{{PAGENAMEE}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;<span dir="ltr" >{{PAGENAMEE}}</span> <sup><small>[[#1|1]]</small></sup>&lrm; |- | align="center" | <span id="SCRIPTPATH"></span><nowiki>{{SCRIPTPATH}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;<span dir="ltr" >{{SCRIPTPATH}}</span> <sup><small>[[#1|1]]</small></sup>&lrm; |- | align="center" | <span id="SERVER"></span><nowiki>{{SERVER}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{SERVER}} |- | align="center" | <span id="SERVERNAME"></span><nowiki>{{SERVERNAME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{SERVERNAME}} |- | align="center" | <span id="SITENAME"></span><nowiki>{{SITENAME}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{SITENAME}} |- ! colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="predefined_templates"></span><span dir="ltr" >[[#top|&uarr;]] predefined templates [[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |- | align="center" | <span id="FULLURL"></span><nowiki>{{FULLURL:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="FULLURLE"></span><nowiki>{{FULLURLE:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="GRAMMAR"></span><nowiki>{{GRAMMAR:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;<span dir="ltr" ><span class="plainlinks">[[template:wikivar/GRAMMAR|GRAMMAR]] [http://cvs.sourceforge.net/viewcvs.py/wikipedia/phase3/ CVS]&nbsp;[http://cvs.sourceforge.net/viewcvs.py/wikipedia/phase3/languages/ /languages/]</span></span> |- | align="center" | <span id="INT"></span><nowiki>{{INT:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="LC"></span><nowiki>{{LC:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="LCFIRST"></span><nowiki>{{LCFIRST:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="LOCALURL"></span><nowiki>{{LOCALURL:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="LOCALURLE"></span><nowiki>{{LOCALURLE:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="MSG"></span><nowiki>{{MSG:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="MSGNW"></span><nowiki>{{MSGNW:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="NS"></span><nowiki>{{NS:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="PLURAL"></span><nowiki>{{PLURAL:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="REVISIONID"></span><nowiki>{{REVISIONID:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | '''<nowiki>{{REVISIONID}}</nowiki>''' | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp;{{REVISIONID}} |- | align="center" | <span id="SUBST"></span><nowiki>{{SUBST:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="UC"></span><nowiki>{{UC:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | align="center" | <span id="UCFIRST"></span><nowiki>{{UCFIRST:}}</nowiki> | align="center" colspan="2" | &nbsp; |- | colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="1"></span><span dir="ltr" ><sup><small>[[#1|1]]</small></sup> this documentation displays this value [[w:en:LTR|LTR]] (left to right)</span> |- | colspan="3" align="center" | <span id="index"></span><span dir="ltr" >[[#top|&uarr;]]&nbsp;<nowiki>|</nowiki>&nbsp;[[#common namespaces|common]]&nbsp;[[#reserved_namespaces|reserved]]&nbsp;[[#custom namespaces|custom]]&nbsp;'''namespaces''' <nowiki>|</nowiki>&nbsp;[[#variables|variables]] <nowiki>|</nowiki>&nbsp;[[#predefined templates|predefined templates]] <nowiki>|</nowiki>&nbsp;[[#bottom|&darr;]]</span> |}<span id="bottom"></span> o242w7hft3515tr48lcot7bc9huvy9c 10 3141 3657 2006-01-14T23:31:27Z 84.150.248.142 please protect this page against moves and edits - please read [[commons:Template talk:DIRMARK]] - [[user:Gangleri|]] wikitext text/x-wiki &lrm; b0a7zqpzxc7zbz6xj15oyjhu21h74q1 0 3142 3695 2006-01-26T14:09:37Z 130.232.114.215 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ferhenga soranî - kurmancî''' ji alî '''Husein Muhammed''' ve hatiye amadekirin. Di nêz de dê li vir amade be. g5yw2mxkmpzwd4kc9ua4jv1jv3c0f64 10 3144 3711 2006-02-23T10:45:20Z Gangleri 7 from [[template:Babel-9]] wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="float: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; width: 242px; border: #99B3FF solid 1px" | <center>'''[[w:Wîkîpediya:Babel|Wîkîpediya:Babel]]'''</center> |- | {{User {{{1}}}}} |- | {{User {{{2}}}}} |- | {{User {{{3}}}}} |- | {{User {{{4}}}}} |- | {{User {{{5}}}}} |- | {{User {{{6}}}}} |- | {{User {{{7}}}}} |- | {{User {{{8}}}}} |- | {{User {{{9}}}}} |- | style="text-align: center" | [[:Category:User languages|Search user languages]] |} ii5dgg2hngxtrssg0pu5lz5xiddy9pd 0 3310 4387 2006-07-30T21:04:10Z Koavf 15 Serûpel çû cihê Destpêk wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Destpêk]] 9at3o58r1wlozvckxy5gatpx4ld2m61 0 3312 5607 5553 2014-02-11T11:01:04Z 78.186.45.42 /* Naverok */ wikitext text/x-wiki {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" border="0" width="100%" |- valign="top" ! style="background-color: #e2e2ff; border: 2px solid #e2e2ff; padding-top: 0.3em; padding-bottom: 0.3em; font-size: large;" align="center"; width="70%" | '''Gulistan'''a Se’diyê Şîrazî |- valign="top" | style="background-color: #f8f8ff; border: 2px solid #e2e2ff; padding: 0.6em;" | ==Bijartin, wergerandin û ravekirin== ===Husein Muhammed=== (Derketina pirtûkê: sala 656 koçî / 1258 zayînî) "Ne pêdivî ye ticaran guh bibihîze<br> dengê tembûrê, sentûrê û bilûrê.<br> Ne lazim e çav baxçeyan bibînin<br> û poz binase bîna sorgul û nêrgizan.<br> Heke balguhê pûrtik tine be,<br> mirov dikare li ser kevir jî serê xwe deyne,<br> û heke evîndar jî ne li ber be, <br> dikare destê xwe di hemêza xwe de bigire<br> lê ev zikê bêxêr, zikê hîlebaz<br> nikare xwe bigire heke neyê dagirtin."<br> Ji pirtûka 'Gulistan' ==Naverok== 1. Maliyet bo xweşkirina jiyanê ye, ne jiyan bo berhevkirina maliyetê. Ji zanayekî hat pirsîn: "Kî bextiyar e û mirovê çawan bextreş e?" Wî bersiv da: "Bextiyar ew e yê dixwe û li derdorî xwe belav dike; bextreş ew e yê dimire û keda xwe li pey xwe dihêle." Duayan bo wî neke yê <br>maliyet kom kir lê nexwar. 2. Mûsa şîretek li Qarûn kir: "Qenciyê bike, wek çawan Yezdan jî qencî li te kiriye." Qarûn bi gotina wî nekir, û encam diyar e. Yê karên baş bi pareyên xwe nake, <br> têk diçe dema pareyên xwe ji dest dide. <br> Heke bixwazî li vê û wê dinyayê di xweşiyan de bî, <br>merd be wek çawan Yezdan jî li te merd e. Ereban pendek heye: "Merd be û minetdariyê jî nexwaze çimkî sûde û mifayê karê baş dê li te bi xwe vebigere." Dara dilceweriyê li kû reh û rîş bigire jî, <br>çeq û gupikên wê digihin ber asmanan. <br>Heke bixwazî fêkiyê wê bixwî, <br>wê bi xwestina minetdariyê ji qop nebirre. <br>Spas bike ji Yezdan re ku her tiştê baş daye te, <br>ji rehm û dilovaniya Wî, tu ji ti tiştî bêpar namînî. <br>Daxwaza minetdariyê neke bi hizira: "Xizmeta siltan dikim", <br>lê minetdar be ji hindê ku dikarî xizmetekê bikî. 3. Du mirov bêwec û bêencam xwe zehmet didin û diwestînin: ew ê maliyetê berhev dike lê naxwe, û ew ê zanînê berhev dike lê karên qenc nake. Tevî çendî zanînê bicivînî, dîsan jî nezan î <br> heke wê zanînê nexebitînî. <br> Ker, ê du-sê pirtûkan hildigire, <br> ne lêkolîner û ne jî alim e: <br> ma ew ê servala ji kû dizane <br> ka pirtûkan an êzingan hildigire? 4. Zanîn bo zêdekirina baweriyê ye, ne bo peydakirina zewqên vê dinyaya derewîn e. <br> Yê dev ji xweragiriyê û zanînê berdide, <br>pê malê dinyayê li xwe kom dike - û agir pê dixe. 5. Zanayê bêtebat wek çirahilgirek kor e. <br>Yê jiyana xwe vala derbas dike, <br>pareyê xwe pûç dike û tiştekî jî pê nakirre. 6. Zana mîrnişînan dixemilînin, û dîn bi xweragiran dikemile. Pêwîstiya serokan bi zanayan ji ya zanayan bi serokan zêdetir e. Heke şîretekê dixwazî, ey serok, <br> di hemû dinyayê de ji vê çêtir nîn e: <br> ji bilî zanayan kesekî erkedar neke <br> tevî ku erk ne ji rişteya wan be jî. 7. Sê tişt xwe nagirin: maliyet bê ticaret, zanîn bê lêkolîn û mîrnişîn bê îdare. 8. Efûkirina xeraban zorkirina li qencan e, û efûkirina zordaran zilma dijî zorlêkiriyan e. <br>Heke sereguhiya xeraban bikî û matî ji wan bikî, <br>tu bi wan re hevtawan î. 9. Bawerî bi dostaniya serokan û dengê xweş ê xortan nîn e çimkî yek ji wan dikare ji ber şikan wenda bibe, yê din jî di şevekê de biguhere. 10. Ji hevalê xwe re jî hemû nehîniyên xwe nebêje çimkî tu çawan dikarî piştrast bî ku ew ê ti caran nebe dijminê te. Û ziyana herî mezin jî li dijminê xwe neke çimkî dibe ew carekê bibe hevalê te. Heke bixwazî nehîniyê biparêzî, wê ta ji hevalê sadiq re jî nebêje çimkî wî jî hevalên sadiq hene. Baştir e bêdeng bî, ne nehîniyên dilê xwe diyar bikî <br> û bibêjî: "Ji kesekî re nebêje." <br>Ey cahilo, avê bi xetimandina kaniyê rabiwestîne <br>çimkî heke ew boş bû, çem nikare bê çikandin. <br> Bi dizîkî basa wî tiştî neke <br> yê nikarî basa wî bi serbestî jî bikî. 11. Dijminê qels û lawaz, ê radest dibe û dostaniya xwe raber dike, tenê dixwaze bibe dijminek xurt û bihêz. Tê gotin, heke bawerî bi dostaniya dostan tine be, dê çawan bi hîlebaziya dijminan hebe? Yê dijminê biçûk kêm bibîne, wek wî ye yê xem ji agirek biçûk naxwe. Îro bitemirîne hê ku tu dikarî; <br>ku agir gurr bibe, ew ê hemû dinyayê bişewitîne. <br> Nehêle dijmin kevana xwe vebişidîne <br> çimkî ew dikare bi tîr çavê te bipeqîne. 12. Di navbera du dijminan de wisan biaxive ku heke ew bûn dost, bila ne pêdivî be ku tu şerm bikî. Gengeşeya di navbera du kesan de mîna agir e <br> û îftîrakerê xerabîxwaz êzingkêş e. <br> Heke gengeşeker li hev bên, <br> ê îtîrafker dê rûreş û şermezar bibe. <br> Gurrkirina şerrenîxê di navbera du mêran de <br> ne aqildarî lê xweşewitandin e. <br> Hêdî bi dostên xwe re bipeyive <br> daku dijminê xwînxwaz nebihîze. <br>Hay ji gotinên xwe hebe dema li pêş dîwar diaxivî <br> çimkî dibe li paş dîwar guhdar hebin. 13. Her kes, ê aştiyê bi dijminan re bike, dest diavêje zilmkirina li dostan. Ey hişyar, vebiqete ji wî dostî <br> yê li gel dijminan rûdine. 14. Heke bişik bî di xwegirêdana bi mijarekê ve, wê helwestê bibijêre ya bêziyan be. Bi necamêrî xweşmirovan neaxêve <br> û dijî yê deriyê silhê diqute dernekeve. Ne qencî ye mirov jiyana xwe bixe xeterê hindî bikare pirsgirêkê bi pare çare bike. Piştî ti rêyên din neman, <br> guncav e dest biavêjî şûr. 15. Di ber lawaziya dijmin de nekeve çimkî heke ew xurt bibe, ew ê te efû neke. Dema dijmin bêhêz bibînî, <br> jixwerazî simêlên xwe banede. <br> Di her hestiyekî de mixek <br> û di her cilekî de mêrek heye. 16. Yê mirovek xerab bikuje, mirovan ji ezyetê û xwe jî ji ezaba Xwedê xelas dike. Bexişandin baş e <br> lê birînên zordaran nekewîne. <br> Yê mar efû bike, <br> nizane ku neheqiyê li zarokan dike. 17. Şaşî ye şîretan ji dijmin bigirî lê guhdarîkirina wan dibe daku tam dijî wan şîretan bê kirin û bi ser bikevî. Hişyar be ji hindê ya dijmin dibêje bike <br>daku neyê xapandin û destê xwe li sîngê xwe nedî. <br> Heke ew rêya ber bi rast de bide ber te, <br> bizivire û ya aliyê çepê bibijêre! 18. Kerba zêde mirovan dûr dixe, û dostanî li ciyek nedurist mirov rûreş dike. Ne wisan serhişk be ku xelk ji te biêşe û ne jî wisan sernerm be ku xelk li te bêşerm bibe. Sernermî û serhişkî bi hev re herî baş in <br> wek çawan derzî hem diêşîne hem dikewîne. <br> Yê hişyar ne wisan hişk e û ne jî nermîçok e <br> ku bi xwe nirxê xwe kêm dike. <br> Ne zêde bilind dike <br> û ne jî qet xwe nizm dike. Xortekî ji bavê xwe re got: <br> "Ey hişmend, şîretek baş li min bike." <br> Bav jê re got: "Ne wisan xweşheval be <br> ku gurê didantûj har bibe." 19. Serokê bêrehm û dîndarê nezan dijminê gel û dîn in. 20. Bila ti caran fermandar ne serokek wisan be yê ne xizmetkarek dilsoz ê Yezdan e. 21. Divê padişah ji sinorek diyar zêdetir ji dijminê xwe neqehire û li wî hêrs nebe, wek din dostên wî dê baweriyê pê neînin. Agirê kerb û nefretê pêşî wî disojîne yê kerbên wî vedibin û dû re çirûskên wî digihin dijmin - heke bigihinê. Nabe mirovên ji axê çêbûyî <br> bibin pozbilind, bînteng û serserî. <br> Tu, yê bînteng û serhişk, <br> dixwiye ne ji axê lê ji agir î. Giham welatên Beyleqan cem ewliyayekî <br>û min jê re got: "Min hîn bike ku ji cahiliyê azad bibim." <br>Wî got: "Ey zana, mîna axê bisebr û baldirêj be <br> yan wek din, hemû zanîna xwe binax bike." 22. Mirovê xerab dîlê dijminek wisan e ku kû de biçe jî nikare ji cezayê wî xelas bibe. Heke yê dilxerab ji kul û derdên xwe bireve asmanan jî, <br>ew ê ji ber xerabxwaziya xwe ezyetan bikişîne. Heke di nav dijminên te de jihevbelavî hebe, aram be, lê heke ew hemfikir bin, ji ber tengasiya xwe bi xem be. Heke te dît dijminên te pev çûne, <br> di nav hevalên xwe de rehet rûne, <br> lê heke te dît ew hemfikir in, <br>kevanê xwe veşidîne û keviran li ser çeperê xwe binijîne. 23. Dema tiştek din ji destî neyê, dijmin zincîra dostaniyê dadiçemîne û tişta nikarîbû wek dost bike, wek dijmin dike. 24. Serê mar bi destê dijmin biperçiqîne çimkî hingê dê her tiştek baş biqewime: heke dijmin bi ser bikeve, te mar daye kuştin, û heke mar bi ser bikeve, tu ji dijmin azad bûyî. Bawer neke ku roja cengê azad î ji dijminê lawaz <br>çimkî di bêhêvîtiyê de ew dikare serê şêr jî biperçiqîne. 25. Heke nûçeyekê dizanî ku dikare dil birîndar bike, bêbeng be û bihêle bila yên din wê bibêjin. Ey bilbil, mizgîniya biharê bîne; <br> bila nûçeyên reş xema quling bin. 26. Ji padişah re basa xayîntiya kesekî neke heke ne tam piştrast bî ji pêşwaziyek baş bo peyamê ji ber ku wek din tu pê ruxîna xwe amade dikî. Hingê amade be biaxive <br> dema dizanî peyvên te bibandor in. 27. Yê şîretan li serhişkan bike, bi xwe hewceyî şîretan e. 28. Nehêle dijmin te bixapîne û ji nazdarker jî bawer neke çimkî yê yekem dav li ber te vedaye û yê din jî ji hesûdî diaxive. Nazdarkirin ê bêhiş diperçivîne wek çawan rizîn jî miraran diwerimîne. Ji nazdaran hişyar be <br> çimkî ew tenê dixwaze ji te sûdedar bibe. <br> Heke rojekê daxwazek wî bi cî neînî, <br> ew ê dused kêmasiyan di te de bibîne. 29. Heke ti kesek ji axivger re basa kêmasiya gotinên wî neke, zimanê wî dê ti caran nekemile. Tenê ji ber çepikên nezanan û nirxandinên xwe <br> ji bedewiya peyvên xwe ne pozbilind be. 30. Her kes bawer dike ku aqilê wî kamil û zarokên wî bedew in. Cihûyek û misilmanek bi şerrenîx çûn, <br>û min nikarî kenê xwe bisekinînim: <br>Yê misilman hêrsbûyî got: <br>"Heke ev belgename ne resen be, <br>Xwedê bike ku ez cihû bimirim!" <br>Yê cihû got: "Bi Tewratê sond dixwim, <br>û heke derewan bikim, bila ez bibim misilman!" <br>Heke hişyarî li dinyayê nemîne jî, <br>kes dê şikan nebe ku bi xwe bêhiş e. 31. Deh mirov dikarin ji sêniyekê bixwin lê du se jî nikarin li ser kelexek mirar li hev bikin. Yê hesûd her birçî ye tevî ku hemû dinya ya wî be lê yê bi piçekî jî razî, dikare bi nanekî jî têr bibe. Fîlozofan gotiye: "Nefsbiçûkî ji dewlemendiyê maliyetek baştir e." Zikê nefsbiçûk bi nanek tursî jî tijî dibe <br>lê çavê hesûd bi hemû zengîniyên rûyê erdê jî têr nabe. Dema jiyana bavê min nêzî dawiyê bû, <br>ji berî bimire ev şîret li min kir: <br>"Xwestek agir in; lê hişyar be <br>da agirê dojehê li dor xwe hilnekî. <br>Xwe li ber şewata wî agirî nagirî <br>loma hê zû wî bi ava baldirêjî û sebirdariyê vebimirîne. 32. Yê li rojên xwe yên bihêzî û şiyanê qenciyê neke, dê li rojên bêzarî û neşiyanê bela bên serî. Kes ji wî bextreştir nîn e yê mirovan diçewisîne: <br>Ku belayek bê serî, kes jê re alîkar nîn e. 33. <br>Tişta zû bê, pirr xwe nagire. <br>Min bihîstiye ku li rojhilatê <br>çil sal li çêkirina amanek ferfûrî diçin. <br>Li Bexdayê rojê sed aman ji wan tên çêkirin <br>lê jixwe tu dizanî ka kîjan bi çi bihayî ye! Piştî qelpikvedanê* têjikên çivîkan di cî de li xwarinê digerin <br>lê zarokan hê ne têgihîn, ne hiş û ne jî aqil heye. <br>Ew, ê zû mezin bû, nebû tiştek <br>lê yê din di ber hemû lawiran re kir. <br>Li herderê şûşe heye loma ew bêbiha ye <br>lê dijwar e yaqût bên dîtin loma ew bihagiran in. 34. Karûbar bi baldirêjiyê tên bicîanîn lê yê bilez dihilingive. <br>Min bi çavên xwe dîtiye ka çawan <br>ê li çolê hêdîka dimeşe di ber ê lezgîn re kiriye. <br>Hespê babez diweste <br>lê hêştir bi rehetî digihe bineciyê. 35. Tişta herî baş, ku yê bêhiş û bêaqil bike, ew e ku bêdeng be lê heke ew bêdeng be, êdî ne bêhiş û ne bêaqil e. <br>Heke ne zêde fêris bî, çêtir e <br>ku bendevanê zimanê xwe bî; <br>ziman şermezariya mirov diyar dike <br>tam wekî sivikî jî xirşiya gûzê diyar dike. <br> Min dît ku bêhişek kerekî perwerde dike <br> û pirr dema xwe pê ve xerc dike. <br> Yekî hişyar jê re got: "Ey cahil, tu çi dikî? <br> Xelk dê qerf û henekan bi te bike. <br> Ker ji te hinêra axivînê fêr nabe <br> lê tu ji wî hinêra bêdengbûnê hû bibe." Yê pêşî nefikire ka dê çi bibêje, <br> pirrî caran şaş dibe. <br> Gotinên xwe mîna mirovan rêz bike <br> yan mîna heywanan bêdeng be. 36. Yê bi yên ji xwe hişyartir re dikeve gengeşe û şerrenîxan da diyar bike ku bi xwe hişyar e, diyar dike ku bi xwe bêhiş e. Dema kesek ji te giringtir dipeyive, <br> dijî wî dernekeve tevî ku baştir bizanî jî. 37. Yê bi kesên xerab re radibe û rûdine, fêrî qenciyan nabe. Heke firîşte bi şeytan re rûne, <br>ew ê jê tenê hînî xaîntî, xapandin û hîleyan bibe. <br>Ne mirov dikare ji neqencan qenciyê fêr bibe <br>û ne jî gur kurkan didirûn. 38. Kêmasiyên kesekî nepeyitîne : ew ê şerm bike û êdî baweriya wî dê li te nemîne. Yê dixwîne lê tiştek baş neke, mîna wî ye yê gayan li zeviyan diajo lê zeviyê nakêle . 39. Bedena bêdil bi gotina Yezdan nake; qalika bêkakil jî kêrî firotinê nayê. 40. Ne her kes, ê baş gengeşeyê dike, di karûbarên xwe de rastgo ye. <br>Gelek ji jinên di bin eba re bedew dixwiyin, <br>dema kevînkê ji ser rabikî, diyar dibe ku pîretewt in. 41. Tê gotin keyek faris hebû ku wisan bindarên xwe dişelandin û zordarî li mirovan dikir ku gel ji ber kirinên wî ji welatê xwe direvî û ji tengezariya ji ber hukumeta wî ya hov derdiket. Dema hejmara bindaran kêm bû, dahatinên dewletê jî kêm bûn û gefên dijminan jî li ser serê wî xurt bûn. Yê li tengasiyan alîkaran bixwaze, <br>divê li rojên aramiyê merd be. <br>Heke tu ji xizmetkarê xwe re ne baş bî, ew ê biçe. <br>Xweşdost be, biyanî jî dê bibin xizmetkarên te. Carekê, ku li eywana wî ji Şahnameyê çîroka dawîhatina li serdariya Duhak û tacgiriya Ferîdûn hat xwendin, wezîrekî ji padişah pirsî: "Çawan Ferîdûn, ê ne xwedî gencîneyan, ne maliyetê û ne jî xizmetkaran bû, karî bibe key?" Key bersiv da: "Wek bi xwe jî dizanî, gel bi coş xwe da alî wî û ew bi ser ket." "Wey padişahê min", wezîr got, "madem key pêdivîtî bi gel heye, tu çima gel belav dikî? Ma bi rastî jî tu keyîtiyê naxwazî? Baştir e leşker bi xwîna dil bê têrkirin <br>çimkî siltan bi leşkerê xwe serdariyê dike. Key pirsî: "De çawan mirov dikare gel û leşker bike piştgirê xwe?" Wezîr bersiv da: "Divê key merd be daku ew bibin alîgirên wî, û dilovan be daku ew hest pê bikin ku li keynişîna wî biewle ne lê mixabin te ti ji van herdu taybetmendiyan nîn in." Ne zordar dikare bibe siltan, <br>ne jî gur bibe şivan. <br>Key, yê bibe xerabîkar, <br>dara di bin lingê xwe ve dibirre. Ev şîreta baş ne bi dilê key bû loma ew enirî û wezîr avêt zindanê. Demek dirêj bi ser ve neborî, pismamên siltan serî hildan û mîrnişîna bavê wan berê bi rê ve birî xwest. Gel, ê perîşan bûbû û ji ber zordariyê bêzar mabû, xwe da gel wan û alîkariya wan kir û wiha wan karî key ji ser text biavêjin. Heke serok zordariyê li binokên xwe bike, <br>di gavên dijwar de dostên wî jî dê bibin dijminên bihêz. Ji gel re yar be, tu dê ji neyaran parastî bî <br>çimkî gel leşkerê padişahên dadperwer e. 42. Di keştiya keyekî de kurek kole yê faris hebû ku ne ti caran derya û ne jî dijwariyên rêvingiya deryayî dîtibûn. Ew digirî û gazin dikirin û bedena wî ji serî ta binî dilerizî. Tevî ew hat aştkirin jî, ew nehedinî û aram nebû û wisan dikir ku bi tevgerên xwe rêvingiya padişah biherimîne lê ti kesekî nedizanî çi bike. Hingê fîlozofê di keştiyê de ji key re got: "Heke payeberziya we rê bide, ez ê lawik bêdeng bikim." Key bersiv da: "Ew yek dê pirr baş û xweşdostane be." Fîlozof ferman da ku kurik bê avêtin deryayê. Lawik du-sê caran xwe binav kir û bi herdu destan xwe bi dûmena keştiyê ve şidand. Ku rê jê re hat dan hilbikeve keştiyê, êdî rûnişt kuncikekî û bêdeng bû. Padişah mat ma û pirsî: "Ev çi aqildarî bû?" Fîlozof bersivand: "Pêşî wî nedizanî ka xeniqîn çi ye û ewledariya keştiyê fam nedikir. Tam wisan, di bihagiraniya saxlemiyê tenê ew digihin ên nesax bûne." Tu yê ziktêr, dilê te naçe nanê cehî. <br>Evîndara min li gor te kirêt e. <br>Li ber dilê horiyên biheştê agirê pak jî dozeh e <br>lê ji nişteciyên dojehê bipirse, dê bibêjin ew biheşt e. Cudatiyek mezin di navbera wan de heye <br>yê evîndar li ber dilî ye û yê çav li derî ye. 8. Ji Hormiz hat pirsîn: "Çi kêmasî li wezîrên bavê te hebû ku te ferman da ew bên zindankirin?" Wî bersivand: "Min ti kêamsî li wan nedîtin lê min didît ku ew di dilê xwe de bêsinor ji min ditirsin û bi min ne bawer in. Tirsîm ku ew dê min biruxînin ji ber ku ditirsin wek din ew dê bi xwe bên ruxandin; û min jî wek gotina aqildaran kir: Ey aqildaro, ji wî bitirse yê ji te ditirse <br>tevî tu bikarî di cengê de zora sed wek wî bibî jî. <br>Mar piyê şivan digezîne ji ber ku <br>ditirse ku şivan dê serê wî biperçiqîne. <br>Ma nizanî ku heke pisîk nikare bireve, <br>ew amade ye çavên piling derbîne?" 43. Keyek ereb ji pîriyê nesax bûbû û tam û çêja jiyanê ji dest dabû. Hingê siwarek hat hindir û peyama serkeftinê anî: "Me asêgehek ji we padişah re desteser kiriye: dijmin hatine girtin, û hemû navçe û leşkerê wê li bin fermanên we ne!" Key bi giranî axînek kişand û got: "Ev ne ji min re lê ji dijminên min re mizgînî ye" - armanc bi dijminan mîrasxwerên wî bû. Ax, jiyana min bi wê hêviyê ve borî <br>ku rojekê hêviyên min bi cî bên. <br>Niha hêviyên min bi cî hatine lê feyde çi ye <br>çimkî hêvî nîn e ku jiyana derbasbûyî vebigere. Destê felekê ji bo nîşana birêketinê li daholê dixist: ax çavên min, xatir bixwazin ji serê min, <br>ax lepên min, zendên min û milên min, <br>xatir bixwazin ji hev. <br>Dijminê hêviyan ez girtime... <br>Hê carek din jî, ax hevalno, werin bal min! <br>Jiyana min bi nezaniyê borî: <br>li xwe ne hişyar bûm, lê hûn li xwe hişyar bin! 44. Ez li mizgefta navendî ya Şamê li ber gorra Yehya pêxember, silav lê bin, ketibûm nivêjan dema keyek ereb ê ji xerabiyên xwe naskirî hat pîrozgehê. Wî dua û lava kirin û alîkarî ji Yezdan xwest. Feqîr û zengîn mehkûmên vê herriyê ne <br>û yên dewlemendtir in, zêdetir pêwîstî bi alîkariyê heye. Dû re ew li min zivirî: "Derwêş bi coşiya dua û lavayên xwe û dilpakiya tevgerên xwe tên nasîn; ma tu nikarî bo min dua bikî çimkî ji dijminên xwe yên xerab ditirsim?" Min bersiva wî da: "Li bindarên xwe yên lawaz were rehmê, êdî ne lazim e tu ji dijminên xwe yên xurt bitirsî." Ne durist e destên bêhêz ên hejaran <br>bi mist û zendên bihêz bên şkandin. <br>Ma ne ew, ê li ber ên belengaz nakeve, <br>ditirse ku heke bikeve, kes dê destê xwe neavêjiyê. <br>Yê tovê nerind biçîne lê bendewarî berhemek baş be, <br>bêaqil û xeyalpûç e. <br>Pembû ji guhên xwe derbîne û dadperweriyê li gel bike <br>çimkî heke tu nekî, dê carekê Roja Dadê bê. <br>Mirov endam û organên heman bedenê ne <br>çimkî ew ji eynî madeyê hatine afirandin. <br>Heke felek li organekê ji wan bê yemanê, <br>yên din jî nabînin aramî û hedanê. <br>Heke belayên bi serê mirovan tên ne xema te bin, <br>tu ne hêjayî navê mirovan î. 45. Derwêşek, ku duayên wî pirrî caran qebûl dibûn, hat Bexdayê, û basa wî ji fermangirê zordest Hecac ibn Yûsif re hat kirin. Wî bangî derwêş kir û got: "Ji min re tiştek baş dua bike!" Derwêş lava kir: "Xwedêyo, ruha vî bistîne!" "Wey Xwedê", Hecac ibn Yûsif qîrî, "ma duayên baş wiha ne?" Derwêş bersiv da: "Belê, hem bo te û hem jî bo hemû misilmanan." Ax hêzdaro, yê tu zorê li bindarên xwe dikî, <br>ma ta kengî ev bazar biwec e? <br>Ma serokatiya dinyayê dê çi sûdeyê bigihîne te; <br>xwezî tu bimirî û zordariyê li mirovan nekî. 46. Keyek dilxerab ji zelamek bawermend pirsî: "Mirov dikare çawan herî baş îbadet bo Xwedê bike?" Zelam bersiv da: "Herî baş tu dikarî wisan îbadet bo Wî bikî ku nîvî rojê rabikevî û binivî daku hema bîskekê gel bikare rehet bijî." Min dît xerabîkerek nîvî roja xwe dinivî <br>û min got: "Çêtir e ku ev bela binive". <br>Yê razayî û nivistî zêdetir qenciyê dike ji dema şiyar, <br>baştir e bimire, ne jiyana xwe ya xerab bidomîne. 47. Galenos dît ku aqilsivikekî di patika zanayekî re girtibû û gotinên pîs lê dibarandin. Galenos got: "Ew ê zana jî bêaqil e, wek din ew ê neketaya wê rewşê." Di navbera du hişmendan de nîqaş û şerrenîx dernakeve <br>û yê fehma be jî bi yê mejîreş re gengeşiyê nake. <br>Heke yê bêaqil di bêerziya xwe de zimanek hişk bi kar bîne jî, <br>yê aqildar be dê wî bi dilnermiyê bihedinîne. <br>Du mirovên jîr bin, deziyek jî dê di navbera wan de saxlem be, <br>di navbera yek sernerm û yek serhişk de jî ê wisan be. Lê ku herdu alî mejîhişk bin, <br>zincîra asinî jî dê di navbera wan de bişkê. <br>Zelamek nebaş radayî kesek heqaret kir, <br>yê heqaret lê hatî kir bi baldirêjî got: "Ey mêrê çak, <br>tu çi bibêjî jî, ez hê xerabtir im <br>çimkî ez bi xwe kêmasiyên xwe ji te baştir dizanim." 48. Keyek ereb çîroka Leyl û Mecnûn bihîst: ka çawan Mecnûn têk çûbû û tevî hemû jêhatîbûn û peyvbedewiya xwe bi çolê ketibû û hefsarên hiş û aqil ji dest xwe berdabûn. Key ferman da ku Mecnûn bînin pêşberî wî û lome li Mecnûn kirin: "Ma bi te çi kêmasî di ceweriya mirovan de heye? Çima te xwe elimandiye edetên heywanan û hizûra mirovan terk kiriye?" Mecnûn bersiv da: "Gelek heval û hogiran ji ber evîna min ez lome kirime <br>lê heke wan Leyl bidîtaya, ew ê di rewşa min bigihana." <br>Xwezî wan, ên min tawanbar dikin, <br>rûyê te bidîta, ey yara dilperitîn, <br>daku wan bi dîtina te <br>destê xwe li şûna pirteqalan bibirriya <br>daku rastî diyar bibe: "ev e tişta hûn ji ber wê min lome dikin." Key xwest Leylê bibîne daku bizane ka çi bedewî ye ku bûye sedema vê tevliheviya giyanî. Wî mirûdên xwe şandin nav hoz û eşîrên ereban daku li Leylê bigerin û wê bînin baxçeyê eywana key. Wan Leyl anî. Key li Leylê nerî û dît ku ew keçek zimanreş û kêmbiha ye û ew qet ne bi dilê key bû çimkî keça herî kêm jî ya harema wî di bedewî û dilhebîniya xwe de di ser Leylê re bû. Mecnûn tê giha ka çi di dilê key de bû loma lezand û got: "Divê di çavên Mecnûn re li derdirûvên Leylê bê nerîn daku bedewiya wê ji temaşevan re xwiya bibe." Heke kevokên daristana pîroz ew nalînên evîndarî, <br>yên min bihîstin, bibihîstana, ew ê jî bi min re bigirîna. <br>Ey hevalno, ji yê sax re bibêjin, ew nikare bizane <br>ka çi di dilê kovandarê evînê de ye. Naxwazim basa jana xwe ji saxan re bikim <br>lê tenê ji gorî û qurbanên heman êşê re. <br>Jixwe ye basa stêng û zirkêtkan ji wan re bikî <br>yê stêng û zirkêtkan pê venedabe. <br>Ta tu jî nekevî derdê min, <br>jana min ji te re tenê wek çîrokek kevn e. <br>Nabe derdê min û derdê kesek din bên berhevdan: <br>ya wî xwê li kefa destî ye, ya min xwê li ser birînê ye. 49. Xortek, ji dil û canê xwe pak û bijûn, <br>bi evîndara xwe ya bedew re di belemeyekê de bû. <br>Min xwendiye ku ew ji belemeyê ketin avê. <br>Dema belemevan destê xwe da yê xort <br>daku wî xelas bike û nehêle bimire, <br>yê xort li ber pêl û fûran bangî wî kir: <br>"Min bihêle û evîndara min xelas bike!" <br>Dema wî wiha got, dinya li ber şêlî bû <br>û hat bihîst ku wî wiha got: <br>"Guh nede gotinên wî bêkêrî <br>yê di gava pêdivî de li hevalê xwe xwedî <br>dernakeve." <br>A wiha ne yên bi rastî evîndar; <br>guh bide vê çîroka rast daku jê fêr bibî <br>çimkî çawan bexdadî erebiya xwe dizanin, <br>wisan Se'dî jî rê û rêçik evînê dinase. <br>Heke te evîndarek hebe, dilê xwe bide wê <br>û guh nede gotinên xelkê! <br>Heke Mecnûnê Leylê jî vebijiya, <br>wî jî dê ji vê pirtûkê çîrokên evînî bixwendana. 50. Kalepîrekî bas kir ku bi keçek ciwan re zewiciye. Mêrik mala xwe bi gulan xemilandibû û bi keçikê re rûdinişt û dilê xwe û çavên xwe gorî û qurbanî wê kiribûn. Bi şev û roj xew bi çavên wî nediket hindî ji wê re diaxivî û henek digotin daku keçik wî binase û jê netirse. şevekê wî gotibû: "şensê te baş e û felek li te bişiriye û bişkuriye ku kalepîrek bûye nesîbê te ku têgihiştî, dinyadîtî û aram e û tamî sarmayê û germiyê kiriye û hem qencî û hem jî xerabî dîtiye. Loma ew dizane ka bihevrejîn çawan e û dizane daxwazên evînê bi cî bîne. Ew dilovan û birehm e, camêr û zimanxweş e. <br>Tenê ku bikarim, ez ê bikevim dilê te, <br>û heke min bixeyidînî jî, ez ê dilê te nehêlim. <br>Heke wek papaxan bixwazî tenê şirîniyan bixwî, <br>ez ê giyana xwe ya hingivînî jî bikim xwarin ji bo te. Tu neketî destê xortek sosret, bêhiş û sozsivik ku herdem dil li kesek din e, her şevek xwe li derekê diborîne û her gavekê ji kesekê hez dike. Ne bendewarî sadiqiya bilbil be <br>çimkî ew hertim difirre ser gulek nû berevajî kalepîr ê bi hişmendî û û aqildarî, ne bi qoçên dij-aqil ên xortaniyê, tev digere. <br>Dostek ji xwe baştir bibîne û ji dest nede <br>çimkî bi yek mîna xwe re jiyana te dê vala derbas bibe." Yê kalepîr got: "Min gelek gotinên wiha jê re gotibûn û bawer dikir ku min dilê bijandiye xwe û ew kiriye nêçîra xwe lê wê axînek têrjan kişand û got: "Hemû gotinên te di mêzîn û teraziyê de ji vê gotina diya min siviktir in: 'Ji keçan re tîr jî ji kalepîran baştir in'." Dema keçikê tiştek nermîçok <br>yê mîna lêva jêrîn a rojîgir şorrbûyî û daketî <br>dît, wê got: "ez rebenê mirime û efsûne <br>tenê kêrî yên raketî û nivistî tên!" Mala jin ne razîkirî ji ber mêrê xwe radibe <br>tijî gengeşe û şerrenîxa hertimî ye. <br>Heke kalepîr bi xwe tenê bi gopal bikare rabibe, <br>dê çawan gopalê wî bi xwe rabibe? Bi kurtî, lihevhatin di navbera wan de çênebû û ew ji hev cuda bûn. Keçik bi xortek bînteng, enirî, berîkvala û edetxerab re zewicî û ji destê wî gelekî zor û tehda, nexweşî û bela dîtin. Lê dîsan jî wê spasiya Yezdan dikir: "Pesna û sena bû Yezdan ku ji wê ezaba dojehî xelas bûm û ketim vê bextiyariya biheştîn!" Tevî hemû bîntengî û zordariya te jî, <br>ez nîrê te hildigirim çimkî tu bedew î. <br>Xweştir e bi te re di Dojehê de bikijkijim, <br>ne bi kesek din re bikevim Biheştê. Bîna sîran ji devê yek bedew <br>xweştir e ji sorgula di destê yek kirêt de. 51. Li Diyarbekirê ez mêvanê kalepîrekî bûm. Ew zengîn û bavê kurek keşxe bû. Wî şevekê çîroka xwe ji min re got: "Min di hemû jiyana xwe de min ji bilî vî ti kurên din tine bûne. Li van deveran geliyek heye. Li wî gelî darek pîroz heye ku xelkê vir diçe ber wê darê dua û lavayan ji Yezdan dike. Min bêhejmar şev û roj li binê wê darê bang hawarî Xwedê kir ku kurekî dibe min." Hingê min bihîst ku kurê wî dibêje: "Xwezî min bizaniya ka ew dar li kû ye. Ez ê biçûma wir û min ê dua bikirana daku Xwedê riha vî pîretewtî bistanda." Bavo bi kêfxweşî digot: "Kurê min jîr e." <br>Kurik ji tehn: "Xwedê-nehiştî mejîreş e!" Sal û dem borîn <br>û tu neçûyî ser gorra bavê xwe. <br>Te çi qencî li bavê xwe kiriye <br>daku heman qenciyê ji kurê bipê? ==Çavkanî== [http://web.archive.org/20070202005516/www.geocities.com/kmehname Kovara Mehname, hj. 39, 4/2003] [[Kategorî:Pirtûk|Gulistan]] 7g0eo1yt9pnhuak0j6rb8xbd7dh3unz 0 3384 4649 2006-10-01T14:07:13Z 88.229.200.179 wikitext text/x-wiki Sê gerok bi guhartoyên xwe yên nû li pêşberî me ne. Gerokên Webê bi lez pêşde diçin. '''Di platforma Windowsê bi taybetî sê gerok hene ku divê bi awayekî cidî li ser wan bête rawestandin. Fînal û guhartoyên stabîl ên van gerokan dê gera me ya di înternetê de bi tecrûbeyên nû bixemilîne û raxe ber çavan.''' Berî niha bi çend salan di cîhana Windowsê de der barê gerokên webê de tiştekî zêde ku mirov bîne zimên tunebû. Gurê pîr, Netscape li dawiyê dinaliya û li ser dikê bi tenê Internet Explorer hebû. [[Kategorî:Komputer]] heh0hsn0ihnx84rtpcsl0aln7wqerpq 0 3443 5641 5459 2014-07-17T14:47:35Z 78.174.201.127 wikitext text/x-wiki {{ne rind kurdî}} <poem> ŞEHÎDÊ ŞOREŞ Ê Wan bi xwîna xwe nivîsandiniye dîrok, Pîr û kal û ciwan,piçûk û zarok Ji Arî an heta Kardox û Med an; Canê xwe kirine xak ji bo Niştiman. Em Şehîdê şoreşê jibîrnekin Li zindan û çiyan,didan berxwedan. Derya reş pêl da xwe,bi hêza karker an. Tu çîh nema lê nemeşiyan partîzan. Bi ilmê tolhildan,jiyan da cîhan. Şehîdê şoreşê jibîrnekin Sonda me bi xwîn a Egîd û Mazlûm; Em qet bernadin doza serxwebûn. Em ser ditewîne bi rêzek gerdûn; Di nav dilê me de,tim bibe hebûn. Em Şehîdê şoreşê jibîrnekin Helbest :İsmet Dağ 17-03-1997 HUNERMEND Hunermend dişkîn e zincîr û qeydan; Ronahiyê dixîn e şevreş ê qitran. Deriyê girtî tucarî li ber wan namîne Timî radikin ji holê çewt û tixûban. Hunermend,hunermend,zana hunermend. Xwediyê ilmên nûjen tu ye hunermend Hunermend baş dinasîn e jan û jîyanê Bergiya xwe dibîne,tim dibe derman. Diafirîne hebûn a wenda yî; Hunermend şên dike çand û dîrok an. Hunermend,hunermend,Kedkar hunermend. Hostayê jîyanê tu ye hunermend. Hest û ramanê hunermend,Kûûr e,derya ye; Mîna teyrê bazin.tim li her ciya ye Bê tirs û xofin,çav nagirin ji hoviyê. Diçîne eşq hurmetê,ji bo hebûnê. Hunermend hunermend,Memyan hunermend. Aştî û azadî,Tu ye Hunermend. Kesanetiya hunermend,timî nûjen e. Nayên firotin,ew bi xwe cewher e. Li hember kevnariyê,tim şoreşger e. Rengîn e,xemgîn e,Lê ne rêcber e. Hunermend,hunermend,ronî Hunermend. Şewq û şemal tu ye,tu ye hunermend. helbest û müzik İsmet Dağ 15 -8-1997 NAVÊ MIN Navê min bi herfên zêrînî hatiye nivîsandin li ser beden û textên dergûşa mirovatî yê. Reh ê min xwe berdaye binê heft tebeq erd û derdorê dinyayê. Bilind bû ye êdî ew awaza dengê min li seran serên cîhan. Diçûrisîne êdî ew hebûna ilmê min î pak û bi rûmet. Her zindî bi min hîn bûne û êdî diparêzin mafê min û jîyanê. İsmet dağ 14-04-1998 BİKEV E Û BİVÎN E HEVAL ÊN XWE Bikev û bivîn e heval ên xwe; Me re yê, wêçax ê nasbik e xwe. Heval ên barê ketî an,tune; Ger mirov bixebit e,şev û roj jibo xwe. Min ji te re got bira, tu min godar ke; Te got:"Ji te re çi,tu wan nasnak e". Min ji te re got;Heyran kes te şîyar nake; Ji wê roj ê û vir de,tu silav nake. Te nepejirand e kemasî ên xwe; Ji ber vê yekê,te wendakir e xwe. Ma kanî ew dost ên dor te? Kanî destên xwe bide birê xwe. Qedir ên te li ba min,gelkî giran e; Fedînek,ez û tu,yek dost û can e Ger em nasbikin pêşeroja xwe! Gotin ê bav û kal an,bîne bîra xwe."Heval ên barê ketî an tune ye" Îsmet dağ 11-08-1992 DILÊ MIN Ez îro jî ji te re amade me. Ma qey nabînin bê ez çawa bi te ve girêdayî me. Çavê min bê te nabîne. Guhê min bê te nabihîze. Zimanê min bê te nalive. Destê min bê te ranahêje tu tişt an. Ligê min bê te gavan navêje. Hest û raman ê min bê te naponije. Bê te zivistan im,şevreş im. Tu bihar û roj a cîhana min e, Tu xwîna nava tamarê min e, Tu hestîkê nava goştê min e! Tu kûûr e; Tu fireh e: Tu diêj e; Tu star e: Bi hebûna te ez lı ser pîya me,ma qey nizanin,ez bê te najîm dilê min. Ma qey na yê bîrawan? Hîna berî kû ÎSA bê ser rûê dinya yê ez hebûm,Û min hîna wê çaxê ji bo na raperîn û serhildan a te şûr û mertal afirandibû li hemberî dehaqê zulimkar. Tu Zîn e,Ez Mem im. Ma ni EHMED'é XANÎ jî di pirtûk a xwe yî pîroz de vê evîna min û hebûna te anîbû ziman. Ma qey nedîtin xayîné Beko Ewan ji nikarî bû min û te ji hevdû bikiran. Tu kes nikare çavan berde hebûna te,destan bavêje guliyên te. Tu ez im,ez tu me,tu tune be ez nabim xwe dilê min. Min bi hezar caran can û cesedên xwe ji te re kire xelat û qelen. Min gelek caran ji bo na te raperîn û serhildan li darxiste û di binê zindan ên reş û tarî de li berxwedam. Ez bi hebûna evîna te,ji nav çar dîwaran de derbasbûm,û dîbûm meşale ya hemdemîn ji bo na ronî bibe bergiya me. Çîya me,li seranserê Mezopotamya nobedarê te me. Gelek caran dibûm ba û bahoz û firtone. Dibûm birûsk,tîrêjê min xwe ji ezmanê heftan berdida nava dilê xayîn û bêbext û fesadan. Tune dibûn yek bi yek ew ên kû li hemberî hebûna min û te dibûn asteng. Dibûm tofan û zelzele,gelek gund û bajar ji ber heybeta dengê min ser û bin dibûn. Min êdî evîna xwe û hebûna te kirîye helbest û name ji gelê cîhan re şandiye. Êdî hemû kes dizanin vê eşq û serpêhatî ya min û te. Dîroka mirovatiyê di hebûn a min û te de derbas dibe. Êdî ez gîhaştime armanca xwe,daxwaziyê min yek bi yek bi serketî ye. Goved e.. Cejn û pîrozbahî ye li herderan.Ji hemû gelên cîhanê xwazgînî hatine dîtina min û te. Min AMED ji te re kiriye paytext. Min bi xeml û xêza te yî heft reng xemilandiye birc û beden û text ên dergûşa te. Êdî têlên tembûran ji xêndî hebûna min û te pêv tu tiştan lênadin. Hemû pênûs êdî hebûna min û te dinivîsînin. Tu êdî bûye bûk a qewm ê min li ser xak a Mezopotamya. Ewê êdî timî bijîn hebûn a min û te. Ez;KURD IM TU;KURDÎSTAN'E,dilê min HELBEST:İsmet Dağ 03-06-1999 BARAN DİBARÎYA Baran dibariya,evîn gûr dibû!. Êdî didîtin çavên girtî.erd û ezman ronî dibû Diheliya cemeda nava dilê dayîkên bi xemgîn. Diherikîn çem û kanî,lehî radibû û pêl dida xwe berê xwe dida nava derya yê. Paqij dibû gend û gemar ji ser weciyên şevên tarî. Dicûrisand e êdî rûpelê dar û ber û zêviyan. jîn şên dibû,ewr ji hev belav dibû,bûka baranê geş bû li ser ezman, tîrêjên rengîn ji xwe berdida ser rukê xaka bi rûmet û pîroz. Hêvî xuya dibû ji bo na bê gûman û bê baweran. Dikeniyan êdî weciyên qîz û xortên bê mirad,lez didan xwe û dibeziyan yek bi yek,ji bo na bigêjin armanc ên xwe. Bawerkirbûn carekê ji gotinê bav û kalan."Kî di bin bûka baranê de derbas be, ewê bigêjin meqsed û miradên xwe." Wer hînbûbûn,jî bav û bavpîrên xwe: Ahd dabûn hevdû gelek keç û xortên evîndar!. Bê rawestin dibeziyan ji bo na kû di bin keskesoran de derbas bibin. Gelek evîndar di binê hefs û zindanan de,di nav qefesan de dîl mabûn. Berxwedidan ji bo na kû ew jî di bin keskesor an de derbasbibin,lê Beko Ewan an deryê hesinî li ser wan girtibûn û nedihiştin bilbil li ser evîna xwe helbestan bivêjin. Dikeliya êdî evîna nava dilê lawik ê Ercîş'î !. Dixwaste hevalên wek wî jî,ji nava qefesan derên û bigêjin meqsed û miradên dilê xwe. Gola WAN'ê şîyar dibû ji xewa hezar salan.dişewitîhebûn jiboyna tunebûnê. Baran dibariya,hebûn şên dibû. Baran dibariya ewr ji hevdû belav dibû. Êdi,ji binê heft tebeq erd,tovên hezar salan didan der. Dar û beran pel û kulîlk ên xwe ji nû de vedikirin. Şahî difûriya ji ser xaka MEZOPOTAMYA. Kevokên hinevan meşale vêxistibûn û rêz girtibûn mîna stêrk an. Girêdayî felat dibû,penaberî û bîyanî ji holê radibû. Kerwan êdî vegeryabûn. Dişûrikin êdî mar û tûpişk diketin biné heft tebeq erd, diketin binê qelş ên kûr û tarî. Keskesor dibû bawerî jibona meqsed û mirad an Gotinê bav û kalan hatibû cî. Baran dibariya,hebûn derdibû!. Baran dibariya,sorgul vedibûn. Helbest:İsmet dağ 03-06-1997 NATIRSIM Natirsim,narevim ji vê jînê. Tucaran bernadim doza hebûnê. Li dû zivistanê timî bihare; Hertim hîn gûr dertêm ji bo na Zîn'ê. Deng û navê min belavbû li dinê. Buhişta bakî,cîh û warê min e. Seyîd Riza û Şêx Seîd;Bavpîrê min e. Bila cahş,bila xayîn bitirse ji jînê. Starim,pola me,xofim wek gebar. Heybetim,nişîtim,ji bo na serdar. Gava kû bihejim,wê dinya bê xwar. Ezim ew şoreşger,ezim ew kedkar. Çîya me,hêza min gelkî girane. Li dor min her tim eşqe,dîlane. Zava yê karkerim,bûk ji Kurdîstan e. AMED paytextê min e,warê memyane. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 07-05-1998 DENGÊ MAZLÛM Dengê mazlûm zindî rakire ser pîyan; Diz û xwedî,kerr û lal bi hev esiyan. Dadgehên mafê jîyanê sazkirin; Herkes gîhaştin mafên xwe bangkir in. Mizgîn li te dayîka min;êdî cejne,hevala min. Bixemlînin bejn û balê,bilîrîne lê hevalê. Kurdîstan şewqa xwe daye herder an; Xemilî ezmanê şîn bi keşkesor an. Bilûra xwe lêdidan va şivan an; Kil xistine çavên belek Bêrîvan an. Bilbilan şikestandin qefesên zêrîn; Dixwînin helbesta gulê bi raperîn. Hilîna xwe afirandin bê sînor; Dîlana xwe digerînin li cem mem û zîn. hELBEST Û MUZİK :iSMET dAĞ 09-03-1998 BENDA KARKER AN Lêdixin benda karkeran,lêdixin li niştiman Dane berxwe û dimeşin li Cizîr a botan. Dane berxwe û dimeşin li Amed û Xerzan Karker ên me bi rêketin ji deşt û banî an Dane berxwe û dimeşin,ketin metrepol an. Her bijî benda karker an. Her bijî niştiman Şoreşger keç û xort ên me,rê nîşan daye ji bo me. Dane berxwe û derdixin,neyar ji xak a me. Her bijî benda karker an. Her bijî niştiman Zivistan kirine bihar,xwendewan ên çekdar. Gav bi gav pêşveketin,serkeftin bû dîyar. Her bijîn benda karkeran,her bijîn bar giran Jîyanek e nû avakirin,ronahî kirine jîyan. Her bijî benda karker an. Her bijî niştiman Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 06-06-1996 DîLBER Tu weka gulekê vebûye di dilê min de; Erd û ezmanê min tu ye,roniya çavê min. Xweşikbûna te bûye bela li serê min; Ma ne bese Dîlber,de were ba min. Dîlberê dîlber,dîlbera min ê! Dîlberê dîlber,hebûna min ê. Dîtinek te hêjaye hemû cîhanê; Xemla te bi rengîne,ji gulên biharê! Sînga te tevde nefte,tu buhişta min ê; Ma ne bese dîlber,wer vê dîlanê. Dîlberê dîlber,dîlbera min ê; Dîlberê dîlber,hebûna min ê. Ezê te ji xwe re bikim,bûka dilê xwe; Bixemilînim te,dînim ser navê xwe! Ezê,bighêjim meqseda bav û kalên xwe; Ma ne bese dîlber,can didim ji bo te.. Dîlberê dîlber,dîlbera min ê; Dîlberê dîlber,hebûna min ê. Helbest û Muzik İsmet Dağ 03-04-1996 KÊ ÇI KIRIBE,WÊ BIJÎN E. Pir serişke,zû jibîr dike; Kêmasî ya,sedbare dike. Rexnê kesî qebûl nake; Ew hertimî,bi a xwe dike. Dibêje;" ez,her tiştî dizanim" Ji xwe pêv,keskî nafikre. Rûniştî ye li ser kedê; Armanca mezin,jibîr dike. Nizanin wenî namîne; Rastiyê, ronahiyê bîne. Xwediyê kedê,dilbirîne; Kê çi kiribe,wê bijîne. Tiştek veşartî namîne. Tim dibêje;" ez,rêberim" Mirovan,ji xwe direvîni. Dibêj;"ya hûnê bibe wek min; An jî,jîyan ji we re nî ni." Çav berdane tac û textan; Bûne,Beko Ewan li ser me. Gelê dinyê,giş bi wan dizanin; Emelê wan li ber çavane. Nizanin wenî namîne; Rastiyê, ronahiyê bîne. Xwediyên kedê,dilbirîne; Kê çi kiribe,wê bijîne. Tiştek veşartî namîne. Roja me,waye hilatiye; Berx,ji kozan derketiye. Xwedî,bi dizên xwe,esyaye; Sitarî, ji revêre nemaye. Ger em marên nav xwe,derîn; Para şêr,ji destê rovî derîn. Ev mîhrîcan,ne ji bo kes e; Bi rûmete,ji bo herbeş e. Nizanin wenî namîne; astiyê, ronahiyê bîne. Xwedîên kedê,dilbirîne; Kê çi kiribe,wê bijîne. Tiştek veşartî namîne. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 17-05-1997 BES E LO BİRA Bese lo bira,kanî destên xwe, Dayîka me yeke,şerme ji bo me. Ên bavên me kuşt,me ji hevdû dûr xist; Perçebûna me,me tune dike. Dijminê mezin,di serê me de ye; Mejû ên me duxwe,tim dijî me ye. Ger,em binasînin kesanetiya xwe; Me,bi vî aqilî,tim wendakir xwe. Bese lo bira,kanî destên xwe. Dayika me yek e şerm e jibo me. Ger em tıxuba,rakin ji erdan; Ji bo,zarok ên me,azad bijînin. Bav û kal digot;"dijmin nabe dost; Tevdîr û tifaq,wê bixîne post." Bese, em êdî xwe nexapîne; Mirov ên serhişk,kes nahebîne. Bav û kal digot;"bi zimanê xweş; Ger em maaran, ji qelşa derînin." Ger em bernedin,doza serxwebûn; Ger em bibe mînak,ji bo pêşveçûn. Eve a rastî,eve biratî; Ger em bibin yek can,ji bo wekhevî. Bese lo bira,kanî dest ên xwe. Dayika me yek e şerm e jibo me. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 05-01-1997 GÎHA,DI BIN KEVIR DE NAMÎN E. Navên me yî bav û kalan;Tucaran wenda nabe. Heta kÛ,cîhan hebe;Emê her timî bidengbin. Rêça me,rastî û ronahî ye;Emê hertim pêşve herin. Me li her ciyan,tov daniye;Bila her kes, baş bi zanibin. Emê bijînin azadİyê;Bila herkes,baş bi zanibin. "Gîha di bin kevir de namîne";Dûr nêzîk,wê xwe derîne. Hebûn ê bîne mafên xwe; Dinya bi dore,wer namîn e. "Ayê bizina kol,ji a qiloç re namîne." Em kurd'in,qûlê xweda ne;Jîyan,bi xwe tekoşîne. Heta kû yek ji me hebin;Wê,dîroka me tim Lêbe. Rastî,xwe tim zêde dike;Nebaşiyê,ji holê radike. Ev tekoşîn,bê mirine;Emê ji nû de,xwe şên bike. Evîn,bingeha buhişte;Wê dijminatiyê qir bike. Evîn,bingeha buhişte;Wê,dijîtiyê ji holê rake. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 23-11-1997 QELENÊ MIN PIR BUHAYE Ez,gulek bi bêhn û bi rengînim; Li ser min,tim raperîne. Herkesî çav berdaye min; Nizanin ez dergîstî me. Qelenê min pir buhaye,ne bi zêr û ne bi pera ye. Nayêm firotin û nayêm kirîn,ez bûka gelê kurd a yim. Dîroka min,ji çar beşaye,ilm û cewher,di nav de ye. Sînga min,tevde xezîneye,tu çi bixwaze li ser heye. De bê aqilno qey hûn nizanin ev bû hezar û sed sale, tim raperîn û serhildan,li ser can û cesedê min danîye. De qey hûn nizanin gelek qîz û xortên hêja xwîna xwe li ser min rijandiye! De qey hûn nizanin ez bûka gelê kurd a me namûs û şerefa,hebûna pakrewanim. Qelenê min pir buhaye,ne bi zêr û ne bi dirav a ye. Nayêm firotin û nayêm kirîn,ez bûka gelê kurd a yim. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 24-08-1996 DE RABE XANÊ Karker êdi vegeryabûn ji ser karên xwe. Bênder lı ba kirbûn û êdî debra xwe yî hezar salan rakiribûn ji erdê. Kinc ên xwe yî bi qirêj ji ser bejn û bala xwe avêtibûn û êdî kincên xwe yî nûjenî, li ser bejn û bala xwe girêdabûn. Bûkek,jı xwe re xwastibûn ji can û dil. Govendek herî mezin li darxistibûn. Keç û xortên evîndar ketibûn dest hev êdî çand û huner pêşkêş dibû. Memyana waha bangdikirin: De rabe Xanê,rabe,rûniştandin ji me re nabe. Bavêje kul û kerba,govend,bê te geş nabe. Îro dîlana me ye, cejn û şahiya me ye; Bilind bûye alên me, roja hebûna me ye. Keç û xort xemilînin, helbestan ji hev re dixwînin; Dest û mil danin hevdû, qehra salan dirjînin. Rabe çavan bide ber kil, bejn û balê bixemlîn e; Dest ên xwe bide destê min, em govendê bigerîn e. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 03-01-1998 PÎROZ BE Ew hisreta hezar salan,êdî qedyaye; Dipijiqe êdî jîyan;li her cîh fûryaye. Ranaweste rastiya ronî; Vêketiye hêyva Medî; Bûye tîrêjên rojê, venamire. Erd û ezman neqişiye, Bilbil,bi gulan şa bûye. Buhişta mirovatiyê, ava bûye. Pîrozbe,li dinê. Pîrozbe rastiya evînê Bergîya ronahîyê herdem vekirîye. Bend û sînorên qasê,ji holê rabûye Êdî çav rastîyê dibîne, Kes nema xwe bixapîne. Hurmet û eşq hatinê dinivîsîne. Jîyan;Bi xwe tekoşîne. Serdest êdî hew dijîne. Ez jî bûme xwedî cîh û war li cîhané Pîroz be, li dinyê. Pîroz be rastiya evînê Helbest û MUzik İsmet Dağ 15. 06. 1998 HEBÛNIM Evîne,havîne, bihare dilê min; Şêrîne,delale,hevala emirê min. Mizgîniyê ji min re tîne,heval û hogirê min; Pîrozbahî û cejne êdî rojê min. Derîyên girtî vebûye,hemû li ber men ; Buhişta rengîn ava bûye ji bo men . Dimeşim bê asteng serbilind û geş; Waye bi serdikeve,ilm û hestê min Xemla min bi rengîne,ji gulên biharê; Hêza min girane,wek çîyayên Sîpanê. Ez ji can çêbû me,hebûn û jînim; Tim heme û li serxwe me,ji bo na Zîn ê. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 24-05-1998 WELATÊ ROJÊ Roka me xuyabû li navenda cîhan; Tîrêj jê kişyaye,ronîkir jîyan Nav û maf payêbû her dor neqişî; Welatê rojê,bû paytexta gelan Welatê rojê,dayîka cane; Dergûş û çanda gelên cîhane. Welatê rojê warê memyane; Gelek mêrxasan,can li ser dane. Xwelîya gunda li serê çahvnebaran be! Xwelîya gunda li serê xêrnexwazan be! Xwelîya gunda li serê xayîn û fesadan be! Evîn û hurmet û eşq,her tim rêbere. .. Welatê rojê,dayîka me ye. Welatê rojê,xelata me ye. Welatê rojê dîroka me ye. Welatê rojê bihuşta me ye. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 17- 07- 1997 ŞERVANO Tu bi xêr hate naw jîyana me; Were rûnî li kêleka me. Serê me gelkî bilinde; Ji ber hatin û dîtina te. Te pir zehmet dît ji bo me; Bibexşîne kêmasiyê me. Ew rojên geş te anîye, Em rêz digrin ji hebûna te. Lo şervan lo,evîndaro lo. Şervanê me bi xwe RONÎ ye; Ser bilinde, ji polaye. Zana û merd û egîd e ; Tirs û xofa neyara ye. Te hilweşand textên neyar ; Te ji me re şên kiriye cîh û war Te nakokî ji nav me avêt ; Te me gîhande rêça rast Lo şervan lo,evîndaro lo. Buxe ji bax û baxçên me; Qedyaye êş û jana me. Cejna azadiyê ye li her deran; Himêz bike hevalên xwe. Daxwaziyên xwe ji me re bêje; Em amadene ji bo te. Heta kû em hebin li dinê, Emê biparêz mafên te Lo şervano lo,evîndaro lo Helbes:İsmet dağ 11- 02- 1997 GUL’A MIN GULPERÎ YE Eşqa xwe xiste dilê min, bû xwîn,ketiye tamarê min Hebûna xwe daye min, gula min,gulperî ye. Evîna bê sînore,xemla wê,keskesore. Xwî şêrîn û delale,çaw xezal û şemale Ew nan û av ê min e, Ew bax û baxçe ê min e Ew sebira dilê min e, Gul’a min gulperî ye. Warê min bi wê şên bûye, birînê min derman bûye. Guherî jîyana min, suhûda min vebûye Ew tac û textê min e, ew erd û erşê min e, Xelat û keda min e, gula min gulperî ye. Hêza min bi wê xurt bûye, çahv û heşê min vebûye. Dijîtî ji holê rabû, mafê min bi serketiye. Ez bi wê li ser pîya me, eşqa wê ez avda me. Roniya şifaqa me, gula min gulperî ye Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 25 - 05 - 1996 LO LAWIKO Şivan rûniştibû li bin daran; Pişta xwe dabû zinaran. Bilûra xwe ji dil lêdida; Jiboy xatirê va beranan. Mahr û tûpişk tevizîbûn; Gur û Rovî man li pişt deriyan. Berx û karan çindik davêt; Pez diçêrîyan li her ciyan. Lo lawiko,lo şivano. Lo lawiko, lo rêzano. Lo lawiko ez bi heyran; Waye tên bêryê Bêrîvan. Danin dû hev bi eşq û kêfin; Satil û meşk li ser milê wan. Poz xizêmin, çav bi kilin; Bi heft renge fîstan ê wan. Evîndarê dîtina te ne; Dermanin jiboy birînan. Lo lawiko, lo şivano. Lo lawiko, lo rêzano. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 20-09-2001 LÊ YEMAN Ax lê yeman, lê yeman,guherî dem û dewran. Ax lê yeman,yeman,derbasbû roj ên bi jan. Çîyaên me ji nû ve,hate neqişandin. Warên me yî kevnar,hate sazkırın. Zaro û zêçên me gihîyan,dilêm şakirin; Hebûna wendayî,hat avakirin. Ax lê yeman, lê yeman; Guherî dem û dewran. Ax lê yeman, yeman; Aştî kete her ciyan. Rêça azadiyê,bê şoreş jîn nabe; Şoreş jiyaneke nû ye,bê ilim çênabe. Xwendekarên hêja,bar dan ser milan; Qetandin qeyd û zincîr li herderan. Ax lê yeman, lê yeman; Guherî dem û dewran. Ax lê yeman, yeman; Aştî kete her ciyan. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 03-09-1997 DEWRA MÊHDÎ HAT Zulum diqed e êdî.!! Jîyanek e nû destpêdibe. Mejuên gemar û war ên kevnare êdî tê guherandin. Û êdî ilmekî nûjenî li ser mejû ên gemar tê afirandin. Hemû gelên bindest û mazlûm êdî digêjin meqsed û miradên xwe yî armancî. Herkes êdî li ser mafên xwe ewê jîyana xwe bidomîne. Dewra mêhdî hat. Dem dema aşîtiyê ye. Dem dema wekheviyê ye Dem dema serkeftiyê û azadiya mafên mirovatiyê ye. Dem dema xebatê ye Li hemû cihnê pîroz û mubbarek be. Dewra mêhdî hat. Tîrêj daketin ji êrşan,xwe berdan nav dilê cîhan. Dişikeste êdî tirs û xof,dayîkan ÊGÎT welidand. Pêl dida xwe dîcle û ferat,tixûb rabûn ji nav rojhilat. Çerxa jîyanê güherand,dewra MÊHDÎ hat. D'em bikin xebat. Êgît bûn şervanê jînê, jîyan kirin maf,jiboy hebûnê. Gîhandin hevdû bakur û başûr; qetandine zincîra koletiyê. Waye roj hilat,dewra MÊHDÎ ye, D'em bikin xebat. Berxwedan hebûn kire felat, jîyaneke nû ji,me re kire xelat. Gelê Kurd û gelek mazlûm, bûn xwedî dîrok û Welat. Êdî talîya şevreşê hat, tixûb rabû ji nav çep û rast, Dinya me kirin gulbihar, dewra MÊHDÎ ye, D'em bikin xebat. Êgît bûn şervanê jînê, jîyan kirin maf,jiboy hebûnê. Gîhandin hevdû bakur û başûr; qetandine zincîra koletiyê. Waye roj hilat,dewra MÊHDÎ ye, D'em bikin xebat. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 14-04-1998 TEYRÊ BAZIM Teyrê bazim,serfirazim; Qeyd û zincîran,naxwazim. Nêçîrvanekî, pir bazim; Teyrê bazim,wez ne qazim. Xozayî me,gulîstanim; Biharim ez ne rengnexwazim. Çîya me,textêm ji pola ye; Kanî me,ez ne çem xwazim. Ezmanim ,ez roj dixwazim; Baranim,qeraç dixwazim. Canim,ez jînê dixwazim; Teyrê bazim,hêlîn xwazim. Ne xwînrêjim,ne şer xwazim; Aşî û wekheviyê dixwazim. Min nabê kêda tu kesî; Mafê hebûnê dixwazim. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 04 07 1996 EWIL TOXIMBÛ Ewil toximbû,di qalika de bû; Kete nava xakê,pir dar jê çêbû. Şax û kat jê kişyan,girt dora dinyê; Pir tahm pêve şênhat,jînda hebûnê . Ewil yek bû,bûn milyar li ser erş û ezman; Bûn xozayî,xweşikbûn didan niştiman. Bûn gulîstan,keskesor kişandin ruê ezman; Dibûn al,jibona hebûna her can. Buhişta hemdemîn,jîn kire bê mirin; Hemû gelên Mazlûm,di navde disitirin. Dinyake nû ava bû, jibona jîyane ke nu; Dadgehên xwe rexna,wê çêke hebûn. Helbest û muzik İsmet dağ 12-06-1998 EZ KARKERIM Ez karkerim: Keda min; Xwuydana min e. Ranawestim ji ber karê vê jîyanê. Destê min,hest û ramanê min:Hêz û çeka min e. Ez diçînim çandinİyê,geş dikim rûkê cîhanê. Cotkarî me,bi şev û rojan,diqelêşim zikê xakê; Derdixînim neft û cewher,min keda tu kesî navê. Diafirînim jîyanê,mal û milk,bê min çênabê. Nabim kole û rêcberê kes,min wek herkes an xwe dibê. Ezim felat,ezim heybet,hatina xwe nakim bin pê! Xwenda me ji bav û kalan,ez xwe hînbûm ji karistan an. Ronî me,roja li ezmanim,germaya min debirê tîne. Asteng im li hember niheqiyê,bêdengiyê napejirîn im. Lêkolînim,tekoşînim;Şoreşê,tim li dar dixînim. Qeyd û zincîr li min nayê zevtê,hefs û zindan min hilnîne. Cûdayî li ba min tune ye,ez her beşan dihebîn im. Li hember zalim û serdest;Serê xwe qet natewîn im Ez karkerim Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 14-04-1998 VAYE EZ TÊM Vaye ez têm,ref bi ref,ji her çar hêlên cîhan. Mezin,bi çûk,kal û pîr,tev lorîkan vaye ez têm. Bi huner û bi hêz û bi saz,bi çand û dîrokî têm. Kîn û buxd li ba min tune,bi eşq û hurmetî têm. Vaye ez têm,bi zanistî,bi perwerde û bi rastî. Bi rêxistin û bi sazgeh,û bi desthilatiya pakî. Vaye ez têm, Vaye ez têm. Vaye ez têm. Vaye ez têm bû ronahî,pîroz bikin aşîtiyê. Mafperestî bi serketiye,dikene rûê heyvê. Nav û maf û dengê nû;Gerdûniye,ji bo jînê. Kedkar û amade me,ji bo bingeha Netewiyê. Vaye ez têm,bi zanistî,bi perwerde û bi rastî. Bi rêxistin û bi sazgeh û bi desthilatiya pakî. Vaye ez têm, Vaye ez têm. Vaye ez têm. Helbest û muzik İsmet Dağ 09-07-2002 AŞTÎ ME Vebûye,vebûye,rêça min vebûye; Kevoka sipî me rûmet û. al'im Ne ar û pêtim,jînê şên dikim; Dîroka we me ez aştî yê çêdikim. Berbanga sibê me,mizgînî û çandim; Evîn û hurmetim,li her der dibarim; Keskesora ezmanim,ala azadim; Hebûn û hatina gelê cîhanim, Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 14-04-1998 PAYTEXA CÎHAN TU YE Gulîstana min,tu ye!. Evîna bi rûmet,tu ye! Zîn a Zeydan a,tu ye; Mem ê alan'a,wez im. Tu ye,kevir û kuçê min; Tu ye,çîya û baniyê min. Tu ye,dar û deviyê min; Erd û zêviyê min,tu ye. Hêlîna min,li ser te ye nefta min ew ava te ye. Bê te najînim ruhê min hebûna min tu bi xwe ye. Tu ye,nûra çavê min,tu ye,şîrê dayîka min; Tu ye,hevala li ba min,pozçelenga min tu ye. Textên te,ji polaye,zêr û mahden,di bindeye. Jîyan,li ser te çêbû ye dergûşa perwer tuye. Tu ye,tovê her beşan; Tu ye,sitara her can. Tu ye,xwîna pakrewan; Paytexa cîhan,tu ye. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 08-07-1996 HEBÛNA MIN Tucaran,dest ji te bernadim; Bi mal û milkan,şanabim. Bê hebûna te nasnabim; Tu hêvî ye,evîna min. Bê te,şên nabe warê min. Hisreta te raperîne; Armanca te, mirad tîne; Hebûna te ezim canê; Qeyd û zincîran dişkînim. Jiboyna te,ez dijînim. Tu evîna nav dila ye; Tu dayîke,tu xoza ye . Geşî û ronahî,tu bi xwe ye; Tu hebûna Memyana ye. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 22-03-1996 RASTÎ ME Naêşim,ez ne serxweşim,her timî rûken û geşim; Ji ber nezanî û kêmasiyan,ne şaşim,qet ne rûreşim. Ji berê xurtir im,pola û hesin im; Bê gazin,biryardar im,fikir mezin im. Kê got "ronî tarîbûye" roj,her timî şewqê dide. Meqsed,ji zû de bi serketiye,bê aqilan hîn nediye! Nebiyê min xwe hînbûne,nema êdî radiwestin. Birînê kul derman dikin, nexeşiyê ji holê radikin. Rastî me,ji kesî ne dûrim,hebûnim,li ba herkesî me. Gah ba me, gah jî baran, ji bo jînê rahmê tînim. Ne pêti me, ne jî arim, dojhe yê ji holê hiltînim; Nebaşî,ji dor min direve,cemeda dil dihelînim. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 02-03-2002 SILAV Û HURMET Ew ilm ên we yî pak û bi rûmet, dîrok û nav û maf da min. Ez ji nû de xuluqandim e, bûme mîna însan hatim. Silav û hurmet ji we re,silav û hurmet. Xwediyên ilmê nû ji we re silav û hurmet. Gotin;"Çeka herî mezin,rexne û xwe rexnekirine" Gotin;"Evîna Mem û Zîn,jîyanê diafirîne". Silav û hurmet ji we re,silav û hurmet. Xwediyên ilmê nû,ji we re silav û hurmet. Bûn rêberê aşîtiyê, çek û ceng ji holê rakirin. Tixûb rakir ji nav dubendiyê, hemû zindî bi xwe şîyarkirin. Silav û hurmet ji we re,silav û hurmet. Xwediyên ilmê nû ji we re silav û hurmet. Bi soz û peyman ji we re, ezê tim li pê we bişopînim. Ez bernadim qet doza xwe, jîyan bi xwe tekoşîne. Silav û hurmet ji we re,silav û hurmet. Xwediyên ilmê nû ji we re silav û hurmet. Helbest û Muzik İsmet DAĞ 02-01-1997 PÊWÎSTE Çiya ên bilind,bi dar û bere. Deşt û zozan,tim av li sere; Newalên kûrr,giş maddene Bê ked û tahb tişt nayê dere. Ger em karkin bê rawestin; Palûtan,li dora xwe pirke. Armanca mezin,dijware Ger bi tiştên piçûk,nexapin. Ger rêça rast nê beradan; Desthilatî û bi çeleng be. Herkes li hev xwedî derên; Li hember dijîtî yê yekbin Ger em hevdû perwer bikin; Ji hev hezkin,û pirr jîr bin. Ger em bişon fikrên bi gemar; İlmê nûjen li ser çêbikin Heta kû kes"xwe" nasneke; Wê,tim bi xape,bikeve!. Dijminê mezin,bi me re ye; Kesanetiya me,jarr dike. Ger em tariyê ronî bikin; Dadgehên xwe rexna çêbikin. Jîyana nû,pir dijware; Bê rexne,kes"xwe"hîn nabe. Gotinên bav û kalan pire: Lê bi rastî em nafikire. Ma ni digotin:"Zimanê xweş ; Maran ji qelşan dertîne". Ger kevirên qoziya ji pola be; Mîna Cûdî û Gebar zexm be. Wê çaxê wê war avabe; Armanca mezinê sazbe. Kesên ketî,giş radibin Êdî herkes dilşa dibin Diguhere rûpelên reş; Jiyanek pak avadibe. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 17-02-1998 ŞOREŞ E Tofanek e nû despêkir e li rojhilat,dihejiya birc û xelat. Mij û Ewr û baran çem kirin ferat,pêl di da xwe Xabûr,Mûrad. Zivistan dibû qêrîna şevreşê,ji nû ve roj hilat. Mizgîniya rojek nû xwe kire felat,ji nû ve roj hilat. Şoreş e şoreş e,şoreş a dilgeş e Şoreş e,şoreş e,ji bo jîyan bimeş e Birusk û gire girê tava gûrbûn,xwe wenda xwe hîndibûn. Teyr û tebayên çola ji xew çengdibûn,guhê kerr vedibûn. Çiya û derya diteqiya volqan bi der bû,ji nû ve tov şênbû. Guherî êdî çerxa jîyanê,dinya ke nû avadibû. Çandinî bû jîn jibona hebûnê,hevalno şiyarbin. Bibuşt afirî jibona evînê,hevalno ji xew rabin. Dîrok a hemdem ji nû ve lêbûye,hevalno rêzan bin. Kevokê hinevan serfiraz bûye,hevalno şiyarbin. Şoreş e şoreş e,şoreş a dilgeş e Şoreş e,şoreş e,ji bo jîyan bimeş e Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ KEŞTÎYA ME BI SERKETIYE Dayê,rabe bivîne vê geşiya li cîhanê; Kêf kêfa çivîk û kevokane,li ser baniyan. Rabin cîranno rabin,serê xwe rakin ji xewê; Qey hûn nabînin,govend girtine keç û xortan li her deran Erş û ezman neqişiye,çem û kanî diherike. Keştiya me bi serketiye,ji herbeşan,reng di navdeye. Gulîstan ne gulek tenêye,dar û devî û tevlihevê ye. Reng bi hevdû çi xweşikin,tev xwedî maf û hêzekin. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 25-08-2000 EVÎNA MIN Evîna min li berxweda li hemberî tunebûnê; Neşikest û ne tewya qet,ew bû rêberê hebûnê. Her timî bawerî da min,astengî rakire ji holê; Evîna min mizgînî ye,dilê min tim xwe da ye pê Pak û bi rûmet û geş e,jînê dide min en jîn e. Maf pereste û azade ew rastiye li axret û dinyê, Nayê xapandin tucaran ew bi xwe ilm û cewher e; Şewq û şemal tim jê difûre ez Memyan im, ew jî Zîn ê. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 07-11-2006 BÎST Û YEK ADAR Dinya bû gulbihar û gulîstan; Geşî û ronahiye li her ciyan. Bavêjin xeydê hevdû himezkin; Niştiman bûye paytexta Cîhan. Bîst û yek adar,tunekiriye jan Karker û kedkaran,aniye jîyan. Mizgîniya Rojê bi rûmetî tê. Tovên kedkaran bi hûnerî tê. Tarî vedikşe êdî ronahî tê; Hebûna rastî bi bawerî tê. Hûn her hebin ey qahremanên gel; Evîn û hurmet,we ji me re kire rêber. Em ser ditewîne li ber we,li her der. We ji me re kire xelat,azadî ya pakber. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 01-04-204 XEWNA RENGÎN Şîyarbûm ji xewa şêrîn; Min ji xwe re dite,gulek bi rengîn. Bi min,kenya bi lêvên şekir; Heş û aqlê min,bi xwe re bir. Bejna wê,wek dara bîhê; Çav xezal bû,xwî şêrînê. Hingî xweşik û bedew bû; Bi heft dilan,dil ketibûm wê. Min bangî wê kir;Lê qemerê, Tu kî ye? lı va ra çi digerê? Xeml û xêza xwe, li ba dikir; Dilê min, li pê xwe kaş dikir. Gulî hûnayî bû, rindê; Taca zêrîn,li serê wê. Li ser hespekî rewan bû; Li dor wê,şewq û şemal bû. Nûr,ji wecîyê wê difûriya; Tîrêjên xwe,dabû geliya. Destên xwe,dirêjî min kir; Ber bi wê de çûm,ew ji min revya. Min,dabû dû şemala wê; Gul û giya,girtibû navê. Gah wenda bû,gah xuya bû; Gelek şev û rojan,mam lî pê. Min xwe didîte li ser Sîpanim; Dengê şahîyê,dihat guh min. Govendek li dar ketibû; Xecê û Sîyamed,di navdebû. Mem û Zîn,girtibû destên hev; Dilîrandin,keçên bedew. Ehmed'ê XANÎ, ji wêde dihat; Lê hatibûn hev,hozan ên hest. Hunermendan,li saza didan; Helbest û awaz berdidan. Hemdeman,meşale radikir; Egîdan,deng bilind dikir. Toz û dûxan,radibû ji erdê; Bûka gelî,dihate ji wêd. Hespa bin wê,dîs rewan bû; Xêliya li ser wê,ji heft rengabû. Xwazgîniyê wê ji her der hatibû; Ser,bin karwan,nexuyabû; Bûbûn berbû,hemû insan; Dê û bav û zarok,li vir bûn. Min,xwe berda ji ser sîpan; Min dît,bûk bû ew şewqahan. Ber bi wê de çûm,ew,ber min de hat; Şahî,difûriya ji her deran. Gava kû,em hat nêzî hev; Betal dibû,awaz û def. Gelî,heyirî û şaş mabûn; Ji ber vê heybeta,bi çeleng. Nabêna me,tişt nema bû. Pozikê sola me,li hev dabû. Destêm,bi xweber çû xêlîya wê; Dengê def û zurne,li ba bû. Ew bi xwe bû,a kû ez li pê; Min dîsa pirsî,tu kî ye lê? Ji min re got;"Kurdîstan im Ez ya te me li her jînê. Min himêzkir rengîna xwe; Ez jî ketimbihuşta xwe. Bûm xwedî War û mal li dinyê. Gîham meqsed û miradên xwe. elbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 23 -05-1998 XAKA ME YEK E De werin, werin, werin birano !. Kanî destên xwe em bibe yek cano. Xaka me yeke,maf ên me yeke. Niştiman yeke de bese xalo Em giş însane,tovên MED'a ne. Perçebûn jane,de bes hevalno.. Hebûn zana ye,pêşveçûn vaye. Bingeh avaye,de bese axano. Hezkirin şane,rexne jîyan e. Bêdengî jane,ber bijî bavo. De werin, werin, werin birano !. Kanî destên xwe,em bibe yek,cano. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 09-07-2000 İSLAM NE ZULM E,RÛMET E Mirov bê ol û xak nabe; Xak tune be,jîn çênabe. Gava kû mirov bê xak be; Hebûna wî,bi xwe herame. Nav û maf,ji bo her beşe; Dagirkerî,qet nameşe. Ji bo mirov bibe xwedî ol; Ger azad be,ne bindest be. Heger zarav qedexe be, Çandinî di bindestade be, Mazlûm bê xwedî û kole be; Gelê dinyê ne azad e. Ger azad be qewmê xwedê; Eve,ol û îman li dinê. Qey çav nabine vê zulmê; Îslam ne eve,rûmete. Îslam,li hember zulmê ye; Li ser heq û hiqûqê ye. Her beş,qewmekî xwedê ye; Dinya,mala her kesî ye. Ma ni rebê vê alemê; Em giş şandin ser ruê dinê. Ma ni got;"qet zulmê nekin; Mazlûm li ku be,dest dirêj kin". Mislimanî,ol napirse! Mafê her beş,diparêze. Zulmê tucar qebûl nake; Li hember zalim cengê dike. Nabêj,"elhes tê bibe wek min"; Zordarî tune di olê min. Kesî tucar biçûk nabîne; Ol,herkesan dihebîne. Çi Kurd,çi ereb,çi ecem; Çi Laz,çi Çerkez,çi turkmen; Hemû beşer,xwedî mafin; Li wê dinyê nobedarin. Pêwîste,em êgir vemrîne; Wê dojhê ji ser xwe hilîne. Em biparêz,mafên hevdû; Wê,bi xwe ber bihuşt şên bive. Wekheviyek,bi rûmetî; Bê zilm û zordarî û çekî; Ger em fikrên xwe,nû bikin; Ol û îmanê fêhmbikin (çebikin) Helbest :İsmet Dağ LAWÊ MİN Ev, dîroka te ye; Ev,hatina te ye; Ev, azadi ya te ye lawê mın. Buxwîn e,buxwîn e; Ger, tu xwe bivîne. Mafên xwe bistîne berxê min. Êdî bese,rabe serxwe! Binêre,li dora xwe; Bigêje heval ên xwe Lawê mın. Çanda xwe;Bijîne! Tovên xwe biçîne, Me,di bîraxwede bîne lawê min. Dîrokê ;Buxwîne! Zarav ên xwe bikarbîne. Hebûna xwe bijîne,lawê min Hûn,dîroka me ye! Hûn hatina me ye, Hûn xelasîya me ye lawê min Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 12-03-1994 BIHARE Her dor me tevd şên kiriye,rez û baxên me. Şaxên xwe diréj berdane,dar u berén me. Rûpelên xwe vekiriye,xaka jiyanê; Gul û nergiz xemilandiye,çiya û baniyên me. Bihare Zivistan diçe,bihare. Emê avdin dar ê berên xwe bi ava zelal; Emé derxin ji bin erdan,tovén pir delal. Wexta debr û çandiniyê ye,bê tahb tişt nabe; Ger em bixebitin ji bo ked bibe xweş helal. Bihare Zivistan diçe,bihare. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 09-02-1997 ÇILA RONÎ VENAMIRE Gul vebune,li her ciyan; Hemû dinya xemiliye. Jîn û jiyan ronibûye; Hebûnek nû avabûye. Çav dibine,dem diguhere; Şev diçe roj vedigere. Bilbilan,qefes şikestandine; Evina xwe dinivisînin. Xozayî serfiraz bûye; Zindî hemû azad buye. Her beş êdî xwe nû dike; Qesr û qonax avabûye. Xwediyê kedê dilbirîne; Cewher hertimî dijîne. Rastî û ronahî namire; Çila ronî venamire. Baran bariya berf helyaye; keskesor ji her cîhî xuyaye. Herkes hevdû himbêz dike; Diparêzin bi hev dilşaye. Çav dibine,dem diguhere; Şev diçe roj vedigere. Bilbilan,qefes şikestandine; Evina xwe dinivisînin. Xozayî serfiraz bûye; Zindî hemû azad buye. Her beş êdî xwe nû dike; Qesr û qonax avabûye. Xwediyê kedê dilbirîne; Cewher hertimî dijîne. Rastî û ronahî namire; Çila ronî venamire. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 04-05-1998 TU HERHEBE CANA MİN Şêrîna ber dilêmin ronahiya çavê min. Lê hevala emrê min tu her hebe cana min. Eşqa te jîn çêkiriye ciyên xwe têde kûrkiriye. Hebûna min şênkiriye tu her hebe canê min. Nav û mafê min tu ye, Deng û sazê min tu ye. Roj û heyva min tu ye Tu her hebe cana min Cana min te gelek salan êş û xem kişande ji bo min. Rêz digrim ji hebûna te tu her hebe cana min. Ez bi te xwe hînbû me bû me bûk ji te re xemilî me. Buhişta xwe dijî me tu her hebe canê min. Nav û mafê min tu ye, Deng û sazê min tu ye. Roj û heyva min tu ye. Tu her hebe cana min. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 07-01-1996 XWEŞIK Û SERBILIND E Xweşik û serbilinde;. Giran û devlikene. Eşq û hurmet jê difûre; Ew delal û cewhere. Roj û heyva çarda ye; Tîrêja şevreşa ye. Kevoka spî û şîne; Berbanga şifaqa ye. Min cara ewil ew dît; Êş û xemê min giş çûn. Ez kirime hunermend; Helbestê min li ser çêbû. Pir kesan xwaste bighê; Xwe nesiparte tu kesan. Destê xwe daye destê min; Diteqin beko ewan. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 06-03-1996 ŞÊN BIKIN Êdî gul û bilbil hatine dor me; Gulîstan avabûye li çar hêlên me. Bibgeh û qeraç şên kirine ji bo me; Pîrozbahî û cejne êdî ji bo me. Herhebin gul û bilbil her hebin. Li hevdû bimbarekbe tim hebin. Yekbûnî herdem hebûna rastîyê ye. Aşîtî azadiya Mem û Zîn ê ye. Şoreş û daxwaziya roj û heyvê ye; Evîna bêkesê bêdengiyê ye. Şên bikin qeraça şên bikin; Bingeha li her ciyan çêbikin. Şên bikin kevnara şên bikin; Şên bikin ramana şên bikin. Helbest Û muzik:İsmet dağ 04-08-1999 <poem> tlol00m6xq0p2tfr0elrtq0nbpq6a47 4 3447 6827 6826 2024-02-12T18:23:22Z MediaWiki message delivery 1032 /* Announcing the results of the UCoC Coordinating Committee Charter ratification vote */ beşeke nû wikitext text/x-wiki * '''en:''' Requests for the [[m:bot|bot]] flag should be made on this page. This wiki uses the [[m:bot policy|standard bot policy]], and allows [[m:bot policy#Global_bots|global bots]] and [[m:bot policy#Automatic_approval|automatic approval of certain types of bots]]. Other bots should apply below, and then [[m:Steward requests/Bot status|request access]] from a steward if there is no objection. ==Betawiki: better support for your language in MediaWiki == Dear community. I am writing to you to promote a special wiki called [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki Betawiki]. This wiki facilitates the localisation (l10n) of the MediaWiki interface. You may have changed many messages here to use your language in the interface, but if you would log in to for example the English language Wiktionary, you would not be able to use the interface as well translated as here. Infact, of the 1798 messages in the core of MediaWiki, 10 (ku-arab), 610 (ku-latn) messages have been translated. Betawiki also supports the translation of messages of almost 80 extensions, with about 1050 messages. If you wish to contribute to better support of your language in MediaWiki, as well as for many MediaWiki extensions, please visit [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki/Translating:Intro Betawiki], [http://nike.users.idler.fi/dev/?title=Special:Userlogin&type=signup&uselang=en create an account] and [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki/Betawiki:Rights request translator priviledges]. You can see the current status of localisation of your language on [[meta:Localization_statistics|meta]] and do not forget to get in touch with others that may already be [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki/Translating:Languages working on your language on Betawiki]. If you have any further questions, [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki/User_talk:Siebrand please let me know on my talk page on Betawiki]. We will try and assist you as much as possible, for example by importing all messages from a local wiki for you to start with, if you so desire. You can also find us on the Freenode [[w:en:Internet Relay Chat|IRC]] network in the channel #mediawiki-i18n where we would be happy to help you get started. Thank you very much for your attention and I do hope to see some of you on [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki/Etusivu Betawiki] soon! Cheers! [http://nike.users.idler.fi/betawiki/User:Siebrand Siebrand@Betawiki] 17:47, 7 kewçêr 2007 (UTC) ==Wikimania Scholarships== The call for applications for Wikimania Scholarships to attend Wikimania 2010 in Gdansk, Poland (July 9-11) is now open. The Wikimedia Foundation offers Scholarships to pay for selected individuals' round trip travel, accommodations, and registration at the conference. To apply, visit the [[wm2010:Main Page|Wikimania 2010]] [[wm2010:Scholarships|scholarships information page]], click the secure link available there, and fill out the form to apply. For additional information, please visit the Scholarships information and FAQ pages: * [[wm2010:Scholarships|Scholarships]] * [[wm2010:Scholarships/FAQ|Scholarships FAQ]] Yours very truly, [[m:User:Cary Bass|Cary Bass]]</br> Volunteer Coordinator</br> Wikimedia Foundation == 2010 Fundraising Is Almost Here == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|left]] Hello Wikimedians, My name is Sam Chapman and I am working for the Wikimedia Foundation during the 2010 Fundraiser. My job is to be the liaison between your community and the Foundation. This year's fundraiser is intended to be a collaborative and global effort; we recognize that banner messages which may perform well in the United States don't necessarily translate well, or appeal to international audiences. <Br> I'm contacting you as I am currently looking for translators who are willing to contribute to this project by helping translate and localize messages into different languages and suggesting messages that would appeal to your readers on the Fundraising Meta Page. We've started the setup on [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Fundraising_2010 meta] for both [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Fundraising_2010/Messages banner submission], [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Fundraising_2010/Banner_testing statistical analysis], and [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Fundraising_2010/Committee grouping volunteers together].<br>Use the talk pages on meta, talk to your local communities, talk to others, talk to us, and add your feedback to the proposed messages as well! I look forward to working with you during this year's fundraiser. If someone could translate this message I would really appreciate it so that everyone is able to understand our goals and contribute to this year's campaign.<br> [[m:User:Schapman|Sam Chapman]] 05:06, 21 kewçêr 2010 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0022 --> == Call for image filter referendum == The Wikimedia Foundation, at the direction of the Board of Trustees, will be holding a vote to determine whether members of the community support the creation and usage of an opt-in personal image filter, which would allow readers to voluntarily screen particular types of images strictly for their own account. Further details and educational materials will be available shortly. The referendum is scheduled for 12-27 August, 2011, and will be conducted on servers hosted by a neutral third party. Referendum details, officials, voting requirements, and supporting materials will be posted at [[Meta:Image filter referendum]] shortly. Sorry for delivering you a message in English. Please help translate the pages on the referendum on Meta and join the [[mail:translators-l|translators mailing list]]. For the coordinating committee,<br /> [[m:User:Philippe (WMF)|Philippe (WMF)]]<br /> [[m:User:Cbrown1023|Cbrown1023]]<br/> [[m:User:Risker|Risker]]</br> [[m:User:Mardetanha|Mardetanha]]<br/> [[m:User:PeterSymonds|PeterSymonds]]<br/> [[m:User:Robertmharris|Robert Harris]] <!-- EdwardsBot 0090 --> == Terms of Use update == ''I apologize that you are receiving this message in English. Please help translate it.'' Hello, The Wikimedia Foundation is discussing changes to its Terms of Use. The discussion can be found at [[m:Talk:Terms of use|Talk:Terms of use]]. Everyone is invited to join in. Because the new version of [[m:Terms of use|Terms of use]] is not in final form, we are not able to present official translations of it. Volunteers are welcome to translate it, as German volunteers have done at [[:m:Terms of use/de]], but we ask that you note at the top that the translation is unofficial and may become outdated as the English version is changed. The translation request can be found at [[m:Translation requests/WMF/Terms of Use 2]] -- [[m:User:Mdennis (WMF)|Maggie Dennis, Community Liaison]] 01:01, 27 kewçêr 2011 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0119 --> == Open Call for 2012 Wikimedia Fellowship Applicants == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] ''I apologize that you are receiving this message in English. Please help translate it.'' *Do you want to help attract new contributors to Wikimedia projects? *Do you want to improve retention of our existing editors? *Do you want to strengthen our community by diversifying its base and increasing the overall number of excellent participants around the world? The Wikimedia Foundation is seeking Community Fellows and project ideas for the Community Fellowship Program. A Fellowship is a temporary position at the Wikimedia Foundation in order to work on a specific project or set of projects. Submissions for 2012 are encouraged to focus on the theme of improving editor retention and increasing participation in Wikimedia projects. If interested, please submit a project idea or apply to be a fellow by January 15, 2012. Please visit https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Fellowships for more information. Thanks! --[[m:User:Sbouterse (WMF)|Siko Bouterse, Head of Community Fellowships, Wikimedia Foundation]] 02:52, 22 Berfanbar 2011 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0139 --> == Announcing Wikipedia 1.19 beta == Wikimedia Foundation is getting ready to push out 1.19 to all the WMF-hosted wikis. As we finish wrapping up our code review, you can test the new version ''right now'' on [http://beta.wmflabs.org/ beta.wmflabs.org]. For more information, please read the [https://svn.wikimedia.org/viewvc/mediawiki/trunk/phase3/RELEASE-NOTES-1.19?view=markup release notes] or the [[mw:MediaWiki_1.19|start of the final announcement]]. The following are the areas that you will probably be most interested in: * [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/show_bug.cgi?id=33711#c2 Faster loading of javascript files makes dependency tracking more important.] * New common*.css files usable by skins instead of having to copy piles of generic styles from MonoBook or Vector's css. * The default user signature now contains a talk link in addition to the user link. * Searching blocked usernames in block log is now clearer. * Better timezone recognition in user preferences. * Improved diff readability for colorblind people. * The interwiki links table can now be accessed also when the interwiki cache is used (used in the API and the Interwiki extension). * More gender support (for instance in logs and user lists). * Language converter improved, e.g. it now works depending on the page content language. * Time and number-formatting magic words also now depend on the page content language. * Bidirectional support further improved after 1.18. Report any [http://labs.wikimedia.beta.wmflabs.org/wiki/Problem_reports problems] on the labs beta wiki and we'll work to address them before they software is released to the production wikis. '''Note''' that this cluster does have SUL but it is not integrated with SUL in production, so you'll need to create another account. You should avoid using the same password as you use here. — [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] 16:20, 15 rêbendan 2012 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0145 --> == MediaWiki 1.19 == (Apologies if this message isn't in your language.) The Wikimedia Foundation is planning to upgrade MediaWiki (the software powering this wiki) to its latest version this month. You can help to test it before it is enabled, to avoid disruption and breakage. More information is available [[:mw:MediaWiki 1.19/Deployment announcement|in the full announcement]]. Thank you for your understanding. [[:m:user:guillom|Guillaume Paumier]], via the [[:m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery system]] <small>([[:m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|wrong page? You can fix it.]])</small>. 15:08, 12 reşemî 2012 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0154 --> == Update on IPv6 == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] (Apologies if this message isn't in your language. Please consider translating it, as well as '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/IPv6 initiative/2012 IPv6 Day announcement|the full version of this announcement on Meta]]''') The Wikimedia Foundation is planning to do limited testing of IPv6 on June 2-3. If there are not too many problems, we may fully enable IPv6 on [http://www.worldipv6day.org/ World IPv6 day] (June 6), and keep it enabled. What this means for your project: *At least on June 2-3, 2012, you may see a small number of edits from IPv6 addresses, which are in the form "<code>2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334</code>". See e.g. [[w:en:IPv6 address]]. These addresses should behave like any other IP address: You can leave messages on their talk pages; you can track their contributions; you can block them. (See [[m:Special:MyLanguage/IPv6 initiative/2012 IPv6 Day announcement|the full version of this announcement]] for notes on range blocks.) *In the mid term, some user scripts and tools will need to be adapted for IPv6. *We suspect that IPv6 usage is going to be very low initially, meaning that abuse should be manageable, and we will assist in the monitoring of the situation. Read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/IPv6 initiative/2012 IPv6 Day announcement|the full version of this announcement]] on how to test the behavior of IPv6 with various tools and how to leave bug reports, and to find a fuller analysis of the implications of the IPv6 migration. --[[m:User:Eloquence|Erik Möller, VP of Engineering and Product Development, Wikimedia Foundation]] 01:09, 2 pûşper 2012 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0201 --> == 2011 Picture of the Year competition == <small>[[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2011/Translations/mk|{{#language:mk}}]] • [[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2011/Translations/no|{{#language:no}}]] • [[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2011/Translations/pl|{{#language:pl}}]]</small> Dear Wikimedians, Wikimedia Commons is happy to announce that the ''2011 Picture of the Year competition'' is now open. We are interested in your opinion as to which images qualify to be the ''Picture of the Year 2011''. Any user registered at Commons or a Wikimedia wiki SUL-related to Commons [//toolserver.org/~pathoschild/accounteligibility/?user=&wiki=&event=24 with more than 75 edits before 1 April 2012 (UTC)] is welcome to vote and, of course everyone is welcome to view! Detailed information about the contest can be found [[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2011/Introduction|at the introductory page]]. About 600 of the best of Wikimedia Common's photos, animations, movies and graphics were chosen &ndash;by the international Wikimedia Commons community&ndash; out of 12 million files during ''2011'' and are now called ''Featured Pictures''. From professional animal and plant shots to breathtaking panoramas and skylines, restorations of historically relevant images, images portraying the world's best architecture, maps, emblems, diagrams created with the most modern technology, and impressive human portraits, Commons ''Features Pictures'' of all flavors. For your convenience, we have sorted the images [[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2011/Galleries|into topic categories]]. We regret that you receive this message in English; we intended to use banners to notify you in your native language but there was both, human and technical resistance. See you on Commons! --[[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2011/Committee|Picture of the Year 2011 Committee]] 18:27, 5 pûşper 2012 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0205 --> == Mobile view as default view coming soon == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] ''(Apologies if this message isn't in your language. Please consider translating it, as well as the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Mobile Projects/Mobile Gateway/Mobile homepage formatting|instructions on Meta]])'' The mobile view of this project and others will soon become the default view on mobile devices (except tablets). Some language versions of these projects currently show no content on the mobile home page, and it is a good time to do a little formatting so users get a mobile-friendly view, or to add to existing mobile content if some already exists. If you are an administrator, please consider helping with this change. There are [[m:Mobile Projects/Mobile Gateway/Mobile homepage formatting|instructions]] which are being translated. The proposed date of switching the default view is July 5. To contact the mobile team, email <tt>mobile-feedback-l[[File:At_sign.svg|17px|link=]]lists.wikimedia.org</tt>. --[[m:User:Pchang|Phil Inje Chang, Product Manager, Mobile, Wikimedia Foundation]] 04:50, 29 pûşper 2012 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0217 --> == Help decide about more than $10 million of Wikimedia donations in the coming year == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] ''(Apologies if this message isn't in your language. Please consider translating it)'' Hi, As many of you are aware, the Wikimedia Board of Trustees recently initiated important changes in the way that money is being distributed within the Wikimedia movement. As part of this, a new community-led "[[m:Funds_Dissemination_Committee/Framework_for_the_Creation_and_Initial_Operation_of_the_FDC|Funds Dissemination Committee]]" (FDC) is currently being set up. Already in 2012-13, its recommendations will guide the decisions about the distribution of over 10 million US dollars among the Foundation, chapters and other [[m:Funds_Dissemination_Committee/Framework_for_the_Creation_and_Initial_Operation_of_the_FDC#Eligible_fund-seeking_entities|eligible entities]]. Now, seven capable, knowledgeable and trustworthy community members are sought to volunteer on the initial Funds Dissemination Committee. It is expected to take up its work in September. In addition, a community member is sought to be the [[m:Funds_Dissemination_Committee/Framework_for_the_Creation_and_Initial_Operation_of_the_FDC#FDC_Ombudsperson|Ombudsperson]] for the FDC process. If you are interested in joining the committee, read the [[m:Funds Dissemination Committee/Call for Volunteers|call for volunteers]]. Nominations are planned to close on August 15. --[[m:User:ASengupta_(WMF)|Anasuya Sengupta]], Director of Global Learning and Grantmaking, Wikimedia Foundation 20:13, 19 tîrmeh 2012 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0223 --> == Request for Comment: Legal Fees Assistance Program == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] ''I apologize for addressing you in English. I would be grateful if you could translate this message into your language.'' The Wikimedia Foundation is conducting a [[:m:Request_for_comment/Legal_Fees_Assistance_Program|request for comment]] on a [[:m:Legal_and_Community_Advocacy/Legal_Fees_Assistance_Program|proposed program]] that could provide legal assistance to users in specific support roles who are named in a legal complaint as a defendant because of those roles. We wanted to be sure that your community was aware of this discussion and would have a chance to participate in [[:m:Request_for_comment/Legal_Fees_Assistance_Program|that discussion]]. If this page is not the best place to publicize this request for comment, please help spread the word to those who may be interested in participating. (If you'd like to help translating the "request for comment", program policy or other pages into your language and don't know how the translation system works, please come by my user talk page at [[:m:User talk:Mdennis (WMF)]]. I'll be happy to assist or to connect you with a volunteer who can assist.) Thank you! --[[:m:User:Mdennis (WMF)|Mdennis (WMF)]]02:02, 6 rezber 2012 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0245 --> == Wikidata is getting close to a first roll-out == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] (Apologies if this message isn't in your language.) As some of you might already have heard Wikimedia Deutschland is working on a new Wikimedia project. It is called [[m:Wikidata]]. The goal of Wikidata is to become a central data repository for the Wikipedias, its sister projects and the world. In the future it will hold data like the number of inhabitants of a country, the date of birth of a famous person or the length of a river. These can then be used in all Wikimedia projects and outside of them. The project is divided into three phases and "we are getting close to roll-out the first phase". The phases are: # language links in the Wikipedias (making it possible to store the links between the language editions of an article just once in Wikidata instead of in each linked article) # infoboxes (making it possible to store the data that is currently in infoboxes in one central place and share the data) # lists (making it possible to create lists and similar things based on queries to Wikidata so they update automatically when new data is added or modified) It'd be great if you could join us, test the [http://wikidata-test.wikimedia.de demo version], provide feedback and take part in the development of Wikidata. You can find all the relevant information including an [[m:Wikidata/FAQ|FAQ]] and sign-up links for our on-wiki newsletter on [[m:Wikidata|the Wikidata page on Meta]]. For further discussions please use [[m:Talk:Wikidata|this talk page]] (if you are uncomfortable writing in English you can also write in your native language there) or point [[m:User_talk:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)|me]] to the place where your discussion is happening so I can answer there. --[[m:User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)|Lydia Pintscher]] 13:27, 10 rezber 2012 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0248 --> == Upcoming software changes - please report any problems == [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] <div dir=ltr> ''(Apologies if this message isn't in your language. Please consider translating it)'' All Wikimedia wikis - including this one - will soon be upgraded with new and possibly disruptive code. This process starts today and finishes on October 24 (see the [[mw:MediaWiki_1.21/Roadmap|upgrade schedule]] & [[mw:MediaWiki 1.21/wmf2|code details]]). Please watch for problems with: * revision diffs * templates * CSS and JavaScript pages (like user scripts) * bots * PDF export * images, video, and sound, especially scaling sizes * the CologneBlue skin If you notice any problems, please [[mw:How to report a bug|report problems]] at [[mw:Bugzilla|our defect tracker site]]. You can test for possible problems at [https://test2.wikipedia.org test2.wikipedia.org] and [https://mediawiki.org/ mediawiki.org], which have already been updated. Thanks! With your help we can find problems fast and get them fixed faster. [[mw:User:Sharihareswara (WMF)|Sumana Harihareswara, Wikimedia Foundation Engineering Community Manager]] ([[mw:User talk:Sharihareswara (WMF)|talk]]) 03:02, 16 kewçêr 2012 (UTC) P.S.: For the regular, smaller MediaWiki updates every two weeks, please [[mw:MediaWiki_1.21/Roadmap|watch this schedule]]. <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0278 --> == Fundraising localization: volunteers from outside the USA needed == ''Please translate for your local community'' Hello All, The Wikimedia Foundation's Fundraising team have begun our 'User Experience' project, with the goal of understanding the donation experience in different countries outside the USA and enhancing the localization of our donation pages. I am searching for volunteers to spend 30 minutes on a Skype chat with me, reviewing their own country's donation pages. It will be done on a 'usability' format (I will ask you to read the text and go through the donation flow) and will be asking your feedback in the meanwhile. The only pre-requisite is for the volunteer to actually live in the country and to have access to at least one donation method that we offer for that country (mainly credit/debit card, but also real-time banking like IDEAL, E-wallets, etc...) so we can do a live test and see if the donation goes through. ''All volunteers will be reimbursed of the donations that eventually succeed'' (and they will be low amounts, like 1-2 dollars) By helping us you are actually helping thousands of people to support our mission of free knowledge across the world. Please sing up and help us with our 'User Experience' project! :) If you are interested (or know of anyone who could be) please email ppena@wikimedia.org. All countries needed (excepting USA)! Thanks!<br /> [[wmf:User:Ppena|Pats Pena]]<br /> Global Fundraising Operations Manager, Wikimedia Foundation Sent using [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]], 17:08, 17 kewçêr 2012 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0280 --> == Be a Wikimedia fundraising "User Experience" volunteer! == Thank you to everyone who volunteered last year on the Wikimedia fundraising 'User Experience' project. We have talked to many different people in different countries and their feedback has helped us immensely in restructuring our pages. If you haven't heard of it yet, the 'User Experience' project has the goal of understanding the donation experience in different countries (outside the USA) and enhancing the localization of our donation pages. I am (still) searching for volunteers to spend some time on a Skype chat with me, reviewing their own country's donation pages. It will be done on a 'usability' format (I will ask you to read the text and go through the donation flow) and will be asking your feedback in the meanwhile. The only pre-requisite is for the volunteer to actually live in the country and to have access to at least one donation method that we offer for that country (mainly credit/debit card, but also real time banking like IDEAL, E-wallets, etc...) so we can do a live test and see if the donation goes through. **All volunteers will be reimbursed of the donations that eventually succeed (and they will be very low amounts, like 1-2 dollars)** By helping us you are actually helping thousands of people to support our mission of free knowledge across the world. If you are interested (or know of anyone who could be) please email ppena@wikimedia.org. All countries needed (excepting USA)!! Thanks! [[m:User:Ppena (WMF)|Pats Pena]]<br/> Global Fundraising Operations Manager, Wikimedia Foundation : Sent using [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]], 21:03, 8 rêbendan 2013 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 331 --> == Wikimedia sites to move to primary data center in Ashburn, Virginia. Read-only mode expected. == (Apologies if this message isn't in your language.) Next week, the Wikimedia Foundation will transition its main technical operations to a new data center in Ashburn, Virginia, USA. This is intended to improve the technical performance and reliability of all Wikimedia sites, including this wiki. There will be some times when the site will be in read-only mode, and there may be full outages; the current target windows for the migration are January 22nd, 23rd and 24th, 2013, from 17:00 to 01:00 UTC (see [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?msg=Wikimedia+data+center+migration&iso=20130122T17&ah=8 other timezones] on timeanddate.com). More information is available [https://blog.wikimedia.org/2013/01/19/wikimedia-sites-move-to-primary-data-center-in-ashburn-virginia/ in the full announcement]. If you would like to stay informed of future technical upgrades, consider [[m:Tech/Ambassadors|becoming a Tech ambassador]] and [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikitech-ambassadors joining the ambassadors mailing list]. You will be able to help your fellow Wikimedians have a voice in technical discussions and be notified of important decisions. Thank you for your help and your understanding. [[:m:user:guillom|Guillaume Paumier]], via the [[:m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery system]] <small>([[:m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|wrong page? You can fix it.]])</small>. 15:27, 19 rêbendan 2013 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0338 --> == Picture of the Year voting round 1 open == Dear Wikimedians, Wikimedia Commons is happy to announce that the 2012 Picture of the Year competition is now open. We're interested in your opinion as to which images qualify to be the Picture of the Year for 2012. Voting is open to established Wikimedia users who meet the following criteria: :# Users must have an account, at any Wikimedia project, which was registered '''before Tue, 01 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0000''' [UTC]. :# This user account must have more than '''75 edits''' on '''any single''' Wikimedia project '''before Tue, 01 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0000''' [UTC]. Please check your account eligibility at the [//toolserver.org/~pathoschild/accounteligibility/?user=&wiki=&event=27 POTY 2012 Contest Eligibility tool]. :# Users must vote with an account meeting the above requirements either on Commons or another SUL-related Wikimedia project (for other Wikimedia projects, the account must be attached to the user's Commons account through [[meta:Help:Unified login|SUL]]). Hundreds of images that have been rated Featured Pictures by the international Wikimedia Commons community in the past year are all entered in this competition. From professional animal and plant shots to breathtaking panoramas and skylines, restorations of historically relevant images, images portraying the world's best architecture, maps, emblems, diagrams created with the most modern technology, and impressive human portraits, Commons features pictures of all flavors. For your convenience, we have sorted the images into topic categories. Two rounds of voting will be held: In the first round, you can vote for as many images as you like. The first round category winners and the top ten overall will then make it to the final. In the final round, when a limited number of images are left, you must decide on the one image that you want to become the Picture of the Year. To see the candidate images just go to [[commons:Commons:Picture_of_the_Year/2012|the POTY 2012 page on Wikimedia Commons]]. Wikimedia Commons celebrates our featured images of 2012 with this contest. Your votes decide the Picture of the Year, so remember to vote in the first round by '''January 30, 2013'''. Thanks,<br /> the Wikimedia Commons Picture of the Year committee<br /> <small>This message was delivered based on [[:m:Distribution list/Global message delivery]]. Translation fetched from: [[:commons:Commons:Picture of the Year/2012/Translations/Village Pump/en]] -- [[Bikarhêner:Rillke|Rillke]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:Rillke|gotûbêj]]) 23:54, 22 rêbendan 2013 (UTC)</small> == Help turn ideas into grants in the new IdeaLab == <div class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikimedia_Foundation_RGB_logo_with_text.svg|80px|right]] ''I apologize if this message is not in your language. Please help translate it.'' *Do you have an idea for a project to improve this community or website? *Do you think you could complete your idea if only you had some funding? *Do you want to help other people turn their ideas into project plans or grant proposals? Please join us in the [[m:Grants:IdeaLab|IdeaLab]], an incubator for project ideas and Individual Engagement Grant proposals. The Wikimedia Foundation is seeking new ideas and proposals for Individual Engagement Grants. These grants fund individuals or small groups to complete projects that help improve this community. If interested, please submit a completed proposal by February 15, 2013. Please visit https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Grants:IEG for more information. Thanks! --[[m:User:Sbouterse (WMF)|Siko Bouterse, Head of Individual Engagement Grants, Wikimedia Foundation]] 20:36, 30 rêbendan 2013 (UTC) <small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Correct it here]].)</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0344 --> == Convert complex templates to Lua to make them faster and more powerful == <small>(Please consider translating this message for the benefit of your fellow Wikimedians)</small> Greetings. As you might have seen on the [https://blog.wikimedia.org/2013/03/11/lua-templates-faster-more-flexible-pages/ Wikimedia tech blog] or the [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-ambassadors/2013-March/000171.html tech ambassadors list], a new functionality called "Lua" is being enabled on all Wikimedia sites today. [[mw:Lua|Lua]] is a scripting language that enables you to write faster and more powerful MediaWiki templates. If you have questions about how to convert existing templates to Lua (or how to create new ones), we'll be holding two support sessions on IRC next week: [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=02&min=00&sec=0&day=20&month=03&year=2013 one on Wednesday] (for Oceania, Asia & America) and [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=18&min=00&sec=0&day=22&month=03&year=2013 one on Friday] (for Europe, Africa & America); see [[m:IRC office hours]] for the details. If you can't make it, you can also get help at [[mw:Talk:Lua scripting]]. If you'd like to learn about this kind of events earlier in advance, consider becoming a [[m:Tech/Ambassadors|Tech ambassador]] by subscribing to the [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/wikitech-ambassadors mailing list]. You will also be able to help your fellow Wikimedians have a voice in technical discussions and be notified of important decisions. [[:m:user:guillom|Guillaume Paumier]], via the [[:m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery system]]. 20:04, 13 adar 2013 (UTC) <small>([[:m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|wrong page? You can fix it.]])</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0379 --> == [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders|Request for comment on inactive administrators]] == <small>(Please consider translating this message for the benefit of your fellow Wikimedians. Please also consider translating [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Summary|the proposal]].)</small> <small>[[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message|Read this message in English]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/ast|Lleer esti mensaxe n'asturianu]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/bn|বাংলায় এই বার্তাটি পড়ুন]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/ca|Llegiu aquest missatge en català]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/da|Læs denne besked på dansk]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/de|Lies diese Nachricht auf Deutsch]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/egl|Leś cal mesag' chè in Emiliàn]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/es|Leer este mensaje en español]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/fi|Lue tämä viesti suomeksi]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/fr|Lire ce message en français]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/gl|Ler esta mensaxe en galego]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/hi|हिन्दी]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/hr|Pročitajte ovu poruku na hrvatskom]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/id|Baca pesan ini dalam Bahasa Indonesia]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/it|Leggi questo messaggio in italiano]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/kn|ಈ ಸಂದೇಶವನ್ನು ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಓದಿ]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/mt|Aqra dan il-messaġġ bil-Malti]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/nb|norsk (bokmål)]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/nl|Lees dit bericht in het Nederlands]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/pl|Przeczytaj tę wiadomość po polsku]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/ro|Citiți acest mesaj în română]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/ru|Прочитать это сообщение на русском]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/so|Farriintaan ku aqri Af-Soomaali]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/sr|Pročitaj ovu poruku na srpskom (Прочитај ову поруку на српском)]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/th|อ่านข้อความนี้ในภาษาไทย]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/uk|Прочитати це повідомлення українською мовою]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/vi|Đọc thông báo bằng tiếng Việt]] / [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message/zh|使用中文阅读本信息。]]</small> Hello! There is [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders|a new request for comment]] on Meta-Wiki concerning the removal of administrative rights from long-term inactive Wikimedians. Generally, this proposal from stewards would apply to wikis without an administrators' review process. We are also compiling a [[m:Talk:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders|list of projects]] with procedures for removing inactive administrators on the talk page of the request for comment. Feel free to add your project(s) to the list if you have a policy on administrator inactivity. All input is appreciated. The discussion may close as soon as 21 May 2013 (2013-05-21), but this will be extended if needed. Thanks, [[m:User:Billinghurst|Billinghurst]] <small>(thanks to all the [[m:Requests for comment/Activity levels of advanced administrative rights holders/Global message|translators]]!)</small> 04:56, 24 avrêl 2013 (UTC) :<small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] (Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|You can fix it]].)</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0430 --> == [en] Change to wiki account system and account renaming == <div class="mw-content-ltr"> Some accounts will soon be renamed due to a technical change that the developer team at Wikimedia are making. [[m:Single User Login finalisation announcement|More details on Meta]]. <small>(Distributed via [[m:global message delivery|global message delivery]] 03:50, 30 avrêl 2013 (UTC). Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Correct it here]].)</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0437 --> == [en] Change to section edit links == <div class="mw-content-ltr"> The default position of the "edit" link in page section headers is going to change soon. The "edit" link will be positioned adjacent to the page header text rather than floating opposite it. Section edit links will be to the immediate right of section titles, instead of on the far right. If you're an editor of one of the wikis which already implemented this change, nothing will substantially change for you; however, scripts and gadgets depending on the previous implementation of section edit links will have to be adjusted to continue working; however, nothing else should break even if they are not updated in time. [[m:Change to section edit links|Detailed information and a timeline]] is available on meta. Ideas to do this all the way to 2009 at least. It is often difficult to track which of several potential section edit links on the far right is associated with the correct section, and many readers and anonymous or new editors may even be failing to notice section edit links at all, since they read section titles, which are far away from the links. <small>(Distributed via [[m:global message delivery|global message delivery]] 18:40, 30 avrêl 2013 (UTC). Wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Correct it here]].)</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0438 --> == Tech newsletter: Subscribe to receive the next editions == <div style="width:auto; padding: 1em; background:#fdf6e3;" class="plainlinks" ><big>Latest '''[[m:Tech/News|<span style="color:#268bd2;">Tech news</span>]]''' from the Wikimedia technical community.</big> ''Please inform other users about these changes.''</div> <div style="width:auto; padding: 1em; border: 2px solid #fdf6e3;" class="plainlinks" > ;Recent software changes: ''(Not all changes will affect you.)'' * The latest version of MediaWiki (version [[mw:MediaWiki 1.22/wmf4|1.22/wmf4]]) was added to non-Wikipedia wikis on May 13, and to the English Wikipedia (with a Wikidata software update) on May 20. It will be updated on all other Wikipedia sites on May 22. [https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/gitweb?p=operations/mediawiki-config.git;a=commitdiff;h=ed976cf0c14fa3632fd10d9300bb646bfd6fe751;hp=c6c7bb1e5caaddf7325de9eef0e7bf85bcf5cc35] [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069458.html] * A software update will perhaps result in temporary issues with images. Please [[m:Tech/Ambassadors|report any problems]] you notice. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069458.html] * MediaWiki recognizes links in twelve new [[:w:en:URI scheme|schemes]]. Users can now link to [[:w:en:SSH|SSH]], [[:w:en:XMPP|XMPP]] and [[:w:en:Bitcoin|Bitcoin]] directly from wikicode. [https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/gitweb?p=mediawiki/core.git;a=commitdiff;h=a89d623302b5027dbb2d06941a22372948757685] * VisualEditor was added to [[bugzilla:48430|all content namespaces]] on mediawiki.org on May 20. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069458.html] * A new extension ("TemplateData") was added to all Wikipedia sites on May 20. It will allow a future version of VisualEditor to [[bugzilla:44444|edit templates]]. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069458.html] * New sites: [[:voy:el:|Greek Wikivoyage]] and [[:wikt:vec:|Venetian Wiktionary]] joined the Wikimedia family last week; the total number of project wikis is now 794. [https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/gitweb?p=operations/mediawiki-config.git;a=commit;h=5d7536b403730bb502580e21243f923c3b79da0e] [https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/gitweb?p=operations/mediawiki-config.git;a=commit;h=43c9eebdfc976333be5c890439ba1fae3bef46f7] * The logo of 18 Wikipedias was changed to [[w:en:Wikipedia:Wikipedia_logos#The_May_2010_logo|version 2.0]] in a [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikimedia-l/2013-May/125999.html third group of updates]. [https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/gitweb?p=operations/mediawiki-config.git;a=commitdiff;h=4688adbe467440eea318eecf04839fdd9ffa0565] * The [[:commons:Special:UploadWizard|UploadWizard]] on Commons now shows links to the old upload form in 55 languages ([[:bugzilla:33513|bug 33513]]). [https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/gitweb?p=operations/mediawiki-config.git;a=commit;h=4197fa18a22660296d0e5b84820d5ebb4cef46d4] ;Future software changes: * The next version of MediaWiki (version 1.22/wmf5) will be added to Wikimedia sites starting on May 27. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069458.html] * An updated version of [[mw:Echo (Notifications)|Notifications]], with new features and fewer bugs, will be added to the English Wikipedia on May 23. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069458.html] * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Single User Login finalisation announcement|final version]] of the "single user login" (which allows people to use the same username on different Wikimedia wikis) is moved to August 2013. The software will [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-ambassadors/2013-April/000217.html automatically rename] some usernames. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-ambassadors/2013-May/000233.html] * A [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Flow|new discussion system]] for MediaWiki, called "Flow", is under development. Wikimedia designers need your help to inform other users, [http://unicorn.wmflabs.org/flow/ test the prototype] and discuss the interface. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2013-May/069433.html]. * The Wikimedia Foundation is hiring people to act as links between software developers and users for VisualEditor. [http://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-ambassadors/2013-May/000245.html] </div> <div style="font-size:90%; font-style:italic; background:#fdf6e3; padding:1em;">'''[[m:Tech/News|Tech news]]''' prepared by [[m:Tech/Ambassadors|tech ambassadors]] and posted by [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] • [[m:Tech/News#contribute|Contribute]] • [[m:Tech/News/2013/21|Translate]] • [[m:Tech|Get help]] • [[m:Talk:Tech/News|Give feedback]] • [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|Unsubscribe]] • 20:50, 20 gulan 2013 (UTC) </div> <div style="float:left; background:#eee8d5; border: .2em solid #dc322f; border-left: .7em solid #dc322f; padding: 1em; "><span style="color:#dc322f;font-weight:bold;">Important note:</span> This is the first edition of the [[m:Tech/News|Tech News]] weekly summaries, which help you monitor recent software changes likely to impact you and your fellow Wikimedians. '''If you want to continue to receive the next issues every week''', please '''[[m:Global message delivery/Targets/Tech ambassadors|subscribe to the newsletter]]'''. You can subscribe your personal talk page and a community page like this one. The newsletter can be [[m:Tech/News/2013/21|translated into your language]]. You can also [[m:Tech/Ambassadors|become a tech ambassador]], [[m:Tech/News|help us write the next newsletter]] and [[m:Talk:Tech/News|tell us what to improve]]. Your feedback is greatly appreciated. [[m:user:guillom|guillom]] 20:50, 20 gulan 2013 (UTC)</div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0455 --> == Trademark discussion == Hi, apologies for posting this in English, but I wanted to alert your community to a discussion on Meta about potential changes to the Wikimedia Trademark Policy. Please translate this statement if you can. We hope that you will all participate in the discussion; we also welcome translations of the legal team’s statement into as many languages as possible and encourage you to voice your thoughts there. Please see the [[:m:Trademark practices discussion|Trademark practices discussion (on Meta-Wiki)]] for more information. Thank you! --[[:m:User:Mdennis_(WMF)|Mdennis (WMF)]] ([[:m:User talk:Mdennis_(WMF)|talk]]) <!-- EdwardsBot 0473 --> == [[:m:Requests_for_comment/X!'s_Edit_Counter|X!'s Edit Counter]] == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <small>(Sorry for writing in English. You can [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Requests_for_comment/X!%27s_Edit_Counter/Summary|translate the proposal]].)</small> Should [[tools:~tparis/pcount|X!'s edit counter]] retain the opt-in requirement? Your input is strongly encouraged. [[:m:Requests_for_comment/X!'s_Edit_Counter|Voice your input here]].——[[:m:w:User:Cyberpower678|<span style="color:green;font-family:Neuropol">cyberpower]] [[:m:w:User talk:Cyberpower678|<sup style="color:purple;font-family:arnprior">Chat]]<sub style="margin-left:-4.4ex;color:purple;font-family:arnprior">Automation</sub> 04:42, 23 pûşper 2013 (UTC) :<small>Distributed via [[:m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]. (Wrong page? [[:m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Fix here]].)</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0505 --> == Universal Language Selector will be enabled on 2013-07-09 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> On July 9, 2013, [[mw:Universal Language Selector|Universal Language Selector]] (ULS) will be enabled on this wiki. The ULS provides a flexible way to configure and deliver language settings like interface language, fonts, and input methods (keyboard mappings). Making it available here is the last phase of making ULS available on all Wikimedia wikis. Please read the announcement on [[m:Announcement Universal Language Selector|Meta-Wiki]] for more information. [[m:User_talk:Siebrand|Siebrand]] 12:40, 4 tîrmeh 2013 (UTC) <small>(via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]).</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0515 --> == Pywikipedia is migrating to git == Hello, Sorry for English but It's very important for bot operators so I hope someone translates this. [[mw:PWB|Pywikipedia]] is migrating to Git so after July 26, SVN checkouts won't be updated If you're using Pywikipedia you have to switch to git, otherwise you will use out-dated framework and your bot might not work properly. There is a [[mw:Manual:Pywikipediabot/Gerrit|manual]] for doing that and a [https://blog.wikimedia.org/2013/07/23/pywikipediabot-moving-to-git-on-july-26/ blog post] explaining about this change in non-technical language. If you have question feel free to ask in [[mw:Manual talk:Pywikipediabot/Gerrit]], [https://lists.wikimedia.org/mailman/listinfo/pywikipedia-l mailing list], or in the [irc://irc.freenode.net/#pywikipediabot IRC channel]. Best [[mw:User:Ladsgroup|Amir]] <small>(via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]]).</small> 13:27, 23 tîrmeh 2013 (UTC) <!-- EdwardsBot 0534 --> == HTTPS for users with an account == Greetings. Starting on August 21 (tomorrow), all users with an account will be using [[m:w:en:HTTPS|HTTPS]] to access Wikimedia sites. HTTPS brings better security and improves your privacy. More information is available at [[m:HTTPS]]. If HTTPS causes problems for you, tell us [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org on bugzilla], [[m:IRC|on IRC]] (in the <code>#wikimedia-operations</code> channel) or [[m:Talk:HTTPS|on meta]]. If you can't use the other methods, you can also send an e-mail to <code>https@wikimedia.org</code>. [[m:User:Greg (WMF)|Greg Grossmeier]] <small>(via the [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] system)</small>. 19:21, 20 gelawêj 2013 (UTC) <small>(wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|You can fix it.]])</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0560 --> == [[:m:Community Logo/Request for consultation|Request for consultation on community logo]] == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:Wikimedia Community Logo.svg|thumb|Request for consultation on this community logo]] First, I’d like to apologize for the English. If you can, please help to translate this for other members of your community. The legal team at the Wikimedia Foundation would greatly appreciate your input on the best way to manage the "community logo" (pictured here) to best balance protection of the projects with community support. Accordingly, they have created a “request for consultation” on Meta where they set out briefly some of the issues to be considered and the options that they perceive. [[:m:Community Logo/Request for consultation|Your input would be invaluable]] in helping guide them in how best to serve our mission. Thank you! --[[m:User:Mdennis|Mdennis]] ([[m:User talk:Mdennis|talk]]) <small>(via the [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] system)</small>. 02:46, 24 rezber 2013 (UTC) <small>(wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|You can fix it.]])</small> </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0590 --> == [[mw:Echo|Notifications]] == [[File:Notifications-Flyout-Screenshot-08-10-2013-Cropped.png|thumb|300px|Notifications inform you of new activity that affects you -- and let you take quick action.]] ''(This message is in English, please translate as needed)'' Greetings! [[mw:Echo|Notifications]] will inform users about new activity that affects them on this wiki in a unified way: for example, this new tool will let you know when you have new talk page messages, edit reverts, mentions or links -- and is designed to augment (rather than replace) the watchlist. The Wikimedia Foundation's editor engagement team developed this tool (code-named 'Echo') earlier this year, to help users contribute more productively to MediaWiki projects. We're now getting ready to bring Notifications to almost all other Wikimedia sites, and are aiming for a 22 October deployment, as outlined in [[mw:Echo/Release_Plan_2013|this release plan]]. It is important that notifications is translated for all of the languages we serve. There are three major points of translation needed to be either done or checked: *[https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-echo#sortable:3=desc Echo on translatewiki for user interface] - you must have an account on translatewiki to translate *[https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-thanks#sortable:3=desc Thanks on translatewiki for user interface] - you must have an account on translatewiki to translate *[[mw:Help:Notifications|Notifications help on mediawiki.org]]. This page can be hosted after translation on mediawiki.org or we can localize it to this Wikipedia. You do not have to have an account to translate on mediawiki, but single-user login will create it for you there if you follow the link. :*[[mw:Echo/Release Plan 2013#Checklist|Checklist]] Please let us know if you have any questions, suggestions or comments about this new tool. For more information, visit [[mw:Echo_(Notifications)|this project hub]] and [[mw:Help:Notifications|this help page]]. [[m:User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Keegan (WMF)|talk]]) 18:52, 4 kewçêr 2013 (UTC) :<small>(via the [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] system) (wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|You can fix it.]])</small> <!-- EdwardsBot 0597 --> == Speak up about the trademark registration of the Community logo. == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hi all, Please join the consultation about the Community logo that represents Meta-Wiki: [[:m:Community Logo/Request for consultation]]. This community consultation was commenced on September 24. The following day, two individuals filed a legal opposition against the registration of the Community logo. The question is whether the Wikimedia Foundation should seek a collective membership mark with respect to this logo or abandon its registration and protection of the trademark. We want to make sure that everyone get a chance to speak up so that we can get clear direction from the community. We would therefore really appreciate the community's help in translating this announcement from English so that everyone is able to understand it. Thanks, [[m:User:Geoffbrigham|Geoff]] & [[m:User:YWelinder (WMF)|Yana]] 20:27, 8 kewçêr 2013 (UTC) </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0601 --> == Introducting Beta Features == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''(Apologies for writing in English. Please translate if necessary)'' We would like to let you know about [[mw:About_Beta_Features|Beta Features]], a new program from the Wikimedia Foundation that lets you try out new features before they are released for everyone. Think of it as a digital laboratory where community members can preview upcoming software and give feedback to help improve them. This special preference page lets designers and engineers experiment with new features on a broad scale, but in a way that's not disruptive. Beta Features is now ready for testing on [[mw:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|MediaWiki.org]]. It will also be released on Wikimedia Commons and MetaWiki this Thursday, 7 November. Based on test results, the plan is to release it on all wikis worldwide on 21 November, 2013. Here are the first features you can test this week: * [[mw:Multimedia/About_Media_Viewer|Media Viewer]] — view images in large size or full screen * [[mw:VisualEditor/Beta_Features/Formulae|VisualEditor Formulæ]] (for wikis with [[mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]]) — edit algebra or equations on your pages * [[mw:Typography_Update|Typography Refresh]] — make text more readable (coming Thursday) Would you like to try out Beta Features now? After you log in on MediaWiki.org, a small 'Beta' link will appear next to your 'Preferences'. Click on it to see features you can test, check the ones you want, then click 'Save'. Learn more on the [[mw:About_Beta_Features|Beta Features page]]. After you've tested Beta Features, please let the developers know what you think on [[mw:Talk:About_Beta_Features|this discussion page]] -- or report any bugs [http://wmbug.com/new?product=MediaWiki%20extensions&component=BetaFeatures here on Bugzilla]. You're also welcome to join [[m:IRC_office_hours#Upcoming_office_hours|this IRC office hours chat]] on Friday, 8 November at 18:30 UTC. Beta Features was developed by the Wikimedia Foundation's Design, Multimedia and VisualEditor teams. Along with other developers, they will be adding new features to this experimental program every few weeks. They are very grateful to all the community members who helped create this project — and look forward to many more productive collaborations in the future. Enjoy, and don't forget to let developers know what you think! [[m:User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Keegan (WMF)|talk]]) 20:13, 5 sermawez 2013 (UTC) :<small>Distributed via [[m:Global message delivery|Global message delivery]] (wrong page? [[m:Distribution list/Global message delivery|Correct it here]])</small>, 20:13, 5 sermawez 2013 (UTC) </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0622 --> == Call for comments on draft trademark policy == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hi all, The Wikimedia legal team invites you to participate in the development of the new Wikimedia trademark policy. The [[:wmf:Trademark policy|current trademark policy]] was introduced in 2009 to protect the [[:wmf:Wikimedia trademarks|Wikimedia marks]]. We are now updating this policy to better balance permissive use of the marks with the legal requirements for preserving them for the community. The new draft trademark policy is ready for your review [[:m:Trademark policy|here]], and we encourage you to discuss it [[:m:Talk:Trademark policy|here]]. We would appreciate if someone would translate this message into your language so more members of your community can contribute to the conversation. Thanks, <br /> [[:m:User:YWelinder (WMF)|Yana]] & [[:m:User:Geoffbrigham|Geoff]] </div> <!-- EdwardsBot 0657 --> == Request for comment on Commons: Should Wikimedia support MP4 video? == ''I apologize for this message being only in English. Please translate it if needed to help your community.'' The Wikimedia Foundation's [[mw:Multimedia|multimedia team]] seeks community guidance on a proposal to support the [[w:MP4|MP4 video format]]. This digital video standard is used widely around the world to record, edit and watch videos on mobile phones, desktop computers and home video devices. It is also known as [[w:MP4|H.264/MPEG-4 or AVC]]. Supporting the MP4 format would make it much easier for our users to view and contribute video on Wikipedia and Wikimedia projects -- and video files could be offered in dual formats on our sites, so we could continue to support current open formats (WebM and Ogg Theora). However, MP4 is a patent-encumbered format, and using a proprietary format would be a departure from our current practice of only supporting open formats on our sites -- even though the licenses appear to have acceptable legal terms, with only a small fee required. We would appreciate your guidance on whether or not to support MP4. Our Request for Comments presents views both in favor and against MP4 support, based on opinions we’ve heard in our discussions with community and team members. [[commons:Commons:Requests for comment/MP4 Video|Please join this RfC -- and share your advice]]. All users are welcome to participate, whether you are active on Commons, Wikipedia, other Wikimedia project -- or any site that uses content from our free media repository. You are also welcome to join tomorrow's [[m:IRC_office_hours#Upcoming_office_hours|Office hours chat on IRC]], this Thursday, January 16, at 19:00 UTC, if you would like to discuss this project with our team and other community members. We look forward to a constructive discussion with you, so we can make a more informed decision together on this important topic. [[m:User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Keegan (WMF)|talk]]) 06:47, 16 rêbendan 2014 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Keegan_(WMF)/MP4_notice_targets&oldid=7105580 --> == Universal Language Selector will be enabled by default again on this wiki by 21 February 2014 == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> On January 21 2014 the MediaWiki extension [[mw:Universal Language Selector|Universal Language Selector]] (ULS) was [[mw:Universal Language Selector/Announcement Jan2014|disabled]] on this wiki. A new preference was added for logged-in users to turn on ULS. This was done to prevent slow loading of pages due to ULS webfonts, a behaviour that had been observed by the Wikimedia Technical Operations team on some wikis. We are now ready to enable ULS again. The temporary preference to enable ULS will be removed. A [[commons:File:ULS-font-checkbox.png|new checkbox]] has been added to the Language Panel to enable/disable font delivery. This will be unchecked by default for this wiki, but can be selected at any time by the users to enable webfonts. This is an interim solution while we improve the feature of webfonts delivery. You can read the [[mw:Universal Language Selector/Announcement Feb2014|announcement]] and the [[mw:Universal Language Selector/Upcoming Development Plan|development plan]] for more information. Apologies for writing this message only in English. Thank you. [[m:User_talk:Runab WMF|Runa]] </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Runab WMF@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/ULS_Reenable_2014&oldid=7490703 --> == Amendment to the Terms of Use == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hello all, Please join a discussion about a [[:m:Terms of use/Paid contributions amendment|proposed amendment]] to the [[wmf:Terms of Use|Wikimedia Terms of Use]] regarding undisclosed paid editing and we encourage you to voice your thoughts there. Please translate this statement if you can, and we welcome you to translate the proposed amendment and introduction. Please see [[:m:Terms of use/Paid contributions amendment|the discussion on Meta Wiki]] for more information. Thank you! [[:m:User:Slaporte (WMF)|Slaporte (WMF)]] 22:00, 21 reşemî 2014 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Jalexander@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=7499312 --> == Call for project ideas: funding is available for community experiments == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:IEG_key_blue.png|100px|right]] ''I apologize if this message is not in your language. Please help translate it.'' Do you have an idea for a project that could improve your community? [[m:Grants:IEG|Individual Engagement Grants]] from the Wikimedia Foundation help support individuals and small teams to organize experiments for 6 months. You can get funding to try out your idea for online community organizing, outreach, tool-building, or research to help make {{SITENAME}} better. In March, we’re looking for new project proposals. Examples of past Individual Engagement Grant projects: *[[m:Grants:IEG/Build_an_effective_method_of_publicity_in_PRChina|Organizing social media for Chinese Wikipedia]] ($350 for materials) *[[m:Grants:IEG/Visual_editor-_gadgets_compatibility|Improving gadgets for Visual Editor]] ($4500 for developers) *[[m:Grants:IEG/The_Wikipedia_Library|Coordinating access to reliable sources for Wikipedians]] ($7500 for project management, consultants and materials) *[[m:Grants:IEG/Elaborate_Wikisource_strategic_vision|Building community and strategy for Wikisource]] (€10000 for organizing and travel) '''[[m:Grants:IEG#ieg-applying|Proposals]] are due by 31 March 2014.''' There are a number of ways to [[m:Grants:IEG|get involved]]! Hope to have your participation, --[[m:User:Sbouterse (WMF)|Siko Bouterse, Head of Individual Engagement Grants, Wikimedia Foundation]] 19:44, 28 reşemî 2014 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:AKoval (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=IEG/MassMessageList&oldid=7675744 --> == Proposed optional changes to Terms of Use amendment == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Hello all, in response to some community comments in the discussion on the amendment to the Terms of Use on undisclosed paid editing, we have prepared two optional changes. Please [[m:Terms_of_use/Paid_contributions_amendment#Optional_changes|read about these optional changes on Meta wiki]] and share your comments. If you can (and this is a non english project), please translate this announcement. Thanks! [[m:User:Slaporte (WMF)|Slaporte (WMF)]] 21:56, 13 adar 2014 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Jalexander@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=7592057 --> == Changes to the default site typography coming soon == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> This week, the typography on Wikimedia sites will be updated for all readers and editors who use the default "Vector" skin. This change will involve new serif fonts for some headings, small tweaks to body content fonts, text size, text color, and spacing between elements. The schedule is: * '''April 1st''': non-Wikipedia projects will see this change live * '''April 3rd''': Wikipedias will see this change live This change is very similar to the "Typography Update" Beta Feature that has been available on Wikimedia projects since November 2013. After several rounds of testing and with feedback from the community, this Beta Feature will be disabled and successful aspects enabled in the default site appearance. Users who are logged in may still choose to use another skin, or alter their [[Special:MyPage/vector.css|personal CSS]], if they prefer a different appearance. Local [[MediaWiki:Common.css|common CSS]] styles will also apply as normal, for issues with local styles and scripts that impact all users. For more information: * [[mw:Typography refresh|Summary of changes and FAQ]] * [[mw:Talk:Typography refresh|Discussion page]] for feedback or questions * [https://blog.wikimedia.org/2014/03/27/typography-refresh/ Post] on blog.wikimedia.org -- [[m:User:Steven (WMF)|Steven Walling]] (Product Manager) on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation's [[mw:Design|User Experience Design]] team </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Steven (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=7990801 --> == Using only [[commons:Special:MyLanguage/Commons:Upload Wizard|UploadWizard]] for uploads == [[Image:Commons-logo.svg|right|220px|alt=Wikimedia Commons logo]] <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Hello! It was noted that on this wiki you have [[Special:Statistics|less than 10 local files]]. Presumably, you therefore don't have interest nor energies to have [[commons:Category:Licensing templates|hundreds templates]] with the [[mw:Multimedia/Media Viewer/Template compatibility|now required HTML]], even less a local [[m:EDP|EDP]]. However, this means that users here will experience a mostly broken and/or [[wmf:Resolution:Licensing policy|illegal]] uploading. I propose to * '''have [[Special:Upload|local upload]] [[commons:Commons:Turning off local uploads|restricted]]''' to the "{{int:group-sysop}}" group (for emergency uploads) and * the '''sidebar point to [[commons:Special:UploadWizard]]''', so that you can avoid local maintenance and all users can have a functioning, easy upload interface [[translatewiki:Special:Translate/ext-uploadwizard|in their own language]]. All registered users can upload on Commons and [[Special:ListFiles|existing files]] will not be affected. I'll get this done in one week from now. # If you disagree with the proposal, just [[m:User:Nemo bis/Unused local uploads|remove your wiki from the list]]. # To make the UploadWizard even better, please tell your experience and ideas on [[commons:Commons:Upload Wizard feedback]]. [[m:User:Nemo_bis|Nemo]] 20:38, 19 gulan 2014 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Nemo bis@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Nemo_bis/Unused_local_uploads&oldid=8578536 --> == Media Viewer == <br> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Greetings, my apologies for writing in English. I wanted to let you know that [[mw:Multimedia/About Media Viewer|Media Viewer]] will be released to this wiki in the coming weeks. Media Viewer allows readers of Wikimedia projects to have an enhanced view of files without having to visit the file page, but with more detail than a thumbnail. You can try Media Viewer out now by turning it on in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Beta Features]]. If you do not enjoy Media Viewer or if it interferes with your work after it is turned on you will be able to disable Media Viewer as well in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering|preferences]]. I invite you to [[mw:Talk:Multimedia/About Media Viewer|share what you think]] about Media Viewer and how it can be made better in the future. Thank you for your time. - [[m:User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] 21:29, 23 gulan 2014 (UTC) <small>--This message was sent using [[m:MassMessage|MassMessage]]. Was there an error? [[m:Talk:MassMessage|Report it!]]</small> </div> </br> <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Keegan_(WMF)/MassMessage/Multimedia/Media_Viewer&oldid=8631315 --> == Media Viewer is now live on this wiki == <br> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Media_Viewer_Desktop_-_Large_Image_Opaque_Info.png|thumb|Media Viewer lets you see images in larger size]] Greetings— and sorry for writing in English, please translate if it will help your community, The Wikimedia Foundation's [[mw:Multimedia|Multimedia team]] is happy to announce that [[mw:Multimedia/About Media Viewer|Media Viewer]] was just released on this site today. Media Viewer displays images in larger size when you click on their thumbnails, to provide a better viewing experience. Users can now view images faster and more clearly, without having to jump to separate pages — and its user interface is more intuitive, offering easy access to full-resolution images and information, with links to the file repository for editing. The tool has been tested extensively across all Wikimedia wikis over the past six months as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Beta Feature]] and has been [[mw:Multimedia/Media_Viewer/Release_Plan#Timeline|released]] to the largest Wikipedias, all language Wikisources, and the English Wikivoyage already. If you do not like this feature, you can easily turn it off by clicking on "Disable Media Viewer" at the bottom of the screen, pulling up the information panel (or in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering|your preferences]]) whether you have an account or not. Learn more [[mw:Help:Multimedia/Media_Viewer#How_can_I_turn_off_this_feature.3F|in this Media Viewer Help page]]. Please let us know if you have any questions or comments about Media Viewer. You are invited to [[mw:Talk:Multimedia/About_Media_Viewer|share your feedback in this discussion on MediaWiki.org]] in any language, to help improve this feature. You are also welcome to [https://www.surveymonkey.com/s/media-viewer-1-all?c=announce-all take this quick survey in English], [https://www.surveymonkey.com/s/media-viewer-1-fr en français], [https://www.surveymonkey.com/s/media-viewer-1-es o español]. We hope you enjoy Media Viewer. Many thanks to all the community members who helped make it possible. - [[mw:User:Fabrice Florin (WMF)|Fabrice Florin (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Fabrice Florin (WMF)|talk]]) 21:54, 19 pûşper 2014 (UTC) <small>--This message was sent using [[m:MassMessage|MassMessage]]. Was there an error? [[m:Talk:MassMessage|Report it!]]</small> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Keegan_(WMF)/MassMessage/Multimedia/Media_Viewer&oldid=8631315 --> == Letter petitioning WMF to reverse recent decisions == The Wikimedia Foundation recently created a new feature, "superprotect" status. The purpose is to prevent pages from being edited by elected administrators -- but permitting WMF staff to edit them. It has been put to use in only one case: to protect the deployment of the Media Viewer software on German Wikipedia, in defiance of a clear decision of that community to disable the feature by default, unless users decide to enable it. If you oppose these actions, please add your name to this letter. If you know non-Wikimedians who support our vision for the free sharing of knowledge, and would like to add their names to the list, please ask them to sign an identical version of the letter on change.org. * [[:m:Letter to Wikimedia Foundation: Superprotect and Media Viewer|Letter to Wikimedia Foundation: Superprotect and Media Viewer]] * [http://www.change.org/p/lila-tretikov-remove-new-superprotect-status-and-permit-wikipedia-communities-to-enact-current-software-decisions-uninhibited Letter on change.org] -- [[:m:User:JurgenNL|JurgenNL]] ([[:m:User talk:JurgenNL|talk]]) 17:35, 21 gelawêj 2014 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:JurgenNL@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=9313374 --> == Process ideas for software development == <div class=”mw-content-ltr”> ’’My apologies for writing in English.’’ Hello, I am notifying you that a brainstorming session has been [[:m:Community Engagement (Product)/Process ideas|started on Meta]] to help the Wikimedia Foundation increase and better affect community participation in software development across all wiki projects. Basically, how can you be more involved in helping to create features on Wikimedia projects? We are inviting all interested users to voice their ideas on how communities can be more involved and informed in the product development process at the Wikimedia Foundation. It would be very appreciated if you could translate this message to help inform your local communities as well. I and the rest of [[:m:Community Engagement (Product)|my team]] welcome you to participate. We hope to see you on Meta. Kind regards, -- [[m:User:Rdicerb (WMF)|Rdicerb (WMF)]] [[m:User talk:Rdicerb (WMF)|talk]] 22:15, 21 gelawêj 2014 (UTC) <small>--This message was sent using [[m:MassMessage|MassMessage]]. Was there an error? [[m:Talk:MassMessage|Report it!]]</small> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=9313374 --> == Grants to improve your project == :''Apologies for English. Please help translate this message.'' Greetings! The [[:m:Grants:IEG|Individual Engagement Grants program]] is accepting proposals for funding new experiments from September 1st to 30th. Your idea could improve Wikimedia projects with a new tool or gadget, a better process to support community-building on your wiki, research on an important issue, or something else we haven't thought of yet. Whether you need $200 or $30,000 USD, Individual Engagement Grants can cover your own project development time in addition to hiring others to help you. *'''[[:m:Grants:IEG#ieg-apply|Submit your proposal]]''' *'''Get help''': In [[:m:Grants:IdeaLab|IdeaLab]] or an upcoming [[:m:Grants:IdeaLab/Events#Upcoming_events|Hangout session]] [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 16:52, 2 rezber 2014 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:PEarley (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:PEarley_(WMF)/Sandbox&oldid=9730503 --> == Meta RfCs on two new global groups == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Hello all, There are currently requests for comment open on meta to create two new global groups. The first is a group for members of the OTRS permissions queue, which would grant them autopatrolled rights on all wikis except those who opt-out. That proposal can be found at [[m:Requests for comment/Creation of a global OTRS-permissions user group]]. The second is a group for Wikimedia Commons admins and OTRS agents to view deleted file pages through the 'viewdeletedfile' right on all wikis except those who opt-out. The second proposal can be found at [[m:Requests for comment/Global file deletion review]]. We would like to hear what you think on both proposals. Both are in English; if you wanted to translate them into your native language that would also be appreciated. It is possible for individual projects to opt-out, so that users in those groups do not have any additional rights on those projects. To do this please start a local discussion, and if there is consensus you can request to opt-out of either or both at [[m:Stewards' noticeboard]]. Thanks and regards, [[m:User:Ajraddatz|Ajraddatz]] ([[m:User talk:Ajraddatz|talk]]) 18:04, 26 kewçêr 2014 (UTC)</div> <!-- Message sent by User:Ajraddatz@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=10024331 --> == Global AbuseFilter == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Hello, [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:AbuseFilter|AbuseFilter]] is a MediaWiki extension used to detect likely abusive behavior patterns, like pattern vandalism and spam. In 2013, [[m:Special:Mylanguage/Global AbuseFilter|Global AbuseFilters]] were enabled on a limited set of wikis including Meta-Wiki, MediaWiki.org, Wikispecies and (in early 2014) all the "[https://noc.wikimedia.org/conf/highlight.php?file=small.dblist small wikis]". Recently, global abuse filters were enabled on "[https://noc.wikimedia.org/conf/highlight.php?file=medium.dblist medium sized wikis]" as well. These filters are currently managed by stewards on Meta-Wiki and have shown to be very effective in preventing mass spam attacks across Wikimedia projects. However, there is currently no policy on how the global AbuseFilters will be managed although there are proposals. There is an ongoing [[m:Requests for comment/Global AbuseFilter|request for comment]] on policy governing the use of the global AbuseFilters. In the meantime, specific wikis can opt out of using the global AbuseFilter. These wikis can simply add a request to [[m:Global AbuseFilter/Opt-out wikis|this list]] on Meta-Wiki. More details can be found on [[m:Special:Mylanguage/Global AbuseFilter/2014 announcement|this page]] at Meta-Wiki. If you have any questions, feel free to ask on [[m:Talk:Global AbuseFilter|m:Talk:Global AbuseFilter]]. Thanks, [[m:User:PiRSquared17|PiRSquared17]], [[m:User:Glaisher|Glaisher]]</div> — 17:36, 14 sermawez 2014 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Glaisher@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_AbuseFilter/2014_announcement_distribution_list&oldid=10495115 --> == VisualEditor coming to this wiki as a Beta Feature == <div dir="ltr" class="me-content-ltr" lang="en"> [[File:VE_as_BetaFeature.png|right|350px]] ''Hello. Please excuse the English. I would be grateful if you translated this message!'' '''[[:mw:VE|VisualEditor]], a rich-text editor for MediaWiki, will soon be available on this wiki as a [[:mw:Beta Features|Beta Feature]]'''. The estimated date of activation is Wednesday, 26 November. To access it, you will need to visit the {{int:Prefs-betafeatures}} [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures page] after the deployment and tick the box next to "{{int:Visualeditor-preference-core-label}}". (If you have enabled the "{{int:Betafeatures-auto-enroll}}" option, VisualEditor will be automatically available for you.) There will also be a "{{int:Visualeditor-preference-language-label}}" that you can enable if you need it. Then, you just have to click on "{{int:Vector-view-edit}}" to start VisualEditor, or on "{{int:Visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" to edit using wikitext markup. You can even begin to edit pages with VisualEditor and then switch to the wikitext editor simply by clicking on its tab at any point, and you can keep your changes when doing so. [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/VE as Beta Feature|A guide was just published at mediawiki.org]] so that you can '''learn how to support your community with this transition''': please read and translate it if you can! You will find all the information about the next steps there. Please report any suggestions or issues at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|the main feedback page]]. You will also receive the next issues of the multilingual monthly newsletter here on this page: if you want it delivered elsewhere, for example at your personal talk page, please add the relevant page [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|here]]. Thanks for your attention and happy editing, [[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] 18:12, 21 sermawez 2014 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Sister_projects&oldid=10598554 --> == VisualEditor coming to this wiki as a Beta Feature (errata) == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="it" dir="ltr"> ''Please notice the correct direct link to access {{int:Prefs-betafeatures}} [[:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|is this one]]. Thanks for your understanding! [[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] 18:35, 21 sermawez 2014 (UTC)'' </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Sister_projects&oldid=10598554 --> == VisualEditor News #10—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}width:230px;border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|frameless|alt=VisualEditor]] [[File:VisualEditor table editing add and remove columns.png|230x230px|center|frameless|alt=Screenshot showing how to add or remove columns from a table]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size:90%;"> Basic table editing is now available in VisualEditor. You can add and remove rows and columns from tables at the click of a button. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div> </div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on table editing and performance. Their weekly status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on mediawiki.org]]. Upcoming plans are posted at the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. '''VisualEditor was deployed to several hundred remaining wikis''' as an opt-in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|beta feature]] at the end of November, except for most Wiktionaries (which depend heavily upon templates) and all Wikisources (which await integration with [[mw:Extension:Proofread Page|ProofreadPage]]). === Recent improvements === Basic support for '''editing tables''' is now available. You can add and delete tables, add and remove rows and columns, set or remove a caption for a table, and merge cells together. To change the contents of a cell, double-click inside it. More features will be added in the coming months. In addition, VisualEditor now ignores broken, invalid <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">rowspan</code> and <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">colspan</code> elements, instead of trying to repair them. You can now use '''find and replace''' in VisualEditor, reachable through the tool menu or by pressing <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">^ Ctrl</code></kbd>+<kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">F</code></kbd> or <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">⌘ Cmd</code></kbd>+<kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">F</code></kbd>. You can now create and edit simple <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki><blockquote></nowiki></code> paragraphs for quoting and indenting content. This changes a "{{Int:Visualeditor-formatdropdown-format-paragraph}}" into a "{{Int:Visualeditor-formatdropdown-format-blockquote}}". Some '''new keyboard sequences''' can be used to format content. At the start of the line, typing "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">* </code>" will make the line a bullet list; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">1.</code>" or "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">#</code>" will make it a numbered list; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">==</code>" will make it a section heading; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">: </code>" will make it a blockquote. If you didn't mean to use these tools, you can press undo to undo the formatting change. There are also two other keyboard sequences: "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki>[[</nowiki></code>" for opening the link tool, and "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki>{{</nowiki></code>" for opening the template tool, to help experienced editors. The existing standard keyboard shortcuts, like <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">^ Ctrl</code></kbd>+<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">K</code> to open the link editor, still work. If you add a category that has been redirected, then VisualEditor now adds its target. Categories without description pages show up as red. You can again create and edit '''galleries''' as wikitext code. === Looking ahead === The current VisualEditor design will be replaced with a '''new theme''' designed by the [[mw:Design|User Experience group]]. The new theme will be visible for desktop systems at mediawiki.org in late December and on other sites in early January. (You can see a developer preview of [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-apex-vector-ltr|the old "Apex" theme]] and [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|the new "MediaWiki" one]] which will replace it.) The Editing team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' in January. Planned changes to the media search dialog will make choosing between possible images easier. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. * Translations of the [[mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|user guide]] for most languages are outdated. Only Ukrainian, Portuguese, Spanish, French, and Dutch translations are nearly current. Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&language=&action=page&filter= complete the current translations] for users who speak your language. * Talk to the Editing team during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next session is on Wednesday, 7 January 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=22&min=00&sec=0&day=7&month=1&year=2015 22:00 UTC]. * File requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the character formatting menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 18:59, 26 berfanbar 2014 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=10823356 --> == VisualEditor News #1—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|300px|right|frameless|alt=VisualEditor]] Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on VisualEditor's appearance, the coming Citoid reference service, and support for languages with complex input requirements. Status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on mediawiki.org]]. Upcoming plans are posted at the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The Wikimedia Foundation has named [[:mw:Wikimedia_Engineering/2014-15_Goals#Top_departmental_priorities_for_Q3_.28January-March_2015.29|its top priorities for this quarter]] (January to March). The first priority is making VisualEditor ready for deployment by default to all new users and logged-out users at the remaining large Wikipedias. You can help identify these requirements. <mark>There will be weekly '''triage meetings '''which''' will be open to volunteers''' beginning Wednesday, 11 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150211T12&p1=224&ah=1 12:00 (noon) PST] (20:00 UTC). </mark> Tell Vice President of Engineering [[:foundation:User:Damon_Sicore_(WMF)|Damon Sicore]], Product Manager [[:mw:User:Jdforrester_(WMF)|James Forrester]] and other team members which bugs and features are most important to you. The decisions made at these meetings will determine what work is necessary for this quarter's goal of making VisualEditor ready for deployment to new users. The presence of volunteers who enjoy contributing MediaWiki code is particularly appreciated. Information about how to join the meeting will be posted at [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal|mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]] shortly before the meeting begins. Due to some breaking changes in MobileFrontend and VisualEditor, VisualEditor was not working correctly on the mobile site for a couple of days in early January. The teams apologize for the problem. === Recent improvements === The''' new design for VisualEditor''' aligns with MediaWiki's [[mw:Frontend standards group|Front-End Standards]] as led by the Design team. Several new versions of the [[mw:OOjs UI|OOjs UI]] library have also been released, and these also affect the appearance of VisualEditor and other MediaWiki software extensions. Most changes were minor, like changing the text size and the amount of white space in some windows. Buttons are consistently color-coded to indicate whether the action: * starts a new task, like opening the {{int:visualeditor-toolbar-savedialog}} dialog: <span style="background-color: #015ccc; color:white"> blue </span>, * takes a constructive action, like inserting a citation: <span style="background-color: #008c6d; color:white"> green </span>, * might remove or lose your work, like removing a link: <span style="background-color: #a7170f; color:white"> red </span>, or * is neutral, like opening a link in a new browser window: <span style="color: 757575"> gray </span>. The '''TemplateData editor''' has been completely re-written to use a different design based on the same OOjs UI system as VisualEditor. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67815 T67815], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73746 T73746].) This change fixed a couple of existing bugs and improved usability. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73077 T73077], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73078 T73078].) '''Search and replace''' in long documents is now faster. It does not highlight every occurrence if there are more than 100 on-screen at once.([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T78234 T78234].) Editors at the Hebrew and Russian Wikipedia requested the ability to use VisualEditor in the "Article Incubator" or drafts namespace. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T86688 T86688], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T87027 T87027].) If your community would like '''VisualEditor enabled on another namespace''' on your wiki, then you can file a request in Phabricator. Please include a link to a community discussion about the requested change. === Looking ahead === The Editing team will soon add '''auto-fill features''' '''for citations'''. The '''[[mw:Citoid|Citoid service]]''' takes a [[w:URL|URL]] or [[w:en: Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. After creating it, you will be able to change or add information to the citation, in the same way that you edit any other pre-existing citation in VisualEditor. Support for ISBNs, PMIDs, and other identifiers is planned. Later, editors will be able to contribute to the Citoid service's definitions for each website, to improve precision and reduce the need for manual corrections. We will need editors to help test the '''new design of the special character inserter''', especially if you speak Welsh, Breton, or another language that uses diacritics or special characters extensively. The new version should be available for testing next week. Please contact [[:en:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]] if you would like to be notified when the new version is available. After the special character tool is completed, VisualEditor will be deployed to all users at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|Phase 5 Wikipedias]]. This will affect about 50 mid-size and smaller Wikipedias, including '''Afrikaans, Azerbaijani, Breton, Kyrgyz, Macedonian, Mongolian, Tatar, and Welsh'''. The date for this change has not been determined. === Let's work together === *Share your ideas and ask questions at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. *Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&language=&action=page&filter= complete translations of the user guide] for users who speak your language. *Join the weekly bug triage meetings beginning Wednesday, 11 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150211T12&p1=224&ah=1 12:00 (noon) PST] (20:00 UTC); information about how to join the meeting will be posted at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]] shortly before the meeting begins, and you can also contact [[mw:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James F.]] to learn more about this initiative. *Talk to the Editing team during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next session is on Thursday, 19 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=19&min=00&sec=0&day=19&month=2&year=2015 19:00 UTC]. *Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 18:30, 5 reşemî 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=10839689 --> == Wikidata is coming == (Sorry for writing in English. It'd be great if someone could translate this where necessary.) Hi everyone :) I am Wikidata's product manager. I wanted to reach out to you about Wikidata support for Wikibooks. Wikidata is storing structured data for Wikimedia projects (and others). These are for example things like the date of birth of a famous author or the height of a mountain. We are giving access to this data to all Wikimedia projects step by step. It is now Wikibooks' turn. As a first step you will be able to maintain your interwiki links on Wikidata. This means you no longer have to store them in the article text of each language. Instead they are stored just once on Wikidata together with all the other projects. (You will still be able to store them in the article text if you really want to but then they overwrite the links coming from Wikidata. Sometimes that is useful.) This first step should happen on February 24th. In the next step you will get access to all the other data on Wikidata. I do not have a date for that yet. I am looking forward to having you join the Wikidata family! If you have any questions please don't hesitate to reach out to me. There is a special page for you on Wikidata that will hopefully help you and is a good place to ask questions: [[d:Wikidata:Wikibooks]]. Cheers [[d:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)|Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)]] 19:41, 6 reşemî 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Lydia_Pintscher_(WMDE)/Distribution_List&oldid=11182355 --> == Wikidata support for interwiki links is here == Hey everyone :) (Sorry for writing in English. It'd be great if someone could translate where appropriate.) As previously announced we have enabled interwiki links via [[d:|Wikidata]] for Wikibooks last night. This means from now on you no longer have to maintain the links in the wikitext but can maintain them together with the links for Wikipedia, Commons, Wikivoyage, Wikisource, Wikinews and Wikiquote on Wikidata. You will still be able to keep them locally though if you want to. Local interwiki links will overwrite the ones from Wikidata. If you don't want any interwiki links from Wikidata on a particular page you can use the magic word <nowiki>{{noexternallanglinks}}</nowiki>. You do not yet have access to the other data on Wikidata like the date of birth of an author. That will come in a future deployment. I will let you know when I have a date for it. If you have any questions [[d:Wikidata:Wikibooks]] is a good first step. That is also a good place for any issues or bugs you encounter. I'm very happy to welcome you all to Wikidata! I hope it will become a great help for Wikibooks. Cheers Lydia -- [[d:User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)|Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)]] 07:58, 25 reşemî 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Lydia_Pintscher_(WMDE)/Distribution_List&oldid=11205771 --> == [Global proposal] m.{{SITENAME}}.org: {{int:group-all}} {{int:right-edit}} == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Mediawiki-mobile-smartphone.png|thumb|MediaWiki mobile]] Hi, this message is to let you know that, on domains like {{CONTENTLANGUAGE}}.'''m'''.wikipedia.org, '''unregistered users cannot edit'''. At the Wikimedia Forum, where global configuration changes are normally discussed, a few dozens users [[m:Wikimedia Forum#Proposal: restore normal editing permissions on all mobile sites|propose to restore normal editing permissions on all mobile sites]]. Please read and comment! Thanks and sorry for writing in English, [[m:User:Nemo_bis|Nemo]] 22:32, 1 adar 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Nemo bis@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=11428885 --> == Inspire Campaign: Improving diversity, improving content == This March, we’re organizing an Inspire Campaign to encourage and support new ideas for improving gender diversity on Wikimedia projects. Less than 20% of Wikimedia contributors are women, and many important topics are still missing in our content. We invite all Wikimedians to participate. If you have an idea that could help address this problem, please get involved today! The campaign runs until March 31. All proposals are welcome - research projects, technical solutions, community organizing and outreach initiatives, or something completely new! Funding is available from the Wikimedia Foundation for projects that need financial support. Constructive, positive feedback on ideas is appreciated, and collaboration is encouraged - your skills and experience may help bring someone else’s project to life. Join us at the Inspire Campaign and help this project better represent the world’s knowledge! :*[[:m:Grants:IdeaLab/Inspire|Inspire Campaign main page]] ''(Sorry for the English - please translate this message!)'' [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 20:01, 4 adar 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:PEarley (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:PEarley_(WMF)/Inspire_Mass_Message&oldid=11457822 --> == SUL finalization update == <div class="mw-content-ltr"> Hi all,apologies for writing in English, please read [[m:Single_User_Login_finalisation_announcement/Schema_announcement|this page]] for important information and an update involving [[m:Help:Unified login|SUL finalization]], scheduled to take place in one month. Thanks. [[m:User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Keegan (WMF)|talk]]) 19:46, 13 adar 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Keegan_(WMF)/Everyone_but_meta_and_de&oldid=11538208 --> == Stewards confirmation rules == Hello, I made [[:m:Requests_for_comment/Confirmation_of_stewards|a proposal on Meta]] to change the rules for the steward confirmations. Currently consensus to remove is required for a steward to lose his status, however I think it's fairer to the community if every steward needed the consensus to keep. As this is an issue that affects all WMF wikis, I'm sending this notification to let people know & be able to participate. Best regards, --<small>[[User:MF-Warburg|MF-W]]</small> 16:12, 10 avrêl 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MF-Warburg@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=11737694 --> == VisualEditor News #2—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> With [[:mw:Citoid|Citoid]] in VisualEditor, you click the 'book with bookmark' icon and paste in the URL for a reliable source: [[File:Citoid in VisualEditor Screen Shot 2015-04-02.png|alt=Screenshot of Citoid's first dialog|centre|frameless|230x230px]] Citoid looks up the source for you and returns the citation results. Click the green "Insert" button to accept its results and add them to the article: [[File:Citoid results in VisualEditor Screen Shot 2015-04-02.png|alt=Screenshot of Citoid's initial results|centre|frameless|230x230px]] After inserting the citation, you can change it. Select the reference, and click the "Edit" button in the context menu to make changes. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on VisualEditor's performance, the [[:mw:Citoid|Citoid]] reference service, and support for languages with complex input requirements. Status reports are posted [[:mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on Mediawiki.org]]. The worklist for April through June is available [[phab:project/sprint/board/1113/|in Phabricator]]. The weekly '''task triage meetings''' continue to be open to volunteers, each Wednesday at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150401T11&p1=224&am=30 11:00 (noon) PDT] (18:00 UTC). You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q4 blocker. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the [[phab:tag/editing_department_2014_15_q4_blockers/|Editing team's Q4 blocker project]] with the bug. Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal|mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]]. === Recent improvements === VisualEditor is now substantially faster. In many cases, opening the page in VisualEditor is now faster than opening it in the wikitext editor. The new system has improved the code speed by 37% and [[:mw:RESTBase|network speed]] by almost 40%. The Editing team is slowly adding '''auto-fill features''' '''for citations'''. This is currently available only at the French, Italian, and English Wikipedias. The '''[[:mw:Citoid|Citoid service]]''' takes a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. After creating it, you will be able to change or add information to the citation, in the same way that you edit any other pre-existing citation in VisualEditor. Support for [[:en:ISBN|ISBNs]], [[:en:PubMed#PubMed_identifier|PMIDs]], and other identifiers is planned. Later, editors will be able to improve precision and reduce the need for manual corrections by contributing to the Citoid service's definitions for each website. Citoid requires good [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your citation templates. If you would like to request this feature for your wiki, please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the TemplateData for the most important citation templates on your wiki. The '''special character inserter''' has been improved, based upon feedback from active users. After this, VisualEditor was made available to all users of Wikipedias on the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|Phase 5]] list on 30 March. This affected 53 mid-size and smaller Wikipedias, including '''Afrikaans''', '''Azerbaijani''', '''Breton''', '''Kyrgyz''', '''Macedonian''', '''Mongolian''', '''Tatar''', and''' Welsh'''. Work continues to support languages with complex requirements, such as Korean and Japanese. These languages use [[w:input method editor|input method editors]] ("IMEs”). Recent improvements to cursoring, backspace, and delete behavior will simplify typing in VisualEditor for these users. The design for the image selection process is now using a "masonry fit" model. Images in the search results are displayed at the same height but at variable widths, similar to bricks of different sizes in a masonry wall, or the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Images#Mode parameter|"packed" mode in image galleries]]. This style helps you find the right image by making it easier to see more details in images. You can now '''drag and drop categories''' to re-arrange their order of appearance ​on the page. The pop-up window that appears when you click on a reference, image, link, or other element, is called the "context menu". It now displays additional useful information, such as the destination of the link or the image's filename. The team has also added an explicit "Edit" button in the context menu, which helps new editors open the tool to change the item. '''Invisible templates are marked by a puzzle piece icon''' so they can be interacted with. Users also will be able to see and edit HTML anchors now in section headings. Users of the TemplateData GUI editor can now set a string as an optional text for the 'deprecated' property in addition to boolean value, which lets you tell users of the template what they should do instead. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T90734 T90734]) === Looking ahead === The special character inserter in VisualEditor will soon use the same special character list as the wikitext editor. Admins at each wiki will also have the option of creating a custom section for frequently used characters at the top of the list. Instructions for customizing the list will be posted [[:mw:VisualEditor/Special_characters|at mediawiki.org]]. The team is discussing a test of VisualEditor with new users at the English Wikipedia, to see whether they have met their goals of making VisualEditor suitable for those editors. The timing is unknown, but might be relatively soon. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T90666 T90666]) === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Feedback&lqt_method=talkpage_new_thread mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]. * Can you translate from English into any other language? Please check [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-visualeditor-ve&suppressempty=1 this list] to see whether more interface translations are needed for your language. [[m:User talk:Elitre (WMF)|Contact us]] to get an account if you want to help! * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * File requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the character formatting menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. Subscribe, unsubscribe or change the page where this newsletter is delivered at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 19:48, 10 avrêl 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=11742174 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Call for candidates|Nominations are being accepted for 2015 Wikimedia Foundation elections]] == ''This is a message from the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/Accepting nominations|Translations]] are available.'' [[File:Wikimedia Foundation logo - vertical (2012-2016).svg|100px|right]] Greetings, I am pleased to announce that nominations are now being accepted for the 2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections. This year the Board and the FDC Staff are looking for a diverse set of candidates from regions and projects that are traditionally under-represented on the board and in the movement as well as candidates with experience in technology, product or finance. To this end they have [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Call for candidates|published letters]] describing what they think is needed and, recognizing that those who know the community the best are the community themselves, the election committee is [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015|accepting nominations]] for community members you think should run and will reach out to those nominated to provide them with information about the job and the election process. This year, elections are being held for the following roles: ''Board of Trustees''<br/> The Board of Trustees is the decision-making body that is ultimately responsible for the long term sustainability of the Foundation, so we value wide input into its selection. There are three positions being filled. More information about this role can be found at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/Board elections/2015|the board elections page]]. ''Funds Dissemination Committee (FDC)''<br/> The Funds Dissemination Committee (FDC) makes recommendations about how to allocate Wikimedia movement funds to eligible entities. There are five positions being filled. More information about this role can be found at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC elections/2015|the FDC elections page]]. ''Funds Dissemination Committee (FDC) Ombud''<br/> The FDC Ombud receives complaints and feedback about the FDC process, investigates complaints at the request of the Board of Trustees, and summarizes the investigations and feedback for the Board of Trustees on an annual basis. One position is being filled. More information about this role can be found at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC Ombudsperson elections/2015|the FDC Ombudsperson elections page]]. The candidacy submission phase lasts from 00:00 UTC April 20 to 23:59 UTC May 5 for the Board and from 00:00 UTCApril 20 to 23:59 UTC April 30 for the FDC and FDC Ombudsperson. This year, we are accepting both self-nominations and nominations of others. More information on this election and the nomination process can be found on [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015|the 2015 Wikimedia elections page on Meta-Wiki]]. Please feel free to post a note about the election on your project's village pump. Any questions related to the election can be posted on the talk page on Meta, or sent to the election committee's mailing list, board-elections -at- wikimedia.org On behalf of the Elections Committee,<br/> -Gregory Varnum ([[m:User:Varnent|User:Varnent]])<br/> Coordinator, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]] ''Posted by the [[m:User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] on behalf of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]], 05:03, 21 April 2015 (UTC) • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/Accepting nominations|Translate]] • [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015|Get help]] <!-- Message sent by User:Varnent@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=11918510 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/FDC voting has begun|Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee elections 2015]] == [[File:Wikimedia Foundation RGB logo with text.svg|right|75px|link=m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/FDC voting has begun]] ''This is a message from the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/FDC voting has begun|Translations]] are available.'' [[m:Special:SecurePoll/vote/336|Voting has begun]] for [[m:Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015#Requirements|eligible voters]] in the 2015 elections for the ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC elections/2015|Funds Dissemination Committee]]'' (FDC) and ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC Ombudsperson elections/2015|FDC Ombudsperson]]''. Questions and discussion with the candidates for the ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC elections/2015/Questions|Funds Dissemination Committee]]'' (FDC) and ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC Ombudsperson elections/2015/Questions|FDC Ombudsperson]]'' will continue during the voting. Nominations for the ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/Board elections/2015|Board of Trustees]]'' will be accepted until 23:59 UTC May 5. The ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:APG/Funds Dissemination Committee|Funds Dissemination Committee]]'' (FDC) makes recommendations about how to allocate Wikimedia movement funds to eligible entities. There are five positions on the committee being filled. The ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:APG/Funds Dissemination Committee/Ombudsperson role, expectations, and selection process|FDC Ombudsperson]]'' receives complaints and feedback about the FDC process, investigates complaints at the request of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|Board of Trustees]], and summarizes the investigations and feedback for the Board of Trustees on an annual basis. One position is being filled. The voting phase lasts from 00:00 UTC May 3 to 23:59 UTC May 10. '''[[m:Special:SecurePoll/vote/336|Click here to vote]].''' Questions and discussion with the candidates will continue during that time. '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC elections/2015/Questions|Click here to ask the FDC candidates a question]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC Ombudsperson elections/2015/Questions|Click here to ask the FDC Ombudsperson candidates a question]].''' More information on the candidates and the elections can be found on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC elections/2015|2015 FDC election page]], the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/FDC Ombudsperson elections/2015|2015 FDC Ombudsperson election page]], and the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/Board elections/2015|2015 Board election page]] on Meta-Wiki. On behalf of the Elections Committee,<br/> -Gregory Varnum ([[m:User:Varnent|User:Varnent]])<br/> Volunteer Coordinator, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]] ''Posted by the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] 03:45, 4 May 2015 (UTC) • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/FDC voting has begun|Translate]] • [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015|Get help]] <!-- Message sent by User:Varnent@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12082785 --> == [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SecurePoll/vote/339?setlang=ku Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees elections 2015] == [[File:Wikimedia Foundation logo - vertical (2012-2016).svg|right|100px|link=metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/Board voting has begun]] ''This is a message from the [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]. [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/Board voting has begun|Translations]] are available.'' [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SecurePoll/vote/339?setlang=ku Voting has begun] for [[metawiki:Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015#Requirements|eligible voters]] in the 2015 elections for the ''[[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/Board elections/2015|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees]]''. Questions and discussion with the candidates for the ''[[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/Board elections/2015/Questions|Board]]'' will continue during the voting. The ''[[metawiki:Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees]]'' is the ultimate governing authority of the Wikimedia Foundation, a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization registered in the United States. The Wikimedia Foundation manages many diverse projects such as Wikipedia and Commons. The voting phase lasts from 00:00 UTC May 17 to 23:59 UTC May 31. '''[https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SecurePoll/vote/339?setlang=ku Click here to vote].''' More information on the candidates and the elections can be found on the [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/Board elections/2015|2015 ''Board'' election page]] on Meta-Wiki. On behalf of the Elections Committee,<br/> -Gregory Varnum ([[metawiki:User:Varnent|User:Varnent]])<br/> Volunteer Coordinator, [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/Committee|2015 Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]] ''Posted by the [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] 17:20, 17 May 2015 (UTC) • [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015/MassMessages/Board voting has begun|Translate]] • [[metawiki:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections 2015|Get help]] <!-- Message sent by User:Varnent@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12206621 --> == Pywikibot compat will no longer be supported - Please migrate to pywikibot core == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <small>Sorry for English, I hope someone translates this.</small><br /> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Pywikibot|Pywikibot]] (then "Pywikipediabot") was started back in 2002. In 2007 a new branch (formerly known as "rewrite", now called "core") was started from scratch using the MediaWiki API. The developers of Pywikibot have decided to stop supporting the compat version of Pywikibot due to bad performance and architectural errors that make it hard to update, compared to core. If you are using pywikibot compat it is likely your code will break due to upcoming MediaWiki API changes (e.g. [[phab:T101524|T101524]]). It is highly recommended you migrate to the core framework. There is a [[mw:Manual:Pywikibot/Compat deprecation|migration guide]], and please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Pywikibot/Communication|contact us]] if you have any problem. There is an upcoming MediaWiki API breaking change that compat will not be updated for. If your bot's name is in [https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2015-June/081931.html this list], your bot will most likely break. Thank you,<br /> The Pywikibot development team, 19:30, 5 June 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Ladsgroup@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12271740 --> == Pywikibot compat will no longer be supported - Please migrate to pywikibot core == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <small>Sorry for English, I hope someone translates this.</small><br /> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Pywikibot|Pywikibot]] (then "Pywikipediabot") was started back in 2002. In 2007 a new branch (formerly known as "rewrite", now called "core") was started from scratch using the MediaWiki API. The developers of Pywikibot have decided to stop supporting the compat version of Pywikibot due to bad performance and architectural errors that make it hard to update, compared to core. If you are using pywikibot compat it is likely your code will break due to upcoming MediaWiki API changes (e.g. [[phab:T101524|T101524]]). It is highly recommended you migrate to the core framework. There is a [[mw:Manual:Pywikibot/Compat deprecation|migration guide]], and please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Pywikibot/Communication|contact us]] if you have any problem. There is an upcoming MediaWiki API breaking change that compat will not be updated for. If your bot's name is in [https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2015-June/081931.html this list], your bot will most likely break. Thank you,<br /> The Pywikibot development team, 19:30, 5 June 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Ladsgroup@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12271740 --> == VisualEditor News #3—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> When you click on a link to an article, you now see more information: <br><br> [[File:VisualEditor-context menu-link tool.png|alt=Screenshot showing the link tool's context menu|centre|frameless|230x230px]] <br> The link tool has been re-designed: <br><br> [[File:VisualEditor link tool 2015.png|alt=Screenshot of the link inspector|centre|frameless|230x230px]] <br> There are separate tabs for linking to internal and external pages. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has created new interfaces for the link and citation tools and fixed many bugs and changed some elements of the design. Some of these bugs affected users of VisualEditor on mobile devices. Status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. The worklist for April through June is available [[phab:project/sprint/board/1113/|in Phabricator]]. A [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study|test of VisualEditor's effect on new editors]] at the English Wikipedia has just completed the first phase. During this test, half of newly registered editors had VisualEditor automatically enabled, and half did not. The main goal of the study is to learn which group was more likely to save an edit and to make productive, unreverted edits. Initial [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study#Results|results will be posted at Meta]] later this month. === Recent improvements === '''Auto-fill features''' '''for citations''' are available at a few Wikipedias through the '''[[:mw:Citoid|citoid service]]'''. Citoid takes a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. If Citoid is enabled on your wiki, then the design of the citation workflow changed during May. All citations are now created inside a single tool. Inside that tool, choose the tab you want ({{int:citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-auto}}, {{int: citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-manual}}, or {{int:citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-reuse}}). The cite button is now labeled with the word "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}" rather than a book icon, and the autofill citation dialog now has a more meaningful label, "{{Int:Citoid-citeFromIDDialog-lookup-button}}", for the submit button. The '''link tool''' has been redesigned based on feedback from Wikipedia editors and user testing. It now has two separate sections: one for links to articles and one for external links. When you select a link, its pop-up context menu shows the name of the linked page, a thumbnail image from the linked page, Wikidata's description, and appropriate icons for disambiguation pages, redirect pages and empty pages (where applicable). Search results have been reduced to the first five pages. Several bugs were fixed, including a dark highlight that appeared over the first match in the link inspector. ([[phab:T98085|T98085]]) The '''special character inserter''' in VisualEditor now uses the same special character list as the wikitext editor. Admins at each wiki can also create a custom section for frequently used characters at the top of the list. Please read the instructions for customizing the list [[mw:VisualEditor/Special_characters|at mediawiki.org]]. Also, there is now a tooltip to describing each character in the special character inserter. ([[phab:T70425|T70425]]) Several improvements have been made to '''templates'''. When you search for a template to insert, the list of results now contains descriptions of the templates. The parameter list inside the template dialog now remains open after inserting a parameter from the list, so that users don’t need to click on "{{Int:visualeditor-dialog-transclusion-add-param}}" each time they want to add another parameter. ([[phab:T95696|T95696]]) The team added a '''new property for TemplateData''', "{{int: templatedata-doc-param-example}}", for template parameters. This optional, translatable property will show up when there is text describing how to use that parameter. ([[phab:T53049|T53049]]) The '''design''' of the main toolbar and several other elements have changed slightly, to be consistent with the MediaWiki theme. In the Vector skin, individual items in the menu are separated visually by pale gray bars. Buttons and menus on the toolbar can now contain both an icon and a text label, rather than just one or the other. This new design feature is being used for the cite button on wikis where the Citoid service is enabled. The team has released a long-desired improvement to the handling of '''non-existent images'''. If a non-existent image is linked in an article, then it is now visible in VisualEditor and can be selected, edited, replaced, or removed. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Feedback&lqt_method=talkpage_new_thread mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]. * The weekly task triage meetings continue to be open to volunteers, usually on Wednesday at 12:00 (noon) PDT (19:00 UTC). Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q4 blocker, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the [[phab:tag/editing_department_2014_15_q4_blockers/|VisualEditor Q4 blocker project]] with the bug. * If your Wikivoyage, Wikibooks, Wikiversity, or other community wants to have VisualEditor made available by default to contributors, then please contact [[:m:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]]. * If you would like to request the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki, please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the [[:mw:Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for the most important citation templates on your wiki. *The team is planning the second VisualEditor-related "translathon" for July. Please follow [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T91108 this task on Phabricator] for details and updates! Announcements will follow in due course. Subscribe, unsubscribe or change the page where this newsletter is delivered at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div>10:44, 13 pûşper 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=12206605 --> == HTTPS == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Apologies for writing in English. Hi everyone. Over the last few years, the Wikimedia Foundation has [http://blog.wikimedia.org/2013/08/01/future-https-wikimedia-projects/ been working] towards enabling [[m:Special:MyLanguage/HTTPS|HTTPS]] by default for all users, including unregistered ones, for better privacy and security for both readers and editors. This has taken a long time, as there were different aspects to take into account. Our servers haven't been ready to handle it. The Wikimedia Foundation has had to balance sometimes conflicting goals. [https://blog.wikimedia.org/2015/06/12/securing-wikimedia-sites-with-https/ Forced HTTPS] has just been implemented on all Wikimedia projects. Some of you might already be aware of this, as a few Wikipedia language versions were converted to HTTPS last week and the then affected communities were notified. Most of Wikimedia editors shouldn't be affected at all. If you edit as registered user, you've probably already had to log in through HTTPS. We'll keep an eye on this to make sure everything is working as it should. Do get in touch with [[:m:HTTPS#Help!|us]] if you have any problems after this change or contact me if you have any other questions. /[[:m:User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]] </div> 22:01, 19 pûşper 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/HTTPS_global_message_delivery&oldid=12471979 --> == HTTPS == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Apologies for writing in English. Hi everyone. Over the last few years, the Wikimedia Foundation has [http://blog.wikimedia.org/2013/08/01/future-https-wikimedia-projects/ been working] towards enabling [[m:Special:MyLanguage/HTTPS|HTTPS]] by default for all users, including unregistered ones, for better privacy and security for both readers and editors. This has taken a long time, as there were different aspects to take into account. Our servers haven't been ready to handle it. The Wikimedia Foundation has had to balance sometimes conflicting goals. [https://blog.wikimedia.org/2015/06/12/securing-wikimedia-sites-with-https/ Forced HTTPS] has just been implemented on all Wikimedia projects. Some of you might already be aware of this, as a few Wikipedia language versions were converted to HTTPS last week and the then affected communities were notified. Most of Wikimedia editors shouldn't be affected at all. If you edit as registered user, you've probably already had to log in through HTTPS. We'll keep an eye on this to make sure everything is working as it should. Do get in touch with [[:m:HTTPS#Help!|us]] if you have any problems after this change or contact me if you have any other questions. /[[:m:User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]] </div> 23:25, 19 pûşper 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/HTTPS_global_message_delivery&oldid=12471979 --> == Proposal to create PNG thumbnails of static GIF images == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:(R)-3-phenyl-cyclohanone.gif|255px|thumb|The thumbnail of this gif is of really bad quality.]] [[File:(R)-3-phenyl-cyclohanone.png|255px|thumb|How a PNG thumb of this GIF would look like]] There is a [[w:c:Commons:Village_pump/Proposals#Create_PNG_thumbnails_of_static_GIF_images|proposal]] at the Commons Village Pump requesting feedback about the thumbnails of static GIF images: It states that static GIF files should have their thumbnails created in PNG. The advantages of PNG over GIF would be visible especially with GIF images using an alpha channel. (compare the thumbnails on the side) This change would affect all wikis, so if you support/oppose or want to give general feedback/concerns, please post them to the [[w:c:Commons:Village_pump/Proposals#Create_PNG_thumbnails_of_static_GIF_images|proposal page]]. Thank you. --[[w:c:User:McZusatz|McZusatz]] ([[w:c:User talk:McZusatz|talk]]) & [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 05:07, 24 tîrmeh 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:-revi@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12485605 --> == Proposal to create PNG thumbnails of static GIF images == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:(R)-3-phenyl-cyclohanone.gif|255px|thumb|The thumbnail of this gif is of really bad quality.]] [[File:(R)-3-phenyl-cyclohanone.png|255px|thumb|How a PNG thumb of this GIF would look like]] There is a [[w:c:Commons:Village_pump/Proposals#Create_PNG_thumbnails_of_static_GIF_images|proposal]] at the Commons Village Pump requesting feedback about the thumbnails of static GIF images: It states that static GIF files should have their thumbnails created in PNG. The advantages of PNG over GIF would be visible especially with GIF images using an alpha channel. (compare the thumbnails on the side) This change would affect all wikis, so if you support/oppose or want to give general feedback/concerns, please post them to the [[w:c:Commons:Village_pump/Proposals#Create_PNG_thumbnails_of_static_GIF_images|proposal page]]. Thank you. --[[w:c:User:McZusatz|McZusatz]] ([[w:c:User talk:McZusatz|talk]]) & [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 07:09, 24 tîrmeh 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:-revi@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12485605 --> == What does a Healthy Community look like to you? == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Community Health Cover art News portal.png|300px|right]] Hi, <br> The Community Engagement department at the Wikimedia Foundation has launched a new learning campaign. The WMF wants to record community impressions about what makes a healthy online community. Share your views and/or create a drawing and take a chance to win a Wikimania 2016 scholarship! Join the WMF as we begin a conversation about Community Health. Contribute a drawing or answer the questions [[meta:Grants:Evaluation/Community Health learning campaign|on the campaign's page.]] === Why get involved? === '''The world is changing. The way we relate to knowledge is transforming.''' As the next billion people come online, the Wikimedia movement is working to bring more users on the wiki projects. The way we interact and collaborate online are key to building sustainable projects. How accessible are Wikimedia projects to newcomers today? Are we helping each other learn? <br/> Share your views on this matter that affects us all! <br> '''We invite everyone to take part in this learning campaign. Wikimedia Foundation will distribute one Wikimania Scholarship 2016 among those participants who are eligible.''' === More information === * All participants must have a registered user of at least one month antiquity on any Wikimedia project before the starting date of the campaign. * <span style="border-bottom:1px dotted"> All eligible contributions must be done until '''August 23, 2015 at <nowiki>23:59</nowiki> UTC''' </span> * <big> Wiki link: '''[[meta:Grants:Evaluation/Community Health learning campaign|Community Health learning campaign]]''' </big> * URL https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Grants:Evaluation/Community_Health_learning_campaign * Contact: [[meta:user:MCruz (WMF)|María Cruz]] / Twitter: {{@}}WikiEval #CommunityHealth / email: eval{{@}}wikimedia{{dot}}org <br> Happy editing! <br> <br> [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 23:42, 31 tîrmeh 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:MCruz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12909005 --> == What does a Healthy Community look like to you? == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Community Health Cover art News portal.png|300px|right]] Hi, <br> The Community Engagement department at the Wikimedia Foundation has launched a new learning campaign. The WMF wants to record community impressions about what makes a healthy online community. Share your views and/or create a drawing and take a chance to win a Wikimania 2016 scholarship! Join the WMF as we begin a conversation about Community Health. Contribute a drawing or answer the questions [[meta:Grants:Evaluation/Community Health learning campaign|on the campaign's page.]] === Why get involved? === '''The world is changing. The way we relate to knowledge is transforming.''' As the next billion people come online, the Wikimedia movement is working to bring more users on the wiki projects. The way we interact and collaborate online are key to building sustainable projects. How accessible are Wikimedia projects to newcomers today? Are we helping each other learn? <br/> Share your views on this matter that affects us all! <br> '''We invite everyone to take part in this learning campaign. Wikimedia Foundation will distribute one Wikimania Scholarship 2016 among those participants who are eligible.''' === More information === * All participants must have a registered user of at least one month antiquity on any Wikimedia project before the starting date of the campaign. * <span style="border-bottom:1px dotted"> All eligible contributions must be done until '''August 23, 2015 at <nowiki>23:59</nowiki> UTC''' </span> * <big> Wiki link: '''[[meta:Grants:Evaluation/Community Health learning campaign|Community Health learning campaign]]''' </big> * URL https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Grants:Evaluation/Community_Health_learning_campaign * Contact: [[meta:user:MCruz (WMF)|María Cruz]] / Twitter: {{@}}WikiEval #CommunityHealth / email: eval{{@}}wikimedia{{dot}}org <br> Happy editing! <br> <br> [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 04:05, 1 gelawêj 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:MCruz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=12909005 --> == VisualEditor News #4—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/August|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> You can add quotations marks before and after a title or phrase with a single click. Select the relevant text. Find the correct quotations marks in the special character inserter tool (marked as Ω in the toolbar).<br><br> [[File:VisualEditor Special character inserter quotation 2.png|alt=Screenshot showing the special character tool, selected text, and the special character that will be inserted|centre|frameless|230px]] <br> Click the button. VisualEditor will add the quotation marks on either side of the text you selected.<br><br> [[File:VisualEditor Special character inserter quotation 3.png|alt=Screenshot showing the special character tool and the same text after the special character has been inserted|centre|frameless|230px]] <br> You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] have been working on mobile phone support. They have fixed many bugs and improved language support. They post weekly status reports [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving language support and functionality on mobile devices. === Wikimania === The team attended Wikimania 2015 in Mexico City. There they participated in the Hackathon and met with individuals and groups of users. They also made several presentations about [[c:File:How_we_made_VisualEditor_faster.pdf|VisualEditor]] and the [[:c:File:Wikimania_2015_–_Editing_Department_–_Beyond_Editing.pdf|future of editing]]. Following Wikimania, we announced winners for the [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Project:VisualEditor/2015_Translathon VisualEditor 2015 Translathon]. Our thanks and congratulations to users ''Halan-tul'', ''Renessaince'', ''<span lang="ne" dir="ltr">जनक राज भट्ट</span> (Janak Bhatta)'', ''Vahe Gharakhanyan'', ''Warrakkk'', and ''Eduardogobi''. For '''interface messages''' (translated at [https://translatewiki.net translatewiki.net]), we saw the initiative affecting 42 languages. The average progress in translations across all languages was 56.5% before the translathon, and 78.2% after ('''+21.7%'''). In particular, Sakha improved from 12.2% to 94.2%; Brazilian Portuguese went from 50.6% to 100%; Taraškievica went from 44.9% to 85.3%; Doteli went from 1.3% to 41.2%. Also, while 1.7% of the messages were outdated across all languages before the translathon, the percentage dropped to 0.8% afterwards (-0.9%). For '''documentation messages''' (on mediawiki.org), we saw the initiative affecting 24 languages. The average progress in translations across all languages was 26.6% before translathon, and 46.9% after ('''+20.3%'''). There were particularly notable achievements for three languages. Armenian improved from 1% to 99%; Swedish, from 21% to 99%, and Brazilian Portuguese, from 34% to 83%. Outdated translations across all languages were reduced from 8.4% before translathon to 4.8% afterwards (-3.6%). [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Project:VisualEditor/2015_Translathon#Graphs_(interface_messages_only) We published some graphs] showing the effect of the event on the Translathon page. We thank the translators for participating and the translatewiki.net staff for facilitating this initiative. === Recent improvements === '''Auto-fill features for citations''' can be enabled on each Wikipedia. The tool uses the '''[[:mw:Citoid|citoid service]]''' to convert a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] into a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. You can see an animated GIF of the quick, [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/GIFs#Auto-citing_a_source|simple process at mediawiki.org]]. So far, about a dozen Wikipedias have enabled the auto-citation tool. To enable it for your wiki, follow the [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Citoid/Enabling_Citoid_on_your_wiki|instructions at mediawiki.org]]. Your wiki can customize the first section of the '''special character inserter''' in VisualEditor. Please follow the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Special_characters|instructions at mediawiki.org]] to put the characters you want at the top. In other changes, if you need to fill in a [[:mw:CAPTCHA|CAPTCHA]] and get it wrong, then you can click to get a new one to complete. VisualEditor can now display and edit [[mediawikiwiki:Extension:Graph|Vega-based graphs]]. If you use the Monobook skin, VisualEditor's appearance is now more consistent with other software. === Future changes === The team will be changing the '''appearance of selected links''' inside VisualEditor. The purpose is to make it easy to see whether your cursor is inside or outside the link. When you select a link, the link label (the words shown on the page) will be enclosed in a faint box. If you place your cursor inside the box, then your changes to the link label will be part of the link. If you place your cursor outside the box, then it will not. This will make it easy to know when new characters will be added to the link and when they will not. On the English Wikipedia, 10% of newly created accounts are now offered both the visual and the wikitext editors. A [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study|recent controlled trial]] showed no significant difference in survival or productivity for new users in the short term. New users with access to VisualEditor were very slightly less likely to produce results that needed reverting. You can learn more about this by watching a video of the [[mediawikiwiki:Wikimedia_Research/Showcase#July_2015|July 2015 Wikimedia Research Showcase]]. The proportion of new accounts with access to both editing environments will be gradually increased over time. Eventually all new users have the choice between the two editing environments. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. This feedback page is now using [[mw:Flow|Flow]] instead of LiquidThreads. * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|mediawiki.org]] if you can help. * If your wiki would like '''VisualEditor enabled on another namespace''', you can file a request in Phabricator. Please include a link to a community discussion about the requested change. * Please file requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the styling menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * The weekly task triage meetings continue to be open to volunteers, usually on Tuesdays at 12:00 (noon) PDT (19:00 UTC). Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q1 blocker, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the main [[phab:project/profile/483/|VisualEditor project]] with the bug. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! </div> —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 22:28, 14 gelawêj 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=12980645 --> ==How can we improve Wikimedia grants to support you better?== ''My apologies for posting this message in English. Please help translate it if you can.'' Hello, The Wikimedia Foundation would like your feedback about how we can '''[[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants|reimagine Wikimedia Foundation grants]]''', to better support people and ideas in your Wikimedia project. Ways to participate: *Respond to questions on [[m:Grants talk:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants|the discussion page of the idea]]. *Join a [[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Events#Upcoming_events|small group conversation]]. *Learn more about [[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants/Consultation|this consultation]]. Feedback is welcome in any language. With thanks, [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]], [[m:Community Resources|Community Resources]], Wikimedia Foundation. ([[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants/ProjectTargets|''Opt-out Instructions'']]) <small>This message was sent by [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] through [[m:User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]].</small> 00:55, 19 gelawêj 2015 (UTC) == How can we improve Wikimedia grants to support you better? == ''My apologies for posting this message in English. Please help translate it if you can.'' Hello, The Wikimedia Foundation would like your feedback about how we can '''[[Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants|reimagine Wikimedia Foundation grants]]''', to better support people and ideas in your Wikimedia project. Ways to participate: *Respond to questions on [[Grants talk:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants|the discussion page of the idea]]. *Join a [[Grants:IdeaLab/Events#Upcoming_events|small group conversation]]. *Learn more about [[Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants/Consultation|this consultation]]. Feedback is welcome in any language. With thanks, [[User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]], [[Community Resources]], Wikimedia Foundation. ([[Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants/ProjectTargets|''Opt-out Instructions'']]) <small>This message was sent by {{user|I JethroBT (WMF)}} through [[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]].</small> 01:43, 19 gelawêj 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining_WMF_grants/ProjectTargets&oldid=13196071 --> == Introducing the Wikimedia public policy site == Hi all, We are excited to introduce a new Wikimedia Public Policy site. The site includes resources and position statements on access, copyright, censorship, intermediary liability, and privacy. The site explains how good public policy supports the Wikimedia projects, editors, and mission. Visit the public policy portal: https://policy.wikimedia.org/ Please help translate the [[m:Public policy|statements on Meta Wiki]]. You can [http://blog.wikimedia.org/2015/09/02/new-wikimedia-public-policy-site/ read more on the Wikimedia blog]. Thanks, [[m:User:YWelinder (WMF)|Yana]] and [[m:User:Slaporte (WMF)|Stephen]] ([[m:User talk:Slaporte (WMF)|Talk]]) 18:12, 2 rezber 2015 (UTC) ''(Sent with the [[m:MassMessage#Global_message_delivery|Global message delivery system]])'' <!-- Message sent by User:Slaporte (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Slaporte_(WMF)/Announcing_public_policy_site&oldid=13439030 --> == Introducing the Wikimedia public policy site == Hi all, We are excited to introduce a new Wikimedia Public Policy site. The site includes resources and position statements on access, copyright, censorship, intermediary liability, and privacy. The site explains how good public policy supports the Wikimedia projects, editors, and mission. Visit the public policy portal: https://policy.wikimedia.org/ Please help translate the [[m:Public policy|statements on Meta Wiki]]. You can [http://blog.wikimedia.org/2015/09/02/new-wikimedia-public-policy-site/ read more on the Wikimedia blog]. Thanks, [[m:User:YWelinder (WMF)|Yana]] and [[m:User:Slaporte (WMF)|Stephen]] ([[m:User talk:Slaporte (WMF)|Talk]]) 19:17, 2 rezber 2015 (UTC) ''(Sent with the [[m:MassMessage#Global_message_delivery|Global message delivery system]])'' <!-- Message sent by User:Slaporte (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Slaporte_(WMF)/Announcing_public_policy_site&oldid=13439030 --> == Open call for Individual Engagement Grants == ''My apologies for posting this message in English. Please help translate it if you can.'' Greetings! The '''[[m:IEG|Individual Engagement Grants program]] is accepting proposals''' until September 29th to fund new tools, community-building processes, and other experimental ideas that enhance the work of Wikimedia volunteers. Whether you need a small or large amount of funds (up to $30,000 USD), Individual Engagement Grants can support you and your team’s project development time in addition to project expenses such as materials, travel, and rental space. *[[m:Grants:IEG#ieg-apply|'''Submit''' a grant request]] *[[m:Grants:IdeaLab|'''Get help''' with your proposal in IdeaLab]] or [[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Events#Upcoming_events|an upcoming Hangout session]] *[[m:Grants:IEG#ieg-engaging|'''Learn from examples''' of completed Individual Engagement Grants]] Thanks, [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]], [[m:Community Resources|Community Resources]], Wikimedia Foundation. 20:52, 4 rezber 2015 (UTC) ([[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)/IEG 2015 Targets|''Opt-out Instructions'']]) <small>This message was sent by [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:I JethroBT (WMF)|talk]]) through [[m:User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]].</small> <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:I_JethroBT_(WMF)/IEG_2015_Targets&oldid=13476366 --> == Wikidata data access is coming == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hi everyone, Many Wikimedia projects already have access to [[d:|Wikidata]] and make good use of it to improve their content. You already have access to the interwiki link part of Wikidata. I wanted to let you know that your project will be among the next to receive access to the actual data on Wikidata. It is currently scheduled for September 22nd. From then on you can use data from Wikidata either via the property parser function or Lua. I hope we'll be able to support you well with structured data. If you have questions please come to [[d:Wikidata:Wikibooks]]. Cheers [[:d:User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)|Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)]] 16:12, 9 rezber 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Lydia_Pintscher_(WMDE)/Distribution_List&oldid=13546514 --> == Wikidata data access is here == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> A while ago I announced that you'll be among the next projects to get access to Wikidata's data. This has now happened. You can access the data via a parser function (#property) and Lua. For more information and to ask questions please come to [[d:Wikidata:Wikibooks]]. I hope you'll be able to do great things with this and that it will make your life easier in the long-run. Cheers [[:d:User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)|Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)]] 15:48, 22 rezber 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Lydia Pintscher (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Lydia_Pintscher_(WMDE)/Distribution_List&oldid=13750444 --> == Only one week left for Individual Engagement Grant proposals! == (Apologies for using English below, please help translate if you are able.) '''There is still one week left to submit [[m:IEG|Individual Engagement Grant]] (IEG) proposals''' before the September 29th deadline. If you have ideas for new tools, community-building processes, and other experimental projects that enhance the work of Wikimedia volunteers, start your proposal today! Please encourage others who have great ideas to apply as well. Support is available if you want help turning your idea into a grant request. *[[m:Grants:IEG#ieg-apply|'''Submit''' a grant request]] *[[m:Grants:IdeaLab|'''Get help''' with your proposal in IdeaLab]] *[[m:Grants:IEG#ieg-engaging|'''Learn from examples''' of completed Individual Engagement Grants]] [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]], [[m:Community Resources|Community Resources]] 21:01, 22 rezber 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:I_JethroBT_(WMF)/IEG_2015_Targets&oldid=13754911 --> == Reimagining WMF grants report == ''(My apologies for using English here, please help translate if you are able.)'' Last month, we asked for community feedback on [[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants| a proposal to change the structure of WMF grant programs]]. Thanks to the 200+ people who participated! '''[[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining_WMF_grants/Outcomes| A report]]''' on what we learned and changed based on this consultation is now available. Come read about the findings and next steps as WMF’s Community Resources team begins to implement changes based on your feedback. Your questions and comments are welcome on [[m:Grants talk:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants/Outcomes|the outcomes discussion page]]. With thanks, [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] 16:56, 28 rezber 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining_WMF_grants/ProjectTargets&oldid=13850666 --> == Reimagining WMF grants report == ''(My apologies for using English here, please help translate if you are able.)'' Last month, we asked for community feedback on [[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants| a proposal to change the structure of WMF grant programs]]. Thanks to the 200+ people who participated! '''[[m:Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining_WMF_grants/Outcomes| A report]]''' on what we learned and changed based on this consultation is now available. Come read about the findings and next steps as WMF’s Community Resources team begins to implement changes based on your feedback. Your questions and comments are welcome on [[m:Grants talk:IdeaLab/Reimagining WMF grants/Outcomes|the outcomes discussion page]]. With thanks, [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] 18:19, 28 rezber 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Grants:IdeaLab/Reimagining_WMF_grants/ProjectTargets&oldid=13850666 --> == VisualEditor News #5—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/October|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> You can use the visual editor on smartphones and tablets.<br><br>[[File:Switching edit modes to VisualEditor on Mobile web.png|alt=Screenshot showing the menu for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> Click the pencil icon to open the editor for a page. Inside that, use the gear menu in the upper right corner to "{{int:mobile-frontend-editor-switch-visual-editor}}". The editing button will remember which editing environment you used last time, and give you the same one next time. The desktop site will be switching to a system similar to this one in the coming months. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs, added new features, and made some small design changes. They post weekly status reports [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages like Japanese and Arabic, making it easier to edit on mobile devices, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === '''Educational features:''' The first time ever you use the visual editor, it now draws your attention to the {{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-link-tooltip}} and {{Int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}} tools. When you click on the tools, it explains why you should use them. ([[Phab:T108620|T108620]]) Alongside this, the welcome message for new users has been simplified to make editing more welcoming. ([[Phab:T112354|T112354]]) More in-software educational features are planned. '''Links:''' It is now easier to understand when you are adding text to a link and when you are typing plain text next to it. ([[Phab:T74108|T74108]], [[Phab:T91285|T91285]]) The editor now fully supports ISBN, PMID or RFC numbers. ([[Phab:T109498|T109498]], [[Phab:T110347|T110347]], [[Phab:T63558|T63558]]) These [[:en:Help:Magic_links|"magic links"]] use a custom link editing tool. '''Uploads:''' Registered editors can now '''upload images''' and other media to Commons while editing. Click the new tab in the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}} {{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-media-tooltip}}" tool. You will be guided through the process without having to leave your edit. At the end, the image will be inserted. This tool is limited to one file at a time, owned by the user, and licensed under Commons's standard license. For more complex situations, the tool links to more advanced upload tools. You can also drag the image into the editor. This will be available in the wikitext editor later. '''Mobile:''' Previously, the visual editor was available on the mobile Wikipedia site only on tablets. Now, editors can use it on all devices regardless of size if they wish. ([[Phab:T85630|T85630]]) Edit conflicts were previously broken on the mobile website. Edit conflicts can now be resolved in both wikitext and visual editors. ([[Phab:T111894|T111894]]) Sometimes templates and similar items could not be deleted on the mobile website. Selecting them caused the on-screen keyboard to hide with some browsers. Now there is a new "{{int:Visualeditor-contextitemwidget-label-remove}}" button, so that these things can be removed if the keyboard hides. ([[Phab:T62110|T62110]]) You can also edit table cells in mobile now. '''Rich editing tools:''' You can now add and edit '''sheet''' '''music''' in the visual editor. ([[Phab:T112925|T112925]]) There are separate tabs for advanced options, such as MIDI and Ogg audio files. ([[Phab:T114227|T114227]], [[Phab:T113354|T113354]]) When editing '''formulæ''' and other blocks, errors are shown as you edit. It is also possible to edit some types of '''graphs'''; adding new ones, and support for new types, will be coming. On the '''English Wikipedia''', the visual editor is now automatically available to anyone who creates an account. The preference switch was moved to the normal location, under [[Special:Preferences]]. === Future changes === You will soon be able to '''switch from the wikitext to the visual editor''' after you start editing. ([[phab:T49779|T49779]]) Previously, you could only switch from the visual editor to the wikitext editor. Bi-directional switching will make possible a '''single edit tab.''' ([[phab:T102398|T102398]]) This project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, similar to the system already used on the mobile website. The "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|VisualEditor/Feedback]]. This feedback page uses [[mw:Flow|Flow]] for discussions. * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). * Local admins can [[mediawikiwiki:Citoid/Enabling_Citoid_on_your_wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]. If you need help, then please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the [[:mw:Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for the most important citation templates on your wiki. * The weekly task triage meetings are open to volunteers. Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the main [[phab:project/profile/483/|VisualEditor project]] with the bug. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! </div>—[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 18:17, 30 kewçêr 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=14334116 --> == Community Wishlist Survey == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hi everyone! Apologies for posting in English. Translations are very welcome. The [[:m:Community Tech|Community Tech team]] at the Wikimedia Foundation is focused on building improved curation and moderation tools for experienced Wikimedia contributors. We're now starting a '''[[:m:2015 Community Wishlist Survey|Community Wishlist Survey]]''' to find the most useful projects that we can work on. For phase 1 of the survey, we're inviting all active contributors to submit brief proposals, explaining the project that you'd like us to work on, and why it's important. Phase 1 will last for 2 weeks. In phase 2, we'll ask you to vote on the proposals. Afterwards, we'll analyze the top 10 proposals and create a prioritized wishlist. While most of this process will be conducted in English, we're inviting people from any Wikimedia wiki to submit proposals. We'll also invite volunteer translators to help translate proposals into English. Your proposal should include: the problem that you want to solve, who would benefit, and a proposed solution, if you have one. You can submit your proposal on the Community Wishlist Survey page, using the entry field and the big blue button. We will be accepting proposals for 2 weeks, ending on November 23. We're looking forward to hearing your ideas! </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Community Tech Team via [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 21:58, 9 sermawez 2015 (UTC)</div> <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/Global_distribution&oldid=14554458 --> == Wikimania 2016 scholarships ambassadors needed == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Hello! [[wm2016:|Wikimania 2016]] scholarships will soon be open; by the end of the week we'll form the committee and we need your help, see [[wm2016:Special:MyLanguage/Scholarship committee|Scholarship committee]] for details. If you want to carefully review nearly a thousand applications in January, you might be a perfect committee member. Otherwise, you can '''volunteer as "ambassador"''': you will observe all the committee activities, ensure that people from your language or project manage to apply for a scholarship, translate '''scholarship applications written in your language''' to English and so on. Ambassadors are allowed to ask for a scholarship, unlike committee members. [[wm2016:Scholarship committee|Wikimania 2016 scholarships subteam]] 10:48, 10 sermawez 2015 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Nemo bis@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=14347818 --> == Harassment consultation == {{int:Please-translate}} The Community Advocacy team the Wikimedia Foundation has opened a consultation on the topic of '''harassment''' on [[m:Harassment consultation 2015|Meta]]. The consultation period is intended to run for one month from today, November 16, and end on December 17. Please share your thoughts there on harassment-related issues facing our communities and potential solutions. (Note: this consultation is not intended to evaluate specific cases of harassment, but rather to discuss the problem of harassment itself.) ::*[[m:Harassment consultation 2015|Harassment consultation 2015]] :Regards, [[m:Community Advocacy|Community Advocacy, Wikimedia Foundation]] <!-- Message sent by User:PEarley (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:PEarley_(WMF)/Inspire_Mass_Message&oldid=14684364 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/MassMessages/2015 Free Bassel banner straw poll|Your input requested on the proposed #FreeBassel banner campaign]] == ''This is a message regarding the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/Banner|proposed 2015 Free Bassel banner]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/MassMessages/2015 Free Bassel banner straw poll|Translations]] are available.'' Hi everyone, This is to inform all Wikimedia contributors that a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/Banner/Straw poll|straw poll seeking your involvement]] has just been started on Meta-Wiki. As some of your might be aware, a small group of Wikimedia volunteers have proposed a banner campaign informing Wikipedia readers about the urgent situation of our fellow Wikipedian, open source software developer and Creative Commons activist, [[:w:Bassel Khartabil|Bassel Khartabil]]. An exemplary [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/Banner|banner]] and an [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/Banner|explanatory page]] have now been prepared, and translated into about half a dozen languages by volunteer translators. We are seeking [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/Banner/Straw poll|your involvement to decide]] if the global Wikimedia community approves starting a banner campaign asking Wikipedia readers to call on the Syrian government to release Bassel from prison. We understand that a campaign like this would be unprecedented in Wikipedia's history, which is why we're seeking the widest possible consensus among the community. Given Bassel's urgent situation and the resulting tight schedule, we ask everyone to [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/Banner/Straw poll|get involved with the poll and the discussion]] to the widest possible extent, and to promote it among your communities as soon as possible. (Apologies for writing in English; please kindly [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/MassMessages/2015 Free Bassel banner straw poll|translate]] this message into your own language.) Thank you for your participation! ''Posted by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] 21:47, 25 November 2015 (UTC) • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Free Bassel/MassMessages/2015 Free Bassel banner straw poll|Translate]] • [[:m:Talk:Free Bassel/Banner|Get help]] <!-- Message sent by User:Varnent@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=14758733 --> == Community Wishlist Survey == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hi everyone! Apologies for posting this in English. Translations are very welcome. We're beginning the second part of the Community Tech team's '''[[:m:2015 Community Wishlist Survey/Voting|Community Wishlist Survey]]''', and we're inviting all active contributors to vote on the proposals that have been submitted. Thanks to you and other Wikimedia contributors, 111 proposals were submitted to the team. We've split the proposals into categories, and now it's time to vote! You can vote for any proposal listed on the pages, using the <nowiki>{{Support}}</nowiki> tag. Feel free to add comments pro or con, but only support votes will be counted. The voting period will be 2 weeks, ending on December 14. The proposals with the most support votes will be the team's top priority backlog to investigate and address. Thank you for participating, and we're looking forward to hearing what you think! Community Tech via </div> [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 14:38, 1 berfanbar 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/Global_distribution&oldid=14913494 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15|Get involved in Wikipedia 15!]] == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''This is a message from the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation|Wikimedia Foundation]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/MassMessages/Get involved|Translations]] are available.'' [[File:International-Space-Station wordmark blue.svg|right|200px]] As many of you know, January 15 is Wikipedia’s 15th Birthday! People around the world are getting involved in the celebration and have started adding their [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/Events|events on Meta Page]]. While we are celebrating Wikipedia's birthday, we hope that all projects and affiliates will be able to utilize this celebration to raise awareness of our community's efforts. Haven’t started planning? Don’t worry, there’s lots of ways to get involved. Here are some ideas: * '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/Events|Join/host an event]]'''. We already have more than 80, and hope to have many more. * '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/Media|Talk to local press]]'''. In the past 15 years, Wikipedia has accomplished extraordinary things. We’ve made a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/15 years|handy summary]] of milestones and encourage you to add your own. More resources, including a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/Media#releases|press release template]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Movement Communications Skills|resources on working with the media]], are also available. * '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/Material|Design a Wikipedia 15 logo]]'''. In place of a single icon for Wikipedia 15, we’re making dozens. Add your own with something fun and representative of your community. Just use the visual guide so they share a common sensibility. * '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15/Events/Package#birthdaywish|Share a message on social media]]'''. Tell the world what Wikipedia means to you, and add #wikipedia15 to the post. We might re-tweet or share your message! Everything is linked on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikipedia 15|Wikipedia 15 Meta page]]. You’ll find a set of ten data visualization works that you can show at your events, and a [[c:Category:Wikipedia15 Mark|list of all the Wikipedia 15 logos]] that community members have already designed. If you have any questions, please contact [[m:User:ZMcCune (WMF)|Zachary McCune]] or [[m:User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland]]. Thanks and Happy nearly Wikipedia 15!<br /> -The Wikimedia Foundation Communications team ''Posted by the [[m:User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]], 20:58, 18 berfanbar 2015 (UTC) • [[m:Wikipedia 15/MassMessages/Get involved|{{int:please-translate}}]] • [[m:Talk:Wikipedia 15|{{int:help}}]] </div> <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=15158198 --> == VisualEditor News #6—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=The visual editor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> A new, simpler system for editing will offer a single Edit button. Once the page has opened, you can switch back and forth between visual and wikitext editing. [[File:VisualEditor single edit tab preference dialog.png|alt=Screenshot showing a pop-up dialog for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> If you prefer having separate edit buttons, then you can set that option in your preferences, either in a pop-up dialog the next time you open the visual editor, or by going to [[Special:Preferences]] and choosing the setting that you want: <br><br>[[File:VisualEditor single edit tab in preferences 2015-12-18.png|alt=Screenshot showing a drop-down menu in Special:Preferences|centre|frameless|230x230px]] The current plan is for the default setting to have the Edit button open the editing environment you used most recently. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/December|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|visual editor team]] has fixed many bugs and expanded the mathematics formula tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages such as Japanese and Arabic, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === You can '''switch from the wikitext editor to the visual editor''' after you start editing. The '''LaTeX mathematics formula editor''' has been significantly expanded. ([[phab:T118616|T118616)]] You can see the formula as you change the LaTeX code. You can click buttons to insert the correct LaTeX code for many symbols. === Future changes === The '''single edit tab''' project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, like the system already used on the mobile website. ([[phab:T102398|T102398]], [[phab:T58337|T58337]]) Initially, the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. Your last editing choice will be stored as a cookie for logged-out users and as an account preference for logged-in editors. Logged-in editors will be able to set a default editor in the {{int:prefs-editing}} tab of [[Special:Preferences]] in the drop-down menu about "{{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs}}". The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the following Wikipedias in early 2016: [[w:am:|Amharic]], [[w:bug:|Buginese]], [[w:cdo:|Min Dong]], [[w:cr:|Cree]], [[w:gv:|Manx]], [[w:hak:|Hakka]], [[w:hy:|Armenian]], [[w:ka:|Georgian]], [[w:pnt:|Pontic]], [[w:sh:|Serbo-Croatian]], [[w:ti:|Tigrinya]], [[w:xmf:|Mingrelian]], [[w:za:|Zhuang]], and [[w:zh-min-nan:|Min Nan]]. ([[phab:T116523|T116523]]) Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. The developers would like to know how well it works. Please tell them what kind of computer, web browser, and keyboard you are using. In 2016, the '''feedback pages''' for the visual editor on many Wikipedias will be redirected to mediawiki.org. ([[phab:T92661|T92661]]) === Testing opportunities === * Please try the new system for the '''single edit tab''' on [https://test2.wikipedia.org test2.wikipedia.org]. You can edit while logged out to see how it works for logged-out editors, or you can create a separate account to be able to set your account's preferences. <mark>Please share your thoughts about the single edit tab system at [[mediawikiwiki:Topic:Suspcq0bf5nd3gsd|the feedback topic on mediawiki.org]] or [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for formal user research]</mark> (type "single edit tab" in the question about other areas you're interested in). The new system has not been finalized, and your feedback can affect the outcome. The team particularly wants your thoughts about the options in Special:Preferences. The current choices in Special:Preferences are: ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-remember-last}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-ve}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-wt}}, and ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-multi-tab}}. (This is the current state for people already using the visual editor. None of these options will be visible if you have disabled the visual editor in your preferences at that wiki.) * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 00:06, 25 berfanbar 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15165847 --> == VisualEditor News #6—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=The visual editor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> A new, simpler system for editing will offer a single Edit button. Once the page has opened, you can switch back and forth between visual and wikitext editing. [[File:VisualEditor single edit tab preference dialog.png|alt=Screenshot showing a pop-up dialog for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> If you prefer having separate edit buttons, then you can set that option in your preferences, either in a pop-up dialog the next time you open the visual editor, or by going to [[Special:Preferences]] and choosing the setting that you want: <br><br>[[File:VisualEditor single edit tab in preferences 2015-12-18.png|alt=Screenshot showing a drop-down menu in Special:Preferences|centre|frameless|230x230px]] The current plan is for the default setting to have the Edit button open the editing environment you used most recently. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/December|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|visual editor team]] has fixed many bugs and expanded the mathematics formula tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages such as Japanese and Arabic, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === You can '''switch from the wikitext editor to the visual editor''' after you start editing. The '''LaTeX mathematics formula editor''' has been significantly expanded. ([[phab:T118616|T118616)]] You can see the formula as you change the LaTeX code. You can click buttons to insert the correct LaTeX code for many symbols. === Future changes === The '''single edit tab''' project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, like the system already used on the mobile website. ([[phab:T102398|T102398]], [[phab:T58337|T58337]]) Initially, the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. Your last editing choice will be stored as a cookie for logged-out users and as an account preference for logged-in editors. Logged-in editors will be able to set a default editor in the {{int:prefs-editing}} tab of [[Special:Preferences]] in the drop-down menu about "{{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs}}". The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the following Wikipedias in early 2016: [[w:am:|Amharic]], [[w:bug:|Buginese]], [[w:cdo:|Min Dong]], [[w:cr:|Cree]], [[w:gv:|Manx]], [[w:hak:|Hakka]], [[w:hy:|Armenian]], [[w:ka:|Georgian]], [[w:pnt:|Pontic]], [[w:sh:|Serbo-Croatian]], [[w:ti:|Tigrinya]], [[w:xmf:|Mingrelian]], [[w:za:|Zhuang]], and [[w:zh-min-nan:|Min Nan]]. ([[phab:T116523|T116523]]) Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. The developers would like to know how well it works. Please tell them what kind of computer, web browser, and keyboard you are using. In 2016, the '''feedback pages''' for the visual editor on many Wikipedias will be redirected to mediawiki.org. ([[phab:T92661|T92661]]) === Testing opportunities === * Please try the new system for the '''single edit tab''' on [https://test2.wikipedia.org test2.wikipedia.org]. You can edit while logged out to see how it works for logged-out editors, or you can create a separate account to be able to set your account's preferences. <mark>Please share your thoughts about the single edit tab system at [[mediawikiwiki:Topic:Suspcq0bf5nd3gsd|the feedback topic on mediawiki.org]] or [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for formal user research]</mark> (type "single edit tab" in the question about other areas you're interested in). The new system has not been finalized, and your feedback can affect the outcome. The team particularly wants your thoughts about the options in Special:Preferences. The current choices in Special:Preferences are: ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-remember-last}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-ve}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-wt}}, and ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-multi-tab}}. (This is the current state for people already using the visual editor. None of these options will be visible if you have disabled the visual editor in your preferences at that wiki.) * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 01:06, 25 berfanbar 2015 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15165847 --> == Wikimania 2016 Scholarships - Deadline soon! == :{{int:Please-translate}} A reminder - applications for scholarships for Wikimania 2016 in Esino Lario, Italy, are closing soon! Please get your applications in by January 9th. To apply, visit the page below: :*[https://wikimania2016.wikimedia.org/wiki/Scholarships Wikimania 2016 Scholarships] [[User:PEarley (WMF)|Patrick Earley (WMF)]] via [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 01:49, 5 rêbendan 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:PEarley (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:PEarley_(WMF)/Mass_Message_-_large&oldid=15209973 --> == 2016 WMF Strategy consultation == :{{int:Please-translate}} Hello, all. The Wikimedia Foundation (WMF) has launched a consultation to help create and prioritize WMF strategy beginning July 2016 and for the 12 to 24 months thereafter. This consultation will be open, on Meta, from 18 January to 26 February, after which the Foundation will also use these ideas to help inform its Annual Plan. (More on our timeline can be found on that Meta page.) Your input is welcome (and greatly desired) at the Meta discussion, [[:m:2016 Strategy/Community consultation|2016 Strategy/Community consultation]]. Apologies for English, where this is posted on a non-English project. We thought it was more important to get the consultation translated as much as possible, and good headway has been made there in some languages. There is still much to do, however! We created [[:m:2016 Strategy/Translations]] to try to help coordinate what needs translation and what progress is being made. :) If you have questions, please reach out to me on my talk page or on the strategy consultation's talk page or by email to mdennis@wikimedia.org. I hope you'll join us! [[:m:User:Mdennis (WMF)|Maggie Dennis]] via [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 19:06, 18 rêbendan 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Mdennis (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:PEarley_(WMF)/Mass_Message_-_large&oldid=15253743 --> == Open Call for Individual Engagement Grants == [[File:IEG barnstar 2.png|right|100px]] {{int:Please-translate}}: Greetings! The '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/IEG|Individual Engagement Grants (IEG) program]] is accepting proposals''' until April 12th to fund new tools, research, outreach efforts, and other experiments that enhance the work of Wikimedia volunteers. Whether you need a small or large amount of funds (up to $30,000 USD), IEGs can support you and your team’s project development time in addition to project expenses such as materials, travel, and rental space. *[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IEG#ieg-apply|'''Submit''' a grant request]] or [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IdeaLab|'''draft''' your proposal]] in IdeaLab *[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IdeaLab/Events#Upcoming_events|'''Get help''' with your proposal]] in an upcoming Hangout session *[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IEG#ieg-engaging|'''Learn from examples''' of completed Individual Engagement Grants]] With thanks, [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] 17:47, 31 adar 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:I_JethroBT_(WMF)/IEG_2015_Targets&oldid=15490024 --> == Server switch 2016 == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> The [[foundation:|Wikimedia Foundation]] will be testing its newest data center in Dallas. This will make sure Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia wikis can stay online even after a disaster. To make sure everything is working, the Wikimedia Technology department needs to conduct a planned test. This test will show whether they can reliably switch from one data center to the other. It requires many teams to prepare for the test and to be available to fix any unexpected problems. They will switch all traffic to the new data center on '''Tuesday, 19 April'''.<br/> On '''Thursday, 21 April''', they will switch back to the primary data center. Unfortunately, because of some limitations in [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MediaWiki]], all editing must stop during those two switches. We apologize for this disruption, and we are working to minimize it in the future. '''You will be able to read, but not edit, all wikis for a short period of time.''' *You will not be able to edit for approximately 15 to 30 minutes on Tuesday, 19 April and Thursday, 21 April, starting at 14:00 UTC (15:00 BST, 16:00 CEST, 10:00 EDT, 07:00 PDT). If you try to edit or save during these times, you will see an error message. We hope that no edits will be lost during these minutes, but we can't guarantee it. If you see the error message, then please wait until everything is back to normal. Then you should be able to save your edit. But, we recommend that you make a copy of your changes first, just in case. ''Other effects'': *Background jobs will be slower and some may be dropped. Red links might not be updated as quickly as normal. If you create an article that is already linked somewhere else, the link will stay red longer than usual. Some long-running scripts will have to be stopped. *There will be a code freeze for the week of 18 April. No non-essential code deployments will take place. This test was originally planned to take place on March 22. April 19th and 21st are the new dates. You can [[wikitech:Switch Datacenter#Schedule for Q3 FY2015-2016 rollout|read the schedule at wikitech.wikimedia.org]]. They will post any changes on that schedule. There will be more notifications about this. '''Please share this information with your community.''' /[[m:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) 21:07, 17 avrêl 2016 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Tech/Server_switch_2016/Delivery_list&oldid=15533827 --> == Compact Language Links enabled in this wiki today == {{int:Please-translate}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Compact-language-links-list.png|thumb|Screenshot of Compact Language Links interlanguage list]] [[:mw:Universal_Language_Selector/Compact_Language_Links|Compact Language Links]] has been available as a beta-feature on all Wikimedia wikis since 2014. With compact language links enabled, users are shown a much shorter list of languages on the interlanguage link section of an article (see image). Based on several factors, this shorter list of languages is expected to be more relevant for them and valuable for finding similar content in a language known to them. More information about compact language links can be found in [[:mw:Universal_Language_Selector/Compact_Language_Links|the documentation]]. From today onwards, compact language links has been enabled as the default listing of interlanguage links on this wiki. Using the button at the bottom, you will be able to see a longer list of all the languages the article has been written in. The setting for this compact list can be changed by using the checkbox under ''User Preferences -> Appearance -> Languages'' The compact language links feature has been tested extensively by the Wikimedia Language team, which developed it. However, in case there are any problems or other feedback please let us know on the [[:mw:Talk:Universal_Language_Selector/Compact_Language_Links|project talk page]] or on this discussion thread. It is to be noted that on some wikis the presence of an existing older gadget that was used for a similar purpose may cause an interference for compact language list. We would like to bring this to the attention of the admins of this wiki. Full details are on [[phab:T131455|this phabricator ticket]] (in English). Due to the large scale enablement of this feature, we have had to use [[:m:Global_message_delivery|MassMessage]] for this announcement and as a result it is only written in English. We will really appreciate if this message can be translated for other users of this wiki. Thank you. On behalf of the Wikimedia Language team: [[:mw:User:Runab_WMF|Runa Bhattacharjee (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Runab_WMF|talk]]) 07:04, 24 pûşper 2016 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Runab WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/ULS_Compact_Links/24_June&oldid=15720673 --> == Editing News #2—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/June|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> It's quick and easy to insert a references list. [[File:VisualEditor References List Insert Menu-en.png|alt=Screenshot showing a dropdown menu with many items|center|frameless|150px]] Place the cursor where you want to display the references list (usually at the bottom of the page). Open the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu and click the "{{int:cite-ve-dialogbutton-referenceslist-tooltip}}" icon (three books). If you are using several groups of references, which is relatively rare, you will have the opportunity to specify the group. If you do that, then only the references that belong to the specified group will be displayed in this list of references. Finally, click "{{int:visualeditor-dialog-action-insert}}" in the dialog to insert the {{int:cite-ve-dialogbutton-referenceslist-tooltip}}. This list will change as you add more footnotes to the page. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for Arabic and Indic scripts, and adapting the visual editor to the needs of the Wikivoyages and Wikisources. === Recent changes === The visual editor is now available to all users at most [[Wikivoyage:|Wikivoyages]]. It was also enabled for all contributors at the French Wikinews. The '''[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' feature combines the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab. It has been deployed to several Wikipedias, including Hungarian, Polish, English and Japanese Wikipedias, as well as to all Wikivoyages. At these wikis, you can change your settings for this feature in the "{{int:prefs-editing}}" tab of [[Special:Preferences]]. The team is now reviewing the feedback and considering ways to improve the design before rolling it out to more people. === Future changes === The "{{int:Savearticle}}" button will say "{{int:Publishpage}}". This will affect both the visual and wikitext editing systems. More [[M:Editing/Publish|information is available on Meta]]. The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the remaining [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next few months. The developers want to know whether typing in your language feels natural in the visual editor. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. This will affect several languages, including: [[:w:ar: |'''Arabic''']], [[:w:hi: |'''Hindi''']], [[:w:th: |'''Thai''']], [[:w:ta: |'''Tamil''']], [[:w:mr: |'''Marathi''']], [[:w:ml: |'''Malayalam''']], [[:w:ur: |'''Urdu''']], [[:w:fa: |'''Persian''']], [[:w:bn: |'''Bengali''']], [[:w:as: |'''Assamese''']], [[:w:arc: |'''Aramaic''']] and others. The team is working with the volunteer developers who power Wikisource to provide the visual editor there, for opt-in testing right now and eventually for all users. ([[phab:T138966|T138966]]) The team is working on a modern wikitext editor. It will look like the visual editor, and be able to use the citoid service and other modern tools. This new editing system may become available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices around September 2016. You can read about this project in a [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Roadmap/Update_2016-06-23|general status update on the Wikimedia mailing list]]. === Let's work together === * Do you teach new editors how to use the visual editor? Did you help [[:mw:Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]? Have you written or imported [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your most important citation templates? <mark>Would you be willing to help new editors and small communities with the visual editor? Please sign up for the new [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/Community Taskforce|'''VisualEditor Community Taskforce''']].</mark> * Learn how to improve the "automagical" [[:mw:citoid|citoid]] referencing system in the visual editor, by creating [[w:en:Zotero|Zotero]] translators for popular sources in your language! Watch the [[Mw:Citoid/Zotero's Tech Talk|Tech Talk by Sebastian Karcher]] for more information. If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)]], 17:20, 3 tîrmeh 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15741003 --> == Open call for Project Grants == [[File:IEG barnstar 2.png|right|100px]] {{int:Please-translate}}: :Greetings! The '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:Project|Project Grants program]] is accepting proposals''' from July 1st to August 2nd to fund new tools, research, offline outreach (including editathon series, workshops, etc), online organizing (including contests), and other experiments that enhance the work of Wikimedia volunteers. :Whether you need a small or large amount of funds, Project Grants can support you and your team’s project development time in addition to project expenses such as materials, travel, and rental space. :*[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:Project/Apply|'''Submit''' a grant request]] or [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IdeaLab|'''draft''' your proposal]] in IdeaLab :*[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IdeaLab/Events#Upcoming_events|'''Get help with your proposal''']] in an upcoming Hangout session :*'''Learn from examples''' of completed [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:IEG#ieg-engaging|Individual Engagement Grants]] or [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:PEG/Requests#Grants_funded_by_the_WMF_in_FY_2015.E2.80.9316|Project and Event Grants]] :Also accepting candidates to [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:Project/Quarterly/Committee|join the Project Grants Committee through July 15.]] :With thanks, [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] 15:25, 5 tîrmeh 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:I_JethroBT_(WMF)/IEG_2015_Targets&oldid=15504704 --> == Save/Publish == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The [[:mw:Editing|Editing]] team is planning to change the name of the [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:Translations&namespace=8&message=Savearticle “<bdi>{{int:Savearticle}}</bdi>”] button to [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:Translations&namespace=8&message=Publishpage “'''<bdi>{{int:Publishpage}}</bdi>'''”] and [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:Translations&namespace=8&message=Publishchanges “'''<bdi>{{int:Publishchanges}}</bdi>'''”]. “<bdi>{{int:Publishpage}}</bdi>” will be used when you create a new page. “<bdi>{{int:Publishchanges}}</bdi>” will be used when you change an existing page. The names will be consistent in all editing environments.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T131132][https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T139033] This change will probably happen during the week of 30 August 2016. The change will be announced in [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/News|Tech News]] when it happens. If you are fluent in a language other than English, please check the status of translations at translatewiki.net for [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:Translations&namespace=8&message=Publishpage “'''<bdi>{{int:Publishpage}}</bdi>'''”] and [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:Translations&namespace=8&message=Publishchanges “'''<bdi>{{int:Publishchanges}}</bdi>'''”]. The main reason for this change is to avoid confusion for new editors. Repeated user research studies with new editors have shown that some new editors believed that [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:Translations&namespace=8&message=Savearticle “<bdi>{{int:Savearticle}}</bdi>”] would save a private copy of a new page in their accounts, rather than permanently publishing their changes on the web. It is important for this part of the user interface to be clear, since it is difficult to remove public information after it is published. We believe that the confusion caused by the “<bdi>{{int:Savearticle}}</bdi>” button increases the workload for experienced editors, who have to clean up the information that people unintentionally disclose, and report it to the functionaries and stewards to suppress it. Clarifying what the button does will reduce this problem. Beyond that, the goal is to make all the wikis and languages more consistent, and some wikis made this change many years ago. The [[:m:Legal|Legal team]] at the Wikimedia Foundation supports this change. Making the edit interface easier to understand will make it easier to handle licensing and privacy questions that may arise. Any help pages or other basic documentation about how to edit pages will also need to be updated, on-wiki and elsewhere. On wiki pages, you can use the wikitext codes <code><nowiki>{{int:Publishpage}}</nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki>{{int:Publishchanges}}</nowiki></code> to display the new labels in the user's preferred language. For the language settings in [[Special:Preferences|your account preferences]], these wikitext codes produce “<bdi>{{int:Publishpage}}</bdi>” and “<bdi>{{int:Publishchanges}}</bdi>”. Please share this news with community members who teach new editors and with others who may be interested. </div> [[m:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) 18:04, 9 gelawêj 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=15790914 --> == RevisionSlider == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> From September 13th on, [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:RevisionSlider|RevisionSlider]] will be available as a [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Beta Features|beta feature]] in your wiki. The RevisionSlider adds a slider view to the diff page, so that you can easily move between revisions. The feature fulfills a wish from the [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes|German Community’s Technical Wishlist]]. Everyone is invited to test the feature and we hope that it will serve you well in your work! </div> [[user:Birgit Müller (WMDE)|Birgit Müller (WMDE)]] 16:08, 12 rezber 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Birgit Müller (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_2&oldid=15903627 --> == Grants to improve your project == ''{{int:Please-translate}}:'' Greetings! The [[:m:Grants:Project|Project Grants program]] is currently accepting proposals for funding. There is just over a week left to submit before the October 11 deadline. If you have ideas for software, offline outreach, research, online community organizing, or other projects that enhance the work of Wikimedia volunteers, start your proposal today! Please encourage others who have great ideas to apply as well. Support is available if you want help turning your idea into a grant request. *'''[[:m:Grants:Project/Apply|Submit a grant request]]''' *'''Get help''': In [[:m:Grants:IdeaLab|IdeaLab]] or an upcoming [[:m:Grants:Project#Upcoming_events|Hangout session]] *'''Learn from examples''' of completed [[:m:Grants:IEG#ieg-engaging|Individual Engagement Grants]] or [[:m:Grants:PEG/Requests#Grants_funded_by_the_WMF_in_FY_2015.E2.80.9316|Project and Event Grants]] [[m:User:I JethroBT (WMF)|I JethroBT (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:I JethroBT (WMF)|talk]]) 20:10, 30 rezber 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:I JethroBT (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:I_JethroBT_(WMF)/IEG_2015_Targets&oldid=15939807 --> == Creative Commons 4.0 == Hello! I'm writing from the Wikimedia Foundation to invite you to give your feedback on a proposed move from CC BY-SA 3.0 to a CC BY-SA 4.0 license across all Wikimedia projects. The consultation will run from October 5 to November 8, and we hope to receive a wide range of viewpoints and opinions. Please, if you are interested, [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Terms of use/Creative Commons 4.0|take part in the discussion on Meta-Wiki]]. ''Apologies that this message is only in English. [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Terms of use/Creative Commons 4.0/MassMessage|This message can be read and translated in more languages here]].'' [[User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland]] ([[User talk:JSutherland (WMF)|talk]]) 01:35, 6 kewçêr 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:JSutherland (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:JSutherland_(WMF)/MassMessage/1&oldid=15962252 --> == Editing News #3—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/October|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can easily re-arrange columns and rows in the visual editor? [[File:VisualEditor table editing menu.png|alt=Screenshot showing a dropdown menu with options for editing the table structure|center|frameless|232x232px]] Select a cell in the column or row that you want to move. Click the arrow at the start of that row or column to open the dropdown menu (shown). Choose either "Move before" or "Move after" to move the column, or "Move above" or "Move below" to move the row. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has mainly worked on a new wikitext editor. They have also released some small features and the new map editing tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the list of work finished each week at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, releasing the 2017 wikitext editor as a [[mediawikiwiki:Beta_Features|beta feature]], and improving language support. === Recent changes === *You can now set text as small or big.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T53613] *Invisible templates have been shown as a puzzle icon. Now, the name of the invisible template is displayed next to the puzzle icon.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T141861] A similar feature will display the first part of hidden HTML comments.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T147089] *Categories are displayed at the bottom of each page. If you click on the categories, the dialog for editing categories will open.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T145267] *At many wikis, you can now add [[mediawikiwiki:Maps|maps]] to pages. Go to the Insert menu and choose the "Maps" item. The Discovery department is adding more features to this area, like geoshapes. You can read more at mediawiki.org.[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Discovery#Maps] *The "Save" button now says "Save page" when you create a page, and "Save changes" when you change an existing page.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T139033] In the future, the "{{int:Savearticle}}" button will say "{{int:Publishpage}}". This will affect both the visual and wikitext editing systems. More [[:m:Editing/Publish|information is available on Meta]]. *Image galleries now use a visual mode for editing. You can see thumbnails of the images, add new files, remove unwanted images, rearrange the images by dragging and dropping, and add captions for each image. Use the "Options" tab to set the gallery's display mode, image sizes, and add a title for the gallery.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T45037] === Future changes === The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the remaining 10 [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next month. The developers want to know whether typing in your language feels natural in the visual editor. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. This will affect several languages, including [[:w:th:|'''Thai''']], [[:w:my:|'''Burmese''']] and [[:w:arc:|'''Aramaic''']]. The team is working on a modern wikitext editor. The [[Mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] will look like the visual editor and be able to use the citoid service and other modern tools. This new editing system may become available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices in October 2016. You can read about this project in a [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Roadmap/Update_2016-06-23|general status update on the Wikimedia mailing list]]. === Let's work together === * Do you teach new editors how to use the visual editor? Did you help [[:mw:Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]? Have you written or imported [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your most important citation templates? <mark>Would you be willing to help new editors and small communities with the visual editor? Please sign up for the new [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/Community Taskforce|'''VisualEditor Community Taskforce''']].</mark> *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 17:49, 15 kewçêr 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15960088 --> == Password reset == ''I apologise that this message is in English. [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Security%2FPassword+reset&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:Centralnotice-shared-help-translate}}]'' We are having a problem with attackers taking over wiki accounts with privileged user rights (for example, admins, bureaucrats, oversighters, checkusers). It appears that this may be because of weak or reused passwords. Community members are working along with members of multiple teams at the Wikimedia Foundation to address this issue. In the meantime, we ask that everyone takes a look at the passwords they have chosen for their wiki accounts. If you know that you've chosen a weak password, or if you've chosen a password that you are using somewhere else, please change those passwords. Select strong passwords – eight or more characters long, and containing letters, numbers, and punctuation. [[m:User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland]] ([[m:User talk:JSutherland (WMF)|{{int:Talkpagelinktext}}]]) / [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 23:59, 13 sermawez 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:JSutherland (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:JSutherland_(WMF)/MassMessage/1&oldid=16060701 --> == Adding to the above section (Password reset) == Please accept my apologies - that first line should read "[https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Security%2FPassword+reset&language=&action=page&filter= Help with translations!]". [[m:User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:JSutherland (WMF)|talk]]) / [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 00:11, 14 sermawez 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:JSutherland (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:JSutherland_(WMF)/MassMessage/1&oldid=16060701 --> == New way to edit wikitext == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> '''Summary''': There's a new opt-in Beta Feature of a [[:mw:2017 wikitext editor|wikitext mode for the visual editor]]. Please [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|go try it out]]. We in the Wikimedia Foundation's Editing department are responsible for making editing better for all our editors, new and experienced alike. We've been slowly improving [[:mw:VisualEditor|the visual editor]] based on feedback, user tests, and feature requests. However, that doesn't work for all our user needs: whether you need to edit a wikitext talk page, create a template, or fix some broken reference syntax, sometimes you need to use wikitext, and many experienced editors prefer it. Consequently, we've planned a "wikitext mode" for the visual editor for a long time. It provides as much of the visual editor's features as possible, for those times that you need or want wikitext. It has the same user interface as the visual editor, including the same toolbar across the top with the same buttons. It provides access to the [[:mw:citoid|citoid service]] for formatting citations, integrated search options for inserting images, and the ability to add new templates in a simple dialog. Like in the visual editor, if you paste in formatted text copied from another page, then formatting (such as bolding) will automatically be converted into wikitext. All wikis now have access to this mode as a [[:mw:Beta Features|Beta Feature]]. When enabled, it replaces your existing [[:mw:Editor|wikitext editor]] everywhere. If you don't like it, you can reverse this at any time by turning off the Beta Feature in your preferences. We don't want to surprise anyone, so it's strictly an ''opt-in-only'' Beta Feature. It won't switch on automatically for anyone, even if you have previously checked the box to "{{Int:Betafeatures-auto-enroll}}". The new wikitext edit mode is based on the visual editor, so it requires JavaScript (as does the [[:mw:Extension:WikiEditor|current wikitext editor]]). It doesn't work with gadgets that have only been designed for the older one (and ''vice versa''), so some users will miss gadgets they find important. We're happy to [[:mw:VisualEditor/Gadgets|work with gadget authors to help them update their code to work]] with both editors. We're not planning to get rid of the current main wikitext editor on desktop in the foreseeable future. We're also not going to remove the existing ability to edit plain wikitext without JavaScript. Finally, though it should go without saying, if you prefer to continue using the current wikitext editor, then you may so do. This is an early version, and we'd love to know what you think so we can make it better. Please leave feedback about the new mode [[:mw:2017 wikitext editor/Feedback|on the feedback page]]. You may write comments in any language. Thank you. </div> [[:mw:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]] (Product Manager, Editing department, Wikimedia Foundation) --19:32, 14 berfanbar 2016 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=15942009 --> == Review of initial updates on Wikimedia movement strategy process == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Note: Apologies for cross-posting and sending in English. [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Initial announcements review|Message is available for translation on Meta-Wiki]].'' The Wikimedia movement is beginning a movement-wide strategy discussion, a process which will run throughout 2017. For 15 years, Wikimedians have worked together to build the largest free knowledge resource in human history. During this time, we've grown from a small group of editors to a diverse network of editors, developers, affiliates, readers, donors, and partners. Today, we are more than a group of websites. We are a movement rooted in values and a powerful vision: all knowledge for all people. As a movement, we have an opportunity to decide where we go from here. This movement strategy discussion will focus on the future of our movement: where we want to go together, and what we want to achieve. We hope to design an inclusive process that makes space for everyone: editors, community leaders, affiliates, developers, readers, donors, technology platforms, institutional partners, and people we have yet to reach. There will be multiple ways to participate including on-wiki, in private spaces, and in-person meetings. You are warmly invited to join and make your voice heard. The immediate goal is to have a strategic direction by Wikimania 2017 to help frame a discussion on how we work together toward that strategic direction. Regular updates are being sent to the [[mail:Wikimedia-l|Wikimedia-l mailing list]], and posted [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Updates|on Meta-Wiki]]. Beginning with this message, monthly reviews of these updates will be sent to this page as well. [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Signup|Sign up]] to receive future announcements and monthly highlights of strategy updates on your user talk page. Here is a review of the updates that have been sent so far: * [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/15 December 2016 - Update 1 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 1 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (15 December 2016) ** Introduction to process and information about budget spending resolution to support it * [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/23 December 2016 - Update 2 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 2 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (23 December 2016) ** Start of search for Lead Architect for movement strategy process * [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/8 January 2017 - Update 3 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 3 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (8 January 2017) ** Plans for strategy sessions at upcoming Wikimedia Conference 2017 * [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/11 January 2017 - Update 4 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 4 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (11 January 2017) ** Introduction of williamsworks * [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/2 February 2017 - Update 5 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 5 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (2 February 2017) ** The core movement strategy team, team tracks being developed, introduction of the Community Process Steering Committee, discussions at WikiIndaba conference 2017 and the Wikimedia movement affiliates executive directors gathering in Switzerland * [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/10 February 2017 - Update 6 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 6 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (10 February 2017) ** Tracks A & B process prototypes and providing feedback, updates on development of all four Tracks More information about the movement strategy is available on the [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017|Meta-Wiki 2017 Wikimedia movement strategy portal]]. ''Posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] on behalf of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation|Wikimedia Foundation]], 20:31, 15 reşemî 2017 (UTC) • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Initial announcements review|{{int:please-translate}}]] • [[m:Talk:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates|Get help]]'' </div> <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16297862 --> == Overview #2 of updates on Wikimedia movement strategy process == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Note: Apologies for cross-posting and sending in English. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Overview 2 of updates on Wikimedia movement strategy process|This message is available for translation on Meta-Wiki]].'' As we mentioned last month, the Wikimedia movement is beginning a movement-wide strategy discussion, a process which will run throughout 2017. This movement strategy discussion will focus on the future of our movement: where we want to go together, and what we want to achieve. Regular updates are being sent to the [[mail:Wikimedia-l|Wikimedia-l mailing list]], and posted [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Updates|on Meta-Wiki]]. Each month, we are sending overviews of these updates to this page as well. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Signup|Sign up]] to receive future announcements and monthly highlights of strategy updates on your user talk page. Here is a overview of the updates that have been sent since our message last month: * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/16 February 2017 - Update 7 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 7 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (16 February 2017) ** Development of documentation for Tracks A & B * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/24 February 2017 - Update 8 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 8 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (24 February 2017) ** Introduction of Track Leads for all four audience tracks * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/2 March 2017 - Update 9 on Wikimedia movement strategy process|Update 9 on Wikimedia movement strategy process]] (2 March 2017) ** Seeking feedback on documents being used to help facilitate upcoming community discussions More information about the movement strategy is available on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017|Meta-Wiki 2017 Wikimedia movement strategy portal]]. ''Posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] on behalf of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation|Wikimedia Foundation]], 19:43, 9 adar 2017 (UTC) • [[m:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Overview 2 of updates on Wikimedia movement strategy process|{{int:please-translate}}]] • [[m:Talk:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates|Get help]]'' </div> <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16350625 --> == We invite you to join the movement strategy conversation (now through April 15) == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> : ''This message, "[[mailarchive:wikimediaannounce-l/2017-March/001383.html|We invite you to join the movement strategy conversation (now through April 15)]]", was sent through multiple channels by [[m:User:GVarnum-WMF|Gregory Varnum]] on 15 and 16 of March 2017 to village pumps, affiliate talk pages, movement mailing lists, and MassMessage groups. A similar message was sent by [[m:User:Nicole_Ebber_(WMDE)|Nicole Ebber]] to organized groups and their mailing lists on 15 of March 2017. This version of the message is available for translation and documentation purposes'' Dear Wikimedians/Wikipedians: Today we are starting a broad discussion to define Wikimedia's future role in the world and develop a collaborative strategy to fulfill that role. You are warmly invited to join the conversation. There are many ways to participate, by joining an existing conversation or starting your own: [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Track_A|Track A (organized groups)]]: Discussions with your affiliate, committee or other organized group (these are groups that support the Wikimedia movement). Track B (individual contributors): [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Cycle_1|On Meta]] or your [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Participate|local language or project wiki]]. This is the first of three conversations, and it will run between now and April 15. The purpose of cycle 1 is to discuss the future of the movement and generate major themes around potential directions. What do we want to build or achieve together over the next 15 years? We welcome you, as we create this conversation together, and look forward to broad and diverse participation from all parts of our movement. * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017|Find out more about the movement strategy process]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Toolkit/Discussion_Coordinator_Role|Learn more about volunteering to be a Discussion Coordinator]] Sincerely, Nicole Ebber (Track A Lead), Jaime Anstee (Track B Lead), & the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/People|engagement support teams]]</div></div> 05:09, 18 adar 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Updates/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16453957 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees elections|Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees elections]] == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Please accept our apologies for cross-posting this message. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees elections|This message is available for translation on Meta-Wiki]].'' [[File:Wikimedia-logo black.svg|right|150px|link=m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017]] On behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee, I am pleased to announce that self-nominations are being accepted for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2017/Board_of_Trustees/Call_for_candidates|2017 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees Elections]]. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|Board of Trustees]] (Board) is the decision-making body that is ultimately responsible for the long-term sustainability of the Wikimedia Foundation, so we value wide input into its selection. More information about this role can be found [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Board of Trustees|on Meta-Wiki]]. Please read the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Board of Trustees/Call for candidates|letter from the Board of Trustees calling for candidates]]. '''The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Board of Trustees/Candidates|candidacy submission phase]] will last from April 7 (00:00 UTC) to April 20 (23:59 UTC).''' '''We will also be accepting questions to ask the candidates from April 7 to April 20. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Board of Trustees/Questions|You can submit your questions on Meta-Wiki]].''' Once the questions submission period has ended on April 20, the Elections Committee will then collate the questions for the candidates to respond to beginning on April 21. The goal of this process is to fill the '''three community-selected seats''' on the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The election results will be used by the Board itself to select its new members. The full schedule for the Board elections is as follows. All dates are '''inclusive''', that is, from the beginning of the first day (UTC) to the end of the last. * April 7 (00:00 UTC) – April 20 (23:59 UTC) – '''Board nominations''' * April 7 – April 20 – '''Board candidates questions submission period''' * April 21 – April 30 – '''Board candidates answer questions''' * May 1 – May 14 – '''Board voting period''' * May 15–19 – '''Board vote checking''' * May 20 – '''Board result announcement goal''' In addition to the Board elections, we will also soon be holding elections for the following roles: * '''Funds Dissemination Committee (FDC)''' ** There are five positions being filled. More information about this election will be available [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee|on Meta-Wiki]]. * '''Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson (Ombuds)''' ** One position is being filled. More information about this election will be available [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson|on Meta-Wiki]]. Please note that this year the Board of Trustees elections will be held before the FDC and Ombuds elections. Candidates who are not elected to the Board are explicitly permitted and encouraged to submit themselves as candidates to the FDC or Ombuds positions after the results of the Board elections are announced. More information on this year's elections can be found [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|on Meta-Wiki]]. Any questions related to the election can be posted on the [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|election talk page on Meta-Wiki]], or sent to the election committee's mailing list, <tt dir="ltr" style="white-space:nowrap;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5">board-elections[[File:At sign.svg|15x15px|middle|link=|alt=(at)]]wikimedia.org</tt>. On behalf of the Election Committee,<br /> [[m:User:KTC|Katie Chan]], Chair, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee|Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]<br /> [[m:User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland]], Community Advocate, Wikimedia Foundation ''Posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] on behalf of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee|Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]], 03:36, 7 avrêl 2017 (UTC) • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees elections|{{int:please-translate}}]] • [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|Get help]]''</div> <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16441214 --> == Read-only mode for 20 to 30 minutes on 19 April and 3 May == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch 2017|Read this message in another language]] • {{int:please-translate}} The [[foundation:|Wikimedia Foundation]] will be testing its secondary data center in Dallas. This will make sure that Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia wikis can stay online even after a disaster. To make sure everything is working, the Wikimedia Technology department needs to conduct a planned test. This test will show whether they can reliably switch from one data center to the other. It requires many teams to prepare for the test and to be available to fix any unexpected problems. They will switch all traffic to the secondary data center on '''Wednesday, 19 April 2017'''. On '''Wednesday, 3 May 2017''', they will switch back to the primary data center. Unfortunately, because of some limitations in [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MediaWiki]], all editing must stop during those two switches. We apologize for this disruption, and we are working to minimize it in the future. '''You will be able to read, but not edit, all wikis for a short period of time.''' *You will not be able to edit for approximately 20 to 30 minutes on Wednesday, 19 April and Wednesday, 3 May. The test will start at [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20170419T14 14:00 UTC] (15:00 BST, 16:00 CEST, 10:00 EDT, 07:00 PDT, 23:00 JST, and in New Zealand at 02:00 NZST on Thursday 20 April and Thursday 4 May). *If you try to edit or save during these times, you will see an error message. We hope that no edits will be lost during these minutes, but we can't guarantee it. If you see the error message, then please wait until everything is back to normal. Then you should be able to save your edit. But, we recommend that you make a copy of your changes first, just in case. ''Other effects'': *Background jobs will be slower and some may be dropped. Red links might not be updated as quickly as normal. If you create an article that is already linked somewhere else, the link will stay red longer than usual. Some long-running scripts will have to be stopped. *There will be code freezes for the weeks of 17 April 2017 and 1 May 2017. Non-essential code deployments will not happen. This project may be postponed if necessary. You can [[wikitech:Switch Datacenter#Schedule for 2017 switch|read the schedule at wikitech.wikimedia.org]]. Any changes will be announced in the schedule. There will be more notifications about this. '''Please share this information with your community.''' /<span dir=ltr>[[m:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]])</span> </div></div>[[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 17:34, 11 avrêl 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16545942 --> == [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SecurePoll/vote/341?setlang={{CONTENTLANG}} Voting has begun in 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees elections] == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[File:Wikimedia-logo black.svg|{{#switch:{{CONTENTLANG}}|ar=left|he=left|right}}|125px|link=m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Board voting has begun]]''This is a message from the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee|Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Board voting has begun|Translations]] are available.'' [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SecurePoll/vote/341?setlang={{CONTENTLANG}}&uselang={{CONTENTLANG}} Voting has begun] for [[m:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017#Requirements|eligible voters]] in the 2017 elections for the ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Board of Trustees|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees]]''. The [[m:Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees]] is the ultimate governing authority of the Wikimedia Foundation, a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization registered in the United States. The Wikimedia Foundation manages many diverse projects such as Wikipedia and Commons. The voting phase lasts from 00:00 UTC May 1 to 23:59 UTC May 14. '''[https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:SecurePoll/vote/341?setlang={{CONTENTLANG}}&uselang={{CONTENTLANG}} Click here to vote].''' More information on the candidates and the elections can be found on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Board of Trustees|2017 Board of Trustees election page]] on Meta-Wiki. On behalf of the Elections Committee,<br/> [[m:User:KTC|Katie Chan]], Chair, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee|Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]<br/> [[m:User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland]], Community Advocate, Wikimedia Foundation ''Posted by the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Board voting has begun|Translate]] • [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|Get help]]</div> 19:14, 3 gulan 2017 (UTC)'' <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16683836 --> == Beta Feature Two Column Edit Conflict View == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> From May 9, the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Two_Column_Edit_Conflict_View|Two Column Edit Conflict View]] will be available as a [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Beta Features|beta feature]] on all wikis. The Two Column Edit Conflict View is a new interface for the edit conflict resolution page. It highlights differences between the editor's and the conflicting changes to make it easy to copy and paste pieces of the text and resolve the conflict. The feature fulfils a request for a more user-friendly edit conflict resolution from the [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes|German Community’s Technical Wishlist]]. Everyone is invited to test the feature and we hope that it will serve you well! </div> [[m:user:Birgit Müller (WMDE)|Birgit Müller (WMDE)]] 14:41, 8 gulan 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Birgit Müller (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_2&oldid=16712264 --> == Editing News #1—2017 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2017/May|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can review your changes visually? [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - visual diff.png|alt=Screenshot showing some changes to an article. Most changes are highlighted with text formatting.|center|frameless|245x245px]]When you are finished editing the page, type your edit summary and then choose "{{Int:visualeditor-savedialog-label-review}}". In visual mode, you will see additions, removals, new links, and formatting highlighted. Other changes, such as changing the size of an image, are described in notes on the side. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - toggle button.png|alt=Toggle button showing visual and wikitext options; visual option is selected.|center|frameless|220x220px]] Click the toggle button to switch between visual and wikitext diffs. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - wikitext diff.png|alt=Screenshot showing the same changes, in the two-column wikitext diff display.|center|frameless|245x245px]] The wikitext diff is the same diff tool that is used in the wikitext editors and in the page history. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has spent most of their time supporting [[:mediawikiwiki:2017_wikitext_editor|the 2017 wikitext editor mode]] which is available inside the visual editor as a Beta Feature, and adding [[:mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Diffs|the new visual diff tool]]. Their workboard is available [[:phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the work finished each week at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, supporting the 2017 wikitext editor as a [[:mw:Beta Features|beta feature]], and improving the visual diff tool. === Recent changes === *A '''new wikitext editing mode''' is available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices. The [[:mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] has the same toolbar as the visual editor and can use the citoid service and other modern tools. Go to [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures]] to enable the {{Int:Visualeditor-preference-newwikitexteditor-label}}. * A new '''[[:mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]]''' is available in VisualEditor's visual mode. You can toggle between wikitext and visual diffs. More features will be added to this later. In the future, this tool may be integrated into other MediaWiki components. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T143350] * The team have added [[:mediawikiwiki:Editing/Projects/Columns_for_references|multi-column support for lists of footnotes]]. The <code><nowiki><references /></nowiki></code> block can automatically display long lists of references in columns on wide screens. This makes footnotes easier to read. You can [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Cite,VisualEditor,Wikimedia-Site-requests&title=Convert%20reference%20lists%20over%20to%20`responsive`%20on%20XXwiki&priority=10&parent=159895 '''request multi-column support'''] for your wiki. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T33597] * You can now use your web browser's function to switch typing direction in the new wikitext mode. This is particularly helpful for RTL language users like Urdu or Hebrew who have to write JavaScript or CSS. You can use Command+Shift+X or Control+Shift+X to trigger this. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T153356] * The way to switch between the visual editing mode and the wikitext editing mode is now consistent. There is a drop-down menu that shows the two options. This is now the same in desktop and mobile web editing, and inside things that embed editing, such as Flow. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T116417] * The {{Int:visualeditor-categories-tool}} item has been moved to the top of the {{Int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}} menu (from clicking on the "hamburger" icon) for quicker access. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T74399] There is also now a "Templates used on this page" feature there. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T149009] * You can now create <code><nowiki><chem></nowiki></code> tags (sometimes used as <code><nowiki><ce></nowiki></code>) for chemical formulas inside the visual editor. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T153365] * Tables can be set as collapsed or un-collapsed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T157989] * The {{Int:visualeditor-specialcharacter-button-tooltip}} menu now includes characters for Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics and angle quotation marks (‹› and ⟨⟩) . The team thanks the volunteer developer, [[:S:en:User:Tpt|Tpt]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T108626] * A bug caused some section edit conflicts to blank the rest of the page. This has been fixed. The team are sorry for the disruption. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T154217] * There is a new keyboard shortcut for citations: <code>Control</code>+<code>Shift</code>+<code>K</code> on a PC, or <code>Command</code>+<code>Shift</code>+<code>K</code> on a Mac. It is based on the keyboard shortcut for making links, which is <code>Control</code>+<code>K</code> or <code>Command</code>+<code>K</code> respectively. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T99299] === Future changes === * The team is working on a syntax highlighting tool. It will highlight matching pairs of <code><nowiki><ref></nowiki></code> tags and other types of wikitext syntax. You will be able to turn it on and off. It will first become available in VisualEditor's built-in wikitext mode, maybe late in 2017. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T101246] * The kind of button used to {{Int:Showpreview}}, {{Int:showdiff}}, and finish an edit will change in all WMF-supported wikitext editors. The new buttons will use [[Mw:OOjs UI|OOjs UI]]. The buttons will be larger, brighter, and easier to read. The labels will remain the same. You can test the new button by editing a page and adding <code>&ooui=1</code> to the end of the URL, like this: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Project:Sandbox?action=edit&ooui=1 The old appearance will no longer be possible, even with local CSS changes. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T162849] * The [[:mediawikiwiki:File:Edit_toolbar_-_2.png|outdated 2006 wikitext editor]] will be removed later this year. It is used by approximately 0.03% of active editors. See [[:mw:Editor|a list of editing tools on mediawiki.org]] if you are uncertain which one you use. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T30856] *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 18:06, 12 gulan 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=16160401 --> == RevisionSlider == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:RevisionSlider|RevisionSlider]] will be available as a default feature for all users on all wikis from May 17. The RevisionSlider adds a slider view to the diff page so that you can easily move between revisions. The slider view is collapsed by default, and will load by clicking on it. It can also be turned off entirely in the user preferences. RevisionSlider has been a default feature on German, Arabic and Hebrew Wikipedia for 6 months and a beta feature on all wikis for 8 months. The feature fulfills a wish from the [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes|German Community’s Technical Wishlist]]. Thanks to everyone who tested RevisionSlider and gave valuable feedback to improve the feature! We hope that RevisionSlider will continue to serve you well in your work. </div> [[m:user:Birgit Müller (WMDE)|Birgit Müller (WMDE)]] 14:44, 16 gulan 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Birgit Müller (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_2&oldid=16715712 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2|Join the next cycle of Wikimedia movement strategy discussions (underway until June 12)]] == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Cycle 2 discussions launch|Message is available for translation on Meta-Wiki]]'' [[File:Wikimedia-logo.svg|{{#switch:{{CONTENTLANG}}|ar=left|he=left|right}}|150px]] The Wikimedia movement strategy core team and working groups have completed reviewing the more than 1800 thematic statements we received from the first discussion. They have identified [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2|5 themes that were consistent across all the conversations]] - each with their own set of sub-themes. These are not the final themes, just an initial working draft of the core concepts. You are invited to [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Participate|join the online and offline discussions taking place]] on these 5 themes. This round of discussions will take place between now and June 12th. You can discuss as many as you like; we ask you to participate in the ones that are most (or least) important to you. Here are the five themes, each has a page on Meta-Wiki with more information about the theme and how to participate in that theme's discussion: * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2/Healthy, Inclusive Communities|Healthy, Inclusive Communities]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2/The Augmented Age|The Augmented Age]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2/A Truly Global Movement|A Truly Global Movement]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2/The Most Respected Source of Knowledge|The Most Respected Source of Knowledge]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Cycle 2/Engaging in the Knowledge Ecosystem|Engaging in the Knowledge Ecosystem]] On the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Participate|movement strategy portal on Meta-Wiki]], you can find more information about each of these themes, their discussions, and how to participate. ''Posted by [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] on behalf of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation|Wikimedia Foundation]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates/Cycle 2 discussions launch|{{int:please-translate}}]] • [[m:Talk:Strategy/Wikimedia movement/2017/Updates|Get help]]''</div> 21:09, 16 gulan 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Strategy/Wikimedia_movement/2017/Updates/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16773425 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee elections|Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee elections]] == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[File:Wikimedia-logo black.svg|{{#switch:{{CONTENTLANG}}|ar=left|he=left|right}}|125px|link=m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee elections]] :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee elections|Translations of this message are available on Meta-Wiki]].'' On behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee, we are pleased to announce that self-nominations are being accepted for the [[m:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee/Call for candidates|2017 Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson|Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson]] elections. Please read the letter from the Wikimedia Foundation calling for candidates at [[m:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee/Call for candidates|on the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation elections portal]]. ''Funds Dissemination Committee''<br /> The Funds Dissemination Committee (FDC) makes recommendations about how to allocate Wikimedia movement funds to eligible entities. There are five positions being filled. More information about this role can be found at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee|the FDC elections page]]. ''Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson''<br /> The Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson receives complaints and feedback about the FDC process, investigates complaints at the request of the Board of Trustees, and summarizes the investigations and feedback for the Board of Trustees on an annual basis. One position is being filled. More information about this role can be found at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee Ombudsperson|the FDC Ombudsperson elections page]]. '''The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee/Candidates|candidacy submission phase]] will last until May 28 (23:59 UTC).''' '''We will also be accepting questions to ask the candidates until May 28. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Funds Dissemination Committee/Questions|You can submit your questions on Meta-Wiki]].''' Once the questions submission period has ended on May 28, the Elections Committee will then collate the questions for the candidates to respond to. The goal of this process is to fill the '''five community-selected seats''' on the Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee and the '''community-selected ombudsperson'''. The election results will be used by the Board itself to make the appointments. The full schedule for the FDC elections is as follows. All dates are '''inclusive''', that is, from the beginning of the first day (UTC) to the end of the last. * May 15 (00:00 UTC) – May 28 (23:59 UTC) – '''Nominations''' * May 15 – May 28 – '''Candidates questions submission period''' * May 29 – June 2 – '''Candidates answer questions''' * June 3 – June 11 – '''Voting period''' * June 12–14 – '''Vote checking''' * June 15 – '''Goal date for announcing election results''' More information on this year's elections can be found at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation elections portal]]. Please feel free to post a note about the election on your project's village pump. Any questions related to the election can be posted on [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|the talk page on Meta-Wiki]], or sent to the election committee's mailing list, <tt dir="ltr" style="white-space:nowrap;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5">board-elections[[File:At sign.svg|15x15px|middle|link=|alt=(at)]]wikimedia.org</tt>. On behalf of the Election Committee,<br /> [[m:User:KTC|Katie Chan]], Chair, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee|Wikimedia Foundation Elections Committee]]<br /> [[m:User:JSutherland (WMF)|Joe Sutherland]], Community Advocate, Wikimedia Foundation ''Posted by the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017/Updates/Start of the 2017 Wikimedia Foundation Funds Dissemination Committee elections|Translate]] • [[m:Talk:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2017|Get help]]''</div> 21:05, 23 gulan 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:GVarnum-WMF@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=16804695 --> == Accessible editing buttons == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">The MediaWiki developers have been slowly improving the accessibility of the user interface. The next step in this transition will change the appearance of some buttons and may break some outdated (non-updated or unmaintained) user scripts and gadgets. You can see and use the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Project:Sandbox?action=submit&ooui=0 old] and [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Project:Sandbox?action=submit&ooui=1 new] versions now. Most editors will only notice that some buttons are slightly larger and have different colors. <gallery mode="nolines" caption="Comparison of old and new styles" heights="240" widths="572"> File:MediaWiki edit page buttons accessibility change 2017, before.png|Buttons before the change File:MediaWiki edit page buttons accessibility change 2017, after.png|Buttons after the change </gallery> However, this change also affects some user scripts and gadgets. Unfortunately, some of them may not work well in the new system. <mark>If you maintain any user scripts or gadgets that are used for editing, please see '''[[:mw:Contributors/Projects/Accessible editing buttons]]''' for information on how to test and fix your scripts. Outdated scripts can be tested and fixed now.</mark> This change will probably reach this wiki on '''Tuesday, 1 August 2017'''. Please leave a note at [[:mw:Talk:Contributors/Projects/Accessible editing buttons]] if you need help.</div> --[[m:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) 16:56, 27 tîrmeh 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Whatamidoing_(WMF)/Sandbox&oldid=17043399 --> == Changes to the global ban policy == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Hello. Some changes to the [[m:Global bans|community global ban policy]] have been proposed. Your comments are welcome at [[:m:Requests for comment/Improvement of global ban policy]]. Please translate this message to your language, if needed. Cordially. [[:m:User:Matiia|Matiia]] ([[:m:User talk:Matiia|Matiia]]) 00:34, 12 sermawez 2017 (UTC)</div> <!-- Message sent by User:Matiia@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=17241561 --> == New print to pdf feature for mobile web readers == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> '''New print to pdf feature for mobile web readers''' The Readers web team will be deploying a new feature this week to make it [[mw:Reading/Web/Projects/Mobile_PDFs|easier to download PDF versions of articles on the mobile website]]. Providing better offline functionality was one of the highlighted areas from [[m:New_Readers/Offline|the research done by the New Readers team in Mexico, Nigeria, and India]]. The teams created a prototype for mobile PDFs which was evaluated by user research and community feedback. The [[m:New_Readers/Offline#Concept_testing_for_mobile_web|prototype evaluation]] received positive feedback and results, so development continued. For the initial deployment, the feature will be available to Google Chrome browsers on Android. Support for other mobile browsers to come in the future. For Chrome, the feature will use the native Android print functionality. Users can choose to download a webpage as a PDF. [[mw:Reading/Web/Projects/Print_Styles#Mobile_Printing|Mobile print styles]] will be used for these PDFs to ensure optimal readability for smaller screens. The feature is available starting Wednesday, Nov 15. For more information, see [[mw:Reading/Web/Projects/Mobile_PDFs|the project page on MediaWiki.org]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[m:User:CKoerner (WMF)|CKoerner (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:CKoerner (WMF)|talk]]) 22:07, 20 sermawez 2017 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:CKoerner (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:CKoerner_(WMF)/Mobile_PDF_distribution_list&oldid=17448927 --> == Editing News #1—2018 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/February|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] '''Did you know?'''<div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can now use the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]] on any page? [[File:Wikitext diff paragraph move correcting vandalism 2018.png|alt=Screenshot showing some changes, in the two-column wikitext diff display|center|frameless|250px]] Sometimes, it is hard to see important changes in a wikitext diff. This screenshot of a wikitext diff (click to enlarge) shows that the paragraphs have been rearranged, but it does not highlight the removal of a word or the addition of a new sentence. If you [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable the Beta Feature]] for "{{Int:visualeditor-preference-visualdiffpage-label}}", you will have a new option. It will give you a new box at the top of every diff page. This box will let you choose either diff system on any edit. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - toggle button.png|alt=Toggle button showing visual and wikitext options; visual option is selected|center|frameless|200px]] Click the toggle button to switch between visual and wikitext diffs. In the visual diff, additions, removals, new links, and formatting changes will be highlighted. Other changes, such as changing the size of an image, are described in notes on the side. [[File:Visual diff paragraph move correcting vandalism 2018.png|alt=Screenshot showing the same changes to an article. Most changes are highlighted with text formatting.|center|frameless|250px]] This screenshot shows the same edit as the wikitext diff. The visual diff highlights the removal of one word and the addition of a new sentence. You can read and help translate [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2017/May|the last newsletter]], the [[mw:Editing|Editing Team]] has spent most of their time supporting [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|the 2017 wikitext editor mode]], which is available inside the visual editor as a Beta Feature, and improving [[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|the visual diff tool]]. Their work board is available [[phab:project/view/3236/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the work finished each week at [[mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[mw:Editing team/Current priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, supporting the 2017 wikitext editor, and improving the visual diff tool. ===Recent changes=== *The '''[[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]]''' is [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|available as a Beta Feature]] on desktop devices. It has the same toolbar as the visual editor and can use the citoid service and other modern tools. The team have been comparing the performance of different editing environments. They have studied how long it takes to open the page and start typing. The study uses data for more than one million edits during December and January. Some changes have been made to improve the speed of the 2017 wikitext editor and the visual editor. Recently, the 2017 wikitext editor opened fastest for most edits, and the 2010 WikiEditor was fastest for some edits. More information will be posted at [[mw:Contributors/Projects/Editing performance]]. *The '''[[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]]''' was developed for the visual editor. It is now available to all users of the visual editor and the 2017 wikitext editor. When you review your changes, you can toggle between wikitext and visual diffs. You can also [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable the new Beta Feature]] for "Visual diffs". The Beta Feature lets you use the visual diff tool to view other people's edits on page histories and [[Special:RecentChanges]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T167508] *[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:CodeMirror|'''Wikitext syntax highlighting''']] is available as a Beta Feature for both [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|the 2017 wikitext editor]] and the 2010 wikitext editor. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T101246] *The [[mw:Citoid|citoid service]] automatically translates URLs, DOIs, ISBNs, and PubMed id numbers into wikitext citation templates. It is very popular and useful to editors, although it can be a bit tricky to set up. <mark>Your wiki can have this service. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|read the instructions]]. You can [[phab:T127354|ask the team to help you enable citoid at your wiki]]</mark>. ===Let's work together=== *The team will talk about editing tools at an upcoming [[m:Wikimedia Foundation metrics and activities meetings|Wikimedia Foundation metrics and activities meeting]]. *Wikibooks, Wikiversity, and other communities may have the visual editor made available by default to contributors. If your community wants this, then please contact [[mw:User talk:Deskana (WMF)|Dan Garry]]. *The <code><nowiki><references /></nowiki></code> block can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Contributors/Projects/Columns for references|automatically display long lists of references in columns]] on wide screens. This makes footnotes easier to read. You can [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Cite,VisualEditor,Wikimedia-Site-requests&title=Convert%20reference%20lists%20over%20to%20`responsive`%20on%20XXwiki&priority=10&parent=159895 '''request multi-column support'''] for your wiki. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T33597] *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly. We will notify you when the next issue is ready for translation. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 20:56, 2 adar 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=17790200 --> == AdvancedSearch == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> From May 8, [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:AdvancedSearch|AdvancedSearch]] will be available as a [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Beta Features|beta feature]] in your wiki. The feature enhances the [[Special:Search|search page]] through an advanced parameters form and aims to make [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/AdvancedSearch/Functional_scope|existing search options]] more visible and accessible for everyone. AdvancedSearch is a project by [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/AdvancedSearch|WMDE Technical Wishes]]. Everyone is invited to test the feature and we hope that it will serve you well in your work! </div> [[m:User:Birgit Müller (WMDE)|Birgit Müller (WMDE)]] 14:53, 7 gulan 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Birgit Müller (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_2&oldid=17995461 --> == Global preferences are available == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Global preferences are now available, you can set them by visiting your new [[Special:GlobalPreferences|global preferences page]]. Visit [[mw:Help:Extension:GlobalPreferences|mediawiki.org for information on how to use them]] and [[mw:Help talk:Extension:GlobalPreferences|leave feedback]]. -- [[User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Keegan (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 19:19, 10 tîrmeh 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=17968247 --> == Consultation on the creation of a separate user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''({{int:please-translate}})'' Hi all, I'm preparing a change in who can edit sitewide CSS/JS pages. (These are pages like <code dir="ltr">MediaWiki:Common.css</code> and <code dir="ltr">MediaWiki:Vector.js</code> which are executed in the browser of all readers and editors.) Currently all administrators are able to edit these pages, which poses a serious and unnecessary security risk. Soon, a dedicated, smaller user group will take over this task. Your community will be able to decide who belongs in this group, so this should mean very little change for you. You can find out more and provide feedback at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Creation of separate user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS|the consultation page on Meta]]. If you are involved in maintaining CSS/JS code, or policymaking around adminship requests, please give it a look! Thanks! <br/><span dir="ltr">[[m:User:Tgr|Tgr]] ([[m:User talk:Tgr|talk]]) 08:45, 12 tîrmeh 2018 (UTC) <small>(via [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Global_message_delivery|global message delivery]])</small></span> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Tgr@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Nonechnical_Village_Pumps_distribution_list&oldid=18199925 --> == New user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''({{int:please-translate}})'' Hi all! To improve the security of our readers and editors, permission handling for CSS/JS pages has changed. (These are pages like <code dir="ltr">MediaWiki:Common.css</code> and <code dir="ltr">MediaWiki:Vector.js</code> which contain code that is executed in the browsers of users of the site.) A new user group, <code dir="ltr">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Interface administrators|interface-admin]]</code>, has been created. Starting four weeks from now, only members of this group will be able edit CSS/JS pages that they do not own (that is, any page ending with <code dir="ltr">.css</code> or <code dir="ltr">.js</code> that is either in the <code dir="ltr">MediaWiki:</code> namespace or is another user's user subpage). You can learn more about the motivation behind the change [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Creation of separate user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS|here]]. Please add users who need to edit CSS/JS to the new group (this can be done the same way new administrators are added, by stewards or local bureaucrats). This is a dangerous permission; a malicious user or a hacker taking over the account of a careless interface-admin can abuse it in far worse ways than admin permissions could be abused. Please only assign it to users who need it, who are trusted by the community, and who follow common basic password and computer security practices (use strong passwords, do not reuse passwords, use two-factor authentication if possible, do not install software of questionable origin on your machine, use antivirus software if that's a standard thing in your environment). Thanks! <br/><span dir="ltr">[[m:User:Tgr|Tgr]] ([[m:User talk:Tgr|talk]]) 13:08, 30 tîrmeh 2018 (UTC) <small>(via [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Global_message_delivery|global message delivery]])</small></span> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Tgr@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=17968247 --> == Editing of sitewide CSS/JS is only possible for interface administrators from now == ''({{int:please-translate}})'' <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Hi all, as [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Creation of separate user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS/announcement 2|announced previously]], permission handling for CSS/JS pages has changed: only members of the <code>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Interface administrators|interface-admin]]</code> ({{int:group-interface-admin}}) group, and a few highly privileged global groups such as stewards, can edit CSS/JS pages that they do not own (that is, any page ending with .css or .js that is either in the MediaWiki: namespace or is another user's user subpage). This is done to improve the security of readers and editors of Wikimedia projects. More information is available at [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Creation of separate user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS|Creation of separate user group for editing sitewide CSS/JS]]. If you encounter any unexpected problems, please contact me or file a bug. Thanks!<br /> [[m:User:Tgr|Tgr]] ([[m:User talk:Tgr|talk]]) 12:40, 27 gelawêj 2018 (UTC) <small>(via [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Global_message_delivery|global message delivery]])</small> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Tgr@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18258712 --> == Read-only mode for up to an hour on 12 September and 10 October == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch 2018|Read this message in another language]] • {{int:please-translate}} The [[foundation:|Wikimedia Foundation]] will be testing its secondary data centre. This will make sure that Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia wikis can stay online even after a disaster. To make sure everything is working, the Wikimedia Technology department needs to do a planned test. This test will show if they can reliably switch from one data centre to the other. It requires many teams to prepare for the test and to be available to fix any unexpected problems. They will switch all traffic to the secondary data center on '''Wednesday, 12 September 2018'''. On '''Wednesday, 10 October 2018''', they will switch back to the primary data center. Unfortunately, because of some limitations in [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MediaWiki]], all editing must stop when we switch. We apologize for this disruption, and we are working to minimize it in the future. '''You will be able to read, but not edit, all wikis for a short period of time.''' *You will not be able to edit for up to an hour on Wednesday, 12 September and Wednesday, 10 October. The test will start at [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20170503T14 14:00 UTC] (15:00 BST, 16:00 CEST, 10:00 EDT, 07:00 PDT, 23:00 JST, and in New Zealand at 02:00 NZST on Thursday 13 September and Thursday 11 October). *If you try to edit or save during these times, you will see an error message. We hope that no edits will be lost during these minutes, but we can't guarantee it. If you see the error message, then please wait until everything is back to normal. Then you should be able to save your edit. But, we recommend that you make a copy of your changes first, just in case. ''Other effects'': *Background jobs will be slower and some may be dropped. Red links might not be updated as quickly as normal. If you create an article that is already linked somewhere else, the link will stay red longer than usual. Some long-running scripts will have to be stopped. *There will be code freezes for the weeks of 10 September 2018 and 8 October 2018. Non-essential code deployments will not happen. This project may be postponed if necessary. You can [[wikitech:Switch Datacenter#Schedule for 2018 switch|read the schedule at wikitech.wikimedia.org]]. Any changes will be announced in the schedule. There will be more notifications about this. '''Please share this information with your community.''' /<span dir=ltr>[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|User:Johan(WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Johan (WMF)|talk]])</span> </div></div> 13:33, 6 rezber 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18333489 --> == The Community Wishlist Survey == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> The Community Wishlist Survey. {{Int:Please-translate}}. Hey everyone, The Community Wishlist Survey is the process when the Wikimedia communities decide what the Wikimedia Foundation [[m:Community Tech|Community Tech]] should work on over the next year. The Community Tech team is focused on tools for experienced Wikimedia editors. You can post technical proposals from now until 11 November. The communities will vote on the proposals between 16 November and 30 November. You can read more on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2019|wishlist survey page]]. <span dir=ltr>/[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|User:Johan (WMF)]]</span></div></div> 11:06, 30 kewçêr 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18458512 --> == Editing News #2—2018 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[metawiki:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/October|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can use the visual editor on a mobile device? [[File:Mobile editing watchlist star editing pencil.png|alt=Screenshot showing the location of the pencil icon|center|frameless|250px]] Tap on the pencil icon to start editing. The page will probably open in the wikitext editor. You will see another pencil icon in the toolbar. Tap on that pencil icon to the switch between visual editing and wikitext editing. [[File:Visual editing mobile switch wikitext.png|alt=Toolbar with menu opened|center|frameless|250px]] Remember to publish your changes when you're done. You can read and help translate [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:Editing|Editing Team]] has wrapped up most of their work on the [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] and [[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|the visual diff tool]]. The team has begun investigating the needs of editors who use mobile devices. Their work board is available [[phab:project/view/3236/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mw:Wikimedia Audiences/2018-19 Q2 Goals#Contributors|current priorities]] are fixing bugs and improving mobile editing. === Recent changes === *The Editing team has published an [[mw:Mobile editing using the visual editor report|initial report about mobile editing]]. *The Editing team has begun a design study of visual editing on the mobile website. New editors have trouble doing basic tasks on a smartphone, such as adding links to Wikipedia articles. You can [[c:File:Visual Editor Heuristic - Results.pdf|read the report]]. *The Reading team is working on a [[mw:Reading/Web/Advanced mobile contributions|separate mobile-based contributions project]]. *The 2006 wikitext editor is [[mw:Contributors/Projects/Removal of the 2006 wikitext editor|no longer supported]]. If you used [[:File:Edit toolbar - 2.png|that toolbar]], then you will no longer see any toolbar. You may choose another editing tool in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|editing preferences]], [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-gadgets|local gadgets]], or [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|beta features]]. *The Editing team described the history and status of [[mw:Extension:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] in [[m:Wikimedia monthly activities meetings/2018-03|this recorded public presentation]] (starting at 29 minutes, 30 seconds). *The Language team released [[mw:Content translation/V2|a new version of Content Translation]] (CX2) last month, on [[foundationsite:2018/09/30/international-translation-day/|International Translation Day]]. It integrates the visual editor to support templates, tables, and images. It also produces better wikitext when the translated article is published. [https://wikimediafoundation.org/2018/09/30/content-translation-version-two/] === Let's work together === * The Editing team wants to improve visual editing on the mobile website. <mark>Please read [[mw:Visual-based mobile editing/Ideas/October 2018|their ideas]] and tell the team what you think would help editors who use the mobile site.</mark> *The [[m:Community Wishlist Survey 2019|Community Wishlist Survey]] begins next week. *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly. We will notify you when the next issue is ready for translation. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[mw:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 14:17, 2 sermawez 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=17790200 --> == Change coming to how certain templates will appear on the mobile web == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> '''Change coming to how certain templates will appear on the mobile web''' {{int:please-translate}} [[File:Page_issues_-_mobile_banner_example.jpg|thumb|Example of improvements]] Hello, In a few weeks the Readers web team will be changing how some templates look on the mobile web site. We will make these templates more noticeable when viewing the article. We ask for your help in updating any templates that don't look correct. What kind of templates? Specifically templates that notify readers and contributors about issues with the content of an article – the text and information in the article. Examples like [[wikidata:Q5962027|Template:Unreferenced]] or [[Wikidata:Q5619503|Template:More citations needed]]. Right now these notifications are hidden behind a link under the title of an article. We will format templates like these (mostly those that use Template:Ambox or message box templates in general) to show a short summary under the page title. You can tap on the "Learn more" link to get more information. For template editors we have [[mw:Recommendations_for_mobile_friendly_articles_on_Wikimedia_wikis#Making_page_issues_(ambox_templates)_mobile_friendly|some recommendations on how to make templates that are mobile-friendly]] and also further [[mw:Reading/Web/Projects/Mobile_Page_Issues|documentation on our work so far]]. If you have questions about formatting templates for mobile, [[mw:Talk:Reading/Web/Projects/Mobile_Page_Issues|please leave a note on the project talk page]] or [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Readers-Web-Backlog file a task in Phabricator] and we will help you. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[m:User:CKoerner (WMF)|CKoerner (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:CKoerner (WMF)|talk]]) 19:34, 13 sermawez 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:CKoerner (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18543269 --> == Community Wishlist Survey vote == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> The Community Wishlist Survey. {{Int:Please-translate}}. Hey everyone, The Community Wishlist Survey is the process when the Wikimedia communities decide what the Wikimedia Foundation [[m:Community Tech|Community Tech]] should work on over the next year. The Community Tech team is focused on tools for experienced Wikimedia editors. The communities have now posted a long list of technical proposals. You can vote on the proposals from now until 30 November. You can read more on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2019|wishlist survey page]]. <span dir=ltr>/[[m:User:Johan (WMF)|User:Johan (WMF)]]</span></div></div> 18:13, 22 sermawez 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18543269 --> == Advanced Search == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/AdvancedSearch|Advanced Search]] will become a default feature on your wiki on November 28. This new interface allows you to perform specialized searches on the [[Special:Search|search page]], even if you don’t know any [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:CirrusSearch|search syntax]]. Advanced Search originates from the [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes|German Community’s Technical Wishes project]]. It's already a default feature on German, Arabic, Farsi and Hungarian Wikipedia. Besides, more than 40.000 users across all wikis have tested the beta version. Feedback is welcome on the [[mw:Help talk:Extension:AdvancedSearch|central feedback page]].</div> [[m:User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)|Johanna Strodt (WMDE)]] ([[m:User talk:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)|talk]]) 11:02, 26 sermawez 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_2&oldid=18363910 --> == New Wikimedia password policy and requirements == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> {{int:please-translate}} The Wikimedia Foundation security team is implementing a new [[m:Password policy|password policy and requirements]]. [[mw:Wikimedia_Security_Team/Password_strengthening_2019|You can learn more about the project on MediaWiki.org]]. These new requirements will apply to new accounts and privileged accounts. New accounts will be required to create a password with a minimum length of 8 characters. Privileged accounts will be prompted to update their password to one that is at least 10 characters in length. These changes are planned to be in effect on December 13th. If you think your work or tools will be affected by this change, please let us know on [[mw:Talk:Wikimedia_Security_Team/Password_strengthening_2019|the talk page]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[m:User:CKoerner (WMF)|CKoerner (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:CKoerner (WMF)|talk]]) 20:03, 6 berfanbar 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:CKoerner (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18639017 --> == Invitation from Wiki Loves Love 2019 == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> {{int:please-translate}} [[File:WLL Subtitled Logo (transparent).svg|right|frameless]] Love is an important subject for humanity and it is expressed in different cultures and regions in different ways across the world through different gestures, ceremonies, festivals and to document expression of this rich and beautiful emotion, we need your help so we can share and spread the depth of cultures that each region has, the best of how people of that region, celebrate love. [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Love|Wiki Loves Love (WLL)]] is an international photography competition of Wikimedia Commons with the subject love testimonials happening in the month of February. The primary goal of the competition is to document love testimonials through human cultural diversity such as monuments, ceremonies, snapshot of tender gesture, and miscellaneous objects used as symbol of love; to illustrate articles in the worldwide free encyclopedia Wikipedia, and other Wikimedia Foundation (WMF) projects. The theme of 2019 iteration is '''''Celebrations, Festivals, Ceremonies and rituals of love.''''' Sign up your affiliate or individually at [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Love 2019/Participants|Participants]] page. To know more about the contest, check out our [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Love 2019|Commons Page]] and [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Love 2018/FAQ|FAQs]] There are several prizes to grab. Hope to see you spreading love this February with Wiki Loves Love! Kind regards, [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Love 2018/International Team|Wiki Loves Love Team]] Imagine... the sum of all love! </div> --[[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 10:13, 27 berfanbar 2018 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Tiven2240@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18639017 --> == FileExporter beta feature == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:Logo for the beta feature FileExporter.svg|thumb|Coming soon: the beta feature [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons|FileExporter]]]] A new beta feature will soon be released on all wikis: The [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons|FileExporter]]. It allows exports of files from a local wiki to Wikimedia Commons, including their file history and page history. Which files can be exported is defined by each wiki's community: '''Please check your wiki's [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons/Configuration file documentation|configuration file]]''' if you want to use this feature. The FileExporter has already been a beta feature on [https://www.mediawiki.org mediawiki.org], [https://meta.wikimedia.org meta.wikimedia], deWP, faWP, arWP, koWP and on [https://wikisource.org wikisource.org]. After some functionality was added, it's now becoming a beta feature on all wikis. Deployment is planned for January 16. More information can be found [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons|on the project page]]. As always, feedback is highly appreciated. If you want to test the FileExporter, please activate it in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|user preferences]]. The best place for feedback is the [[mw:Help_talk:Extension:FileImporter|central talk page]]. Thank you from Wikimedia Deutschland's [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes|Technical Wishes project]]. </div> [[User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)|Johanna Strodt (WMDE)]] 09:41, 14 rêbendan 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=18782700 --> == No editing for 30 minutes on 17 January == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">You will '''not be able to edit''' the wikis for up to 30 minutes on '''[https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20190117T07 17 January 07:00 UTC]'''. This is because of a database problem that has to be fixed immediately. You can still read the wikis. Some wikis are not affected. They don't get this message. You can see which wikis are '''not''' affected [[:m:User:Johan (WMF)/201901ReadOnlyPage|on this page]]. Most wikis are affected. The time you can not edit might be shorter than 30 minutes. /[[User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]</div> 18:47, 16 rêbendan 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/201901ReadOnly/Targets4&oldid=18789232 --> == Talk to us about talking == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:OOjs_UI_icon_speechBubbles-rtl.svg|alt="icon depicting two speech Bubbles"|frameless|right|120px]] The Wikimedia Foundation is planning a [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|global consultation about communication]]. The goal is to bring Wikimedians and wiki-minded people together to improve tools for communication. We want all contributors to be able to talk to each other on the wikis, whatever their experience, their skills or their devices. We are looking for input from as many different parts of the Wikimedia community as possible. It will come from multiple projects, in multiple languages, and with multiple perspectives. We are currently planning the consultation. We need your help. '''We need volunteers to help talk to their communities or user groups.''' You can help by hosting a discussion at your wiki. Here's what to do: # First, [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019/Participant group sign-up|sign up your group here.]] # Next, create a page (or a section on a Village pump, or an e-mail thread – whatever is natural for your group) to collect information from other people in your group. This is not a vote or decision-making discussion: we are just collecting feedback. # Then ask people what they think about communication processes. We want to hear stories and other information about how people communicate with each other on and off wiki. Please consider asking these five questions: ## When you want to discuss a topic with your community, what tools work for you, and what problems block you? ## What about talk pages works for newcomers, and what blocks them? ## What do others struggle with in your community about talk pages? ## What do you wish you could do on talk pages, but can't due to the technical limitations? ## What are the important aspects of a "wiki discussion"? # Finally, please go to [[mw:Talk:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk pages consultation 2019 on Mediawiki.org]] and report what you learned from your group. Please include links if the discussion is available to the public. '''You can also help build the list of the many different ways people talk to each other.''' Not all groups active on wikis or around wikis use the same way to discuss things: it can happen on wiki, on social networks, through external tools... Tell us [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019/Tools in use|how your group communicates]]. You can read more about [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|the overall process]] on mediawiki.org. If you have questions or ideas, you can [[mw:Talk:Talk pages consultation 2019|leave feedback about the consultation process]] in the language you prefer. Thank you! We're looking forward to talking with you. </div> [[user:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] 15:01, 21 reşemî 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18639017 --> == Read-only mode for up to 30 minutes on 11 April == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">You will '''not be able to edit''' most Wikimedia wikis for up to 30 minutes on '''[https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20190411T05 11 April 05:00 UTC]'''. This is because of a hardware problem. You can still read the wikis. You [[phab:T220080|can see which wikis are affected]]. The time you can not edit might be shorter than 30 minutes. /[[User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]</div></div></div> 10:56, 8 avrêl 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18979889 --> == Wikimedia Foundation Medium-Term Plan feedback request == {{int:please-translate}} <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">The Wikimedia Foundation has published a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_Medium-term_plan_2019|Medium-Term Plan proposal]] covering the next 3–5 years. We want your feedback! Please leave all comments and questions, in any language, on [[m:Talk:Wikimedia_Foundation_Medium-term_plan_2019|the talk page]], by April 20. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[m:User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Quiddity (WMF)|talk]]) 17:35, 12 avrêl 2019 (UTC)</div> <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=18998727 --> == Editing News #1—July 2019 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2019/July|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] <big>'''Did you know?'''</big> <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can use the visual editor on a mobile device? Every article has a pencil icon at the top. Tap on the pencil icon [[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr.svg|frameless|16x16px]] to start editing. '''<big>Edit Cards</big>''' [[File:EditCards-v.20.png|alt=Toolbar with menu opened|center|frameless|250px]] This is what the new '''Edit Cards for editing links''' in the mobile visual editor look like. You can try the prototype here: '''[[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 Try Edit Cards]].''' </div></div> Welcome back to the [[mw:Editing|Editing]] newsletter. Since [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/October|the last newsletter]], the team has released two new features for the [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|mobile visual editor]] and has started developing three more. All of this work is part of the team's goal to [[m:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2018-2019/Audiences#Outcome 3: Mobile Contribution|make editing on mobile web simpler]]. Before talking about the team's recent releases, we have a question for you: <strong>Are you willing to try a new way to add and change links?</strong> If you are interested, we would value your input! You can try this new link tool in the mobile visual editor on a separate wiki. <em>Follow these instructions and share your experience:</em> <strong>[[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 Try Edit Cards]].</strong> === Recent releases === The mobile visual editor is a simpler editing tool, for smartphones and tablets using the [[mw:Reading/Web/Mobile#About|mobile site]]. The Editing team recently launched two new features to improve the mobile visual editor: # [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Section editing|Section editing]] #* The purpose is to help contributors focus on their edits. #* The team studied this with an A/B test. [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Section editing#16 June 2019|This test showed]] that contributors who could use section editing were '''1% more likely to publish''' the edits they started than people with only full-page editing. # [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile#March 1, 2019|Loading overlay]] #* The purpose is to smooth the transition between reading and editing. Section editing and the new loading overlay are '''now available to everyone''' using the mobile visual editor. === New and active projects === This is a list of our most active projects. [[mw:Help:Watching pages|Watch]] these pages to learn about project updates and to share your input on new designs, prototypes and research findings. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|Edit cards]]: This is a clearer way to add and edit links, citations, images, templates, etc. in articles. You can try this feature now. <em>Go here to see how:</em> [[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 <em>Try Edit Cards</em>]]. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh|Mobile toolbar refresh]]: This project will learn if contributors are more successful when the editing tools are easier to recognize. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default|Mobile visual editor availability]]: This A/B test asks: ''Are newer contributors more successful if they use the mobile visual editor?'' We are collaborating with [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default#26 June 2019 %E2%80%93 Participating wikis and test start date|20 Wikipedias]] to answer this question. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Usability improvements|Usability improvements]]: This project will make the mobile visual editor easier to use. The goal is to let contributors stay focused on editing and to feel more confident in the editing tools. === Looking ahead === * '''Wikimania:''' Several members of the Editing Team will be attending [[wmania:|Wikimania]] in August 2019. They will lead a session about mobile editing in the [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/Visual editing on mobile: An accessible editor for all|Community Growth space]]. Talk to the team about how editing can be improved. * '''Talk Pages:''' In the coming months, the Editing Team will begin [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|improving talk pages]] and communication on the wikis. === Learning more === The [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|VisualEditor on mobile]] is a good place to learn more about the projects we are working on. The team wants to talk with you about anything related to editing. If you have something to say or ask, please leave a message at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor on mobile|Talk:VisualEditor on mobile]]. [[user:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:user_talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:user_talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 18:32, 23 tîrmeh 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=19175117 --> == Update on the consultation about office actions == Hello all, Last month, the Wikimedia Foundation's Trust & Safety team [[:en:Wikipedia:Village_pump_(policy)/Archive_152#Announcement_of_forthcoming_temporary_and_partial_ban_tool_consultation|announced]] a future consultation about partial and/or temporary [[m:Special:MyLanguage/office actions|office actions]]. We want to let you know that the '''draft version''' of this consultation has now been [[:m:Office_actions/Community_consultation_on_partial_and_temporary_office_actions/draft|posted on Meta]]. This is a '''draft'''. It is not intended to be the consultation itself, which will be posted on Meta likely in early September. Please do not treat this draft as a consultation. Instead, we ask your assistance in forming the final language for the consultation. For that end, we would like your input over the next couple of weeks about what questions the consultation should ask about partial and temporary Foundation office action bans and how it should be formatted. '''[[:m:Talk:Office_actions/Community_consultation_on_partial_and_temporary_office_actions/draft|Please post it on the draft talk page]]'''. Our goal is to provide space for the community to discuss all the aspects of these office actions that need to be discussed, and we want to ensure with your feedback that the consultation is presented in the best way to encourage frank and constructive conversation. Please visit [[:m:Office_actions/Community_consultation_on_partial_and_temporary_office_actions/draft|the consultation draft on Meta-wiki]] and leave your comments on the draft’s talk page about what the consultation should look like and what questions it should ask. Thank you for your input! -- The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust & Safety team]] 08:03, 16 tebax 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Non-Technical_Village_Pumps_distribution_list&oldid=19175143 --> == New tools and IP masking == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Hey everyone, The Wikimedia Foundation wants to work on two things that affect how we patrol changes and handle vandalism and harassment. We want to make the tools that are used to handle bad edits better. We also want to get better privacy for unregistered users so their IP addresses are no longer shown to everyone in the world. We would not hide IP addresses until we have better tools for patrolling. We have an idea of what tools ''could'' be working better and how a more limited access to IP addresses would change things, but we need to hear from more wikis. You can read more about the project [[m:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|on Meta]] and [[m:Talk:IP Editing: Privacy Enhancement and Abuse Mitigation|post comments and feedback]]. Now is when we need to hear from you to be able to give you better tools to handle vandalism, spam and harassment. You can post in your language if you can't write in English. [[User:Johan (WMF)|Johan (WMF)]]</div></div></div> 14:18, 21 tebax 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Tools_and_IP_message/Distribution&oldid=19315232 --> == The consultation on partial and temporary Foundation bans just started == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div class="plainlinks"> Hello, In a [[:en:Wikipedia:Community_response_to_the_Wikimedia_Foundation%27s_ban_of_Fram/Official_statements#Board_statement|recent statement]], the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees [[:en:Wikipedia:Community_response_to_the_Wikimedia_Foundation%27s_ban_of_Fram/Official_statements#Board_statement|requested that staff hold a consultation]] to "re-evaluat[e] or add community input to the two new office action policy tools (temporary and partial Foundation bans)". Accordingly, the Foundation's Trust & Safety team invites all Wikimedians [[:m:Office actions/Community consultation on partial and temporary office actions/09 2019|to join this consultation and give their feedback]] from 30 September to 30 October. How can you help? * Suggest how partial and temporary Foundation bans should be used, if they should (eg: On all projects, or only on a subset); * Give ideas about how partial and temporary Foundation bans should ideally implemented, if they should be; and/or * Propose changes to the existing Office Actions policy on partial and temporary bans. We offer our thanks in advance for your contributions, and we hope to get as much input as possible from community members during this consultation! </div> </div>-- [[user:Kbrown (WMF)|Kbrown (WMF)]] 17:13, 30 îlon 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=19302497 --> == Feedback wanted on Desktop Improvements project == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> {{Int:Please-translate}} {{int:Hello}}. The Readers Web team at the WMF will work on some [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements|improvements to the desktop interface]] over the next couple of years. The goal is to increase usability without removing any functionality. We have been inspired by changes made by volunteers, but that currently only exist as local gadgets and user scripts, prototypes, and volunteer-led skins. We would like to begin the process of bringing some of these changes into the default experience on all Wikimedia projects. We are currently in the research stage of this project and are looking for ideas for improvements, as well as feedback on our current ideas and mockups. So far, we have performed interviews with community members at Wikimania. We have gathered lists of previous volunteer and WMF work in this area. We are examining possible technical approaches for such changes. We would like individual feedback on the following: * Identifying focus areas for the project we have not yet discovered * Expanding the list of existing gadgets and user scripts that are related to providing a better desktop experience. If you can think of some of these from your wiki, please let us know * Feedback on the ideas and mockups we have collected so far We would also like to gather a list of wikis that would be interested in being test wikis for this project - these wikis would be the first to receive the updates once we’re ready to start building. When giving feedback, please consider the following goals of the project: * Make it easier for readers to focus on the content * Provide easier access to everyday actions (e.g. search, language switching, editing) * Put things in logical and useful places * Increase consistency in the interface with other platforms - mobile web and the apps * Eliminate clutter * Plan for future growth As well as the following constraints: * Not touching the content - no work will be done in terms of styling templates or to the structure of page contents themselves * Not removing any functionality - things might move around, but all navigational items and other functionality currently available by default will remain * No drastic changes to the layout - we're taking an evolutionary approach to the changes and want the site to continue feeling familiar to readers and editors Please give all feedback (in any language) at [[mw:Talk:Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements|mw:Talk:Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements]] After this round of feedback, we plan on building a prototype of suggested changes based on the feedback we receive. You’ll hear from us again asking for feedback on this prototype. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[mw:User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Quiddity (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 06:53, 16 çiriya pêşîn 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Quiddity_(WMF)/Global_message_delivery_split_1&oldid=19462889 --> == Editing News #2 – Mobile editing and talk pages == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2019/October|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> Inside this newsletter, the [[mw:Editing|Editing team]] talks about their work on the [[mw:Mobile visual editor|mobile visual editor]], on [[mw:Talk pages project|the new talk pages project]], and at [[wikimania:|Wikimania 2019]]. === Help === <strong>What talk page interactions do you remember?</strong> Is it a story about how someone helped you to learn something new? Is it a story about how someone helped you get involved in a group? Something else? Whatever your story is, we want to hear it! Please tell us a story about how you used a talk page. <mark>Please share a link to a memorable discussion, or describe it on the <strong>[[mw:Topic:V8d91yh8gcg404dj|talk page for this project]]</strong>.</mark> The team wants your examples. These examples will help everyone develop a shared understanding of what this project should support and encourage. === Talk pages project === The [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk Pages Consultation]] was a global consultation to define better tools for wiki communication. From February through June 2019, more than 500 volunteers on 20 wikis, across 15 languages and multiple projects, came together with members of the Foundation to create a product direction for a set of discussion tools. The [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019/Phase 2 report|Phase 2 Report]] of the Talk Page Consultation was published in August. It summarizes the product direction the team has started to work on, which you can read more about here: [[mw:Talk pages project|Talk Page Project project page]]. The team needs and wants your help at this early stage. They are starting to develop the first idea. Please add your name to the [[mw:Talk pages project#Getting involved|<strong>"Getting involved"</strong>]] section of the project page, if you would like to hear about opportunities to participate. === Mobile visual editor === The Editing team is trying to make it simpler to edit on mobile devices. The team is changing the [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|visual editor on mobile]]. If you have something to say about editing on a mobile device, please leave a message at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor on mobile|Talk:VisualEditor on mobile]]. ==== [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|Edit Cards]] ==== [[File:Edit Cards-before-v3-comparison.png|thumb|486x486px|What happens when you click on a link. The new Edit Card is bigger and has more options for editing links.]] * On 3 September, the Editing team released [[:File:Edit Cards comparison v2 and v3.png|version 3 of Edit Cards]]. Anyone could use the new version in the mobile visual editor. * There is an [[:File:Edit Cards comparison v2 and v3.png|updated design]] on the Edit Card for adding and modifying links. There is also a new, [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards#2 September 2019 - v3 deployment timing|combined workflow for editing a link's display text and target]]. * Feedback: You can try the new Edit Cards by opening the mobile visual editor on a smartphone. Please post your feedback on the [[:mw:Topic:V5rg0cqmikpubmjj|Edit cards talk page]]. ==== [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh|Toolbar]] ==== [[File:Toolbar-comparison-v1.png|thumb|486px|The editing toolbar is changing in the mobile visual editor. The old system had two different toolbars. Now, all the buttons are together. [[mw:Topic:V79x6zm8n6i4nb56|Tell the team what you think about the new toolbar]].]] * In September, the Editing team updated the mobile visual editor's editing toolbar. Anyone could see these changes in the mobile visual editor. ** <em>One toolbar:</em> All of the editing tools are located in one toolbar. Previously, the toolbar changed when you clicked on different things. **<em>New navigation:</em> The buttons for moving forward and backward in the edit flow have changed. **<em>Seamless switching:</em> an [[phab:T228159|improved workflow]] for switching between the visual and wikitext modes. * Feedback: You can try the refreshed toolbar by opening the mobile VisualEditor on a smartphone. Please post your feedback on the [[mw:Topic:V79x6zm8n6i4nb56|Toolbar feedback talk page]]. === Wikimania === The Editing Team attended [[wmania:2019:Program|Wikimania 2019]] in Sweden. They led a session on [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/Visual editing on mobile: An accessible editor for all|the mobile visual editor]] and a session on [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/After Flow: A new direction for improving talk pages|the new talk pages project]]. They tested [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh#v1 prototype|two]] new [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards#v3 prototype|features]] in the mobile visual editor with contributors. You can read more about what the team did and learned in [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile#Wikimania Stockholm: Overview|the team's report on Wikimania 2019]]. === Looking ahead === * <strong>Talk Pages Project:</strong> The team is thinking about the first set of proposed changes. The team will be working with a few communities to pilot those changes. The best way to stay informed is by adding your username to the list on the project page: [[mw:Talk pages project#Getting involved|<strong>Getting involved</strong>]]. * <strong>Testing the mobile visual editor as the default:</strong> The Editing team plans to post results before the end of the calendar year. The best way to stay informed is by adding the project page to your watchlist: [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default|<strong>VisualEditor as mobile default project page</strong>]]. * <strong>Measuring the impact of Edit Cards:</strong> This study asks whether the project helped editors add links and citations. The Editing team hopes to share results in November. The best way to stay informed is by adding the project page to your watchlist: [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|<strong>Edit Cards project page</strong>]]. – [[User:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 11:13, 29 çiriya pêşîn 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/VE_201910/6&oldid=19500852 --> == Community Wishlist 2020 == [[File:Magic Wand Icon 229981 Color Flipped.svg|right|48px]] <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2020|2020 Community Wishlist Survey]]''' is now open! This survey is the process where communities decide what the [[m:Community Tech|Community Tech]] team should work on over the next year. We encourage everyone to submit proposals until the deadline on '''November 11, 2019''', or comment on other proposals to help make them better. '''This year, we’re exclusively focusing on smaller projects (i.e., Wikibooks, Wiktionary, Wikiquote, Wikisource, Wikiversity, Wikispecies, Wikivoyage, and Wikinews).''' We want to help these projects and provide meaningful improvements to diverse communities. If you’re a member of any of these projects, please participate in the survey! To submit proposals, see the guidelines on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2020#Guidelines|survey page]]. You can write proposals in any language, and we will translate them for you. Thank you, and we look forward to seeing your proposals! </div> [[:m:user:IFried (WMF)|IFried (WMF)]] 19:30, 4 çiriya paşîn 2019 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Trizek_(WMF)/sandbox/temp_MassMessage_list&oldid=19523495 --> == Wiki Loves Folklore == [[File:WLL Subtitled Logo (transparent).svg|100px|right|frameless]] '''Hello Folks,''' Wiki Loves Love is back again in 2020 iteration as '''[[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore|Wiki Loves Folklore]]''' from 1 February, 2020 - 29 February, 2020. Join us to celebrate the local cultural heritage of your region with the theme of folklore in the international photography contest at [https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:UploadWizard&campaign=wllove Wikimedia Commons]. Images, videos and audios representing different forms of folk cultures and new forms of heritage that haven’t otherwise been documented so far are welcome submissions in Wiki Loves Folklore. Learn more about the contest at [[m:Wiki Loves Folklore|Meta-Wiki]] and [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore|Commons]]. '''Kind regards,'''<br/> [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore/International Team|'''Wiki Loves Folklore International Team''']]<br/> <small>&mdash;&nbsp;[[User:Tulsi Bhagat|<font color="black">'''Tulsi Bhagat'''</font>]] <small>([[Special:Contributions/Tulsi Bhagat|<font color="black">contribs</font>]] &#124; [[User talk:Tulsi Bhagat|<font color="black">talk</font>]])</small><br/> sent using [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 06:14, 18 kanûna paşîn 2020 (UTC)</small> <!-- Message sent by User:Tulsi Bhagat@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Tiven2240/wll&oldid=19716850 --> == Movement Learning and Leadership Development Project == Hello The Wikimedia Foundation’s Community Development team is seeking to learn more about the way volunteers learn and develop into the many different roles that exist in the movement. Our goal is to build a movement informed framework that provides shared clarity and outlines accessible pathways on how to grow and develop skills within the movement. To this end, we are looking to speak with you, our community to learn about your journey as a Wikimedia volunteer. Whether you joined yesterday or have been here from the very start, we want to hear about the many ways volunteers join and contribute to our movement. To learn more about the project, [[:m:special:MyLanguage/Movement Learning and Leadership Development Project|please visit the Meta page]]. If you are interested in participating in the project, please complete [https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSegM07N1FK_s0VUECM61AlWOthwdn5zQOlVsa2vaKcx13BwZg/viewform?usp=sf_link this simple Google form]. Although we may not be able to speak to everyone who expresses interest, we encourage you to complete this short form if you are interested in participating! -- [[user:LMiranda (WMF)|LMiranda (WMF)]] ([[user talk:LMiranda (WMF)|talk]]) 19:00, 22 kanûna paşîn 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Trizek_(WMF)/sandbox/temp_MassMessage_list&oldid=19738989 --> == Additional interface for edit conflicts on talk pages == ''Sorry, for writing this text in English. If you could help to translate it, it would be appreciated.'' You might know the new interface for edit conflicts (currently a beta feature). Now, Wikimedia Germany is designing an additional interface to solve edit conflicts on talk pages. This interface is shown to you when you write on a discussion page and another person writes a discussion post in the same line and saves it before you do. With this additional editing conflict interface you can adjust the order of the comments and edit your comment. We are inviting everyone to have a look at [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Edit Conflicts#Edit conflicts on talk pages|the planned feature]]. Let us know what you think on our [[mw:Help talk:Two Column Edit Conflict View|central feedback page]]! -- For the Technical Wishes Team: [[m:User:Max Klemm (WMDE)|Max Klemm (WMDE)]] 14:15, 26 sibat 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Max Klemm (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=19845780 --> == Editing news 2020 #1 – Discussion tools == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/April|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v1.0.png|thumb|300px|alt=Screenshot showing what the Reply tool looks like|This early version of the Reply tool automatically signs and indents comments.]] The [[mw:Editing|Editing team]] has been working on [[mw:Talk pages project|the talk pages project]]. The goal of the talk pages project is to help contributors communicate on wiki more easily. This project is the result of the [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk pages consultation 2019]]. [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v2.0.png|thumb|300px|alt=Reply tool improved with edit tool buttons|In a future update, the team plans to test a tool for easily linking to another user's name, a rich-text editing option, and other tools.]] The team is building a [[mw:Talk pages project/replying|new tool for replying]] to comments now. This early version can sign and indent comments automatically. <strong>Please [[mw:Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing#Reply%20version%201.0|test the new Reply tool]].</strong> *On 31 March 2020, the new {{Int:discussiontools-replylink}} tool was offered as a [[mw:Beta Feature|Beta Feature]] editors at four Wikipedias: [[w:ar:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Arabic]], [[w:nl:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Dutch]], [[w:fr:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|French]], and [[w:hu:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Hungarian]]. If your community also wants early access to the new tool, contact [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]]. *The team is planning some upcoming changes. <strong>Please [[mw:Talk pages project/replying#Version%202.0|review the proposed design]] and share your thoughts on the talk page.</strong> The team will test features such as: **an easy way to mention another editor ("pinging"), **a rich-text visual editing option, and **other features identified through user testing or recommended by editors. To hear more about Editing Team updates, please add your name to the [[mw:Talk pages project#Get involved|<strong>"Get involved"</strong>]] section of the project page. You can also watch [[File:MediaWiki Vector skin blue star watchlist icon.svg|frameless|16px]] these pages: [[mw:Talk pages project|the main project page]], [[mw:Talk pages project/Updates|Updates]], [[mw:Talk pages project/replying|Replying]], and [[mw:Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing|User testing]]. – [[user:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 19:28, 8 nîsan 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Quiddity_(WMF)/sandbox3&oldid=19967063 --> == Editing news 2020 #2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/June|Read this in another language]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v2.0.png|alt=Mockup of the new reply feature, showing new editing tools|thumb|400x400px|The new features include a toolbar. [[mw:Talk:Talk pages project/replying|What do you think should be in the toolbar?]]]] This issue of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing|Editing]] newsletter includes information the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project|Talk pages project]], an effort to help contributors communicate on wiki more easily. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying|<strong>Reply tool</strong>]]: This is available as a Beta Feature at the four partner wikis (Arabic, Dutch, French, and Hungarian Wikipedias). The Beta Feature is called "{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}". The Beta Feature will get [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying#Version%202.0|new features]] soon. The new features include writing comments in a new visual editing mode and pinging other users by typing <code>@</code>. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing#Reply%20tool%20version%202.0|test the new features]] on the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Beta Cluster|Beta Cluster]] now. Some other wikis will have a chance to try the Beta Feature in the coming months. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/New requirements for user signatures|<strong>New requirements for user signatures</strong>]]: Soon, users will not be able to save invalid custom signatures in [[Special:Preferences]]. This will reduce signature spoofing, prevent page corruption, and make new talk page tools more reliable. Most editors will not be affected. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/New discussion|<strong>New discussion tool</strong>]]: The Editing team is beginning work on a simpler process for starting new discussions. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/New discussion#Design|see the initial design on the project page]]. * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Research:Usage of talk pages|<strong>Research on the use of talk pages</strong>]]: The Editing team worked with the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Research|Wikimedia research team]] to study how talk pages help editors improve articles. We learned that new editors who use talk pages make more edits to the main namespace than new editors who don't use talk pages. – [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 20:36, 17 hezîran 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Trizek_(WMF)/sandbox/temp_MassMessage_list&oldid=20184676 --> == Feedback on movement names == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> {{int:Hello}}. Apologies if you are not reading this message in your native language. {{int:please-translate}} if necessary. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} There are a lot of conversations happening about the future of our movement names. We hope that you are part of these discussions and that your community is represented. Since 16 June, the Foundation Brand Team has been running a [https://wikimedia.qualtrics.com/jfe/form/SV_9G2dN7P0T7gPqpD survey] in 7 languages about [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Wikimedia brands/2030 movement brand project/Naming convention proposals|3 naming options]]. There are also community members sharing concerns about renaming in a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community open letter on renaming|Community Open Letter]]. Our goal in this call for feedback is to hear from across the community, so we encourage you to participate in the survey, the open letter, or both. The survey will go through 7 July in all timezones. Input from the survey and discussions will be analyzed and published on Meta-Wiki. Thanks for thinking about the future of the movement, --[[:m:Talk:Communications/Wikimedia brands/2030 movement brand project|The Brand Project team]], 19:52, 2 tîrmeh 2020 (UTC) ''Note: The survey is conducted via a third-party service, which may subject it to additional terms. For more information on privacy and data-handling, see the [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Naming Convention Proposals Movement Feedback Survey Privacy Statement|survey privacy statement]].'' </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/All_wikis_June_2020&oldid=20238848 --> == Editing news 2020 #3 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/July|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:50M@2x.png|thumb|alt=A gold star with a blue ribbon, and the text 50m|More than <strong>50 million edits</strong> have been made using the visual editor on desktop.|400px]] Seven years ago this month, the [[mw:Editing team|Editing team]] offered the visual editor to most Wikipedia editors. Since then, editors have achieved many milestones: * More than <strong>50 million edits</strong> have been made using the visual editor on desktop. * More than <strong>2 million new articles</strong> have been created in the visual editor. More than 600,000 of these new articles were created during 2019. * The visual editor is <strong>increasingly popular</strong>. The proportion of all edits made using the visual editor has increased every year since its introduction. * In 2019, <strong>35% of the edits by newcomers</strong> (logged-in editors with ≤99 edits) used the visual editor. This percentage has <strong>increased every year</strong>. * Almost <strong>5 million edits on the mobile site</strong> have been made with the visual editor. Most of these edits have been made since the Editing team started improving the [[mw:Mobile visual editor|mobile visual editor]] in 2018. * On 17 November 2019, the [https://discuss-space.wmflabs.org/t/first-edit-made-to-wikipedia-from-outer-space/2254 <strong>first edit from outer space</strong>] was made in the mobile visual editor. 🚀 👩‍🚀 * Editors have made more than <strong>7 million edits in the 2017 wikitext editor</strong>, including starting <strong>600,000 new articles</strong> in it. The [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] is VisualEditor's built-in wikitext mode. You can [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable it in your preferences]]. [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 12:56, 9 tîrmeh 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=20232673 --> == Announcing a new wiki project! Welcome, Abstract Wikipedia == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hi all, It is my honor to introduce Abstract Wikipedia, a new project that has been unanimously approved by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. Abstract Wikipedia proposes a new way to generate baseline encyclopedic content in a multilingual fashion, allowing more contributors and more readers to share more knowledge in more languages. It is an approach that aims to make cross-lingual cooperation easier on our projects, increase the sustainability of our movement through expanding access to participation, improve the user experience for readers of all languages, and innovate in free knowledge by connecting some of the strengths of our movement to create something new. This is our first new project in over seven years. Abstract Wikipedia was submitted as a project proposal by Denny Vrandečić in May 2020 <ref>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Abstract Wikipedia|Abstract Wikipedia]]</ref> after years of preparation and research, leading to a detailed plan and lively discussions in the Wikimedia communities. We know that the energy and the creativity of the community often runs up against language barriers, and information that is available in one language may not make it to other language Wikipedias. Abstract Wikipedia intends to look and feel like a Wikipedia, but build on the powerful, language-independent conceptual models of Wikidata, with the goal of letting volunteers create and maintain Wikipedia articles across our polyglot Wikimedia world. The project will allow volunteers to assemble the fundamentals of an article using words and entities from Wikidata. Because Wikidata uses conceptual models that are meant to be universal across languages, it should be possible to use and extend these building blocks of knowledge to create models for articles that also have universal value. Using code, volunteers will be able to translate these abstract “articles” into their own languages. If successful, this could eventually allow everyone to read about any topic in Wikidata in their own language. As you can imagine, this work will require a lot of software development, and a lot of cooperation among Wikimedians. In order to make this effort possible, Denny will join the Foundation as a staff member in July and lead this initiative. You may know Denny as the creator of Wikidata, a long-time community member, a former staff member at Wikimedia Deutschland, and a former Trustee at the Wikimedia Foundation <ref>[[m:User:Denny|User:Denny]]</ref>. We are very excited that Denny will bring his skills and expertise to work on this project alongside the Foundation’s product, technology, and community liaison teams. It is important to acknowledge that this is an experimental project, and that every Wikipedia community has different needs. This project may offer some communities great advantages. Other communities may engage less. Every language Wikipedia community will be free to choose and moderate whether or how they would use content from this project. We are excited that this new wiki-project has the possibility to advance knowledge equity through increased access to knowledge. It also invites us to consider and engage with critical questions about how and by whom knowledge is constructed. We look forward to working in cooperation with the communities to think through these important questions. There is much to do as we begin designing a plan for Abstract Wikipedia in close collaboration with our communities. I encourage you to get involved by going to the project page and joining the new mailing list <ref>[[mail:abstract-wikipedia|Abstract Wikipedia mailing list]]</ref>. We recognize that Abstract Wikipedia is ambitious, but we also recognize its potential. We invite you all to join us on a new, unexplored path. Yours, Katherine Maher (Executive Director, Wikimedia Foundation) <references/> </div> <small>Sent by [[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)]] 19:56, 9 tîrmeh 2020 (UTC) - '''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Abstract Wikipedia/July 2020 announcement]]''' </small> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/All_wikis_June_2020&oldid=20265886 --> == Technical Wishes: FileExporter and FileImporter become default features on all Wikis == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons|FileExporter and FileImporter]] will become a default features on all wikis until August 7, 2020. They are planned to help you to move files from your local wiki to Wikimedia Commons easier while keeping all original file information (Description, Source, Date, Author, View History) intact. Additionally, the move is documented in the files view history. How does it work? Step 1: If you are an auto-confirmed user, you will see a link "Move file to Wikimedia Commons" on the local file page. Step 2: When you click on this link, the FileImporter checks if the file can in fact be moved to Wikimedia Commons. These checks are performed based on the wiki's [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons/Configuration_file_documentation|configuration file]] which is created and maintained by each local wiki community. Step 3: If the file is compatible with Wikimedia Commons, you will be taken to an import page, at which you can update or add information regarding the file, such as the description. You can also add the 'Now Commons' template to the file on the local wiki by clicking the corresponding check box in the import form. Admins can delete the file from the local wiki by enabling the corresponding checkbox. By clicking on the 'Import' button at the end of the page, the file is imported to Wikimedia Commons. If you want to know more about the [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Move_files_to_Commons|FileImporter extension]] or the [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes|Technical Wishes Project]], follow the links. --For the Technical Wishes Team: </div>[[User:Max Klemm (WMDE)|Max Klemm (WMDE)]] 09:13, 6 tebax 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Max Klemm (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=20343133 --> == Important: maintenance operation on September 1st == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="ku" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch 2020|Vê peyamê bi zimanekî din bixwîne]] Wê [[foundation:|Weqfa Wîkîmedyayê]] navenda xwe ya daneyan ya duyem test bike. Wê ev rê bide ku Wîkîpediya û wîkiyên din ên Wîkîmedyayê piştî afeteke jî karibin serhêl bimînin. Ji bo ku jê piştrast bin ku hertişt dişixule, divê Departmana Teknolojiyê ya Wîkîmedyayê testeke plankirî pêk bîne. Wê ev test nîşanî me bide ku em dikarin ji navendekî daneyan ber bi yê din ve bi ewlemendî derbas bibin an na. Ev yek gelek tîman pêwîst dike, ji bo haziriya testê û ji bo berdestbûnê da ku her problemekî nehêvîkirî were çareserkirin. Wê ew temamiya trafîkan ber bi merkeza daneyan ya duyem ve bidin, di '''Duşemê, 1ê îlonê, 2020an''' de. Mixabin, ji ber hin sînordarkirinên di [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MedyaWîki]]yê de, divê hemû guhertin bisekinin gava em derbas bikin. Em ji ber vê qutbûnê lêborîna xwe dixwazin, û em ji bo kêmtirkirina vê ya di dahatûyê de dişixulin. '''Hûn ê karibin bixwînin, lê nikaribin sererast bikin, li ser hemû wîkiyan ji bo demeke kurt.''' *Roja Sêşemê, 1ê îlonê, tu yê nikaribî sererastkirinan bikî bi qasî saetekê. Test wê di [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20200901T14 14:00 UTC] (15:00 BST, 16:00 CEST, 10:00 EDT, 19:30 IST, 07:00 PDT, 23:00 JST, û li Zelanda Nû di 02:00 NZST de Çarşemê 2yê îlonê) de dest pê bike. *Ger tu di van wextan de hewl bidî ku guhertinan bikî, tu yê peyameke çewtiyê bibînî. Em hêvî dikin ku di vê dewrê de ti guhertinekî winda nebe, lê em nikarin vê yekê garantî bikin. Ger tu peyama çewtiyê bibînî, wê gavê ji kerema xwe heya ku her tişt vegere halê xwe yê normal li bendê be. Dû re tu yê karibî guhertinên xwe qeyd bikî. Lêbelê em pêşniyar dikin ku kopiyeke guhertinên xwe bigirî, bi her ihtimalekê. ''Tesîrên din'': *Karên piştxanê wê hêdîtir bin û dibe ku qut bin. Lînkên sor dibe ku wekî normal nikaribin bi lez nû bibin. Ger tu gotarekî ku jixwe li cihekî din lînkkirî çêbikî, wê lînk ji normalê zêdetir bi rengê sor bimîne. Hinek skrîptên demdirêj bêne sekinandin. *Em plan dikin ku guhertinên kodê bidin sekinandin di heftiya 1ê îlonê ya 2020an de. Belavkirinên kodê yên ne-hewce wê neyê kirin. Ev proje dibe ku were taloqkirin ger lazim be. Tu dikarî [[wikitech:Switch Datacenter#Schedule for 2020 switch|plannameyê ji ser wikitech.wikimedia.org-ê bixwînî]]. Her guhertinek wê di plannameyê de were îlankirin. Wê li wir zêdetir agahdariyê derbarê vê de hebe. '''Xêra xwe vê agahiyê bi civata xwe re parve bike.''' </div></div> <span dir=ltr>[[m:User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Trizek (WMF)|talk]])</span> 13:48, 26 tebax 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=20384955 --> == Invitation to participate in the conversation == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''{{int:Hello}}. Apologies for cross-posting, and that you may not be reading this message in your native language: translations of the following announcement may be available on '''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Draft review/Invitation (long version)|Meta]]'''. {{int:please-translate}}. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}}'' We are excited to share '''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Draft review|a draft of the Universal Code of Conduct]]''', which the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees called for earlier this year, for your review and feedback. The discussion will be open until October 6, 2020. The UCoC Drafting Committee wants to learn which parts of the draft would present challenges for you or your work. What is missing from this draft? What do you like, and what could be improved? Please join the conversation and share this invitation with others who may be interested to join, too. To reduce language barriers during the process, you are welcomed to translate this message and the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Draft review|Universal Code of Conduct/Draft review]]. You and your community may choose to provide your opinions/feedback using your local languages. To learn more about the UCoC project, see the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] page, and the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/FAQ|FAQ]], on Meta. Thanks in advance for your attention and contributions, [[:m:Talk:Trust_and_Safety|The Trust and Safety team at Wikimedia Foundation]], 17:55, 10 îlon 2020 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Draft_review/Invitation_(long_version)/List&oldid=20440292 --> == Wiki of functions naming contest == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> {{int:Please-translate}} {{int:Hello}}. Please help pick a name for the new Wikimedia wiki project. This project will be a wiki where the community can work together on a library of [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Abstract_Wikipedia/Wiki_of_functions_naming_contest#function|functions]]. The community can create new functions, read about them, discuss them, and share them. Some of these functions will be used to help create language-independent Wikipedia articles that can be displayed in any language, as part of the Abstract Wikipedia project. But functions will also be usable in many other situations. There will be two rounds of voting, each followed by legal review of candidates, with voting beginning on 29 September and 27 October. Our goal is to have a final project name selected on 8 December. If you would like to participate, then '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Abstract Wikipedia/Wiki of functions naming contest|please learn more and vote now]]''' at meta-wiki. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} --[[m:User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]]</div> 21:26, 29 îlon 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Quiddity_(WMF)/Global_message_delivery_split_6&oldid=20492312 --> == Call for feedback about Wikimedia Foundation Bylaws changes and Board candidate rubric == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> {{int:Hello}}. Apologies if you are not reading this message in your native language. {{Int:Please-translate}}. Today the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees starts two calls for feedback. One is about changes to the Bylaws mainly to increase the Board size from 10 to 16 members. The other one is about a trustee candidate rubric to introduce new, more effective ways to evaluate new Board candidates. The Board welcomes your comments through 26 October. For more details, [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board noticeboard/October 2020 - Call for feedback about Bylaws changes and Board candidate rubric|check the full announcement]]. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} [[m:User:Qgil-WMF|Qgil-WMF]] ([[m:User talk:Qgil-WMF|talk]]) 17:09, 7 çiriya pêşîn 2020 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/Board2&oldid=20519857 --> == Important: maintenance operation on October 27 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="ku" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch 2020|Vê peyamê bi zimanekî din bixwîne]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch+2020&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] Wê [[foundation:|Weqfa Wîkîmedyayê]] derbasbûna di navbera navendên xwe yên daneyan ya yekem û duyem de test bike. Wê ev rê bide ku Wîkîpediya û wîkiyên din ên Wîkîmedyayê piştî afeteke jî karibin serhêl bimînin. Ji bo ku jê piştrast bin ku hertişt dişixule, divê Departmana Teknolojiyê ya Wîkîmedyayê testeke plankirî pêk bîne. Wê ev test nîşanî me bide ku em dikarin ji navendekî daneyan ber bi yê din ve bi ewlemendî derbas bibin an na. Ev yek gelek tîman pêwîst dike, ji bo haziriya testê û ji bo berdestbûnê da ku her problemekî nehêvîkirî were çareserkirin. Wê ew temamiya trafîkan ber bi merkeza daneyan ya yekem ve bidin, di '''Duşemê, 27ê cotmehê, 2020an''' de. Mixabin, ji ber hin sînordarkirinên di [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MedyaWîki]]yê de, divê hemû guhertin bisekinin gava em derbas bikin. Em ji ber vê qutbûnê lêborîna xwe dixwazin, û em ji bo kêmtirkirina vê ya di dahatûyê de dişixulin. '''Hûn ê karibin bixwînin, lê nikaribin sererast bikin, li ser hemû wîkiyan ji bo demeke kurt.''' *Roja Sêşemê, 27ê cotmehê, tu yê nikaribî sererastkirinan bikî bi qasî saetekê. Test wê di [https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1603807200 14:00 UTC] (14:00 WET, 15:00 CET, 10:00 EDT, 19:30 IST, 07:00 PDT, 23:00 JST, û li Zelanda Nû di 03:00 NZDT de Çarşemê 28ê cotmehê) de dest pê bike. *Ger tu di van wextan de hewl bidî ku guhertinan bikî, tu yê peyameke çewtiyê bibînî. Em hêvî dikin ku di vê dewrê de ti guhertinekî winda nebe, lê em nikarin vê yekê garantî bikin. Ger tu peyama çewtiyê bibînî, wê gavê ji kerema xwe heya ku her tişt vegere halê xwe yê normal li bendê be. Dû re tu yê karibî guhertinên xwe qeyd bikî. Lêbelê em pêşniyar dikin ku kopiyeke guhertinên xwe bigirî, bi her ihtimalekê. ''Tesîrên din'': *Karên piştxanê wê hêdîtir bin û dibe ku qut bin. Lînkên sor dibe ku wekî normal nikaribin bi lez nû bibin. Ger tu gotarekî ku jixwe li cihekî din lînkkirî çêbikî, wê lînk ji normalê zêdetir bi rengê sor bimîne. Hinek skrîptên demdirêj bêne sekinandin. *Em plan dikin ku guhertinên kodê bidin sekinandin di heftiya 26ê cotmehê ya 2020an de. Belavkirinên kodê yên ne-hewce wê neyê kirin. Ev proje dibe ku were taloqkirin ger lazim be. Tu dikarî [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter#Schedule_for_2020_switch|plannameyê ji ser wikitech.wikimedia.org-ê bixwînî]]. Her guhertinek wê di plannameyê de were îlankirin. Wê li wir zêdetir agahdariyê derbarê vê de hebe. Wê li ser hemû wîkiyan hişyariyeke were xuyan 30 deqe berî destpêkirina vê operasyonê. '''Xêra xwe vê agahiyê bi civata xwe re parve bike.'''</div></div> -- <span dir=ltr>[[m:User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Trizek (WMF)|talk]])</span> 17:10, 21 çiriya pêşîn 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=20519839 --> == Wiki of functions naming contest - Round 2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> {{int:Hello}}. Reminder: Please help to choose the name for the new Wikimedia wiki project - the library of functions. The finalist vote starts today. The finalists for the name are: <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Wikicode, Wikicodex, Wikifunctions, Wikifusion, Wikilambda, Wikimedia Functions</span>. If you would like to participate, then '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Abstract Wikipedia/Wiki of functions naming contest/Names|please learn more and vote now]]''' at Meta-wiki. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} --[[m:User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]] </div> 22:10, 5 çiriya paşîn 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=20564572 --> == [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021/Invitation|Community Wishlist Survey 2021]] == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:Magic Wand Icon 229981 Color Flipped.svg|thumb|48px]] The '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021|2021 Community Wishlist Survey]]''' is now open! This survey is the process where communities decide what the [[m:Community Tech|Community Tech]] team should work on over the next year. We encourage everyone to submit proposals until the deadline on '''{{#time:j xg|2020-11-30|{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}''', or comment on other proposals to help make them better. The communities will vote on the proposals between {{#time:j xg|2020-12-08|{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}} and {{#time:j xg|2020-12-21|{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}. The Community Tech team is focused on tools for experienced Wikimedia editors. You can write proposals in any language, and we will translate them for you. Thank you, and we look forward to seeing your proposals! </div> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[[m:user:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]]</span> 18:09, 20 çiriya paşîn 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGrabarczuk_(WMF)/sandbox/1&oldid=20689939 --> == Wikidata descriptions changes to be included more often in Recent Changes and Watchlist == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''Sorry for sending this message in English. Translations are available on [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Announcements/Announcement Wikidata descriptions in watchlist|this page]]. Feel free to translate it in more languages!'' As you may know, you can include changes coming from Wikidata in your Watchlist and Recent Changes ([[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-watchlist|in your preferences]]). Until now, this feature didn’t always include changes made on Wikidata descriptions due to the way Wikidata tracks the data used in a given article. Starting on December 3rd, the Watchlist and Recent Changes will include changes on the descriptions of Wikidata Items that are used in the pages that you watch. This will only include descriptions in the language of your wiki to make sure that you’re only seeing changes that are relevant to your wiki. This improvement was requested by many users from different projects. We hope that it can help you monitor the changes on Wikidata descriptions that affect your wiki and participate in the effort of improving the data quality on Wikidata for all Wikimedia wikis and beyond. Note: if you didn’t use the Wikidata watchlist integration feature for a long time, feel free to give it another chance! The feature has been improved since the beginning and the content it displays is more precise and useful than at the beginning of the feature in 2015. If you encounter any issue or want to provide feedback, feel free to use [[Phab:T191831|this Phabricator ticket]]. Thanks! [[:d:User:Lea Lacroix (WMDE)|Lea Lacroix (WMDE)]] 14:39, 30 çiriya paşîn 2020 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Lea Lacroix (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Lea_Lacroix_(WMDE)/wikis&oldid=20728482 --> == 2020 Coolest Tool Award Ceremony on December 11th == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hello all, The ceremony of the 2020 [[m:Coolest_Tool_Award|Wikimedia Coolest Tool Award]] will take place virtually on Friday, December 11th, at 17:00 GMT. This award is highlighting tools that have been nominated by contributors to the Wikimedia projects, and the ceremony will be a nice moment to show appreciation to the tools developers and maybe discover new tools! You will find more information [[m:Coolest_Tool_Award|here]] about the livestream and the discussions channels. Thanks for your attention, [[:d:User:Lea Lacroix (WMDE)|Lea Lacroix (WMDE)]] 10:55, 7 kanûna pêşîn 2020 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Lea Lacroix (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=20734978 --> == Community Wishlist Survey 2021 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:Magic Wand Icon 229981 Color Flipped.svg|thumb|48px]] '''We invite all registered users to vote on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021|2021 Community Wishlist Survey]]. You can vote from now until {{#time:j xg|2020-12-21|en}} for as many different wishes as you want.''' In the Survey, wishes for new and improved tools for experienced editors are collected. After the voting, we will do our best to grant your wishes. We will start with the most popular ones. We, the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Tech|Community Tech]], are one of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation|Wikimedia Foundation]] teams. We create and improve editing and wiki moderation tools. What we work on is decided based on results of the Community Wishlist Survey. Once a year, you can submit wishes. After two weeks, you can vote on the ones that you're most interested in. Next, we choose wishes from the survey to work on. Some of the wishes may be granted by volunteer developers or other teams. '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021/Tracking|You can view and vote all proposals here.]]''' We are waiting for your votes. Thank you! </div> [[user:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] 00:51, 15 Kanûna pêşîn 2020 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGrabarczuk_(WMF)/sandbox/1&oldid=20689939 --> == Moving Wikimania 2021 to a Virtual Event == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:Wikimania_logo_with_text_2.svg|right|alt=Wikimania's logo.|75px]] ''{{int:Hello}}. Apologies if you are not reading this message in your native language. {{Int:Please-translate}}. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}}'' [[:m:Wikimania 2021|Wikimania will be a virtual event this year]], and hosted by a wide group of community members. Whenever the next in-person large gathering is possible again, [[:m:ESEAP Hub|the ESEAP Core Organizing Team]] will be in charge of it. Stay tuned for more information about how ''you'' can get involved in the planning process and other aspects of the event. [https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikimedia-l/2021-January/096141.html Please read the longer version of this announcement on wikimedia-l]. ''ESEAP Core Organizing Team, Wikimania Steering Committee, Wikimedia Foundation Events Team'', 15:15, 27 kanûna paşîn 2021 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/Wikimania21&oldid=21014617 --> == Project Grant Open Call == This is the announcement for the [[m:Grants:Project|Project Grants program]] open call that started on January 11, with the submission deadline of February 10, 2021.<br> This first open call will be focussed on Community Organizing proposals. A second open call focused on research and software proposals is scheduled from February 15 with a submission deadline of March 16, 2021.<br> For the Round 1 open call, we invite you to propose grant applications that fall under community development and organizing (offline and online) categories. Project Grant funds are available to support individuals, groups, and organizations to implement new experiments and proven ideas, from organizing a better process on your wiki, coordinating a campaign or editathon series to providing other support for community building. We offer the following resources to help you plan your project and complete a grant proposal:<br> * Weekly proposals clinics via Zoom during the Open Call. Join us for [[m:Grants:Project|#Upcoming_Proposal_Clinics|real-time discussions]] with Program Officers and select thematic experts and get live feedback about your Project Grants proposal. We’ll answer questions and help you make your proposal better. We also offer these support pages to help you build your proposal: * [[m:Grants:Project/Tutorial|Video tutorials]] for writing a strong application<br> * General [[m:Grants:Project/Plan|planning page]] for Project Grants <br> * [[m:Grants:Project/Learn|Program guidelines and criteria]]<br> Program officers are also available to offer individualized proposal support upon request. Contact us if you would like feedback or more information.<br> We are excited to see your grant ideas that will support our community and make an impact on the future of Wikimedia projects. Put your idea into motion, and [[m:Grants:Project/Apply|submit your proposal]] by February 10, 2021!<br> Please feel free to get in touch with questions about getting started with your grant application, or about serving on the Project Grants Committee. Contact us at projectgrants{{at}}wikimedia.org. Please help us translate this message to your local language. [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 08:00, 28 kanûna paşîn 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RSharma (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=20808431 --> == Wiki Loves Folklore 2021 is back! == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> {{int:please-translate}} [[File:Wiki Loves Folklore Logo.svg|right|150px|frameless]] You are humbly invited to participate in the '''[[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2021|Wiki Loves Folklore 2021]]''' an international photography contest organized on Wikimedia Commons to document folklore and intangible cultural heritage from different regions, including, folk creative activities and many more. It is held every year from the 1st till the 28th of February. You can help in enriching the folklore documentation on Commons from your region by taking photos, audios, videos, and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:UploadWizard&campaign=wlf_2021 submitting] them in this commons contest. Please support us in translating the [[:c:Commons: Wiki Loves Folklore 2021|project page]] and a [https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Translate?group=Centralnotice-tgroup-wikiloveslove2020&language=en&filter=%21translated&action=translate|one-line banner message] to help us spread the word in your native language. '''Kind regards,''' '''Wiki loves Folklore International Team''' [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 13:25, 6 sibat 2021 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Tiven2240@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Tiven2240/wll&oldid=21073884 --> == Proposal: Set two-letter project shortcuts as alias to project namespace globally == <div lang="en" dir="ltr"> {{int:please-translate}} Hello everyone, I apologize for posting in English. I would like to inform everyone that I created a new global request for comment (GRFC) at Meta Wiki, which may affect your project: [[:m:Requests for comment/Set short project namespace aliases by default globally]]. In this GRFC, I propose that two-project shortcuts for project names will become a default alias for the project namespace. For instance, on all Wikipedias, WP will be an alias to the Wikipedia: namespace (and similar for other projects). Full list is available in the GRFC. This is already the case for Wikivoyages, and many individual projects asked for this alias to be implemented. I believe this makes it easier to access the materials in the project namespace, as well as creating shortcuts like <tt>WP:NPOV</tt>, as well as helps new projects to use this feature, without having to figure out how to request site configuration changes first. As far as I can see, {{SITENAME}} currently does not have such an alias set. This means that such an alias will be set for you, if the GRFC is accepted by the global community. I would like to ask all community members to participate in the request for comment at Meta-Wiki, see [[:m:Requests for comment/Set short project namespace aliases by default globally]]. Please feel free to [[:m:User talk:Martin Urbanec|ask me]] if you have any questions about this proposal. Best regards,<br /> --[[:m:User:Martin Urbanec|Martin Urbanec]] ([[:m:User talk:Martin Urbanec|talk]]) 14:12, 18 sibat 2021 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Martin Urbanec@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Martin_Urbanec/MassMessage&oldid=21125035 --> == Wikifunctions logo contest == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> {{Int:Hello}}. Please help to choose a design concept for the logo of the new Wikifunctions wiki. Voting starts today and will be open for 2 weeks. If you would like to participate, then '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Abstract Wikipedia/Wikifunctions logo concept/Vote|please learn more and vote now]]''' at Meta-Wiki. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} --[[m:User:Quiddity (WMF)|Quiddity (WMF)]]</div> 01:45, 2 adar 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=21087740 --> == Universal Code of Conduct – 2021 consultations == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> === Universal Code of Conduct Phase 2 === {{int:please-translate}} The [[:wmf:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|'''Universal Code of Conduct (UCoC)''']] provides a universal baseline of acceptable behavior for the entire Wikimedia movement and all its projects. The project is currently in Phase 2, outlining clear enforcement pathways. You can read more about the whole project on its [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|'''project page''']]. ==== Drafting Committee: Call for applications ==== The Wikimedia Foundation is recruiting volunteers to join a committee to draft how to make the code enforceable. Volunteers on the committee will commit between 2 and 6 hours per week from late April through July and again in October and November. It is important that the committee be diverse and inclusive, and have a range of experiences, including both experienced users and newcomers, and those who have received or responded to, as well as those who have been falsely accused of harassment. To apply and learn more about the process, see [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Drafting committee|Universal Code of Conduct/Drafting committee]]. ==== 2021 community consultations: Notice and call for volunteers / translators ==== From 5 April – 5 May 2021 there will be conversations on many Wikimedia projects about how to enforce the UCoC. We are looking for volunteers to translate key material, as well as to help host consultations on their own languages or projects using suggested [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/2021 consultations/Discussion|key questions]]. If you are interested in volunteering for either of these roles, please [[:m:Talk:Universal Code of Conduct/2021 consultations|contact us]] in whatever language you are most comfortable. To learn more about this work and other conversations taking place, see [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/2021 consultations|Universal Code of Conduct/2021 consultations]]. -- [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Xeno (WMF)|talk]]) 21:45, 5 nîsan 2021 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:MNadzikiewicz_(WMF)/Without_Russian,_Polish_and_translated/1&oldid=21302384 --> == Line numbering coming soon to all wikis == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:Technical_Wishes_–_Line_numbering_-_2010_wikitext_editor.png|thumb|Example]] From April 15, you can enable line numbering in some wikitext editors - for now in the template namespace, coming to more namespaces soon. This will make it easier to detect line breaks and to refer to a particular line in discussions. These numbers will be shown if you enable the syntax highlighting feature ([[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:CodeMirror|CodeMirror extension]]), which is supported in the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:WikiEditor|2010]] and [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/2017 wikitext editor|2017]] wikitext editors. More information can be found on [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Line Numbering|this project page]]. Everyone is invited to test the feature, and to give feedback [[m:talk:WMDE Technical Wishes/Line Numbering|on this talk page]]. </div> -- [[m:User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)|Johanna Strodt (WMDE)]] 15:08, 12 nîsan 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=21329014 --> == Suggested Values == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> From April 29, it will be possible to suggest values for parameters in templates. Suggested values can be added to [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] and will then be shown as a drop-down list in [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|VisualEditor]]. This allows template users to quickly select an appropriate value. This way, it prevents potential errors and reduces the effort needed to fill the template with values. It will still be possible to fill in values other than the suggested ones. More information, including the supported parameter types and how to create suggested values: [[mw:Help:TemplateData#suggestedvalues|[1]]] [[m:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Suggested_values_for_template_parameters|[2]]]. Everyone is invited to test the feature, and to give feedback [[m:Talk:WMDE Technical Wishes/Suggested values for template parameters|on this talk page]]. </div> [[m:User:Timur Vorkul (WMDE)|Timur Vorkul (WMDE)]] 14:08, 22 nîsan 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Timur Vorkul (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=21361904 --> == Universal Code of Conduct News – Issue 1 == <div style = "line-height: 1.2"> <span style="font-size:200%;">'''Universal Code of Conduct News'''</span><br> <span style="font-size:120%; color:#404040;">'''Issue 1, June 2021'''</span><span style="font-size:120%; float:right;">[[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/1|Read the full newsletter]]</span> ---- Welcome to the first issue of [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct News]]! This newsletter will help Wikimedians stay involved with the development of the new code, and will distribute relevant news, research, and upcoming events related to the UCoC. Please note, this is the first issue of UCoC Newsletter which is delivered to all subscribers and projects as an announcement of the initiative. If you want the future issues delivered to your talk page, village pumps, or any specific pages you find appropriate, you need to [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/UCoC Newsletter Subscription|subscribe here]]. You can help us by translating the newsletter issues in your languages to spread the news and create awareness of the new conduct to keep our beloved community safe for all of us. Please [[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/Participate|add your name here]] if you want to be informed of the draft issue to translate beforehand. Your participation is valued and appreciated. </div><div style="margin-top:3px; padding:10px 10px 10px 20px; background:#fffff; border:2px solid #808080; border-radius:4px; font-size:100%;"> * '''Affiliate consultations''' – Wikimedia affiliates of all sizes and types were invited to participate in the UCoC affiliate consultation throughout March and April 2021. ([[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/1#sec1|continue reading]]) * '''2021 key consultations''' – The Wikimedia Foundation held enforcement key questions consultations in April and May 2021 to request input about UCoC enforcement from the broader Wikimedia community. ([[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/1#sec2|continue reading]]) * '''Roundtable discussions''' – The UCoC facilitation team hosted two 90-minute-long public roundtable discussions in May 2021 to discuss UCoC key enforcement questions. More conversations are scheduled. ([[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/1#sec3|continue reading]]) * '''Phase 2 drafting committee''' – The drafting committee for the phase 2 of the UCoC started their work on 12 May 2021. Read more about their work. ([[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/1#sec4|continue reading]]) * '''Diff blogs''' – The UCoC facilitators wrote several blog posts based on interesting findings and insights from each community during local project consultation that took place in the 1st quarter of 2021. ([[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Newsletter/1#sec5|continue reading]])</div> --[[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 23:05, 11 hezîran 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SOyeyele (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SOyeyele_(WMF)/Announcements/Other_languages&oldid=21578291 --> == Wikimania 2021: Individual Program Submissions == [[File:Wikimania logo with text 2.svg|right|200px]] Dear all, Wikimania 2021 will be [[:wikimania:2021:Save the date and the Core Organizing Team|hosted virtually]] for the first time in the event's 15-year history. Since there is no in-person host, the event is being organized by a diverse group of Wikimedia volunteers that form the [[:wikimania:2021:Organizers|Core Organizing Team]] (COT) for Wikimania 2021. '''Event Program''' - Individuals or a group of individuals can submit their session proposals to be a part of the program. There will be translation support for sessions provided in a number of languages. See more information [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions/Guidelines#Language Accessibility|here]]. Below are some links to guide you through; * [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions|Program Submissions]] * [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions/Guidelines|Session Submission Guidelines]] * [[:wikimania:2021:FAQ|FAQ]] Please note that the deadline for submission is 18th June 2021. '''Announcements'''- To keep up to date with the developments around Wikimania, the COT sends out weekly updates. You can view them in the Announcement section [[:wikimania:2021:Announcements|here]]. '''Office Hour''' - If you are left with questions, the COT will be hosting some office hours (in multiple languages), in multiple time-zones, to answer any programming questions that you might have. Details can be found [[:wikimania:2021:Organizers#Office hours schedule|here.]] Best regards, [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 04:18, 16 hezîran 2021 (UTC) On behalf of Wikimania 2021 Core Organizing Team <!-- Message sent by User:Bodhisattwa@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=21597568 --> == Editing news 2021 #2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2021/June|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:Reply Tool A-B test comment completion.png|alt=Junior contributors comment completion rate across all participating Wikipedias|thumb|296x296px|When newcomers had the Reply tool and tried to post on a talk page, they were more successful at posting a comment. ([https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ Source])]] Earlier this year, the Editing team ran a large study of [[mw:Talk pages project/Replying|the Reply Tool]]. The main goal was to find out whether the Reply Tool helped [[mw:Talk pages project/Glossary|newer editors]] communicate on wiki. The second goal was to see whether the comments that newer editors made using the tool needed to be reverted more frequently than comments newer editors made with the existing wikitext page editor. The key results were: * Newer editors who had automatic ("default on") access to the Reply tool were [https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ more likely] to post a comment on a talk page. * The comments that newer editors made with the Reply Tool were also [https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ less likely] to be reverted than the comments that newer editors made with page editing. These results give the Editing team confidence that the tool is helpful. <strong>Looking ahead</strong> The team is planning to make the Reply tool available to everyone as an opt-out preference in the coming months. This has already happened at the Arabic, Czech, and Hungarian Wikipedias. The next step is to [[phab:T280599|resolve a technical challenge]]. Then, they will deploy the Reply tool first to the [[phab:T267379|Wikipedias that participated in the study]]. After that, they will deploy it, in stages, to the other Wikipedias and all WMF-hosted wikis. You can turn on "{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}" [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|in Beta Features]] now. After you get the Reply tool, you can change your preferences at any time in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]]. –[[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 14:14, 24 hezîran 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=21624491 --> == Server switch == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch 2020|Read this message in another language]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch+2020&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] The [[foundation:|Wikimedia Foundation]] tests the switch between its first and secondary data centers. This will make sure that Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia wikis can stay online even after a disaster. To make sure everything is working, the Wikimedia Technology department needs to do a planned test. This test will show if they can reliably switch from one data centre to the other. It requires many teams to prepare for the test and to be available to fix any unexpected problems. <!-- They will switch all traffic back to the primary data center on '''Tuesday, October 27 2020'''. --> Unfortunately, because of some limitations in [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MediaWiki]], all editing must stop while the switch is made. We apologize for this disruption, and we are working to minimize it in the future. '''You will be able to read, but not edit, all wikis for a short period of time.''' *You will not be able to edit for up to an hour on Tuesday, 29 June 2021. The test will start at [https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1624975200 14:00 UTC] (07:00 PDT, 10:00 EDT, 15:00 WEST/BST, 16:00 CEST, 19:30 IST, 23:00 JST, and in New Zealand at 02:00 NZST on Wednesday 30 June). *If you try to edit or save during these times, you will see an error message. We hope that no edits will be lost during these minutes, but we can't guarantee it. If you see the error message, then please wait until everything is back to normal. Then you should be able to save your edit. But, we recommend that you make a copy of your changes first, just in case. ''Other effects'': *Background jobs will be slower and some may be dropped. Red links might not be updated as quickly as normal. If you create an article that is already linked somewhere else, the link will stay red longer than usual. Some long-running scripts will have to be stopped. *There will be code freezes for the week of June 28. Non-essential code deployments will not happen. This project may be postponed if necessary. You can [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter#Schedule_for_2021_switch|read the schedule at wikitech.wikimedia.org]]. Any changes will be announced in the schedule. There will be more notifications about this. A banner will be displayed on all wikis 30 minutes before this operation happens. '''Please share this information with your community.'''</div></div> [[user:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] 01:19, 27 hezîran 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=21463754 --> == Call for Candidates for the Movement Charter Drafting Committee == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Movement Strategy announces [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee|the Call for Candidates for the Movement Charter Drafting Committee]]. The Call opens August 2, 2021 and closes September 1, 2021. The Committee is expected to represent [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Diversity_and_Expertise_Matrices|diversity in the Movement]]. Diversity includes gender, language, geography, and experience. This comprises participation in projects, affiliates, and the Wikimedia Foundation. English fluency is not required to become a member. If needed, translation and interpretation support is provided. Members will receive an allowance to offset participation costs. It is US$100 every two months. We are looking for people who have some of the following [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee#Role_Requirements|skills]]: * Know how to write collaboratively. (demonstrated experience is a plus) * Are ready to find compromises. * Focus on inclusion and diversity. * Have knowledge of community consultations. * Have intercultural communication experience. * Have governance or organization experience in non-profits or communities. * Have experience negotiating with different parties. The Committee is expected to start with 15 people. If there are 20 or more candidates, a mixed election and selection process will happen. If there are 19 or fewer candidates, then the process of selection without election takes place. Will you help move Wikimedia forward in this important role? Submit your candidacy [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee#Candidate_Statements|here]]. Please contact strategy2030[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org with questions. </div> [[Bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|gotûbêj]]) 00:12, 3 tebax 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Xeno_(WMF)/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=21828257 --> == Universal Code of Conduct - Enforcement draft guidelines review == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="content"/>The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Drafting_committee#Phase_2|Universal Code of Conduct Phase 2 drafting committee]] would like comments about the '''[[:m:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement draft guidelines review|enforcement draft guidelines]]''' for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] (UCoC). This review period is planned for 17 August 2021 through 17 October 2021. These guidelines are not final but you can help move the progress forward. The committee will revise the guidelines based upon community input. Comments can be shared in any language on the [[m:Talk:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement draft guidelines review|draft review talk page]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Discussions|multiple other venues]]. Community members are encouraged to organize conversations in their communities. There are planned live discussions about the UCoC enforcement draft guidelines: :[[wmania:2021:Submissions/Universal_Code_of_Conduct_Roundtable|Wikimania 2021 session]] (recorded 16 August) :[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/2021_consultations/Roundtable_discussions#Conversation hours|Conversation hours]] - 24 August, 31 August, 7 September @ 03:00 UTC & 14:00 UTC :[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/2021_consultations/Roundtable_discussions|Roundtable calls]] - 18 September @ 03:00 UTC & 15:00 UTC Summaries of discussions will be posted every two weeks [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Drafting committee/Digests|here]]. Please let me know if you have any questions.<section end="content"/> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 22:09, 17 tebax 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Xeno_(WMF)/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=21895034 --> == Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees election has come to an end == Thank you for participating in the [[:meta:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2021|2021 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees election]]! Voting closed August 31 at 23:59. The official data, including the four most voted candidates, will be announced as soon as the [[:meta:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections_committee|Elections Committee]] completes their review of the ballots. The official announcement of the new trustees appointed will happen later, once the selected candidates have been confirmed by the Board. 6,946 community members from 216 wiki projects have voted. This makes 10.2% global participation, 1.1% higher than in the last Board elections. In 2017, 5167 people from 202 wiki projects cast their vote. A full analysis is planned to be published in a few days when the confirmed results are announced. In the meantime, you can check the [[:meta:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2021/Stats|data produced during the election]]. Diversity was an important goal with these elections. Messages about the Board election were translated into 61 languages. This outreach worked well. There were 70 communities with eligible voters voting in this election for the first time. With your help, next year’s Board of Trustees election will be even better. 21:00, 1 îlon 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Xeno_(WMF)/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=21895034 --> == The 2022 Community Wishlist Survey will happen in January == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Hello everyone, We hope all of you are as well and safe as possible during these trying times! We wanted to share some news about a change to the Community Wishlist Survey 2022. We would like to hear your opinions as well. Summary: <div style="font-style:italic;"> We will be running the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey|Community Wishlist Survey]] 2022 in January 2022. We need more time to work on the 2021 wishes. We also need time to prepare some changes to the Wishlist 2022. In the meantime, you can use a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey/Sandbox|dedicated sandbox to leave early ideas for the 2022 wishes]]. </div> === Proposing and wish-fulfillment will happen during the same year === In the past, the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Tech|Community Tech]] team has run the Community Wishlist Survey for the following year in November of the prior year. For example, we ran the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021|Wishlist for 2021]] in November 2020. That worked well a few years ago. At that time, we used to start working on the Wishlist soon after the results of the voting were published. However, in 2021, there was a delay between the voting and the time when we could start working on the new wishes. Until July 2021, we were working on wishes from the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2020|Wishlist for 2020]]. We hope having the Wishlist 2022 in January 2022 will be more intuitive. This will also give us time to fulfill more wishes from the 2021 Wishlist. === Encouraging wider participation from historically excluded communities === We are thinking how to make the Wishlist easier to participate in. We want to support more translations, and encourage under-resourced communities to be more active. We would like to have some time to make these changes. === A new space to talk to us about priorities and wishes not granted yet === We will have gone 365 days without a Wishlist. We encourage you to approach us. We hope to hear from you in the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey|talk page]], but we also hope to see you at our bi-monthly Talk to Us meetings! These will be hosted at two different times friendly to time zones around the globe. We will begin our first meeting '''September 15th at 23:00 UTC'''. More details about the agenda and format coming soon! === Brainstorm and draft proposals before the proposal phase === If you have early ideas for wishes, you can use the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey/Sandbox|new Community Wishlist Survey sandbox]]. This way, you will not forget about these before January 2022. You will be able to come back and refine your ideas. Remember, edits in the sandbox don't count as wishes! === Feedback === * What should we do to improve the Wishlist pages? * How would you like to use our new [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey/Sandbox|sandbox?]] * What, if any, risks do you foresee in our decision to change the date of the Wishlist 2022? * What will help more people participate in the Wishlist 2022? Answer on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Community Wishlist Survey|talk page]] (in any language you prefer) or at our Talk to Us meetings. </div> [[user:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[user talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 00:23, 7 îlon 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=21980442 --> == Server switch == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch|Read this message in another language]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] The [[foundation:|Wikimedia Foundation]] tests the switch between its first and secondary data centers. This will make sure that Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia wikis can stay online even after a disaster. To make sure everything is working, the Wikimedia Technology department needs to do a planned test. This test will show if they can reliably switch from one data centre to the other. It requires many teams to prepare for the test and to be available to fix any unexpected problems. They will switch all traffic back to the primary data center on '''Tuesday, 14 September 2021'''. Unfortunately, because of some limitations in [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MediaWiki]], all editing must stop while the switch is made. We apologize for this disruption, and we are working to minimize it in the future. '''You will be able to read, but not edit, all wikis for a short period of time.''' *You will not be able to edit for up to an hour on Tuesday, 14 September 2021. The test will start at [https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1631628049 14:00 UTC] (07:00 PDT, 10:00 EDT, 15:00 WEST/BST, 16:00 CEST, 19:30 IST, 23:00 JST, and in New Zealand at 02:00 NZST on Wednesday, 15 September). *If you try to edit or save during these times, you will see an error message. We hope that no edits will be lost during these minutes, but we can't guarantee it. If you see the error message, then please wait until everything is back to normal. Then you should be able to save your edit. But, we recommend that you make a copy of your changes first, just in case. ''Other effects'': *Background jobs will be slower and some may be dropped. Red links might not be updated as quickly as normal. If you create an article that is already linked somewhere else, the link will stay red longer than usual. Some long-running scripts will have to be stopped. * We expect the code deployments to happen as any other week. However, some case-by-case code freezes could punctually happen if the operation require them afterwards. This project may be postponed if necessary. You can [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter|read the schedule at wikitech.wikimedia.org]]. Any changes will be announced in the schedule. There will be more notifications about this. A banner will be displayed on all wikis 30 minutes before this operation happens. '''Please share this information with your community.'''</div></div> [[user:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[user talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|<span class="signature-talk">{{int:Talkpagelinktext}}</span>]]) 00:45, 11 îlon 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=21980442 --> == Talk to the Community Tech == [[File:Magic Wand Icon 229981 Color Flipped.svg|{{dir|{{pagelang}}|left|right}}|frameless|50px]] [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey/Updates/2021-09 Talk to Us|Read this message in another language]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Community_Wishlist_Survey/Updates/2021-09_Talk_to_Us&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] Hello! As we have [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey/Updates|recently announced]], we, the team working on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey|Community Wishlist Survey]], would like to invite you to an online meeting with us. It will take place on [https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20210915T2300 '''September 15th, 23:00 UTC'''] on Zoom, and will last an hour. [https://wikimedia.zoom.us/j/89828615390 '''Click here to join''']. '''Agenda''' * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021/Status report 1#Prioritization Process|How we prioritize the wishes to be granted]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey/Updates|Why we decided to change the date]] from November 2021 to January 2022 * Update on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021/Warn when linking to disambiguation pages|disambiguation]] and the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Wishlist Survey 2021/Real Time Preview for Wikitext|real-time preview]] wishes * Questions and answers '''Format''' The meeting will not be recorded or streamed. Notes without attribution will be taken and published on Meta-Wiki. The presentation (first three points in the agenda) will be given in English. We can answer questions asked in English, French, Polish, and Spanish. If you would like to ask questions in advance, add them [[m:Talk:Community Wishlist Survey|on the Community Wishlist Survey talk page]] or send to sgrabarczuk@wikimedia.org. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/User:NRodriguez (WMF)|Natalia Rodriguez]] (the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Community Tech|Community Tech]] manager) will be hosting this meeting. '''Invitation link''' * [https://wikimedia.zoom.us/j/89828615390 Join online] * Meeting ID: 898 2861 5390 * One tap mobile ** +16465588656,,89828615390# US (New York) ** +16699006833,,89828615390# US (San Jose) * [https://wikimedia.zoom.us/u/kctR45AI8o Dial by your location] See you! [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|<span class="signature-talk">{{int:Talkpagelinktext}}</span>]]) 03:03, 11 îlon 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=21980442 --> == Voting for the election for the members for the Movement Charter drafting committee is now open == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content"/> :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/MCDC Voter Email short 12-10-2021|{{int:otherlanguages}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/MCDC Voter Email short 12-10-2021}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]''</div> Voting for the election for the members for the Movement Charter drafting committee is now open. In total, 70 Wikimedians from around the world are running for 7 seats in these elections. '''Voting is open from October 12 to October 24, 2021.''' The committee will consist of 15 members in total: The online communities vote for 7 members, 6 members will be selected by the Wikimedia affiliates through a parallel process, and 2 members will be appointed by the Wikimedia Foundation. The plan is to assemble the committee by November 1, 2021. Learn about each candidate to inform your vote in the language that you prefer: <https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Candidates> Learn about the Drafting Committee: <https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee> We are piloting a voting advice application for this election. Click yourself through the tool and you will see which candidate is closest to you! Check at <https://mcdc-election-compass.toolforge.org/> Read the full announcement: <https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Elections> '''Go vote at SecurePoll on:''' <https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Elections> Best, Movement Strategy & Governance Team, Wikimedia Foundation <section end="announcement-content"/> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 16:35, 13 çiriya pêşîn 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Xeno_(WMF)/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=22184228 --> == Meet the new Movement Charter Drafting Committee members == <section begin="announcement-content"/> :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Elections/Results/Announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Elections/Results/Announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' The Movement Charter Drafting Committee election and selection processes are complete. * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Elections/Results|election results have been published]]. 1018 participants voted to elect seven members to the committee: '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Richard_Knipel_(Pharos)|Richard Knipel (Pharos)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Anne_Clin_(Risker)|Anne Clin (Risker)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Alice_Wiegand_(lyzzy)|Alice Wiegand (Lyzzy)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Micha%C5%82_Buczy%C5%84ski_(Aegis_Maelstrom)|Michał Buczyński (Aegis Maelstrom)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Richard_(Nosebagbear)|Richard (Nosebagbear)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Ravan_J_Al-Taie_(Ravan)|Ravan J Al-Taie (Ravan)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Ciell_(Ciell)|Ciell (Ciell)]]'''. * The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Candidates#Affiliate-chosen_members|affiliate process]] has selected six members: '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Anass_Sedrati_(Anass_Sedrati)|Anass Sedrati (Anass Sedrati)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#%C3%89rica_Azzellini_(EricaAzzellini)|Érica Azzellini (EricaAzzellini)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Jamie_Li-Yun_Lin_(Li-Yun_Lin)|Jamie Li-Yun Lin (Li-Yun Lin)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Georges_Fodouop_(Geugeor)|Georges Fodouop (Geugeor)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Manavpreet_Kaur_(Manavpreet_Kaur)|Manavpreet Kaur (Manavpreet Kaur)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee/Candidates#Pepe_Flores_(Padaguan)|Pepe Flores (Padaguan)]]'''. * The Wikimedia Foundation has [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Candidates#Wikimedia_Foundation-chosen_members|appointed]] two members: '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Candidates#Runa_Bhattacharjee_(Runab_WMF)|Runa Bhattacharjee (Runab WMF)]]''', '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Charter/Drafting_Committee/Candidates#Jorge_Vargas_(JVargas_(WMF))|Jorge Vargas (JVargas (WMF))]]'''. The committee will convene soon to start its work. The committee can appoint up to three more members to bridge diversity and expertise gaps. If you are interested in engaging with [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter|Movement Charter]] drafting process, follow the updates [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee|on Meta]] and join the [https://t.me/joinchat/U-4hhWtndBjhzmSf Telegram group]. With thanks from the Movement Strategy and Governance team<section end="announcement-content"/> 15:53, 5 çiriya paşîn 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:MNadzikiewicz_(WMF)/Delivery&oldid=22300322 --> == Banga Pêşerojê ji bo Bersivdan di derbarê hilbijartinên Desteya Rêvebir de == <section begin="announcement-content /> :''Hûn dikarin vê peyamê li ser Meta-wiki wergerînin zimanên din bibînin.'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback:2022 Board of Trustees election/Upcoming Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback:2022 Board of Trustees election/Upcoming Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Desteya Rêvebir ji 7ê Rêbendan - 10ê Sibata 2022an de ji bo Hilbijartinên Desteyê yên dahatûyê bangek ji bo bersivdayînê amade dike. Dema ku hûrgulî dê hefteyek berî bangê were qedandin, me bi kêmî ve du pirsên ku dê di dema vê bangê de ji bo bersivdayînê bêne pirsîn û bêne piştrast kirin: * Awayê çêtirîn ji bo misogerkirina temsîliyeta adil a civakên nûjen di nav Lijneyê de çi ye? * Di hilbijartinan de divê namzed çi tevlêbûnê bikin? Digel ku dibe ku pirsên din werin zêdekirin, tîmê Stratejî û Rêvebiriya Tevgerê dixwaze wextê peyda bike ji endamên civatê û hevalbendan re ku berî vekirina bangê li ser pirsên pejirandî fikir û ramanan amade bikin. Em jibo vî lêborînê dixwazin ku di vê demê de navnîşek bêkêmasî ya pirsan tune. Navnîşa pirsan divê tenê bi yek an du pirsan mezin bibe. Mebest ew e ku civatê bi daxwazan newestîne û lê li ser van pirsên girîng agahdarî û nerînên xêrxwaziyê peyda bike. '''Hûn dixwazin di vê Bangê de alîkariya organîzekirina danûstendina herêmî bikin?''' [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance|Bi koma Stratejî û Rêvebiriya Tevgerê]] re li ser Meta, li ser [https://t.me/wmboardgovernancechat Telegram]ê bi e-nameya maîledresê re têkilî daynin. Ger pirs û fikarên we hebin bikevin têkiliyê. Tîma Stratejî û Rêvebiriyê ya Tevgerê dê heta 3ê Çileyê bi kêmanî dixebite. Ji kerema xwe, jibo her bersivek dereng di vê demê de biborînin. Di heman demê de em dizanin ku hinek endam û hevkarên civakê di betlaneyên Kanûnê de negirêdayî ne. Dema ku hûn di betlaneyê de ne, em lêborînê dixwazin. Baştirîn, Stratejiya Tevgera û Rêvebiriyê<section end="announcement-content" /> :A user provided the above translation (thank you!) - the English version is below. [[Bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|gotûbêj]]) 16:16, 28 kanûna pêşîn 2021 (UTC) === Upcoming Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections === <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content /> :''You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback:2022 Board of Trustees election/Upcoming Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback:2022 Board of Trustees election/Upcoming Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' The Board of Trustees is preparing a call for feedback about the upcoming Board Elections, from January 7 - February 10, 2022. While details will be finalized the week before the call, we have confirmed at least two questions that will be asked during this call for feedback: * What is the best way to ensure fair representation of emerging communities among the Board? * What involvement should candidates have during the election? While additional questions may be added, the Movement Strategy and Governance team wants to provide time for community members and affiliates to consider and prepare ideas on the confirmed questions before the call opens. We apologize for not having a complete list of questions at this time. The list of questions should only grow by one or two questions. The intention is to not overwhelm the community with requests, but provide notice and welcome feedback on these important questions. '''Do you want to help organize local conversation during this Call?''' Contact the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance|Movement Strategy and Governance team]] on Meta, on [https://t.me/wmboardgovernancechat Telegram], or via email at msg[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org. Reach out if you have any questions or concerns. The Movement Strategy and Governance team will be minimally staffed until January 3. Please excuse any delayed response during this time. We also recognize some community members and affiliates are offline during the December holidays. We apologize if our message has reached you while you are on holiday. Best, Movement Strategy and Governance<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> {{int:thank-you}} [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 17:41, 27 kanûna pêşîn 2021 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=22502672 --> == Wiki Loves Folklore is back! == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> {{int:please-translate}} [[File:Wiki Loves Folklore Logo.svg|right|150px|frameless]] You are humbly invited to participate in the '''[[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022|Wiki Loves Folklore 2022]]''' an international photography contest organized on Wikimedia Commons to document folklore and intangible cultural heritage from different regions, including, folk creative activities and many more. It is held every year from the '''1st till the 28th''' of February. You can help in enriching the folklore documentation on Commons from your region by taking photos, audios, videos, and [https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:UploadWizard&campaign=wlf_2022 submitting] them in this commons contest. You can also [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022/Organize|organize a local contest]] in your country and support us in translating the [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022/Translations|project pages]] to help us spread the word in your native language. Feel free to contact us on our [[:c:Commons talk:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022|project Talk page]] if you need any assistance. '''Kind regards,''' '''Wiki loves Folklore International Team''' --[[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 13:15, 9 kanûna paşîn 2022 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Tiven2240@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Tiven2240/wlf&oldid=22560402 --> == Banga Ragihandinê di derbarê hilbijartinên Lijneya Rêvebiriyê destpêkir == <section begin="announcement-content" />:''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections/Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open/Short|Hûn dikarin vê peyamê li ser Meta-wiki wergerînin zimanên din û bibînin.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections/Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open/Short|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections/Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open/Short}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Banga Paşvegerê: Hilbijartinên Lijneya Pêbawerîyê niha vekirî ye û dê di <s>7ê</s> 16ê Sibata 2022an da biqede. Bi vê Banga Vegerê re tîma Stratejî û Rêveberiya Tevgerê nêzîkatiyeke cuda nîşan dide. Ev nêzîkatî di sala 2021'ê de paşvegerên civakê di nav xwe de vedihewîne. Li cihê ku bi pêşnîyaran bi rê ve bibe, bangewazî li ser pirsên sereke yên Lijneya Sindoqê tê kirin. Pirsên sereke ji paşvegerên hilbijartina Lijneya Sîxûriyê ya 2021an hatin. Armanc ew e ku îlhama danûstendina kolektîf û pêşvebirina pêşnîyaza hevkar a derbarê van pirsên sereke da ye. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections| Beşdarî axaftinê bibe.]] Bi daxwaza hêviyên baş Koma Stratejiya Tevgerê û Rêveberiyê<section end="announcement-content" /> :Another user helpfully provided the above translation. Also, the due date has been extended to 16 February 2022. There are [[m:Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_of_Trustees/Call_for_feedback:_Board_of_Trustees_elections/Discuss_Key_Questions|three key questions and several proposals to discuss]]. {{int:please-translate}}. [[Bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|gotûbêj]]) 17:31, 22 kanûna paşîn 2022 (UTC) === Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open (en) === <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" />:''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections/Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open/Short|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections/Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open/Short|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections/Call for Feedback about the Board of Trustees elections is now open/Short}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' The Call for Feedback: Board of Trustees elections is now open and will close on <s>7</s> 16 February 2022. With this Call for Feedback, the Movement Strategy and Governance team is taking a different approach. This approach incorporates community feedback from 2021. Instead of leading with proposals, the Call is framed around key questions from the Board of Trustees. The key questions came from the feedback about the 2021 Board of Trustees election. The intention is to inspire collective conversation and collaborative proposal development about these key questions. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees/Call for feedback: Board of Trustees elections|Join the conversation.]] Best, Movement Strategy and Governance<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 00:18, 15 kanûna paşîn 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=22610022 --> == Subscribe to the This Month in Education newsletter - learn from others and share your stories == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Dear community members, Greetings from the EWOC Newsletter team and the education team at Wikimedia Foundation. We are very excited to share that we on tenth years of Education Newsletter ([[m:Education/News|This Month in Education]]) invite you to join us by [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|subscribing to the newsletter on your talk page]] or by [[m:Education/News/Newsroom|sharing your activities in the upcoming newsletters]]. The Wikimedia Education newsletter is a monthly newsletter that collects articles written by community members using Wikimedia projects in education around the world, and it is published by the EWOC Newsletter team in collaboration with the Education team. These stories can bring you new ideas to try, valuable insights about the success and challenges of our community members in running education programs in their context. If your affiliate/language project is developing its own education initiatives, please remember to take advantage of this newsletter to publish your stories with the wider movement that shares your passion for education. You can submit newsletter articles in your own language or submit bilingual articles for the education newsletter. For the month of January the deadline to submit articles is on the 20th January. We look forward to reading your stories. Older versions of this newsletter can be found in the [[outreach:Education/Newsletter/Archives|complete archive]]. More information about the newsletter can be found at [[m:Education/News/Publication Guidelines|Education/Newsletter/About]]. For more information, please contact spatnaik{{@}}wikimedia.org. ------ <div style="text-align: center;"><div style="margin-top:10px; font-size:90%; padding-left:5px; font-family:Georgia, Palatino, Palatino Linotype, Times, Times New Roman, serif;">[[m:Education/Newsletter/About|About ''This Month in Education'']] · [[m:Global message delivery/Targets/This Month in Education|Subscribe/Unsubscribe]] · [[m:MassMessage|Global message delivery]] · For the team: [[User:ZI Jony|<span style="color:#8B0000">'''ZI Jony'''</span>]] [[User talk:ZI Jony|<sup><span style="color:Green"><i>(Talk)</i></span></sup>]], {{<includeonly>subst:</includeonly>#time:l G:i, d F Y|}} (UTC)</div></div> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:ZI Jony@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:ZI_Jony/MassMessage/Awareness_of_Education_Newsletter/List_of_Village_Pumps&oldid=21244129 --> == Movement Strategy and Governance News – Issue 5 == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="ucoc-newsletter"/> :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5/Global message|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5/Global message}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' <span style="font-size:200%;">'''Movement Strategy and Governance News'''</span><br> <span style="font-size:120%; color:#404040;">'''Issue 5, January 2022'''</span><span style="font-size:120%; float:right;">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5|'''Read the full newsletter''']]</span> ---- Welcome to the fifth issue of Movement Strategy and Governance News (formerly known as Universal Code of Conduct News)! This revamped newsletter distributes relevant news and events about the Movement Charter, Universal Code of Conduct, Movement Strategy Implementation grants, Board elections and other relevant MSG topics. This Newsletter will be distributed quarterly, while more frequent Updates will also be delivered weekly or bi-weekly to subscribers. Please remember to subscribe [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global message delivery/Targets/MSG Newsletter Subscription|here]] if you would like to receive these updates. <div style="margin-top:3px; padding:10px 10px 10px 20px; background:#fffff; border:2px solid #808080; border-radius:4px; font-size:100%;"> *'''Call for Feedback about the Board elections''' - We invite you to give your feedback on the upcoming WMF Board of Trustees election. This call for feedback went live on 10th January 2022 and will be concluded on 16th February 2022. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5#Call for Feedback about the Board elections|continue reading]]) *'''Universal Code of Conduct Ratification''' - In 2021, the WMF asked communities about how to enforce the Universal Code of Conduct policy text. The revised draft of the enforcement guidelines should be ready for community vote in March. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5#Universal Code of Conduct Ratification|continue reading]]) *'''Movement Strategy Implementation Grants''' - As we continue to review several interesting proposals, we encourage and welcome more proposals and ideas that target a specific initiative from the Movement Strategy recommendations. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5#Movement Strategy Implementation Grants|continue reading]]) *'''The New Direction for the Newsletter''' - As the UCoC Newsletter transitions into MSG Newsletter, join the facilitation team in envisioning and deciding on the new directions for this newsletter. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5#The New Direction for the Newsletter|continue reading]]) *'''Diff Blogs''' - Check out the most recent publications about MSG on Wikimedia Diff. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/5#Diff Blogs|continue reading]])</div><section end="ucoc-newsletter"/> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 02:51, 29 kanûna paşîn 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=22703939 --> === Updates on the Universal Code of Conduct Enforcement Guidelines Review === Hello, I have an update on the vote on the enforcement guidelines that was mentioned above. [[Bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:Xeno (WMF)|gotûbêj]]) 01:53, 4 sibat 2022 (UTC) ---- <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/2022-02-02 Announcement/Short|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/2022-02-02 Announcement/Short|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/2022-02-02 Announcement/Short}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello everyone, The '''[[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines|Universal Code of Conduct (UCoC) Enforcement Guidelines]]''' were published 24 January 2022 as a proposed way to apply the [[m:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] across the movement. Comments about the guidelines can be shared here or [[m:Talk:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines|the Meta-wiki talk page]]. There will be conversations on Zoom on 4 February 2022 at 15:00 UTC, 25 February 2022 at 12:00 UTC, and 4 March 2022 at 15:00 UTC. '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Conversations|Join the UCoC project team and drafting committee members to discuss the guidelines and voting process]].''' The [[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Project#Timeline|timeline is available on Meta-wiki]]. The voting period is March 7 to 21. '''[[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voting|See the voting information page for more details]].''' Thank you to everyone who has participated so far. Sincerely, Movement Strategy and Governance<br/> Wikimedia Foundation<section end="announcement-content" /> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Leadership Development Task Force: Your feedback is appreciated</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" />:''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Task Force/Call for Feedback Announcement|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Task Force/Call for Feedback Announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Leadership Development Task Force/Call for Feedback Announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' The Community Development team at the Wikimedia Foundation is supporting the creation of a global, community-driven Leadership Development Task Force. The purpose of the task force is to advise leadership development work. The team is looking for feedback about the responsibilities of the Leadership Development Task Force. This Meta page shares the proposal for a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Task Force|Leadership Development Task Force]] and how [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Task Force/Participate|you can help.]] Feedback on the proposal will be collected from 7 to 25 February 2022.<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 01:14, 9 sibat 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery/Wikibooks&oldid=22796589 --> == Wiki Loves Folklore is extended till 15th March == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">{{int:please-translate}} [[File:Wiki Loves Folklore Logo.svg|right|frameless|180px]] Greetings from Wiki Loves Folklore International Team, We are pleased to inform you that [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore|Wiki Loves Folklore]] an international photographic contest on Wikimedia Commons has been extended till the '''15th of March 2022'''. The scope of the contest is focused on folk culture of different regions on categories, such as, but not limited to, folk festivals, folk dances, folk music, folk activities, etc. We would like to have your immense participation in the photographic contest to document your local Folk culture on Wikipedia. You can also help with the [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022/Translations|translation]] of project pages and share a word in your local language. Best wishes, '''International Team'''<br /> '''Wiki Loves Folklore''' [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 04:50, 22 sibat 2022 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Rockpeterson@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=22754428 --> == Coming soon == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> === Several improvements around templates === Hello, from March 9, several improvements around templates will become available on your wiki: * Fundamental improvements of the [[Mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide#Editing templates|VisualEditor template dialog]] ([[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/VisualEditor template dialog improvements|1]], [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Removing a template from a page using the VisualEditor|2]]), * Improvements to make it easier to put a template on a page ([[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Finding and inserting templates|3]]) (for the template dialogs in [[Mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide#Editing templates|VisualEditor]], [[Mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:WikiEditor#/media/File:VectorEditorBasic-en.png|2010 Wikitext]] and [[Mw:Special:MyLanguage/2017 wikitext editor|New Wikitext Mode]]), * and improvements in the syntax highlighting extension [[Mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:CodeMirror|CodeMirror]] ([[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Improved Color Scheme of Syntax Highlighting|4]], [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Bracket Matching|5]]) (which is available on wikis with writing direction left-to-right). All these changes are part of the “[[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Templates|Templates]]” project by [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes|WMDE Technical Wishes]]. We hope they will help you in your work, and we would love to hear your feedback on the talk pages of these projects. </div> - [[m:User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)|Johanna Strodt (WMDE)]] 12:38, 28 sibat 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=22907463 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Remember to Participate in the UCoC Conversations and Ratification Vote!</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voting/Announcement|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voting/Announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voting/Announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello everyone, A [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines/Voting|'''vote in SecurePoll from 7 to 21 March 2022''']] is scheduled as part of the ratification process for the Universal Code of Conduct (UCoC) Enforcement guidelines. Eligible voters are invited to answer a poll question and share comments. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines/Voter_information|Read voter information and eligibility details.]] During the poll, voters will be asked if they support the enforcement of the Universal Code of Conduct based on the proposed guidelines. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] (UCoC) provides a baseline of acceptable behavior for the entire movement. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines|revised enforcement guidelines]] were published 24 January 2022 as a proposed way to apply the policy across the movement. A [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_noticeboard/January_2022_-_Board_of_Trustees_on_Community_ratification_of_enforcement_guidelines_of_UCoC|Wikimedia Foundation Board statement]] calls for a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines/Voting|ratification process]] where eligible voters will have an opportunity to support or oppose the adoption of the UCoC Enforcement guidelines in a vote. Wikimedians are invited to [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines/Voter_information/Volunteer|translate and share important information]]. For more information about the UCoC, please see the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Project|project page]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/FAQ|frequently asked questions]] on Meta-wiki. There are events scheduled to learn more and discuss: * A [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Conversations/Panel_Q&A|community panel]] recorded on 18 February 2022 shares perspectives from small- and medium-sized community participants. * The [[m:Movement Strategy and Governance|Movement Strategy and Governance]] (MSG) team is hosting Conversation Hours on 4 March 2022 at 15:00 UTC. Please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Conversations|'''sign-up''']] to interact with the project team and the drafting committee about the updated enforcement guidelines and the ratification process. See the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/2022_conversation_hour_summaries|Conversation Hour summaries]] for notes from 4 February 2022 and 25 February 2022. You can comment on Meta-wiki talk pages in any language. You may also contact either team by email: msg[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org or ucocproject[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org Sincerely, Movement Strategy and Governance <br /> Wikimedia Foundation <br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 02:17, 2 adar 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=22916674 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Universal Code of Conduct Enforcement guidelines ratification voting open from 7 to 21 March 2022</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Vote|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Vote|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Vote}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello everyone, The ratification voting process for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines|revised enforcement guidelines]] of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] (UCoC) is now open! '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voting|Voting commenced on SecurePoll]]''' on 7 March 2022 and will conclude on 21 March 2022. Please [[m:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voter information|read more on the voter information and eligibility details]]. The Universal Code of Conduct (UCoC) provides a baseline of acceptable behavior for the entire movement. The revised enforcement guidelines were published 24 January 2022 as a proposed way to apply the policy across the movement. You can [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Project|read more about the UCoC project]]. You can also comment on Meta-wiki talk pages in any language. You may also contact the team by email: ucocproject[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org Sincerely, Movement Strategy and Governance Wikimedia Foundation<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 00:52, 8 adar 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=22962850 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Invitation to Hubs event: Global Conversation on 2022-03-12 at 13:00 UTC</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" />Hello! The Movement Strategy and Governance team of the Wikimedia Foundation would like to invite you to the next event about "Regional and Thematic Hubs". The Wikimedia Movement is in the process of understanding what Regional and Thematic Hubs should be. Our workshop in November was a good start ([[m:Special:MyLanguage/Hubs/Documentation/27 November Workshop|read the report]]), but we're not finished yet. Over the last weeks we conducted about 16 interviews with groups working on establishing a Hub in their context ([[m:Special:MyLanguage/Hubs/Dialogue|see Hubs Dialogue]]). These interviews informed a report that will serve as a foundation for discussion on March 12. The report is planned to be published on March 9. The event will take place on March 12, 13:00 to 16:00 UTC on Zoom. Interpretation will be provided in French, Spanish, Arabic, Russian, and Portuguese. Registration is open, and will close on March 10. Anyone interested in the topic is invited to join us. '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Hubs/Global Conversations March 12, 2022|More information on the event on Meta-wiki]]'''. Best regards, [[m:User:KVaidla (WMF)|Kaarel Vaidla]]<br />Movement Strategy <section end="announcement-content" /> </div> 01:31, 10 adar 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=22974079 --> == Wiki Loves Folklore 2022 ends tomorrow == [[File:Wiki Loves Folklore Logo.svg|right|frameless|180px]] International photographic contest [[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022| Wiki Loves Folklore 2022]] ends on 15th March 2022 23:59:59 UTC. This is the last chance of the year to upload images about local folk culture, festival, cuisine, costume, folklore etc on Wikimedia Commons. Watch out our social media handles for regular updates and declaration of Winners. ([https://www.facebook.com/WikiLovesFolklore/ Facebook] , [https://twitter.com/WikiFolklore Twitter ] , [https://www.instagram.com/wikilovesfolklore/ Instagram]) The writing competition Feminism and Folklore will run till 31st of March 2022 23:59:59 UTC. Write about your local folk tradition, women, folk festivals, folk dances, folk music, folk activities, folk games, folk cuisine, folk wear, folklore, and tradition, including ballads, folktales, fairy tales, legends, traditional song and dance, folk plays, games, seasonal events, calendar customs, folk arts, folk religion, mythology etc. on your local Wikipedia. Check if your [[:m:Feminism and Folklore 2022/Project Page|local Wikipedia is participating]] A special competition called '''Wiki Loves Falles''' is organised in Spain and the world during 15th March 2022 till 15th April 2022 to document local folk culture and [[:en:Falles|Falles]] in Valencia, Spain. Learn more about it on [[:ca:Viquiprojecte:Falles 2022|Catalan Wikipedia project page]]. We look forward for your immense co-operation. Thanks Wiki Loves Folklore international Team [[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 14:40, 14 adar 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Rockpeterson@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=22754428 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Leadership Development Working Group: Apply to join! (14 March to 10 April 2022)</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Working Group/Participate/Announcement|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Working Group/Participate/Announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Leadership Development Working Group/Participate/Announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello everyone, Thank you to everyone who participated in the feedback period for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Working Group|Leadership Development Working Group]] initiative. A [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership Development Working Group/Participate#5. Summary of Call for Feedback|summary of the feedback]] can be found on Meta-wiki. This feedback will be shared with the working group to inform their work. The application period to join the Working Group is now open and will close on April 10, 2022. Please [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership_Development_Working_Group/Purpose_and_Structure#3._How_is_the_working_group_formed_and_structured?|review the information about the working group]], share with community members who might be interested, and '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Leadership_Development_Working_Group/Participate#1._How_to_participate|apply if you are interested]]'''. Thank you, From the Community Development team<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 02:20, 18 adar 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=22974079 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Universal Code of Conduct Enforcement guidelines ratification voting is now closed</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Vote/Closing message|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Vote/Closing message|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Vote/Closing message}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Greetings, The ratification voting process for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines|revised enforcement guidelines]] of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] (UCoC) came to a close on 21 March 2022. Over {{#expr:2300}} Wikimedians voted across different regions of our movement. Thank you to everyone who participated in this process! The scrutinizing group is now reviewing the vote for accuracy, so please allow up to two weeks for them to finish their work. The final results from the voting process will be announced [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voting/Results|here]], along with the relevant statistics and a summary of comments as soon as they are available. Please check out [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Voter information|the voter information page]] to learn about the next steps. You can comment on the project talk page [[m:Talk:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines|on Meta-wiki]] in any language. You may also contact the UCoC project team by email: ucocproject[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org Best regards, Movement Strategy and Governance<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 01:53, 30 adar 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23079949 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Movement Strategy and Governance News – Issue 6</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="msg-newsletter"/> <div style = "line-height: 1.2"> <span style="font-size:200%;">'''Movement Strategy and Governance News'''</span><br> <span style="font-size:120%; color:#404040;">'''Issue 6, April 2022'''</span><span style="font-size:120%; float:right;">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6|'''Read the full newsletter''']]</span> ---- Welcome to the sixth issue of Movement Strategy and Governance News! This revamped newsletter distributes relevant news and events about the Movement Charter, Universal Code of Conduct, Movement Strategy Implementation grants, Board of trustees elections and other relevant MSG topics. This Newsletter will be distributed quarterly, while the more frequent Updates will also be delivered weekly. Please remember to subscribe [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Global message delivery/Targets/MSG Newsletter Subscription|here]] if you would like to receive future issues of this newsletter. </div><div style="margin-top:3px; padding:10px 10px 10px 20px; background:#fffff; border:2px solid #808080; border-radius:4px; font-size:100%;"> *'''Leadership Development -''' A Working Group is Forming! - The application to join the Leadership Development Working Group closed on April 10th, 2022, and up to 12 community members will be selected to participate in the working group. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A1|continue reading]]) *'''Universal Code of Conduct Ratification Results are out! -''' The global decision process on the enforcement of the UCoC via SecurePoll was held from 7 to 21 March. Over 2,300 eligible voters from at least 128 different home projects submitted their opinions and comments. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A2|continue reading]]) *'''Movement Discussions on Hubs -''' The Global Conversation event on Regional and Thematic Hubs was held on Saturday, March 12, and was attended by 84 diverse Wikimedians from across the movement. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A3|continue reading]]) *'''Movement Strategy Grants Remain Open! -''' Since the start of the year, six proposals with a total value of about $80,000 USD have been approved. Do you have a movement strategy project idea? Reach out to us! ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A4|continue reading]]) *'''The Movement Charter Drafting Committee is All Set! -''' The Committee of fifteen members which was elected in October 2021, has agreed on the essential values and methods for its work, and has started to create the outline of the Movement Charter draft. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A5|continue reading]]) *'''Introducing Movement Strategy Weekly -''' Contribute and Subscribe! - The MSG team have just launched the updates portal, which is connected to the various Movement Strategy pages on Meta-wiki. Subscriber to get up-to-date news about the various ongoing projects. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A6|continue reading]]) *'''Diff Blogs -''' Check out the most recent publications about Movement Strategy on Wikimedia Diff. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/6#A7|continue reading]]) </div><section end="msg-newsletter"/> </div> Also, a draft of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2022-2023/draft|'''2022-23 Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan''']] has been published. Input is being sought on-wiki and during [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2022-2023/Conversations|'''several conversations''' with Wikimedia Foundation CEO Maryana Iskander]]. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2022-2023/Conversations/Announcement|See full announcement on Meta-wiki]]. [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 01:45, 22 nîsan 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23184989 --> == Coming soon: Improvements for templates == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <!--T:11--> [[File:Overview of changes in the VisualEditor template dialog by WMDE Technical Wishes.webm|thumb|Fundamental changes in the template dialog.]] Hello, more changes around templates are coming to your wiki soon: The [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide#Editing templates|'''template dialog''' in VisualEditor]] and in the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/2017 wikitext editor|2017 Wikitext Editor]] (beta) will be '''improved fundamentally''': This should help users understand better what the template expects, how to navigate the template, and how to add parameters. * [[metawiki:WMDE Technical Wishes/VisualEditor template dialog improvements|project page]], [[metawiki:Talk:WMDE Technical Wishes/VisualEditor template dialog improvements|talk page]] In '''syntax highlighting''' ([[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:CodeMirror|CodeMirror]] extension), you can activate a '''colorblind-friendly''' color scheme with a user setting. * [[metawiki:WMDE Technical Wishes/Improved Color Scheme of Syntax Highlighting#Color-blind_mode|project page]], [[metawiki:Talk:WMDE Technical Wishes/Improved Color Scheme of Syntax Highlighting|talk page]] Deployment is planned for May 10. This is the last set of improvements from [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes|WMDE Technical Wishes']] focus area “[[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Templates|Templates]]”. We would love to hear your feedback on our talk pages! </div> -- [[m:User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)|Johanna Strodt (WMDE)]] 11:13, 29 nîsan 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Johanna Strodt (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=23222263 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Editing news 2022 #1</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="message"/><i>[[metawiki:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2022/April|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</i> [[File:Junior Contributor New Topic Tool Completion Rate.png|thumb|New editors were more successful with this new tool.]] The [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:DiscussionTools#New discussion tool|New topic tool]] helps editors create new ==Sections== on discussion pages. New editors are more successful with this new tool. You can [[mw:Talk pages project/New topic#21 April 2022|read the report]]. Soon, the Editing team will offer this to all editors at the 20 Wikipedias that participated in the test. You will be able to turn it off at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]].<section end="message"/> </div> [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] 18:55, 2 gulan 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=22019984 --> == 2022 Board of Trustees Call for Candidates == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Call for Candidates/Short|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Call for Candidates/Short|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Call for Candidates/Short}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' The Board of Trustees seeks candidates for the 2022 Board of Trustees election. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2022/Announcement/Call_for_Candidates|'''Read more on Meta-wiki.''']] The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022|2022 Board of Trustees election]] is here! Please consider submitting your candidacy to serve on the Board of Trustees. The Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees oversees the Wikimedia Foundation's operations. Community-and-affiliate selected trustees and Board-appointed trustees make up the Board of Trustees. Each trustee serves a three year term. The Wikimedia community has the opportunity to vote for community-and-affiliate selected trustees. The Wikimedia community will vote to fill two seats on the Board in 2022. This is an opportunity to improve the representation, diversity, and expertise of the Board as a team. ;Who are potential candidates? Are you a potential candidate? Find out more on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Apply to be a Candidate|Apply to be a Candidate page]]. Thank you for your support, Movement Strategy and Governance on behalf of the Elections Committee and the Board of Trustees<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> 10:39, 10 gulan 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23215441 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Revisions to the Universal Code of Conduct (UCoC) Enforcement Guidelines</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Revision discussions/Announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines/Revision discussions/Announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello all, We'd like to provide an update on the work on the Enforcement Guidelines for the Universal Code of Conduct. After the conclusion of the community vote on the guidelines in March, the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Community Affairs Committee|Community Affairs committee (CAC)]] of the Board [https://lists.wikimedia.org/hyperkitty/list/wikimedia-l@lists.wikimedia.org/thread/JAYQN3NYKCHQHONMUONYTI6WRKZFQNSC/ asked that several areas of the guidelines be reviewed for improvements] before the Board does its final review. These areas were identified based on community discussions and comments provided during the vote. The CAC also requested review of the controversial Note in 3.1 of the UCoC itself. Once more, a big thank you to all who voted, especially to all who left constructive feedback and comments! The project team is working with the Board to establish a timeline for this work, and will communicate this next month. Members of the two prior [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Drafting committee|UCoC Drafting Committees]] have generously offered their time to help shape improvements to the Guidelines. You can read more about them and their work [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Drafting committee#Revisions_Committee|here]], as well as read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Drafting_committee/Phase_2_meeting_summaries#2022|summaries of their weekly meetings in 2022]]. Wikimedians have provided many valuable comments together with the vote and in other conversations. Given the size and diversity of the Wikimedia community, there are even more voices out there who can give ideas on how to improve the enforcement guidelines and add even more valuable ideas to the process. To help the Revisions committee identify improvements, input on several questions for the committee’s review is requested. Visit the Meta-wiki pages ([[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines/Revision_discussions|Enforcement Guidelines revision discussions]], [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Policy text/Revision_discussions|Policy text revision discussions]]) to get your ideas to the Committee - it is very important that viewpoints are heard from different communities before the Committee begins drafting revision proposals. On behalf of the UCoC project team <br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 22:56, 3 hezîran 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23215441 --> == Results of Wiki Loves Folklore 2022 is out! == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> {{int:please-translate}} [[File:Wiki Loves Folklore Logo.svg|right|150px|frameless]] Hi, Greetings The winners for '''[[c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022|Wiki Loves Folklore 2022]]''' is announced! We are happy to share with you winning images for this year's edition. This year saw over 8,584 images represented on commons in over 92 countries. Kindly see images '''[[:c:Commons:Wiki Loves Folklore 2022/Winners|here]]''' Our profound gratitude to all the people who participated and organized local contests and photo walks for this project. We hope to have you contribute to the campaign next year. '''Thank you,''' '''Wiki Loves Folklore International Team''' --[[Bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Gotûbêja bikarhêner:MediaWiki message delivery|gotûbêj]]) 16:12, 4 tîrmeh 2022 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Tiven2240@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Non-Technical_Village_Pumps_distribution_list&oldid=23454230 --> == Propose statements for the 2022 Election Compass == :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Propose statements for the 2022 Election Compass| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Propose statements for the 2022 Election Compass|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Propose statements for the 2022 Election Compass}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hi all, Community members in the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022|2022 Board of Trustees election]] are invited to [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2022/Community_Voting/Election_Compass|propose statements to use in the Election Compass.]] An Election Compass is a tool to help voters select the candidates that best align with their beliefs and views. The community members will propose statements for the candidates to answer using a Lickert scale (agree/neutral/disagree). The candidates’ answers to the statements will be loaded into the Election Compass tool. Voters will use the tool by entering in their answer to the statements (agree/disagree/neutral). The results will show the candidates that best align with the voter’s beliefs and views. ;Here is the timeline for the Election Compass: * July 8 - 20: Community members propose statements for the Election Compass * July 21 - 22: Elections Committee reviews statements for clarity and removes off-topic statements * July 23 - August 1: Volunteers vote on the statements * August 2 - 4: Elections Committee selects the top 15 statements * August 5 - 12: candidates align themselves with the statements * August 15: The Election Compass opens for voters to use to help guide their voting decision The Elections Committee will select the top 15 statements at the beginning of August. The Elections Committee will oversee the process, supported by the Movement Strategy and Governance team. MSG will check that the questions are clear, there are no duplicates, no typos, and so on. Best, Movement Strategy and Governance ''This message was sent on behalf of the Board Selection Task Force and the Elections Committee''<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> [[User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)|MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] ([[User talk:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)|talk]]) 11:34, 14 tîrmeh 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23215441 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Movement Strategy and Governance News – Issue 7</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="msg-newsletter"/> <div style = "line-height: 1.2"> <span style="font-size:200%;">'''Movement Strategy and Governance News'''</span><br> <span style="font-size:120%; color:#404040;">'''Issue 7, July-September 2022'''</span><span style="font-size:120%; float:right;">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7|'''Read the full newsletter''']]</span> ---- Welcome to the 7th issue of Movement Strategy and Governance News! The newsletter distributes relevant news and events about the implementation of Wikimedia's [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy/Initiatives|Movement Strategy recommendations]], other relevant topics regarding Movement governance, as well as different projects and activities supported by the Movement Strategy and Governance (MSG) team of the Wikimedia Foundation. The MSG Newsletter is delivered quarterly, while the more frequent [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy/Updates|Movement Strategy Weekly]] will be delivered weekly. Please remember to subscribe [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Global message delivery/Targets/MSG Newsletter Subscription|here]] if you would like to receive future issues of this newsletter. </div><div style="margin-top:3px; padding:10px 10px 10px 20px; background:#fffff; border:2px solid #808080; border-radius:4px; font-size:100%;"> * '''Movement sustainability''': Wikimedia Foundation's annual sustainability report has been published. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A1|continue reading]]) * '''Improving user experience''': recent improvements on the desktop interface for Wikimedia projects. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A2|continue reading]]) * '''Safety and inclusion''': updates on the revision process of the Universal Code of Conduct Enforcement Guidelines. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A3|continue reading]]) * '''Equity in decisionmaking''': reports from Hubs pilots conversations, recent progress from the Movement Charter Drafting Committee, and a new white paper for futures of participation in the Wikimedia movement. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A4|continue reading]]) * '''Stakeholders coordination''': launch of a helpdesk for Affiliates and volunteer communities working on content partnership. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A5|continue reading]]) * '''Leadership development''': updates on leadership projects by Wikimedia movement organizers in Brazil and Cape Verde. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A6|continue reading]]) * '''Internal knowledge management''': launch of a new portal for technical documentation and community resources. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A7|continue reading]]) * '''Innovate in free knowledge''': high-quality audiovisual resources for scientific experiments and a new toolkit to record oral transcripts. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A8|continue reading]]) * '''Evaluate, iterate, and adapt''': results from the Equity Landscape project pilot ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A9|continue reading]]) * '''Other news and updates''': a new forum to discuss Movement Strategy implementation, upcoming Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees election, a new podcast to discuss Movement Strategy, and change of personnel for the Foundation's Movement Strategy and Governance team. ([[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Newsletter/7#A10|continue reading]]) </div><section end="msg-newsletter"/> </div> Thank you for reading! [[User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 01:37, 18 tîrmeh 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23529147 --> == Announcing the six candidates for the 2022 Board of Trustees election == <section begin="announcement-content"/> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Announcing the six candidates for the 2022 Board of Trustees election| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Announcing the six candidates for the 2022 Board of Trustees election|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Announcing the six candidates for the 2022 Board of Trustees election}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hi everyone, '''The Affiliate voting process has concluded.''' Representatives from each Affiliate organization learned about the candidates by reading candidates’ statements, reviewing candidates’ answers to questions, and considering the candidates’ ratings provided by the Analysis Committee. The selected 2022 Board of Trustees candidates are: * Tobechukwu Precious Friday ([[:m:User:Tochiprecious|Tochiprecious]]) * Farah Jack Mustaklem ([[:m:User:Fjmustak|Fjmustak]]) * Shani Evenstein Sigalov ([[:m:User:Esh77|Esh77]]) * Kunal Mehta ([[:m:User:Legoktm|Legoktm]]) * Michał Buczyński ([[:m:User:Aegis Maelstrom|Aegis Maelstrom]]) * Mike Peel ([[:m:User:Mike Peel|Mike Peel]]) You may see more information about the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Results|Results]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Stats|Statistics]] of this Board election. Please take a moment to appreciate the Affiliate Representatives and Analysis Committee members for taking part in this process and helping to grow the Board of Trustees in capacity and diversity. These hours of volunteer work connect us across understanding and perspective. Thank you for your participation. Thank you to the community members who put themselves forward as candidates for the Board of Trustees. Considering joining the Board of Trustees is no small decision. The time and dedication candidates have shown to this point speaks to their commitment to this movement. Congratulations to those candidates who have been selected. A great amount of appreciation and gratitude for those candidates not selected. Please continue to share your leadership with Wikimedia. Thank you to those who followed the Affiliate process for this Board election. You may review the results of the Affiliate selection process. '''The next part of the Board election process is the community voting period.''' [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022#Timeline|You may view the Board election timeline here]]. To prepare for the community voting period, there are several things community members can engage with in the following ways: * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Candidates|Read candidates’ statements]] and read the candidates’ answers to the questions posed by the Affiliate Representatives. * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2022/Community_Voting/Questions_for_Candidates|Propose and select the 6 questions for candidates to answer during their video Q&A]]. * See the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Candidates|Analysis Committee’s ratings of candidates on each candidate’s statement]]. * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Community Voting/Election Compass|Propose statements for the Election Compass]] voters can use to find which candidates best fit their principles. * Encourage others in your community to take part in the election. Best, Movement Strategy and Governance ''This message was sent on behalf of the Board Selection Task Force and the Elections Committee'' </div><section end="announcement-content"/> [[User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)|MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] 14:03, 27 tîrmeh 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23530132 --> == Vote for Election Compass Statements == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Vote for Election Compass Statements| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Vote for Election Compass Statements|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/Vote for Election Compass Statements}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hi all, Volunteers in the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022|2022 Board of Trustees election]] are invited to [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2022/Community_Voting/Election_Compass/Statements|vote for statements to use in the Election Compass]]. You can vote for the statements you would like to see included in the Election Compass on Meta-wiki. An Election Compass is a tool to help voters select the candidates that best align with their beliefs and views. The community members will propose statements for the candidates to answer using a Lickert scale (agree/neutral/disagree). The candidates’ answers to the statements will be loaded into the Election Compass tool. Voters will use the tool by entering in their answer to the statements (agree/disagree/neutral). The results will show the candidates that best align with the voter’s beliefs and views. Here is the timeline for the Election Compass: *<s>July 8 - 20: Volunteers propose statements for the Election Compass</s> *<s>July 21 - 22: Elections Committee reviews statements for clarity and removes off-topic statements</s> *July 23 - August 1: Volunteers vote on the statements *August 2 - 4: Elections Committee selects the top 15 statements *August 5 - 12: candidates align themselves with the statements *August 15: The Election Compass opens for voters to use to help guide their voting decision The Elections Committee will select the top 15 statements at the beginning of August Best, Movement Strategy and Governance ''This message was sent on behalf of the Board Selection Task Force and the Elections Committee'' </div><section end="announcement-content" /> [[User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)|MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] 21:01, 27 tîrmeh 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23530132 --> ==Bot policy== Hello. To facilitate [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] granting of bot access, I suggest implementing the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Bot policy|standard bot policy]] on this wiki. In particular, this policy allows stewards to automatically flag known interlanguage linking bots (if this page says that is acceptable) or bots that fix double redirects. The policy also enables [[m:Bot policy#Global_bots|global bots]] on this wiki (if this page says that is acceptable), which are trusted bots that will be given bot access on every wiki that allows global bots. This policy makes bot access requesting much easier for local users, operators, and stewards. To implement it we only need to create a redirect to this page from [[Project:Bot policy]], and add a line at the top noting that it is used here. If you use or prefer to use a dedicated project page for handling bot flag requests, that is also acceptable. Please read [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Bot policy|the text at Meta-Wiki]] before commenting. If you object, please say so; I hope to implement in two weeks if there is no objection, since it is particularly written to streamline bot requests on wikis with little or no community interested in bot access requests. Thank you for your consideration. --'''[[User:Rschen7754|Rs]][[User talk:Rschen7754|chen]][[Special:Contributions/Rschen7754|7754]]''' 21:24, 30 tîrmeh 2022 (UTC) == The 2022 Board of Trustees election Community Voting period is now open == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/The 2022 Board of Trustees election Community Voting period is now open| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/The 2022 Board of Trustees election Community Voting period is now open|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Announcement/The 2022 Board of Trustees election Community Voting period is now open}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hi everyone, The Community Voting period for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022|2022 Board of Trustees election]] is now open. Here are some helpful links to get you the information you need to vote: * Try the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Community_Voting/Election_Compass|Election Compass]], showing how candidates stand on 15 different topics. * Read the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Candidates|candidate statements]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2022/Affiliate_Organization_Participation/Candidate_Questions|answers to Affiliate questions]] * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Apply to be a Candidate|Learn more about the skills the Board seeks]] and how the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2022/Candidates|Analysis Committee found candidates align with those skills]] If you are ready to vote, you may go to [[Special:SecurePoll/vote/Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_Elections_2022|SecurePoll voting page]] to vote now. '''You may vote from August 23 at 00:00 UTC to September 6 at 23:59 UTC.''' To see about your voter eligibility, please visit the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections/2022/Voter_eligibility_guidelines|voter eligibility page]]. Best, Movement Strategy and Governance ''This message was sent on behalf of the Board Selection Task Force and the Elections Committee''<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> [[User:MNadzikiewicz_(WMF)|MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23708360 --> == Invitation to join the Movement Strategy Forum == :''{{More languages}}'' <section begin="announcement-content" /> Hello everyone, The [https://forum.movement-strategy.org/ Movement Strategy Forum] (MS Forum) is a multilingual collaborative space for all conversations about Movement Strategy implementation. We are inviting all Movement participants to collaborate on the MS Forum. The goal of the forum is to build community collaboration, using an inclusive multilingual platform. The [[m:Movement Strategy|Movement Strategy]] is a collaborative effort to imagine and build the future of the Wikimedia Movement. Anyone can contribute to the Movement Strategy, from a comment to a full-time project. ;Join this forum with your Wikimedia account, engage in conversations, and ask questions in your language. The Movement Strategy and Governance team (MSG) launched the proposal for the MS Forum in May 2022. There was a 2-month community review period, which ended on 24 July 2022. The community review process included several questions that resulted in interesting conversations. You can read the [https://forum.movement-strategy.org/t/ms-forum-community-review-report/1436 Community Review Report]. We look forward to seeing you at the MS Forum! Best regards, the Movement Strategy and Governance Team [[User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] 11:31, 29 tebax 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23720620 --> == The Vector 2022 skin as the default in two weeks? == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> [[File:Wikimania 2022 Vector (2022) Presentation.pdf|thumb|The slides for our presentation at Wikimania 2022|page=26]] Hello. I'm writing on behalf of the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. '''In two weeks, we would like to make the Vector 2022 skin the default on this wiki.''' We have been working on it for the past three years. So far, it has been the default on more than 30 wikis, including sister projects, all accounting for more than 1 billion pageviews per month. On average [[phab:T317529#8246686|87% of active logged-in users]] of those wikis use Vector 2022. It would become the default for all logged-out users, and also all logged-in users who currently use Vector legacy. Logged-in users can at any time switch to [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering|any other skins]]. No changes are expected for users of these skins. <div style="width:100%; margin:auto;"><gallery widths="220" heights="150" mode="packed" caption="Top of an article"> Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2010 top.png|Vector legacy (current default) Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2022 top.png|Vector 2022 </gallery><gallery widths="220" heights="150" mode="packed" caption="A section of an article"> Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2010 scrolled.png|Vector legacy (current default) Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2022 scrolled.png|Vector 2022 </gallery></div> === About the skin === '''[Why is a change necessary]''' The current default skin meets the needs of the readers and editors as these were 13 years ago. Since then, new users have begun using Wikimedia projects. [https://diff.wikimedia.org/2022/08/18/prioritizing-equity-within-wikipedias-new-desktop/ The old Vector doesn't meet their needs.] '''[Objective]''' The objective for the new skin is to make the interface more welcoming and comfortable for readers and useful for advanced users. It draws inspiration from previous requests, the [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist_Survey|Community Wishlist Surveys]], and gadgets and scripts. The work helped our code follow the standards and improve all other skins. [[phab:phame/post/view/290/how_and_why_we_moved_our_skins_to_mustache/|We reduced PHP code in Wikimedia deployed skins by 75%]]. The project has also focused on making it easier to support gadgets and use APIs. '''[Changes and test results]''' The skin introduces a [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Features|series of changes]] that improve readability and usability. The new skin does not remove any functionality currently available on the Vector skin. * The sticky header makes it easier to find tools that editors use often. It decreases scrolling to the top of the page by 16%. * The new table of contents makes it easier to navigate to different sections. Readers and editors jumped to different sections of the page 50% more than with the old table of contents. It also looks a bit different on talk pages. * The new search bar is easier to find and makes it easier to find the correct search result from the list. This increased the amount of searches started by 30% on the wikis we tested on. * The skin does not negatively affect pageviews, edit rates, or account creation. There is evidence of increases in pageviews and account creation across partner communities. '''[Try it out]''' Try out the new skin by going to the appearance tab in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering|your preferences]] and selecting Vector 2022 from the list of skins. === How can editors change and customize this skin? === It's possible to configure and personalize our changes. We support volunteers who create new gadgets and user scripts. Check out [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Repository|our repository]] for a list of currently available customizations, or add your own. === Our plan === '''If no large concerns are raised, we plan on deploying in the week of October 3, 2022'''. If your community would like to request more time to discuss the changes, hit the button and write to us. We can adjust the calendar. <div style="text-align: center;">[[mw:Talk:Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements|<span class="plainlinks mw-ui-button">Request for more time to discuss the change</span>]]</div> If you'd like ask our team anything, if you have questions, concerns, or additional thoughts, please ping me here or write on the [[mw:Talk:Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements|talk page of the project]]. We will gladly answer! Also, [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Frequently asked questions|see our FAQ]]. Thank you! [[mw:User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|talk]]) 04:14, 22 îlon 2022 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGrabarczuk_(WMF)/sandbox/MM/Varia&oldid=23838600 --> == Invitation to attend “Ask Me Anything about Movement Charter” Sessions == <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Community Consultation/Announcement/Ask Me Anything Sessions|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Community Consultation/Announcement/Ask Me Anything Sessions|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Movement Charter/Community Consultation/Announcement/Ask Me Anything Sessions}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] Hello all, During the 2022 Wikimedia Summit, the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Drafting Committee|Movement Charter Drafting Committee]] (MCDC) presented the first outline of the Movement Charter, giving a glimpse on the direction of its future work, and the Charter itself. The MCDC then integrated the initial feedback collected during the Summit. Before proceeding with writing the Charter for the whole Movement, the MCDC wants to interact with community members and gather feedback on the drafts of the three sections: Preamble, Values & Principles, and Roles & Responsibilities (intentions statement). The Movement Charter drafts will be available on the Meta page [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Content|here]] on November 14, 2022. Community wide consultation period on MC will take place from November 20 to December 18, 2022. Learn more about it [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Community Consultation|here]]. With the goal of ensuring that people are well informed to fully participate in the conversations and are empowered to contribute their perspective on the Movement Charter, three '''“Ask Me Anything about Movement Charter"''' sessions have been scheduled in different time zones. Everyone in the Wikimedia Movement is invited to attend these conversations. The aim is to learn about Movement Charter - its goal, purpose, why it matters, and how it impacts your community. MCDC members will attend these sessions to answer your questions and hear community feedback. The “Ask Me Anything” sessions accommodate communities from different time zones. Only the presentation of the session is recorded and shared afterwards, no recording of conversations. Below is the list of planned events: *<s>'''Asia/Pacific''': November 4, 2022 at 09:00 UTC ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1667552400 your local time]). Interpretation is available in Chinese and Japanese.</s> * '''Europe/MENA/Sub Saharan Africa''': November 12, 2022 at 15:00 UTC ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1668265257 your local time]). Interpretation is available in Arabic, French and Russian. * '''North and South America/ Western Europe''': November 12, 2022 at 15:00 UTC ([https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1668265257 your local time]). Interpretation is available in Spanish and Portuguese. On the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Charter/Community Consultation|Meta page]] you will find more details; Zoom links will be shared 48 hours ahead of the call. '''Call for Movement Charter Ambassadors''' Individuals or groups from all communities who wish to help include and start conversations in their communities on the Movement Charter are encouraged to become [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Movement Charter Ambassadors Program/About|Movement Charter Ambassadors]] (MC Ambassadors). MC Ambassadors will carry out their own activities and get financial support for enabling conversations in their own languages. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Team|Regional facilitators]] from the Movement Strategy and Governance team are available to support applicants with MC Ambassadors grantmaking. If you are interested please sign up [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy and Governance/Movement Charter Ambassadors Program/About|here]]. Should you have specific questions, please reach out to the MSG team via email: strategy2030@wikimedia.org or on the MS forum. We thank you for your time and participation. On behalf of the Movement Charter Drafting Committee,<section end="announcement-content" /> [[User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)|MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] 15:33, 7 çiriya paşîn 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23914777 --> == Apply for Funding through the Movement Strategy Community Engagement Package to Support Your Community == :''{{More languages}}'' <section begin="announcement-content" /> The Wikimedia Movement Strategy implementation is a collaborative effort for all Wikimedians. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:MSIG/About|Movement Strategy Implementation Grants]] support projects that take the current state of a [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement Strategy/Initiatives|Movement Strategy Initiative]] and push it one step forward. If you are looking for an example or some guide on how to engage your community further on Movement Strategy and the Movement Strategy Implementation Grants specifically, you may find this '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:MSIG/Community Engagement Package|community engagement package]]''' helpful. The goal of this community engagement package is to support more people to access the funding they might need for the implementation work. By becoming a recipient of this grant, you will be able to support other community members to develop further grant applications that fit with your local contexts to benefit your own communities. With this package, the hope is to break down language barriers and to ensure community members have needed information on Movement Strategy to connect with each other. Movement Strategy is a two-way exchange, we can always learn more from the experiences and knowledge of Wikimedians everywhere. We can train and support our peers by using this package, so more people can make use of this great funding opportunity. If this information interests you or if you have any further thoughts or questions, please do not hesitate to reach out to us as your [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Team|regional facilitators]] to discuss further. We will be more than happy to support you. When you are ready, follow the steps on [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Grants:MSIG/About |this page]] to apply. We look forward to receiving your application. Best regards, <br> Movement Strategy and Governance Team <br> Wikimedia Foundation<section end="announcement-content" /> [[User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)|MNadzikiewicz (WMF)]] 16:25, 14 çiriya paşîn 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23914777 --> == Opportunities open for the Ombuds commission and the Case Review Committee == <section begin="announcement-content" /> <div style="margin:.2em 0 .5em;margin-{{#switch:{{PAGELANGUAGE}}|ar|arc|ary|arz|azb|bcc|bgn|ckb|bqi|dv|fa|fa-af|glk|ha-arab|he|kk-arab|kk-cn|ks|ku-arab|ms-arab|mzn|pnb|prd|ps|sd|ug|ur|ydd|yi=right|left}}:3ex;"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Announcement/2023 OC and CRC appointments process|''You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.'']] ''<span class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Announcement/2023 OC and CRC appointments process|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Announcement/2023 OC and CRC appointments process}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</span>'' </div> Hi everyone! The Ombuds commission (OC) and the Case Review Committee (CRC) are looking for members. People are encouraged to nominate themselves or encourage others they feel would contribute to these groups to do so. There is more information below about the opportunity and the skills that are needed. '''About the Ombuds commission''' The Ombuds commission (OC) works on all Wikimedia projects to investigate complaints about violations of the privacy policy, especially in use of [[m:Special:MyLanguage/CheckUser policy|CheckUser]] and [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Oversight policy|Oversight]] (also known as Suppression) tools. The Commission mediates between the parties of the investigation and, when violations of the policies are identified, advises the Wikimedia Foundation on best handling. They may also assist the General Counsel, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Board of Trustees of the Foundation in these investigations when legally necessary. For more on the OC's duties and roles, '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|see Ombuds commission on Meta-Wiki]]'''. Volunteers serving in this role should be experienced Wikimedians, active on any project, who have previously used the CheckUser/Oversight tools OR who have the technical ability to understand these tools and the willingness to learn them. They must be able to communicate in English, the common language of the commission. They are expected to be able to engage neutrally in investigating these concerns and to know when to recuse when other roles and relationships may cause conflict. Commissioners will serve '''two-year terms''' (note that this is different from past years, when the terms have been for one year). '''About the Case Review Committee''' The Case Review Committee (CRC) reviews appeals of eligible Trust & Safety office actions. The CRC is a critical layer of oversight to ensure that Wikimedia Foundation office actions are fair and unbiased. They also make sure the Wikimedia Foundation doesn’t overstep established practices or boundaries. For more about the role, '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Case Review Committee|see Case Review Committee on Meta-Wiki]]'''. We are looking for current or former functionaries and experienced volunteers with an interest in joining this group. Applicants must be fluent in English (additional languages are a strong plus) and willing to abide by the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust_and_Safety/Case_Review_Committee/Charter|terms of the Committee charter]]. If the work resonates and you qualify, please apply. Committee members will serve '''two-year terms''' (note that this is different from past years, when the terms have been for one year). '''Applying to join either of these groups''' Members are required to sign the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Confidentiality agreement for nonpublic information|Confidentiality agreement for nonpublic information]] and must be willing to comply with the appropriate Wikimedia Foundation board policies (such as the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Access to nonpublic information policy|access to non-public information policy]] and the [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Privacy policy|Foundation privacy policy]]). These positions requires a high degree of discretion and trust. Members must also be over 18 years of age. '''If you are interested in serving in either capacity listed above,''' please write in English to the Trust and Safety team at ca[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org (to apply to the OC) or to the Legal Team at legal[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org (to apply to the CRC) with information about: * Your primary projects * Languages you speak/write * Any experience you have serving on committees, whether movement or non-movement * Your thoughts on what you could bring to the OC or CRC if appointed * Any experience you have with the Checkuser or Oversight tools (OC only) * Any other information you think is relevant '''The deadline for applications is 31 December 2022 in any timezone.''' Please feel free to pass this invitation along to any users who you think may be qualified and interested. Thank you! On behalf of the Committee Support team,<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> <!-- Message sent by User:MNadzikiewicz (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Movement_Strategy_and_Governance/Delivery&oldid=23914777 --> == Community Wishlist Survey 2023 opens in January == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''{{int:Please-translate}}'' (There is [[m:Community Wishlist Survey 2023 opens in January|a translatable version of this message on MetaWiki]]) {{int:Hello}} The [[m:Community Wishlist Survey 2023|'''Community Wishlist Survey (CWS) 2023''']], which lets contributors propose and vote for tools and improvements, starts next month on Monday, [https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/1674496831 23 January 2023, at 18:00 UTC] and will continue annually. We are inviting you to share your ideas for technical improvements to our tools and platforms. Long experience in editing or technical skills is not required. If you have ever used our software and thought of an idea to improve it, this is the place to come share those ideas! The dates for the phases of the Survey will be as follows: * Phase 1: Submit, discuss, and revise proposals – Monday, Jan 23, 2023 to Sunday, Feb 6, 2023 * Phase 2: WMF/Community Tech reviews and organizes proposals – Monday, Jan 30, 2023 to Friday, Feb 10, 2023 * Phase 3: Vote on proposals – Friday, Feb 10, 2023 to Friday, Feb 24, 2023 * Phase 4: Results posted – Tuesday, Feb 28, 2023 If you want to start writing out your ideas ahead of the Survey, you can start thinking about your proposals and draft them in [[m:Community Wishlist Survey/Sandbox|the CWS sandbox]]. We are grateful to all who participated last year. See you in January 2023! </div> {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">Community Tech, [[m:User:STei (WMF)|STei (WMF)]]</bdi> 16:44, 15 kanûna pêşîn 2022 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Sannita (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Community_Wishlist_list_for_non-Wikipedias&oldid=24239678 --> == Global ban for PlanespotterA320/RespectCE == Per the [[m:Global bans|Global bans]] policy, I'm informing the project of this request for comment: [[m:Requests for comment/Global ban for PlanespotterA320 (2) ]] about banning a member from your community. Thank you.--[[User:Lemonaka|Lemonaka]] ([[User talk:Lemonaka|talk]]) 21:40, 6 February 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Zabe@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Lemonaka/Massmessagelist&oldid=24501599 --> == Editing news 2023 #1 == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="message"/><i>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2023/February|Read this in another language]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</i> This newsletter includes two key updates about the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing team|Editing]] team's work: # The Editing team will finish adding new features to the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project|Talk pages project]] and deploy it. # They are beginning a new project, [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]]. <strong>Talk pages project</strong> [[File:Page Frame Features on desktop.png|alt=Screenshot showing the talk page design changes that are currently available as beta features at all Wikimedia wikis. These features include information about the number of people and comments within each discussion.|thumb|300px|Some of the upcoming changes]] The Editing team is nearly finished with this first phase of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk_pages_project|Talk pages project]]. Nearly all [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/Usability|new features]] are available now in the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Beta Feature for {{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}]]. It will show information about how active a discussion is, such as the date of the most recent comment. There will soon be a new "{{int:skin-action-addsection}}" button. You will be able to turn them off at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]]. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Talk_pages_project/Usability#c-PPelberg_(WMF)-20230215001000-Feedback:_Proposed_Revisions_to_%22Add_topic%22_button|tell them what you think]]. [[File:Daily edit completion rates mobile talk pages.png|thumb|300px|Daily edit completion rate by test group: DiscussionTools (test group) and MobileFrontend overlay (control group)]] An A/B test for [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/Mobile|{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}} on the mobile site]] has finished. Editors were [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk_pages_project/Mobile#Status_Updates|more successful with {{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}]]. The Editing team is enabling these features for all editors on the mobile site. <strong>New Project: Edit Check</strong> The Editing team is beginning [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|a project to help new editors of Wikipedia]]. It will help people identify some problems before they click "{{int:publishchanges}}". The first tool will encourage people to add references when they add new content. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Watchlist|watch]] that page for more information. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing_team/Community_Conversations#20230303|join a conference call on 3&nbsp;March&nbsp;2023]] to learn more.<section end="message"/> </div> –[[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|{{int:Talkpagelinktext}}]]) 23:24, 22 sibat 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=24611966 --> == Your wiki will be in read only soon == <section begin="server-switch"/><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch|Vê peyamê bi zimanekî din bixwîne]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] Wê [[foundation:|Weqfa Wîkîmedyayê]] derbasbûna di navbera navendên xwe yên daneyan ya yekem û duyem de test bike. Wê ev rê bide ku Wîkîpediya û wîkiyên din ên Wîkîmedyayê piştî afeteke jî karibin serhêl bimînin. Ji bo ku jê piştrast bin ku hertişt dişixule, divê Departmana Teknolojiyê ya Wîkîmedyayê testeke plankirî pêk bîne. Wê ev test nîşanî me bide ku em dikarin ji navendekî daneyan ber bi yê din ve bi ewlemendî derbas bibin an na. Ev yek gelek tîman pêwîst dike, ji bo haziriya testê û ji bo berdestbûnê da ku her problemekî nehêvîkirî were çareserkirin. Wê ew temamiya trafîkan, di '''{{#time:j xg|2023-03-01|ku}}''' de. Test wê di '''[https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/{{#time:U|2023-03-01T14:00|en}} {{#time:H:i e|2023-03-01T14:00}}]''' de dest pê bike. Mixabin, ji ber hin sînordarkirinên di [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MedyaWîki]]yê de, divê hemû guhertin bisekinin gava em derbas bikin. Em ji ber vê qutbûnê lêborîna xwe dixwazin, û em ji bo kêmtirkirina vê ya di dahatûyê de dişixulin. '''Hûn ê karibin bixwînin, lê nikaribin sererast bikin, li ser hemû wîkiyan ji bo demeke kurt.''' *Roja {{#time:l j xg Y|2023-03-01|ku}}, tu yê nikaribî sererastkirinan bikî bi qasî saetekê. *Ger tu di van wextan de hewl bidî ku guhertinan bikî, tu yê peyameke çewtiyê bibînî. Em hêvî dikin ku di vê dewrê de ti guhertinekî winda nebe, lê em nikarin vê yekê garantî bikin. Ger tu peyama çewtiyê bibînî, wê gavê ji kerema xwe heya ku her tişt vegere halê xwe yê normal li bendê be. Dû re tu yê karibî guhertinên xwe qeyd bikî. Lêbelê em pêşniyar dikin ku kopiyeke guhertinên xwe bigirî, bi her ihtimalekê. ''Tesîrên din'': *Karên piştxanê wê hêdîtir bin û dibe ku qut bin. Lînkên sor dibe ku wekî normal nikaribin bi lez nû bibin. Ger tu gotarekî ku jixwe li cihekî din lînkkirî çêbikî, wê lînk ji normalê zêdetir bi rengê sor bimîne. Hinek skrîptên demdirêj bêne sekinandin. * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">We expect the code deployments to happen as any other week.</span> <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">However, some case-by-case code freezes could punctually happen if the operation require them afterwards.</span> * <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/GitLab|GitLab]] will be unavailable for about 90 minutes.</span> Ev proje dibe ku were taloqkirin ger lazim be. Tu dikarî [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter|plannameyê ji ser wikitech.wikimedia.org-ê bixwînî]]. Her guhertinek wê di plannameyê de were îlankirin. Wê li wir zêdetir agahdariyê derbarê vê de hebe. Wê li ser hemû wîkiyan hişyariyeke were xuyan 30 deqe berî destpêkirina vê operasyonê. '''Xêra xwe vê agahiyê bi civata xwe re parve bike.'''</div><section end="server-switch"/> <span dir=ltr>[[m:User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Trizek (WMF)|{{int:talk}}]])</span> 21:20, 27 sibat 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=24390465 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Wikimania 2023 Welcoming Program Submissions</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="wikimania-program-submissions"/>[[File:Wikimedia_Singapore_Logo.svg|right|frameless]]Do you want to host an in-person or virtual session at Wikimania 2023? Maybe a hands-on workshop, a lively discussion, a fun performance, a catchy poster, or a memorable lightning talk? [[wmania:Special:MyLanguage/2023:Program/Submissions|'''Submissions are open until March 28''']]. The event will have dedicated hybrid blocks, so virtual submissions and pre-recorded content are also welcome. If you have any questions, please join us at an upcoming conversation on March 12 or 19, or reach out by email at wikimania@wikimedia.org or on Telegram. More information on-wiki.<section end="wikimania-program-submissions"/> </div> <!-- Message sent by User:CKoerner (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=24390465 --> == Wê wîkiya we di nêz de bikeve moda tenê-xwendinê == <section begin="server-switch"/><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch|Vê peyamê bi zimanekî din bixwîne]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] Wê [[foundation:|Weqfa Wîkîmedyayê]] derbasbûna di navbera navendên xwe yên daneyan ya yekem û duyem de test bike. Wê ev rê bide ku Wîkîpediya û wîkiyên din ên Wîkîmedyayê piştî afeteke jî karibin serhêl bimînin. Ji bo ku jê piştrast bin ku hertişt dişixule, divê Departmana Teknolojiyê ya Wîkîmedyayê testeke plankirî pêk bîne. Wê ev test nîşanî me bide ku em dikarin ji navendekî daneyan ber bi yê din ve bi ewlemendî derbas bibin an na. Ev yek gelek tîman pêwîst dike, ji bo haziriya testê û ji bo berdestbûnê da ku her problemekî nehêvîkirî were çareserkirin. Wê ew temamiya trafîkan, di '''{{#time:j xg|2023-04-26|ku}}''' de. Test wê di '''[https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/{{#time:U|2023-04-26T14:00|en}} {{#time:H:i e|2023-04-26T14:00}}]''' de dest pê bike. Mixabin, ji ber hin sînordarkirinên di [[mw:Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MedyaWîki]]yê de, divê hemû guhertin bisekinin gava em derbas bikin. Em ji ber vê qutbûnê lêborîna xwe dixwazin, û em ji bo kêmtirkirina vê ya di dahatûyê de dişixulin. '''Hûn ê karibin bixwînin, lê nikaribin sererast bikin, li ser hemû wîkiyan ji bo demeke kurt.''' *Roja {{#time:l j xg Y|2023-04-26|ku}}, tu yê nikaribî sererastkirinan bikî bi qasî saetekê. *Ger tu di van wextan de hewl bidî ku guhertinan bikî, tu yê peyameke çewtiyê bibînî. Em hêvî dikin ku di vê dewrê de ti guhertinekî winda nebe, lê em nikarin vê yekê garantî bikin. Ger tu peyama çewtiyê bibînî, wê gavê ji kerema xwe heya ku her tişt vegere halê xwe yê normal li bendê be. Dû re tu yê karibî guhertinên xwe qeyd bikî. Lêbelê em pêşniyar dikin ku kopiyeke guhertinên xwe bigirî, bi her ihtimalekê. ''Tesîrên din'': *Karên piştxanê wê hêdîtir bin û dibe ku qut bin. Lînkên sor dibe ku wekî normal nikaribin bi lez nû bibin. Ger tu gotarekî ku jixwe li cihekî din lînkkirî çêbikî, wê lînk ji normalê zêdetir bi rengê sor bimîne. Hinek skrîptên demdirêj bêne sekinandin. * Em hêvî dikin ku bicihkirinên kodan wekî heftiyên din pêk were. Lê belê, hin sekinandinên kodan dibe ku di wextê xwe de biqewimin ger operasyon paşê van hewce bike. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/GitLab|GitLab]] wê neberdest be teqrîben ji bo 90 deqeyan. Ev proje dibe ku were taloqkirin ger lazim be. Tu dikarî [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter|plannameyê ji ser wikitech.wikimedia.org-ê bixwînî]]. Her guhertinek wê di plannameyê de were îlankirin. Wê li wir zêdetir agahdariyê derbarê vê de hebe. Wê li ser hemû wîkiyan hişyariyeke were xuyan 30 deqe berî destpêkirina vê operasyonê. '''Xêra xwe vê agahiyê bi civata xwe re parve bike.'''</div><section end="server-switch"/> <bdi lang="en" dir="ltr">[[User:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]]</bdi> 00:41, 21 nîsan 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:UOzurumba (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Non-Technical_Village_Pumps_distribution_list&oldid=24748237 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Seeking volunteers for the next step in the Universal Code of Conduct process</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/U4C Building Committee/Nominations/Announcement|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/U4C Building Committee/Nominations/Announcement}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello, As follow-up to [https://lists.wikimedia.org/hyperkitty/list/wikimedia-l@lists.wikimedia.org/message/IOMVS7W75ZYMABQGOQ2QH2JAURC3CHGH/ the message about the Universal Code of Conduct Enforcement Guidelines] by Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees Vice Chair, Shani Evenstein Sigalov, I am reaching out about the next steps. I want to bring your attention to the next stage of the Universal Code of Conduct process, which is forming a building committee for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C). I invite community members with experience and deep interest in community health and governance to nominate themselves to be part of the U4C building committee, which needs people who are: * Community members in good standing * Knowledgeable about movement community processes, such as, but not limited to, policy drafting, participatory decision making, and application of existing rules and policies on Wikimedia projects * Aware and appreciative of the diversity of the movement, such as, but not limited to, languages spoken, identity, geography, and project type * Committed to participate for the entire U4C Building Committee period from mid-May - December 2023 * Comfortable with engaging in difficult, but productive conversations * Confidently able to communicate in English The Building Committee shall consist of volunteer community members, affiliate board or staff, and Wikimedia Foundation staff. The Universal Code of Conduct has been a process strengthened by the skills and knowledge of the community and I look forward to what the U4C Building Committee creates. If you are interested in joining the Building Committee, please either [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/U4C_Building_Committee/Nominations|sign up on the Meta-Wiki page]], or contact ucocproject[[File:At sign.svg|16x16px|link=|(_AT_)]]wikimedia.org by May 12, 2023. '''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/U4C_Building_Committee|Read more on Meta-Wiki]]'''. Best regards,<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[User:Xeno (WMF)|Xeno (WMF)]] 19:00, 26 nîsan 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Xeno (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=24941045 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Selection of the U4C Building Committee</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> The next stage in the Universal Code of Conduct process is establishing a Building Committee to create the charter for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C). The Building Committee has been selected. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/U4C_Building_Committee|Read about the members and the work ahead on Meta-wiki]].<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> -- [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Project|UCoC Project Team]], 04:20, 27 gulan 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25018085 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> Announcing the new Elections Committee members</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee/Nominatons/2023/Announcement - new members|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections committee/Nominatons/2023/Announcement - new members|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation elections committee/Nominatons/2023/Announcement - new members}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello there, We are glad to announce [[listarchive:list/wikimedia-l@lists.wikimedia.org/message/4TALOUFPAP2VDBR27GKRVOP7IGQYU3DB/|the new members and advisors of the Elections Committee]]. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia_Foundation_elections_committee|Elections Committee]] assists with the design and implementation of the process to select Community- and Affiliate-Selected trustees for the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. After an open nomination process, the strongest candidates spoke with the Board and four candidates were asked to join the Elections Committee. Four other candidates were asked to participate as advisors. Thank you to all the community members who submitted their names for consideration. We look forward to working with the Elections Committee in the near future. On behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees,<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 17:59, 28 hezîran 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25018085 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Review the Charter for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/U4C Building Committee/Announcement - Review|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Universal Code of Conduct/U4C Building Committee/Announcement - Review}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Hello all, I am pleased to share the next step in the [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universal Code of Conduct]] work. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C) draft charter]] is now ready for your review. The [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct/Enforcement guidelines|Enforcement Guidelines]] require a [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines#4.5_U4C_Building_Committee|Building Committee]] form to draft a charter that outlines procedures and details for a global committee to be called the [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines#4._UCoC_Coordinating_Committee_(U4C)|Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee (U4C)]]. Over the past few months, the U4C Building Committee worked together as a group to discuss and draft the U4C charter. The U4C Building Committee welcomes feedback about the draft charter now through 22 September 2023. After that date, the U4C Building Committee will revise the charter as needed and a community vote will open shortly afterward. Join the conversation during the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/U4C Building Committee#Conversation hours|conversation hours]] or on [[m:Talk:Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|Meta-wiki]]. Best,<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]], on behalf of the U4C Building Committee, 15:35, 28 tebax 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25392152 --> == Wê wîkiya we di nêz de bikeve moda tenê-xwendinê == <section begin="server-switch"/><div class="plainlinks"> [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Tech/Server switch|Vê peyamê bi zimanekî din bixwîne]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Tech%2FServer+switch&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}] <span class="mw-translate-fuzzy">Wê [[foundation:|Weqfa Wîkîmedyayê]] derbasbûna di navbera navendên xwe yên daneyan ya yekem û duyem de test bike.</span> Wê ev rê bide ku Wîkîpediya û wîkiyên din ên Wîkîmedyayê piştî afeteke jî karibin serhêl bimînin. Ji bo ku jê piştrast bin ku hertişt dişixule, divê Departmana Teknolojiyê ya Wîkîmedyayê testeke plankirî pêk bîne. Wê ev test nîşanî me bide ku em dikarin ji navendekî daneyan ber bi yê din ve bi ewlemendî derbas bibin an na. Ev yek gelek tîman pêwîst dike, ji bo haziriya testê û ji bo berdestbûnê da ku her problemekî nehêvîkirî were çareserkirin. Wê ew temamiya trafîkan, di '''{{#time:j xg|2023-09-20|ku}}''' de. Test wê di '''[https://zonestamp.toolforge.org/{{#time:U|2023-09-20T14:00|en}} {{#time:H:i e|2023-09-20T14:00}}]''' de dest pê bike. Mixabin, ji ber hin sînordarkirinên di [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:What is MediaWiki?|MedyaWîki]]yê de, divê hemû guhertin bisekinin gava em derbas bikin. Em ji ber vê qutbûnê lêborîna xwe dixwazin, û em ji bo kêmtirkirina vê ya di dahatûyê de dişixulin. '''Hûn ê karibin bixwînin, lê nikaribin sererast bikin, li ser hemû wîkiyan ji bo demeke kurt.''' *Roja {{#time:l j xg Y|2023-09-20|ku}}, tu yê nikaribî sererastkirinan bikî bi qasî saetekê. *Ger tu di van wextan de hewl bidî ku guhertinan bikî, tu yê peyameke çewtiyê bibînî. Em hêvî dikin ku di vê dewrê de ti guhertinekî winda nebe, lê em nikarin vê yekê garantî bikin. Ger tu peyama çewtiyê bibînî, wê gavê ji kerema xwe heya ku her tişt vegere halê xwe yê normal li bendê be. Dû re tu yê karibî guhertinên xwe qeyd bikî. Lêbelê em pêşniyar dikin ku kopiyeke guhertinên xwe bigirî, bi her ihtimalekê. ''Tesîrên din'': *Karên piştxanê wê hêdîtir bin û dibe ku qut bin. Lînkên sor dibe ku wekî normal nikaribin bi lez nû bibin. Ger tu gotarekî ku jixwe li cihekî din lînkkirî çêbikî, wê lînk ji normalê zêdetir bi rengê sor bimîne. Hinek skrîptên demdirêj bêne sekinandin. * Em hêvî dikin ku bicihkirinên kodan wekî heftiyên din pêk were. Lê belê, hin sekinandinên kodan dibe ku di wextê xwe de biqewimin ger operasyon paşê van hewce bike. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/GitLab|GitLab]] wê neberdest be teqrîben ji bo 90 deqeyan. Ev proje dibe ku were taloqkirin ger lazim be. Tu dikarî [[wikitech:Switch_Datacenter|plannameyê ji ser wikitech.wikimedia.org-ê bixwînî]]. Her guhertinek wê di plannameyê de were îlankirin. Wê li wir zêdetir agahdariyê derbarê vê de hebe. Wê li ser hemû wîkiyan hişyariyeke were xuyan 30 deqe berî destpêkirina vê operasyonê. '''Xêra xwe vê agahiyê bi civata xwe re parve bike.'''</div><section end="server-switch"/> [[User:Trizek (WMF)|Trizek_(WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Trizek (WMF)|talk]]) 09:23, 15 îlon 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Non-Technical_Village_Pumps_distribution_list&oldid=25018086 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">== Opportunities open for the Affiliations Committee, Ombuds commission, and the Case Review Committee ==</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> <div style="margin:.2em 0 .5em;margin-{{#switch:{{PAGELANGUAGE}}|ar|arc|ary|arz|azb|bcc|bgn|ckb|bqi|dv|fa|fa-af|glk|ha-arab|he|kk-arab|kk-cn|ks|ku-arab|ms-arab|mzn|pnb|prd|ps|sd|ug|ur|ydd|yi=right|left}}:3ex;"> [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Committee appointments/Announcement/Short|''You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.'']] ''<span class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Committee appointments/Announcement/Short|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Committee appointments/Announcement/Short}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</span>''</div> Hi everyone! The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Affiliations Committee|Affiliations Committee]] (AffCom), [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds_commission|Ombuds commission]] (OC), and the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust_and_Safety/Case_Review_Committee|Case Review Committee]] (CRC) are looking for new members. These volunteer groups provide important structural and oversight support for the community and movement. People are encouraged to nominate themselves or encourage others they feel would contribute to these groups to apply. There is more information about the roles of the groups, the skills needed, and the opportunity to apply on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department/Committee appointments|'''Meta-wiki page''']]. On behalf of the Committee Support team,<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ~ [[m:User:Keegan (WMF)|Keegan (WMF)]] ([[m:User talk:Keegan (WMF)|talk]]) 16:41, 9 çiriya pêşîn 2023 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25570445 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Review and comment on the 2024 Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees selection rules package</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/wiki/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Announcement/Rules package review - short| You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]]'' :''<div class="plainlinks">[[m:Special:MyLanguage/wiki/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Announcement/Rules package review - short|{{int:interlanguage-link-mul}}]] • [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:wiki/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024/Announcement/Rules package review - short}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]</div>'' Dear all, Please review and comment on the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees selection rules package from now until 29 October 2023. The selection rules package was based on older versions by the Elections Committee and will be used in the 2024 Board of Trustees selection. Providing your comments now will help them provide a smoother, better Board selection process. [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation elections/2024|More on the Meta-wiki page]]. Best, Katie Chan <br> Chair of the Elections Committee<br /><section end="announcement-content" /> </div> 01:12, 17 çiriya pêşîn 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25570445 --> == The Vector 2022 skin as the default in two weeks? == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Updates/2023-10 for sister projects|Read this in your language]] • <span class=plainlinks>[https://mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Reading%2FWeb%2FDesktop+Improvements%2FUpdates%2F2023-10+for+sister+projects&language=&action=page&filter= {{Int:please-translate}}]</span> • Please tell other users about these changes'' Hello. I'm writing on behalf of the [[mw:Reading/Web|Wikimedia Foundation Web team]]. '''In two weeks, we would like to make the Vector 2022 skin the default on this wiki.''' [[File:Desktop Improvements - how to enable globally.png|thumb|[[Special:GlobalPreferences|{{int:globalpreferences}}]]]] '''If you prefer keeping the current skin''' select "Vector legacy (2010)" on [[Special:GlobalPreferences#mw-prefsection-rendering|the appearance tab of the global preferences]] and save the change. We encourage you to give the new skin a try, though. Since I last came to you with this question, many things have changed. The skin is now the default on most Wikipedias, and all logos are done! We have also made some tweaks in the skin itself. Below is the text I've sent to you once, but I'm sending it again, just slightly edited, for those who haven't seen it. If you know what this is about, jump straight to the section "Our plan": <div style="margin-left:.5em; border-left:3px dotted #a2a9b1; padding-left:.5em;"> It would become the default for all logged-out users, and also all logged-in users who currently use Vector legacy as a [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering|local]] (but not global) preference. Logged-in users can at any time switch to any other skin. No changes are expected for these skins. <div style="width:100%; margin:auto;"><gallery widths="250" heights="180" mode="packed" caption="Top of an article"> Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2010 top.png|Vector legacy (current default) Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2022 top.png|Vector 2022 </gallery><gallery widths="250" heights="180" mode="packed" caption="A section of an article"> Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2010 scrolled.png|Vector legacy (current default) Screenshot Historia da moeda do Tíbet - 2022-09-22 - Vector 2022 scrolled.png|Vector 2022 </gallery></div> === About the skin === [[File:Wikimania 2022 Vector (2022) Presentation.pdf|thumb|Slides to our Wikimania 2022 presentation. [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yC-ItaXDe2A You may also listen to the recording on YouTube (in English)].]] '''[Why is a change necessary]''' When the current default skin was created, it reflected the needs of the readers and editors as these were 14 years ago. Since then, new users have begun using the Internet and Wikimedia projects in different ways. [[wmfblog:2022/08/18/prioritizing-equity-within-wikipedias-new-desktop/|The old Vector does not meet their needs]]. '''[Objective]''' The objective for the Vector 2022 skin is to make the interface more welcoming and comfortable for readers and useful for advanced users. It introduces a series of changes that aim to improve problems new and existing readers and editors were having with the old skin. It draws inspiration from previous user requests, the [[metawiki:Special:MyLanguage/Community_Wishlist_Survey|Community Wishlist Surveys]], and gadgets and scripts. The work helped our code follow the standards and improve all other skins. [[phab:phame/post/view/290/how_and_why_we_moved_our_skins_to_mustache/|The PHP code in the other available skins has been reduced by 75%]]. The project has also focused on making it easier to support gadgets and use APIs. [[File:Screenshot of the Vector-2022 skin's fullscreen toggle.png|thumb]] '''[Changes in a nutshell]''' The skin introduces changes that improve readability and usability. The new skin does not remove any functionality currently available on the Vector skin. * The limited width and pin-able menus allow to adjust the interface to the screen size, and focus on editing or reading. Logged-in and logged-out users may use a toggle button to keep the full width, though. * The sticky header makes it easier to find tools that editors use often. It decreases scrolling to the top of the page by 16%. * The new table of contents makes it easier to navigate to different sections. Readers and editors jump to different sections of the page 50% more than with the old table of contents. It also looks a bit different on talk pages. * The new search bar is easier to find and makes it easier to find the correct search result from the list. This increased the amount of searches started by 30% on the tested wikis. * The skin does not negatively affect pageviews, edit rates, or account creation. There is evidence of increases in pageviews and account creation across partner communities. '''[Customize this skin]''' It's possible to configure and personalize our changes. We support volunteers who create new gadgets and user scripts. Check out [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Repository|the repository]] for a list of currently available customizations and changes, or add your own. </div> === Our plan === '''If no large concerns are raised, we plan on deploying on 31 October'''. If you'd like to ask our team anything, if you have questions, concerns, or additional thoughts, please comment in any language. If this is the first comment to my message, make sure to ping me. We will gladly answer! Also, check out [[mw:Reading/Web/Desktop Improvements/Frequently asked questions|our FAQ]]. Thank you! [[User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|SGrabarczuk (WMF)]] ([[User talk:SGrabarczuk (WMF)|<span class="signature-talk">gotûbêj</span>]]) 23:52, 18 çiriya pêşîn 2023 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:SGrabarczuk (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:SGrabarczuk_(WMF)/sandbox/MM/Varia&oldid=25764915 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">(New) Feature on [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Kartographer|Kartographer]]: Adding geopoints via QID</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="Body"/>Since September 2022, it is possible to create geopoints using a QID. Many wiki contributors have asked for this feature, but it is not being used much. Therefore, we would like to remind you about it. More information can be found on the [[M:WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Geoinformation/Geopoints via QID|project page]]. If you have any comments, please let us know on the [[M:Talk:WMDE Technical Wishes/Geoinformation/Geopoints via QID|talk page]]. – Best regards, the team of Technical Wishes at Wikimedia Deutschland <section end="Body"/> </div> [[M:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)|Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] 12:31, 13 kanûna pêşîn 2023 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25955829 --> == Do you use Wikidata in Wikimedia sibling projects? Tell us about your experiences == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> ''Note: Apologies for cross-posting and sending in English.'' Hello, the '''[[m:WD4WMP|Wikidata for Wikimedia Projects]]''' team at Wikimedia Deutschland would like to hear about your experiences using Wikidata in the sibling projects. If you are interested in sharing your opinion and insights, please consider signing up for an interview with us in this '''[https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/Wikidata-for-Wikimedia-Interviews Registration form]'''.<br> ''Currently, we are only able to conduct interviews in English.'' The front page of the form has more details about what the conversation will be like, including how we would '''compensate''' you for your time. For more information, visit our ''[[m:WD4WMP/AddIssue|project issue page]]'' where you can also share your experiences in written form, without an interview.<br>We look forward to speaking with you, [[m:User:Danny Benjafield (WMDE)|Danny Benjafield (WMDE)]] ([[m:User talk:Danny Benjafield (WMDE)|talk]]) 08:53, 5 January 2024 (UTC) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Danny Benjafield (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/WD4WMP/ScreenerInvite&oldid=26027495 --> == Reusing references: Can we look over your shoulder? == ''Apologies for writing in English.'' The Technical Wishes team at Wikimedia Deutschland is planning to [[m:WMDE Technical Wishes/Reusing references|make reusing references easier]]. For our research, we are looking for wiki contributors willing to show us how they are interacting with references. * The format will be a 1-hour video call, where you would share your screen. [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ More information here]. * Interviews can be conducted in English, German or Dutch. * [[mw:WMDE_Engineering/Participate_in_UX_Activities#Compensation|Compensation is available]]. * Sessions will be held in January and February. * [https://wikimedia.sslsurvey.de/User-research-into-Reusing-References-Sign-up-Form-2024/en/ Sign up here if you are interested.] * Please note that we probably won’t be able to have sessions with everyone who is interested. Our UX researcher will try to create a good balance of wiki contributors, e.g. in terms of wiki experience, tech experience, editing preferences, gender, disability and more. If you’re a fit, she will reach out to you to schedule an appointment. We’re looking forward to seeing you, [[m:User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)| Thereza Mengs (WMDE)]] <!-- Message sent by User:Thereza Mengs (WMDE)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=WMDE_Technical_Wishes/Technical_Wishes_News_list_all_village_pumps&oldid=25956752 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Vote on the Charter for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/wiki/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Announcement - voting opens|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:wiki/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Announcement - voting opens}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Hello all, I am reaching out to you today to announce that the voting period for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee|Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee]] (U4C) Charter is now open. Community members may [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Coordinating_Committee/Charter/Voter_information|cast their vote and provide comments about the charter via SecurePoll]] now through '''2 February 2024'''. Those of you who voiced your opinions during the development of the [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines|UCoC Enforcement Guidelines]] will find this process familiar. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|current version of the U4C Charter]] is on Meta-wiki with translations available. Read the charter, go vote and share this note with others in your community. I can confidently say the U4C Building Committee looks forward to your participation. On behalf of the UCoC Project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 18:07, 19 kanûna paşîn 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25853527 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Last days to vote on the Charter for the Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/wiki/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Announcement - voting reminder|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:wiki/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Announcement - voting reminder}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Hello all, I am reaching out to you today to remind you that the voting period for the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee|Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee]] (U4C) charter will close on '''2 February 2024'''. Community members may [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Coordinating_Committee/Charter/Voter_information|cast their vote and provide comments about the charter via SecurePoll]]. Those of you who voiced your opinions during the development of the [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Enforcement_guidelines|UCoC Enforcement Guidelines]] will find this process familiar. The [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|current version of the U4C charter]] is on Meta-wiki with translations available. Read the charter, go vote and share this note with others in your community. I can confidently say the U4C Building Committee looks forward to your participation. On behalf of the UCoC Project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 16:59, 31 kanûna paşîn 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=25853527 --> == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Announcing the results of the UCoC Coordinating Committee Charter ratification vote</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="announcement-content" /> :''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/wiki/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Announcement - results|You can find this message translated into additional languages on Meta-wiki.]] [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-{{urlencode:wiki/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter/Announcement - results}}&language=&action=page&filter= {{int:please-translate}}]'' Dear all, Thank you everyone for following the progress of the Universal Code of Conduct. I am writing to you today to announce the outcome of the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal_Code_of_Conduct/Coordinating_Committee/Charter/Voter_information|ratification vote]] on the [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Universal Code of Conduct/Coordinating Committee/Charter|Universal Code of Conduct Coordinating Committee Charter]]. 1746 contributors voted in this ratification vote with 1249 voters supporting the Charter and 420 voters not. The ratification vote process allowed for voters to provide comments about the Charter. A report of voting statistics and a summary of voter comments will be published on Meta-wiki in the coming weeks. Please look forward to hearing about the next steps soon. On behalf of the UCoC Project team,<section end="announcement-content" /> </div> [[m:User:RamzyM (WMF)|RamzyM (WMF)]] 18:23, 12 sibat 2024 (UTC) <!-- Message sent by User:RamzyM (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Distribution_list/Global_message_delivery&oldid=26160150 --> dbyo776jn3grkyuphm4l1gzge0vbgvw 0 3502 5024 4826 2010-12-10T17:21:00Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki :''Ev çêrûkek e.'' ---- Çi hebu ye çi tunebu ye. Li gundekî Şivanek hebu ye. Wî her sibê li berbangê, pezê xwe dibirîye çêrandine û li dora nîvro jî, li hêla çemekî av dida ye û mexel dikirî ye. Rojekê dîsa Şivên pezê xwe li hêla çem mexel kirî ye û bi bilûra xwe jî ji kilamên dila lêxistî ye. De tu were, ji çem beqbeqek der dikeve û li ser zinarekî disekine. Beqbeqek çav sor û belek. Bi dengî bilûre ve kirîye qûrequr û serê xwe hêjandî ye. Şivên di bin çavên xwe re ew beqa dîtî ye û qe hesê xwe nekirî ye. Dengê beqê û bilûre wekî mekamekî dibe û ew deng li hevdû dihat in. We ew beqa û ew Şivana biditîya; we bigota: ew qey hevalê hewdu yê berê ne... Şivan diweste. Dest ji bilûra xwe berdide. Beq jî di ci de baz dide avê û ji ber çavên Şivên com dibe. Şivan hema fam dike ku ew beqa bi dengê bilûrê ji ave derdikev e. Şivan dîsa dest bi bilûra xwe dike û kilameka dilan dixe. Beqa çav sor û belek ji avê derdikeve û xwe dide ser zînêr û dike qûreqûr û bi dengê bilûrê serê xwe dîsa dihêjîne. Roj, meh derbas dibin. Şivên her ku li bilûra xwe dixist, ew beqa jî ji avê derdiket û bi dengê bilûre ve dikire qûrequr û serê xwe dihejand. Şivên ji beqê hazkir. Wî ji beqê re her roj bi bilûre kilamin dila dixist. Beqê jî ji wî hazkir. Carna li ser zînêr baz dida û dihat li ser çokên Şivên disekînî. Carna Şivên ew beqa dida ser destê xwe û bi tilîye xwe serê wê mista ya. Carna jî Şivên li ser pişte, li ser çerê xwe dirêj bikira û beq bihata li ser sînga wî runişti ya û li çavên hewdû ê meskira na. Edî wan dilekî xwe xemgîn di nav hewdû de girtî bûn. Va dile, qe ne kevçîyek şîr û bulxure ku em fêm bikin… şivên her roj bi bilûre derd û kulên xwe ji beqê re digot. Digot; Beqê beqê beq velîstîye dile min de ar vêxîstîye baz de were cem min Min çavên te ramûsîye Beq a bi wê kilame ji ave derketa û xwe bida ser sîngê şivên û li çavên hewdû meskira na. Wî ê ji beqê re qala dilan bikira. Ji wê re kilamê Eman Elo, Fat Qilotê û Efê bistira. Ji wê re ziravê Qamişê qul lêxista û qala dilê keç û xortan dikirin. Roj û meh derbas dibin. Şivan rojeke difikire û dibê; "wa dilî ar û pêtî vêketî weng nabe." Dibêje ; "wa dila ne di şûnê de ye." Şivan biryara xwe dide û diçe hêla çem û li bilûra xwe dixe. Beq ji avê derdive û tê xwe dide ser sîngê şivên. Şivan li beqê xulî (hêrs) dibe û dibêje; "here com bibe. Me xwe bi wî dilî kûşt. Edî bese, ji ber çavên min here." Beq li çavên şivên mes dike, paşe ji ser sînga şivên baz dide û xwe davêje avê û tû care din jî ji avê der nakeve. Şivan bi girî li paş xwe qe mes nake û ji çavan dûr dikeve. Roj û meh derbas dibin. şivan dest ji pez çêrandinê ber dide. deh salan dest ji şivantîya xwe berdide u destên xwe jî nên û ji avê dûr dixe. Di dile wî de edî arek vê dikeve. Her roj ew ara pêtî dida û şivan bi wî arî dişevite. Rojekê şivan dîsa tê hêla çem. Bi dilekî şa bilûre xwe derdixe û ji beqê re jî kilamên dila dixe. Dibêje: Beqê beqê beq velîstî ye dîle min de ar vêxîstî ye Baz da were cem min, Min çavên te ramûsîya ye Lê beq ji avê dernekeve. Mîna berê di cida baz nade naye ser zînêr. şivan sekinî û qet tiştek fêm nake. Dibêje: "qey dengê bilûra min wê nebihîst"? Carek din ji beqê re li bilûra xwe dixe. şivan çavên xwe berdide avê lê beqa çav sor û belek ji avê dernakeve. Şivan ditirse. Ar û pêtî bi dile wî dikeve. Ra dibe ser xwe û hineke din nezikî ave dibe. Ji beqa xwe re carek din li bilûra xwe dixe. Lê beq ji ave dernakeve. şev dibe. Hêv xwe dide ser avê û stêrk jî xwe didin dora wê. Şivan jî hîn li hêla çem runiştî ye, ji bilûrê klama beqê u ji çavên şivên jî hêstirka dilop dikirin. Di ser dilê beqê û şivên pir sal derbas bibin jî, li şûna wan keç û xort dicivin. Ew tên ser çem û dibên; "Beqe beqe beq velîstî ye dîle min de ar vêxîstî ye Baz da were cem min Min çavên te ramûsî ye." [[Kategorî:Çîrok]] lbr9id7yfm4gsrsfz30zn5dsjg8p988 0 3503 4827 2008-12-26T13:54:33Z Bangin 216 verzyona orîjînal ji bikarhêner "Serbilind" (yê wîkîpediya) (http://ku.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=D%C3%AEk_%C3%BB_Z%C3%AAr&oldid=184021) wikitext text/x-wiki :''Ev gotara çêrûkek e.'' ---- Çi hebûye û çi tunebûye Li gundekî mêrek û jinek hebûye. De tu were, mêr û jinik ji jiyanan xwe pir kêfxweş in lê dîsa jî dilên wan de birinek hebûye: Zarokên wan tunebûne. Her sibe û şev jinik li ber xûdê geriyaye û gotiye : -Xûdê xûdê parçekî goşt bide me ma pê mala min ronahî bide ma ev dergûşa, rûya me reş sîpî bike Roj, meh û sal zû darbasbûne, zivistan û bûhar serhevketine, rojekê ji rojen ev jina bi dûcana bûye. Her roj zikê wê jine lê gir bûye û edî ev zika heta bîlîvê wê hatiye. Mêr û jinik ji bo wê pir kêfxwaş dane. Roj, meh û sal zû darbasbûne Zivistan û bûhar serhevketine Rojekê ji rojen Ev jina ev dergûşa anîye rû dûnê. Lê ev dergûşî hatiye rû dûnê ne mina ma ye: Ev dergûşa dîkek bûye. Mêr, jinik û gundiyan bi vî halî şaş ma ne û dîsa jî jin û mêrik ev dîka mina canî xwe heskirine û ev mezin kirine. Roj, meh û sal zû darbasbûne Zivistan û bûhar serhevketine Rojekê ji rojen Ev Dîka li ber dê û bavî xwe sekiniye û gotiye : -Dîya min û bavî min delallo, hûn edî pîr û kal bûne. Ez jî edî mezin bûme û ez dixwazim ji we re kar bikim. Dê û bavî wî bi gotinên Dîk şaş ma ne û wan li çavên hevûdû mez kirine. Bave ji Dîk re got: -Lawî min delal, ev gotinên te dile me gelekî xwaş kiriye lê tu jî dizani ku tu Dîkekî û tuê çawa bikî? Dîya wî jî ji Dîk re got: -Dîko ezê xwe ji te re bikim cil, ez bi qurbane te me dîko tuê tû karî nikarî bikî. Wan ji sibê hate şev berhevdû dane û paşe bavî wî ji dîk re gotiye: -lawê minê delal, guh bide ser min, bavî min berê berê de zêrek dayî bû Mîre Misirê. Tê herî cem wî û zêrî me binî. Karî tu ji me re bikî wa ye. Sibê bûye. Bav û dîya dîk ji hevûdû xwatirê xwe xwastine û Dîk ketîye rê. Roj, meh û sal zû darbas bûne Zivistan û bûhar serhev ketine Ev Dîka hindik çûye pir çûye Li ser rîya dîk gur û rovî cîh girtine Gur û rovî çavên xwe berdane dîk ku wî bixwine. Wan ji Dîk re didanen xwe tûj derxistine û lingên xwe pêşi di herdê dane. Dîk li derûdore xwe mez kiriye kû bireviye û lê kûve bireviye? Dîk ne difiriye mina çûçiken awra ne jî ji gur û rovi baştir dimeşiye. Dîk ne meşiye û ne jî firiye. Lê dîk bê tirs qûna xwe çaxe (zivirandin) berî wan kiriye û wî ji qûna xwe re gotiye. -jihev be Qûno jihev be, gur û rovî ve dikişe Dû re qûna dîk lê gir bûye mina telîsekî lê vebûye. Gur û rovî bi wî halî şaş ma ne û gotine: "lo ev çi qûna ku li wî ewqas gir dibe." Çav li wan bel bûne. Li germa havîne wan cirifîne. Dev li wan mina çalekî vebûne. Tirs kete pişta wan û çok li wan sist bûne. Paşe qûna dîk mina miqnatîsê gur û rovî kişandine hundirî xwe. Gur û rovî kirine qijeqij û xwe li erde xistine û bi keviran û bi daran xwe girtine û disa jî wan ji kişandina qûna dîk xelas nebûne. Dû re gur û rovî mina belî derzîye zirav bûne û paşe hêdi hêdi ketine qûna dîk. Dû re qûna dîk lê çûk bûye û mina berê hatiye girtinê. Paşê dîk berî xwe daye roşhilat û ketiye rê û kilamek ser xwe gotiye: -lo lo Dîko, dîkî paqilo çav zerko boç sorke dile keçiko sewitando we ne yeke we ne dudu ne malê xizanê ocax kûr kiro Hindik çûye pir çûye Li ser rîya dik çemek hebûye Dîk xwastiye kû biçûye hêla din lê li ser çem ne pirek habûye ne jî dîk ajnî dizanîye. Dîk li çep û rastî xwe mez kiriye ku ev çemekî gelek dirêj e. Dû re dîk bê tirs qûna xwe çaxe berî çem kiriye û gotiye: -ji hev be qûno ji hev be va çema dikişe Dû re qûna dîk lê gir bûye mina telîsekî lê ve bûye. Çêm kiriye humehum, gumegum û pêlên xwe mina çiya Sipanê serhevûdû xistine ku dîk ji xwe tirsandin bike lê dîsa jî ew ji qûna dîk xelas nebûye û ev çema wekî derya bûye çilka baranê û hêdî hêdî ketiye qûna dîk. Dûre qûna dîk lê çûk bûye û mina berê hatiye girtinê. Hindik çûye pir çûye Li ber konaxa Mîre Misirê sekiniye Li berbangî li serê gir kiriye qireqir û gotiye: Girgiriiii lo mirî Misirê yo lo mirî Misirê yo Berê berê da bavî min zêrek dabûye te. Ez wî zêrî bavî xwe ji te dixwazim. Mirê Misirê bi qirîna dîk ji xewa kûr bi hirsekî rabûye û gotiye: -Ev kî ye? Ev î ku min ji xweva kûr rakirî în e û cîn e? Pîrike an jî tebêke? Xûlemên mîrê misirê bi lêz ketine rêze û yekî ji wan gotiye: li me biborîne ezbenî Evî we ji xweva kûr rakirî Dîkek e. Me ev kevir kir paşe me ev da ber şûr û tîran û lê dîsa jî li ber konaxa te naçû. Mîrê Misirê bi dengekî hirs ji wan re got: -bijên ev dîka ji min çi dixwase? Xûlemekî got: -li min biborîne ezbenî ev dîka got "berê berê de bavî min zêrek dayîbûye mîrê misirê û ez wî zêrî bavî xwe dixwasim". Mîrê Misirê bi dengekî hirs got: -Ew kî ye kû deynî xwe li min maye? Ez im kû mîre Misirê me tû kesî deynî xwe li min tûneye. Wî dîkî biavêjin nav ga û mirişkan kû ma pêlînin û likunkin. Çiqas kolê konaxê hebûn gişt tevhevûdû ketine dû dîk. Kolên konaxê di xûye de reş bûne û xûzî devî wan de nemaye. Ziman li wan reş û dirêj bûye. Paşe kolên mirê Misirê ev Dîka girtine û avêtin nav ga û mirişkan. Di bin lingên ga û golikan de ev Dîkî lepek zanî kû çi ware serê xwe û bi lêz qûna xwe çaxe berî wan kiriye û ji qûna xwe re gotiye: jev hev be qûno jeh hev be gur û rovî jê derkeve Dû re qûna dîk lê gir bûye mina telîsekî lê vebûye. Ga û mirişkan kirine vaxevax û gigegik kû jî dîk birevin lê kû de birevine. Bi lêz gur û rovî ji qûna dîk derketine û xwe avêtine ser ga û mirişkan. Hinek birindar kirine û hinek jî li xwe bar kirine û herdû yek dareke de revine. Sibe bûye. Kolên Mirê Misirê hatine axur. Çi binerin; ga û mirişkên xwe gişt hatine qirkirine. Kolan bi lêz û bi tirs li hemberî Mirê Misirê sekinine û gotine: -Li me biborine ezbenî Ev Dîka ga û mirişkên me qirkiriye û yen mayî jî wî xwariye. Mirê Misirê hinek ji wan gotinen tirsiya û ji xwe re gotiye; "lo ev çi dîk e kû ga û mirişkan bixwe. Lo ma ev ne hirç e?" Mirê Misirê ji wan re got: Wî dîkî biavêjin nav arekî gir kû ma bişewite. Kolên Mirê Misirê li ber konaxê dar û bar danîne ser hevûdû mina çiyakî bilind kirine paşê ev derbarên vêxistine û ew dîka girtine û avêtine nav êr. Ji Dîk re ev ara qet ne tiştek bû. Ev ara li wî ne sar û ne jî germî bûye û ev ne kaliye ne jî biriştiye û bê tirs ji qûna xwe re gotiye : -Jihev be qûno jihev be Ev çema jê derkeve Dûre qûna dîk lê gir bûye mina telîsekî lê vebûye. Dar û bar kirine vistavist, cistacist û ji hevûdû revîne. Ar jî ji tirsara sor û zer bûye ku dixwast xwe biavêje ser dîk lê ar, dar û bar dîsa jî qûna dîk xelas nebûne. Ev çemî mina deryakî ji qûna dîk derketiye û ar vemirandiye. Kolan bi lêz û bi tirs li hemberî Mirê Misirê sekinine û gotine: -Li me biborine ezbenî Ew dîka ev ara bi tû kirine xwe vemirand. Edî Mirê Misirê kûr kûr fikiriye û gelek ji dîk tirsiya û di ber xwe de gotiye; "Lo ev çi dîk e kû ar bi tûkirina xwe vemirandiye. Bi xûdê ev dîka di tûkirine xwe de e min jî fetisîne." Mirê Misirê ji wan re got: -Guh bidin ser min. Em jî wî xales nebûn. Wî Dîkî dikin hundirî odeya xezîne û ma zêrekî xwe bibe, paşe ma ji vir bicehime û ma ew here mala xwe. Xûlamên Mirê Misirê dîk girtine û ev avêtin hundirî odeya zêr û zîv tîdayî. Dîk çi binere, ode hate dêv ji zêr û zîvan tijî ye. Her derek ji zêr û zîvan biriqiye û ji biriqîndane wan oda xezînê şewq daye. Dîk na çawa bike? Zêr û zîv ne yek e û ne jî du-du ne. Dîk yekê dike devî xwe biçe lê çawên wî li paş bim ên. Dê û bavê wî hatine bîra wî. Dîk di ber xwe de gotiye: "Em ê edî dewlemend bibin û xûlam û kolên me ji hebin. Ez ê edî bi wan zêr û zîvan ji dê û bavî xwe re qonaxeke çêkim" Paşê Dîk ji qûna xwe re gotiye: -ji hev be qûno ji hev be zêr û zîv dikeve Dûre qûna dîk lê gir bûye û mina telîsekî lê vebûye. Zêr û zîvan kirine şeqaşeq û reqareq ku ji hundir derkevine. Zêr û zîv ji dîk xelas nebûne û ev ketine rêzê paşe yekûyek ketine qûno dîk. Ji zêr û zîvan yekî xwe kiriye quncik xwe li ber dîk bel kiriye û li çavên wî nêriye. Ev yeko jî dîk kiriye navbera nikûla xwe û derketiye der. Dîk bere xwe daye rojava û ketiye rê. Roj, meh û sal zû darbas bûne Zivistan û bûhar serhev ketine Hindik çûye pir çûye Dîk berî xwe tim dayiye rojava Edî li mala xwe vegeriye Dîk nezîkî gundê xwe bûye Derketiye serê gir û gotiye -Girqiriii Dayê dayê Ez ji gazancê hatime amadeke odê mivana Deri û pençeran bigire belî tu biavî sûyê min bi dart da ke barî min ji zêr û zîvan e me pê çavên te bibiriqe Girqiriii bavo bavo Ez ji gazence hatime di dest xwe ke çokî xwe ji quna min vekişe ez bêm yek du bê duduhetek zêr û zîv jê diavêje De û bavî dîk bi dengî wî kêf dane û gotinên lawê xwe bi lez cîh anîne. Dîk hatiye mala xwe. Ketiye odê mîvana. Dîya wî ew bi dar da kiriye û bavî wî jî bi çokî xwe ji quna wî vekişîye. Her ku bavî wî li qûna wî xistîye, ji qûna dîk, zêr û zîv yekbiyek ketine. De û bavî dîk ji halî wî tirsîne. Paşe li wî nerine û çi binerine, zêr û zîv yekbiyek ji qûno dîk şeqaşeqe dikevine. Çav li wan gir bûne û lê birîqîne. Ev ne yekên ne dudune û ne jî sisene. Ez bêjim hezar hûn bêjin bi hezaran. Dê û bavî Dîk destên xwe avêtine zer û zîvan li ber çavên xwe gerandine ku ev tiştî ji qûno dîk dikeve rast e an jî xewnek e. Bavê di ber xwe de got: "Lo ew çi hale şev û ro li hevdu qelivîne qe tunebuna van zêr û zîvana hêş li serê min nemane" Dayê wî jî di ber xwe de got: "Gundo rabin ji xewe sibê qor bi qor dikevin rêzê ez jina şivanekî bûm ezê we têr bikim bi zadî rizê" Ode ji zêr û zîvan tijî bûye û dê û bavî dîk hinek jî ji wan kirine çalan. Roj, meh û sal zû darbas bûne Zivistan û bûhar serhev ketine Jinêk û mêrik devlemend bûne. Hezaran ji ga û golikan Hezaran ji mîh û beranan Li ber qonaxan wan Ji sedan xûlam û kolan Rojekê Cîranek hatiye cem dîya Dîk. Wê ji dîya dîk re gotiye: -Le xwuşka minê delalê ca ji min re bêje hûn çawa devlemend bûne? Dîya dîk ji cîrana xwe re ji serî heta dawî qal kir û cîrana wê ev gotinan kiriye serê xwe. Cîrana dîya dîk ji xwe re gotiye: "Ez jî ji xûde bixwasim dîkekî û em ji bin dewlemend." Ev jina li ber xûde geriyaye û wê gotiye: -Xûdê xûdê ez ji te dîkekî dixwazim. Mala min xizan ma pê bibe dewlemend. Ma ga, golik, mîh û beranen me jî hebin û li ber qonaxê me ji sedan xûlam û kolan jî hebin. Rojekê ev jina dûcane bûye. Wê pê mêrî xwe ve gelek kêf dane. Meh zû derbasbûne û ev jina dîkek anîye rû dûne. Dîk mezin bûye. Rojekê Dîk li ser kûlingê listîye û xwelî nikul kiriye. Dîk di nav xwelî de zêrekî diye û ev biriye cem bav û dîya xwe re. De û bavî dîk ji bo ve pir kêf dane û odeya mêvanan ji lawî xwe re bi lez amede kirine. Lê Dîk bi halî wan şaş maye û ji wan re gotiye: -bavî minî delal, dîya minê delal, min ji we re zêrek anî lê hûn ji min re odeya mêvanan ji bo çi amede dikine? Bavî Dîk ji re got: -Lawî min delal em edî devlemend bûn û ez ji xizanîye xelas bûm. Dîya Dîk jê got: -Ez qurbane te bim Dîko, ji qûna xwe re bêje û ma zêr û zîv ji qûna te bikevin. Dîk ji wan re got: -Ê min ji we re anî zêrek e. Dîya min delale di qûna min de tu zêr û zîv tûne û ez jî qûna xwe çi bixwazim ku çi heye? Dê û bavî dîk ji sibe hate şev bi gotinên xwe kirine û paşê Dîk ji wan re gotiye: -Min ji we tiştek fêm nekir lê dîsa jî ez ji qûna xwe re carek bêjim ku zêr û zîv dikevine an jî tiştekî din dikeve ez nizanim. Dê û bavî dîk pir kêf dane kû ji qûna dîk zêr û zîv bikevine û wan çavên xwe berdane qûna dîk lê mez kirine. Dîk bê çare ji qûna xwe re gotiye: -lo qûno! ji hev be û zêr û zîv jê derkevin Qûna Dîk lê sor bûye û lê heşin bûye. De tu ware qûna Dîk ne lê gir bûye û ne jî lê vebiye. Dîk bê çare dîsa ji qûna xwe re gotiye: -lo qûno! lo qûno! ji hev be û zêr û zîv jê derkevin De û bavî dîk jî bi hevûdû re ji qûna dîk re bang kirine: -Lo qûno! ji hev be zêr û zîv jê bikevin Paşê qûna dîk lê hinek vedibe û de û bavî wî çi bibinine, ji qûno dîk zêç û gû derketiye. Ev zêç û gû pişikîye serûçavên dê û bavî dîk. Ji zêç û gû ev odeya mêvanan têji bûye. Çîroka min li wir qetiya Yek ji we re yek ji min re Iskanek şîr ji me re Şev kete erde xewikek xweş ji we re tidik û pitik ne pîrik û ne jî têbik zarok ketine xewe xewneke xweş ji we re 6pdoouthcvwr0okv739y6q7m2rro0w5 0 3504 4828 2008-12-26T13:58:35Z Bangin 216 verzyona orîjînal ji bikarhêner "Serbilind" (yê wîkîpediya) (http://ku.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Se_Heval_%C3%BB_P%C3%AErkek&oldid=184019) wikitext text/x-wiki :''Ev gotara çêrûkek e.'' ---- Çi heye çi tuneye, li gundekî se keçik hebûne. Yek Pitik, yek Titik û ê din jî nave xwe Qûngir bû ye. Wana rokê çune sêz, şişinga berhevkin. Pitik û Titik bi lez şişingên xwe berhev kirine, lê Qûngirê jî li ser tûmekî runiştiye û kilameke xwe gotîye. Pitkê û Titkê ji Qûngirê re gotine: “Kaç Qûngirê tu çima şişinga berhev nakî?” Gûngirê gotîye: “Na, ezê biwestim. Hûn ji min re şişinga berhev kin.” Pitik û Titik ji Qûngirê tirsîyan e, û ji berve wê jî şişing berhevkirin e. lê ro çuye ava. Pitik û Titik ji Qûngirê re gotine: “Kaç Qûngirê, de rawe em hernî mal, royî terê ava.” Qûngirê gotîye: “Na, eza biwestim. Min li xwe nin.” Pitik û Titik ji Qûn Girê tirsîyan e û ew carekê li pişta Pitikê û carna jî li pişta Titkê niştîye. Lê Pitik û Titik westîyan e û êdin çok li wan sist bûne û re li wan dirêjbû ye. Şev keti ye erdê û wan rîya mal comkirin e. Vana gîrîn e, lê ê kuda herine? Li dûre wan işqek dî ne û xwe livê işqe girtine û ketine re. Pir çun e hendik çun e û nêske male bûn e. Pîrêke hime hime gume gume û didanên xwe li xwe kirine qirca qirc û çiçke xwe yek avitîye ser milî çape û yek jî avtî ye hêlê raste. Wan li derî xîstine. Pîrkê cadî got: „Hîn dikim bîn dîkîm, li ser malan gav dikim, him jin im û him mêr im, bînê îsên dikim. Werin têkevin hundir.“ Ew dikevin mala Pîrke. Pîrke ew têr kirine û ew kirine xewe. Pêçeka din şunda Pîrke kêr kirîye dest xwe û gotîye: “Keçkino, delalno hun ketin xewe?” Pitik diwê: “Na, ez nê di xewê da me.” Pîrke diwê: “Tu çima xewê nakî keçka mina delal?” Pitik diwê: “Xewa minê ne, ezê birçî me, dakê min bi van çaxana ji min re gawul çedikir.” Pîrke kirî himehim û tere ji Pitike re gawulekê çedike û Pitik wê gawulê dixwa. Pêçeke din şunda, disa Pîrke kêr kirî dest xwe û gotîye: Keçkino delalno hun ketin xewê? Pitik diwê : “Na, ez ne di xewê de me.” Pîrik jî diwê: “Tu çima xewê nakî keçkê mina delalê?” Pitik diwê: “Xewa minê ne, ezê tî me, daka min bi van çaxana ji min re, bi bêjingê, ji erxê av tîna.” Pîrkê disa kirîye himehim û ketîye rê û çuye erxê. Pîrkê li berxwe da ku bi bêjingek av wune ji Pitikê re, lê qa av bi bêjênge tiji dibe? Pitik hema rawûye û hevalên xwe ji xewe rakirye û ji wan re gotîye: “Hevalno, hevalno rawun, pîrkê me bixwe.” Ew bilez radiwin û dikevin rê. Qûngir ji tirsa re meresî xwe li mala pîrê bîr dike. Qûngir ji hevalê xwe re diwê: “Min meresê xwe li mala pîre bîrkir û ez meresî xwe dixaz im.” Pitik jî, ji tirsa Qûngirê gotîye: “Hun livir biskinin û ez herim meresî Qûngirê ji mala pîre wunîm.” Pitik bi dizkî dihere mala pîre û dikeve hundir. Pîrik deri li Pitikê digre û diwê: “Eza te bixwim.“ Pitik diwê: „Tê min bixwî, lê tu ji min têr naxwî.“ Pîrik diwê: „Ew çima ye ku ez ji te têr nebim.?“ Pitik diwê: „lêê ezê zayîfim loma ye tu ji min têr naxwî. Min têke çolekî û paşê here ormên. Ji darê gûzê çokekî çêke û biwî limin xe. Ezê hînge pir bigoşt biwim.“ Pîr wê dike hundirê çolekî û dev da yê ormên. Pitik ji berîyê xwe kêrekê derdixe û çêl didirî ne jê derdikeve û keçika pîrke kirîye çêl, dev lê girêda ye û meresê Qûngirê jî kirîye dest xwe û bi lez ketîye rê. Pîrîk jê ormên te. Çoke ji darî gûze heytene û ji çêl vedigşe. Her ku avêtî çêl, ji çêl qornîk derdiketî ye. Paşê pîrik devî çêl vedîke û çi binêre… Keçika xwe di xwîne de maye û mirîye. Çîroka min li vir qedîya Sinîk mast li vê cimate d73xqp0ivbusuex1usl8e35j65i16tn 12 3511 4854 2009-02-26T20:29:17Z 217.171.181.138 Rûpela nû: == عيشقى خوا == مرۆڤ گه‌ر حوكمیش نه‌دات ئه‌م قسه‌یه‌ی‌ هه‌ر لێ‌ ره‌وا ده‌بینرێ‌ كه‌ بڵێ‌ : ژیان پ… wikitext text/x-wiki == عيشقى خوا == مرۆڤ گه‌ر حوكمیش نه‌دات ئه‌م قسه‌یه‌ی‌ هه‌ر لێ‌ ره‌وا ده‌بینرێ‌ كه‌ بڵێ‌ : ژیان پرسیارێكه‌ به‌بێ‌ عیشق وه‌لاَم نادرێته‌وه‌ و ناسه‌لمێنرێت.. بۆیه‌ گه‌ڕان به‌دوای‌ عیشقیدا له‌ سه‌رده‌مه‌كانی‌ فام كردنیه‌وه‌ گێنگڵی‌ پێ‌ ئه‌دات، بێگومان ئه‌مه‌ كاتێك دێت كه‌ سه‌رده‌می‌ كۆرپه‌یی‌ و منداڵیش به‌بێ‌ عیشقی‌ تێنه‌په‌ڕاندووه‌، به‌ڵكو باوه‌شی‌ گه‌رمی‌ دایك و نه‌رمه‌ لاواندنه‌وه‌ی‌ شه‌وان و ئاوازی‌ ناسكی‌ لای‌ لایه‌ و ده‌ست به‌سه‌رداهێنان و دیاری‌ و ماچ كردنی‌، خه‌لاَت و باربووی‌ به‌رایی‌ عیشق بوون بۆ ئه‌و، پاشان رۆڵی‌ ده‌ربڕینی‌ عیشقیش له‌لایه‌ن باوكه‌وه‌ – ئه‌گه‌ر چی‌ پێوانه‌ ناكرێ‌ به‌ دایك – به‌لاَم نه‌بوونیشی‌ نه‌رێیه‌كه‌ له‌ ئه‌سڵێك كه‌ له‌چاو ئه‌چه‌قێ‌ ئه‌گه‌ر نه‌شی‌ بینی‌- .. ئه‌وانه‌ چه‌شه‌ی‌ عیشقێكی‌ بێ‌ ئه‌ندازه‌یان به‌و مێرد منداڵه‌ به‌خشیوه‌ تاگه‌یشتووه‌ته‌ ته‌مه‌نی‌ فام كردن.. به‌لاَم دیاره‌ ئه‌م قسه‌یه‌ بۆیه‌ واده‌كرێ‌، چونكه‌ كه‌ گه‌وره‌ ده‌بێ‌ ئیدی‌ هه‌م عیشقه‌كه‌ی‌ ماڵه‌وه‌ ده‌گۆڕێت و هه‌م خۆیشی‌، بێجگه‌ له‌ تێكه‌ڵ بوونی‌، له‌لای‌ ئه‌و عیشقه‌ی‌ واتای‌ تر وه‌رده‌گرێ‌ و مه‌ودای‌ پانتایی‌ عیشق له‌ سنوری‌ ماڵ تێ‌ ده‌په‌ڕێت و ده‌چێته‌ ژیانی‌ نوێوه‌. لێره‌وه‌ سه‌رده‌می‌ گه‌ڕان به‌دوای‌ هێنانه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشقدا – عیشقی‌ نوێ‌ كه‌ هێشتا پێناسه‌كه‌ی‌ نازانێ‌، ده‌ست پێ‌ ده‌كات .. قۆناغی‌ هه‌رزه‌كاری‌ و گه‌ڕان به‌دوای‌ عیشقدا رێچكه‌ی‌ پێ‌ ده‌گرێت، گه‌ڕان به‌بێ‌ زانستی‌ دۆزینه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشق هه‌ڵه‌موتی‌ عیشقی‌ ئافره‌ت ده‌بێته‌ ده‌ره‌نجامی‌ ئه‌م سه‌فه‌ره‌ی‌. لێره‌دا نامه‌وێ‌ بڵێم ئه‌م كه‌سه‌ هه‌ر هیچ له‌و عیشقه‌ نازانێ‌ و به‌بێ‌ دروست بوونی‌ پرسیار به‌دوای‌ وه‌لاَم كه‌وتووه‌، ئه‌وه‌نده‌ی‌ ده‌مه‌وێت ئه‌سڵێك دابنێم بۆ ئه‌م گه‌ڕانه‌ی‌ به‌دوای‌ عیشقدا ئه‌ویش ئه‌وه‌یه‌ فاكته‌ری‌ سه‌ره‌كی‌ له‌ ماخۆلانی‌ گه‌ڕانه‌كه‌یدا هێنده‌ی‌ گه‌ڕانه‌ بۆ به‌دیلێك له‌ جێگای‌ عیشقی‌ دایك و باوك هێنده‌ گه‌ڕان نییه‌ به‌دوای‌ عیشقێكی‌ دیار كراودا.. هێنده‌ی‌ ماخۆلانی‌ دۆزینه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشقێكی‌ مه‌زنه‌ كه‌ له‌ رابردووشی‌ گه‌وره‌تر بێت گه‌ڕان نییه‌ به‌دوای‌ عیشقی‌ وونبووی‌ ره‌گه‌زی‌ به‌رامبه‌ردا هێنده‌ی‌ گه‌ڕانه‌ بۆ شكاندنی‌ تینویه‌تی‌ رۆحی‌، گه‌ڕان نییه‌ بۆ تێركردنی‌ جه‌سته‌ی‌. نوشوستییه‌كانی‌ دنیای‌ ره‌گه‌ز له‌ جیهانی‌ هه‌رزه‌كاریدا ده‌بنه‌ به‌ڵگه‌ی‌ كڵۆڵ بوونی‌ عیشق و خانه‌وێرانی‌ خۆشه‌ویستی‌، بۆیه‌ پاش فامكردنێكی‌ ته‌واو عه‌قڵ خستنه‌كاری‌ دنیای‌ لاوی‌ واز له‌م گه‌ڕانه‌ی‌ ده‌ره‌وه‌ ده‌هێنێت به‌ره‌و پانتاییه‌كی‌ ده‌روونی‌ و دۆزینه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشقی‌ مه‌زن هه‌نگاوی‌ عه‌مه‌لی‌ ده‌ست پێده‌كات. له‌وانه‌یه‌ (نوشوستییه‌كانی‌ دنیای‌ هه‌ردوو ره‌گه‌ز لای‌ لاوان) ئه‌و پرسیاره‌ بینێته‌ گۆڕێ‌، كه‌ ئه‌مه‌ كاتێك ده‌بێت كه‌ نووشوستی‌ رووبدات، ئه‌ی‌ ئه‌گه‌ر سه‌ركه‌وتن رووی‌ داو به‌دڵخوازی‌ خۆی‌ گه‌یشت، ئه‌وكات؟ تینوویه‌تی‌ سه‌رچاوه‌ی‌ عیشقی‌ ده‌شكێت و سه‌فه‌ر دوا هه‌وارگه‌ی‌ بڕیوه‌.. به‌لاَم نا چونكه‌ خودی‌ راڤه‌ی‌ ئه‌و رسته‌یه‌ی‌ سه‌ره‌وه‌ ئه‌و پرسیاره‌ هه‌ڵ ناگرێ‌، سه‌ره‌ڕای‌ ئه‌وه‌ش كه‌ له‌ كه‌سمان نه‌سه‌لماندووه‌ ئه‌و نووشوستییه‌ واتای‌ به‌ دڵخواز نه‌گه‌یشتن بگه‌یه‌نێ‌، هه‌رچه‌ند له‌ هه‌ردوو حاڵه‌ته‌كه‌دا به‌دوا رۆشتن ده‌خوازێت، به‌لاَم به‌جێی‌ ده‌هێڵین بۆ ده‌لیلێك كه‌ واقیع پراكتیزه‌ی‌ كردبێت .. خۆ ئه‌گه‌ر ئه‌وه‌ نه‌بوو، ئه‌وا گرفتی‌ ئه‌و نییه‌ و پرسیار دروست نه‌بووه‌ تا وه‌لاَم بخوازێت. كاتی‌ َمرۆڤ گه‌یشته‌ ئه‌وه‌ی‌ كه‌ به‌بێ‌ عیشق ژیان مه‌حاڵه‌، گه‌ڕان و سه‌وداسه‌ری‌ ئه‌و عیشقه‌ ده‌بێته‌ هێزی‌ بزوتن و ئه‌یجوڵێنن.. كه‌ عیقیش له‌لای‌ بویه‌ سه‌ودای‌ (عیشقی‌ مه‌زن) و له‌ره‌گه‌زی‌ به‌رامبه‌ر تێپه‌ڕی‌ كرد، ئه‌وكاته‌ تینوویه‌تی‌ ده‌شكێت.. به‌لاَم! ده‌بێت سه‌ركه‌وتن بۆ ئه‌و عیشقه‌ بگاته‌ باڵه‌ كۆنه‌یه‌ك كه‌ ئاوێزانی‌ رۆحی‌ ئه‌به‌دی‌ خاوه‌نه‌كه‌ی‌ بێت، له‌م توانه‌وه‌یه‌دا راده‌ی‌ عیشق هێنده‌ بالاَ ئه‌بێ‌ ده‌گاته‌ راده‌ی‌ په‌رستن.. (عیشق مه‌زن ده‌بێت خوا ده‌په‌رسترێت) ئه‌م وته‌یه‌ پێچه‌وانه‌ی‌ قبوڵ ناكات، به‌لاَم ده‌ڵێین : عیشق به‌رهه‌می‌ مه‌عریفه‌یه‌ وه‌ك حه‌سه‌نی‌ به‌صری‌ ئه‌ڵێ‌ (عیشق به‌رهه‌می‌ مه‌عریفه‌یه‌ ئه‌وه‌ی‌ خوا بناسێ‌ ده‌بێته‌ عاشق، ئه‌وه‌ی‌ دنیا بناسێ‌ ده‌بێته‌ زاهد).. ئێمه‌ ته‌نها ئه‌مه‌مان لێ‌ زیاد كردووه‌: ئه‌وه‌ی‌ خوای‌ خۆش بوێ‌ ده‌یپه‌رستێت لێره‌وه‌ رازی‌ زاهدان و عارفان به‌خوا كه‌شف ده‌بێت، له‌ عیشقی‌ خوادا په‌رستنی‌ وا پیاده‌ی‌ ده‌كه‌ن كه‌ له‌ خودی‌ خۆیان زیاتر به‌ كه‌سی‌ تر ناكرێت و سه‌مه‌ره‌ی‌ په‌رستشیشیان ئاشكرا دیاره‌ a6lrmip7ed2soddwm9jpzp6x53hrxpc 4 3513 4856 2009-02-26T20:38:51Z Adilshaswary 238 Rûpela nû: == عيشقى خوا == مرۆڤ گه‌ر حوكمیش نه‌دات ئه‌م قسه‌یه‌ی‌ هه‌ر لێ‌ ره‌وا ده‌بینرێ‌ كه‌ بڵێ‌ : ژیان پ… wikitext text/x-wiki == عيشقى خوا == مرۆڤ گه‌ر حوكمیش نه‌دات ئه‌م قسه‌یه‌ی‌ هه‌ر لێ‌ ره‌وا ده‌بینرێ‌ كه‌ بڵێ‌ : ژیان پرسیارێكه‌ به‌بێ‌ عیشق وه‌لاَم نادرێته‌وه‌ و ناسه‌لمێنرێت.. بۆیه‌ گه‌ڕان به‌دوای‌ عیشقیدا له‌ سه‌رده‌مه‌كانی‌ فام كردنیه‌وه‌ گێنگڵی‌ پێ‌ ئه‌دات، بێگومان ئه‌مه‌ كاتێك دێت كه‌ سه‌رده‌می‌ كۆرپه‌یی‌ و منداڵیش به‌بێ‌ عیشقی‌ تێنه‌په‌ڕاندووه‌، به‌ڵكو باوه‌شی‌ گه‌رمی‌ دایك و نه‌رمه‌ لاواندنه‌وه‌ی‌ شه‌وان و ئاوازی‌ ناسكی‌ لای‌ لایه‌ و ده‌ست به‌سه‌رداهێنان و دیاری‌ و ماچ كردنی‌، خه‌لاَت و باربووی‌ به‌رایی‌ عیشق بوون بۆ ئه‌و، پاشان رۆڵی‌ ده‌ربڕینی‌ عیشقیش له‌لایه‌ن باوكه‌وه‌ – ئه‌گه‌ر چی‌ پێوانه‌ ناكرێ‌ به‌ دایك – به‌لاَم نه‌بوونیشی‌ نه‌رێیه‌كه‌ له‌ ئه‌سڵێك كه‌ له‌چاو ئه‌چه‌قێ‌ ئه‌گه‌ر نه‌شی‌ بینی‌- .. ئه‌وانه‌ چه‌شه‌ی‌ عیشقێكی‌ بێ‌ ئه‌ندازه‌یان به‌و مێرد منداڵه‌ به‌خشیوه‌ تاگه‌یشتووه‌ته‌ ته‌مه‌نی‌ فام كردن.. به‌لاَم دیاره‌ ئه‌م قسه‌یه‌ بۆیه‌ واده‌كرێ‌، چونكه‌ كه‌ گه‌وره‌ ده‌بێ‌ ئیدی‌ هه‌م عیشقه‌كه‌ی‌ ماڵه‌وه‌ ده‌گۆڕێت و هه‌م خۆیشی‌، بێجگه‌ له‌ تێكه‌ڵ بوونی‌، له‌لای‌ ئه‌و عیشقه‌ی‌ واتای‌ تر وه‌رده‌گرێ‌ و مه‌ودای‌ پانتایی‌ عیشق له‌ سنوری‌ ماڵ تێ‌ ده‌په‌ڕێت و ده‌چێته‌ ژیانی‌ نوێوه‌. لێره‌وه‌ سه‌رده‌می‌ گه‌ڕان به‌دوای‌ هێنانه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشقدا – عیشقی‌ نوێ‌ كه‌ هێشتا پێناسه‌كه‌ی‌ نازانێ‌، ده‌ست پێ‌ ده‌كات .. قۆناغی‌ هه‌رزه‌كاری‌ و گه‌ڕان به‌دوای‌ عیشقدا رێچكه‌ی‌ پێ‌ ده‌گرێت، گه‌ڕان به‌بێ‌ زانستی‌ دۆزینه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشق هه‌ڵه‌موتی‌ عیشقی‌ ئافره‌ت ده‌بێته‌ ده‌ره‌نجامی‌ ئه‌م سه‌فه‌ره‌ی‌. لێره‌دا نامه‌وێ‌ بڵێم ئه‌م كه‌سه‌ هه‌ر هیچ له‌و عیشقه‌ نازانێ‌ و به‌بێ‌ دروست بوونی‌ پرسیار به‌دوای‌ وه‌لاَم كه‌وتووه‌، ئه‌وه‌نده‌ی‌ ده‌مه‌وێت ئه‌سڵێك دابنێم بۆ ئه‌م گه‌ڕانه‌ی‌ به‌دوای‌ عیشقدا ئه‌ویش ئه‌وه‌یه‌ فاكته‌ری‌ سه‌ره‌كی‌ له‌ ماخۆلانی‌ گه‌ڕانه‌كه‌یدا هێنده‌ی‌ گه‌ڕانه‌ بۆ به‌دیلێك له‌ جێگای‌ عیشقی‌ دایك و باوك هێنده‌ گه‌ڕان نییه‌ به‌دوای‌ عیشقێكی‌ دیار كراودا.. هێنده‌ی‌ ماخۆلانی‌ دۆزینه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشقێكی‌ مه‌زنه‌ كه‌ له‌ رابردووشی‌ گه‌وره‌تر بێت گه‌ڕان نییه‌ به‌دوای‌ عیشقی‌ وونبووی‌ ره‌گه‌زی‌ به‌رامبه‌ردا هێنده‌ی‌ گه‌ڕانه‌ بۆ شكاندنی‌ تینویه‌تی‌ رۆحی‌، گه‌ڕان نییه‌ بۆ تێركردنی‌ جه‌سته‌ی‌. نوشوستییه‌كانی‌ دنیای‌ ره‌گه‌ز له‌ جیهانی‌ هه‌رزه‌كاریدا ده‌بنه‌ به‌ڵگه‌ی‌ كڵۆڵ بوونی‌ عیشق و خانه‌وێرانی‌ خۆشه‌ویستی‌، بۆیه‌ پاش فامكردنێكی‌ ته‌واو عه‌قڵ خستنه‌كاری‌ دنیای‌ لاوی‌ واز له‌م گه‌ڕانه‌ی‌ ده‌ره‌وه‌ ده‌هێنێت به‌ره‌و پانتاییه‌كی‌ ده‌روونی‌ و دۆزینه‌وه‌ی‌ عیشقی‌ مه‌زن هه‌نگاوی‌ عه‌مه‌لی‌ ده‌ست پێده‌كات. له‌وانه‌یه‌ (نوشوستییه‌كانی‌ دنیای‌ هه‌ردوو ره‌گه‌ز لای‌ لاوان) ئه‌و پرسیاره‌ بینێته‌ گۆڕێ‌، كه‌ ئه‌مه‌ كاتێك ده‌بێت كه‌ نووشوستی‌ رووبدات، ئه‌ی‌ ئه‌گه‌ر سه‌ركه‌وتن رووی‌ داو به‌دڵخوازی‌ خۆی‌ گه‌یشت، ئه‌وكات؟ تینوویه‌تی‌ سه‌رچاوه‌ی‌ عیشقی‌ ده‌شكێت و سه‌فه‌ر دوا هه‌وارگه‌ی‌ بڕیوه‌.. به‌لاَم نا چونكه‌ خودی‌ راڤه‌ی‌ ئه‌و رسته‌یه‌ی‌ سه‌ره‌وه‌ ئه‌و پرسیاره‌ هه‌ڵ ناگرێ‌، سه‌ره‌ڕای‌ ئه‌وه‌ش كه‌ له‌ كه‌سمان نه‌سه‌لماندووه‌ ئه‌و نووشوستییه‌ واتای‌ به‌ دڵخواز نه‌گه‌یشتن بگه‌یه‌نێ‌، هه‌رچه‌ند له‌ هه‌ردوو حاڵه‌ته‌كه‌دا به‌دوا رۆشتن ده‌خوازێت، به‌لاَم به‌جێی‌ ده‌هێڵین بۆ ده‌لیلێك كه‌ واقیع پراكتیزه‌ی‌ كردبێت .. خۆ ئه‌گه‌ر ئه‌وه‌ نه‌بوو، ئه‌وا گرفتی‌ ئه‌و نییه‌ و پرسیار دروست نه‌بووه‌ تا وه‌لاَم بخوازێت. كاتی‌ َمرۆڤ گه‌یشته‌ ئه‌وه‌ی‌ كه‌ به‌بێ‌ عیشق ژیان مه‌حاڵه‌، گه‌ڕان و سه‌وداسه‌ری‌ ئه‌و عیشقه‌ ده‌بێته‌ هێزی‌ بزوتن و ئه‌یجوڵێنن.. كه‌ عیقیش له‌لای‌ بویه‌ سه‌ودای‌ (عیشقی‌ مه‌زن) و له‌ره‌گه‌زی‌ به‌رامبه‌ر تێپه‌ڕی‌ كرد، ئه‌وكاته‌ تینوویه‌تی‌ ده‌شكێت.. به‌لاَم! ده‌بێت سه‌ركه‌وتن بۆ ئه‌و عیشقه‌ بگاته‌ باڵه‌ كۆنه‌یه‌ك كه‌ ئاوێزانی‌ رۆحی‌ ئه‌به‌دی‌ خاوه‌نه‌كه‌ی‌ بێت، له‌م توانه‌وه‌یه‌دا راده‌ی‌ عیشق هێنده‌ بالاَ ئه‌بێ‌ ده‌گاته‌ راده‌ی‌ په‌رستن.. (عیشق مه‌زن ده‌بێت خوا ده‌په‌رسترێت) ئه‌م وته‌یه‌ پێچه‌وانه‌ی‌ قبوڵ ناكات، به‌لاَم ده‌ڵێین : عیشق به‌رهه‌می‌ مه‌عریفه‌یه‌ وه‌ك حه‌سه‌نی‌ به‌صری‌ ئه‌ڵێ‌ (عیشق به‌رهه‌می‌ مه‌عریفه‌یه‌ ئه‌وه‌ی‌ خوا بناسێ‌ ده‌بێته‌ عاشق، ئه‌وه‌ی‌ دنیا بناسێ‌ ده‌بێته‌ زاهد).. ئێمه‌ ته‌نها ئه‌مه‌مان لێ‌ زیاد كردووه‌: ئه‌وه‌ی‌ خوای‌ خۆش بوێ‌ ده‌یپه‌رستێت لێره‌وه‌ رازی‌ زاهدان و عارفان به‌خوا كه‌شف ده‌بێت، له‌ عیشقی‌ خوادا په‌رستنی‌ وا پیاده‌ی‌ ده‌كه‌ن كه‌ له‌ خودی‌ خۆیان زیاتر به‌ كه‌سی‌ تر ناكرێت و سه‌مه‌ره‌ی‌ په‌رستشیشیان ئاشكرا دیاره‌ a6lrmip7ed2soddwm9jpzp6x53hrxpc 10 3534 5909 4883 2015-10-21T22:07:23Z Gangleri 7 improuved to [[:{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]] **without** using [[m:Soft redirect]]|soft redirect - added BiDi safety - LANG="en" dir="ltr" wikitext text/x-wiki [[Image:Redirectltr.png|#REDIRECT ]]<span class="redirectText" id="softredirect">[[:{{{1}}}|{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]]</span><br /><span style="font-size:85%; padding-left:52px;" LANG="en" dir="ltr" >This page is a [[m:Soft redirect|soft redirect]].</span> 1ck76o1bo02hg51p6ohu2xow0xkifnl 8 3650 5392 5350 2013-02-07T01:39:32Z Pgehres (WMF) 600 Updating sidebar link to use subst:CONTENTLANGUAGE wikitext text/x-wiki //donate.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:FundraiserRedirector?utm_source=donate&utm_medium=sidebar&utm_campaign=C13_ku.wikibooks.org&uselang=ku chq5w85qa2x2s3fpp1cwaiulcuqi9av 10 3651 5025 2010-12-10T17:23:58Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="8" cellpadding="0" class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe2" style="width: 100%; font-size: 100%; border-style: solid; border-width: 3px; margin: auto; marg... wikitext text/x-wiki <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="8" cellpadding="0" class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe2" style="width: 100%; font-size: 100%; border-style: solid; border-width: 3px; margin: auto; margin-top: 3px; margin-bottom: 3px; clear: both; position:relative;"</onlyinclude></code></noinclude> </noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon]] 211tmq4oumume4xr1yqxcnioogx7d1m 10 3653 5027 2010-12-10T17:26:22Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="8" cellpadding="0" class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe1" style="width: 100%; font-size: 95%; border-bottom-style: solid; border-bottom-width:1px; margin... wikitext text/x-wiki <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="8" cellpadding="0" class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe1" style="width: 100%; font-size: 95%; border-bottom-style: solid; border-bottom-width:1px; margin-bottom: 1em; position:relative; clear:right;"</onlyinclude></code><noinclude> </noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon]] g8zolr2371plf00ya8m9l2m6p8ipfv0 10 3654 6348 5120 2017-10-08T13:03:41Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki <div id="template-documentation" class="template-documentation" style="clear:both; margin: 1em 0 0 0; border: 1px solid #aaa; background-color: #ecfcf4; padding: 1em;"><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{heading|μ}}}|<!--**DEFINED BUT EMPTY**--> |<!--**NOTHING**--> |<div style="padding-bottom:3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom:1ex">{{#ifeq:{{{content|μ}}}|μ |<span class="editsection plainlinks" id="doc_editlinks" style="float:right;font-size:95%;">{{#ifexist: {{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}} |<!--** /doc EXISTS** -->&#91;[[{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}}|nîşan bide]]&#93;&nbsp;[[{{fullurl:{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}}|action=edit}} biguherîne]]&nbsp;[[{{fullurl:{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}}|action=history}} dîrok]]&nbsp;[{{nûkirin|nûkirin}}] |<!--**/doc DOESN'T EXIST**-->[[{{fullurl:{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}}|action=edit&preload=Template:Documentation/preload}} çêke]] }}</span> }} <span style="{{#if:{{{heading-style|}}}|{{{heading-style}}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:template}}|font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%|font-size: 150%}}}}">{{#if:{{{heading|}}}|{{{heading}}}|{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:template}}|[[Image:Template-info.png|50px|link=]]&nbsp;Belgekirin|Belgekirin}}}}</span></div> }}<!-- --><div id="template_doc_page_transcluded" class="dablink plainlinks"><!-- -->{{#ifexist: {{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}} |<!--**/doc EXISTS**-->:''Ev belge ji [[{{{1|{{Belgekirin/nav}}}}}]] hatiye girtin'' <!-- --><span style="font-style:normal; font-size:88%;">(<!-- -->[{{fullurl:{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}}|action=edit}} biguherîne]<!-- --> {{!}} <!-- -->[{{fullurl:{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}}|action=history}} dîrok]<!-- -->)</span>.<br /><!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} |sandbox|testcases=<!--**DO NOT SHOW THESE LINKS ON THE SANDBOX/TESTCASES PAGES**--> |#default= {{#switch: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:template}} |{{ns:user}}= {{#ifexist: {{FULLPAGENAME}}/sandbox |This template has a [[/sandbox|sandbox]] <small style="font-style: normal">([{{fullurl:{{ #rel2abs: /sandbox }}|action=edit}} edit])</small> <!-- -->{{#ifexist: {{FULLPAGENAME}}/testcases |and [[/testcases|testcases]] <small style="font-style: normal">([{{fullurl:{{ #rel2abs: /testcases }}|action=edit}} edit])</small>}} for editors to experiment. |{{#ifexist: {{FULLPAGENAME}}/testcases |This template has [[/testcases|testcases]] <small style="font-style: normal">([{{fullurl:{{ #rel2abs: /testcases }}|action=edit}} edit])</small> for editors to experiment.}} }}}}}} </div> {{#if:{{{content|}}}|{{{content}}}|{{#ifexist:{{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}} | {{ {{{1|{{belgekirin/nav}}}}} }} }}}} <div style="clear: both;"></div> </div><noinclude> <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> pwymx8aptpooxrbapta4xsl9cjn35f7 10 3655 5029 2010-12-10T17:30:37Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: {{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} |sandbox|testcases={{ #rel2abs: ../belge}} |#default={{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}/belge }}<noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[en:Template:Documentatio... wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}} |sandbox|testcases={{ #rel2abs: ../belge}} |#default={{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}/belge }}<noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[en:Template:Documentation/docname]] [[ja:Template:Documentation/docname]] </noinclude> qaputxglyb384dgzk62jycjk5q7m6hv 10 3656 6349 5030 2017-10-08T13:05:25Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{#rel2abs: ..}}/belge | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} | <div class="toc" style="text-align: center;"> [[:{{#rel2abs: .. | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}]] · [[:{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}|Belgekirin]] · [[{{#rel2abs: .. | {{TALKPAGENAME}}}}|Guftûgo]] · [[Special:Whatlinkshere/{{#rel2abs: .. | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}|Rûpelên girêdayî]] </div> [[Kategorî:Belgeyên şablonan|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> bcw0n4gdu8y2r8hnei3583etsz6sbwb 10 3657 5031 2010-12-10T17:33:29Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: {{Belgekirin (geran)}} == Bikaranîn == * <code><nowiki><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude></nowiki></code> :→ an jî <code><nowiki><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude></nowi... wikitext text/x-wiki {{Belgekirin (geran)}} == Bikaranîn == * <code><nowiki><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude></nowiki></code> :→ an jî <code><nowiki><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude></nowiki></code>. == Rûpelên girêdayî == * {{tl|Belgekirin (geran)}} * {{tl|Belgekirin/nav}} <includeonly> [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[ckb:داڕێژە:Documentation]] [[de:Vorlage:Dokumentation]] [[diq:Template:Documentation]] [[dsb:Pśedłoga:Dokumentacija]] [[en:Template:Documentation]] [[eo:Ŝablono:Dok]] [[es:Plantilla:Documentación]] [[fr:Modèle:Documentation modèle]] [[hsb:Předłoha:Doc]] [[hu:Sablon:Sablondokumentáció]] [[ko:틀:틀 설명문서]] [[nl:Sjabloon:Sjabdoc]] [[pl:Szablon:Dokumentacja]] [[ru:Шаблон:Doc]] [[sl:Predloga:Dokumentacija]] [[uk:Шаблон:Doc]] [[zh:Template:Documentation]] </includeonly> qwf5z4wf34g3qsccdysqb69m8qafmgx 10 3658 5032 2010-12-10T17:34:35Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: {{[[Şablon:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}<noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki {{[[Şablon:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}<noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> iwj5wnvmvenjdfrky36unk33mu9i55r 10 3659 5033 2010-12-10T17:36:29Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <span class="noprint plainlinks purgelink">[{{fullurl:{{{page|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}|action=purge}} <span title="Vê rûpelê nûke">{{{1|Nûkirin}}}</span>]</span><noinclude> [[Kategorî:... wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="noprint plainlinks purgelink">[{{fullurl:{{{page|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}|action=purge}} <span title="Vê rûpelê nûke">{{{1|Nûkirin}}}</span>]</span><noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]] </noinclude> qn6sicokuzie07tayboz4ip7zqxzsrv 14 3660 5410 5409 2013-03-16T10:58:21Z VolkovBot 250 r2.7.2) (robot zêdekirin:[[et:Kategooria:Mallid]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk]] [[af:Kategorie:Sjablone]] [[az:Kateqoriya:Şablonlar]] [[bg:Категория:Шаблони]] [[bs:Kategorija:Šabloni]] [[ca:Categoria:Plantilles]] [[da:Kategori:Skabeloner]] [[de:Kategorie:Vorlage]] [[en:Category:Templates]] [[eo:Kategorio:Vikilibroj:Ŝablonoj]] [[es:Categoría:Plantillas]] [[et:Kategooria:Mallid]] [[fi:Luokka:Mallineet]] [[fr:Catégorie:Modèles]] [[gl:Categoría:Marcadores]] [[he:קטגוריה:תבניות]] [[hu:Kategória:Sablonok]] [[hy:Կատեգորիա:Կաղապարներ]] [[ia:Categoria:Patronos]] [[id:Kategori:Templat]] [[is:Flokkur:Snið]] [[it:Categoria:Template]] [[ja:カテゴリ:ウィキブックスのテンプレート]] [[ka:კატეგორია:თარგები]] [[la:Categoria:Formulae]] [[lt:Kategorija:Šablonai]] [[ml:വർഗ്ഗം:ഫലകങ്ങൾ]] [[ne:श्रेणी:Templates]] [[no:Kategori:Maler]] [[pl:Kategoria:Szablony]] [[ro:Categorie:Formate Wikipedia]] [[ru:Категория:Викиучебник:Шаблоны]] [[sq:Kategoria:Stampa]] [[sr:Категорија:Шаблони]] [[sv:Kategori:Mallar]] [[tr:Kategori:Şablonlar]] sqxjv1xen1l67l3pbg143spzx64zmtb 14 3684 5067 2011-04-19T17:36:47Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: [[Kategorî:PHP]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:PHP]] fkti4j5k242ryzpzspvvus25dbnl8x9 10 3685 5284 5069 2012-05-14T16:12:10Z Gomada 570 wikitext text/x-wiki {| border="0" cellspacing="8" cellpadding="0" style="background-color: #FFFACD; border: 1px dashed orange; font-size: 95%" | style="width: 30px" | [[Wêne:Icon delete.svg|40px|link=:Kategorî:Jêbirin]] | Ev rûpel dê were betalkirin, ji ber ku ev ne gotareke derbasdar a Wîkîpirtûkê ye. Eger tu '''nexwazî''' ev rûpel were betalkirin, sedema wê li [[{{NAMESPACE}} Nîqaş:{{PAGENAME}}|guftûgoya]] rûpelê binivisîne. <p> '''Sedem:''' {{{1}}} |}<includeonly>[[Kategorî:Jêbirin]]</includeonly><noinclude> == Bikaranîn == '''<tt><nowiki>{{jêbirin|1=sedem}}</nowiki></tt>''' Gotaren ye jêbirinê hene wederene: [[:Kategorî:Jêbirin]]. [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]] </noinclude> 3lk798sywb3hr6cj6te0ymh1v2y39tu 14 3687 6580 5073 2020-06-15T08:46:06Z Samuele2002 1681 +__EXPECTUNUSEDCATEGORY__ wikitext text/x-wiki __EXPECTUNUSEDCATEGORY__ [[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk]] kt5prioirt1byeoplta5r52gmo5iwdh 14 3688 5074 2011-04-22T15:30:09Z 85.176.139.18 Rûpela nû: [[Kategorî:!Serkategorî]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:!Serkategorî]] gjhjgkmk0bcw94p4pfw51wm17czvj8v 10 3714 6582 5109 2020-06-15T10:45:21Z Samuele2002 1681 fix [[Special:LintErrors]] wikitext text/x-wiki {| {{Dîzayn3}} |align="center"|[[Wêne:Crystal Clear action run.svg|50px]] |align="left" width="100%"|'''Ez [[Wîkîferheng:Bots|Bot]]ekim, ê ku ji terefê [[:{{{site|ku}}}:User:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]] tê bikaranîn.''' * Xebatê vî bot'î [[Special:Contributions/{{{Name|{{PAGENAME}}}}}|kontrol bike]] * Eger problemek hebe, ji kerema xwere li berê xwe bide [[:{{{site|ku}}}:User talk:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]].</small> |}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Bot (şablon)|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> g3hv6arvq7kvnbcs4qp7lsv8nykrhxu 14 3715 5110 2011-07-18T11:49:25Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: [[Kategorî:Şablon]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:Şablon]] avpbef8jlfg8pspgezq098eflggpxxx 10 3716 5113 5112 2011-07-18T11:51:18Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki {| style="background-color: transparent; text-align: center;" align="center" class="plainlinks" |style="text-align: center; font-size: 2em; line-height:normal"|<b>Temirandinê derûrî yê {{{titlename|robot'an}}}</b> |- |style="text-align: center; font-size: 100%; padding: .2em;" class="nounderlines plainlinksneverexpand"| <br><center> <div style="position:relative; width:128px; height:128px; overflow:hidden;"><div style="position:absolute; font-size:1000px; overflow:hidden; line-height:1000px; letter-spacing:1000px;">[{{fullurl:Special:Blockip|wpBlockAddress={{PAGENAMEE}}&wpBlockExpiry=indefinite&wpAnonOnly=0&wpEnableAutoblock=0&wpCreateAccount=0&wpBlockReason=Şaşbûnên%20bot:%20}} &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;]</div>[[Image:Crystal Clear action exit.svg|128px]]</div> </center><br> |- |'''[[Wikibooks:Koordînator|Koordînatoran]]:''' Li vê button'ê xwe eger {{{name|ev bot'a}}} şaşbûnan dike. ([{{fullurl:Special:Blockip|wpBlockAddress={{PAGENAMEE}}&wpBlockExpiry=indefinite&wpAnonOnly=0&wpEnableAutoblock=0&wpCreateAccount=0&wpBlockReason=Şaşbûnên%20bot:%20}} <span style="color:#002bb8;font-weight:bold">lînk</span>]) Ne-koordînator dikarin şaşbûnên bot'an li [[Wikibooks:Bot/Şaşbûn|vir]] binivisînin. |}<noinclude> <noinclude>[[Kategorî:Bot (şablon)|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> </noinclude> jgoe2vua3l2xk36tzy2ijtdsh16dqm6 10 3717 5114 2011-07-18T11:51:57Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: {| cellpadding="3" class="toccolours" width="100%" ! style="background: #ccccff; text-align: right; vertical-align: middle;" width="15%" | Bot-operator | {{{Bot-Operator|}}} |- ! style... wikitext text/x-wiki {| cellpadding="3" class="toccolours" width="100%" ! style="background: #ccccff; text-align: right; vertical-align: middle;" width="15%" | Bot-operator | {{{Bot-Operator|}}} |- ! style="background: #ccccff; text-align: right; vertical-align: middle;" width="15%" | Name of the bot | {{{Name of the bot|}}} |- ! style="background: #ccccff; text-align: right; vertical-align: middle;" width="15%" | operation procedure of the bot | {{{operation procedure of the bot|}}} |}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Bot (şablon)|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> ohsf3wlbl6tunke0e1hmtls7ue888lk 10 3718 5115 2011-07-18T11:52:53Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <span class="serial-and"> û</span><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Şablon]]{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="serial-and"> û</span><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Şablon]]{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> kld66fut4d7squaud3lpa3rmimtsid2 10 3719 5116 2011-07-18T11:53:41Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: {{{1|}}}<sup>(?)</sup><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki {{{1|}}}<sup>(?)</sup><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> k1es6a0txy1zzk926eljepydhujylmn 10 3720 5117 2011-07-18T11:54:19Z Şêr 437 + wikitext text/x-wiki [[Wêne:Yes check.svg|15px|link=]]&nbsp;{{{1|Erê}}}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> jnncb5dyog0w8h9x147i98zn6a5kdsa 10 3721 5118 2011-07-18T11:56:11Z Şêr 437 Redirect berve [[Şablon:Jêbirin]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Şablon:Jêbirin]] blfet6wienxcck7oskh9q07697xvstf 10 3722 5121 2011-07-18T11:59:15Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <span style="display: inline">[[Wêne:Symbol OK.svg|16px|Çêbû]]&nbsp;</span>'''Çêbû'''<noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="display: inline">[[Wêne:Symbol OK.svg|16px|Çêbû]]&nbsp;</span>'''Çêbû'''<noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> ckxe5l70ul6ht2mcq9f2pqam11gw2n4 10 3723 5122 2011-07-18T12:00:00Z Şêr 437 Redirect berve [[Şablon:Çêbû]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Şablon:Çêbû]] 4l8qzhyxefa5x5sl7x3uv2wzo45xg3v 10 3724 5123 2011-07-18T12:00:54Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="5" cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; font-size:100%; border:3px solid #DD0000; background-color:#FFDDDD; position:relative;"</onlyinclude></code> <noin... wikitext text/x-wiki <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="5" cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; font-size:100%; border:3px solid #DD0000; background-color:#FFDDDD; position:relative;"</onlyinclude></code> <noinclude>[[Kategorî:Dîzayn (şablon)]]</noinclude> kvlaoyn8ovc7yw2vkudx5prephuq0w3 10 3725 5124 2011-07-18T12:01:30Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="4" cellpadding="4" class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe3" style="width: 100%; font-size: 100%; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; clear: both; posit... wikitext text/x-wiki <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="4" cellpadding="4" class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe3" style="width: 100%; font-size: 100%; border-style: solid; border-width: 2px; clear: both; position:relative;"</onlyinclude></code><noinclude> [[Kategorî:Dîzayn (şablon)]] </noinclude> 49hr4d9lx43uf30zwdpm2jy54zkc0uq 10 3726 5125 2011-07-18T12:02:02Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="5" cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; font-size:100%; border:3px solid #0000DD; background-color:#DDDDFF; position:relative;"</onlyinclude></code> <noin... wikitext text/x-wiki <code><onlyinclude>cellspacing="5" cellpadding="5" style="width: 100%; font-size:100%; border:3px solid #0000DD; background-color:#DDDDFF; position:relative;"</onlyinclude></code> <noinclude>[[Kategorî:Dîzayn (şablon)]]</noinclude> 8e199xqmupx9y52el6yd9ia7eayz8lf 10 3727 5132 5126 2011-07-20T11:35:59Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki [[aa:]] [[af:]] [[als:]] [[ar:]] [[as:]] [[ast:]] <!-- missing WikiMedia 1.3 support --> [[ay:]] [[az:]] [[be:]] [[bg:]] [[bn:]] [[bo:]] [[bs:]] [[cs:]] [[co:]] [[cs:]] [[cy:]] [[da:]] [[de:]] [[en:]] [[el:]] [[eo:]] [[es:]] [[et:]] [[eu:]] [[fa:]] [[fi:]] [[fr:]] [[fy:]] [[ga:]] [[gl:]] [[gn:]] [[gu:]] [[he:]] [[hi:]] [[hr:]] [[hy:]] [[ia:]] [[id:]] [[is:]] [[it:]] [[ja:]] [[ka:]] [[kk:]] [[km:]] [[kn:]] [[ko:]] [[ks:]] [[ky:]] [[la:]] [[ln:]] <!-- missing WikiMedia 1.3 support --> [[lo:]] [[lt:]] [[lv:]] [[hu:]] [[mi:]] [[mk:]] [[ml:]] [[mn:]] [[mr:]] [[ms:]] [[mt:]] <!-- missing WikiMedia 1.3 support --> [[my:]] [[na:]] [[nah:]] [[nds:]] [[ne:]] [[nl:]] [[no:]] [[oc:]] [[om:]] [[pa:]] [[pl:]] [[ps:]] [[pt:]] [[qu:]] [[ro:]] [[ru:]] [[sa:]] [[si:]] [[sk:]] [[sl:]] [[sq:]] [[sr:]] [[sv:]] [[sw:]] [[ta:]] [[te:]] [[tg:]] [[th:]] [[tk:]] [[tl:]] [[tr:]] [[tt:]] [[ug:]] [[uk:]] [[ur:]] [[uz:]] [[vi:]] [[vo:]] [[xh:]] [[yo:]] [[za:]] [[zh:]] [[zu:]] <noinclude>[[Kategorî:Destpêk|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 3t3zk833v5c535mqjr8qkckml3ac20f 10 3728 6288 6286 2017-02-18T17:34:17Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__ {|- width="100%" class="plainlinks" colspan="2" bgcolor="#f2f2f2" style="border:1px solid #cfcfcf;padding:1em;padding-top:0.5em;padding-bottom:0em;" |- | valign="top" | <h3>Tu bi xêr hatî Wîkîpirtûkê!</h3> Di Wîkîpirtûkê de niha '''[[Special:Statistics|{{NUMBEROFARTICLES}}]] pirtûk''' hene. <br> Armanca Wîkîpirtûkê ew e ku pirtûkan û belgeyan sererast bike û belaş pêşkêş bike.<br> Tu jî dikarî alîkariya me bikî! |style="float:right; padding-top:0.5em;" | [[Wêne:Pêshangeha Pirtûkan a Amedê 2012 Standa Weshanên Belkî.JPG|150px|right|link=]] |} 0ei1nvqox1dmz3sedn4waq3cxz6ct9h 10 3729 5130 2011-07-20T11:33:34Z Şêr 437 . wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="layout plainlinks" cellpadding="4" style="width:100%; margin:auto; text-align:left; background:transparent;" | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikipedia-logo.svg|40px default [[w:|Wîkîpediya]] desc none</imagemap> | style="width:33%;" | '''[http://ku.wikipedia.org/wiki/Destp%C3%AAk Wîkîpediya] <small>([[w:ckb:|ckb]], [[w:diq:|diq]])</small>'''<br />Ensîklopedî | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Commons-logo.svg|40px default [[commons:|Commons]] desc none</imagemap> | style="width:33%;" | '''[http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Ana_Sayfa Commons]'''<br />Wêne û mêdyayên din | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikinews-logo.svg|40px default [[n:|Wîkînûçe]] desc none</imagemap> | style="width:33%;" | '''[http://ku.wikipedia.org/wiki/W%C3%AEk%C3%AEpediya:W%C3%AEk%C3%AEn%C3%BB%C3%A7e_test Wîkînûçe]'''<br />Nûçe |- | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikiquote-logo.svg|40px default [[q:|Wîkîgotin]] desc none</imagemap> | '''[http://ku.wikiquote.org/wiki/Destp%C3%AAk Wîkîgotin]'''<br />Gotinên kesan | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wiktionary-logo-ku.png|40px default [[b:|Wîkîferheng]] desc none</imagemap> | '''[http://ku.wiktionary.org/wiki/Destp%C3%AAk Wîkîferheng]'''<br />Ferheng | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikisource-logo.svg|40px default [[s:|Wîkîçavkanî]] desc none</imagemap> | '''[http://wikisource.org/wiki/Main_Page:Kurd%C3%AE Wîkîçavkanî]'''<br />Çavkaniya azad |- | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikispecies-logo.svg|40px default [[wikispecies:|Wikispecies]] desc none</imagemap> | '''[http://species.wikimedia.org/wiki/Ana_Sayfa Wikispecies]'''<br />Directory of species | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikiversity-logo.svg|40px default [[v:|Wikiversity]] desc none</imagemap> | '''[http://en.wikiversity.org/ Wikiversity]'''<br />Platforma fêrbûnê | style="text-align:center;" | <imagemap>Wêne:Wikimedia-logo.svg|40px default [[m:|Meta-Wiki]] desc none</imagemap> | '''[http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Ana_Sayfa Meta-Wîkî]'''<br />Koordînasyon |} </div><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Destpêk|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> mve4vgdt77m299ho07334540h81up38 10 3730 5137 5136 2011-07-20T11:59:18Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{binrûpel|[[Wîkîpirtûk:Alîkarî|Alîkarî]]|[[Wîkîpirtûk:Birêveberî|Birêveberî]]}}</includeonly> <div class="noprint hintergrundfarbe3 rahmenfarbe1" style="float:right; margin-left:5px; padding:0px; border-style: solid; width:13em"> <div class="hintergrundfarbe1 rahmenfarbe1" style="font-size:100%; padding: 0.5em; border-bottom-style: solid;"> <div style="padding-bottom:0.2em;">[[Wêne:Info icon 001.svg|right|23px]]</div>'''[[Wîkîprtûk:Birêveberî|Birêveberî]]''' </div> <div class="hintergrundfarbe2" style="padding: 0.5em; padding-bottom: 1em; font-size: 90%;"> * [[Wîkîpirtûk:Admînistrator|Admînistrator]] * [[Wîkîpirtûk:Burokrat|Burokrat]] * [[Wîkîpirtûk:Vandalîzm|Vandalîzm]] * [[Wîkîpirtûk:Astengkirin|Astengkirin]] * [[Wîkîpirtûk:Bot|Bot]] </div> </div><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk:Birêveberî]]</noinclude> rn4yli983v9jnpj3h6r6115excub5pc 4 3731 5138 2011-07-20T12:00:26Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: __NOTOC__ {{Linkbox Birêveberî}} '''Kî kare bibe koordînator/admînîstrator?''' * Namzet divê ji du meha heta sê meha di Wîkîferhegê de aktîv xebatan bike. * Divê qanûn ê ... wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ {{Linkbox Birêveberî}} '''Kî kare bibe koordînator/admînîstrator?''' * Namzet divê ji du meha heta sê meha di Wîkîferhegê de aktîv xebatan bike. * Divê qanûn ê di Wîkîferhengê de zanibe û karibe wa bi kar bîne. * Ne ew kesê ku zav gotar nivisandiya, ew kesê ku zav sererastkirin pêk anînye,kare bibi admînîstrator. ------------------------------- *'''Xebatên admînîstratorekî/ê'''? '''Jêbirin/''' *Admînistrator karin wêne û gotaran jêbibin. * Ew pelên ku admînistratorek jêdibe, temamî jê nayin birin, lê belê ew pel ji terefên bikarhênerên din nayên dîtin û li cîhe kî tên qeydkirin. * '''Jêbirina versiyonê''' == Lîsta [[m:Administrator|admînistratoran]] == {| cellspacing="3" style="width:100%" |- style="background-color:#ccccee;" |'''Bikarhêner''' |'''Destpêkirin ''' |'''Tayînkirin''' |-style="background-color:#eeeeff;" |[[Bikarhêner:Erdal Ronahi|Erdal Ronahi]] | |} === Çavkanî === * [[Taybet:ListUsers/sysop]] [[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk:Birêveberî]] 4t2iom2bc31qnmq3109fuyklc5ye43g 10 3732 5139 2011-07-20T12:00:50Z Şêr 437 Rûpela nû: <div id="contentSub"><span class="subpages" style="font-size:110%">&lt; {{{1}}} {{#if:{{{2|}}}|&lt; {{{2|}}}|&lt; '''{{PAGENAME}}'''}} {{#ifeq:{{{3|}}}|{{{2|}}}||{{#if:{{{3|}}}|&lt; {{{... wikitext text/x-wiki <div id="contentSub"><span class="subpages" style="font-size:110%">&lt; {{{1}}} {{#if:{{{2|}}}|&lt; {{{2|}}}|&lt; '''{{PAGENAME}}'''}} {{#ifeq:{{{3|}}}|{{{2|}}}||{{#if:{{{3|}}}|&lt; {{{3|}}}}} &lt; '''{{PAGENAME}}'''}}</span></div><noinclude>[[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]]</noinclude> 6h70gv0i6qd1qlj6cq4ck5co22di3r5 4 3733 5161 5140 2011-10-06T20:33:07Z Şêr 437 sererastkirin wikitext text/x-wiki {{Linkbox Birêveberî}} '''Karên burokratan çi ne?''' * Burokrat karin bikarhênerekî bikin [[:Wîkîferheng:Admînistrator|admînîstrator]] an jî burokrat. * Kesê/a ku burokrat e, kare navên bikarhêneran biguherîne. * Burokrat karin statûya [[Wîkîferheng:Bots|Bot]] bidin bikarhênerekî. == Lîsteya [[m:Bureaucrats|burokratan]]== '''Lîsteyan bûrokratên ê di Wîkîpirtûka kurdî''' {| cellspacing="3" style="width:100%" |- style="background-color:#ccccee;" |'''Bikarhêner''' |'''Tayînkirin''' |-style="background-color:#eeeeff;" |[[Bikarhêner:Erdal Ronahi|Erdal Ronahi]] | |} [[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk:Birêveberî]] tfof1huv48mu5epjjs4dqkexnd6pwmm 10 3747 5162 2011-10-06T20:34:26Z Şêr 437 ji bo [[Şablon:Erê]] hate beralîkirin wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Şablon:Erê]] qwvadwetdyv8axftxo35x8ur3n5vi8y 10 3748 5163 2011-10-06T20:38:53Z Şêr 437 beralîkirin wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Şablon:Belgekirin]] anh9nq0ixmki5e7exqilhzy04er8494 0 3871 5425 5335 2013-04-29T19:18:37Z Bedry2009 819 wikitext text/x-wiki Mişkeke biçûk, hefsarê hêştirekî qirase girtibû, xwe ba dikir û diçû. Hêştir jî li gor hemdê xwe hêdî hêdî mişk teqîb dikir.Mişk xwe qure kir, pesnê xwe da û got:"Maşallah ez 'egîdekî çawa me!Min hefsarê hêştir girtiye destê xwe û ez diçim." Dema ku hêştir rewşa mişka ferq kir di nav xwe de got:"Tu yê niha bibinî, ez ê dersek çawa bidim te!" Her du heval bi vî avayî meşiyan, û gelek rê çûn.Lê çemekî ew qas mezin derket ber wan ku fîlek nikare jê derbas bibe.Mişk li ber çem mit û mehtel maye û bêçare ketiye nav qisawetan.Lê hêştir xwe gijgijandiye û gotiye: Ey mişka ku li çiya û çola hevaltiyam min dikir, tu çima sekinî?Ev çi rewş e.Bi mêranî têkevê avê û rêberiya xwe bidomîne.Di nav avê de nesekîne. Mişk bersiva hêştirê wiha daye: Ev av gelek mezin û kûr e.Ey hevalê min ez ditirsim ku di nav avê de bixeniqim. Hêştir gotiye: Ka bisekine ez binêrin av çi qas kûr e.Pê xwe xistiye nav avê. Paşê ziviriye û ji mişk re gotiye: Ey mişka kor, tu ev qas ditirsî lê av digihîje çokê min.Tu çima ev qas ditirşî? Mişk gotiye: Ew tişta ku tu mîna morîyan dibînî bizanibe kû, li gorê min ejderha ye.Di navbera çokan de ferq hene, ji çokan heta çokan ferq hene.Belê av tê heta çokê te; lê tu jî dizanî ez ê dı nav avê de bixeniqim. Hêştirê dı hundirê xwe de gotiye:"Tu nû ketî dafika min."Paşê jî dest bi gotinê kiriye. Madem wisa ye êdî heddê xwe bizane.Xwe mezin nebîne.Tu here bi mişkan re bikevî pêşbaziyê. Mişk li ser vê rewşa ya 'elewat ketiye şermê, tobe kiriye û paşê jî gotiye: Ji bo Xweda min ji vê avê derbas bike.Heke tu aliyê min nekî ez ê bixeniqim. Mişkê hê lava dikir ku, gunehê hêştirê pê hat û got: Temam derkeve ser pişta min.Were hotika min bigre ez te derbasê aliyê din m.Min heta merivên çawa derbas kir heke ji te re bêjim tê şaş û mehtel bimînî.De were xwe bavêje ser pişta min, de em herin, de zû bike, tu yê min dereng bixî. Mirovên nefsbiçûk nezan nehesibîne.Mezintiya mezinan ewe ku mezin be jî xwe biçûk nîşan dide.Biçûktiya mezin ew e ku digel biçûktiya xwe, xwe mezin nîşan dide. fy2yi2qydghphdhpzioxfewurw1ywk8 0 3874 5361 5349 2012-11-15T17:24:54Z Şêr 437 wikitext text/x-wiki Zivistana reş, birînkir kûr di dilê kîşwer biharê de vekiribû zivistan li ser siruştê bûbû serdest. Hemî xweşiya biharê daqurtî zikê xwe kiribû. Asîmanê çîksayî di nava ewrên reş tarî de winda bûbû. Êdî stêrkên geşagir çiyayê Agirî ronî nedikirin. Agirî di nava dorpêça reşiyê de, dinalî! Ew qas dinalîm te digo qey pêjna nexêrbûyarekê dikir. Û dengê birûskan erd û ezman dihejand ! Bêrawestan baran di barî û ewrên kembax hê girantir dibûn, dibûn yek û wisa bi hev ve hatin cebirkirin, êdî tu gêz nikaribû wan ji hev bilav bike. Û bager.... Sê şervanên azadiyê, mîna sê teyrên ji refê xwe qutbûyî, ji koma xwe qutbûyî, ji koma xwe qutbûbû. Kemîna ku neyarê çavsor li ser riya komê vedebû, piştî şerê çar rojan, koma şervanan bi berxwedaneke bêhemp kemîna bêbext birîbûn û xwe ji dojeha bênavnîşan xilaskiribûn. Lê, koma gerîla ji hev belav bûobû, têkiliyên wan ji hev hatibû birn. Sê gerîla jî bûbûn mêhvanê çiyayê Agirî. Evîna çaw zer, bi keziyê xwe yê renghine girt û guvaşt, da ku ji awa baranê ziwa bibe. Lê, Evîn bêreng bû, rû mirûz lirîbû, dilê we ne rehat bû. Tenê dixwest bi lezgînî peywendiyê bi hevalên xwe ê komê re girêbide. Berê xwe da her du hevalên xwe, Dijwar û Sîpan, got: dikarin însyatîfa xwe bikar bînin. Lê, têkilî pir girînge ! Bê têkilî dê mere li me bibin dojeh! . Sîpan serê xwe rakir, li nav çavên Evîn nihêrt û dûr çû. Rojên berê mîna Filmekî anî ber çavê xwe. Roja ku Evîn ji xaltîka xwe xwestibû û gustîlk kiribûn tilîka her, anî bîra xwe. Lê, niha gelekî dilxweş bû, tim rûyê wî mîna gulelê vekirîbû. Ji xwe ewj xortekî bedew, bejin dirêj, dagirtî, çav şîn û por xelek bû. Sîpan kenî. Kenê Sîpan ji çawên Evîn nerevî. Evîn têgihêşt ku Sîpan çi diponije. Ew jî kenî û bû hevkarê Sîpan. Lê Evîn, xwe da hev û peyivî : - Hevalno, hûn dibêjin çi ? Dijwar rabû ser piyan, çeka xwe hilgirt, got : -E herî rast, ez dibêm, em bi rêbikevin. Lewre, ciyê şer ji me ne dûre Sîpan : -Ez jî, tevlî hevalê Dijwar dibim. Her sê bi çiyayê Agirî ve hilkişiyan. Baranê jî, qet navber nedabû û bi mişînî dibarî. Evîn li pêş, Dijwar li pey û Sîpan li dûv Dijwar, dimeşîn. Ew qasî meşîn, çokên wan şistbûn, xwêdan di her deverên wan re avêtibş der. Piştî meşke dirêj, gihan riyeke piçûk- teng û kevirekî, kevir di binê lingê wê de xindirî, û Evîn li ser dev û rûyê xwe ket û di gelî de hate xwar Dijwar û Sîpan li hemberî vê dîmena erjeng, di cî de cemidîn, matmayî man li hemberî şehîdbûna Evîn. Ji xwe çiyayê Agirî, çiyayê serbilind, çiyayê ku tucarî bijna xwe li ber neyaran netewandî, ev yek qet qebûl nedikir. Dixwest di wê katê de volqana xwe biteqîne, ew qasî zivir bûbû. Lê, li hemberî zagonên xwezayê bêçare bû. Ji ber ku ew bi xwe parçek ji wan zagonan bû. Lê Sîpan, Sîpanê dilbirên nema xwe girt, çavên wî bûne hevalên barana ku hêjî dibarî. Hêstiran xwe ji çavan berda xwar û nema disekinîn. Û Sîpan kire qêrîn : - Evîîîn !... [[Kategorî:Çîrok]] c6djuy0an5ysjt2km334lhn8bv8qxs2 0 3895 5372 2012-12-16T13:34:53Z Bedry2009 819 Rûpela nû: "Seydayê Namî Namî, meji nameya te zanî Seydayîji bo melay Xanî Cîgerxwîn Mele Ehmcd Namî (Mele Ehmed Mehmûd Ebdela) saJa 1906 h Kurdistana bakur, h gundê Erbetê (nêzî..." wikitext text/x-wiki Seydayê Namî Namî, meji nameya te zanî Seydayîji bo melay Xanî Cîgerxwîn Mele Ehmcd Namî (Mele Ehmed Mehmûd Ebdela) saJa 1906 h Kurdistana bakur, h gundê Erbetê (nêzî Nisêbînê) hatiye dinc Hm ew biçûk bû, bavê vî çû rehmetc. Li gor Seyda ii ser mirina bavê xwe, paşiyê ji zarokên xwe re digot "ez h ber mirina bave xwe ketim, çimkî şekir didan min ", diyar dibe ku bi çûna bavê, temenê Seyda 3-4 salî bû. Lê h gor gotina Scyda ew pir bi minna diya xwe êşiya, lewra hingc deh salî bû. Berî mirina dê, temiya wî li metikê dike û jê re dibêje ku Ehmedo bê xwendm mehêhn. Metika Seydo gotina dê h erdê naxe û Ehmedê sêwî dide xwendm. Paşiyê Seydayê Namî, dadikevc bin xetê binxetê Li gundê Telşeîrê li ba Şêx Ibrahîm feqîtiya xwe didomîne Dûre bi çendekî diçe ba Sêx Ehmedê Xiznawî, h wirajî demekê dimî- ne. Gava feqîtiya xwe temam dike, h gundc Tilşeîrê dibe mele û li wira jî dizewice. Di vê demê de dan û standinên wî bi Mîr Celadet Bedir-Xan re çêdibin. Loma jî di vê pêlc de Tilşeîrê dibe wargehek kuiturî, civakî û siyasî. Gava Seydayê Namî dibistana keçan h gund vedike, şêx û melên herêmê êrîşê tînin ser, ji mirîdcn xwe re dibêjin "Namî konê şeytên h ser girê Tilşeîrê vegirtiye. "Ji bextiyariya Mele Namî re, wê demê axayê gund Eliyê Ebdê, paş- mêriya Seyda dike, şêx bi mirîdên xwe re polî-poşman vedigerin. Paşî vê bûyerê, kevaniya Seyda bi lome jê re dibêje "Çima te ev qiyamet anî serê me! Te mekteb vekir, lê zarokên me yên xwendinê jî tune ne! "Seydalê vedigerîne û dibêje: "Zarokcn kurdan hemû yên min in..." Di dcmek wilo de dijwariya vekirina dibistanê di vê bûyerê de jî diyar dibe. Dibêjin piştî ku Seydayê Namî bi zorê kurê gavan xist dibistanê, gavanê belengaz h ber dîwêr rûnişt giriya û nifir kirin: " Heger tiştek bi lawê min bê, bira xwedê ji Mele Namî re nehêle!..." Li gor gotinên zarokên Seyda, di destpêka salên pcncî de, mala wan ji Tilşeîrê radibe, bi temamî li bajarê Qamîşlo datî- ne. Li vira Mele Namî xebata xwe ya edebî, siyasî û civakî didomîne. Ew heya dawiya jiyana xwe li qamişlo dimîne, sala 1975-a piştê nexweşiyeke dirêj, Seyda Namî serê xwe datîne û li goristana bajêr tê veşartin. Seydayê Namî sê eserên nivîsî li pey xwe hiştibûn. Ji wana "Dîwana Rista" sala 1986-a bi awayê broşurekê di bin navê "Daxwazname" de li Stockholmê hat weşandin. Li gor pêşgotina Seydayê Namî bi xwe ya di wê dîwanê de nivîsiye, pirê ristên wî hatine qetandin û windakirin. Tenê tiştên ku xelkê ji ber kiribûn (paşê Seyda ji devê wan kesan nivîsandibûn) yan jî ew ên ku di Hawar û Ronahiyê de hatibûn belav kirin. Bi çi awayî eserên Seyda hatin talankirin, wî bi xwe di pêşgotina ristan de nivîsiye. Tiştê ku em dikarin lê zêde bikin ev e: Dibê- jin ku Seydayê Namî her carji tirsa polîs berhemên xwe li malên gundî û cîranan vedişart. Carekê, gundiyekî nivîsandinên Seyda di turekî de h ber zikê axur veşartibû. Piştî pêlekê, Seyda tê wan dixwaze. Dema li tûrik dinêrin, dibînin ku çêlckan cûtiye. tiştek tê de nemaye. Seydayê belengaz polî poşman û bi dilşikestî vedigere malê. Herçi eserê Seydayê Namî yê duduya; Agirê Sinema Amû- dê, ev pirtûka ku niha di destê we de ye. Li Bajarê Amûdê bixwe du şewatên bi nav û deng çêbûne. Sewata pêşî, di salên 30-î de, dema ku balafirên Fransizan Amû- dê bombe kirin, bi bombardimanê bajar hate şewitandin. Tevî ku daniştwarên Amûdê mîna hemû gelê Kurd, di wê demê de rûpelên lehengî di dîroka şerê serxwebûna gelên Suriyayê de bi xwîna xwe nivîsandin jî, lêbelê pozê dîrokvanên ereban ncşcwitî û gotinek li ser vê têkoşînê nenivîsandin û herçî miletê Kurd jî wek hercar hemû tiştê xwe, çi edeb û çi dîrok be, dispêre hişê kesên ku bûyerê dibîhîzin an bi çavê xwe dibînin. Loma ji piştî mirina van kesan bûyer jî bi wan re dimire. Şewata sinema Amûdê, ya duduya ye ku bi destê dijmin li vî bajarî kewimiye. Ev li gor şewata pêşî ne pir dûr e. Hîn bi hezaran kes hene, ku şewata sinemê bi çavê xwe dîtine. Heya nihajî şopên vê bûyerê li Amûdê mane. Ev, berî her tiştî "park" a ku li şûna sinemê hatiye çêkirin û danîna heykelê ku bûyc sembola şehîdbûna zarokên bajêr û Goristana Amûdê ye, ya ku bi qûçên ji kevirên şehkirî hatiye xemilandin. Tevî waha jî, heger hîmê bîranîna şehîdên me, tenê ev tişt bin, ewê tim û tim tirsa windabûnê li ser wan habe. Lê ji bextiyaariya me re, dema şewata sînema Amûdê, Seydayê Namî nivîsek bi awayê roportajeke firch li ser vê şewatê dinivîse. Bi çapkirina vî eserî, şewata zarokên Kurdan di dîroka miletê wan de ciyê xwe digre. Eserê Seyda yê sisiya jî, Ferhengoka Kurdî-Erebî ya bi navê "Kozar" e. Ev, hîn nehatiye çapkirin. Seydayê Namîji ber têkiliyên xwe yên bi Mîr Celadet BedirXan re di kovarên Hawar û Ronahiyê de jî nivîsiye, di van kovaran de ciyekî aktîf girtiye. Wek xebata Seydayê Namî ya civakî û edebî, xebata wî ya siyasî jî berbiçav e. Di vî warî de kurê Seydayê Namî, di nama xwe de waha dinivîse: "Ji bilî xebata torevanî û zanyariyê, xeba-teke bêwestan di tcvgera azadîxwaz a miletê Kurd de kiriye. Ji destpêka Civata Xoybûnê, wî têkilî bi endamên wê re daniye û xizmeteke bcrbiçav, di vî de jî kiriye. Wî tu carî xwe durî xebatqa milet û tevgera wî nekir, ji bo wilo çend caran kete zîndanan... " '''Bavê Nazê''' . '''PEŞBERIYA ÇIROKE''' Dema min dît ku çîroka Agirê Sînema Amiîdê yek ji serpê- hatiyên mezin ên ku di welatê me de çêbûne tê hijmartin, min nexwest ew jî winda; bê ser û şop herc. Bi hezaran çîrok û serpêhatî di welatê me de çêbûn û nehatin nivîsandin. Mamoste û pêzanên welatê me guh nedane tiş- tekî ji wan, çi mezin û çi biçûk. Mamoste û zanayên welatê xelkê tiştê li welatê wan dibû biçûk û mezin bê kêmayî di rûpelên mêjû de didane ber çavê zana û xwendevanên xwe û zana û xwendevanên biyanî bi camêrî û serbilindî, nedihiştin tiştek di ser wan re bibûre û nenivisandî bimîne. Mamoste û zanayên me, xwediyê xameyên çalak û namîdarên mêjû yên mîna: Qadî Ibn Xulekan û Ibn AI-Esîr û Ebû Al-Fîda û her wiha ristevan û torevanên me yên ku li cihanê deng dane; wek mîrê ristevanan Ahmed Şewqî, Cemîl Al-Zehawî û Mearûf AI-Resafî hebûne. Lê ewan carek milet û welatê xwe ne anîne bîra xwe, her û her bi navê miletên din xwe dane nîşandan û naskirin û ji wan re xebatên hêja û bê hijmar kirine. Milet û welatê wan bê par mane, carekê ji kerema xwe re ne gotine em Kurd in û gelê cihanê bi gel û welatê xwe agadar nekirine, eger biviyana dikaribûn herkesî agadar bikin bi wan. Metelok dibêje: "Zilamek û zimanek" ango: zanakî welatû olperest bi xameya xwe zimanekî mirî ji neyînê aniye heyînê û jîndar kiriye. Va niha em dibînin ku welatê wî zimanî ketiye rêza welatên cihanê ên mezin û ji herkesî bê minet bûye bi mal û dewlet. ^ Ji wan peyayên fidakar û zana û hinermendên ku zimanê miletê xwe bi xameyên xwe, ji mirinê parastine û jîndar kirine, yek jê jî Firdewsî bû. Çiko zimanê Farisî hindik mabû winda bibe, di bin hukmê zorkeran de, eger ne ji Firdewsî bûna. Her wiha zimanê Erebî mîna wan zimanên windabûyî ew jîbê guman winda dibû, eger neji Quran û edebiyata wê bûna. Bi sedan sal di bin destê Dewleta Osmanî de ma û dixwestin winda bikin lê nedikarin. Bi vî rengî, gelek zimanên din di nav pêlên zimanê zorkeran de heliyane û winda bûne. Weharenge Kurd bi zimanê xwe ve bindestiyê gihandibû pileyên dawîji windabûnê di nava pêlên zimanê biyanî de ji lewra seydayê tek û tenha, rêberê xîretşînas, pêxemberê rast û durust, derya xîret û dilovanî û mehrevaniya wî hatiye coşê û xwestiye gemîya jîna welatê xwe bighîne bendera jînê.... bi mêranî û hinermendî daketiye meydana xebatê. Bi destekî zengilê jîna welat girtiye hejandiye û bi destê din xameya çalak girtiye û kiriye qîr û gazî û gotiye: Sa^i tû j'i bo Xwedê kerem ke Yek cureyê mey di camê cem ke Da cam bi mey cihan nima bit Herçî me iradeye xuya bit(l) Wer dixuye ku seydayê Xanî di wan dem û dewran de bê pişt û penah bû, bê hevrê û heval bû, bê xwedî û Xwedan bû. Eger ne welê bûna bê guman ewê hinerên mezin û tiştê nerxgiran nîşanî nîştimanê cihanê bidana. Her wekî gotiye: Ger dê hebûya mejî xttdanek Alî keremek letîfû danek Min dê elema kelamê mewzûn Alî bikira li banê gerdûn(2) Metelok dibêje: "Destê bi tenê deng jê nayê". Seyda tenê bû lê dîsa dengê seydayê olperest, welatperwer û nemir giha eywana Kesra û milkê Dara. Ji wê rojê ve ta îro torevan û ristevanên Kurd bi deng û awazên naqosa rêçenasê Kurd hişyar bûne, dest avêtine xameyên çalak û dane ser rêç û şopa wî rêberê hinermend û bûne peyrewên wî. Torevan û ristevanên Kurd her tim mazeya peyala aşqê bi navê Seydayê Xanî danîne û dideynin. Bi seda dîwanên rista ên welatperwerî û evînî nivîsîne. Lê heyf û mixabin ku pirê wan dîwanan neketine destê me. Çiko berê bi tîpên destnivîs dihatin nivîsandin lewra ji wan gelek winda dibûn û ew jî ji nebûna çap û çapxana û ji bindestî û jariya gelê Kurd bû. ' ' Zilamek û zimanek' ' yekî mîna Seydayê Xanî yê nemir bû layiqê pesn û supasan. Birano! Du tişt bûn ku ez bivênevê kirim ji bo nivîsandina vê reşbelekê: 1- Tiştên ku me di serê pêşberiyê de got: Ditirsim ev serpê- hatî jî weke yên demên bûrî winda bibe. 2- Roja dawî piştî şewata sînemê ku çûm Amûdê li wê, li ber belediyê xortekî xwenda û dilbirîn pêrgî min bû û rojbaşî da min. Çavên wî ji hêstir û fermîskan weke du pila sor bûbûn. Ji min re got: -Seyda ma qey wijdan e ev serpêhatiya mezin weke serpêhatiyên demên bûrî bê nivisandin di ser me re bibûre, ma ne şerm û fihêt e? Tenê ez hinek sekinîm û di bersîva xwe de min got: "Da ez binêrim ezbenî". Dema vegeriyam malê, wê şevê ez gelek li gotina wî xortî fikirîm û min xwe bi xwe berpirsyar kir û got: -Eger ez daxwaza vî xortî pêk neyînim bê guman ez gunehkar im, çiqas li gorî min barekî giran e jî. Dawî min xwest ku çend rûpelan bi vê serpêhatiyê reş bikim. Ger çi wê li cem nezan û dijmina bê nerx be, ji ber ku dilqirêj, bextreş, çikûs û şîrheram ji cihanê kêm nabin. Birano! Ev tişt bûn ku ez bivênevê kirim ji bo nivîsandina vê çîrokê. Paşê min got, divê li gor zanîn û dîtina xwe çend rûpela pê reş bikim û wê reşbeleka biçûk bi navê: "Agirê Sînema Amû- dê" pêşkêşî xwîşk û birayên xwe yên xwendevan û xoşewîst û xîretşînas bikim. U ji wan hêvî dikim ku bi çavên biratî û dilpakî lê binêrin, ne bi çavên meznahî û neyarî. U ji kerema xwe kêmahîyên wê jî bi xameya dilovanî dirist bikin. Çiko ez ne ji wan nivîsevanê xwiyayî me: Xwediyê xameyên namîdar im. Xwîşk û birano! Tiştê ku di çîrokê de hatiye gotin pirê wan min bi çavê xwe dîtîne û yên din jî rastgoyan ên bawerpê bihîstine. Çiko çar roja li pey hev diçûme Amûdê û êvarê dihatim mal. Min pêşberiya çîrokê dirêjkir hêvî dikim hûn li min negrin, çiko xameya min hinek serî ji min sitandiye, bê gem û hevsar xwe daye pêş. Paşiyê yên mayî scrê we ji me re sax be û dem û çaxê we bi xweşî û şadî û bextiyarî bin. Bi azadî û kamîranî bijîn xwîşk û birayan. '''Namî''' . 66y21bm857ufpepfh75dju5xm8ixzft 10 3905 5393 2013-02-10T00:20:40Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "|" wikitext text/x-wiki | 7boi6rb359a8bssoe6mvr1x1c03ftug 10 3913 5402 2013-03-09T02:36:58Z Ghybu 504 nû wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><div style="width:{{{width|auto}}};margin-bottom:{{{margin-bottom|1.25}}}em;border:1px solid #{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|şîn|blue=8898BF|kesk|green=97BF87|zer|yellow=AAAA66|gold=777777|orange=AA8833|violet=7755AA|salmon=AA8866|sand=AA9955|averagegreen=88BB55|darkblue=1144AA|sor|red=AA8866|scarlet=AAAAAA|#default=AAAAAA}}; background:{{{reng|transparent}}};padding:0"> <div style="height:8px;margin:0;border:0;border-bottom:1px solid #{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|şîn|blue=8898BF|kesk|green=97BF87|zer|yellow=AAAA66|gold=777777|orange=AA8833|violet=7755AA|salmon=AA8866|sand=AA9955|averagegreen=88BB55|darkblue=1144AA|sor|red=AA8866|scarlet=AAAAAA|#default=AAAAAA}};background: #{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|şîn|blue=C8D8FF|kesk|green=D7FFC7|zer|yellow=FFFFB9|gold=FFE040|orange=FFDD88|violet=C9AEF1|salmon=FBDFBE|sand=F1E2AE|averagegreen=99CC66|darkblue=003399|sor|red=FFDAB9|scarlet=FF3333|#default=E0E0E0}};font-size:1px"></div> <div style="padding:5px;padding-bottom:{{{padding-bottom|5}}}px;font-size:{{{font|small}}}"></includeonly><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude> 0ofb6823hr4rwr2y7ywhhw3i98n4kfc 10 3914 5403 2013-03-09T02:38:28Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "<includeonly></div></div></includeonly><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly></div></div></includeonly><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude> odzgne2fxl9xocy08vjj2msnacj4r77 10 3928 5431 2013-05-03T16:21:46Z Bedry2009 819 Rûpela nû: "<div style="float:{{{float|left}}}; border:{{{border-width|{{{border-s|1}}}}}}px solid {{{border-color|{{{1|{{{border-c|{{{id-c|#999}}}}}}}}}}}}; margin:1px;" class="wikipediauserb..." wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="float:{{{float|left}}}; border:{{{border-width|{{{border-s|1}}}}}}px solid {{{border-color|{{{1|{{{border-c|{{{id-c|#999}}}}}}}}}}}}; margin:1px;" class="wikipediauserbox {{{bodyclass|}}}"> {| cellspacing="0" style="width:238px; background:{{{info-background|{{{2|{{{info-c|#EEE}}}}}}}}};" {{#if:{{{logo|{{{3|{{{id|id}}}}}}}}}| ! style="width:{{{logo-width|{{{id-w|45}}}}}}px; height:{{{logo-height|{{{id-h|45}}}}}}px; background:{{{logo-background|{{{1|{{{id-c|#DDD}}}}}}}}}; text-align:{{{id-a|center}}}; font-size:{{{logo-size|{{{5|{{{id-s|14}}}}}}}}}pt; color:{{{logo-color|{{{id-fc|black}}}}}}; padding:{{{logo-padding|{{{id-p|0 1px 0 0}}}}}}; line-height:{{{logo-line-height|{{{id-lh|1.25em}}}}}}; vertical-align: middle; {{{logo-other-param|{{{id-op|}}}}}}" {{!}} {{{logo|{{{3|{{{id|id}}}}}}}}} }} | style="text-align:{{{info-a|left}}}; font-size:{{{info-size|{{{info-s|8}}}}}}pt; padding:{{{info-padding|{{{info-p|0 4px 0 4px}}}}}}; height:{{{logo-height|{{{id-h|45}}}}}}px; line-height:{{{info-line-height|{{{info-lh|1.25em}}}}}}; color:{{{info-color|{{{info-fc|black}}}}}}; vertical-align: middle; {{{info-other-param|{{{info-op|}}}}}}" {{#if:{{{info-class|}}}|class="{{{info-class}}}"}} | {{{info|{{{4|''info''}}}}}} |}</div><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> ohq4ktlzo5y3ntzzk5enys1qfuob05b 10 3929 6707 5432 2022-05-02T23:00:01Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki {{userbox | border-c = #4169E1 | border-s = 1 | id = [[Wêne:blue male symbol.svg|40px]] | id-c = #FFFFFF | info = Ev bikarhêner '''[[mêr]]''' e. | info-c = #87CEFA | info-op = text-align:center; }}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Bikarhêner (şablon)|Mêr]]</noinclude> 3xvjwkqy1simvm4257f9in244wetnvz 0 3930 5441 5434 2013-05-27T22:41:03Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki '''ÇÎROKÊN KLASÎK ÊN ZAROKAN''' ''BEHLÛLÊ DÎN'' <poem> Hebû carek ji caran, xêr û xweşî bibarin li hazir û guhdaran... Hebû tunebû, dibêjin li gundekî, koşkeke kevn hebû, û di wê koşkê de jî efendiyek tevî du kurên xwe dijiya. Îca herdu kurik wisa biaqil bûn ku nîvê aqilê wan jî wê têrî wan bikira. Wan herduyan jî dixwest bi keça qral re bizewicin lê belê ji bo tiştekî wisa cesareta wan tunebû. Rojekê, prensesê bi riya zilamên ji qesrê, bi herkesî da zanîn ku kî bikaribe di pêşbaziyê de, xwe herî baş biparêze, ew ê bi wî re bizewice... Îca ji ber ku pêşbazî piştî heşt rojan bû, herdu kurik heşt rojan xwe amade kir. Ev wext besî wan bû jixwe, çimkî ew ji berê ve xwedî zanîneke pir xurt bûn. Yekî ji wan, hem hemû peyvên latînî, hem jî hemû nivîsên sê salan ên rojnameya welêt ji ber kiribûn. Û wî ew nivîsên sê salan ên rojnameyê hem ji serî ber bi dawî, hem jî ji dawî ber bi serî ji ber dizanibûn. Kurikê din jî hemû nîzamnameyên esnafan û hemû tiştên ku parêzerekî sondxwarî mecbûr bû bizanîna, ji ber kiribûn. Hetta ne tenê ev, di ser de jî ew difikirî dikare li ser dewletê guftugoyên dûvûdirêj jî bike, û hefsarên hespan jî çêke. Wan herduyan jî digot: “Keça qral wê bibe ya min!” Bavê wan hespekî delal î reş mîna komirê da kurê xwe yê ku xwedî bîreke muhteşem bû, hespekî spî mîna berfê jî da kurê xwe yê ku hosteyê nîzamnameyên esnafan û hosteyê hefsarên hespan bû. Herdu kurik li hespê xwe siwar bûn, piştre jî rûnê kezeba masiyê morînayê bi serê lêvên xwe dan ji bo ku gotinên wan hê zêdetir herikbar bin. Efendî û hemû qerwaş li hewşê, li bendê bûn ku herdu kurik li hespê xwe siwar bibin, lê bi carekê birayê sêyemîn derket holê. Erê, ew sê bira bûn, lê belê ji ber ku yê sêyemîn wekî birayên xwe zêde nexwendibû, ew ji birayan nedihat hesibandin û ew wek Behlûlê dîn hatibû binavkirin. Behlûlê dîn hat û ji birayên xwe pirsî got: --Hûn bi cilên xwe yên merasîmî diçin ku wisa? --Em diçin serayê, da ku em bi axaftina xwe dilê keça qral fetih bikin û pê re bizewicin. Ma ev çend roj in, te qet dengê daholê nebihîst. Û du bira Behlûlê dîn ji meseleyê haydar kir. --Lê divê ez bibim mêrê prensesê! got Behlûlê dîn. Li ser van gotinan , birayên wî henekê xwe pê kir û çûn. 2 --Bavo, hespekî bide min jî, got bi qîrîn Behlûlê dîn, ez ecêb dixwazim bizewicim. Ku prenses min bigire, wê baş be, na ku ew min negire, ez ê wê bigirim. --Ehmeqo, got bavê wî, ez hesp nadim te, tu nizanî tu tişt bibêjî. Lê birayên te, ew, mirovên pir girîng in. --Ku tu nexwazî hespekî bidî min, ez ê li nêriyê xwe siwar bibim herim. Ew ê min e, ew dikare min bibe tabî, got Behlûlê dîn li hemberî bavê xwe. Û wî wekî ku li hespekî siwar bibe, li nêriyê xwe siwar bû, ew da ber pihînan û bilezûbez bi riya qesra qral girt. Waaw! Behlûlê dîn, bi nêriyê xwe wekî ku difiriya! Wî di rê de bi dengekî bilind stran digotin û her carê jî qîr dikir digot: --Ez têm! Ez têm ! Birayên wî jî qet nedipeyivîn, li ser hespê xwe hêdî hêdî diçûn û bersivên herî baş ên ku wan ê li hemberî pirsan bidana difikirîn, diviyabû bersivên wan mirovan demeke dirêj bifikirandana. Dema ku Behlûlê dîn gihîşt cem birayên xwe, qîr kir got: --Ho ! ho! Ez hatim! Binêrin min di rê de çi dît. Û wî qijikekî mirî ku wî ew li ser rê peyde kiribû, nîşanî wan da. --Ehmeqo! Ma tu ê bi vê çi bikî ? got birayên wî. --Ez ê wî bidim keça qral. --Yaa, gelek baş e! got herduyan, piştre pê keniyan û di riya xwe de çûn. Piştî demekê, dîsa dengê Behlûlê dîn hat bihîstin. --Ho ! ho ! Binêrin min vê carê çi dît ! Mirov tiştekî wisa her roj nabîne di rê de! Birayên wî careke din berê xwe dan û gotin: --Ehmeqo! Ev qabqabk e. Ma ev jî ji bo keça qral e ? Behlûlê dîn got: --Helbet ji bo wê ye! Û herdu bira dîsa keniyan, bi riya xwe de çûn. --Ho ! ho ! Min îcar tiştekî hê delaltir dît ! Ho ! Ev tiştekî muhteşem e! --Te vê carê çi dît îca ? --Oo ! Kêfa keça qral wê gelek ji vê re were! --Ev herî ye, ehmeqo ! --Erê, erê, eynî wisa ye, lê ev wisa delal e ku mirov nikare zêde di destê xwe de jî bigire. 3 Wî wisa got û bêrîka xwe bi herî tijî kir. Herdu birayan dîsa henekê xwe pê kir û keniyan. Wan bi hespê xwe riya qesrê girt û saetek zûtir gihîştin ber deriyên bajêr. Li wê derê, xwezgîniyan numereyek digirt û ew diketin rêzê. Lê xwezgînî hingî zêde bûn ku kesî nikaribû êdî xwe bilebitanda. Ji xeynî xwezgîniyan, hemû mirovên wî welatî jî hatibûn xwe li dora qesrê girtibûn û li ber paceyan disekinîn, ji bo ku li keça qral binêrin ka ew xwezgîniyan çawa pêşwazî dike. Îca li wir heyecaneke wisa mezin hebû ku dema xwezgîniyek diket salonê, feqîro êdî nizanibû çawa biaxive. Keça qral jî her carê digot: --Bêkêro, derkeve derve ! Li hundir, biniyê salonê dikir qirçînî û baniyê wê jî hemû ji camê bû, dema mirov lê dinihêrt, xwe bi serserkî didît. Di her paceyê de, sê rojnamevanên nivîsevan û parêzerekî sondxwarî wek çavdêr amade bûn ji bo ku tiştên li wir dihatin gotin qeyd bikirana û di rojnameya welêt de biweşandana. Û ew rojname bi du wereqeyan li her derê dihat firotin. Helbet ev ne tiştekî xweş bû ji bo xwezgîniyan. Di ser de jî, li salonê sobeyek hatibû dadan û ji ber germahiyê hundir dikeliya. Îca dora birayekî Behlûlê dîn hat; birayê wî yê ku hemû peyvên latînî ji ber kiribûn, lê belê, wî di dorê de hemû peyv ji bîr kiribûn. Ew ket hundir û got: --Offf ! Çiqas germ e! Keça qral jî got: --Rast e, ji ber ku bavê min îro mirîşk qelandine. Li ser van gotinan, feqîro nizanibû çi bigota. Ew qet ne li benda tiştekî wisa bû. Wî dixwest li hemberî van gotinan tiştekî pêkenokî bibêje lê tu tişt nedihat bîra wî. Îca wî got: --Hiiiimmm! --Bêkero, derkeve derve ! got keça qral ji wî re. Îca birayê din ket hundir û got: --Ev der gelek germ e! --Erê, em îro mirîşkan diqelînin. --Çawa ? Çi ? Çi ? got birayê duyemîn. Û rojnamevanên nivîsevan gotinên wî qeyd kirin: “Çawa ? Çi ? Çi ?” --Bêkero, derkeve derve ! got keça qral ji wî re jî. Piştî wî, vê carê dora Behlûlê dîn hat. Ew tevî nêriyê xwe ket hundir, çû heta orteya salonê û got. --Çiqas germ e, ev der! 4 --Erê, em îro mirîşkan diqelînin. --Waa, ev çi şens e bi min re ha ! got Behlûlê dîn, wê çaxê ez ê bikaribim qijikekî jî biqelînim. --Helbet tu dikarî, got prenses, lê belê bi te re tiştek heye ji bo tu bikaribî wî di ser de biqelînî, çimkî ne beroş ne jî taweya min heye. --Xem nake, bi min re taweyek heye. Û Behlûlê dîn ew qabqabk derxist û qijik danî ser wê. --Xwarina me temam e, got keça qral, lê belê em ê sosê ji ku derê bînin? --Di bêrîka min de heye, got Behlûlê dîn. Heta tu bixwazî bi min re sos heye ! Û wî hinek herî ji bêrîka xwe derxist û rijand ser qijik. --Te pir kêfa min anî, got keça qral. Ji bo her tiştî bersiva te heye û tu dizanî biaxivî. Madem wisa, ez jî dixwazim bi te re bizewicim. Lê tu dizanî ku hemû peyvên me yên vir sibe wê di rojnameyê de derkevin? Di her paceyê de parêzerekî pîr ê sondxwarî û sê rojnamevanên nivîsevan hene, û ew parêzerê pîr, ji nav wan yê herî nalet e, ji ber ku ew ne tu tişt fam dike, ne jî tiştek bi serê wî de diçe. Keçikê wisa got ji bo ku çavê Behlûlê dîn bitirsîne. Îca her sê rojnamevanên nivîsevan, ji bo ku nerazîbûna xwe nîşan bidin, rabûn hinek hibirê nivîsê rijandin erdê. --Ev çi dinyayeke delal e ! got Behlûlê dîn. Ez fam dikim ku divê ez bi vê meseleyê re eleqedar bibim û hemû tiştên bi min re bidim patronê wan. Wî wisa got û heriyê mayî ji bêrîka xwe derxist û avêt ser çavê parêzerê pîr ê sondxwarî. --Ha ev pir baş çêbû ! got keça qral, tiştekî wisa qet wê nehata bîra min... Lê belê ez ê xwe fêr bikim ku ew çi heq bikin ez ê li hemberî wan wisa tevbigerim. Û ha bi vî rengî Behlûlê dîn bû qral, jinek û taceke wî çêbû, û li ser textê xwe rûnişt. Û rojname ev tişt hemû ji me re ragihandin... lê gelo bi rastî jî mirov dikare bawerî bi rojnameyan bîne? Çîroka me qediya, xêr û xweşî li hazir û guhdaran bariya... 21/07/2007 </poem> [[Kategorî:Çîrokên zarokan]] 7mx8qybu3jlyoahffiblhbu3b9tht29 0 3931 5644 5643 2014-07-29T01:17:52Z 85.110.169.156 wikitext text/x-wiki <poem> Hebû carek ji caran, xêr û xweşî bibarin li hazir û guhdaran... Hebû tunebû, dibêjin carekê li gundekî, bi navê Azad kurikek hebû. Azad tevî diya xwe li cotgeheke biçûk dijiya. Li cotgehê herdu jî gelek dixebitîn, karê pir giran dikirin, lê dîsa jî debara wan çênedibû. Rojekê, dayîka pîr biryar da ku çêleka xwe bifiroşe, ji ber ku çêlekê êdî şîr nedida wan. Azad ji diya xwe re got: --Dayê heyran, bihêle ez wê bibim peyasê û bifiroşim. Diya wî got: --Madem tu dixwazî, bila be kurê min, lê baş bazara xwe bike, wê bi erzanî nede! Herî hindik deh wereqa bixwaze! Û Azad bi benê stûyê çêlekê girt û ket riya bazarê. Ew hê ji malê zêde dûr neketibû ku kalekî rîspî û delelok rastî wî hat. --“Rojbaş Azad”, got kalê rîspî. “Tu bi ku ve diçî wisa bi vê çêlekê?” Azad got: --Rojbaş Kalo, ez dê wê li peyasê bifroşim û jê pereyekî baş kar bikim. Kalê rîspî got: --Eger tu bixwazî, dikarî pir dewlemend bibî. Ez dixwazim çêleka te bikirim, lê ez dê di şûna wê de ha vê fasûliyê bidim te. Azad şaş û metel ma, û got: --Hûn henekê xwe bi min dikin, kalo! Ji bo vê çêlekê ez herî hindik deh wereqa dixwazim. Him! Ma tu bawer dikî ku ez dê wê bi fasûliyekê biguherînim ! ? Kalo got: --Lê belê ev fasûliyeke bisihir e! Eger tu wê biçînî, tenê di şevekê de ew dê bigihîje heta asîmana. Azad şaş ma. Û di dilê xwe de got: --Heta asîmana ?! Bi vê pêşniyarê kêfa Azad gelek hat û fikirî ku dema ew vê fasûliya bisihir biçîne hem wê kêfa diya wî were, hem jî hemû cîranên wan wê werin bexçeyê wan û li wê fasûliya mezin bi heyranî temaşe bikin. Îca Azad çêleka xwe bi fasûliyekê da û bi coşeke mezin û pir ji xwe qayil bi lez û bez vegeriya mala xwe. 2 Lê gerek nake mirov zêde behsê bike ka piştî ku wî çîroka xwe ya bazariyê ji diya xwe re got, çawa morala wî bi carekê xera bû. Çimkî diya wî pir pir aciz bû û ji Azad re got “ehmeqo, kero, bêaqilo”. Dûre jî dayîka pîr li ser kursiyekê rûnişt û dest bi girînê kir. Azad, ji ber girîna diya xwe pir xemgîn bû. Îca feqîro bi wê hêrs û xemginiyê, rahişt wê fasûliyê ji paceyê avêt derve û ew jî giriya. Dora rojê, Azad beriya diya xwe ji xew şiyar bû û bi lezûbez derket bexçeyê ji bo ku ji diya xwe re li bexçeyê taştê amade bike. Lê belê dema wî gavê xwe avêt derve, şaş û metel ma. Çi ku ew fasûliya ku kalo dabûyê şîn hatibû û bûbû dareke pir mezin. Ew wisa mezin û wisa bilind bûbû ku guliyên wê di nav ewran de winda bûbû. Azad qet dudilî nekir û hilkişiya ser dara fasûliyê. Îca hilkişiya, hilkişiya, hilkişiyaaa... heta ku ew gihîşt asîmanê. Paşî, ew derket ser ewran û li wir meşiya. Azad piştî meşeke dûr û dirêj gihîşt qesrekê. Di wê qesrê de wekî ku kes nedijiya. Azad çû derî vekir, ket hundir û li nav qesrê ode bi ode geriya. Waw, çiqas delal bû ew der! Hemû bi mobîlya û bi tiştmiştên pir delal hatibûn xemilandin. Lê belê, bi carekê dêweke mezin derket pêşiya Azad. Azad qet cesareta xwe winda nekir û ji dêwê re got: --Rojbaş Xanima delal, ji kerema xwe hûn dikarin piçek xwarinê bidin min? Ez gelek birçî me. Dêwê got: --Kurikê delal, tu hatiyî vê derê çi dikî ? Mêrê min hûtek e. Li şûna ku em xwarinê bidin te, tu ê bibî xwarin ji mêrê min re! Azad hê bersivek nedabû ku bi carekê dengekî ecêb ji derve hat. Gurm ! Gurm! Gurm! Gurm! Dêwê got: --Zû xwe li pişt dolabê veşêre, zû. Azad xwe veşart û dît ku hûtek ket hundir. Di destekî wî de torbeyek, di yê din de jî miyek hebû. Hûtê qerase torbe avêt goşeyekê û zêrên tê de rijiyan erdê. Piştre jî wî derdora xwe bêhn kir û bi dengekî bilind qiriya: --Bêhna goştê teze tê pozê min! Dêwê, yanî jina hût lê vegerand got: --Helbet wê bêhn were. Ew bêhn, bêhna miya di hembêza te de ye. De zû here wê amade bike ji bo ku ez jî wê bipijînim ! Hût bi ya jina xwe kir. Dêwê jî rabû ew mî pijand û danî ber mêrê xwe. Hût xwarina xwe xwar û çû raza. Piştî demeke kurt ji ber xurexura hût dîwarên qesrê hejiyan. Îca Azad jî bi hêdîka ji cihê xwe derket, ew torbeya zêran avêt ser pişta xwe û bi reverev, çawa hatibû wisa jî vegeriya mala xwe. Di vê navberê de, diya Azad jî li her derê li kurê xwe geriya û ket nav fikaran. Piştre di dilê xwe de got: 3 --Feqîrê min! Doh êvarê ez wisa bi ser de pir qîriyam ku herhal ew ji malê çû û careke din hew vedigere.” Lê dema ku Azad ji dara fasûliyê daket erdê, diya wî şaş û metel ma, û bi kêfxweşî çû cem wî ji bo ku wî maçî bike. Lê Azad ji diya xwe re got: --Dayika min a şîrîn! Tu dibînî ku ew fasûlî bi rastî jî bisihir bû. Kerem bike, ev ji bo te ye! Û wî ew torbeya tijî zêr da diya xwe. Jinika feqîr serê xwe rakir asîmanê û spas kir ji ber ku kurekî ewqas jêhatî daye wê û ew herdu bi rojan, bi saya wan zêrên hûtî di kêf û xweşiyê de jiyan. Piştî çend mehan, zêr hemû xelas bûn û Azad biryar da careke din here wê qesra nav ewran. Îca ew dîsa hilkişiya ser dara fasûliyê û çû xwe gihand wê qesrê. Dema ew ket nav qesrê, bi kubarî silav da dêwê û got: --Rojbaş xanima delal, ji kerema xwe hûn dikarin tiştekî xwarinê bidin min? Dêwê bi ser wî de qîriya got: --Pîso! Ma tu fedî nakî ji min xwarinê dixwazî? Cara din tu hatî vir û te torbeyek zêrên me dizîn. Berî ku Azad devê xwe veke û tiştekî bibêje, qesir dîsa hejiya û dengê piyê hût hat: Gurm! Gurm! Gurm! Gurm ! Dêwê bi lez got: --Zû bazde xwe di nav firûnê de veşêre. Azad ji bo xwe veşêre, xwe avêt nav firûnê, lê belê wî deriyê firûnê hinek vekirî hişt ji bo ku bikaribe bibîne ka hût wê çi bike. Hûtê qerase berazekî qelew û qefesek danîn ser maseyê. Piştre hût derdora xwe bêhn kir û bi dengekî bilind got: --Bêhna goştê teze tê ber pozê min! --Erê rast e, got dêwê, lê ew bêhn, bêhna vî berazî ye. Ka aliyê min bike em wî hazir bikin û bipijînin. Hût got: --Erê, jixwe dilê min jî pir dibijiya berazekî ku di firûnê de hatibe pijandin. --Na, got dêwê, baştir e em vî berazê bidohn di koza agir de bipijînin. Îca dêw û hût bi hev re ew beraz di argûnê de biraştin û bi îştaheke ecêb xwarin. Piştî xwarinê jî hût deriyê wê qefesa vekir û jê mirîşkeke zêrîn derxist. Wî ew danî ser maseyê û got: --Hêkeke zêrîn bike. Û mirîşk hêkeke zêrîn kir. 4 Hût mirîşka zêrîn girt û hinek miz da, dûre çavên wî hatin girtin û ew di paldanka xwe de di xew re çû. Tam di wê kêliyê de Azad ji cihê xwe veşartibû derket û bi carekê mirîşka zêrîn girt û bi reverev dîsa çawa hatibû wisa jî bazda çû mala xwe. Ji wê rojê û şûn ve, êdî halê Azad û diya wî pir xweş bû çimkî mirîşkê her roj hêkeke zêrîn dikir. Lê belê piştî ku çend meh derbas bûn, Azad ji jiyana xwe ya aram aciz bû. Wî dixwest careke din here wê qesrê û xezîneya hût û dêwê bibîne. Îca ew rabû dîsa çû wê qesra nav ewran û fikirî ku wê baştir be xwe nîşanî hût û dêwê nede. Azad vê carê xwe li pişt çewalek arvan veşart. Piştî demekê dîsa deng hat: Gurm ! gurm ! gurm ! gurm ! Hût ket hundir û dîsa dora xwe bêhn kir û bi qîrîn got: --Bêhna goştê teze tê pozê min ! Bêhna goştê teze tê poze min ! Jina hût, yanî dêw, çû li pişt dolabê nihêrt, ku Azad cara pêşî xwe li wir veşartibû, piştre jî çû li nav firûnê nihêrt, lê belê wê tiştek nedît. Ew herdu li her derê malê li Azad geriyan lê qet nehat bîra wan ku li pişt çewalê arvan binêrin. Dawiyê, ew wisa fikirîn ku xelitîne. Dûre ew rûniştin çêlekeke biraştî xwarin û Azad jî li wan temaşe kir. Piştî xwarinê hût çû ji nav dolabê çengeke zêrîn derxist, danî ser maseyê û got: --Lêde, çenga zêrîn. Û çenga zêrîn xwe bi xwe dest bi lêdanê kir. Muzîka wê wisa bi aram û delal bû ku hût û jina wî ji xwe ve çûn û serê xwe danîn ser maseyê û razan. Dema ku xirexir û pufepufa wan dest pê kir, Azad ji cihê xwe derket, çenga zêrîn girt û bazda. Lê ew tam ji qesrê derdiket ku ji ber lezûbezê, çenga di destê Azad de li derî ket û wê dîsa dest bi lêdanê kir: Rong ! Rong ! Rong ! Hût bi dengê çenga zêrîn şiyar bû û dît ku Azad çenga zêrîn girtiye bin çenga xwe û bazdide. Îca wî jî bazda ji bo ku Azad bigire. Û Azad li pêş hût li paş, beziyan û beziyan. Azad dawiyê xwe gihand guliyê dara fasûliyê û xwe berda jêr. Piştî Azad, hût jî xwe ji guliyê dara fasûliyê berda. Lê hût hê tam daneketibû ku Azad xwe gihand malê û ji bo ku dara fasûliyê ji binî ve jêke, çû bivirek anî û hat li binê darê da. Wî çawa lê da, dara fasûliyê bi carekê qelibî û hûtê qerase jî bi wê giraniya xwe serserkî ket erdê û bi erdê ve zeliqî. Ji wê rojê û şûn de, Azad êdî nikaribû here wê qesra nav ewran. Lê jixwe ew wisa tirsiyabû ku dilê wî bi xwe jî êdî nedixwest tiştekî wisa bike. Bi saya hêkên zêrîn, halê Azad û diya wî pir baş bû, û çi cara ku wan dixwest bêhna xwe vedin, diçûn li muzîka xweş a çenga zêrîn guhdarî dikirin. Çîroka me qediya, xêr û xweşî li hazir û guhdaran bariya. Hevalê min yê ku ev çîroka gelerî vergerandî Kurdî ez li ser navê hemu Kurda spadarim ji tere.Ji ber ku vergere, te di nivîsê de çend çewtî kirine.Ji bo tikilîyê ti dikarî peyamên xwe ji min re rê bikî jiyan.nu72gmail.com spas [[Kategorî:Çîrokên zarokan]] b1zxw2pibgrtxr1t21d39bglvxwo875 14 3933 5440 2013-05-27T22:40:20Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "[[Kategorî:Çîrok]]" wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:Çîrok]] kk4zs5x9b99bg9e6114yznc2t7jgmvo 10 3938 5454 2013-07-09T22:56:18Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "{{#ifeq:{{{subst}}}|SUBST |{{#if:{{{name|}}} |{{error|Template {{tlx|{{{name}}}}} has been incorrectly substituted.}} }}[[Category:Pages with incorrectly substituted templates]..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{{subst}}}|SUBST |{{#if:{{{name|}}} |{{error|Template {{tlx|{{{name}}}}} has been incorrectly substituted.}} }}[[Category:Pages with incorrectly substituted templates]] }}{{#ifeq:{{{small}}}|left |{{Ambox/core |small = left |type = {{{type|}}} |image = {{#if:{{{smallimage|}}} |{{{smallimage}}} |{{{image|}}} }} |imageright = {{#if:{{{smallimageright|}}} |{{{smallimageright}}} |{{{imageright|}}} }} |class = {{{class|}}} |style = {{{style|}}} |textstyle = {{{textstyle|}}} |text = {{#if:{{{smalltext|}}} |{{{smalltext}}} |{{{text}}} }} }} |{{Ambox/core |type = {{{type|}}} |image = {{{image|}}} |imageright = {{{imageright|}}} |class = {{{class|}}} |style = {{{style|}}} |textstyle = {{{textstyle|}}} |text = {{{text}}} |date = {{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Template:{{PAGENAME:{{{name}}}}} |{{#ifeq:{{{date|¬}}}|¬||{{CURRENTMONTHNAME}} {{CURRENTYEAR}}}} |{{{date|}}} }} }} }}<noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 39c1wcbh2oos2wsdsb63rslhkuybudk 10 3939 5455 2013-07-09T22:57:06Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "<table class="metadata plainlinks ambox {{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = mbox-small-left }} {{#switch:{{{type|}}} | speedy = ambox-speedy | delete = ambox-delete | content ..." wikitext text/x-wiki <table class="metadata plainlinks ambox {{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = mbox-small-left }} {{#switch:{{{type|}}} | speedy = ambox-speedy | delete = ambox-delete | content = ambox-content | style = ambox-style | move = ambox-move | protection = ambox-protection | notice <!-- notice = default --> | #default = ambox-notice }} {{{class|}}}" style="{{{style|}}}"> <tr> {{#switch:{{{image|}}} | blank <!-- Fall back to "none", since deprecated. --> | none = <td class="mbox-empty-cell"></td> <!-- No image. Cell with some width or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width. --> | #default = <td class="mbox-image">{{ #switch:{{{small|}}} | left = <!-- Don't use the DIV --> | #default = <div style="width: 52px;"> }} {{#if:{{{image|}}} | {{{image}}} | [[File:{{#switch:{{{type|}}} | speedy = Ambox speedy deletion.png | delete = Ambox deletion.png | content = Ambox content.png | style = Edit-clear.svg | move = Ambox move.png | protection = Ambox protection.png | notice <!-- notice = default --> | #default = Ambox notice.png }} | {{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = 20x20px | #default = 40x40px }} |link=|alt=]] }}{{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = <!-- Don't use the /DIV --> | #default = </div> }}</td> }} <td class="mbox-text" style="{{{textstyle|}}}"> {{{text}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}} |<small>''({{{date}}})''</small> }}</td> {{#if:{{{imageright|}}} | {{#ifeq:{{{imageright|}}}|none | <!-- No image. --> | <td class="mbox-imageright">{{#switch:{{{small|}}} | left = {{{imageright}}} | #default = <div style="width: 52px;"> {{{imageright}}} </div> }}</td> }} }} </tr> </table><!-- Detect and report usage with faulty "type" parameter: -->{{#switch:{{{type|}}} | <!-- No type fed, is also valid input --> | speedy | delete | content | style | move | protection | notice = <!-- Do nothing, valid "type" --> | #default = <div style="text-align: center;">This message box is using an invalid "type={{{type|}}}" parameter and needs fixing.</div>[[Category:Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing|{{main other|Main:}}{{FULLPAGENAME}}]]<!-- Sort on namespace --> }}<!-- Detect and report usage of deprecated "image=blank": -->{{#switch:{{{image|}}} | blank = [[Category:Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing|{{main other|Main:}}{{FULLPAGENAME}}]]<!-- Sort on namespace --> }}<noinclude> {{belgekirin}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> ga2zfa4e3c5w9apxq7h75cik1igo4xu 10 3940 5456 2013-07-09T23:00:25Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "<code><nowiki>|</nowiki>{{#if:{{{1|}}}|<span style="white-space:nowrap;">{{{1}}}</span><nowiki>=</nowiki>|}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME..." wikitext text/x-wiki <code><nowiki>|</nowiki>{{#if:{{{1|}}}|<span style="white-space:nowrap;">{{{1}}}</span><nowiki>=</nowiki>|}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} [[Kategorî:Şablon|{{PAGENAME}}]] </noinclude> a2wvaipvr2rpysd1e6tlfh712csou2e 10 3941 6441 5457 2018-11-23T02:38:52Z CommonsDelinker 22 Replacing Ambox_style.png with [[File:Imbox_style.png]] (by [[:c:User:CommonsDelinker|CommonsDelinker]] because: [[:c:COM:Duplicate|Duplicate]]: Exact or scaled-down duplicate: [[:c::File:Imbox style.png|]]). wikitext text/x-wiki {{ambox | class = noprint | type = content | image = [[Wêne:Imbox style.png|40px]] | text = '''Agahdarî: Kurdiya vê rûpelê <u>ne baş e</u>.'''<br> <small>Derbarê vê pirsgirêkê de li ser [{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{PAGENAME}}|action=edit}} rûpela guftûgoya vê gotarê] nêrîna xwe binivîse.</small> }}<includeonly>[[Kategorî:Ne rind kurdî]]</includeonly><noinclude> [[Kategorî:Şablon]] </noinclude> 1bq02z2l1tj5qgvfbmnkjyq825y94hv 10 3942 5458 2013-07-09T23:04:44Z Gomada 570 Ji bo [[Şablon:Ne rind kurdî]] hate beralîkirin wikitext text/x-wiki #Beralîkirin [[Şablon:Ne rind kurdî]] jjh3oq131xetgz9jq1x059rxmfm79p9 10 3944 5462 5461 2013-07-09T23:10:06Z Gomada 570 Gomada navê [[Şablon:Babel]] weke [[Şablon:Babîl]] guherand wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="userboxes" style="float: {{{align|right}}}; margin-left: {{{left|1}}}em; margin-bottom: {{{bottom|0.5}}}em; width: {{{width|248}}}px; border: {{{bordercolor|#99B3FF}}} solid {{{solid|1}}}px; clear: {{{align|right}}}; color: {{{textcolor|#000000}}}; {{{extra-css|}}}" |- ! style="background-color: {{{color|inherit}}}; text-align: center" colspan="10" | {{{header|[[Wîkîpediya:Babîl]]}}} |- | style="vertical-align:middle !important" | {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{1}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{2}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{3|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{3}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{4|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{4}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{5|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{5}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{6|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{6}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{7|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{7}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{8|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{8}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{9|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{9}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{10|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{10}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{11|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{11}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{12|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{12}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{13|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{13}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{14|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{14}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{15|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{15}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{16|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{16}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{17|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{17}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{18|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{18}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{19|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{19}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{20|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{20}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{21|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{21}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{22|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{22}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{23|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{23}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{24|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{24}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{25|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{25}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{26|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{26}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{27|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{27}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{28|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{28}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{29|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{29}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{30|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{30}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{31|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{31}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{32|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{32}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{33|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{33}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{34|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{34}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{35|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{35}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{36|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{36}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{37|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{37}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{38|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{38}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{39|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{39}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{40|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{40}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{41|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{41}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{42|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{42}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{43|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{43}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{44|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{44}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{45|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{45}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{46|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{46}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{47|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{47}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{48|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{48}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{49|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{49}}}}} }}{{#if:{{{50|}}}|{{Bikarhêner {{{50}}}}} }}{{{special-boxes|}}} |- | style="background-color: {{{color|inherit}}}; text-align: center;" colspan="10" | {{{footer|[[:Kategorî:Bikarhêner ziman|Bikarhêner ziman]]}}} |}<noinclude>{{clear}}{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> bpbpavrkwf7cfkx2w3m5usv27tq12zk 10 3945 5463 2013-07-09T23:10:06Z Gomada 570 Gomada navê [[Şablon:Babel]] weke [[Şablon:Babîl]] guherand wikitext text/x-wiki #BERALÎKIRIN [[Şablon:Babîl]] dk6bh3um4qcb1mmfa018e2zrtg3zd4w 10 3946 6277 5464 2017-02-04T08:02:47Z Ah3kal 1127 fixing per https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Parsing/Replacing_Tidy wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};" ></div><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude> qymny5dh39iqla43ir8ib3lbjdyd5wy 10 3947 5465 2013-07-09T23:11:58Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "{{Belgekirin/binrûpel}} == Mînak 1 == <tt><nowiki>{{Babîl|fr|de-2|ja-3|fa}}</nowiki></tt> {{Babîl|fr|de-2|ja-3|fa}} {{-}} == Mînak 2 == <tt><nowiki>{{Babîl|align=left|colo..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{Belgekirin/binrûpel}} == Mînak 1 == <tt><nowiki>{{Babîl|fr|de-2|ja-3|fa}}</nowiki></tt> {{Babîl|fr|de-2|ja-3|fa}} {{-}} == Mînak 2 == <tt><nowiki>{{Babîl|align=left|color=yellow|footer=Zimanên min|fr|de-2|!|ja-3|fa}}</nowiki></tt> {{Babîl|align=left|color=yellow|footer=Zimanên min|fr|de-2|!|ja-3|fa}} {{-}} == Binêre jî == * [[Wîkîpediya:Babîl]] 59gahn9x5pp8ax6pa4ncx925ic749ui 10 3948 5466 2013-07-09T23:13:14Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "<includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{#rel2abs: ..}}/belge | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} | <div class="toc" style="text-align:center; margin-bottom:5px;"> [[:{{#rel2abs: .. | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}]] · ..." wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq: {{#rel2abs: ..}}/belge | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}} | <div class="toc" style="text-align:center; margin-bottom:5px;"> [[:{{#rel2abs: .. | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}]] · [[:{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}|Belgekirin]] · [[{{#rel2abs: .. | {{TALKPAGENAME}}}}|Gotûbêj]] · [[Special:Whatlinkshere/{{#rel2abs: .. | {{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}}}|Rûpelên girêdayî]] </div> [[Kategorî:Belgeyên şablonê|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> b8qkcokswnyif4pa0jm38rw8quyv9n4 10 3949 5467 2013-07-09T23:14:25Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "{{Bikarhêner ziman-D | id = [[Zimanê kurdî|ku]] | info = Zimanê '''[[:Kategorî:Bikarhêner ku-D|zikmakî]]''' yê {{GENDER:{{#titleparts:{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}|1}}|vî ..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{Bikarhêner ziman-D | id = [[Zimanê kurdî|ku]] | info = Zimanê '''[[:Kategorî:Bikarhêner ku-D|zikmakî]]''' yê {{GENDER:{{#titleparts:{{SUBJECTPAGENAME}}|1}}|vî bikarhênerî|vê bikarhênerê|vî/vê bikarhênerî/ê}} '''[[:Kategorî:Bikarhêner ku|kurmancî]]''' ye. | lang = ku }}<noinclude> {{Bikarhêner ziman|kurdî|ku}} </noinclude> 3br44545shrjerrmv1fe1q9aoi82f24 10 3950 5468 2013-07-09T23:15:00Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "{{userbox | border-c = #6ef7a7 | id = {{{id|{{{1}}}}}} | id-c = #6ef7a7 | id-s = 14 | info = {{{info|{{{2}}}}}} | info-c = #c5fcdc | info-s = 8 }}<!-- -->{{#i..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{userbox | border-c = #6ef7a7 | id = {{{id|{{{1}}}}}} | id-c = #6ef7a7 | id-s = 14 | info = {{{info|{{{2}}}}}} | info-c = #c5fcdc | info-s = 8 }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|Bikarhêner| [[Kategorî:Bikarhêner {{{lang}}}|{{PAGENAME}}]] [[Kategorî:Bikarhêner {{{lang}}}-D|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{lang}}}| [[Kategorî:Bikarhêner ziman (şablon)|{{{lang}}}]] }}<noinclude> {{-}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-0}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-1}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-2}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-3}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-4}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-5}} * {{tl|Bikarhêner ziman-D}} [[Kategorî:Babîl (şablon)]] </noinclude> 9c4mbefbrkgw4kgfdx46l7f8exz9ncs 10 3951 5469 2013-07-09T23:15:36Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "<includeonly><br style="clear:both" /></includeonly><noinclude> {{belgekirin}} </noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><br style="clear:both" /></includeonly><noinclude> {{belgekirin}} </noinclude> 85vt3ktbg1o85g8pse1xgxhc74gk9bx 10 3952 5470 2013-07-09T23:16:19Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "{{Navbox |name = Bikarhêner ziman |navbar = plain |title = [[{{{langvoid|Zimanê}}} {{{1}}}]] |list1 = <div> [[Wîkîpediya:Babîl|Babîl]]: [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-0|0]..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox |name = Bikarhêner ziman |navbar = plain |title = [[{{{langvoid|Zimanê}}} {{{1}}}]] |list1 = <div> [[Wîkîpediya:Babîl|Babîl]]: [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-0|0]] &#124; [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-1|1]] &#124; [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-2|2]] &#124; [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-3|3]] &#124; [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-4|4]] &#124; [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}|D]] &#124; [[Şablon:Bikarhêner {{{2}}}-5|5]] </div> }}<noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} [[Kategorî:Babîl (şablon)]] </noinclude> cek3qkxwymx7mvauo64t6vktcsc4ju5 10 3953 5471 2013-07-09T23:17:10Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "<!-- Please do not edit without discussion first as this is a VERY complex template. -->{{#switch:{{{border|{{{1|}}}}}}|subgroup|child=</div>|none=|#default=<table class="navbox ..." wikitext text/x-wiki <!-- Please do not edit without discussion first as this is a VERY complex template. -->{{#switch:{{{border|{{{1|}}}}}}|subgroup|child=</div>|none=|#default=<table class="navbox {{{bodyclass|}}}" cellspacing="0" <!-- -->style="{{{bodystyle|}}};{{{style|}}}"><tr><td style="padding:2px;">}}<!-- --><table cellspacing="0" class="nowraplinks {{#if:{{{title|}}}|{{#switch:{{{state|}}}|plain|off=|<!-- -->#default=collapsible {{#if:{{{state|}}}|{{{state}}}|autocollapse}}}}}} {{#switch:{{{border|{{{1|}}}}}}|<!-- -->subgroup|child|none=navbox-subgroup" style="width:100%;{{{bodystyle|}}};{{{style|}}}|<!-- -->#default=" style="width:100%;background:transparent;color:inherit}};{{{innerstyle|}}};"><!-- ---Title and Navbar--- -->{{#if:{{{title|}}}|<tr>{{#if:{{{titlegroup|}}}|<!-- --><td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{titlegroupstyle|}}}">{{{titlegroup|}}}</td><!-- --><th style="border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd;width:100%;|<th style="}}{{{basestyle|}}};{{{titlestyle|}}}" <!-- -->colspan={{#expr:2{{#if:{{{imageleft|}}}|+1}}{{#if:{{{image|}}}|+1}}{{#if:{{{titlegroup|}}}|-1}}}} <!-- -->class="navbox-title"><!-- -->{{#if:{{#switch:{{{navbar|}}}|plain|off=1}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}||{{#switch:{{{border|{{{1|}}}}}}|subgroup|child|none=1}}}}|<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{navbar|}}}|off|{{#ifeq:{{{state|}}}|plain|<div style="float:right;width:6em;">&nbsp;</div>}}|<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{state|}}}|plain||<div style="float:left; width:6em;text-align:left;">&nbsp;</div>}}}}|<!-- --><div style="float:left; width:6em;text-align:left;"><!-- -->{{Navbar|{{{name}}}|fontstyle={{{basestyle|}}};{{{titlestyle|}}};border:none;|mini=1}}<!-- --></div>{{#ifeq:{{{state|}}}|plain|<div style="float:right;width:6em;">&nbsp;</div>}}}}<!-- --><span class="{{{titleclass|}}}" style="font-size:{{#switch:{{{border|{{{1|}}}}}}|subgroup|child|none=100|#default=110}}%;"><!-- -->{{{title}}}</span></th></tr>}}<!-- ---Above--- -->{{#if:{{{above|}}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{title|}}}|<tr style="height:2px;"><td></td></tr>}}<!-- --><tr><td class="navbox-abovebelow" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{abovestyle|}}}" <!-- -->colspan="{{#expr:2{{#if:{{{imageleft|}}}|+1}}{{#if:{{{image|}}}|+1}}}}">{{{above}}}</td></tr>}}<!-- ---Body--- ---First group/list and images--- -->{{#if:{{{list1|}}}|{{#if:{{{title|}}}{{{above|}}}|<tr style="height:2px;"><td></td></tr>}}<tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{imageleft|}}}|<!-- --><td style="width:0%;padding:0px 2px 0px 0px;{{{imageleftstyle|}}}" <!-- -->rowspan={{#expr:1{{#if:{{{list2|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list3|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list4|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list5|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list6|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list7|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list8|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list9|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list10|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list11|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list12|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list13|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list14|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list15|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list16|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list17|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list18|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list19|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list20|}}}|+2}}}}><!-- -->{{{imageleft}}}</td>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{imageright|}}}|<!-- --><td style="width:0%;padding:0px 2px 0px 0px;{{{imagerightstyle|}}}" <!-- -->rowspan={{#expr:1{{#if:{{{list2|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list3|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list4|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list5|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list6|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list7|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list8|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list9|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list10|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list11|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list12|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list13|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list14|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list15|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list16|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list17|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list18|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list19|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list20|}}}|+2}}}}><!-- -->{{{imageright}}}</td>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{group1|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group1style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group1}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list1style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{list1padding|{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}}}}"> {{{list1}}}</div></td><!-- -->{{#if:{{{image|}}}|<!-- --><td style="width:0%;padding:0px 0px 0px 2px;{{{imagestyle|}}}" <!-- -->rowspan={{#expr:1{{#if:{{{list2|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list3|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list4|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list5|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list6|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list7|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list8|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list9|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list10|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list11|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list12|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list13|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list14|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list15|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list16|}}}|+2}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list17|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list18|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list19|}}}|+2}}{{#if:{{{list20|}}}|+2}}}}><!-- -->{{{image}}}</td>}}<!-- --></tr>}}<!-- ---Remaining groups/lists--- -->{{#if:{{{list2|}}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{title|}}}{{{above|}}}{{{list1|}}}|<tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr>}}<tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group2|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group2style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group2}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list2style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list2}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list3|}}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{title|}}}{{{above|}}}{{{list1|}}}{{{list2|}}}|<tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr>}}<tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group3|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group3style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group3}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list3style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list3}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list4|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group4|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group4style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group4}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list4style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list4}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list5|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group5|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group5style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group5}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list5style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list5}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list6|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group6|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group6style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group6}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list6style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list6}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list7|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group7|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group7style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group7}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list7style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list7}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list8|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group8|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group8style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group8}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list8style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list8}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list9|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group9|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group9style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group9}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list9style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list9}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list10|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group10|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group10style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group10}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list10style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list10}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list11|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group11|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group11style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group11}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list11style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list11}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list12|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group12|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group12style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group12}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list12style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list12}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list13|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group13|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group13style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group13}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list13style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list13}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list14|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group14|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group14style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group14}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list14style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list14}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list15|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group15|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group15style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group15}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list15style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list15}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list16|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group16|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group16style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group16}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list16style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list16}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list17|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group17|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group17style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group17}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list17style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list17}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list18|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group18|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group18style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group18}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list18style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list18}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list19|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group19|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group19style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group19}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{oddstyle|}}};{{{list19style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|even|{{{evenodd|odd}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list19}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{list20|}}}|<!-- --><tr style="height:2px"><td></td></tr><tr><!-- -->{{#if:{{{group20|}}}|<td class="navbox-group" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{groupstyle|}}};{{{group20style|}}}"><!-- -->{{{group20}}}</td><td style="text-align:left;border-left-width:2px;border-left-style:solid;|<td colspan=2 style="}}<!-- -->width:100%;padding:0px;{{{liststyle|}}};{{{evenstyle|}}};{{{list20style|}}}" <!-- -->class="navbox-list navbox-{{#ifeq:{{{evenodd|}}}|swap|odd|{{{evenodd|even}}}}}"><!-- --><div style="padding:{{{listpadding|0em 0.25em}}}"> {{{list20}}}</div></td></tr>}}<!-- ---Below--- -->{{#if:{{{below|}}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{title|}}}{{{above|}}}{{{list1|}}}{{{list2|}}}{{{list3|}}}|<tr style="height:2px;"><td></td></tr>}}<!-- --><tr><td class="navbox-abovebelow" style="{{{basestyle|}}};{{{belowstyle|}}}" <!-- -->colspan="{{#expr:2{{#if:{{{imageleft|}}}|+1}}{{#if:{{{image|}}}|+1}}}}">{{{below}}}</td></tr>}}<!-- --></table>{{#switch:{{{border|{{{1|}}}}}}|subgroup|child=<div>|none=|#default=</td></tr></table>}}<!-- --><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> e6wmu15pb6zqn07812zyn9v6trezs7m 10 3954 5472 2013-07-09T23:19:08Z Gomada 570 Rûpela nû: "<includeonly>{{#if:{{{nodiv|}}}|&nbsp;<span|<div}} class="noprint plainlinks navbar" style="background:none; padding:0; font-weight:normal;{{{fontstyle|}}}; font-size:xx-small; {{{..." wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{nodiv|}}}|&nbsp;<span|<div}} class="noprint plainlinks navbar" style="background:none; padding:0; font-weight:normal;{{{fontstyle|}}}; font-size:xx-small; {{{style|}}}"><!-- -->{{#if:{{{mini|}}}{{{plain|}}}|<!--nothing-->|<!--else: -->Vê qutiya:&#32;}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{brackets|}}}|&#91;}}<!-- -->[[{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}|<span title="Şablonê nîşan bide" style="{{{fontstyle|}}}"><!-- -->{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|n|nîşan bide}}</span>]]<!-- -->&nbsp;<span style="font-size:80%;">•</span>&nbsp;[[{{TALKPAGENAME:{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}}}|<span title="Gotûbêj û şirove ser vê şablonê" style="{{{fontstyle|}}}">{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|g|gotûbêj}}</span>]]<!-- -->{{#if:{{{noedit|}}}|<!--nothing-->|<!--else: -->&nbsp;<span style="font-size:80%;">•</span>&nbsp;[{{fullurl:{{transclude|{{{1}}}}}|action=edit}}<span title="Vê şablonê biguherîne" style="{{{fontstyle|}}};">{{#if:{{{mini|}}}|b|biguherîne}}</span>]<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{brackets|}}}|]}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{nodiv|}}}|<!--then: --></span>&nbsp;|<!--else: --></div>}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> 2nsf8jvtrkgc174fj081br9pkt8v41q 0 3955 5682 5681 2014-11-23T22:11:48Z Yekinty 901 wikitext text/x-wiki {| cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" border="0" width="100%" |- valign="top" | style="background-color: #fff; border: 2px solid #e2e2ff; padding: 0.6em;" | ==Pêşgotin== |- valign="top" | style="background-color: #C2F3E6; border: 2px solid #e2e2ff; padding: 0.6em;" | ==Yadigarê Zerîran(Wergerra Kurdî)== Bi navê dadar hurmuzd Bi navê dadar hurmuzd û pêşbînîya baş. Bila tendurustî û jiyandirêjî her ji başan û rastkaran ra be, bi taybetî jî yê ku (vê nivîstê) jê re hatiye nivîstin. ===Rêzên 1-10=== 1. Vê pirtûga (jê re) yadgarê zerîran tê gotin, paş wê gehê hatibû nivîstin ku wîştesp şah li gel zarok û birayên xwe û hevalên xwe û nişteyên seraya xwe vî dînê pîroz yê mazdêsnan ji hurmuzd pejirand. 2. Li paş vê, ercaspê xiyûnan bi van xeberên çavşikên, ku wîştesp şah li gel zarok û birayên xwe û hevalên xwe û nişteyên seraya xwe vî dînê pîroz ê mazdêsnan ji hurmuzd pejirand, hesiya. 3. Ew ji wana (xeberan) zêde dijwarî bû. 4. Û wî wîdrefşê cadû û namxwastê hezaran bi du bêwar <sup><a href="#fn1" id="ref1">1</a></sup> sipahê bijarte û hinarteyan re ber bi Êranşar ve şand. 5. Û paşê Camespê pêşewayê pêşengan zû ket hundir, û wî ji wîştesp şah re got ku ji ercespê xwedanê xiyûnan du peyamber(ferişte) hatine ku di hemû şehrê xiyûnan de ji wana xweşiktir nîne. 6. Yek wîdrefşê cadû û ê din namxwastê hezaran, bi du bêwar (10 hezar) sipahê bijarte bi wan re, û nameyek bi wan re û dibêjin ku me bihêlin hundir, pêşî wîştesp şah. 7. Wîştesp şah got ku wan bihêlin pêşê. 8. û çûn hundir û bi wîştesp şah nimêj birin û name danê. 9. Brahîmê serdebîr rabû piya û name bilind xwend. 10. û di nameyê wisa da hatibû nivîstin ku min bihîstiye ku mîrê we vî dînê pîroz ji hurmuzd (ahûra mezda) pejirandî û eger hun ji nû ve tê nefikirin hîngah ziyan û dijwariya giran dê ji me ra bêt (ji vî dînî). ===Rêzên 11-20=== 11. Eger bi dilê te mîrî jî bit vî dînî bihêlin û bibin hevkêşê xwedayê me peristîye, hingê em'ê sal bi sal gellek zêrr û zîv û gellek hespê nîk (rind, baş) û gellek textên şehriyarî bidin te. 12. Lê eger hûn vî dînî nehêlin û hember me hemkêş nebin hînga em'ê bavêjin ser we û nermê we (hajotî) bixwin û hişkê we bişewitînin û çarpa û dupayên we ji şaran dîl girin û bo we bi bendegî karê giran û dijwar bifermin. 13. Paş bihîstina van peyvan wîştesp şah zêde êşiya. 14. Û pey vana dema ku wî sipahbedê jêhatî zerîr çawa dît ku wîştesp şah tirsiya zû hat hundir û ket pêş wî 15. Wî gote wîştesp şah ku eger hûn dirist bibînîn ez'ê bersiva vê nameyê bifermim. 16. Wîştesp şah ferman da ku "nameyê bibersivîn". 17. Û wî zerîrê spahbedê artêşe yê wêrek wiha bersiv fermû ku dirûd ji wîştesp-şahê desthiltdarê îran bo ercespê şahê xiyûnan 18. Paş despêkê, ne em vî dînê pîrozê mazdêsnan dihêlin û ne jî hember we hemkêş dibin û me vî dînê pîroz ji hurmuzd pejirandî û em dev jê bernadin û du mehê din şûnda em dê bêyî we ava ebedîtiyê vexwîn(em'ê bi temamî bibin zerdeştî). 19. Wê dera paş hatûşê razûr û murxê(çûçik) zerdeştan ku ne koyên berz û ne newalên kûr henin, bên paş wan deştên pehn, hesp û wêrek dê meseleya me hell bikin. 20. Hûn ji wêder tên ta em ji vêder bên û hûn'ê me bibînin û em dê we bibînîn. ===Rêzên 21-30=== 21. Û bi wê bimêrim ku çawa kutanê dixwit dêw ji destê yezdan. 22. Brahimê serdebîr name muhr kir û wîdrefşê cadûg û namxwastê hezaran name girtin û çûn nimêjê li ber wîştesp-şah , û çûn. 23. Û paş vê, wîştesp-şah bi zerîrê bira ferman da ku li qafên koyên berz ateş ferman ke. 24. Şar agadar kin û bayespan(yên fermanên şah li xelkê belav dikin) agadar kin ku bêyî mag-merd ku av û agirê behram diperêsin û diparêzin, wekî dî ji deh salî ta heştê saliyan hêç mêr li xaniyê xwe mepê. 25. Bikin ku du meh şûnda bên ber derê wîştesp şah û eger ne ka hatin bila dar(ji bo daliqandinê) bi xwe ra neynin, ji wê û paş ve ez dê fermanî ber wan kim. 26. Paşê, hemû mêrên ji bayespan xeber girtin beramberî spayên xwe hatin ber derê wîştesp şah. Li daholû nayê xistin, deng ji borazanan anîn. 27. Û karwan bi rêh xistin û fîlvan da pey fîl û stûrvan da pey stûr û parxêlvan da pey parxêlê. 28. Di vê karwanê da gellek rimbazên mîna rustem hebûn, gellek tîrdankên tijî tîr, gellek zirhên bronzîn, gellek zirhên çhar qat. 29. û karwanê êranşar wisa bû ku bang bi asiman ve diçû û tepîn bi dûjehê ve diçû. 30. Li pey rêha ku diçûn robar wisa dihatin birrîn ku ava di dewsa şopa wan de kom dibû heta mehkê nedişê bihata vexwarin. ===Rêzên 31-40=== 31. Heta panzdeh rojan ronî nebû, çûkan niştegeh nedîtin ji bilî serê hespan, li serê riman yan jî li ser koyên bilind. Ji gerr û dû şev û roj ne peyda bû. 32. Wîştesp şah ferman da zerîrê birad ku konan vegirin û bila îranî(leşker) konan vegirin ta em bizanin ka şev e ya roj. 33. Zerîr ji nav leşkeran veqetya û konek vegirt û êraniyan çadirên xwe vegirtin û gerr û dû nişt, stêr û heyv li asmên peyda bûn. 34. ===Rêzên 41-50=== ===Rêzên 51-60=== ===Rêzên 61-70=== ===Rêzên 71-80=== ===Rêzên 81-90=== ===Rêzên 91-100=== ===Rêzên 101-110=== ===Rêzên 111-114=== |- valign="top" | style="background-color: #B2CCFF; border: 2px solid #e2e2ff; padding: 0.6em;" | ==Texta Pehlewî bi Tîpên Latînkî== 34 pas zanēnd sē-sad mēx ī āhanēn ī padiš bandēnd sē-sad arwes kē har arwēs-ē sē sad darāγ ī zarrēn padiš āgust ēstēd. 35 pas wištāsp ō kay-gāh nišīnēd ud jāmāsp ī bīdaxš ō pēš xwānēd, gōwēd kū man dānēm kū tō jāmāsp dānāg ud wēnāg <ud> šnāsag hē. 36 ēn-iz dānē kū ka dah rōz wārān āyēd čand srešk ō zamīg ud čand srešk abar srešk āyēd. 37 ud ēn-iz dānē, kū urwarān wiškofēd, kadām ān gul ī rōz wiškofēd ud kadām ān ī šab, kadām ān ī fradāg. 38 ēn-iz dānē kū mētarag (?) kadām ān āb dārēd ud kadām ān nē dārēd. 39 ēn-iz dāne kū fradāg rōz čē bawēd andar ān azdahāg razm ī wištāspān, az pusarān ud brādarān ī man kay-wištāsp-šāh kē zīwēd ud kē mīrēd. 40 gōwēd jāmāsp bīdaxš kū kāč ka man az mādar nē zād hēm ayāb ka zād hēm pad xwēš baxt pad rahīgīh bē murd hēm ayāb murw-ē būd hēm ō drayāb ōbast hēm ayāb ašmā bayān ēn frašn az man nē pursīd hē, bē ka-tān pursīd hē ēg-im nē kāmēm bē ka rāst gōwēm. 41 agar ašmā bayān sahēd dašn ī xwēš grōwān barēd pad xwarrah ī ohrmazd, bē dēn ī māzdēsnān ud gyān <ī> zarēr ī brād sōgand xwarēd kū šamšēr ī pōlāwadēn ud šēd ī tēz ērwār tā ō druwāsp sē bār bē māl kū-t nē zanēm ud nē ōzanēm ud nē (tō-iz) pad dēbahr dārēm tā gōwēd kū čē bawēd andar ān razm ī wištāspān. 42 pas gōwēd wištāsp-šāh kū pad xwarrah ī ohrmazd ud dēn ī māzdēsnān ud gyān <ī> zarēr brād sōgand xwarēm kū-t nē zanēm ud nē ōzanēm ud nē tō-iz pad dēbahr darēm. 43 pas gōwēd jāmāsp bīdaxš kū agar ašmā bayān sahēd ēn wuzurg spāh ērān-šahr az mašk ī pādixšā ē tigr-yāb frāztar framāyēd nišāstan. 44 pas wištāsp-šāh ān wuzurg spāh ērān-šahr az mašk ī abarzēn ī wištāspān ē tigr-yāb frāztar framāyēd nišast<(an)>. 45 pas gōwēd jāmāsp ī bīdaxš kū ōy weh kē az mādar nē zād ayāb ka zād murd ayāb az rahīgīh ō paymān nē mad. 46 fradāg rōz ka pahikōbēnd nēw pad nēw ud warāz pad warāz, was mād abāg puhr (abē-puhr) was (puhr) abē-pid ud was pid abē-puhr ud was brād abē-brād ud was zan šōy-ōmand abē-šōy bawēnd. 47 was āyēnd bārag ērānagān kē wišād, arwand rawēnd andar ān xiyōnān xwadāy xwāhēnd ud nē windēnd. 48 ōy weh kē nē wēnēd ān wīdrafš jādūg ka āyēd ud razm tāzēd ud wināh kunēd ud ōzanēd tahm spāh-bed zarēr ī tō brād, u-š bārag bē barēnd ān syā āhanēn sumb ī zarēr bārag ud ōynām-xwāst ī hazārān kē āyēd ud razm tāzēd ud wināh kunēd, ōzanēd ān pād-husro ī ardāy māzdēsnān ī tō brād, u-š bārag-iz bē barēnd ān zarrēn grī-kaft, ōy nām-xwāst ī hazārān kē āyēd ud razm tāzēd ud wīnāh kunēd ud ōzanēd ān frašāward ī tō pus ī tal zād pad nēm-wēčag kay-bāg, ud tō-iz az abārīg frazandān dōst-tar. 49 u-t az pus tā brād wīst-ud-sē murd bawēnd. 50 pas wištāsp-šāh ka-š ān saxwan āšnūd az farroxān-gāh ō zamīg ōbast. 51 u-š pad hōy dast kārd ud pad dašn dast šamšēr gīrēd ud tag ō jāmāsp kunēd ud gōwēd ku ma drust awar sahm-spār ī jādūg, čē tō mād jādūg u-t pid drōzan būd. 52 u-t ān guft, nē bawēd, bē ka-m pad xwarrah ī ohrmazd ud dēn ī māzdēsnān ud gyān ī zarēr ī brād sōgand <nē> xward hēm ēg-im pad ēn dō tēx ī šamšēr kārd sar brīd bē zamīg abgand hēm. 53 pas jāmāsp gōwēd kū agar ašmā bayān sahēd az ēn xāk abar āxēzēd ud abāz ō kay- gāh nišīnēd, čē šāyēd būdan ka šāyēd būdan, ka ēn man guft bawād. 54 wištāsp-šāh nē abar āxēzēd ud nē abāz nigerēd. 55 pas ān tahm spāh-bed nēw zarēr kē šawēd gōwēd kū agar ašmā bayān az ēn xāk abar āxēzēd ud abāz ō kay-gāh nišīnēd, čē man fradāg šawēm abāg ān ī xwēš zōr xiyōn pānzdah bēwar ōzanēm. 56 wištāsp-šāh nē āxēzēd nē abāz nigerēd. 57 pas ān pād-husraw ī ardāy māzdesnān kē šawēd ud gōwēd kū agar ašmā bayān sahēd az ēn xāk abar āxēzēd ud abāz ō kay-gāh nišīnēd, čē man fradāg rōz šawēm {!} ud ōzanēm abāg ān ī xwēš zōr xiyōn čahārdah. 58 wištāsp-šāh nē abar āxēzēd ud nē abāz nigerēd. 59 pas ān frašāward ī wištāsp-šāh pus kē šawēd gōwēd kū agar ašmā bayān sahēd az ēn xāk abar āxēzēd ud abāz ō kay-gāh nišīnēd, čē fradāg rōz šawēm ud ōzanēm abāg ān ī xwēš zōr xiyōn sēzdah bēwar. 60 wištāsp-šāh nē āxēzēd ud nē abāz nigerēd. 61 pas ān yal ī nēw spandyād kē šawēd ud gōwēd kū agar ašmā bayān sahēd az ēn xāk <abar> āxēzēd, abāz ō kay-gāh nišīnēd, čē man fradāg rōz šawēm bē xwarrah ī ohrmazd ud dēn ī māzdēsnān ud gyān ašmā bayān sōgand xwarēm kū zīndag xiyōn ēč bē nē hilēm az ān razm. 62 pas wištāsp-šāh abar āxēzēd ud abāz ō kay-gāh nišīnēd ud jāmāsp ī bīdaxš ō pēš xwāhēd ud gōwēd kū, ma bād ēdōn čiyōn tō jāmāsp gōwē čē man diz-ē rōyēn bē framāyēm kardan ud ān diz dar-band ān ī āhanēn bē framāyēm kardan, awēšān pusarān ud brādarān ud wāspuhragān andar ān diz framāyēm kardan ud nišastan, šāyēd kū ō dast dušmenān nē rasēnd. 63 gōwēd jāmāsp bīdaxš kū agar diz-ē rōyēn bē framāyē kardan ōy-šan pusarān ud brādarān, wāspuhragān ī tō rām-šahr kay-wištāsp-šāh andar ān diz bē framāyē nišastan, pas ān and dušmen az šahr abāz dāšt<(an)> kē tuwan. 64 čē ān tahm spāh-bed ī nēw zarēr ī tō brād, kē šawēd <ud> ōzanēd xiyōn pānzdah bēwar, ud ān pād-husro ī ardāy māzdēsnān, kē šawēd ud ōzanēd xiyōn čahārdah bēwar ud ān frašāward ī tō pus kē šawēd ud ōzanēd xiyōn sēzdah bēwar. 65 wištāsp-šāh gōwēd nūn čand āyēnd xiyōn az bunag ud ka ēw-bār āyēnd čand mīrēnd ud čand abāz šawēnd. 66 gōwēd jāmāsp bīdaxš kū sad-ud-sīh-ud-ēk bēwar xiyōn az bunag bē āyēnd, ka ēw-bār āyēnd ēč zīndag abāz bē nē šawēnd bē ān ī ēk arjāsp ī xiyōnan xwadāy. 67 ōy-iz yal spandyāl girēd, aziš dast-ē ud pāy-ē ud gōš-ē brīnēd, aziš čašm-ē pad ātaxš dazēd, u-š pad brīd<(ag)> dumb xar-ē abāz ō šahr ī xwēš frēstēd ud gōwēd kū šaw ud gōw kū čē dīd az dast ī man yal spandyād. 68 ud pas gōwēd kay-wištāsp-šāh kū agar hamāg pus ud brād ud wāspuhragān ī man kay-wištāsp-šāh ud ān-iz ī hutōs ī-m xwah ud zan, kē az pus tā duxt sīh aziš zād ēstēd ud hamāg murd bawēnd ēg-im ēn abēzag dēn ī māzdēsn<ān> čiyōn-am az ohrmazd padīrift bē nē hilēm. 69 pas wištāsp-šāh ō kōf sar nišīnēd zōr abāg būd dawāzdah dawāzdah bēwar, arjāsp ī xiyōnān xwadāy ō kōf sar nišīnēd u-š zōr būd dawāzdah bēwar bēwar. 70 ud ān tahm spāh-bed ī nēw zarēr kārezār ōwōn nēw kunēd čiyōn ka ādur yazd andar ō nayestān ōftēd u-š wād-iz ayār bawēd, ka šamšēr frāz zanēd dah ud ka abāz wēzēd dah-ē xiyōn ōzanēd, ka gušnag, tišnag bawēd xōn <ī> xiyōn wēnēd šād bawēd. 71 ud pas arjāsp ī xiyōnān xwadāg az kōf sar nigāh kunēd ud gōwēd kū az ašmā xiyōnān kē ast kē šawēd abāg zarēr kōxšēd u-š kušēd ān ī tahm spāh-bed ī nēw zarēr, tā zarr-stūn ī man duxt, pad zanīh awiš dahēm kē andar hamāg šahr <ī> xiyōnān zan-ē az ōy hu-čihr tar nēst. 72 u-š hamāg šahr ī xiyōnān bīdaxš kunēm čē agar tā šab zīndag zarēr, ēg nē dagr- zamān bawēd ka az amā xiyōnān ēč zīndag abāz bē nē pāyēd. 73 pas ān wīdrafš ī jādūg abar ō pāy ēstēd gōwēd kū man rāy asp zēn sāzēd tā man šawēm. 74 ud asp zēn sāzēnd u-š wīdrafš ī jādūg abar nišīnēd ud stānēd ān fraš ī afsūdag, ī dēwān andar dušox pad xēšm ud zahr distag, pad āb ī bazag kard ēstād ud frāz ō dast stānēd ud andar razm dwārēd wēnēd kū zarēr kārezar čiyōn nēw kunēd frāz ō pēš nē ayārēd šudan. 75 u-š az nihān, az pas frāz dwārēd, šawēd ud zarēr rāy azēr ī kamar band ud azabar ī kustīg pad pušt bē zanēd ud pad dil bē widārēd ud bē ō zamīg abganēd ud pas bē nišīnēd ān parrišn ī kamānān ud wāng ī nēw mardān. 76 pas wištāsp-šāh az kōf sar nigāh kunēd ud gōwēd ku az pad ēd dārēm kū-mān ōzad zarēr ī ērān spāh-bed čē nūn nē āyēd parrišn ī kamānān ud wāng <ī> nēw mardān. 77 bē az ašmā ērān kē ast kē šawēd ud zarērān kēn xwāhēd tā ka-š ān humāg ī man duxt pad zanīh awiš dahēm kē andar hamag šahr ī ērān zan az ōy hu-čihrtar nēst. 78 u-š mān ud kadag ī zarēr, spāh-bedīh ī ērān awiš dahēm. 79 ēč ēr ud āzād passox nē dād bē ān pus zarērān, kōdak <ī> haft sālag hōmānāg frāz ō pāy ēstād ud gōwēd kū man rāy asp zēn sāzēd tā man šawēm ud razm <ī> ērān wēnēm, wāspuhr ī wištāspān wēnēm ud ān tahm spāh-bēd ī nēw zarēr ī man pidar, agar zīndag ayāb murdag čiyōn ast pēš ašmā bayān gōwēm. 80 pas wištāsp-šāh gōwēd kū tō ma šaw čē tō aburnāy hē ud razmān pahrēz nē dānē, u-t angust pad tigr nē ōst ēstēd. 81 ma xiyōn<ān> rasēnd ud tō ōzanēnd čē-šān zarēr-iz ōzad, pas xiyōn<ān> dō nām barēnd kū-mān ōzad zarēr ī ērān spāh-bed, u-mān zad bastwar ī-š pus. 82 pas bastwar pad nihān ō ōy āxwarr-sālār gōwēd kū wištāsp<-šā> framān dād kū ān asp ka zarēr kōdak būd (abar nišast) bē ō bastwar dahēd. 83 ōy ī āxwarr-sālār asp zēn framāyēd kardan ud bastwar abar nišīnēd ud asp frāz hilēd ud dušmēn ōzanēd tā ō ān gyāg rasēd kū murdag <ī> nēw pidar wēnēd. 84 ud nē dagr-zamān pāyēd, gōwēd kū: alā dārūg, gyān ōžand-it kē amwašt, alā warāz padrān ī tō kē amwašt, alā sēn-murwag bārag-it {!} kē amwašt. 85 ka-t hamē ēdōn kāmist kū-t abāg xiyōnān kārezār kunē, nūn ōzad abgand hē andar amā razm čiyōn a-gāh a-ganj mardōm. 86 u-t ēn xwahl wars ud rēš wādān wišuft ēstēd, u-t abēzag tan, aspān xwast pad pāy, u-t xāk ō grīw nišast, bē nūn čiyōn kunēm čē agar az asp bē nišīnēm ud tō pidar sar andar kanār gīrēm u-t xāk az grīw bē gīrēm ud pas sabukīhā abāz ō asp nišastan nē tuwān. 87 ma xiyōn<ān> rasēnd ud man ōzanēnd čē-šān tō-iz kušt, pas xiyōn<ān> dō nām barēnd kū-mān ōzad zarēr ērān spāh-bed, u-mān ōzad bastwar ī-š pus. 88 pas bastwar asp frāz hilēd ud dušmen zanēd tā ō pēš <ī> wištāsp-šāh rasēd, gōwēd kū man šud hēm u-m razm <ī> ērān drust dīd, ud wāspuhr ī wištāspān. 89 u-m murdag dīd ān tahm spāh-bed ī nēw zarēr ī man pidar, bē agar ašmā bayān sahēd man hilēd tā šawēm ud pidarān kēn xwāhēm. 90 pas gōwēd jāmāsp bīdaxš kū hilēd ēd rahīg čē-š abar baxt ēstēd dušmen ōzanēd. 91 ud pas wištāsp-šāh asp zēn framāyēd kardan. 92 u-š bastwar abar nišīnēd; <wištāsp-šā> az kantigr ī xwēš tigr-ē dahēd u-š āfrīn padiš kunēd gōwēd kū: nūn-it yal az man šawē pērōz awar hāh pad har razm ud pād-razm-ē tō pērōz hāh, pād-rōz nām āwarē, jāwēdān rōzān dušmen murd āwarē. 93 ud nūn bārag ud drafš im spāh ērān kār-om tō framāyē, nām-āwurd ī bawē yad-ō rōz jāwēd. 94 pas bastwar asp frāz hilēd ud dušmen ōzanēd ud kārezār ōwōn nēw kunēd čiyōn zarēr <ī> ērān spāh-bed kard. 95 pas arjāsp <ī> xiyōnān xwadāy az kōf sar nigāh kunēd ud gōwēd kū ān kē ast, ān kayān nēw rahīg kē gurd-wār asp dārēd ud gurd-wār zēn dārēd, kārezār ōwōn nēw kunēd čiyōn zarēr <ī> ērān spāh-bed kard. 96 bē az pad ēd dārēm kū ān tōhmag wištāspān zarērān kēn xwāhēd. 97 bē ašmā xiyōnān kē ast kē šawēd ud abāg ān rahīg kōxšēd ēg-iš ān bēh-stūn ī man duxt, pad zanīh bē dahēm kē andar hamāg šahr ī xiyōnān zan az ōy hu-čihrtar nēst. 98 u-š andar hamāg šahr ī xiyōnān bīdaxš kunēm čē agar tā šab zīndag rahīg, ēg nē dagr-zamān bawēd ka az amā xiyōnān ēč zīndag abāz nē mānēd. 99 pas widrafš jādūg abar ō pāy ēstād u-š guft kū man rāy asp zēn sāzēd tā man šawēm. 100 ud asp āhanēn sumb ī zarēr bārag zēn sāzēnd ud wīdrafš jādūg abar nišīnēd ud stānēd ān fraš ī afsūdag <ī> dēwān andar dušox pad xēšm ud zahr distag, pad āb <ī> bazag kard ēstēd, frāz ō dast stānēd ud andar razm dwārēd, wēnēd kū bastwar kārezār čiyōn nēw kunēd frāz ō pēš nē ayārēd šudan pad nihān az pas frāz šawēd. 101 bastwar nigāh kunēd ud gōwēd kū druwand ī jādūg frāz ō pēš awar čē man dārēm bārag azēr rān bē tāxtan nē dānēm ud man dārēm tigr andar kantigr bē wistan nē dānēm frāz ō pēš awar u-t ēn xwaš gyān abar gīrēm čiyōn-it {!} ān tahm spāh-bed zarēr man pidar kard. 102 ud wīdrafš jādūg wistāx šawēd, frāz ō pēš šawēd ud ān syā āhanēn sumb ī zarēr bārag ka wāng ī bastwar ašnawēd čahār-pāy abar zamīg ēstād nōh-sad-ud-nawad-ud-nōh wāng bē kunēd. 103 ud wīdrafš fraš wēzēd ud bastwar pad dast frāz padīrēd. 104 pas ruwān ī zarēr wāng kunēd kū ēd fraš az dast bē abgan ud az kantigr ī xwēš tigr-ē stān ēd druwand passox kun. 105 ud bastwar fraš az dast bē abganēd ud az kantigr ī xwēš tigr-ē stānēd ud wīdrafš pad dil zanēd pad pušt bē widārēd ud bē ō zamīg abganēd ud drōd ō ruwān dahēd. 106 u-š bē wizīd ān mōg ī spēd ī pad mōrwārīd ud ham zarr zarēr brahmag ud xwad abar bārag ī zarēr nišīnēd ud bārag-iz xwēš pad dast frāz padīrēd ud asp frāz hilēd ud dušmēn ōzanēd tā ō ān gyāg rasēd kū garāmīg-kard <ī> jāmāsp pus drafš ī pērōzān pad dandān dārēd ud pad dō dast kārezār kunēd. 107 garāmīg-kard ud ān wuzurg spāh ka bastwar wēnēd hāmōyēn zarēr rāy brāmēnd ud gōwēnd kū ēdar čim āmad hē ka-t angust pad tigr nē ōst ēstēd ud razmān pahrēz nē dānē. 108 ma xiyōn<ān> rasēnd ud tō ōzanēnd čē-š ān zarēr-iz ōzad pas (xiyōnān) dō nām barēnd kū-mān ōzad zarēr <ērān> spāh-bed u-mān ōzad bastwar ī-š pus. 109 pas bastwar gōwēd kū pad pērōzīh dārē tō garāmīg-kard jāmāsp pus ēd drafš pērōzān čē agar zīndag rasēm ō pēš ī wištāsp-šāh gōwēm kū-t kārezār čiyōn nēw kard. 110 pas bastwar asp frāz hilēd dušmen ōzanēd tā ō ān gyāg rasēd kū yal nēw spandyād (kārezār) kunēd. 111 (spandyād) ka bastwar wēnēd ān wuzurg spāh ī ērān pad bastwar bē hilēd xwad ō kōf sar šawēd ud arjāsp abāg dawāzdah bēwar spāh az kōf sar zanēd ud bē ō dašt abganēd ud spandyād zanišn ō garamīg-kard spōzēd, garāmīg-kard zanēd ud ō bastwar spōzēd. 112 ēg nē dagr-zamān bawēd ka az awēšān xiyōnān ēč zīndag abāz bē nē mānēd bē ān ī ēk arjāsp ī xiyōnān xwadāy. 113 ud ōy-iz yal spandyād gīrēd, aziš dast-ē ud pāy<-ē> ud gōš-ē brīnēd ud aziš čašm-ē pad ātaxš sōzēd, u-š pad brīdag dumb xar-ē abāz <ō> šahr ī xwēš frēstēd. 114 gōwēd kū šaw ud gōw kū-t čē dīd az dast man yal ī spandyād kū xiyōnān čē dānēnd kū čē būd pad rōz frawardīn andar azdahāg razm wištāspān. wištāsp lurāspān ud zarēr bastwar ud spandyād pad ham ēwēn frašāward ī wištāspān ud garāmīg-kard puhr jāmāsp, pād-husraw <ī> pād-yasn kē xwad-burd nām hēnd. |- valign="top" | style="background-color: #FBFDFC; border: 2px solid #e2e2ff; padding: 0.6em;" | ==Têbînî== ==Girêdanên derve== * [http://www.avesta.org/mp/zarir.htm "avesta.org" wergerra bi îngilisî] * [http://titus.fkidg1.uni-frankfurt.de/texte/etcs/iran/miran/mpers/jamasp/jamas.htm?jamas001.htm#PT_Ay.Zar._79_212 "TITUS"] * [http://www.iranicaonline.org/articles/ayadgar-i-zareran "iranicaonline.org"] rey7rlhqa7ch4rcnymyh1uklwwtprtm 0 3960 5490 5489 2013-08-13T11:48:44Z Siyabendamed 978 wikitext text/x-wiki car caran mirov dixwaze tiştek çe bike lê ev tiştên ku dıwaze çê nabe lê pêwiste mirov bi bêhn firehî tev bigere. Ez bi wî vinê me ku ez têk neçim. m09v6acrn1j9ma7empfe1esrkaamd0c 10 4111 5812 2015-08-03T23:34:28Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki @[[Bikarhêner:{{{1|Example}}}|{{{2|{{{1|Example}}}}}}]] e7aycnlpozy8pzs3qqlpyhviidg2o4b 0 4121 5978 5977 2015-11-11T15:13:56Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 wikitext text/x-wiki *KU: '''Almanî ji bo destpêkeran''' *DE: '''Deutsch für Anfänger''' *KU: '''Naverok''' *DE: '''Inhaltsverzeichnis''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |- ! colspan="10"| Ders |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|001]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002|002]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003|003]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004|004]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005|005]] |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006|006]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007|007]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008|008]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009|009]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010|010]] |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011|011]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012|012]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013|013]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014|014]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015|015]] |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016|016]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017|017]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018|018]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019|019]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020|020]] |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021|021]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022|022]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023|023]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024|024]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 025|025]] |- | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a|004a]] |} :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |- ! colspan="10"| Lektion |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Vokabular|Vokabular (Vocabulary)]] || &nbsp; |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001/Übersetzung|Lektion 001/Übersetzung]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002/Übersetzung|Lektion 002/Übersetzung]] |- | [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003/Übersetzung|Lektion 003/Übersetzung]] || [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004/Übersetzung|Lektion 004/Übersetzung]] |} == Inhaltsverzeichnis für die Lektionen 1 - 5 (Übungen 001 - 199) == * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|Lektion 001]] (Übung 001 - 039) ** Willkommen! ** ch ** ß ** ei ** h ** sch ** ch ** Ich heiße ... ** ich komme aus ... ** Was ist das? ** Wo ist ...? ** Haben Sie ...? ** Brauchen Sie ...? ** Test ** [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001/Übersetzung|Lektion 001/Übersetzung]] ** [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001/Test|Lektion 001/Test]] * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|Lektion 002]] (Übung 040 - 079) ** Essen ** Zahlen ** Wer ist das? ** Was ist das? ** Fragewörter ** Test ** [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002/Übersetzung|Lektion 002/Übersetzung]] * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003|Lektion 003]] (Übung 080 - 119) ** Zahlen ** rechnen ** [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003/Übersetzung|Lektion 003/Übersetzung]] * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004|Lektion 004]] (Übung 120 - 152a) ** Test ** Was brauchen Sie? ** Was kaufen Sie? ** Kleidung ** Zahlen ** rechnen ** Buchstaben ** Schreibschrift ** buchstabieren ** Euro-Preise ** [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004/Übersetzung|Lektion 004/Übersetzung]] * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a|Lektion 004a]] (Übung 153 - 159) ** Test: Zahlen (Diktat) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005|Lektion 005]] (Übung 160 - 199) ** Test ** konjugieren ** stehen - liegen ** Was ist das? ** Wer ist das? ** Die Possesivpronomen „mein“ und „Ihr“ im Nominativ ** Test == Inhaltsverzeichnis für die Lektionen 6 - 10 (Übungen 200 - 469) == * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006|Lektion 006]] (Übung 200 - 259) ** Test ** antworten, arbeiten, warten ** zeichen, öffnen, bilden ** atmen, heißen, grüßen ** übersetzen, essen, ** Die Negation mit „nicht“ ** wo, wie ** sprechen ** wann ** Das Demonstrativpronomen „dieser“, „dieses“ „diese“ im Nominativ ** Die Fragen „welcher“, „welches“, „welche“ * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007|Lektion 007]] (Übung 260 - 309) ** Test: der, die oder das? ** sein ** Wochentage ** Possessivpronomen im Nominativ ** Farben ** seit wann ** das Alfabet ** Buchstabiertafel ** Test: der, die oder das? ** Test: Farben * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008|Lektion 008]] (Übung 310 - 379) ** Die Konjugation des Verbs „haben“ ** sprechen, nehmen, lesen, sehen ** Das Akkusativobjekt: Neutrum, Femininum und Plural ** holen ** Die Negation mit „nicht“ und „kein“ ** Das Personalpronomen (Neutrum, Femininum, Plural) im Akkusativ ** Das Mittagessen ** groß - klein ** holen - bringen ** schmecken * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009|Lektion 009]] (Übung 380 - 419) ** Das Akkusativobjekt Maskulinum im Singular (Akkusativ) ** Akkusativ: „wen“ oder „was“? ** Brauchen Sie noch etwas? (Text) ** rufen ** suchen - finden ** ganz, noch, genug ** vorn - hinten; rechts - links * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010|Lektion 010]] (Übung 420 - 469) ** Test: der, die oder das? ** Die Präposition „für“ und „in“ mit dem Akkusativ. ** Die Personalpronomen im Akkusativ ** Das Pronomen „sich“ ** hierher, dorthin ** gehen, essen, passen ** heute - morgen - übermorgen ** kommen, gehen ** rein - raus ** holen, bringen; hin, her ** rüber == Inhaltsverzeichnis für die Lektionen 11 - 15 (Übungen 470 - 699) == * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011|Lektion 011]] (Übung 470 - 519) ** Test: der, die oder das? ** Das Partizip II (Perfekt) mit „haben“ (schwache Verben) ** 2. Vergangenheit ** Uhrzeit ** wachen, weinen ** Das Haar ** Test: Verben übersetzen (30 Verben) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012|Lektion 012]] (Übung 520 - 569) ** Das Perfekt „haben“ (schwache Verben) ** Das Imperfekt von „haben“ - 1. Vergangenheit ** Die Konjunktionen „und“, „oder“ und „aber“ ** Rosemarie hat Geburtstag. (Text) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013|Lektion 013]] (Übung 570 - 619) ** Das Perfekt mit „haben“ (starke Verben) - 2. Vergangenheit ** wissen, schlafen ** kein ... mehr ** Ein Geschenk (Text) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014|Lektion 014]] (Übung 620 - 669) ** Das Perfekt mit „sein“ (Präteritum - 1. Vergangenheit) ** Das Dativobjekt (Singular) ** mit - ohne ** Der Besuch der Schwester (freies Gespräch) ** Das Personalpronomen im Dativ * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015|Lektion 015]] (Übung 670 - 699) ** Das Imperfekt von „sein“ ** Reihenfolge der Satzglieder bei Personalpronomen als Objekt ** Verben mit dem Dativobjekt ** sollen == Inhaltsverzeichnis für die Lektionen 16 - 20 (Übungen 700 - 849) == * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016|Lektion 016]] (Übung 700 - 709) ** Tabelle: Nominativ, Dativ, Akkusativ ** tabla: Caso nominativo, Caso dativo, Caso acusativo ** Übung: Nominativ (Wer oder was?) ** Übung: Dativ (Wem oder was?) ** Übung: Akkusativ (Wen oder was?) ** Test: der, die oder das? * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017|Lektion 017]] (Übung 710 - 729) ** Herr Schulze hat Zahnschmerzen ** glauben ** vor - seit ** Unser Urlaub in Madrid (freies Gespräch) ** Anmachsprüche * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018|Lektion 018]] (Übung 730 - 769) ** Die Präposition „mit“ mit dem Dativ ** womit ** Die Präposition „in“ mit dem Dativ ** Was fehlt Ihnen? (Text) ** messen ** wo - wohin ** denn ** kein ... mehr ** vorgestern - gestern - heute - morgen - übermorgen ** Herr Schulze besucht seinen Freund (Text) ** Anmachsprüche * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019|Lektion 019]] (Übung 770 - 819) ** Die Präpositionen „in, an, vor, nach, seit“ (temporal) mit dem Dativ ** Die Präpositionen „an“ und „auf“ mit den Fragen „wohin?“ (Akkusativ) und „wo?“ (Dativ) ** liegen - stehen ** legen - stellen ** Was machen Sie am Wochenende? (Text) ** reichen, hoffentlich, einverstanden ** Urlaub (Text) ** auf, unter, über, neben, an, vor, hinter, in, zwischen * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020|Lektion 020]] (Übung 820 - 849) ** Verben mit Präpositionen „warten auf“ und „antworten auf“ ** Test: der, die oder das? (130 Substantive) == Inhaltsverzeichnis für die Lektionen 21 - 25 (Übungen 850 - 1099) == * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021|Lektion 021]] (Übung 850 - 899) ** Die Präpositionen „bis, bis zu, von ... bis ... , von ... bis zu ...“ (temporal) mit dem Dativ ** Das Modalverb „mögen“ ** Das Modalverb „dürfen“ ** Darf ich Sie einladen? (Text) ** Anmachsprüche ** Backe, backe Kuchen (Kinderlied) ** Hoppe hoppe Reiter (Kinderlied) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022|Lektion 022]] (Übung 900 - 949) ** Modalverben: wollen, können, müssen ** Ein Urlaub im Gebirge (Text) ** Darf ich bitten? (Text) ** Länder, Nationalitäten ** Ein Wochenende (Text) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023|Lektion 023]] (Übung 950 - 999) ** ** Modalverben: sollen, können, müssen, dürfen, wollen ** Vergleichssätze ** Auf dem Weg nach Hause (Text) ** Komparativ, Superlativ ** so schnell wie, schneller, am schnellsten, schneller als ** Anmachsprüche ** Test: der, die oder das? (150 Substantive) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024|Lektion 024]] (Übung 1000 - 1049) ** Die unfest zusammengesetzten Verben ** weiterfahren, weiterarbeiten, weitermachen, weitergehen ** mitbringen, mitnehmen ** Monika war am Rhein (Text) ** Monika war im Gebirge (Text) ** Anmachsprüche ** Wer hat Vorfahrt? (an der Kreuzung) (freies Gespräch) * [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 025|Lektion 025]] (Übung 1050 - 1099) ** Das Genitivattribut ** Farben ** Herr Keller kauft Bücher (Text) ** schon lange - vor kurzem ** Im Zug nach Berlin (Text) ** Bildbeschreibung ** Ein Besuch in der Stadt (Text) [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger]] 9epm6nk8fjv00ch8wp5xwz52xq5evnd 0 4122 6789 6727 2023-04-09T07:06:54Z WikiBayer 1583 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :Lektion 001 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002|Lektion 002]] == 001a – 001h == <span style="color:#009900;">'''001a'''</span> :ch * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> der Digraph „ch“ ([[:de:w:Ch (Digraph)|Ch (Digraph)]]). Die beiden Buchstaben haben zusammen einen Lautwert. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> the digraph „ch“ ([[:en:w:Ch (digraph)|Ch (digraph)]]) [[Wêne:Deutsch 001a LS01.ogg]] :ich, ich, ich, ich, ich (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> I) :Ich heisse Maria. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ku:'''</span> Navê min Maria ye.) :Milch, Milch, Milch (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> milk) :Kirche, Kirche, Kirche (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> church) :mich, mich, mich (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> me) :manchmal, manchmal, manchmal (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> sometimes) :dich, dich, dich (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> yourself; you) :sich, sich, sich (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> oneself) :ich [ɪç] :Milch [mɪlç] <span style="color:#009900;">'''001b'''</span> :ß :ß = ss :[Es-Tset] :SZ * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> „ß“ wird wie ein scharfes „s“ ausgesprochen ([[:de:w:ß|ß]]). „ß“ wird oft auch als „ss“ geschrieben. In der Schreibschrift ähnelt es dem kleinen griechischen Beta. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> „ß“ evolved as a ligature of „long s and z“ ([[:en:w:ß|ß]]). Sharp S. In standard spelling, it is only used after long vowels and diphthongs, while ss is written after short vowels. „ß“ is not used in all German-speaking countries, in particular not in Switzerland nor Liechtenstein. :Maß [mass] <span style="color:#009900;">'''001c'''</span> :ei (das Ei - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> egg) * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> „ei“ ist ein [[:de:w:Diphthong|Diphthong]], ein Doppellaut aus zwei verschiedenen Vokalen, auch als Zweilaut bezeichnet. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> „ei“ is a [[:en:w:Diphthong|Diphthong]]. The german „ei“ is exactly spoken like the english word „eye“. :ein :eine <span style="color:#009900;">'''001d'''</span> :h :[ha] :ha-ha-ha (lachen) * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> Im Deutschen ist das „h“ stimmhaft, wie zum Beispiel im englischen Wort ''hotel''. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> The german „h“ ist spoken like in ''hotel'' or ''Hungary'' [[Wêne:Deutsch 001d TB.ogg]] :Hotel :Hand :Hund :Hafen :Hamburg :holen :sehen :gehen :Maß :Gruß :heißen <span style="color:#009900;">'''001e'''</span> :sch :<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> [sh] :IPA: [ ʃ ] * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> „sch“ hat einen einzigen Lautwert ([[:de:w:Sch (Trigraph)|Sch (Trigraph)]]) * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> The difference between „sch“ and „ch“ is not very big. :schnell :Schule :dish (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> dish) :should (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> should) :shop (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''en:'''</span> shop) :cacher (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''fr:'''</span> cacher) :Budapest (ungarisch) [budapeʃt] :Škoda Auto (tschechisch) [ʃkoda] [[Wêne:Cherry picture.jpg|thumb|die Kir'''s'''che]] [[Wêne:Frankfurt heiligkreuzkirche.JPG|thumb|die Kirche]] :„sch“ :„ch“ [[Wêne:Deutsch 001e2 LS.ogg]] :Kirsche – Kirche :Kirsche, Kirsche, Kirsche :Kirche, Kirche, Kirche :Kirche, Kirsche, Kirche :Kirsche, Kirche, Kirsche :technisch, technisch, technisch :griechisch, griechisch, griechisch <span style="color:#009900;">'''001f'''</span> :sch :ch * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> ** 1. Wenn du das „sch“ sprichst, dann ziehst du die Lippen wie zum Kuss nach vorne, du spitzt die Lippen nach vorne – genau so als würdest du ein „ö“ sprechen. ** 2. Dagegen ist beim „ch“ die Stellung der Lippen fast so breit als würde man ein „i“ sprechen oder lächeln. Die Lippen werden nicht gespitzt. „Ich“ ist das beste Wort, um das „ch“ zu üben, weil man die Stellung von Lippen und Zunge fast nicht verändern muss. ** 3. Welchen Laut macht eine kleine Katze, die man ärgert? „ch“ [[Wêne:Deutsch 001f2 LSa.ogg]] :Schiff :China :Schiff, Schiff, Schiff :China, China, China :Schiff, China, Schiff, China, Schiff, China, :Schiene :China, Schiene, China, Schiene, China, Schiene :Chile, Chile, Chile :Chile, China, Chile, Schiff :chilenisch :chinesisch :--- :Fleisch :Fisch :Tisch :Spanien ([Schpanjen]) :spanisch ([schpanisch]) :--- :frisch :frech :rechnen :rechnerisch :vielleicht :ein bisschen :dich :Fläschchen :Chemie :chemisch :China :chinesisch :richtig :wichtig :Recherche :Schicht :Becher :Flasche :berechtigt :Schlusslicht <span style="color:#009900;">'''001&nbsp;g'''</span> :z <span style="color:#009900;">'''001h'''</span> :IPA * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> IPA – [[:de:w:Internationales Phonetisches Alphabet|Internationales Phonetisches Alphabet]] * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span>: IPA – [[:en:w:International Phonetic Alphabet|International Phonetic Alphabet]] :[ … ] :[ʃ] :[ʃnɛl] :ich [ɪç] :Milch [mɪlç] == 001 – 010 == 001 [[Wêne:A TEACHER TALKS TO HIS STUDENTS IN A CLASSROOM AT CATHEDRAL HIGH SCHOOL IN NEW ULM, MINNESOTA. THE TOWN IS A COUNTY... - NARA - 558210.jpg|thumb|der Lehrer]] [[Wêne:Classroom at a seconday school in Pendembu Sierra Leone.jpg|thumb|der Lehrer]] [[Wêne:Deutsch 001 appca.ogg]] :Guten Tag! :Ich heiße Schulz. Ich bin ihr Lehrer. :Wie heißen Sie? :Ich heiße Mariam. :Ich komme aus Afrika. :Ich komme aus Amerika. :Ich komme aus Asien. :Wir kommen aus Afrika. :Wir kommen aus Amerika. :Wir kommen aus Asien. 002 [[Wêne:Deutsch 002 appca.ogg]] :Woher kommen Sie? // :Ich komme aus Afrika. :Ich komme aus Amerika. :Ich komme aus Asien. 003 [[Wêne:Deutsch 003 appca.ogg]] :Woher kommen Sie? // :Wir kommen aus Afrika. :Wir kommen aus Amerika. :Wir kommen aus Asien. 004 [[Wêne:Deutsch 004 appca.ogg]] :Woher kommen Sie? ⇒ Ich komme aus Afrika. :Und Sie? ⇒ Ich komme auch aus Afrika. 005 [[Wêne:Deutsch 005 appca.ogg]] :Wie heißen Sie? ⇒ Ich heiße … (Uwe) :Woher kommen Sie? ⇒ Ich komme aus … (Berlin) 006 [[Wêne:Weltkarte.jpg|thumb|250px|die Landkarte = die Karte]] [[Wêne:Lamp2.jpg|thumb|150px|die Lampe]] [[Wêne:Blackboard1257.jpg|thumb|150px|die Tafel]] [[Wêne:WLANL - Quistnix! - NAI Huis Sonneveld - Salontafel Gispen 501.jpg|thumb|100px|der Tisch]] [[Wêne:Gammelt vindu på ei stue malt i Falu Rödfärg.JPG|thumb|150px|das Fenster]] [[Wêne:Deutsch 006 appca.ogg]] :Phonetik :[i:] sie, wie, wir :[e:] Lehrer, woher, Amerika :[a:] Tag, Afrika, Asien :[o:] woher, Europa :[u:] Guten Tag! 007 [[Wêne:Deutsch 007 appca.ogg]] :Ich heiße Schulz. Wie heißen Sie? ⇒ Ich heiße Bongo. :Woher kommen Sie, Herr Bongo? ⇒ Ich komme aus Afrika. :Ich heiße Schulz. Wie heißen Sie? ⇒ Ich heiße Jones. :Woher kommen Sie, Herr Jones? ⇒ Ich komme aus den USA. 008 [[Wêne:Deutsch 008 appca.ogg]] :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Karte. (Landkarte) :Wo ist die Karte? ⇒ Die Karte ist hier. :die Karte :eine Karte :die Lampe :eine Lampe :die Tafel :eine Tafel :der Tisch :ein Tisch :das Fenster :ein Fenster 009 [[Wêne:Deutsch 009 appca.ogg]] :Das ist eine Lampe. :Das ist eine Tafel. :Das ist ein Tisch. :Das ist ein Fenster. 010 [[Wêne:Deutsch 010 appca.ogg]] :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Karte. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Lampe. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Tafel. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist ein Tisch. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist ein Fenster. 010a * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> Die unterstrichenen Wörter haben eine Übersetzung. Gehe mit dem Maus-Cursor auf das unterstrichene Wort. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> The underlined words have a translation. Move your mouse over the underlined word to read the translation. :<abbr title="ja – en: yes">ja</abbr> :<abbr title="weiter – en: go on">weiter</abbr> :<abbr title="auf Englisch – en: in english">auf Englisch</abbr> == 011 – 020 == 011 [[Wêne:Deutsch 011 appca.ogg]] :Wo ist die Karte? ⇒ Die Karte ist hier. :Wo ist die Lampe? ⇒ Die Lampe ist dort. :Wo ist die Tafel? ⇒ Die Tafel ist hier. :Wo ist das Fenster? ⇒ Das Fenster ist hier. :Wo ist der Tisch? ⇒ Der Tisch ist hier. 012 [[Wêne:Deutsch 012 appca.ogg]] :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Tafel. :Wo ist die Tafel? ⇒ Die Tafel ist hier. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Karte. :Wo ist die Karte? ⇒ Die Karte ist hier. 013 [[Wêne:Deutsch 013 appca.ogg]] :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist eine Lampe. :Wo ist die Lampe? ⇒ Die Lampe ist dort. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist ein Fenster. :Wo ist das Fenster? ⇒ Das Fenster ist dort. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist ein Tisch. :Wo ist der Tisch? ⇒ Der Tisch ist hier. 014 [[Wêne:Deutsch 014 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="Woher kommen Sie? - en: Where do you come from? (In this case: Plural)">Woher kommen Sie</abbr>? ⇒ Wir kommen aus Afrika. :Und Sie? ⇒ Wir kommen aus Amerika. :<abbr title="Woher kommen Sie? - en: Where do you come from? (In this case: Singular)">Woher kommen Sie</abbr>? ⇒ Ich komme aus Asien. :Und Sie? ⇒ Ich komme aus Afrika. 015 [[Wêne:Deutsch 015 appca.ogg]] :Was ist das? // :Das ist eine <abbr title="die Tafel – en: blackboard">Tafel</abbr>. :Das ist eine <abbr title="die Lampe – en: lamp">Lampe</abbr>. :Das ist eine <abbr title="die Karte – en: map">Karte</abbr>. :Das ist ein <abbr title="der Tisch – en: table">Tisch</abbr>. 016 [[Wêne:Deutsch 016 appca.ogg]] [[Wêne:Spannungsoptik 0408.JPG|thumb|150|das Lineal]] :Wo ist der Tisch? ⇒ Der Tisch ist hier. :Wo ist die Tafel? ⇒ Die Tafel ist dort. :Wo ist die Karte? ⇒ Die Karte ist hier. :Wo ist die Lampe? ⇒ Die Lampe ist dort. :Wo ist das Fenster? ⇒ Das Fenster ist dort. :Was ist das? ⇒ Das ist ein Lineal. 017 [[Wêne:Deutsch 017 appca.ogg]] :Haben Sie auch ein Lineal? ⇒ Nein, ich habe kein Lineal. :Brauchen Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Lineal. 018 [[Wêne:Deutsch 018 appca.ogg]] [[Wêne:Book 06403 20040730154204.jpg||thumb|150|das Buch]] [[Wêne:Exercise Books.jpg|thumb|150|das Heft]] [[Wêne:Vokabelheft Berlin SlgKiJu.jpg|thumb|150|das Vokabelheft]] :das Buch :ein Buch :Das ist ein Buch. :das Heft :ein Heft :Das ist ein Heft. 019 [[Wêne:Deutsch 019 appca.ogg]] :Wo ist das Heft? ⇒ Das Heft ist hier. :Wo ist das Buch? ⇒ Das Buch ist hier. :Wo ist das Vokabelverzeichnis? ⇒ Das Vokabelheft ist dort. :Wo ist das Lineal? ⇒ Das Lineal ist dort. 020 [[Wêne:Deutsch 020 appca.ogg]] :Ich habe ein Heft. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Heft. :Ich habe ein Buch. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Buch. :Ich habe ein Vokabelheft. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Vokabelheft. :Ich habe ein Lineal. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Lineal. == 021 – 030 == 021 [[Wêne:Deutsch 021 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="sehr schön – en: very good; very well; very nice; very beautiful">sehr schön</abbr> :Haben Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Ja, ich habe ein Heft. :Haben Sie auch ein Heft? ⇒ Ja, ich habe auch ein Heft. :Haben Sie ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Ja, ich habe ein Vokabelheft. :Haben Sie auch ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Ja, ich habe auch ein Vokabelheft. :Haben Sie ein Buch? ⇒ Ja, ich habe ein Buch. :Haben Sie auch ein Buch? ⇒ Ja, ich habe auch ein Buch. :Haben Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Ja, ich habe ein Lineal. :Haben Sie auch ein Lineal? ⇒ Ja, ich habe auch ein Lineal. 022 [[Wêne:Deutsch 022 appca.ogg]] :Haben Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Nein, ich habe kein Heft. :Haben Sie ein Buch? ⇒ Nein, ich habe kein Buch. :Haben Sie ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Nein, ich habe kein Vokabelheft. :Haben Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Nein, ich habe kein Lineal. 023 [[Wêne:Deutsch 023 appca.ogg]] :Brauchen Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Heft. :Brauchen Sie ein Buch? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Buch. :Brauchen Sie ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Vokabelheft. :Brauchen Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Lineal. 024 [[Wêne:Deutsch 024 appca.ogg]] :Brauchen Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Heft. :Brauchen Sie auch ein Heft? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche auch ein Heft. 025 [[Wêne:Deutsch 025 appca.ogg]] :Haben Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Heft. :Haben Sie ein Buch? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Buch. :Haben Sie ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Vokabelheft. :Haben Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Lineal. 026 [[Wêne:Deutsch 026 appca.ogg]] :Ich habe ein Buch. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Buch. :Ich habe ein Heft. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Heft. :Ich habe ein Vokabelheft. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Vokabelheft. :Ich habe ein Lineal. ⇒ Ich habe auch ein Lineal. 027 [[Wêne:Deutsch 027 appca.ogg]] :Wir haben kein Buch. ⇒ Wir brauchen ein Buch. :Wir haben kein Heft. ⇒ Wir brauchen ein Heft. :Wir haben kein Vokabelheft. ⇒ Wir brauchen ein Vokabelheft. :Wir haben kein Lineal. ⇒ Wir brauchen ein Lineal. 028 [[Wêne:Deutsch 028 appca.ogg]] :Brauchen Sie ein Buch? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Buch. :Brauchen Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Heft. :Brauchen Sie ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Vokabelheft. :Brauchen Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Ja, ich brauche ein Lineal. 029 [[Wêne:Deutsch 029 appca.ogg]] :Haben Sie ein Buch? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Buch. :Haben Sie ein Heft? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Heft. :Haben Sie ein Vokabelheft? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Vokabelheft. :Haben Sie ein Lineal? ⇒ Nein, ich brauche ein Lineal. 030 [[Wêne:Deutsch 030 appca.ogg]] :a. Haben Sie ein Lineal? :b. Ja, ich habe ein Lineal. Und Sie? :a. Ich habe kein Lineal. :b. Brauchen Sie ein Lineal? :a. Ja, ich brauche ein Lineal. :b. Bitte, hier ist ein Lineal. :a. Danke. == 031 – 039 == [[Wêne:Wörterbuch mit alfabetischem Register am Vorderschnitt mit 2.JPG|thumb|das Wörterbuch (Bild 1)]] [[Wêne:Wörterbuch mit alfabetischem Register am Vorderschnitt mit 3.JPG|thumb|das Wörterbuch]] [[Wêne:Wörterbuch mit alfabetischem Register am Vorderschnitt mit 5.JPG|thumb|das Wörterbuch]] 031 [[Wêne:Deutsch 031 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="alle – en: everybody">Alle</abbr> <abbr title="please">bitte</abbr>. :<abbr title="du – en: you (to a friend)">Du</abbr> <abbr title="bitte – en: please">bitte</abbr>. :<abbr title="Antworten Sie! - en: Answer! (to your boss)">Antworten Sie</abbr>! :<abbr title="Antworte! - en: Answer! (to your friend)">Antworte</abbr>! :<abbr title="Fragen Sie! - en: Ask! (to your boss)">Fragen Sie</abbr>! :<abbr title="Frage! - en: Ask! (to your friend)">Frage</abbr>! :<abbr title="Hören Sie bitte – en: Please, listen to me! (to your boss)">Hören Sie bitte</abbr>! :<abbr title="Noch einmal bitte! - en: Once again, please">Noch einmal bitte</abbr>! :<abbr title="Lernen Sie die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your boss)">Lernen Sie die Vokabeln</abbr>! :<abbr title="Lerne die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your friend)">Lerne die Vokabeln</abbr>! :<abbr title="Schreiben Sie die Hausaufgabe! - en: Write the homework!">Schreiben Sie die Hausaufgabe</abbr>! :<abbr title="Schreiben Sie die Übung 6, Seite 11! - en: Write exercise 6, page 11.">Schreiben Sie die Übung 6, Seite 11</abbr>! :<abbr title="Wiederholen Sie den 1. Teil! - en: Repeat the first part.">Wiederholen Sie den 1. Teil</abbr>! 032 * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> Kaufe dir ein großes Wörterbuch Deutsch-Englisch. (zum Beispiel: PONS Wörterbuch Schule und Studium Englisch Band 2: Deutsch – Englisch (ISBN-: 978-3125175938; [http://www.amazon.de/PONS-W%C3%B6rterbuch-Schule-Studium-Englisch/dp/3125175933/ref=sr_1_3?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380313&sr=8-3&keywords=PONS+W%C3%B6rterbuch+f%C3%BCr+Schule+und+Studium] – dieses Wörterbuch hat auch schon eine Markierung der einzelnen Buchstaben an der Seite – siehe Bild 1). Das Wörterbuch soll nur eine Sprachrichtung enthalten. Es soll dir 10 Jahre nützlich sein und du sollst 10 Jahre lang mit dem gleichen Wörterbuch arbeiten. Deshalb soll es groß sein. Ein Englisch-Deutsches Wörterbuch brauchst du viel seltener. Kaufe es deshalb als separates Buch und nicht beide Richtungen in einem Buch. Zeichne dir mit einem Kugelschreiber ein Register auf die Seite des Wörterbuchs, damit du die Buchstaben schneller findest. (siehe Bild). Unterstreiche jedes Wort im Wörterbuch, das du gelernt hast oder das du nachgeschlagen hast. Wenn du dann nach einigen Tagen oder Wochen wieder das gleiche Wort nachschlägst und dieses schon unterstrichen ist, dann erinnert dich das daran, das du dieses Wort schon einmal gesucht hast. Weniger geeignet sind Wörterbücher, in denen beide Übersetzungsrichtungen enthalten sind (zum Beispiel: Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch Englisch [http://www.amazon.de/Langenscheidt-Taschenw%C3%B6rterbuch-Englisch-Online-Anbindung-Taschenw%C3%B6rterb%C3%BCcher/dp/346811138X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380503&sr=8-1&keywords=Langenscheidts+Taschenw%C3%B6rterbuch+Englisch]). Kaufe dir zusätzlich noch ein sehr kleines Deutsch-Englisches Wörterbuch, das du immer bei dir tragen kannst (zum Beispiel: Langenscheidt Lilliput Englisch: Deutsch-Englisch [http://www.amazon.de/Langenscheidt-Lilliput-Englisch-Deutsch-Englisch-Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterb%C3%BCcher/dp/346819952X/ref=sr_1_6?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380598&sr=8-6&keywords=Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterbuch] – es ist nur 5 x 6&nbsp;cm groß). Langenscheidt Lilliput Englisch: Englisch-Deutsch [http://www.amazon.de/Langenscheidt-Lilliput-Englisch-Englisch-Deutsch-Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterb%C3%BCcher/dp/3468199511/ref=sr_1_13?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380598&sr=8-13&keywords=Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterbuch] * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> By a big German-English dictionary for your study. (e.g.: PONS Wörterbuch Schule und Studium Englisch Band 2: Deutsch – Englisch (ISBN-: 978-3125175938; [http://www.amazon.de/PONS-W%C3%B6rterbuch-Schule-Studium-Englisch/dp/3125175933/ref=sr_1_3?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380313&sr=8-3&keywords=PONS+W%C3%B6rterbuch+f%C3%BCr+Schule+und+Studium] – this dictionary has letter markings on the side (see picture 1). The dictionary should have only one direction (german to english). You have to work 10 years with one and the same dictionary. Therefor it should be thick. A dictionary for the oposite direction (egnlish to german) you don't need so often. Buy it therefor as a separate dictionary – not both directions in one dictionary. Write the first letters with a pen at the side of the dictionary – so you will find the words you are looking up much faster (see picture). Underline every word in the dictionary you look up. Wenn you look after days or weeks for a new word and al the sudden it is already underlined, it will remember you that you have already locked befor for this word. Not so suitable are dictionaries with both directions (german to english and english to german) (e.g. Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch Englisch [http://www.amazon.de/Langenscheidt-Taschenw%C3%B6rterbuch-Englisch-Online-Anbindung-Taschenw%C3%B6rterb%C3%BCcher/dp/346811138X/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380503&sr=8-1&keywords=Langenscheidts+Taschenw%C3%B6rterbuch+Englisch]). Aditionally you should by yourself a very little dictionary (for on the road). You will take it constantly with you. (e.g. for 3,50 Euro: Langenscheidt Lilliput Englisch: Englisch-Deutsch [http://www.amazon.de/Langenscheidt-Lilliput-Englisch-Englisch-Deutsch-Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterb%C3%BCcher/dp/3468199511/ref=sr_1_13?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380598&sr=8-13&keywords=Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterbuch] – it has only a sice of 5 by 6&nbsp;cm). If you have still money left by one more for the direction deutsch to englich (3,50 Euro) (e.g. Langenscheidt Lilliput Englisch: Deutsch-Englisch [http://www.amazon.de/Langenscheidt-Lilliput-Englisch-Deutsch-Englisch-Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterb%C3%BCcher/dp/346819952X/ref=sr_1_6?ie=UTF8&qid=1441380598&sr=8-6&keywords=Lilliput-W%C3%B6rterbuch]) 033 * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> * 1.) Schreibe dir alle neuen Wörter in ein Heft auf. Schreibe die Übungen alle noch einmal ab. * 2.) Das Ultrakurzzeitgedächtnis speichert eine neue Information nur 2 Sekunden. Erst wenn du dich länger mit dieser neuen Information beschäftigst, wird sie im Kurzzeitgedächtnis abgespeichert (für 20-45 Sekunden). Erst durch abermaliges Wiederholen merkt man sich neue Vokabeln im Langzeitgedächtnis (wo sie für Jahre gespeichert werden). * 3.) Auch neue Wörter, die man nur kurz mal im Wörterbuch nachschlägt, hat man oft nach 10 Sekunden wieder vergessen. Wenn du aber das neue Wort aus dem Wörterbuch abschreibst, dann beschäftigst du dich mindestens 10 Sekunden damit und merkst dir das Wort für eine längere Zeit. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> * 1.) Write all new words in your notebook. Make the new exercices in written form. * 2.) The sensory memory holds a new information onla for 2 seconds. Only if you repeat the new information for some more seconds (20 to 45 seconds) it will be stores in the short-term memory. But only when you repeat the information (the new words and sentences) again after 10 or 24 hours it will be stored in the long-term memory for many years. * 3.) When you look up new words in the dictionary you will often forget them after 10 seconds. But when you copy the new word into your notebook, it takes you some seconds more to move it around in your brain and so it will be stored for a much longer time in your memory. And 3 days later you can repeat the list of new words in your notebook. 034 * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> Onlinewörterbücher sind auch sehr hilfreich. Gute Onlinewörterbücher sind zum Beispiel: :* [http://www.pons.eu/ pons.eu] (für einzelne Wörter) :* [http://translate.google.de/ translate.google.de] (für ganze Sätze oder mehrere Sätze; manchmal wird das Ergebnis besser, wenn man von Deutsch nach Englisch übersetzen lässte) :* [//de.wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary:Hauptseite Wiktionary] ist auch hilfreich (dort sind die Verben alle sehr schön konjugiert) :* [http://www.linguee.de/ www.linguee.de] gibt sehr genaue Übersetzungen für Wortgruppen :* [http://dict.leo.org/ende/index_de.html dict.leo.org] ist auch sehr bekannt * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> Online-dictionaries are very helpful. Good ones are for instanceː :* [http://www.pons.eu/ pons.eu] (für separate words) :* [http://translate.google.de/ translate.google.de] (for whole sentences or a couple of sentences; if you translate german into some other language than english you can improve the result by translating from german to english – because german and english have much more similar structures than german and chinese for example) :* [//de.wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary:Hauptseite Wiktionary] alos very helpful (there you will find the conjugation of the verbs) :* [http://www.linguee.de/ www.linguee.de] gives good translations for groups of 2 or 3 words :* [http://dict.leo.org/ende/index_de.html dict.leo.org] is also well known 035 * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span> Wiederhole die neuen Wörter und die Übungen mindestens noch ein mal. Diese Wiederholung darf nicht zu lange nach dem Lernen erfolgen. Am Ende der Übung oder nach einer Stunde solltest du alle neuen Wörter noch einmal wiederholen, spätestens am nächsten Tag. Eine zweite Wiederholung nach 3 Tagen hilf auch sehr beim Erlernen der neuen Wörter. * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> Practice the new words an exercises at least once more. But don't wait to long befor your repeat them. At the end of an exercise or after one hour you should repeat all words once again. Repeat them at last at the next day. A second repetition after 3 days is also very useful to remember the words forever. 036 [[Wêne:Deutsch 036 appca.ogg]] :ch :4 Varianten für die Aussprache :1. ich :2. auch :3. [k] ::Christus ::Christina ::Christine ::Christian ::christlich ::Christen ::Chronologie ::Chronik ::Chlor ::Chloroform ::sechs [zɛks] ::wechseln :4. wie das spanische „ch“ in Chile (Lehnwörter aus dem Spanischen) ::[[:de:Machete|Machete]] ::[[:de:Macho|Macho]] ::[[:de:Machu Picchu|Machu Picchu]] 037 * <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''DE:'''</span>Lerne die Substantive zusammen mit ihren bestimmten Artikel. Statt „der Tisch“ lerne „derTisch“. Es ist unmöglich nachträglich zu lernen, ob es „der Tisch“ oder „die Tisch“ heißt. Wenn du sowieso lernen musst, dass es „Tisch“ heißt, dann kannst du auch gleich lernen, dass es „der Tisch“ heißt. Immer wenn du zum Lernen das Wort „Tisch“ sagst, dann sage lieber „der Tisch“, damit sich dein Ohr daran gewöhnt. Es gibt fast keine Regeln, ob es „der“, „die“ oder „das“ heißt. Es gibt nur für einige wenige Wörter Regeln. Lerne nicht, dass Tisch „männlich“ ist, oder dass es in deiner Muttersprache ein anderes grammatikalisches Geschlecht hat. Konzentriere dich lieber nur darauf, das Substantiv sofort mit dem Artikel zu lernen und immer mit dem Artikel zu weiderholen. Von disem Artikel leitet sich die ganze weitere Grammatik in der deutschen Sprache ab. 038 [[Wêne:Deutsch 038 appca.ogg]] :Test :der, die oder das :gehe mit dem Cursor auf das Wort, um die Lösung zu sehen. :<abbr title="das Fenster – en: window">Fenster</abbr> :<abbr title="der Lehrer – en: teacher">Lehrer</abbr> :<abbr title="der Tisch – en: table">Tisch</abbr> :<abbr title="das Lineal – en: ruler">Lineal</abbr> :<abbr title="der Tag – en: day">Tag</abbr> :<abbr title="das Heft – en: notebook">Heft</abbr> :<abbr title="das Buch – en: book">Buch</abbr> :<abbr title="die Lampe – en: lamp">Lampe</abbr> :<abbr title="die Tafel – en: blackboard">Tafel</abbr> :<abbr title="die Karte – en: map">Karte</abbr> :<abbr title="die Vokabel – en: word (vocabulary)">Vokabel</abbr> :<abbr title="die Frage – en: question">Frage</abbr> :<abbr title="die Antwort – en: answer">Antwort</abbr> :<abbr title="die Übung – en: exercise">Übung</abbr> 039 [[Wêne:Deutsch 039 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="übersetzen – en: to translate">übersetzen</abbr> :<abbr title="ich – en: I">ich </abbr> :<abbr title="kommen – en: to come">kommen</abbr> :<abbr title="wie? - en: how?">wie</abbr> :<abbr title="wo? - en: where?">wo</abbr> :<abbr title="Guten Tag! - en: How do you do?">Guten Tag!</abbr> :<abbr title="heißen - - en: to be called; to be named">heißen</abbr> :<abbr title="woher? - en: where from?">woher</abbr> :<abbr title="nein – en: no">nein</abbr> :<abbr title="Sie – en: you (polite or Plural)">Sie</abbr> :<abbr title="und – en: and">und</abbr> :<abbr title="hier – en: here">hier</abbr> :<abbr title="auch – en: also">auch</abbr> :<abbr title="eine – en: one">eine</abbr> :<abbr title="ist – en: is">ist</abbr> :<abbr title="dort – en: there">dort</abbr> :<abbr title="brauchen – en: to need">brauchen</abbr> :<abbr title="haben – en: to have">haben</abbr> :<abbr title="ja – en: yes">ja</abbr> :<abbr title="kein – en: no">kein</abbr> :<abbr title="alle – en: all">alle</abbr> :<abbr title="bitte – en: please">bitte</abbr> :<abbr title="du – en: you (to close people)">du</abbr> :<abbr title="hören – en: to hear">hören</abbr> :<abbr title="lernen – en: to learn">lernen</abbr> :<abbr title="schreiben – en: to write">schreiben</abbr> :<abbr title="wiederholen – en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr> == Vokabular: Lektion 001 == [[Wêne:Deutsch Vokabular Lektion 001.ogg]] : ja – en: yes : weiter – en: go on : auf Englisch – en: in english : Woher kommen Sie? (Plural) – en: Where do you come from? : Woher kommen Sie? (Singular) – en: Where do you come from? : die Tafel – en: blackboard : die Lampe – en: lamp : die Karte – en: map : der Tisch – en: table : sehr schön – en: very good; very well; very nice; very beautiful : alle – en: everybody : du – en: you (to a friend) : bitte – en: please : Antworten Sie! - en: Answer! (to your boss) : Antworte! - en: Answer! (to your friend) : Fragen Sie! - en: Ask! (to your boss) : Frage! - en: Ask! (to your friend) : Hören Sie bitte – en: Please, listen to me! (to your boss) : Noch einmal bitte! - en: Once again, please : Lernen Sie die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your boss) : Lerne die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your friend) : Schreiben Sie die Hausaufgabe! - en: Write the homework! : Schreiben Sie die Übung 6, Seite 11! - en: Write exercise 6, page 11. : Wiederholen Sie den 1. Teil! - en: Repeat the first part. : das Fenster – en: window : der Lehrer – en: teacher : der Tisch – en: table : das Lineal – en: ruler : der Tag – en: day : das Heft – en: notebook : das Buch – en: book : die Lampe – en: lamp : die Tafel – en: blackboard : die Karte – en: map : die Vokabel – en: word (vocabulary) : die Frage – en: question : die Antwort – en: answer : die Übung – en: exercise : übersetzen – en: to translate : ich – en: I : kommen – en: to come : wie? - en: how? : wo? - en: where? : Guten Tag! - en: How do you do? : heißen - - en: to be called; to be named : woher? - en: where from? : nein – en: no : Sie – en: you (polite or Plural) : und – en: and : hier – en: here : auch – en: also : eine – en: one : ist – en: is : dort – en: there : brauchen – en: to need : haben – en: to have : ja – en: yes : kein – en: no : alle – en: all : bitte – en: please : du – en: you (to close people) : hören – en: to hear : lernen – en: to learn : schreiben – en: to write : wiederholen – en: to repeat == Vokabular: Lektion 001 – alphabetisch geordnet == # alle – en: all # alle – en: everybody # Antwort, die – en: answer # Antworte! - en: Answer! (to your friend) # Antworten Sie! - en: Answer! (to your boss) # auch – en: also # auf Englisch – en: in english # bitte – en: please # bitte – en: please # brauchen – en: to need # Buch, das – en: book # dort – en: there # du – en: you (to a friend) # du – en: you (to close people) # eine – en: one # Fenster, das – en: window # Frage, die – en: question # Frage! - en: Ask! (to your friend) # Fragen Sie! - en: Ask! (to your boss) # Guten Tag! - en: How do you do? # haben – en: to have # Heft, das – en: notebook # heißen – en: to be called; to be named # hier – en: here # hören – en: to hear # Hören Sie bitte! - en: Please, listen to me! (to your boss) # ich – en: I # ist – en: is # ja – en: yes # Karte, die – en: map # kein – en: no # kommen – en: to come # Lampe, die – en: lamp # Lehrer, der – en: teacher # Lerne die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your friend) # lernen – en: to learn # Lernen Sie die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your boss) # Lineal, das – en: ruler # nein – en: no # Noch einmal bitte! - en: Once again, please # schreiben – en: to write # Schreiben Sie die Hausaufgabe! - en: Write the homework! # Schreiben Sie die Übung 6, Seite 11! - en: Write exercise 6, page 11. # sehr schön – en: very good; very well; very nice; very beautiful # Sie – en: you (polite or Plural) # Tafel, die – en: blackboard # Tag, der – en: day # Tisch, der – en: table # übersetzen – en: to translate # Übung, die – en: exercise # und – en: and # Vokabel, die – en: word (vocabulary) # weiter – en: go on # wie? - en: how? # wiederholen – en: to repeat # Wiederholen Sie den 1. Teil! - en: Repeat the first part. # wo? - en: where? # Woher kommen Sie? (Plural) – en: Where do you come from? # Woher kommen Sie? (Singular) – en: Where do you come from? # woher? - en: where from? :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :Lektion 001 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002|Lektion 002]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 001]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001]] mqoq57h70ucfwlb8dyjqya9zxuncram 0 4123 5992 5991 2015-11-12T18:30:19Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 /* Vocabulary Lektion 002 - in alphabetic order */ wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|Lektion 001]] ← Lektion 002 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003|Lektion 003]] == 040 - 044 == [[File:Instant miso soup.jpg|thumb|die Suppe]] [[File:Basic saffron rice.JPG|thumb|der Reis]] [[File:Old Prague Ham-01.JPG|thumb|das Fleisch]] [[File:Côte de boeuf.jpg|thumb|das Fleisch]] [[File:Various types of potatoes for sale.jpg|thumb|die Kartoffeln (Plural)]] [[File:Potato dishes of Spain - Patatas al ajillo.JPG|thumb|die Kartoffeln]] [[File:Papasarrugadas.jpg|thumb|die Kartoffeln]] [[File:A Grande Batata.jpg|thumb|die Kartoffel (Singular)]] [[File:Légumes 04.jpg|thumb|das Gemüse]] [[File:Fruit Stall in Barcelona Market.jpg|thumb|das Obst]] [[File:10 month old baby eating chocolate.jpg|thumb|essen]] 040 [[File:Deutsch 040 appca.ogg]] :a. Was gibt es heute? :b. Es gibt <abbr title="die Suppe - en: soup">Suppe</abbr>, Reis und Fleisch. Essen Sie Reis? :b. Ja, ich esse Reis. :a. Guten Appetit! :b. Danke! :a. Guten Appetit! :b. Danke, gleichfalls! 041 :Was gibt es heute? :Es gibt Suppe. ⇒ Heute gibt es Suppe. :Es gibt Reis. ⇒ Heute gibt es Reis. :Es gibt Fleisch. ⇒ Heute gibt es Fleisch. :Es gibt Kartoffeln. ⇒ Heute gibt es Kartoffeln. (die Kartoffel) :Es gibt Gemüse. ⇒ Heute gibt es Gemüse. :Es gibt Obst. ⇒ Heute gibt es Obst. :Heute gibt es Suppe, Reis, Fleisch, Gemüse und Obst. 042 :Was essen Sie? // :Ich esse Suppe. :Ich esse Reis. :Ich esse Fleisch. :Ich esse Kartoffeln. :Ich esse Gemüse. :Ich esse Obst. :Ich esse Suppe, Reis, Fleisch, Gemüse und Obst. 043 :a. Essen Sie Suppe? :b. Ja, ich esse Suppe. :a. Essen Sie auch Suppe? :c. Ja, ich esse auch Suppe. :--- :a. Essen Sie Reis? :b. Ja, ich esse Reis. :a. Essen Sie auch Reis? :c. Ja, ich esse auch Reis. :--- :a. Essen Sie Gemüse? :b. Ja, ich esse Gemüse. :a. Essen Sie auch Gemüse? :c. Ja, ich esse auch Gemüse. :--- :a. Essen Sie Kartoffeln? :b. Ja, ich esse Kartoffeln. :a. Essen Sie auch Kartoffeln? :c. Ja, ich esse auch Kartoffeln. 044 :Viel oder wenig Suppe? ⇒ Bitte, viel Suppe. :Viel oder wenig Reis? ⇒ Bitte, wenig Reis. :Viel oder wenig Gemüse? ⇒ Bitte, viel Gemüse. :Viel oder wenig Kartoffeln? ⇒ Bitte, wenig Kartoffeln. == 045 - 049 == 045 :[s] essen, gleichfalls, es, Reis :[z] Suppe, Sie, Gemüse, Asien :[ao] aus, auch, brauchen :[ae] Reis, Fleisch, nein, ein, eine, kein, keine, gleichfalls, heißen 046 :Was gibt es heute? // :Heute gibt es Suppe. :Heute gibt es Reis. :Heute gibt es Fleisch. :Heute gibt es Kartoffeln. :Heute gibt es Gemüse. :Heute gibt es Obst. 047 :Was essen Sie? // :Wir essen Suppe. :Wir essen Reis. :Wir essen Fleisch. :Wir essen Kartoffeln. :Wir essen Gemüse. :Wir essen Obst. :a. Wir essen Suppe. Und was essen Sie? :b. Ich esse auch Suppe. :a. Wir essen Reis. Und was essen Sie? :b. Ich esse auch Reis. :a. Wir essen Kartoffeln. Und was essen Sie? :b. Ich esse auch Kartoffeln. 048 :Essen Sie Kartoffeln? ⇒ Nein, ich esse Reis. :Essen Sie Fleisch? ⇒ Ja, ich esse Fleisch. :Essen Sie Reis? ⇒ Ja, ich esse Reis. :Essen Sie Reis? ⇒ Nein, ich esse Kartoffeln. :Essen Sie Obst? ⇒ Ja, ich esse Obst. 049 [[File:Tasse Gr 99.jpg|thumb|die Tasse]] [[File:Coffe time.jpg|thumb|der Kaffee]] [[File:Café Mélange, Wien.jpg|thumb|das Café]] [[File:Erikkennedywithmilk.jpg|thumb|trinken]] [[File:Bread rolls.JPG|thumb|das Brötchen]] [[File:Mischbrot-1.jpg|thumb|das Brot]] [[File:Emmentaler.jpg|thumb|der Käse]] [[File:Normflasche-1.jpg|thumb|die Flasche]] [[File:Dairy Crest Semi Skimmed Milk Bottle.jpg|thumb|eine Flasche Milch]] [[File:Glass cup.JPG|thumb|das Glas]] [[File:Milk glass.jpg|thumb|ein Glas Milch]] [[File:Tea in a glass Gniezno.jpg|thumb|ein Glas Tee]] [[File:Chinese vase.jpg|thumb|die Vase]] :a. Guten Tag! :b. Guten Tag! :a. Was gibt es heute? :b. Heute gibt es Suppe, Reis, Kartoffeln, Fleisch, Gemüse und Obst. :a. Essen Sie Reis? :b. Nein, ich esse Kartoffeln. Und Sie? :a. Ich esse Reis. :b. Guten Appetit! :a. Danke, gleichfalls! :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte eine Tasse Kaffee. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch Kaffee. :a. Möchten Sie auch Brötchen? (das Brot, das Brötchen) :c. Ja, bitte ein Brötchen mit Käse. :die Flasche :eine Flasche :--- :Was möchten Sie bitte? :Eine Flasche Milch. :--- :das Glas :ein Glas :--- :Was möchten Sie bitte? :Ein Glas Tee. == 050 - 054 == [[File:Heisse Schokolade mit Stern.JPG|thumb|eine Tasse Kakao]] [[File:Sopressata.jpg|thumb|die Wurst]] 050 :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte eine Tasse Kaffee. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch eine Tasse Kaffee. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte eine Tasse Tee. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch eine Tasse Tee. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte eine Flasche Milch. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch eine Flasche Milch. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte eine Flasche Kakao. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch eine Flasche Kakao. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte ein Glas Milch. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch ein Glas Milch. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie bitte? :b. Ich möchte ein Glas Tee. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich trinke auch ein Glas Tee. 051 [[File:Butter 250 g.jpg|thumb|die Butter]] [[File:Butter curls.jpg|thumb|die Butter]] :a. Bitte, was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte ein Brötchen. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich esse auch ein Brötchen. :--- :a. Bitte, was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte ein Brötchen mit Wurst. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich esse auch ein Brötchen mit Wurst. :--- :a. Bitte, was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte ein Brötchen mit Käse. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich esse auch ein Brötchen mit Käse. :--- :a. Bitte, was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte ein Brötchen mit Butter. :a. Und Sie? :c. Ich esse auch ein Brötchen mit Butter. 052 :Ich möchte eine Tasse Kaffee und ein Brötchen. :Ich möchte eine Flasche Milch und ein Brötchen. :Ich möchte ein Glas Tee und ein Brötchen. 053 :Bitte, was möchten Sie? // :Drei Tassen Kaffee bitte! :Drei Flaschen Kakao bitte! :Ein Glas Milch bitte! :--- :Was trinken Sie? // :Wir trinken Kaffee. :Wir trinken Milch. :Wir trinken Kakao. :--- :a. Möchten Sie auch ein Brötchen? :b. Drei Brötchen bitte! :a. Mit Wurst? :b. Ja, mit Wurst. :a. Und Sie? Möchten Sie auch drei Brötchen? :c. Vier Brötchen bitte! :a. Mit Käse? :c. Ja, mit Käse 054 :Phonetik :[s] Imbissraum, Tasse, Glas, Essen, heißen, es, gleichfalls, Reis, aus, was :[z] Käse, Suppe, Pause, Asien, Sie, Gemüse :[-st] Wurst, ist, Obst :[ç] ich [ɪç], möchte, Brötchen, Milch :[x] auch [aux], Buch [buːx], brauchen :Ich brauche ein Buch. :Ich brauche auch ein Buch. == 055 - 059 == 055 :Ich trinke heute eine Tasse Kaffee. :Ich trinke heute eine Flasche Milch. :Ich trinke heute eine Tasse Tee. :Ich trinke heute eine Flasche Kakao. 056 :Ich möchte ein Brötchen mit Butter. :Ich möchte ein Brötchen mit Wurst. :Ich möchte vier Brötchen mit Käse. :Ich möchte drei Brötchen mit Butter. :Ich möchte eine Tasse Kaffee und ein Brötchen. :Ich möchte eine Tasse Tee und ein Brötchen. :Ich möchte eine Flasche Milch und ein Brötchen. :Ich möchte eine Flasche Kakao und ein Brötchen. 057 :Eine Tasse Kaffee bitte! :Ein Brötchen bitte! :Eine Tasse Tee bitte! :Drei Brötchen bitte! :Eine Flasche Milch und vier Brötchen bitte! :Eine Flasche Kakao und ein Brötchen bitte! 058 [[File:JvM haeufigstesWohnzimmer.jpg|thumb|das Zimmer (das Wohnzimmer)]] [[File:Vincent Willem van Gogh 135.jpg|thumb|das Zimmer (das Schlafzimmer)]] [[File:19th century bedroom, Auckland - 0906.jpg|thumb|das Zimmer (das Schlafzimmer)]] [[File:Baby nursery room.jpg|thumb|das Zimmer (das Kinderzimmer)]] [[File:Brede Værk Hovedbygningen 0297.JPG|thumb|das Zimmer (das Esszimmer)]] [[File:CasaMila-Bany.jpg|thumb|das Zimmer (das Badezimmer)]] :a. Guten Tag! :b. Guten Tag! Was möchten Sie? :a. Ich möchte eine Tasse Kaffee. :b. Möchten Sie auch ein Brötchen? :a. Bitte drei Brötchen! :b. Mit Wurst? :a. Nein, mit Käse! :b. Hier bitte! :a. Danke! :--- :a. Wo ist das Zimmer? :b. Dort ist das Zimmer vier. :a. Wohnen Sie in Zimmer vier? :b. Ja, ich wohne in Zimmer vier. :--- :das Zimmer :ein Zimmer 059 :1 eins :2 zwei :3 drei :4 vier :5 fünf :6 sechs :7 sieben :8 acht :9 neun :10 zehn :11 elf :12 zwölf :Zählen Sie bis 12! :Zählen Sie von 1 bis 12! :1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 :12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 == 060 - 064 == 060 :Zimmer eins :Zimmer zwei :Zimmer drei :Zimmer vier :Zimmer fünf :Zimmer sechs :Zimmer sieben :Zimmer acht :Zimmer neun :Zimmer zehn :Zimmer elf :Zimmer zwölf 061 :Wo ist Zimmer vier? ⇒ Dort ist Zimmer vier. :Wo ist Zimmer eins? ⇒ Dort ist Zimmer eins. :Wo ist Zimmer drei? ⇒ Dort ist Zimmer drei. 062 :Wo wohnen Sie? // :Ich wohne in Zimmer vier. :Ich wohne in Zimmer drei. :Ich wohne in Zimmer zehn. :Ich wohne in Zimmer acht. 063 :Wohnen Sie in Zimmer vier? ⇒ Ja, ich wohne in Zimmer vier. :Wohnen Sie in Zimmer drei? ⇒ Ja, ich wohne in Zimmer drei. :Wohnen Sie in Zimmer zehn? ⇒ Ja, ich wohne in Zimmer zehn. :Wohnen Sie in Zimmer acht? ⇒ Ja, ich wohne in Zimmer acht. 064 :Eins plus drei (ist) gleich vier. 1 + 3 = 4 :Vier minus drei (ist) gleich eins. 4 - 3 = 1 :Zwei mal fünf (ist) gleich zehn. 2 · 5 = 10 :Zehn durch fünf (ist) gleich zwei. 10 : 5 = 2 :--- :Wie viel ist eins plus drei? ⇒ Eins plus drei ist gleich vier. :Wie viel ist zwei plus zwei? ⇒ Zwei plus zwei ist gleich vier. :Wie viel ist eins plus zwei? ⇒ Eins plus zwei ist gleich drei. :--- :Wie viel ist vier minus drei? ⇒ Vier minus drei ist gleich eins. :Wie viel ist drei minus zwei? ⇒ Drei minus zwei ist gleich eins. :Wie viel ist zehn minus fünf? ⇒ Zehn minus fünf ist gleich fünf. :--- :Wie viel ist zwei mal fünf? ⇒ Zwei mal fünf ist gleich zehn. :Wie viel ist zwei mal zwei? ⇒ Zwei mal zwei ist gleich vier. :Wie viel ist zwei mal vier? ⇒ Zwei mal vier ist gleich acht. :--- :Wie viel ist zehn durch fünf? ⇒ Zehn durch fünf ist gleich zwei. :Wie viel ist vier durch zwei? ⇒ Vier durch zwei ist gleich zwei. :Wie viel ist acht durch vier? ⇒ Acht durch vier ist gleich zwei. == 065 - 069 == 065 :Phonetik :[ts] zählen, Zahlen, zehn, zwei, Zimmer :[z] sieben, sechs, Pause, sie, Suppe, Asien, Käse, Gemüse :[s] eins, plus, minus, Glas, es, Reis, aus, was, gleichfalls, Tasse, essen, heißen 066 :Eins plus drei ist gleich vier. :Vier plus drei ist gleich sieben. :Acht plus zwei ist gleich zehn. :Vier minus drei ist gleich eins. :Sieben minus drei ist gleich vier. :Zehn minus zwei ist gleich acht. :Fünf mal zwei ist gleich zehn. :Vier mal zwei ist gleich acht. :Zwei mal zwei ist gleich vier. :Zehn durch zwei ist gleich fünf. :Acht durch zwei ist gleich vier. :Vier durch zwei ist gleich zwei. 067 :a. Guten Tag, Herr Gomez! :b. Guten Tag, Herr Schulz! :a. Wo wohnen Sie? :b. Ich wohne in Zimmer vier. 068 :a. Guten Tag, mein Name ist Fischer. :b. Guten Tag, ich heiße Müller. :a. Verzeihung, wie ist Ihr Name? :b. Mein Name ist Müller. 069 :a. Wie ist ihr Name bitte? :b. Mein Name ist Werner. :a. Ist Werner ihr Vorname? :b. Nein, das ist mein Familienname. :a. Und wie ist ihr Vorname? :b. Mein Vorname ist Uwe. :a. Woher sind Sie? :b. Ich bin aus Berlin. == 070 - 074 == 070 :Was ist er? :Er ist Student. :--- :Was ist sie? :Sie ist Studentin. :--- :Was ist er? :Er ist Polizist. :--- :Was ist sie? :Sie ist Polizistin. :--- :Was ist er? :Er ist Automechniker. :--- :Was ist sie? :Sie ist Hausfrau. :Sie ist Sekretärin. :--- :Was ist er? :Was ist er von Beruf? :Was ist sie? :Was ist sie von Beruf? 071 :Wer ist das? :Das ist Herr Lopez. :Woher ist er? :Er ist aus Spanien. :Wo ist er jetzt? :Er ist jetzt in Deutschland. 072 :Wer ist das? :Das ist Herr Werner. :Ist er Amerikaner? :Nein, er ist Deutscher. :Ist er jetzt in [[:de:w:Hamburg|Hamburg]]? :Nein, er ist in Berlin. :Was ist er von Beruf? :Er ist Kraftfahrer. 073 :Wo sind Sie? :Wir sind in Deutschland. :Sind Sie im Klassenzimmer? :Ja, wir sind im Klassenzimmer. :Sind Sie zu Hause? :Nein, wir sind nicht zu Hause. :--- :Wo ist er jetzt? :Wo ist sie jetzt? 074 :Wer ist das? :Was sind Sie? :Woher sind Sie? :Wo sind Sie jetzt? :--- :Das ist Uwe. :Ist das Uwe? :--- :Er ist Polizist. :Ist er Polizist? :--- :Er ist aus Deutschland. :Ist er aus Deutschland? == 075 - 079 == 075 :a. Wie ist ihr Name? :b. Mein Name ist Madelmeier. :a. Wie bitte? Noch einmal, bitte langsam. :--- :Wie geht es Ihnen? :Woher kommen Sie? :Wohin gehen Sie? :Wohin fahren Sie? 076 [[File:McWilliams-Cook House Living Room Door.jpg|thumb|die Tür]] :links :rechts :oben :unten :dick :dünn :--- :Das Fenster ist links. :Die Tür ist rechts. :Peter und Uwe sind links, Monika ist rechts. :Die Lampe ist oben. :Der Tisch ist unten. :Das Buch ist dick. :Das Heft ist dünn. :Das andere Buch ist dünn. 077 :Fragewörter :die Frage :das Wort :die Wörter :die Fragewörter :--- :wie? :wo? :warum? :woher? :wann? :wer? :wohin? :was? :wie viel? 078 :'''Test''' :<abbr title="Übersetzen Sie! - en: Translateǃ">Übersetzen Sie!</abbr> :::A :<abbr title="ich - enː I">ich</abbr> :<abbr title="kommen - enː to come">kommen</abbr> :<abbr title="wie - enː how">wie</abbr> :<abbr title="wo - enː where">wo</abbr> :<abbr title="ist - enː is">ist</abbr> :<abbr title="unten - enː under">unten</abbr> :<abbr title="plus - enː plus">plus</abbr> :<abbr title="dort - enː there">dort</abbr> :<abbr title="Guten - enː Tag! godd day; how do you do?">Guten Tag!</abbr> :<abbr title="heißen - enː to be called">heißen</abbr> :::B :<abbr title="woher - enː where from">woher</abbr> :<abbr title="nein - enː no">nein</abbr> :<abbr title="Sie - enː you (polite form of adressing; adressing to more senior persons)">Sie</abbr> :<abbr title="und - enː and">und</abbr> :<abbr title="hier - enː here">hier</abbr> :<abbr title="auch - enː also">auch</abbr> :<abbr title="eine - enː one; a">eine</abbr> :<abbr title="ist - enː is">ist</abbr> :<abbr title="dort - enː there">dort</abbr> :<abbr title="du - enː you (adressing to equals)">du</abbr> :::C :<abbr title="hören - enː to hear">hören</abbr> :<abbr title="lernen - enː to learn">lernen</abbr> :<abbr title="schreiben - enː to write">schreiben</abbr> :<abbr title="wiederholen - enː to repeat">wiederholen</abbr> :<abbr title="essen - enː to eat">essen</abbr> :<abbr title="es gibt - enː there are; there is">es gibt</abbr> :<abbr title="zählen - enː to count">zählen</abbr> :<abbr title="bitte - enː please">bitte</abbr> :<abbr title="wir - enː we">wir</abbr> :<abbr title="links - en: left">links</abbr> :::D :<abbr title="dick - enː thick">dick</abbr> :<abbr title="dünn - enː thin">dünn</abbr> :<abbr title="trinken - enː to drink">trinken</abbr> :<abbr title="wenig - enː few">wenig</abbr> :<abbr title="heute - enː today">heute</abbr> :<abbr title="ich - enː I">ich</abbr> :<abbr title="gleichfalls - enː likewise">gleichfalls</abbr> :<abbr title="auch - enː also">auch</abbr> :<abbr title="viel - enː many; much">viel</abbr> :<abbr title="möchten - enː would like; to want">möchten</abbr> :::E :<abbr title="wohnen - enː to live (in a house or apartment)">wohnen</abbr> :<abbr title="mein - enː my">mein</abbr> :<abbr title="durch - enː through">durch</abbr> :<abbr title="mal - enː times">mal</abbr> :<abbr title="minus - enː minus">minus</abbr> :<abbr title="rechts - enː left; to the left">rechts</abbr> :<abbr title="oben - enː up; at the top">oben</abbr> :<abbr title="brauchen - enː to need">brauchen</abbr> :<abbr title="haben - enː to have">haben</abbr> :<abbr title="ja - enː yes">ja</abbr> :::F :<abbr title="kein - enː not">kein</abbr> :<abbr title="alle - enː all">alle</abbr> :<abbr title="bitte - enː please">bitte</abbr> :<abbr title="hier - enː here">hier</abbr> :<abbr title="gleich - enː equal">gleich</abbr> :<abbr title="sind - enː are">sind</abbr> 079 :'''Test''' :'''der, die oder das?''' :::A :<abbr title="das Fenster - enː window">Fenster</abbr> :<abbr title="der Familienname - en: surname; last name">Familienname</abbr> :<abbr title="die Tür - en: door">Tür</abbr> :<abbr title="der Vorname - en: first name">Vorname</abbr> :<abbr title="die Lampe - en: lamp">Lampe</abbr> :<abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr> :<abbr title="der Name - en: name">Name</abbr> :<abbr title="die Verzeihung - en: excuse">Verzeihung</abbr> :<abbr title="der Tag - en: day">Tag</abbr> :<abbr title="das Zimmer - en: room">Zimmer</abbr> :::B :<abbr title="das Café - en: café">Café</abbr> :<abbr title="der Beruf - en: profession">Beruf</abbr> :<abbr title="die Suppe - en: soup">Suppe</abbr> :<abbr title="der Reis - en: rice">Reis</abbr> :<abbr title="das Fleisch - en: meat">Fleisch</abbr> :<abbr title="der Appetit - en: appetite">Appetit</abbr> :<abbr title="die Kartoffel - en: potato">Kartoffel</abbr> :<abbr title="das Gemüse - en: vegetable">Gemüse</abbr> :<abbr title="das Obst - en: fruits">Obst</abbr> :<abbr title="die Tasse - en: cup">Tasse</abbr> :::C :<abbr title="der 'Kaffee - en: café">Kaffee</abbr> :<abbr title="das Brötchen - en: (bread) roll">Brötchen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Käse - en: cheese">Käse</abbr> :<abbr title="das Glas - en: glas">Glas</abbr> :<abbr title="die Milch - en: milk">Milch</abbr> :<abbr title="der Tee - en: tea">Tee</abbr> :<abbr title="die Flasche- en: bottle">Flasche</abbr> :<abbr title="die Butter - en: butter">Butter</abbr> :<abbr title="die Wurst - en: sausage; sliced; cold sausage; cold cuts">Wurst</abbr> :<abbr title="das Brot - en: bread">Brot</abbr> :<abbr title="die Vase - en: vase">Vase</abbr> :<abbr title="der Kakao - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa">Kakao</abbr> == Vokabular: Lektion 002 == [[File:Deutsch Vokabular Lektion 002.ogg]] : die Suppe - en: soup : Übersetzen Sie! - en: Translateǃ : ich - enː I : kommen - enː to come : wie? - enː how? : wo? - enː where? : ist - enː is : unten - enː under : plus - enː plus : dort - enː there : Guten Tag! - enː godd day; how do you do? : heißen - enː to be called : woher - enː where from : nein - enː no : Sie - enː you (polite form of adressing; adressing to more senior persons) : und - enː and : hier - enː here : auch - enː also : eine - enː one; a : ist - enː is : dort - enː there : du - enː you (adressing to equals) : hören - enː to hear : lernen - enː to learn : schreiben - enː to write : wiederholen - enː to repeat : essen - enː to eat : es gibt - enː there are; there is : zählen - enː to count : bitte - enː please : wir - enː we : links - en: left : dick - enː thick : dünn - enː thin : trinken - enː to drink : wenig - enː few : heute - enː today : ich - enː I : gleichfalls - enː likewise : auch - enː also : viel - enː many; much : möchten - enː would like; to want : wohnen - enː to live (in a house or apartment) : mein - enː my : durch - enː through : mal - enː times : minus - enː minus : rechts - enː left; to the left : oben - enː up; at the top : brauchen - enː to need : haben - enː to have : ja - enː yes : kein - enː not : alle - enː all : bitte - enː please : hier - enː here : gleich - enː equal : sind - enː are : das Fenster - enː window : der Familienname - en: surname; last name : die Tür - en: door : der Vorname - en: first name : die Lampe - en: lamp : der Tisch - en: table : der Name - en: name : die Verzeihung - en: excuse : der Tag - en: day : das Zimmer - en: room : das Café - en: café : der Beruf - en: profession : die Suppe - en: soup : der Reis - en: rice : das Fleisch - en: meat : der Appetit - en: appetite : die Kartoffel - en: potato : das Gemüse - en: vegetable : das Obst - en: fruits : die Tasse - en: cup : der 'Kaffee - en: café : das Brötchen - en: (bread) roll : der Käse - en: cheese : das Glas - en: glas : die Milch - en: milk : der Tee - en: tea : die Flasche- en: bottle : die Butter - en: butter : die Wurst - en: sausage; sliced; cold sausage; cold cuts : das Brot - en: bread : die Vase - en: vase : der Kakao - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa == Vokabular: Lektion 002 - alphabetisch geordnet == # alle - enː all # Appetit, der - en: appetite # auch - enː also # Beruf, der - en: profession # bitte - enː please # brauchen - enː to need # Brot, das - en: bread # Brötchen, das - en: (bread) roll # Butter, die - en: butter # Café, das - en: café # dick - enː thick # dort - enː there # du - enː you (adressing to equals) # dünn - enː thin # durch - enː through # eine - enː one; a # es gibt - enː there are; there is # essen - enː to eat # Familienname, der - en: surname; last name # Fenster, das - enː window # Flasche, die - en: bottle # Fleisch, das - en: meat # Gemüse, das - en: vegetable # Glas, das - en: glas # gleich - enː equal # gleichfalls - enː likewise # Guten Tag! - enː godd day; how do you do? # haben - enː to have # heißen - enː to be called # heute - enː today # hier - enː here # hören - enː to hear # ich - enː I # ist - enː is # ja - enː yes # Kaffee, der - en: café # Kakao, der - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa # Kartoffel, die - en: potato # Käse, der - en: cheese # kein - enː not # kommen - enː to come # Lampe, die - en: lamp # lernen - enː to learn # links - en: left # mal - enː times # mein - enː my # Milch, die - en: milk # minus - enː minus # möchten - enː would like; to want # Name, der - en: name # nein - enː no # oben - enː up; at the top # Obst, das - en: fruits # plus - enː plus # rechts - enː left; to the left # Reis, der - en: rice # schreiben - enː to write # Sie - enː you (polite form of adressing; adressing to more senior persons) # sind - enː are # Suppe, die - en: soup # Tag, der - en: day # Tasse, die - en: cup # Tee, der - en: tea # Tisch, der - en: table # trinken - enː to drink # Tür, die - en: door # Übersetzen Sie! - en: Translateǃ # und - enː and # unten - enː under # Vase, die - en: vase # Verzeihung, die - en: excuse # viel - enː many; much # Vorname, der - en: first name # wenig - enː few # wie? - enː how? # wiederholen - enː to repeat # wir - enː we # wo? - enː where? # woher - enː where from # wohnen - enː to live (in a house or apartment) # Wurst, die - en: sausage; sliced; cold sausage; cold cuts # zählen - enː to count # Zimmer, das - en: room :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|Lektion 001]] ← Lektion 002 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003|Lektion 003]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 002]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002]] r2jd58vjdome9orj9pvn9khvh88qufn 0 4124 5859 2015-09-30T21:16:30Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran navê [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002]] weke [[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran/Ders 002 tê çêkirin]] guherand wikitext text/x-wiki #BERALÎKIRIN [[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran/Ders 002 tê çêkirin]] ogr82ortgiedi71cc92a4ghmw6mle55 0 4125 5862 2015-09-30T21:21:51Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran navê [[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran/Ders 001]] weke [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001]] guherand wikitext text/x-wiki #BERALÎKIRIN [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001]] lpnsl5iqwbjg3o2s105lolrd6ixwxje 0 4126 6728 6054 2022-05-06T11:24:21Z Minorax 1611 fix lint wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002|Lektion 002]] ← Lektion 003 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004|Lektion 004]] == 080 - 089 == 080 [[File:Deutsch 080 appca.ogg]] :der Zentimeter :ein Zentimeter :(offiziell: das Zentimeter; ein Zentimeter) :1 cm :Das ist ein Zentimeter. :20 cm :Das sind zwanzig Zentimeter 081 :1 cm - ein Zentimeter [ts] :2 cm - zwei Zentimeter [ts] [ts] :3 cm - drei Zentimeter :4 cm - vier Zentimeter :5 cm - fünf Zentimeter :6 cm - sechs Zentimeter :7 cm - sieben Zentimeter [ts] :8 cm - acht Zentimeter [Ts] :9 cm - neun Zentimeter :10 cm - zehn Zentimeter [ts[ [ts] :11 cm - elf Zentimeter :12 cm - zwölf Zentimeter 082 :Wie viel Zentimeter sind das? :--- :3 drei - Das sind drei Zentimeter. :4 vier - Das sind vier Zentimeter. :5 fünf - Das sind fünf Zentimeter. :6 sechs - Das sind sechs Zentimeter. [ts] :7 sieben - Das sind sieben Zentimeter. :8 acht - Das sind acht Zentimeter. :9 neun - Das sind neun Zentimeter. :10 zehn - Das sind zehn Zentimeter. :11 elf - Das sind elf Zentimeter. :12 zwölf - Das sind zwölf Zentimeter. 083 :ein Tisch :zwei Tische :drei Tische :... :neun Tische :zehn Tische :--- :ein Heft :zwei Hefte :drei Hefte :... :zehn Hefte :--- :ein Buch :zwei Bücher :drei Bücher :... :zehn Bücher :--- :Das ist ein Tisch. :Das sind zwei Tische. :Das sind drei Tische. :... :Das sind zwölf Tische. :--- :Das ist ein Heft. :Das sind zwei Hefte. :Das sind drei Hefte. :... :Das sind zwölf Hefte. 084 :Sind das vier Tische? - Ja, das sind vier Tische. :Sind das zehn Hefte? - Ja, das sind zehn Hefte. :Sind das drei Bücher? - Ja, das sind drei Bücher. 085 :Wie viel Hefte sind das? :Das sind vier Hefte. :--- :Wie viel Bücher sind das? :Das sind zwei Bücher. :--- :Wie viel Lampen sind das? :Das sind fünf Lampen. :--- :Wie viel Zentimeter sind das? :Das sind vier Zentimeter. :--- :Wie viel Tafeln sind das? :Das sind drei Tafeln. 086 :Das ist ein Tisch. - Das sind Tische. :Das ist ein Heft. - Das sind Hefte. :Das ist ein Buch. - Das sind Bücher. :Das ist Gemüse. - Das ist Butter. :Das ist Reis. - Das ist Tee. :Das ist Fleisch. - Das ist Kakao. 087 :Zählen Sie! [ts] :11 elf :12 zwölf :13 dreizehn [ts] :14 vierzehn :15 fünfzehn :16 sechzehn [ts] :17 siebzehn (sieben) (sieb-zehn) :18 achtzehn [ts] :19 neunzehn :20 zwanzig (zwan-zig) :--- :1 - 11 elf :2 - 12 zwölf :3 - 13 drei-zehn [ts] :4 - 14 vier-zehn :5 - 15 fünf-zehn :6 - 16 sech-zehn [sch] [ts] :7 - 17 sieb-zehn (sieben) (sieb-zehn) :8 - 18 acht-zehn [ts] [ach-zehn] :9 - 19 neun-zehn :10 - 20 zwanzig (zwan-zig) :--- :1, 2, 3, ... , 20 088 :a. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 :b. 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11 :c. 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12 :d. 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 17, 15, 13, 11 :e. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 :f. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19 :g. 11 ... 13 ... ... 16 ... 18 ... ... :h. 20 ... 18 ... ... 15 ... 13 ... ... 089 :2 + 14 = 16 (ist gleich) :6 + 10 = 16 :2 + 15 = 17 :16 - 14 = 2 (minus) :16 - 10 = 6 (sech-zehn) (sechs) :17 - 15 = 2 :3 · 5 = 15 (mal) :3 · 6 = 18 :2 · 9 = 18 [ach-tseeeehn] :15 : 5 = 3 (durch) :18 : 6 = 3 :18 : 9 = 2 == 090 - 099 == 090 :Wie viel Zentimeter sind das? :Das sind 20 Zentimeter. :--- :Wie viel Zimmer sind das? :Das sind 16 Zimmer. :--- :Wie viel Bücher sind das? :Das sind 19 Bücher. :--- :Wie viel Hefte sind das? :Das sind 15 Hefte. :--- :Wie viel Tische sind das? :Das sind 13 Tische. :--- :Wie viel Flaschen sind das? :Das sind 17 Flaschen. 091 :Lehrer: <abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">Nehmen</abbr> Sie das Buch! <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">Öffnen</abbr> Sie das Buch <abbr title="die Seite - en: page">Seite</abbr> 17! :Student: Welche Seite bitte? (Student, Stefan, Stuttgart, Stavenhagen, Student = [scht-]), (wo, wer, was, welche) :Lehrer: Seite 17. :--- :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 14! :Student: Welche Seite bitte? :Lehrer: Seite 14. :--- :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 19! :Student: Welche Seite bitte? :Lehrer: Seite 19. :--- :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 20! :Student: Welche Seite bitte? :Lehrer: Seite 20. 092 :a. Guten Tag, Herr Meier! :b. Guten Tag, Herr Müller! :a. Wo wohnen Sie? :b. Ich wohne in Zimmer vier. :a. Wie viel Studenten wohnen dort? :b. Dort wohnen zwei Studenten. Und wo wohnen Sie? :a. Ich wohne in Zimmer zehn. 093 [[File:Euro coins and banknotes.jpg|thumb|das Geld]] [[File:Euro banknotes.png|thumb|Euro]] :Euro :der Euro :Das ist <abbr title="das Geld - en: money">Geld</abbr>. :das Geld :Das ist ein Euro. :Das sind zehn Euro. :Das sind zwanzig Euro. :Das sind hundert Euro. = Das sind einhundert Euro. (100 = hundert = einhundert) 094 :Wie viel Euro sind das? :--- :10 zehn - Das sind zehn Euro. :20 zwanzig - Das sind zwanzig Euro. :50 fünfzig - Das sind fünfzig Euro. :100 (ein)hundert - Das sind (ein)hundert Euro. :30 dreißig - Das sind dreißig Euro. :40 vierzig - Das sind vierzig Euro. :60 sechzig - Das sind sechzig Euro. :70 siebzig - Das sind siebzig Euro. :80 achtzig - Das sind achtzig Euro. :90 neunzig - Das sind neunzig Euro. 095 :a. 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 :b. 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, 10 :c. 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 80, 60, 40, 20 :d. 10, 30, 50, 70, 90, 70, 50, 30, 10 096 :Wie viel sind sechzig plus zehn? :Sechzig plus zehn ist gleich siebzig. :--- :Wie viel sind siebzig minus siebzig? :Siebzig minus siebzig ist gleich <abbr title="die Null - en: zero">Null</abbr>. :--- :Wie viel sind sechs mal zehn? :Sechs mal zehn ist gleich sechzig. :--- :Wie viel sind siebzig durch zehn? :Siebzig durch zehn ist gleich sieben. 097 :60 + 10 = 70 :50 + 10 = 60 :--- :70 - 10 = 60 :80 - 10 = 70 :--- :6 · 10 = 60 :7 · 10 = 70 :--- :70 : 10 = 7 :80 : 10 = 8 :--- :60 - 60 = 0 :80 - 80 = 0 :90 - 90 = 0 :40 - 40 = 0 098 :[ts] - [ç] vierzig, fünfzig, sechzig, siebzig, achtzig, neunzig 099 :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 40! :Student: Seite 14? :Lehrer: Nein, Seite 40. :--- :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 70! :Student: Seite 17? :Lehrer: Nein, Seite 70. :--- :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 60! :Student: Seite 16? :Lehrer: Nein, Seite 60. :--- :Lehrer: Nehmen Sie das Buch! Öffnen Sie das Buch Seite 30! :Student: Seite 13? :Lehrer: Nein, Seite 30. == 100 - 109 == 100 :a. Wir <abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr>. Öffnen Sie das Buch <abbr title="die Seite - en: page">Seite</abbr> 40! :b. Welche Seite bitte? :a. Seite 40! :b. Seite 14? :a. Nein, Seite 40. :--- :a. <abbr title="wohin? - en: where (to)">Wohin</abbr> <abbr title="zu Fuß - en: go (on foot)">gehen</abbr> Sie? :b. Ich gehe ins Institut. Ich bin Student. :a. Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> Sie dort? :b. Ich <abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lerne</abbr> <abbr title="deutsch - en: german">Deutsch</abbr>. :--- :das Institut :in das Institut = ins Institut ([[:de:w:Goethe-Institut|Goethe-Institut]]) 101 :Wohin gehen Sie? :--- :Ich gehe ins Institut. :Ich bin <abbr title="der Student - en: student">Student</abbr>. [Schtu'dent] :Ich bin <abbr title="die Studentin - en: student (girl)">Studentin</abbr>. :Wir gehen ins Institut. :Wir sind <abbr title="die Studenten - en: students">Studenten</abbr>. :Wir sind <abbr title="die Studentinnen - en: students (girls; notː girls and boys">Studentinnen</abbr>. :--- :bestimmter Artikel: Plural femininum = Plural maskulinum = die :die Studenten :die Studentinnen 102 :Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> Sie dort? :--- :Wir <abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lernen</abbr> Deutsch. :Wir <abbr title="hören - en: to hear">hören</abbr>. [höhren] :Wir <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr>. [wieder-hohlen] :Wir <abbr title="lesen - en: to read">lesen</abbr>. [lehsen] :Wir <abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr>. [chraiben] :Wir <abbr title="üben - en: to practice">üben</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="fragen - en: to ask">fragen</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="antworten - en: to answer">antworten</abbr>. [‘antworten] 103 :Was <abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lernen</abbr> Sie? :--- :Wir lernen die <abbr title="das Wort - en: word; Plural: Wörter">Wörter</abbr>. :Wir lernen die <abbr title="der Satz - en: sentence; Plural: Sätze">Sätze</abbr>. :Wir lernen die <abbr title="die Zahl - en: number; Plural: Zahlen">Zahlen</abbr>. :--- :Was lesen Sie? [lehsen] :--- :Wir <abbr title="lesen - en: to read">lesen</abbr> die Wörter. :Wir lesen die Sätze. :Wir lesen die Zahlen. :--- :Was schreiben Sie? :--- :Wir <abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr> die Wörter. :Wir schreiben die Sätze. :Wir schreiben die Zahlen. :--- :Was <abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr> Sie? :--- :Wir wiederholen die Wörter. :Wir wiederholen die Sätze. :Wir wiederholen die Zahlen. :--- :Was <abbr title="üben - en: to practise">üben</abbr> Sie? :--- :Wir üben die Wörter. :Wir üben die Sätze. :Wir üben die Zahlen. 104 :Lernen Sie die Sätze? - Ja, ich lerne die Sätze. :Lesen Sie die Sätze? - Ja, ich lese die Sätze. :Schreiben Sie die Sätze? - Ja, ich schreibe die Sätze. :Wiederholen Sie die Sätze? - Ja, ich wiederhole die Sätze. 105 :<abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">Verstehen</abbr> Sie die Wörter? - Ja, ich verstehe die Wörter. :Verstehen Sie die Sätze? - Ja, ich verstehe die Sätze. :Verstehen Sie die <abbr title="die Frage - en: question">Fragen</abbr>? - Ja, ich verstehe die Fragen. :Verstehen Sie die <abbr title="die Antwort - en: answer">Antworten</abbr>? - Ja, ich verstehe die Antworten. 106 :<abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">Nehmen</abbr> Sie das Buch! :<abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">Öffnen</abbr> Sie das Buch Seite 20! :<abbr title="lesen - en: to read">Lesen</abbr> Sie die <abbr title="der Satz - sentence; Plural: Sätze">Sätze</abbr>! :<abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">Nehmen</abbr> Sie das Heft! :Öffnen Sie das Heft! :<abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">Schreiben</abbr> Sie! :<abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">Schreiben</abbr> Sie die Sätze! :Schreiben Sie die <abbr title="das Wort - en: word; pl. Wörter">Wörter</abbr>! :Wiederholen Sie! :Wiederholen Sie die Wörter! :Wiederholen Sie die <abbr title="die Frage - en: question; Plural: Fragen">Frage</abbr>! :Wiederholen Sie die <abbr title="die Antwort - en: answer; Plural: Antworten">Antwort</abbr>! 107 :[v] <abbr title="wohin? - en: where to?">wohin</abbr>, <abbr title="woher? - en: where from?">woher</abbr>, <abbr title="was? - en: what?">was</abbr>, <abbr title="wir - en: we">wir</abbr>, <abbr title="wie? - en: how?">wie</abbr>, <abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Wort - en: word">Wort</abbr>, Wörter, <abbr title="antworten - en: to answer">antworten</abbr>, <abbr title="wo? - en: where?">wo</abbr>, <abbr title="wohnen - en: to live">wohnen</abbr>, <abbr title="wenig - en: few">wenig</abbr> :[f] <abbr title="das Fenster - en: window">Fenster</abbr>, <abbr title="die Tafel - en: black board">Tafel</abbr>, <abbr title="gleichfalls - en: likewise">gleichfalls</abbr>, vier, <abbr title="viel - en: many; much; a lot">viel</abbr>, <abbr title="fünf - en: five - 5">fünf</abbr>, <abbr title="vierzig - en: forty - 40">vierzig</abbr>, <abbr title="fünfzig - en: fifty - 50">fünfzig</abbr>, <abbr title="der Kaffee - en: coffee">Kaffee</abbr>, <abbr title="fragen - en: to ask">fragen</abbr>, <abbr title="die Flasche - en: bottle">Flasche</abbr>, <abbr title="das Fleisch - en: meat">Fleisch</abbr>, <abbr title="die Kartoffel - en: potato">Kartoffel</abbr>, Afrika, <abbr title="elf - en: eleven - 11">elf</abbr>, <abbr title="zwölf - en: twelve - 12">zwölf</abbr>, <abbr title="das Heft - en: exercise book; notebook">Heft</abbr> :[tsv-] zwei, zwölf, <abbr title="zwanzig - en: twenty - 20">zwanzig</abbr> :[ ʃ ] <abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr>, <abbr title="das Fleisch - en: meat">Fleisch</abbr>, <abbr title="die Flasche - en: bottle">Flasche</abbr>, Tische, Flaschen, <abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr> :[ ʃt ] Student, <abbr title="Studentin - en: student (girl)">Studentin</abbr>, Studenten, <abbr title="Studentinnen - en: students (girl)">Studentinnen</abbr>, <abbr title="verstehen - en: unterstand">verstehen</abbr> 108 :<abbr title="gehen - en: to go; to walk">gehen</abbr> :<abbr title="fahren - en: to go; to drive">fahren</abbr> :--- :a. <abbr title="wohin? - en: there to?">Wohin</abbr> gehen Sie? :b. Wir gehen ins <abbr title="das Institut - en: institute; language school">Institut</abbr>. Wir sind Studenten. :a. Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> Sie dort? :b. Wir <abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lernen</abbr> Deutsch. :--- :Wir <abbr title="fragen - en: to ask">fragen</abbr> und <abbr title="antworten - en: to answer">antworten</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="lesen - en: to read">lesen</abbr> und <abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="zählen - en: to count">zählen</abbr> und <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="hören - en: to hear">hören</abbr> und <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="üben - en: to practise">üben</abbr> und <abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr>. 109 :Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> Sie? :--- :Ich <abbr title="gehen - en: to go (on foot)">gehe</abbr> ins Institut. :Ich bin Studentin. :Ich <abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lerne</abbr> Deutsch. :Ich <abbr title="fragen - en: to ask">frage</abbr> und <abbr title="antworten - en: respond">antworte</abbr>. :Ich <abbr title="lesen - en: to rad">lese</abbr> und <abbr title="schreiben en: to write">schreibe</abbr>. :Ich <abbr title="hören - en: to hear">höre</abbr> und <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr>. :Ich <abbr title="üben - en: to practise">übe</abbr> und <abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederhole</abbr>. == 110 - 119 == 110 : ??? (LEER) 111 :a. <abbr title="Guten Morgen! - en: Good morning! (between 5 and 9 a.m.)">Guten Morgen</abbr> :b. Guten Morgen! :a. <abbr title="wohin? - en: where (to)?">Wohin</abbr> gehen Sie? :b. Ich <abbr title="gehen - en: go (on foot)">gehe</abbr> ins Institut. :a. Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> Sie dort? :b. Ich <abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lerne</abbr> Deutsch. Wir <abbr title="hören - en: to hear">hören</abbr> und <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr>. Wir <abbr title="lesen - en: to read">lesen</abbr> und <abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr>. :a. <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">Rechnen</abbr> Sie auch? :b. Ja, wir rechnen auch. :a. <abbr title="Auf Wiedersehen! - en: Good bye!">Auf Wiedersehen!</abbr> :b. Auf Wiedersehen! 112 :'''Am Telefon''' :--- :a. Wie ist Ihr Name? :b. Mein Name ist Otto. :a. Wie bitte? Noch einmal, bitte langsam. :b. O-T-T-O ([Oo-Te-Te-Oo]) 113 :Ich bin Spanier. :Wir sind Spanier. :Ich bin Spanierin. :Ich komme aus Spanien. :Ich spreche Spanisch. :Das ist spanischer Wein. 114 :Ich bin Deutscher :Wir sind Deutsche. :Ich bin Deutsche. :Ich komme aus Deutschland. :Ich lerne Deutsch. :Das ist ein deutsches Auto. 115 <gallery> File:WLANL - Quistnix! - NAI Huis Sonneveld - Salontafel Gispen 501.jpg|der Tisch File:Dining table for two.jpg|ein Tisch, zwei Stühle; der Tisch; der Stuhl File:Gammelt vindu på ei stue malt i Falu Rödfärg.JPG|das Fenster File:McWilliams-Cook House Living Room Door.jpg|die Tür File:Lamp2.jpg|die Lampe File:Bahnsteiguhr.jpg|die Uhr </gallery> 116 <gallery> File:4.20.08RichBucklerByLuigiNovi.JPG|der Mann File:Lilian Akopova 12.JPG|die Frau File:Young Polish boy.jpg|der Junge File:Eat your vegetables.jpg|das Mädchen </gallery> 117 :'''der, die oder das?''' # Zentimeter # Tisch # Heft # Buch # Lampe # Butter # Tee # Kakao # Fleisch # Reis # Gemüse # Zimmer # Flasche # Tag # Geld # Euro # Institut # Wort # Satz # Zahl :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 117 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with the cursor the white space between the arrows :⇒<span style="color:#999999;">''' der '''</span>⇐ :⇒<span style="color:#eeeeee;">''' die '''</span>⇐ :⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Zentimeter # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Tisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Heft # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Buch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Lampe # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Butter # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Tee # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Kakao # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Fleisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Reis # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Gemüse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Zimmer # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Flasche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Tag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Geld # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Euro # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Institut # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Wort # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Satz # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Zahl |} 118 <gallery> File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 01.jpg|der Polizist File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 02.jpg|die Polizistin File:BG police officers 03.jpg|die Polizisten File:Women Police 07172.JPG|die Polizistinnen File:Mercedes-simplex-508.jpg|das Auto File:Bulgarian Mercedes police car.jpg|das Polizeiauto File:Arcobräu Bierlaster - MAN LE 18.280.jpg|der LKW ([El-Ka-Weee]) File:Costa Blanca - 009 - -0867GNW MAN 18.440 - Noge Touring , Socitransa, Spain. Benidorm Apr 2010 - Flickr - sludgegulper.jpg|der Bus </gallery> 119 <gallery> File:Funny dog.jpg|der Hund File:Havana Brown - choco.jpg|die Katze File:Wild Horses of the Outer Banks.jpg|das Pferd File:House mouse.jpg|die Maus File:Pig USDA01c0116.jpg|das Schwein File:Arzua. A Castanheda. Galiza 07.jpg|die Kuh File:Leucochloris albicollis -Campos do Jordao, Sao Paulo, Brazil-8.jpg|der Vogel </gallery> == Vokabular: Lektion 003 == [[File:Deutsch Vokabular Lektion 003.ogg]] : nehmen - en: to take : öffnen - en: to open : die Seite - en: page : das Geld - en: money : die Null - en: zero : wiederholen - en: to repeat : die Seite - en: page : wohin? - en: where (to) : zu Fuß - en: go (on foot) : machen - en: to make : lernen - en: to learn : deutsch - en: german : der Student - en: student : die Studentin - en: student (girl) : die Studenten - en: students : die Studentinnen - en: students (girls; notː girls and boys) : machen - en: to make : lernen - en: to learn : hören - en: to hear : sprechen - en: to speak : wiederholen - en: to repeat : lesen - en: to read : schreiben - en: to write : üben - en: to practice : fragen - en: to ask : antworten - en: to answer : lernen - en: to learn : das Wort; Plural: Wörter, Worte - en: word : der Satz; Plural: Sätze - en: sentence : die Zahl; Plural: Zahlen - en: number : lesen - en: to read : schreiben - en: to write : wiederholen - en: to repeat : üben - en: to practise : verstehen - en: to understand : die Frage - en: question : die Antwort - en: answer : nehmen - en: to take : öffnen - en: to open : lesen - en: to read : der Satz; Plural: Sätze - en: sentence : nehmen - en: to take : schreiben - en: to write : schreiben - en: to write : die Frage - en: question : die Antwort - en: answer : wohin? - en: where to? : woher? - en: where from? : was? - en: what? : wir - en: we : wie? - en: how? : wiederholen - en: to repeat : das Wort - en: word : antworten - en: to answer : wo? - en: where? : wohnen - en: to live : wenig - en: few : das Fenster - en: window : die Tafel - en: black board : gleichfalls - en: likewise : viel - en: many; much; a lot : fünf - en: five - 5 : vierzig - en: forty - 40 : fünfzig - en: fifty - 50 : der Kaffee - en: coffee : fragen - en: to ask : die Flasche - en: bottle : das Fleisch - en: meat : die Kartoffel - en: potato : elf - en: eleven - 11 : zwölf - en: twelve - 12 : das Heft - en: exercise book; notebook : zwanzig - en: twenty - 20 : der Tisch - en: table : das Fleisch - en: meat : die Flasche - en: bottle : schreiben - en: to write : Studentin - en: student (girl) : Studentinnen - en: students (girl) : verstehen - en: unterstand : gehen - en: to go; to walk : fahren - en: to go; to drive : wohin? - en: there to? : das Institut - en: institute; language school : machen - en: to make : lernen - en: to learn : antworten - en: to answer : lesen - en: to read : schreiben - en: to write : zählen - en: to count : rechnen - en: to calculate : sprechen - en: to speak : üben - en: to practise : wiederholen - en: to repeat : machen - en: to make : gehen - en: to go (on foot) : lernen - en: to learn : fragen - en: to ask : antworten - en: respond : lesen - en: to read : schreiben - en: to write : hören - en: to hear : sprechen - en: to speak : üben - en: to practise : wiederholen - en: to repeat : Guten Morgen! - en: Good morning! (between 5 and 9 a.m) : wohin? - en: where (to)? : gehen - en: to go (on foot) : machen - en: to make : lernen - en: to learn : hören - en: to hear : sprechen - en: to speak : lesen - en: to read : schreiben - en: to write : rechnen - en: to calculate : Auf Wiedersehen! - en: Good bye! == Vokabular: Lektion 003 - alphabetisch geordnet == # Antwort, die - en: answer # antworten - en: to answer; to respond # Auf Wiedersehen! - en: Good bye! # deutsch - en: german # elf - en: eleven - 11 # fahren - en: to go; to drive # Fenster, das - en: window # Flasche, die - en: bottle # Fleisch, das - en: meat # Frage, die - en: question # fragen - en: to ask # fünf - en: five - 5 # fünfzig - en: fifty - 50 # gehen - en: to go (on foot); to walk # Geld, das - en: money # gleichfalls - en: likewise # Guten Morgen! - en: Good morning! (between 5 and 9 a.m) # Heft, das - en: exercise book; notebook # hören - en: to hear # Institut, das - en: institute; language school # Kaffee, der - en: coffee # Kartoffel, die - en: potato # lernen - en: to learn # lesen - en: to read # machen - en: to make # nehmen - en: to take # Null, die - en: zero # öffnen - en: to open # rechnen - en: to calculate # Satz, der; Plural: Sätze - en: sentence # schreiben - en: to write # Seite, die - en: page # sprechen - en: to speak # Student, der - en: student # Studenten, die - en: students # Studentin - en: student (girl) # Studentin, die - en: student (girl) # Studentinnen - en: students (girl) # Studentinnen, die - en: students (girls; notː girls and boys) # Tafel, die - en: black board # Tisch, der - en: table # üben - en: to practice # verstehen - en: to understand # viel - en: many; much; a lot # vierzig - en: forty - 40 # was? - en: what? # wenig - en: few # wie? - en: how? # wiederholen - en: to repeat # wir - en: we # wo? - en: where? # woher? - en: where from? # wohin? - en: there to? # wohin? - en: where (to) # wohin? - en: where (to)? # wohin? - en: where to? # wohnen - en: to live # Wort, das; Plural: Wörter, Worte - en: word # Zahl, die; Plural: Zahlen - en: number # zählen - en: to count # zu Fuß - en: go (on foot) # zwanzig - en: twenty - 20 # zwölf - en: twelve - 12 :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 002|Lektion 002]] ← Lektion 003 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004|Lektion 004]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 003]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003]] 6dv7tv7zpq0el2wkuj86idixaqstljg 0 4127 6767 6569 2023-01-03T21:51:50Z CommonsDelinker 22 Removing [[:c:File:Handschuhe_fcm.jpg|Handschuhe_fcm.jpg]], it has been deleted from Commons by [[:c:User:Túrelio|Túrelio]] because: No longer needed rest of a page move.. wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003|Lektion 003]] ← Lektion 004 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a|Lektion 004a]] == 120 - 129 == 120 [[File:Deutsch 120 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''' :'''Was ist das?''' :'''Schreibe die Antwort!''' :--- <gallery> File:Eat your vegetables.jpg|1 File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 01.jpg|2 File:WLANL - Quistnix! - NAI Huis Sonneveld - Salontafel Gispen 501.jpg|3 File:McWilliams-Cook House Living Room Door.jpg|4 File:Lamp2.jpg|5 File:Wild Horses of the Outer Banks.jpg|6 File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 02.jpg|7 File:House mouse.jpg|8 File:Women Police 07172.JPG|9 File:Mercedes-simplex-508.jpg|10 File:Pig USDA01c0116.jpg|11 File:Bahnsteiguhr.jpg|12 File:Havana Brown - choco.jpg|13 File:Arzua. A Castanheda. Galiza 07.jpg|14 File:4.20.08RichBucklerByLuigiNovi.JPG|15 File:Lilian Akopova 12.JPG|16 File:Young Polish boy.jpg|18 File:BG police officers 03.jpg|19 File:Dining table for two.jpg|20 File:Arcobräu Bierlaster - MAN LE 18.280.jpg|21 File:Costa Blanca - 009 - -0867GNW MAN 18.440 - Noge Touring , Socitransa, Spain. Benidorm Apr 2010 - Flickr - sludgegulper.jpg|22 File:Funny dog.jpg|23 File:Gammelt vindu på ei stue malt i Falu Rödfärg.JPG|24 File:Bulgarian Mercedes police car.jpg|25 File:Leucochloris albicollis -Campos do Jordao, Sao Paulo, Brazil-8.jpg|26 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 120 |- | <gallery> File:Eat your vegetables.jpg|1 - das Mädchen File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 01.jpg|2 - der Polizist File:WLANL - Quistnix! - NAI Huis Sonneveld - Salontafel Gispen 501.jpg|3 - der Tisch File:McWilliams-Cook House Living Room Door.jpg|4 - die Tür File:Lamp2.jpg|5 - die Lampe File:Wild Horses of the Outer Banks.jpg|6 - das Pferd File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 02.jpg|7 - die Polizistin File:House mouse.jpg|8 - die Maus File:Women Police 07172.JPG|9 - die Polizistinnen File:Mercedes-simplex-508.jpg|10 - das Auto File:Pig USDA01c0116.jpg|11 - das Schwein File:Bahnsteiguhr.jpg|12 - die Uhr File:Havana Brown - choco.jpg|13 - die Katze File:Arzua. A Castanheda. Galiza 07.jpg|14 - die Kuh File:4.20.08RichBucklerByLuigiNovi.JPG|15 - der Mann File:Lilian Akopova 12.JPG|16 - die Frau File:Young Polish boy.jpg|18 - der Junge File:BG police officers 03.jpg|19 - die Polizisten File:Dining table for two.jpg|20 - ein Tisch, zwei Stühle; der Tisch; der Stuhl File:Arcobräu Bierlaster - MAN LE 18.280.jpg|21 - der LKW ([El-Ka-Weee]) File:Costa Blanca - 009 - -0867GNW MAN 18.440 - Noge Touring , Socitransa, Spain. Benidorm Apr 2010 - Flickr - sludgegulper.jpg|22 - der Bus File:Funny dog.jpg|23 - der Hund File:Gammelt vindu på ei stue malt i Falu Rödfärg.JPG|24 - das Fenster File:Bulgarian Mercedes police car.jpg|25 - das Polizeiauto File:Leucochloris albicollis -Campos do Jordao, Sao Paulo, Brazil-8.jpg|26 - der Vogel </gallery> |} 121 [[File:Lubeck panorama.JPG|thumb|die Stadt]] [[File:Görlitz Kaufhaus 2008 4.jpg|thumb|das Warenhaus]] [[File:13 Elmwood Ave..JPG|thumb|das Haus]] [[File:Schuh.jpg|thumb|der Schuh]] [[File:HK CWB Jardine's Crescent Fortune Centre footwear shop window Aug-2012.JPG|thumb|die Schuhe]] :Wohin gehen Sie? // :Wir gehen in die <abbr title="die Stadt - en: city; (in this case: center of the city; Plural: Städte">Stadt</abbr>. :Wir gehen <abbr title="in + das = ins - en: into + the">ins</abbr> <abbr title="das Warenhaus - en: department store">Warenhaus</abbr>. (Warenhaus = Kaufhaus; die <abbr title="die Ware - en: article; ware; product">Ware</abbr>; das Haus <abbr title="kaufen - en: to buy">kaufen</abbr>) ::das <abbr title="das Haus - en: house">Haus</abbr> ::die <abbr title="die Ware - en: article; ware; product">Ware</abbr> ::das Warenhaus ::<abbr title="kaufen - en: to buy">kaufen</abbr> ::der <abbr title="der Kauf - en: buying">Kauf</abbr> ::das <abbr title="das Haus - en: house">Haus</abbr> ::das Kaufhaus :Wir kaufen Schuhe. :Wir brauchen auch Hefte. :Wo gibt es Hefte? :Dort gibt es Hefte. :--- :<abbr title="es gibt - en: there ist; there are">es gibt</abbr> :<abbr title="gibt es? - en: Is there? Are there?">gibt es?</abbr> :Heute gibt es Fleisch und Kartoffeln. 122 :das Warenhaus :ein Warenhaus :--- :das Kaufhaus :ein Kaufhaus :--- [[File:Bristol.zoo.crocshoes.arp.jpg|thumb|ein Paar Schuhe]] :das Paar Schuhe :ein Paar Schuhe :--- [[File:Handschuh aus Byssusseide Überseemuseum Bremen 2009 IMG 1471.JPG|thumb|der Handschuh]] :das Paar Handschuhe :ein Paar Handschuhe :die <abbr title="die Hand - en: hand; Plural: Hände">Hand</abbr> :--- [[File:Filzschuhe harlekin manumea-filz.jpg|thumb|die Hausschuhe]] :das Paar Hausschuhe :ein Paar Hausschuhe :--- [[File:Kelly Bag.jpg|thumb|die Tasche]] :die Tasche :eine Tasche :--- :Was kaufen Sie? :Wir kaufen Schuhe. :--- :Ich kaufe ein Paar Schuhe. :Was kaufen Sie? :--- :Wir kaufen Handschuhe. :Ich kaufe ein Paar Handschuhe. :--- :Was kaufen Sie? :Wir kaufen Hausschuhe. :Ich kaufe ein Paar Hausschuhe. :--- :Was kaufen Sie? :Wir kaufen eine Tasche. :Ich kaufe eine Tasche. 123 :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. Ich gehe in die Stadt. Ich gehe ins Kaufhaus. Und Sie? :a. Ich gehe auch in die Stadt. Ich gehe auch ins Kaufhaus. 124 :Was brauchen Sie? :Ich brauche eine Tasche. :Ich brauche ein Paar Schuhe. :Ich brauche ein Paar Hausschuhe. 125 :Was kaufen Sie? :Ich kaufe eine Tasche. :Ich kaufe ein Paar Schuhe. :Ich kaufe ein Paar Hausschuhe. :Ich kaufe ein Paar Handschuhe. :--- :Was kaufen Sie? :Wir kaufen Taschen. :Wir kaufen Schuhe. :Wir kaufen Hausschuhe. :Wir kaufen Handschuhe. :Wir kaufen Hefte. 126 :Wo gibt es Schuhe? - Hier gibt es Schuhe. :Wo gibt es Hausschuhe? - Hier gibt es Hausschuhe. :Wo gibt es Taschen? - Hier gibt es Taschen. :Wo gibt es Hefte? - Hier gibt es Hefte. 127 :[ ʃ ] Schuhe, ein Paar Schuhe, Hausschuhe, ein Paar Hausschuhe, Handschuhe, ein Paar Handschuhe, eine Tasche, Taschen, ein Tisch, Tische, eine Flasche, Flaschen :[h] Heft, Hefte, heute, hier, Hausschuhe, Handschuhe, Kaufhaus, ein Paar Hausschuhe, ein Paar Handschuhe, wiederholen, einhundert, hören :[u:] Guten Tag!, Schuhe, Hausschuhe, Handschuhe, Buch :[ao] kaufen, brauchen, auch, aus, Kaufhaus, Hausschuhe 128 [[File:Isabelle de Bourbon, infante de Parme by Jean-Marc Nattier 002.jpg|thumb|das Kleid]] [[File:Gisele Bündchen at the Fashion Rio Inverno 2006.jpg|thumb|das Kleid]] [[File:A white blouse with blue flowers.jpg|thumb|die Bluse]] [[File:Capri Pants left view.jpg|thumb|die Hose]] [[File:Mannequin with jeans.jpg|thumb|die Hosen (Plural)]] [[File:Shirt.jpg|thumb|das Hemd]] [[File:Shirtforman.jpg|thumb|das Hemd]] [[File:Kreissäge2.JPG|thumb|der Hut]] [[File:Hüte.jpg|thumb|die Hüte]] :a. Guten Tag! :b. Guten Tag. :a. Gehen Sie in die Stadt? (die - [dih]) :b. Ja, ich gehe in die Stadt. :a. Ins Kaufhaus? (in das = ins) :b. Ja, ins Kaufhaus. Und Sie? :a. Ich gehe auch ins Kaufhaus. Was kaufen Sie? :b. Ich kaufe Schuhe. Und Sie? :a. Ich brauche Handschuhe. Gibt es dort Handschuhe? :b. Ja, dort gibt es Handschuhe. :a. Gehen wir? :b. Ja, gehen wir! 129 :Wir brauchen Kleider. :Wo gibt es Kleider? :Dort gibt es Kleider. :--- :das Kleid :ein Kleid :Das ist ein Kleid. :Das sind Kleider. :--- :die Bluse :eine Bluse :Das sind Blusen. :--- :die Hose :eine Hose :Das sind Hosen. :--- :das Hemd :ein Hemd :Das sind Hemden. :--- :der Mantel :ein Mantel :Das sind Mäntel. :--- :der Hut :ein Hut :Das sind Hüte. :--- :der Anzug :ein Anzug :Das sind Anzüge. == 130 - 139 == 130 :Was ist das? // :Das ist ein Kleid. - Das Kleid ist schön. :Das ist eine Bluse. - Die Bluse ist schön. :Das ist eine Hose. - Die Hose ist schön. :Das ist ein Hemd. - Das Hemd ist schön. :Das ist ein Anzug. - Der Anzug ist schön. :Das ist ein Mantel. - Der Mantel ist schön. :Das ist ein Hut. - Der Hut ist schön. 131 :Was brauchen Sie? // :Wir brauchen Kleider. :Wir brauchen Blusen. :Wir brauchen Hosen. :Wir brauchen Hemden. :Wir brauchen Anzüge. :Wir brauchen Mäntel. :Wir brauchen Hüte. 132 :Wo gibt es Kleider? - Dort gibt es Kleider. :Wo gibt es Blusen? - Dort gibt es Blusen. :Wo gibt es Hosen? - Dort gibt es Hosen. :Wo gibt es Hemden? - Dort gibt es Hemden. :Wo gibt es Anzüge? - Dort gibt es Anzüge. :Wo gibt es Mäntel? - Dort gibt es Mäntel. :Wo gibt es Hüte? - Dort gibt es Hüte. 133 :[ ʃt ] Stadt, Student, Studentin, Studenten, Studentinnen :[ ʃ ] schön, Schuhe, Hausschuhe, Handschuhe, Tisch, Fleisch, Tasche, Flasche :[ z ] Hose, Hosen, Bluse, Blusen, Gemüse, sagen :[ h ] Hose, Hemd, Hemden, Hut, Hüte, heute, hier, Heft, haben, Kaufhaus :[ y: ] Hüte, Anzüge, Gemüse, Bücher, üben :[ ʏ ] fünf, fünfzig, fünfzehn, fünfundfünfzig, fünfundzwanzig :[ø] hören, Brötchen, vier Brötchen, drei Brötchen :[œ] zwölf, möchten, öffnen 134 :a. Guten Tag! :b. Guten Tag! :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. Ich gehe in die Stadt. Ich gehe ins Warenhaus. Und Sie? :a. Ich auch. Ich brauche eine Hose. Und was kaufen Sie? :b. Ich kaufe ein Hemd und ein Paar Schuhe. 135 :a. Guten Morgen! :b. Guten Morgen! :a. Bitte, wo ist Herr Schulz? :b. Herr Schulz? In Zimmer zehn. :a. Danke. Wie heißen Sie? :b. Ich heiße Bongo. :a. Woher kommen Sie? :b. Ich komme aus Afrika. :a. Was machen sie in [[:de:w:Bremen|Bremen]]? :b. Ich lerne Deutsch. Ich bin Student. Ich bin Deutsch-Student. :a. Wo wohnen Sie? :b. Ich wohne in Zimmer vier. :a. Und wo ist Zimmer zehn? :b. Dort ist Zimmer zehn. :a. Danke. Auf Wiedersehen! :b. Auf Wiedersehen! 136 :a. Guten Morgen! :b. Guten Morgen! :a. Ich heiße Andreas Weber. Und Sie? :b. Ich heiße Maria Lehmann. :a. Ich bin Student. Und Sie? :b. Ich auch. Ich <abbr title="studieren - en: to study (in a university)">studiere</abbr> hier. :a. Und wohin gehen Sie? :b. Ins Institut. Und Sie? ([[:de:w:Goethe-Institut|Goethe-Institut]]; [Göhte]) :a. Ich auch. 137 :20 + 3 = 23 (23 [3 un20]) :26 - 4 = 22 :3 x 8 = 24 :28 : 7 = 4 :21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 138 :einundzwanzig :zweiundzwanzig :dreiundzwanzig :vierundzwanzig :fünfundzwanzig :sechsundzwanzig :siebenundzwanzig :achtundzwanzig :neunundzwanzig :dreißig :... :vierzig :... :einhundert 139 :Wie viel ist siebzig plus sieben? :Siebzig plus sieben ist gleich siebenundsiebzig. :--- :Wie viel ist zehn plus sieben? :Zehn plus sieben ist gleich siebzehn. :--- :Wie viel ist siebzig minus sieben? :Siebzig minus sieben ist gleich dreiundsechzig. :--- :Wie viel ist siebzehn minus sieben? :Siebzehn minus sieben ist gleich zehn. :--- :Wie viel ist sieben mal sieben? :Sieben mal sieben ist gleich neunundvierzig. :--- :Wie viel ist sieben mal zehn? :Sieben mal zehn ist gleich siebzig. :--- :Wie viel ist siebzig durch zehn? :Siebzig durch zehn ist gleich sieben. :--- :Wie viel ist siebenundsiebzig durch sieben? :Siebenundsiebzig durch sieben ist gleich elf. :--- :Wie viel ist siebenundzwanzig durch sieben? :Siebenundzwanzig durch sieben ist gleich drei <abbr title="das Komma- en: comma">Komma</abbr> acht fünf. 27 : 7 = 3,85 == 140 - 149 == 140 :10 + 6 = 16 :60 + 6 = 66 :70 + 6 = 76 :30 + 3 = 33 :30 + 6 = 36 :--- :17 - 7 = 10 :97 - 7 = 90 :77 - 7 = 70 :74 - 4 = 70 :67 - 7 = 60 :--- :8 ∙ 4 = 32 :9 ∙ 4 = 36 :10 ∙ 4 = 40 :11 ∙ 4 = 44 :3 ∙ 4 = 12 :--- :77 : 11 = 7 :44 : 11 = 4 :33 : 11 = 3 :99 : 11 = 9 :66 : 11 = 6 141 :92 + 7 = (sind gleich; ist gleich) :71 + 8 = :64 + 4 = :53 + 7 = :54 + 6 = :--- :87 - 6 = :48 - 7 = :39 - 6 = :28 - 7 = :54 - 6 = :--- :6 ∙ 7 = :9 ∙ 3 = :11 ∙ 6 = :8 ∙ 4 = :6 ∙ 9 = 54 :--- :30 : 3 = :64 : 8 = :48 : 6 = :15 : 5 = :66 : 6 = 142 :6, 16, 60, 66 :1, 11, 10, 31 :5, 15, 50, 55 :4, 14, 40, 44 :8, 18, 80, 88 :3, 13, 30, 33 :7, 17, 70, 77 :6, 8, 60, 80 143 :Wie viel <abbr title="hoy-ro ([oyro])">Euro</abbr> sind das? // :10 - Das sind zehn Euro. :20 - Das sind zwanzig Euro. :50 - Das sind fünfzig Euro. :100 - Das sind einhundert Euro. :--- :30 - Das sind dreißig Euro. :40 - Das sind vierzig Euro. :60 - Das sind sechzig Euro. :70 - Das sind siebzig Euro. :80 - Das sind achtzig Euro. :90 - Das sind neunzig Euro. 144 :Wie viel ist sechzig plus sechs? [seks] :Sechzig plus sechs ist gleich sechsundsechzig. :--- :Wie viel ist siebzig plus sechs? :Siebzig plus sechs ist gleich sechsundsiebzig. :--- :Wie viel ist neunzig plus sechs? :Neunzig plus sechs ist gleich sechsundneunzig. :--- :Wie viel ist vierzig plus sechs? :Vierzig plus sechs ist gleich sechsundvierzig. 145 :das Alphabet = das Alfabet = das ABC :A :B :C [tseh] :D :E :F :G :H :I :J [iot] :K :L :M :N :O :P :Q [kuh] :R [ea] :S [es] :T :U :V [fau] :W [veh] :X [iks] :Y [ipsilon] :Z [tset] :--- :a b c d e f g :h i j k l m n :o p q :r s t :u v w :x y z [[File:Former BMW logo.svg|thumb|BMW]] [[File:BMW 5er (F10) – Frontansicht, 4. Mai 2011, Mettmann.jpg|thumb|BMW - <abbr title="Bayern - en: Bavaria; bayerisch - en: Bavarian">Bayerische</abbr> <abbr title="der Motor - en: motor">Motoren</abbr> <abbr title="das Werk - en: factory; company; firm">Werke</abbr>]] [[File:VW Golf 1.6 TDI BlueMotion Technology Comfortline (VII) – Frontansicht, 31. Dezember 2012, Düsseldorf.jpg|thumb|VW - Volkswagen; (<abbr title="das Volk - en: nation; people">Volk</abbr>-s-<abbr title="der Wagen - en: car; carriage">Wagen</abbr>)]] 146 :a [a:] :b [be:] :c [tse:] :d [de:] :e [e:] :f [ɛf] :g [ge:] :h [ha:] :i [i:] :j [jɔt] :k [ka:] :l [ɛl] :m [ɛm] :n [ɛn] :o [o:] :p [pe:] :q [ku:] :r [ɛr] :s [ɛs] :t [te:] :u [u:] :v [fao] :w [ve:] :x [ɪks] :y [ypsilɔn] :z [tsɛt] :ä [ɛ:] :ö [ø] :ü [y:] :ß [ɛs-tsɛt] SZ 146a [[File:Beispiel-Schulausgangsschrift.png|thumb|Schreibschrift]] [[File:Hamburger Druckschrift ab 2011.jpg|thumb|Druckschrift oder Blockschrift]] :<abbr title="der Umlaut - en: vowel mutation (a ➔ ä; o ➔ ö; u ➔ ü)">Umlaute</abbr> :ä [ɛ:] :ö [ø] :ü [y:] :--- :ä ( = ae ) :ö ( = oe ) :ü ( = ue ) :--- :ä; ö; ä; ö :ö; ü; ö; ü :ü; ö; ü; ö 147 :<abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr> :<abbr title="die Schrift - en: writing; scrip">Schrift</abbr> :<abbr title="die Schreibschrift - en: script; cursive writing; hand written script">Schreibschrift</abbr> (Schreib-Schrift) :<abbr title="die Blockschrift - en: block capitals; block letters; print">Blockschrift</abbr> :--- :Schreiben Sie das Alfabet! [[File:Vereinfachte Ausgangsschrift.png|thumb]] [[File:Schreibschrift deutsch R und SZ.svg|thumb|Schreibschrift: kleines „r“ und „ß“]] [[:de:w:Datei:Schulausgangsschrift.jpg|Schulausgangsschrift - Bild 1]] [[:de:w:Datei:La-ges.jpg|Schulausgangsschrift - Bild 2]] 147a :das Buch :der <abbr title="der Buchstabe - en: letter">Buchstabe</abbr> :<abbr title="buchstabieren - en: to spell">buchstabieren</abbr> :Buchstabieren Sie! :ich buchstabiere :das Alfabet ( = das Alphabet) :das Buchstabieralfabet (Buch-sta-bier-alfabet) ([[:de:w:Buchstabiertafel|Buchstabiertafel]]) :<abbr title="wie - en: like">wie</abbr> :A <abbr title="wie - en: like">wie</abbr> Anton :B wie Berta :C wie Cäsar :D wie Dora :E wie Emil :F wie Friedrich :G wie Gustav :H wie Heinrich :I wie Ida :J wie Julius :K wie <abbr title="der Kaufmann - en: businessman">Kaufmann</abbr> :L wie Ludwig :M wie Martha :N wie <abbr title="der Nordpol - en: North Pole">Nordpol</abbr> :O wie Otto :P wie Paula :Q wie <abbr title="die Quelle [kvele] - en: source">Quelle</abbr> :R wie Richard :S wie Siegfried :T wie Theodor :U wie Ulrich :V wie Viktor :W wie Wilhelm :X wie Iks :Y wie Ypsilon :Z wie [[:de:w:Zürich|Zürich]] :Ä wie <abbr title="der Ärger - en: anger">Ärger</abbr> :Ö wie Ökonom (oder <abbr title="en: Austria">Österreich</abbr>) :Ü wie <abbr title="der Übermut - en: high spirits; boisterousness ">Übermut</abbr> (oder Übung) :ß wie SZ ([Ess-Tset]) :--- :Oder ganz einfach mit den neuen Wörtern aus Lektion 001 - 004 :--- :A wie Amerika :B wie Buch :C wie Chile (oder Café) :D wie dort :E wie essen (oder Euro) :F wie Fenster :G wie Gemüse :H wie Heft :I wie ich :J wie ja :K wie Karte :L wie Lampe :M wie Milch :N wie nein :O wie Obst :P wie plus :Q wie Quebec :R wie Reis :S wie Suppe :T wie Tisch :U wie Uwe :V wie vier :W wie Wurst :X wie Iks :Y wie Ypsilon :Z wie Zimmer (oder zehn) :Ä wie Äpfel :Ö wie Öl :Ü wie Übung :ß wie SZ 147b :Buchstabieren Sie! :Beispiel: : Alexandra :⇒ :A wie Anton, L wie Ludwig, E wie Emil, X wie Iks, A wie Anton, N wie Nordpol, D wie Dora, R wie Richard, A wie Anton :--- :Uwe :Madrid :KL-RZ :--- :AEIOU :Berlin :--- :Lazaro :Aurora :Kesara :--- :Legarre :Xeveria :Yanamarie :--- :Eugenio :Zurina :Hernando :--- :Mauricio :Beltran :Brigida :--- :Concepcion :Desideria :Cristobal :--- :Estebana :Faqueza :Florentino :--- :Gotzone :Mariquita :Joaquin :--- :Nekana :Paciencia :Rosamaria :--- :Salbatora :Gervaso :Trella :--- :Vittoria :Henriqua :Alejandro :--- :Itsaso :Javiera :Domingo 147c :die Bundesländer :Buchstabieren Sie! :--- :Brandenburg :Baden-Württemberg :Bayern :--- :Bremen :Hessen :Hamburg :--- :Sachsen-Anhalt :Sachsen :Mecklenburg-Vorpommern :--- :Niedersachsen :Nordrhein-Westfalen :Rheinland-Pfalz :--- :Saarland :Schleswig-Holstein :Thüringen 147d :die Abkürzungen der Bundesländer :Buchstabieren Sie! :--- :BBL :BWL :BYL :--- :HB :HEL :HH :--- :LSA :LSN :MVL :--- :NL :NRW :RPL :--- :SAL :SH :THL 147e :die Hauptstädte der Bundesländer :Buchstabieren Sie! :--- :Potsdam :Stuttgart :München :--- :Bremen :Wiesbaden :Hamburg :--- :Magdeburg :Dresden :Schwerin :--- :Hannover :Düsseldorf :Mainz :--- :Saarbrücken :Kiel :Erfurt 147e :Buchstabieren Sie! :--- :übersetzen :ich :kommen :--- :wie :wo :heißen :--- :woher :nein :sie :--- :und :hier :auch :--- :eine :ist :dort :--- :brauchen :haben :ja :--- :kein :alle :bitte :--- :hören :lernen :schreiben :wiederholen 147f :Buchstabieren Sie! :--- :Fenster :Lehrer :Tisch :--- :Lineal :Tag :Heft :--- :Buch :Lampe :Tafel :--- :Karte :Vokabel :Frage :--- :Antwort :Übung 148 :<abbr title="das Geld - en: money">Geld</abbr> :<abbr title="[ˈɔyro]">Euro</abbr> :--- :Beispiel: :<abbr title="Wie viel kostet das? - en: How much is it?">Wie viel kostet das?</abbr> (70,92) :⇒ Das kostet 70 Euro und 92 Cent. :--- :17,92 :73,91 :19,63 :91,41 :88,62 :72,32 :--- :Beispiel: :<abbr title="en: How much is it?">Wie viel kostet das?</abbr> (70,92) :⇒ Das kostet 70 92. :--- :17,92 :73,91 :19,63 :91,41 :88,62 :26,04 :100,55 :youtube-Videos: Zahlen * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JO-CKCvGJLM] * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j6NgdSMcX7M] (20 - 99) * [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V0rS_vznmds] (100 - 999) 149 :Beispiel: :<abbr title="Wie viel macht das bitte? - en: How much is it?">Wie viel macht das bitte?</abbr> (63,10) :⇒ Das macht 63 Euro und 10 Cent. :--- :70,37 :21,96 :87,98 :61,21 :58,63 :31,51 :--- :31,35 :49,57 :5,16 :30,30 :98,95 :--- :35,61 :94,39 :18,03 :100,55 :6,90 == 150 - 152a == 150 :Beispiel: : 35,15 :⇒ Was kostet das? - Das kostet 35 Euro und 15 Cent. :⇒ Wie viel macht das? - Das macht 35 Euro und 15 Cent. :⇒ :<abbr title="en: How much is it?">Wie viel bekommen Sie von mir? (How much do you get from me?)</abbr> - Ich <abbr title="en: to get something">bekomme</abbr> <abbr title="en: then">dann</abbr> 35 Euro und 15 Cent <abbr title="en: from you">von Ihnen</abbr>. (Ich bekomme dann bitte 35 Euro und 15 Cent.) :--- :35,15 :70,56 :45,61 :62,09 :26,62 :40,41 :--- :18,57 :29,90 :99,34 :37,83 :27,97 :29,94 :43,56 :--- :47,34 :14,45 :69,29 :43,86 :47,92 :--- :34,18 :37,85 :3,77 :87,30 :13,66 151 :91,36 Euro :32,35 :16,11 :44,19 :60,27 :43,62 :--- :43,48 :76,85 :45,12 :1,47 :100,14 :--- :56,26 :63,98 :83,99 :81,24 :77,78 :--- :87,68 :52,13 :56,51 :16,50 :10,16 :--- :19,55 :23,97 :87,98 152 :29,34 :17,08 :57,75 :60,19 :51,39 :57,62 :--- :90,85 :32,39 :59,48 :15,72 :39,20 :20,40 :--- :95,10 :10,00 :76,61 :72,67 :42,53 :20,62 :--- :85,31 :40,17 :29,87 :38,05 :29,58 :29 58 152a :<abbr title="die Null - en: zero">Null</abbr> :<abbr title="die Ziffer - en: digit">Ziffer</abbr> :0,01 :0,1 :1,2 :1,34 :1,349 :1,3493 :1,34930 :8,6 :10,5 <abbr title="die Sekunde - en: second">Sekunden</abbr> == Vokabular: Lektion 004 == [[File:Deutsch Vokabular Lektion 004.ogg]] : die Stadt; Plural: Städte - en: city : in + das = ins - en: into + the : das Warenhaus - en: department store : die Ware - en: article; ware; product : kaufen - en: to buy : das Haus - en: house : die Ware - en: article; ware; product : kaufen - en: to buy : der Kauf - en: buying : das Haus - en: house : es gibt - en: there ist; there are : gibt es? - en: Is there? Are there? : die Hand; Plural: Hände - en: hand : studieren - en: to study (in a university) : das Komma - en: comma : Bayern - en: Bavaria : bayerisch - en: Bavarian : der Motor - en: motor : das Werk - en: factory; company; firm : das Volk - en: nation; people : der Wagen - en: car; carriage : der Umlaut - en: vowel mutation (a -> ä; o -> ö; u -> ü) : schreiben - en: to write : die Schrift - en: writing; scrip : die Schreibschrift - en: script; cursive writing; hand written script : die Blockschrift - en: block capitals; block letters; print : der Buchstabe - en: letter : buchstabieren - en: to spell : wie - en: like : der Kaufmann - en: businessman : der Nordpol - en: North Pole : die Quelle - en: source : der Ärger - en: anger : Österreich - en: Austria : der Übermut - en: high spirits; boisterousness : das Geld - en: money : Wie viel kostet das? - en: How much is it? : Wie viel macht das bitte? - en: How much is it? : bekommen - en: to get something : dann - en: then : von Ihnen - en: from you : die Null - en: zero : die Ziffer - en: digit : die Sekunde - en: second == Vokabular: Lektionen 004 - alphabetisch geordnet == # bayerisch - en: Bavarian" - ku: # Bayern - en: Bavaria" - ku: # bekommen - en: to get something" - ku: # buchstabieren - en: to spell" - ku: # dann - en: then" - ku: # Geld, das - en: money" - ku: # Haus, das - en: house" - ku: # Komma, das - en: comma" - ku: # Volk, das - en: nation; people" - ku: # Warenhaus, das - en: department store" - ku: # Werk, das - en: factory; company; firm" - ku: # Ärger, der - en: anger" - ku: # Buchstabe, der - en: letter" - ku: # Kauf, der - en: buying" - ku: # Kaufmann, der - en: businessman" - ku: # Motor, der - en: motor" - ku: # Nordpol, der - en: North Pole" - ku: # Übermut, der - en: high spirits; boisterousness" - ku: # Umlaut, der - en: vowel mutation (a -> ä; o -> ö; u -> ü)" - ku: # Wagen, der - en: car; carriage" - ku: # Blockschrift, die - en: block capitals; block letters; print" - ku: # Hand, die; Plural: Hände - en: hand" - ku: # Null, die - en: zero" - ku: # Quelle, die - en: source" - ku: # Schreibschrift, die - en: script; cursive writing; hand written script" - ku: # Schrift, die - en: writing; scrip" - ku: # Sekunde, die - en: second" - ku: # Stadt, die; Plural: Städte - en: city" - ku: # Ware, die - en: article; ware; product" - ku: # Ziffer, die - en: digit" - ku: # es gibt - en: there ist; there are" - ku: # gibt es? - en: Is there? Are there?" - ku: # in + das = ins - en: into + the" - ku: # kaufen - en: to buy" - ku: # kaufen - en: to buy" - ku: # Österreich - en: Austria" - ku: # schreiben - en: to write" - ku: # studieren - en: to study (in a university)" - ku: # von Ihnen - en: from you" - ku: # wie - en: like" - ku: # Wie viel kostet das? - en: How much is it?" - ku: # Wie viel macht das bitte? - en: How much is it?" - ku: :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 003|Lektion 003]] ← Lektion 004 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a|Lektion 004a]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 004]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004]] 245o4ohak16tf47p5axc0vfmos3liut 0 4128 6249 6000 2017-01-14T18:58:17Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 /* 153 - 155 */ wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004|Lektion 004]] ← Lektion 004a → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005|Lektion 005]] == 153 - 155 == 153 :[[File:Deutsch 153 appca.ogg]] :die Zahl (7; 124; 9435; 1 ... 100 ... 1000 ... ) :die Zahlen (Plural) :die Ziffer :die Ziffern (0; 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9) :Zahl: 124 (Ziffern; 1; 2 und 4) :--- :die Nummer (zur Kennzeichnung und Ordnung von Objekten - Kapitel, Ausweise, Häuser, Fußballspieler ...) :die Nummern (Plural) :<abbr title="die Nummer - en: number ( № )">Nr.</abbr> :Nr. 5 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 29 || 58 || 17 || 92 |-align="center" | 73 || 91 || 19 || 63 |-align="center" | 91 || 41 || 88 || 62 |-align="center" | 26 || 4 || 63 || 10 |-align="center" | 70 || 37 || 21 || 96 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 153a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 87 || 99 || 61 || 21 |-align="center" | 58 || 63 || 31 || 35 |-align="center" | 49 || 57 || 5 || 16 |-align="center" | 30 || 35 || 98 || 95 |-align="center" | 33 || 61 || 94 || 39 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 153b :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 18 || 3 || 100 || 55 |-align="center" | 6 || 90 || 35 || 15 |-align="center" | 70 || 56 || 45 || 61 |-align="center" | 62 || 9 || 26 || 62 |-align="center" | 40 || 41 || 18 || 57 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 154 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 29 || 90 || 99 || 34 |-align="center" | 37 || 83 || 27 || 97 |-align="center" | 29 || 94 || 43 || 56 |-align="center" | 47 || 34 || 14 || 45 |-align="center" | 69 || 29 || 43 || 86 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 154a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 47 || 92 || 34 || 18 |-align="center" | 37 || 85 || 3 || 77 |-align="center" | 87 || 30 || 13 || 66 |-align="center" | 91 || 36 || 32 || 35 |-align="center" | 16 || 11 || 44 || 19 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 154b :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 60 || 27 || 43 || 62 |-align="center" | 43 || 48 || 76 || 85 |-align="center" | 45 || 12 || 1 || 47 |-align="center" | 100 || 14 || 56 || 26 |-align="center" | 83 || 98 || 81 || 24 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 155 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 77 || 78 || 87 || 68 |-align="center" | 52 || 13 || 56 || 51 |-align="center" | 16 || 50 || 10 || 16 |-align="center" | 19 || 55 || 23 || 97 |-align="center" | 87 || 98 || 29 || 34 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 155a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 17 || 8 || 57 || 75 |-align="center" | 60 || 19 || 51 || 39 |-align="center" | 57 || 62 || 90 || 85 |-align="center" | 32 || 39 || 59 || 48 |-align="center" | 15 || 72 || 39 || 20 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 155b :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 20 || 40 || 95 || 10 |-align="center" | 76 || 61 || 72 || 67 |-align="center" | 42 || 53 || 20 || 62 |-align="center" | 85 || 31 || 40 || 17 |-align="center" | 8 || 87 || 38 || 5 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio == 156 - 159 == 156 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 97 || 24 || 93 || 49 |-align="center" | 22 || 96 || 59 || 25 |-align="center" | 8 || 4 || 70 || 10 |-align="center" | 86 || 65 || 79 || 31 |-align="center" | 76 || 25 || 71 || 38 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 156a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 3 || 6 || 9 || 12 |-align="center" | 15 || 18 || 21 || 24 |-align="center" | 27 || 30 || 33 || 36 |-align="center" | 39 || 42 || 45 || 48 |-align="center" | 51 || 54 || 57 || 60 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 156b :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 4 || 8 || 12 || 16 |-align="center" | 20 || 24 || 28 || 32 |-align="center" | 36 || 40 || 44 || 48 |-align="center" | 52 || 56 || 60 || 64 |-align="center" | 68 || 72 || 76 || 80 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 157 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 5 || 10 || 15 || 20 |-align="center" | 25 || 30 || 35 || 40 |-align="center" | 45 || 50 || 55 || 60 |-align="center" | 65 || 70 || 75 || 80 |-align="center" | 85 || 90 || 95 || 100 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 157a :110 - einhundertzehn (hundertzehn, einhundertundzehn) :163 - einhundertdreiundsechzig (hundertdreiundsechzig, einhundertunddreiundsechzig) 157b :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 6 || 12 || 16 || 24 |-align="center" | 30 || 36 || 42 || 48 |-align="center" | 54 || 60 || 66 || 72 |-align="center" | 78 || 84 || 90 || 96 |-align="center" | 102 || 108 || 114 || 120 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 158 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 7 || 14 || 21 || 27 |-align="center" | 34 || 41 || 49 || 56 |-align="center" | 63 || 70 || 77 || 84 |-align="center" | 91 || 98 || 105 || 112 |-align="center" | 119 || 126 || 133 || 140 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 158a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 8 || 16 || 24 || 32 |-align="center" | 40 || 48 || 56 || 64 |-align="center" | 72 || 80 || 88 || 96 |-align="center" | 104 || 112 || 120 || 128 |-align="center" | 136 || 144 || 152 || 160 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 158b :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 9 || 18 || 27 || 36 |-align="center" | 45 || 54 || 63 || 72 |-align="center" | 81 || 90 || 99 || 108 |-align="center" | 117 || 126 || 135 || 144 |-align="center" | 153 || 162 || 171 || 180 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio 159 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | 10 || 20 || 30 || 40 |-align="center" | 50 || 60 || 70 || 80 |-align="center" | 90 || 100 || 110 || 120 |-align="center" | 130 || 140 || 150 || 160 |-align="center" | 170 || 180 || 190 || 200 |} :Diktat: EN: Dictate. Listen and write - without reading the numbers in the table. ??? Audio == Vokabular: Lektion 004a == ːdie Nummer - en: number ( № ) :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004|Lektion 004]] ← Lektion 004a → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005|Lektion 005]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 004a]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a]] e0fnsfavx130j9308l7cjm0ctru6jts 0 4129 6784 6248 2023-03-15T06:56:00Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a|Lektion 004a]] ← Lektion 005 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006|Lektion 006]] == 160 - 169 == 160 :[[File:Deutsch 160 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''' :'''Was ist das?''' :'''Schreibe die Antwort!''' :--- <gallery> File:Pig USDA01c0116.jpg|1 File:Bahnsteiguhr.jpg|2 File:Gammelt vindu på ei stue malt i Falu Rödfärg.JPG|3 File:Bulgarian Mercedes police car.jpg|4 File:Havana Brown - choco.jpg|5 File:Arzua. A Castanheda. Galiza 07.jpg|6 File:4.20.08RichBucklerByLuigiNovi.JPG|7 File:Lilian Akopova 12.JPG|8 File:Eat your vegetables.jpg|9 File:Young Polish boy.jpg|11 File:BG police officers 03.jpg|12 File:Dining table for two.jpg|13 File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 01.jpg|14 File:WLANL - Quistnix! - NAI Huis Sonneveld - Salontafel Gispen 501.jpg|15 File:McWilliams-Cook House Living Room Door.jpg|16 File:Lamp2.jpg|17 File:Wild Horses of the Outer Banks.jpg|18 File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 02.jpg|19 File:House mouse.jpg|20 File:Women Police 07172.JPG|21 File:Mercedes-simplex-508.jpg|22 File:Leucochloris albicollis -Campos do Jordao, Sao Paulo, Brazil-8.jpg|23 File:Arcobräu Bierlaster - MAN LE 18.280.jpg|24 File:Costa Blanca - 009 - -0867GNW MAN 18.440 - Noge Touring , Socitransa, Spain. Benidorm Apr 2010 - Flickr - sludgegulper.jpg|25 File:Funny dog.jpg|26 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 120 |- | <gallery> File:Pig USDA01c0116.jpg|1 - das Schwein File:Bahnsteiguhr.jpg|2 - die Uhr File:Gammelt vindu på ei stue malt i Falu Rödfärg.JPG|3 - das Fenster File:Bulgarian Mercedes police car.jpg|4 - das Polizeiauto File:Havana Brown - choco.jpg|5 - die Katze File:Arzua. A Castanheda. Galiza 07.jpg|6 - die Kuh File:4.20.08RichBucklerByLuigiNovi.JPG|7 - der Mann File:Lilian Akopova 12.JPG|8 - die Frau File:Eat your vegetables.jpg|9 - das Mädchen File:Young Polish boy.jpg|11 - der Junge File:BG police officers 03.jpg|12 - die Polizisten File:Dining table for two.jpg|13 - ein Tisch, zwei Stühle; der Tisch; der Stuhl File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 01.jpg|14 - der Polizist File:WLANL - Quistnix! - NAI Huis Sonneveld - Salontafel Gispen 501.jpg|15 - der Tisch File:McWilliams-Cook House Living Room Door.jpg|16 - die Tür File:Lamp2.jpg|17 - die Lampe File:Wild Horses of the Outer Banks.jpg|18 - das Pferd File:Österreichische Bundespolizei 02.jpg|19 - die Polizistin File:House mouse.jpg|20 - die Maus File:Women Police 07172.JPG|21 - die Polizistinnen File:Mercedes-simplex-508.jpg|22 - das Auto File:Leucochloris albicollis -Campos do Jordao, Sao Paulo, Brazil-8.jpg|23 - der Vogel File:Arcobräu Bierlaster - MAN LE 18.280.jpg|24 - der LKW ([El-Ka-Weee]) File:Costa Blanca - 009 - -0867GNW MAN 18.440 - Noge Touring , Socitransa, Spain. Benidorm Apr 2010 - Flickr - sludgegulper.jpg|25 - der Bus File:Funny dog.jpg|26 - der Hund </gallery> |} 161 :to make the translation visible you have to highlight with the cursor the white space between the arrows :⇒<font color="ffffff">'''exercise'''</font>⇐ :⇒<font color="999999">''' the '''</font>⇐ :⇒<font color="eeeeee">''' translation '''</font>⇐ :⇒<font color="ffffff">''' comes here '''</font>⇐ :die Übung ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''exercise'''</font>⇐ :Grammatik ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''grammar'''</font>⇐ :die Grammatik ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''the grammar'''</font>⇐ :Revolution ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''revolution'''</font>⇐ ([re-vo-lu-tsio:n]) :die Revolution :Konjugation ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''conjugation'''</font>⇐ ([kon-you-gatsio:n]) :die Konjugation ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''the conjugation'''</font>⇐ :Verb ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''verb'''</font>⇐ :das Verb ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''the verb'''</font>⇐ :Präsens ⇒<font color="ffffff">'''present'''</font>⇐ 162 :Peter wiederholt. :Monika <abbr title="kommen - en: to come">kommt</abbr> und fragt: „Was machst du, Peter?“ :Peter sagt: „Ich lerne die Wörter. Ich schreibe die Sätze.“ :Monika fragt: „Übst du auch die Zahlen?“ :Peter sagt: „Ja, ich übe auch die Zahlen.“ :Monika fragt: „Und was machen Uta und Andreas? Lernen sie auch?“ :Peter sagt: „Ja, sie lernen auch.“ 163 :Infinitiv :der Infinitiv :--- :schreiben :Singular (= Einzahl) :Singular (= Sg.) :ich schreibe :du schreibst :Sie schreiben (3. Person) :er (Peter) schreibt - maskulinum (m) = männlich (= Mann) :sie (Uta) schreibt - femininum (f) = weiblich (= Frau) :es (das Kind) schreibt - neutrum (n) = neutrum (= Kind) :--- :Plural (= Mehrzahl) :Plural (= Pl.) :wir schreiben :ihr schreibt :Sie schreiben :sie (Monika und Peter) schreiben :--- :Infinitiv:schreiben :--- :ich schreibe :du schreibst :er schreibt :wir schreiben :ihr schreibt :sie schreiben :Infinitiv:schreib'''<u>en</u>''' :--- :ich schreibe :du schreib<font color="339900">'''s'''</font><font color="993300">'''t'''</font> :er schreib<font color="993300">'''t'''</font> :wir schreib'''<u>en</u>''' :ihr schreib<font color="993300">'''t'''</font> :sie schreib'''<u>en</u>''' :--- :schreib<font color="993300">'''t'''</font> ≠ schreib<font color="339900">'''s'''</font><font color="993300">'''t'''</font> :er schreibt ≠ du schreib'''s'''t 164 :die Frage :das Prädikat :Die Frage nach dem Prädikat: :Was macht Monika? - Monika schreibt. :--- :Subjekt: Monika :das Subjekt :Prädikat: schreibt :--- :Monika schreibt. :--- :Singular: :Was machst du? - Ich lese. :Was machen Sie? - Ich lese. :--- :Plural: :Was macht ihr? - Wir lesen. :Was machen Sie? - Wir lesen. 165 :die Frage :die Entscheidung :Die Entscheidungsfrage: :Schreibt Monika? :Ja, sie schreibt. :Nein, sie schreibt nicht. 166 :Ich lerne. :Peter lernt auch. :Er lernt die Wörter. :Monika schreibt. :Sie schreibt die Sätze. :--- :Das Mädchen übt. :Es übt die Zahlen. :Wir wiederholen. :Andreas und Uta rechnen. :Sie rechnen die Aufgaben. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 166 |- | :lernen :--- :ich lerne :du lernst :er lernt :wir lernen :ihr lernt :sie lernen :--- :schreiben :--- :ich schreibe :du schreibst :er schreibt :wir schreiben :ihr schreibt :sie schreiben :--- :üben :--- :ich übe :du übst :er übt :wir üben :ihr übt :sie üben :--- :wiederholen :--- :ich wiederhole :du wiederholst :er wiederholt :wir wiederholen :ihr wiederholt :sie wiederholen :--- :rechnen :--- :ich rechne :du rechnest :er rechnet :wir rechnen :ihr rechnet :sie rechnen |} 167 :das Beispiel: :Ich ... (essen) :⇒ Ich esse. :--- :Ich ... (essen, lesen, lernen) :Monika ... (wiederholen, üben, schreiben) :Das Kind ... (<abbr title="spielen - en: to play">spielen</abbr>, lernen, zählen) :Wir ... (zählen, rechnen, fragen) :Andreas und Uta ... (lesen, schreiben, üben) :Die Studenten ... (fragen, antworten, wiederholen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 167 |- | :Ich esse. Ich lese. Ich lerne. :Monika wiederholt. Monika übt. Monika schreibt. :Das Kind spielt. Das Kind lernt. Das Kind zählt. :Wir zählen. Wir rechnen. Wir fragen. :Andreas und Uta lesen. Andreas und Uta schreiben. Andreas und Uta üben. :Die Studenten fragen. Die Studenten antworten. Die Studenten wiederholen. |} 168 :'''fragen''' :Ich ... die Lehrerin. :Wir ... die <abbr title="die Mutter - en: mother">Mutter</abbr>. :Der <abbr title="der Vater - en: father">Vater</abbr> ... das Kind. :Er ... die <abbr title="die Schwester - en: sister">Schwester</abbr>. :Das <abbr title="das Kind - en: child">Kind</abbr> ... die Mutter. :Die Mutter ... Monika. :Monika und Andreas ... die Studentin. :Der <abbr title="der Bruder - en: brother">Bruder</abbr> und die <abbr title="die Schwester - en: sister">Schwester</abbr> ... die Mutter. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 168 |- | :Ich frage die Lehrerin. :Wir fragen die Mutter. :Der Vater fragt das Kind. :Er fragt die Schwester. :Das Kind fragt die Mutter. :Die Mutter fragt Monika. :Monika und Andreas fragen die Studentin. :Der Bruder und die Schwester fragen die Mutter. |} 169 :Beispiel: :Andreas ... (lernen) :⇒ Andreas lernt. :--- :Ich ... (lesen) :Die Studentin ... (schreiben) :Der <abbr title="der Junge - en: boy">Junge</abbr> ... (<abbr title="kommen - en: to come">kommen</abbr>) :Monika ... (wiederholen) :Das Kind ... (<abbr title="spielen - en: play">spielen</abbr>) :Die Studentinnen ... (rechnen) :Das Mädchen ... (fragen) :Wir ... (üben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 169 |- | :Ich lese. :Die Studentin schreibt. :Der Junge kommt. :Monika wiederholt. :Das Kind spielt. :Die Studentinnen rechnen. :Das Mädchen fragt. :Wir üben. |} == 170 - 179 == 170 :Beispiel: :Was macht der Lehrer? (fragen, schreiben) :⇒ Er fragt und schreibt. :--- :Was macht der Student? (üben, wiederholen) :Was macht Monika? (lernen, schreiben) :Was machen die Kinder? (<abbr title="spielen - en: to play">spielen</abbr>, zählen) :Was machen die Studentinnen? (lesen, antworten) :Was macht Peter? (<abbr title="kommen - en: to come">kommen</abbr>, fragen) :Was machen Uta und Peter? (essen, trinken) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 170 |- | :Was macht der Lehrer? - Er fragt und schreibt. :--- :Was macht der Student? - Er übt und wiederholt. :Was macht Monika? - Sie lernt und schreibt. :Was machen die Kinder? - Sie spielen und zählen. :Was machen die Studentinnen. - Sie lesen und antworten. :Was macht Peter? - Er kommt und fragt. :Was machen Uta und Peter? - Sie essen und trinken. |} 171 :Beispiel: :Das <abbr title="das Mädchen - en: girl">Mädchen</abbr> <abbr title="spielen - en: to play">spielt</abbr>. Und der <abbr title="der Junge - en: boy">Junge</abbr>? :⇒ Er spielt auch. :--- :Uta lernt. Und Peter? :Die <abbr title="die Mutter - en: mother">Mutter</abbr> kommt. Und der <abbr title="der Vater - en: father">Vater</abbr>? :<abbr title="die Familie ( [faˈmi:ljə] ) - en: family ">Familie</abbr> Lehmann kommt. Und Familie Schulz? :Der Student schreibt. Und die Studentin? :Andreas wiederholt. Und Monika? :Die Studentin fragt. Und das Kind? :Der Junge spielt. Und das Mädchen? :Der Lehrer schreibt. Und die Kinder? :Die Kinder lernen. Und die Studenten? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 171 |- | :Das Mächen spielt. Und der Junge? - Er spielt auch. :--- :Uta lernt. Und Peter? - Er lernt auch. :Die Mutter kommt. Und der Vater? - Er kommt auch. :Familie Lehmann kommt. Und Familie Schulz? - Sie kommt auch. :Der Student schreibt. Und die Studentin? - Sie schreibt auch. :Andreas wiederholt. Und Monika? - Sie wiederholt auch. :Die Studentin fragt. Und das Kind? - Es fragt auch. :Der Junge spielt. Und das Mädchen? - Es spielt auch. (Sie spielt auch) :Der Lehrer schreibt. Und die Kinder? - Sie schreiben auch. :Die Kinder lernen. Und die Studenten? - Sie lernen auch. |} 172 :Beispiel: :Wir lernen. :⇒ Lernst du auch? :--- :Wir wiederholen. :Wir üben. :Wir schreiben. :Wir fragen. :Wir studieren. :Wir kommen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 172 |- | :Wir lernen. - Lernst du auch? :--- :Wir wiederholen. - Wiederholst du auch? :Wir üben. - Übst du auch? :Wir schreiben. - Schreibst du auch? :Wir fragen. - Fragst du auch? :Wir studieren. - Studierst du auch? :Wir kommen. - Kommst du auch? |} 173 :Beispiel: :Monika und Andreas lernen. :⇒ Ihr lernt bitte auch. :--- :Monika und Andreas üben. :Andreas und Peter wiederholen. :Uta und Monika schreiben. :Uta und Peter lesen. :Andreas und Uta fragen. :Monika und Peter kommen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 173 |- | :Monika und Andreas lernen. - Ihr lernt bitte auch. :--- :Monika und Andreas üben. - Ihr übt bitte auch. :Andreas und Peter wiederholen. - Ihr wiederholt bitte auch. :Uta und Monika schreiben. - Ihr schreibt bitte auch. :Uta und Peter lesen. - Ihr lest bitte auch. :Andreas und Uta fragen. - Ihr fragt bitte auch. :Monika und Peter kommen. - Ihr kommt bitte auch. |} 174 :die Frage (Sg.) :die Fragen (Pl.) :die Antwort (Sg.) :die Antworten (Pl.) :--- :Lernst du? - Ja, ich lerne. :Wiederholst du? - Ja, ich wiederhole. :Übst du? - Ja, ich übe. :Kommst du? - Ja, ich komme. :Schreibst du? - Ja, ich schreibe. :Lest ihr? - Ja, wir lesen. :Schreibt ihr? - Ja, wir schreiben. :Wiederholt ihr? - Ja, wir wiederholen. :Kommt ihr? - Ja, wir kommen. :Übt ihr? - Ja, wir üben. 175 :Beispiel: :lernen (du, ihr) :⇒ Lernst du? :⇒ Ja, ich lerne. :⇒ Lernt ihr? :⇒ Ja, wir lernen. :--- :kommen, üben, wiederholen, spielen, schreiben, zählen, lernen, <abbr title="arbeiten - en: to work">arbeiten</abbr> :(du, ihr) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 175 |- | :Lernst du? Ja, ich lerne. Lernt ihr? Ja, wir lernen. :--- :Kommst du? Ja, ich komme. Kommt ihr? Ja, wir kommen. :Übst du? Ja, ich übe. Übt ihr? Ja, wir üben. :Wiederholst du? Ja, ich wiederhole. Wiederholt ihr? Ja, wir wiederholen. :Spielst du? Ja, ich spiele. Spielt ihr? Ja, wir spielen. :Schreibst du? Ja, ich schreibe. Schreibt ihr? Ja, wir schreiben. :Zählst du? Ja, ich zähle. Zählt ihr? Ja, wir zählen. :Lernst du? Ja, ich lerne. Lernt ihr? Ja, wir lernen. :Arbeitest du? Ja, ich arbeite. Arbeitet ihr? Ja, wir arbeiten. |} 176 :'''wiederholen''' :Ich ... :<abbr title="der Herr - en: mister">Herr</abbr> Pfeiffer ... :Die <abbr title="das Kind - en: child">Kinder</abbr> ... :Wir ... :Monika ... :Du ... :Das <abbr title="das Mädchen - en: girl">Mädchen</abbr> ... :Der <abbr title="der Bruder - en: brother">Bruder</abbr> und die <abbr title="die Schwester - en: sister">Schwester</abbr> ... :Ihr ... :Die Studenten ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 176 |- | :Ich wiederhole. :Herr Pfeiffer wiederholt. :Die Kinder wiederholen. :Wir wiederholen. :Monika wiederholt. :Du wiederholst. :Das Mädchen wiederholt. :Der Bruder und die Schwester wiederholen. :Ihr wiederholt. :Die Studenten wiederholen. |} 177 :'''Was machen die Studenten?''' :Beispiel: :wiederholen :⇒ Wiederholen die Studenten? :⇒ Ja, sie wiederholen. :--- :(schreiben, lernen, üben, fragen, zählen, kommen, arbeiten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 177 |- | :Wiederholen die Studenten? Ja, sie wiederholen. :--- :Schreiben die Studenten? Ja, sie schreiben. :Lernen die Studenten? Ja, sie lernen. :Üben die Studenten? Ja, sie üben. :Fragen die Studenten? Ja, sie fragen. :Zählen die Studenten? Ja, sie zählen. :Kommen die Studenten? Ja, sie kommen. :Arbeiten die Studenten? Ja, sie arbeiten. |} 178 :Was machen die Kinder? :Beispiel: :lesen :⇒ Lesen die Kinder? :⇒ Ja, sie lesen. :--- :(lernen, zählen, rechnen, fragen, antworten, spielen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 178 |- | :Lesen die Kinder? Ja, sie lesen. :--- :Lernen die Kinder? Ja, sie lernen. :Zählen die Kinder? Ja, sie zählen. :Rechnen die Kinder? Ja, sie rechnen. :Fragen die Kinder? Ja, sie fragen. :Antworten die Kinder? Ja, sie antworten. :Spielen die Kinder? Ja, sie spielen. |} 179 :Beispiel: :Ich wiederhole. (Andreas) :⇒ Ich wiederhole. Wiederholt Andreas auch? :--- :Wir schreiben. (ihr) :Peter spielt. (Uta) :Monika lernt. (du) :Der Student übt. (die Studentin) :Der <abbr title="der Vater - en: father">Vater</abbr> schreibt. (die <abbr title="die Mutter - en: mother">Mutter</abbr>) :Die Studenten lernen. (die <abbr title="das Kind - en: child">Kinder</abbr>) :Der Junge spielt. (das <abbr title="das Mädchen - en: girl">Mädchen</abbr>) :<abbr title="der Herr - en: mister">Herr</abbr> und <abbr title="die Frau - en: Ms.; mistress; woman">Frau</abbr> Lehmann lesen. (Andreas und Monika) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 179 |- | :Ich wiederhole. Wiederholt Andreas auch? :--- :Wir schreiben. Schreibt ihr auch? :Peter spielt. Spielt Uta auch? :Monika lernt. Lernst du auch? :Der Student übt. Übt die Studentin auch? :Der Vater schreibt. Schreibt die Mutter auch? :Die Studenten lernen. Lernen die Kinder auch? :Der Junge spielt. Spielt das Mädchen auch? :Herr und Frau Lehmann lesen. Lesen Andreas und Monika auch? |} == 180 - 189 == 180 :der Artikel (Sg. = Singular) :die Artikel (Pl. = Plural) :das Substantiv :das Personalpronomen (Per-so-nal--Pro-no-men; Personal-Pronomen) :der Nominativ :im Nominativ :--- :Monika: <abbr title="wer? - en: who?">Wer</abbr> wohnt in Zimmer drei? :Andreas: Ein Student wohnt dort. :Monika: <abbr title="woher? - en: where from?">Woher</abbr> kommt der Student? :Andreas: Er kommt aus Afrika. :Monika: Und wer <abbr title="wohnen - en: to live">wohnt</abbr> in Zimmer vier? :Andreas: Der Student aus Amerika. 181 :Nominativ: :'''<abbr title="wer? - en: who?">wer</abbr>?''' :ein Student :der Student :ein Kind :das Kind :eine Studentin :die Studentin :die Studenten :--- :'''<abbr title="was? - en: what?">was</abbr>?''' :ein <abbr title="der Brief - en: letter">Brief</abbr> :der Brief :ein Heft :das Heft :eine Karte :die Karte :die <abbr title="das Buch - en: book; Plural: Bücher">Bücher</abbr> 182 :der <abbr title="unbestimmter Artikel - en: indefinite article (an)">unbestimmte Artikel</abbr> im Singular: ein, eine, ein :der <abbr title="bestimmter Artikel - en: definite article (the)">bestimmte Artikel</abbr> im Singular: der, die, das :der bestimmte Artikel im Plural: die :--- :Die Frage nach dem Subjekt: :Wer wohnt in Zimmer drei? :Ein Student wohnt dort. :(Subjekt: ein Student) :(Das Subjekt ist eine Person: Wir fragen „'''WER'''“) :Was liegt dort? (<abbr title="liegen - en: to be (lying)">liegen</abbr> - <abbr title="stehen - en: to be (standing)">stehen</abbr>) :Ein Brief liegt dort. :(Subjekt: ein Brief) :(Das Subjekt ist eine Sache: Wir fragen „'''WAS'''”) 183 [[File:Dubbel - Taschenbuch für den Maschinenbau (20. Auflage, 2001).JPG|thumb|upright|das Buch steht]] [[File:Paperback book black gal.svg|thumb|upright|das Buch liegt]] :Was liegt hier? :Hier liegt ein Block. :Hier liegen Blöcke. :Was steht hier? :Eine Tasse steht hier. :Tassen stehen hier. 184 :Die Fragen: :Wer ist das? :Was ist das? :--- :'''Wer ist das?''' :Das ist Herr Schulz. :Das sind Peter und Andreas. :--- :'''Was ist das?''' :Das ist ein Buch. :Das sind Bücher. 185 :Antworten Sie! :Wer schreibt? - Das Kind ... :Wer lernt? - Andreas ... :Wer wiederholt? - Das Mädchen ... :Wer übt? - Das Mädchen ... :Wer kommt? - Die Studentinnen ... :Wer lernt? - Uta und Peter ... :Wer fragt? - Der Lehrer ... :Wer spielt? - Der Junge ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 185 |- | :Wer schreibt? - Das Kind schreibt. :Wer lernt? - Andreas lernt. :Wer wiederholt? - Das Mädchen wiederholt :Wer übt? - Das Mädchen übt. :Wer kommt? - Die Studentinnen kommen. :Wer lernt? - Uta und Peter lernen. :Wer fragt? - Der Lehrer fragt. :Wer spielt? - Der Junge spielt. |} 186 [[File:Empty Wine bottle.jpg|thumb|upright|die Flasche steht]] [[File:Colorful bottle.jpg|thumb|upright|die Flasche liegt]] [[File:US Navy 041020-M-0000X-001 Several Navy Hospital Corpsmen, Marines, and a Navy Chaplain tend to one of two Marines injured when the seven-ton truck they were driving carrying water overturned during a supply convoy to Camp Kore.jpg|thumb|upright|das Auto liegt]] [[File:BMW 7er schwarz vl.jpg|thumb|upright|das Auto steht]] [[File:Aktentasche hg.jpg|thumb|upright|die Tasche steht]] [[File:Man sleeping in front of shop.jpg|thumb|upright|der Mann liegt]] :Fragen und antworten Sie! :„'''stehen'''“ oder „'''liegen'''“? :Was ... hier? - Hier ... eine Tasse. :Was ... dort? - Dort ... zwei Briefe. :Was ... hier? - Eine Karte ... hier. :Was ... hier? - Hier ... zwei <abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair; Plural (= Pl.) Stühle">Stühle</abbr>. :Was ... dort? - Dort ... ein <abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr>. :Was ... hier? - Ein Radio ... hier. (das Radio) :Was ... dort? - Drei <abbr title="das Glas - en: glass; Plural (= Pl.). Gläser">Gläser</abbr> ... dort. :Was ... dort? - Dort ... ein Block. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 186 |- | :Was steht hier? - Hier steht eine Tasse. :Was liegt dort? - Dort liegen zwei Briefe. :Was liegt hier? - Eine Karte liegt hier. :Was steht hier? - Hier stehen zwei Stühle. :Was steht dort? - Dort steht ein Tisch. :Was steht hier? - Ein Radio steht hier. :Was steht dort? - Drei Gläser stehen dort. :Was liegt dort? - Dort liegt ein Block. |} 187 [[File:Tasse Gr 99.jpg|thumb|die Tasse]] [[File:Steel double bed.svg|thumb|das Bett]] :Fragen Sie! :Was steht hier? :Was liegt hier? :--- :Beispiel: :Hier stehen Tassen. :⇒ Was steht hier? :--- :Hier ... Bücher. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Gläser. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Schuhe. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Flaschen. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Hefte. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Stühle. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Briefe. Was ... hier? :Hier ... Herr Müller. Wer ... hier? :Das Kind ... im <abbr title="das Bett - en: bed">Bett</abbr>. Wer ... im Bett? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 187 |- | :Hier stehen Tassen. Was steht hier? :--- :Hier liegen Bücher. Was liegt hier? :Hier stehen Gläser. Was steht hier? :Hier stehen Schuhe. Was steht hier? :Hier stehen Flaschen. Was steht hier? :Hier liegen Hefte. Was liegt hier? :Hier stehen Stühle. Was steht hier? :Hier liegen Briefe. Was liegt hier? :Hier steht Herr Müller. Wer steht hier? :Das Kind liegt im Bett. Wer liegt im Bett? |} 188 :'''Wer?''' :'''Was?''' :--- :Beispiel: :... schreibt (Herr Lehmann) :⇒ Wer schreibt? :⇒ Herr Lehmann schreibt. :--- :... steht hier? (ein Stuhl) :... spielt? (der Junge) :... wiederholt? (der Student) :... steht dort? (zwei Stühle) :... lernt? (die Jungen) :... liegt hier? (eine Karte) :... übt? (die Kinder) :... liegt dort? (drei Blöcke) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 188 |- | :Wer schreibt? Herr Lehmann schreibt. :--- :Was steht hier? Ein Stuhl steht hier. :Wer spielt? Der Junge spielt. :Wer wiederholt? Der Student wiederholt. :Was steht dort? Zwei Stühle stehen dort. :Wer lernt? Die Jungen lernen. :Was liegt hier? Eine Karte liegt hier. :Wer übt? Die Kinder üben. :Was liegt dort? Drei Blöcke liegen dort. |} 189 :'''Was ist das?''' :'''Wer ist das?''' :--- :... ist das? - Das ist Andreas Lehmann. :... ist das? - Das sind Briefe. :... ist das? - Das ist eine Karte. :... ist das? - Das ist Monika. :... ist das? - Das ist ein <abbr title="das Wörterbuch - en: dictionary">Wörterbuch</abbr>. (das Wort, die Wörter, das Buch, die Bücher) :... ist das? - Das sind Peter und Andreas. :... ist das? - Das sind Studenten. :... ist das? - Das ist ein Block. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 189 |- | :Wer ist das? - Das ist Andreas Lehmann. :Was ist das? - Das sind Briefe. :Was ist das? - Das ist eine Karte. :Wer ist das? - Das ist Monika. :Was ist das? - Das ist ein Wörterbuch. :Wer ist das? - Das sind Peter und Andreas. :Wer ist das? - Das sind Studenten. :Was ist das? - Das ist ein Block. |} == 190 - 199 == 190 :Die Possesivpronomen „'''mein'''“ und „'''Ihr'''“ im Nominativ :--- :Herr Engel: Wo wohnt Ihr Bruder? :Fräulein Weber (Frau Weber): Mein <abbr title="der Bruder - en: brother">Bruder</abbr> wohnt in [[:de:w:München|München]]. :Herr Engel: Und wo wohnt Ihre <abbr title="die Schwester - en: sister">Schwester</abbr>? :Fräulein Weber (Frau Weber): Meine Schwester wohnt in [[:de:w:Hamburg|Hamburg]]. Sie studiert dort. :--- :ich (Personalpronomen) - mein, meine (Possesivpronomen) :Sie (Personalpronomen) - Ihr, Ihre (Possesivpronomen) :ein Block, mein Block, Ihr Block (maskulin) :ein Heft, mein Heft, Ihr Heft (neutrum) :--- :eine Tasche, meine Tasche, Ihre Tasche (femininum) :--- , meine Taschen, Ihre Taschen (Plural, femininum) 191 :Beispiel: :Wo ist mein Anzug? :⇒ Ihr Anzug ist hier. :--- :Wo ist mein Hut? :Wo ist mein Mantel? :Wo ist mein Block? :Wo ist meine Tasche? :Wo sind meine Taschen? :Wo sind meine Schuhe? :Wo ist mein Schuh? :Wo sind meine Handschuhe? :Wo ist mein Handschuh? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 191 |- | :Wo ist mein Anzug? Ihr Anzug ist hier. :--- :Wo ist mein Hut? Ihr Hut ist hier. :Wo ist mein Mantel? Ihr Mantel ist hier. :Wo ist mein Block? Ihr Block ist hier. :Wo ist meine Tasche? Ihre Tasche ist hier. :Wo sind meine Taschen? Ihre Taschen sind hier. :Wo sind meine Schuhe? Ihre Schuhe sind hier. :Wo ist mein Schuh? Ihr Schuh ist hier. :Wo sind meine Handschuhe? Ihre Handschuhe sind hier. :Wo ist mein Handschuh? Ihr Handschuh ist hier. |} 192 :Beispiel: :Dort steht ... Tasche. :⇒ Dort steht meine Tasche. :--- :Hier sind ... Handschuhe. :... Schuhe stehen dort. :Wo sind ... Hausaufgaben? :Hier liegt ... Mantel. :Wo ist ... Block? :... Buch liegt hier. :Dort liegen ... Hefte. :Wo liegt ... Wörterbuch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 192 |- | :Dort steht meine Tasche. :--- :Hier sind meine Handschuhe. :Meine Schuhe stehen dort. :Wo sind meine <abbr title="die Hausaufgaben - en: homework">Hausaufgaben</abbr>? :Hier liegt mein Mantel. :Wo ist mein Block? :Mein Buch liegt hier. :Dort liegen meine Hefte. :Wo liegt mein Wörterbuch? |} 193 [[File:Classroom 1.JPG|thumb|die Schule]] [[File:Vorlesung Uni Aachen.JPG|thumb|die Universität]] [[File:Cape-Coloured-School-Children.jpg|thumb|der Schüler; die Schüler]] :Übungen zum Wortschatz :lernen - studieren :Ich lerne in der <abbr title="die Schule - en: school">Schule</abbr>. :die Schule :Ich studiere in der Universität. :die Universität (= Uni) :Der Student studiert. :Der <abbr title="der Schüler - en: pupil">Schüler</abbr> lernt. 194 :Herr Bongo: Ich heiße Bongo. Ich komme aus Afrika. :Herr Lehmann: Was machen Sie in Berlin? :Herr Bongo: Ich lerne Deutsch. :Herr Lehmann: Und was studieren Sie? :Herr Bongo: Ich studiere Mathematik. 195 :Beispiel: :Was lernen Sie? :⇒ Ich lerne Deutsch. :--- :(Englisch, Russisch, Spanisch, Französisch, Portugiesisch, Chinesisch, Polnisch, Tschechisch, Bulgarisch, Italienisch, Japanisch, Arabisch) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 195 |- | :Ich lerne Deutsch. :--- :Ich lerne Englisch. :Ich lerne Russisch. :Ich lerne Spanisch. :Ich lerne Französisch. :Ich lerne Portugiesisch. :Ich lerne Chinesisch. :Ich lerne Polnisch. :Ich lerne Tschechisch. :Ich lerne Bulgarisch. :Ich lerne Italienisch. :Ich lerne Japanisch. :Ich lerne Arabisch. |} :Was lernen Sie? :⇒ Ich lerne die Vokabeln. :--- :(Beispiele, Sätze, Verben, Substantive) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 195 |- | :Ich lerne die Vokabeln. :--- :Ich lerne die Beispiele. :Ich lerne die Sätze. :Ich lerne die Verben. :Ich lerne die Substantive. |} 196 :Was studieren Sie? :⇒ Ich studiere Physik. :--- :(Chemie, Medizin, <abbr title="der Sport - en: sport">Sport</abbr>, Mathematik, Germanistik, Ökonomie) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 196 |- | :Ich studiere Physik. :--- :Ich studiere Chemie. :Ich studiere Medizin. :Ich studiere Sport. :Ich studiere Mathematik. :Ich studiere Germanistik. :Ich studiere Ökonomie. |} 197 :Die Kinder machen Hausaufgaben. Was lernen sie? :--- :Sie ... Physik. :Peter ... Englisch. :Monika ... Französisch. :Andreas ... Chemie. :Uta und Maria ... Russisch. :Die Kinder ... Mathematik. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 197 |- | :Sie lernen Physik. :Peter lernt Englisch. :Monika lernt Französisch. :Andreas lernt Chemie. :Uta und Maria lernen Russisch. :Die Kinder lernen Mathematik. |} 198 :Andreas ist Student. :Er studiert Physik. :Maria ist Studentin. :Sie studiert Medizin. :Sie lernen Englisch. :Sie üben und wiederholen, sie lesen und schreiben. :Wir sind auch Studenten. :Wir lernen Deutsch. :Der Lehrer fragt. :Wir antworten. :--- :fragen :die <abbr title="die Frage - en: question">Frage</abbr> :antworten :die <abbr title="die Antwort - en: answer">Antwort</abbr> 199 :'''Test''' :'''Was ist das?''' :'''Schreibe die Antwort!''' :--- <gallery> File:Lubeck panorama.JPG|1 File:Görlitz Kaufhaus 2008 4.jpg|2 File:13 Elmwood Ave..JPG|3 File:Schuh.jpg|4 File:Handschuh aus Byssusseide Überseemuseum Bremen 2009 IMG 1471.JPG|5 File:Isabelle de Bourbon, infante de Parme by Jean-Marc Nattier 002.jpg|6 File:A white blouse with blue flowers.jpg|7 File:Capri Pants left view.jpg|8 File:Shirtforman.jpg|9 File:Kreissäge2.JPG|11 File:Paperback book black gal.svg|12 File:Empty Wine bottle.jpg|13 File:Colorful bottle.jpg|14 File:BMW 7er schwarz vl.jpg|15 File:Aktentasche hg.jpg|16 File:Tasse Gr 99.jpg|17 File:Steel double bed.svg|18 File:Classroom 1.JPG|19 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 199 |- | <gallery> File:Lubeck panorama.JPG|1 - die Stadt File:Görlitz Kaufhaus 2008 4.jpg|2 - das Warenhaus File:13 Elmwood Ave..JPG|3 - das Haus File:Schuh.jpg|4 - der Schuh File:Handschuh aus Byssusseide Überseemuseum Bremen 2009 IMG 1471.JPG|5 - der Handschuh File:Isabelle de Bourbon, infante de Parme by Jean-Marc Nattier 002.jpg|6 - das Kleid File:A white blouse with blue flowers.jpg|7 - die Bluse File:Capri Pants left view.jpg|8 - die Hose File:Shirtforman.jpg|9 - das Hemd File:Kreissäge2.JPG|11 - der Hut File:Paperback book black gal.svg|12 - das Buch File:Empty Wine bottle.jpg|13 - die Flasche File:Colorful bottle.jpg|14 - die Flasche File:BMW 7er schwarz vl.jpg|15 - das Auto File:Aktentasche hg.jpg|16 - die Tasche File:Tasse Gr 99.jpg|17 - die Tasse File:Steel double bed.svg|18 - das Bett File:Classroom 1.JPG|19 - die Schule </gallery> |} == Vokabular: Lektion 005 == : kommen - en: to come - ku: : spielen - en: to play - ku: : die Mutter - en: mother - ku: : der Vater - en: father - ku: : die Schwester - en: sister - ku: : das Kind - en: child - ku: : der Bruder - en: brother - ku: : der Junge - en: boy - ku: : kommen - en: to come - ku: : spielen - en: to play - ku: : das Mädchen - en: girl - ku: : spielen - en: to play - ku: : der Junge - en: boy - ku: : die Mutter - en: mother - ku: : der Vater - en: father - ku: : die Familie ( [faˈmi:ljə] ) - en: family - ku: : arbeiten - en: to work - ku: == Vokabular: Lektionen 005 - alphabetisch geordnet == # arbeiten - en: to work - ku: # Bruder, der - en: brother - ku: # Familie, die ( [faˈmi:ljə] ) - en: family - ku: # Junge, der - en: boy - ku: # Kind, das - en: child - ku: # kommen - en: to come - ku: # kommen - en: to come - ku: # Mädchen, das - en: girl - ku: # Mutter, die - en: mother - ku: # Schwester, die - en: sister - ku: # spielen - en: play - ku: # spielen - en: to play - ku: # spielen - en: to play - ku: # spielen - en: to play - ku: # Vater, der - en: father - ku: :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 004a|Lektion 004a]] ← Lektion 005 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006|Lektion 006]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 005]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005]] iup8ennnx5vigsr2pgu2opga4m9eju1 0 4130 6607 6347 2020-12-06T18:36:58Z Achim55 1584 ([[c:GR|GR]]) [[File:Batumi-Yerevan (Carrie Kellenberger, 2012).jpg]] → [[File:Batumi-Yerevan (7738879630).jpg]] file renamed wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005|Lektion 005]] ← Lektion 006 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007|Lektion 007]] == 200 - 209 == 200 :[[File:Deutsch 200 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''' :'''Schreibe die Übersetzung!''' :--- #<abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr> #<abbr title="kommen - en: to come">kommen</abbr> #<abbr title="fragen - en: to ask">fragen</abbr> #<abbr title="antworten - en: to answer">antworten</abbr> #<abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> #<abbr title="lernen - en: to learn">lernen</abbr> #<abbr title="sagen - en: to say">sagen</abbr> #<abbr title="schreiben - en: to write">schreiben</abbr> #<abbr title="üben - en: to practise">üben</abbr> #<abbr title="heißen - en: to be called">heißen</abbr> #<abbr title="lesen - en: to read">lesen</abbr> #<abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr> #<abbr title="essen - en: to eat">essen</abbr> #<abbr title="spielen - en: to play">spielen</abbr> #<abbr title="zählen - en: to count">zählen</abbr> #<abbr title="studieren - en: to study (at a university)">studieren</abbr> #<abbr title="arbeiten - en: wo work">arbeiten</abbr> #<abbr title="wohnen - en: to live">wohnen</abbr> #<abbr title="liegen - en: to be (lying)">liegen</abbr> #<abbr title="stehen - en: to be (standing)">stehen</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 200 |- | # wiederholen - to repeat # kommen - to come # fragen - to aks # antworten - to answer # machen - to make # lernen - to learn # sagen - to say # schreiben - to write # üben - practise # heißen - to be called # lesen - to read # rechnen - to calculate # essen - to eat # spielen - to play # zählen - to count # studieren - to study (in university) # arbeiten - to work # wohnen - to live (in an house, apartment, ...) # liegen - to be (laying) # stehen - to be (standing) |} 201 :die Übung :die Grammatik :Übungen zur Grammatik :Die Konjugation des Verbs im Präsens. :Andreas <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">öffnet</abbr> das Buch. :Er <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnet</abbr> und <abbr title="zeichnen - en: to draw">zeichnet</abbr>. :Monika kommt. :Sie fragt: „Du <abbr title="arbeiten - en: to work">arbeitest</abbr>, Andreas? <abbr title="übersetzen - en: to tanslate">Übersetzt</abbr> du <abbr title="heute - en: today">heute</abbr> auch die Sätze?“ :Er antwortet: „Ja, ich übersetze heute auch die Sätze.“ 202 :Infinitiv: antworten :ich antworte :du antwortest :er antwortet (sie antwortet, es antwortet) :wir antworten :ihr antwortet :sie antworten (Sie antworten) :--- :Infinitiv: <abbr title="arbeiten - en: to work">arbeiten</abbr> :ich arbeite :du arbeitest :er arbeitet :wir arbeiten :ihr arbeitet :sie arbeiten 203 :Infinitiv: <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">warten</abbr> :ich warte :du wartest :er wartet :wir warten :ihr wartet :sie warten :--- :Infinitiv: <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr> :ich rechne :du rechnest :er rechnet :wir rechnen :ihr rechnet :sie rechnen 204 :Infinitiv: <abbr title="zeichnen - en: to draw">zeichnen</abbr> (die <abbr title="die Zeichnung - en: drawing">Zeichnung</abbr>) :ich zeichne :du zeichnest :er zeichnet :wir zeichnen :ihr zeichnet :sie zeichnen :--- :Infinitiv: <abbr title="öffen - en: to open">öffnen</abbr> :ich öffne :du öffnest :er öffnet :wir öffnen :ihr öffnet :sie öffnen 205 :Infinitiv: <abbr title="bilden - en: to form">bilden</abbr> :ich bilde :du bildest :er bildet :wir bilden :ihr bildet :sie bilden :--- :Infinitiv: <abbr title="atmen - en: to breathe">atmen</abbr> [áaatmen] :ich atme :du atmest :er atmet :wir atmen :ihr atmet :sie atmen 206 :Infinitiv: <abbr title="heißen - en: to be called; to be named">heißen</abbr> :ich heiße :du heißt :er heißt :wir heißen :ihr heißt :sie heißen :--- :Infinitiv: <abbr title="grüßen - en: to great">grüßen</abbr> :ich grüße :du grüßt :er grüßt :wir grüßen :ihr grüßt :sie grüßen 207 :Infinitiv: übersetzen [über-'setsen] :ich übersetze [über-'setse] :du übersetzt [über-'setst] :er übersetzt [über-'setst] :wir übersetzen :ihr übersetzt [über-'setst] :sie übersetzen 208 :Beispiel: :Wer antwortet? (Monika) :⇒ Monika antwortet. [Mo:nika] :--- :Wer antwortet? :(Karin, das <abbr title="das Mädchen - en: girl">Mädchen</abbr>, die Studentin, Herr Lehmann) :--- :Wer <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">wartet</abbr>? :(der Lehrer, die Studenten, der <abbr title="der Junge - en: boy">Junge</abbr>, die <abbr title="das Kind, Plural: die Kinder - en: child, children">Kinder</abbr>) :--- :Wer arbeitet? :(<abbr title="die Frau - en: Ms.">Frau</abbr> Lehmann, Andreas, der Lehrer und die Studenten, Herr Lehmann) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 208 |- | :Wer antwortet? :Karin antwortet. :Das Mädchen antwortet. :Die Studentin antwortet. :Herr Lehmann antwortet. :--- :Wer wartet? :Der Lehrer wartet. :Die Studenten warten. :Der Junge wartet. :Die Kinder warten. :--- :Wer arbeitet? :Frau Lehmann arbeitet. :Andreas arbeitet. :Der Lehrer und die Studenten arbeiten. :Herr Lehmann arbeitet. |} 209 :Beispiel: :Herr Lehmann arbeitet. (Frau Lehmann) :⇒ Arbeitet <abbr title="die Frau - en: Ms.">Frau</abbr> Lehmann auch? :--- :Monika arbeitet. (Peter) :Ich arbeite. (du) :Wir arbeiten. (ihr) :Karin arbeitet. (Uta) [Káaarin] :Herr Schulz arbeitet. (Frau Schulz) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 209 |- | :Monika arbeitet. - Arbeitet Peter auch? :Ich arbeite. - Arbeitest du auch? :Wir arbeiten. - Arbeitet ihr auch? :Karin arbeitet. - Arbeitet Uta auch? :Herr Schulz arbeitet. - Arbeitet Frau Schulz auch? |} == 210 - 219 == 210 :Beispiel: :Die Studenten ... (warten) :⇒ Die Studenten warten. :--- :Der Lehrer ... (kommen) :Er ... (fragen) :Monika ... (antworten) :Ihr ... (lesen) :Andreas ... (rechnen) :Peter ... (zeichnen) :Die Studenten ... (lernen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 210 |- | :Die Studenten warten. :--- :Der Lehrer kommt. :Er fragt. :Monika antwortet. :Ihr lest. :Andreas rechnet. :Peter zeichnet :Die Studenten lernen |} 211 :Beispiel: :Ich ... du ... (fragen, antworten) :⇒ Ich frage, du antwortest. :--- :Wir ..., ihr ... (lesen, <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>) :Er ..., du ... (zeichnen, arbeiten) :Ihr ..., wir ... (arbeiten, <abbr title="essen - en: to eat">essen</abbr>) :Er ..., ich ... (<abbr title="wiederholen - en: to repeat">wiederholen</abbr>, essen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 211 |- | :Ich frage, du antwortest. :--- :Wir lesen, ihr rechnet. :Er zeichnet, du arbeitest. :Ihr arbeitet, wir essen. :Er wiederholt, ich esst. |} 212 :'''essen''' :ich esse :du isst :er isst :wir essen :ihr esst :sie essen 213 :Beispiel: :Wie heißen Sie? (Andreas Lehmann) :⇒ Ich heiße Andreas Lehmann. :--- :Wie heißt du? (Peter) :Wie heißt ihr? (Monika, Uta) :Wie heißen sie? (Maria, Petra) :Wie heißen Sie? (Maria, Petra) :Wie heißt er? (Thomas) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 213 |- | :Wie heißen Sie? Ich heiße Andreas Lehmann. :--- :Wie heißt du? Ich heiße Peter. :Wie heißt ihr? Wir heißen Monika und Uta. :Wie heißen sie? Sie heißen Maria und Petra. :Wie heißen Sie? Wir heißen Maria und Petra. :Wie heißt er? Er heißt Thomas. |} 214 :Beispiel: :Übersetzt Monika? :⇒ Ja, sie übersetzt. :--- :Übersetzt Andreas? :Übersetzt du? :Übersetzt ihr? :Übersetzen Sie? :Grüßt Uta die Lehrerin? :Grüßt du Frau Lehmann? :Grüßt ihr Monika? :Grüßt er die Studentin? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 214 |- | :Übersetzt Monika? Ja, sie übersetzt. :--- :Übersetzt Andreas? Ja, er übersetzt. :Übersetzt du? Ja, ich übersetze. :Übersetzt ihr? Ja, wir übersetzen. :Übersetzen Sie? Ja, ich übersetze. :Grüßt Uta die Lehrerin? Ja, sie grüßt die Lehrerin. :Grüßt du Frau Lehmann? Ja, ich grüße Frau Lehmann. :Grüßt ihr Monika? Ja, wir grüßen Monika. :Grüßt er die Studentin? Ja, wir grüßen sie. |} 215 :Die Negation <abbr title="mit - en: with">mit</abbr> „'''nicht'''“ :--- :Uta: <abbr title="rechnen - en: calculate">Rechnest</abbr> du, Monika? :Monika: Nein, ich rechne '''nicht'''. Ich lerne die Wörter. :Uta: Und Peter? Rechnet er? :Monika: Peter rechnet auch '''nicht'''. Er zeichnet. :--- :Monika rechnet '''nicht'''. :Peter rechnet <abbr title="auch nicht - en: also not; not either">auch nicht</abbr>. :--- :Rechnet Monika? :Ja, sie rechnet. :Nein, sie rechnet nicht. 216 :'''zeichnen''' :Ich ... nicht. :Wir ... nicht. :Monika ... nicht. :Uta und Peter ... nicht. :Die Studentin ... nicht. :Der Lehrer ... nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 216 |- | :Ich zeichne nicht. :Wir zeichnen nicht. :Monika zeichnet nicht. :Uta und Peter zeichnen nicht. :Die Studentin zeichnet nicht. :Der Lehrer zeichnet nicht. |} 217 :Beispiel: :Kommt Andreas? - Nein, er kommt nicht. :--- :Lernen Monika und Maria? - Nein, ... :Übst du? - Nein, ... :<abbr title="zählen - en: to count">Zählt</abbr> ihr? - Nein, ... :<abbr title="warten - en: to wait">Wartet</abbr> Uta? - Nein, ... :<abbr title="arbeiten - en: to work">Arbeitet</abbr> ihr? - Nein, ... :<abbr title="übersetzen - en: to translate">Übersetzt</abbr> Frau Lehmann? - Nein, ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 217 |- | :Kommt Andreas? - Nein, er kommt nicht. :--- :Lernen Monika und Maria? - Nein, sie lernen nicht. :Übst du? - Nein, ich übe nicht. :Zählt ihr? - Nein, wir zählen nicht. :Wartet Uta? - Nein, sie wartet nicht. :Arbeitet ihr? - Nein, wir arbeiten nicht. :Übersetzt Frau Lehmann? - Nein, sie übersetzt nicht. |} 218 [[File:Casio fx-85WA 20050529.jpg|thumb|der Taschenrechner (rechnen, die Tasche)]] :Beispiel: :Wiederholt der Junge? (schreiben) :⇒ Nein, er wiederholt nicht, er schreibt. :--- :Zeichnet der Student? (rechnen) :Übersetzt die Studentin? (wiederholen) :Lernen die Kinder? (spielen) :Übt das Mädchen? (zeichnen) :Lesen die Studenten? (übersetzen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 218 |- | :Wiederholt der Junge? Nein, er wiederholt nicht, er schreibt. :--- :Zeichnet der Student? Nein, er zeichnet nicht, er rechnet. :Übersetzt die Studentin? Nein, sie übersetzt nicht, sie wiederholt. :Lernen die Kinder? Nein, sie lernen nicht, sie spielen. :Übt das Mädchen? Nein, es übt nicht, es zeichnet. :Lesen die Studenten? Nein, sie lesen nicht, sie übersetzen. |} 219 :Beispiel: :Andreas <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">wartet</abbr> nicht. Und Monika? :⇒ Sie wartet <abbr title="auch nicht - en: also not; not either">auch nicht</abbr>. :--- :Peter <abbr title="spielen - en: to play">spielt</abbr> nicht. Und Uta? :Frau Lehmann <abbr title="kommen - en: to come">kommt</abbr> nicht. Und Herr Lehmann? :Thomas <abbr title="zeichnen - en: to draw">zeichnet</abbr> nicht. Und die Studenten? :Die Studenten fragen nicht. Und die Studentinnen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 219 |- | :Andreas wartet nicht. Und Monika? - Sie wartet auch nicht. :--- :Peter spielt nicht. Und Uta? - Sie spielt auch nicht. :Frau Lehmann kommt nicht. Und Herr Lehmann? - Er kommt auch nicht. :Thomas zeichnet nicht. Und die Studenten? - Sie zeichnen auch nicht. :Die Studenten fragen nicht. Und die Studentinnen? - Sie fragen auch nicht. |} == 220 - 229 == 220 :die Frage :'''wo''' und '''wie''' :--- :Andreas Lehmann wohnt in [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]]. :Wo wohnt er? :Er wohnt in Hannover. :--- :Er studiert dort. :Wo studiert er? :Er studiert dort. :--- :Er lernt auch Englisch. :Er übersetzt <abbr title="schnell - en: fast">schnell</abbr>. :Wie übersetzt er? :Er übersetzt schnell. :--- :Wo studiert Andreas? :Er studiert in [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]]. :Frau Stein studiert auch dort. :Uta studiert nicht dort. :Maria studiert auch nicht dort. :--- :Wie schreibt Andreas? :Er schreibt schnell. :Monika schreibt auch schnell. :Er schreibt nicht <abbr title="richtig - en: correct">richtig</abbr>. (<abbr title="falsch - en: wrong">falsch</abbr>) :Peter schreibt auch nicht richtig. 221 :Beispiel: :Monika antwortet ... (schnell) :⇒ Monika antwortet <abbr title="schnell - en: fast">schnell</abbr>. :--- :Wir schreiben ... :Du arbeitest ... :Maria und Thomas lesen ... :Ihr <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprecht</abbr> ... :Er rechnet ... :Du übersetzt ... :--- :(<abbr title="gut - en: good">gut</abbr>, richtig, schnell) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 221 |- | :Monika antwortet schnell. :--- :Wir schreiben richtig :Du arbeitest gut. :Maria und Thomas lesen schnell :Ihr sprecht gut. :Er rechnet richtig :Du übersetzt gut. |} 221a :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr>''' :ich spreche :du sprichst :er spricht :wir sprechen :ihr sprecht :sie sprechen 222 :'''rechnen''' :Ich ... :Du ... :Er ... :Sie ... :Wir ... :Ihr ... :Sie ... :--- :(<abbr title="gut - en: good">gut</abbr>, schnell, <abbr title="richtig - en: correct">richtig</abbr>, <abbr title="viel - en: a lot; many; much">viel</abbr>, <abbr title="wenig - en: littel; few; a little bit">wenig</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 222 |- | :Ich rechne gut. :Du rechnest schnell. :Er rechnet richtig. :Sie rechnet viel. :Wir rechnen wenig. :Ihr rechnet gut. :Sie rechnen schnell. |} 223 :Beispiel: :Wie schreibt Andreas? (gut) :⇒ Er schreibt gut. :--- :Wie übersetzt Peter? (schnell) :Wie zeichnet Monika? (gut) :Wie antwortet Uta? (richtig) :Wo wohnt Thomas? (hier) :Wo arbeitet Herr Lehmann? (dort) :Wo <abbr title="üben - en: practise">übt</abbr> Andreas? (hier) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 223 |- | :Wie schreibt Andreas? Er schreibt gut. :--- :Wie übersetzt Peter? Er übersetzt schnell. :Wie zeichnet Monika? Sie zeichnet gut. :Wie antwortet Uta? Sie antwortet richtig. :Wo wohnt Thomas? Er wohnt hier. :Wo arbeitet Herr Lehmann? Er arbeitet dort. :Wo übt Andreas? Er übt hier. |} 224 :Beispiel: :Wohnt der Student dort? :⇒ Nein, er wohnt nicht dort. :--- :Arbeitet Frau Lehmann hier? :Übt Thomas viel? :Zeichnet Peter gut? :Lesen Sie viel? :Rechnen Andreas und Monika richtig? :Übersetzen die Studenten schnell? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 224 |- | :Wohnt der Student dort? Nein, er wohnt nicht dort. :--- :Arbeitet Frau Lehmann hier? Nein, sie arbeitet nicht hier. :Übt Thomas viel? Nein, er übt nicht viel. :Zeichnet Peter gut? Nein, er zeichnet nicht gut. :Lesen Sie viel? Nein, ich lese nicht viel. :Rechnen Andreas und Monika richtig? Nein, sie rechnen nicht richtig. :Übersetzen die Studenten schnell? Nein, sie übersetzen nicht schnell. |} 225 :'''<abbr title="ergänzen - en: complete">ergänzen</abbr>''' :das <abbr title="das Antonym - en: antonym">Antonym</abbr> :Ergänzen Sie das Antonym! :--- :Beispiel: :Karin übersetzt nicht richtig. (<abbr title="falsch - en: wrong">falsch</abbr>) :⇒ Karin übersetzt falsch. :--- :Thomas schreibt nicht schnell. Er schreibt ... :Maria rechnet nicht gut. Sie rechnet ... :Monika antwortet nicht richtig. Sie antwortet ... :Wir fragen nicht viel. Wir fragen ... :Sie lernen nicht schlecht. Sie lernen ... :--- :(<abbr title="schlecht - en: bad; poor">schlecht</abbr>, <abbr title="wenig - en: little; few; a little bit">wenig</abbr>, <abbr title="langsam - en: slow; slowly">langsam</abbr>, <abbr title="gut - en: good">gut</abbr>, <abbr title="falsch - en: wrong; wrongly">falsch</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 225 |- | :Karin übersetzt nicht richtig. Karin übersetzt falsch. :--- :Thomas schreibt nicht schnell. Er schreibt langsam. :Maria rechnet nicht gut. Sie rechnet schlecht. :Monika antwortet nicht richtig. Sie antwortet falsch. :Wir fragen nicht viel. Wir fragen wenig. :Sie lernen nicht schlecht. Sie lernen gut. |} 226 :Beispiel: :a. Zeichnet Monika gut? :⇒ b. Nein, sie zeichnet nicht gut. :a. Und Andreas? :⇒ b. Er zeichnet auch nicht gut. :--- :Übersetzt Monika schnell? :Und Thomas? :--- :Schreiben Uta und Maria gut? :Und Andreas? :--- :Rechnen die Studenten richtig? :Und die Studentinnen? :--- :Fragt der Student viel? :Und die Studentin? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 226 |- | :Zeichnet Monika gut? - Nein, sie zeichnet nicht gut. :Und Andreas? - Er zeichnet auch nicht gut. :--- :Übersetzt Monika schnell? - Nein, sie übersetzt nicht schnell. :Und Thomas? - Er übersetzt auch nicht schnell. :--- :Schreiben Uta und Maria gut? - Nein, sie schreiben nicht gut. :Und Andreas? - Er schreibt auch nicht gut. :--- :Rechnen die Studenten richtig? - Nein, sie rechnen nicht richtig. :Und die Studentinnen? - Sie rechnen auch nicht richtig. :--- :Fragt der Student viel? - Nein,er fragt nicht viel. :Und die Studentin? - Sie fragt auch nicht viel. |} 227 :Beispiel: :... ? Nein, er rechnet nicht schnell. :⇒ Rechnet er schnell? :--- :... ? Nein, er zeichnet nicht <abbr title="gern - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr>. :... ? Nein, er lernt nicht gut. :... ? Nein, sie übersetzt nicht schnell. :... ? Nein, sie üben nicht viel. :... ? Nein, wir kommen nicht schnell. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 227 |- | :Rechnet er schnell? Nein, er rechnet nicht schnell. :--- :Zeichnet er gern? Nein, er zeichnet nicht gern. :Lernt er gut ? Nein, er lernt nicht gut. :Übersetzt sie schnell ? Nein, sie übersetzt nicht schnell. :Üben sie viel ? Nein, sie üben nicht viel. :Kommt ihr schnell ? Nein, wir kommen nicht schnell. |} 228 :Die Adverbialbestimmungen (temporal), (<abbr title="weiter - en: further; onward; go on; to continue">weiter</abbr>) :die Frage <abbr title="mit - en: with">mit</abbr> „'''<abbr title="wann? - en: when?">wann</abbr>'''“ :--- :Andreas <abbr title="machen - en: to make">macht</abbr> die Hausaufgaben. Er zeichnet <abbr title="heute - en: today">heute</abbr>. Er rechnet heute auch. Andreas übersetzt heute nicht. Er übersetzt die Übung <abbr title="morgen - en: tomorow">morgen</abbr>. :--- :'''Wann''' zeichnet Andreas? :Er zeichnet heute. :--- :'''Wann''' rechnet Andreas? :Er rechnet heute auch. :--- :'''Wann''' übersetzt Andreas? :Er übersetzt heute nicht. :--- :'''Wann''' übersetzt Monika? :Monika übersetzt heute auch nicht. :--- :Die Adverbialbestimmungen und die Negation mit „'''nicht'''“ :nicht in [[:de:w:Bremen|Bremen]] :<abbr title="auch nicht - en: also not; not either">auch nicht</abbr> dort :nicht schnell :auch nicht <abbr title="schnell - en: fast">schnell</abbr> :heute nicht :heute auch nicht 229 :Die Position des Verbs im Satz :--- :Frau Schulz: Wo ist mein Buch? :Herr Weber: Das Buch <abbr title="liegen - en: to be (laying)">liegt</abbr> hier. :Frau Schulz: Wo? :Herr Weber: Hier liegt es. Lesen Sie jetzt! :Frau Schulz: <abbr title="jetzt - en: now">Jetzt</abbr> lese ich die Übung 6. :Herr Weber: Andreas, jetzt zeichnen wir nicht, wir lesen. :--- :Die Studenten <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr> jetzt. :Sie schreiben nicht. :Andreas und Thomas wiederholen das Beispiel. :Jetzt sprechen die Studenten. :Heute schreiben sie nicht. :Das Beispiel wiederholen Andreas und Thomas. == 230 - 239 == 230 :Beispiel: :Wer kommt heute? (Herr Lehmann) :⇒ Herr Lehmann kommt heute. :--- :Wer kommt heute? (Monika, Peter, Frau Lehmann) :Wer kommt morgen? (die Studentinnen, der Student, der Lehrer) :Wer kommt jetzt? (ich, wir, er) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 230 |- | :Wer kommt heute? Herr Lehmann kommt heute. :--- :Wer kommt heute? Monika kommt heute. Peter kommt heute. Frau Lehmann kommt heute. ((Monika, Peter und Frau Lehmann kommen heute.) :Wer kommt morgen? Die Studentinnen kommen morgen. Der Student kommt morgen. Der Lehrer kommt morgen. (Die Studentinnen, der Student und der Lehrer kommen morgen.) :Wer kommt jetzt? Ich komme jetzt. Wir kommen jetzt. Er kommt jetzt. |} 231 :Beispiel: :Wann kommt Andreas? (morgen) :⇒ Morgen kommt er. :--- :Wann kommen Peter und Maria? :Wann kommt der Lehrer? :Wann kommen die Jungen? :Wann kommt das Mädchen? :Wann kommen Sie? :Wann kommst du? :Wann kommt ihr? :--- :(morgen, heute, jetzt) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 231 |- | :Wann kommt Andreas? Morgen kommt er. :--- :Wann kommen Peter und Maria? Morgen kommen sie. :Wann kommt der Lehrer? Morgen kommt er. :Wann kommen die Jungen? Morgen kommen sie. :Wann kommt das Mädchen? Morgen kommt es. (Morgen kommt sie.) :Wann kommen Sie? Morgen komme ich. :Wann kommst du? Morgen komme ich. :Wann kommt ihr? Morgen kommen wir. :--- :Wann kommt Andreas? Jetzt kommt er. :Wann kommen Peter und Maria? Heute kommen sie. :Wann kommt der Lehrer? Heute kommt er. :Wann kommen die Jungen? Heute kommen sie. :Wann kommt das Mädchen? Heute kommt es. (Heute kommt sie.) :Wann kommen Sie? Heute komme ich. :Wann kommst du? Heute komme ich. :Wann kommt ihr? Heute kommen wir. :--- :Wann kommen Peter und Maria? Jetzt kommen sie. :Wann kommt der Lehrer? Jetzt kommt er. :Wann kommen die Jungen? Jetzt kommen sie. :Wann kommt das Mädchen? Jetzt kommt es. (Morgen kommt sie.) :Wann kommen Sie? Jetzt komme ich. :Wann kommst du? Jetzt komme ich. :Wann kommt ihr? Jetzt kommen wir. |} 232 :Beispiel: :Was macht Peter jetzt? (zeichen) :⇒ Jetzt zeichnet er. :--- :Was macht Monika jetzt? (lernen) :Was machst du jetzt? (übersetzen) :Was macht ihr jetzt? (lesen) :Was machen Maria und Andreas morgen? (wiederholen) :Was macht Herr Wagner morgen? (üben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 232 |- | :Was macht Peter jetzt? Jetzt zeichnet er. :--- :Was macht Monika jetzt? Jetzt lernt sie. :Was machst du jetzt? Jetzt übersetze ich. :Was macht ihr jetzt? Jetzt lesen wir. :Was machen Maria und Andreas morgen? Morgen wiederholen sie. :Was macht Herr Wagner morgen? Morgen übt er. |} 233 :Beispiel: :Monika rechnet heute. Und Maria? :⇒ Maria rechnet heute nicht. :--- :Andreas übt heute. Und Thomas? :Maria wiederholt heute. Und die Studenten? :Ich schreibe jetzt. Und ihr? :Wir <abbr title="arbeiten - en: to work">arbeiten</abbr> jetzt. Und ihr? (<abbr title="der Arbeiter - en: worker">der Arbeiter</abbr>) :Die Kinder lesen jetzt. Und du? :Wir kommen morgen. Und die Studentinnen? :Der Lehrer schreibt morgen. Und Sie? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 233 |- | :Monika rechnet heute. Und Maria? - Maria rechnet heute nicht. :--- :Andreas übt heute. Und Thomas? - Thomas übt heute nicht. :Maria wiederholt heute. Und die Studenten? - Die Studenten wiederholen heute nicht. :Ich schreibe jetzt. Und ihr? - Wir schreiben jetzt nicht. :Wir arbeiten jetzt. Und ihr? - Wir arbeiten jetzt nicht. :Die Kinder lesen jetzt. Und du? - Ich lese jetzt nicht. :Wir kommen morgen. Und die Studentinnen? - Sie kommen morgen nicht. :Der Lehrer schreibt morgen. Und Sie? - Ich schreibe morgen nicht. (Wir schreiben morgen nicht.) |} 234 :Beispiel: :Kommt Andreas heute? :⇒ Nein, heute kommt er nicht. :--- :Lernt Monika heute? :Übersetzen die Studenten heute? :Zeichnet das Kind heute? :Übt die Studentin heute? :Rechnen Thomas und Maria heute? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 234 |- | :Kommt Andreas heute? - Nein, heute kommt er nicht. :--- :Lernt Monika heute? - Nein, heute lernt sie nicht. :Übersetzen die Studenten heute? - Nein, heute übersetzen sie nicht. :Zeichnet das Kind heute? - Nein, heute zeichnet es nicht. :Übt die Studentin heute? - Nein, heute übt sie nicht. :Rechnen Thomas und Maria heute? - Nein, heute rechnen sie nicht. |} 235 :Beispiel: :Andreas kommt heute. :⇒ Peter kommt heute nicht. :--- :Beispiel: :Andreas <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">wartet</abbr> dort. :⇒ Peter wartet nicht dort. :--- :Andreas schreibt <abbr title="deutlich - en: clearly">deutlich</abbr>. :Andreas übersetzt jetzt. :Andreas zeichnet gut. :Andreas wohnt hier. :Andreas rechnet schnell. :Andreas kommt morgen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 235 |- | :Andreas kommt heute. - Peter kommt heute nicht. :--- :Andreas wartet dort. - Peter wartet nicht dort. :--- :Andreas schreibt deutlich. - Andreas schreibt nicht deutlich. :Andreas übersetzt jetzt. - Andreas übersetzt jetzt nicht. :Andreas zeichnet gut. - Andreas zeichnet nicht gut. :Andreas wohnt hier. - Andreas wohnt nicht hier. :Andreas rechnet schnell. - Andreas rechnet nicht schnell. :Andreas kommt morgen. - Andreas kommt morgen nicht. |} 236 :Beispiel: :a. Wann schreiben wir die Sätze? (jetzt) :⇒ b. Wir schreiben die Sätze jetzt. :a. Und die Wörter? :⇒ b. Die Wörter schreiben wir jetzt nicht. :--- :Wann wiederholen wir die Wörter? (heute) :Und die Texte? :--- :Wie übersetzt Andreas die Beispiele? (<abbr title="richtig - en: correctly; correct">richtig</abbr>) :Und die Briefe? :--- :Wie zeichnen die Kinder? (gut) :Und Monika? :--- :Wo wohnt Frau Weber? (hier) :Und Andreas Lehmann? :--- :Wann <abbr title="kaufen - en: to buy">kaufen</abbr> wir die Blöcke? (morgen) :Und die <abbr title="das Lehrbuch - en: textbook">Lehrbücher</abbr>? :--- :Wann <abbr title="korrigieren - en: to correct">korrigieren</abbr> Sie die Beispiele? (heute) :Und die Übungen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 236 |- | :Wann schreiben wir die Sätze? - Wir schreiben die Sätze jetzt. :Und die Wörter? - Die Wörter schreiben wir jetzt nicht. :--- :Wann wiederholen wir die Wörter? - Wir wiederholen die Wörter heute. :Und die Texte? - Die Texte wiederholen wir heute nicht. :--- :Wie übersetzt Andreas die Beispiele? - Er übersetzt die Beispiele richtig. :Und die Briefe? - Die Briefe übersetzt er nicht richtig. :--- :Wie zeichnen die Kinder? - Die Kinder zeichnen gut. :Und Monika? - Monika zeichnet nicht gut. :--- :Wo wohnt Frau Weber? - Frau Weber wohnt hier. :Und Andreas Lehmann? - Andreas Lehmann wohnt nicht hier. :--- :Wann kaufen wir die Blöcke? - Wir kaufen die Blöcke morgen. :Und die Lehrbücher? - Die Lehrbücher kaufen wir morgen nicht. :--- :Wann korrigieren Sie die Beispiele? - Ich korrigiere die Beispiele heute. :Und die Übungen? - Die Übungen korrigiere ich heute nicht. |} 237 :Das Demonstrativpronomen „dieser“, „dieses“ „diese“ im Nominativ, :die Fragen „welcher“, „welches“, „welche“ :--- :Lehrer: Diese Übung ist falsch. :Student: Welche Übung bitte? :Lehrer: Die Übung 3. :Student: Ist dieses Beispiel auch falsch? :Lehrer: Nein, das Beispiel ist richtig. :--- :Diese Sätze sind auch richtig. :Dieser Satz hier ist falsch. :--- :Welcher Student antwortet? :Dieser Student ... :Der Student aus Afrika ... :Herr Bongo ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 237 |- | :Welcher Student antwortet? :Dieser Student antwortet. :Der Student aus Afrika antwortet :Herr Bongo antwortet |} 238 :der Mann :die Männer :die Frau :die Frauen :das Kind :die Kinder :--- :maskulin :er (der Mann) :der Mann :dieser Mann :welcher Mann :ein Mann :mein Mann :Ihr Mann :Lehrer :--- :neutrum :es (das Kind) :das Kind :dieses Kind :welches Kind :ein Kind :mein Kind :Ihr Kind :Kind :--- :feminin :sie (die Frau) :die Frau :diese Frau :welche Frau :eine Frau :meine Frau :Ihre Frau :Tasche :--- :Plural :sie (die Männer, die <abbr title="das Auto - en: car">Autos</abbr>) :die Männer, die Frauen :diese Männer, diese Frauen :welche Männer, welche Frauen :meine Männer, meine Frauen :Ihre Männer, Ihre Frauen :Lehrer :Kinder :Taschen {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | maskulin || neutrum || feminin || Plural |-align="center" | er || es || sie || sie |-align="center" | der || das || die || die |-align="center" | dieser || dieses || diese || diese |-align="center" | welcher || welches || welche || welche |-align="center" | ein || ein || eine || - |-align="center" | mein || mein || meine || meine |-align="center" | ihr || ihr || ihre || ihre |-align="center" | Mann || Kind || Frau || Männer, Frauen, Kinder |-align="center" | Saft || <abbr title="das Auto - en: car">Auto</abbr> || Tasche || Flaschen |} 239 :Beispiel: :Welcher Student ist aus Afrika? :⇒ Dieser Student ist aus Afrika. :--- :Welche Studentin ist aus Amerika? :Welche Studenten studieren Physik? :Welche Studentin studiert Chemie? :Welcher Student kommt aus Berlin? :Welches Kind wohnt in [[:de:w:Dresden|Dresden]]? :Welches <abbr title="das Bild - en: image; picture">Bild</abbr> ist <abbr title="schön - en: beautiful; nice">schön</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 239 |- | :Welcher Student ist aus Afrika? - Dieser Student ist aus Afrika. :--- :Welche Studentin ist aus Amerika? - Diese Studentin ist aus Amerika. :Welche Studenten studieren Physik? - Diese Studenten studieren Physik. :Welche Studentin studiert Chemie? - Diese Studentin studiert Chemie. :Welcher Student kommt aus Berlin? - Dieser Student kommt aus Berlin. :Welches Kind wohnt in Dresden? - Dieses Kind wohnt in Dresden. :Welches Bild ist schön? - Dieses Bild ist schön. |} == 240 - 249 == 240 :„welcher - dieser, welches - dieses, welche - diese“! :--- :... Kind kommt nicht? :... Kind kommt nicht. :--- :... Frau <abbr title="arbeiten - en: to work">arbeitet</abbr> nicht? :... Frau arbeitet nicht. :--- :... Junge lernt <abbr title="gut - en: good">gut</abbr>? :... Junge lernt gut. :--- :... Kinder rechnen <abbr title="langsam - en: slowly; slow">langsam</abbr>? :... Kinder rechnen langsam. :--- :... Studenten wiederholen <abbr title="viel - en: lot; a lot; many; much">viel</abbr>? :... Studenten wiederholen viel. :--- :... Mann zeichnet nicht gut? :... Mann zeichnet nicht gut. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 240 |- | :Welches Kind kommt nicht? :Dieses Kind kommt nicht. :Welche Frau arbeitet nicht? :Diese Frau arbeitet nicht. :Welcher Junge lernt gut? :Dieser Junge lernt gut. :Welche Kinder rechnen langsam? :Diese Kinder rechnen langsam. :Welche Studenten wiederholen viel? :Diese Studenten wiederholen viel. :Welcher Mann zeichnet nicht gut? :Dieser Mann zeichnet nicht gut. |} 241 :der <abbr title="der Unterricht - en: lesson; class">Unterricht</abbr> :<abbr title="beginnen - en: to begin; to start">beginnen</abbr> :--- :Andreas Lehmann lernt Englisch. :Andreas Lehmann studiert in [[:de:w:Heidelberg|Heidelberg]]. :Er lernt auch Englisch. Der Englischunterricht <abbr title="beginnen - en: to begin; to start">beginnt</abbr> heute. Der Lehrer <abbr title="grüßen - en: to greet">grüßt</abbr>. :Die Studenten <abbr title="Platz nehmen - en: to take a seat">nehmen Platz</abbr>. :--- :Lehrer: Guten Tag! :Studenten: Guten Tag! :Lehrer: Ich heiße Wagner? Wie heißen Sie? :Student: Lehmann. :Lehrer: Und Sie bitte? :Studentin: Ich heiße Stein. :Lehrer: Danke. Was studieren Sie Herr Lehmann? :Student: Ich studiere Physik. :Lehrer: Studieren Sie auch Physik Frau Stein? :Studentin: Nein, nein! Ich studiere Chemie. :Lehrer: Gut! Nehmen Sie das Lehrbuch! :--- :Wir beginnen jetzt. :--- :Die Studenten <abbr title="üben - en: practise">üben</abbr>. Sie <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr> <abbr title="laut - en: loud; loudly; noisey">laut</abbr> und <abbr title="deutlich - en: clear; clearly">deutlich</abbr>. Sie lesen und schreiben auch. Herr Lehmann schreibt ein Wort falsch. Frau Stein korrigiert das Wort. Die Studenten arbeiten <abbr title="viel - en: a lot; many; much">viel</abbr>. 242 :Fragen zum Text: :Wer studiert Physik? :Wie heißt der Lehrer? :Studiert Frau Stein auch Physik? :Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> die Studenten? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 242 |- | :Wer studiert Physik? - Herr Lehmann studiert Physik. :Wie heißt der Lehrer? - Der Lehrer heißt Wagner. (Der Lehrer heißt Herr Wagner.) :Studiert Frau Stein auch Physik? - Nein, sie studiert Chemie. :Was machen die Studenten? - Die Studenten üben. Sie sprechen, lesen und schreiben. |} 243 :Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text :--- :'''<abbr title="beginnen - en: to begin; to start">beginnen</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wann beginnt der Unterricht? (morgen) :⇒ Morgen beginnt der Unterricht. :--- :Wann beginnt der Englischunterricht? (morgen) :Wann beginnt der Deutschunterricht? (heute) :Wann beginnt der Russischunterricht? (morgen) :Wann beginnt der Polnischunterricht? (heute) :Wann beginnt die <abbr title="die Pause - en: pause">Pause</abbr>? (jetzt) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 243 |- | :Wann beginnt der Unterricht? - Morgen beginnt der Unterricht. :--- :Wann beginnt der Englischunterricht? - Morgen beginnt der Englischunterricht. :Wann beginnt der Deutschunterricht? - Heute beginnt der Deutschunterricht. :Wann beginnt der Russischunterrischt? - Morgen beginnt der Russischunterrischt. :Wann beginnt der Polnischunterricht? - Heute beginnt der Polnischunterricht. :Wann beginnt die Pause? - Jetzt beginnt die Pause. |} 244 :'''laut - leise''' :'''deutlich - undeutlich''' :--- :Beispiel: :Sie sprechen leise. Was sagt der Lehrer? :⇒ Sprechen Sie laut! :--- :Sie <abbr title="lesen - en: read">lesen</abbr> leise. Was sagt der Lehrer? :Sie sprechen undeutlich. Was sagt der Lehrer? :Sie schreiben undeutlich. Was <abbr title="sagen - en: to say">sagt</abbr> der Lehrer? :Sie antworten leise und undeutlich. Was sagt der Lehrer? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 244 |- | :Sie sprechen leise. Was sagt der Lehrer? - Sprechen Sie laut! :--- :Sie lesen leise. Was sagt der Lehrer? - Lesen Sie laut! :Sie sprechen undeutlich. Was sagt der Lehrer? - Sprechen sie deutlich! :Sie schreiben undeutlich. Was sagt der Lehrer? - Schreiben Sie deutlich! :Sie antworten leise und undeutlich. Was sagt der Lehrer? - Antworten Sie laut und deutlich! |} 245 :'''heute - morgen''' :--- :Beispiel: :(in die Stadt <abbr title="gehen - en: to go (on foot)">gehen</abbr> / CD’s hören) :⇒ :⇒ a. Was machen Sie heute? :⇒ b. Heute gehe ich in die Stadt. :⇒ a. Und morgen? :⇒ b. Morgen <abbr title="hören - en: to listen; to hear">höre</abbr> ich CD’s. :(die Sätze schreiben / die Texte wiederholen) :(die Wörter üben / die Aufgaben rechnen) :(Lektion 6 wiederholen / zeichnen) :(ins Kaufhaus gehen / lernen und wiederholen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 245 |- | :Was machen Sie heute? :Heute gehe ich in die Stadt. :Und morgen? :Morgen höre ich CD’s. :--- :Was machen Sie heute? :Heute schreibe ich die Sätze. :Und morgen? :Morgen wiederhole ich die Texte. :--- :Was machen Sie heute? :Heute übe ich die Wörter. :Und morgen? :Morgen rechne ich die Aufgaben. :--- :Was machen Sie heute? :Heute wiederhole ich Lektion 6. :Und morgen? :Morgen zeichne ich. :--- :Was machen Sie heute? :Heute gehe ich ins Kaufhaus. :Und morgen? :Morgen lerne und wiederhole ich. |} 246 :'''jetzt''' :--- :Beispiel: :Was machen Sie jetzt? (lesen) :⇒ Ich lese. :--- :Was macht Karin jetzt? (zeichnen) :Was macht Thomas jetzt? (rechnen) :Was macht Frau Stein jetzt? (üben) :Was macht Herr Wagner jetzt? (korrigieren) :Was machen Herr Lehmann und Frau Stein jetzt. (lernen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 246 |- | :Was machen Sie jetzt? - Ich lese. :--- :Was macht Karin jetzt? - Sie zeichnet. :Was macht Thomas jetzt? Er rechnet. :Was macht Frau Stein jetzt? - Sie übt. :Was macht Herr Wagner jetzt? - Er korrigiert. :Was machen Herrr Lehmann und Frau Stein jetzt. - Sie lernen. |} 247 :Wir wohnen in Berlin. Meine Mutter und mein Vater sind Lehrer. Ich arbeite auch. Mein Bruder ist Student. Er studiert in [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]] Mathematik. Meine Schwester studiert auch. Sie studiert in [[:de:w:Köln|Köln]] Germanistik. 248 :Ich studiere Physik. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :Studiert Herr Lehmann auch Physik? [↗ Tönhöhe steigend] :Ich studiere Chemie. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :Studiert Frau Weber auch Chemie? [↗ Tönhöhe steigend] :Was studieren Sie? [↘ Tönhöhe fallend !!!] 249 :[e:] - lesen, nehmen, <abbr title="gehen - en: to go">gehen</abbr>, stehen, verstehen, Kaffee, Tee, woher, der, Lehrer :[i:] - liegen, sieben, studieren, korrigieren, wie, Sie, Brief :--- :lesen - liegen :verstehen - studieren :woher - hier :der - vier :wer - wir :er - ihr == 250 - 259 == 250 :<abbr title="wer? - en: who?">Wer</abbr>? :<abbr title="was? - en: what?">Was</abbr>? :<abbr title="wann? - en: when? ">Wann</abbr>? :<abbr title="wo? - en: where?">Wo</abbr>? :<abbr title="wohin? - en: where to?">Wohin</abbr>? :<abbr title="woher? - en: where from?">Woher</abbr>? :<abbr title="wie viel? - en: how many? how much?">Wie viel</abbr>? :<abbr title="wie? - en: how?">Wie</abbr>? :<abbr title="warum? - en: why?">Warum</abbr>? :<abbr title="wie lange? - en: how long?">Wie lange</abbr>? 251 :Wer ist dieser Mann? :Was ist das für eine Wurst? (<abbr title="was für ein ... ? - en: what kind of ...?">was für ein ... ?</abbr>; <abbr title="was für eine Kälte! - en: What a cold!">was für eine Kälte!</abbr> ) :Wann kommst du? :Wo bist du? :Wohin fährt Monika? :Woher kommt Peter? :Wie viel kostet das? :<abbr title="Wie nennt man das?- en: How do you call this?">Wie nennt man das?</abbr> ( = Wie heißt das?; <abbr title="nennen - en: to call something/somebody; to name something/somebody">nennen</abbr>) :Warum bist du grün? :Wie lange habe ich Zeit? 252 [[File:Chiave standard.JPG|thumb|der <abbr title="der Schlüssel - en: key; Plural: die Schlüssel">Schlüssel</abbr> ]] :Wer hat meinen <abbr title="der Schlüssel - en: key; Plural: die Schlüssel">Schlüssel</abbr>? :Wer ist das? :Wer ist diese Frau? :Wer ist dieser Mann? :Wer <abbr title="helfen - en: to help">hilft</abbr> mir? 253 :Was ist das? :Was <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get; to receive">bekomme</abbr> ich für 10 Euro? :Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machst</abbr> du? :Was macht ihr <abbr title="morgen - en: tomottow">morgen</abbr>? :Was <abbr title="wollen - en: to want; Konjugation: ich will, du willst, er will, wir wollen, ihr wollt, sie wollen">willst</abbr> du? :Was willst du <abbr title="essen - en: to eat; Konjugation: ich esse, du isst, er isst, wir essen, ihr eßt, sie essen">essen</abbr>? :Was willst du <abbr title="von mir - en: from me">von mir</abbr>? :--- :wollen (streng, ein Ziel, eine Forderung, ein Kommando) :möchten (höflicher, ein Wunsch, eine Bitte, ich hätte gerne) :--- :Wollen Sie einen Kaffee? = Möchten Sie einen Kaffee? 254 [[File:Batumi-Yerevan (7738879630).jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Zug - en: train">Zug</abbr>]] :Wann <abbr title="abfahren - en: to depart; to leave (by some kind of means of transportation with wheels); Konjugation: ich fahre, du fährst, er fährt, wir fahren, ihr fahrt, sie fahren">fährt</abbr> der <abbr title="der Zug - en: train">Zug</abbr> nach Berlin? :Wann <abbr title="abfahren - en: to depart; to leave (by some kind of means of transportation with wheels)">fährt</abbr> der Zug <abbr title="abfahren - en: to depart; to leave (by some kind of means of transportation with wheels)">ab</abbr>? ( = Wann fährt der Zug <abbr title="losfahren = abfahren - en: to depart; to leave (by some kind of means of transportation with wheels)">los</abbr>?) :Wann fährt der Zug nach Berlin ab? :Wann kommst du? :Wann <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get; to receive">bekomme</abbr> ich den Schlüssel? 255 [[File:Frankfurt - Hauptbahnhof.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Bahnhof - en: train station">Bahnhof</abbr> ]] [[File:LesDessousElegantsMars1910page49cutC.png|thumb|das <abbr title="das Bett - en: bed">Bett</abbr>]] :Wo ist der <abbr title="der Bahnhof - en: train station">Bahnhof</abbr>? :Wo ist der Schlüssel? :Wo ist mein <abbr title="das Bett - en: bed">Bett</abbr>? :Wo ist Peter? :Wo ist das Buch? :Wo ist das Geld? :Wo ist mein Mann? :Wo ist die <abbr title="die Polizei - en: police">Polizei</abbr>? :Wo ist das <abbr title="das Krankenhaus - en: hospital">Krankenhaus</abbr>? :Wo <abbr title="finden - en: to find">finde</abbr> ich einen <abbr title="der Arzt - en: doctor">Arzt</abbr>? :--- :Woher kommst du? (Woher bist du?) :Woher <abbr title="wissen - en: to know; Konjugation: ich weiß, du weißt, er weiß, wir wissen, ihr wisst, sie wissen; !!! weiß - en: white">weißt</abbr> du das? :Woher <abbr title="haben - en: to have; Konjugation: ich habe, du hast, er hat, wir haben, ihr habt, sie haben,">hast</abbr> du das? :Woher <abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for">holst</abbr> du das? :--- :Wohin gehst du? :Wohin fährst du? :Wohin willst du? ( = Wohin willst du fahren?; Wohin willst du gehen?) :Wohin <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring; Konjugation: ich bringe, du bringst, er bringt, wir bringen, ihr bringt, sie bringen">bringst</abbr> du das? ( ↔ Woher holst du das?) :Wohin bringst du mich? 256 [[File:Beer p.jpg|thumb|das <abbr title="das Bier - en: beer">Bier</abbr> ]] [[File:Gombe Stream NP Alphatier.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Affe - en: monkey; ape; (fool; idiot)">Affe</abbr> ]] :Wie viel Geld hast du? :Wie viel <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr> hast du? :Wie viel <abbr title="das Bier - en: beer">Bier</abbr> haben wir? (Wie viel Bier haben wir <abbr title="noch - en: is left; is still left; still">noch</abbr>?) :Wie viel Bier brauchst du? :Wie viel Kinder hast du? :Wie viel Frauen hast du? :Wie viel <abbr title="der Affe - en: monkey; ape; (fool; idiot)">Affen</abbr> <abbr title="sehen - en: to see; Konjugation: ich sehe, du siehst, er sieht, wir sehen, ihr seht, sie sehen">siehst</abbr> du? :Wie viel Kilometer sind es bis Berlin? :Wie viel Zeit <abbr title="geben - en: to give; Konjugation: ich gebe, du gibst, er gibt, wir geben, ihr gebt, sie geben">gibst</abbr> du mir? 257 [[File:Egg fry - Kerala Style.jpg|thumb|<abbr title="Rührei - en: scrambled eggs">Rührei</abbr>]] [[File:3 jaja.jpg|thumb|<abbr title="Spiegelei - en: fried egg">Spiegelei</abbr>]] :<abbr title="Wie spät ist es? - en: What time is it? ">Wie spät ist es?</abbr> (<abbr title="spät- en: late">spät</abbr>) :<abbr title="Wie alt bist du? - en: How old are you?">Wie alt bist du?</abbr> (<abbr title="alt - en: old">alt</abbr>; - <abbr title="alt genug - en: Old enough.">Alt genug</abbr>.) :Wie <abbr title="schnell - en: fast">schnell</abbr> fährst du? :Wie schnell <abbr title="können - en: can; Konjugation: ich kann, du kannst, er kann, wir können, ihr könnet, sie können">kannst</abbr> du <abbr title="fahren - en: go (in means of transport with wheels)">fahren</abbr>? (Wie schnell kann das Auto fahren?) :<abbr title="wie lange? - en: how long?">Wie lange</abbr> <abbr title="schlafen - en: to sleep; Konjugation: ich schlafe, du schläfst, er schläft, wir schlafen, ihr schlaft, sie schlafen">schläfst</abbr> du morgen? :Wie fahre ich nach Berlin? :Wie trinkst du das Bier? (Aus der Flasche oder aus dem Glas?) :Wie <abbr title="möchten - en: to want">möchtest</abbr> du die <abbr title="das Ei - en: egg; Plural: Eier">Eier</abbr>? (<abbr title="Rührei - en: scrambled eggs">Rührei</abbr> oder <abbr title="Spiegelei - en: fried egg">Spiegelei</abbr>?) (der <abbr title="der Spiegel - en: mirror">Spiegel</abbr>) :Wie <abbr title="kalt - en: cold">kalt</abbr> ist es <abbr title="draußen - en: outside">draußen</abbr>? (<abbr title="draußen - en: outside">draußen</abbr> ↔ <abbr title="drinnen - en: inside">drinnen</abbr>) :Wie <abbr title="warm - en: warm">warm</abbr> ist es in der <abbr title="die Sonne - en: sun">Sonne</abbr>? :Wie <abbr title="können - en: can; to be able to do something">kann</abbr> ich <abbr title="ganz - en: very">ganz</abbr> schnell Deutsch lernen? (Viel lernen, viel üben, viel sprechen, viel schreiben.) 258 [[File:Toyota Model AA.jpg|thumb|das <abbr title="das Auto - en: car">Auto</abbr>]] [[File:IPhone5white.png|thumb|upright|das <abbr title="das Handy - en: cellular phone; mobile phone">Handy</abbr>]] :Warum ist die Banane <abbr title="krumm - en: bent; crooked">krumm</abbr>? :Warum ist das <abbr title="das Auto - en: car">Auto</abbr> nicht hier? (<abbr title="darum - en: that's why">Darum</abbr>.) :Warum liegst du <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> im Bett? :Warum ist die <abbr title="die Arbeit - en: work">Arbeit</abbr> noch nicht <abbr title="fertig - en: finished; ready">fertig</abbr>? :Warum habe ich noch nicht mein Geld? :Warum kommt der <abbr title="der Bus - en: bus">Bus</abbr> nicht? :Warum kommt der <abbr title="der Zug - en: train">Zug</abbr> nicht? :Warum ist es hier <abbr title="so kalt - en: so cold">so kalt</abbr>? :Warum <abbr title="geben - en: to give">gibst</abbr> du <abbr title="mir - en: me; to me">mir</abbr> nicht <abbr title="dein - en: your">dein</abbr> <abbr title="das Handy - en: cellular phone; mobile phone">Handy</abbr>? :--- :Wieso? = Warum? :<abbr title="Wieso? - en: Why?">Wieso</abbr>? :<abbr title="Wieso nicht? - en: Why not?">Wieso nicht?</abbr> ( = Warum nicht?) :<abbr title="Wieso das? - en: Why this?">Wieso das?</abbr> :<abbr title="Er weiß auch nicht, wieso. - en: He also does not know why. Konjugation: ich weiß, du weißt, er weißt, wir wissen, ihr wisst, sie wissen">Er weiß auch nicht, wieso.</abbr> ( = Er weiß auch nicht, warum.) :Wieso muss ich <abbr title="länger - en: longer; more time">länger</abbr> arbeiten? ( = Warum muss ich länger arbeiten?) :Wieso bekomme ich <abbr title="weniger - en: less">weniger</abbr> Geld? (<abbr title="wenig - en: little">wenig</abbr>) ( = Warum bekomme ich weniger Geld?) 259 :Wie lange <abbr title="brauchen - en: to need">brauchst</abbr> du? :Wie lange brauchst du <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr>? :Wie lange haben wir <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr>? :Wie lange haben wir noch Zeit? :Wie lange <abbr title="sollen - en: shall; have to; must; Konjugation: ich soll, du sollst, er soll, wir sollen, ihr sollt, sie sollen">soll</abbr> ich warten? :Wie lange soll ich noch warten? :Wie lange <abbr title="brauchen - en: to need">brauche</abbr> ich um Deutsch zu lernen? :Wie lange noch? :Wie lange <abbr title="dauern - en: to last">dauert</abbr> das? (die <abbr title="die Dauer - en: duration">Dauer</abbr>) :Wie lange bleibst du in Berlin? :Wie lange bist du <abbr title="schon - en: allready">schon</abbr> in Berlin? :Wie lange <abbr title="müssen - en: have to; must">muss</abbr> ich noch <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">warten</abbr>? :Wie lange <abbr title="sollen - en: shall; have to; must">soll</abbr> ich noch <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">warten</abbr>? :Ich <abbr title="wissen - en: to know; (!!! weiß - en: white">weiß</abbr> nicht, wie lange es dauert. :<abbr title="en: How long does it take to get there?">Wie lange braucht man bis dorthin?</abbr> (<abbr title="dorthin - en: (to) there">dorthin</abbr>, <abbr title="dorther - en: from there">dorther</abbr>) :<abbr title="en: How long ago was that?">Wie lange ist das her?</abbr> :<abbr title="en: How long does it take to go to the (bus) stop? How long do you go to the stop?">Wie lange geht man bis zur Haltestelle? </abbr> :<abbr title="en: How long have you been here?">Wie lange bist du schon hier?</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="sollen - en: have to; must">sollen</abbr> - (ein <abbr title="der Befehl- en: order; command">Befehl</abbr>) :<abbr title="müssen - en: have to; must">müssen</abbr> - (eine <abbr title="die Notwendigkeit - en: necessity">Notwendigkeit</abbr>) == Vokabular: Lektion 006 == : wiederholen - en: to repeat : kommen - en: to come : fragen - en: to ask : antworten - en: to answer : machen - en: to make : lernen - en: to learn : sagen - en: to say : schreiben - en: to write : üben - en: to practise : heißen - en: to be called : lesen - en: to read : rechnen - en: to calculate : essen - en: to eat : spielen - en: to play : zählen - en: to count : studieren - en: to study (at a university) : arbeiten - en: wo work : wohnen - en: to live : liegen - en: to be (lying) : stehen - en: to be (standing) : öffnen - en: to open : rechnen - en: to calculate : zeichnen - en: to draw : arbeiten - en: to work : übersetzen - en: to tanslate : heute - en: today : arbeiten - en: to work : warten - en: to wait : rechnen - en: to calculate : zeichnen - en: to draw : die Zeichnung - en: drawing : öffnen - en: to open : bilden - en: to form : atmen - en: to breathe : heißen - en: to be called; to be named : grüßen - en: to great : warten - en: to wait : der Junge - en: boy : das Kind, Plural: die Kinder - en: child, children : die Frau - en: Ms. : rechnen - en: to calculate : essen - en: to eat : wiederholen - en: to repeat : mit - en: with : rechnen - en: to calculate : auch nicht - en: also not; not either : zählen - en: to count : warten - en: to wait : arbeiten - en: to work : übersetzen - en: to translate : warten - en: to wait : auch nicht - en: also not; not either : spielen - en: to play : kommen - en: to come : zeichnen - en: to draw : schnell - en: fast : richtig - en: correct : falsch - en: wrong : schnell - en: fast : sprechen - en: to speak : gut - en: good : sprechen - en: to speak : gut - en: good : richtig - en: correct : viel - en: a lot; many; much : wenig - en: littel; few; a little bit : üben - en: to practise : ergänzen - en: complete : das Antonym - en: antonym : falsch - en: wrong : schlecht - en: bad; poor : wenig - en: little; few; a little bit : langsam - en: slow; slowly : gut - en: good : falsch - en: wrong; wrongly : gern - en: with pleasure : weiter - en: further; onward; go on; to continue : mit - en: with : wann? - en: when? : machen - en: to make : heute - en: today : morgen - en: tomorow : auch nicht - en: also not; not either : schnell - en: fast : liegen - en: to be (lying) : jetzt - en: now : sprechen - en: to speak : arbeiten - en: to work : der Arbeiter - en: worker : warten - en: to wait : deutlich - en: clearly : richtig - en: correctly; correct : kaufen - en: to buy : das Lehrbuch - en: textbook : korrigieren - en: to correct : das Auto - en: car : das Bild - en: image; picture : schön - en: beautiful; nice : arbeiten - en: to work : gut - en: good : langsam - en: slowly; slow : viel - en: lot; a lot; many; much : der Unterricht - en: lesson; class : beginnen - en: to begin; to start : beginnen - en: to begin; to start : grüßen - en: to greet : Platz nehmen - en: to take a seat : üben - en: to practise : sprechen - en: to speak : laut - en: loud; loudly; noisey : deutlich - en: clear; clearly : viel - en: a lot; many; much : machen - en: to make : beginnen - en: to begin; to start : die Pause - en: pause : lesen - en: to read : sagen - en: to say : gehen - en: to go (on foot) : hören - en: to listen; to hear : gehen - en: to go : wer? - en: who? : was? - en: what? : wann? - en: when? : wo? - en: where? : wohin? - en: where to? : woher? - en: where from? : wie viel? - en: how many? how much? : wie? - en: how? : warum? - en: why? : wie lange? - en: how long? : was für ein ... ? - en: what kind of ...? : was für eine Kälte! - en: What a cold! : nennen - en: to call something/somebody; to name something/somebody : der Schlüssel - en: key; Plural: die Schlüssel : helfen - en: to help : bekommen - en: to get; to receive : machen - en: to make : morgen - en: tomottow : wollen - en: to want : essen - en: to eat : von mir - en: from me : der Zug - en: train : abfahren - en: to depart; to leave : der Zug - en: train : abfahren - en: to depart; to leave : bekommen - en: to get; to receive : der Bahnhof - en: train station : das Bett - en: bed : der Bahnhof - en: train station : das Bett - en: bed : die Polizei - en: police : das Krankenhaus - en: hospital : finden - en: to find : der Arzt - en: doctor : wissen - en: to know : haben - en: to have : holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for : bringen - en: to bring : das Bier - en: beer : der Affe - en: monkey; ape; (fool; idiot) : die Zeit - en: time : das Bier - en: beer : noch - en: is left; is still left; still : der Affe - en: monkey; ape; (fool; idiot) : sehen - en: to see : geben - en: to give : Rührei - en: scrambled eggs : Spiegelei - en: fried egg : Wie spät ist es? - en: What time is it? : spät- en: late : Wie alt bist du? - en: How old are you? : alt - en: old : alt genug - en: old enough : schnell - en: fast : können - en: can : fahren - en: go (in means of transport with wheels) : wie lange? - en: how long? : schlafen - en: to sleep : möchten - en: to want : das Ei - en: egg : Rührei - en: scrambled eggs : Spiegelei - en: fried egg : der Spiegel - en: mirror : kalt - en: cold : draußen - en: outside : draußen - en: outside : drinnen - en: inside : warm - en: warm : die Sonne - en: sun : können - en: can; to be able to do something : ganz - en: very : das Auto - en: car : das Handy - en: cellular phone; mobile phone : krumm - en: bent; crooked : das Auto - en: car : darum - en: that's why : noch - en: still : die Arbeit - en: work : fertig - en: finished; ready : der Bus - en: bus : der Zug - en: train : so kalt - en: so cold : geben - en: to give : mir - en: me; to me : dein - en: your : das Handy - en: cellular phone; mobile phone : Wieso? - en: Why? : Wieso nicht? - en: Why not? : Wieso das? - en: Why this? : Er weiß auch nicht, wieso. - en: He also does not know why. : länger - en: longer; more time : weniger - en: less : wenig - en: little : brauchen - en: to need : noch - en: still : die Zeit - en: time : sollen - en: shall; have to; must : brauchen - en: to need : dauern - en: to last : die Dauer - en: duration : schon - en: allready : müssen - en: have to; must : warten - en: to wait : sollen - en: shall; have to; must : warten - en: to wait : wissen - en: to know : Wie lange braucht man bis dorthin? - en: How long does it take to get there? : dorthin - en: (to) there : dorther - en: from there : Wie lange ist das her? - en: How long ago was that? : Wie lange geht man bis zur Haltestelle? - en: How long does it take to go to the (bus) stop? How long do you go to the stop? : Wie lange bist du schon hier? - en: How long have you been here? : sollen - en: have to; must : der Befehl - en: order; command : müssen - en: have to; must : die Notwendigkeit - en: necessity == Vokabular: Lektion 006 - alphabetisch geordnet == # abfahren - en: to depart; to leave # Affe, der - en: monkey; ape; (fool; idiot) # alt - en: old # alt genug - en: old enough # Antonym, das - en: antonym # antworten - en: to answer # Arbeit, die - en: work # arbeiten - en: to work # Arbeiter, der - en: worker # Arzt, der - en: doctor # atmen - en: to breathe # auch nicht - en: also not; not either # Auto, das - en: car # Bahnhof, der - en: train station # Befehl, der - en: order; command # beginnen - en: to begin; to start # bekommen - en: to get; to receive # Bett, das - en: bed # Bier, das - en: beer # Bild, das - en: image; picture # bilden - en: to form # brauchen - en: to need # bringen - en: to bring # Bus, der - en: bus # darum - en: that's why # Dauer, die - en: duration # dauern - en: to last # dein - en: your # deutlich - en: clear; clearly # dorther - en: from there # dorthin - en: (to) there # draußen - en: outside # drinnen - en: inside # Ei, das - en: egg # Er weiß auch nicht, wieso. - en: He also doesn't know why. # ergänzen - en: complete # essen - en: to eat # fahren - en: go (in means of transport with wheels) # falsch - en: wrong; wrongly # fertig - en: finished; ready # finden - en: to find # fragen - en: to ask # Frau, die - en: Ms. # ganz - en: very # geben - en: to give # gehen - en: to go (on foot), to walk # gern - en: with pleasure # grüßen - en: to great # gut - en: good # haben - en: to have # Handy, das - en: cellular phone; mobile phone # heißen - en: to be called; to be named # helfen - en: to help # heute - en: today # holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for # hören - en: to listen; to hear # jetzt - en: now # Junge, der - en: boy # kalt - en: cold # kaufen - en: to buy # Kind, das , Plural: die Kinder - en: child, children # kommen - en: to come # können - en: can # können - en: can; to be able to do something # korrigieren - en: to correct # Krankenhaus, das - en: hospital # krumm - en: bent; crooked # länger - en: longer; more time # langsam - en: slow; slowly # laut - en: loud; loudly; noisey # Lehrbuch, das - en: textbook # lernen - en: to learn # lesen - en: to read # liegen - en: to be (lying) # machen - en: to make # mir - en: me; to me # mit - en: with # möchten - en: to want # morgen - en: tomorow # müssen - en: have to; must # nennen - en: to call something/somebody; to name something/somebody # noch - en: is left; is still left; still # Notwendigkeit, die - en: necessity # öffnen - en: to open # Pause, die - en: pause # Platz nehmen - en: to take a seat # Polizei, die - en: police # rechnen - en: to calculate # richtig - en: correct # Rührei - en: scrambled eggs # sagen - en: to say # schlafen - en: to sleep # schlecht - en: bad; poor # Schlüssel, der - en: key; Plural: die Schlüssel # schnell - en: fast # schon - en: allready # schön - en: beautiful; nice # schreiben - en: to write # sehen - en: to see # so kalt - en: so cold # sollen - en: shall; have to; must # Sonne, die - en: sun # spät- en: late # Spiegel, der - en: mirror # Spiegelei - en: fried egg # spielen - en: to play # sprechen - en: to speak # stehen - en: to be (standing) # studieren - en: to study (at a university) # üben - en: to practise # übersetzen - en: to tanslate # Unterricht, der - en: lesson; class # viel - en: a lot; many; much # von mir - en: from me # wann? - en: when? # warm - en: warm # warten - en: to wait # warum? - en: why? # was für ein ... ? - en: what kind of ...? # was für eine Kälte! - en: What a cold! # was? - en: what? # weiter - en: further; onward; go on; to continue # wenig - en: littel; few; a little bit # weniger - en: less # wer? - en: who? # Wie alt bist du? - en: How old are you? # wie lange? - en: how long? # Wie spät ist es? - en: What time is it? # wie viel? - en: how many? how much? # wie? - en: how? # wiederholen - en: to repeat # Wieso das? - en: Why this? # Wieso nicht? - en: Why not? # Wieso? - en: Why? # wissen - en: to know # wo? - en: where? # woher? - en: where from? # wohin? - en: where to? # wohnen - en: to live # wollen - en: to want # zählen - en: to count # zeichnen - en: to draw # Zeichnung, die - en: drawing # Zeit, die - en: time # Zug, der - en: train :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 005|Lektion 005]] ← Lektion 006 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007|Lektion 007]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 006]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006]] 1wc9t0r1vl0b0z4xxfbroxkphthyd5d 0 4131 6731 6325 2022-05-06T11:26:24Z Minorax 1611 fix lint wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006|Lektion 006]] ← Lektion 007 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008|Lektion 008]] == 260 - 269 == 260 :[[File:Deutsch 260 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Übung # Grammatik # Konjugation # Buch # Satz # Antwort # Frage # Taschenrechner # Zug # Bahnhof # Bett # Bier # Affe # Ei # Sonne # Banane # Auto # Arbeit # LKW # Bus :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 260 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Übung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Grammatik # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Konjugation # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Buch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Satz # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Antwort # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Frage # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Taschenrechner # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Zug # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Bahnhof # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Bett # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Bier # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Affe # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Ei # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Sonne # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Banane # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Auto # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Arbeit # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ LKW # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Bus |} 260a :'''Test''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Übersetzung!''' :--- # Wer? # Was? # Wann? # Wo? # Wohin? # Woher? # Wie viel? # Wie? # Warum? # Wie lange? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 260a |- | # Wer? - Who? # Was? - What? # Wann? - When? # Wo? - Where? # Wohin? - Where to? # Woher? - Where from? # Wie viel? - How many? How much # Wie? - How? # Warum? - Why? # Wie lange? - How long? |} 260b :'''Test''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Übersetzung!''' :--- # öffnen # übersetzen # arbeiten # warten # rechnen # zeichnen # bilden # atmen # heißen # grüßen # essen # wiederholen # spielen # kommen # sprechen # üben # ergänzen # liegen # kaufen # korrigieren :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 260b |- | # öffnen - to open # übersetzen - to tranaslate # arbeiten - to work # warten - to wait # rechnen - to calculate # zeichnen - to draw # bilden - to form (to make) # atmen - to breathe # heißen - to be called (to be named) # grüßen - to greet # essen - to eat # wiederholen - to repeat # spielen - to play # kommen - to come # sprechen - to speak # üben - to practise # ergänzen - to complete # liegen - to be (laying) # kaufen - to buy # korrigieren - to correct |} 260c :'''Test''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Übersetzung!''' :--- # heute # auch # schnell # richtig # falsch # gut # viel # wenig # schlecht # langsam # gern # mit # morgen # jetzt # deutlich # schön # laut # undeutlich # alt # kalt :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 260c |- | # heute - today # auch - also # schnell - fast # richtig - correct; right # falsch - wrong; incorrect # gut - good # viel - many; much # wenig - little; few # schlecht - bad # langsam - slow # gern - with pleasure # mit - with # morgen - tomorrow # jetzt - now # deutlich - clearly # schön - beautiful; nice; pretty # laut - loud # undeutlich - uncler; unlearly # alt - old # kalt - cold |} 260d :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Handy # Zeit # Junge # Kind # Frau # Mädchen # Auto # Bild # Unterricht # Platz # Pause # Schlüssel # Zug # Bahnhof # Bett # Krankenhaus # Arzt # Zeit # Bier # Affe :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 260d |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Handy # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Zeit # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Junge # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Kind # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Frau # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Mädchen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Auto # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Bild # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Unterricht # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Platz # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Pause # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Schlüssel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Zug # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Bahnhof # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Bett # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Krankenhaus # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Arzt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Zeit # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Bier # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Affe |} 260e :'''Test''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Übersetzung!''' :--- # beginnen # anfangen # nehmen # machen # sagen # hören # gehen # helfen # bekommen # wollen # fahren # finden # wissen # haben # holen # bringen # können # möchten # brauchen # lernen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 260e |- | # beginnen - to begin; to start # anfangen - to begin; to start # nehmen - to take # machen - to make # sagen - to say # hören - to hear # gehen - to go; to walk # helfen - to help # bekommen - to get; to receive # wollen - to want # fahren - to go (by means of transport - with wheels) # finden - to find # wissen - to know # haben - to habe # holen - to get # bringen - to bring # können - to be able to do (something) # möchten - to want # brauchen - to need # lernen - to learn |} 261 :Übungen zur Grammatik :Die Konjugation von „'''<abbr title="sein - en: to be">sein</abbr>'''“, „sein + Adjektiv“, „sein + Substantiv“ :--- :Ich wohne in [[:de:w:Dresden|Dresden]]. Diese <abbr title="die Stadt - en: city">Stadt</abbr> '''ist''' schön. '''Ich bin''' dort Student. Mein <abbr title="der Buder - en: brother">Bruder</abbr> arbeitet auch in Dresden. '''Er ist''' 27 <abbr title="das Jahr - en: year">Jahre</abbr> <abbr title="alt - en: old">alt</abbr>. Mein Bruder ist Lehrer. 262 :Infinitiv: <abbr title="sein - en: to be">sein</abbr> :sein + Adjektiv :sein + Adverb :--- :'''ich bin''' hier :'''du bist''' <abbr title="gesund - en: healthy">gesund</abbr> :'''er ist''' nicht <abbr title="krank - en: ill">krank</abbr> :sie ist :es ist :'''wir sind''' :'''ihr seid''' :Sie sind :'''sie sind''' 263 :sein + Substantiv :ich bin Student :du bist Studentin :Sie sind Lehrer :er ist Student :sie ist :es ist :wir sind Studenten :ihr seid Studentinnen :--- :sie sind :Was sind Sie? :Ich bin Student. 264 :Beispiel: :Ist Uta krank? :⇒ Ja, sie ist krank. :--- :Ist Andreas krank? - Ja, ... :Ist Monika gesund? - Ja, ... :Bist du gesund? - Ja, ... :Sind Sie krank? - Ja, ... :Seid ihr gesund? - Ja, ... :Sind die <abbr title="das Kind (Singular) - en: child; die Kinder - en: children">Kinder</abbr> gesund? - Ja, ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 264 |- | :Ist Andreas krank? - Ja, er ist krank. :Ist Monika gesund? - Ja, sie ist gesund. :Bist du gesund? - Ja, ich bin gesund. :Sind Sie krank? - Ja, ich bin krank. :Seid ihr gesund? - Ja, wir sind gesund. :Sind die Kinder gesund? - Ja, sie sind gesund. |} 265 :Lesen Sie! :Andreas Lehmann, Thomas Richter und Uta Pohl sind Studenten. Karin Stein ist auch Studentin. Sie studieren in [[:de:w:Frankfurt am Main|Frankfurt]]. Herr Lehmann ist <abbr title="en: from">aus</abbr> [[:w:de:Aachen|Aachen]]. Frau Pohl ist aus [[:de:w:Stuttgart|Stuttgart]]. Herr Richter ist auch aus Stuttgart. <abbr title="nur - en: only; just">'''Nur'''</abbr> Frau Stein ist aus [[:de:w:Mainz|Mainz]]. 266 :Beispiel: :Ich bin Student. Und Sie? :⇒ Sind Sie auch Student? :⇒ Ja, ich bin auch Student. :--- :Ich bin Studentin. Und Sie? :Ich bin Student. Und Andreas? :Wir sind Studenten. Und ihr? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 266 |- | :Ich bin Studentin. Und Sie? - Sind Sie auch Studentin? Ja, ich bin auch Studentin. :Ich bin Student. Und Andreas? - Ist er auch Student? Ja, er ist auch Student. :Wir sind Studenten. Und ihr? - Seid ihr auch Studenten? Ja, wir sind auch Studenten. |} 267 :<abbr title="ergänzen - en: to complete">Ergänzen</abbr> Sie „<abbr title="sein - en: to be">sein</abbr>“! :Beispiel: :Mein Bruder ... Lehrer. :⇒ Mein Bruder ist Lehrer. :--- :Herr Lehmann ... Student. :Frau Stein ... Studentin. :Wir ... aus Afrika. :Herr Fernández ... auch Student. :... er aus Amerika? :--- :Ich ... Student. :Ich ... aus [[:de:w:Leipzig|Leipzig]]. :... Sie Lehrer, Herr Wagner? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 267 |- | :Herr Lehmann ist Student. :Frau Stein ist Studentin. :Wir sind aus Afrika. :Herr Fernandes ist auch Student. :Ist er aus Amerika? :--- :Ich bin Student. :Ich bin aus Leipzig. :Sind Sie Lehrer, Herr Wagner? |} 268 :Ergänzen Sie „sein“! :--- :Das ... Zimmer 14. :Hier ... 11 Studenten. :Eine Studentin ... aus Asien. :Ich ... aus Afrika. :Frau Stein ... heute krank. :Wir ... gesund. :Der Lehrer heißt Wagner. Er ... aus Leipzig. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 268 |- | :Das ist Zimmer vierzehn. :Hier sind elf Studenten. :Eine Studentin ist aus Asien. :Ich bin aus Afrika. :Frau Stein ist heute krank. :Wir sind gesund. :Der Lehrer heißt Wagner. Er ist aus Leipzig. |} 269 :Beispiel: :Wie <abbr title="alt - en: old">alt</abbr> sind Sie? (20) :⇒ Ich bin 20 <abbr title="das Jahr - en: year">Jahre</abbr> alt. :⇒ Ich bin 20. :--- :Wie alt ist Herr Lehmann? (43) :Wie alt ist Frau Stein? (18) :Wie alt bist du? (8) :Wie alt ist das <abbr title="das Mädchen - en: girl">Mädchen</abbr>? (11) :Wie alt sind Ihre Brüder? (12) :Wie alt ist <abbr title="Ihr - en: your">Ihr</abbr> <abbr title="das Kind - en: child">Kind</abbr>? (12 <abbr title="die Woche (Singular) - en: week">Wochen</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 269 |- | :Wie alt ist Herr Lehmann? - Er ist dreiundvierzig Jahre alt. Er ist 43. :Wie alt ist Frau Stein? - Sie sit achtzehn Jahre als. Sie ist 18. :Wie alt bist du? - Ich bin achtzehn Jahre alt. Ich bin 18. :Wie alt ist das Mädchen? - Es ist elf Jahre alt. (Sie ist elf Jahre alt.) Es ist elf. (Sie ist elf.) :Wie alt sind Ihre Brüder? - Sie sind zwölf Jahre alt. Sie sind zwölf. :Wie alt ist Ihr Kind? - Es ist zwölf Wochen alt. Es ist zwölf Wochen alt. |} == 270 - 279 == 270 :Beispiel: :<abbr title="welcher Tag? - en: which day?">Welcher</abbr> <abbr title="der Tag - en: day">Tag</abbr> ist <abbr title="en: today">heute</abbr>? <abbr title="spät - en: late; en: What time is it?">Wie spät ist es?</abbr> (<abbr title="der Dienstag - en: Tuesday">Dienstag</abbr> , 6.30 Uhr, <abbr title="der Morgen - en: morning (4.00 a.m - 9.00 a.m.)">Morgen</abbr>) :⇒ Heute ist Dienstag. Es ist 6.30 Uhr. Es ist Morgen. :--- :<abbr title="der Freitag - en: Friday">Freitag</abbr>, 10.30 Uhr, <abbr title="der Vormittag - en: morning (8.00 a.m. - 12.00 a.m.)">Vormittag</abbr> :<abbr title="der Sonntag - en: Sunday">Sonntag</abbr>, 12.00 Uhr, <abbr title="der Mittag - en: noon; lunchtime">Mittag</abbr> :<abbr title="der Montag - en: Monday">Montag</abbr>, 20.00 Uhr, <abbr title="der Abend - en: evening (17.00 p.m. - 22.00 p.m.)">Abend</abbr> :<abbr title="der Donnerstag - en: Thursday">Donnerstag</abbr>, 15.00 Uhr, <abbr title="der Nachmittag - en: afternoon (12.00 p.m. - 17.00 p.m.); en: afternoon">Nachmittag</abbr> :<abbr title="der Mittwoch - en: Wednesday">Mittwoch</abbr>, 15.00 Uhr, Nachmittag :<abbr title="der Sonnabend - en: Saturday; Sonnabend = Samstag">Sonnabend</abbr>, 16.30 Uhr, Nachmittag :<abbr title="der Samstag - en: Saturday; Samstag = Sonnabend">Samstag</abbr> , 09.00 Uhr, Vormittag :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 270 |- | :Heute ist Freitag. Es ist 10.30 Uhr. Es ist Vormittag. :Heute ist Sonntag. Es ist 12.00 Uhr. Es ist Mittag. :Heute ist Montag. Es ist 20.00 Uhr. Es ist Abend. :Heute ist Donnerstag. Es ist 15.00 Uhr. Es ist Nachmittag. :Heute ist Mittwoch. Es ist 15.00 Uhr. Es ist Nachmittag. :Heute ist Sonnabend. Es ist 16.30 Uhr. Es ist Nachmittag. :Heute ist Samstag. Es ist 09.00 Uhr. Es ist Vormittag. |} 270a [[File:Bruehls Terrace Dresden.jpg|thumb|die Nacht; dunkel]] [[File:Dresden - Abend an der Elbe mit der Stadtkulisse.JPG|thumb|der Tag; hell]] [[File:Terminator line January.png|thumb|hell, dunkel]] :der Tag :Der Januar hat 31 Tage. :--- :die Nacht :der Tag :Tag und Nacht :<abbr title="tags ist es hell - en: at daytime there ist daylight">tags ist es hell</abbr> :<abbr title="nachts ist es dunkel - en: at night it is dark">nachts ist es dunkel</abbr> :-- :die Nacht (22 Uhr bis 5 Uhr) :der Morgen (5 Uhr bis 9 Uhr) :der Vormittag (8 Uhr bis 12 Uhr) :der Mittag (12 Uhr) :der Nachmittag (12 Uhr bis 17 Uhr) :der Abend (17 Uhr bis 23 Uhr) :die Nacht (22 Uhr bis 5 Uhr) 271 :Das [[:de:w:Possessivpronomen|Possessivpronomen]] im [[:de:w:Nominativ|Nominativ]] (en: my, your, his/her, our, your, their - [[:en:w:Nominative case|Nominative case]]) :--- :Andreas fragt: <abbr title="wohnen - en: to live">Wohnt</abbr> ihr hier? Ist das euer <abbr title="das Zimmer - en: room">Zimmer</abbr>? :Ja, das ist unser Zimmer. :--- :Wo wohnt Herr Richter? :Sein Zimmer ist dort. 272 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Personalpronomen || Possesivpronomen (m/n) |-align="center" | ich || <abbr title="mein - en: my">mein</abbr> |-align="center" | du || <abbr title="mein - en: your">dein</abbr> |-align="center" | er || <abbr title="sein - en: his">sein</abbr> |-align="center" | sie || <abbr title="ihr - en: her">ihr</abbr> |-align="center" | es || <abbr title="sein - en: its (neutrum; for instance: of the boy)">sein</abbr> |-align="center" | wir || <abbr title="unser - en: our">unser</abbr> |-align="center" | ihr || <abbr title="euer - en: your">euer</abbr> |-align="center" | sie || <abbr title="ihr - en: their">ihr</abbr> |-align="center" | Sie || Ihr |} :--- :Block - der Block (m) :Heft - das Heft (n) :--- :mein Block :dein Block :sein Block :unser Block :euer Block :ihr Block :--- :mein Heft :dein Heft :sein Heft :unser Heft :euer Heft :ihr Heft :--- :Peter - sein Heft :Monika - ihr Heft :das Kind - sein Heft 273 :Personalpronomen - Possesivpronomen (f/Plural) :ich - meine :du - deine :er - seine :sie - ihre :es - seine :wir - unsere (unsre) :ihr - euere (eure) :sie - ihre :Sie - Ihre :--- :Tasche - die <abbr title="die Tasche - en: handbag; shopping bag; briefcase">Tasche</abbr> (f) :Bücher - die <abbr title="das Buch - en: book; Plural: die Bücher">Bücher</abbr> (Pl.) 273a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Personalpron. || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural |-align="center" | ich || mein Mann || mein Kind || meine Frau || meine Bücher |-align="center" | du || dein Mann || dein Kind || deine Frau || deine Bücher |-align="center" | er || sein Mann || sein Kind || seine Frau || seine Bücher |-align="center" | sie || sein Bruder || sein Auto || seine Schwester || seine Bücher |-align="center" | es || <abbr title="sein - en: its">sein</abbr> |-align="center" | wir || unser Sohn || unser Kind || unsere Tochter || unsere Bücher |-align="center" | ihr || euer Sohn || euer Kind || euere Tochter || euere Bücher |-align="center" | sie || ihr Sohn || ihr Kind || ihre Tochter || ihre Bücher |-align="center" | Sie || Ihr Mann || Ihr Kind || Ihre Frau || Ihre Bücher |} 274 :Beispiel: :Ist das Ihr <abbr title="das Zimmer - en: room">Zimmer</abbr>? :⇒ Ja, das ist unser Zimmer. :--- :Ist das Ihr <abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr>? :Ist das Ihr <abbr title="das Lehrbuch - en: textbook; Plural: die Lehrbücher">Lehrbuch</abbr>? :Ist das Ihre <abbr title="die Lampe - en: lamp">Lampe</abbr>? :Ist das Ihr <abbr title="das Heft - en: exercise book">Heft</abbr>? :Ist das Ihr <abbr title="das Wörterbuch - en: dicionary">Wörterbuch</abbr>? :Sind das Ihre <abbr title="das Buch - en: book; Plural: die Bücher">Bücher</abbr>? :Sind das Ihre <abbr title="die Sache - en: thing; object; article; Plural: die Sachen">Sachen</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 274 |- | :Ist das Ihr Tisch? - Ja, das ist unser Tisch. :Ist das Ihr Lehrbuch? - Ja, das ist unser Lehrbuch. :Ist das Ihre Lampe? - Ja, das ist unsere Lampe. :Ist das Ihr Heft? - Ja, das ist unser Heft. :Ist das Ihr Wörterbuch? - Ja, das ist unser Wörterbuch. :Sind das Ihre Bücher? - Ja, das sind unsere Wörterbücher. :Sind das Ihre Sachen? - Ja, das sind unsere Sachen. |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 274a |- | :Ist das Ihr Tisch? - Ja, das ist mein Tisch. :Ist das Ihr Lehrbuch? - Ja, das ist mein Lehrbuch. :Ist das Ihre Lampe? - Ja, das ist meine Lampe. :Ist das Ihr Heft? - Ja, das ist mein Heft. :Ist das Ihr Wörterbuch? - Ja, das ist mein Wörterbuch. :Sind das Ihre Bücher? - Ja, das sind meine Wörterbücher. :Sind das Ihre Sachen? - Ja, das sind meine Sachen. |} 275 [[File:Bleistift1.jpg|thumb|der Bleistift]] [[File:Einrichten-heute-2011.jpg|thumb|die Zeitschrift]] [[File:ProfilschnittKurven.JPG|thumb|der Block (Notizzettel)]] :Beispiel: :„Wo ist mein Buch?“ <abbr title="fragen - en: to aks">fragt</abbr> Frau Stein. :⇒ „Ihr Buch ist hier“, <abbr title="antworten - en: to answer">antwortet</abbr> Herr Wagner. :--- :Wo ist mein <abbr title="das Heft - en: exercise book">Heft</abbr>? :Wo ist mein <abbr title="der Bleistift - en: pencil">Bleistift</abbr>? :Wo ist mein <abbr title="der Block - en: block (notepad)">Block</abbr>? :Wo ist meine <abbr title="die Tasche - en: handbag; shopping bag">Tasche</abbr>? :Wo ist mein <abbr title="der Brief - en: letter">Brief</abbr>? :Wo sind meine <abbr title="die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal; Plural: die Zeitschriften">Zeitschriften</abbr>? :Wo sind meine <abbr title="das Buch - en: book; Plural: Bücher">Bücher</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 275 |- | :„Wo ist mein Heft?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihr Heft ist hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. :„Wo ist mein Bleistift?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihr Bleistift ist hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. :„Wo ist mein Block?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihr Block ist hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. :„Wo ist meine Tasche?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihre Tasche ist hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. :„Wo ist mein Brief?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihr Brief ist hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. :„Wo sind meine Zeitschriften?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihre Zeitschriften sind hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. :„Wo sind meine Bücher?“ fragt Frau Stein. „Ihre Bücher sind hier“, antwortet Herr Wagner. |} 276 :Beispiel: :„Wo ist mein Buch?“ fragt das Kind. :⇒ „Dein Buch ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :--- :Wo ist mein Heft? :Wo ist mein Lineal? :Wo ist meine Zeitschrift? :Wo ist meine Karte? :Wo ist mein Buch? :Wo sind meine Bleistifte? :Wo sind meine Blöcke? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 276 |- | :„Wo ist mein Buch“ fragt das Kind. - „Dein Buch ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :--- :„Wo ist mein Heft?“ fragt das Kind. - „Dein Heft ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :„Wo ist mein Lineal?“ fragt das Kind. - „Dein Lineal ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :„Wo ist meine Zeitschrift?“ fragt das Kind. - „Deine Zeitschrift ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :„Wo ist meine Karte?“ fragt das Kind. - „Deine Karte ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :„Wo ist mein Buch?“ fragt das Kind. - „Dein Buch ist hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :„Wo sind meine Bleistifte?“ fragt das Kind. - „Deine Bleistifte sind hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. :„Wo sind meine Blöcke?“ fragt das Kind. - „Deine Blöcke sind hier“ antwortet Herr Pohl. |} 277 :Ergänzen Sie die Possessivpronomen „euer“ und „unser“! :--- :Beispiel: :Wie alt ist euer Bruder? :⇒ Unser Bruder ist 19 Jahre alt. :--- :Wie alt ist ... <abbr title="die Mutter - en: Mutter">Mutter</abbr>? (66) :Was ist ... Bruder? (<abbr title="der LKW-Fahrer - en: truck driver; lorry driver; (der LKW - en: truck; lorry)">LKW-Fahrer</abbr>) :Wo studiert ... Bruder? (Berlin) :Wie heißt ... Bruder? (Uwe) :Wie alt ist ... <abbr title="die Schwester - en: sister">Schwester</abbr>? (33) :Wo wohnt ... Schwester? ([[:de:w:hamburg|Hamburg]]) :Was ist ... <abbr title="der Vater - en: fasther">Vater</abbr>? (Lehrer) :Wie alt ist ... Vater? (56) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 277 |- | :Wie alt ist euer Bruder? - Unser Bruder ist 19 Jahre alt. :--- :Wie alt ist eure Mutter? - Unsere Mutter ist 66 Jahre alt. :Was ist euer Bruder? - Unser Bruder ist LKW-Fahrer. :Wo studiert euer Bruder? - Unser Bruder studiert in Berlin. :Wie heißt euer Bruder? - Unser Bruder heißt Uwe. :Wie alt ist eure Schwester? - Unsere Schwester ist 33 Jahre alt. :Wo wohnt eure Schwester? - Unsere Schwester wohnt in Hamburg. :Was ist euer Vater? - Unser Vater ist Lehrer. :Wie alt ist euer Vater? - Unser Vater ist 56 Jahre alt. |} 278 :Antworten Sie mit „nein“! :Beispiel: :Monika und Andreas arbeiten hier. :Ist das sein Lineal? :⇒ Nein, das ist ihr Lineal. :--- :Ist das ihre Tasche? :Ist das sein Bleistift? :Sind das seine Hefte? :Sind das ihre Bücher? :Ist das sein Brief? :Ist das sein Wörterbuch? :Sind das ihre Zeitschriften? :Ist das ihre Karte? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 278 |- | :Ist das sein Lineal? - Nein, das ist ihr Lineal. :--- :Ist das ihre Tasche? - Nein, das ist seine Tasche. :Ist das sein Bleistift? - Nein, das ist ihr Bleistift. :Sind das seine Hefte? - Nein, das sind ihre Hefte. :Sind das ihre Bücher? - Nein, das sind seine Bücher. :Ist das sein Brief? - Nein, das ist ihr Brief. :Ist das sein Wörterbuch? - Nein, das ist ihr Wörterbuch. :Sind das ihre Zeitschriften? - Nein, das sind seine Zeitschriften. :Ist das ihre Karte? - Nein, das ist seine Karte. |} 279 [[File:Chair 5709.jpg|thumb|der Stuhl]] [[File:Ma-table-repeinte.JPG|thumb|der Tisch]] [[File:UniversumUNAM47.JPG|thumb|das Tonband]] :Ergänzen Sie die Possessivpronomen! :--- :Andreas lernt Physik. Hier liegt ... Lehrbuch. :Peter lernt Vokabeln. Das ist ... Wörterbuch. :Monika zeichnet. Dort liegt ... Block. :Uta arbeitet nicht. ... Hefte liegen hier. :Andreas und Monika arbeiten hier. Das ist ... Tisch. :Herr Lehmann ist hier. ... Tasche liegt dort. :Frau Stein wohnt hier. Das ist ... Zimmer. :Herr und Frau Lehmann lesen. ... Bücher sind hier. :Andreas übt nicht. ... <abbr title="das Tonband - en: tape; audiotape">Tonband</abbr> liegt dort. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 279 |- | :Andreas lernt Physik. Hier liegt sein Lehrbuch. :Peter lernt Vokabeln. Das ist sein Wörterbuch. :Monika zeichnet. Dort liegt ihr Block. :Uta arbeitet nicht. Ihre Hefte liegen hier. :Andreas und Monika arbeiten hier. Das ist ihr Tisch. :Herr Lehmann ist hier. Seine Tasche liegt dort. :Frau Stein wohnt hier. Das ist ihr Zimmer. :Herr und Frau Lehmann lesen. Ihre Bücher sind hier. :Andreas übt nicht. Sein Tonband liegt dort. |} == 280 - 289 == 280 :Ergänzen Sie die Possessivpronomen! :Monika kommt. Maria <abbr title="sagen - en: to say">sagt</abbr>: :„Hier wohne ich. Das ist ... Zimmer. :Hier ist ... <abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr>. ... Bücher und Hefte liegen hier. :... Schwester arbeitet dort. Das ist ... Tisch. :Dort liegen ... Zeitschriften, Hefte und Bücher.“ :--- :Monika fragt: „Und wo arbeitet ... Bruder?“ :Maria antwortet: „... Bruder arbeitet dort. Das ist ... Zimmer. :Dort stehen ... <abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr> und ... <abbr title="der Stuhl- en: chair">Stuhl</abbr>.“ :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 280 |- | :Monika kommt. Maria sagt: :„Hier wohne ich. Das ist mein Zimmer. :Hier ist mein Tisch. Meine Bücher und Hefte liegen hier. :Meine Schwester arbeitet dort. Das ist ihr Tisch. :Dort liegen ihre Zeitschriften, Hefte und Bücher.“ :--- :Monika fragt: „Und wo arbeitet dein Bruder?“ :Maria antwortet: „Mein Bruder arbeitet dort. Das ist ihr Zimmer. :Dort stehen ihr Tisch und ihr Stuhl.“ |} [[File:Solid black.svg|thumb|schwarz]] [[File:Blank.jpg|thumb|weiß]] [[File:Himmelblau.jpg|thumb|blau]] [[File:Brown Line buttun.PNG|thumb|braun]] [[File:Dark green.PNG|thumb|grün]] [[File:Solid yellow.png|thumb|gelb]] [[File:F1 red flag.svg|thumb|rot]] [[File:Greycolor.JPG|thumb|grau]] 281 :Lesen Sie! :Das ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''Maria'''</span>. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihr'''</span> <abbr title="der Mantel – en: coat">Mantel</abbr> ist <abbr title="blau – en: blue">blau</abbr>. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihr'''</span> <abbr title="der Hut – en: hat">Hut</abbr> ist auch blau. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihr'''</span><span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''Tasche'''</span> ist nicht blau, sie ist <abbr title="weiß – en: white">weiß</abbr>. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihr'''</span> <abbr title="das Kleid – en: dress">Kleid</abbr> ist rot. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihr'''</span><span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''Schuhe'''</span> sind <abbr title="schwarz – en: black">schwarz</abbr>. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihr'''</span><span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''Handschuhe'''</span> sind auch <abbr title="schwarz – en: black">schwarz</abbr>. :--- :Hier ist <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Andreas'''</span>. <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Sein'''</span> Mantel ist <abbr title="braun – en: brown">braun</abbr>. <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Sein'''</span> Hut ist auch braun. <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Sein'''</span> <abbr title="der Anzug – en: suit">Anzug</abbr> ist <abbr title="grün – en: green">grün</abbr>. <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Sein'''</span><span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''Schuhe'''</span> und <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''sein'''</span><span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''Handschuhe'''</span> sind nicht grün. Sie sind braun. <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Sein'''</span> <abbr title="das Hemd – en: shirt">Hemd</abbr> ist <abbr title="gelb – en: yellow">gelb</abbr>. <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''Sein'''</span><span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''Tasche'''</span> ist nicht gelb. Sie ist braun. 281a :ei; au; eu :ei – ein, eine, Kleid, nein, <abbr title="kein – en: no">kein</abbr> :au – auch, kaufen, brauchen, Aufgabe, Auf Wiedersehen :eu – Europa, Euro, euere, neutrum, Deutsch, heute :äu ( = eu) – Verkäufer, Verkäuferin :verk<span style="color:#993300;">'''au'''</span>fen - <s>Verkeufer</s> – Verk<span style="color:#993300;">'''äu'''</span>fer – Verk<span style="color:#993300;">'''äu'''</span>ferin :--- :<abbr title="kaufen – en: to buy">kaufen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Käufer – en: buyer; purchaser">Käufer</abbr> :<abbr title="der Käuferin - en: buyer (female)">Käuferin</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="verkaufen - en: to sell">verkaufen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Verkäufer - en: seller; vendor; sales assistent">Verkäufer</abbr> :<abbr title="der Verkäuferin - en: female seller; female vendor; female sales assistent">Verkäuferin</abbr> 282 [[File:Mohnkuchen.jpg|thumb|der Kuchen]] :Jetzt ist <abbr title="die Pause - en: pause">Pause</abbr>. :Heute ist Mittwoch. Die Studenten haben heute zwei Stunden <abbr title="der Fran-zö-sisch---unterricht - en: french lessons">Französischunterricht</abbr>. Sie arbeiten <abbr title="seit- en: since">seit</abbr> 7.30 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 9.00 Uhr. Es ist Pause. Andreas Lehmann hat <abbr title="der Hunger - en: hunger">Hunger</abbr>. Er geht in das <abbr title="das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor">Erdgeschoss</abbr>. Dort ist ein <abbr title="der Imbissraum - en: snack-room; canteen">Imbissraum</abbr> . :--- :Verkäuferin: Was möchten Sie? :A. Lehmann: Bitte eine Tasse Kaffee. :Verkäuferin: Mit Milch und Zucker? :A. Lehmann: Bitte <abbr title="nur - en: only">nur</abbr> mit Zucker. :Verkäuferin: Hier ist ihr Kaffee. <abbr title="noch etwas - en: anything else">Noch etwas</abbr> bitte? :A. Lehmann: Gibt es auch <abbr title="der Kuchen - en: cake">Kuchen</abbr>? :Verkäuferin: Nein, Kuchen gibt es heute nicht, <abbr title="aber - en: but">aber</abbr> Brötchen mit Wurst <abbr title="oder - en: or">oder</abbr> mit Käse. :A. Lehmann: Wie viel kosten die Brötchen? :Verkäuferin: Diese Brötchen mit Wurst kosten 1 Euro und 35 Cent (1,35 Euro), diese mit Käse kosten 1,30 Euro. :A. Lehmann: Bitte zwei Brötchen mit Wurst. :Verkäuferin: 2,60 Euro bitte. 283 :Fragen zum Text: :<abbr title="seit wann - en: since when">Seit wann</abbr> haben die Studenten Französischunterricht? :Wer hat Hunger? :Was kauft er? :Wie viel kosten die Brötchen? :Was trinkt Andreas Lehmann? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 283 |- | :Seit wann haben die Studenten Französischunterricht? - Sie haben seit 7.30 Uhr Französsichuntericht. :Wer hat Hunger? - Andreas Lehmann hat Hunger. :Was kauft er? - Er kauft eine Tasse Kaffe und zwei Brötchen mit Wurst. :Wie viel kosten die Brötchen? - Die Brötchen kosten 2,60 Euro. :Was trinkt Andreas Lehmann? - Er trinkt eine Tasse kaffe mit Zucker. |} 284 :Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text :--- :'''<abbr title="seit wann - en: since when">seit wann</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Seit wann arbeiten Sie? (7.30 Uhr) :⇒ <abbr title="seit - en: since">Seit</abbr> 7.30 Uhr. :--- :Seit wann haben Sie Unterricht? (8.15 Uhr) :Seit wann lernen Sie Englisch? (Montag) :Seit wann ist Frau Stein krank? (Mittwoch) :Seit wann arbeitet Herr Wagner hier? (Freitag) :Seit wann ist Ihr Lehrer krank? (Donnerstag) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 284 |- | :Seit wann arbeiten Sie? - Seit 7.30 Uhr. :--- :Seit wann haben Sie Unterricht? - Seit 8.15 Uhr. :Seit wann lernen Sie Englisch? - Seit Montag. :Seit wann ist Frau Stein krank? - Seit Mittwoch. :Seit wann arbeitet Herr Wagner hier? - Seit Freitag. :Seit wann ist Ihr Lehrer krank? - Seit Donnerstag. |} 285 [[File:Bomba torta.jpg|thumb|ein Stück Kuchen]] [[File:Kołocz śląski.JPG|thumb|vier Stück Kuchen]] :Beispiel: :Möchten Sie zwei Stück Kuchen? (ein Stück Kuchen) :⇒ Nein, bitte nur ein Stück Kuchen. :--- :Möchten Sie Reis und Kartoffeln? (Reis) :Möchten Sie Wurst und Käse? (Wurst) :Möchten Sie Fleisch und Wurst? (Fleisch) :Möchten Sie Kaffee und Kuchen? (Kaffee) :Möchten Sie Kaffee mit Milch und Zucker? (mit Zucker) :Möchten Sie Brötchen mit Wurst oder mit Käse? (mit Käse) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 285 |- | :Möchten Sie zwei Stück Kuchen? - Nein, bitte nur ein Stück Kuchen. :--- :Möchten Sie Reis und Kartoffeln? - Nein, bitte nur Reis. :Möchten Sie Wurst und Käse? - Nein, bitte nur Wurst. :Möchten Sie Fleisch und Wurst? - Nein, bitte nur Fleisch. :Möchten Sie Kaffee und Kuchen? - Nein, bitte nur Kaffee. :Möchten Sie Kaffee mit Milch und Zucker? - Nein, bitte nur mit Zucker. :Möchten Sie Brötchen mit Wurst oder mit Käse? - Nein, bitte nur mit Käse. |} 286 :'''aber''' :--- :Ich möchte Kaffee, aber keine Milch. :... ... Kuchen, ... ... Brötchen. :... ... Käse, ... ... Wurst. :... ... Reis, ... ... Suppe. :... ... Gemüse, ... ... Kartoffeln. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 286 |- | :Ich möchte Kaffee, aber keine Milch. :Ich möchte Kuchen, aber keine Brötchen. :Ich möchte Käse, aber keine Wurst. :Ich möchte Reis, aber keine Suppe. :Ich möchte Gemüse, aber keine Kartoffeln. |} 287 :Beispiel: :(Kuchen - Brötchen) :⇒ Gibt es Kuchen? :⇒ Nein, aber es gibt Brötchen. :--- :(<abbr title="der Käse - en: cheese">Käse</abbr> - <abbr title="die Wurst - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage">Wurst</abbr>) :(<abbr title="die Kartoffel - en: potato; Plural: Kartoffeln">Kartoffeln</abbr> - <abbr title="der Reis - en: rice">Reis</abbr>) :(<abbr title="das Gemüse - en: vegetable">Gemüse</abbr> - <abbr title="das Obst - en: fruits">Obst</abbr>) :(<abbr title="die Milch - en: milk">Milch</abbr> - <abbr title="der Tee - en: tea">Tee</abbr>) :(<abbr title="das Wasser - en: water">Wasser</abbr> - <abbr title="der Kakao - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa">Kakao</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 287 |- | :Gibt es Kuchen? - Nein, aber es gibt Brötchen. :--- :Gibt es Käse? - Nein, aber es gibt Wurst. :Gibt es Kuchen? - Nein, aber es gibt Brötchen. :Gibt es Gemüse? - Nein, aber es gibt Obst. :Gibt es Milch? - Nein, aber es gibt Tee. :Gibt es Wasser? - Nein, aber es gibt Kakao. |} 288 :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte ein Stück Kuchen. :a. <abbr title="noch - en: in addition">Noch</abbr> was bitte? (<abbr title="Noch etwas? - en: something additional?">Noch etwas</abbr>? Möchten Sie noch etwas? <abbr title="Sonst noch was? - en: Do you want something else?">Sonst noch was?</abbr> Darf es noch was sein?) :b. Ich möchte auch noch eine Tasse Kaffee. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte ein Brötchen mit Wurst. :a. Noch was bitte? (Noch etwas? Möchten Sie noch etwas? Sonst noch was? Darf es noch was sein?) :b. Ich möchte noch ein Glas Tee. :--- :a. Was darf es <abbr title="für - en: for">für</abbr> Sie sein? :b. Ich möchte zwei Brötchen mit Käse. :a. Noch was bitte? :b. Ich möchte noch eine Flasche Milch. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Ich möchte drei Stück Kuchen. :a. Noch was bitte? :b. Ich möchte noch eine Tasse Kaffee mit Milch und Zucker. 289 :Die Studenten haben heute <abbr title="bis - en: until; til">bis</abbr> 9.30 Uhr Englischunterricht. Jetzt ist <abbr title="die Pause - en: pause">Pause</abbr>. Frau Stein und Andreas Lehmann gehen in das <abbr title="das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor">Erdgeschoss</abbr>. Dort ist ein Imbissraum. Sie essen Kuchen. Sie haben auch <abbr title="der Durst - en: thirst">Durst</abbr>. Andreas trinkt eine Tasse Kaffee mit Milch und Zucker. Karin Stein trinkt <abbr title="nur - en: only">nur</abbr> Milch. == 290 - 299 == 290 :Übungen zur Phonetik :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 8.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 8.00 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 9.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 9.00 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 10.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 10.00 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 11.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 11.00 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 7.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 7.00 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 14.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 14.00 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? Es ist 21.00 Uhr. Jetzt ist es 21.00 Uhr. 291 :[u:] Uhr, nur, du, Buch, Bluse, Schuhe, Hut, <abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair">Stuhl</abbr> :[ɛ:] zählen, Mädchen, <abbr title="spät - en: late">spät</abbr>, Wie spät ist es? Wie spät ist es jetzt? -- :[ɛ] wie in <abbr title="die Hecke - en: hedge">Hecke</abbr> oder <abbr title="das Ende - en: end">Ende</abbr> (<abbr title="betonen - en: to accentuate ">betontes</abbr> E) 292 :<abbr title="verstehen - en: understand">verstehen</abbr> :Übungen zum <abbr title="verstehenes Lesen - en: reading comprehension">verstehenden Lesen</abbr> :Lesen und wiederholen Sie laut! (<abbr title="laut lesen - en: read loudly">laut lesen</abbr>) :--- :Peter lernt Englisch. :Uta lernt auch Englisch. :Andreas studiert in [[:de:w:Magdeburg|Magdeburg]]. :Herr Weber studiert in [[:de:w:Osnabrück|Osnabrück]]. :Andreas Lehmann kauft ein Buch. :Frau Stein kauft eine Tasche. :Peter und Uta lernen Englisch. :Herr Weber und Frau Weber wohnen in [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]]. :Peter und Monika studieren Chemie. :Maria wiederholt die Übungen und die Wörter. :Frau Paul lernt Russisch und Französisch. :Monika braucht das Buch und die Karte. :Andreas wiederholt die Vokabeln, Uta wiederholt die Übung. :Monika studiert Chemie, Andreas studiert Physik. :Herr Pohl wohnt nicht in [[:de:w:Münster (Westfalen)|Münster]], er wohnt in [[:de:w:Osnabrück|Osnabrück]]. :Frau Stein studiert nicht Mathematik, sie studiert Chemie. 293 :Lesen und antworten Sie! :--- :Peter übersetzt die <abbr title="die Antwort - en: answer">Antwort</abbr>. :Was übersetzt Peter? :--- :Uta übersetzt die <abbr title="die Frage - en: question">Frage</abbr>. :Was übersetzt Uta? :--- :Frau Stein studiert in [[:de:w:Dresden|Dresden]] Chemie. :Was studiert Frau Stein? :--- :Herr Weber studiert in [[:de:w:Nürnberg|Nürnberg]] Sport. :Was studiert Herr Weber? :--- :Uta schreibt Vokabeln, Monika schreibt die Übung. :Was schreibt Uta? :--- :Uta übersetzt die Frage, Monika übersetzt die Antwort. :Wer übersetzt die Antwort? :--- :Herr Lehmann studiert Physik, Frau Wagner studiert Ökonomie (BWL - <abbr title="die Betriebswirtschaftslehre - en: business studies; business administration; Betriebs-wirtschafts-lehre">Betriebswirtschaftslehre</abbr>). :Was studiert Frau Wagner? :--- :Herr Lehmann studiert in [[:de:w:Wuppertal|Wuppertal]], Frau Wagner studiert in [[:de:w:Leverkusen|Leverkusen]]. :Wo studiert Herr Lehmann? :--- :Andreas macht <abbr title="Hausaufgaben - en: homework">Hausaufgaben</abbr>. Er lernt Vokabeln. :Was lernt Andreas? :--- :Monika schreibt Sätze. Peter wiederholt die Übung. :Was wiederholt Peter? :--- :Herr Weber wohnt in [[:de:w:Mannheim|Mannheim]]. Hier studiert er Sport. :Wo studiert Herr Weber? :--- :Monika studiert Chemie. Sie wohnt in [[:de:w:Braunschweig|Braunschweig]]. :Wo studiert Monika? :--- :Mein Vater ist Lehrer. Frau Stein ist Studentin. :Was ist Frau Stein? :--- :Herr Bongo ist aus Afrika. Die Studentin ist aus Amerika. :Wer ist aus Afrika? :--- :Ich bin 19 Jahre alt. Der Lehrer ist 31 Jahre alt. :Wer ist 31 Jahre alt? :--- :Die Studentin ist 18 Jahre alt. Der Student ist 20 Jahre alt. :Wer ist 18 Jahre alt? 294 :Lesen Sie laut! Lesen Sie <abbr title="schnell - en: fast">schnell</abbr>! :--- :A B C D E F :G H I J K L :M N O P Q :R S T :U V W :X Y Z 295 :<abbr title="ergänzen - en: to complete">Ergänzen</abbr> Sie! :A B ... D E F G ... I J K ... M N ... P Q R ... T ... V :W ... Y Z 296 :<abbr title="das Diktat - en: dication">Diktat</abbr> :das Diktat :--- :Die <abbr title="die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal; periodical">Zeitschrift</abbr> kostet 7,60 Euro. :Das Buch kostet 19,95 Euro. :Der Kaffee kostet 2,25 Euro. :Die Brötchen kosten 3,19 Euro. :Ein Brötchen kostet 45 Cent. :Ich kaufe eine Zeitschrift. :Herr Richter kauft acht Bücher. :Herr Lehmann kauft sieben Brötchen. :Wir kaufen neun Stück Kuchen. :Monika kauft vier Flaschen Milch. ??? 297 :bitte <abbr title="auswendig lernen - en: learn by heart">auswendig lernen</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Buchstabe - en: character; letter">Buchstabe</abbr> :<abbr title="buchstabieren - en: to spell">buchstabieren</abbr> :ich buchstabiere :ich buchstabiere meinen Namen :ich buchstabiere meine <abbr title="die Adresse - en: address">Adresse</abbr> :<abbr title="können - en: to be able to do something; Konjugation: ich kann, du kannst, er kann, wir können, ihr könnt, sie können">Können</abbr> Sie das bitte <abbr title="langsam - en: slowly; slow">langsam</abbr> buchstabieren? :[[:de:w:Buchstabiertafel|Buchstabiertafel]] :A wie Anton :B wie Berta :C wie Cäsar :D wie Dora :E wie Emil :F wie Friedrich :G wie Gustav :H wie Heinrich :I wie Ida :J wie Julius :K wie Kaufmann :L wie Ludwig :M wie Martha :N wie <abbr title="der Nordpol – en: North Pole">Nordpol</abbr> :O wie Otto :P wie Paula :Q wie <abbr title="die Quelle – en: source">Quelle</abbr> :R wie Richard :S wie Siegfried :T wie Theodor :U wie Ulrich :V wie Viktor :W wie Wilhelm :X wie Xanthippe :Y wie Ypsilon :Z wie Zacharias (oder :Z wie <abbr title="der Zeppelin – en: zepellin">Zeppelin</abbr>) :Ä wie <abbr title="der Ärger – en: anger; annoyance">Ärger</abbr> (oder: Ä wie <abbr title="der Ärmelkanal – en: English Channel">Ärmelkanal</abbr>) :Ö wie <abbr title="der Ökonom – en: economist">Ökonom</abbr> (oder: Ö wie <abbr title="Österreich – en: Austria">Österreich</abbr>) :Ü wie <abbr title="der Übermut – en: high spirits; boisterousness">Übermut</abbr> (oder: Ü wie <abbr title="übermorgen – en: the day after tomorrow">übermorgen</abbr> [nicht offizielle, aber leicht zu sprechen]) :Ä – A-<abbr title="der Umlaut – en: vowel mutation">Umlaut</abbr> (<abbr title="der Laut – en: tone; noise">Laut</abbr>; <abbr title="laut – en: loud; noisy">laut</abbr> :Ö – O-Umlaut :Ü – U-Umlaut :ß [EssTsett] (SZ) 298 :Buchstabieren Sie Ihren <abbr title="der Vorname – en: first name; Christian name">Vornamen</abbr>. (Marcus) :Buchstabieren Sie Ihren <abbr title="der Familienname – en: last name; surname">Familiennamen</abbr>. (Clinton) :Buchstabieren Sie den Straßennamen ihrer <abbr title="die Adresse – en: address">Adresse</abbr>. (Hauptstraße) :Buchstabieren Sie den Namen der <abbr title="die Stadt – en: town; city">Stadt</abbr>. ([[:de:w:Werdau|Werdau]]) :Buchstabieren Sie „14“. (vierzehn) 299 <gallery> :File:BMW S1000 RR Studio.JPG|das Motorrad :File:Glandulicereus thurberi sonora.jpg|der Kaktus :File:Rosa Gold Glow 2.jpg|die Rose </gallery> == 300 – 309 == 300 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Stadt # Jahr # Kind # Woche # Tag # Vormittag # Montag # Possessivpronomen # Wort # Zimmer :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 300 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Stadt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Jahr # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Kind # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Woche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Tag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Vormittag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Montag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Possessivpronomen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Wort # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Zimmer |} 301 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Tasche # Buch # Lampe # Sache # Heft # Bleistift # Block # Handschuh # Brief # Zeitschrift :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 301 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Tasche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Buch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Lampe # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Sache # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Heft # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Bleistift # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Block # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Handschuh # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Brief # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Zeitschrift |} 302 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Lineal # LKW # Stuhl # Tisch # Tonband # Kuchen # Zucker # Stück # Käse # Gemüse :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 302 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Lineal # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ LKW # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Stuhl # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Tisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Tonband # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Kuchen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Zucker # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Stück # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Käse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Gemüse |} 303 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Milch # Wasser # Durst # Pause # Erdgeschoss # Antwort # Frage # Betriebswirtschaftslehre # Diktat # Buchstabe :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 303 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Milch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Wasser # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Durst # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Pause # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Erdgeschoss # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Antwort # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Frage # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Betriebswirtschaftslehre # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Diktat # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Buchstabe |} 304 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Adresse # Nordpol # Vorname # Stadt # Schwein # Uhr # Fenster # Polizeiauto # Katze # Kuh :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 304 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Adresse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Nordpol # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Vorname # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Stadt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Schwein # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Uhr # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Fenster # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Polizeiauto # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Katze # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Kuh |} 305 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Mann # Frau # Mädchen # Kind # Junge # Tisch # Polizist # Tür # Pferd # Polizistin :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 305 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Mann # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Frau # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Mädchen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Kind # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Junge # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Tisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Polizist # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Tür # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Pferd # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Polizistin |} 306 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Maus # Auto # Vogel # LKW # Bus # Hund # Milch # Brot # Obst # Gemüse :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 306 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Maus # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Auto # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Vogel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ LKW # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Bus # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Hund # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Milch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Brot # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Obst # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Gemüse |} 307 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Brötchen # Flasche # Tasse # Wasser # Reis # Kartoffel # Fleisch # Wurst # Suppe # Kaffee :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 307 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' the '''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Brötchen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Flasche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Tasse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Wasser # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Reis # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Kartoffel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ Fleisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Wurst # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' die '''</span>⇐ Suppe # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' der '''</span>⇐ Kaffee |} 308 :'''Test''' :'''Wie heißen die Farben?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' <gallery> File:Solid black.svg|1 File:Blank.jpg|2 File:Himmelblau.jpg|3 File:Brown Line buttun.PNG|4 File:Dark green.PNG|5 File:Solid yellow.png|6 File:F1 red flag.svg|7 File:Greycolor.JPG|8 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 308 |- | <gallery> File:Solid black.svg|1 - schwarz File:Blank.jpg|2 - weiß File:Himmelblau.jpg|3 - blau File:Brown Line buttun.PNG|4 - braun File:Dark green.PNG|5 - grün File:Solid yellow.png|6 - gelb File:F1 red flag.svg|7 - rot File:Greycolor.JPG|8 - grau </gallery> |} 309 :'''Test''' :'''Wie heißen die Wochentage?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 309 |- | :Montag :Dienstag :Mittwoch :Donnerstag :Freitag :Samstag (= Sonnabend) :Sonntag |} 309a :'''Test''' :'''Wie heißen die Tageszeiten?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- :1.) 5 - 9 Uhr :2.) 9 - 12 Uhr :3.) 12 Uhr :4.) 12 - 17 Uhr :5.) 17 - 22 Uhr :6.) 22 - 5 Uhr :7.) 24 Uhr :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 310 |- | :1.) 5 - 9 Uhr: der Morgen :2.) 9 - 12 Uhr: der Vormittag :3.) 12 Uhr: der Mittag :4.) 12 - 17 Uhr: der Nachmittag :5.) 17 - 22 Uhr: der Abend :6.) 22 - 5 Uhr: die Nacht :7.) 24 Uhr: Mitternacht |} == Vokabular: Lektion 007 == : sein - en: to be : die Stadt - en: city : der Buder - en: brother : das Jahr - en: year : alt - en: old : sein - en: to be : gesund - en: healthy : krank - en: ill : das Kind - en: child : aus - en: from : nur - en: only; just : ergänzen - en: to complete : sein - en: to be : alt - en: old : das Jahr - en: year : das Mädchen - en: girl : Ihr - en: your : das Kind - en: child : die Woche - en: week : welcher Tag? - en: which day? : der Tag - en: day : heute - en: today : spät - en: late : Wie spät ist es? - en: What time is it? : der Dienstag - en: Tuesday : der Morgen - en: morning (4.00 a.m - 9.00 a.m.) : der Freitag - en: Friday : der Vormittag - en: morning (8.00 a.m. - 12.00 a.m.) : der Sonntag - en: Sunday : der Mittag - en: noon; lunchtime : der Montag - en: Monday : der Abend - en: evening (17.00 p.m. - 22.00 p.m.) : der Donnerstag - en: Thursday : der Nachmittag - en: afternoon (12.00 p.m. - 17.00 p.m.) : der Mittwoch - en: Wednesday : der Sonnabend - en: Saturday : der Samstag - en: Saturday : tags ist es hell - en: at daytime there ist daylight : nachts ist es dunkel - en: at night it is dark : wohnen - en: to live : das Zimmer - en: room : mein - en: my : sein - en: his : ihr - en: her : sein - en: its (neutrum; for instance: of the boy) : unser - en: our : euer - en: your : ihr - en: their : die Tasche - en: handbag; shopping bag; briefcase : das Buch; Plural: Bücher - en: book : sein - en: its : das Zimmer - en: room : der Tisch - en: table : das Lehrbuch; Plural: Lehrbücher - en: textbook; Plural: die Lehrbücher : die Lampe - en: lamp : das Heft - en: exercise book : das Wörterbuch - en: dicionary : das Buch; die Bücher - en: book : die Sache - en: thing; object; article : fragen - en: to aks : antworten - en: to answer : das Heft - en: exercise book : der Bleistift - en: pencil : der Block - en: block (notepad) : die Tasche - en: handbag; shopping bag : der Brief - en: letter : die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal : das Buch - en: book : die Mutter - en: Mutter : der LKW-Fahrer - en: truck driver; lorry driver : der LKW - en: truck; lorry : die Schwester - en: sister : der Vater - en: fasther : das Tonband - en: tape; audiotape : sagen - en: to say : der Tisch - en: table : der Stuhl- en: chair : der Mantel - en: coat : blau - en: blue : der Hut - en: hat : weiß - en: white : das Kleid - en: dress : schwarz - en: black : braun - en: brown : der Anzug - en: suit : grün - en: green : das Hemd - en: shirt : gelb - en: yellow : kein - en: no : kaufen - en: to buy : der Käufer - en: buyer; purchaser : die Käuferin - en: buyer (female) : verkaufen - en: to sell : der Verkäufer - en: seller; vendor; sales assistent : die Verkäuferin - en: female seller; female vendor; female sales assistent : die Pause - en: pause : der Französischunterricht - en: french lessons : seit- en: since : der Hunger - en: hunger : das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor : der Imbissraum - en: snack-room; canteen : nur - en: only : noch etwas - en: anything else : der Kuchen - en: cake : aber - en: but : oder - en: or : seit wann - en: since when : seit - en: since : der Käse - en: cheese : die Wurst - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage : die Kartoffel - en: potato : der Reis - en: rice : das Gemüse - en: vegetable : das Obst - en: fruits : die Milch - en: milk : der Tee - en: tea : das Wasser - en: water : der Kakao - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa : noch - en: in addition : Sonst noch was? - en: Do you want something else? : für - en: for : bis - en: until; til : die Pause - en: pause : das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor : der Durst - en: thirst : nur - en: only : der Stuhl - en: chair : spät - en: late : die Hecke - en: hedge : das Ende - en: end : betonen - en: to accentuate : verstehen - en: understand : verstehenes Lesen - en: reading comprehension : laut lesen - en: read loudly : die Antwort - en: answer : die Frage - en: question : die Betriebswirtschaftslehre (BWL; Betriebs-wirtschafts-lehre) - en: business studies; business administration : Hausaufgaben - en: homework : schnell - en: fast : ergänzen - en: to complete : das Diktat - en: dication : die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal; periodical : auswendig lernen - en: learn by heart : der Buchstabe - en: character; letter : buchstabieren - en: to spell : die Adresse - en: address : können - en: to be able to do something : langsam - en: slowly; slow : der Nordpol - en: North Pole : die Quelle - en: source : der Zeppelin - en: zepellin : der Ärger - en: anger; annoyance : der Ärmelkanal - en: English Channel : der Ökonom - en: economist : Österreich - en: Austria : der Übermut - en: high spirits; boisterousness : übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow : der Umlaut - en: vowel mutation : der Laut - en: tone; noise : laut - en: loud; noisy : der Vorname - en: first name; Christian name : der Familienname - en: last name; surname : die Adresse - en: address : die Stadt - en: town; city == Vokabular: Lektion 007 - alphabetisch geordnet == # Abend, der - en: evening (17.00 p.m. - 22.00 p.m.) # aber - en: but # Adresse, die - en: address # alt - en: old # Antwort, die - en: answer # antworten - en: to answer # Anzug, der - en: suit # Ärger, der - en: anger; annoyance # Ärmelkanal, der - en: English Channel # aus - en: from # auswendig lernen - en: learn by heart # betonen - en: to accentuate # Betriebswirtschaftslehre, die (BWL; Betriebs-wirtschafts-lehre) - en: business studies; business administration # bis - en: until; til # blau - en: blue # Bleistift, der - en: pencil # Block, der - en: block (notepad) # braun - en: brown # Brief, der - en: letter # Bruder, der - en: brother # Buch, das; Plural: Bücher - en: book # Buchstabe, der - en: character; letter # buchstabieren - en: to spell # Dienstag, der - en: Tuesday # Diktat, das - en: dication # Donnerstag, der - en: Thursday # Durst, der - en: thirst # Ende, das - en: end # Erdgeschoss, das - en: ground floor # ergänzen - en: to complete # euer - en: your # Familienname, der - en: last name; surname # Frage, die - en: question # fragen - en: to aks # Französischunterricht, der - en: french lessons # Freitag, der - en: Friday # für - en: for # gelb - en: yellow # Gemüse, das - en: vegetable # gesund - en: healthy # grün - en: green # Hausaufgaben - en: homework # Hecke, die - en: hedge # Heft, das - en: exercise book # Hemd, das - en: shirt # heute - en: today # Hunger, der - en: hunger # Hut, der - en: hat # ihr - en: her # ihr - en: their # Ihr - en: your # Imbissraum, der - en: snack-room; canteen # Jahr, das - en: year # Kakao, der - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa # Kartoffel, die - en: potato # Käse, der - en: cheese # kaufen - en: to buy # Käufer, der - en: buyer; purchaser # Käuferin, die - en: buyer (female) # kein - en: no # Kind, das - en: child # Kleid, das - en: dress # können - en: to be able to do something # krank - en: ill # Kuchen, der - en: cake # Lampe, die - en: lamp # langsam - en: slowly; slow # laut - en: loud; noisy # laut lesen - en: read loudly # Laut, der - en: tone; noise # Lehrbuch, das; Plural: Lehrbücher - en: textbook; Plural: die Lehrbücher # LKW-Fahrer, der - en: truck driver; lorry driver # LKW, der - en: truck; lorry # Mädchen, das - en: girl # Mantel, der - en: coat # mein - en: my # Milch, die - en: milk # Mittag, der - en: noon; lunchtime # Mittwoch, der - en: Wednesday # Montag, der - en: Monday # Morgen, der - en: morning (4.00 a.m - 9.00 a.m.) # Mutter, die - en: mother # Nachmittag, der - en: afternoon (12.00 p.m. - 17.00 p.m.) # nachts ist es dunkel - en: at night it is dark # noch - en: in addition # noch etwas - en: anything else # Nordpol, der - en: North Pole # nur - en: only; just # Obst, das - en: fruits # oder - en: or # Ökonom, der - en: economist # Österreich - en: Austria # Pause, die - en: pause # Quelle, die - en: source # Reis, der - en: rice # Sache, die - en: thing; object; article # sagen - en: to say # Samstag, der - en: Saturday # schnell - en: fast # schwarz - en: black # Schwester, die - en: sister # sein - en: his # sein - en: its (neutrum; for instance: of the boy) # sein - en: to be # seit - en: since # seit wann - en: since when # Sonnabend, der - en: Saturday # Sonntag, der - en: Sunday # Sonst noch was? - en: Do you want something else? # spät - en: late # Stadt, die - en: town; city # Stuhl, der - en: chair # Tag, der - en: day # tags ist es hell - en: at daytime there ist daylight # Tasche, die - en: handbag; shopping bag; briefcase # Tee, der - en: tea # Tisch, der - en: table # Tonband, das - en: tape; audiotape # übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow # Übermut, der - en: high spirits; boisterousness # Umlaut, der - en: vowel mutation # unser - en: our # Vater, der - en: father # verkaufen - en: to sell # Verkäufer, der - en: seller; vendor; sales assistent # Verkäuferin, die - en: female seller; female vendor; female sales assistent # verstehen - en: understand # verstehenes Lesen - en: reading comprehension # Vormittag, der - en: morning (8.00 a.m. - 12.00 a.m.) # Vorname, der - en: first name; Christian name # Wasser, das - en: water # weiß - en: white # welcher Tag? - en: which day? # Wie spät ist es? - en: What time is it? # Woche, die - en: week # wohnen - en: to live # Wörterbuch, das - en: dicionary # Wurst, die - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage # Zeitschrift, die - en: magazine; journal; periodical # Zeppelin, der - en: zepellin # Zimmer, das - en: room :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 006|Lektion 006]] ← Lektion 007 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008|Lektion 008]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 007]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007]] 8i9ujbhai8nctx7p042yqz9cozs5b2h 0 4132 6783 6578 2023-03-15T06:54:46Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007|Lektion 007]] ← Lektion 008 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009|Lektion 009]] == 310 - 319 == 310a :[[File:Deutsch 310a appca.ogg]] :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :'''Die Konjugation des Verbs „haben“''' :--- :Uta: Wie viel <abbr title="die Stunde - en: hour">Stunden</abbr> <abbr title="der Unterricht - en: lesson; class">Unterricht</abbr> hast du heute? :Karin: Ich habe heute sechs Stunden Unterricht. :Uta: Habt ihr heute auch <abbr title="die Mathematik - en: mathematics; no Plural in german">Mathematik</abbr>? :Karin: Nein, heute haben wir Deutsch, Englisch, <abbr title="die Physik - en: physics">Physik</abbr> und <abbr title="die Chemie - en: chemistry">Chemie</abbr>. Peter hat heute Mathematik. 311 :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="haben - en: to have">haben</abbr>''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | ich habe |-align="center" | du hast |-align="center" | er hat |-align="center" | wir haben |-align="center" | ihr habt |-align="center" | sie haben |} :<abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr> :die Zeit :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | <abbr title="Ich habe keine Zeit. - en: I have no time.">Ich habe keine Zeit</abbr>. |-align="center" | Du hast keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Er hat keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Wir haben keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Ihr habt keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Sie haben keine Zeit. |} :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Ich habe zwei Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Du hast zwei Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Er hat zwei Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Wir haben zwei Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Ihr habt zwei Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Sie haben zwei Stunden Unterricht. |} :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | er hat || (maskulinum) |-align="center" | sie hat || (femininum) |-align="center" | es hat || (neutrum) |} 312 :'''haben''' :Beispiel: :Andreas ... ein Lehrbuch. - ... du auch ein Lehrbuch? :⇒ Andreas hat ein Lehrbuch. - Hast du auch ein Lehrbuch? :--- :Monika ... ein Wörterbuch. - ... du auch ein Wörterbuch? :Uta ... ein Heft. - ... du auch ein Heft? :Peter ... eine Karte. - ... du auch eine Karte? :Herr Franke ... eine Zeitschrift. - ... du auch eine <abbr title="die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal">Zeitschrift</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 312 |- | :Monika hat ein Wörterbuch. - Hast du auch ein Wörterbuch? :Uta hat ein Heft. - Hast du auch ein Heft? :Peter hat eine Karte. - Hast du auch eine Karte? :Herr Franke hat eine Zeitschrift. - Hast du auch eine Zeitschrift? |} 313 :'''<abbr title="ergänzen - en: to complete">Ergänzen</abbr> Sie „haben“!''' :--- :Wir ... jetzt Unterricht. :Uta ... Bücher und Hefte. :... du <abbr title="mein - en: my">meine</abbr> <abbr title="die Zeitschrift - en: magyzine; journal">Zeitschrift</abbr>? :Ja, ich ... <abbr title="dein - en: your">deine</abbr> Zeitschrift. :<abbr title="Wie viel? - en: How much?">Wie viel</abbr> Hefte ... Sie? :Ich ... drei Hefte. :Herr Krämer ... zwei Hefte. :Wie viel Stunden Unterricht ... ihr heute? :Wir ... heute fünf Stunden Unterricht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 313 |- | :Wir haben jetzt Unterricht. :Uta hat Bücher und Hefte. :Hast du meine Zeitschrift? :Ja, ich habe deine Zeitschrift. :Wie viel Hefte haben Sie? :Ich habe drei Hefte. :Herr Krämer hat zwei Hefte. :Wie viel Stunden Unterricht habt ihr heute? :Wir haben heute fünf Stunden Unterricht. |} 314 :'''Ergänzen Sie „haben“!''' :--- :Andreas ... eine Schwester. :Uta ... zwei Schwestern. :Wie viel Schwestern ... Sie? :Ich ... eine Schwester. :... Frau Stein auch eine Schwester? :Nein, sie ... zwei Brüder. :Maria und Uta ... auch zwei Brüder. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 314 |- | :Andreas hat eine Schwester. :Uta hat zwei Schwestern. :Wie viel Schwestern haben Sie? :Ich habe eine Schwester. :Hat Frau Stein auch eine Schwester? :Nein, sie hat zwei Brüder. :Maria und Uta haben auch zwei Brüder. |} 315 :'''Die Konjugation der Verben „sprechen“, „nehmen“, „lesen“ und „sehen“.''' :--- :Herr Lopez lernt Deutsch. Jetzt übt und wiederholt er. Er nimmt sein Lehrbuch und liest. Er liest die Texte laut. Er spricht langsam und deutlich. 316 :Infinitiv: '''sprechen''' :ich spreche :du sprichst :er spricht (er / sie / es spricht) :wir sprechen :ihr sprecht :sie sprechen :--- :Infinitiv: '''essen''' :ich esse :du isst (alt: ißt) :er isst :wir essen :ihr esst :sie essen 316a :er ist :er isst :Er ist Lehrer. :Er isst Reis. :Was ist er? - Lehrer - Er ist Lehrer. :Was ist er? - Student - Er ist Student. :Was isst er? - Reis - Er isst Reis. :Was trinkt er? - Milch - Er trinkt Milch. :er ist (sein) - ich bin, du bist, er ist :er isst (essen) - ich esse, du isst, er isst (alt: ißt) 317 :Infinitiv: '''nehmen''' :ich nehme :du nimmst :er nimmt :wir nehmen :ihr nehmt :sie nehmen :--- :Infinitiv: '''lesen''' :ich lese :du liest :er liest :wir lesen :ihr lest :sie lesen 318 :Infinitiv: '''sehen''' :ich sehe :du siehst :er sieht :wir sehen :ihr seht :sie sehen 319 :'''Ergänzen Sie „sprechen“!''' :--- :Diese Studenten ... Spanisch. :... Sie auch Spanisch? :Ja, ich ... auch Spanisch. :... Andreas Englisch? :Nein, er ... Französisch. :Du ... Französisch, und Herr Lopez ... Spanisch. :Wer ... Französisch? :Monika und Andreas ... Französisch. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 319 |- | :Diese Studenten sprechen Spanisch. :Sprechen Sie auch Spanisch? :Ja, ich spreche auch Spanisch. :Spricht Andreas Englisch? :Nein, er spricht Französisch. :Du sprichst Französisch, und Herr Lopez spricht Spanisch. :Wer spricht Französisch? :Monika und Andreas sprechen Französisch. |} == 320 - 329 == 320 :Beispiel: :Was isst Peter? :⇒ Er isst Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :--- :Was isst Monika? :Was isst du? :Was essen Andreas und Peter? :Was essen Sie? :Was esst ihr? :Was isst Herr Lopez? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 320 |- | :Was isst Peter? - Er isst Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :--- :Was isst Monika? - Sie isst Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :Was isst du? - Ich esse Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :Was essen Andreas und Peter? - Sie essen Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :Was essen Sie? - Ich esse Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :Was esst ihr? - Wir essen Fleisch und Kartoffeln. :Was isst Herr Lopez? - Er isst Fleisch und Kartoffeln. |} 321 :'''Ergänzen Sie „nehmen“!''' :--- :Andreas ... sein Wörterbuch. :Ich ... mein Lehrbuch und übe. :Wir ... <abbr title="unsere - en: our">unsere</abbr> Hefte. :Du ... dein Heft und schreibst. :Monika ... ihre Tasche. :Ihr ... <abbr title="euer, eure - en: your">eure</abbr> <abbr title="der Bleistift - en: pencil">Bleistifte</abbr> und schreibt. :Die Studenten ... ihr Wörterbuch und lernen. :Was ... Sie? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 321 |- | :Andreas nimmt sein Wörterbuch. :Ich nehme mein Lehrbuch und übe. :Wir nehmen unsere Hefte. :Du nimmst dein Heft und schreibst. :Monika nimmt ihre Tasche. :Ihr nehmt eure Bleistifte und schreibt. :Die Studenten nehmen ihr Wörterbuch und lernen. :Was nehmen Sie? |} 322 :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :--- :Andreas ... gut Portugiesisch. (sprechen) :... du auch gut Portugiesisch? (sprechen) :Monika ... langsam und deutlich. (sprechen) :--- :Maria ... ihr Lehrbuch und übt. (nehmen) :Andreas ... sein Heft und schreibt. (nehmen) :Du ... dein Wörterbuch und <abbr title="übersetzen - en: to translate">übersetzt</abbr>. (nehmen) :--- :Was ... du heute? (essen) :... du Reis oder Kartoffeln? (essen) :Ich ... Reis, und Herr Lopez ... Kartoffeln. (essen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 322 |- | :Andreas spricht gut Portugiesisch. :Sprichst du auch gut Portugiesisch? :Monika spricht langsam und deutlich. :--- :Maria nimmt ihr Lehrbuch und übt. :Andreas nimmt sein Heft und schreibt. :Du nimmst dein Wörterbuch und übersetzt. :--- :Was isst du heute? :Isst du Reis oder Kartoffeln? :Ich esse Reis, und Herr Lopez isst Kartoffeln. |} 323 :'''Ergänzen Sie „sprechen“, „nehmen“ oder „essen“!''' :--- :Andreas, ... du Englisch? :Nein, ich ... nicht Englisch. :... Herr Lopez Englisch? :Ja, er ... gut Englisch. :Herr Lopez ... sein Lehrbuch und übt. :Uta ... ihr Heft und <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnet</abbr>. :Ich ... <abbr title="unser, unsere - en: our">unsere</abbr> Bücher, und du ... unsere Hefte. :Was ... Monika heute? :Sie ... heute Reis. :... du auch Reis? :Nein, ich ... Kartoffeln und Gemüse. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 323 |- | :Andreas, sprichst du Englisch? :Nein, ich spreche nicht Englisch. :Spricht Herr Lopez Englisch? :Ja, er spricht gut Englisch. :Herr Lopez nimmt sein Lehrbuch und übt. :Uta nimmt ihr Heft und rechnet. :Ich nehme unsere Bücher, und du nimmst unsere Hefte. :Was isst Monika heute? :Sie isst heute Reis. :Isst du auch Reis? :Nein, ich esse Kartoffeln und Gemüse. |} 324 :'''Ergänzen Sie „lesen“!''' :--- :Ich ... eine Zeitschrift. :Andreas ... ein Buch. :Was ... du? :... ihr <abbr title="viel - en: a lot; many; much">viel</abbr>? :Ja, wir ... viel. :Die Studenten ... laut und deutlich. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 324 |- | :Ich lese eine Zeitschrift. :Andreas liest ein Buch. :Was liest du? :Lest ihr viel? :Ja, wir lesen viel. :Die Studenten lesen laut und deutlich. |} 325 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Herr Schulz nimmt eine Zeitschrift und liest. :Er liest viel. Wir lesen jetzt auch. :Lesen Sie die Sätze Seite 63! :Herr Meier liest die Sätze. :Er liest gut. :Siehst du das Bild dort? :Da, das ist unser Institut. :Monika sieht das Bild auch. 326 :'''Ergänzen Sie „essen“, „nehmen“, „lesen“ oder „sprechen“!''' :--- :Ich ... heute Fleisch, Kartoffeln und Gemüse. :Was ... Andreas jetzt? :Er ... zwei Brötchen und trinkt eine Tasse Kaffee. :... er auch Zucker? Ja, er ... Zucker. :Andreas ... ein Buch. Was ... du? :Ich ... diese Übungen. ... Monika die Zeitschrift? :Ja, sie ... die Zeitschrift. :... Herr Lopez Französisch? :Nein, er ... Spanisch. :... du gut Italienisch? :Ja, ich ... gut Italienisch. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 326 |- | :Ich esse heute Fleisch, Kartoffeln und Gemüse. :Was isst Andreas jetzt? :Er isst zwei Brötchen und trinkt eine Tasse Kaffee. :Nimmt er auch Zucker? Ja, er nimmt Zucker. :Andreas liest ein Buch. Was liest du? :Ich lese diese Übungen. Liest Monika die Zeitschrift? :Ja, sie liest die Zeitschrift. :Spricht Herr Lopez Französisch? :Nein, er spricht Spanisch. :Sprichst du gut Italienisch? :Ja, ich spreche gut Italienisch. |} 327 :der Akkusativ :das Objekt :Das Akkusativobjekt: Neutrum, Femininum und Plural :--- :Heute haben die Kinder '''Englischunterricht'''. Sie <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">öffnen</abbr> '''ihre Lehrbücher''' Seite 37 und wiederholen '''eine Übung'''. Karin <abbr title="verstehen - en: understand; ich verstehe, du verstehst, er versteht, wir verstehen, ihr versteht, sie verstehen">versteht</abbr> '''<abbr title="die Aufgabe - en: exercise; task; job">die Aufgabe</abbr>''' nicht. Der Lehrer fragt: „Was verstehst du nicht?“ Karin antwortet: „Ich verstehe '''die Fragen''' nicht.“ Der Lehrer wiederholt '''das Beispiel'''. Jetzt versteht Karin '''die Fragen''' und antwortet richtig. :--- :<abbr title="dann - en: then; afterwards">Dann</abbr> hören <font color="993300">'''die Kinder'''</font> '''ein <abbr title="das Tonband - en: tape; audiotape">Tonband</abbr>'''. <font color="993300">'''Sie'''</font> <abbr title="brauchen - en: to need">brauchen</abbr> '''<abbr title="kein, keine - en: no">keine</abbr> Hefte'''. <font color="009933">'''Diese Übungen'''</font> hören <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font> <abbr title="nur - en: only">nur</abbr>, <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font> schreiben <font color="009933">'''sie'''</font> nicht. <font color="993300">'''Sie'''</font> hören <font color="ff00ff">'''die Beispiele'''</font>, dann wiederholen <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font> <font color="ff00ff">'''sie'''</font>. 328 :Was wiederholen Sie? :Ich wiederhole die Übung 6. :Wir <abbr title="brauchen - en: to need">brauchen</abbr> ein Tonband. (Neutrum - das Tonband) :--- :Wir brauchen das Tonband. :Wir brauchen dieses Tonband. :Wir brauchen Ihr Tonband. :Wir brauchen es. :--- :Ich wiederhole eine Übung. (Femininum - die Übung) :Ich wiederhole die Übung. :Ich wiederhole diese Übung. :Ich wiederhole meine Übung. :Ich wiederhole sie. :--- :Er <abbr title="machen - en: to make; Konjugation: ich mache, du machst, er macht, wir machen, ihr macht, sie machen">macht</abbr> <abbr title="die Hausaufgabe (Singular); die Hausaufgaben (Plurarl) - en: homework">Hausaufgaben</abbr>. (Plural - die Hausaufgaben) :Er macht die Hausaufgaben. :Er macht diese Hausaufgaben. :Er macht seine Hausaufgaben. :Er macht sie. 329 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Der Student schreibt ein Substantiv (das Substantiv = das Hauptwort = das Nomen). :der Bahnhof - en: railway station :der Hauptbahnhof - en: central station; mein station :die Straße - en: street :die Hauptstraße - en: main street :die Stadt - en: town; city :die Hauptstadt - en: capital :„<abbr title="Haupt- - en: „main-“">Haupt-</abbr>“ :der Mann :der <abbr title="der Hauptmann - en: captain">Hauptmann</abbr> :das <abbr title="das Hauptwort - esennoun">Hauptwort</abbr> = das Nomen :--- :Er schreibt das Substantiv „Kaufhaus“. :Er schreibt das Substantiv richtig. :Herr Lopez schreibt eine Übung. :Er liest die Übung sechs. :Er liest die Übung gut. :Wir wiederholen Verben. :Wir wiederholen die Verben „sprechen“ und „lesen“. :Wir wiederholen diese Verben jetzt. == 330 - 339 == ??? 330 [[File:Paper cup.JPG|thumb|upright|der Becher (der Pappbecher; <abbr title="die Pappe - en: cardboard">die Pappe</abbr>)]] [[File:Messbecher fcm.jpg|thumb|upright|der Becher (<abbr title="der Messbecher - en: measuring cup; measuring jug">der Messbecher</abbr> ; <abbr title="messen - en: to measure">messen</abbr>)]] [[File:Botellón de sangría en una ermita de Dima.jpg|thumb|upright|right|der Becher (der Plastikbecher; der Kunststoffbecher)]] [[File:Gold Lion cup of Georgia.JPG|thumb|upright|right|der Becher (der Goldbecher; <abbr title="das Gold - en: gold">das Gold</abbr>)]] [[File:Camp cup and tumbler, 1795-1800, Paul Revere silver collection, Worcester Art Museum - IMG 7624.JPG|thumb|upright|right|der Becher (der Metallbecher; <abbr title="das Metall - en: metal">das Metall</abbr>; der Silberbecher; <abbr title="das Silber - en: silver">das Silber</abbr>)]] [[File:AinoAalto lasi.jpg|thumb|upright|das Glas (das Glas ist <abbr title="immer - en: allways">immer</abbr> aus <abbr title="das Glas - en: glass">Glas</abbr>)]] :'''<abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for">holen</abbr>''' :--- :ich hole :du holst :er holt :wir holen :ihr holt :sie holen :--- :Beispiel: :Monika braucht ein Lehrbuch. :⇒ Sie holt ein Lehrbuch. :--- :Ich brauche mein Wörterbuch. :Frau Lehmann braucht eine Lampe. :Mein Bruder braucht ein Glas. :Meine Schwester braucht eine Tasche. :Wir brauchen Bleistifte. :Uta und Maria brauchen Hefte. :Die Studenten brauchen ihre Wörterbücher. :Wir brauchen unsere Lehrbücher. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 330 |- | :Monika braucht ein Lehrbuch. - Sie holt ein Lehrbuch. :--- :Ich brauche mein Wörterbuch. - Ich hole mein Wörterbuch. :Frau Lehmann braucht eine Lampe. - Sie holt eine lampe. :Mein Bruder braucht ein Glas. - Er holt ein Glas. :Meine Schwester braucht eine Tasche. - Sie holt eine Tasche. :Wir brauchen Bleistifte. - Wir holen Bleistifte. :Uta und Maria brauchen Hefte. - Sie holen Hefte. :Die Studenten brauchen ihre Wörterbücher. - Sie holen ihre Wörterbücher. :Wir brauchen unsere Lehrbücher. - Wir holen unsere Lehrbücher. |} 331 :Beispiel: :(Tasche) :⇒ :⇒a. Was möchten Sie? :⇒b. Ich möchte eine Tasche. :⇒a. Nehmen Sie diese Tasche? :⇒b. Ja, diese Tasche nehme ich. :--- :(Bluse, Hemd, Hose, Kleid, Schuhe, Handschuhe) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 331 |- | :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte eine Tasche. :Nehmen Sie diese Tasche? :Ja, diese Tasche nehme ich. :--- :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte eine Bluse. :Nehmen Sie diese Bluse? :Ja, diese Bluse nehme ich. :--- :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte ein Hemd. :Nehmen Sie dieses Hemd? :Ja, dieses Hemd nehme ich. :--- :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte eine Hose. :Nehmen Sie diese Hose? :Ja, diese Hose nehme ich. :--- :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte ein Kleid. :Nehmen Sie dieses Kleid? :Ja, dieses Kleid nehme ich. :--- :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte Schuhe. :Nehmen Sie diese Schuhe? :Ja, diese Schuhe nehme ich. :--- :Was möchten Sie? :Ich möchte Handschuhe. :Nehmen Sie diese Handschuhe? :Ja, diese Handschuhe nehme ich. |} 332 :'''Antworten Sie! Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- :Was liest diese Studentin? :Was wiederholt Herr Lopez? :Was isst Monika? :Was hat Andreas jetzt? :Was nimmt Monika? :--- :(Obst, Wörter, Antworten, Übungen, Buch, Pause, Kartoffeln, Aufgabe, Zeitschrift, Gemüse, Sätze, Suppe, Unterricht) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 332 |- | :Was liest diese Studentin? - Sie leist ein Buch, eine Zeitschrift, die Antworten. :Was wiederholt Herr Lopez? - Er wiederholt Wörter, Übungen, eine Aufgabe, die Sätze. :Was isst Monika? _ Monika istt Obst, Kartoffeln, Gemüse. :Was hat Andreas jetzt? - Andreas hat jetzt Unterricht, Pause. :Was nimmt Monika? - Monika nimmt Suppe. |} 333 :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- :I) Monika, II) Andreas, III) Herr Lopez, IV) Peter und Uta :--- :a) nimmt, b) liest, c) trinkt, d) isst, e) wiederholt, f) schreibt, g) übersetzt :--- :1) die Wörter, 2) zwei Übungen, 3) ein Buch, 4) eine Frage, 5) eine Tasse Kaffee, 6) eine Tasche, 7) Reis und Fleisch, 8) Milch, 9) die Sätze, 10) das Lehrbuch, 11) Obst :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 333 |- | :Monika nimmt Reis und Fleisch, eine Tasche :Andreas liest das Lehrbuch, ein Buch. :Herr Lopez trinkt eine Tasse Kaffee, Milch. :Peter und Uta essen Obst. :Monika wiederholt die Wörter, zwei Übungen. :Andreas schreibt eine Frage. :Herr Lopez übersetzt die Sätze. |} 334 :'''Die <abbr title="die Negation [negaˈtsjo:n] - en: negation">Negation</abbr> mit „<abbr title="nicht - en: not">nicht</abbr>“ und „<abbr title="kein - en: no">kein</abbr>“''' :--- :Wir schreiben die Übung. :Ihr schreibt die Übung nicht. :--- :das Heft - das Heft nicht :dieses Heft - dieses Heft nicht :meine Hefte - meine Hefte nicht :--- :Ich brauche ein Heft. :Du brauchst kein Heft. 335 :'''kein''' :--- :ein Heft - kein Heft :- Gemüse - kein Gemüse :eine Frage - keine Frage :- Milch - keine Milch :- Bücher - keine Bücher 336 :'''Antworten Sie mit „nicht“!''' :Beispiel: :Brauchst du deine Lampe? :⇒ Nein, ich brauche meine Lampe nicht. :--- :Hast du sein Lehrbuch? :Lernst du diese Wörter? :Schreibt Herr Lopez diese Übung? :Liest er die Sätze? :Nimmt Monika ihr Heft? :Schreibt sie die Hausaufgaben? :Wiederholt ihr dieses Wort? :Lest ihr die Übung? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 336 |- | :Brauchst du deine Lampe? - Nein, ich brauche meine Lampe nicht. :--- :Hast du sein Lehrbuch? - Nein, ich habe sein Lehrbuch nicht. :Lernst du diese Wörter? - Nein, ich lerne diese Wörter nicht. :Schreibt Herr Lopez diese Übung? - Nein, er schreibt diese Übung nicht. :Liest er die Sätze? - Nein, er liest die Sätze nicht. :Nimmt Monika ihr Heft? - Nein, sie nimmt ihr Heft nicht. :Schreibt sie die Hausaufgaben? - Nein, sie schreiben die Aufgaben nicht. :Wiederholt ihr dieses Wort? - Nein, wir wiederholen dieses Wort nicht. :Lest ihr die Übung? - Nein, wir lesen die Übung nicht. |} 337 :Beispiel: :Brauchen Sie Ihr Wörterbuch jetzt? (Wörter übersetzen) :⇒ Nein, jetzt übersetze ich die Wörter. :--- :Brauchen Sie Ihr Heft jetzt? (Übung schreiben) :Brauchen Sie Ihr Lehrbuch jetzt? (Übung lesen) :Brauchen Sie Ihr Lineal jetzt? (Bild zeichnen) :Brauchen Sie Ihr Wörterbuch jetzt? (Wörter lernen) :Brauchen Sie Ihr <abbr title="das Diktat - en: dictation">Diktat</abbr> jetzt? (<abbr title="der Fehler - en: mistake; error">Fehler</abbr> korrigieren) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 337 |- | :Brauchen Sie ihr Wörterbuch jetzt? - Nein, jetzt übersetze ich die Wörter. :--- :Brauchen Sie Ihr Heft jetzt? - Nein, jetzt schreibe ich die Übung. :Brauchen Sie Ihr Lehrbuch jetzt? - Nein, jetzt lese ich die Übung. :Brauchen Sie Ihr Lineal jetzt? - Nein, jetzt zeichne ich das Bild. :Brauchen Sie Ihr Wörterbuch jetzt? - Nein, jetzt lerne ich die Wörter. :Brauchen Sie Ihr Diktat jetzt? - Nein, jetzt korrigiere ich die Fehler. |} 338 :'''Lesen Sie!''' : :Familie Lehmann <abbr title="gehen - en: to go (on foot); to walk">geht</abbr> ins Kaufhaus. Andreas <abbr title="brauchen - en: to need">braucht</abbr> eine Hose. Sein Vater braucht keine Hose, er kauft ein Hemd. Seine Schwester Monika kauft ein Kleid. Frau Lehmann braucht kein Kleid, sie nimmt eine Bluse. Herr und Frau Lehmann kaufen Bücher. Peter und Monika brauchen keine Bücher, sie kaufen Hefte und Lineale. 339 :Beispiel: :Andreas hat ... Lehrbuch. Er braucht ... Lehrbuch. :⇒ Andreas hat kein Lehrbuch. Er braucht ein Lehrbuch. :--- :Ich habe ... Bleistifte. Ich brauche Bleistifte. :Wir haben ... Hefte. Wir brauchen Hefte. :Herr Lopez hat ... Wörterbuch. Er braucht ... Wörterbuch. :Du hast ... Heft. Du brauchst ... Heft. :Die Studenten haben ... Lampen. Sie brauchen Lampen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 339 |- | :Andreas hat kein Lehrbuch. Er braucht ein Lehrbuch. :--- :Ich habe keine Bleistifte. Ich brauche Bleistifte. :Wir haben keine Hefte. Wir brauchen Hefte. :Herr Lopez hat kein Wörterbuch. Er braucht ein Wörterbuch. :Du hast kein Heft. Du brauchst ein Heft. :Die Studenten haben keine Lampen. Sie brauchen Lampen. |} == 340 - 349 == 340 :Beispiel: :<abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">Nehmen</abbr> Sie bitte <abbr title="die Butter - en: butter">Butter</abbr>! :⇒ Danke, ich möchte <abbr title="kein - en: no; (kein = no + ein)">keine</abbr> Butter. :--- :Nehmen Sie bitte Wurst! :Nehmen Sie bitte Fleisch! :Nehmen Sie bitte Obst! :Nehmen Sie bitte Gemüse! :Nehmen Sie bitte Suppe! :Nehmen Sie bitte Milch! :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 340 |- | :Nehmen Sie bitte Butter! - Danke, ich möchte keine Butter. :--- :Nehmen Sie bitte Wurst! - Danke, ich möchte keine Wurst. :Nehmen Sie bitte Fleisch! - Danke, ich möchte kein Fleisch. :Nehmen Sie bitte Obst! - Danke, ich möchte kein Obst. :Nehmen Sie bitte Gemüse! - Danke, ich möchte kein Gemüse. :Nehmen Sie bitte Suppe! - Danke, ich möchte keine Suppe. :Nehmen Sie bitte Milch! - Danke, ich möchte keine Milch. |} 341 :Beispiel: :Frau Lehmann kauft Fleisch. Sie auch? :⇒ Nein, ich kaufe kein Fleisch. :--- :Uta <abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for">holt</abbr> Milch. Sie auch? :Herr Lopez isst Kartoffeln. Sie auch? :Ich kaufe Gemüse. Sie auch? :Karin isst Obst. Sie auch? :Monika braucht Hefte. Sie auch? :Andreas liest ein Buch. Sie auch? :Die Studentin nimmt eine Karte. Sie auch? :Frau Stein hat eine Zeitschrift. Sie auch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 341 |- | :Frau Lehmann kauft Fleisch. Sie auch? - Nein, ich kaufe kein Fleisch. :--- :Uta holt Milch. Sie auch? - Nein, ich hole keine Milch. :Herr Lopez isst Kartoffeln. Sie auch? - Nein, ich esse keine Kartoffeln. :Ich kaufe Gemüse. Sie auch? - Nein, ich kaufe kein Gemüse. :Karin isst Obst. Sie auch? - Nein, ich esse kein Obst. :Monika braucht Hefte. Sie auch? - Nein, ich brauche keine Hefte. :Andreas liest ein Buch. Sie auch? - Nein, ich lese kein Buch. :Die Studentin nimmt eine Karte. Sie auch? - Nein, ich nehme keine Karte. :Frau Stein hat eine Zeitschrift. Sie auch? - Nein, ich habe keine Zeitschrift. |} 342 :'''Das Personalpronomen (Neutrum, Femininum, Plural) im Akkusativ''' :--- :Beispiel: :Haben Sie <font color="993300">'''<abbr title="unsere - en: our">unsere</abbr> Hefte'''</font>? :⇒ Ja, ich habe <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font>. :⇒ Nein, ich habe <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font> nicht. :--- :Brauchst du dein Wörterbuch? :Liest du diese Zeitschrift? :Liest Andreas das Buch? :Haben Sie Ihr Lehrbuch? :Holt Andreas die Bilder? :Schreibt Monika diese Übung? :Nimmst du dein Heft? :Lest ihr diese Bücher? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 342 |- | :Haben Sie unsere Hefte? :Ja, ich habe sie. :Nein, ich habe sie nicht. :--- :Brauchst du dein Wörterbuch? :Ja, ich brauche es. :Nein, ich brauche es nicht. :--- :Liest du diese Zeitschrift? :Ja, ich lese sie. :Nein, ich lese sie nicht. :--- :Liest Andreas das Buch? :Ja, er liest es. :Nein, er liest es nicht. :--- :Haben Sie Ihr Lehrbuch? :Ja, ich habe es. :Nein, ich habe es nicht. :--- :Holt Andreas die Bilder? :Ja, er holt sie. :Nein, er holt sie nicht. :--- :Schreibt Monika diese Übung? :Ja, sie schreibt sie. :Nein, sie schreibt sie nicht. :--- :Nimmst du dein Heft? :Ja, ich nehme es. :Nein, ich nehme es nicht. :--- :Lest ihr diese Bücher? :Ja, wir lesen sie. :Nein, wir lesen sie nicht. |} 342a :Beispiel: :Hast du <font color="993300">'''mein Glas'''</font>? :⇒ Ja, ich habe <font color="993300">'''es'''</font>. :⇒ Nein, ich habe <font color="993300">'''es'''</font> nicht. :--- :Beispiel: :Hast du <font color="993300">'''meine Gläser'''</font>? :⇒ Ja, ich habe <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font>. :⇒ Nein, ich habe <font color="993300">'''sie'''</font> nicht. :--- :Brauchst du dein Wörterbuch? :Brauchst du deine Wörterbücher? :--- :Liest du diese Zeitschrift? :Liest du diese Zeitschriften? :--- :Liest Andreas das Buch? :Liest Andreas die Bücher? :--- :<abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">Versteht</abbr> Peter das Wort? :Versteht Peter die Wörter? :--- :Versteht Hannelore die Wörter? :Versteht Hannelore das Wort? :--- :Haben Sie Ihr Lehrbuch? :Haben Sie Ihre Lehrbücher? :--- :Holt Andreas die Bilder? :Holt Andreas das Bild? :--- :Schreibt Monika diese Übung? :Schreibt Monika diese Übungen? :--- :Nimmst du dein Heft? :Nimmst du deine Hefte? :--- :Lest ihr diese Bücher? :Lest ihr dieses Buch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 342a |- | :Hast du mein Glas? :Ja, ich habe es. :Nein, ich habe es nicht. :--- :Hast du meine Gläser? :Ja, ich habe sie. :Nein, ich habe sie nicht. :--- :Brauchst du dein Wörterbuch? :Ja, ich brauche es. :Nein, ich brauche es nicht. :--- :Brauchst du deine Wörterbücher? :Ja, ich brauche sie. :Nein, ich brauche sie nicht. :--- :Liest du diese Zeitschrift? :Ja, ich lese sie. :Nein, ich lese sie nicht. :--- :Liest du diese Zeitschriften? :Ja, ich lese sie. :Nein, ich lese sie nicht. :--- :Liest Andreas das Buch? :Ja, er liest es. :Nein, er liest es nicht. :--- :Liest Andreas die Bücher? :Ja, er liest sie. :Nein, er liest sie nicht. :--- :Versteht Peter das Wort? :Ja, er versteht es. :Nein, er versteht es nicht. :--- :Versteht Peter die Wörter? :Ja, er versteht sie. :Nein, er versteht sie nicht. :--- :Versteht Hannelore die Wörter? :Ja, sie versteht sie. :Nein, sie versteht sie nicht. :--- :Versteht Hannelore das Wort? :Ja, sie versteht es. :Nein, sie versteht es nicht. :--- :Haben Sie Ihr Lehrbuch? :Ja, ich habe es. :Nein, ich habe es nicht. :--- :Haben Sie Ihre Lehrbücher? :Ja, ich habe sie. (Ja, wir haben sie.) :Nein, ich habe sie nicht. (Nein, wir haben sie nicht) :--- :Holt Andreas die Bilder? :Ja, er holt sie. :Nein, er holt sie nicht. :--- :Holt Andreas das Bild? :Ja, er holt es. :Nein, er holt es nicht. :--- :Schreibt Monika diese Übung? :Ja, sie schreibt sie. :Nein, sie schreibt sie nicht. :--- :Schreibt Monika diese Übungen? :Ja, sie schreibt sie. :Nein, sie schreibt sie nicht. :--- :Nimmst du dein Heft? :Ja, ich nehme es. :Nein, ich nehme es nicht. :--- :Nimmst du deine Hefte? :Ja, ich nehme sie. :Nein, ich nehme sie nicht. :--- :Lest ihr diese Bücher? :Ja, wir lesen sie. :Nein, wir lesen sie nicht. :--- :Lest ihr dieses Buch. :Ja, wir lesen es. :Nein, wir lesen es nicht. |} 343 :Beispiel: :Wann brauchen Sie die Karte? (jetzt) :⇒ Jetzt brauche ich sie. :--- :Wann holen Sie das Lehrbuch? (jetzt) :Wann schreiben Sie die Übung? (heute) :Wann lesen Sie das Buch? (morgen) :Wann kaufen Sie die Tasche? (heute) :Wann brauchen Sie die Zeitschrift? (morgen) :Wann kaufen Sie das Heft? (jetzt) :Wann holen Sie das Wörterbuch? (jetzt) :Wann lesen Sie diese Zeitschrift? (heute) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 343 |- | :Wann brauchen Sie die Karte? - Jetzt brauche ich sie. :--- :Wann holen Sie das Lehrbuch? - Jetzt hole ich es. :Wann schreiben Sie die Übung? - Heute schreibe ich sie. (Heute schreiben wir sie.) :Wann lesen Sie das Buch? - Morgen lese ich es. :Wann kaufen Sie die Tasche? - Heute kaufe ich sie. :Wann brauchen Sie die Zeitschrift? - Morgen brauche ich siel :Wann kaufen Sie das Heft? - Jetzt kaufe ich es. :Wann holen Sie das Wörterbuch? - Jetzt hole ich es. :Wann lesen Sie diese Zeitschrift? - Heute lese ich sie. |} 344 :Beispiel: :Wer hat mein Buch? (Peter) :⇒ Peter hat es. :--- :Wer hat unsere Hefte? (Herr Lopez) :Wer hat deine Zeitschrift? (Andreas) :Wer hat dein Wörterbuch? (ich) :Wer hat meine Bleistifte? (die Kinder) :Wer hat unsere Bilder? (Frau Stein) :Wer hat mein Heft? (deine Schwester) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 344 |- | :Wer hat mein Buch? - Peter hat es. :--- :Wer hat unsere Hefte? - Herr Lopez hat sie. :Wer hat deine Zeitschrift? - Andreas hat sie. :Wer hat dein Wörterbuch? - Ich habe es. :Wer hat meine Bleistifte? - Die Kinder haben sie. :Wer hat unsere Bilder? - Frau Stein hat sie. :Wer hat mein Heft? - Deine Schwester hat es. |} 345 :Beispiel: :Hier ist Ihr Lehrbuch. :⇒ Danke, ich brauche es jetzt nicht. :--- :Hier sind Ihre Bilder. :Hier sind <abbr title="eure; euer - en: your">eure</abbr> Bleistifte. :Hier ist dein Wörterbuch. :Hier ist Ihr Lineal. :Hier sind eure Hefte. :Hier ist <abbr title="dein - en: your">deine</abbr> Zeitschrift. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 345 |- | :Hier ist Ihr Lehrbuch. - Danke, ich brauche es jetzt nicht. :--- :Hier sind Ihre Bilder. - Danke, ich brauche sie jetzt nicht. :Hier sind eure Bleistifte. - Danke, wir brauchen sie jetzt nicht. :Hier ist dein Wörterbuch. - Danke, ich brauche es jetzt nicht. :Hier ist Ihr Lineal. - Danke, ich brauche es jetzt nicht. :Hier sind eure Hefte. - Danke, wir brauchen sie jetzt nicht. :Hier ist deine Zeitschrift. - Danke, ich brauche sie jetzt nicht. |} 346 :Beispiel: :(Lehrbuch / Heft) :⇒ :⇒a. Wo ist mein Lehrbuch? <abbr title="sehen - en: to see">Siehst</abbr> du es? :⇒b. Ja, hier liegt es. :⇒a. Liegt mein Heft auch dort? :⇒b. Nein, ich sehe es nicht. :--- :(Flasche / Tasche) :(Zeitschrift / Lehrbuch) :(Wörterbuch / Zeitschrift) :(Tasche / Handschuhe) :(Handschuhe / Hefte) :(Bleistifte / Lineal) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 346 |- | :Wo ist mein Lehrbuch? Siehst du es? :Ja, hier liegt es. :Liegt mein Heft auch dort? :Nein, ich sehe es nicht. :--- :Wo ist meine Flasche? Siehst du sie? :Ja, hier steht sie. :Steht meine Tasche auch dort? (Liegt meine Tasche auch dort?) :Nein, ich sehe sie nicht. :--- :Wo ist meine Zeitschrift? Siehst du sie? :Ja, hier liegt sie. :Liegt mein Lehrbuch auch dort? :Nein, ich sehe es nicht. :--- :Wo ist mein Wörterbuch? Siehst du es? :Ja, hier liegt es. :Liegt meine Zeitschrift auch dort? :Nein, ich sehe sie nicht. :--- :Wo ist meine Tasche? Siehst du sie? :Ja, hier steht sie. (Ja, hier liegt sie.) :Liegen meine Handschuhe auch dort? :Nein, ich sehe sie nicht. :--- :Wo sind meine Handschuhe? Siehst du sie? :Ja, hier liegen sie. :Liegen meine Hefte auch dort? :Nein, ich sehe sie nicht. :--- :Wo sind meine Bleistifte? Siehst du sie? :Ja, hier liegen sie. :Liegt mein Lineal auch dort? :Nein, ich sehe es nicht. |} 347 :'''Lesen Sie und <abbr title="erzählen - en: to tell; to retell">erzählen</abbr> Sie!''' :--- :Andreas hat heute Englischunterricht. Er nimmt sein Lehrbuch und liest eine Übung. Er liest die Übung 9. Andreas liest ein Wort <abbr title="falsch - en: false">falsch</abbr>. Sein Lehrer korrigiert es. Andreas wiederholt das Wort <abbr title="noch einmal - en: once more">noch einmal</abbr> <abbr title="richtig - en: correct">richtig</abbr>. Er liest gut. 348 :'''Lesen Sie die Übung 347 noch einmal!''' :Beginnen Sie: :Monika hat heute Deutschunterricht. ... :--- :Wir haben heute ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 348 |- | :Monika hat heute Deutschunterricht. Sie nimmt ihr Lehrbuch und liest eine Übung. Sie liest die Übung 9. Monika liest ein Wort falsch. Ihr Lehrer korrigiert es. Monika wiederholt das Wort noch einmal richtig. Sie liest gut. :--- :Wir haben heute Deutschunterricht. Wir nehmen unsere Lehrbücher und lesen eine Übung. Wir lesen die Übung 9. Wir lesen ein Wort falsch. Unser Lehrer korrigiert es. Wir wiederholen das Wort noch einmal richtig. Wir lesen gut. |} 349 [[File:Mathematics lecture at the Helsinki University of Technology.jpg|thumb|die Vorlesung (in der Universität)]] [[File:Cafeteria at Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.JPG|thumb|die <abbr title="die Mensa - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen">Mensa</abbr>]] :'''Das <abbr title="das Mittagessen - en: lunch; dinner (at midday; at noon)">Mittagessen</abbr>''' :--- :Es ist 12 Uhr. Andreas Lehmann hat jetzt zwei <abbr title="die Stunde - en: hour">Stunden</abbr> <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr>. Seine <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecure; (lesen - en: to read; vorlesen - en: to read something to somebody)">Vorlesung</abbr> beginnt 14 Uhr. Er geht in die <abbr title="die Mensa - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen">Mensa</abbr>. Sie ist nicht <abbr title="groß - en: great">groß</abbr>, <abbr title="aber - en: but">aber</abbr> <abbr title="modern [mo'de:rn] - en: modern">modern</abbr>. Andreas Lehmann holt sein Mittagessen. :--- :Frau Müller: Möchten Sie Reis oder Kartoffeln? :A. Lehmann: Reis, bitte. :Frau Müller: Viel oder <abbr title="wenig - en: a little bit; little; few">wenig</abbr>? :A. Lehmann: Bitte wenig Reis, aber viel Gemüse. :Frau Müller: Möchten Sie auch <abbr title="das Brot - en: bread">Brot</abbr>? :A. Lehmann: Nein, danke. <abbr title="es gibt - en: there is; there are">Gibt es</abbr> auch Suppe? :Frau Müller: Hier, bitte. Sie <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get something; to receive">bekommen</abbr> auch Obst. == 350 - 359 == 350 :Andreas nimmt <abbr title="der Platz - en: place">Platz</abbr> und isst. Sein <abbr title="der Freund - en: friend">Freund</abbr> Thomas Richter kommt auch in die Mensa. :--- :Th. Richter: Guten Tag, Andreas! :A. Lehmann: Ist dieser Platz <abbr title="frei - en: available; free">frei</abbr>? :Th. Richter: Ja, bitte. :A. Lehmann: Guten Appetit! :Th. Richter: Danke, <abbr title="gleichfalls - en: likewise; also; the same to you">gleichfalls</abbr>. :A. Lehmann: <abbr title="schmecken - en: to taste; to enjoy; (der Geschmack - en: taste)">Schmeckt</abbr> das Essen? :Th. Richter: Ja, heute schmeckt das Essen ausgezeichnet. 351 :A. Lehmann: Hast du <abbr title="der Durst - en: thirst">Durst</abbr>? Ich hole <abbr title="die Limonade - en: soft drink (no lemon juice)">Limonade</abbr>. :Th. Richter: Ja, ich habe auch Durst, aber <abbr title="die Limonade - en: soft drink (no lemon juice)">Limonade</abbr> trinke ich <abbr title="nicht gern - en: I don't like">nicht gern</abbr>. Ich <abbr title="möchten - en: to want; Konjugation: ich möchte, du möchtest, er möchte, wir möchten, ihr möchtet, sie möchten">möchte</abbr> eine Flasche Milch. :A. Lehmann: Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machst</abbr> du <abbr title="dann - en: then; afterwards">dann</abbr>? Hast du Zeit? :Th. Richter: Nein, <abbr title="leider - en: unfortunately">leider</abbr> nicht. Ich habe noch sehr <abbr title="viel - en: many; much">viel</abbr> <abbr title="die Arbeit - en: work">Arbeit</abbr>. 351a :Fragen zum Text: :Wer geht in die Mensa? :Was machen die Freunde dort? :Was <abbr title="es gibt - en: there is; there are">gibt es</abbr> heute? :Was isst Andreas? :Wie <abbr title="schmecken - en: to taste; to enjoy">schmeckt</abbr> das Essen? :Trinkt Thomas gern Limonade? :Hat Andreas <abbr title="dann - en: then; afterwards">dann</abbr> Zeit? :Was macht Andreas dann? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 351a |- | :Wer geht in die Mensa? - Andreas Lehmann geht in die Mensa. :Was machen die Freunde dort? - Andreas und Thomas essen in der Mensa. (Sie essen in der Mensa.) :Was gibt es heute? - Es gibt Reis, Kartoffeln, Gemüse, Brot, Suppe und Obst. :Was isst Andreas? - Er isst Reis, Gemüse und Suppe. :Wie schmeckt das Essen? - Das Essen schmeckt ausgezeichnet. :Trinkt Thomas gern Limonade? - Nein, er trinkt nicht gern Limonade. :Hat Andreas dann Zeit? - Nein, er hat keine Zeit. :Was macht Andreas dann? - Er hat sehr viel Arbeit. Er arbeitet dann. |} 352 :Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :<abbr title="es ist - en: it is">Es ist</abbr> Mittag. Die Studenten gehen in die Mensa. Sie ist nicht groß, aber modern. Heute gibt es Reis und Fleisch. Die Studenten bekommen auch Obst. Das Essen <abbr title="schmecken - en: to taste; to enjoy">schmeckt</abbr> heute ausgezeichnet. Ein Student hat Durst. Er holt Limonade. 353 :'''<abbr title="groß - en: great">groß</abbr> - <abbr title="klein - en: little">klein</abbr>''' :--- :Andreas und Thomas gehen in die <abbr title="die Mensa - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen">Mensa</abbr>. Dort ist auch ein <abbr title="Imbissraum - en: snack room; (der Raum - en: room; der Imbiss - en: snack)">Imbissraum</abbr>. Die Mensa ist groß, der Imbissraum ist klein. [[File:Chair 5709.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair">Stuhl</abbr>]] [[File:Swedish Windsor Chairs.jpg|thumb|die Stühle; zwei Stühle]] [[File:Tisch.png|thumb|der Tisch]] :Antworten Sie! :Ist der Imbissraum groß? :Ist die Mensa klein? :Ist das Zimmer groß? - Nein,... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 353 |- | :Ist der Imbissraum groß? - Nein, der Imbissraum ist nicht groß. Er ist klein. :Ist die Mensa klein? - Nein, die Mensa ist nicht klein, sie ist groß. :Ist das Zimmer groß? - Nein, das Zimmer ist nicht groß. Es ist klein. |} 354 :Beispiel: :Platz :⇒ Ist dieser <abbr title="der Platz - en: place; seat">Platz</abbr> <abbr title="frei - en: free">frei</abbr>? :⇒ Ja, der Platz ist frei. :⇒ <abbr title="leider - en: unfortunately">Leider</abbr> nicht, der Platz ist <abbr title="besetzt - en: taken; occupied">besetzt</abbr>. :--- :<abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair; Plural: die Stühle">Stuhl</abbr> :Tisch :Plätze :<abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair; Plural: Stühle">Stühle</abbr> :Tische :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 354 |- | :Ist dieser Platz frei? - :Ja, der Platz ist frei. :Leider nicht, der Platz ist besetzt. :--- :Ist dieser Stuhl frei? - :Ja, der Stuhl ist frei. :Leider nicht, der Stuhl ist besetzt. :--- :Ist dieser Tisch frei? - :Ja, der Tisch ist frei. :Leider nicht, der Tisch ist besetzt. :--- :Sind diese Plätze frei? - :Ja, die Plätze sind frei. :Leider nicht, die Plätze sind besetzt. :--- :Sind diese Stühle frei? - :Ja, die Stühle sind frei. :Leider nicht, die Stühle sind besetzt. :--- :Sind diese Tische frei? - :Ja, diese Tische sind frei. :Leider nicht, diese Tische sind besetzt. |} 355 [[File:Soggy Fetch 2 (4639152895).jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Hund - en: dog">Hund</abbr> bringt den <abbr title="der Stock - en: stick">Stock</abbr>]] :'''<abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch">holen</abbr> - <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringen</abbr>''' :--- :'''gehen + holen''' :'''kommen + bringen''' :--- :Ergänzen Sie die Sätze! :Beispiel: :⇒ Wir brauchen ein Tonband. - Holen Sie es bitte! :--- :Ich brauche eine Karte. - ........ ! :Wir brauchen ein Lehrbuch. - ........ ! :Wir brauchen ein Bild. - ........ ! :Wir brauchen ein Heft. - ........ ! :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 355 |- | :Wir brauchen ein Tonband. - Holen Sie es bitte! :--- :Ich brauche eine Karte. - Holen Sie sie bitte! :Wir brauchen ein Lehrbuch. - Holen Sie es bitte! :Wir brauchen ein Bild. - Holen Sie es bitte! :Wir brauchen ein Heft. - Holen Sie es bitte! |} 356 :Beispiel: :⇒ <abbr title="wann - en: when">Wann</abbr> <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringen</abbr> Sie mein Buch? - Heute bringe ich es. :--- :Wann bringen Sie meine Bilder? - ...... . :Wann bringen Sie mein Tonband? - ...... . :Wann bringen Sie unsere Hefte? - ...... . :Wann bringen Sie unsere Briefe? - ...... . :Wann bringen Sie unsere Karte? - ...... . :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 356 |- | :Wann bringen Sie mein Buch? - Heute bringe ich es. :--- :Wann bringen Sie meine Bilder? - Heute bringe ich sie. :Wann bringen Sie mein Tonband? - Heute bringe ich es. :Wann bringen Sie unsere Hefte? - Heute bringe ich sie. :Wann bringen Sie unsere Briefe? - Heute bringe ich sie. :Wann bringen Sie unsere Karte? - Heute bringe ich sie. |} 357 : ??? 358 :'''<abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> - <abbr title="noch etwas - en: still something; something more">noch etwas</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :<abbr title="wie viel - en: how many">Wie viel</abbr> <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr> haben Sie <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr>? (zwei Stunden) :⇒ Ich habe noch zwei Stunden. :--- :(drei Stunden, eine Stunde, zwei Stunden, vier Stunden) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 358 |- | :Wie viel Zeit haben Sie noch? - Ich habe noch zwei Stunden. :--- :Wie viel Zeit haben Sie noch? - Ich habe noch drei Stunden. :Wie viel Zeit haben Sie noch? - Ich habe noch eine Stunde. :Wie viel Zeit haben Sie noch? - Ich habe noch zwei Stunden. :Wie viel Zeit haben Sie noch? - Ich habe noch vier Stunden. |} 359 :Beispiel: :ein Euro :⇒ Wie viel <abbr title="das Geld - en: money">Geld</abbr> brauchen Sie <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr>? :⇒ Ich brauche <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> einen Euro. :--- :zwei Euro :vier Euro :1,50 Euro :3,10 Euro :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 359 |- | :Wie viel Geld brauchen Sie noch? - Ich brauche noch einen Euro. :--- :Wie viel Geld brauchen Sie noch? - Ich brauche noch zwei Euro. :Wie viel Geld brauchen Sie noch? - Ich brauche noch vier Euro. :Wie viel Geld brauchen Sie noch? - Ich brauche noch 1,50 Euro. :Wie viel Geld brauchen Sie noch? - Ich brauche noch 3,10 Euro. |} == 360 - 369 == 360 [[File:Soup Spoon.jpg|thumb|der Löffel]] [[File:Forks.png|thumb|die Gabel]] [[File:Tafelmesser.jpg|thumb|das Messer]] :Beispiel: :Möchten Sie <abbr title="noch etwas - en: something else">noch etwas</abbr>? (drei Tassen) :⇒ Ja, ich brauche <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> drei Tassen. :--- :(zwei Flaschen <abbr title="die Limonade - en: soft drink">Limonade</abbr>, vier <abbr title="die Gabel - en: fork">Gabeln</abbr>, vier <abbr title="das Messer - en: knife">Messer</abbr>, vier <abbr title="der Löffel - en: spoon">Löffel</abbr>, drei Gläser) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 360 |- | :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Ja, ich brauche noch drei Tassen. :--- :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Ja, ich brauche noch zwei Flaschen Limonade. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Ja, ich brauche noch vier Gabeln. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Ja, ich brauche noch vier Messer. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Ja, ich brauche noch vier Löffel. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Ja, ich brauche noch drei Gläser. |} 361 :'''<abbr title="schmecken - en: to taste; to taste good; to enjoy">schmecken</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Schmeckt das <abbr title="das Mittagessen - en: lunch; dinner (at midday; at noon)">Mittagessen</abbr>? - Ja, ... gut. :⇒ Ja, das Mittag<abbr title="das Essen - en: meal; food">essen</abbr> schmeckt gut. :--- :Schmeckt das Gemüse? - Ja, ... <abbr title="sehr gut - en: very good">sehr gut</abbr>. :Schmeckt ... Suppe? - Ja, ... <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent">ausgezeichnet</abbr>. :Schmeckt ... Wurst? - Nein, ... nicht gut. :Schmeckt ... Käse? - Nein, ... <abbr title="schlecht - en: bad">schlecht</abbr>. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 361 |- | :Schmeckt das Mittagessen? - Ja, das Mittagessen schmeckt gut. :--- :Schmeckt das Gemüse? - Ja, Gemüse schmeckt sehr gut. :Schmeckt die Suppe? - Ja, die Suppe schmeckt ausgezeichnet. :Schmeckt die Wurst? - Nein, die Wurst schmeckt nicht gut. :Schmeckt der Käse? - Nein, der Käse schmeckt schlecht. |} 362 :Beispiel: :Wie schmeckt das <abbr title="das Essen - en: food; meal">Essen</abbr>? (sehr gut) :⇒ Es schmeckt sehr gut. :--- :(Brot, <abbr title="der Kuchen - en: cake">Kuchen</abbr>, Limonade, Brötchen, Kartoffeln, Wurst) :--- :(ausgezeichnet, sehr gut, gut, nicht gut, schlecht, sehr schlecht) :--- :Brot - ausgezeichnet :Kuchen - sehr gut :Limonade - gut :Brötchen - nicht gut :Kartoffeln - schlecht :Wurst - sehr schlecht :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 362 |- | :Wie schmeckt das Essen? - Es schmeckt sehr gut. :--- :Wie schmeckt das Brot? - Es schmeckt sehr gut. :Wie schmeckt der Kuchen? - Er schmeckt sehr gut. :Wie schmeckt die Limonade? - Sie schmeckt sehr gut. :Wie schmecken die Brötchen? - Sie schmecken sehr gut. :Wie schmecken die Kartoffeln? - Sie schmecken sehr gut. :Wie schmeckt die Wurst? - Sie schmeckt sehr gut. :--- :Wie schmeckt das Brot? - Es schmeckt ausgezeichnet. :Wie schmeckt der Kuchen? - Er schmeckt sehr gut. :Wie schmeckt das Essen? - Es schmeckt sehr gut. :Wie schmecken die Brötchen? - Sie schmecken nicht gut. :Wie schmecken die Kartoffeln? - Sie schmecken schlecht. |} 362a :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="schmecken - en: to taste">schmecken</abbr>''' :--- :ich schmecke :du schmeckst :er schmeckt (sie schmeckt, '''es schmeckt''') :wir schmecken :ihr schmeckt :'''sie schmecken''' 363 :gut - sehr gut - ausgezeichnet :--- :nicht gut - schlecht - sehr schlecht 364 :'''<abbr title="gern - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr>''' ( = '''gerne''') :--- :Beispiel: :Was essen Sie gern? (Reis) :⇒ Ich esse gern Reis. :--- :(Fleisch, Gemüse, Brot) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 364 |- | :Was essen Sie gern? - Ich esse gern Reis. :--- :Was essen Sie gern? - Ich esse gern Fleisch. :Was essen Sie gern? - Ich esse gern Gemüse. :Was essen Sie gern? - Ich esse gern Brot. |} 365 :Beispiel: :Was trinken Sie gern? (Milch) :⇒ Ich trinke gern Milch. :--- :(Kaffee, Tee, Limonade) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 365 |- | :Was trinken Sie gern? - Ich trinke gern Milch. :--- :Was trinken Sie gern? - Ich trinke gern Kaffee. :Was trinken Sie gern? - Ich trinke gern Tee. :Was trinken Sie gern? - Ich trinke gern Limonade. |} 366 [[File:Rationell 02.jpg|thumb|Kaffeekännchen (die Kanne (groß); das Kännchen (klein)]] :'''<abbr title="leider nicht - en: I’m afraid not; no, unfortunately; unfortunately not">Leider nicht</abbr>'''. :oder :'''<abbr title="nein danke - en: no, thanks">Nein, danke</abbr>'''. :--- :Möchten Sie Kaffee mit Zucker? :Brauchen Sie <abbr title="noch - en: still; even more">noch</abbr> ein Heft? :Ist dieser <abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair">Stuhl</abbr> <abbr title="frei - en: available; free">frei</abbr>? :<abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">Nehmen</abbr> Sie auch Brot? :Sind hier zwei <abbr title="der Platz - en: seat; Plural: Plätze; plaza">Plätze</abbr> frei? :Haben Sie heute <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr>? :Gibt es heute Obst? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 366 |- | :Möchten Sie Kaffee mit Zucker? - Nein, danke. :Brauchen Sie noch ein Heft? - Nein, danke. :Ist dieser Stuhl frei? - Leider nicht. :Nehmen Sie auch Brot? - Nein, danke. :Sind hier zwei Plätze frei? - Leider nicht. :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Leider nicht. :Gibt es heute Obst? - Leider nicht. |} 367 :'''Zeit haben''' :'''Fragen und antworten Sie!''' :___ :Beispiel: :Haben Sie heute <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr>? (<abbr title="viel - en: a lot of; many; much">viel</abbr> Zeit) :⇒ Heute habe ich viel Zeit. :--- :Haben Sie heute Zeit? :(<abbr title="sehr viel Zeit - en: a lot of time">sehr viel Zeit</abbr>) :(<abbr title="viel Zeit - en: very much time">viel Zeit</abbr>) :(nicht viel Zeit) :(<abbr title="wenig Zeit - en: little time">wenig Zeit</abbr>) :(<abbr title="sehr wenig Zeit - en: very little time">sehr wenig Zeit</abbr>) :(<abbr title="keine Zeit - en: no time">keine Zeit</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 367 |- | :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich viel Zeit. :--- :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich sehr viel Zeit. :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich viel Zeit. :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich nicht viel Zeit. :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich wenig Zeit. :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich sehr wenig Zeit. :Haben Sie heute Zeit? - Heute habe ich keine Zeit. |} 368 :'''<abbr title="dann - en: then; afterwards; later">dann</abbr>''' :Antworten Sie! :'''Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make; Konjugation: ich mache, du machst, er macht, wir machen, ihr macht, sie machen">machen</abbr> Sie dann?''' :--- :Es ist 8 Uhr. Ich gehe in die <abbr title="die Schule - en: school">Schule</abbr>. <abbr title="bis - en: till; until">Bis</abbr> 12 Uhr habe ich Unterricht. Dann gehe ich in den Speisesaal. (Speise-Saal = Mensa) :--- :Es ist 12 Uhr. Ich <abbr title="gehen - en: to go; to walk; Konjugation: ich; ich gehe, du gehst, er geht, wir gehen, ihr geht, sie gehen">gehe</abbr> in den <abbr title="der Speise-Saal - en: dining room; der Saal - en: hall">Speisesaal</abbr>. :Was <abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr> Sie dann? :<abbr title="von - en: from">Von</abbr> 15 <abbr title="bis - en: to">bis</abbr> 17 Uhr mache ich Hausaufgaben. :Was machen Sie dann? :<abbr title="um - en: at">Um</abbr> 19 <abbr title="Uhr - en: o'clock">Uhr</abbr> esse ich Brot, Butter und Wurst. :Was machen Sie dann? :<abbr title="später - en: later; later on">Später</abbr> gehe ich <abbr title="schlafen - en: doto sleep; Konjugation: ich schlafe, du schläfst, er schläft, wir schlafen, ihr schlaft, sie schlafen">schlafen</abbr>. 369 :Beispiel: :(Reis - Kartoffeln - Brot) :⇒ :⇒ a. Möchten Sie Reis oder Kartoffeln? :⇒ b. ... (Viel, bitte. - Wenig, bitte.) :⇒ a. Viel oder wenig? :⇒ b. ... :⇒ a. Möchten Sie auch Brot? :⇒ b. ... (Ja, bitte! - Nein, danke!) :--- :(Kaffee - Tee - Zucker) :(<abbr title="die Wurst - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage; Plural: Würste">Wurst</abbr> - Käse - Butter) :(Milch - Limonade - Obst) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 369 |- | :Möchten Sie Reis oder Kartoffeln? :Ich möchte bitte Kartoffeln. :Viel oder wenig? :Viel bitte. :Möchten Sie auch Brot? :Ja, bitte! :--- :Möchten Sie Kaffe oder Tee? :Ich möchte bitte Tee. :Viel oder wenig? :Viel bitte. :Möchten Sie auch Zucker? :Ja, bitte! :--- :Möchten Sie Wurst oder Käse? :Ich möchte bitte Käse. :Viel oder wenig? :Viel bitte. :Möchten Sie auch Butter? :Ja, bitte! :--- :Möchten Sie Milch oder Limonade? :Ich möchte bitte Limonade. :Viel oder wenig? :Viel bitte. :Möchten Sie auch Obst? :Ja, bitte! |} == 370 - 379 == 370 :Ihr <abbr title="der Freund - en: friend">Freund</abbr> kommt in den <abbr title="der Speisesaal - en: dining room; der Saal - en: hall">Speisesaal</abbr>. Er fragt Sie. Antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :(Platz - Essen) :⇒ :⇒ a. Ist dieser <abbr title="der Platz - en: seat">Platz</abbr> frei? :⇒ b. ... :⇒ a. Guten <abbr title="der Appetit - en: appetite">Appetit</abbr>! :⇒ b. ... :⇒ a. Schmeckt das Essen? :⇒ b. ... :--- :(<abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair">Stuhl</abbr> - <abbr title="das Fleisch - en: meat">Fleisch</abbr>) :(<abbr title="der Platz - en: seat; Plural: Plätze">Plätze</abbr> - Gemüse) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 370 |- | :Ist dieser Platz frei? :Ja, bitte, dieser Platz ist frei. :Guten Appetit! :Danke, gleichfalls. :Schmeckt das Essen? :Ja, das Essen schmeckt heute gut. :--- :Ist dieser Stuhl frei? :Ja, bitte, dieser Stuhl ist frei. :Guten Appetit! :Danke, gleichfalls. :Schmeckt das Fleisch? :Ja, das Fleisch schmeckt heute gut. :--- :Sind diese Plätze frei? :Ja, bitte, diese Plätze sind frei. :Guten Appetit! :Danke, gleichfalls. :Schmeckt das Gemüse? :Ja, das Gemüse schmeckt heute gut. |} 371 :Ihr Freund <abbr title="essen - en: to eat; Konjugation: ich esse, du isst, er isst, wir essen, ihr esst, sie essen">isst</abbr>. Sie kommen in den Speisesaal. :Was <abbr title="sagen - en: to say">sagen</abbr> Sie? :⇒ a. ... :⇒ b. Ja, bitte, dieser Platz ist <abbr title="frei - en: available; free">frei</abbr>. :⇒ a. ... :⇒ b. Danke, <abbr title="gleichfalls - en: likewise; also; and the same to you">gleichfalls</abbr>. :⇒ a. ... :⇒ b. Ja, das Essen schmeckt heute sehr gut. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 371 |- | :Ist dieser Platz frei? :Ja, bitte, dieser Platz ist frei. :Guten Appetit! :Danke, gleichfalls. :Schmeckt das Essen? :Ja, das Essen schmeckt heute sehr gut. |} 372 [[File:Mathematics lecture at the Helsinki University of Technology.jpg|thumb|die <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture; course of lectures">Vorlesung</abbr> (<abbr title="lesen - en: to read">lesen</abbr>; <abbr title="vorlesen - en: to read out something">vorlesen</abbr>)]] :'''Übungen zur Phonetik''' :'''Üben Sie die Fragen.''' :--- :Was isst du heute? ↘ :Isst du heute Reis? ↗ :--- :Was <abbr title="nehmen - en: to take; Konjugation: ich nehme, du nimmst, er nimmt, wir nehmen, ihr nehmt, sie nehmen">nimmst</abbr> du heute? ↘ :Nimmst du heute Reis? ↗ :--- :Was trinkst du dann? ↘ :Trinkst du Limonade? ↗ :--- :Was machst du dann? ↘ :Hast du Zeit? ↗ :--- :Wohin gehst du dann? ↘ :Gehst du dann in die Stadt? ↗ 373 :[o:] Monika, Brot, <abbr title="groß - en: big">groß</abbr>, rot, wo, Pohl, Obst, <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture">Vorlesung</abbr> :[ɔ] kommen, <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get something; to receive something">bekommen</abbr>, <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr>, dort, Wort, Glossar :[e:] lesen, <abbr title="sehen - en: to see">sehen</abbr>, nehmen, sehr, Tee, Kaffee, Vorlesung :[ɛ] schmecken, essen, gelb, gern, Mensa 374 <gallery> File:IWC GST ref. 3707 - dial.jpg|<abbr title="die Uhr - en: clock; wrist-watch">Uhr</abbr> File:The Earth seen from Apollo 17.jpg|<abbr title="die Welt - en: world">Welt</abbr>; <abbr title="die Erde - en: earth">Erde</abbr> File:Toronto - ON - Toronto Skyline2.jpg|<abbr title="die Stadt - en: town">Stadt</abbr> File:Ourika berbere village.jpg|<abbr title="das Dorf - en: village">Dorf</abbr> File:Bundesregierung (Tobias Koch).jpg|<abbr title="die Regierung - en: goverment">Regierung</abbr> File:Bornheimkirche2.JPG|<abbr title="die Kirche - en: church">Kirche</abbr> File:Bahnhof-Aulendorf.jpg|<abbr title="der Bahnof - en: railway station">Bahnhof</abbr> File:Hamburg Hauptbahnhof.jpg|<abbr title="der Bahnof - en: railway station">Bahnhof</abbr> File:Himalayas.jpg|<abbr title="das Gebirge - en: mountains; mountain range">Gebirge</abbr> File:Laliderer Wand von N HQ.jpg|<abbr title="das Gebirge - en: mountains; mountain range">Gebirge</abbr> File:Pyramid Hill 2012 001.JPG|<abbr title="der Berg - en: mountain; hill">Berg</abbr> </gallery> 375 <gallery> File:Rccl-brillance-of-the-seas.jpg|<abbr title="das Schiff - en: ship">Schiff</abbr> File:Ruderboot 1.jpg|<abbr title="das Boot - en: boat; chalupa">Boot</abbr> File:470er sailing.jpg|<abbr title="das Segelboot - en: sailing boat">Segelboot</abbr> File:Preussen - SLV Allan C. Green H91.250-378.jpg|<abbr title="das Segelschiff - en: sailing ship">Segelschiff</abbr> </gallery> 376 <gallery> File:High above the Cloud the Sun Stays the Same.jpg|<abbr title="die Wolke - en: cloud">Wolke</abbr> File:Blue sky south of France.jpg|<abbr title="der Himmel - en: sky">Himmel</abbr> File:Regnbyge.jpg|<abbr title="der Regen - en: rain">Regen</abbr> |<abbr title="die Sonne - en: sun">Sonne</abbr> File:Full Moon Luc Viatour.jpg|<abbr title="der Mond - en: moon">Mond</abbr> </gallery> 377 <gallery> File:Lateral head anatomy detail.jpg|<abbr title="der Kopf - en: head">Kopf</abbr> File:Arm flex supinate.jpg|<abbr title="der Arm - esenarm">Arm</abbr> File:Kiki's and daddy's hand(s).jpg|<abbr title="die Hand - en: hand">Hand</abbr> File:Legs.jpg|<abbr title="das Bein - en: leg">Bein</abbr> File:Foot Arche (PSF).png|<abbr title="der Fuß - en: food">Fuß</abbr> </gallery> 378 <gallery> File:Coschützer Straße 54 56 Dresden.JPG|<abbr title="das Haus - en: house">Haus</abbr> File:Langenegg, Kirchdorf 7 Gh Adler 09.JPG|<abbr title="das Fenster - en: window">Fenster</abbr> File:L-door.png|<abbr title="die Tür - en: door">Tür</abbr> File:Tisch.png|<abbr title="der Tisch - en: table">Tisch</abbr> File:CadeiraGoncalo.JPG|<abbr title="der Stuhl - en: seat">Stuhl</abbr> File:Zwei gleiche Schlüssel von Abus.JPG|<abbr title="der Schlüssel - en: key">Schlüssel</abbr>; <abbr title="zwei Schlüssel - en: zwo keys">zwei Schlüssel</abbr> File:Contemporary cupboard.jpg|<abbr title="der Schrank - en: wardrobe">Schrank</abbr> </gallery> 379 <gallery> File:Stilles Mineralwasser.jpg|<abbr title="das Wasser - en: water">Wasser</abbr> File:Brote.JPG|<abbr title="das Brot - en: bread">Brot</abbr> File:Empty Wine bottle.jpg|<abbr title="die Flasche - en: bottle">Flasche</abbr> File:Big-trailmaster.jpg|<abbr title="das Messer - en: knife">Messer</abbr> File:Forks.png|<abbr title="die Gabel - en: fork">Gabel</abbr> File:No-frills tablespoon.jpg|<abbr title="der Löffel - en: spoon">Löffel</abbr> File:Giessporzellan2.jpg|<abbr title="die Tasse - en: cup">Tasse</abbr> File:Wigomat-filterkaffeetasse.jpg|<abbr title="der Becher - en: mug; tumbler; glass">Becher </abbr> File:Kitchenware Melamine Plate Rezowan.JPG|<abbr title="der Teller - en: plate">Teller</abbr> </gallery> == Vokabular: Lektion 008 == : die Stunde - en: hour : der Unterricht - en: lesson; class : die Mathematik - en: mathematics; (no Plural in German) : die Physik - en: physics : die Chemie - en: chemistry : haben - en: to have : die Zeit - en: time : Ich habe keine Zeit. - en: I have no time. : die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal : mein - en: my : die Zeitschrift - en: magazine; journal : dein - en: your : Wie viel? - en: How much? : unsere - en: our : euer, eure - en: your : der Bleistift - en: pencil : übersetzen - en: to translate : rechnen - en: to calculate : unser, unsere - en: our : viel - en: a lot; many; much : öffnen - en: to open : verstehen - en: to understand : die Aufgabe - en: exercise; task; job : dann - en: then; afterwards : das Tonband - en: tape; audiotape : brauchen - en: to need : kein, keine - en: no : nur - en: only : brauchen - en: to need : machen - en: to make : die Hausaufgaben - en: homework : der Bahnhof - en: railway station : der Hauptbahnhof - en: central station; main station : die Straße - en: street : die Hauptstraße - en: main street : die Stadt - en: town; city : die Hauptstadt - en: capital : Haupt-" - en: „main-“ : der Hauptmann - en: captain : das Hauptwort - en: noun : die Pappe - en: cardboard : der Messbecher - en: measuring cup; measuring jug : messen - en: to measure : das Gold - en: gold : das Metall - en: metal : das Silber - en: silver : immer - en: allways : das Glas - en: glass : holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for : die Negation [negaˈtsjo:n] - en: negation : nicht - en: not : kein - en: no : das Diktat - en: dictation : der Fehler - en: mistake; error : gehen - en: to go (on foot); to walk : brauchen - en: to need : nehmen - en: to take : die Butter - en: butter : kein - en: no; (kein = no + ein) : holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for : unsere - en: our : verstehen - en: to understand : eure; euer - en: your : dein - en: your : sehen - en: to see : erzählen - en: to tell; to retell : falsch - en: false : noch einmal - en: once more : richtig - en: correct : die Mensa - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen : das Mittagessen - en: lunch; dinner (at midday; at noon) : die Stunde - en: hour : die Zeit - en: time : die Vorlesung - en: lecture : lesen - en: to read : vorlesen - en: to read something to somebody : die Mensa - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen : groß - en: great : aber - en: but : modern [mo'de:rn] - en: modern : wenig - en: a little bit; little; few : das Brot - en: bread : es gibt - en: there is; there are : bekommen - en: to get something; to receive : der Platz - en: place : der Freund - en: friend : frei - en: available; free : gleichfalls - en: likewise; also; the same to you : schmecken - en: to taste; to enjoy : der Geschmack - en: taste : der Durst - en: thirst : die Limonade - en: soft drink (no lemon juice) : nicht gern - en: I don't like : möchten - en: to want : machen - en: to make : dann - en: then; afterwards : leider - en: unfortunately : viel - en: many; much : die Arbeit - en: work : es gibt - en: there is; there are : schmecken - en: to taste; to enjoy : dann - en: then; afterwards : es ist - en: it is : schmecken - en: to taste; to enjoy : groß - en: great : klein - en: little : die Mensa - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen : Imbissraum - en: snack room : der Raum - en: room : der Imbiss - en: snack : der Stuhl - en: chair : der Platz - en: place; seat : frei - en: free : leider - en: unfortunately : besetzt - en: taken; occupied : der Stuhl; Plural: Stühle - en: chair : der Hund - en: dog : der Stock - en: stick : holen - en: to get; to fetch : bringen - en: to bring : wann? - en: when? : bringen - en: to bring : noch - en: still : noch etwas - en: still something; something more : wie viel? - en: how many? : die Zeit - en: time : noch - en: still : das Geld - en: money : noch - en: still : noch etwas - en: something else : die Limonade - en: soft drink : die Gabel - en: fork : das Messer - en: knife : der Löffel - en: spoon : schmecken - en: to taste; to taste good; to enjoy : das Mittagessen - en: lunch; dinner (at midday; at noon) : das Essen - en: meal; food : sehr gut - en: very good : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent : schlecht - en: bad : das Essen - en: food; meal : der Kuchen - en: cake : schmecken - en: to taste : gern - en: with pleasure : leider nicht - en: I’m afraid not; no, unfortunately; unfortunately not : nein danke - en: no, thanks : noch - en: still; even more : der Stuhl - en: chair : frei - en: available; free : nehmen - en: to take : der Platz; Plural: Plätze - en: seat : die Zeit - en: time : viel - en: a lot of; many; much : sehr viel Zeit - en: a lot of time : viel Zeit - en: very much time : wenig Zeit - en: little time : sehr wenig Zeit - en: very little time : keine Zeit - en: no time : dann - en: then; afterwards; later : machen - en: to make : die Schule - en: school : bis - en: till; until : gehen - en: to go; to walk : der Speise-Saal - en: dining room : der Saal - en: hall : machen - en: to make : von - en: from : bis - en: to : um - en: at : Uhr - en: o'clock : später - en: later; later on : schlafen - en: to sleep : die Wurst; Plural: Würste - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage : der Freund - en: friend : der Speisesaal - en: dining room : der Saal - en: hall : der Platz - en: seat : der Appetit - en: appetite : der Stuhl - en: chair : das Fleisch - en: meat : der Platz; Plural: Plätze - en: seat : essen - en: to eat : sagen - en: to say : frei - en: available; free : gleichfalls - en: likewise; also; and the same to you : die Vorlesung - en: lecture; course of lectures : lesen - en: to read : vorlesen - en: to read out something : groß - en: big : die Vorlesung - en: lecture : bekommen - en: to get something; to receive something : noch - en: still : sehen - en: to see : die Uhr - en: clock; wrist-watch : die Welt - en: world : die Erde - en: earth : die Stadt - en: town : das Dorf - en: village : die Regierung - en: goverment : die Kirche - en: church : der Bahnhof - en: railway station : das Gebirge - en: mountains; mountain range : das Gebirge - en: mountains; mountain range : der Berg - en: mountain; hill : das Schiff - en: ship : das Boot - en: boat : das Segelboot - en: sailing boat : das Segelschiff - en: sailing ship : die Wolke - en: cloud : der Himmel - en: sky : der Regen - en: rain : die Sonne - en: sun : der Mond - en: moon : der Kopf - en: head : der Arm - en: arm : die Hand - en: hand : das Bein - en: leg : der Fuß - en: foot : das Haus - en: house : das Fenster - en: window : die Tür - en: door : der Tisch - en: table : der Stuhl - en: seat : der Schlüssel - en: key : zwei Schlüssel - en: two keys : der Schrank - en: wardrobe : das Wasser - en: water : das Brot - en: bread : die Flasche - en: bottle : das Messer - en: knife : die Gabel - en: fork : der Löffel - en: spoon : die Tasse - en: cup : der Becher - en: mug; tumbler; glass : der Teller - en: plate == Vokabular: Lektion 008 - alphabetisch geordnet == # aber - en: but # Appetit, der - en: appetite # Arbeit, die - en: work # Arm, der - en: arm # Aufgabe, die - en: exercise; task; job # ausgezeichnet - en: excellent # Bahnhof, der - en: railway station # Becher, der - en: mug; tumbler; glass # Bein, das - en: leg # bekommen - en: to get something; to receive # Berg, der - en: mountain; hill # besetzt - en: taken; occupied # bis - en: till; until # Bleistift, der - en: pencil # Boot, das - en: boat # brauchen - en: to need # bringen - en: to bring # Brot, das - en: bread # Butter, die - en: butter # Chemie, die - en: chemistry # dann - en: then; afterwards; later # dein - en: your # Diktat, das - en: dictation # Dorf, das - en: village # Durst, der - en: thirst # Erde, die - en: earth # erzählen - en: to tell; to retell # es gibt - en: there is; there are # es ist - en: it is # essen - en: to eat # Essen, das - en: food; meal # euer, eure - en: your # falsch - en: false # Fehler, der - en: mistake; error # Fenster, das - en: window # Flasche, die - en: bottle # Fleisch, das - en: meat # frei - en: available; free # Freund, der - en: friend # Fuß, der - en: foot # Gabel, die - en: fork # Gebirge, das - en: mountains; mountain range # gehen - en: to go (on foot); to walk # Geld, das - en: money # gern - en: with pleasure # Geschmack, der - en: taste # Glas, das - en: glass # gleichfalls - en: likewise; also; and the same to you # Gold, das - en: gold # groß - en: big; great # haben - en: to have # Hand, die - en: hand # Haupt-" - en: „main-“ # Hauptbahnhof, der - en: central station; main station # Hauptmann, der - en: captain # Hauptstadt, die - en: capital # Hauptstraße, die - en: main street # Hauptwort, das - en: noun # Haus, das - en: house # Hausaufgabe, die - en: homework # Himmel, der - en: sky # holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for # Hund, der - en: dog # Ich habe keine Zeit. - en: I have no time. # Imbiss, der - en: snack # Imbissraum - en: snack room # immer - en: allways # kein; keine - en: no; (kein = no + ein) # keine Zeit - en: no time # Kirche, die - en: church # klein - en: little # Kopf, der - en: head # Kuchen, der - en: cake # leider - en: unfortunately # leider nicht - en: I’m afraid not; no, unfortunately; unfortunately not # lesen - en: to read # Limonade, die - en: soft drink (no lemon juice) # Löffel, der - en: spoon # machen - en: to make # Mathematik, die - en: mathematics; (no Plural in German) # mein - en: my # Mensa, die - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen # Messbecher, der - en: measuring cup; measuring jug # messen - en: to measure # Messer, das - en: knife # Metall, das - en: metal # Mittagessen, das - en: lunch; dinner (at midday; at noon) # möchten - en: to want # modern [mo'de:rn] - en: modern # Mond, der - en: moon # Negation, die [negaˈtsjo:n] - en: negation # nehmen - en: to take # nein danke - en: no, thanks # nicht - en: not # nicht gern - en: I don't like # noch - en: still; even more # noch einmal - en: once more # noch etwas - en: still something; something more # nur - en: only # öffnen - en: to open # Pappe, die - en: cardboard # Physik, die - en: physics # Platz, der; Plural: Plätze - en: seat; place # Raum, der - en: room # rechnen - en: to calculate # Regen, der - en: rain # Regierung, die - en: goverment # richtig - en: correct # Saal, der - en: hall # sagen - en: to say # Schiff, das - en: ship # schlafen - en: to sleep # schlecht - en: bad # Schlüssel, der - en: key # schmecken - en: to taste; to taste good; to enjoy # Schrank, der - en: wardrobe # Schule, die - en: school # Segelboot, das - en: sailing boat # Segelschiff, das - en: sailing ship # sehen - en: to see # sehr gut - en: very good # sehr viel Zeit - en: a lot of time # sehr wenig Zeit - en: very little time # Silber, das - en: silver # Sonne, die - en: sun # später - en: later; later on # Speisesaal, der - en: dining room # Stadt, die - en: town; city # Stock, der - en: stick # Straße, die - en: street # Stuhl, der; Plural: Stühle - en: chair; seat # Stunde, die - en: hour # Tasse, die - en: cup # Teller, der - en: plate # Tisch, der - en: table # Tonband, das - en: tape; audiotape # Tür, die - en: door # übersetzen - en: to translate # Uhr - en: o'clock # Uhr, die - en: clock; wrist-watch # um - en: at # unser, unsere - en: our # Unterricht, der - en: lesson; class # verstehen - en: to understand # viel - en: a lot; many; much # viel Zeit - en: very much time # von - en: from # vorlesen - en: to read out something; to read something to somebody # Vorlesung, die - en: lecture; course of lectures # wann? - en: when? # Wasser, das - en: water # Welt, die - en: world # wenig - en: a little bit; little; few # wenig Zeit - en: little time # wie viel? - en: how many? # Wie viel? - en: How much? # Wolke, die - en: cloud # Wurst, die; Plural: Würste - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage # Zeit, die - en: time # Zeitschrift, die - en: magazine; journal # zwei Schlüssel - en: two keys :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 007|Lektion 007]] ← Lektion 008 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009|Lektion 009]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 008]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008]] 3iq60mvpafp5t1z1s18zrjf517sezv3 0 4133 6782 6729 2023-03-15T06:54:02Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008|Lektion 008]] ← Lektion 009 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010|Lektion 010]] == 380 – 389 == 380 :[[Wêne:Deutsch 380 appca.ogg]] :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :'''Das Akkusativobjekt Maskulinum im Singular''' ([[:de:w:Akkusativ|Akkusativ]]) :--- :Thomas und Uta arbeiten. Uta liest ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Text, und Thomas macht seine Hausaufgaben. Er schreibt ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Satz falsch. Seine <abbr title="die Freundin – en: girlfriend">Freundin</abbr> <abbr title="sehen – en: to see; Konjugation: ich sehe, du siehst, er sieht, wir sehen, ihr seht, sie sehen">sieht</abbr> d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> <abbr title="der Fehler – en: error; mistake">Fehler</abbr> und korrigiert <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihn'''</span>. Die Freunde machen eine Pause. Sie trinken <abbr title="etwas – en: something">etwas</abbr>. Uta <abbr title="mögen – en: to want; Konjugation: ich möchte, du möchtest, er möchte, wir möchten, ihr möchtet, sie möchten">möchte</abbr> <abbr title="kein – en: no">kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span></abbr> Tee, sie trinkt Kaffee. 381 :Thomas <abbr title="grüßen – en: to greet">grüßt</abbr> d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund. (m, Singular) – der Freund :Thomas grüßt dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund. - dieser Freund :Thomas grüßt ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund. - ein Freund :Thomas grüßt sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund. - sein Freund :Thomas grüßt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihn'''</span>. - er :Thomas grüßt Andreas. :--- :'''Wen''' grüßt Thomas? :Er grüßt sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund. :--- :'''Was''' schreibt Thomas falsch? :Er schreibt ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Satz falsch. 382 :'''Die Negation mit „kein“''' :Thomas <abbr title="machen – en: to make">macht</abbr> ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Fehler. - Uta macht kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Fehler. :Thomas trinkt (ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span>) Tee. - Uta trinkt kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Tee. 383 :Nominativ – Akkusativ :--- :'''Nominativ: wer? / was?''' :--- :Maskulinum: :er :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> :<abbr title="welcher – en: which (maskulinum)">welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span></abbr> :ein :kein :mein :--- :'''Nominativ: wer? / was?''' :Femininum :sie :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :<abbr title="welche – en: which (femininum)">welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span></abbr> :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :--- :'''Nominativ: wer? / was?''' :Neutrum :es :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''as'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> ::<abbr title="welches – en: which (neutrum)">welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span></abbr> :ein :kein :mein :--- :'''Nominativ: wer? / was?''' :Plural :sie :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :<abbr title="welche – en: which (femininum or plural)">welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span></abbr> :<s>eine</s> :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> 384 :'''Akkusativ: wen? / was?''' :Maskulinum :ihn :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> :--- :'''Akkusativ: wen? / was?''' :Femininum: Akkusativ = Nominativ :sie :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :--- :'''Akkusativ: wen? / was?''' :Neutrum: Akkusativ = Nominativ :es :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''as'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> :ein :kein :mein :--- :'''Akkusativ: wen? / was?''' :Plural: Akkusativ = Nominativ :sie :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :<s>eine</s> :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> 385 [[Wêne:Jersei-coll-alt.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Pullover – en: pullover; jumper; jersey">Pullover</abbr> ]] [[Wêne:Anorak01.jpg|thumb|der Anorak]] [[Wêne:Regnhlíf.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Regenschirm – en: umbrella">Regenschirm</abbr> ]] [[Wêne:Sonnenschirm.JPG|thumb|der <abbr title="der Sonnenschirm – en: parasol">sunshade</abbr>]] :Lesen Sie! :--- :Ich brauche einen <abbr title="der Pullover – en: pullover; jumper; jersey">Pullover</abbr>. :Andreas braucht einen <abbr title="der Anzug – en: suit">Anzug</abbr>. :Monika braucht einen <abbr title="der Mantel – en: coat; cloak; overcoat">Mantel</abbr>. :Peter braucht einen <abbr title="der Anorak – en: anorak">Anorak</abbr>. :Frau Lehmann braucht einen <abbr title="der Hut – en: hat">Hut</abbr>. :Herr Lehmann braucht einen <abbr title="der Schirm; der Regenschirm – en: umbrella; der Sonnenschirm – en: sunshade">Schirm</abbr>. 386 :Antworten Sie! :'''Was ist <abbr title="falsch – en: false; incorrect">falsch</abbr>?''' :--- :a) der Beispiel :b) die Beispiel :c) das Beispiel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 386 |- | „Der Beispiel“ und „die Beispiel“ sind falsch. |} 387 :Beispiel: :Was kauft Ihr Freund? (Mantel / Pullover) :⇒ Er kauft einen Mantel und einen Pullover. :--- :Was kauft Andreas? (Anzug / Hut) :Was brauchen Sie? (Anorak / Schirm) :Was braucht Monika? (Schirm / Mantel) :Was braucht Peter? (Pullover / Anorak) :Was kaufst du? (Block / Bleistift) :Was kaufen Herr und Frau Lehmann? (Tisch / Stuhl) :Was kaufen Herr und Frau Lehmann? (Tisch / 4 Stühle) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 387 |- | :Was kauft ihr Freund? - Er kauft einen Mantel und einen Pullover. :--- :Was kauft Andreas? - Er kauft einen Anzug und einen Hut. :Was brauchen Sie? - Ich brauche einen Anorak und einen Schirm. :Was braucht Monika? - Sie braucht einen Schirm und einen Mantel. :Was braucht Peter? - Er braucht einen Pullover und einen Anorak. :Was kaufst du? - Ich kaufe einen Block und einen Bleistift. :Was kaufen Herr und Frau Lehmann? - Sie kaufen einen Tisch und einen Stuhl. :Was kaufen Herr und Frau Lehmann? - Sie kaufen einen Tisch und vier Stühle. |} 388 :Beispiel: :(Pullover) :⇒ :⇒ a. Was möchten Sie? :⇒ b. Einen Pullover bitte. :⇒ a. <abbr title="welchen – en: what; which">Welchen</abbr> Pullover möchten Sie? :⇒ b. Diesen Pullover. Er ist sehr schön. :--- :(Anorak, Anzug, Mantel, Hut, Schirm) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 388 |- | :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Einen Anorak bitte. :a. Welchen Anorak möchten Sie? :b. Diesen Anorak. Er ist sehr schön. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Einen Anzug bitte. :a. Welchen Anzug möchten Sie? :b. Diesen Anzug. Er ist sehr schön. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Einen Mantel bitte. :a. Welchen Mantel möchten Sie? :b. Diesen Mantel. Er ist sehr schön. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Einen Hut bitte. :a. Welchen Hut möchten Sie? :b. Diesen Hut. Er ist sehr schön. :--- :a. Was möchten Sie? :b. Einen Schirm bitte. :a. Welchen Schirm möchten Sie? :b. Diesen Schirm. Er ist sehr schön. |} 389 :Beispiel: :(Anorak) :⇒ :a. Ich möchte einen Anorak. :b. Sie möchten einen Anorak? Möchten Sie diesen hier? :a. Ja, dieser Anorak ist schön. Ich <abbr title="nehmen – en: to take; Konjugation: ich nehme, du nimmst, er nimmt, wir nehmen, ihr nehmt, sie nehmen">nehme</abbr> ihn. :--- :(Hose, Hemd, Mantel, Kleid, Pullover, Tasche, Schuhe, Handschuhe) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 389 |- | :a. Ich möchte einen Anorak. :b. Sie möchten einen Anorak? Möchten Sie diesen hier? :a. Ja, dieser Anorak ist schön. Ich nehme ihn. :--- :a. Ich möchte eine Hose. :b. Sie möchten eine Hose? Möchten Sie diese hier? :a. Ja, diese Hose ist schön. Ich nehme sie. :--- :a. Ich möchte ein Hemd. :b. Sie möchten ein Hemd? Möchten Sie dieses hier? :a. Ja, dieses Hemd ist schön. Ich nehme es. :--- :a. Ich möchte einen Mantel. :b. Sie möchten einen Mantel? Möchten Sie diesen hier? :a. Ja, dieser Mantel ist schön. Ich nehme ihn. :--- :a. Ich möchte ein Kleid. :b. Sie möchten ein Kleid? Möchten Sie dieses hier? :a. Ja, dieses Kleid ist schön. Ich nehme es. :--- :a. Ich möchte einen Pullover. :b. Sie möchten einen Pullover? Möchten Sie diesen hier? :a. Ja, dieser Pullover ist schön. Ich nehme ihn. :--- :a. Ich möchte eine Tasche. :b. Sie möchten eine Tasche? Möchten Sie diese hier? :a. Ja, diese Tasche ist schön. Ich nehme sie. :--- :a. Ich möchte Schuhe. :b. Sie möchten Schuhe? Möchten Sie diese hier? :a. Ja, diese Schuhe '''sind''' schön. Ich nehme sie. :--- :a. Ich möchte Handschuhe. :b. Sie möchten Handschuhe? Möchten Sie diese hier? :a. Ja, diese Handschuhe '''sind''' schön. Ich nehme sie. |} == 390 – 399 == 390 :Beispiel: :Kauft Maria den Pullover? :⇒ Nein, sie kauft den Pullover nicht. :--- :<abbr title="nehmen – en: to take">Nimmst</abbr> du diesen Anorak? :Kauft Herr Lehmann den Mantel? :Braucht Monika ihren Schirm? :Brauchen Sie ihren Bleistift? :Siehst du meinen Block? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 390 |- | :Kauft Maria den Pullover? - Nein, sie kauft den Pullover nicht. :--- :Nimmst du diesen Anorak? - Nein, ich nehme den Anorak nicht. :Kauft Herr Lehmann den Mantel? - Nein, er kauft den Mantel nicht. :Braucht Monika ihren Schirm? - Nein, sie braucht den Schirm nicht. :Brauchen Sie ihren Bleistift? - Nein, ich brauche meinen Bleistift nicht. :Siehst du meinen Block? - Nein, ich sehe deinen Block nicht. |} 391 :Beispiel: :Braucht Herr Müller einen Schirm? :⇒ Nein, er braucht keinen Schirm. :--- :Brauchst du einen Anorak? :Kauft Monika einen Mantel? :<abbr title="holen – en: to fetch; to get">Holt</abbr> Andreas einen Pullover? :Kauft Herr Lehmann einen Hut? :Hast du einen Block? :Hat Uta einen Bleistift? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 391 |- | :Braucht Herr Müller einen Schirm? - Nein, er braucht keinen Schirm. :--- :Brauchst du einen Anorak? - Nein, ich brauche keinen Anorak. :Kauft Monika einen Mantel? - Nein, sie kauft keinen Mantel. :Holt Andreas einen Pullover? - Nein, er holt keinen Pullover. :Kauft Herr Lehmann einen Hut? - Nein, er kauft keinen Hut. :Hast du einen Block? - Nein, ich habe keinen Block. :Hat Uta einen Bleistift? - Nein, sie hat keinen Bleistift. |} 392 :Beispiel: :Bitte, hier ist Tee. :⇒ Danke, ich möchte jetzt keinen Tee. :--- :Bitte, hier ist Kaffee. :Bitte, hier ist Kuchen. :Bitte, hier ist Kakao. :Bitte, hier ist Reis. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 392 |- | :Bitte, hier ist Tee. - Danke, ich möchte jetzt keinen Tee. :--- :Bitte, hier ist Kaffee. - Danke, ich möchte jetzt keinen Kaffee. :Bitte, hier ist Kuchen. - Danke, ich möchte jetzt keinen Kuchen. :Bitte, hier ist Kakao. - Danke, ich möchte jetzt keinen Kakao. :Bitte, hier ist Reis. - Danke, ich möchte jetzt keinen Reis. |} 393 :Beispiel: :Gibt es heute Tee? (Kaffee) :⇒ Nein, heute gibt es keinen Tee, es gibt Kaffee. :--- :Gibt es heute Kakao? (Tee) :Gibt es heute Kaffee? (Milch) :Gibt es heute Tee? (<abbr title="die Limonade – en: soda; soft drink; lemonade">Limonade</abbr>) :Gibt es heute Reis? (Kartoffeln) :Gibt es heute Kuchen? (Brötchen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 393 |- | :Gibt es heute Tee? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Tee, es gibt Kaffee. :--- :Gibt es heute Kakao? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Kakao, es gibt Tee. :Gibt es heute Kaffee? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Kaffee, es gibt Milch. :Gibt es heute Tee? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Tee, es gibt Limonade. :Gibt es heute Reis? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Reis, es gibt Kartoffeln. :Gibt es heute Kuchen? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Kuchen, es gibt Brötchen. |} 393a :Beispiel: :Gibt es heute Kaffee? (Tee) :⇒ Nein, heute gibt es keinen Kaffee, es gibt Tee. :--- :Gibt es heute Tee? (Kakao) :Gibt es heute Milch? (Kaffee) :Gibt es heute Limonade? (Tee) :Gibt es heute Kartoffeln? (Reis) :Gibt es heute Brötchen? (Kuchen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 393a |- | :Gibt es heute Kaffee? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Kaffee, es gibt Tee. :--- :Gibt es heute Tee? - Nein, heute gibt es keinen Tee, es gibt Kakao. :Gibt es heute Milch? - Nein, heute gibt es keine Milch, es gibt Kaffee. :Gibt es heute Limonade? - Nein, heute gibt es keine Limonade, es gibt Tee. :Gibt es heute Kartoffeln? - Nein, heute gibt es keine Kartoffeln, es gibt Reis. :Gibt es heute Brötchen? - Nein, heute gibt es keine Brötchen, es gibt Kuchen. |} 394 :Beispiel: :Wen fragt Monika? (Vater) :⇒ Sie fragt ihren Vater. :--- :Wen fragen Sie? (Schwester) :Wen <abbr title="besuchen – en: to visit">besucht</abbr> Herr Meier? (Freund) :Wen besuchen Sie? (Mutter) :Wen <abbr title="sehen – en: to see">sieht</abbr> Peter? (Bruder) :Wen <abbr title="grüßen – en: to greet">grüßt</abbr> Andreas? (Lehrer) :Wen grüßen Sie? (Lehrerin) :Wen <abbr title="besuchen – en: vto visitsitar">besucht</abbr> dieser Student? (Herr Schulz) :Wen sehen Monika und Uta? (Frau Wagner) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 394 |- | :Wen fragt Monika? - Sie fragt ihren Vater. :--- :Wen fragen Sie? - Ich frage meine Schwester. :Wen besucht Herr Meier? - Er besucht seinen Freund. :Wen besuchen Sie? - Ich besuche meine Mutter. :Wen sieht Peter? - Er sieht seinen Bruder. :Wen grüßt Andreas? - Er grüßt seinen Lehrer. :Wen grüßen Sie? - Ich grüße meine Lehrerin. :Wen besucht dieser Student? - Er besucht Herr'''n''' Schulz. :Wen sehen Monika und Uta? - Sie sehen Frau Wagner. |} 395 :Beispiel: :Was <abbr title="verstehen – en: to understand">versteht</abbr> Andreas nicht? (<abbr title="die Aufgabe – en: exercise; task; job">Aufgabe</abbr>) :⇒ Er versteht die Aufgabe nicht. :--- :Beispiel: :Wen fragt er? (Herr Wagner) :⇒ Er fragt Herr<span style="color:#993300;">'''n'''</span> Wagner. :--- :Was versteht Monika nicht? (<abbr title="der Abschnitt – en: section">Abschnitt</abbr>) :Wen fragt sie? (Lehrerin) :Was versteht Uta nicht? (Text) :Wen fragt sie? (Vater) :Was versteht Herr Köhler nicht? (Beispiel) :Wen fragt er? (Herr Teute) :Was verstehen Sie nicht? (Übungen) :Wen fragen Sie? (mein <abbr title="der Freund – en: friend">Freund</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 395 |- | :Was versteht Andreas nicht? - Er versteht die Aufgabe nicht. :--- :Wen fragt er? - Er fragt Herrn Wagner. :--- :Was versteht Monika nicht? - Sie versteht den Abschnitt nicht. :Wen fragt sie? - Sie fragt die Lehrerin. :Was versteht Uta nicht? - Sie versteht den Text nicht. :Wen fragt sie? - Sie fragt den Vater. :Was versteht Herr Köhler nicht? - Er versteht das Beispiel nicht. :Wen fragt er? - Er fragt Herrn Teute. :Was verstehen Sie nicht? - Ich verstehe die Übungen nicht. :Wen fragen Sie? - Ich frage meinen Freund. |} 396 :'''Fragen und antworten Sie!''' :'''„wen“ oder „was“?''' :--- :Beispiel: :Ich <abbr title="verstehen – en: to understand">verstehe</abbr> diese <abbr title="die Aufgabe – en: exercise; task; job">Aufgabe</abbr> nicht. :⇒ Was verstehst du nicht? :⇒ Diese Aufgabe. :--- :Ich frage unseren Lehrer. :Peter liest einen Text. :Er versteht einen Abschnitt nicht. :Er fragt Herr<span style="color:#993300;">'''n'''</span> Schütte. :Frau Lehmann kauft einen Schirm. :Sie <abbr title="bezahlen – en: to pay">bezahlt</abbr> den Schirm dort. :Herr Krause <abbr title="besuchen – en: to visit">besucht</abbr> Herr<span style="color:#993300;">'''n'''</span> Wagner. :Er <abbr title="kennen – en: to know">kennt</abbr> Herr<span style="color:#993300;">'''n'''</span> Wagner <abbr title="gut – en: good">gut</abbr>. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 396 |- | :Ich verstehe diese Aufgabe nicht. - Was verstehst du nicht? - Diese Aufgabe. :--- :Ich frage unseren Lehrer. - Wen fragst du? - Unseren Lehrer. :Peter liest einen Text. - Was liest er? - Einen Text. :Er versteht einen Abschnitt nicht. - Was versteht er nicht? - Einen Abschnitt. :Er fragt Herr'''n''' Schütte. - Wen fragt er? - Herr'''n''' Schütte. :Frau Lehmann kauft einen Schirm. - Was kauft sie? - Einen Schirm. :Sie bezahlt den Schirm dort. - Was bezahlt sie? - Den Schirm. :Herr Krause besucht Herrn Wagner. - Wen besucht er? - Herrn Wagner. :Er kennt Herrn Wagner gut. - Wen kennt er gut? - Herrn Wagner. |} 397 :Beispiel: :(Abschnitt) :⇒ :⇒ a. Was <abbr title="verstehen – en: to understand">verstehen</abbr> Sie nicht? :⇒ b. Einen <abbr title="der Abschnitt – en: section">Abschnitt</abbr>. :⇒ a. <abbr title="welchen – en: which; what">Welchen</abbr> Abschnitt verstehen Sie nicht? :⇒ b. Diesen hier. :--- :(Satz, Beispiel, Übung, Text, Aufgabe, Wort) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 397 |- | :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Einen Abschnitt. :Welchen Abschnitt verstehen Sie nicht? :Diesen hier. :--- :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Einen Satz. :Welchen Satz verstehen Sie nicht? :Diesen hier. :--- :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Ein Beispiel. :Welches Beispiel verstehen Sie nicht? :Dieses hier. :--- :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Eine Übung. :Welche Übung verstehen Sie nicht? :Diese hier. :--- :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Einen Text. :Welchen Text verstehen Sie nicht? :Diesen hier. :--- :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Eine Aufgabe. :Welche Aufgabe verstehen Sie nicht? :Diese hier. :--- :Was verstehen Sie nicht? :Ein Wort. :Welches Wort verstehen Sie nicht? :Dieses hier. |} 398 :<abbr title="brauchen – en: to need">Brauchen</abbr> Sie <abbr title="noch etwas – en: something else">noch etwas</abbr>? :Familie Lehmann hat heute <abbr title="der Gast – en: guest; Plural: die Gäste">Gäste</abbr>. Frau Lehmann braucht Butter, <abbr title="das Ei – en: egg">Eier</abbr>, Käse, Wurst und Fleisch. Sie <abbr title="nehmen – en: to take">nimmt</abbr> zwei <abbr title="die Tasche – en: bag; (hand)bag; (shopping)bag">Taschen</abbr> und <abbr title="rufen – en: to call">ruft</abbr> ihre Tochter. Sie <abbr title="gehen – en: to go; to walk">gehen</abbr> in den Supermarkt. [[Wêne:French taste of wines.JPG|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Wein – en: wine">Wein</abbr>]] [[Wêne:Apple pie.jpg|thumb|upright|der Kuchen]] :Frau Lehmann: ::::Ich kaufe Fleisch und Wurst. ::::Du <abbr title="holen – en: to take">holst</abbr> Butter, Eier und Käse, ::::auch einen <abbr title="der Kuchen – en: cake">Kuchen</abbr> und <abbr title="der Wein – en: wine">Wein</abbr>. ::::Was <abbr title="suchen – en: to look for; to search">suchst</abbr> du, Monika? :Monika: ::::Wo steht der Wein? :Frau Lehmann: :::: <abbr title="aber – en: but">Aber</abbr> Monika, <abbr title="sehen- en: to see">siehst</abbr> du ihn nicht? ::::Er <abbr title="stehen – en:to stand; to be (standing)">steht</abbr> dort <abbr title="vorne = vorn – en: at the front; over there">vorne</abbr>. :Monika: :::: <abbr title="haben – en: to have">Haben</abbr> wir <abbr title="noch – en: still; in addition">noch</abbr> Brot? :Frau Lehmann: ::::Ja, Brot haben wir noch <abbr title="genug – en: sufficient">genug</abbr>. ::::Aber wir <abbr title="brauchen – en: to need">brauchen</abbr> <abbr title="noch – en: still; also; in addition">noch</abbr> ein <abbr title="ein paar – en: some; a few">paar</abbr> Brötchen. :Monika: ::::Und wo liegen die Brötchen? ::::Ich <abbr title="finden – en: to find">finde</abbr> sie nicht. :Frau Lehmann: ::::Dort <abbr title="links – en: left; at the left side">links</abbr> <abbr title="liegen – en: to lie; to be (laying)">liegen</abbr> sie. ::::Sind sie auch <abbr title="frisch – en: fresh">frisch</abbr>? :Monika: ::::Ja, sie sind <abbr title="ganz frisch – en: very fresh">ganz frisch</abbr>. 399 [[Wêne:Cash register - Indiana State Museum - DSC00426.JPG|thumb|upright|die <abbr title="die Kasse – en: cash register">Kasse</abbr>]] :Frau Lehmann: :::: <abbr title="Wie viel kostet …? - en: How much does it cost?">Wie viel kostet</abbr> dieses Fleisch? :<abbr title="die Verkäuferin – en: saleswoman">Verkäuferin</abbr>: ::::500 Gramm kosten 5,20 Euro. :Frau Lehmann: ::::Bitte ein <abbr title="das Kilogramm (kg) – en: kilogram">Kilo</abbr>. Ich <abbr title="nehmen – en: to take">nehme</abbr> <abbr title="auch noch – en: also; too">auch noch</abbr> Wurst. :Verkäuferin: ::::<abbr title="Wie viel? - en: How much? How many?">Wie viel</abbr> möchten Sie? :Frau Lehmann: ::::Bitte 250 Gramm. :Verkäuferin: ::::<abbr title="noch etwas? - en: Somethin else? Somethin more?">Noch etwas?</abbr> :Frau Lehmann: ::::Danke, das ist <abbr title="alles – en: all">alles</abbr> . :Verkäuferin: ::::Dort ist die <abbr title="die Kasse – en: cash desk; cash register">Kasse</abbr>. <abbr title="bezahlen – en: to pay">Bezahlen</abbr> Sie bitte dort. == 400 – 409 == 400 :Fragen zum Text? :--- :<abbr title="wer? - en: Who? ">Wer</abbr> geht in den Supermarkt? :Was <abbr title="kaufen – en: to buy">kauft</abbr> Frau Lehmann? :Wie viel Fleisch und Wurst kauft Frau Lehmann? :Wie viel kostet 1 <abbr title="das Kilogramm – en: kilogram">kg</abbr> Fleisch? :Was <abbr title="suchen – en: to look for; to search">sucht</abbr> Monika? :Was holt Monika? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 400 |- | :Wer geht in den Supermarkt? - Frau Lehmann und ihre Tochter gehen in den Supermarkt. :Was kauft Frau Lehmann? - Frau Lehmann kauft Fleisch, Wurst, Butter, Eier, Käse, einen Kuchen, Wein und Brötchen. :Wie viel Fleisch und Wurst kauft Frau Lehmann? - Frau Lehmann kauft ein Kilogramm Fleisch und 250 Gramm Wurst. :Wie viel kostet 1&nbsp;kg Fleisch? - Ein Kilogramm Fleisch kostet 10,40 Euro. :Was sucht Monika? - Monika sucht den Wein. (Monika sucht Wein.) :Was holt Monika? - Monika holt Brötchen. |} 401 :Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text :--- :'''rufen''' :Fragen und antworten Sie! :--- :Wen ruft Frau Lehmann? Sie ruft ihre Tochter. (Mann, Sohn) :Wen ruft Herr Lehmann? Er ruft seine Frau. (Tochter, Söhne) :Wen ruft Andreas? Er ruft seine Mutter. (Schwester, Vater, Bruder) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 401 |- | :Wen ruft Frau Lehmann? Sie ruft ihre Tochter. :Wen ruft Frau Lehmann? Sie ruft ihren Mann. :Wen ruft Frau Lehmann? Sie ruft ihren Sohn. :--- :Wen ruft Herr Lehmann? Er ruft seine Frau. :Wen ruft Herr Lehmann? Er ruft seine Tochter. :Wen ruft Herr Lehmann? Er ruft seine Söhne. :--- :Wen ruft Andreas? Er ruft seine Mutter. :Wen ruft Andreas? Er ruft seine Schwester. :Wen ruft Andreas? Er ruft seinen Vater. :Wen ruft Andreas? Er ruft seinen Bruder. |} 402 :'''<abbr title="suchen – en: to look for; to serach">suchen</abbr>''' – '''<abbr title="finden – en: to find">finden</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :Was sucht Peter? :⇒ Er sucht seinen Löffel, aber er findet ihn nicht. :--- :(Messer, Gabel, Hut, Schuhe) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 402 |- | :Was sucht Peter? - Er sucht seinen Löffel, aber er findet ihn nicht. :--- :Was sucht Peter? - Er sucht sein Messer, aber er findet es nicht. :Was sucht Peter? - Er sucht seine Gabel, aber er findet sie nicht. :Was sucht Peter? - Er sucht seinen Hut, aber er findet ihn nicht. :Was sucht Peter? - Er sucht seine Schuhe, aber er findet sie nicht. |} 403 :'''suchen''' – '''finden''' :Beispiel: :Was sucht Monika? :⇒ Monika sucht ihren Pullover, aber sie findet ihn nicht. :--- :(Tasche, Schirm, Kleid, Handschuhe) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 403 |- | :Was sucht Monika? - Monika sucht ihren Pullover, aber sie findet ihn nicht. :--- :Was sucht Monika? - Monika sucht ihre Tasche, aber sie findet sie nicht. :Was sucht Monika? - Monika sucht ihren Schirm, aber sie findet ihn nicht. :Was sucht Monika? - Monika sucht ihr Kleid, aber sie findet es nicht. :Was sucht Monika? - Monika sucht ihre Handschuhe, aber sie findet sie nicht. |} 404 :'''Sie suchen <abbr title="etwas – en: something">etwas</abbr>. Fragen Sie!''' :Beispiel: :Wo steht die Milch? Ich finde sie nicht. :(Wein, Limonade) :--- :Wo liegt das Brot? … :(Käse, Kuchen, Wurst) :--- :Wo liegen die Brötchen? … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 404 |- | :Wo steht die Milch? Ich finde sie nicht. :Wo steht der Wein? Ich finde ihn nicht. :Wo steht die Limonade? Ich finde sie nicht. :--- :Wo liegt das Brot? Ich finde es nicht. :Wo liegt der Käse? Ich finde ihn nicht. :Wo liegt der Kuchen? Ich finde ihn nicht. :Wo liegt die Wurst? Ich finde sie nicht. :--- :Wo liegen die Brötchen? Ich finde sie nicht |} 405 :'''ganz''' :Beispiel: :Ich <abbr title="verstehen – en: to understand">verstehe</abbr> Sie nicht. (deutlich sprechen) :⇒ Ich verstehe Sie nicht. Bitte, sprechen Sie <abbr title="ganz – en: very">ganz</abbr> <abbr title="deutlich – en: clearly; distinctly">deutlich</abbr>! :--- :Ich verstehe Sie nicht. (<abbr title="langsam – en: slow">langsam</abbr> sprechen) :Ich verstehe Sie nicht. (<abbr title="laut – en: loud; loudly">laut</abbr> lesen) :Peter ist krank. (<abbr title="leise – en: quiet; quietly">leise</abbr> sprechen) :Wir haben <abbr title="wenig – en: little; limited">wenig</abbr> Zeit. (<abbr title="schnell – en: fast">schnell</abbr> schreiben) :Der Lehrer <abbr title="rufen – en: call">ruft</abbr>. (schnell <abbr title="kommen – en: to come">kommen</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 405 |- | :Ich verstehe Sie nicht. - Bitte sprechen Sie ganz deutlich! :--- :Ich verstehe Sie nicht. - Bitte, sprechen Sie langsam! :Ich verstehe sie nicht. - Bitte, lesen Sie laut! :Peter ist krank. - Bitte, sprechen Sie leise! :Wir haben wenig Zeit. - Bitte, schreiben Sie schnell! :Der Lehrer ruft. - Bitte, kommen Sie! |} 406 :'''<abbr title="noch – en: still">noch</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :<abbr title="wohnen – en: to live">Wohnt</abbr> Herr Lehmann noch hier? :⇒ Ja, er wohnt noch hier. :--- :Studiert Andreas noch in [[:de:w:Lüneburg|Lüneburg]]? :Wohnen seine Freunde noch in [[:de:w:Celle|Celle]]? :Ist sein Freund noch Student? :Ist Peter noch krank? :Haben wir noch Zeit? :<abbr title="lernen – en: to learn">Lernen</abbr> wir noch <abbr title="lange – en: a long time; long">lange</abbr>? :<abbr title="warten – en: to wait">Wartest</abbr> du noch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 406 |- | :Wohnt Herr Lehmann noch hier? - Ja, er wohnt noch hier. :--- :Studiert Andreas noch in Lüneburg? - Ja, er studiert noch in Lüneburg. :Wohnen seine Freunde noch in Celle? - Ja, seine Freunde wohnen noch in Celle. :Ist sein Freund noch Student? - Ja, sein Freund ist noch Student. :Ist Peter noch krank? - Ja, Peter ist noch krank. :Haben wir noch Zeit? - Ja, ihr habt noch Zeit. (Ja, wir haben noch Zeit.) :Lernen wir noch lange? - Ja, wir lernen noch lange. :Wartest du noch? - Ja, ich warte noch. |} 407 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Lernen Sie bitte noch 10 <abbr title="das Wort – en: word">Wörter</abbr>. :Schreiben Sie bitte noch 5 <abbr title="der Satz – en: sentence">Sätze</abbr>. :<abbr title="übersetzen – en: to translate">Übersetzen</abbr> Sie bitte noch einen <abbr title="der Abschnitt – en: paragrph; section">Abschnitt</abbr>. :<abbr title="sagen – en: to say">Sagen</abbr> Sie bitte noch ein <abbr title="das Beispiel – en: example">Beispiel</abbr>. :Lesen Sie bitte noch einen Satz. :Holen Sie bitte noch zwei <abbr title="das Tonband – en: tape; audiotape">Tonbänder</abbr>. :Üben sie bitte noch zwei <abbr title="die Stunde – en: hour">Stunden</abbr>. 408 :'''<abbr title="genug – en: sufficient; sufficiently">genug</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :(Brot – Brötchen) :⇒ a. Haben wir <abbr title="noch – en: still">noch</abbr> <abbr title="genug – en: sufficient">genug</abbr> Brot? :⇒ b. Ja, aber Brötchen brauchen wir noch. :--- :(Wurst – Käse) :(Tee – Kaffee) :(Obst – Gemüse) :(Kartoffeln – Reis) :(Fleisch - <abbr title="der Fisch – en: fish">Fisch</abbr>) :(Butter - <abbr title="das Ei – en: egg; Plural: Eier">Eier</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 408 |- | :Haben wir noch genug Brot? - Ja, aber Brötchen brauchen wir noch. :--- :Haben wir noch genug Wurst? - Ja, aber Käse brauchen wir noch. :Haben wir noch genug Tee? - Ja, aber Kaffee brauchen wir noch. :Haben wir noch genug Obst? - Ja, aber Gemüse brauchen wir noch. :Haben wir noch genug Kartoffeln? - Ja, aber Reis brauchen wir noch. :Haben wir noch genug Fleisch? - Ja, aber Fisch brauchen wir noch. :Haben wir noch genug Butter? - Ja, aber Eier brauchen wir noch. |} 409 :'''<abbr title="vorn – en: in front of; over there">vorn</abbr> - <abbr title="hinten – en: behind; over there">hinten</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="rechts – en: right; at the right side">rechts</abbr> - <abbr title="links – en: left; at the left side">links</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :(der <abbr title="der Wein – en: wine">Wein</abbr> – vorn) :⇒ a. Bitte, wo <abbr title="stehen – en: to stand; to be (standing)">steht</abbr> der Wein? :⇒ b. Der Wein? Er steht vorn. :⇒ b. Dort vorn? Ja, jetzt <abbr title="sehen – en: to see; Konjugation: ich sehe, du siehst, er sieht, wir sehen, ihr seht, sie sehen">sehe</abbr> ich ihn. :--- :(der Tee – hinten) :(der Kaffee – links) :(die Milch – rechts) :(der Zucker – vorn) :(die Limonade – hinten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 409 |- | :Bitte, wo steht der Wein? :Der Wein? Er steht vorn. :Dort vorn? Ja, jetzt sehe ich ihn. :--- :Bitte, wo steht der Tee? :Der Tee? Er steht hinten. :Dort hinten? Ja, jetzt sehe ich ihn. :--- :Bitte, wo steht der Kaffee? :Der Kaffee? Er steht links. :Dort links? Ja, jetzt sehe ich ihn. :--- :Bitte, wo steht die Milch? :Die Milch? Sie steht rechts. :Dort rechts? Ja, jetzt sehe ich sie. :--- :Bitte, wo steht der Zucker? :Der Zucker? Er steht vorn. :Dort vorn? Ja, jetzt sehe ich ihn. :--- :Bitte, wo steht die Limonade ? :Die Limonade ? Sie steht hinten. :Dort hinten? Ja, jetzt sehe ich sie. |} == 410 – 419 == 410 :Beispiel: :(ein Kilo Fleisch – 5,99) :⇒ a. Wie viel kostet ein Kilo Fleisch? :⇒ b. … :⇒ a. Bitte ein Kilo. :⇒ b. … :⇒ a. Danke, das ist alles. :--- :(300&nbsp;g Wurst – 5,99; 250&nbsp;g Butter – 3,95; 2 Flaschen Milch – 2,99; 5 Eier – 2,67) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 410 |- | :Wie viel kostet ein Kilo Fleisch? :Ein Kilo Fleisch kostet 5,99 Euro. :Bitte ein Kilo. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? :Danke, das ist alles. :--- :Wie viel kosten 300&nbsp;g Wurst? :300&nbsp;g Wurst kosten 5,99 Euro. :Bitte 300&nbsp;g. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? :Danke, das ist alles. :--- :Wie viel kosten 250&nbsp;g Butter? :250&nbsp;g Butter kosten 3,95 Euro. :Bitte 250&nbsp;g. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? :Danke, das ist alles. :--- :Wie viel kosten zwei Flaschen Milch? :Zwei Flaschen Milch kosten 2,99 Euro. :Bitte zwei Flaschen. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? :Danke, das ist alles. :--- :Wie viel kosten fünf Eier? :Fünf Eier kosten 2,67 Euro. :Bitte fünf Eier. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? :Danke, das ist alles. |} 411 :'''Übungen zur Phonetik''' [[Wêne:Deutsch 411 LSa.ogg]] [[Wêne:Deutsch 411 LSb.ogg]] :[ç] ich, <abbr title="rechnen – en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>, sprechen, rechts, <abbr title="zeichnen – en: to draw">zeichnen</abbr>, <abbr title="richtig – en: correct">richtig</abbr>, Brötchen, Bücher, Milch, <abbr title="durch – en: through">durch</abbr> :[x] auch, brauchen, Tochter, <abbr title="noch – en: still">noch</abbr>, Buch, Lehrbuch, suchen, <abbr title="machen – en: to make">machen</abbr>, acht, achtzig, achtzehn :[<span style="color:#993300;">'''x'''</span>] – [<span style="color:#009933;">'''ç'''</span>] Bu<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span> – Bü<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>er; To<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span>ter – Tö<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>ter :[<span style="color:#009933;">'''ç'''</span>] – [<span style="color:#993300;">'''x'''</span>] – [ <span style="color:#003399;">'''ʃ'''</span> ] :::Spre<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>en Sie au<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span> Französi<span style="color:#003399;">'''sch'''</span>? :::Spre<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>en Sie au<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span> Russi<span style="color:#003399;">'''sch'''</span>? :::Spre<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>en Sie au<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span> Japani<span style="color:#003399;">'''sch'''</span>? :::Spre<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>en Sie au<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span> Engli<span style="color:#003399;">'''sch'''</span>? :::Spre<span style="color:#009933;">'''ch'''</span>en Sie au<span style="color:#993300;">'''ch'''</span> Spani<span style="color:#003399;">'''sch'''</span>? 412 :'''[ç] oder [x] ?''' :Lesen Sie! :--- :Frau Lehmann und ihre Tochter gehen in die Stadt. Die Mutter braucht Brötchen und Milch, die Tochter möchte zwei Bücher. Sie braucht <abbr title="noch – en: still">noch</abbr> ein Lehrbuch. Das Lehrbuch kostet 18,80 Euro. Brötchen und Milch kosten 4,08 Euro. Wie viel Geld haben wir noch? 413 :Übungen zum verstehenden Lesen :Lesen und wiederholen Sie <abbr title="laut – en: lut; loudly; aloud">laut</abbr>! :--- :Das sind Karin und Thomas. Sie <abbr title="wohnen – en: to live">wohnen</abbr> in [[:de:w:Leipzig|Leipzig]]. :Dort sind ihre Zimmer. :Sie lernen jetzt in Leipzig. Sie lernen <abbr title="die Mathematik – en: mathmatics">Mathematik</abbr>, <abbr title="die Physik – en: physics">Physik</abbr>, <abbr title="die Chemie – en: chemistry">Chemie</abbr> und Englisch. :Dann studieren sie. Thomas studiert in [[:de:w:Köln|Köln]], Karin studiert in [[:de:w:Mainz|Mainz]]. Er studiert Physik, sie studiert Mathematik. :--- :Karin wohnt in [[:de:w:Magdeburg|Magdeburg]]. Sie lernt Chinesisch. :Karin lernt in Magdeburg Chinesisch. :Dann studiert sie [[:w:Sinología|Sinologie]]. :--- :Thomas wohnt in [[:de:w:Cottbus|Cottbus]]. Hier lernt er Mathematik. :Thomas lernt in Cottbus Mathematik. :Dann studiert er in [[:de:w:Würzburg|Würzburg]] Physik. 414 :'''Lesen Sie und antworten Sie dann!''' :--- :Herr Wagner holt ein <abbr title="das Tonband – en: tape; audiotape">Tonband</abbr>, Frau Stein <abbr title="holen – en: to fetch; to get">holt</abbr> die <abbr title="das Bild – en: picture; image">Bilder</abbr>, und Herr Lehmann holt eine <abbr title="die Karte – en: map; die Landkarte – map">Karte</abbr>. :Was holt Herr Wagner? :--- :Monika <abbr title="nehmen – en: to take">nimmt</abbr> ein Buch, Peter nimmt ein Heft, Uta nimmt die <abbr title="die Zeitschrift – en: magazine; journal">Zeitschrift</abbr>. :Was nimmt Uta? :--- :Andreas wiederholt die Wörter, Uta <abbr title="übersetzen – en: to translate">übersetzt</abbr> fünf <abbr title="der Satz – en: sentence; Plural: Sätze">Sätze</abbr>, Peter schreibt zehn Sätze. :Wie viel Sätze übersetzt Uta? :--- :Sein Vater <abbr title="wohnen – en: to live">wohnt</abbr> in Berlin. Sein Bruder wohnt in [[:de:w:Schwerin|Schwerin]]. Seine Schwester wohnt auch in Berlin. :Wer wohnt in Berlin? :--- :Jetzt ist <abbr title="die Pause – en: pause">Pause</abbr>. Die Studenten haben <abbr title="der Hunger – en: hunger">Hunger</abbr>. Monika holt Brötchen und Kaffee, Andreas und Uta <abbr title="warten – en: to wait">warten</abbr>. Dort <abbr title="kommen – en: to come">kommt</abbr> Monika. Jetzt <abbr title="essen – en: to eat">essen</abbr> sie. :Was <abbr title="essen – en: to eat">essen</abbr> die Studenten? 415 :'''Ergänzen Sie „bin“, „ist“ oder „sind!“''' :Beispiel: :⇒ Ich … Spanier. :⇒ Ich bin Spanier. :--- :Wir … in Deutschland. :Woher … Herr und Frau Weber? :Mein Name … Keller. :Das … Frau Bergmann. :... Sie aus München, Frau Winter? :... Werner ihr Vorname? :... Sie Arzt? :Ich … Student. :Wir … jetzt in Deutschland. :Wie … ihr Name? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 415 |- | :Ich bin Spanier. :--- :Wir sind in Deutschland. :Woher sind Herr und Frau Weber? :Mein Name ist Keller. :Das ist Frau Bergmann. :Sind Sie aus München, Frau Winter? :Ist Werner ihr Vorname? :Sind Sie Arzt? :Ich bin Student. :Wir sind jetzt in Deutschland. :Wie ist ihr Name? |} 416 :'''Ergänzen Sie „ich“, „er“, „sie“ oder „wir!“''' :Beispiel: :⇒ … ist Spanierin. :⇒ Sie ist Spanierin. :--- :... ist Busfahrer. :... bin aus Berlin. :... ist Polizist. :... sind im <abbr title="das Geschäft = der Laden – en: shop">Geschäft</abbr>. :... sind in Deutschland. :... ist Argentinier. :... bin 20 Jahre alt. :... sind aus Griechenland. :... sind zu Hause. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 416 |- | :Sie ist Spanierin. :--- :Er ist Busfahrer. :Ich bin aus Berlin. :Er ist Polizist. :Wir sind im Geschäft. (Sie sind im Geschäft.) :Wir sind in Deutschland. (Sie sind in Deutschland.) :Er ist Argentinier. :Ich bin 20 Jahre alt. :Wir sind aus Griechenland. (Sie sind aus Griechenland.) :Wir sind zu Hause. (Sie sind zu Hause.) |} 417 :Wer ist der Mann hier? :Das ist Herr Müller. :Wie heißt der Mann? :'''Der Herr''' heißt Müller. :--- :Wer ist die Frau dort? :Das ist Frau Weber. :Wie heißt die Dame? :'''Die Dame''' heißt Weber. 418 :<abbr title="rechts – en: right; to the right">rechts</abbr> - <abbr title="links – en: left; to the left">links</abbr> :<abbr title="oben – en: at the top">oben</abbr> - <abbr title="unten – en: down; bottom">unten</abbr> :<abbr title="hinten – en: at the back; at the end; behind">hinten</abbr> - <abbr title="vorne – en: at the front">vorne</abbr> :<abbr title="alt – en: old">alt</abbr> - <abbr title="neu – en: new">neu</abbr> :<abbr title="groß – en: big; great">groß</abbr> - <abbr title="klein – en: small">klein</abbr> :<abbr title="dick – en: tick; big; fat">dick</abbr> - <abbr title="dünn – en: thin">dünn</abbr> :<abbr title="kurz – en: short">kurz</abbr> - <abbr title="lang – en: long">lang</abbr> 419 :Ist das Fenster rechts? - Nein, es ist links. :--- :Liegt das Buch oben? - Nein, es liegt … :Steht der Stuhl hinten? - Nein, er steht … :Ist die Lampe alt? - Nein, … :Ist die Uhr groß? - Nein, … :Ist das Buch <abbr title="dick – en: thick">dick</abbr>? - … :Ist das Kleid kurz? - … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 419 |- | :Ist das Fenster rechts? - Nein, es ist links. :--- :Liegt das Buch oben? - Nein, es liegt unten. :Steht der Stuhl hinten. - Nein, er steht vorn. :Ist die Lampe alt? - Nein, sie ist neu. :Ist die Uhr groß? - Nein, sie ist klein. :Ist das Buch dick. - Nein, es ist dünn. :Ist das Kleid kurz. - Nein, es ist lang. |} 419a :Ist das Zimmer lang? - Ja, … :Ist das Lineal neu? - Ja, … :Ist das Heft dünn? - Ja, … :Ist das Haus klein? - Ja, … :Steht das Glas vorne? - Ja, … :Liegt die Zeitschrift unten? - Ja, … :Steht das Auto links? - Ja, … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 420 |- | :Ist das Zimmer lang? - Ja, es ist lang. :Ist das Lineal neu? - Ja, es ist neu. :Ist das Heft dünn? - Ja, es ist dünn. :Ist das Haus klein? - Ja, es ist klein. :Steht das Glas vorne? - Ja, es steht vorn. :Liegt die Zeitschrift unten? - Ja, sie liegt unten. :Steht das Auto links? - Ja, es steht links. |} == Vokabular: Lektion 009 == : die Freundin – en: girlfriend : sehen – en: to see : der Fehler – en: error; mistake : etwas – en: something : mögen – en: to want : kein – en: no : grüßen – en: to greet : machen – en: to make : welcher – en: which (maskulinum) : welche – en: which (femininum or Plural) : welches – en: which (neutrum) : der Pullover – en: pullover; jumper; jersey : der Regenschirm – en: umbrella : der Sonnenschirm – en: sunshade : der Pullover – en: pullover; jumper; jersey : der Anzug – en: suit : der Mantel – en: coat; cloak; overcoat : der Anorak – en: anorak : der Hut – en: hat : der Schirm; der Regenschirm – en: umbrella : der Sonnenschirm – en: sunshade : falsch – en: false; incorrect : welchen – en: what; which : nehmen – en: to take : holen – en: to fetch; to get : die Limonade – en: soda; soft drink; lemonade : besuchen – en: to visit : sehen – en: to see : grüßen – en: to greet : verstehen – en: to understand : die Aufgabe – en: exercise; task; job : der Abschnitt – en: section : der Freund – en: friend : verstehen – en: to understand : die Aufgabe – en: exercise; task; job : bezahlen – en: to pay : besuchen – en: to visit : kennen – en: to know : gut – en: good : verstehen – en: to understand : der Abschnitt – en: section : welchen – en: which; what : brauchen – en: to need : noch etwas – en: something else : der Gast; Plural: Gäste – en: guest : das Ei – en: egg : nehmen – en: to take : die Tasche – en: bag; (hand)bag; (shopping)bag : rufen – en: to call : gehen – en: to go; to walk : der Wein – en: wine : holen – en: to take : der Kuchen – en: cake : der Wein – en: wine : suchen – en: to look for; to search : aber – en: but : sehen- en: to see : stehen – en:to stand; to be (standing) : vorne = vorn – en: at the front; over there : haben – en: to have : noch – en: still; in addition : genug – en: sufficient : brauchen – en: to need : noch – en: still; also; in addition : ein paar – en: some; a few : finden – en: to find : links – en: left; at the left side : liegen – en: to lie; to be (laying) : frisch – en: fresh : ganz frisch – en: very fresh : die Kasse – en: cash register : Wie viel kostet …? - en: How much does it cost? Ho much is it? : die Verkäuferin – en: saleswoman : das Kilogramm (kg) – en: kilogram : nehmen – en: to take : auch noch – en: also; too : Wie viel? - en: How much? How many? : noch etwas? - en: Something else? Something more? : alles – en: all : die Kasse – en: cash desk; cash register : bezahlen – en: to pay : wer? - en: Who? : kaufen – en: to buy : das Kilogramm – en: kilogram : suchen – en: to look for; to search : finden – en: to find : etwas – en: something : verstehen – en: to understand : ganz – en: very : deutlich – en: clearly; distinctly : langsam – en: slow : laut – en: loud; loudly; noisy : wenig – en: little; limited : schnell – en: fast : rufen – en: to call : kommen – en: to come : noch – en: still : wohnen – en: to live : lernen – en: to learn : lange – en: a long time; long : warten – en: to wait : das Wort – en: word : der Satz – en: sentence : übersetzen – en: to translate : der Abschnitt – en: paragraph; section : sagen – en: to say : das Beispiel – en: example : das Tonband – en: tape; audiotape : die Stunde – en: hour : genug – en: sufficient; sufficiently : noch – en: still : genug – en: sufficient : der Fisch – en: fish : das Ei – en: egg : vorn – en: in front of; over there : hinten – en: behind; over there : rechts – en: right; at the right side : links – en: left; at the left side : der Wein – en: wine : stehen – en: to stand; to be (standing) : sehen – en: to see : rechnen – en: to calculate : zeichnen – en: to draw : richtig – en: correct : durch – en: through : noch – en: still : machen – en: to make : noch – en: still : laut – en: lout; loudly; aloud : wohnen – en: to live : die Mathematik – en: mathmatics : die Physik – en: physics : die Chemie – en: chemistry : das Tonband – en: tape; audiotape : holen – en: to fetch; to get : das Bild – en: picture; image : die Karte – en: map : die Landkarte – map : nehmen – en: to take : die Zeitschrift – en: magazine; journal : übersetzen – en: to translate : der Satz; Plural: Sätze – en: sentence : wohnen – en: to live : die Pause – en: pause : der Hunger – en: hunger : warten – en: to wait : kommen – en: to come : essen – en: to eat : das Geschäft – en: shop : der Laden – en: shop : rechts – en: right; to the right : links – en: left; to the left : oben – en: at the top : unten – en: down; bottom : hinten – en: at the back; at the end; behind : vorne – en: at the front : alt – en: old : neu – en: new : groß – en: big; great : klein – en: small : dick – en: tick; big; fat : dünn – en: thin : kurz – en: short : lang – en: long : dick – en: thick == Vokabular: Lektion 009 – alphabetisch geordnet == # aber – en: but # Abschnitt, der – en: paragraph; section # alles – en: all # alt – en: old # Anorak, der – en: anorak # Anzug, der – en: suit # auch noch – en: also; too # Aufgabe, die – en: exercise; task; job # Beispiel, das – en: example # besuchen – en: to visit # bezahlen – en: to pay # Bild, das – en: picture; image # brauchen – en: to need # Chemie, die – en: chemistry # deutlich – en: clearly; distinctly # dick – en: tick; big; fat # dünn – en: thin # durch – en: through # Ei, das – en: egg # ein paar – en: some; a few # essen – en: to eat # etwas – en: something # falsch – en: false; incorrect # Fehler, der – en: error; mistake # finden – en: to find # Fisch, der – en: fish # Freund, der – en: friend # Freundin, die – en: girlfriend # frisch – en: fresh # ganz – en: very # ganz frisch – en: very fresh # Gast, der; Plural: Gäste – en: guest # gehen – en: to go; to walk # genug – en: sufficient # Geschäft, das – en: shop # groß – en: big; great # grüßen – en: to greet # gut – en: good # haben – en: to have # hinten – en: at the back; at the end; behind; over there # holen – en: to fetch; to get; to take # Hunger, der – en: hunger # Hut, der – en: hat # Karte, die – en: map # Kasse, die – en: cash desk; cash register # kaufen – en: to buy # kein – en: no # kennen – en: to know # Kilogramm, das (kg) – en: kilogram # klein – en: small # kommen – en: to come # Kuchen, der – en: cake # kurz – en: short # Laden, der – en: shop # Landkarte, die – map # lang – en: long # lange – en: a long time; long # langsam – en: slow # laut – en: loud; loudly; noisy # lernen – en: to learn # liegen – en: to lie; to be (laying) # Limonade, die – en: soda; soft drink; lemonade # links – en: left; at the left side; to the left # machen – en: to make # Mantel, der – en: coat; cloak; overcoat # Mathematik, die – en: mathmatics # mögen – en: to want # nehmen – en: to take # neu – en: new # noch – en: still; also; in addition # noch etwas – en: something else # noch etwas? - en: Something else? Something more? # oben – en: at the top # Pause, die – en: pause # Physik, die – en: physics # Pullover, der – en: pullover; jumper; jersey # rechnen – en: to calculate # rechts – en: right; at the right side; to the right # Regenschirm, der – en: umbrella # richtig – en: correct # rufen – en: to call # sagen – en: to say # Satz, der; Plural: Sätze – en: sentence # Schirm, der; der Regenschirm – en: umbrella # schnell – en: fast # sehen – en: to see # Sonnenschirm, der – en: sunshade # stehen – en: to stand; to be (standing) # Stunde, die – en: hour # suchen – en: to look for; to search # Tasche, die – en: bag; (hand)bag; (shopping)bag # Tonband, das – en: tape; audiotape # übersetzen – en: to translate # unten – en: down; bottom # Verkäuferin, die – en: saleswoman # verstehen – en: to understand # vorne = vorn – en: at the front; over there; in front of # warten – en: to wait # Wein, der – en: wine # welche – en: which (femininum or Plural) # welchen – en: what; which # welcher – en: which (maskulinum) # welches – en: which (neutrum) # wenig – en: little; limited # wer? - en: who? # Wie viel kostet …? - en: How much does it cost? Ho much is it? # Wie viel? - en: How much? How many? # wohnen – en: to live # Wort, das – en: word # zeichnen – en: to draw # Zeitschrift, die – en: magazine; journal :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 008|Lektion 008]] ← Lektion 009 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010|Lektion 010]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 009]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009]] amdn3o7it3z4drkxi0jzs9taq0y7q25 0 4134 6781 6243 2023-03-15T06:53:37Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009|Lektion 009]] ← Lektion 010 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011|Lektion 011]] == 420 - 429 == 420 :[[File:Deutsch 420 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Anzug # Hut # Schirm # Mantel # Pullover # Anorak # Block # Bleistift # Tisch # Stuhl # Hose # Hemd # Kleid # Tasche # Schuh # Abschnitt # Aufgabe # Wein # Ei # Kasse :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 420 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box - between the arrows : ⇒{{AnswerGray|the}}⇐ example # {{AnswerGray|der}} Anzug # {{AnswerGray|der}} Hut # {{AnswerGray|der}} Schirm # {{AnswerGray|der}} Mantel # {{AnswerGray|der}} Pullover # {{AnswerGray|der}} Anorak # {{AnswerGray|der}} Block # {{AnswerGray|der}} Bleistift # {{AnswerGray|der}} Tisch # {{AnswerGray|der}} Stuhl # {{AnswerGray|die}} Hose # {{AnswerGray|das}} Hemd # {{AnswerGray|das}} Kleid # {{AnswerGray|die}} Tasche # {{AnswerGray|der}} Schuh # {{AnswerGray|der}} Abschnitt # {{AnswerGray|die}} Aufgabe # {{AnswerGray|der}} Wein # {{AnswerGray|das}} Ei # {{AnswerGray|die}} Kasse |} 420a :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :'''Schreiben Sie die Antwort!''' :--- # Kilo # Gramm # Kilogramm # Löffel # Messer # Gabel # Stunde # Fisch # Mathematik # Chemie # Hunger # Pause # Bild # Zeitschrift # Vorname # Adresse # Bier # Wurst # Brot # Obst :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 420a |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box - between the arrows : ⇒{{AnswerGray|the}}⇐ example # {{AnswerGray|das}} Kilo # {{AnswerGray|das}} Gramm # {{AnswerGray|das}} Kilogramm # {{AnswerGray|der}} Löffel # {{AnswerGray|das}} Messer # {{AnswerGray|die}} Gabel # {{AnswerGray|die}} Stunde # {{AnswerGray|der}} Fisch # {{AnswerGray|die}} Mathematik # {{AnswerGray|die}} Chemie # {{AnswerGray|der}} Hunger # {{AnswerGray|die}} Pause # {{AnswerGray|das}} Bild # {{AnswerGray|die}} Zeitschrift # {{AnswerGray|der}} Vorname # {{AnswerGray|die}} Adresse # {{AnswerGray|das}} Bier # {{AnswerGray|die}} Wurst # {{AnswerGray|das}} Brot # {{AnswerGray|das}} Obst |} 421 :Übungen zur Grammatik :Die Personalpronomen im Akkusativ :Das Pronomen „sein“ :--- :'''Die Präposition „<font color="993300">'''<abbr title="für - en: for">für</abbr>'''</font>“ und „<font color="009933">'''in'''</font>“ mit dem Akkusativ.''' :Frau Lehmann braucht <abbr title="ein paar Sachen - en: some things; die Sache - en: thing; clothing; Plural: die Sachen - en: clothing">ein paar Sachen</abbr> <font color="993300">'''<abbr title="für sich - en: for oneself">für sich</abbr>'''</font> und ihre Familie. Heute <abbr title="gehen - en: to go; to walk">gehen</abbr> Frau Lehmann und Monika <font color="009933">'''in'''</font> die Stadt. Sie gehen <font color="009933">'''in'''</font>s Kaufhaus. Frau Lehmann kauft einen <abbr title="der Pullover - en: pullover; jersey; jumper">Pullover</abbr> <font color="993300">'''<abbr title="für - en: for">für ihren</abbr>'''</font> <abbr title="der Mann - en: man; der Ehemann - en: husband)">Mann</abbr>. <abbr title="dann - en: then; afterwards">Dann</abbr> kauft sie <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Paar - en: a pair of ... ; e.g. ein Paar Schuhe; ein Paar Handschuhe">Paar</abbr> Handschuhe <font color="993300">'''für ihn'''</font>. Sie fragt Monika: „Kaufen wir <font color="993300">'''für dich'''</font> ein <abbr title="das Kleid - en: dress">Kleid</abbr> oder eine <abbr title="die Bluse - en: blouse">Bluse</abbr>?“ Monika antwortet: „<font color="993300">'''Für mich'''</font> kaufen wir eine Bluse und <font color="993300">'''für dich'''</font> ein Kleid, <font color="993300">'''<abbr title="für - en: for">für Peter</abbr>'''</font> kaufen wir <abbr title="das Buch - en: book">Bücher</abbr>.“ Frau Lehmann sagt: „Dort <abbr title="gibt es - en: there is; there are">gibt es</abbr> Bücher. <abbr title="aber - en: but">Aber</abbr> <abbr title="jetzt - en: now">jetzt</abbr> kaufen wir das Kleid und die Bluse, dann gehen wir <abbr title="dorthin - en: (to) there; up to there">dorthin</abbr>.“ 421a :Uwe und Peter sind im Kaufhaus. Uwe kauft ein Buch. Er braucht das Buch für den Unterricht. Er sagt: „Das Buch ist für mich.“ Dann kommt Monika in das Kaufhaus. Sie fragt Peter: „Warum hat Uwe dieses Buch gekauft? <abbr title="für wen? - en: for whom?">Für wen</abbr> ist das Buch?“ Peter antwortet: „Uwe hat das Buch '''für sich''' gekauft.“ :<abbr title="für mich - en: for me">für mich</abbr> - en: for me :<abbr title="für sich - en: for oneself">für sich</abbr> - en: for herself / for himself :Frau Winter kauft ein Kleid für ihre Tochter. Dann <abbr title="sehen - en: to see">sieht</abbr> Frau Winter einen <abbr title="sehr schön - en: very nice; very beautiful">sehr schönen</abbr> <abbr title="der Hut - en: hat">Hut</abbr>. Sie kauft den Hut. Der Hut ist nicht für ihre Tochter, <abbr title="sondern - en: but; (instead; in contrarry)">sondern</abbr> für sie <abbr title="selber - en: oneself; myself; yourself; himself; herself">selber</abbr>. Sie <abbr title="hat ... gekauft - en: has bought">hat</abbr> sich einen schönen Hut <abbr title="hat ... gekauft - en: has bought">gekauft</abbr>. Frau Winter hat den Hut '''für sich''' gekauft. (Frau Winter kauft einen Hut für Frau Winter.) 422 :'''Die Personalpronomen im Akkusativ''' {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Nominativ || Akkusativ || &nbsp; |-align="center" | ich || mich || für mich || Der Kaffee ist für mich. |-align="center" | du || dich || für dich || Der Tee ist für dich. |-align="center" | er || ihn || für ihn || Die Milch ist für ihn. |-align="center" | sie || sie || für sie || Das Buch ist für sie. |-align="center" | es || es || für es || Der <abbr title="der Ball - en: ball">Ball</abbr> ist für es. (das Kind) |-align="center" | wir || uns || für uns || Das Fleisch ist für uns. |-align="center" | ihr || euch || für euch || Das Gemüse ist für euch. |-align="center" | sie || sie || für sie || Die Bleistifte sind für sie. |-align="center" | Sie || Sie || für Sie || Die <abbr title="die Blume - en: flower">Blumen</abbr> sind für Sie. |-align="center" | er || &nbsp; || <abbr title="für sich - en: for oneself">für sich</abbr> || Er hat das Buch für sich gekauft. |-align="center" | sie || &nbsp; || <abbr title="für sich - en: for herself">für sich</abbr> || Sie hat den Hut für sich gekauft. |} 423 :Monika <abbr title="sehen - en: to see">sieht</abbr> mich. :Peter <abbr title="rufen - en: to call">ruft</abbr> dich. :Karin <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besucht</abbr> uns heute. :Herr Pohl <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kennt</abbr> euch nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 423 |- | :Monika sieht mich. :Monika sieht dich. :Monika sieht ihn. :Monika sieht sie. :Monika sieht uns. :Monika sieht euch. :Monika sieht sie. :--- :Peter ruft mich. :Peter ruft dich. :Peter ruft ihn. :Peter ruft sie. :Peter ruft es. :Peter ruft wir. :Peter ruft ihr. :Peter ruft sie. :--- :Karin besucht mich heute. :Karin besucht dich heute. :Karin besucht ihn heute. :Karin besucht uns heute. :Karin besucht euch heute. :Karin besucht sie heute. :--- :Herr Pohl kennt mich nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt dich nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt ihn nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt sie nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt es nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt uns nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt euch nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt sie nicht. :Herr Pohl kennt Sie nicht. |} 424 :Beispiel: :Herr Meyer <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kennt</abbr> uns gut. :Kennt er <abbr title="Sie - en: you (to authorities: Sir; Mam">Sie</abbr> auch? :⇒ Ja, er kennt mich auch. :⇒ Ja, er kennt uns auch. :--- :Herr Meyer <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besucht</abbr> uns <abbr title="gern - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr>. :Besucht er Sie auch? :--- :Herr Meyer <abbr title="fragen - en: to ask">fragt</abbr> uns <abbr title="viel - en: many; much; a lot">viel</abbr>. :Fragt er Sie auch? :--- :Herr Meyer <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">versteht</abbr> uns gut. :Versteht er Sie auch? :--- :Herr Meyer <abbr title="grüßen - en: to greet">grüßt</abbr> uns. :Grüßt er Sie auch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 424 |- | :Herr Meyer besucht uns gern. :Besucht er Sie auch? :Ja, er besucht uns auch. (Pl.) :Ja, er besucht mich auch. (Sg.) :--- :Herr Meyer fragt uns viel. :Fragt er Sie auch? :Ja, er fragt uns auch. (Pl.) :Ja, er fragt mich auch. (Sg.) :--- :Herr Meyer versteht uns gut. :Versteht er Sie auch? :Ja, er versteht uns auch. (Pl.) :Ja, er versteht mich auch. (Sg.) :--- :Herr Meyer grüßt uns. :Grüßt er Sie auch? :Ja, er grüßt uns auch. (Pl.) :Ja, er grüßt mich auch. (Sg.) |} ??? 425 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Personalpronomen!''' :Beispiel: :<abbr title="du heißt - en: your name is">Du heißt</abbr> Peter Lehmann. Ich <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kenne</abbr> ... :⇒ Ich kenne dich. :--- :<abbr title="wohnen - en: to live">Wohnst</abbr> du dort? Ich <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besuche</abbr> ... :Du <abbr title="sprechen- en: to speak">sprichst</abbr> <abbr title="deutlich - en: clearly; clear">deutlich</abbr>. Ich <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehe</abbr> ... :<abbr title="hören- en: hear">Hörst</abbr> du? Dein Bruder <abbr title="rufen - en: to call">ruft</abbr> ... :Dort <abbr title="kommen - en: to come">kommt</abbr> deine Mutter. Sie <abbr title="suchen - en: to search; to seak; to look for">sucht</abbr> ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 425 |- | :Du heißt Peter Lehmann. Ich kenne dich. :--- :Wohnst du dort? Ich besuche dich. :Du sprichst deutlich. Ich verstehe dich. :Hörst du? Dein Bruder ruft dich. :Dort kommt deine Mutter. Sie sucht dich. |} 426 :Beispiel: :Wir <abbr title="verstehen- en: to understand">verstehen</abbr> euch. Versteht ihr ... auch? :⇒ Wir verstehen euch. Versteht ihr uns auch? :Wir <abbr title="grüßen - en: to greet">grüßen</abbr> Andreas. Er <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kennt</abbr> ... gut. :Wir kennen diese Studenten. Sie <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besuchen</abbr> ... <abbr title="gern - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr>. :Wir <abbr title="sehen - en: see">sehen</abbr> Peter. Aber er sieht ... nicht. :Wir <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">warten</abbr> dort. Peter <abbr title="finden - en: to find">findet</abbr> ... dort. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 426 |- | :Wir verstehen euch. Versteht ihr uns auch? :--- :Wir grüßen Andreas. Er kennt uns gut. :Wir kennen diese Studenten. Sie besuchen uns gern. :Wir sehen Peter. Aber er sieht uns nicht. :Wir warten dort. Peter findet uns dort. |} 427 :Beispiel: :Ihr <abbr title="rufen - en: to call">ruft</abbr> <abbr title="sehr - en: very">sehr</abbr> <abbr title="laut - en: loud">laut</abbr>. Wir <abbr title="hören - en: to hear">hören</abbr> ... gut. :⇒ Ihr ruft sehr laut. <abbr title="wir hören euch gut - wir hören euch gut: we hear you well">Wir hören euch gut</abbr>. :--- :Ihr <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprecht</abbr> nicht Deutsch. Wir <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehen</abbr> ... nicht. :<abbr title="seid ihr? - en: are you here">Seid ihr</abbr> Peter und Andreas? Wir <abbr title="suchen - en: to search">suchen</abbr> ... :<abbr title="haben - en: to have">Habt</abbr> ihr heute Zeit? Wir <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besuchen</abbr> ... heute. :Wir <abbr title="hören - en: to hear; oír">hören</abbr> euch. Aber wir <abbr title="sehen - en: to see">sehen</abbr> ... nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 427 |- | :Ihr ruft sehr laut. Wir hören euch gut. :--- :Ihr sprecht nicht Deutsch. Wir verstehen euch nicht. :Seid ihr Peter und Andreas? Wir suchen euch. :Habt ihr heute Zeit? Wir besuchen euch heute. :Wir hören euch. Aber wir sehen euch nicht nicht. |} 428 :Beispiel: :Bitte, <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">sprechen</abbr> Sie <abbr title="deutlich - en: cleraly">deutlich</abbr>! Ich <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehe</abbr> ... nicht. :⇒ Bitte, sprechen Sie deutlich! Ich verstehe Sie nicht. :--- :Bitte, sprechen Sie <abbr title="laut - en: loud">laut</abbr>! Ich verstehe ... nicht. :Sind Sie Herr Omar? Ich <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kenne</abbr> ... nicht. :Sind Sie Frau Stein? Ich <abbr title="suchen - en: to seak; to serach">suche</abbr> ... :Sind Sie Frau Weber? Ich <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kenne</abbr> ... nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 428 |- | :Bitte, sprechen Sie deutlich! Ich verstehe Sie nicht. :--- :Bitte, sprechen Sie laut! Ich verstehe Sie nicht. :Sind Sie Herr Omar? Ich kenne Sie nicht. :Sind Sie Frau Stein? Ich suche Sie. :Sind Sie Frau Weber? Ich kenne Sie nicht. :--- :Du-Form :Bitte, sprich deutlich! Ich verstehe dich nicht. :Bitte, sprich laut! Ich verstehe dich nicht. :Bist du Omar? Ich kenne dich nicht. :Bist du Sabine? Ich suche dich. :Bist du Maria? Ich kenne dich nicht. |} 429 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Personalpronomen!''' :Beispiel: :Ich <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kenne</abbr> diese <abbr title="die Frau - en: woman">Frau</abbr>. :Sie grüßt ... :Ich grüße ... auch. :⇒ :⇒Ich kenne diese Frau. :⇒Sie grüßt mich. :⇒Ich grüße sie auch. :--- :Ich <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kenne</abbr> diesen <abbr title="der Mann - en: man">Mann</abbr>. :Er grüßt ... :Ich grüße ... auch. :--- :Ich <abbr title="rufen - en: to call">rufe</abbr> meine Schwester. :Sie <abbr title="sehen - en: so see">sieht</abbr> ... :Ich sehe ... auch. :--- :Ich kenne diese Studentin. :Sie <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besucht</abbr> ... :Ich besuche ... auch. :--- :Herr Lehmann <abbr title="sprechen - en: to speak">spricht</abbr> Deutsch. :Ich <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehe</abbr> ... :Er versteht ... auch. :--- :Herr Teute <abbr title="sprechen - en: to understand">spricht</abbr> Französisch. :Ich <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehe</abbr> ... nicht. :Er versteht ... auch nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 429 |- | :Ich kenne diese Frau. Sie grüßt mich. Ich grüße sie auch. :--- :Ich kenne diesen Mann. Er grüßt mich. Ich grüße ihn auch. :Ich rufe meine Schwester. Sie sieht mich. Ich sehe Sie auch. :Ich kenne diese Studentin. Sie besucht mich. Ich besuche Sie auch. :Herr Lehmann spricht Deutsch. Ich verstehe ihn. Er versteht mich auch. :Herr Teute spricht Französisch. Ich verstehe ihn nicht. Er versteht mich auch nicht. |} == 430 - 439 == 430 :'''Die Präposition „<font color="993300">'''für'''</font>“ mit dem Akkusativ''' :<abbr title="für wen? - en: for whom?">Für wen</abbr> kauft Frau Lehmann eine Bluse? :Sie kauft eine Bluse <font color="993300">'''für'''</font> Monika. :<abbr title="Wofür? - en: What for? For what">Wofür</abbr> braucht Peter die Bücher? :Er braucht sie <font color="993300">'''für den'''</font> Unterricht. 431 :Fragen und antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :a. Monika <abbr title="bringen - en: to birng">bringt</abbr> ein Lehrbuch. (ich) :⇒b. <abbr title="für wen? - en: for whom?">Für wen</abbr> ist das Lehrbuch? :⇒a. Das Lehrbuch ist <abbr title="für mich - en: for me">für mich</abbr>. :--- :Sie <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringt</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Bild - en: picture; image">Bild</abbr>. (wir) :Sie bringt <abbr title="die Karte - en: ticket">Karten</abbr>. (du) :Sie bringt eine Karte. (ihr) :Sie bringt eine Karte. (sie [das Mädchen]) :Sie bringt eine Karte. (sie [die Kinder]) :--- :Sie bringt zwei <abbr title="der Brief - en: letter">Briefe</abbr>. (ich) :Sie bringt einen Block. (er) :Sie bringt eine <abbr title="die Flasche - en: bottle">Flasche</abbr> <abbr title="die Milch - en: milk">Milch</abbr>. (wir) :Sie bringt eine <abbr title="die Tasse - en: cup">Tasse</abbr>. (du) :Sie bringt <abbr title="die Limonade - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink">Limonade</abbr>. (wir) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 431 |- | Monika bringt ein Lehrbuch. Für wen ist das Lehrbuch? Das Lehrbuch ist für mich. :--- :Sie bringt ein Bild. Für wen ist das Bild? Das Bild ist für uns. :Sie bringt Karten. Für wen sind die Karten? Die Karten sind für dich. :Sie bringt eine Karte. Für wen ist die Karte? Die Karte ist für euch. :Sie bringt eine Karte. Für wen ist die Karte? Die Karte ist für sie. (das Mädchen) :Sie bringt eine Karte. Für wen ist die Karte? Die Karte ist für sie. (die Kinder) :--- :Sie bringt zwei Briefe. Für wen sind die Briefe? Die Briefe sind für mich. :Sie bringt einen Block. Für wen ist der Block? Der Block ist für ihn. :Sie bringt eine Flasche Milch. Für wen ist die Flasche Milch? Die Flasche Milch ist für uns. :Sie bringt eine Tasse. Für wen ist die Tasse? Die Tasse ist für dich. :Sie bringt Limonade. Für wen ist die Limonade? Die Limonade ist für uns. |} 431a :Beispiel: :für (ich) :⇒ für mich :--- :für (du) :für (er) :für (sie) :für (es) :für (wir) :für (ihr) :für (sie) :für (Sie) :--- :für (der Vater) :für (die Mutter) :für (das Kind) :für (der Bruder) :für (die Schwester) :für (die Tochter) :für (der Sohn) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 431a |- | :für (du) - für mich :--- :für (du) - für dich :für (er) - für ihn :für (sie) - für sie :für (es) - für es :für (wir) - für uns :für (ihr) - für euch :für (sie) - für sie :für (Sie) - für Sie :--- :für (der Vater) - für den Vater :für (die Mutter) - für die Mutter :für (das Kind) - für das Kind :für (der Bruder) - für den Bruder :für (die Schwester) - für die Schwester :für (die Tochter) - für die Tochter :für (der Sohn) - für den Sohn |} 431b :Beispiel: :für (das Buch) :⇒ für das Buch :--- :für (der Unterricht) :für (die Milch) :für (das Buch) :für (die Lampe) :für (das Zimmer) :für (der Käse) :für (das Haus) :für (die Wurst) :für (die Eier) :für (die Hose) :für (die Kinder) :--- :für (mein Vater) :für (meine Mutter) :für (mein Kind) :für (mein Bruder) :für (meine Schwester) :für (meine Tochter) :für (mein Sohn) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 431b |- | :für (das Buch) - für das Buch :--- :für (der Unterricht) - für den Unterricht :für (die Milch) - für die Milch :für (das Buch) - für das Buch :für (die Lampe) - für die Lampe :für (das Zimmer) - für das Zimmer :für (der Käse) - für den Käse :für (das Haus) - für das Haus :für (die Wurst) - für die Wurst :für (die Eier) - für die Eier :für (die Hose) - für die Hose :für (die Kinder) - für die Kinder :--- :für (mein Vater) - für meinen Vater :für (meine Mutter) - für meine Mutter :für (mein Kind) - für mein Kind :für (mein Bruder) - für meinen Bruder :für (meine Schwester) - für meine Schwester :für (meine Tochter) - für meine Tochter :für (mein Sohn) - für meinen Sohn |} 431c :Beispiel: :für (das Buch) :⇒ für das Buch :--- :für (dein Vater) :für (deine Mutter) :für (dein Kind) :für (dein Bruder) :für (deine Schwester) :für (deine Tochter) :für (dein Sohn) :--- :für (unser Vater) :für (unsere Mutter) :für (unser Kind) :für (unser Bruder) :für (unsere Schwester) :für (unsere Tochter) :für (unser Sohn) :--- :für (eure Väter) :für (eure Mütter) :für (eure Kinder) :für (eure Brüder) :für (eure Schwestern) :für (eure Töchter) :für (eure Söhne) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 431c |- | :für (dein Vater) - für das Buch :--- :für (dein Vater) - für deinen Vater :für (deine Mutter) - für deine Mutter :für (dein Kind) - für dein Kind :für (dein Bruder) - für deinen Bruder :für (deine Schwester) - für deine Schwester :für (deine Tochter) - für deine Tochter :für (dein Sohn) - für deinen Sohn :--- :für (unser Vater) - für unseren Vater :für (unsere Mutter) - für unsere Mutter :für (unser Kind) - für unser Kind :für (unser Bruder) - für unseren Bruder :für (unsere Schwester) - für unsere Schwester :für (unsere Tochter) - für unsere Tochter :für (unser Sohn) - für unseren Sohn :--- :für (eure Väter) - für eure Väter :für (eure Mütter) - für eure Mütter :für (eure Kinder) - für eure Kinder :für (eure Brüder) - für eure Brüder :für (eure Schwestern) - für eure Schwestern :für (eure Töchter) - für eure Töchter :für (eure Söhne) - für eure Söhne |} 431d :'''Fragen und antworten Sie!''' :Beispiel: :⇒a. Monika <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringt</abbr> ein Lehrbuch. (dein Bruder) :⇒b. <abbr title="für wen? - en: for whom?">Für wen</abbr> ist das Lehrbuch? :⇒a. Das Lehrbuch ist für deinen Bruder. :--- :Sie <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringt</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Bild - en: picture; image">Bild</abbr>. (meine Mutter) :Sie bringt <abbr title="die Karte - en: ticket">Karten</abbr>. (ihre Freunde) :Sie bringt eine Karte. (ihre Freunde) :Sie bringt eine Karte. (ihr Freund) :Sie bringt eine Karte. (ihre Freundin) :--- :Sie bringt zwei <abbr title="der Brief - en: letter">Briefe</abbr>. (mein Vater) :Sie bringt einen Block. (unser Lehrer) :Sie bringt eine <abbr title="die Flasche - en: bottle">Flasche</abbr> <abbr title="die Milch - en: milk">Milch</abbr>. (ihr Vater) :Sie bringt eine <abbr title="die Tasse - en: cup">Tasse</abbr>. (mein Bruder) :Sie bringt Tee. (dein Freund) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 431d |- | :Monika bringt ein Lehrbuch. Für wen ist das Lehrbuch? Das Lehrbuch ist für deinen Bruder. :--- :Sie bringt ein Bild. Für wen ist das Bild? Das Bild ist für meine Mutter. :Sie bringt Karten. Für wen sind die Karten? Die Karten sind für ihre Freunde. :Sie bringt eine Karte. Für wen ist die Karte? Die Karte ist für ihre Freunde. :Sie bringt eine Karte. Für wen ist die Karte? Die Karte ist für ihren Freund. :Sie bringt eine Karte. Für wen ist die Karte? Die Karte ist für ihre Freundin. :--- :Sie bringt zwei Briefe. Für wen sind die Briefe. Die zwei Briefe sind für meinen Vater. :Sie bringt einen Block. Für wen ist der Block? Der Block ist für unseren Lehrer. :Sie bringt eine Flasche Milch. Für wen ist die Flasche Milch? Die Flasche Milch ist für ihren Vater. :Sie bringt eine Tasse. Für wen ist die Tasse? Die Tasse ist für meinen Bruder. :Sie bringt Tee. Für wen ist der Tee? Der Tee ist für deinen Freund. |} 431e :für mich - en: for me :für meine Mutter - en: for my mother 432 :'''Fragen und antworten Sie!''' :Üben Sie zu zweit! :--- :Beispiel: :a. Ich kaufe eine Bluse. (meine Mutter) :b. Für wen? :a. Für meine Mutter. :b. Für Ihre Mutter? :a. Ja, für sie. :--- :Ich kaufe einen Pullover. (meine Schwester) :Ich kaufe Handschuhe. (mein Bruder) :Ich <abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for">hole</abbr> eine Zeitschrift. (mein Vater) :Ich hole ein Tonband. (mein Lehrer) :Ich bringe Tee. (meine <abbr title="der Gast - en: guest; Plural: Gäste">Gäste</abbr>) :Ich bringe Kaffee. (Sie) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 432 |- | :Ich kaufe eine Bluse. :Für wen? :Für meine Mutter. :Für Ihre Mutter? :Ja, für sie. :--- :Ich kaufe einen Pullover. :Für wen? :Für meine meine Schwester. :Für Ihre Schwester? :Ja, für sie. :--- :Ich kaufe Handschuhe. :Für wen? :Für meinen Bruder. :Für Ihren Bruder? :Ja, für ihn. :--- :Ich hole eine Zeitschrift. :Für wen? :Für meinen Vater. :Für Ihrenn Vater? :Ja, für ihn. :--- :Ich hole ein Tonband. :Für wen? :Für meinen Lehrer. :Für Ihren Lehrer? :Ja, für ihn. :--- :Ich bringe Tee. :Für wen? :Für meine Gäster. :Für Ihre Gäste? :Ja, für sie. :--- :Ich bringe Kaffee. :Für wen? :Für Sie. :Für mich? :Ja, für Sie. |} 432a :Beispiel: :Ich kaufe eine Bluse. (meine Mutter) :⇒ Für meine Mutter. - für sie :--- :Ich kaufe einen Pullover. (meine Schwester) :Ich kaufe Handschuhe. (mein Bruder) :Ich hole eine Zeitschrift. (mein Vater) :Ich hole ein Tonband. (mein Lehrer) :Ich bringe Tee. (meine <abbr title="der Gast - en: guest; Plural: Gäste">Gäste</abbr>) :Ich bringe Kaffee. (Sie) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 432a |- | :Ich kaufe eine Bluse. - Für meine Mutter. - für sie :--- :Ich kaufe einen Pullover. - Für meine Schwester. - für sie :Ich kaufe Handschuhe. - Für meinen Bruder. - für ihn :Ich hole eine Zeitschrift. - Für meinen Vater. - für ihn :Ich hole ein Tonband. - Für meinen Lehrer. - für ihn :Ich bringe Tee. - Für meine Gäste. - für sie :Ich bringe Kaffee. - Für Sie. - für Sie |} 433 :<abbr title="bilden - en: to form">Bilden</abbr> Sie Sätze! :--- :Beispiel: :Ich habe keine Zeit. (Zeitschrift <abbr title="suchen - en: to seek; to search; to look for">suchen</abbr>) :⇒ Bitte, suchen Sie die Zeitschrift für mich. :--- :Mein Vater hat keine Zeit. (Buch holen) :Meine Schwester hat keine Zeit. (Tonband suchen) :Unsere Freunde haben keine Zeit. (Lehrbücher kaufen) :Wir haben keine Zeit. (Bilder holen) :Ich habe keine Zeit. (Wörterbuch suchen) :Meine Tochter hat keine Zeit. (Blöcke kaufen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 433 |- | :Ich habe keine Zeit. - Bitte, suchen Sie die Zeitschrift für mich. :--- :Mein Vater hat keine Zeit. - Bitte holen Sie ein Buch für ihn. :Meine Schwester hat keine Zeit. - Bitte suchen Sie ein Tonband für sie. :Unsere Freunde haben keine Zeit. - Bitte kaufen Sie die Lehrbücher für sie. :Wir haben keine Zeit. - Bitte holen Sie die Bilder für uns. :Ich habe keine Zeit. - Bitte suchen Sie das Wörterbuch für mich. :Meine Tochter hat keine Zeit. - Bitte kaufen Sie die Blöcke für sie. |} 434 :Das Pronomen „'''sich'''“ :--- :Thomas braucht Bücher. :Andreas kauft die Bücher für Thomas. (zwei Personen) :Andreas kauft die Bücher für ihn. (zwei Personen) :--- :wer? - für wen? :Andreas - für Thomas :Andreas - für ihn :--- :Andreas braucht Hefte. :Andreas kauft die Hefte für Andreas. (eine Person) :Andreas kauft die Hefte für sich. (eine Person) :--- :wer? - für wen? :Andreas - für Andreas :Andreas - '''für sich''' 435 :ich - für mich :du - für dich :er - für sich :sie - für sich :es - für sich :wir - für uns :ihr - für euch :sie - <abbr title="für sich - en: for themselves">für sich</abbr> :Sie - <abbr title="für sich - en: for themselve">für sich</abbr> 436 :Andreas braucht Hefte. :Ich kaufe die Hefte für ihn. :Andreas kauft einen Anzug. :Er kauft den Anzug für sich. :--- :Monika braucht eine Bluse. :Ihre Mutter kauft eine Bluse für sie. :Monika kauft Zeitschriften. :Sie kauft die Zeitschriften für sich. :--- :Sie brauchen ein Wörterbuch. :Sie kaufen das Wörterbuch für sich. 437 :Ergänzen Sie die Sätze mit „'''sich'''“! :Beispiel: :Frau Lehmann kauft eine Bluse. :Sie kauft die Bluse für ... :⇒ Frau Lehmann kauft eine Bluse. Sie kauft die Bluse für sich. :--- :Herr Pohl kauft drei Bücher. Er kauft die Bücher für ... :Monika holt einen Block. Sie holt den Block für ... :Die Studenten kaufen Lehrbücher. Sie kaufen die Lehrbücher für ... :Frau Stein braucht einen Anorak. Sie kauft den Anorak für ... :Thomas und Andreas brauchen Bleistifte. Sie kaufen die Bleistifte für ... :Sie kaufen ein Wörterbuch. Sie kaufen das Wörterbuch für ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 437 |- | :Frau Lehmann kauft eine Bluse. - Sie kauft die Bluse für sich :--- :Herr Pohl kauft drei Bücher. Er kauft die Bücher für sich. :Monika holt einen Block. Sie holt den Block für sich. :Die Studenten kaufen Lehrbücher. Sie kaufen die Lehrbücher für sich. :Frau Stein braucht einen Anorak. Sie kauft den Anorak für sich. :Thomas und Andreas brauchen Bleistifte. Sie kaufen die Bleistifte für sich. :Sie kaufen ein Wörterbuch. Sie kaufen das Wörterbuch für sich. |} 438 :Ergänzen Sie „'''ihn'''“, „'''sie'''“ oder „'''sich'''“! :--- :Beispiel: :Frau Stein braucht ein Wörterbuch. Monika kauft das Wörterbuch für ... :⇒ Monika kauft das Wörterbuch für sie. :--- :Monika braucht ein Kleid. Monika kauft das Kleid für ... :Der Vater braucht eine Zeitschrift. Ich hole die Zeitschrift für ... :Thomas braucht ein Tonband. Thomas holt das Tonband für ... :Frau Lehmann braucht eine Bluse. Monika kauft die Bluse für ... :Frau Lehmann braucht Handschuhe. Frau Lehmann kauft die Handschuhe für ... :Die Studenten brauchen Karten. Andreas holt die Karten für ... :Die Studenten brauchen Lehrbücher. Die Studenten kaufen die Lehrbücher für ... :Sie brauchen Hefte. Sie kaufen die Hefte für ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 438 |- | :Frau Stein braucht ein Wörterbuch. Monika kauft das Wörterbuch für sie. :--- :Monika braucht ein Kleid. Monika kauft das Kleid für sich. :Der Vater braucht eine Zeitschrift. Ich hole die Zeitschrift für ihn. :Thomas braucht ein Tonband. Thomas holt das Tonband für sich. :Frau Lehmann braucht eine Bluse. Monika kauft die Bluse für sie. :Frau Lehmann braucht Handschuhe. Frau Lehmann kauft die Handschuhe für sich. :Die Studenten brauchen Karten. Andreas holt die Karten für sie. :Die Studenten brauchen Lehrbücher. Die Studenten kaufen die Lehrbücher für sich. :Sie brauchen Hefte. Sie kaufen die Hefte für sich. |} 439 :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :--- :Ich kaufe eine Tasche für ... (meine Schwester) :Ich kaufe einen Pullover für ... (mein Bruder) :Ich kaufe <abbr title="die Hausschuhe - en: slipper">Hausschuhe</abbr> für ... (er) :Ich kaufe Handschuhe für ... (sie) :Ich kaufe einen Hut für ... (ich) :Er holt eine Flasche Milch für ... (sein Freund) :Er holt eine Flasche Kakao für ... (Andreas) :Er holt zwei Flaschen Limonade für ... (wir) :Er holt Brötchen für ... (ihr) :Er holt Wurst für ... (er) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 439 |- | :Ich kaufe eine Tasche für meine Schwester. :Ich kaufe einen Pullover für meinen Bruder. :Ich kaufe Hausschuhe für ihn. :Ich kaufe Handschuhe für sie. :Ich kaufe einen Hut für mich. :Er holt eine Flasche Milch für seinen Freund. :Er holt eine Flasche Kakao für Andreas. :Er holt zwei Flaschen Limonade für uns. :Er holt Brötchen für euch. :Er holt Wurst für ihn. |} == 440 - 449 == 440 :'''Fragen und antworten Sie!''' :Beispiel: :a. Ich brauche diese Karte für den Englischunterricht. :b. Wofür brauchen Sie diese Karte? :a. Für den Englischunterricht. :--- :Ich nehme den Block für den Deutschunterricht. :Ich brauche diese Hose für den Sportunterricht. :Ich hole das Lineal für den Mathematikunterricht. :Ich kaufe die Hefte für den Französischunterricht. :Ich hole das Tonband für den Russischunterricht. :Ich lerne jetzt für den Chemieunterricht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 440 |- | :Ich brauche diese Karte für den Englischunterricht. :Wofür brauchen Sie diese Karte? :Für den Englischunterricht. :--- :Ich nehme den Block für den Deutschunterricht. :Wofür nehmen Sie den Block? :Für den Deutschunterricht. :--- :Ich brauche diese Hose für den Sportunterricht. :Wofür brauchen Sie diese Hose? :Für den Sportunterricht. :--- :Ich hole das Lineal für den Mathematikunterricht. :Wofür brauchen Sie das Lineal? :Für den Mathematikunterricht. :--- :Ich kaufe die Hefte für den Französischunterricht. :Wofür kaufen Sie diese Hefte? :Für den Französischunterricht. :--- :Ich hole das Tonband für den Russischunterricht. :Wofür holen Sie dieses Tonband? :Für den Russischunterricht. :--- :Ich lerne jetzt für den Chemieunterricht. :Wofür lernen Sie jetzt? :Für den Chemieunterricht. |} 441 :Die Präposition „'''in'''“ mit dem Akkusativ :--- :Wohin gehen die Studenten? :Sie gehen in die Mensa. :Sie gehen in den Klub. :Sie gehen in das Institut. :Sie gehen ins Institut. ( in + das = ins) :Sie gehen in ihr Zimmer. :Die Studenten gehen ins Institut. :--- :Und wohin gehen die Kinder? :Gehen sie auch ins Institut? :Nein, sie gehen nicht ins Institut. :<abbr title="nur - en: only">Nur</abbr> die Studenten <abbr title="dorthin gehen - en: to go there">gehen dorthin</abbr>. :--- :<abbr title="woher? - en: where from? from where?">woher?</abbr> - <abbr title="wohin? - en: where to? ">wohin?</abbr> :<abbr title="dorther - en: from there">dorther</abbr> - <abbr title="dorthin - en: (to) there">dorthin</abbr> 442 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :Beispiel: :Gehen Sie in die Mensa? (Institut) :⇒ Nein, ich gehe nicht in die Mensa. Ich gehe ins Institut. :--- :Gehen Sie in den <abbr title="der Park - en: park">Park</abbr>? (Supermarkt) :Gehen Sie in das Institut? (Mensa) :Gehen Sie in den Klub? (Stadt) :Gehen Sie in die Stadt? (Park) :Gehen Sie in das Kaufhaus? (Institut) :Gehen Sie in den Imbissraum? (Klub) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 442 |- | :Gehen Sie in die Mensa? - Nein, ich gehe nicht in die Mensa. Ich gehe ins Institut. :--- :Gehen Sie in den Park? - Nein, ich gehe nicht in den Park. Ich gehe in den Supermarkt. :Gehen Sie in das Institut? - Nein, ich gehe nicht in das Institut. Ich gehe in die Mensa. :Gehen Sie in den Klub? - Nein, ich gehe nicht in den Klub. Ich gehe in die Stadt. :Gehen Sie in die Stadt? - Nein, ich gehe nicht in die Stadt. Ich gehe in den Park. :Gehen Sie in das Kaufhaus? - Nein, ich gehe nicht ins Kaufhaus. Ich gehe ins Institut. :Gehen Sie in den Imbissraum? - Nein, ich gehe nicht in den Imbissraum. Ich gehe in den Klub. |} 443 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Sätze!''' :Beispiel: :Kommen Sie bitte ...! (Klub) :⇒ Kommen Sie bitte in den Klub! :--- :Gehen Sie bitte ...! (Mensa) :Kommen Sie bitte ...! (mein Zimmer) :Gehen Sie bitte ...! (Imbissraum) :Gehen Sie bitte ...! (Kaufhaus) :Kommen Sie bitte ...! (Institut) :Gehen Sie bitte ...! (Supermarkt) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 443 |- | :Kommen Sie bitte in den Klub! :--- :Gehen Sie bitte in die Mensa! :Kommen Sie bitte in mein Zimmer! :Gehen Sie bitte in den Imbissraum! :Gehen Sie bitte ins Kaufhaus! :Kommen Sie bitte ins Institut! :Gehen Sie bitte in den Supermarkt! |} 444 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :Beispiel: :Die Studenten haben Hunger. Wohin gehen sie? (Mensa) :⇒ Sie gehen in die Mensa. :--- :Die Studenten haben <abbr title="der Durst - en: thirst">Durst</abbr>. Wohin gehen sie? (Imbissraum) :Sie brauchen Fleisch, Käse und Butter. Wohin gehen sie? (Supermarkt) :Sie brauchen Schuhe. Wohin gehen sie? (Kaufhaus) :Sie holen ihre Tasche. Wohin gehen sie? (Zimmer) :Sie haben Unterricht. Wohin gehen sie? (Institut) :Sie haben heute Zeit. Wohin gehen sie? (Kino) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 444 |- | :Die Studenten haben Hunger. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen in die Mensa. :--- :Die Studenten haben Durst. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen in den Imbissraum. :--- :Sie brauchen Fleisch, Käse und Butter. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen in den Supermarkt. :--- :Sie brauchen Schuhe. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen ins Kaufhaus. :--- :Sie holen ihre Tasche. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen ins Zimmer. :--- :Sie haben Unterricht. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen ins Institut. :--- :Sie haben heute Zeit. Wohin gehen sie? :Sie gehen ins Kino. |} 445 :'''<abbr title="hierher - en: (to) here">hierher</abbr>''' :Antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :Das ist die Mensa. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Herr Schön auch in die Mensa? :⇒ Ja, er kommt auch hierher. :--- :Das ist das Kaufhaus. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Herr Lehmann auch ins Kaufhaus? :--- :Das ist der Park. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Monika auch in den Park? :--- :Das ist das Institut. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Peter auch ins Institut? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 445 |- | :Das ist die Mensa. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Herr Schön auch in die Mensa? :Ja, er kommt auch hierher. :--- :Das ist das Kaufhaus. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Herr Lehmann auch ins Kaufhaus? :Ja, er kommt auch hierher. :--- :Das ist der Park. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Monika auch in den Park? :Ja, sie kommt auch hierher. :--- :Das ist das Institut. Wir warten hier. :Kommt Peter auch ins Institut? :Ja, er kommt auch hierher. |} [[File:LUSH.jpg|thumb|upright|das Geschenk]] [[File:Schöne Geschenke.jpg|thumb|upright|die Geschenke]] [[File:Birthday cake28.jpg|thumb|upright|der Geburtstag]] [[File:Scannedsocks.jpg|thumb|upright|die Strümpfe]] [[File:White pearl necklace.jpg|thumb|upright|die Kette]] [[File:Ice Cream dessert 02.jpg|thumb|upright|das Eis]] [[File:Bienenstich.jpg|thumb|ein Stück Kuchen]] [[File:Kołocz śląski.JPG|thumb|vier Stück Kuchen]] [[File:Canon EOS 600D with Canon EF 50mm F1.8.jpg|thumb|upright|der Fotoapparat]] 446 :'''<abbr title="dorthin - en: thereto; (to) there">dorthin</abbr>''' :Antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :Ich gehe in den Klub. Und Sie? :⇒ Ich gehe auch dorthin. :--- :Ich gehe in den Park. Und Sie? :Ich gehe in die Mensa. Und Sie? :Ich gehe in den Imbissraum. Und Sie? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 446 |- | :Ich gehe in den Klub. Und Sie? - Ich gehe auch dorthin. :--- :Ich gehe in den Park. Und Sie? - Ich gehe auch dorthin. :Ich gehe in die Mensa. Und Sie? - Ich gehe auch dorthin. :Ich gehe in den Imbissraum. Und Sie? - Ich gehe auch dorthin. |} 447 :<abbr title="kaufen - en: to buy">kaufen</abbr> = einkaufen :der <abbr title="der Einkauf - en: shopping; purchase">Einkauf</abbr> (Plural: Einkäufe) :au ⇒ äu ( = eu) :<abbr title="verkaufen - en: to sell">verkaufen</abbr> :--- :Herr und Frau Lehmann machen <abbr title="der Einkauf - en: shopping; purchase; Plural: Einkäufe">Einkäufe</abbr> :Herr und Frau Lehmann gehen heute ins Kaufhaus. Sie brauchen einen <abbr title="der Winter - en: winter">Winter</abbr>mantel für Herr'''n''' Lehmann und ein <abbr title="das Geschenk - en: present">Geschenk</abbr> für Andreas. Andreas hat <abbr title="übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow">übermorgen</abbr> <abbr title="der Geburtstag - en: birthday; die Geburt - en: birth; der Tag - en: day">Geburtstag</abbr>. :<abbr title="die Verkäuferin - en: salewoman">Verkäuferin</abbr>: Was <abbr title="wünschen - en: to wish">wünschen</abbr> Sie bitte? :Herr Lehmann: Wir möchten einen Mantel? :Verkäuferin: Für den <abbr title="der Herbst - en: autumn">Herbst</abbr> oder für den <abbr title="der Winter - en: winter">Winter</abbr>? :Herr Lehmann: Einen Wintermantel bitte, <abbr title="die Größe - en: size">Größe</abbr> 50. :Verkäuferin: Ist der Mantel für Sie? :Herr Lehmann: Ja, für mich. :Verkäuferin: Dann <abbr title="empfehlen - en: to recomend">empfehle</abbr> ich diesen Mantel. Er ist schön und die <abbr title="die Qualität - en: quality; [kwali'te:t]">Qualität</abbr> ist auch gut. :Herr Lehmann: Ja, <abbr title="das stimmt - en: this is correct; this is right">das stimmt</abbr>. Aber dieser Mantel ist blau. <abbr title="Ich möchte ihn gern in grau. - en: I would like him in gray.">Ich möchte ihn gern in grau.</abbr> :Verkäuferin: Diese <abbr title="die Farbe - en: color">Farbe</abbr> haben wir auch. <abbr title="Bitte sehr! - en: Here you are!">Bitte sehr!</abbr> :Herr Lehmann: Ja, dieser Mantel ist sehr schön. <abbr title="er passt gut - en: it fits well; auch - en: also">Er passt auch gut</abbr>. Ich <abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">nehme</abbr> ihn. :Verkäuferin: <abbr title="der Wunsch - en: wish">Haben Sie noch einen Wunsch?</abbr> :Herr Lehmann: Nein, danke. [[File:Ice Cream dessert 02.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Eisbecher - en: sundae (with ice-cream)">Eisbecher</abbr>]] :Herr und Frau Lehmann <abbr title="bezahlen - en: to pay">bezahlen</abbr> den Mantel. Herr Lehmann geht in den Imbissraum und seine Frau in das <abbr title="das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor">Erdgeschoss</abbr>. Hier kauft sie <abbr title="der Strumpf - en: stocking; Plural: Strümpfe">Strümpfe</abbr> für ihre Tochter. Dann <abbr title="sehen - en: to see">sieht</abbr> sie eine <abbr title="die Kette - en: necklace; chain">Kette</abbr>. Die Kette ist schön, aber sehr <abbr title="teuer - en: expensive">teuer</abbr>. Frau Lehmann rechnet und <abbr title="lange überlegen - en: to think a long time">überlegt lange</abbr>. Der <abbr title="der Preis - en: price">Preis</abbr> ist <abbr title="zu hoch - en: too hight">zu hoch</abbr>. Sie kauft die Kette nicht. Sie geht in den Imbissraum und <abbr title="suchen- en: to seek; to look for">sucht</abbr> ihren Mann. Herr Lehmann <abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch">holt</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Eis - en: ice cream">Eis</abbr> für seine Frau und für sich <abbr title="das Stück - en: piece; der Kuchen - en: cake; ein Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake">ein Stück Kuchen</abbr>. Dann kaufen sie <abbr title="noch ein - en: another; one more">noch einen</abbr> <abbr title="der Fotoapparat - en: camera">Fotoapparat</abbr> für Andreas. 448 :'''Fragen zum Text:''' :Was machen Herr und Frau Lehmann? :Was kauft Herr Lehmann? :Welche Größe hat der Mantel? :Welche Farbe hat der Mantel? :Was kauft sie? :Für wen kauft sie Strümpfe? :Wohin geht sie dann? :Was isst sie dort? :Welches Geschenk kaufen Herr und Frau Lehmann für Andreas? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 448 |- | :Was machen Herr und Frau Lehmann? - Herr und Frau Lehmann machen Einkäufe. :Was kauft Herr Lehmann? - Herr Lehmann kauft einen Wintermantel. :Welche Größe hat der Mantel? - Der Mantel hat Größe 50. :Welche Farbe hat der Mantel? - Der mantel ist grau. :Was kauft sie? - Frau Lehmann kauft Strümpfe. :Für wen kauft sie Strümpfe? - Frau Lehmann kauft die Strümpfe für ihre Tochter. :Wohin geht sie dann? - Dann geht sie in den Imbissraum. :Was isst sie dort? - Sie isst ein Stück Kuchen. :Welches Geschenk kaufen Herr und Frau Lehmann für Andreas? - Sie kaufen einen Fotoapparat für Andreas. |} 449 :Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text :--- :'''<abbr title="empfehlen - en: to recomend">empfehlen</abbr>''' :--- :Ergänzen Sie! :Ich empfehle das Buch. :Du ... die Kette. :Er ... diesen Mantel. :Wir ... die Strümpfe in grau. :Ihr ... eine Flasche Wein. :Sie ... einen Mantel in grau. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 449 |- | :Ich empfehle das Buch. :Du empfiehlst die Kette. :Er empfiehlt diesen Mantel. :Wir empfehlen die Strümpfe in grau. :Ihr empfehlt eine Flasche Wein. :Sie empfehlen einen Mantel in grau. |} 449a :'''gehen''' :ich gehe :du gehst :er geht :wir gehen :ihr geht :sie gehen 449b :'''essen''' :ich esse :du isst :er isst :wir essen :ihr esst :sie essen == 450 - 459 == 450 :der <abbr title="der Frühling - en: spring">Frühling</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Sommer - en: summer">Sommer</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Herbst - en: autumn">Herbst</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Winter - en: winter">Winter</abbr> :--- :die <abbr title="die Jahreszeit - en: seasons (of the year)">Jahreszeit</abbr> :die Jahreszeit'''en''' 450a :Beispiel: :(Kleid - Herbst / Winter) :⇒ a. Ich möchte ein Kleid. :⇒ b. Für den Herbst oder für den Winter? :⇒ a. Für den Winter. :--- :(Mantel - Frühling / Sommer) :(Pullover - Sommer / Winter) :(Hut - Herbst / Frühling) :(Schuhe - Winter / Sommer) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 450a |- | :Ich möchte ein Kleid. :Für den Herbst oder für den Winter? :Für den Winter. :--- :Ich möchte einen Mantel. :Für den Frühling oder für den Sommer? :Für den Sommer. :--- :Ich möchte einen Pullover. :Für den Sommer oder für den Winter? :Für den Winter. :--- :Ich möchte einen Hut. :Für den Herbst oder für den Frühling? :Für den Frühling. :--- :Ich möchte Schuhe. :Für den Winter oder für den Sommer? :Für den Sommer. |} 451 :Beispiel: :(Bluse - 16 Euro / 38 Euro) :⇒ Diese Bluse kostet 16 Euro. Sie ist <abbr title="billig - en: cheap">billig</abbr>. :⇒ Diese Bluse kostet 38 Euro. Sie ist <abbr title="teuer - en: expensive">teuer</abbr>. :--- :(Mantel - 295 Euro / 172 Euro) :(Anzug - 196 Euro / 310 Euro) :(Fotoapparat - 475 Euro / 60 Euro) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 451 |- | :Diese Bluse kostet 16 Euro. Sie ist billig. :Diese Bluse kostet 38 Euro. Sie ist teuer. :--- :Dieser Mantel kostet 295 Euro. Er ist teuer. :Dieser Mantel kostet 172 Euro. Er ist billig. :--- :Dieser Anzug kostet 196 Euro. Er ist billig. :Dieser Anzug kostet 310 Euro. Er ist teuer. :--- :Dieser Fotoapparat kostet 475 Euro. Er ist teuer. :Dieser Fotoapparat kostet 60 Euro. Er ist billig. |} 452 :'''zu''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Bluse - 16 Euro / 38 Euro) :⇒ Diese Bluse kostet 16 Euro. Sie ist <abbr title="zu billig - en: too cheap">zu billig</abbr>. :⇒ Diese Bluse kostet 38 Euro. Sie ist <abbr title="zu teuer - en: to expensive">zu teuer</abbr>. :--- :(Mantel - 295 Euro / 172 Euro) :(Anzug - 196 Euro / 310 Euro) :(Fotoapparat - 475 Euro / 60 Euro) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 452 |- | :Diese Bluse kostet 16 Euro. Sie ist zu billig. :Diese Bluse kostet 38 Euro. Sie ist zu teuer. :--- :Dieser Mantel kostet 295 Euro. Er ist zu teuer. :Dieser Mantel kostet 172 Euro. Er ist zu billig. :--- :Dieser Anzug kostet 196 Euro. Er ist zu billig. :Dieser Anzug kostet 310 Euro. Er ist zu teuer. :--- :Dieser Fotoapparat kostet 475 Euro. Er ist zu teuer. :Dieser Fotoapparat kostet 60 Euro. Er ist zu billig. |} 453 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Er liest schnell. Wir <abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehen</abbr> ihn. :Er liest sehr schnell. Wir verstehen ihn <abbr title="schlecht - en: bad; badly">schlecht</abbr>. :Er liest <abbr title="zu schnell - en: too fast">zu schnell</abbr>. Wir verstehen ihn nicht. :--- :Sie spricht <abbr title="leise - en: too quiet">leise</abbr>. Wir hören sie. :Sie spricht sehr leise. Wir hören sie schlecht. :Sie spricht zu leise. Wir hören sie nicht. 454 :Beispiel: :Möchten Sie diesen Pullover? :⇒ Nein, er ist zu teuer. :--- :(Anzug, Anorak, Wintermantel, Fotoapparat, Kleid) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 454 |- | :Möchten Sie diesen Pullover? - Nein, er ist zu teuer. :--- :Möchten Sie diesen Anzug? - Nein, er ist zu teuer. :Möchten Sie diesen Anorak? - Nein, er ist zu teuer. :Möchten Sie diesen Wintermantel? - Nein, er ist zu teuer. :Möchten Sie diesen Fotoapparat? - Nein, er ist zu teuer. :Möchten Sie dieses Kleid? - Nein, es ist zu teuer. |} 455 :'''passen''' :Beispiel: :<abbr title="passen - en: to fit">Passt</abbr> der Mantel? :⇒ Ja, er <abbr title="passt sehr gut - en: fits very well">passt sehr gut</abbr>. :⇒ Nein, er passt nicht. :--- :Anzug, Kleid, Bluse, Anorak, Schuhe, Handschuhe, <abbr title="der Strumpf - en: stockings; Plural: Strümpfe">Strümpfe</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent">ausgezeichnet</abbr>, sehr gut, gut, nicht gut, nicht :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 455 |- | :Passt der Mantel? :Ja, er passt sehr gut. :Nein, er passt nicht. :--- :Passt der Anzug? :Ja, er passt ausgezeichnet. :Nein, er passt nicht gut. :--- :Passt das Kleid? :Ja, es passt sehr gut. :Nein, es passt nicht. :--- :Passt die Bluse? :Ja, sie passt gut. :Nein, sie passt nicht gut. :--- :Passt der Anorak? :Ja, er passt gut. :Nein, er passt nicht. :--- :Passen die Schuhe? :Ja, sie passen sehr gut. :Nein, sie passen nicht gut. :--- :Passen die Handschuhe? :Ja, sie passen ausgezeichnet. :Nein, sie passen nicht. :--- :Passen die Strümpfe? :Ja, sie passen sehr gut. :Nein, sie passen nicht gut. |} 456 :'''heute''' - '''morgen''' - '''übermorgen''' :--- :Antworten Sie! :Was machen Sie heute? (Deutsch lernen) :Was machen Sie morgen? (arbeiten) :Was machen Sie übermorgen? (auch arbeiten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 456 |- | :Was machen Sie heute? - Heute lerne ich Deutsch. :Was machen Sie morgen? - Morgen arbeite ich. :Was machen Sie übermorgen? - Übermorgen arbeite ich auch. |} 457 :'''<abbr title="Stimmt das? - en: Is this correct?">Stimmt das?</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :2 + 4 = 6 // Stimmt das? :⇒ Ja, das stimmt. :--- :7 + 11 = 18 :4 + 13 = 16 :18 - 7 = 12 :38 - 10 = 28 :3 x 3 = 9 :7 x 7 = 48 :40 : 8 = 5 :60 : 5 = 13 :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 457 |- | :2 + 4 = 6 // Stimmt das? - Ja, das stimmt. :--- :7 + 11 = 18 // Stimmt das? - Ja, das stimmt. :4 + 13 = 16 // Stimmt das? - Nein, das stimmt nicht. :18 - 7 = 12 // Stimmt das? - Nein, das stimmt nicht. :38 - 10 = 28 // Stimmt das? - Ja, das stimmt. :3 x 3 = 9 // Stimmt das? - Ja, das stimmt. :7 x 7 = 48 // Stimmt das? - Nein, das stimmt nicht. :40 : 8 = 5 // Stimmt das? - Ja, das stimmt. :60 : 5 = 13 // Stimmt das? - Nein, das stimmt nicht. |} 458 :Ein Einkauf :a. Was wünschen Sie? :b. ... (Mantel, Kleid, Bluse) :a. Für den Sommer oder für den Winter? :b. ...... :a. Welche Größe bitte? :b. ........ :a. Welche Farbe bitte? :b. ...... 459 :Antworten Sie! :Was brauchen Sie? :Brauchen Sie <abbr title="die Sachen (only Plural for clothes) - en: clothes; closing">Sachen</abbr> für den Winter? :Welche <abbr title="die Größe - en: size">Größe</abbr> brauchen Sie? :Wohin gehen Sie dann? :Was machen Sie dort? == 460 - 469 == 460 :Übungen zur Phonetik :[-t] ::::Kind - Sie kauft einen Mantel für ihr Kind. ::::Kleid - Sie <abbr title="empfehlen - en: to recomend">empfiehlt</abbr> Frau Lehmann ein Kleid und eine Kette. ::::sie überlegt - Frau Lehmann überlegt lange. ::::er bezahlt - Er bezahlt den Fotoapparat. ::::Qualität - Die Qualität ist gut. :[-k] ::::Montag - Seit Montag ist er krank. ::::Dienstag - Heute ist Dienstag. ::::Geburtstag - Heute hat er Geburtstag. ::::Geschenk - Er kauft ein Geschenk für ihn. :[-p] ::::gelb - Das Kleid ist gelb. ::::Der Anorak ist gelb. ::::Die Bluse ist gelb. :[-st] ::::Herbst - Jetzt ist Herbst. ::::Durst - Er hat Durst. ::::sie isst - Sie isst ein Eis. ::::sie liest - Sie liest eine Zeitschrift. ::::es passt - Das Kleid <abbr title="gut passen - en: to fit well">passt gut</abbr>. ::::du empfiehlst - Welches Buch empfiehlst du? :[-mt] ::::er <abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">nimmt</abbr> - Er nimmt einen Mantel in grau. ::::Sie nimmt eine Kette. ::::das stimmt - Stimmt das? Nein, das stimmt nicht. ::::Sie nimmt die Kette nicht. 461 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Andreas hat übermorgen Geburtstag. Herr und Frau Lehmann brauchen ein Geschenk für ihn. Sie kaufen einen Fotoapparat für Andreas. Der Fotoapparat ist schön. Er ist nicht teuer. Die Qualität ist gut. Herr Lehmann bezahlt den Fotoapparat. Dann geht Frau Lehmann in das Erdgeschoss. Dort kauft sie Strümpfe. 462 :Infinitiv: '''lesen''' :ich lese :du liest :er liest :wir lesen :ihr lest :sie lesen :--- :Infinitiv: '''passen''' :ich passe :du passt :er passt :wir passen :ihr passt :sie passen :--- :Infinitiv: '''empfehlen''' :ich empfehle :du empfiehlst :er empfiehlt :wir empfehlen :ihr empfehlt :sie empfehlen 463 :der <abbr title="der Berg - en: mountain">Berg</abbr> :<abbr title="hoch - en: to go up">hoch</abbr> :<abbr title="runter - en: to go down">runter</abbr> :gehen :<abbr title="hochgehen - en: go up (walking)">hochgehen</abbr> (hoch-gehen) :<abbr title="hochfahren - en: go up (in means of transportation - with wheels)">hochfahren</abbr> :<abbr title="runtergehen - en: go down">runtergehen</abbr> (runter-gehen) :<abbr title="runterfahren - en: go down (in means of transportation - with wheels)">runterfahren</abbr> :<abbr title="oben - en: at the top; upstairs; up">oben</abbr> - <abbr title="die Person - en: person">Person</abbr> C. ist oben. :<abbr title="unten - en: down; downstairs">unten</abbr> - Person A. ist unten. :die Mitte :Person B. ist in der <abbr title="die Mitte - en: middle">Mitte</abbr>. :Person B. geht hoch. :Person B. geht den Berg hoch. <br style="clear:both;" /> {| | [[File:Herauf und HerunterA.svg|thumb| Person B. geht den Berg hoch. --- A. sagt: „B. geht den Berg hinauf“ (<abbr title="von mir weg - en: away from me">von mir weg</abbr>). --- C. sagt: „B. kommt den Berg herauf“ (<abbr title="zu mir her - en: here; into my direction">zu mir her</abbr>). ]] | [[File:Herauf und HerunterB.svg|thumb|herunter, hinunter]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> 464 :'''kommen''' und '''gehen''' {| | [[File:Kommen Komm her zu mir.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „Komm! Komm her! (Komm zu mir! Komm her zu mir! Komm zu mir her!)“]] | [[File:Gehen Geh dort hin.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „<abbr title="Geh weg!- en: Go away!">Geh weg!</abbr> Geh dort hin! Geh zu deinem grünen Haus! Geh dort hin zu deinem Haus!“]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> 465 :'''bringen''' und '''holen''' {| | [[File:Bringen Bring mir das Buch.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „Bring das Buch! (Bring mir das Buch! Bring das Buch hierher! Bring das Buch zu mir!)“]] | [[File:Bringen Bring das Buch zu Person C.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „Bring das Buch zu C.!“]] |} {| | [[File:Holen Hol mir das Buch.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „Hol das Buch!“]] | [[File:Holen Hol mir das Buch Version 2.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „Hol das Buch!“ ]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> 466 {| | [[File:Hin oder her 2.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu B.: „Komm her! (Komm zu mir! Komm zu mir her! Komm hierher)“]] | [[File:Hin oder her 3.svg|thumb|B. geht zu A.]] |} {| | [[File:Hin oder her 4.svg|thumb|PLURAL: A. sagt zu B., C. und D.: „Komm'''t''' her! (Kommt zu mir! Kommt zu mir her! Kommt hierher)“]] | [[File:Hin oder her 5.svg|thumb|B., C. und D. gehen zu A.]] |} {| | [[File:Hin oder her 7.svg|thumb|A. sagt zu C., D. und E.: „Geht zu B. (Geht zu B. hin! Geht dorthin!)“ --- B. sagt zu C., D. und E.: „Kommt her! (Kommt zu mir! Kommt zu mir her! Kommt hierher!)“]] | [[File:Hin oder her 8.svg|thumb|C., D. und E. gehen zu B.]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> 467 :Bild 13 bis 15: Was sagt A. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 13.svg|thumb|upright|13]] | [[File:Hin oder her 14.svg|thumb|upright|14]] | [[File:Hin oder her 15.svg|thumb|upright|15]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 16 bis 17: Was sagt A. zu C. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 16.svg|thumb|upright|16]] | [[File:Hin oder her 17.svg|thumb|upright|17]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 18 bis 20: Was sagt A. zu C. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 18.svg|thumb|upright|18]] | [[File:Hin oder her 19.svg|thumb|upright|19]] | [[File:Hin oder her 20.svg|thumb|upright|20]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 467 |- | :Bild 13 bis 15: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Hole das Buch." :Bild 16 bis 17: Was sagt A. zu C. ? - "Bringe das Buch." :Bild 18 bis 20: Was sagt A. zu C. ? - "Hole das Buch." ("Bringe das Buch.") |} 468 :<abbr title="rein - en: to get in">rein</abbr> :<abbr title="raus - en: to get out">raus</abbr> :<abbr title="rauf - en: to get up">rauf</abbr> :<abbr title="runter - en: to get down">runter</abbr> :Bild 21 bis 23: Was sagt B. zu A. ? :Bild 21 bis 23: Was sagt A. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 21.svg|thumb|upright|21]] | [[File:Hin oder her 22.svg|thumb|upright|22]] | [[File:Hin oder her 23.svg|thumb|upright|23]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 21 und 24: Was sagt A. zu B. ? :Bild 21 und 24: Was sagt C. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 21.svg|thumb|upright|21]] | [[File:Hin oder her 24.svg|thumb|upright|24]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 27 bis 28: Was sagt A. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 27.svg|thumb|upright|27]] | [[File:Hin oder her 28.svg|thumb|upright|28]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 29 bis 31: Was sagt A. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 29.svg|thumb|upright|29]] | [[File:Hin oder her 30.svg|thumb|upright|30]] | [[File:Hin oder her 31.svg|thumb|upright|31]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 468 |- | :Bild 21 bis 23: Was sagt B. zu A. ? - "Komm herein." :Bild 21 bis 23: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Ich komme herein." :Bild 21 und 24: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Komm heraus." :Bild 21 und 24: Was sagt C. zu B. ? - "Geh hinaus." :Bild 27 bis 28: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Hol das Buch." ("Geh hinein und hole das Buch.") :Bild 29 bis 31: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Hole das Buch und bringe es ins Haus hinein." ("Bringe das Buch ins Haus.") |} 469 :Bild 40 bis 41: Was sagt A. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 40.svg|thumb|upright|40]] | [[File:Hin oder her 41.svg|thumb|upright|41]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 40 und 42: Was sagt B. zu A. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 40.svg|thumb|upright|40]] | [[File:Hin oder her 42.svg|thumb|upright|42]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 35 und 36: Was sagt A. zu B. ? :Bild 35 und 36: Was sagt C. zu B. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 35.svg|thumb|upright|35]] | [[File:Hin oder her 36.svg|thumb|upright|36]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 32 bis 33: Was sagt A. zu C. ? :Bild 32 bis 33: Was sagt D. zu C. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 32.svg|thumb|upright|32]] | [[File:Hin oder her 33.svg|thumb|upright|33]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 43: Was sagt B. zu A. ? :Bild 44: Was sagt B. zu A. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 43.svg|thumb|upright|43]] | [[File:Hin oder her 44.svg|thumb|upright|44]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 45: Was sagt B. zu A. ? :Bild 46: Was sagt B. zu A. ? {| | [[File:Hin oder her 45.svg|thumb|upright|45]] | [[File:Hin oder her 46.svg|thumb|upright|46]] |} <br style="clear:both;" /> :Bild 47: Was sagt B. zu D. ? [[File:Hin oder her 47.svg|thumb|upright=1.5|47]] <br style="clear:both;" /> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 469 |- | :Bild 40 bis 41: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Komm herunter!" :Bild 40 und 42: Was sagt B. zu A. ? - "Komm herauf!" :Bild 35 und 36: Was sagt A. zu B. ? - "Geh hinauf!" :Bild 35 und 36: Was sagt C. zu B. ? - "Komm herauf!" :Bild 32 bis 33: Was sagt A. zu C. ? - "Komm herunter!" :Bild 32 bis 33: Was sagt D. zu C. ? - "Geh hinunter!" :Bild 43: Was sagt B. zu A. ? - "Komm herüber!" :Bild44: Was sagt B. zu A. ? - "Komm herüber!" :Bild 45: Was sagt B. zu A. ? - "Komm herüber!" :Bild 46: Was sagt B. zu A. ? - "Komm herüber!" :Bild 47: Was sagt B. zu D. ? - "Geh hinüber!" |} == Vokabular: Lektion 010 == : für - en: for : ein paar Sachen - en: some things : die Sache - en: thing; clothing : für sich - en: for oneself : gehen - en: to go; to walk : der Pullover - en: pullover; jersey; jumper : für - en: for : der Mann - en: man : der Ehemann - en: husband : dann - en: then; afterwards : noch - en: still : das Paar - en: a pair of ... : das Kleid - en: dress : die Bluse - en: blouse : für - en: for : das Buch - en: book : es gibt - en: there is; there are : gibt es? - en: is there?; are there : aber - en: but : jetzt - en: now : dorthin - en: (to) there; up to there : für wen? - en: for whom? : für mich - en: for me : für sich - en: for oneself : sehen - en: to see : sehr schön - en: very nice; very beautiful : der Hut - en: hat : sondern - en: but; (instead; in contrarry) : selber - en: oneself; myself; yourself; himself; herself : hat ... gekauft - en: has bought : der Ball - en: ball : die Blume - en: flower : für sich - en: for oneself : für sich - en: for herself : sehen - en: to see : rufen - en: to call : besuchen - en: to visit : kennen - en: to know : Sie - en: you (to authorities: Sir; Mam : besuchen - en: to visit : gern - en: with pleasure : fragen - en: to ask : viel - en: many; much; a lot : verstehen - en: to understand : grüßen - en: to greet : du heißt - en: your name is : kennen - en: to know : wohnen - en: to live : besuchen - en: to visit : sprechen- en: to speak : deutlich - en: clearly; clear : verstehen - en: to understand : hören- en: to hear : rufen - en: to call : kommen - en: to come : suchen - en: to search; to seak; to look for : verstehen- en: to understand : grüßen - en: to greet : kennen - en: to know : besuchen - en: to visit : gern - en: with pleasure : sehen - en: to see : warten - en: to wait : finden - en: to find : rufen - en: to call : sehr - en: very : laut - en: loud : hören - en: to hear : wir hören euch gut - en: we hear you well : sprechen - en: to speak : verstehen - en: to understand : seid ihr? - en: are you? : suchen - en: to search : haben - en: to have : besuchen - en: to visit : hören - en: to hear : sehen - en: to see : sprechen - en: to speak : deutlich - en: cleraly : verstehen - en: to understand : laut - en: loud : kennen - en: to know : suchen - en: to seak; to serach : kennen - en: to know : die Frau - en: woman : kennen - en: to know : der Mann - en: man : rufen - en: to call : sehen - en: to see : besuchen - en: to visit : sprechen - en: to speak : verstehen - en: to understand : sprechen - en: to speak : für wen? - en: for whom? : Wofür? - en: What for? For what? : bringen - en: to birng : für wen? - en: for whom? : für mich - en: for me : bringen - en: to bring : das Bild - en: picture; image : die Karte - en: ticket : der Brief - en: letter : die Flasche - en: bottle : die Milch - en: milk : die Tasse - en: cup : die Limonade - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink : bringen - en: to bring : für wen? - en: for whom? : das Bild - en: picture; image : die Karte - en: ticket : der Brief - en: letter : die Flasche - en: bottle : die Milch - en: milk : die Tasse - en: cup : für mich - en: for me : für meine Mutter - en: for my mother : holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for : der Gast; Plural: Gäste - en: guest : bilden - en: to form : suchen - en: to seek; to search; to look for : für sich - en: for themselves : die Hausschuhe - en: slipper : nur - en: only : dorthin gehen - en: to go there : woher? - en: where from? from where? : wohin? - en: where to? : dorther - en: from there : dorthin - en: (to) there : der Park - en: park : der Durst - en: thirst : hierher - en: (to) here : dorthin - en: thereto; (to) there : kaufen - en: to buy : der Einkauf - en: shopping; purchase : verkaufen - en: to sell : der Einkauf - en: shopping; purchase; Plural: Einkäufe : der Winter - en: winter : das Geschenk - en: present : übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow : der Geburtstag - en: birthday : die Geburt - en: birth : der Tag - en: day : die Verkäuferin - en: saleswoman : wünschen - en: to wish : der Herbst - en: autumn : die Größe - en: size : empfehlen - en: to recomend : die Qualität - en: quality; [kwali'te:t] : das stimmt - en: this is correct; this is right : Ich möchte ihn gern in grau. - en: I would like him in gray. : er passt gut - en: it fits well : auch - en: also : nehmen - en: to take : der Wunsch - en: wish : der Eisbecher - en: sundae (with ice-cream) : bezahlen - en: to pay : das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor : der Strumpf; Plural: Strümpfe - en: stocking : sehen - en: to see : die Kette - en: necklace; chain : teuer - en: expensive : lange überlegen - en: to think a long time : der Preis - en: price : zu hoch - en: too hight : suchen- en: to seek; to look for : holen - en: to get; to fetch : das Eis - en: ice cream : das Stück - en: piece : der Kuchen - en: cake : ein Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake : noch ein - en: another; one more : der Fotoapparat - en: camera : empfehlen - en: to recomend : der Frühling - en: spring : der Sommer - en: summer : der Herbst - en: autumn : der Winter - en: winter : die Jahreszeit - en: seasons (of the year) : billig - en: cheap : teuer - en: expensive : zu billig - en: too cheap : zu teuer - en: too expensive : verstehen - en: to understand : schlecht - en: bad; badly : zu schnell - en: too fast : leise - en: quiet : passen - en: to fit : passt sehr gut - en: fits very well : der Strumpf; Plural: Strümpfe - en: stockings : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent : Stimmt das? - en: Is this correct? : die Sachen (only Plural for clothes) - en: clothes; closing : die Größe - en: size : empfehlen - en: to recomend : gut passen - en: to fit well : nehmen - en: to take : der Berg - en: mountain : hoch - en: to go up : runter - en: to go down : hochgehen - en: go up (walking) : hochfahren - en: go up (in means of transportation - with wheels) : runtergehen - en: go down : oben - en: at the top; upstairs; up : die Person - en: person : unten - en: down; downstairs : die Mitte - en: middle : von mir weg - en: away from me : zu mir her - en: here; into my direction : Geh weg!- en: Go away! : rein - en: to get in : raus - en: to get out : rauf - en: to get up : runter - en: to get down == Vokabular: Lektion 010 - alphabetisch geordnet == # aber - en: but # auch - en: also # ausgezeichnet - en: excellent # Ball, der - en: ball # Berg, der - en: mountain # besuchen - en: to visit # bezahlen - en: to pay # Bild, das - en: picture; image # bilden - en: to form # billig - en: cheap # Blume, die - en: flower # Bluse, die - en: blouse # Brief, der - en: letter # bringen - en: to birng # Buch, das - en: book # dann - en: then; afterwards # das stimmt - en: this is correct; this is right # deutlich - en: clearly; clear # dorther - en: from there # dorthin - en: (to) there; up to there; thereto # dorthin gehen - en: to go there # du heißt - en: your name is # Durst, der - en: thirst # Ehemann, der - en: husband # ein paar Sachen - en: some things # ein Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake # Einkauf, der; Plural: Einkäufe - en: shopping; purchase; Plural: Einkäufe # Eis, das - en: ice cream # Eisbecher, der - en: sundae (with ice-cream) # empfehlen - en: to recomend # er passt gut - en: it fits well # Erdgeschoss, das - en: ground floor # finden - en: to find # Flasche, die - en: bottle # Fotoapparat, der - en: camera # fragen - en: to ask # Frau, die - en: woman # Frühling, der - en: spring # für - en: for # für meine Mutter - en: for my mother # für mich - en: for me # für sich - en: for herself; for themselves # für wen? - en: for whom? # Gast, der; Plural: Gäste - en: guest # Geburt, die - en: birth # Geburtstag, der - en: birthday # Geh weg!- en: Go away! # gehen - en: to go; to walk # gern - en: with pleasure # Geschenk, das - en: present # gibt es? - en: is there?; are there # Größe, die - en: size # grüßen - en: to greet # gut passen - en: to fit well # haben - en: to have # hat ... gekauft - en: has bought # Hausschuh, der - en: slipper # Herbst, der - en: autumn # hierher - en: (to) here # hoch - en: to go up # hochfahren - en: go up (in means of transportation - with wheels) # hochgehen - en: go up (walking) # holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for # hören - en: to hear # Hut, der - en: hat # Ich möchte ihn gern in grau. - en: I would like him in gray. # Jahreszeit, die - en: seasons (of the year) # jetzt - en: now # Karte, die - en: ticket # kaufen - en: to buy # kennen - en: to know # Kette, die - en: necklace; chain # Kleid, das - en: dress # kommen - en: to come # Kuchen, der - en: cake # lange überlegen - en: to think a long time # laut - en: loud # leise - en: quiet # Limonade, die - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink # Mann, der - en: man # Milch, die - en: milk # Mitte, die - en: middle # nehmen - en: to take # noch - en: still # noch ein - en: another; one more # nur - en: only # oben - en: at the top; upstairs; up # Paar, das - en: a pair of ... # Park, der - en: park # passen - en: to fit # passt sehr gut - en: fits very well # Person, die - en: person # Preis, der - en: price # Pullover, der - en: pullover; jersey; jumper # Qualität, die - en: quality; [kwali'te:t] # rauf - en: to get up # raus - en: to get out # rein - en: to get in # rufen - en: to call # runter - en: to get down # runter - en: to go down # runtergehen - en: go down # Sache, die - en: thing; clothing # Sachen, die - en: clothes; closing (only Plural for clothes) # schlecht - en: bad; badly # sehen - en: to see # sehr - en: very # sehr schön - en: very nice; very beautiful # seid ihr? - en: are you? # selber - en: oneself; myself; yourself; himself; herself # Sie - en: you (to authorities: Sir; Mam # Sommer, der - en: summer # sondern - en: but; (instead; in contrarry) # sprechen - en: to speak # Stimmt das? - en: Is this correct? # Strumpf, der; Plural: Strümpfe - en: stocking # Stück, das - en: piece # suchen - en: to seek; to search; to look for # Tag, der - en: day # Tasse, die - en: cup # teuer - en: expensive # übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow # unten - en: down; downstairs # verkaufen - en: to sell # Verkäuferin - en: saleswoman # verstehen - en: to understand # viel - en: many; much; a lot # von mir weg - en: away from me # warten - en: to wait # Winter, der - en: winter # wir hören euch gut - en: we hear you well # Wofür? - en: What for? For what? # woher? - en: where from? from where? # wohin? - en: where to? # wohnen - en: to live # Wunsch, der - en: wish # wünschen - en: to wish # zu billig - en: too cheap # zu hoch - en: too hight # zu mir her - en: here; into my direction # zu schnell - en: too fast # zu teuer - en: too expensive :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 009|Lektion 009]] ← Lektion 010 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011|Lektion 011]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 010]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010]] tdggiv7zjiq3d8x5bzvdzqhw9of54uc 0 4135 6780 6732 2023-03-15T06:50:21Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010|Lektion 010]] ← Lektion 011 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012|Lektion 012]] == 470 - 479 == 470 :[[File:Deutsch 470 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''': der, die oder das? :# <abbr title="die">Familie</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Stadt</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Kaufhaus</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Pullover</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Paar</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Handschuh</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Schuh</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Fleisch</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Gemüse</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Obst</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Kleid</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Bluse</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Buch</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Unterricht</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Winter</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Hut</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Kaffee</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Milch</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Tee</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Ball</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 470 |- | :# Familie - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Familie'''</span>⇐ :# Stadt - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Stadt'''</span>⇐ :# Kaufhaus - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Kaufhaus'''</span>⇐ :# Pullover - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Pullover'''</span>⇐ :# Paar - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Paar'''</span>⇐ :# Handschuh - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Handschuh'''</span>⇐ :# Schuh - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Schuh'''</span>⇐ :# Fleisch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Fleisch'''</span>⇐ :# Gemüse - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Gemüse'''</span>⇐ :# Obst - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Obst'''</span>⇐ :# Kleid - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Kleid'''</span>⇐ :# Bluse - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Bluse'''</span>⇐ :# Buch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Buch'''</span>⇐ :# Unterricht - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Unterricht'''</span>⇐ :# Winter - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Winter'''</span>⇐ :# Hut - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Hut'''</span>⇐ :# Kaffee - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Kaffee'''</span>⇐ :# Milch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Milch'''</span>⇐ :# Tee - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Tee'''</span>⇐ :# Ball - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Ball'''</span>⇐ |} 470a :'''Test''': der, die oder das? :# <abbr title="der">Bleistift</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Blume</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Zeit</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Lehrbuch</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Bild</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Karte</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Brief</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Block</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Flasche</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Milch</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Tasse</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Tasche</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Limonade</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Lampe</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Zimmer</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Käse</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Haus</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Wurst</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Ei</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Hose</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 470a |- | :# Bleistift - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Bleistift'''</span>⇐ :# Blume - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Blume'''</span>⇐ :# Zeit - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Zeit'''</span>⇐ :# Lehrbuch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Lehrbuch'''</span>⇐ :# Bild - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Bild'''</span>⇐ :# Karte - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Karte'''</span>⇐ :# Brief - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Brief'''</span>⇐ :# Block - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Block'''</span>⇐ :# Flasche - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Flasche'''</span>⇐ :# Milch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Milch'''</span>⇐ :# Tasse - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Tasse'''</span>⇐ :# Tasche - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Tasche'''</span>⇐ :# Limonade - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Limonade'''</span>⇐ :# Lampe - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Lampe'''</span>⇐ :# Zimmer - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Zimmer'''</span>⇐ :# Käse - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Käse'''</span>⇐ :# Haus - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Haus'''</span>⇐ :# Wurst - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Wurst'''</span>⇐ :# Ei - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Ei'''</span>⇐ :# Hose - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Hose'''</span>⇐ |} 470b :'''Test''': der, die oder das? :# Tonband</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Zeitschrift</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Wörterbuch</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Anzug</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Satz</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Anorak</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Brötchen</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Chemie</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Park</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Institut</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Klub</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Imbissraum</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Supermarkt</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Durst</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Geschenk</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Geburtstag</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Strumpf</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Einkauf</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Kette</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Wintermantel</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 470b |- | :# Tonband - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Tonband'''</span>⇐ :# Zeitschrift - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Zeitschrift'''</span>⇐ :# Wörterbuch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Wörterbuch'''</span>⇐ :# Anzug - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Anzug'''</span>⇐ :# Satz - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Satz'''</span>⇐ :# Anorak - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Anorak'''</span>⇐ :# Brötchen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Brötchen'''</span>⇐ :# Chemie - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Chemie'''</span>⇐ :# Park - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Park'''</span>⇐ :# Institut - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Institut'''</span>⇐ :# Klub - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Klub'''</span>⇐ :# Imbissraum - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Imbissraum'''</span>⇐ :# Supermarkt - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Supermarkt'''</span>⇐ :# Durst - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Durst'''</span>⇐ :# Geschenk - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Geschenk'''</span>⇐ :# Geburtstag - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Geburtstag'''</span>⇐ :# Strumpf - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Strumpf'''</span>⇐ :# Einkauf - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Einkauf'''</span>⇐ :# Kette - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Kette'''</span>⇐ :# Wintermantel - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Wintermantel'''</span>⇐ |} 470c :'''Test''': der, die oder das? :# <abbr title="der">Herbst</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Größe</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Qualität</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Eis</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Kuchen</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Farbe</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Wunsch</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Erdgeschoss</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Preis</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Stück</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Fotoapparat</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Text</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Flasche</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Wein</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Frühling</abbr> :# <abbr title="das">Jahr</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Jahreszeit</abbr> :# <abbr title="die">Zeit</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Schuh</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Sommer</abbr> :# <abbr title="der">Berg</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 470c |- | :# Herbst - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Herbst'''</span>⇐ :# Größe - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Größe'''</span>⇐ :# Qualität - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Qualität'''</span>⇐ :# Eis - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Eis'''</span>⇐ :# Kuchen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Kuchen'''</span>⇐ :# Farbe - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Farbe'''</span>⇐ :# Wunsch - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Wunsch'''</span>⇐ :# Erdgeschoss - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Erdgeschoss'''</span>⇐ :# Preis - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Preis'''</span>⇐ :# Stück - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Stück'''</span>⇐ :# Fotoapparat - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Fotoapparat'''</span>⇐ :# Text - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Text'''</span>⇐ :# Flasche - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Flasche'''</span>⇐ :# Wein - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Wein'''</span>⇐ :# Frühling - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Frühling'''</span>⇐ :# Jahr - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''das Jahr'''</span>⇐ :# Jahreszeit - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Jahreszeit'''</span>⇐ :# Zeit - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''die Zeit'''</span>⇐ :# Schuh - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Schuh'''</span>⇐ :# Sommer - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Sommer'''</span>⇐ :# Berg - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''der Berg'''</span>⇐ |} 471 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :Das Partizip II (Perfekt) mit „haben“ (schwache Verben) ([[:de:w:Unregelmäßiges Verb#Schwache Verben|schwache Verben]]) - 2. Vergangenheit :--- :Andreas: ::::Hast du deine Hausaufgaben <abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr> gemacht, Peter? :Peter: ::::Ja, ich habe sie schon gemacht. Ich habe die <abbr title="das Wort - en: word; Plural: Wörter">Wörter</abbr> gelernt und den <abbr title="der Text - en: text">Text</abbr> wiederholt. Die Mathematikaufgaben habe ich auch gerechnet. Ich habe drei Stunden gearbeitet. 472 :Wir <abbr title="bilden - en: to form">bilden</abbr> das Partizip II (Perfekt): :Konjugation von „haben“ im Präsens + Partizip Perfekt - 2. Vergangenheit :Wir konjugieren: :--- :ich habe gefragt :du hast gefragt :er hat gefragt :sie hat gefragt :es hat gefragt :wir haben gefragt :ihr habt gefragt :sie haben gefragt 472a :Wir konjugieren: :--- :Infinitiv: machen :ich habe gemacht :du hast gemacht :er hat gemacht :sie hat gemacht :es hat gemacht :wir haben gemacht :ihr habt gemacht :sie haben gemacht :--- :Infinitiv: arbeiten :ich habe gearbeitet :du hast gearbeitet :er hat gearbeitet :sie hat gearbeitet :es hat gearbeitet :wir haben gearbeitet :ihr habt gearbeitet :sie haben gearbeitet :--- :Infinitiv: lernen :ich habe gelernt :du hast gelernt :er hat gelernt :sie hat gelernt :es hat gelernt :wir haben gelernt :ihr habt gelernt :sie haben gelernt :--- :Infinitiv: wiederholen :ich habe wiederholt :du hast wiederholt :er hat wiederholt :sie hat wiederholt :es hat wiederholt :wir haben wiederholt :ihr habt wiederholt :sie haben wiederholt 473 :Wir bilden das Partizip Perfekt (schwache Verben) - 2. Vergangenheit {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Infinitiv || &nbsp; || Partizip Perfekt |-align="center" | 1 || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | kaufen || '''‘kauf'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>kauf<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | fragen || ‘'''frag'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>frag<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | 2 || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | antworten || ‘'''ant'''worten || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>antwort<span style="color:#993300;">'''et'''</span> |-align="center" | zeichnen || ‘'''zeich'''nen || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>zeichn<span style="color:#993300;">'''et'''</span> |-align="center" | 3 || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | bringen || ‘'''bring'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>brach<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | <abbr title="kennen – en: to know">kennen</abbr> || ‘'''kenn'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>kann<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | 4 || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | studieren || stu‘'''dier'''en || studier<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | korrigieren || korri‘'''gier'''en || korrigier<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | 5 || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | besuchen ||be‘'''su'''chen || besuch<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |-align="center" | übersetzen || über‘'''set'''zen || übersetz<span style="color:#993300;">'''t'''</span> |} 473a :Satz<abbr title="die Struktur - en: structure">struktur</abbr> {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Thomas || '''hat''' <abbr title="gestern - en: yesterday">gestern</abbr> ein Buch || '''gekauft'''. |-align="center" | Gestern || '''hat''' er ein Buch für seinen Freund || '''gekauft'''. |-align="center" | Für das Buch|| '''hat''' er zehn Euro || '''bezahlt'''. |} :'''Hat''' Thomas für seine Mutter ein Geschenk '''geholt'''? :(Das '''Partizip''' steht '''am Ende'''.) 474 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Thomas hat ein Buch gekauft. :Thomas hat '''<abbr title="gestern - en: yesterday">gestern</abbr>''' ein Buch gekauft. :Thomas hat gestern ein Buch für seinen Freund gekauft. :--- :Wir haben ein Tonband gebraucht. :Wir haben gestern ein Tonband gebraucht. :Wir haben gestern ein Tonband für den Deutschunterricht gebraucht. :--- :Gestern habt ihr gelernt. :Gestern habt ihr die Wörter gelernt. :Gestern habt ihr die Wörter und den Text gelernt. :--- :Gestern habe ich Zeit gehabt. :Gestern habe ich <abbr title="genug - en: enough; sufficient">genug</abbr> Zeit gehabt. :Gestern habe ich genug Zeit für die Aufgaben gehabt. 475 :Beispiel: :Thomas hat die Wörter gelernt. :⇒ Ich habe sie auch <abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr> gelernt. :--- :Monika hat diesen <abbr title="der Abschnitt - en: paragraph; section; part">Abschnitt</abbr> geübt. (<abbr title="schneiden - en: to cut">schneiden</abbr>; <abbr title="abschneiden - en: to cut off">abschneiden</abbr>) :Andreas hat das Tonband gehört. :Peter hat diese Beispiele geübt. :Herr Vogt hat die Hausaufgaben gemacht. :Maria hat das Buch gekauft. :Thomas hat den Text gelernt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 475 |- | :Monika hat diesen Abschnitt geübt. - Ich habe ihn auch schon geübt. :Andreas hat das Tonband gehört. - Ich habe es auch schon gehört. :Peter hat diese Beispiele geübt. - Ich habe sie auch schon geübt. :Herr Vogt hat die Hausaufgaben gemacht. - Ich habe sie auch schon gemacht. :Maria hat das Buch gekauft. - Ich habe es auch schon gekauft. :Thomas hat den Text gelernt. - Ich habe ihn auch schon gelernt. |} 476 :Beispiel: :<abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">Öffnen</abbr> Sie die Bücher! :⇒ Wir haben sie <abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr> geöffnet. :--- :Rechnen Sie die Aufgaben! :<abbr title="ordnen - en: to arrange; to order">Ordnen</abbr> Sie die Zahlen! :Zeichnen Sie das Bild! :Antworten Sie! :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 476 |- | :Öffnen Sie die Bücher. - Wir haben sie schon geöffnet. :--- :Rechnen Sie die Aufgaben! - Wir haben sie schon gerechnet. :Ordnen Sie die Zahlen! - Wir haben sie schon geordnet. :Zeichnen Sie das Bild! - Wir haben es schon gezeichnet. :Antworten Sie! - Wir haben schon geantwortet. |} 477 :Beispiel: :(Unterricht gehabt) :⇒ Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Unterricht gehabt. :--- :(die Texte üben) :(Beispiele bilden) :(Aufgaben rechnen) :(ein Bild zeichnen) :(lange arbeiten) :(Einkäufe machen) :(einen Mantel kaufen) :(Bücher holen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 477 |- | :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Unterricht gehabt. :--- :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern die Texte geübt. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Beispiele gebildet. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Aufgaben gerechnet. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern ein Bild gezeichnet. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern lange gearbeitet. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Einkäufe gemacht. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern einen Mantel gekauft. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Bücher geholt. |} 477a :Beispiel: :(Schuhe kaufen) :⇒ Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Schuhe gekauft. :--- :(den Vater holen) :([derdiedas] Text üben) :([derdiedas] Beispiel bilden) :([derdiedas] Aufgabe rechnen) :([derdiedas] Buch lesen) :([derdiedas] Suppe kochen) :([derdiedas] <abbr title="Rührei - en: scrambled eggs">Rührei</abbr> machen) :([derdiedas] Mantel kaufen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 477a |- | :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern Schuhe gekauft. :--- :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern den Vater geholt. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern den Text geübt. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern das Beispiel gebildet. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern die Aufgabe gerechnet. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern das Buch gelesen. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern die Suppe gekocht. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern das Rührei gemacht. :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? - Ich habe gestern den Mantel gekauft. |} 478 :Beispiel: :Herr Jäger ... gestern <abbr title="lange - en: a long time">lange</abbr> ... . (arbeiten) :⇒ Herr Jäger hat gestern lange gearbeitet. :--- :Monika ... dieses Tonband ... . (hören) :Ich ... zehn Sätze ... . (bilden) :Peter ... seine Aufgaben richtig ... . (rechnen) :Uta ... einen Text ... . (üben) :Du ... dein Lehrbuch ... . (brauchen) :Die Studenten ... die Aufgaben <abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr> ... . (machen) :Andreas ... zwei Stunden Deutschunterricht ... . (haben) :Wir ... gestern keinen Unterricht ... . (haben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 478 |- | :Herr Jäger hat gestern lange gearbeitet. :--- :Monika hat dieses Tonband gehört. :Ich habe zehn Sätze gebildet. :Peter hat seine Aufgaben richtig gerechnet. :Uta hat einen Text geübt. :Du hast dein Lehrbuch gebraucht. :Die Studenten haben die Aufgaben schon gemacht. :Andreas hat zwei Stunden Deutschunterricht gehabt. :Wir haben gestern keinen Unterricht gehabt. |} 479 :Beispiel: :Was hat Frau Stein gebracht? (diesen Brief) :⇒ Sie hat diesen Brief gebracht. :--- :Was hat Andreas gebracht? (meine Zeitschrift) :Was haben Sie gebracht? (das Tonband) :Was hat Herr Pohl gebracht? (unsere Hefte) :Was hat Uta gebracht? (dein Lehrbuch) :Was habt ihr gebracht? (das Geld) :Was hast du gebracht? (drei Bücher) :Was haben Ute und Peter gebracht? (deine Handschuhe) :Was haben die Studenten gebracht? (ein Geschenk) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 479 |- | :Was hat Frau Stein gebracht? - Sie hat diesen Brief gebracht. :--- :Was hat Andreas gebracht? - Er hat meine Zeitschrift gebracht. :Was haben Sie gebracht? - Ich habe das Tonband gebracht. :Was hat Herr Pohl gebracht? - Er hat unsere Hefte gebracht. :Was hat Uta gebracht? - Sie hat dein Lehrbuch gebracht. :Was habt ihr gebracht? - Wir haben das Geld gebracht. :Was hast du gebracht? - Ich habe drei Bücher gebracht. :Was haben Ute und Peter gebracht? - Sie haben deine Handschuhe gebracht. :Was haben die Studenten gebracht? - Sie haben ein Geschenk gebracht. |} == 480 - 489 == 480 :Beispiel: :Ist diese Zeitschrift für mich? (bringen) :⇒ Ja, ich habe diese Zeitschrift für Sie gebracht. :--- :Ist dieser Brief für mich? (bringen) :Ist dieses Geschenk für mich? (kaufen) :Sind diese Karten für mich? (holen) :Ist dieses Bild für mich? (zeichnen) :Ist dieser Kaffee für mich? (holen) :Ist dieser Kuchen für mich? (kaufen) :Ist dieses Glas für mich? (holen) :Ist diese Limonade für mich? (bringen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 480 |- | :Ist diese Zeitschrift für mich? - Ja, ich habe diese Zeitschrift für Sie gebracht. :--- :Ist dieser Brief für mich? - Ja, ich habe diesen Brief für Sie gebracht. :Ist dieses Geschenk für mich? - Ja, ich habe dieses Geschenk für Sie gekauft. :Sind diese Karten für mich? - Ja, ich habe diese Karten für Sie geholt. :Ist dieses Bild für mich? - Ja, ich habe dieses Bild für Sie gezeichnet. :Ist dieser Kaffee für mich? - Ja, ich habe diesen Kaffee für Sie geholt. :Ist dieser Kuchen für mich? - Ja, ich habe diesen Kuchen für Sie gekauft. :Ist dieses Glas für mich? - Ja, ich habe dieses Glas für Sie geholt. :Ist diese Limonade für mich? - Ja, ich habe diese Limonade für Sie gebracht. |} 481 :Beispiel: :Wir haben Mathematik. (Ihr Lehrbuch holen) :⇒ Haben Sie Ihr Lehrbuch schon geholt? :--- :Wir rechnen jetzt Aufgaben. (Ihre Lehrbücher öffnen) :Wir machen die Hausaufgaben. (die Wörter üben) :Wir üben das Perfekt. (das Beispiel bilden) :Wir wiederholen den Text. (das Tonband hören) :Wir erzählen den Text. (die Wörter lernen) :Wir verstehen einen Satz nicht. (Ihren Lehrer fragen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 481 |- | :Wir haben Mathematik. - Haben Sie Ihr Lehrbuch schon geholt? :--- :Wir rechnen jetzt Aufgaben. - Haben Sie Ihre Lehrbücher schon geöffnet? :Wir machen die Hausaufgaben. - Haben Sie die Wörter schon geübt? :Wir üben das Perfekt. - Haben Sie das Beispiel schon gebildet? :Wir wiederholen den Text. - Haben Sie das Tonband schon gehört? :Wir erzählen den Text. - Haben Sie die Wörter schon gelernt? :Wir verstehen einen Satz nicht. - Haben Sie Ihren Lehrer schon gefragt? |} 482 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Thomas hat die Aufgaben '''nicht''' gerechnet. :Thomas hat die Aufgaben gestern '''nicht''' gerechnet. :Thomas hat die Aufgaben gestern '''nicht richtig''' gerechnet. :--- :Wir haben das Tonband '''nicht''' gebraucht. :Wir haben das Tonband gestern '''nicht''' gebraucht. :Wir haben das Tonband gestern '''nicht lange''' gebraucht. :--- :Sie haben die Wörter '''nicht''' gelernt. :Sie haben die Wörter gestern '''nicht''' gelernt. :Sie haben die Wörter gestern '''nicht gut''' gelernt. 483 :Beispiel: :Wir brauchen die Tonbänder, aber Thomas ... . (nicht holen) :⇒ Wir brauchen die Tonbänder, aber Thomas hat sie nicht geholt. :--- :Wir wiederholen jetzt die Aufgaben, aber Monika ... (nicht rechnen) :Wir brauchen unsere Hefte, aber Ute ... (nicht bringen) :Wir lesen diese Zeitschrift, aber ich ... (nicht kaufen) :Wir wiederholen jetzt die Wörter, aber die Studentin ... (nicht lernen) :Wir brauchen jetzt die Bilder, aber er ... (nicht suchen) :Das ist unser Lehrer, aber du ... (nicht <abbr title="grüßen - en: to greet">grüßen</abbr>) :Der Lehrer hat euch noch einmal gefragt, aber ihr ... (nicht antworten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 483 |- | :Wir brauchen die Tonbänder, aber Thomas hat sie nicht geholt. :--- :Wir wiederholen jetzt die Aufgaben, aber Monika hat sie nicht gerechnet. :Wir brauchen unsere Hefte, aber Ute hat sie nicht gebracht. :Wir lesen diese Zeitschrift, aber ich habe sie nicht gekauft. :Wir wiederholen jetzt die Wörter, aber die Studentin hat sie nicht gelernt. :Wir brauchen jetzt die Bilder, aber er hat sie nicht gesucht. :Das ist unser Lehrer, aber du hast ihn nicht gegrüßt :Der Lehrer hat euch noch einmal gefragt, aber ihr habt nicht geantwortet. |} 484 :Beispiel: :a. Wann bringt Herr Sommer die Bilder? :⇒ b. Hat er sie noch nicht gebracht? :⇒ a. Nein, bis jetzt hat er sie noch nicht gebracht. :--- :Wann holt Andreas das Buch? :Wann holt Monika das Tonband? :Wann bringt Herr Pohl unsere Hefte? :Wann kauft Herr Lehmann die Zeitschrift? :Wann bringt Andrea den Brief? :Wann holt Herr Köhler die Arbeitshefte? :Wann rechnet Regine die Aufgaben? :Wann macht Peter seine Hausaufgaben? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 484 |- | :Wann bringt Herr Sommer die Bilder? :Hat er sie noch nicht gebracht? :Nein, bis jetzt hat er sie noch nicht gebracht. :--- :Wann holt Andreas das Buch? :Hat er es noch nicht geholt? :Nein, bis jetzt hat er es noch nicht geholt. :--- :Wann holt Monika das Tonband? :Hat sie es noch nicht geholt? :Nein, bis jetzt hat sie es noch nicht geholt. :--- :Wann bringt Herr Pohl unsere Hefte? :Hat er sie noch nicht gebracht? :Nein, bis jetzt hat er sie noch nicht gebracht. :--- :Wann kauft Herr Lehmann die Zeitschrift? :Hat er sie noch nicht gekauft? :Nein, bis jetzt hat er sie noch nicht gekauft. :--- :Wann bringt Andrea den Brief? :Hat sie ihn noch nicht gebracht? :Nein, bis jetzt hat sie ihn noch nicht gebracht. :--- :Wann holt Herr Köhler die Arbeitshefte? :Hat er sie noch nicht geholt? :Nein, bis jetzt hat er sie noch nicht geholt. :--- :Wann rechnet Regine die Aufgaben? :Hat sie sie noch nicht gerechnet? :Nein, bis jetzt hat sie sie noch nicht gerechnet. :--- :Wann macht Peter seine Hausaufgaben? :Hat er sie noch nicht gemacht? :Nein, bis jetzt hat er sie noch nicht gemacht. |} 485 :'''Herr Schulze telefoniert''' :Das '''Telefon klingelt'''. :--- :Herr Lehmann: Lehmann :Herr Schulze: Guten Tag, Herr Lehmann, hier ist Schulze aus [[:de:w:Bonn|Bonn]]. Ich bin '''<abbr title="wieder einmal - en: once again; again">wieder einmal</abbr>''' in Berlin. :Herr Lehmann: Oh, guten Tag, Herr Schulze. Das ist eine '''<abbr title="die Überraschung - en: surprise">Überraschung</abbr>'''! <abbr title="seit - en: since">Seit</abbr> wann sind Sie hier? :Herr Schulze: Seit gestern. :Herr Lehmann: '''<abbr title="Wie geht es Ihnen? - en: How are you?">Wie geht es Ihnen</abbr>''', Herr Schulze? :Herr Schulze: Danke, gut. Und wie geht es Ihnen? Was macht Ihre Familie? :Herr Lehmann: Danke, alle sind <abbr title="gesund - en: healthy; well">gesund</abbr>. Wir haben gehört, Sie haben 12 Wochen in '''<abbr title="Frankreich - en: France">Frankreich<abbr>''' gearbeitet. :Herr Schulze: Ja, <abbr title="das stimmt - en: that is correct; that is true">das stimmt</abbr>. Mein '''<abbr title="der Betrieb - en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr>''' hat mich '''nach Paris''' <abbr title="schicken - en: to send">geschickt</abbr>. :Herr Lehmann: Das ist '''interessant'''. Wie lange '''<abbr title="bleiben - en: to stay; to remain">bleiben</abbr>''' Sie in Berlin? :Herr Schulze: Bis <abbr title="übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow">übermorgen</abbr>, dann '''fahre''' ich '''nach Hause'''. :Herr Lehmann: Bitte besuchen Sie uns. Haben Sie heute Abend Zeit? :Herr Schulze: Ja, ich komme sehr gern. '''Vielen Dank''' für die '''<abbr title="die Einladung - en: invitation">Einladung</abbr>'''. :Herr Lehmann: Gut, wir '''<abbr title="erwarten = warten - en: to await; to expect; to wait">erwarten</abbr>''' Sie heute Abend '''um 7'''. :Herr Schulze: Um 7 geht es <abbr title="leider - en: unfortunately">leider</abbr> '''<abbr title="noch nicht - en: not yet; still not">noch nicht</abbr>''', ich habe bis '''<abbr title="halb - en: half">halb</abbr>''' 8 eine '''<abbr title="Konferenz - en: conference">Konferenz</abbr>'''. :Herr Lehmann: '''<abbr title="das macht nichts = kein Problem - en: no problem">Das macht nichts</abbr>'''. Dann kommen Sie um 8. :Herr Schulze: Ja, das geht. '''<abbr title="Auf Wiederhören! - en: goodbye! (at telephone); (wieder hören - en: to hear again)">Auf Wiederhören</abbr>''', und '''<abbr title="grüßen - en: to greet; to say hallo">grüßen</abbr>''' Sie bitte Ihre Frau. :Herr Lehmann: Auf Wiederhören! 486 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :--- :Wer telefoniert? :Wie lange hat Herr Schulze in Frankreich gearbeitet? :Wie lange <abbr title="bleiben - en: to stay; to remain; to last">bleibt</abbr> Herr Schulze in Berlin? :Wohin fährt er übermorgen? :Wann besucht er Familie Lehmann? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 486 |- | :Wer telefoniert? - Herr Lehmann und Herr Schulze telefonieren. (Herr Lehmann und Herr Schulze telefonieren miteinander. Herr Schulze hat Herrn Lehmann angerufen.) :Wie lange hat Herr Schulze in Frankreich gearbeitet? - Herr Schulze hat 12 Wochen in Frankreich gearbeitet. :Wie lange bleibt Herr Schulze in Berlin? - Er bleibt bis übermorgen in Berlin. (Bis wann bleibt er in Berlin? - Er bleibt drei Tage in Berlin. Wie lange? - heute, morgen und übermorgen) :Wohin fährt er übermorgen. - Übermorgen fährt er nach Hause. :Wann besucht er Familie Lehmann? - Er besucht Familie Lehmann heute Abend um 20 Uhr. |} 487 :'''Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text''' :2x '''grüßen''' :'''Lesen und lernen Sie die Beispiele!''' :--- :Ein Student kommt. Er sagt: „Guten Tag!“ :Er grüßt. :Er grüßt die Lehrerin und den Lehrer. :--- :Herr Weber sagt: „Auf Wiedersehen, Herr Wagner, grüßen Sie Ihre Frau! Grüßen Sie auch Ihre Kinder!“ :Herr Wagner antwortet: „Danke, das werde ich machen. Bitte grüßen Sie auch Ihre Familie.“ 488 :'''<abbr title="klingeln - en: to ring">klingeln</abbr>''' :--- :Lesen Sie! :--- :Thomas besucht Herrn Wagner. Thomas klingelt. Thomas klingelt an der Tür. (die Türklingel; die Wohnungsklingel) :Herr Wagner kommt. :--- :Das Telefon klingelt. Frau Wagner sagt: „Hier Wagner.“ :--- :Es ist 7.30 Uhr. Es klingelt. Der Unterricht beginnt. (die Schulklingel) 489 :Konjugieren Sie! :'''fahren nach''' :--- :ich '''<abbr title="fahren nach - en: go to (with car, bus, train etc.); travel to">fahre nach</abbr>''' Berlin :du ... :... :--- :ich gehe zur Schule :du ... :... :--- :ich <abbr title="fliegen - en: to fly">fliege</abbr> nach Spanien :du ... :... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 489 |- | :ich fahre nach Berlin :du fährtst nach Berlin :er fährt nach Berlin :wir fahren nach Berlin :ihr fahrt nach Berlin :sie fahren nach Berlin :--- :ich gehe zur Schule :du gehst zur Schule :er geht zur Schule :wir gehen zur Schule :ihr geht zur Schule :sie gehen zur Schule :--- :ich fliege nach Spanien :du fliegst nach Spanien :er fliegt nach Spanien :wir fliegen nach Spanien :ihr fliegt nach Spanien :sie fliegen nach Spanien |} == 490 - 499 == 490 :Beispiel: :(Andreas - Berlin / [[:de:w:Köln|Köln]]) :⇒ a. Woher kommt Andreas? :⇒ b. Er kommt aus Berlin. :⇒ a. Und wohin fährt er jetzt. :⇒ b. Jetzt fährt er nach Köln. :--- :(Maria - London / Berlin) :(Karin - [[:de:w:Leipzig|Leipzig]] / [[:de:w:Dresden|Dresden]]) :(Herr Schreiber - [[:de:w:Potsdam|Potsdam]] / [[:de:w:Brandenburg an der Havel|Brandenburg]]) :(Peter - [[:de:w:Braunschweig|Braunschweig]] / [[:de:w:Wolfsburg|Wolfsburg]]) :(Joachim - Afrika / Berlin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 490 |- | :a. Woher kommt Andreas? :b. Er kommt aus Berlin :a. Und wohin fährt er jetzt. :b. Jetzt fährt er nach Köln. :--- :a. Woher kommt Maria? :b. Sie kommt aus London. :a. Und wohin fährt sie jetzt. :b. Jetzt fährt sie nach Berlin. :--- :a. Woher kommt Karin? :b. Sie kommt aus Leipzig. :a. Und wohin fährt sie jetzt. :b. Jetzt fährt sie nach Dresden. :--- :a. Woher kommt Herr Schreiber? :b. Er kommt aus Potsdam. :a. Und wohin fährt er jetzt. :b. Jetzt fährt er nach Brandenburg. :--- :a. Woher kommt Peter? :b. Er kommt aus Braunschweig. :a. Und wohin fährt er jetzt. :b. Jetzt fährt er nach Wolfsburg. :--- :a. Woher kommt Joachim? :b. Er kommt aus Afrika. :a. Und wohin fährt er jetzt. :b. Jetzt fährt er nach Berlin. |} 491 [[File:Casio f91w digital watch.png|thumb|Es ist halb acht.]] :'''Wie spät ist es?''' :Lesen Sie und üben Sie! :--- :Es ist um 8 :Es ist halb 8 (= 7.30 Uhr) :Es ist <abbr title="das Viertel - en: a quarter">Viertel</abbr> 8 (= 7.15 Uhr) :Es ist drei Viertel 8 (= 7.45 Uhr) :--- :um 8 :halb 8 :Viertel 8 :drei Viertel 8 :--- :8 Uhr :20 Uhr :7.30 Uhr :19.30 Uhr :7.15 Uhr :19.15 Uhr :7.45 Uhr :19.45 Uhr 492 :Beispiel: :Kommen Sie heute! (17.00 Uhr) :⇒ Kommen Sie heute 17.00 Uhr! :⇒ Kommen Sie heute um fünf! :--- :19.30 Uhr :18.45 Uhr :17.15 Uhr :16.45 Uhr :20.15 Uhr :20.30 Uhr :18.15 Uhr :19.00 Uhr :16.00 Uhr :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 492 |- | :Kommen Sie heute 17.00 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute um fünf! :--- :Kommen Sie heute 19.30 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute halb acht! :--- :Kommen Sie heute 18.45 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute drei Viertel sieben! (Viertel vor sieben) :--- :Kommen Sie heute 17.15 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute Viertel sechs! (Viertel nach fünf) :--- :Kommen Sie heute 16.45 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute drei Viertel fünf! (Viertel vor fünf) :--- :Kommen Sie heute 20.15 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute Viertel neun! (Viertel nach acht) :--- :Kommen Sie heute 20.30 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute halb neun! :--- :Kommen Sie heute 18.15 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute Viertel sieben! (Viertel nach sechs) :--- :Kommen Sie heute 19.00 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute um sieben! :--- :Kommen Sie heute 16.00 Uhr! :Kommen Sie heute um vier! |} 493 :'''<abbr title="bis - en: till">bis</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :(arbeiten - 19.00 Uhr) :⇒ Bis wann haben Sie gestern gearbeitet? :⇒ Ich habe bis 19.00 Uhr gearbeitet. :--- :üben - 17.00 Uhr :rechnen - 19.00 Uhr :zeichnen - 20.30 Uhr :lernen - 23.00 Uhr :warten - 22.30 :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 493 |- | :Bis wann haben Sie gestern gearbeitet? :Ich habe bis 19.00 Uhr gearbeitet. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie gestern geübt? :Ich habe bis 17.00 Uhr geübt. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie gestern gerechnet? :Ich habe bis 19.00 Uhr gerechnet. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie gestern gezeichnet? :Ich habe bis 20.30 Uhr gezeichnet. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie gestern gelernt? :Ich habe bis 23.00 Uhr gelernt. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie gestern gewartet? :Ich habe bis 22.30 Uhr gewartet. |} 494 :'''das geht''' :'''<abbr title="es geht - en: that is possible; is goes; it's all right">es geht</abbr>''' :'''Geht es oder geht es nicht? Antworten Sie richtig!''' :--- :Beispiel: :Kommen Sie heute Abend bitte in den Klub! :... Ich besuche heute Abend meine Freunde. :⇒ Kommen Sie heute Abend bitte in den Klub! :⇒ Das geht nicht. Ich besuche heute Abend meine Freunde. :--- :Andreas ist krank. Besuchen Sie ihn bitte heute Nachmittag! :... Heute Nachmittag habe ich keine Zeit. :--- :Bitte besuchen Sie mich! Ich <abbr title="erwarten - en: to await; to expect">erwarte</abbr> Sie um drei. :... Vielen Dank für die Einladung. :--- :Kommen Sie morgen bitte <abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr> halb sechs! :... Ich arbeite nur bis halb fünf. :--- :Fragen Sie bitte Herrn Weber! :... Er ist heute nicht hier. :--- :Übersetzen Sie bitte den Brief bis morgen! :... Heute habe ich <abbr title="genug - en: enough">genug</abbr> Zeit. :--- :Gehen wir heute Nachmittag ins Kaufhaus? :Heute ... Aber morgen habe ich Zeit. :--- :Kaufen wir heute Nachmittag die Geschenke? :Heute Nachmittag ... Wir kaufen sie morgen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 494 |- | :Kommen Sie heute Abend bitte in den Klub! :Das geht nicht. Ich besuche heute Abend meine Freunde. :--- :Andreas ist krank. Besuchen Sie ihn bitte heute Nachmittag! :Das geht nicht. Heute Nachmittag habe ich keine Zeit. :--- :Bitte besuchen Sie mich! Ich erwarte Sie um drei. :Das geht. Vielen Dank für die Einladung. :--- :Kommen Sie morgen bitte schon halb sechs! :Das geht. Ich arbeite nur bis halb fünf. :--- :Fragen Sie bitte Herrn Weber! :Das geht nicht. Er ist heute nicht hier. :--- :Übersetzen Sie bitte den Brief bis morgen! :Das geht. Heute habe ich genug Zeit. :--- :Gehen wir heute Nachmittag ins Kaufhaus? :Heute geht das nicht. Aber morgen habe ich Zeit. :--- :Kaufen wir heute Nachmittag die Geschenke? :Heute Nachmittag geht das nicht. Wir kaufen sie morgen. |} 495 :'''wieder''' :Beispiel: :List Karin heute gut? :⇒ Nein, sie <abbr title="lesen - en: to read">liest</abbr> wieder schlecht. :--- :Spricht Monika heute <abbr title="laut - en: aloud">laut</abbr>? :Schreibt Peter jetzt deutlich? :Ist dieses Wort jetzt richtig? :Rechnet Thomas heute schnell? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 495 |- | :List Karin heute gut? - Nein, sie liest wieder schlecht. :--- :Spricht Monika heute laut? - Nein, sie spricht wieder leise. :Schreibt Peter jetzt deutlich? - Nein, er schreibt wieder undeutlich. :Ist dieses Wort jetzt richtig? - Nein, es ist wieder falsch. :Rechnet Thomas heute schnell? - Nein, er rechnet wieder langsam. |} 496 :'''<abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="noch nicht - en: not yet; still not">noch nicht</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :Andreas hat morgen Geburtstag. Habt ihr die Geschenke schon gekauft? :⇒ Nein, wir haben sie noch nicht gekauft. :--- :Wie spät ist es? Hat es schon geklingelt? :Der Unterricht beginnt <abbr title="gleich - en: just; in a minut; in a moment; immediately">gleich</abbr>. Hast du die Bilder und die Karten schon geholt? :Fahren wir morgen nach [[:de:w:Würzburg|Würzburg]]? Hast du unseren Lehrer schon gefragt? :Wir brauchen diese Bücher für den Unterricht. Habt ihr sie schon gekauft? :Wir schreiben morgen ein Diktat. Habt ihr die Vokabeln schon gelernt? :Ich brauche die Zeitschrift. Hat Monika sie schon gebracht? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 496 |- | :Andreas hat morgen Geburtstag. Habt ihr die Geschenke schon gekauft? :Nein, wir haben sie noch nicht gekauft. :--- :Wie spät ist es? Hat es schon geklingelt? :Nein, es hat noch nicht geklingelt. :--- :Der Unterricht beginnt gleich. Hast du die Bilder und die Karten schon geholt? :Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht geholt. :--- :Fahren wir morgen nach Würzburg? Hast du unseren Lehrer schon gefragt? :Nein, ich haben ihn noch nicht gefragt. :--- :Wir brauchen diese Bücher für den Unterricht. Habt ihr sie schon gekauft? :Nein, wir haben sie noch nicht gekauft. :--- :Wir schreiben morgen ein Diktat. Habt ihr die Vokabeln schon gelernt? :Nein, wir haben sie noch nicht gelernt. :--- :Ich brauche die Zeitschrift. Hat Monika sie schon gebracht? :Nein, sie hat sie noch nicht gebracht. |} 497 :Beispiel: :Haben Sie Herrn Lehmann schon besucht? :⇒ Nein, ich habe ihn noch nicht besucht. :--- :Hat Herr Graf die Bücher schon gebracht? :Hat Monika die Bilder schon geholt? :Hat Frau Weber die Beispiele schon geübt? :Hast du die Vokabeln schon gelernt? :Habt ihr die CD schon gehört? :Hat er das Buch schon <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">gekannt</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 497 |- | :Haben Sie Herrn Lehmann schon besucht? - Nein, ich habe ihn noch nicht besucht. :--- :Hat Herr Graf die Bücher schon gebracht? - Nein, er hat sie noch nicht gebracht. :Hat Monika die Bilder schon geholt? - Nein, sie hat sie noch nicht geholt. :Hat Frau Weber die Beispiele schon geübt? - Nein, sie hat sie noch nicht geübt. :Hast du die Vokabeln schon gelernt? - Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht gelernt. :Habt ihr die CD schon gehört? - Nein, wir haben sie noch nicht gehört. :Hat er das Buch schon gekannt? - Nein, er hat es noch nicht gekannt. |} 498 :Üben Sie <abbr title="zu zweit - en: in twos; in pairs; two of you/us">zu zweit</abbr>! :a. Guten Tag, hier ist Schulz aus [[:de:w:Heidelberg|Heidelberg]]. :b. ... :a. Wie geht es Ihnen? :b. ... :a. Danke, auch gut. :b. Wir haben gehört, Sie haben 4 Wochen in [[:de:w:Brüssel|Brüssel]] gearbeitet. :a. Ja, ... :b. Das ist interessant. Wie lange <abbr title="bleiben - en: to stay">bleiben</abbr> Sie in [[:de:w:Wuppertal|Wuppertal]]? :a. ... :b. Bitte besuchen Sie uns. Haben Sie heute Abend Zeit? :a. ... :b. Gut, wir <abbr title="erwarten - en: to wait">erwarten</abbr> Sie um sechs. :a. ... :b. <abbr title="Das macht nichts! - en: No problem!; It doesn't matter!; It's all right. = Machts nichts!; nichts - en: nothing">Das macht nichts</abbr>, <abbr title="dann - en: then; so">dann</abbr> kommen Sie um sieben. :a. ... 499 :Übungen zur Phonetik {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | [z] || &nbsp; |-align="center" | um sieben || Ich komme um sieben. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Ich komme halb sieben. |-align="center" | um sechs || Ich komme um sechs. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Ich komme halb sechs. |-align="center" | [s] || &nbsp; |-align="center" | um eins || Ich komme um eins. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Ich komme halb eins. |-align="center" | ins || Ich gehe um eins ins Institut. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Ich gehe halb eins ins Institut. |} == 500 - 509 == 500 :Lesen Sie! :'''[z] oder [s] ?''' :--- :Dann bis heute Abend um sieben. :Um sieben geht es <abbr title="leider - en: unfortunately">leider</abbr> noch nicht. :--- :Dann bis heute Abend um sechs. :Um sechs geht es leider noch nicht. :--- :Dann bis morgen Mittag um eins. :Um eins geht es leider noch nicht. 501 :'''Lesen und wiederholen Sie laut!''' :--- :Herr Pohl ist Lehrer. Er spricht Deutsch. :Herr Garcia kommt aus Spanien. Er lernt Deutsch. :Er ist schon drei Jahre in [[:de:w:München|München]]. Er spricht ausgezeichnet Deutsch. :Monika wohnt in [[:de:w:Cottbus|Cottbus]]. Ute besucht sie. :Sie trinken Tee und essen Kuchen. 502 :'''Der Unterricht.''' :Es ist 7.30 Uhr. Der Unterricht beginnt. Wir nehmen Platz. Der Lehrer fragt die Studenten. Sie antworten. :--- :'''Die Pause''' :Es ist Pause. Hier ist der <abbr title="der Imbissraum - en: snack room; cafeteria">Imbissraum</abbr>. Die Studenten essen Brötchen und Wurst. Sie trinken Milch oder <abbr title="die Limonade - en: soda">Limonade</abbr>. :--- :'''Ute kauft eine Bluse''' :Ute braucht eine Bluse. Sie geht ins Kaufhaus. Hier gibt es Blusen. Sie kauft eine Bluse und bezahlt 20 Euro. Die Bluse ist schön. 503 :Lesen und antworten Sie! :--- :Wir haben Unterricht. Wir lernen Deutsch. Wir lesen und schreiben. Wir üben und wiederholen. Herr Ziegler liest drei Sätze. Er liest <abbr title="deutlich - en: clearly">deutlich</abbr>. :Was macht Herr Ziegler? :--- :Das ist sein Zimmer. Er lernt jetzt. Er nimmt sein Lehrbuch und liest. Dann schreibt er fünf Sätze. Er versteht einen Satz nicht. Er fragt seinen Freund. Der Freund übersetzt den Satz. Sie üben auch die Zahlen. Sie <abbr title="zählen - en: to count">zählen</abbr> und rechnen. :Was schreibt er? :--- :Hier wohnt Thomas. Thomas studiert in [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]]. Er studiert BWL (Betriebswirtschaftslehre = Ökonomie). Andreas besucht seinen Freund Thomas. Thomas holt Kaffee und Kuchen. Dann essen und trinken sie. :Was studiert Thomas? :--- :Gabi und Regine haben heute Zeit. Sie gehen ins Kaufhaus. Regine kauft einen Mantel, und Gabi kauft eine Bluse. Sie sehen auch Kleider. Die Kleider sind modern. <abbr title="dann - en: then; afterwards">Dann</abbr> gehen Gabi und Regine in den <abbr title="der Imbissraum - en: snack room; cafeteria">Imbissraum</abbr>. Gabi hat Hunger. Sie kauft ein Brötchen mit Wurst. Regine hat Durst. Sie trinkt eine Flasche <abbr title="die Limonade - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink">Limonade</abbr>. :Was kauft Gabi? :Wer trinkt Limonade? :--- :Thomas ist 15 Jahre alt. Er lernt gut. Heute übt er Französisch. Er holt eine CD. Dann hört er die Sätze und wiederholt sie. Er spricht langsam, aber richtig. Sein Bruder heißt Peter. Er ist 11 Jahre alt. Er lernt Englisch. :Wie alt ist Thomas? :Was macht er heute? :--- :Das ist unser Zimmer. Hier lernen wir Deutsch. Herr Pohl ist unser Lehrer. Er fragt, und wir antworten. Er spricht langsam und deutlich. Heute üben wir die Verben. :Wie heißt der Lehrer? :Was üben sie heute? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 503 |- | :Wir haben Unterricht. Wir lernen Deutsch. Wir lesen und schreiben. Wir üben und wiederholen. Herr Ziegler liest drei Sätze. Er liest deutlich. :Was macht Herr Ziegler? - Er liest drei Sätze. :--- :Das ist sein Zimmer. Er lernt jetzt. Er nimmt sein Lehrbuch und liest. Dann schreibt er fünf Sätze. Er versteht einen Satz nicht. Er fragt seinen Freund. Der Freund übersetzt den Satz. Sie üben auch die Zahlen. Sie zählen und rechnen. :Was schreibt er? - Er schreibt fünf Sätze. :--- :Hier wohnt Thomas. Thomas studiert in [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]]. Er studiert BWL. Andreas besucht seinen Freund Thomas. Thomas holt Kaffee und Kuchen. Dann essen und trinken sie. :Was studiert Thomas? - Er studiert BWL. :--- :Gabi und Regine haben heute Zeit. Sie gehen ins Kaufhaus. Regine kauft einen Mantel, und Gabi kauft eine Bluse. Sie sehen auch Kleider. Die Kleider sind modern. Dann gehen Gabi und Regine in den Imbissraum. Gabi hat Hunger. Sie kauft ein Brötchen mit Wurst. Regine hat Durst. Sie trinkt eine Flasche Limonade. :Was kauft Gabi? - Gabi kauft eine Bluse. :Wer trinkt Limonade? - Regine trinkt Limonade. :--- :Thomas ist 15 Jahre alt. Er lernt gut. Heute übt er Französisch. Er holt eine CD. Dann hört er die Sätze und wiederholt sie. Er spricht langsam, aber richtig. Sein Bruder heißt Peter. Er ist 11 Jahre alt. Er lernt Englisch. :Wie alt ist Thomas? - Thomas ist 15 Jahre alt. :Was macht er heute? - Er übt Französisch. :--- :Das ist unser Zimmer. Hier lernen wir Deutsch. Herr Pohl ist unser Lehrer. Er fragt, und wir antworten. Er spricht langsam und deutlich. Heute üben wir die Verben. :Wie heißt der Lehrer? - Der Lehrer heißt Herr Pohl. :Was üben sie heute? - Sie üben heute die (deutschen) Verben. |} 504 :Lesen und <abbr title="erzählen - en: tell; relate">erzählen</abbr> Sie! :--- :Heute ist Mittwoch. Familie Lehmann hat heute <abbr title="der Gast - en: guest">Gäste</abbr>. Frau Lehmann <abbr title="rufen - en: call">ruft</abbr> ihre Tochter und ihren Sohn. Sie gehen in den Supermarkt. Monika sucht den Wein, aber sie findet ihn nicht. Dann sieht sie ihn. Er steht dort links. Frau Lehmann kauft Brot. Es ist <abbr title="ganz - en: very; absolutely">ganz</abbr> frisch. 505 :'''<abbr title="ordnen - en: to arrange; to order">Ordnen</abbr> Sie <abbr title="alphabetisch - en: alfabetical; alfabetically">alphabetisch</abbr>!''' :Ordnen Sie nach dem Alphabet! :--- :Beispiel: {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Zimmer || ⇒ ⇒ || Zimmer - 3 |-align="center" | Tisch || ⇒ ⇒ || Tisch - 1 |-align="center" | wohnen || ⇒ ⇒ || wohnen - 2 |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Brot || lesen || Student || Zahl |-align="center" | Bruder || langsam || lernen || Satz |-align="center" | Brief || Buch || Physik || übersetzen |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 505 (a) |- | :Brief, Brot, Bruder :Buch, langsam, lesen :lernen, Physik, Student :Satz, übersetzen, Zahl |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | essen || Tasse || bitte || Wein |-align="center" | gern || Tasche || Brief || was |-align="center" | Obst || Tisch || Brötchen || weiß |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 505 (b) |- | :essen, gern, Obst :Tasche, Tasse, Tisch :bitte, Brief, Brötchen :was, Wein, weiß |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Lineal || Stuhl || Mantel || trinken |-align="center" | lernen || stehen || Medizin || Tag |-align="center" | Limonade || sehen || machen || Tafel |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 505 (c) |- | :lernen, Limonade, Lineal :sehen, stehen, Stuhl :machen, Mantel, Medizin :Tafel, Tag, trinken |} 506 :Übungen zur '''<abbr title="die Wiederholung - en: repetition">Wiederholung</abbr>''' :Lesen Sie! :--- :Wer lernt Deutsch? Herr Fernandes lernt Deutsch. :Woher kommt Herr Fernandes ? Er kommt aus Spanien. :Wie alt ist er? Er ist 22 Jahre alt. :Seit wann ist er hier? Er ist seit Montag hier. :Wo wohnt er? Er wohnt in Zimmer 4. :Wie lange lernt er Deutsch? Er lernt ein Jahr Deutsch. :Was studiert er dann? Er studiert dann Medizin. :Wie arbeitet er? Er arbeitet ausgezeichnet. :Wohin geht er jetzt? Er geht jetzt ins Institut. :Wann beginnt der Unterricht? Der Unterricht beginnt 7.30 Uhr. :Bis wann hat er Unterricht? Er hat bis 13.00 Uhr Unterrricht. :Wen grüßt der Student? Er grüßt seinen Lehrer. 507 :Beispiel: :(Lehrbuch - mein Bruder) :⇒ :⇒ a. Wohin gehen Sie? :⇒ b. In die Stadt. :⇒ a. Was machen Sie dort? :⇒ b. Ich kaufe ein Lehrbuch. :⇒ a. Kaufen Sie das Lehrbuch für sich? :⇒ b. Nein, ich kaufe es für meinen Bruder. :--- :(Wörterbuch - mein Freund) :(CD - Andreas) :(Schirm - meine Schwester) :(Anorak - Monika) :(Fotoapparat - mein Sohn) :(Handschuhe - meine Tochter) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 507 |- | :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe ein Lehrbuch. :a. Kaufen sie das Lehrbuch für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe es für meinen Bruder. :--- :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe ein Wörterbuch. :a. Kaufen sie das Wörterbuch für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe es für meinen Freund. :--- :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe eine CD. :a. Kaufen sie die CD für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe sie für Andreas. :--- :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe einen Schirm. :a. Kaufen sie den Schirm für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe ihn für meine Schwester. :--- :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe einen Anorak. :a. Kaufen sie den Anorak für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe ihn für Monika. :--- :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe einen Fotoapparat. :a. Kaufen sie den Fotoapparat für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe ihn für meinen Sohn. :--- :a. Wohin gehen Sie? :b. In die Stadt. :a. Was machen Sie dort? :b. Ich kaufe Handschuhe. :a. Kaufen sie die Handschuhe für sich? :b. Nein, ich kaufe sie für meine Tochter. |} 508 :Beispiel: :(Institut) :⇒ :⇒ a. Wohin gehen Sie? :⇒ b. Ins Institut. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :⇒ a. Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :(Klub, Kino, Imbissraum, Mensa, Supermarkt, Kaufhaus, Stadt) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 508 |- | :Wohin gehen Sie? :Ins Institut. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :In den Klub. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :Ins Kino. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :In den Imbissraum. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :In die Mensa. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :In den Supermarkt. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :Ins Kaufhaus. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. :--- :Wohin gehen Sie? :In die Stadt. Gehen Sie auch dorthin? :Nein, jetzt nicht. |} 509 :Beispiel: :Herr Kühn lernt Deutsch. (ausgezeichnet) :⇒ Wie lernt er? :⇒ Er lernt ausgezeichnet. :--- :Herr Fernandes spricht Deutsch. (gut) :Andreas lernt Englisch. (sehr gut) :Monika spricht Spanisch. (nicht gut) :Thomas liest. (deutlich) :Frau Stein antwortet. (schnell) :Peter rechnet. (richtig) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 508 |- | :Herr Kühn lernt Deutsch. :Wie lernt er? :Er lernt ausgezeichnet. :--- :Herr Fernandes spricht Deutsch. :Wie spricht er? :Er spricht gut. :--- :Andreas lernt Englisch. :Wie lernt er? :Er lernt sehr gut. :--- :Monika spricht Spanisch. :Wie spricht sie? :Sie spricht nicht gut. :--- :Thomas liest. :Wie liest er? :Er liest deutlich. :--- :Frau Stein antwortet. :Wie antwortet sie? :Sie antwortet schnell. :--- :Peter rechnet. :Wie rechnet er? :Er rechnet richtig. |} == 510 - 519 == 510 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Fragen!''' :Beispiel :Wer ...? :Herr Fernandes lernt Deutsch. :⇒ Wer lernt Deutsch? :--- :Was ...? :Der Student übt die Vokabeln. :--- :Wohin ...? :Die Studenten gehen ins Institut. :--- :Wann ...? :Der Unterricht beginnt 7.30 Uhr. :--- :Bis wann ...? :Wir haben heute bis 12.00 Uhr Unterricht. :--- :Seit wann ...? :Die Studenten sind seit Montag hier. :--- :Woher ...? :Herr Fernandes kommt aus Spanien. :--- :Was ...? :Er studiert hier BWL. :--- :Wo ...? :Er wohnt in Zimmer 4. :--- :Wie ...? :Er arbeitet ausgezeichnet. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 510 |- | :Wer lernt Deutsch? :Herr Fernandes lernt Deutsch. :--- :Was übt der Student? :Der Student übt die Vokabeln. :--- :Wohin gehen die Studenten? :Die Studenten gehen ins Institut. :--- :Wann beginnt der Unterricht? :Der Unterricht beginnt 7.30 Uhr. :--- :Bis wann haben wir heute Unterricht? :Wir haben heute bis 12.00 Uhr Unterricht. :--- :Seit wann sind die Studenten hier? :Die Studenten sind seit Montag hier. :--- :Woher kommt Herr Fernendes? :Herr Fernandes kommt aus Spanien. :--- :Was studiert er hier? :Er studiert hier BWL. :--- :Wo wohnt er? :Er wohnt in Zimmer 4. :--- :Wie arbeitet er? :Er arbeitet ausgezeichnet. |} 511 :Antworten Sie! :--- :Wie heißen Sie? :Woher kommen Sie? :Wie alt sind Sie? :Seit wann sind Sie hier? :Wo wohnen Sie? :Was machen Sie hier? :Bis wann haben Sie heute Unterricht? :Wie lange lernen Sie Deutsch? :Was studieren Sie dann? :Wer ist Ihr Freund? 512 :Beispiel: :Wir haben heute Unterricht. :⇒ Haben wir '''morgen''' auch Unterricht? :⇒ Wir haben '''gestern''' Unterricht gehabt. :⇒ Haben wir '''vorgestern''' Unterricht gehabt? :--- :Partizip Perfekt :--- :Wir lernen Deutsch. :Wir lesen und schreiben. :Wir üben die Zahlen. :Wir wiederholen die Namen. :Herr Ziegler liest drei Sätze. :Er liest deutlich. :Er lernt jetzt. :Er nimmt sein Lehrbuch und liest. :Er schreibt fünf Sätze. :Er versteht einen Satz nicht. :Er fragt seinen Freund. :Der Freund übersetzt den Satz. :Sie üben die Zahlen. :Sie zählen und rechnen. :Thomas wohnt in Berlin. :Thomas studiert in [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]]. :Andreas besucht seinen Freund Thomas. :Thomas holt Kaffee und Kuchen. :Sie essen und trinken. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 512 |- | :Wir haben heute Unterricht. :Haben wir morgen auch Unterricht? :Wir haben gestern Unterricht gehabt. (Gestern haben wir Unterricht gehabt.) :Haben wir vorgestern Unterricht gehabt? :--- :Wir lernen Deutsch. :Lernen wir morgen auch Deutsch? :Wir haben gestern Deutsch gelernt. (Gestern haben wir Deutsch gelernt.) :Haben wir vorgestern Deutsch gelernt? :--- :Wir lesen und schreiben. :Lesen und schreiben wir morgen auch? :Wir haben gestern gelesen und geschrieben. :Haben wir vorgestern gelesen und geschrieben? :--- :Wir üben die Zahlen. :Üben wir morgen auch die Zahlen? :Wir haben gestern die Zahlen geübt. :Haben wir vorgestern die Zahlen geübt? :--- :Wir wiederholen die Namen. :Wiederholen wir morgen auch die Namen? :Wir haben gestern die Namen wiederholt. :Haben wir vorgestern die Namen wiederholt? :--- :Herr Ziegler liest drei Sätze. :Liest er morgen auch drei Sätze? :Er hat gestern drei Sätze gelesen. :Hat er vorgestern drei Sätze gelesen? :--- :Er liest deutlich. :Liest er morgen auch deutlich? :Er hat gestern deutlich gelesen. :Hat er vorgestern deutlich gelesen? :--- :Er lernt jetzt. :Lernt er morgen auch? :Er hat gestern gelernt. :Hat er vorgestern gelernt? :--- :Er nimmt sein Lehrbuch und liest. :Nimmt er morgen auch sein Lehrbuch und liest? :Er hat gestern sein Lehrbuch genommen und gelesen. :Hat er vorgestern sein Lehrbuch genommen und gelesen? :--- :Er schreibt fünf Sätze. :Schreibt er morgen auch fünf Sätze? :Hat er gestern fünf Sätze geschrieben. :Hat er vorgestern fünf Sätze geschrieben? :--- :Er versteht einen Satz nicht. :Versteht er morgen auch einen Satz nicht? :Er hat gestern einen Satz nicht verstanden. :Hat er vorgestern einen Satz nicht verstanden? :--- :Er fragt seinen Freund. :Fragt er morgen auch seinen Freund? :Er hat gestern seinen Freund gefragt. :Hat er vorgestern seinen Freund gefragt? :--- :Der Freund übersetzt den Satz. :Übersetzt der Freund morgen auch den Satz? :Der Freund hat gestern den Satz übersetzt. :Hat der Freund vorgestern den Satz übersetzt? :--- :Sie üben die Zahlen. :Üben sie morgen auch die Zahlen? :Sie haben gestern die Zahlen geübt. :Haben sie vorgestern die Zahlen geübt? :--- :Sie zählen und rechnen. :Zählen und rechnen sie morgen auch? :Sie haben gestern gezählt und gerechnet. :Haben sie vorgestern gezählt und gerechnet? :--- :Thomas wohnt in Berlin. :Wohnt er morgen auch in Berlin? :Er hat gestern in Berlin gewohnt. :Hat er vorgestern in Berlin? :--- :Thomas studiert in Halle. :Studiert er morgen auch in Halle? :Er hat gestern in Halle studiert. :Hat er vorgestern in Halle studiert? :--- :Andreas besucht seinen Freund Thomas. :Besucht Andreas morgen auch seinen Freund Thomas? :Andreas hat gestern seinen Freund Thomas besucht. :Hat er vorgestern seinen Freund Thomas besucht? :--- :Thomas holt Kaffee und Kuchen. :Holt er morgen auch Kaffee und Kuchen? :Thomas hat gestern Kaffee und Kuchen geholt. :Hat Thomas vorgestern Kaffee und Kuchen geholt? :--- :Sie essen und trinken. :Essen und trinken sie morgen auch? :Sie haben gestern gegessen und getrunken. :Haben sie vorgestern gegessen und getrunken? |} 513 :Beispiel: :Wir haben heute Schule. :⇒ Haben wir '''morgen''' auch Schule? :⇒ Wir haben '''gestern''' Schule gehabt. :⇒ Haben wir '''vorgestern''' auch Schule gehabt? :--- :Gabi und Regine haben heute Zeit. :Regine kauft einen Mantel. :Gabi kauft eine Bluse. :Sie sehen auch Kleider. :Gabi und Regine gehen in die Schule. :Gabi hat Hunger. :Sie kauft ein Brötchen mit Wurst. :Regine hat Durst. :Sie trinkt eine Flasche Limonade. :Thomas lernt gut. :Heute übt er Französisch. :Er holt eine CD. :Sie hört die Sätze und wiederholt sie. :Er spricht langsam aber richtig. :Sein Bruder heißt Peter. :Er lernt Englisch. :Er macht Hausaufgaben. :Hier lernen wir Deutsch. :Er fragt und wir antworten. :Er spricht langsam und deutlich. :Heute üben wir die Verben. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 513 |- | :Wir haben heute Schule. :Haben wir morgen auch Schule? :Wir haben gestern Schule gehabt. :Haben wir vorgestern auch Schule gehabt? :--- :Gabi und Regine haben heute Zeit. :Haben sie morgen auch Zeit? :Sie haben gestern Zeit gehabt. :Haben sie vorgestern auch Zeit gehabt? :--- :Regine kauft einen Mantel. :Kauft sie morgen auch einen Mantel? :Sie hat gestern einen Mantel gekauft. :Hat sie vorgestern auch einen Mantel gekauft? :--- :Gabi kauft eine Bluse. :Kauft sie morgen auch eine Bluse? :Sie hat gestern eine Bluse gekauft. :Hat sie vorgestern auch eine Bluse gekauft? :--- :Sie sehen auch Kleider. :Sehen sie morgen auch Kleider? :Sie haben gestern Kleider gesehen. :Haben sie vorgestern auch Kleider gesehen? :--- :Gabi und Regine gehen in die Schule. :Gehen sie morgen auch in die Schule? :Sie sind gestern in die Schule gegangen. :Sind sie vorgestern auch in die Schule gegangen? :--- :Gabi hat Hunger. :Hat sie morgen auch Hunger? :Gabi hat gestern Hunger gehabt. :Hat Gabi vorgestern auch Hunger gehabt? :--- :Sie kauft ein Brötchen mit Wurst. :Kauft sie morgen auch ein Brötchen mit Wurst? :Sie hat gestern ein Brötchen mit Wurst gekauft. :Hat sie vorgestern auch ein Brötchen mit Wurst gekauft? :--- :Regine hat Durst. :Hat sie morgen auch Durst? :Sie hat gestern Durst gehabt. :Hat Regine vorgestern auch Durst gehabt? :--- :Sie trinkt eine Flasche Limonade. :Trinkt sie morgen auch eine Flasche Limonade trinken? :Sie hat gestern eine Flasche Limonade getrunken. :Hat sie vorgestern auch eine Flasche Limonade getrunken? :--- :Thomas lernt gut. :Lernt er morgen auch gut? :Er hat gestern gut gelernt. :Hat er vorgestern auch gut gelernt? :--- :Heute übt er Französisch. :Übt er morgen auch Französisch? :Er hat gestern Französisch geübt. :Hat er vorgestern auch Französisch geübt? :--- :Er holt eine CD. :Holt er morgen auch eine CD? :Er hat gestern Schule eine CD geholt. :Hat er vorgestern auch eine CD geholt? :--- :Sie hört die Sätze und wiederholt sie. :Hört und wiederholt sie morgen auch die Sätze? :Sie hat gestern die Sätze gehört und wiederholt. :Hat sie vorgestern auch die Sätze gehört und wiederholt? :--- :Er spricht langsam aber richtig. :Spricht er morgen auch langsam aber richtig? :Er hat gestern langsam aber richtig gesprochen. :Hat er vorgestern auch langsam aber richtig gesprochen? :--- :Sein Bruder heißt Peter. :Heißt sein Bruder morgen auch Peter? :Sein Bruder hat gestern Peter geheißen. :Hat er vorgestern auch Peter geheißen? :--- :Er lernt Englisch. :Lernt er morgen auch Englisch? :Er hat gestern Englisch gelernt. :Hat er vorgestern auch Englisch gelernt? :--- :Er macht Hausaufgaben. :Macht er morgen auch Hausaufgaben? :Er hat gestern Hausaufgaben gemacht. :Hat er vorgestern auch Hausaufgaben gemacht? :--- :Hier lernen wir Deutsch. :Lernen wir morgen auch hier Deutsch? :Wir haben gestern hier Deutsch gelernt. (Hier haben wir gestern Deutsch gelernt.) :Haben wir vorgestern auch hier Deutsch gelernt? :--- :Er fragt und wir antworten. :Fragt er morgen auch und wir antworten? :Er hat gestern gefragt und wir haben geantwortet. :Hat er vorgestern auch gefragt und wir haben geantwortet? :--- :Er spricht langsam und deutlich. :Spricht er morgen auch langsam und deutlich? :Er hat gestern langsam und deutlich gesprochen. :Hat er vorgestern auch langsam und deutlich gesprochen? :--- :Heute üben wir die Verben. :Üben wir morgen auch die Verben? :Wir haben gestern die Verben geübt. :Haben wir vorgestern auch die Verben geübt? |} 514 :'''<abbr title="lachen - en: to laugh; das Lachen - en: laughter">lachen</abbr>''' :ich lache :du lachst :er lacht :wir lachen :ihr lacht :sie lachen :--- :ich habe gelacht [[File:Lachen Mix MM.ogg]] <gallery> File:Laughter by David Shankbone.jpg|der Junge lacht File:Laughter 2 by David Shankbone.jpg|das Mädchen lacht </gallery> 515 :'''<abbr title="weinen - en: to cry (with tears)">weinen</abbr>''' :ich weine :du weinst :er weint :wir weinen :ihr weint :sie weinen <gallery> File:Crying boy.jpg|der Junge weint File:Crying-girl.jpg|das Mädchen weint </gallery> :Große Jungen weinen nicht! 516 :der <abbr title="der Witz - en: joke">Witz</abbr> :--- :ein Witz: :Die <abbr title="letzte - en: last">letzten</abbr> <abbr title="das Wort - en: word">Worte</abbr> einer <abbr title="die Blondine - en: blonde; blond girl">Blondine</abbr>: :„<abbr title="rechts - en: at the right side; links - en: at the left side">Rechts</abbr> ist <abbr title="frei - en: free">frei</abbr>.“ :--- :<abbr title="blond - en: blond">blond</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Blondine - en: blonde; blond girl; blond woman">Blondine</abbr> :der Blondinenwitz :<abbr title="letzte - en: last">letzte</abbr> :<abbr title="erste - en: first">erste</abbr> :--- :Die Woche hat 7 Tage. :Der erste Tag in der Woche ist der Montag. :Der letzte Tag in der Woche ist der Sonntag. :das Ende :das Wochenende :Das Wochenende hat 2 Tage. :Der erste Tag am Wochenende ist der Samstag. :Der zweite und letzte Tag am Wochenende ist der Sonntag. :Die Woche hat 5 Arbeitstage. :Der erste Arbeitstag ist der Montag. :Der letzte Arbeitstag vor dem Wochenende ist der Freitag. 517 :Den Letzten <abbr title="beißen - en: bite">beißen</abbr> die <abbr title="der Hund - en: dog; die Hündin - en: female dog; bitch">Hunde</abbr>. :--- :der Letzte :die Letzte :<abbr title="beißen - en: to bite; Konjugation: ich beiße, du beißt, er beißt, wir beißen, ihr beißt, sie beißene; pasado: ich habe gebissen, du hast gebissen, er hat gebissen, wir ...">beißen</abbr> :der Hund :Der Hund beißt. :Der Hund beißt das Kind in das <abbr title="das Bein - en: leg">Bein</abbr>. 518 :das <abbr title="das Haar - en: hair">Haar</abbr> :die Haare :die <abbr title="die Farbe - en: color; paint">Farbe</abbr> :die Haarfarbe :die <abbr title="die Glatze - en: bald head; eine Glatze haben - en: to be bald">Glatze</abbr> :<abbr title="dunkel - en: dark">dunkel</abbr> :<abbr title="hell - en: fair; light; bright">hell</abbr> :<abbr title="blond - en: blond">blond</abbr> :dunkelblond :<abbr title="rot - en: red; rothaarig - en: red-haired; to have red hairs">rot</abbr> :<abbr title="rotbraun - en: reddish brown; braun - en: brown">rotbraun</abbr> :hellbraun :braun :<abbr title="dunkelbraun - en: dark brown">dunkelbraun</abbr> <gallery> File:Baby hairy head DSCN2483.jpg|die Haare File:Woman of Roman period.jpg|dunkle Haare File:Back view of teen boys head - 1.jpeg|schwarzes Haar File:Amber Heard at TIFF 2009.jpg|blond (blondes Haar) File:" 12 - ITALY - FIAT - Girls at Bologna Motorshow 2012 05.jpg|braunes Haar File:Chestnuts02.jpg|die Kastanie File:A child of chappargram.JPG|kastanienbraunes Haar File:Strohräder.jpg|das <abbr title="das Stroh - en: straw">Stroh</abbr> File:Akseli Kokkonen.jpg|blond (strohblond) File:Woman redhead natural portrait.jpg|rote Haare File:Kofi Annan.jpg|graue Haare File:Rapolder uwe 600.jpg|weiße Haare File:Hand combed hair.JPG|lange Haare File:Adriano Galliani 470 384 px.jpg|die Glatze File:US Navy 050629-N-9693M-004 Adam Bueltel, from Omaha, Neb., receives his first military haircut during Induction day at the United States Naval Academy in Annapolis, Md.jpg|Haare schneiden </gallery> 519 :'''Test''' :'''Übersetzen Sie ins Englische!''' :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box - between the arrows: ⇒{{AnswerGray|translation}}⇐ example # stimmen - {{AnswerGray|this is correct}} # geschickt - {{AnswerGray|skilled; skillful}} # bleiben - {{AnswerGray|to stay}} # bilden- {{AnswerGray|to form}} # schneiden- {{AnswerGray|to cut}} # abschneiden - {{AnswerGray|to cut off}} # selber - {{AnswerGray|myself; yourself; oneself; ...}} # sondern - {{AnswerGray|but}} # rufen - {{AnswerGray|to call}} # kennen - {{AnswerGray|to knwo}} # sehen - {{AnswerGray|to see}} # hören - {{AnswerGray|to hear }} # kommen - {{AnswerGray|to come}} # finden - {{AnswerGray|to find}} # verstehen - {{AnswerGray|to understand}} # dorthin - {{AnswerGray|ther; into this direction}} # verkaufen - {{AnswerGray|to sell}} # einkaufen - {{AnswerGray|to buy}} # teuer - {{AnswerGray|expensive}} # empfehlen - {{AnswerGray|to recomend}} # billig - {{AnswerGray|cheap}} # bezahlen - {{AnswerGray|to pay}} # überlegen - {{AnswerGray|to think}} # suchen - {{AnswerGray|to seek; to search; to look for}} # passen - {{AnswerGray|to fit}} # schlecht - {{AnswerGray|bad}} # hoch (nach oben) - {{AnswerGray|to go up}} # runter (nach unten) - {{AnswerGray|to go down}} # rein - {{AnswerGray|to go in}} # raus - {{AnswerGray|to go out}} == Vokabular: Lektion 011 == : schon - en: already : das Wort; Plural: Wörter - en: word : der Text - en: text : bilden - en: to form : kennen - en: to know : die Struktur - en: structure : gestern - en: yesterday : gestern - en: yesterday : genug - en: enough; sufficient : der Abschnitt - en: paragraph; section; part : schneiden - en: to cut : abschneiden - en: to cut off : öffnen - en: to open : schon - en: already : ordnen - en: to arrange; to order : Rührei - en: scrambled eggs : lange - en: a long time : schon - en: already : grüßen - en: to greet : wieder einmal - en: once again; again : die Überraschung - en: surprise : seit - en: since : Wie geht es Ihnen? - en: How are you? : gesund - en: healthy; well : Frankreich - en: France : das stimmt - en: that is correct; that is true : der Betrieb - en: company; firm : schicken - en: to send : bleiben - en: to stay; to remain : übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow : die Einladung - en: invitation : erwarten = warten - en: to await; to expect; to wait : noch nicht - en: not yet; still not : halb - en: half : die Konferenz - en: conference : das macht nichts = kein Problem - en: no problem : Auf Wiederhören! - en: goodbye! (at telephone) : wieder hören - en: to hear again : grüßen - en: to greet; to say hallo : bleiben - en: to stay; to remain; to last : klingeln - en: to ring : fahren nach - en: go to (with car, bus, train etc.); travel to : fliegen - en: to fly : das Viertel - en: a quarter : bis - en: till : es geht - en: that is possible; is goes; it's all right : erwarten - en: to await; to expect : schon - en: already : genug - en: enough : lesen - en: to read : laut - en: aloud : schon - en: already : noch nicht - en: not yet; still not : gleich - en: just; in a minut; in a moment; immediately : kennen - en: to know : zu zweit - en: in twos; in pairs; two of you/us : bleiben - en: to stay : erwarten - en: to await : Das macht nichts! - en: No problem!; It doesn't matter!; It's all right. = Macht nichts! : nichts - en: nothing : dann - en: then; so : leider - en: unfortunately : der Imbissraum - en: snack room; cafeteria : die Limonade - en: soda : deutlich - en: clearly : zählen - en: to count : dann - en: then; afterwards : der Imbissraum - en: snack room; cafeteria : die Limonade - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink : erzählen - en: tell; relate : der Gast - en: guest : rufen - en: call : ganz - en: very; absolutely : ordnen - en: to arrange; to order : alphabetisch - en: alfabetical; alfabetically : die Wiederholung - en: repetition : lachen - en: to laugh : das Lachen - en: laughter : weinen - en: to cry (with tears) : der Witz - en: joke : letzte - en: last : das Wort - en: word : die Blondine - en: blonde; blond girl : rechts - en: at the right side : links - en: at the left side : frei - en: free : blond - en: blond : die Blondine - en: blonde; blond girl; blond woman : letzte - en: last : erste - en: first : beißen - en: bite : der Hund - en: dog : die Hündin - en: female dog : beißen - en: to bite : das Bein - en: leg : das Haar - en: hair : die Farbe - en: color; paint : die Glatze - en: bald head : eine Glatze haben - en: to be bald : dunkel - en: dark : hell - en: fair; light; bright : blond - en: blond : rot - en: red : rothaarig - en: red-haired; to have red hairs : rotbraun - en: reddish brown : braun - en: brown : dunkelbraun - en: dark brown : das Stroh - en: straw == Vokabular: Lektion 011 - alphabetisch geordnet == # abschneiden - en: to cut off # Abschnitt, der - en: paragraph; section; part # alphabetisch - en: alfabetical; alfabetically # Auf Wiederhören! - en: goodbye! (at telephone) # Bein, das - en: leg # beißen - en: to bite # Betrieb, der - en: company; firm # bilden - en: to form # bis - en: till # bleiben - en: to stay; to remain; to last # blond - en: blond # Blondine, die - en: blonde; blond girl; blond woman # braun - en: brown # dann - en: then; afterwards; so # Das macht nichts! = kein Problem - en: No problem!; It doesn't matter!; It's all right. = Macht nichts! # das stimmt - en: that is correct; that is true # deutlich - en: clearly # dunkel - en: dark # dunkelbraun - en: dark brown # eine Glatze haben - en: to be bald # Einladung, die - en: invitation # erste - en: first # erwarten = warten - en: to await; to expect; to wait # erzählen - en: tell; relate # es geht - en: that is possible; is goes; it's all right # fahren nach - en: go to (with car, bus, train etc.); travel to # Farbe, die - en: color; paint # fliegen - en: to fly # Frankreich - en: France # frei - en: free # ganz - en: very; absolutely # Gast, der - en: guest # genug - en: enough; sufficient # gestern - en: yesterday # gesund - en: healthy; well # Glatze, die - en: bald head # gleich - en: just; in a minut; in a moment; immediately # grüßen - en: to greet; to say hallo # Haar, das - en: hair # halb - en: half # hell - en: fair; light; bright # Hund, der - en: dog # Hündin, die - en: female dog # Imbissraum, der - en: snack room; cafeteria # kennen - en: to know # klingeln - en: to ring # Konferenz, die - en: conference # lachen - en: to laugh # Lachen, das - en: laughter # lange - en: a long time # laut - en: aloud # leider - en: unfortunately # lesen - en: to read # letzte - en: last # Limonade, die - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink # links - en: at the left side # nichts - en: nothing # noch nicht - en: not yet; still not # öffnen - en: to open # ordnen - en: to arrange; to order # rechts - en: at the right side # rot - en: red # rotbraun - en: reddish brown # rothaarig - en: red-haired; to have red hairs # rufen - en: call # Rührei - en: scrambled eggs # schicken - en: to send # schneiden - en: to cut # schon - en: already # seit - en: since # Stroh, das - en: straw # Struktur, die - en: structure # Text, der - en: text # übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow # Überraschung, die - en: surprise # Viertel, das - en: a quarter # weinen - en: to cry (with tears) # Wie geht es Ihnen? - en: How are you? # wieder einmal - en: once again; again # wieder hören - en: to hear again # Wiederholung, die - en: repetition # Witz, der - en: joke # Wort, das; Plural: Wörter - en: word # zählen - en: to count # zu zweit - en: in twos; in pairs; two of you/us :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 010|Lektion 010]] ← Lektion 011 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012|Lektion 012]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 011]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011]] jcsf6i0vke9aq2u6bmklbw4z470fvxj 0 4136 6730 6241 2022-05-06T11:25:09Z Minorax 1611 fix lint wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011|Lektion 011]] ← Lektion 012 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013|Lektion 013]] == 520 - 529 == 520 :[[File:Deutsch 520 appca.ogg]] :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :'''Das Perfekt „haben“''' (schwache Verben) ([[:de:w:Unregelmäßiges Verb#Schwache Verben|schwache Verben]]) :--- :Antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :Hast du den Text schon übersetzt? :⇒ Nein, ich habe ihn noch nicht übersetzt. :--- :Hast du das Buch schon bezahlt? :Hast du den <abbr title="der Abschnitt - en: paragraf; section; part">Abschnitt</abbr> schon wiederholt? :Hast du die Sätze schon <abbr title="ergänzen - en: complete">ergänzt</abbr>? :Hast du deine Aufgabe schon korrigiert? :Hast du auch die Verben schon korrigiert? :Hast du die Studenten schon besucht? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 520 |- | :Hast du das Buch schon bezahlt? - Nein, ich habe es noch nicht bezahlt. :Hast du den Abschnitt schon wiederholt? - Nein, ich habe ihn nich nicht wiederholt :Hast du die Sätze schon ergänzt? - Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht ergänzt. :Hast du deine Aufgabe schon korrigiert? - Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht korrigiert. :Hast du auch die Verben schon korrigiert? - Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht korrigiert. :Hast du die Studenten schon besucht? - Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht besucht. |} 521 :Üben Sie <abbr title="zu zweit - en: two persons together; in pairs">zu zweit</abbr>! :Beispiel: :a. Wann machen Sie ihre Hausaufgaben? :⇒ b. Ich habe sie schon gemacht. Sie noch nicht? :⇒ a. Nein, ich habe sie <abbr title="bis jetzt - en: untill now; till now">bis jetzt</abbr> noch nicht gemacht. :--- :Wann wiederholen Sie den Text? :Wann lernen Sie die Wörter? :Wann korrigieren Sie die Aufgaben? :Wann übersetzen Sie den Brief? :Wann hören Sie das Tonband? :Wann kaufen Sie das Buch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 521 |- | :Wann machen Sie ihre Hausaufgaben? :Ich habe sie schon gemacht. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe sie bis jetzt noch nicht gemacht. :--- :Wann wiederholen Sie den Text? :Ich habe ihn schon wiederholt. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe ihn bis jetzt noch nicht wiederholt. :--- :Wann lernen Sie die Wörter? :Ich habe sie schon gelernt. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe sie bis jetzt noch nicht gelernt. :--- :Wann korrigieren Sie die Aufgaben? :Ich habe sie schon korrigiert. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe sie bis jetzt noch nicht korrigiert. :--- :Wann übersetzen Sie den Brief? :Ich habe ihn schon übersetzt. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe ihn bis jetzt noch nicht übersetzt. :--- :Wann hören Sie das Tonband? :Ich habe es schon gehört. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe es bis jetzt noch nicht gehört. :--- :Wann kaufen Sie das Buch? :Ich habe es schon gekauft. Sie noch nicht? :Nein, ich habe es bis jetzt noch nicht gekauft. |} 522 :Beispiel: :(Andreas - die Aufgaben rechnen) :⇒ Hat Andreas die Aufgaben gerechnet? :--- :(Frau Lehmann - die Hefte korrigieren) :(Monika - den Brief übersetzen) :(Thomas und Uta - die Wörter lernen) :(Herr Sauer - den Text wiederholen) :(Peter - den Lehrer fragen) :(die Kinder - Herr'''n''' Wagner besuchen) :(der Student - die Einladung bringen) :(die Mutter - das Geschenk kaufen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 522 |- | :Hat Andreas die Aufgaben gerechnet? :--- :Hat Frau Lehmann die Hefte korrigiert? :Hat Monika den Brief übersetzt? :Haben Thomas und Uta die Wörter gelernt? :Hat Herr Sauer den Text wiederholt? :Hat Peter den Lehrer gefragt? :Haben die Kinder Herr'''n''' Wagner besucht? :Hat der Student die Einladung gebracht? :Hat die Mutter das Geschenk gekauft? |} 523 :Beispiel: :Haben Sie die Hefte schon gekauft? :Nein, gestern ... (lange arbeiten) :⇒ Nein, gestern habe ich lange gearbeitet. :--- :Habt ihr die Wörter schon gelernt? :Nein, gestern ... (Einkäufe machen) :--- :Hast du die Hausaufgaben schon gemacht? :Nein, heute ... (meinen Freund besuchen) :--- :Hat Lena die Aufgaben gestern gerechnet? :Nein, gestern ... (die Texte wiederholen) :--- :Haben Sie Herr'''n''' Röder besucht? :Nein, heute ... (keine Zeit haben) :--- :Hat Paul das Geschenk schon gekauft? :Nein, gestern ... (sechs Stunden Unterricht haben) :--- :Hat Jan die Zeitschrift schon bestellt? :Nein, heute ... (kein Geld haben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 523 |- | :Haben Sie die Hefte schon gekauft? :Nein, gestern habe ich lange gearbeitet. :--- :Habt ihr die Wörter schon gelernt? :Nein, gestern haben wir Einkäufe gemacht. :--- :Hast du die Hausaufgaben schon gemacht? :Nein, heute habe ich meinen Freund besucht. :--- :Hat Lena die Aufgaben gestern gerechnet? :Nein, gestern hat sie die Texte wiederholt. :--- :Haben Sie Herr'''n''' Röder besucht? :Nein, heute habe ich keine Zeit gehabt. :--- :Hat Paul das Geschenk schon gekauft? :Nein, gestern hat er sechs Stunden Unterricht gehabt. :--- :Hat Jan die Zeitschrift schon bestellt? :Nein, heute hat er kein Geld gehabt. |} 524 :Beispiel: :Gestern ... (lange arbeiten) :⇒ Gestern habe ich lange gearbeitet. :⇒ Ich habe gestern lange gearbeitet. :--- :Heute ... (alle Texte wiederholen) :Die Hausaufgaben ... (schon machen) :Diesen Brief ... (noch nicht übersetzen) :Den Pullover ... (heute kaufen) :40 Euro ... (bezahlen) :Vier Jahre ... (in Berlin wohnen) :Mein Freund ... (nicht besuchen) :Dort ... (Medizin studieren) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 524 |- | :Gestern habe ich lange gearbeitet. Ich habe gestern lange gearbeitet. :--- :Heute habe ich alle Texte wiederholt. Ich habe heute alle Texte wiederholt. :Die Hausaufgaben habe ich schon gemacht. Ich habe die Hausaufgaben schon gemacht. :Diesen Brief habe ich noch nicht übersetzt. Ich habe diesen Brief noch nicht übersetzt. :Den Pullover habe ich heute gekauft. Ich habe den Pullover heute gekauft. :40 Euro habe ich bezahlt. Ich habe 40 Euro bezahlt. :Vier Jahre habe ich in Berlin gewohnt. Ich habe vier Jahre in Berlin gewohnt. :Mein Freund hat mich nicht besucht. Mich hat mein Freund nicht besucht. :Dort habe ich Medizin studiert. Ich habe dort Medizin studiert. |} 525 :Erzählen Sie! :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? :--- :Beispiel: :Wörter übersetzen :⇒ Ich habe die Wörter übersetzt. :--- :Wörter lernen :Text wiederholen :<abbr title="der Fehler - en: mistake">Fehler</abbr> korrigieren :<abbr title="die Aufgabe - en: task; math problem">Aufgaben</abbr> rechnen :<abbr title="das Geschenk - en: gift; present">Geschenk</abbr> kaufen :Freund besuchen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 525 |- | :Ich habe die Wörter übersetzt. :--- :Ich habe Wörter gelernt. :Ich habe den Text wiederholt. :Ich habe Fehler korrigiert. :Ich habe Aufgaben gerechnet. :Ich habe das Geschenk gekauft. :Ich habe den Freund besucht. |} 526 :'''Das Präteritum von „haben“''' = die 1. Vergangenheit = das Imperfekt von „haben“ :--- :a. Bis wann hast du gestern Unterricht gehabt? :b. Bis 13.00 Uhr. :a. Hast du gestern Frau Becker besucht? :b. Nein, ich '''hatte''' keine Zeit. :a. Und wann besuchst du sie? :b. Heute. 527 :Wir nehmen das '''Präteritum''': Ich '''hatte''' keine Zeit. (1. Vergangenheit) :oder das '''Perfekt''': Ich '''habe''' keine Zeit '''gehabt'''. (2. Vergangenheit) :--- :Wir konjugieren: :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Ich || hatte || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Du || hattest || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Er || hatte || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Sie || hatte || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Es || hatte || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Wir || hatten || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Ihr || hattet || keine Zeit. |-align="center" | Sie || hatten || keine Zeit. |} :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Ich || hatte || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Du || hattest || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Er || hatte || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Sie || hatte || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Es || hatte || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Wir || hatten || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Ihr || hattet || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |-align="center" | Sie || hatten || fünf Stunden Unterricht. |} 528 :Lesen Sie und ergänzen Sie! :--- :Beispiel: :Ich habe meinen Freund nicht besucht. ... (keine Zeit) :⇒ Ich hatte keine Zeit. :--- :Wir haben die Aufgabe nicht gemacht. (wenig Zeit) :Frau Hoffmann hat den Brief nicht übersetzt. (kein Wörterbuch) :Herr Schäfer hat die Hefte nicht korrigiert. (viel Arbeit) :Moritz hat den Pullover nicht gekauft. (nicht <abbr title="genug - en: enough">genug</abbr> Geld) :Herr Koch hat eine Flasche Wasser gekauft. (Durst) :Laura hat zwei Brötchen gekauft. (Hunger) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 528 |- | :Ich habe meinen Freund nicht besucht. - Ich hatte keine Zeit. :--- :Wir haben die Aufgabe nicht gemacht. - Wir hatten wenig Zeit. :Frau Hoffmann hat den Brief nicht übersetzt. - Sie hatte kein Wörterbuch. :Herr Schäfer hat die Hefte nicht korrigiert. - Er hatte viel Arbeit. :Moritz hat den Pullover nicht gekauft. - Er hatte nicht genug Geld. :Herr Koch hat eine Flasche Wasser gekauft. - Er hatte Durst. :Laura hat zwei Brötchen gekauft. - Sie hatte Hunger |} 529 :'''Die Konjunktionen „und“, „oder“ und „aber“''' :--- :Anna, Marie '''und''' Sarah wohnen in Zimmer 29. :Ihr Zimmer ist nicht groß, '''aber''' es ist sehr modern. :Es ist Nachmittag, '''und''' die Studentinnen machen ihre Hausaufgaben. :Sie lernen Vokabeln, schreiben Übungen '''und''' lesen Texte. :Dann haben sie Zeit, '''und''' sie schreiben Briefe '''oder''' lesen <abbr title="die Zeitung - en: newspaper">Zeitungen</abbr>. :Marie fragt ihre Freundinnen: „Was machen wir heute Abend? Gehen wir ins Kino, oder fahren wir in die Stadt?“ :Anna und Sarah <abbr title="überlegen - en: to think">überlegen</abbr> nicht lange, sie sagen: „Wir gehen heute Abend ins Kino.“ == 530 - 539 == 530 {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Wir <abbr title="verbinden - en: to connect">verbinden</abbr> '''Satzglieder''': |-align="center" | Vor „'''und'''“ und „'''oder'''“ steht '''kein''' Komma, vor „'''aber'''“ steht ein Komma. |-align="center" | Anna, Marie '''und''' Sarah. |-align="center" | Sie lesen, schreiben '''oder''' rechnen. |-align="center" | Ihr Zimmer ist nicht groß, '''aber''' sehr modern. |} 531 {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Wir verbinden '''Sätze''': |-align="center" | Vor „'''und'''“, „'''oder'''“ und „'''aber'''“ steht ein Komma. |-align="center" | Anna schreibt die Übung, '''und''' Marie lernt die Vokabeln. |-align="center" | Dann schreiben die Mädchen Briefe, '''oder''' sie lesen Zeitschriften. |-align="center" | Marie trinkt Tee, '''aber''' Sarah hat keinen Durst. |} 532 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Ursula, Helga und Sabine arbeiten. :Sie übersetzen die Wörter, lesen die Beispiele und üben die Sätze. :Sabine liest laut und deutlich. :--- :Ursula macht die Aufgaben für morgen und übermorgen. :Morgen hat sie Deutsch, Englisch und Chemie. :Dann haben die Mädchen Zeit. :Sie lesen, schreiben Briefe oder zeichnen. :--- :Helga schreibt einen Brief, und Sabine liest Zeitschriften. :Karin zeichnet und Ingrid telefoniert. :Dann fahren die Freundinnen in die Stadt, oder sie gehen in den Park. 533 :Beispiel: :Wer hat Unterricht? (Michael, Thomas, ich) :⇒ Michael, Thomas und ich haben Unterricht. :--- :Wer hat Unterricht? (Andreas, Wolfgang, ich) :Wer hat Unterricht? (Jürgen, Brigitte) :--- :Was kaufen sie? (Schirm, Anorak, Mantel) :Was kaufen sie? (Pullover, Schuhe, Hemd) :--- :Was macht Werner? (Beispiele übersetzen, Sätze schreiben, Briefe lesen) :--- :Wie spricht Birgit? (laut, deutlich, richtig) :Wie spricht Birgit? (leise, undeutlich, falsch) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 533 |- | :Wer hat Unterricht? - Michael, Thomas und ich haben Unterricht. :--- :Wer hat Unterricht? - Andreas, Wolfgang und ich haben Unterricht. :Wer hat Unterricht? - Jürgen und Brigitte haben Unterricht. :--- :Was kaufen sie? - Sie kaufen einen Schirm, einen Anorak und einen Mantel. :Was kaufen sie? - Sie kaufen einen Pullover, Schuhe und ein Hemd. :--- :Was macht Werner? - Er übersetzt Beispiele, schreibt Sätze und liest Briefe. :--- :Wie spricht Birgit? - Sie spricht laut, deutlich und richtig. :Wie spricht Birgit? - Sie spricht leise, undeutlich und falsch. |} 534 :Ergänzen Sie „und“ oder „oder“! :--- :Frank hat Geburtstag. :Morgen hat unser Freund Frank Geburtstag. :Frank hat <abbr title="die Einladung - en: invitation">Einladungen</abbr> <abbr title="schicken - en: to send">geschickt</abbr>, ... er <abbr title="erwarten - en: to expect">erwartet</abbr> uns morgen. :Alle seine Freunde haben eine Einladung <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get">bekommen</abbr>, ... ich besuche ihn auch. :Ich habe gestern ein Buch für meinen Freund gekauft, ... Elke hat eine Flasche Wein geholt. :Gertrud und Helmut haben keine Zeit, sie kommen nicht. :Gertrud schickt einen Brief, ... sie schreibt eine Karte. :Helmut schreibt auch, ... er telefoniert. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 534 |- | :Frank hat Geburtstag. :Morgen hat unser Freund Frank Geburtstag. :Frank hat Einladungen geschickt, und er erwartet uns morgen. :Alle seine Freunde haben eine Einladung bekommen, und ich besuche ihn auch. :Ich habe gestern ein Buch für meinen Freund gekauft, und Elke hat eine Flasche Wein geholt. :Gertrud und Helmut haben keine Zeit, sie kommen nicht. :Gertrud schickt einen Brief, oder sie schreibt eine Karte. :Helmut schreibt auch, oder er telefoniert. |} 535 :Beispiel: :Lesen Sie jetzt, oder lernen Sie die Wörter? :⇒ Ich lese jetzt. :⇒ Ich lerne jetzt die Wörter. :--- :Arbeiten Sie jetzt, oder machen Sie Einkäufe? :Machen Sie Hausaufgaben, oder schreiben Sie einen Brief? :Zeichnen wir jetzt, oder rechnen wir unsere Aufgaben? :Holt Manfred jetzt den CD-Spieler, oder geht er in die Mensa? :Kommst du 13.00 Uhr in die Mensa, oder gehst du in die Stadt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 535 |- | :Lesen Sie jetzt, oder lernen Sie die Wörter? :Ich lese jetzt. :Ich lerne jetzt die Wörter. :--- :Arbeiten Sie jetzt, oder machen Sie Einkäufe? :Ich arbeite jetzt. :Ich mache jetzt Einkäufe. :--- :Machen Sie Hausaufgaben, oder schreiben Sie einen Brief? :Ich mache jetzt Hausaufgaben. :Ich schreibe jetzt einen Brief. :--- :Zeichnen wir jetzt, oder rechnen wir unsere Aufgaben? :Wir zeichnen jetzt. :Wir rechnen jetzt unsere Aufgaben. :--- :Holt Manfred jetzt den CD-Spieler, oder geht er in die Mensa? :Manfred holt jetzt den CD-Spieler. :Manfred geht jetzt in die Mensa. :--- :Kommst du 13.00 Uhr in die Mensa, oder gehst du in die Stadt? :Ich komme 13.00 Uhr in die Mensa. :Ich gehe 13.00 Uhr in die Stadt. |} 536 :Beispiel: :Wo studieren Sie? ([[:de:w:Erlangen|Erlangen]], [[:de:w:Marburg|Marburg]]) :⇒ Studieren Sie in Erlangen oder Marburg? :--- :Wann kommen Sie? (19 Uhr, 20 Uhr) :Was haben Sie gekauft? (Pullover, Hemd) :Was ist Herr Neumann? (Lehrer, <abbr title="der Arbeiter - en: worker">Arbeiter</abbr>) :Was lernen Sie? (Englisch, Französisch) :Wie spricht Jens? (laut, leise) :Was macht der Student? (übersetzen, Briefe schreiben) :Wie viel kostet die Zeitschrift? (2,50 Euro, 6,70 Euro) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 536 |- | :Wo studieren Sie? - Studieren Sie in Erlangen oder Marburg? :--- :Wann kommen Sie? - Kommen Sie 19 Uhr oder 20 Uhr? :Was haben Sie gekauft? - Haben Sie einen Pullover oder ein Hemd gekauft? :Was ist Herr Neumann? - Ist er Lehrer oder Arbeiter? :Was lernen Sie? - Lernen Sie Englisch oder Französisch? :Wie spricht Jens? - Spricht er laut oder leise? :Was macht der Student? - Übersetzt er oder schreibt er Briefe? :Wie viel kostet die Zeitschrift? - Kostet sie 2,50 Euro oder 6,70 Euro? |} 537 :Beispiel: :Liest Bernd laut und deutlich? :⇒ Bernd liest laut, aber nicht deutlich. :⇒ Bernd liest laut, aber er liest nicht deutlich. :--- :Ist das Kaufhaus groß und modern? :Kaufst du Hefte und Blöcke? :Essen Sie Gemüse und Fleisch? :Gehen Sie ins Kaufhaus und in den Supermarkt? :Lernt Martin Polnisch und Tschechisch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 537 |- | :Liest Bernd laut und deutlich? :Bernd liest laut, aber nicht deutlich. :Bernd liest laut, aber er liest nicht deutlich. :--- :Ist das Kaufhaus groß und modern? :Das Kaufhaus ist groß, aber nicht modern. :Das Kaufhaus ist groß, aber es ist nicht mordern. :--- :Kaufst du Hefte und Blöcke? :Ich kaufe Hefte, aber keine Blöcke. :Ich kaufe Hefte, aber ich kaufe keine Blöcke. :--- :Essen Sie Gemüse und Fleisch? :Ich esse Gemüse, aber kein Fleisch. :Ich esse Gemüse, aber ich esse kein Fleisch. :--- :Gehen Sie ins Kaufhaus und in den Supermarkt? :Ich gehe ins Kaufhaus, aber nicht in den Supermarkt. :Ich gehe ins Kaufhaus, aber ich gehe nicht in den Supermarkt. :--- :Lernt Martin Polnisch und Tschechisch? :Er lernt Polnisch, aber nicht Tschechisch. :Er lernt Polnisch, aber er lernt nicht Tschechisch. |} 538 :Beispiel: :Lesen Jan und Barbara richtig? :⇒ Jan liest richtig, aber Barbara nicht. :⇒ Jan liest richtig, aber Barbara liest nicht richtig. :--- :Schreiben Angelika und Rolf gut? :Studieren Herr Schwarz und Frau Krüger in [[:de:w:Aachen|Aachen]]? :Fahren Frau Hoffmann und Herr Hartmann nach [[:de:w:Oldenburg (Oldenburg)|Oldenburg]]? :<abbr title="bleiben - en: to stay">Bleiben</abbr> Ilse und Reiner in [[:de:w:Flensburg|Flensburg]]? :Gehen Bärbel und Anke jetzt nach Hause? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 538 |- | :Lesen Jan und Barbara richtig? :Jan liest richtig, aber Barbara nicht. :Jan liest richtig, aber Barbara liest nicht richtig. :--- :Schreiben Angelika und Rolf gut? :Angelika schreibt gut, aber Rolf nicht. :Angelika schreibt gut, aber Rolf schtreibt nicht gut. :--- :Studieren Herr Schwarz und Frau Krüger in Aachen? :Herr Schwarz studiert in Aachen, aber Frau Krüger nicht. :Herr Schwarz studiert in Aachen, aber Frau Krüger studiert nicht in Aachen. :--- :Fahren Frau Hoffmann und Herr Hartmann nach Oldenburg? :Frau Hoffmann fährt nach Oldenburg, aber Herr Hartmann nicht. :Frau Hoffmann fährt nach Oldenburg, aber Herr Hartmann fährt nicht nach Oldenburg. :--- :Bleiben Ilse und Reiner in Flensburg? :Ilse bleibt in Flensburg, aber Reiner nicht. :Ilse bleibt in Flensburg, aber Reiner bleibt nicht in Flensburg. :--- :Gehen Bärbel und Anke jetzt nach Hause? :Bärbel geht jetzt nach Hause, aber Anke nicht. :Bärbel geht jetzt nach Hause, aber Anke geht jetzt nicht nach Hause. |} 539 :Ergänzen Sie die Konjunktion „und“, „oder“ oder „aber“! :Ergänzen Sie auch das Komma! :--- :Kerstin ... Harald gehen ins Kaufhaus. Harald braucht einen Pullover ein Hemd ... Handschuhe. :Kerstin braucht ein Kleid ... einen Mantel. :Das Kaufhaus ist nicht groß ... modern. :Die Freunde gehen ins Erdgeschoss ... fragen eine Verkäuferin: „Wo gibt es Pullover ... Hemden?“ :„Pullover bekommen Sie hier ... Hemden gibt es dort <abbr title="vorn - en: over there; at the front">vorn</abbr>.“ :„Ich möchte einen Pullover für den Winter ... nicht sehr teuer.“ :„Nehmen Sie diesen hier ... diesen dort vorn?“ :„Ich nehme diesen hier, er ist nicht sehr teuer. Vielen Dank! So, Kerstin, jetzt kaufen wir ein Kleid für dich ... einen Mantel.“ :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 539 |- | :Kerstin und Harald gehen ins Kaufhaus. Harald braucht einen Pullover, ein Hemd und Handschuhe. :Kerstin braucht ein Kleid und einen Mantel. :Das Kaufhaus ist nicht groß, aber modern. :Die Freunde gehen ins Erdgeschoss und fragen eine Verkäuferin: „Wo gibt es Pullover und Hemden?“ :„Pullover bekommen Sie hier, und Hemden gibt es dort vorn.“ :„Ich möchte einen Pullover für den Winter, aber nicht sehr teuer.“ :„Nehmen Sie diesen hier oder diesen dort vorn?“ :„Ich nehme diesen hier, er ist nicht sehr teuer. :Vielen Dank! :So, Kerstin, jetzt kaufen wir ein Kleid für dich und einen Mantel.“ |} == 540 - 549 == 540 :die Phonetik :die Intonation :--- :Schreiben [↗] oder lesen Sie [↘]? :Rechnen [↗] oder schreiben Sie [↘]? :Schreibt [↗] oder telefoniert Peter [↘]? :[↗ Tönhöhe steigend - ↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :--- :Schreiben Sie [↗], oder lesen Sie [↘]? :Rechnen Sie [↗], oder schreiben Sie [↘]? :Schreibt Peter [↗], oder telefoniert er [↘]? :--- :Lesen Sie eine Zeitschrift [↗] oder ein Buch [↘]? :Schreibt Erna einen Brief [↗] oder eine Karte [↘]? :Übt Marianne die Wörter [↗] oder den Text [↘]? :--- :Lesen Sie eine Zeitschrift [↗], oder lesen Sie ein Buch [↘]? :Schreibt Kurt einen Brief [↗] oder schreibt er eine Karte [↘]? :Übt Silke die Wörter [↗], oder übt sie den Text [↘]? 541 :Übungen zur Wortbildung :Substantive auf „'''-er'''“ und „'''-in'''“ :--- :Herr Keller und Herr Krause sind Arbeiter. Ihr <abbr title="der Betrieb - en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr> ist sehr groß. :Viele Arbeiter und Arbeiterinnen arbeiten dort, auch Frau Keller. :Sie ist Übersetzerin. Frau Krause arbeitet auch. Sie ist Verkäuferin. :--- :k'''au'''fen; verk'''au'''fen :(Verk'''eu'''fer) ➔ Verk'''äu'''fer :Verk'''äu'''ferin 542 :'''arbeiten''' :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Arbeit<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> - <span style="color:#993300;">'''die'''</span> Arbeiter<span style="color:#993300;">'''in'''</span> :die Arbeit<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> – die Arbeiter<span style="color:#993300;">'''innen'''</span> :--- :die Medizin :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Medizin<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> - <span style="color:#993300;">'''die'''</span> Mediziner<span style="color:#993300;">'''in'''</span> :die Medizin<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> – die Mediziner<span style="color:#993300;">'''innen'''</span> :--- :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Arzt – die Ärzt<span style="color:#993300;">'''in'''</span> :die Ärzte – die Ärzt<span style="color:#993300;">'''innen'''</span> :--- :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Student - <span style="color:#993300;">'''die'''</span> Student<span style="color:#993300;">'''in'''</span> ([Studént] – [Studéntin]) :die Studenten – die Student<span style="color:#993300;">'''innen'''</span> ([Studénten] – [Studéntinen]) 542a :Beispiel: :Arbeitet nur eine Verkäuferin hier? (2) :⇒ Nein, zwei Verkäuferinnen arbeiten hier. :--- :Kommt nur ein Übersetzer hierher? (3) :Spricht nur ein Lehrer Englisch? (5) :Geht nur ein Lehrer dorthin? (2) :Kommt nur ein Arbeiter hierher? (2) :Fährt nur ein Mathematiker nach [[:de:w:Augsburg|Augsburg]]? (4) :Kommt nur ein Mediziner aus [[:de:w:Bamberg|Bamberg]]? (6) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 542a |- | :Arbeitet nur eine Verkäuferin hier? - Nein, zwei Verkäuferinnen arbeiten hier. :--- :Kommt nur ein Übersetzer hierher? - Nein, drei Übersetzer kommen hierher. :Spricht nur ein Lehrer Englisch? - Nein, fünf Lehrer sprechen Englisch. :Geht nur ein Lehrer dorthin? - Nein, zwei Lehrer gehen dorthin. :Kommt nur ein Arbeiter hierher? - Nein, zwei Arbeiter kommen hierher. :Fährt nur ein Mathematiker nach Augsburg? - Nein, vier Mathematiker fahren nach Augsburg. :Kommt nur ein Mediziner aus Bamberg? - Nein, sechs Mediziner kommen aus Bamberg. |} 543 :Üben Sie! :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Er sagt: || Sie sagt: |-align="center" | Ich bin Lehrer. || Ich bin Lehrerin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Arbeiter. || ...... |-align="center" | Ich bin Mathematiker. || ...... |-align="center" | Ich bin Verkäufer. || ...... |-align="center" | Ich bin Physiker. || ...... |-align="center" | Ich bin Mediziner. || ...... |-align="center" | Ich bin Student. || ...... |-align="center" | Ich bin Busfahrer. || ...... |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 543 |- | |-align="center" | Er sagt: || Sie sagt: |-align="center" | Ich bin Lehrer. || Ich bin Lehrerin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Arbeiter. || Ich bin Arbeiterin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Mathematiker. || Ich bin Mathematikerin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Verkäufer. || Ich bin Verkäuferin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Physiker. || Ich bin Physikerin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Mediziner. || Ich bin Medizinerin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Student. || Ich bin Studentin. |-align="center" | Ich bin Busfahrer. || Ich bin Busfahrerin. |} 544 :Beispiel: :Nur eine Lehrerin spricht Französisch. (2) :⇒ Nein, zwei Lehrerinnen sprechen Französisch. :--- :Wir brauchen eine Übersetzerin. (3) :Wir brauchen eine Dolmetscherin. (2) :Dort arbeitet nur eine Verkäuferin. (4) :Nur eine Arbeiterin kommt aus [[:de:w:Koblenz|Koblenz]]. (6) :Nur eine Studentin studiert <abbr title="[Be We El] - en: business studies; business administration">BWL</abbr>. (8) (Betriebswirtschaftslehre; '''B'''etrieb-S-'''W'''irtschaft-S-'''L'''ehre) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 544 |- | :Nur eine Lehrerin spricht Französisch. - Nein, zwei Lehrerinnen sprechen Französisch. :--- :Wir brauchen eine Übersetzerin. - Nein, wir brauchen drei Übersetzerinnen. :Wir brauchen eine Dolmetscherin. - Nein, wir brauchen zwei Dolmetscherinnen. :Dort arbeitet nur eine Verkäuferin. - Nein, dort arbeiten vier Verkäuferinnen. :Nur eine Arbeiterin kommt aus Koblenz. - Nein, sechs Arbeiterinnen kommen aus Koblenz. :Nur eine Studentin studiert BWL. - Nein, acht Studentinnen studieren BWL. |} 545 :<abbr title="zusammensetzen - en: to compose; to assemble; zusammengesetzte Substantive - en: compound nouns">zusammengesetzte</abbr> Substantive :Substantiv plus Substantiv :Substantiv + Substantiv :--- :der Sport :<span style="color:#993300;">'''die'''</span> Lehrerin: :<span style="color:#993300;">'''die'''</span> Sportlehrerin :--- :die Chemie :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Unterricht :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Chemieunterricht :--- :die Physik :<span style="color:#993300;">'''das'''</span> Buch :<span style="color:#993300;">'''das'''</span> Physikbuch :--- :der Bus :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Fahrer :<span style="color:#993300;">'''der'''</span> Busfahrer 546 :Beispiel: :Mein Bruder studiert Medizin. :⇒ Er ist Medizinstudent. :--- :Mein <abbr title="der Sohn – en: son">Sohn</abbr> studiert Chemie. :Meine <abbr title="der Tochter – en: daughter">Tochter</abbr> studiert auch Chemie. :Sein Freund studiert Mathematik. :Seine Frau studiert auch Mathematik. :Georg studiert Physik. :Jutta studiert BWL. :Dietmar studiert <abbr title="[Vau We El] – en: economics">VWL</abbr>. (Volkswirtschaftslehre; Volks-Wirtschafts-Lehre) :Jens studiert Sport. :Cornelia studiert Germanistik. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 546 |- | :Mein Bruder studiert Medizin. - Er ist Medizinstudent. :--- :Mein Sohn studiert Chemie. - Er ist Chemiestudent. :Meine Tochter studiert auch Chemie. - Sie ist Chemiestudentin. :Sein Freund studiert Mathematik. - Er ist Mathematikstudent. :Seine Frau studiert auch Mathematik. - Sie ist Mathematikstudentin. :Georg studiert Physik. - Er ist Physikstudent. :Jutta studiert BWL. - Sie ist BWL-Studentin. :Dietmar studiert VWL. - Er ist VWL-Student. :Jens studiert Sport. - Er ist Sportstudent. :Cornelia studiert Germanistik. - Sie ist Germanistikstudentin. |} 547 :Beispiel: :Ich brauche einen Mantel für den Sommer. (dort links) :⇒ Sommermäntel gibt es dort links. :--- :Ich brauche ein Kleid für den Sommer. (dort links) :Ich brauche ein Kleid für den Winter. (dort rechts) :Ich brauche ein Paar Schuhe für den Winter. (<abbr title="dort hinten - en: at the back; over there in the back">dort hinten</abbr>) :Ich brauche ein Paar Schuhe für den Sommer. (<abbr title="dort vorn - en: over there; there at the front side">dort vorn</abbr>) :Ich brauche einen Pullover für den Winter. (dort links) :Ich brauche einen Mantel für den Winter. (dort rechts) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 547 |- | :Ich brauche einen Mantel für den Sommer. - Sommermäntel gibt es dort links. :--- :Ich brauche ein Kleid für den Sommer. - Sommerkleider gibt es dort links. :Ich brauche ein Kleid für den Winter. - Winterkleider gibt es dort rechts. :Ich brauche ein Paar Schuhe für den Winter. - Winterschuhe gibt es dort hinten. :Ich brauche ein Paar Schuhe für den Sommer. - Sommerschuhe gibt es dort vorn. :Ich brauche einen Pullover für den Winter. - Winterpullover gibt es dort links. :Ich brauche einen Mantel für den Winter. - Wintermäntel gibt es dort rechts. |} 548 :Übungen zum verstehenden Lesen :<abbr title="verstehen - en: to understand">verstehen</abbr> :verstehend 549 :Lesen Sie! Antworten Sie! :--- :Erna ist elf Jahre alt. Sie wohnt in [[:de:w:Bayreuth|Bayreuth]]. Ihr Vater ist Bankdirektor und ihre Mutter ist Lehrerin. Erna lernt <abbr title="gern - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr>. Sie rechnet schnell und zeichnet gut. :--- :Wo wohnt Erna? :Rechnet Erna schnell? :Was ist ihre Mutter? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 549 |- | :Wo wohnt Erna? - Sie wohnt in Bayreuth. :Rechnet Erna schnell? - Ja, sie rechnet schnell. :Was ist ihre Mutter? - Ihre Mutter ist Lehrerin. |} == 550 - 559 == 550 :Lesen Sie und antworten Sie! :--- :Sonja hat zwei Freundinnen. Sie heißen Anke und Elke. Es ist Nachmittag. Die Freundinnen besuchen Sonja heute. Sie machen ihre Hausaufgaben. Sie lernen Englisch. Sie nehmen ihre Lehrbücher und lesen einen Text. Sie lesen ihn langsam. Dann wiederholen sie ihn noch einmal und schreiben ihn ins Heft. Sie schreiben gut. :--- :Wer besucht Sonja? :Was lernen die Freundinnen? :Lesen sie den Text langsam? :Schreiben sie gut? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 550 |- | :Wer besucht Sonja? - Ihr Freundinnen Anke und Elke besuchen sie. :Was lernen die Freundinnen? - Sie lernen Englisch. :Lesen sie den Text langsam? - Ja, sie lesen den Text langsam. :Schreiben sie gut? - Ja, sie schreiben gut. |} 551 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Rosemarie hat Geburtstag. :Heute ist Rosemarie zwölf Jahre alt. Sie hat Geburtstag. Es ist Nachmittag. Manuela und Irene besuchen Rosemarie heute. Die Freundinnen bringen Geschenke für sie. Rosemarie <abbr title="bekommen - en: to receive">bekommt</abbr> ein Buch und eine Tasche. Heute machen die Kinder keine Hausaufgaben. Sie rechnen, schreiben und lesen nicht. Sie brauchen keine Lehrbücher. :Frau Zimmermann bringt Kakao und Kuchen. Die Kinder haben Hunger und Durst. Sie trinken gern Kakao und essen auch gern Kuchen. Rosemarie isst vier <abbr title="Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake">Stück Kuchen</abbr>. Ihre Freundinnen essen nur drei Stück Kuchen. Dann gehen sie in den Park und spielen dort. Herr und Frau Zimmermann gehen auch dorthin. 552 :Antworten Sie! :Wie alt ist Rosemarie heute? :Wer besucht Rosemarie? :Was bringen die Freundinnen für sie? :Machen die Kinder Hausaufgaben? :Was trinken die Kinder? :Wie viel Stück Kuchen isst Rosemarie? :Wohin gehen die Freundinnen? :Was machen sie dort? :Gehen Herr und Frau Zimmermann auch dorthin? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 552 |- | :Wie alt ist Rosemarie heute? - Rosemarie ist 12 Jahre alt. (Sie wird heute 12 Jahre alt.) :Wer besucht Rosemarie? - Manuela und Irene besuchen Rosemarie. (Ihre Freuninnen Manuela und Irene besuchen Rosemarie.) :Was bringen die Freundinnen für sie? - Die Freundinnen bringen Geschenke für sie. :Machen die Kinder Hausaufgaben? - Nein, sie machen keine Hausaufgaben. (Nein, heute machen sie keine Hausaufgaben.) :Was trinken die Kinder? - Die Kinder trinken Kakao. :Wie viel Stück Kuchen isst Rosemarie? - Sie isst vier Stück Kuchen. :Wohin gehen die Freundinnen? - Die Freundinnen gehen in den Park. :Was machen sie dort? - Sie spielen dort. :Gehen Herr und Frau Zimmermann auch dorthin? - Ja, sie gehen auch dorthin. (Ja, sie gehen auch in den Park.) |} 553 :<abbr title="erzählen - en: to tell; to tell a story">Erzählen</abbr> Sie! :--- :Rosemarie hat Geburtstag. :besuchen - Freundin :bringen - Geschenk :bekommen - Buch, Tasche :essen - Kuchen 554 :Antworten Sie! Erzählen Sie! :--- :Sie haben Geburtstag. :Wie alt sind Sie? :Wer besucht Sie? :Wie viel Freunde und Freundinnen besuchen Sie? :Bringen Ihre Freunde Geschenke für Sie? :Was bekommen Sie? :Gibt es Kaffee und Kuchen? :Was essen und trinken Sie? 555 :Übungen zur <abbr title="Wiederholung – en: repetition">Wiederholung</abbr> :Lesen und erzählen Sie! :--- :Heute bekommt Familie Krüger einen Gast. :Frau Krüger kauft Butter, Wurst und Eier. Ihr Sohn holt Kuchen. Wein haben sie noch genug, aber sie brauchen noch Obst. 556 :Herr Hartmann besucht Familie Krüger. Herr Krüger und Herr Hartmann sind Freunde. Herr Hartmann hat zwölf Wochen in Thailand gearbeitet. Seine Firma hat ihn dorthin <abbr title="schicken – en: to send">geschickt</abbr>. Sie erzählen viel. Um 23 Uhr geht Herr Hartmann nach Hause. 557 :Herr und Frau Lange machen Einkäufe :--- :Herr und Frau Lange gehen ins Kaufhaus. Sie kaufen einen Wintermantel für Herr<span style="color:#993300;">'''n'''</span> Lange und einen Fotoapparat für ihren Sohn Dirk. Dann geht Herr Lange in die Computerabteilung und seine Frau geht ins Erdgeschoss. Hier kauft sie Strümpfe für ihre Tochter. Dann geht sie auch in die Computerabteilung und sucht ihren Mann. Danach gehen sie in das Schnellrestaurant im Kaufhaus und essen etwas kleines. Herr Lange holt ein Eis für seine Frau und für sich ein Stück Kuchen. 558 :Erzählen Sie! :Zwei Stunden Englischunterricht :Wörter - üben :Wort - falsch sagen :Lehrer - korrigieren :Detlef- richtig wiederholen :Text - hören, lesen, erzählen 559 :Erzählen Sie! Nehmen Sie das Perfekt! :::{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Axel || zwei Stunden || arbeiten |-align="center" | Uwe || Text || üben |-align="center" | Jan || Wörter || lernen |-align="center" | Peter || Tafel || brauchen |-align="center" | Eberhard || Bücher || holen |-align="center" | Heiko || Text || hören |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 559 |- | :Axel hat zwei Stunden gearbeitet. :Uwe hat einen Text geübt. :Jan hat Wörter gelernt. :Peter hat die Tafel gebraucht. :Eberhard hat die Bücher geholt. :Heiko hat den Text gehört. |} == 560 - 569 == 560 :Wir gehen heute ins Warenhaus. :Wir brauchen ein Geschenk für unseren Freund. :Er hat übermorgen Geburtstag. :Wir gehen in das Erdgeschoss. :Dort gibt es Strümpfe, Bücher und Handschuhe. :Die Handschuhe sind sehr schön, aber sie sind zu teuer für uns. :Wir überlegen lange. :Unser Freund braucht Strümpfe. :Es gibt Strümpfe in rot, blau und schwarz. :Die Farben sind sehr schön, und die Qualität ist gut. :Wir kaufen zwei Paar. 561 :das Beispiel :zum Beispiel (z. B.) :der <abbr title="der Buchstabe - en: letter">Buchstabe</abbr> (z. B.: S) :die <abbr title="die Silbe - en: syllable">Silbe</abbr> (z. B.: Per-son; per, son) :das Wort (z. B.: Buch) :der Satz (z. B.: Das Buch ist neu.) :die Frage :der Fragesatz (z. B.: Ist das Buch alt?) :die <abbr title="die Zeile - en: (text) line">Zeile</abbr> :der Absatz :der Abschnitt :der Artikel :der bestimmte Artikel (z. B.: der) :der unbestimmte Artikel (z. B.: eine) 562 :'''noch einmal''' :Noch einmal, bitte! :Lesen Sie noch einmal! :Lesen Sie das Wort bitte noch einmal! :Lies das Wort bitte noch einmal! :Kannst du das Wort bitte noch einmal lesen? :Können Sie das Wort bitte noch einmal lesen? :Kannst du den Satz bitte noch einmal lesen? :Können Sie den Satz bitte noch einmal lesen? :Kannst du die Übung bitte noch einmal lesen? :Können Sie die Übung bitte noch einmal lesen? :Kannst du die Frage bitte noch einmal lesen? :Können Sie die Frage bitte noch einmal lesen? :Kannst du die Antwort bitte noch einmal lesen? :Können Sie die Antwort bitte noch einmal lesen? 563 :'''wiederholen''' :Wiederhole! :Wiederhole bitte! :Wiederholen Sie bitte! :Bitte noch einmal wiederholen! :Kannst du das bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Können Sie das bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Wiederholen Sie das bitte! :Wiederhole das bitte! :Wiederhol das Wort bitte noch einmal! :Wiederhol<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> das Wort bitte noch einmal! :Kannst du das Wort bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Können Sie das Wort bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Kannst du den Satz bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Können Sie den Satz bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Kannst du die Übung bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Können Sie die Übung bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Kannst du die Frage bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Können Sie die Frage bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Kannst du die Antwort bitte noch einmal wiederholen? :Können Sie die Antwort bitte noch einmal wiederholen? 564 :richtig :falsch :das ist richtig :das ist falsch :das war richtig :das war falsch :die Frage war falsch :die Frage war richtig :die Antwort war falsch :die Antwort war richtig :der Satz war falsch :der Satz war richtig :die Betonung :die Betonung war falsch :die Betonung war richtig 565 :der Fehler :noch :noch nicht :noch nicht richtig :--- :Jetzt ist es richtig. :In dem Satz ist ein Fehler. :In dem Satz war ein Fehler. :Der Satz ist noch nicht richtig. :Der Satz war falsch. :Jetzt ist der Satz richtig. :<abbr title="so - en: so">So</abbr> ist der Satz falsch. :Jetzt ist der Satz <abbr title="fast - en: almost">fast</abbr> richtig. 565a :Wie heißen Sie? :--- :Er: Guten Tag! :Sie: Guten Tag! :Er: Sind Sie Studentin? :Sie: Ja. Ja, ich bin Studentin. :Er: Ich bin auch Student. Wie heißen Sie? :Sie: Ich heiße Elke Schneider. :Er: Ich heiße Peter Stahl. Sind Sie aus Berlin? :Sie: Nein, aus Hamburg. Von wo sind Sie? :Er: Ich komme aus [[:w:de:Osnabrück|Osnabrück]]. Was studieren Sie? :Sie: Ich studiere <abbr title="der Maschinenbau - en: mechanical engineering; machine construction; die Maschine - en: machine">Maschinenbau</abbr>. Und Sie? :Er: Ich studiere auch Maschinenbau. Wir sind <abbr title="also - en: so; therefore">also</abbr> <abbr title="der Kollege - en: lolleague">Kollegen</abbr>. :--- :Elke Schneider ist Studentin. Peter Stahl ist auch Student. Sie studieren Maschinenbau in Berlin. Elke und Peter sind <abbr title="der Kommilitone - en: fellow student">Kommilitonen</abbr> (= <abbr title="der Studienkollege - en: fellow student">Studienkollegen</abbr>). Sie ist aus Hamburg und er ist aus Osnabrück. 566 :Beispiel: :Ich bin Student. :⇒ Bin ich Student? :--- :Du bist Student. :Er ist Student. :Sie ist Studentin. :Wir sind Studenten. :Ihr seid Studenten. :Sie sind Studenten. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 566 |- | :Ich bin Student. - Bin ich Student? :--- :Du bist Student. - Bist du Student? :Er ist Student. - Ist er Student? :Sie ist Studentin. - Ist sie Studentin? :Wir sind Studenten. - Sind wir Studenten? :Ihr seid Studenten. - Seid ihr Studenten? :Sie sind Studenten. - Sind sie Studenten? |} 567 :a. Guten Tag, Thomas! :b. Guten Tag! Wie geht's euch? (Wie geht es euch?) :a. Danke der Nachfrage! Mir geht es gut. Und wie geht es dir? :b. Mir geht es auch gut. Macht euch <abbr title="kennen - en: to know; hat gekannt - en: knew; bekannt machen - en: to introduse someone">bekannt</abbr>. Das ist Andrea. Sie ist Studentin und studiert Elektrotechnik. Und das ist Thomas, mein Freund. 568 :a. Wer ist das? Ist das ein Student? :b. Nein, das ist der Mathe-Lehrer. Und <abbr title="dort drüben - en: over there">dort drüben</abbr> ist die Deutsch-Lehrerin. :a. Sind sie aus Deutschland? :b. Frau Winter, unsere Deutschlehrerin, ist aus Deutschland, aber Herr Laskowski, unser Mathematiklehrer, kommt aus Polen. 569 :'''Test''' :'''Der, die oder das?''' :--- # Fehler # Sohn # Aufgabe # Geschenk # Zeitung # Einladung # Arbeiterin # BWL # Betrieb # VWL # Tochter # Kuchen # Stück # Wiederholung :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 569 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box - between the arrows : ⇒{{AnswerGray|the}}⇐ example # {{AnswerGray|der}} Fehler # {{AnswerGray|der}} Sohn # {{AnswerGray|die}} Aufgabe # {{AnswerGray|das}} Geschenk # {{AnswerGray|die}} Zeitung # {{AnswerGray|die}} Einladung # {{AnswerGray|die}} Arbeiterin # {{AnswerGray|die}} BWL # {{AnswerGray|der}} Betrieb # {{AnswerGray|die}} VWL # {{AnswerGray|die}} Tochter # {{AnswerGray|der}} Kuchen # {{AnswerGray|das}} Stück # {{AnswerGray|die}} Wiederholung |} 569a :'''Test''' :'''Übersetze!''' :--- # überlegen # schicken # erwarten # bleiben # hinten # vorne # verstehen # gern # bekommen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 569a |- | # überlegen - enː to think # schicken - enː to send # erwarten - enː to expect; to await # bleiben - enː to stay # hinten - enː at the back # vorne - enː at the front # verstehen - enː to understand # gern - enː with pleasure # bekommen - enː to receive |} == Vokabular: Lektion 012 == : der Abschnitt - en: paragraph; section; part : ergänzen - en: complete : zu zweit - en: two persons together; in pairs : bis jetzt - en: untill now; till now : der Fehler - en: mistake : die Aufgabe - en: task; math problem : das Geschenk - en: gift; present : genug - en: enough : die Zeitung - en: newspaper : überlegen - en: to think : verbinden - en: to connect : die Einladung - en: invitation : schicken - en: to send : erwarten - en: to expect : bekommen - en: to get : der Arbeiter - en: worker : bleiben - en: to stay : vorn - en: over there; at the front : der Betrieb - en: company; firm : BWL [Be We El] - en: business studies; business administration : zusammensetzen - en: to compose; to assemble : zusammengesetzte Substantive - en: compound nouns : der Sohn - en: son : die Tochter - en: daughter : VWL [Vau We El] - en: economics : dort hinten - en: at the back; over there in the back : dort vorn - en: over there; there at the front side : verstehen - en: to understand : gern - en: with pleasure : bekommen - en: to receive : Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake : erzählen - en: to tell; to tell a story : Wiederholung - en: repetition : schicken - en: to send : der Buchstabe - en: letter : die Silbe - en: syllable : die Zeile - en: (text) line : so - en: so : fast - en: almost : der Maschinenbau - en: mechanical engineering; machine construction : die Maschine - en: machine : also - en: so; therefore : der Kollege - en: colleague : der Kommilitone - en: fellow student : der Studienkollege - en: fellow student : kennen - en: to know : dort drüben - en: over there == Vokabular: Lektion 012 - alphabetisch geordnet == # Abschnitt, der - en: paragraph; section; part # also - en: so; therefore # Arbeiter, der - en: worker # Aufgabe, die - en: task; math problem # bekommen - en: to get; to receive # Betrieb, der - en: company; firm # bis jetzt - en: untill now; till now # bleiben - en: to stay # Buchstabe, der - en: letter # BWL [Be We El] - en: business studies; business administration # dort drüben - en: over there # dort hinten - en: at the back; over there in the back # dort vorn - en: over there; there at the front side # Einladung, die - en: invitation # ergänzen - en: complete # erwarten - en: to expect # erzählen - en: to tell; to tell a story # fast - en: almost # Fehler, der - en: mistake # genug - en: enough # gern - en: with pleasure # Geschenk, das - en: gift; present # kennen - en: to know # Kollege, der - en: colleague # Kommilitone, der - en: fellow student # Maschine, die - en: machine # Maschinenbau, der - en: mechanical engineering; machine construction # schicken - en: to send # Silbe, die - en: syllable # so - en: so # Sohn, der - en: son # Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake # Studienkollege, der - en: fellow student # Tochter, die - en: daughter # überlegen - en: to think # verbinden - en: to connect # verstehen - en: to understand # vorn - en: over there; at the front # VWL [Vau We El] - en: economics # Wiederholung - en: repetition # Zeile, die - en: (text) line # Zeitung, die - en: newspaper # zu zweit - en: two persons together; in pairs # zusammengesetzte Substantive - en: compound nouns # zusammensetzen - en: to compose; to assemble :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 011|Lektion 011]] ← Lektion 012 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013|Lektion 013]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 012]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012]] hv8a15dn08fz62kawq1b1jdz1ii72ab 0 4137 6240 6145 2017-01-14T18:55:53Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 /* 570 - 579 */ wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012|Lektion 012]] ← Lektion 013 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014|Lektion 014]] == 570 - 579 == 570 :[[File:Deutsch 570 appca.ogg]] :Übungen zur Grammatik :'''Das Perfekt mit „haben“ (starke Verben)''' ([[:de:w:Unregelmäßiges Verb#Starke Verben|Starke Verben]]) - 2. Vergangenheit :--- :Monika: Thomas, <abbr title="wann? - en: when? ">wann</abbr> liest du den Text? :Thomas: Ich '''habe''' ihn schon '''gelesen'''. :Monika: Du '''hast''' ihn schon '''gelesen'''? Und '''hast''' du ihn auch '''verstanden'''? :Thomas: Ja, ich '''habe''' ihn gut '''verstanden'''. 571 :Wir bilden das Perfekt (Imperfekt II) :Konjugation von „'''haben'''“ im Präsens + Partizip Perfekt :--- :Wir konjugieren: :ich habe gelesen :du hast gelesen :er hat gelesen :sie hat gelesen :es hat gelesen :wir haben gelesen :ihr habt gelesen :sie haben gelesen :--- :Wir konjugieren: :ich habe geschrieben :du hast geschrieben :er hat geschrieben :sie hat geschrieben :es hat geschrieben :wir haben geschrieben :ihr habt geschrieben :sie haben geschrieben 572 :Wir bilden das Partizip Perfekt (starke Verben) :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Infinitiv || &nbsp; || Partizip Perfekt |-align="center" | lesen || '''‘les'''en || <font color="993300">'''ge'''</font>les<font color="993300">'''en'''</font> |-align="center" | sprechen || ‘'''spre'''chen || <font color="993300">'''ge'''</font>sproch<font color="993300">'''en'''</font> |-align="center" | bekommen || be‘'''kom'''men || bekomm<font color="993300">'''en'''</font> |-align="center" | verstehen|| ver‘'''ste'''hen || verstand<font color="993300">'''en'''</font> |} 573 :<font color="993300">'''die'''</font> <abbr title="die Struktur - en: structure">Struktur</abbr> :der Satz :<font color="993300">'''die'''</font> <abbr title="die Satzstruktur - en: structure of the sentence">Satzstruktur</abbr> :--- :Ich '''habe''' ein Buch '''gelesen'''. :Du '''hast''' die Aufgabe schon '''geschrieben'''. :Gestern '''hat''' er sehr undeutlich '''gesprochen'''. :Dieses Beispiel '''haben''' wir nicht '''verstanden'''. 574 :Lesen und lernen Sie! :--- :lesen - '''gelesen''' :a. '''Haben''' Sie dieses Buch schon '''gelesen'''? :b. Nein, ich '''habe''' es leider <abbr title="noch nicht - en: not yet">noch nicht</abbr> '''gelesen'''. :--- :sehen - '''gesehen''' :a. Wo ist Herr Fischer? '''Haben''' Sie ihn '''gesehen'''? :b. Ich '''habe''' ihn leider nicht '''gesehen'''. :--- :rufen - '''gerufen''' :a. Ist Manuela nicht hier? :b. Nein, sie spielt noch. Ich '''habe''' sie aber schon '''gerufen'''. :--- :schlafen - '''geschlafen''' :a. Bis wann '''hat''' Franz heute '''geschlafen'''? :b. Er '''hat''' bis 8 Uhr '''geschlafen'''. :--- :essen - '''gegessen''' :a. Essen Sie gern Kuchen? :b. Ja, sehr gern, aber heute '''habe''' ich keinen Kuchen '''gegessen'''. Heute '''habe''' ich Brötchen '''gegessen'''. 575 :Lesen und lernen Sie! :--- :trinken - '''getrunken''' :a. Möchten Sie ein Glas Tee? :b. Nein, danke. Ich '''habe''' schon Tee '''getrunken'''. :--- :finden - '''gefunden''' :liegen - '''gelegen''' :a. Suchst du dein Buch noch? :b. Nein, ich '''habe''' es schon '''gefunden'''. Es '''hat''' dort '''gelegen'''. :--- :sprechen - '''gesprochen''' :a. Sprechen Sie bitte langsam. :b. '''Habe''' ich schnell '''gesprochen'''? :a. Ja, Sie '''haben''' sehr schnell '''gesprochen'''. :--- :nehmen - '''genommen''' :a. Wer nimmt das Geschenk? :b. Ich '''habe''' es schon '''genommen'''. :--- :schreiben - '''geschrieben''' :a. Was macht Bettina? :b. Sie macht jetzt ihre Aufgaben. :c. <abbr title="Das stimmt nicht - en: This is not correct. (This is not right.)">Das stimmt nicht</abbr>. Die Aufgaben '''hat''' sie schon '''geschrieben'''. Jetzt schreibt sie einen Brief. 576 :stehen - '''gestanden''' :a. Wo ist meine Tasche? :b. Gestern Abend '''hat''' sie dort '''gestanden'''. :a. Ja, aber jetzt steht sie <abbr title="nicht mehr - en: not any longer">nicht mehr</abbr> dort. :--- :verstehen - '''verstanden''' :a. Verstehen Sie den Text? :b. Ja, nur einen Satz '''habe''' ich nicht '''verstanden'''. :--- :bekommen - '''bekommen''' :a. Du hattest gestern Geburtstag. Was '''hast''' du '''bekommen'''? :b. Ich '''habe''' einen Schirm, zwei Bücher und Handschuhe '''bekommen'''. :--- :beginnen - '''begonnen''' :a. '''Hat''' die <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture">Vorlesung</abbr> schon '''begonnen'''? :b. Nein, sie '''hat''' noch nicht '''begonnen'''. Sie beginnt heute halb zehn. :--- :<abbr title="empfehlen - en: to recomend">empfehlen</abbr> - '''empfohlen''' :a. Dieses Buch ist <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; outstanding">ausgezeichnet</abbr>. :b. Ja, das stimmt. Ich '''habe''' es auch schon Frau Schütte '''empfohlen'''. 577 :Antworten Sie! :--- :Was haben Sie gelesen? :Wen haben Sie gesehen? :Wen hat Frau Lemke gerufen? :(Lehrer, Mädchen, Vokabeln, Studentin, Text, Sätze, Kinder, Beispiel, Zeitschrift, Maximilian und Mandy) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 577 |- | :Was haben Sie gelesen? :Ich habe die Vokabeln gelesen. :Ich habe den Text gelesen. :Ich habe die Sätze gelesen. :Ich habe die Beispiele gelesen. :Ich habe die Zeitschrift gelesen. :--- :Wen haben Sie gesehen? :Ich habe den Lehrer gesehen. :Ich habe das Mädchen gesehen. :Ich habe die Studentin gesehen. :Ich habe die Kinder gesehen. :Ich habe Maximilian und Mandy gesehen. :Ich habe das Beispiel gesehen. :Ich habe die Zeitschrift gesehen. :--- :Wen hat Frau Lemke gerufen? :Sie hat das Mädchen gerufen. :Sie hat den Lehrer gerufen. :Sie hat das Mädchen gerufen. :Sie hat die Studentin gerufen. :Sie hat die Kinder gerufen. :Sie hat Maximilian und Mandy gerufen. |} 578 :Was hat Hans geantwortet? :--- :Sven: Hast du schon diesen Text gelesen? :Hans: ... :Sven: Wann hast du ihn gelesen? :Hans: ... :Sven: Hast du auch schon die Übungen geschrieben? :Hans: ... :Sven: Und wann schreibst du sie? :Hans: ... 579 :Beispiel: :Schreibt Markus die Sätze jetzt? :⇒ Nein, er hat sie gestern schon geschrieben. :--- :Lesen Sie den Text jetzt? :Liest Elke die Zeitschrift jetzt? :Schreiben Sie die Vokabeln jetzt? :Schreibst du den Brief jetzt? :Lesen Johannes und Heidi das Buch jetzt? :Schreibt Kai die Aufgaben jetzt? :Liest du die Sätze jetzt? :Schreibt ihr die Karten jetzt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 579 |- | :Schreibt Markus die Sätze jetzt? - Nein, er hat sie gestern schon geschrieben. :--- :Lesen Sie den Text jetzt? - Nein, ich habe ihn gestern schon gelesen. :Liest Elke die Zeitschrift jetzt? - Nein, sie hat sie gestern schon gelesen. :Schreiben Sie die Vokabeln jetzt? - Nein, ich habe sie gestern schon geschrieben. :Schreibst du den Brief jetzt? - Nein, ich habe ihn gestern schon geschrieben. :Lesen Johannes und Heidi das Buch jetzt? - Nein, sie haben es gestern schon gelesen. :Schreibt Kai die Aufgaben jetzt? - Nein, er hat sie gestern schon geschrieben. :Liest du die Sätze jetzt? - Nein, ich habe sie gestern schon gelesen. :Schreibt ihr die Karten jetzt? - Nein, wir haben sie gestern schon geschrieben. |} == 580 - 589 == 580 :Beispiel: :Daniela spricht heute sehr <abbr title="schnell - en: fast">schnell</abbr>. :⇒ <abbr title="das stimmt - en: this is true; this is correct">Das stimmt</abbr>. Gestern hat sie nicht '''so''' schnell gesprochen. :--- :Robert liest heute <abbr title="sehr schlecht - en: very bad">sehr schlecht</abbr>. :Laura schreibt heute sehr langsam. :Holger liest heute sehr gut. :Nina spricht heute sehr langsam. :Michael spricht heute sehr deutlich. :Dieser Student liest heute sehr <abbr title="schlecht - en: bad">schlecht</abbr>. :Die Kinder schreiben heute sehr schön. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 580 |- | :Daniela spricht heute sehr schnell. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat sie nicht so schnell gesprochen. :--- :Robert liest heute sehr schlecht. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat er nicht so schlecht gelesen. :Laura schreibt heute sehr langsam. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat sie nicht so langsam geschrieben. :Holger liest heute sehr gut. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat er nicht so gut gelesen. :Nina spricht heute sehr langsam. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat sie nicht so langsam gesprochen. :Michael spricht heute sehr deutlich. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat er nicht so deutlich gesprochen. :Dieser Student liest heute sehr schlecht. - Das stimmt. Gestern hat er nicht so schlecht gelesen. :Die Kinder schreiben heute sehr schön. - Das stimmt. Gestern haben sie nicht so schön geschrieben. |} 581 :Beispiel: :Anke und Elfriede haben die Sätze ... (schreiben) :⇒ Anke und Elfriede haben die Sätze geschrieben. :--- :Tanja hat ein Buch ... (lesen) :Volker hat eine Stunde ... (schlafen) :Hast du mein Wörterbuch ... ? (sehen) :Ja, es hat dort ... (liegen) :Wer hat meine Tasche ... ? (finden) :Jens hat sie ... (finden) :Deine Tasche hat hier ... (stehen) :Detlef hat deine Tasche ... (nehmen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 581 |- | :Anke und Elfriede haben die Sätze geschrieben. :--- :Tanja hat ein Buch gelesen. :Volker hat eine Stunde geschlafen. :Hast du mein Wörterbuch gesehen? :Ja, es hat dort gelegen. :Wer hat meine Tasche gefunden? :Jens hat sie gefunden. :Deine Tasche hat hier gestanden. :Detlef hat deine Tasche genommen. |} 582 :Antworten Sie! {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Was haben Sie gegessen? || eine Flasche Milch |-align="center" | Was haben Ute und Uwe gegessen? || eine Tasse Kaffee |-align="center" | Was hat Uta getrunken? || Reis und Fleisch |-align="center" | Was hat Herr Klein gegessen? || ein Glas Tee |-align="center" | Was haben Sie getrunken? || Obst |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Brötchen mit Wurst |-align="center" | &nbsp; || eine Flasche Limonade |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Wein |-align="center" | &nbsp; || ein Stück Kuchen |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 582 |- | :Was haben Sie gegessen? :Ich habe Reis und Fleisch gegessen. :Ich habe Obst gegessen. :Ich habe Brötchen mit Wurst gegessen. :Ich habe ein Stück Kuchen gegessen. :--- :Was haben Ute und Uwe gegessen? :Sie haben Reis und Fleisch gegessen. :Sie haben Obst gegessen. :Sie haben Brötchen mit Wurst gegessen. :Sie haben ein Stück Kuchen gegessen. :--- :Was hat Uta getrunken? :Sie hat eine Flasche Milch getrunken. :Sie hat eine Tasse Kaffee getrunken. :Sie hat ein Glas Tee getrunken. :Sie hat eine Flasche Limonade getrunken. :Sie hat Wein getrunken. :--- :Was hat Herr Klein gegessen? :Er hat Reis und Fleisch gegessen. :Er hat Obst gegessen. :Er hat Brötchen mit Wurst gegessen. :Er hat ein Stück Kuchen gegessen. :--- :Was haben Sie getrunken? :Ich habe eine Flasche Milch getrunken. :Ich habe eine Tasse Kaffee getrunken. :Ich habe ein Glas Tee getrunken. :Ich habe eine Flasche Limonade getrunken. :Ich habe Wein getrunken. |} 583 :Beispiel: :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? :(die <abbr title="die Aufgabe - en: math problem; task">Aufgaben</abbr> rechnen; einen Brief schreiben) :⇒ Ich habe die Aufgaben gerechnet und einen Brief geschrieben. :--- :Was habt ihr gestern gemacht? :(die Wörter lernen; ein Buch lesen) :--- :Was haben Jana und Lennard gestern gemacht? :(die Vokabeln wiederholen; die Beispiele übersetzen) :--- :Was hat Anna gestern gemacht? :(die Lektion wiederholen; Sätze schreiben) :--- :Was haben die Studenten gestern gemacht? :(die Vokabeln schreiben; eine CD hören) :--- :Was hat Herr Meyer gestern gemacht? :(die Sätze ergänzen; den Text lesen) :--- :Was hat Frau Schreiber gestern gemacht? :(die Hefte korrigieren; eine Zeitschrift lesen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 583 |- | :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? :Ich habe die Aufgaben gerechnet und einen Brief geschrieben. :--- :Was habt ihr gestern gemacht? :Wir haben die Wörter gelernt und ein Buch gelesen. :--- :Was haben Jana und Lennard gestern gemacht? :Sie haben die Vokabeln wiederholt und die Beispiele übersetzt. :--- :Was hat Anna gestern gemacht? :Sie hat die Lektion wiederholt und Sätze geschrieben. :--- :Was haben die Studenten gestern gemacht? :Sie haben die Vokabeln geschrieben und eine CD gehört. :--- :Was hat Herr Meyer gestern gemacht? :Er hat die Sätze ergänzt und den Text gelesen. :--- :Was hat Frau Schreiber gestern gemacht? :Sie hat die Hefte korrigiert und eine Zeitschrift gelesen. |} 584 :Beispiel: :a. Wann liest Bernd den Text? :⇒ b. Er hat ihn schon gelesen. :⇒ b. Er hat ihn schon gelesen? Und hat er ihn verstanden? :⇒ b. Ja, er hat ihn gut verstanden. :--- :Wann schreibt Marion das Beispiel? :Wann macht Julian die Aufgaben? :Wann schreibst du die Übung? :Wann lesen Sie das Buch? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 584 |- | :Wann liest Bernd den Text? :Er hat ihn schon gelesen. :Er hat ihn schon gelesen? Und hat er ihn verstanden? :Ja, er hat ihn gut verstanden. :--- :Wann schreibt Marion das Beispiel? :Sie hat es schon geschrieben. :Sie hat es schon geschrieben? Und hat sie es verstanden? :Ja, sie hat es gut verstanden. :--- :Wann macht Julian die Aufgaben? :Er hat sie schon gemacht. :Er hat sie schon gemacht? Und hat er sie verstanden? :Ja, er hat sie gut verstanden. :--- :Wann schreibst du die Übung? :Ich habe sie schon geschrieben. :Du hast sie schon geschrieben? Und hast du sie verstanden? :Ja, ich habe sie gut verstanden. :--- :Wann lesen Sie das Buch? :Ich habe es schon gelesen. :Sie haben es schon gelesen? Und haben sie es verstanden? :Ja, ich habe es gut verstanden. |} 585 :Beispiel: :Wir ... Herr<font color="993300">'''n'''</font> <abbr title="der König - en: king">König</abbr> lange nicht ... (sehen) :⇒ Wir haben Herr<font color="993300">'''n'''</font> König lange nicht gesehen. :--- :Gestern ... er uns <abbr title="wieder einmal - en: once again; another time">wieder einmal</abbr> ... (besuchen) :Ich ... dieses Wörterbuch ... (suchen) :Wo ... es ... ? (liegen) :Wir ... Frau Huber ein Buch ... (empfehlen) :Fau Huber ... das Buch schon ... (lesen) :Gestern ... in [[:de:w:München|München]] eine Konferenz ... (beginnen) :Für die Konferenz ... wir eine Einladung ... (bekommen) :Die Firma ... Herr<font color="993300">'''n'''</font> Walter nach Dänemark ... (schicken) :Herr Meier ... zwölf Wochen in Moskau ... (arbeiten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 585 |- | :Wir haben Herrn König lange nicht gesehen. :--- :Gestern hat er uns wieder einmal besucht. :Ich habe dieses Wörterbuch gesucht. :Wo hat es gelegen? :Wir haben Frau Huber ein Buch empfohlen. :Fau Huber hat das Buch schon gelesen. :Gestern hat in München eine Konferenz begonnen. :Für die Konferenz haben wir eine Einladung bekommen. :Die Firma hat Herrn Walter nach Dänemark geschickt. :Herr Meier hat zwölf Wochen in Moskau gearbeitet. |} 586 :Familie Lehmann bekommt Besuch :--- :Es ist '''<abbr title="gleich - en: just; in a momen; in a minute">gleich</abbr>''' 20 Uhr. Herr und Frau Lehmann hören '''<abbr title="das Radio - en: radio">Radio</abbr>'''. Frau Lehmann hat schon den '''<abbr title="den Tisch decken - en: to set the table; to lay the table">Tisch gedeckt</abbr>''', und ihr Mann hat zwei Flaschen Wein geholt. Es klingelt. Herr Schulze kommt '''<abbr title="pünktlich - en: punctual">pünktlich</abbr> <abbr title="wie immer - en: like always; like everytime">wie immer</abbr>'''. Herr Lehmann <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">öffnet</abbr> die '''<abbr title="die Tür - en: door">Tür</abbr>''' und '''<abbr title="begrüßen - en: to greet">begrüßt</abbr>''' seinen Gast. Sie gehen in das '''Wohnzimmer'''. 587 :Herr Schulze: Guten Abend, Frau Lehmann. Noch einmal vielen Dank für die Einladung. Bitte, diese '''Blumen''' sind für Sie. :Frau Lehmann: Danke, Herr Schulze. Diese Blumen sind '''wirklich''' schön. Bitte nehmen Sie Platz! Sie haben uns lange nicht besucht. :Herr Schulze: Ja, das stimmt. Ich komme '''<abbr title="gerade - en: just; in this moment">gerade</abbr>''' aus Belgien. Vorgestern habe ich meine Arbeit dort '''beendet'''. :Frau Lehmann: Hier sind '''Zigaretten'''. Bitte nehmen Sie! :Herr Schulze: Nein, vielen Dank. :Frau Lehmann: '''Warum''' nicht? :Herr Schulze: Seit 6 Wochen '''rauche''' ich '''nicht mehr'''. Sagen Sie bitte, Frau Lehmann, wo sind Ihre Kinder? :Frau Lehmann: Peter '''schläft''' schon und Monika kommt <abbr title="gleich - en: in a minute; in a moment; just">gleich</abbr>. :Herr Schulze: Und Andreas? :Frau Lehmann: Andreas studiert jetzt in [[:de:w:Tuttlingen|Tuttlingen]]. :Herr Schulze: Das habe ich nicht '''<abbr title="wissen - en: to know; Konjugationː ich habe gewusst">gewusst</abbr>'''. Und was studiert er? :Frau Lehmann: Physik. Bitte '''entschuldigen''' Sie mich jetzt einen '''Augenblick''', ich hole das '''Abendessen'''. 587a :'''wissen''' :ich weiß :du weißt :er weiß :wir wissen :ihr wisst :sie wissen :--- :'''schlafen''' :ich schlafe :du schläfst :er schläft :wir schlafen :ihr schlaft :sie schlafen 588 :Fragen zum Text :--- :Wen besucht Herr Schulze? :Was hat Herr Schulze für Frau Lehmann gekauft? :Warum hat Herr Schulze Familie Lehmann lange nicht besucht? :Warum sieht Herr Schulze Peter nicht? :Wo ist Andreas Lehmann? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 588 |- | :Wen besucht Herr Schulze? - Herr Schulze besucht Familie Lehmann. :Was hat Herr Schulze für Frau Lehmann gekauft? - Er hat Blumen für Frau Lehmann gekauft. :Warum hat Herr Schulze Familie Lehmann lange nicht besucht? - Er war in Belgien. (Er hat Familie Lehmann lange nicht besucht, weil er in Belgien war.) :Warum sieht Herr Schulze Peter nicht? - Peter schläft schon. (Er sieht Peter nicht, weil er schon schläft.) :Wo ist Andreas Lehmann? - Andreas Lehmann ist in Tuttlingen. |} 589 :Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text :--- :2x '''<abbr title="gleich - en: equal; in a moment">gleich</abbr>''' :--- :2 plus 2 ist gleich 4 :2 + 2 = 4 :--- :Es ist gleich halb acht. :Es ist 7.29 Uhr. :--- :Ich komme gleich. :Ich komme in 2 Minuten. == 590 - 599 == 590 :Beispiel: :Wie spät ist es? (19.55 Uhr) :⇒ Es ist gleich 20 Uhr. :--- :13.59 Uhr :18.56 Uhr :4.58 Uhr :11.54 Uhr :14.59 Uhr :2.56 Uhr :5.57 Uhr :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 590 |- | :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 20 Uhr. :--- :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 14 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 19 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 5 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 12 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 15 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 3 Uhr. :Wie spät ist es? - Es ist gleich 6 Uhr. |} 591 :'''Entschuldigen Sie bitte ...''' :--- :Fragen Sie <abbr title="höflich - en: polite">höflich</abbr>! :--- :Beispiel: :Ist dieser Platz frei? :⇒ Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ist dieser Platz frei? :--- :Wie spät ist es? :Wohnt hier Familie Groß? :Wo ist die Toilette? :Wann beginnt der Unterricht? :Wie heißen Sie? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 591 |- | :Ist dieser Platz frei? - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ist dieser Platz frei? :--- :Wie spät ist es? - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wie spät ist es? :Wohnt hier Familie Groß? - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wohnt hier Familie Groß? :Wo ist die Toilette? - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wo ist die Toilette? :Wann beginnt der Unterricht? - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wann beginnt der Unterricht? :Wie heißen Sie? - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wie heißen Sie? |} 592 :'''<abbr title="Entschuldigen Sie sich! - en: Excuse yourself!">Entschuldigen Sie sich</abbr>!''' :Beispiel: :Sie haben die Aufgabe nicht gemacht. :⇒ '''Entschuldigen Sie bitte''', ich habe die Aufgabe nicht gemacht. :--- :Sie haben den Brief noch nicht übersetzt. :Sie haben die Frage nicht gehört. :Sie haben die CD noch nicht geholt. :Sie haben ihre Arbeit noch nicht beendet. :Sie haben das Buch noch nicht gekauft. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 592 |- | :Sie haben die Aufgabe nicht gemacht. - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich habe die Aufgabe nicht gemacht. :--- :Sie haben den Brief noch nicht übersetzt. - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich habe den Brief noch nicht übersetzt. :Sie haben die Frage nicht gehört. - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich habe die Frage nicht gehört. :Sie haben die CD noch nicht geholt. - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich habe die CD noch nicht geholt. :Sie haben ihre Arbeit noch nicht beendet. - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich habe meine Arbeit noch nicht beendet. :Sie haben das Buch noch nicht gekauft. - Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich habe das Buch noch nicht gekauft. |} 593 :'''schlafen''' :--- :Ich ... heute lange. :Richard ... <abbr title="seit - en: since">seit</abbr> 7 Uhr. :Monika und Maria ... <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr>. :Wir ... hier. :Ihr ... dort. :... du viel? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 593 |- | :Ich schlafe heute lange. :Richard schläft seit 7 Uhr. :Monika und Maria schlafen noch. :Wir schlafen hier. :Ihr schlaft dort. :Schläfst du viel? |} 594 :'''wissen''' :--- :Ernst ist in [[:de:w:Stralsund|Stralsund]]. :... du das? :Ja, das ... ich. :Annika ... es auch. :Er bleibt 3 Tage. :... ihr das auch? :Nein, das ... wir nicht. :Meine Freunde haben schon gefragt. :Sie ... das auch nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 594 |- | :Ernst ist in Stralsund. :Weißt du das? :Ja, das weiß ich. :Annika weiß es auch. :Er bleibt 3 Tage. :Wisst ihr das auch? :Nein, das wissen wir nicht. :Meine Freunde haben schon gefragt. :Sie weiß das auch nicht. |} 494a :Infinitiv: '''wissen''' :ich weiß :du weißt :er weiß :wir wissen :ihr wisst :sie wissen 595 :'''<abbr title="wirklich - en: really">wirklich</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :a. Warum liest du das Buch nicht? (keine Zeit haben) :a. Aber das Buch ist <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent">ausgezeichnet</abbr>. :⇒ :⇒ a. Warum liest du das Buch nicht? :⇒ b. Ich habe keine Zeit. :⇒ a. Aber das Buch ist <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent">ausgezeichnet</abbr>. :⇒ b. Ich habe wirklich keine Zeit. :--- :Warum essen Sie <abbr title="nichts - en: nothing">nicht'''s'''</abbr>? (keinen Hunger haben) :Aber dieser Kuchen <abbr title="schmecken - en: to taste">schmeckt</abbr> sehr gut. :--- :Warum trinken Sie nichts? (keinen Durst haben) :Aber dieser Orangensaft schmeckt ausgezeichnet. :--- :Warum lesen Sie die Zeitschrift nicht? (keine Zeit haben) :Aber die Zeitschrift ist sehr interessant. :--- :Warum kaufen Sie den Anzug nicht? (kein Geld haben) :Aber der Anzug ist sehr modern. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 595 |- | :Warum liest du das Buch nicht? :Ich habe keine Zeit. :Aber das Buch ist ausgezeichnet. :Ich habe wirklich keine Zeit. :--- :Warum essen Sie nicht? :Ich habe keinen Hunger. :Aber dieser Kuchen schmeckt sehr gut. :Ich habe wirklich keinen Hunger. :--- :Warum trinken Sie nichts? :Ich habe keinen Durst. :Aber dieser Orangensaft schmeckt ausgezeichnet. :Ich habe wirklich keinen Durst. :--- :Warum lesen Sie die Zeitschrift nicht? :Ich habe keine Zeit. :Aber die Zeitschrift ist sehr interessant. :Ich habe wirklich keine Zeit. :--- :Warum kaufen Sie den Anzug nicht? :Ich habe kein Geld. :Aber der Anzug ist sehr modern. :Ich habe wirklich kein Geld. |} 596 :'''pünktlich''' :Wer kommt pünktlich? :--- :Der Unterricht beginnt 7.30 Uhr. Herr Müller kommt 7.20 Uhr. Herr Weber kommt 7.35 Uhr. Wer kommt pünktlich? ... :Die Vorlesung beginnt 14.00 Uhr. Frau Schulze kommt 14.15 Uhr. Frau Weber kommt 13.45 Uhr. Wer kommt pünktlich? ... :Die Konferenz beginnt 9.00 Uhr. Frau Wagner kommt 8.55 Uhr. Frau Stein kommt 8.57 Uhr. Wer kommt pünktlich? ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 596 |- | :Wer kommt pünktlich? :--- :Der Unterricht beginnt 7.30 Uhr. Herr Müller kommt 7.20 Uhr. Herr Weber kommt 7.35 Uhr. Wer kommt pünktlich? Herr Müller kommt pünktlich. :Die Vorlesung beginnt 14.00 Uhr. Frau Schulze kommt 14.15 Uhr. Frau Weber kommt 13.45 Uhr. Wer kommt pünktlich? Frau Weber kommt pünktlich. :Die Konferenz beginnt 9.00 Uhr. Frau Wagner kommt 8.55 Uhr. Frau Stein kommt 8.57 Uhr. Wer kommt pünktlich? Frau Wagner und Frau Stein kommen pünktlich. |} 597 :'''<abbr title="nicht mehr - en: not any longer">nicht mehr</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Arbeiten Sie hier? :⇒ Nein, '''<abbr title="früher - en: previously; eralier">früher</abbr>''' habe ich hier gearbeitet. :⇒ Jetzt arbeite ich '''nicht mehr''' hier. :--- :Zeichnen Sie gern? :Rauchen Sie viel? :Wohnen Sie in [[:de:w:Hamburg|Hamburg]]? :Übersetzen Sie schnell? :Hören Sie gut? :Lernen Sie Englisch? :Arbeiten Sie in [[:de:w:Wien|Wien]]? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 597 |- | :Arbeiten Sie hier? :Nein, früher habe ich hier gearbeitet. :Jetzt arbeite ich '''nicht mehr''' hier. :--- :Zeichnen Sie gern? :Nein, früher habe ich gern gezeichnet. :Jetzt zeichne ich '''nicht mehr''' gern. :--- :Rauchen Sie viel? :Nein, früher habe ich viel geraucht. :Jetzt rauche ich '''nicht mehr''' viel. :--- :Wohnen Sie in Hamburg? :Nein, früher habe ich in Hamburg gewohnt. :Jetzt wohne ich '''nicht mehr''' in Hamburg. :--- :Übersetzen Sie schnell? :Nein, früher habe ich schnell übersetzt. :Jetzt übersetze ich '''nicht mehr''' schnell. :--- :Hören Sie gut? :Nein, früher habe ich gut gehört. :Jetzt höre ich '''nicht mehr''' gut. :--- :Lernen Sie Englisch? :Nein, früher habe ich Englisch gelernt. :Jetzt lerne ich '''nicht mehr''' Englisch. :--- :Arbeiten Sie in Wien? :Nein, früher habe ich in Wien gearbeitet. :Jetzt arbeite ich '''nicht mehr''' in Wien. |} 598 :'''kein ... mehr''' :--- :Beispiel: :Möchten Sie <abbr title="noch - en: any more; still">noch</abbr> Kaffee? (Durst) :⇒ Nein, ich habe '''keinen''' Durst '''mehr'''. :--- :Möchten Sie noch Tee? :Möchten Sie noch Kakao? :Möchten Sie noch ein Brötchen? :Gehen Sie noch in die Stadt? :Gehen Sie noch in das Kaufhaus? :Gehen Sie noch in den Supermarkt? :Kaufen Sie noch ein Kleid? :Kaufen Sie noch ein Hemd? :Kaufen Sie noch einen <abbr title="der Schirm, der Regenschirm - en: umbrella; der Sonnenschirm - en: sunshade; der Fallschirm - en: parachute">Schirm</abbr>? :--- :(Hunger, Durst, Geld, Zeit) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 598 |- | :Möchten Sie noch Kaffee? - Nein, ich habe keinen Durst mehr. :--- :Möchten Sie noch Tee? - Nein, ich habe keinen Durst mehr. :Möchten Sie noch Kakao? - Nein, ich habe keinen Durst mehr. :Möchten Sie noch ein Brötchen? - Nein, ich habe keinen Hunger mehr. :Gehen Sie noch in die Stadt? - Nein, ich habe keine Zeit mehr. :Gehen Sie noch in das Kaufhaus? - Nein, ich habe keine Zeit mehr. :Gehen Sie noch in den Supermarkt? - Nein, ich habe keine Zeit mehr. :Kaufen Sie noch ein Kleid? - Nein, ich habe kein Geld mehr. :Kaufen Sie noch ein Hemd? - Nein, ich habe kein Geld mehr. :Kaufen Sie noch einen Schirm? - Nein, ich habe kein Geld mehr. |} 599 :'''<abbr title="nichts mehr - en: nor more; nothing more">nichts mehr</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Trinken Sie noch etwas? :⇒ Nein danke, ich trinke nichts mehr. :--- :Isst du noch etwas? :Brauchen Sie noch etwas? :Möchten Sie noch etwas? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 599 |- | :Trinken Sie noch etwas? - Nein danke, ich trinke nichts mehr. :--- :Isst du noch etwas? - Nein danke, ich möchte nichts mehr. :Brauchen Sie noch etwas? - Nein danke, ich brauche nichts mehr. :Möchten Sie noch etwas? - Nein danke, ich möchte nichts mehr. |} == 600 - 609 == 600 :a. Guten Abend, ... Vielen Dank für Ihre Einladung. Bitte, diese Blumen sind für Sie. :b. ... (danke; Platz nehmen; warum lange nicht besucht) :a. Ich komme gerade aus ... Vorgestern habe ich meine Arbeit dort beendet. :b. Hier sind Zigaretten, bitte nehmen Sie! :a. ... (nein) :b. Warum nicht? :a. ... (nicht mehr rauchen) :a. Bitte, Frau ..., wo sind ihre Kinder? :b. ... (schon schlafen; gleich kommen) :a. Und wo ist Andreas? :b. ... (in [[:de:w:Tuttlingen|Tuttlingen]] studieren) :a. Das habe ich nicht gewusst. Was studiert er? :b. ... 601 :a. ... (Blumen für Sie) :b. Vielen Dank. Bitte nehmen Sie Platz! Möchten Sie ein Glas Wein? :a. ... (ja) :b. Möchten Sie auch eine Zigarette? :a. ... (nein) :b. Warum nicht? :a. ... (nicht mehr rauchen) :a. Was macht ihr Sohn? :b. ... (schlafen) :a. Und ihre Tochter? :b. ... (studieren) :a. Das habe ich nicht gewusst. Was studiert sie? :b. ... (Physik) 602 :Übungen zur Phonetik :--- :[y:] üben, geübt, grüßen, gegrüßt, begrüßen, begrüßt, Gemüse, Frühling, grün, für, wofür, Tür, für den Frühling :[i:]-[y:] vier - für :wir - Tür :vier Türen :vier Brüder :Vielen Dank für Ihre Einladung. :Vielen Dank für die Blumen. :Vielen Dank für die Bücher. :Vielen Dank für das Geschenk. 603 :Lesen Sie! :--- :[↘ <abbr title="die Tonhöhe - en: pitch">Tonhöhe</abbr> <abbr title="fallend - en: decreasing pitch">fallend</abbr> - ↗ Tonhöhe <abbr title="steigend - en: rising; increasing">steigend</abbr>] :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wohnt hier Familie Lehmann? :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wohnt hier Frau Weber? :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ist dieser Platz frei? :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, sind Sie Herr Müller? :--- :[↘ Tonhöhe fallend - ↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wie spät ist es? :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, wie spät ist es jetzt? :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich komme gleich. :Entschuldigen Sie bitte, ich hole nur das Abendessen. 604 :Übungen zum verstehenden Lesen :Lesen Sie und antworten Sie dann! :--- :Ein Geschenk :Frau Weber ist Studentin. Sie ist 19 Jahre alt und studiert in Berlin BWL. Gestern hatte Sie keine Vorlesung. Sie hat Einkäufe gemacht. Sie hat ein Geschenk für ihre Freundin gesucht. Die Freundin heißt Sabine Müller. Sie ist Lehrerin und wohnt auch in Berlin. Morgen hat die Freundin Geburtstag. Frau Weber hat lange <abbr title="überlegen - en: to think">überlegt</abbr>. Dann hat sie eine Kette für die Freundin gekauft. Die Kette ist nicht sehr teuer, aber sie ist sehr schön. Sie hat nur 8 Euro gekostet. 605 :Fragen zum Text :--- :Wo wohnen Frau Weber und Frau Müller? :Für wen hat Frau Weber ein Geschenk gekauft? :Was hat Frau Weber für ihre Freundin gekauft? :--- :beide :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 605 |- | :Wo wohnen Frau Weber und Frau Müller? - Sie wohnen in Berlin. (Beide wohnen in Berlin.) :Für wen hat Frau Weber ein Geschenk gekauft? - Sie hat das Geschenk für ihre Freundin Sabine Müller gekauft. :Was hat Frau Weber für ihre Freundin gekauft? - Sie hat eine Kette gekauft. |} 606 :<abbr title="ordnen - en: to arrange; to order">Ordnen</abbr> Sie <abbr title="alfabetisch = alphabetisch - en: alfabetical">alfabetisch</abbr>! :Ordnen Sie alphabetisch! :Beispiel: {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | noch || ⇒ ⇒ || noch - 4 |-align="center" | neun || ⇒ ⇒ || neun - 2 |-align="center" | nehmen || ⇒ ⇒ || nehmen - 1 |-align="center" | nicht || ⇒ ⇒ || nicht - 3 |-align="center" | nur || ⇒ ⇒ || nur - 5 |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Abend || gut || Chemielehrer |-align="center" | aber || gern || Chemiestudent |-align="center" | acht || groß || Chemieunterricht |-align="center" | alt || gelb || Chemiebuch |-align="center" | alle ||grün || Chemiker |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 606 (a) |- | :Abend, aber, acht, alle, alt :gelb, gern, groß, grün, gut :Chemiebuch, Chemielehrer, Chemiestudent, Chemieunterricht, Chemiker |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | heute || Kleid || Milch |-align="center" | holen || kommen || Manuela |-align="center" | Hausaufgaben || Karte || machen |-align="center" | hinten || Kartoffel || Mittag |-align="center" | haben || Kinder || Mittwoch |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 606 (b) |- | :haben, Hausaufgaben, heute, hinten, holen :Karte, Kartoffel, Kinder, Kleid, kommen :machen, Manuela, Milch, Mittag, Mittwoch |} 607 :Was steht im Wörterbuch? :--- :Beispiel: :liest - lesen - lest :⇒ lesen :--- :sprechen - spricht - sprecht :studierst - studiert - studieren :fragt - gefragt - fragen :antworten - geantwortet - antwortest :wiederholt - wiederholen - wiederholst :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 607 |- | :sprechen :studieren :fragen :antworten :wiederholen |} 608 :Was steht im Wörterbuch? :--- :Beispiel: :Tonbänder :⇒ Tonband :--- :Wörter :Bücher :Beispiele :Aufgaben :Gemüse :Studentinnen :Kleider :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 608 |- | :Tonbänder - Tonband :--- :Wörter- Wort :Bücher - Buch :Beispiele - Beispiel :Aufgaben - Aufgabe :Gemüse - Gemüse :Studentinnen - Studentin :Kleider - Kleid |} 609 :Lesen Sie! :Schreiben Sie! :--- :Seit gestern ist Herr Schulze wieder in Berlin. Er hat 12 Wochen in <abbr title="Schweden- en: Sweden">Schweden</abbr> gearbeitet. Seine Firma hat ihn dorthin <abbr title="schicken - en: to send">geschickt</abbr>. Jetzt bleibt er zwei Tage in Berlin. Heute hat Herr Schulze bis 17 Uhr eine Konferenz. Seine Freunde erwarten ihn. == 610 - 619 == 610 :Übungen zur Wiederholung :Lesen und erzählen Sie! :--- :Herr Wagner braucht einen Anzug :Herr Wagner geht heute in die Stadt. Er braucht einen Sommeranzug. Er geht in das Kaufhaus. Er sucht lange. Dann kauft er einen Anzug für 210 Euro. Die Qualität ist gut. Der Anzug ist modern. Er passt <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent">ausgezeichnet</abbr>. Die Farbe ist auch schön. Herr Wagner bezahlt den Anzug und geht nach Hause. 611 :Lesen und erzählen Sie! :--- :Herr Schulze ist wieder in Berlin :Seit vorgestern ist Herr Schulze wieder in Berlin. Er ist Ingenieur und hat 12 Wochen in Stockholm gearbeitet. Sein Betrieb hat für Schweden <abbr title="die Maschine - en: machine">Maschinen</abbr> <abbr title="bauen - en: to build">gebaut</abbr>, und Herr Schulze hat sie in Stockholm <abbr title="montieren - en: to assemble">montiert</abbr>. :Herr Schulze <abbr title="bleiben - en: to stay">bleibt</abbr> bis übermorgen in Berlin. Heute hat er bis 19.00 Uhr eine Konferenz. Dann besucht er Familie Lehmann. Herr und Frau Lehmann erwarten ihn halb acht. Übermorgen fährt Herr Schulze nach Hause. Er wohnt in [[:de:w:Zwickau|Zwickau]]. 612 :Phonetik :[ ʃ t ] :Stefan, stehen, Stadt, Student, studieren, [[:de:w:Stuttgart|Stuttgart]], [[:de:w:Stralsund|Stralsund]], <abbr title="der Stahl - en: steel">Stahl</abbr>, <abbr title="der Stein - en: stone">Stein</abbr> :verstehen, stehen, <abbr title="der Bleistift - en: pencil; das Blei - en: lead">Bleistift</abbr>, <abbr title="der Stift - en: stick; pen; pencil; pin; - der Lippenstift - en: lipstick">Stift</abbr>, <abbr title="der Buchstabe - en: letter; das Wort - en: word; der Satz - en: sentence; der Absatz - en: paragraph; section">Buchstabe</abbr>, Buch :[ ʃ p ] :Spanien, spät, <abbr title="der Spargel - en: asparagus">Spargel</abbr>, [[:de:w:Speyer|Speyer]], [[:de:w:Spremberg|Spremberg]], spielen, Beispiel, [[:w:Esparta|Sparta]], speziell, spontan, <abbr title="der Spion - en: spy">Spion</abbr>, sprechen, Sport 613 :Jetzt hab' ich's. (Jetzt habe ich es.) :Ich muss mal. :Du kannst mich mal. :Abwarten und Tee trinken. :Alles Gute kommt von oben. 614 :Peter soll in die Schule gehen, aber er will nicht. :Monika darf ihre Freundin besuchen, aber sie kann heute nicht. :--- :Uwe muss <abbr title="das Klavier = das Piano - en: piano">Klavier</abbr> spielen, aber <abbr title="manchmal - en: sometimes">manchmal</abbr> mag er nicht. :--- :Sabine möchte ins Kino gehen, aber sie darf nicht. :Thorsten möchte gerne <abbr title="pfeifen - en: to whistle">pfeifen</abbr>, aber er kann nicht. :--- :<abbr title="wollen - en: to want (strong)">wollen</abbr> (<abbr title="ich will; du willst; er will; wir wollen; ihr wollt; sie wollen; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gewollt; du hast gewollt; wir haben gewollt ...; 1. Vergangenheit: ich wollte; du wolltest; er wollte; wir wollten; ihr wolltet; sie wollten">ich will</abbr>) :<abbr title="dürfen - en: to be allowed (permitted)">dürfen</abbr> (<abbr title="ich darf; du darfst; er darf; wir dürfen; ihr dürft; sie dürfen; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gedurft; du hast gedurft; er hat gedurft ... 1. Vergangenheit: ich durfte; du durftest; er durfte; wir durften; ihr durftet; sie durften">ich darf</abbr>) :<abbr title="sollen - en: is to do (order)">sollen</abbr> (<abbr title="ich soll; du sollst; er soll ;wir sollen; ihr sollt; sie sollen; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gesollt; du hast gesollt; er hat gesollt ... ; 1. Vergangenheit: ich sollte; du solltest; er sollte; wir sollten; ihr solltest; sie sollten">ich soll</abbr>) :<abbr title="können - en: can (ability)">können</abbr> (<abbr title="ich kann; du kannst; er kann; wir können; ihr könnt; sie können; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gekonnt; du hast gekonnt; er hat gekonnt ... 1. Vergangenheit: ich konnte; du konntest; er konnte; wir konnten; ihr konntet; sie konnten">ich kann</abbr>) :<abbr title="müssen - en: must (strong)">müssen</abbr> (<abbr title="ich muss; du musst; er muss; wir müssen; ihr müsst; sie müssen; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gemusst; du hast gemusst; er hat gemusst ... 1. Vergangenheit: ich musste; du musstest; er musste; wir mussten; ihr musstet; sie mussten">ich muss</abbr>) :<abbr title="möchten - en: to want (week)">möchten</abbr> (Konjunktiv von „mögen“; <abbr title="ich möchte; du möchtest; er möchte; wir möchten; ihre möchtet; sie möchten; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gemocht; du hast gemocht; er hat gemocht ... ">ich möchte</abbr>) :<abbr title="mögen - en: to like (week)">mögen</abbr> (<abbr title="ich mag; du magst; er mag; wir mögen; ihr mögt; sie mögen; 2. Vergangenheit: ich habe gemocht; du hast gemocht; er hat gemocht ... 1. Vergangenheit: ich mochte; du mochtest; er mochte; wir mochten; ihr mochtet; sie mochten">ich mag</abbr>) 614a {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | stark || - || style="text-align:left" | schwach |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | wollen || - || style="text-align:left" | möchten (mögen) |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | müssen || - || style="text-align:left" | sollen |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | dürfen || - || style="text-align:left" | können |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | stark || - || style="text-align:left" | schwach |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | ich will || - || style="text-align:left" | ich möchte (ich mag) |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | ich muss || - || style="text-align:left" | ich soll |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | ich darf || - || style="text-align:left" | ich kann |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | stark || - || style="text-align:left" | schwach |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | du willst || - || du möchtest (du magst) |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | du musst || - || style="text-align:left" | du sollst |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | du darfst || - || style="text-align:left" | du kannst |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | stark || - || style="text-align:left" | schwach |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | er will || - || style="text-align:left" | er möchte (er mag) |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | er muss || - || style="text-align:left" | er soll |-align="center" | style="text-align:left" | er darf || - || style="text-align:left" | er kann |} 614b :Er will sein Geld haben. :Er möchte den Chef etwas fragen. :Er will mehr Geld für seine Arbeit. :Er möchte mehr Geld für seine Arbeit. :Er muss morgen zur Arbeit gehen. :Er soll mir helfen. :Er muss mir helfen. :Er darf nicht das Auto fahren. Er hat Alkohol getrunken. :Er kann nicht Klavier spielen. Er hat es nie gelernt. 614c :Ich mag spanischen Rotwein. :Ich möchte spanischen Rotwein. :Normalerweise mag ich keinen italienischen Weißwein, aber heute probiere ich mal wieder einen. :Ich mag ihn nicht. 615 :Beispiel: :... du etwas essen? (wollen) :⇒ Willst du etwas essen? :--- :... du heute zu mir spielen kommen? (dürfen) :... du mir helfen? (sollen) :... du ihn sehen? (können) :... du schon gehen? (müssen) :... du etwas Schokoladeneis essen? (möchten) :... du mich? (mögen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 615 |- | :(wollen) :Willst du etwas essen? :--- :(dürfen) :Darfst du heute zu mir spielen kommen? :--- :(sollen) :Sollst du mir helfen? :--- :(können) :Kannst du ihn sehen? :--- :(müssen) :Musst du schon gehen? :--- :(möchten) :Möchtest du etwas Schokoladeneis essen? :--- :(mögen) :Magst du mich? |} 616 :Beispiel: :Ich bin nicht Astronaut. :⇒ Bist du nicht Astronaut? :⇒ Bist du denn nicht Astronaut? :--- :Ich bin nicht Polizist. :Du bist nicht der Chef hier. :Er ist nicht Lehrer. :Sie ist keine Soldatin. :Wir sind nicht Studenten. :Ihr seid keine Gäste. :Sie sind keine Schüler. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 616 |- | :Ich bin nicht Astronaut. :Bist du nicht Astronaut? :Bist du denn nicht Astronaut? :--- :Ich bin nicht Polizist. :Bist du nicht Polizist? :Bist du denn nicht Polizist? :--- :Du bist nicht der Chef hier. :Bin ich nicht der Chef hier? :Bin ich denn nicht der Chef hier? :--- :Er ist nicht Lehrer. :Ist er nicht Lehrer? :Ist er denn nicht Lehrer? :--- :Sie ist keine Soldatin. :Ist sie nicht Soldatin? :Ist sie denn nicht Soldatin? :--- :Wir sind nicht Studenten. :Seid ihr nicht Studenten? :Seid ihr denn nicht Studenten? :--- :Ihr seid keine Gäste. :Sind wir nicht Gäste? :Sind wir denn nicht Gäste? :--- :Sie sind keine Schüler. :Sind sie nicht Schüler? :Sind sie denn nicht Schüler? |} 617 :Amina kommt aus der Türkei. :⇒ Sie ist Türkin. :--- :Tadeusz kommt aus Polen. :Ágnes kommt aus <abbr title="Ungarn - en: Hungary">Ungarn</abbr>. :Anne-Gaël kommt aus Frankreich. :Pawel kommt aus Russland. :Geórgios kommt aus Griechenland. :Lotta kommt aus Finnland. :Owen kommt aus Kanada. :Isabella kommt aus Argentinien. :Carmen kommt aus Peru. :Krasimira kommt aus Bulgarien. :Juna kommt aus <abbr title="Tunesien - en: Tunisia">Tunesien</abbr>. :Karim kommt aus <abbr title="Marokko - en: Morocco">Marokko</abbr>. :Elvis kommt aus Südafrika. :Ming kommt aus China. :Hoa kommt aus Vietnam. :Marie kommt aus Belgien. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 617 |- | :Amina kommt aus der Türkei. - Sie ist Türkin. :--- :Tadeusz kommt aus Polen. - Er ist Pole. :Ágnes kommt aus Ungarn. - Sie ist Ungarin. :Anne-Gaël kommt aus Frankreich. - Sie ist Französin. :Pawel kommt aus Russland. - Er ist Russe. :Geórgios kommt aus Griechenland. - Er ist Grieche. :Lotta kommt aus Finnland. - Sie ist Finnin. :Owen kommt aus Kanada. - Er ist Kanadier. :Isabella kommt aus Argentinien. - Sie ist Argentinierin. :Carmen kommt aus Peru. - Sie ist Peruanerin. :Krasimira kommt aus Bulgarien. - Sie ist Bulgarin. :Juna kommt aus Tunesien. - Sie ist Tunesierin. :Karim kommt aus Marokko. - Er ist Marokkaner. :Elvis kommt aus Südafrika. - Er ist Südafrikaner. :Ming kommt aus China. - Er ist Chinese. :Hoa kommt aus Vietnam. - Er ist Vietnamese. :Marie kommt aus Belgien. - Sie ist Belgierin. |} 618 :Sie kommt doch aus <abbr title="Algerien - en: Algeria">Algerien</abbr>, oder? :Er kommt doch aus Italien, nicht wahr? :Sie sind doch aus Schweden, stimmt's? :Er kommt aus Russland, richtig? :--- :Morgen <abbr title="anfangen = beginnen - en: to begin; to start">fangen</abbr> wird doch erst um 10 Uhr an zu arbeiten, oder? :Morgen fangen wir doch erst um 10 Uhr an zu arbeiten, nicht wahr? :Morgen fangen wir doch erst um 10 Uhr an zu arbeiten, stimmt's? :Morgen fangen wir doch erst um 10 Uhr an zu arbeiten, richtig? 619 :'''Bilden Sie die <abbr title="die Vergangenheit - en: past; die Vergangenheitsform - en: past tense">Vergangenheit</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :lesen :⇒ Ich habe gelesen :--- # verstehen # schreiben # sprechen # bekommen # sehen # schlafen # essen # trinken # finden # liegen # nehmen # stehen # bekommen # empfehlen # rufen # antworten # lesen # besuchen # beginnen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 619 |- | # verstehen - Ich habe verstanden. # schreiben - Ich habe geschrieben. # sprechen - Ich habe gesprochen. # bekommen - Ich habe bekommen. # sehen - Ich habe gesehen. # schlafen - Ich habe geschlafen. # essen - Ich habe gegessen. # trinken - Ich habe getrunken. # finden - Ich habe gefunden. # liegen - Ich habe gelegen. # nehmen - Ich habe genommen. # stehen - Ich habe gestanden. # bekommen - Ich habe bekommen. # empfehlen - Ich habe empfohlen. # rufen - Ich habe gerufen. # antworten - Ich habe geantwortet. # lesen - Ich habe gelesen. # besuchen - Ich habe besucht. # beginnen - Ich habe begonnen. |} == Vokabular: Lektion 013 == : wann? - en: when? : die Struktur - en: structure : die Satzstruktur - en: structure of the sentence : noch nicht - en: not yet : Das stimmt nicht. - en: This is not correct. (This is not right.) : nicht mehr - en: not any longer : die Vorlesung - en: lecture : empfehlen - en: to recomend : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; outstanding : schnell - en: fast : das stimmt - en: this is true; this is correct : sehr schlecht - en: very bad : schlecht - en: bad : die Aufgabe - en: math problem; task : der König - en: king : wieder einmal - en: once again; another time : gleich - en: just; in a momen; in a minute : das Radio - en: radio : den Tisch decken - en: to set the table; to lay the table : pünktlich - en: punctual : wie immer - en: like always; like everytime : öffnen - en: to open : die Tür - en: door : begrüßen - en: to greet : gerade - en: just; in this moment : gleich - en: in a minute; in a moment; just : wissen - en: to know : gleich - en: equal; in a moment : höflich - en: polite : Entschuldigen Sie sich! - en: Excuse yourself! : seit - en: since : noch - en: still : wirklich - en: really : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent : nichts - en: nothing : schmecken - en: to taste : nicht mehr - en: not any longer : früher - en: previously; eralier : noch - en: any more; still : der Schirm = der Regenschirm - en: umbrella : der Sonnenschirm - en: sunshade : der Fallschirm - en: parachute : nichts mehr - en: no more; nothing more : die Tonhöhe - en: pitch : fallend - en: decreasing pitch : steigend - en: rising; increasing : überlegen - en: to think : ordnen - en: to arrange; to order : alfabetisch = alphabetisch - en: alfabetical : Schweden- en: Sweden : schicken - en: to send : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent : die Maschine - en: machine : bauen - en: to build : montieren - en: to assemble : bleiben - en: to stay : der Stahl - en: steel : der Stein - en: stone : der Bleistift - en: pencil : das Blei - en: lead : der Stift - en: stick; pen; pencil; pin : der Lippenstift - en: lipstick : der Buchstabe - en: letter : das Wort - en: word : der Satz - en: sentence : der Absatz - en: paragraph; section : der Spargel - en: asparagus : der Spion - en: spy : das Klavier = das Piano - en: piano : manchmal - en: sometimes : pfeifen - en: to whistle : wollen - en: to want (strong) : dürfen - en: to be allowed (permitted) : sollen - en: somebody is to do something (order) : können - en: can (ability) : müssen - en: must (strong) : möchten - en: to want (week) : mögen - en: to like (week) : Ungarn - en: Hungary : Tunesien - en: Tunisia : Marokko - en: Morocco : Algerien - en: Algeria : anfangen = beginnen - en: to begin; to start : die Vergangenheit - en: past : die Vergangenheitsform - en: past tense == Vokabular: Lektion 013 - alphabetisch geordnet == # Absatz, der - en: paragraph; section # alfabetisch = alphabetisch - en: alfabetical # Algerien - en: Algeria # anfangen = beginnen - en: to begin; to start # Aufgabe, die - en: math problem; task # ausgezeichnet - en: excellent # ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; outstanding # bauen - en: to build # begrüßen - en: to greet # Blei, das - en: lead # bleiben - en: to stay # Bleistift, der - en: pencil # Buchstabe, der - en: letter # das stimmt - en: this is true; this is correct # Das stimmt nicht. - en: This is not correct. (This is not right.) # den Tisch decken - en: to set the table; to lay the table # dürfen - en: to be allowed (permitted) # empfehlen - en: to recomend # Entschuldigen Sie sich! - en: Excuse yourself! # fallend - en: decreasing pitch # Fallschirm, der - en: parachute # früher - en: previously; eralier # gerade - en: just; in this moment # gleich - en: equal; in a moment; in a minute; in a moment; just # höflich - en: polite # Klavier, das = das Piano - en: piano # König, der - en: king # können - en: can (ability) # Lippenstift, der - en: lipstick # manchmal - en: sometimes # Marokko - en: Morocco # Maschine, die - en: machine # möchten - en: to want (week) # mögen - en: to like (week) # montieren - en: to assemble # müssen - en: must (strong) # nicht mehr - en: not any longer # nichts - en: nothing # nichts mehr - en: no more; nothing more # noch - en: any more; still # noch nicht - en: not yet # öffnen - en: to open # ordnen - en: to arrange; to order # pfeifen - en: to whistle # pünktlich - en: punctual # Radio, das - en: radio # Satz, der - en: sentence # Satzstruktur, die - en: structure of the sentence # schicken - en: to send # Schirm, der = der Regenschirm - en: umbrella # schlecht - en: bad # schmecken - en: to taste # schnell - en: fast # Schweden- en: Sweden # sehr schlecht - en: very bad # seit - en: since # sollen - en: somebody is to do something (order) # Sonnenschirm, der - en: sunshade # Spargel, der - en: asparagus # Spion, der - en: spy # Stahl, der - en: steel # steigend - en: rising; increasing # Stein, der - en: stone # Stift, der - en: stick; pen; pencil; pin # Struktur, die - en: structure # Tonhöhe, die - en: pitch # Tunesien - en: Tunisia # Tür, die - en: door # überlegen - en: to think # Ungarn - en: Hungary # Vergangenheit, die - en: past # Vergangenheitsform, die - en: past tense # Vorlesung, die - en: lecture # wann? - en: when? # wie immer - en: like always; like everytime # wieder einmal - en: once again; another time # wirklich - en: really # wissen - en: to know # wollen - en: to want (strong) # Wort, das - en: word :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 012|Lektion 012]] ← Lektion 013 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014|Lektion 014]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 013]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013]] bvg9l173lr4frloerwd434ty1vieyyf 0 4138 6779 6734 2023-03-15T06:49:26Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013|Lektion 013]] ← Lektion 014 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015|Lektion 015]] == 620 – 629 == 620 :[[Wêne:Deutsch 620 appca.ogg]] :Übungen zur Grammatik :--- :Das [[:de:w:Perfekt|Perfekt]] mit „'''sein'''“ (2. Vergangenheit) :--- :a. Haben Sie schon <abbr title="der Urlaub – en: holiday; vacation">Urlaub</abbr> gehabt, Frau Wagner? :b. Ja, ich hatte schon Urlaub. :a. Und wo '''sind''' Sie '''gewesen'''? :b. Ich '''bin''' in Italien '''gewesen'''. :a. Sie '''sind''' in Italien '''gewesen'''? Das ist aber interessant. Wie lange hatten Sie Urlaub? :b. Drei <abbr title="die Woche – en: week;Plural: Wochen">Wochen</abbr>. Zwei Wochen '''bin''' ich in Italien '''geblieben''', und eine Woche '''bin''' ich dann in die <abbr title="die Alpen (only Plural) – en: the Alps">Alpen</abbr> '''gefahren'''. :a. Seit wann sind Sie wieder in [[:de:w:Lübeck|Lübeck]]? :b. <abbr title="vorgestern – en: the day before yesterday">Vorgestern</abbr> '''bin''' ich wieder nach Hause '''gekommen'''. 621 :Wir bilden das Perfekt (2. Vergangenheit): :Konjugation von „'''sein'''“ im Präsens + Partizip Perfekt :--- :Wir konjugieren: :--- :ich bin :du bist :er ist :wir sind :ihr seid :sie sind :--- :er ist :sie ist :es ist 622 :'''Ich bin''' nach Holland '''gefahren'''. :Du bist nach Holland gefahren. :Er ist nach Holland gefahren. :Wir sind nach Holland gefahren. :Ihr seid nach Holland gefahren. :Sie sind nach Holland gefahren. :--- :'''Ich bin''' zwei Wochen in Holland '''gewesen'''. :Du bist zwei Wochen in Holland gewesen. :Er ist zwei Wochen in Holland gewesen. :Wir sind zwei Wochen in Holland gewesen. :Ihr seid zwei Wochen in Holland gewesen. :Sie sind zwei Wochen in Holland gewesen. 623 :Wir bilden das Partizip Perfekt: {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Infinitiv || Partizip Perfekt |-align="center" | '''fahr'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>fahr<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> |-align="center" | '''komm'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>komm<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> |-align="center" | '''geh'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>gang<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> |-align="center" | '''bleib'''en || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>blieb<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> |-align="center" | sein || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>wes<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> |} 624 :Ergänzen Sie das Perfekt von „'''gehen'''“! :--- :Beispiel: :Karin … in die <abbr title="die Mensa – en: canteen (in the university); cafeteria">Mensa</abbr> … :⇒ Karin ist in die Mensa <abbr title="gehen – en: to go; to walk">gegangen</abbr>. :--- :Peter … in die <abbr title="die Stadt – en: town">Stadt</abbr> … :Die Studenten … ins <abbr title="das Institut – en: institute">Institut</abbr> … :Gestern Nachmittag … ich in den <abbr title="der Supermarkt – en: supermarket">Supermarkt</abbr> … :Frau Lehmann und Monika … ins <abbr title="das Kaufhaus – en: department store">Kaufhaus</abbr> … :Die Kinder … in den <abbr title="der Park – en: park">Park</abbr> … :Herr Nienaber … in sein <abbr title="das Zimmer – en: room">Zimmer</abbr> … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 624 |- | :Karin ist in die Mensa gegangen. :--- :Peter ist in die Stadt gegangen. :Die Studenten sind ins Institut gegangen. :Gestern Nachmittag bin ich in den Supermarkt gegangen. :Frau Lehmann und Monika sind ins Kaufhaus gegangen. :Die Kinder sind in den Park gegangen. :Herr Nienaber ist in sein Zimmer gegangen. |} 625 :Beispiel: :Hast du Holger gesehen? (Mensa) :⇒ Ja, er ist <abbr title="gerade – en: just; before a second; before a moment; a second ago">gerade</abbr> in die Mensa gegangen. :--- :Haben Sie Uta gesehen? (Kino) :Hast du meinen Bruder gesehen? (Kaufhaus) :Habt ihr Regine gesehen? (Erdgeschoss) :Hast du Elke und Peter gesehen? (Park) :Habt ihr Herr'''n''' Fischer gesehen? (nach Hause) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 625 |- | :Hast du Holger gesehen? - Ja, er ist gerade in die Mensa gegangen. :--- :Haben Sie Uta gesehen? - Ja, sie ist gerade ins Kino gegangen. :Hast du meinen Bruder gesehen? - Ja, er ist gerade ins Kaufhaus gegangen. :Habt ihr Regine gesehen? - Ja, sie ist gerade ins Erdgeschoss gegangen. :Hast du Elke und Peter gesehen? - Ja, sie sind gerade in den Park gegangen. :Habt ihr Herr'''n''' Fischer gesehen? - Ja, er ist gerade nach Hause gegangen. |} 626 :Beispiel: :(Stadt – um neun; zwei Stunden) :⇒ a. Wann sind Sie in die ''Stadt'' gegangen? :⇒ b. Ich bin ''um neun'' in die Stadt gegangen. :⇒ a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :⇒ b. Ich bin ''zwei Stunden'' dort geblieben. :--- :(Institut – Viertel acht; fünf Stunden) :(Kaufhaus – um drei; eine Stunde) :(Mensa – um zwölf; eine Stunde) :(Park – halb zwei; eine Stunde) :(Kino – um acht; zwei Stunden) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 626 |- | :a. Wann sind Sie in die Stadt gegangen? :b. Ich bin um neun in die Stadt gegangen. :a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :b. Ich bin zwei Stunden dort geblieben. :--- :a. Wann sind Sie ins Institut gegangen? :b. Ich bin Viertel acht ins Institut gegangen. :a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :b. Ich bin fünf Stunden dort geblieben. :--- :a. Wann sind Sie ins Kaufhaus gegangen? :b. Ich bin um drei ins Kaufhaus gegangen. :a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :b. Ich bin eine Stunde dort geblieben. :--- :a. Wann sind Sie in die Mensa gegangen? :b. Ich bin um zwölf in die Mensa gegangen. :a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :b. Ich bin eine Stunde dort geblieben. :--- :a. Wann sind Sie in den Park gegangen? :b. Ich bin halb zwei in den Park gegangen. :a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :b. Ich bin eine Stunde dort geblieben. :--- :a. Wann sind Sie ins Kino gegangen? :b. Ich bin um acht ins Kino gegangen. :a. Und wie lange sind Sie dort geblieben? :b. Ich bin zwei Stunden dort geblieben. |} 627 :Beispiel: :(Herr Kühn – [[:de:w:Rostock|Rostock]]; drei Tage) :⇒ a. Wo ist Herr Kühn gewesen? :⇒ b. In Rostock. Er ist in Rostock gewesen. :⇒ a. Wie lange ist er dort gewesen? :⇒ b. Drei Tage. :--- :(Frau Müller – Berlin; zwei Tage) :(Frau Stein – [[:de:w:Schleswig|Schleswig]]; eine Woche) :(Herr Meyer – [[:de:w:Cottbus|Cottbus]]; fünf Tage) :(die Studenten – [[:de:w:Leverkusen|Leverkusen]]; zwei Wochen) :(Frau Zander – [[:de:w:Neubrandenburg|Neubrandenburg]]; zwei Tage) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 627 |- | :a. Wo ist Herr Kühn gewesen? :b. In Rostock. Er ist in Rostock gewesen. :a. Wie lange ist er dort gewesen? :b. Drei Tage. :--- :a. Wo ist Frau Müller gewesen? :b. In Berlin. Sie ist in Berlin gewesen. :a. Wie lange ist sie dort gewesen? :b. Zwei Tage. :--- :a. Wo ist Frau Stein gewesen? :b. In Schleswig. Sie ist in Schleswig gewesen. :a. Wie lange ist sie dort gewesen? :b. Eine Woche. :--- :a. Wo ist Herr Meyer gewesen? :b. In Cottbus. Er ist in Cottbus gewesen. :a. Wie lange ist er dort gewesen? :b. Fünf Tage. :--- :a. Wo sind die Studenten gewesen? :b. In Leverkusen. Sie sind in Leverkusen gewesen. :a. Wie lange sind sie dort gewesen? :b. Zwei Wochen. :--- :a. Wo ist Frau Zander gewesen? :b. In Neubrandenburg. Sie ist in Neubrandenburg gewesen. :a. Wie lange ist sie dort gewesen? :b. Zwei Tage. |} 628 :Ergänzen Sie das Perfekt von „'''sein'''“! :--- :a. <abbr title="kennen – en: to know">Kennen</abbr> Sie Berlin? :b. Ja, ich … schon dort … :a. Kennen Sie auch [[:de:w:Bonn|Bonn]]? :b. Nein, in Bonn … ich <abbr title="noch nicht – en: not yet">noch nicht</abbr> … :--- :a. Wir fahren morgen nach [[:de:w:Magdeburg|Magdeburg]]. Ihr auch? :b. Nein, wir … gestern schon dort … :a. Herr Schlegel hat viele Jahre in [[:de:w:Essen|Essen]] gewohnt. :b. Ja, das weiß ich. Er … dort Student … :--- :a. Warum haben Sie uns gestern nicht besucht? :b. Ich … leider krank … :a. Wann kommt Thomas '''zur Arbeit'''? :b. Er … schon hier … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 628 |- | :a. Kennen Sie Berlin? :b. Ja, ich bin schon dort gewesen. :a. Kennen Sie auch Bonn? :b. Nein, in Bonn bin ich noch nicht gewesen. :--- :a. Wir fahren morgen nach Magdedburg. Ihr auch? :b. Nein, wir sind gestern schon dort gewesen. :a. Herr Schlegel hat viele Jahre in Essen gewohnt. :b. Ja, das weiß ich. Er ist dort Student gewesen. :--- :a. Warum haben Sie uns gester nicht besucht? :b. Ich bin leider krank gewesen. :a. Wann kommt Thomas zur Arbeit? :b. Er ist schon hier gewesen. |} 629 :Beispiel: :(Herr Pohl – [[:de:w:Griechenland|Griechenland]]; 14 Tage) :⇒ a. Hat Herr Pohl schon Urlaub gehabt? :⇒ b. Ja, er ist in Griechenland gewesen. :⇒ a. Er ist in Griechenland gewesen? Wie lange? :⇒ b. 14 Tage ist er dort gewesen. :⇒ a. Und seit wann ist er <abbr title="wieder – en: again; once again">wieder</abbr> hier? :⇒ b. Gestern ist er gekommen. :--- :(Herr Otto – [[:de:w:Duisburg|Duisburg]]; zwei Wochen) :(Frau Weber – [[:de:w:Wuppertal|Wuppertal]]; acht Tage) :(Frau Winter – [[:de:w:Düsseldorf|Düsseldorf]]; eine Woche) :(Frau Stein – [[:de:w:Dortmund|Dortmund]]; zehn Tage) :(Herr Wagner – Berlin; sechs Tage) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 629 |- | :a. Hat Herr Pohl schon Urlaub gehabt? :b. Ja, er ist in Griechenland gewesen. :a. Er ist in Griechenland gewesen? Wie lange? :b. 14 Tage ist er dort gewesen. :a. Und seit wann ist er wieder hier? :b. Gestern ist er gekommen. :--- :a. Hat Herr Otto schon Urlaub gehabt? :b. Ja, er ist in Duisburg gewesen. :a. Er ist in Duisburg gewesen? Wie lange? :b. Zwei Wochen ist er dort gewesen. :a. Und seit wann ist er wieder hier? :b. Gestern ist er gekommen. :--- :a. Hat Frau Weber schon Urlaub gehabt? :b. Ja, sie ist in Wuppertal gewesen. :a. Sie ist in Wuppertal gewesen? Wie lange? :b. Acht Tage ist sie dort gewesen. :a. Und seit wann ist sie wieder hier? :b. Gestern ist sie gekommen. :--- :a. Hat Frau Winter schon Urlaub gehabt? :b. Ja, sie ist in Düsseldorf gewesen. :a. Sie ist in Düsseldorf gewesen? Wie lange? :b. Eine Woche ist sie dort gewesen. :a. Und seit wann ist sie wieder hier? :b. Gestern ist sie gekommen. :--- :a. Hat Frau Stein schon Urlaub gehabt? :b. Ja, sie ist in Dortmund gewesen. :a. Sie ist in Dortmund gewesen? Wie lange? :b. Zehn Tage ist sie dort gewesen. :a. Und seit wann ist sie wieder hier? :b. Gestern ist sie gekommen. :--- :a. Hat Herr Wagner schon Urlaub gehabt? :b. Ja, er ist in Berlin gewesen. :a. Er ist in Berlin gewesen? Wie lange? :b. Sechs Tage ist er dort gewesen. :a. Und seit wann ist er wieder hier? :b. Gestern ist er gekommen. |} == 630 – 639 == 630 :Lesen und erzählen Sie! :--- :Gestern hatten wir fünf Stunden Unterricht. Um zwölf haben wir den Unterricht <abbr title="beenden – en: to end; to finish">beendet</abbr>. Dann sind wir in die Mensa <abbr title="gehen – en: to go; to walk">gegangen</abbr>. Dort haben wir gegessen. Um zwei sind wir noch einmal ins Institut gegangen und haben eine CD gehört. Wir haben '''<abbr title="ungefähr – en: approximately; roughly; about; around">ungefähr</abbr>''' eine Stunde geübt. '''Danach''' bin ich in die Stadt gegangen und habe Einkäufe gemacht. Zuerst habe ich Hefte und einen Bleistift gekauft, und dann habe ich noch Milch und Käse geholt. 630a :Infinitiv: '''haben''' :ich habe :du hast :er hat :wir haben :ihr habt :sie haben :--- :Imperfekt (Präteritum – 1. Vergangenheit): :ich hatte :du hattest :er hatte :wir hatten :ihr hattet :sie hatten :--- :Perfekt (2. Vergangenheit): :ich habe gehabt :du hast gehabt :er hat gehabt :wir haben gehabt :ihr habt gehabt :sie haben gehabt 631 :Erzähle den <abbr title="gleich – en: same">gleichen</abbr> Text, aber '''im Präsens'''! :--- :Beispiel: :Gestern hatten wir fünf Stunden Unterricht. :⇒ Heute haben wir fünf Stunden Unterricht. :--- :⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Lösung'''</span>⇐ (to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between ⇒ the arrows ⇐) :Um zwölf haben wir den Unterricht beendet. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Um zwölf beenden wir den Unterricht.'''</span>⇐ :Dann sind wir in die Mensa <abbr title="gehen – en: to go; to walk">gegangen</abbr>. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Dann gehen wir in die Mensa.'''</span>⇐ :Dort haben wir gegessen. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Dort essen wir.'''</span>⇐ :Um zwei sind wir noch einmal ins Institut gegangen und haben eine CD gehört. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Um zwei gehen wir noch einmal ins Institut und hören eine CD.'''</span>⇐ :Wir haben ungefähr eine Stunde geübt. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Wir üben ungefähr eine Stunde.'''</span>⇐ :Danach bin ich in die Stadt gegangen und habe Einkäufe gemacht. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Danach gehe ich in die Stadt und mache Einkäufe.'''</span>⇐ :Zuerst habe ich Hefte und einen Bleistift gekauft, und dann habe ich noch Milch und Käse geholt. ⇒ <span style="color:ffffff;">'''Zuerst kaufe ich Hefte und einen Bleistift, und dann hole ich noch Milch und Käse.'''</span>⇐ 632 :Erzählen Sie! :Was haben Sie gestern gemacht? :--- :gestern morgen :* in die Mensa gegangen :* gegessen :* getrunken :gestern Nachmittag :* zuerst ins Institut gegangen :* CD's gehört :* dann nach Hause gegangen :* Hausaufgaben gemacht :gestern Abend :* zuerst Radio gehört :* ins Kino gegangen ::dort zwei Stunden <abbr title="bleiben – en: to stay">geblieben</abbr> :* dann einen Brief geschrieben :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 632 |- | :Gestern morgen '''bin''' ich in die Mensa '''gegangen'''. :Gestern morgen habe ich in der Mensa gegessen. :Gestern morgen habe ich getrunken. :Gestern Nachmittag '''bin''' ich zuerst ins Institut gegangen. :Ich habe CD's gehört. :Dann '''bin ich''' nach Hause gegangen. :Ich habe Hausaufgaben gemacht. :gestern Abend :Gestern Abend habe ich zuerst Radio gehört. :Dann '''bin ich''' ins Kino gegangen. :Dort '''bin ich''' zwei Stunden geblieben. :Dann habe ich einen Brief geschrieben. |} 633 :'''Das Dativobjekt (Singular)''' ([[:de:w:Objekt (Grammatik)#Dativobjekt|Dativobjekt]]; [[:de:w:Dativ|Dativ]], [[w:Caso dativo|Caso dativo]]) :--- :Thomas macht Einkäufe :--- :Zuerst hat er '''seinem Vater''' ein Buch <abbr title="besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr>. Jetzt geht er ins Kaufhaus. Dort sucht er für seine Mutter ein Geschenk. Sie hat morgen Geburtstag. :„Ich <abbr title="empfehlen – en: to recomend">empfehle</abbr> '''Ihnen''' diese Bluse“, sagt eine Verkäuferin. :Thomas sagt: „Die Farbe ist nicht schön. Bitte geben Sie '''mir''' eine Bluse in weiß!“ :Diese Bluse nimmt Thomas. Er <abbr title="geben – en: to give">gibt</abbr> '''der Verkäuferin''' das Geld. Dann kauft er '''seiner Mutter''' noch Blumen. 634 :Er gibt '''seinem Vater''' das Buch. :'''Wem''' gibt er das Buch? :'''Seinem Vater'''. :--- :Er gibt '''seiner Mutter''' das Buch. :'''Wem''' gibt er das Buch? :'''Seiner Mutter'''. :--- :Er gibt '''seinem Kind''' das Buch. :'''Wem''' gibt er das Buch? :'''Seinem Kind'''. :--- :Er gibt '''seinen Kollegen''' das Buch. :'''Wem''' gibt er das Buch? :'''Seinen Kollegen'''. 634a [[Wêne:Giving a vaccination.jpg|thumb|upright|(der Arzt, der Patient, die Spritze); Der Arzt gibt '''dem Patienten''' die Spritze.]] [[Wêne:817904a.jpg|thumb|upright|der Spitz (der Hund)]] [[Wêne:Bleistift 35fach.jpg|thumb|upright|die Bleistift-<abbr title="die Spitze – en: point; top; end">Spitze</abbr>]] [[Wêne:Messerspitze aus Damaszener Stahl.jpg|thumb|upright|die Messer-<abbr title="die Spitze – en: point; top; end">Spitze</abbr>]] :der Arzt :der Patient :die Sp'''r'''itze :Der Arzt gibt de'''m''' Patient'''en''' die Spritze. :Wem? - dem Patienten :--- :die <abbr title="die Spritze – en: syringe">Spritze</abbr> :die Sp'''r'''itze :sp'''r'''itzen :<abbr title="spitz – en: pointed; sharp">spitz</abbr> :eine spitze Spritze :Die <abbr title="die Spitze – en: syringe">Spitze</abbr> ist spitz. :--- :Ich bin spitz auf dich. :Bist du spitz auf mich? :Er ist spitz auf sie. :--- :Bleistift-Spitze :Messer-Spitze 635 :'''Dativ''' :maskulinum :(Nominativ: der Vater) :'''Dativ''' :'''dem''' Vater :sein'''em''' Vater :ein'''em''' Vater :dies'''em''' Vater :'''ihm''' :Peter :Herr'''n''' Wagner :--- :'''Dativ''' :(Nominativ: der <abbr title="der Freund – en: friend">Freund</abbr>) :'''Dativ''' :'''dem''' Freund :sein'''em''' Freund :ein'''em''' Freund :dies'''em''' Freund 635a :<abbr title="mit – en: with">mit</abbr> (Dativ) :mit d'''em''' Vater :mit sein'''em''' Vater :mit ein'''em''' Vater :mit dies'''em''' Vater :mit '''ihm''' :mit Peter :mit Herr'''n''' Wagner :--- :mit '''dem''' Freund :mit sein'''em''' Freund :mit ein'''em''' Freund :mit dies'''em''' Freund :--- :<abbr title="ohne – en: without">ohne</abbr> (Akkusativ) :ohne den Vater :ohne seinen Vater :ohne einen Vater :ohne diesen Vater :ohne ihn :ohne Peter :ohne Herrn Wagner :--- :ohne den Freund :ohne seinen Freund :ohne einen Freund :ohne diesen Freund :--- :mit (Dativ) … oder ohne (Akkusativ) … :mit dem Vater oder ohne den Vater :mit seinem Vater oder ohne seinen Vater :mit einem Vater oder ohne einen Vater :mit diesem Vater oder ohne diesen Vater :mit ihm oder ohne ihn :mit Peter oder ohne Peter :mit Herrn Wagner oder ohne Herrn Wagner :--- :mit dem Freund oder ohne den Freund :mit seinem Freund oder ohne seinen Freund :mit einem Freund oder ohne einen Freund :mit diesem Freund oder ohne diesen Freund 636 :neutrum (= maskulinum) :(Nominativ: das Kind) :'''Dativ''' :'''dem''' Kind :sein'''em''' Kind :ein'''em''' Kind :dies'''em''' Kind :'''ihm''' :--- :(Nominativ: das Mädchen) :'''Dativ''' :'''dem''' Mädchen :sein'''em''' Mädchen :ein'''em''' Mädchen :dies'''em''' Mädchen 636a :mit (Dativ) :mit '''dem''' Kind :mit sein'''em''' Kind :mit ein'''em''' Kind :mit dies'''em''' Kind :mit '''ihm''' :--- :mit '''dem''' Mädchen :mit sein'''em''' Mädchen :mit ein'''em''' Mädchen :mit dies'''em''' Mädchen :--- :ohne (Akkusativ) :ohne das Kind :ohne sein Kind :ohne ein Kind :ohne dieses Kind :ohne es :--- :ohne das Mädchen :ohne sein Mädchen :ohne ein Mädchen :ohne dieses Mädchen :--- :mit (Dativ) … oder ohne (Akkusativ) … :mit dem Kind oder ohne das Kind :mit seinem Kind oder ohne sein Kind :mit einem Kind oder ohne ein Kind :mit diesem Kind oder ohne dieses Kind :ohne es :--- :mit dem Mädchen oder ohne das Mädchen :mit seinem Mädchen oder ohne sein Mädchen :mit einem Mädchen oder ohne ein Mädchen :mit diesem Mädchen oder ohne dieses Mädchen 637 :femininum :(Nominativ: die Lehrerin) :'''Dativ''' :der Lehrerin :seiner Lehrerin :einer Lehrerin :dieser Lehrerin :ihr :Uta :Frau Müller :--- :(Nominativ: die Frau) :'''Dativ''' :der Frau :seiner Frau (Ehefrau) :einer Frau :dieser Frau :--- :(Nominativ: die Freundin) :'''Dativ''' :der Freundin :seiner Freundin :einer Freundin :dieser Freundin :--- :(Nominativ: die Mutter) :'''Dativ''' :der Mutter :seiner Mutter :einer Mutter :dieser Mutter 637a :mit (Dativ) :mit der Lehrerin :mit seiner Lehrerin :mit einer Lehrerin :mit dieser Lehrerin :mit ihr :mit Uta :mit Frau Müller :--- :mit der Frau :mit seiner Frau (Ehefrau) :mit einer Frau :mit dieser Frau :--- :mit der Freundin :mit seiner Freundin :mit einer Freundin :mit dieser Freundin :--- :mit der Mutter :mit seiner Mutter :mit einer Mutter :mit dieser Mutter :--- :ohne (Akkusativ) :ohne die Lehrerin :ohne seine Lehrerin :ohne eine Lehrerin :ohne diese Lehrerin :ohne sie :ohne Uta :ohne Frau Müller :--- :ohne die Frau :ohne seine Frau :ohne eine Frau :ohne diese Frau :--- :ohne die Freundin :ohne seine Freundin :ohne eine Freundin :ohne diese Freundin :--- :ohne die Mutter :ohne seine Mutter :ohne eine Mutter :ohne diese Mutter :--- :mit (Dativ) … oder ohne (Akkusativ) … :mit der Lehrerin oder ohne die Lehrerin :mit seiner Lehrerin oder ohne seine Lehrerin :mit einer Lehrerin oder ohne eine Lehrerin :mit dieser Lehrerin oder ohne diese Lehrerin :mit ihr oder ohne sie :mit Uta oder ohne Uta :mit Frau Müller oder ohne Frau Müller :--- :mit der Frau oder ohne die Frau :mit seiner Frau oder ohne seine Frau :mit einer Frau oder ohne eine Frau :mit dieser Frau oder ohne diese Frau :--- :mit der Freundin oder ohne die Freundin :mit seiner Freundin oder ohne seine Freundin :mit einer Freundin oder ohne eine Freundin :mit dieser Freundin oder ohne diese Freundin :--- :mit der Mutter oder ohne die Mutter :mit seiner Mutter oder ohne seine Mutter :mit einer Mutter oder ohne eine Mutter :mit dieser Mutter oder ohne diese Mutter 638 :Beispiel: :Ich bringe … <abbr title="der Gast – en: guest; die Gaststätte = das REstaurant; der GAsthor = das Restaurant mit kleinem Hotel">Gast</abbr> die Tasche. :⇒ Ich bringe dem Gast die Tasche. :--- :Bringst du … Lehrer die CD? :Ja, ich bringe … Lehrer die CD. :Peter schreibt … Vater einen Brief. :Schreiben Sie … Freund eine <abbr title="die Karte – en: postcard">Karte</abbr>? :Nein, ich schreibe … Freund einen Brief. :Herr Lehmann <abbr title="empfehlen – en: to recomend">empfiehlt</abbr> … Sohn eine Zeitschrift. :Die Verkäuferin empfiehlt … Mann ein Buch. :Sie bringt … Mann dieses Buch. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 638 |- | :Bringst du dem Lehrer die CD? :Ja, ich bringe dem Lehrer die CD. :Peter schreibt dem Vater einen Brief. :Schreiben Sie dem Freund eine Karte? :Nein, ich schreibe dem Freund einen Brief. :Herr Lehman empfiehlt dem Sohn eine Zeitschrift. :Die Verkäuferin empfiehlt dem Mann ein Buch. :Sie bringt dem Mann dieses Buch. |} 639 :Beispiel: :Mit … (meine Freundin) oder ohne … (meine Freundin) :⇒ Mit meiner Freundin oder ohne meine Freundin? :--- :Ohne … (der Vater) oder mit … (der Vater)? :Ohne … (die Mutter) oder mit … (die Mutter)? :Ohne … (das Kind) oder mit … (das Kind)? :Ohne … (Herr Müller) oder mit … (Frau Müller)? :Ohne … (sie) oder mit … (sie)? :--- :Ohne … (dieser Freund) oder mit … (dieser Freund)? :Ohne … (er) oder mit … (er)? :Ohne … (Peter) oder mit … (Herr Wagner)? :Ohne … (sein Freund) oder mit … (sein Freund)? :Mit … (seine Freundin) oder ohne … (seine Freundin) ? :--- :Ohne … (unsere Lehrerin) oder mit … (unsere Lehrerin)? :Ohne … (der Chef) oder mit … (der Chef)? :Ohne … (das Auto) oder mit … (das Auto)? :Mit … (der Bus) oder ohne … (der Bus)? :Ohne … (der Lkw) oder mit … (der Lkw)? :--- :Ohne … (sein Lehrer) oder mit … (seine Lehrerin)? :Mit … (er) oder ohne … (sie)? :Ohne … (er) oder mit … (sie)? :Mit … (die Kinder) oder ohne … (die Kinder)? :Ohne … (die Bälle) oder mit … (die Bälle)? :--- :Mit … (seine Frau) oder ohne … (seine Frau)? :Ohne … (ich) oder mit … (ich)? :Mit … (du) oder ohne … (du)? :Ohne … (wir) oder mit … (wir)? :Mit … (ihr) oder ohne … (ihr)? :--- :Ohne … (seine Mutter) oder mit … (seine Mutter)? :Mit … (sein Bruder) oder ohne … (sein Bruder)? :Ohne … (ihre Tochter) oder mit … (ihre Tochter)? :Mit … (ihr Hund) oder ohne … (ihr Hund)? :Ohne … (Zucker) oder mit … (Zucker)? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 639 |- | :mit meiner Freundin oder ohne meine Freundin :--- :Ohne den Vater oder mit dem der Vater? :Ohne die Mutter oder mit der Mutter? :Ohne das Kind oder mit dem Kind? :Ohne Herr'''n''' Müller oder mit Frau Müller? :Ohne sie oder mit ihr? :--- :Ohne diesen Freund oder mit diesem Freund? :Ohne ihn oder mit ihm? :Ohne Peter oder mit Herr'''n''' Wagner? :Ohne seinen Freund oder mit seinem Freund? :Mit seiner Freundin oder ohne seine Freundin? :--- :Ohne unsere Lehrerin oder mit unserer Lehrerin? :Ohne den Chef oder mit dem Chef? :Ohne das Auto oder mit dem Auto? :Mit dem Bus oder ohne den Bus? :Ohne den Lkw oder mit dem Lkw? :--- :Ohne seinen Lehrer oder mit seiner Lehrerin? :Mit ihm oder ohne sie? :Ohne ihn oder mit ihr? :Mit den Kindern oder ohne die Kinder? :Ohne die Bälle oder mit den Bällen? :--- :Mit seiner Frau oder ohne seine Frau? :Ohne mich oder mit mir? :Mit dir oder ohne dich? :Ohne uns oder mit uns? :Mit euch oder ohne euch? :--- :Ohne seine Mutter oder mit seiner Mutter? :Mit seinem Bruder oder ohne seinen Bruder? :Ohne ihre Tochter oder mit ihrer Tochter? :Mit ihrem Hund oder ohne ihren Hund? :Ohne Zucker oder mit Zucker? |} == 640 – 649 == 640 :Beispiel: :Ich <abbr title="finden – en: to find">finde</abbr> das Foto nicht. (Mutter) :⇒ Hast du der Mutter das Foto gegeben? :--- :Ich finde den Brief nicht. (Freundin) :Ich finde die Karte nicht. (Schwester) :Ich finde die Zeitschrift nicht. (Lehrerin) :Ich finde das Vokabelheft nicht. (Studentin) :Ich finde das Lehrbuch nicht. (Freundin) :Ich finde das Lineal nicht. (Studentin) :Ich finde die Hefte nicht. (Lehrerin) :Ich finde das Geld nicht. (Mutter) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 640 |- | :Ich finde das Foto nicht. - Hast du der Mutter das Foto gegeben? :--- :Ich finde den Brief nicht. - Hast du der Freundin den Brief gegeben? :Ich finde die Karte nicht. - Hast du der Schwester die Karte gegeben? :Ich finde die Zeitschrift nicht. - Hast du der Lehrerin die Zeitschrift gegeben? :Ich finde das Vokabelheft nicht. - Hast du der Studentin das Vokabelheft gegeben? :Ich finde das Lehrbuch nicht. - Hast du der Freundin das Lehrbuch gegeben? :Ich finde das Lineal nicht. - Hast du der Studentin das Lineal gegeben? :Ich finde die Hefte nicht. - Hast du der Lehrerin die Hefte gegeben? :Ich finde das Geld nicht. - Hast du der Mutter das Geld gegeben? |} 641 :Beispiel: :Wem hat Herr Lehmann Blumen geschenkt? (Frau) :⇒ Er hat seiner Frau Blumen geschenkt. :--- :Wem hat Peter eine <abbr title="die Kette – en: necklace; chain">Kette</abbr> geschenkt? (Schwester) :Wem hat Frau Wagner einen Pullover gegeben? (Kind) :Wem haben die Kinder Blumen <abbr title="bringen – en: to bring">gebracht</abbr>? (Lehrerin) :Wem hat Frau Stein Handschuhe geschenkt? (Mutter) :Wem haben Sie ein Buch gegeben? (Bruder) :Wem hat Karin die CD <abbr title="bringen – en: to bring">gebracht</abbr>? (Freundin) :Wem habt ihr diese Zeitschrift gebracht? (Lehrer) :Wem hast du das Buch <abbr title="empfehlen – en: to recomen">empfohlen</abbr>? (Freund) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 641 |- | :Wem hat Herr Lehmann Blumen geschenkt? - Er hat seiner Frau Blumen geschenkt. :--- :Wem hat Peter eine Kette geschenkt? - Er hat seiner Schwester eine Kette geschenkt. :Wem hat Frau Wagner einen Pullover gegeben? - Sie hat ihrem Kind einen Pullover gegeben. :Wem haben die Kinder Blumen gebracht? - Sie haben ihrer Lehrerin Blumen gebracht. :Wem hat Frau Stein Handschuhe geschenkt? - Sie hat ihrer Mutter Handschuhe geschenkt. :Wem haben Sie ein Buch gegeben? - Ich habe meinem Bruder ein Buch gegeben. :Wem hat Karin die CD gebracht? - Sie hat ihrer Freundin die CD gebracht. :Wem habt ihr diese Zeitschrift gebracht? - Wir haben unserem Lehrer diese Zeitschrift gebracht. :Wem hast du das Buch empfohlen? - Ich habe meinem Freund das Buch empfohlen. |} 642 :Beispiel: :Was kauft Herr Wagner seiner Tochter? (Fotoapparat) :⇒ Herr Wagner kauft ihr einen Fotoapparat. :--- :Was schenken Sie Ihrem Freund? (eine Flasche Wein) :Was bringen Sie Ihrer Lehrerin? (Blumen) :Was kauft die Mutter dem Kind? (ein Buch) :Was <abbr title="geben – en: to give">gebt</abbr> ihr eurem Lehrer? (die Hefte) :Was schenkst du deiner Mutter? (Handschuhe) :Was gibt Peter dem Mädchen? (eine Karte) :Was kauft Herr Lehmann seiner Frau? (eine Kette) :Was bringt Uta ihrem Vater? (die Zeitschrift) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 642 |- | :Was kauft Herr Wagner seiner Tochter? - Herr Wagner kauft ihr einen Fotoapparat. :--- :Was schenken Sie Ihrem Freund? - Ich schenke ihm eine Flasche Wein. - Ich schenke meinem Freund eine Flasche Wein. :Was bringen Sie Ihrer Lehrerin? - Ich bringe ihr Blumen. - Ich bringe meiner Lehrerin Blumen. :Was kauft die Mutter dem Kind? - Sie kauft ihm ein Buch. - Sie kauft ihrem Kind ein Buch. :Was gebt ihr eurem Lehrer? - Wir geben ihm die Hefte. - Wir geben unserem Lehrer die Hefte. :Was schenkst du deiner Mutter? - Ich schenke ihr Handschuhe. - Ich schenke meiner Mutter Handschuhe. :Was gibt Peter dem Mädchen? - Er gibt ihr eine Karte. - Er gibt dem Mädchen eine Karte. :Was kauft Herr Lehmann seiner Frau? - Er kauft ihr eine Kette. - Er kauft seiner Frau eine Kette. :Was bringt Uta ihrem Vater? - Sie bringt ihm die Zeitschrift. - Sie bringt ihrem Vater die Zeitschrift. |} 643 :Das '''[[:de:w:Personalpronomen im Dativ|Personalpronomen im Dativ]]''' {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Nominativ || Dativ || &nbsp; |-align="center" | ich || <span style="color:#993300;">'''mir'''</span> || Wann gibst du <span style="color:#993300;">'''mir'''</span> das Buch? |-align="center" | du || <span style="color:#993300;">'''dir'''</span> || Kaufst du <span style="color:#993300;">'''dir'''</span> diese Kette? |-align="center" | er || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihm'''</span> || Ich schreibe <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihm'''</span> eine Karte. |-align="center" | sie || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span> || Er schenkt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span> Blumen. |-align="center" | es || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihm'''</span> || Die Mutter bringt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihm'''</span> Obst. |-align="center" | wir || <span style="color:#993300;">'''uns'''</span> || Welchen Wein empfehlen Sie <span style="color:#993300;">'''uns'''</span>? |-align="center" | ihr || <span style="color:#993300;">'''euch'''</span> || Morgen schreibe ich <span style="color:#993300;">'''euch'''</span> einen Brief. |-align="center" | sie || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihnen'''</span> || Sie gibt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihnen'''</span> die Bücher. |-align="center" | Sie || <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihnen'''</span> || Ich empfehle <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ihnen'''</span> diese CD. |} 644 :Beispiel: :a. Hier liegt eine Karte. Ist das deine Karte? :(schicken; ein Freund) :⇒ b. Ja, das ist meine Karte. :⇒ a. Wer '''hat''' dir diese Karte '''<abbr title="schicken – en: to send">geschickt</abbr>'''? :⇒ b. Diese Karte hat mir '''ein Freund''' geschickt. :--- :Hier liegt ein Buch. Ist das Ihr Buch? :(empfehlen; eine Verkäuferin) :--- :Hier liegt eine CD. Ist das Ihre CD? :(holen; eine Studentin) :--- :Hier liegt ein Fotoapparat. Ist das dein Fotoapparat? :(kaufen; mein Vater) :--- :Hier liegt ein Brief. Ist das dein Brief? :(schreiben; meine Mutter) :--- :Hier liegt eine Tasche. Ist das deine Tasche? :(schenken; meine Schwester) :--- :Hier liegt ein Lehrbuch. Ist das Ihr Lehrbuch? :(geben; unser Lehrer) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 644 |- | :Hier liegt eine Karte. Ist das deine Karte? :Ja, das ist meine Karte. :Wer hat dir diese Karte geschickt :Diese Karte hat mir ein Freund geschickt. :--- :Hier liegt ein Buch. Ist das Ihr Buch? :Ja, das ist mein Buch. :Wer hat Ihnen dieses Buch empfohlen? :Dieses Buch hat mir eine Verkäuferin empfohlen. :--- :Hier liegt eine CD. Ist das Ihre CD? :Ja, das ist meine CD. :Wer hat Ihnen diese CD geholt? :Diese CD hat mir eine Studentin geholt. :--- :Hier liegt ein Fotoapparat. Ist das dein Fotoapparat? :Ja, das ist mein Fotoapparat. :Wer hat dir diesen Fotoapparat gekauft? :Diesen Fotoapparat hat mir mein Vater gekauft. :--- :Hier liegt ein Brief. Ist das dein Brief? :Ja, das ist mein Brief. :Wer hat dir diesen Brief geschrieben? :Diesen Brief hat mir meine Mutter geschrieben. :--- :Hier liegt eine Tasche. Ist das deine Tasche? :Ja, das ist meine Tasche. :Wer hat dir diese Tasche geschenkt? :Diese Tasche hat mir meine Schwester geschenkt. :--- :Hier liegt ein Lehrbuch. Ist das Ihr Lehrbuch? :Ja, das ist mein Lehrbuch. :Wer hat Ihnen dieses Lehrbuch gegeben? :Dieses Lehrbuch hat mir unser Lehrer gegeben. |} 645 :Ergänzen Sie das Personalpronomen im Dativ! :--- :Meine Schwester hat heute Geburtstag. :Ich habe … eine Kette gekauft. :Mein Vater hat … Blumen und ein Buch geschenkt. :Eine Verkäuferin hat … dieses Buch empfohlen. :Meine Mutter hat … ein Kleid gekauft. :Andreas fragt: „Was hat … deine Freundin geschenkt?“ :„Sie hat … eine Tasche gebracht“, antwortet die Schwester. :Alle Freunde haben … eine Karte geschickt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 645 |- | :Meine Schwester hat heute Geburtstag. :Ich habe ihr eine Kette gekauft. :Mein Vater hat ihr Blumen und ein Buch geschenkt. :Eine Verkäuferin hat ihm dieses Buch empfohlen. :Meine Mutter hat ihr eine Kleid gekauft. :Andreas fragt: „Was hat dir deine Freundin geschenkt?“ :„Sie hat mir eine Tasche gebracht“, antwortet die Schwester. :Alle Freunde haben ihr eine Karte geschickt. |} 646 :Lesen Sie und lernen Sie die Wörter! :--- :Gestern habe ich meinen Freund Peter besucht. :Er hatte Geburtstag. :Ich habe ihm '''<abbr title="gratulieren – en: to congratulate">gratuliert</abbr>''' und ihm ein Buch geschenkt. :Das Geschenk hat ihm sehr '''<abbr title="gefallen – en: to lease; to like">gefallen</abbr>'''. :Er hat mir für das Geschenk '''<abbr title="danken – en: to say tzhanks; to express one's thanks>gedankt</abbr>'''. :Dann hat er mir Fotos von Südafrika '''<abbr title="zeigen – en: to show">gezeigt</abbr>'''. :Er hat mir alles '''<abbr title="erklären – en: to explain">erklärt</abbr>'''. 647 :Herr Schulze <abbr title="erzählen – en: to tell; to explain; to narrate">erzählt</abbr> :--- :Herr Lehmann: :* Bitte, Herr Schulze, erzählen Sie etwas. Wie ist es in Südafrika? Wir haben <abbr title="bald – en: soon">bald</abbr> <abbr title="der Urlaub – en: holiday; vacation">Urlaub</abbr> und fahren auch dorthin. :Herr Schulze: :* Ich bin <abbr title="früher schon – en: earlier on; already before">früher schon</abbr> in Südafrika <abbr title="sein – en: to be">gewesen</abbr>. Das <abbr title="das Land – en: country; land">Land</abbr> ist schön, und die <abbr title="der Mensch – en: human beinge; man">Menschen</abbr> sind sehr <abbr title="freundlich – en: kind">freundlich</abbr>. Ich bin <abbr title="immer – en: always">immer</abbr> <abbr title="wieder – en: again; - immer wieder – en: again and again">wieder</abbr> gerne dort. :Herr Lehmann: :* Und was haben Sie jetzt in Südafrika gemacht? :Herr Schulze: :* Wir haben für einen <abbr title="der Betrieb – en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr> in <abbr title="Kapstadt – en: Cape Town">Kapstadt</abbr> Maschinen <abbr title="bauen – en: to build">gebaut</abbr>, und ich habe die <abbr title="die Montage – en: assembly">Montage</abbr> <abbr title="paar = leiten – en: to lead; to run; to organize">geleitet</abbr>. :Herr Lehmann: :* Das ist <abbr title="bestimmt – en: surely; certainly">bestimmt</abbr> interessant gewesen. Haben Sie in Kapstadt auch fotografiert? :Herr Schulze: :* <abbr title="selbstverständlich – en: of course; - selbstverständlich = natürlich">Selbstverständlich</abbr>. Aber die Fotos und <abbr title="das Diapositiv – en: slide">Dias</abbr> sind <abbr title="leider – en: unfortunately">leider</abbr> <abbr title="noch nicht – en: not yet">noch nicht</abbr> <abbr title="fertig – en: ready; finished">fertig</abbr>. :Herr Lehmann: :* Das ist <abbr title="schade – en: waht a pity; that's too bad">schade</abbr>. :Herr Schulze: :* Ja, das ist <abbr title="wirklich – en: really">wirklich</abbr> schade. :Herr Lehmann: :* Wir <abbr title="wissen – en: to know">wissen</abbr>, Sie gehen gern ins <abbr title="das Theater – en: theater">Theater</abbr> oder ins <abbr title="das Konzert – en: concert">Konzert</abbr>. Das haben wir nicht <abbr title="vergessen – en: to forget">vergessen</abbr>. Wir haben für morgen drei Theaterkarten <abbr title="besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr>. :Herr Schulze: :* Das ist schön. In Berlin gehe ich <abbr title="besonders – en: particularly; especially">besonders</abbr> <abbr title="gern haben – en: to like">gern</abbr> ins Theater. :Herr Lehmann: :* Gut, <abbr title="dann – en: then; afterwards">dann</abbr> gehen wir morgen <abbr title="zusammen – en: together">zusammen</abbr> dorthin. 648 :Fragen zum Text :--- :Wohin fährt Familie Lehmann? :Wo ist Herr Schulze gewesen? :Was hat Herr Schulze dort gemacht? :Warum hat er keine Fotos und Dias? :Wohin gehen Herr und Frau Lehmann und Herr Schulze? :Für wen hat Herr Lehmann Theaterkarten gekauft? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 648 |- | :Wohin fährt Familie Lehmann? - Familie Lehmann fährt nach Südafrika. :Wo ist Herr Schulze gewesen? - Er ist in Kapstadt gewesen. :Was hat Herr Schulze dort gemacht? - Er hat dort Maschinen montiert. :Warum hat er keine Fotos und Dias? - Die Fotos und Dias sind noch nicht fertig. :Wohin gehen Herr und Frau Lehmann und Herr Schulze? - Sie gehen ins Theater. :Für wen hat Herr Lehmann Theaterkarten gekauft? - Er hat für Herrn Schulze, für seine Frau und für sich Theaterkarten gekauft. |} 649 :'''vergessen''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Fotos) :⇒ :⇒ Ich vergesse die Fotos nicht. :⇒ Vergisst du sie <abbr title="bestimmt – en: surely; certainly">bestimmt</abbr> nicht? :--- :(Dias, Fotoapparat, Karten, Bilder, Lampen, Bücher, Kinder, Bild, Zeitschrift, Lineal, Wurst, Käse, Äpfel) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 649 |- | :Ich vergesse die Fotos nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :--- :Ich vergesse die Dias nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse den Fotoapparat nicht. - Vergisst du ihn bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Karten nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Bilder nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Lampen nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Bücher nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Kinder nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse das Bild nicht. - Vergisst du es bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Zeitschrift nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse das Lineal nicht. - Vergisst du es bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Wurst nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse den Käse nicht. - Vergisst du ihn bestimmt nicht? :Ich vergesse die Äpfel nicht. - Vergisst du sie bestimmt nicht? |} == 650 – 659 == 650 :'''<abbr title="selbstverständlich – en: of course; - selbstverständlich = natürlich">selbstverständlich</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="bestimmt – en: surely; certainly">bestimmt</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :(ins Institut kommen) :⇒ :⇒ a. ''Kommen'' Sie morgen ''ins Institut''? :⇒ b. Selbstverständlich. :⇒ a. ''Kommen'' Sie auch bestimmt? :⇒ b. Ich ''komme'' bestimmt. :--- :ins Theater gehen :ins Konzert gehen :nach Hause fahren :in den Klub kommen :nach Berlin fahren :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 650 |- | :a. Kommen Sie morgen ins Institut? :b. Selbstverständlich. :a. Kommen Sie auch bestimmt? :b. Ich komme bestimmt. :--- :a. Gehen Sie morgen ins Theater? :b. Selbstverständlich. :a. Gehen Sie auch bestimmt? :b. Ich gehe bestimmt. :--- :a. Gehen Sie morgen ins Konzert? :b. Selbstverständlich. :a. Gehen Sie auch bestimmt? :b. Ich gehe bestimmt. :--- :a. Fahren Sie morgen nach Hause? :b. Selbstverständlich. :a. Fahren Sie auch bestimmt? :b. Ich fahre bestimmt. :--- :a. Kommen Sie morgen in den Klub? :b. Selbstverständlich. :a. Kommen Sie auch bestimmt? :b. Ich komme bestimmt. :--- :a. Fahren Sie morgen nach Berlin? :b. Selbstverständlich. :a. Fahren Sie auch bestimmt? :b. Ich fahre bestimmt. |} 651 :'''Maschinen bauen''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Frankreich) :⇒ :⇒ Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut? :⇒ Maschinen? Für Frankreich hat er Maschinen gebaut. :--- :Polen :Belgien :Griechenland :Spanien :Portugal :Italien :England :Irland :Estland :Russland :Bulgarien :Rumänien :Ungarn :die Schweiz :die Türkei :die USA :der Iran :die Malediven :die Mongolei :--- :Die allermeisten Länder sind sächlich, bei ihnen fällt der Artikel weg. Ländernamen, die weiblich sind, haben den Artikel bis heute behalten. Auch männliche Artikel werden behalten. Folgende genannte Ländernamen können sowohl männlich als auch sächlich gebraucht werden. Werden sie männlich gebraucht, so stehen sie mit Artikel: :der Irak :der Iran :der Jemen :der Kongo :der Libanon :der Niger :der Oman :der Senegal :der Sudan :der Tschad :der Vatikan :--- :Ländernamen im Plural: :die Bahamas :die Niederlande :die Philippinen :die Salomonen :die Seychellen :die USA :die Vereinigten Arabischen Emirate :--- :weibliche Ländernamen: :die Republik :die Dominikanische Republik :die Elfenbeinküste :die Demokratische Republik Kongo :die Republik Kongo (aber: der Kongo!) :die Mongolei :die Schweiz :die Slowakei :die Ukraine :die Türkei :die Zentralafrikanische Republik :die Südafrikanische Republik (aber: Südafrika) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 651 |- | :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Frankreich hat er Maschinen gebaut. :--- :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Polen hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Belgien hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Griechenland hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Spanien hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Portugal hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Italien hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für England hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Irland hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Estland hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Russland hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Bulgarien hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Rumänien hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für Ungarn hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für '''die''' Schweiz hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für '''die''' Türkei hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für die USA hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für den Iran hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für die Malediven hat er Maschinen gebaut. :Für welches Land hat der Betrieb Maschinen gebaut. - Maschinen? Für die Mongolei hat er Maschinen gebaut. |} 652 :'''<abbr title="Das ist schade. - en: what a pity; that's too bad">Das ist schade.</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Fotos) :⇒ :⇒ a. Geben Sie mir die Fotos! :⇒ b. Die Fotos habe ich vergessen. :⇒ a. Das ist schade. :--- :Dias :Bilder :Theaterkarten :Bücher :CD's :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 652 |- | :a. Geben Sie mir die Fotos! :b. Die Fotos habe ich vergessen. :a. Das ist schade. :--- :a. Geben Sie mir die Dias! :b. Die Dias habe ich vergessen. :a. Das ist schade. :--- :a. Geben Sie mir die Bilder! :b. Die Bilder habe ich vergessen. :a. Das ist schade. :--- :a. Geben Sie mir die Theaterkarten! :b. Die Theaterkarten habe ich vergessen. :a. Das ist schade. :--- :a. Geben Sie mir die Bücher! :b. Die Bücher habe ich vergessen. :a. Das ist schade. :--- :a. Geben Sie mir die CD's! :b. Die CD's habe ich vergessen. :a. Das ist schade. |} 653 :'''<abbr title="fertig – en: ready; finished">fertig</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Brief) :⇒ :⇒ Ist der Brief <abbr title="bald – en: soon">bald</abbr> fertig? :⇒ Ja, er ist <abbr title="gleich – en: just; in a second">gleich</abbr> fertig. --- :Aufgabe :Fotos :Bilder :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 653 |- | :Ist der Brief bald fertig? - Ja, er ist gleich fertig. :--- :Ist die Aufgabe bald fertig? - Ja, sie ist gleich fertig. :Sind die Fotos bald fertig? - Ja, sie sind gleich fertig. :Sind die Bilder bald fertig? - Ja, sie sind gleich fertig. |} 654 :'''fertig''' :--- :Beispiel: :Kommen Sie bald? :⇒ Ja, ich bin gleich fertig. :--- :Geht Peter bald in die Stadt? :Hat Monika ihre Arbeit schon gemacht? :Geht ihr jetzt auch ins Konzert? :Hast du den Tisch schon gedeckt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 654 |- | :Kommen Sie bald? - Ja, ich bin gleich fertig. :--- :Geht Peter bald in die Stadt? - Ja, er ist gleich fertig. :Hat Monika ihre Arbeit schon gemacht? - Ja, sie ist gleich fertig. :Geht ihr jetzt auch ins Konzert? - Ja, wir sind gleich fertig. :Hast du den <abbr title="den Tisch decken – en: to set the tabel; to lay the table">Tisch schon gedeckt</abbr>? - Ja, ich bin gleich fertig. |} 655 :'''<abbr title="besonders – en: partilularly; especially">besonders</abbr>''' :--- :Was machen diese Personen <abbr title="besonders gern – en: with most pleasure">besonders gern</abbr>? :Beispiel: :(Peter – ins Konzert gehen) :⇒ Peter geht besonders gern ins Konzert. :--- :Thomas – ins Theater gehen :Monika und Uta – Briefe schreiben :Herr Wagner und Frau Stein – Bücher lesen :Karin – Radio hören :Herr Schulze – fotografieren :Peter – zeichnen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 655 |- | :Peter geht besonders gern ins Konzert. :--- :Thomas geht besonders gern ins Theater. :Monika und Uta schreiben besonders gern Briefe. :Herr Wagner und Frau Stein lesen besonders gern Bücher. :Karin hört besonders gern Radio. :Herr Schulze fotografiert besonders gern. :Peter zeichnet besonders gern. |} 656 :Ergänzen Sie! :(<abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly, seguro">bestimmt</abbr>, <abbr title="bald – en: soon">bald</abbr>, <abbr title="besonders – en: partilularly; especially/abbr>, <abbr title="zusammen – en: together">zusammen</abbr>) :--- :Herr Weber geht gern ins Konzert. … gern hört er Konzerte in Berlin. Heute hat er Karten für drei Personen gekauft. Es ist schon Viertel acht. Das Konzert <abbr title="beginnen = anfangen – en: to begin; to start">beginnt</abbr> … . Herr Weber wartet. Seine Freunde sind noch nicht gekommen, aber sie kommen … . Dann gehen sie … ins Konzert. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 656 |- | :Herr Weber geht gern ins Konzert. Besonders gern hört er Konzerte in Berlin. Heute hat er Karten für drei Personen gekauft. Es ist schon Viertel acht. Das Konzert beginnt bald. Herr Weber wartet. Seine Freunde sind noch nicht gekommen, aber sie kommen bestimmt. Dann gehen sie zusammen ins Konzert. |} 657 :Sie haben Urlaub gehabt und sind in Frankreich gewesen. :--- :Wie lange sind Sie in Frankreich gewesen? :Wie ist das Land? :Welche Stadt haben Sie besucht? :Wie hat Ihnen diese Stadt gefallen? :Haben Sie in Frankreich viel fotografiert? 658 :Übungen zur Phonetik :--- :a. Ich komme <abbr title="gerade – en: just; a moment ago">gerade</abbr> aus Frankreich. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :b. Sie sind in Frankreich gewesen? [↗ Tönhöhe steigend] :::Das ist aber interessant. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :::Was haben Sie dort gemacht? [↗ Tönhöhe steigend] :a. Ich habe ein <abbr title="paar = einige – en: some">paar</abbr> Wochen in Paris gearbeitet. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :b. Haben Sie in Paris auch viel fotografiert? [↗ Tönhöhe steigend] :a. Ja, sehr viel. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :b. Haben Sie die Fotos hier? [↗ Tönhöhe steigend] :a. Leider nicht. Ich habe viele Fotos und Dias gemacht, aber sie sind noch nicht fertig. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :b. Das ist schade. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] :a. Ja, das ist <abbr title="wirklich – en: really">wirklich</abbr> schade. [↘ Tönhöhe fallend] 659 :[i:] – ihn, Betrieb, Maschine, viele, <abbr title="montieren – en: to assemble">montieren</abbr>, fotografieren :[e:] – wen, Tee, überlegen, empfehlen, sehr, mehr :[a:] – schade, gerade, Paar, ein paar, fahren, bezahlen :[o:] – schon, Sohn, hoch, groß, Foto, Telefon :[u:] – suchen, besuchen, Besuch, genug, Blumen, Stuhl :--- :viele Maschinen :viele Betriebe :viele Dias :viele Fotos :viele Blumen == 660 – 669 == 660 :'''Lesen Sie! Erzählen Sie!''' :--- :Herr Müller ist <abbr title="gerade – en: just; a moment ago">gerade</abbr> aus Frankreich gekommen. Heute ist er in [[:de:w:Düsseldorf|Düsseldorf]]. Sein Betrieb hat ihn dorthin geschickt. Er bleibt drei Tage dort, dann fährt er wieder nach Hause. Für heute hat er eine Einladung. Sein Freund <abbr title="erwarten – en: to await; to expect; (warten – en: to wait)">erwartet</abbr> ihn pünktlich um 8. Herr Müller <abbr title="beenden = aufhören – en: to end; to finish">beendet</abbr> seine Arbeit 19:30 Uhr. Er hat schon Blumen gekauft. Jetzt fährt er in die Stadt. Dort wohnt sein Freund. 661 :'''Sagen Sie die Sätze im Perfekt!''' (2. Vergangenheit) :--- :Peter hat Geburtstag. :Seine Freunde kommen und bringen ein Geschenk. :Er bekommt Bücher, einen Fotoapparat und Blumen. :Die Freunde bleiben bis 19.00 Uhr. :Sie essen, trinken, spielen und erzählen. :--- :Monika ist krank. :Sie schläft viel und nimmt Medikamente. :Ihre Freunde besuchen sie und bringen ihr Obst. :Sie bleiben eine Stunde, dann gehen sie wieder nach Hause. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 661 |- | :Peter hat Geburtstag gehabt. :Seine Freunde sind gekommen und haben ein Geschenk gebracht. :Er hat Bücher, einen Fotoapparat und Blumen bekommen. :Die Freunde sind bis 19.00 Uhr geblieben. :Sie haben gegessen, getrunken, gespielt und erzählt. :--- :Monika ist krank gewesen. :Sie hat viel geschlafen und Medikamente genommen. :Ihre Freunde haben sie besucht und ihr Obst gebracht. :Sie sind eine Stunde geblieben, dann sind sie wieder nach Hause gegangen. |} 662 :'''Lesen Sie und erzählen Sie!''' :--- :Herr Schulze ist 12 Wochen in Indien gewesen. Sein Betrieb hat Maschinen für Indien <abbr title="bauen – en: to build">gebaut</abbr>, und Herr Schulze hat in [[:de:w:Neu-Delhi|Neu-Delhi]] die Montage <abbr title="leiten – en: to manage; to be in charge; to manage">geleitet</abbr>. Das ist sehr interessant gewesen. Er hat in Indien viel gesehen, und <abbr title="selbstverständlich – en: of course; - selbstverständlich = natürlich">selbstverständlich</abbr> hat er viel fotografiert. Vorgestern ist Herr Schulz nach [[:de:w:Köln|Köln]] gekommen. Er hatte dort eine Konferenz. Gestern Abend hat er Familie Suhr besucht. Er hat seine Freunde <abbr title="lange – en: for a long time">lange</abbr> nicht gesehen. Sie haben zusammen gegessen, eine Flasche Wein getrunken und lange erzählt. Heute Vormittag ist Herr Schulze wieder nach Hause gefahren. 663 :'''Lesen Sie den Text im Perfekt!''' (= 2. Vergangenheit) :--- :Uta geht ins Institut. Sie geht sehr schnell, es ist schon spät. Sie hat 5 Stunden Unterricht. Sie liest einen Text, dann übt sie die Wörter. Sie schreibt auch ein Diktat. Sie macht keine <abbr title="der Fehler – en: mistake; error">Fehler</abbr>. :12.30 Uhr geht sie in die Mensa. Ihre Freunde sind schon dort. Ein Platz ist noch frei. Sie nimmt Platz und isst. Ihr Freund holt eine Limonade für sie. Sie bleiben eine Stunde, dann fahren sie in die Stadt. Sie gehen ins Kaufhaus. Uta kauft einen Pullover für sich und Geschenke für ihren Bruder. Er hat übermorgen Geburtstag. 16.30 Uhr fahren sie wieder nach Hause. Sie haben noch viel Arbeit. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 663 |- | :Uta ist ins Institut gegangen. Sie ist sehr schnell gegangen, es war schon spät. Sie hat 5 Stunden Unterricht gehabt. Sie hat einen Text gelesen, dann hat sie die Wörter geübt. Sie hat auch ein Diktat geschrieben. Sie hat keine Fehler gemacht. :12.30 Uhr ist sie in die Mensa gegangen. Ihre Freunde sind schon dort gewesen. Ein Platz ist noch frei gewesen. Sie hat Platz genommen und gegessen. Ihr Freund hat eine Limonade für sie geholt. Sie sind eine Stunde geblieben, dann sind sie in die Stadt gefahren. Sie sind ins Kaufhaus gegangen. Uta hat einen Pullover für sich und Geschenke für ihren Bruder gekauft. (Er hat bald Geburtstag.) 16.30 Uhr sind sie wieder nach Hause gefahren. Sie haben noch viel Arbeit gehabt. |} 664 {| | [[Wêne:Passer domesticus 04.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Spatz – en: sparrow">Spatz</abbr>]] | [[Wêne:Espejo (3207185886).jpg|thumb|upright|die <abbr title="die Hand – en: hand">Hand</abbr>]] |} {| | [[Wêne:Kiki's and daddy's hand(s).jpg|thumb|upright|<abbr title="die Hand – en: hand; Plural: die Hände">Hände</abbr>]] | [[Wêne:2010-03-10 (13) Ringeltaube, Woodpigeon, Columba palumbus.JPG|thumb|upright|die <abbr title="die Taube – en: dove; pigeon">Taube</abbr>]] |} {| | [[Wêne:Ceramic tile roof in Germany, 2012.JPG|thumb|upright|das <abbr title="das Dach – en: roof">Dach</abbr>]] |} :Besser den Spatz in der Hand, als die Taube auf dem Dach. :--- :gut - <abbr title="besser – en: (it is) better">besser</abbr> - <abbr title="am besten – en: best; the best would be">am besten</abbr> :<abbr title="besser als – en: better than">besser als</abbr> :<abbr title="viel besser – en: much better than">viel besser als</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="schlecht – en: bad">schlecht</abbr> - <abbr title="schlechter – en: worse">schlechter</abbr> - <abbr title="am schlechtesten – en: the worst">am schlechtesten</abbr> :<abbr title="schlechter als – en: worse than">schlechter als</abbr> :<abbr title="viel schlechter als – en: much worse than">viel schlechter als</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="langsam – en: slow">langsam</abbr> - <abbr title="langsamer – en: slower">langsamer</abbr> - <abbr title="am langsamsten – en: the most slowly">am langsamsten</abbr> :<abbr title="langsamer als – en: slower than">langsamer als</abbr> :<abbr title="viel langsamer – en: much slower than">viel langsamer als</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="schnell – en: fast">schnell</abbr> - <abbr title="schneller – en: faster">schneller</abbr> - <abbr title="am schnellsten – en: the fastes">am schnellsten</abbr> :<abbr title="schneller als – en: faster than">schneller als</abbr> :<abbr title="viel schneller – en: much faster than">viel schneller</abbr> 665 {| | [[Wêne:Linde von linn.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Baum – en: tree">Baum</abbr>]] | [[Wêne:Sky.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Himmel – en: sky">Himmel</abbr>]] |} :Bäume <abbr title="wachsen – en: to grow">wachsen</abbr> nicht in den Himmel. 666 {| | [[Wêne:Polski Owczarek Podhalanski.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Hund – en: dog">Hund</abbr>]] | [[Wêne:Arm flex pronate.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Arm – en: arm">Arm</abbr>]] |} :<abbr title="bellen – en: to bark">Bellende</abbr> Hunde <abbr title="beißen – en: to bite">beißen</abbr> nicht! :Besser <abbr title="arm – en: poor">arm</abbr> dran als <abbr title="der Arm – en: arm">Arm</abbr> ab. :Besser ein <abbr title="das Ende – en: the end">Ende</abbr> mit <abbr title="der Schrecken = der Schreck – en: fright; horror; terror">Schrecken</abbr>, als Schrecken ohne Ende. 667 {| | [[Wêne:Goldkey logo removed.jpg|thumb|upright|das <abbr title="das Gold – en: gold">Gold</abbr>]] | [[Wêne:Illustration from The Defective Delinquent and Insane.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Mund – en: mouth">Mund</abbr>]] |} :<abbr title="Morgenstunde – en: morning hours">Morgenstund'</abbr> hat Gold im Mund. 668 :haben – hat gehabt :(er hat – er hat gehabt) :sein - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ist'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''gewesen'''</span> :(er ist – er ist gewesen) :--- :kommen - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ist'''</span> gekommen :bekommen – hat bekommen :schicken – hat geschickt :kaufen – hat gekauft :bringen – hat gebr<span style="color:#993300;">'''acht'''</span> :bleiben - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ist'''</span> gebl<span style="color:#993300;">'''ie'''</span>ben :essen – hat ge<span style="color:#993300;">'''g'''</span>essen :trinken – hat getr<span style="color:#993300;">'''u'''</span>nken :spielen – hat gespielt :erzählen – hat erzählt :schlafen – hat geschlafen :nehmen – hat gen<span style="color:#993300;">'''o'''</span>mmen :besuchen – hat besucht :gehen - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ist'''</span> ge<span style="color:#993300;">'''gangen'''</span> :bauen – hat gebaut :<abbr title="leiten – en: to manage; to be in charge; to manage">leiten</abbr> – hat geleitet :fotografieren – hat fotografiert :sehen – hat gesehen :zeigen – hat gezeigt :schenken – hat geschenkt :erklären – hat erklärt :gratulieren – hat gratuliert :gefallen – hat gefallen :erzählen – hat erzählt :fahren - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ist'''</span> gefahren :lesen – hat gelesen :üben – hat geübt :danken – hat gedankt :schreiben – hat geschr<span style="color:#993300;">'''ie'''</span>ben :machen – hat gemacht :holen – hat geholt :bleiben - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''ist'''</span> gebl<span style="color:#993300;">'''ie'''</span>ben 669 [[Wêne:Villingen luftbild.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|[[:de:w:Villingen-Schwenningen|Villingen-Schwenningen]] ]] :'''haben – hat gehabt''' :ich habe gehabt :du hast gehabt :er hat gehabt :wir haben gehabt :ihr habt gehabt :sie haben gehabt :--- :'''sein – ist gewesen''' :ich bin gewesen :du bist gewesen :er ist gewesen :wir sind gewesen :ihr seid gewesen :sie sind gewesen :--- :'''haben – hat gehabt''' :Ich habe keine Zeit gehabt. :Du hast kein Geld gehabt. :Er hat keine <abbr title="die Möglichkeit – en: posibility">Möglichkeit</abbr> gehabt. (<abbr title="möglich – en: possible">möglich</abbr>; <abbr title="unmöglich – en: impossible">unmöglich</abbr>) :Wir haben keine Lust gehabt. :Ihr habt viel zu viel Hunde gehabt. :Sie haben großen Hunger gehabt. :--- :'''sein – ist gewesen''' :Ich bin noch nie in Kapstadt gewesen. :Wo bist du gewesen? :Er ist Pilot gewesen. :Wir sind gestern einkaufen gewesen. :Ihr seid schwimmen gewesen. :Sie sind auf dem Friedhof gewesen. == Vokabular: Lektion 014 == : der Urlaub – en: holiday; vacation : die Woche – en: week;Plural: Wochen : die Alpen (only Plural) – en: the Alps : vorgestern – en: the day before yesterday : die Mensa – en: canteen (in the university); cafeteria : gehen – en: to go; to walk : die Stadt – en: town : das Institut – en: institute : der Supermarkt – en: supermarket : das Kaufhaus – en: department store : der Park – en: park : das Zimmer – en: room : gerade – en: just; before a second; before a moment; a second ago : kennen – en: to know : noch nicht – en: not yet : wieder – en: again; once again : beenden – en: to end; to finish : gehen – en: to go; to walk : ungefähr – en: approximately; roughly; about; around : gleich – en: same : gehen – en: to go; to walk : bleiben – en: to stay : besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow : empfehlen – en: to recommend : geben – en: to give : die Spitze – en: point; top; end : die Spitze – en: point; top; end : die Spritze – en: syringe : spitz – en: pointed; sharp : die Spritze – en: syringe : der Freund – en: friend : ohne – en: without : der Gast – en: guest : die Gaststätte = das Restaurant – en: restaurant : der Gasthof = das Restaurant mit kleinem Hotel – en: restaurant : die Karte – en: postcard : empfehlen – en: to recomend : finden – en: to find : die Kette – en: necklace; chain : bringen – en: to bring : empfehlen – en: to recomend : geben – en: to give : schicken – en: to send : gratulieren – en: to congratulate : gefallen – en: to lease; to like : danken – en: to say thanks; to express one's thanks : zeigen – en: to show : erklären – en: to explain : erzählen – en: to tell; to explain; to narrate : bald – en: soon : der Urlaub – en: holiday; vacation : früher schon – en: earlier on; already before : sein – en: to be : das Land – en: country; land : der Mensch – en: human being; man : freundlich – en: kind : immer – en: always : wieder – en: again : immer wieder – en: again and again : der Betrieb – en: company; firm : Kapstadt – en: Cape Town : bauen – en: to build : die Montage – en: assembly : leiten – en: to lead; to run; to organize : bestimmt – en: surely; certainly : selbstverständlich = natürlich – en: of course : das Diapositiv – en: slide : leider – en: unfortunately : noch nicht – en: not yet : fertig – en: ready; finished : schade – en: what a pity; that's too bad : wirklich – en: really : wissen – en: to know : das Theater – en: theater : das Konzert – en: concert : vergessen – en: to forget : besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow : besonders – en: particularly; especially : gern haben – en: to like : dann – en: then; afterwards : zusammen – en: together : bestimmt – en: surely; certainly : selbstverständlich = natürlich – en: of course : bestimmt – en: surely; certainly : Das ist schade. - en: what a pity; that's too bad : fertig – en: ready; finished : bald – en: soon : gleich – en: just; in a second : den Tisch decken – en: to set the tabel; to lay the table : besonders – en: partilularly; especially : besonders gern – en: with most pleasure : bestimmt – en: certainly : bald – en: soon : besonders – en: particularly; especially : zusammen – en: together : beginnen = anfangen – en: to begin; to start : gerade – en: just; a moment ago : paar = einige – en: some : wirklich – en: really : montieren – en: to assemble : gerade – en: just; a moment ago : erwarten – en: to await; to expect : warten – en: to wait : beenden = aufhören – en: to end; to finish : bauen – en: to build : leiten – en: to manage; to be in charge; to manage : selbstverständlich = natürlich – en: of course; - selbstverständlich : lange – en: for a long time : der Fehler – en: mistake; error : der Spatz – en: sparrow : die Hand; Plural: Hände – en: hand : die Taube – en: dove; pigeon : das Dach – en: roof : besser – en: (it is) better : am besten – en: best; the best would be : besser als – en: better than : viel besser – en: much better than : schlecht – en: bad : schlechter – en: worse : am schlechtesten – en: the worst : schlechter als – en: worse than : viel schlechter als – en: much worse than : langsam – en: slow : langsamer – en: slower : am langsamsten – en: the most slowly : langsamer als – en: slower than : viel langsamer – en: much slower than : schnell – en: fast : schneller – en: faster : am schnellsten – en: the fastes : schneller als – en: faster than : viel schneller – en: much faster than : der Baum – en: tree : der Himmel – en: sky : wachsen – en: to grow : der Hund – en: dog : der Arm – en: arm : bellen – en: to bark : beißen – en: to bite : arm – en: poor : der Arm – en: arm : das Ende – en: the end : der Schrecken = der Schreck – en: fright; horror; terror : das Gold – en: gold : der Mund – en: mouth : die Morgenstunde – en: morning hours : leiten – en: to manage; to be in charge; to manage : die Möglichkeit – en: posibility : möglich – en: possible : unmöglich – en: impossible == Vokabular: Lektion 014 – alphabetisch geordnet == # Alpen, die (only Plural) – en: the Alps # am besten – en: best; the best would be # am langsamsten – en: the most slowly # am schlechtesten – en: the worst # am schnellsten – en: the fastes # arm – en: poor # Arm, der – en: arm # bald – en: soon # bauen – en: to build # Baum, der – en: tree # beenden = aufhören – en: to end; to finish # beginnen = anfangen – en: to begin; to start # beißen – en: to bite # bellen – en: to bark # besonders – en: particularly; especially # besonders gern – en: with most pleasure # besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow # besser – en: (it is) better # besser als – en: better than # bestimmt – en: surely; certainly # Betrieb, der – en: company; firm # bleiben – en: to stay # bringen – en: to bring # Dach, das – en: roof # danken – en: to say thanks; to express one's thanks # dann – en: then; afterwards # Das ist schade. - en: what a pity; that's too bad # den Tisch decken – en: to set the tabel; to lay the table # Diapositiv, das – en: slide # empfehlen – en: to recomend # Ende, das – en: the end # erklären – en: to explain # erwarten – en: to await; to expect # erzählen – en: to tell; to explain; to narrate # Fehler, der – en: mistake; error # fertig – en: ready; finished # finden – en: to find # Freund, der – en: friend # freundlich – en: kind # früher schon – en: earlier on; already before # Gast, der – en: guest # Gasthof, der = das Restaurant mit kleinem Hotel – en: restaurant # Gaststätte, die = das Restaurant – en: restaurant # geben – en: to give # gefallen – en: to lease; to like # gehen – en: to go; to walk # gerade – en: just; before a second; before a moment; a moment ago; a second ago # gern haben – en: to like # gleich – en: just; in a second; same # Gold, das – en: gold # gratulieren – en: to congratulate # Hand, die; Plural: Hände – en: hand # Himmel, der – en: sky # Hund, der – en: dog # immer – en: always # immer wieder – en: again and again # Institut, das – en: institute # Kapstadt – en: Cape Town # Karte, die – en: postcard # Kaufhaus, das – en: department store # kennen – en: to know # Kette, die – en: necklace; chain # Konzert, das – en: concert # Land, das – en: country; land # lange – en: for a long time # langsam – en: slow # langsamer – en: slower # langsamer als – en: slower than # leider – en: unfortunately # leiten – en: to lead; to run; to organize # leiten – en: to manage; to be in charge; to manage # Mensa, die – en: canteen (in the university); cafeteria # Mensch, der – en: human being; man # möglich – en: possible # Möglichkeit, die – en: posibility # Montage, die – en: assembly # montieren – en: to assemble # Morgenstunde, die – en: morning hours # Mund, der – en: mouth # noch nicht – en: not yet # ohne – en: without # paar = einige – en: some # Park, der – en: park # schade – en: what a pity; that's too bad # schicken – en: to send # schlecht – en: bad # schlechter – en: worse # schlechter als – en: worse than # schnell – en: fast # schneller – en: faster # schneller als – en: faster than # Schrecken, der = der Schreck – en: fright; horror; terror # sein – en: to be # selbstverständlich = natürlich – en: of course # Spatz, der – en: sparrow # spitz – en: pointed; sharp # Spitze, die – en: point; top; end # Spritze, die – en: syringe # Stadt, die – en: town # Supermarkt, der – en: supermarket # Taube, die – en: dove; pigeon # Theater, das – en: theater # ungefähr – en: approximately; roughly; about; around # unmöglich – en: impossible # Urlaub, der – en: holiday; vacation # vergessen – en: to forget # viel besser – en: much better than # viel langsamer – en: much slower than # viel schlechter als – en: much worse than # viel schneller – en: much faster than # vorgestern – en: the day before yesterday # wachsen – en: to grow # warten – en: to wait # wieder – en: again # wirklich – en: really # wissen – en: to know # Woche, die – en: week;Plural: Wochen # zeigen – en: to show # Zimmer, das – en: room # zusammen – en: together :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 013|Lektion 013]] ← Lektion 014 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015|Lektion 015]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 014]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014]] 9y2855fqrff1ixn1cxxo72wz7eq95rb 0 4139 6778 6733 2023-03-15T06:48:02Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014|Lektion 014]] ← Lektion 015 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016|Lektion 016]] == 670 - 674 == 670 :[[File:Deutsch 670 appca.ogg]] :Übungen zur Grammatik :Das [[:de:w:Präteritum|Präteritum]] von „'''sein'''“ (= 1. Vergangenheit) :--- :1. Vergangenheit (Präteritum = [Imperfekt]) :2. Vergangenheit (Perfekt) :--- :Andreas und Thomas <abbr title="telefonieren - en: to teleohone">telefonieren</abbr>. :Andreas: :Was hast du <abbr title="gestern - en: yesterday">gestern</abbr> <abbr title="machen - en: to make; Perfekt: ich habe gemacht - en: I have made">gemacht</abbr>, Thomas? Gestern '''war''' hier eine <abbr title="die Konferenz - en: conference">Konferenz</abbr>. Ich habe dich erwartet. Bist du nicht hier in [[:de:w:Saarbrücken|Saarbrücken]] gewesen? :Thomas: :Nein ich war gestern in [[:de:w:Bad Homburg vor der Höhe|Bad Homburg]] und habe meinen Bruder besucht. Er arbeitet dort. Und was hast du gemacht? :Andreas: :Ich '''war''' hier in [[:de:w:Saarbrücken|Saarbrücken]] und habe gearbeitet. 671 :Präteritum (1. Vergangenheit) :Ich '''war''' in Saarbrücken. :--- :Perfekt (2. Vergangenheit) :Ich '''bin''' in Saarbrücken '''gewesen'''. :--- :ich war :du warst :er war :wir waren :ihr wart :sie waren :--- :Ich war in [[:de:w:Bonn|Bonn]]. :Du warst in Bonn. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Er war'''</span> in Bonn. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Sie war'''</span> in Bonn. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Es war'''</span> in Bonn. :Wir waren in Bonn. :Ihr wart in Bonn. :Sie waren in Bonn. :--- :Ich war eine Woche krank. :Du warst eine Woche krank. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Er war'''</span> eine Woche krank. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Sie war'''</span> eine Woche krank. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Es war'''</span> eine Woche krank. :Wir waren eine Woche krank. :Ihr wart eine Woche krank. :Sie waren eine Woche krank. {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | ich bin || ich war |-align="center" | du bist || du warst |-align="center" | er ist || er war |-align="center" | wir sind || wir waren |-align="center" | ihr seid || ihr wart |-align="center" | sie sind || sie waren |} 672 :Lesen Sie! :Gestern '''war''' Sonntag, und die Studenten hatten keinen Unterricht. Herr Hanisch ist in [[:de:w:Aschersleben|Aschersleben]] gewesen und hat seinen Freund besucht. Gestern Mittag 13 Uhr ist er nach Aschersleben gefahren, und gestern Abend 20 Uhr '''war''' er wieder in [[:de:w:Halberstadt|Halberstadt]]. Dieser Tag '''war''' sehr schön. 673 :Ergänzen Sie das Präteritum (= 1. Vergangenheit) <abbr title="von - en: of; from">von</abbr> „sein“! :--- :a. Haben Sie in [[:de:w:Quedlinburg|Quedlinburg]] gewohnt? :b. Ja, ich ... dort Student. :--- :a. Hat Frau Müller drei Jahre in [[:de:w:Jena|Jena]] gearbeitet? :b. Ja, sie ... in Jena Verkäuferin. :--- :a. Bist du gestern hier gewesen? :b. Nein, ich ... leider krank. :--- :a. Habt ihr Herrn Pohl besucht? :b. Nein, noch nicht. Wir ... fünf Tage in Berlin. :--- :a. Seid ihr krank gewesen? :b. Nein, wir ... immer gesund. :--- :a. Wir gehen jetzt in die Mensa. :b. Ich ... <abbr title="gerade - en: just; in this moment">gerade</abbr> dort. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 673 |- | :a. Haben Sie in [[:de:w:Quedlinburg|Quedlinburg]] gewohnt? :b. Ja, ich war dort Student. :--- :a. Hat Frau Müller drei Jahre in [[:de:w:Jena|Jena]] gearbeitet? :b. Ja, sie war in Jena Verkäuferin. :--- :a. Bist du gestern hier gewesen? :b. Nein, ich war leider krank. :--- :a. Habt ihr Herrn Pohl besucht? :b. Nein, noch nicht. Wir waren fünf Tage in Berlin. :--- :a. Seid ihr krank gewesen? :b. Nein, wir waren immer gesund. :--- :a. Wir gehen jetzt in die Mensa. :b. Ich war gerade dort. |} 674 :das Dativobjekt (Plural) {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Ich schenke || d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Freund<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Blumen. |-align="center" | Ich schenke || sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Freund<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Blumen. |-align="center" | Ich schenke || &nbsp; || Freund<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Blumen. |-align="center" | Ich schenke || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Freund<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || Blumen. |-align="center" | Ich schenke || ihn<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> || &nbsp; || Blumen. |-align="center" | Ich schenke || Peter || und Uta || Blumen. |} == 675 - 679 == 675 :Beispiel: :Wem schenkt Peter Blumen? (Freunde) :⇒ Den Freunden. :⇒ Er schenkt den Freuden Blumen. :--- :Wem schreibt Thomas einen Brief? (Freund) :Wem gibt Frau Wagner die Hefte? (Kinder) :Wem erklärt Herr Böse die Aufgaben? (Studentinnen) :Wem kauft Herr Lehmann die Bücher? (Kinder) :Wem empfiehlt er diese Bücher? (Freunde) :Wem schreiben Sie eine Karte? (Schwestern) :Wem bringen Sie das Geschenk? (Gäste) :Wem gibt der Lehrer die Aufgaben? (Studenten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 675 |- | :Wem schenkt Peter Blumen? - den Freunden - Er schenkt den Freuden Blumen. :--- :Wem schreibt Thomas einen Brief? - dem Freund - Er schreibt dem Freund einen Brief. :Wem gibt Frau Wagner die Hefte? - den Kindern - Sie gibt den Kindern die Hefte. :Wem erklärt Herr Böse die Aufgaben? - den Studentinnen - Er erklärt den Studentinnen die Aufgaben. :Wem kauft Herr Lehmann die Bücher? - den Kindern - Er kauft den Kindern die Bücher. :Wem empfiehlt er diese Bücher? - den Freunden - Er empfiehlt den Freunden diese Bücher. :Wem schreiben Sie eine Karte? - den Schwestern - Ich schreibe den Schwestern eine Karte. :Wem bringen Sie das Geschenk? - den Gästen - Ich bringe den Gästen das Geschenk. :Wem gibt der Lehrer die Aufgaben? - den Studenten - Er gibt den Studenten die Aufgaben. |} 676 :Beispiel: :Wem gibt Frau Wagner die Hefte? (Kinder) :Gibt sie ihnen auch die Bücher? :⇒ :⇒ a. Wem gibt Frau Wagner die Hefte? :⇒ b. Den Kindern. :⇒ a. Gibt sie ihnen auch die Bücher? :⇒ b. Ja, die Bücher gibt sie ihnen auch. :--- :Wem kauft Herr Lehmann Bücher? (Kinder) :Kauft er ihnen auch Karten? :--- :Wem gibt der Lehrer die CD's? (Studenten) :Gibt er ihnen auch die Hefte? :--- :Wem bringt Thomas die Wörterbücher? (Freunde) :Bringt er ihnen auch die Arbeitshefte? :--- :Wem empfiehlt die Verkäuferin das Buch? (Studentinnen) :Empfiehlt sie ihnen auch die Zeitschrift? :--- :Wem schenkt Andreas ein Bild? (Gäste) :Schenkt er ihnen auch Blumen? :--- :Wem bringt Frau Lehmann Kaffee? (Gäste) :Bringt sie ihnen auch Kuchen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 676 |- | :a. Wem kauft Herr Lehmann Bücher? :b. Den Kindern. :a. Kauft er ihnen auch Karten? :b. Ja, er kauft ihnen auch Karten. :--- :a. Wem gibt der Lehrer die CD's? :b. Den Studenten. :a. Gibt er ihnen auch die Hefte? :b. Ja, er gibt ihnen auch die Hefte. :--- :a. Wem bringt Thomas die Wörterbücher? :b. Den Studenten. :a. Bringt er ihnen auch die Arbeitshefte? :b. Ja, er bringt ihnen auch die Arbeitshefte. :--- :a. Wem empfiehlt die Verkäuferin das Buch? :b. Den Studenteninnen. :a. Empfiehlt sie ihnen auch die Zeitschrift? :b. Ja, sie empfiehlt ihnen auch die Zeitschrift. :--- :a. Wem schenkt Andreas ein Bild? :b. Den Gästen. :a. Schenkt er ihnen auch die Blume? :b. Ja, er schenkt ihnen auch die Blume. :--- :a. Wem bringt Frau Lehmann Kaffee? :b. Den Gästen. :a. Bringt sie ihnen auch Kuchen? :b. Ja, sie bringt ihnen auch Kuchen. |} 677 :Ergänzen Sie die Sätze! :Beispiel: :Wir haben ... die CD's gebracht. (Lehrerin) :⇒ Wir haben der Lehrerin die CD's gebracht. :--- :Thomas hat ... die Hefte gegeben. (Freunde) :Die Verkäuferin hat ... ein Buch empfohlen. (Studenten) :Die Lehrerin hat ... einen Brief geschrieben. (Kinder) :Frau Wagner hat ... ein Hemd gekauft. (Sohn) :Das Kind hat ... Blumen gebracht. (Mutter) :Ich habe ... die Stadt <abbr title="zeigen - en: to show">gezeigt</abbr>. (Gäste) :Herr Schubert hat ... eine Karte geschenkt. (Kinder) :Uta hat ... ein Buch gegeben. (Freundin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 677 |- | :Thomas hat den Freunden die Hefte gegeben. :Die Verkäuferin hat den Studenten ein Buch empfohlen. :Die Lehrerin hat den Kindern einen Brief geschrieben. :Frau Wagner hat dem Sohn ein Hemd gekauft. :Das Kind hat der Mutter Blumen gebracht. :Ich habe den Gästen die Stadt gezeigt. :Herr Schubert hat den Kindern eine Karte geschenkt. :Uta hat der Freundin ein Buch gegeben. |} 678 :Beispiel: :Wem holen die Studenten die CD's? (Lehrer; die Arbeitshefte) :Haben sie ihrem Lehrer noch etwas geholt? :⇒ :⇒ a. Wem holen die Studenten die CD's? :⇒ b. Ihrem Lehrer. :⇒ a. Haben sie ihrem Lehrer noch etwas geholt? :⇒ b. Ja, sie haben ihm noch die Arbeitshefte geholt. :--- :Wem bringt Uta die Hefte? (Lehrerin; die Tasche) :Hat sie der Lehrerin noch etwas gebracht? :--- :Wem gibt der Lehrer die Aufgaben? (Studenten; die Wörterbücher) :Hat er den Studenten noch etwas gegeben? :--- :Wem schreibt Frau Stein eine Karte? (Freunde; einen Brief) :Hat sie ihren Freunden noch etwas geschrieben? :--- :Wem schenkt Peter Handschuhe? (Vater; ein Buch) :Hat er seinem Vater noch etwas geschenkt? :--- :Wem kauft Herr Wagner einen Fotoapparat? (Tochter; Blumen) :Hat er seiner Tochter noch etwas gekauft? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 678 |- | :a. Wem bringt Uta die Hefte? :b. Ihrer Lehrerin. :a. Hat sie der Lehrerin noch etwas gebracht? :b. Ja, sie hat ihr noch die Tasche gebracht. :--- :a. Wem gibt der Lehrer die Aufgaben? :b. Seinen Studenten. :a. Hat er den Studenten noch etwas gegeben? :b. Ja, er hat ihnen noch die Wörterbücher gegeben. :--- :a. Wem schreibt Frau Stein eine Karte? :b. Ihren Freunden. :a. Hat sie ihren Freunden noch etwas geschrieben? :b. Ja, sie hat ihnen noch einen Brief geschrieben. :--- :a. Wem schenkt Peter Handschuhe? :b. Seinem Vater. :a. Hat er seinem Vater noch etwas geschenkt? :b. Ja, er hat ihm noch ein Buch geschenkt. :--- :a. Wem kauft Herr Wagner einen Fotoapparat? :b. Seiner Tochter. :a. Hat er seiner Tochter noch etwas gekauft? :b. Ja, er hat ihr noch Blumen gekauft. |} 679 :Ergänzen Sie die Artikel und das Personalpronomen! [[File:Klimt - Brustbild eines nackten Mädchen nach rechts 001.jpg|thumb|upright|das Bild]] [[File:Flannel Flowers in my garden (3541402105).jpg|thumb|upright|die Blume]] [[File:Exa rheinmetall.png|thumb|upright|der Fotoapparat]] [[File:Agate necklace Louvre Sb12070.jpg|thumb|upright|die Kette]] [[File:Chaine.jpg|thumb|upright|die Kette]] [[File:Cadena de barco para anclado.jpg|thumb|upright|die Kette]] [[File:Azucarillos.jpg|thumb|upright|der Zucker]] :Beispiel: :Die Kinder zeichnen ... Mutter ein Bild. :Sie schenken ... auch Blumen. :⇒ Die Kinder zeichnen der Mutter ein Bild. :⇒ Sie schenken ihr auch Blumen. :--- :Frau Lehmann kauft ... Sohn einen Pullover. :Sie schenkt ... auch ein Hemd. :--- :Herr Wagner schenkt ... Tochter einen Fotoapparat. :Er kauft ... auch eine Kette. :--- :Frau Stein schenkt ... Freund ein Buch. :Sie bringt ... auch eine CD. :--- :Die Kinder schenken ... Lehrerin Blumen. :Sie bringen ... auch ein Buch. :--- :Herr Pohl empfiehlt ... Freunden eine Zeitschrift. :Er kauft ... auch ein Buch. :--- :Peter bringt ... Gästen <abbr title="der Tee - en: tea">Tee</abbr>. :Er gibt ... auch <abbr title="der Zucker - en: sugar">Zucker</abbr>. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 679 |- | :Die Kinder zeichnen der Mutter ein Bild. :Sie schenken ihr auch Blumen. :--- :Frau Lehmann kauft dem Sohn einen Pullover. :Sie schenkt ihm auch ein Hemd. :--- :Herr Wagner schenkt der Tochter einen Fotoapparat. :Er kauft ihr auch eine Kette. :--- :Frau Stein schenkt dem Freund ein Buch. :Sie bringt ihm auch eine CD. :--- :Die Kinder schenken der Lehrerin Blumen. :Sie bringen ihr auch ein Buch. :--- :Herr Pohl empfiehlt den Freunden eine Zeitschrift. :Er kauft ihnen auch ein Buch. :--- :Peter bringt den Gästen Tee. :Er gibt ihnen auch Zucker. |} == 680 - 684 == 680 :Das Pronomen „'''sich'''“ als [[:de:w:Objekt (Grammatik)#Dativobjekt|Dativobjekt]] {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Ich || kaufe || mir || Bücher. |-align="center" | Du || kaufst || dir || Bücher. |-align="center" | Er || kauft || sich || Bücher. |-align="center" | Wir || kaufen || uns || Bücher. |-align="center" | Ihr || kauft || euch || Bücher. |-align="center" | Sie || kaufen || sich || Bücher. |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Er || kauft || sich || Bücher. |-align="center" | Sie || kaufen || uns || Bücher. |-align="center" | Es || kauft || euch || Bücher. |} {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | sie || kaufen || sich || Bücher |-align="center" | Sie || kaufen || sich || Bücher |} 681 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Andreas braucht ein Wörterbuch. :Er kauft ''sich'' ein Wörterbuch. :--- :Karin braucht ein Kleid. :Sie kauft ''sich'' ein Kleid. :--- :Die Kinder brauchen ihre Hefte. :Sie holen ''sich'' ihre Hefte. :--- :Sie brauchen ein Wörterbuch, Herr Teichert. :<abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">Besorgen</abbr> Sie ''sich'' ein Wörterbuch. 682 :Ergänzen Sie! :--- :Du brauchst einen Anzug. :Kaufst du ... den Anzug heute? :--- :Peter braucht einen Pullover. :Er kauft ... den Pullover jetzt. :--- :Ihr braucht diese CD. :Wann <abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr> ihr ... diese CD? :--- :Monika und Uta brauchen Hefte. :Sie holen ... die Hefte jetzt. :--- :Brauchen Sie den Fotoapparat? :Holen Sie ... den Fotoapparat bitte! :--- :Frau Pohl braucht Karten. :Sie <abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr> ... die Karten jetzt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 682 |- | :Du brauchst einen Anzug. :Kaufst du dir den Anzug heute? :--- :Peter braucht einen Pullover. :Er kauft sich den Pullover jetzt. :--- :Ihr braucht diese CD. :Wann besorgt ihr euch diese CD? :--- :Monika und Uta brauchen Hefte. :Sie holen sich die Hefte jetzt. :--- :Brauchen Sie den Fotoapparat? :Holen Sie sich den Fotoapparat bitte! :--- :Frau Pohl braucht Karten. :Sie besorgt sich die Karten jetzt. |} 682a :Beispiel: :sich einen Platz suchen :⇒ 01) Ich suche mir einen Platz. :⇒ 02) Du suchst dir einen Platz. :⇒ 03) Er sucht sich einen Platz. :⇒ 04) Wir suchen uns einen Platz. :⇒ 05) Ihr sucht euch einen Platz. :⇒ 06) Sie suchen sich einen Platz. :⇒ 07) Suche ich mir einen Platz? :⇒ 08) Suchst du dir einen Platz? :⇒ 09) Sucht er sich einen Platz? :⇒ 10) Suchen wir uns einen Platz? :⇒ 11) Sucht ihr euch einen Platz? :⇒ 12) Suchen sie sich einen Platz? :⇒ 13) Ich habe mir einen Platz gesucht. :⇒ 14) Du hast dir einen Platz gesucht. :⇒ 15) Er hat sich einen Platz gesucht. :⇒ 16) Wir haben uns einen Platz gesucht. :⇒ 17) Ihr habt euch einen Platz gesucht. :⇒ 18) Sie haben sich einen Platz gesucht. :⇒ 19) Habe ich mir einen Platz gesucht? :⇒ 20) Hast du dir eine Platz gesucht? :⇒ 21) Hat er sich einen Platz gesucht? :⇒ 22) Haben wir uns einen Platz gesucht? :⇒ 23) Habt ihr euch einen Platz gesucht? :⇒ 24) Haben sie sich einen Platz gesucht? :--- :sich Arbeit suchen :sich eine Brille aussuchen :sich das Buch auf den Tisch legen :sich das Essen auf den Tisch stellen :sich das Geld einstecken :sich den Namen aufschreiben :sich den Film ansehen :sich den Satz übersetzen :sich 2 Spiegeleier braten :sich Spinat zum Mittagessen kochen :sich ins Bett legen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 682a |- | :sich Arbeit suchen :01) Ich suche mir Arbeit. :02) Du suchst dir Arbeit. :03) Er sucht sich Arbeit. :04) Wir suchen uns Arbeit. :05) Ihr sucht euch Arbeit. :06) Sie suchen sich Arbeit. :07) Suche ich mir Arbeit? :08) Suchst du dir Arbeit? :09) Sucht er sich Arbeit? :10) Suchen wir uns Arbeit? :11) Sucht ihr euch ? :12) Suchen sie sich Arbeit? :13) Ich habe mir Arbeit gesucht. :14) Du hast dir Arbeit gesucht. :15) Er hat sich Arbeit gesucht. :16) Wir haben uns Arbeit gesucht. :17) Ihr habt euch Arbeit gesucht. :18) Sie haben sich Arbeit gesucht. :19) Habe ich mir Arbeit gesucht? :20) Hast du dir Arbeit gesucht? :21) Hat er sich Arbeit gesucht? :22) Haben wir uns Arbeit gesucht? :23) Habt ihr euch Arbeit gesucht? :24) Haben sie sich Arbeit gesucht? :--- :sich eine Brille aussuchen :01) Ich suche mir eine Brille aus. :... :07) Suche ich mir eine Brille aus? :... :13) Ich habe mir eine Brille ausgesucht. :... :19) Habe ich mir eine Brille ausgesucht? :... :--- :sich das Buch auf den Tisch legen :01) Ich lege mir das Buch auf den Tisch. :... :07) Lege ich mir das Buch auf den Tisch? :... :13) Ich habe mir das Buch auf den Tisch gelegt. :... :19) Habe ich mir das Buch auf den Tisch gelegt? :... :--- :sich das Essen auf den Tisch stellen :01) Ich stelle mir das Essen auf den Tisch. :... :07) Stelle ich mir das Essen auf den Tisch? :... :13) Ich habe mir das Essen auf den Tisch gestellt. :... :19) Habe ich mir das Essen auf den Tisch gestellt? :... :--- :sich das Geld einstecken :01) Ich stecke mir das Geld ein. :... :07) Stecke ich mir das Geld ein? :... :13) Ich habe mir das Geld eingesteckt. :... :19) Habe ich mir das Geld eingesteckt? :... :--- :sich den Namen aufschreiben :01) Ich schreibe mir den Namen auf. :... :07) Schreibe ich mirden Namen auf? :... :13) Ich habe mir den Namen aufgeschrieben. :... :19) Habe ich mir den Namen aufgeschrieben? :... :--- :sich den Film ansehen :01) Ich sehe mir den Film an. :... :07) Sehe ich mir den Film an? :... :13) Ich habe mir den Film angesehen. :... :19) Habe ich mir den Film angesehen? :... :--- :sich den Satz übersetzen :01) Ich übersetze mir den Satz. :... :07) Übersetze ich mir den Satz? :... :13) Ich habe mir den Satz übersetzt. :... :19) Habe ich mir den Satz übersetzt? :... :--- :sich 2 Spiegeleier braten :01) Ich brate mir zwei Spiegeleier. :... :07) Brate ich mir 2 Spiegeleier? :... :13) Ich habe mir 2 Spiegeleier gebraten. :... :19) Habe ich mir 2 Spiegeleier gebraten? :... :--- :sich Spinat zum Mittagessen kochen :01) Ich koche mir Spinat zum Mittagessen. :... :07) Koche ich mir Spinat zum Mittagessen? :... :13) Ich habe mir Spinat zum Mittagessen gekocht. :... :19) Habe ich mir Spinat zum Mittagessen gekocht? :... :--- :sich ins Bett legen :01) Ich lege mich ins Bett. :... :07) Lege ich mich ins Bett? :... :13) Ich habe mich ins Bett gelegt. :... :19) Habe ich mich ins Bett gelegt? :... |} 683 :Reihenfolge der Satzglieder bei Personalpronomen als Objekt :Verben mit dem Dativobjekt :--- :Morgen geht <span style="color:#993300;">'''Monika'''</span> ins Theater, aber <span style="color:#993300;">'''sie'''</span> hat noch keine Karten. <span style="color:#993300;">'''Sie'''</span> sagt: „Andreas, ich brauche für morgen <abbr title="die Theaterkarte – en: theatre ticket"><span style="color:#009933;">'''Theaterkarten'''</span></abbr>, <abbr title="besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgst</abbr> du '''<span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''mir'''</span>'''?“ :Andreas besorgt '''<span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span>''' <span style="color:#993300;">'''seiner Schwester'''</span> gern. Er kauft '''<span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span>''' die Karten. Monika dankt ihrem Bruder. 684 :Reihenfolge der Satzglieder bei Personalpronomen als Objekt {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#993300;">'''seiner Schwester'''</span> || <span style="color:#009933;">'''die Theaterkarten'''</span>. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || 1. || 2. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Personalpronomen || Substantiv |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span> || die Theaterkarten. |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> || seiner Schwester. |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#993300;">'''seiner Schwester'''</span> || <span style="color:#009933;">'''die Theaterkarten'''</span>. |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#009933;">'''die Theaterkarten'''</span> || <span style="color:#993300;">'''seiner Schwester'''</span>. |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span>. |-align="center" | Andreas kauft || <span style="color:#993300;">'''<s>ihr</s>'''</span> (FEHLER !!!) || <span style="color:#009933;">'''<s>sie</s>'''</span>. (FEHLER !!!) |} :Von zwei Objekten ist ein Objekt ein Personalpronomen: ⇒ Das Personalpronomen steht vor dem Substantiv. == 685 - 689 == 685 :Reihenfolge der Satzglieder bei Personalpronomen als Objekt :Andreas kauft <span style="color:#009933;">'''die Tasche'''</span> für seine <span style="color:#993300;">'''Schwester'''</span>. {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || 1. || 2. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Personalpronomen || Personalpronomen |-align="center" | &nbsp; || (Akkusativobjekt) || (Dativobjekt) |-align="center" | '''Andreas kauft''' || '''<span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span>''' || '''<span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span>'''. |} :Beide Objekte sind Personalpronomen: ⇒ Das Akkusativobjekt steht vor dem Dativobjekt. 686 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Andreas braucht <span style="color:#009933;">'''die Zeitschrift'''</span> „Bulgarien heute“. :Frau Lehmann <abbr title="besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr> <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihrem Sohn'''</span>. :Sie besorgt <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihm'''</span> heute. :--- :Herr Schulze hat fotografiert. <span style="color:#009933;">'''Die Fotos'''</span> sind schon fertig. :Er hat <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''seinen Freunden'''</span> gezeigt. :Er hat <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihnen'''</span> gestern Abend gezeigt. :--- :Monika braucht ihr <span style="color:#009933;">'''Arbeitsheft'''</span>. :Der Lehrer gibt <span style="color:#009933;">'''es'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''der Studentin'''</span>. :Er gibt <span style="color:#009933;">'''es'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr'''</span> gleich. :--- :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Ich'''</span> habe <span style="color:#009933;">'''dieses Buch'''</span> <abbr title="gerade – en: justrato">gerade</abbr> gelesen. :Mein Freund hat <span style="color:#009933;">'''es'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''mir'''</span> empfohlen. :--- :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Wir'''</span> haben für morgen <span style="color:#009933;">'''Theaterkarten'''</span>. :Andreas hat <span style="color:#009933;">'''sie'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''uns'''</span> <abbr title="besorgen – en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr>. :--- :<span style="color:#009933;">'''Dieser Anzug'''</span> ist sehr modern. :<span style="color:#993300;">'''Peter'''</span> hat <span style="color:#009933;">'''ihn'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''sich'''</span> gestern gekauft. 687 :Beispiel: :Wem haben Sie das Buch geschenkt? (Vater) :⇒ Ich habe es dem Vater geschenkt. :--- :Wem haben Sie die Blumen geschenkt? (Studentin) :Wem haben Sie die Kette gekauft? (Mutter) :Wem haben Sie den Fotoapparat gebracht? (Bruder) :Wem haben Sie die Bilder gegeben? (Kind) :Wem haben Sie die Fotos gebracht? (Freund) :Wem haben Sie die Zeitschriften <abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow">besorgt</abbr>? (Studentin) :Wem haben Sie die CD gegeben? (Lehrerin) :Wem haben Sie den Fehler erklärt? (Herr Zelle) :Wem haben Sie den Fehler erklärt? (Frau Zelle) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 687 |- | :Wem haben Sie die Blumen geschenkt? - Ich habe sie der Studentin geschenkt. :Wem haben Sie die Kette gekauft? - Ich habe sie der Mutter gekauft. :Wem haben Sie den Fotoapparat gebracht? - Ich habe ihn dem Bruder gebracht. :Wem haben Sie die Bilder gegeben? - Ich habe sie dem Kind gegeben. :Wem haben Sie die Fotos gebracht? - Ich habe sie dem Freund gebracht. :Wem haben Sie die Zeitschriften besorgt? - Ich habe sie der Studentin besorgt. :Wem haben Sie die CD gegeben? - Ich habe sie der Lehrerin gegeben. :Wem haben Sie den Fehler erklärt? - Ich habe ihn Herrn Zelle erklärt. :Wem haben Sie den Fehler erklärt? - Ich habe ihn Frau Zelle erklärt. |} 688 :Beispiel: :Haben Sie Ihrer Schwester die Zeitschrift gegeben? :⇒ Nein, ich habe sie ihr nicht gegeben. :--- :Haben Sie der Studentin den Fotoapparat gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund die Fotos gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrem Bruder das Buch gegeben? :Haben Sie den Kindern die Bilder gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrer Schwester die Zeitschrift gekauft? :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund das Radio gekauft? :Haben Sie sich den Mantel gekauft? :Haben Sie sich die Hefte gekauft? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 688 |- | :Haben Sie der Studentin den Fotoapparat gegeben? - Nein, ich habe ihn ihr nicht gegeben. :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund die Fotos gegeben? - Nein, ich habe sie ihm nicht gegeben. :Haben Sie Ihrem Bruder das Buch gegeben? - Nein, ich habe es ihm nicht gegeben. :Haben Sie den Kindern die Bilder gegeben? - Nein, ich habe sie ihnen nicht gegeben. :Haben Sie Ihrer Schwester die Zeitschrift gekauft? - Nein, ich habe sie ihr nicht gekauft. :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund das Radio gekauft? - Nein, ich habe es ihm nicht gekauft. :Haben Sie sich den Mantel gekauft? - Nein, ich habe ihn mir nicht gekauft. :Haben Sie sich die Hefte gekauft? - Nein, ich habe sie mir nicht gekauft. |} 688a :JA (statt NEIN) :Beispiel: :Haben Sie Ihrer Schwester die Zeitschrift gegeben? :⇒ Ja, ich habe sie ihr gegeben. :--- :Haben Sie der Studentin den Fotoapparat gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund die Fotos gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrem Bruder das Buch gegeben? :Haben Sie den Kindern die Bilder gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrer Schwester die Zeitschrift gekauft? :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund das Radio gekauft? :Haben Sie sich den Mantel gekauft? :Haben Sie sich die Hefte gekauft? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 688a |- | :Haben Sie der Studentin den Fotoapparat gegeben? - Ja, ich habe ihn ihr gegeben. :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund die Fotos gegeben? - Ja, ich habe sie ihm gegeben. :Haben Sie Ihrem Bruder das Buch gegeben? - Ja, ich habe es ihm gegeben. :Haben Sie den Kindern die Bilder gegeben? - Ja, ich habe sie ihnen gegeben. :Haben Sie Ihrer Schwester die Zeitschrift gekauft? - Ja, ich habe sie ihr gekauft. :Haben Sie Ihrem Freund das Radio gekauft? - Ja, ich habe es ihm gekauft. :Haben Sie sich den Mantel gekauft? - Ja, ich habe ihn mir gekauft. :Haben Sie sich die Hefte gekauft? - Ja, ich habe sie mir gekauft. |} 689 :Beispiel: :a. Haben Sie der Studentin das Heft schon gegeben? :⇒ :⇒ b. Nein, ich habe es ihr noch nicht gegeben. :⇒ a. Wann geben Sie es ihr? :⇒ b. Morgen gebe ich es ihr. :--- :Haben Sie ihrem Bruder die Karte schon <abbr title="schicken - en: to send">geschickt</abbr>? :Haben Sie dem Lehrer die Hefte schon gegeben? :Haben Sie den Kindern das Foto schon gezeigt? :Haben Sie Ihrem Vater das Buch schon gegeben? :Haben Sie Ihrer Mutter den Brief schon geschrieben? :Haben Sie den Studentinnen die Bilder schon gezeigt? :Haben Sie ihrem Freund das Geschenk schon gegeben? :Haben Sie Frau Wagner die Einladung schon geschickt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 689 |- | :a. Haben Sie der Studentin das Heft schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihr noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann geben Sie es ihr? :b. Morgen gebe ich es ihr. :--- :a. Haben Sie ihrem Bruder die Karte schon geschickt? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihm noch nicht geschickt. :a. Wann schicken Sie sie ihm? :b. Morgen schicke ich sie ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie dem Lehrer die Hefte schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihm noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann geben Sie sie ihm? :b. Morgen gebe ich sie ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie den Kindern das Foto schon gezeigt? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihnen noch nicht gezeigt. :a. Wann zeigen Sie sie ihnen? :b. Morgen zeige ich sie ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie Ihrem Vater das Buch schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihm noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann geben Sie es ihm? :b. Morgen gebe ich es ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie Ihrer Mutter den Brief schon geschrieben? :b. Nein, ich habe ihn ihr noch nicht geschrieben. :a. Wann schreiben Sie ihn ihr? :b. Morgen schreiben ich ihn ihr. :--- :a. Hast du den Studentinnen die Bilder schon gezeigt? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihnen noch nicht gezeigt. :a. Wann willst du sie ihnen gezeigt? :b. Morgen zeige ich sie ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie ihrem Freund das Geschenk schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihm noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann geben Sie es ihm? :b. Morgen gebe ich es ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie Frau Wagner die Einladung schon geschickt? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihr noch nicht geschickt. :a. Wann schicken Sie sie ihr? :b. Morgen schicke ich sie ihr. |} 689a :Beispiel: :a. Hast du der Studentin das Heft schon gegeben? :⇒ :⇒ b. Ja, ich habe es ihr schon gegeben. :⇒ a. Wann hast du es ihr gegeben? :⇒ b. Gestern habe ich es ihr gegeben. :--- :Hast du deinem Bruder die Karte schon <abbr title="schicken - en: to send">geschickt</abbr>? :Hast du dem Lehrer die Hefte schon gegeben? :Hast du den Kindern das Foto schon gezeigt? :Hast du deinem Vater das Buch schon gegeben? :Hast du ihrer Mutter den Brief schon geschrieben? :Hast du den Studentinnen die Bilder schon gezeigt? :Hast du deinem Freund das Geschenk schon gegeben? :Hast du Frau Wagner die Einladung schon geschickt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 689a - Ja, ... |- | :a. Hast du der Studentin das Heft schon gegeben? :b. Ja, ich habe es ihr schon gegeben. :a. Wann hast du es ihr gegeben? :b. Gestern habe ich es ihr gegeben. :--- :a. Hast du ihrem Bruder die Karte schon geschickt? :b. Ja, ich habe sie ihm schon geschickt. :a. Wann hast du sie ihm geschickt? :b. Gestern habe ich sie ihm geschickt. :--- :a. Hast du dem Lehrer die Hefte schon gegeben? :b. Ja, ich habe sie ihm schon gegeben. :a. Wann hast du sie ihm gegeben? :b. Gestern habe ich sie ihm gegeben. :--- :a. Hast du den Kindern das Foto schon gezeigt? :b. Ja, ich habe es ihnen schon gezeigt. :a. Wann hast du es ihnen gezeigt? :b. Gestern habe ich es ihnen gezeigt. :--- :a. Hast du Ihrem Vater das Buch schon gegeben? :b. Ja, ich habe es ihm schon gegeben. :a. Wann hast du es ihm gegeben? :b. Gestern habe ich es ihm gegeben. :--- :a. Hast du ihrer Mutter den Brief schon geschrieben? :b. Ja, ich habe ihn ihr schon geschrieben. :a. Wann hast du ihn ihr geschrieben? :b. Gestern habe ich ihn ihr geschrieben. :--- :a. Hast du den Studentinnen die Bilder schon gezeigt? :b. Ja, ich habe sie ihnen schon gezeigt. :a. Wann hast du sie ihnen gezeigt? :b. Gestern habe ich sie ihnen gezeigt. :--- :a. Hast du ihrem Freund das Geschenk schon gegeben? :b. Ja, ich habe es ihm schon gegeben. :a. Wann hast du es ihm gegeben? :b. Gestern habe ich es ihm gegeben. :--- :a. Hast du Frau Wagner die Einladung schon geschickt? :b. Ja, ich habe sie ihr schon geschickt. :a. Wann hast du sie ihr schickt? :b. Gestern habe ich sie ihr geschickt. |} 689b '''Verneinen Sie!''' :--- :Beispiel: :a. Hast du der Studentin das Heft schon gegeben? :⇒ :⇒ b. Nein, ich habe es ihr noch nicht gegeben. :⇒ a. Wann willst du es ihr gegeben? :⇒ b. Morgen gebe ich es ihr. :--- :Hast du deinem Bruder die Karte schon <abbr title="schicken - en: to send">geschickt</abbr>? :Hast du dem Lehrer die Hefte schon gegeben? :Hast du den Kindern das Foto schon gezeigt? :Hast du deinem Vater das Buch schon gegeben? :Hast du ihrer Mutter den Brief schon geschrieben? :Hast du den Studentinnen die Bilder schon gezeigt? :Hast du deinem Freund das Geschenk schon gegeben? :Hast du Frau Wagner die Einladung schon geschickt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 689b - Nein, ... |- | :a. Hast du der Studentin das Heft schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihr noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann willst du es ihr geben? :b. Morgen gebe ich es ihr. :--- :a. Hast du ihrem Bruder die Karte schon geschickt? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihm noch nicht geschickt. :a. Wann willst du sie ihm schicken? :b. Morgen schicke ich sie ihm. :--- :a. Hast du dem Lehrer die Hefte schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihm noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann willst du sie ihm geben? :b. Morgen gebe ich sie ihm. :--- :a. Hast du den Kindern das Foto schon gezeigt? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihnen noch nicht gezeigt. :a. Wann willst du es ihnen zeigen? :b. Morgen zeige ich es ihnen. :--- :a. Hast du Ihrem Vater das Buch schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihm noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann willst du es ihm geben? :b. Morgen gebe ich es ihm. :--- :a. Hast du ihrer Mutter den Brief schon geschrieben? :b. Nein, ich habe ihn ihr noch nicht geschrieben. :a. Wann willst du ihn ihr schreiben? :b. Morgen schreibe ich ihn ihr. :--- :a. Hast du den Studentinnen die Bilder schon gezeigt? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihnen noch nicht gezeigt. :a. Wann willst du sie ihnen zeigen? :b. Morgen zeige ich sie ihnen. :--- :a. Hast du ihrem Freund das Geschenk schon gegeben? :b. Nein, ich habe es ihm noch nicht gegeben. :a. Wann willst du es ihm geben? :b. Morgen gebe ich es ihm. :--- :a. Hast du Frau Wagner die Einladung schon geschickt? :b. Nein, ich habe sie ihr noch nicht geschickt. :a. Wann willst du sie ihr schicken? :b. Morgen schicke ich sie ihr. |} == 690 - 694 == 690 :'''Verben mit dem Dativobjekt''' :'''Wem''' hilft Andreas? :Er hilft '''seiner Schwester'''. :Er antwortet '''seiner Schwester'''. :Er gratuliert '''seiner Schwester'''. :Er dankt '''seiner Schwester'''. :--- :'''Wem''' gefällt die Tasche? :'''Wem''' gefallen die Schuhe? :Die Tasche gefällt '''mir'''. :Die Schuhe gefallen '''mir'''. :Die Schuhe passen '''mir'''. :Der Käse schmeckt '''mir'''. 690a :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Dativ || Akkusativ |-align="center" | ich || mir || mich |-align="center" | du || dir || dich |-align="center" | er / sie / es || ihm / ihr / ihm || ihn / sie / es |-align="center" | wir || uns || uns |-align="center" | ihr || euch || euch |-align="center" | sie || ihnen || sie |} :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Dativ || Akkusativ |-align="center" | ich || mit mir || für mich |-align="center" | du || mit dir || für dich |-align="center" | er / sie / es || mit ihm / mit ihr / mit ihm || für ihn / für sie / für es |-align="center" | wir || mit uns || für uns |-align="center" | ihr || mit euch || für euch |-align="center" | sie || mit ihnen || für sie |} 690b :'''<abbr title="sollen - en: have to; must">sollen</abbr>''' :ich soll :du sollst :er soll :wir sollen :ihr sollt :sie sollen :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Dativ |-align="center" | der Chef sagt || mir || (... , dass ich kommen soll.) |-align="center" | der Chef sagt || dir |-align="center" | der Chef sagt || ihm / ihr / ihm |-align="center" | der Chef sagt || uns |-align="center" | der Chef sagt || euch |-align="center" | der Chef sagt || ihnen |} :Beispiel: :Der Chef sagt ... (ich) :⇒ Der Chef sagt mir, dass ich kommen soll. :--- :du :er :sie :wir :ihr :sie :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 690b-1 |- | :Der Chef sagt mir, dass ich kommen soll. :--- :Der Chef sagt dir, dass du kommen sollst. :Der Chef sagt ihm, dass er kommen soll. :Der Chef sagt ihr, dass sie kommen soll. :Der Chef sagt uns, dass wir kommen sollen. :Der Chef sagt euch, dass ihr kommen sollt. :Der Chef sagt ihnen, dass sie kommen sollen. |} :Beispiel: :Der Chef sagt ... (ich) :⇒ Der Chef hat mir gesagt, dass ich kommen soll. :--- :du :er :sie :wir :ihr :sie :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 690b-2 |- | :Der Chef hat mir gesagt, dass ich kommen soll. :--- :Der Chef hat dir gesagt, dass du kommen sollst. :Der Chef hat ihm gesagt, dass er kommen soll. :Der Chef hat ihr gesagt, dass sie kommen soll. :Der Chef hat uns gesagt, dass wir kommen sollen. :Der Chef hat euch gesagt, dass ihr kommen sollt. :Der Chef hat ihnen gesagt, dass sie kommen sollen. |} 690c :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Akkusativ |-align="center" | der Chef fragt || mich || (... , <abbr title="ob - en: if">ob</abbr> ich am Sonntag arbeiten kann.) |-align="center" | der Chef fragt || dich |-align="center" | der Chef fragt || ihn / sie / es |-align="center" | der Chef fragt || uns |-align="center" | der Chef fragt || euch |-align="center" | der Chef fragt || sie |} :Beispiel: :Der Chef fragt ... (ich) :⇒ Der Chef fragt mich, ob ich am Sonntag arbeiten kann. :--- :du :er :sie :wir :ihr :sie :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 690c |- | :Der Chef fragt mich, ob ich am Sonntag arbeiten kann. :--- :Der Chef fragt dich, ob du am Sonntag arbeiten kannst. :Der Chef fragt ihn, ob er am Sonntag arbeiten kann. :Der Chef fragt sie, ob sie am Sonntag arbeiten kann. :Der Chef fragt uns, ob wir am Sonntag arbeiten können. :Der Chef fragt euch, ob ihr am Sonntag arbeiten könnt. :Der Chef fragt sie, ob sie am Sonntag arbeiten können. |} 690d :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Akkusativ |-align="center" | das ist für || mich |-align="center" | das ist für || dich |-align="center" | das ist für || ihn / sie / es |-align="center" | das ist für || uns |-align="center" | das ist für || euch |-align="center" | das ist für || sie |} :Ist das für mich? :Ist das für dich? :Ist das für ihn? :Ist das für sie? :Ist das für uns? :Ist das für euch? :Ist das für sie? :Ist das für Sie? 690e :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Akkusativ (m) || Akkusativ (f) |-align="center" | mein || für meinen Bruder || für meine Schwester |-align="center" | dein || für deinen Bruder || für deine Schwester |-align="center" | sein / ihr / sein || |-align="center" | sein (m) || für seinen Bruder || für seine Schwester |-align="center" | ihr (f) || für ihren Bruder || für ihre Schwester |-align="center" | sein (n) || für seinen Bruder || für seine Schwester |-align="center" | unser || für unseren Bruder || für unsere Schwester |-align="center" | euer || für eu'''r'''en Bruder || für eu'''r'''e Schwester |-align="center" | ihr || für ihren Bruder || für ihre Schwester |} 690f :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Dativ (m) || Dativ (f) |-align="center" | mein || <abbr title="von - en: from">von</abbr> meinem Bruder || von meiner Schwester |-align="center" | dein || von deinem Bruder || von deiner Schwester |-align="center" | sein / ihr / sein || |-align="center" | sein (m) || von seinem Bruder || von seiner Schwester |-align="center" | ihr (f) || von ihrem Bruder || von ihrer Schwester |-align="center" | sein (n) || von seinem Bruder || von seiner Schwester |-align="center" | unser || von unserem Bruder || von unserer Schwester |-align="center" | euer || von eu'''r'''em Bruder || von eu'''r'''er Schwester |-align="center" | ihr || von ihrem Bruder || von ihrer Schwester |} 690g :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Dativ (m) || Dativ (f) |-align="center" | mein || mit meinem Vater || mit meiner Mutter |-align="center" | dein || mit deinem Vater || mit deiner Mutter |-align="center" | sein / ihr / sein || |-align="center" | sein (m) || mit seinem Vater || mit seiner Mutter |-align="center" | ihr (f) || mit ihrem Vater || mit ihrer Mutter |-align="center" | sein (n) || mit seinem Vater || mit seiner Mutter |-align="center" | unser || mit unserem Vater || mit unserer Mutter |-align="center" | euer || mit eu'''r'''em Vater || mit eu'''r'''er Mutter |-align="center" | ihr || mit ihrem Vater || mit ihrer Mutter |} 691 :Beispiel: :Herr Müller gratuliert ... (seine Tochter) :⇒ Herr Müller gratuliert seiner Tochter. :--- :Monika hilft ... (ihr Vater) :Wir helfen ... (diese Studentin) :Antworten Sie bitte ... (Ihr Freund) :Der Lehrer hat ... gedankt. (die Kinder) :Peter hat ... noch nicht geantwortet. (seine Mutter) :Karin dankt ... (ihre Freunde) :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (diese Frau) :Die Kinder helfen ... gern. (ihr Lehrer) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 691 |- | :Herr Müller gratuliert seiner Tochter. (Dativ - Wem?) :--- :Monika hilft ihrem Vater. (Dativ - Wem?) :Wir helfen dieser Studentin. (Dativ - Wem?) :Antworten Sie bitte Ihrem Freund. (Dativ - Wem?) :Der Lehrer hat den Kindern gedankt. (Dativ - Wem?) :Peter hat seiner Mutter noch nicht geantwortet. (Dativ - Wem?) :Karin dankt ihren Freunden. (Dativ - Wem?) :Haben Sie dieser Frau geholfen?.(Dativ - Wem?) :Die Kinder helfen ihrem Lehrer gern. (Dativ - Wem?) |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 691 |- | :Herr Müller gratuliert seiner Tochter. (Dativ - Wem?) :--- :Monika hilft ihrem Vater. (Dativ - Wem?) :Wir helfen dieser Studentin. (Dativ - Wem?) :Antworten Sie bitte Ihrem Freund! (Dativ - Wem?) :Der Lehrer hat den Kindern gedankt. (Dativ - Wem?) :Peter hat seiner Mutter noch nicht geantwortet. (Dativ - Wem?) :Karin dankt ihren Freunden. (Dativ - Wem?) :Haben Sie dieser Frau geholfen? (Dativ - Wem?) :Die Kinder helfen ihrem Lehrer gern. (Dativ - Wem?) |} 691a :Beispiel: :Herr Müller gratuliert ... (seine Tochter). Frau Müller ... :⇒ Herr Müller gratuliert seiner Tochter. :⇒ Frau Müller gratuliert ihrer Tochter. :--- :Monika hilft ... (ihr Vater). Peter hilft ... :Monika hilft ... (ihre Mutter). Peter hilft ... :Wir helfen ... (diese Studentin). Wir helfen ... (dieser Student). :Antworten Sie bitte ... (Ihr Freund). Antworten Sie bitte ... (Ihre Freundin). :Der Lehrer hat ... gedankt. (die Kinder). Die Lehrerin ... :Der Lehrer hat ... gedankt. (das Kind). Die Lehrerin ... :Peter hat ... noch nicht geantwortet. (seine Mutter). Monika hat ... :Peter hat ... noch nicht geantwortet. (sein Vater). Monika hat ... :Karin dankt ... (ihre Freunde). Peter dankt ... :Karin dankt ... (ihr Freund). Peter dankt ... :Karin dankt ... (ihre Freundin). Peter dankt ... :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (diese Frau) :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (dieser Mann) :Die Kinder helfen ... gern. (ihr Lehrer) :Die Kinder helfen ... gern. (ihre Lehrerin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 691a |- | :Herr Müller gratuliert seiner Tochter). Frau Müller gratuliert ihrer Tochter. :--- :Monika hilft ihrem Vater. Peter hilft seinem Vater. :Monika hilft ihrer Mutter. Peter hilft seiner Mutter. :Wir helfen dieser Studentin. Wir helfen diesem Studenten. :Antworten Sie bitte Ihrem Freund! Antworten Sie bitte Ihrer Freundin! :Der Lehrer hat den Kindern gedankt. Die Lehrerin hat den Kindern gedankt. :Der Lehrer hat dem Kind gedankt. Die Lehrerin hat dem Kind gedankt. :Peter hat seiner Mutter noch nicht geantwortet. Monika hat ihrer Mutter noch nicht geantwortet. :Peter hat seinem Vater noch nicht geantwortet. Monika hat ihrem Vater noch nicht geantwortet. :Karin dankt ihren Freunden. Peter dankt seinen Freunden. :Karin dankt ihrem Freund. Peter dankt seinem Freund. :Karin dankt ihrer Freundin. Peter dankt seiner Freundin. :Haben Sie dieser Frau geholfen? :Haben Sie diesem Mann geholfen? :Die Kinder helfen ihrem Lehrer gern. :Die Kinder helfen ihrer Lehrerin gern. |} 691b :Beispiel: :Gratuliert Herr Müller ... (seine Tochter)? Gratuliert Frau Müller ... ? :⇒ Gratuliert Herr Müller seiner Tochter? :⇒ Gratuliert Frau Müller ihrer Tochter? :--- :Hilft Monika ... (ihr Vater)? Hilft Peter ... ? :Hilft Monika ... (ihre Mutter)? Hilft Peter ... ? :Helfen wir ... (diese Studentin)? Helfen wir ... (dieser Student)? :Können Sie bitte ... (Ihr Freund) antworten? Können Sie bitte ... (Ihre Freundin) antworten? :Hat der Lehrer ... gedankt? (die Kinder). Hat die Lehrerin ... ? :Hat der Lehrer ... gedankt? (das Kind). Hat die Lehrerin ... ? :Hat Peter ... noch nicht geantwortet? (seine Mutter). Hat Monika ... ? :Hat Peter ... noch nicht geantwortet? (sein Vater) Hat Monika ... ? :Dankt Karin ... (ihre Freunde)? Dankt Peter ... ? :Dankt Karin ... (ihr Freund)? Dankt Peter ... ? :Dankt Karin ... (ihre Freundin)? Dankt Peter ... ? :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (diese Frau) :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (dieser Mann) :Helfen die Kinder ... gern? (ihr Lehrer) :Helfen die Kinder ... gern? (ihre Lehrerin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 691b |- | :Gratuliert Herr Müller seiner Tochter. Gratuliert Frau Müller ihrer Tochter? :--- :Hilft Monika ihrem Vater? Hilft Peter seinem Vater? :Hilft Monika ihrer Mutter? Hilft Peter seiner Mutter? :Helfen wir dieser Studentin? Helfen wir diesem Studenten? :Können Sie bitte Ihrem Freund antworten? Können Sie bitte Ihrer Freundin antworten? :Hat der Lehrer den Kindern gedankt? Hat die Lehrerin den Kindern gedankt? :Hat der Lehrer hat dem Kind gedankt? Hat die Lehrerin dem Kind gedankt? :Hat Peter seiner Mutter noch nicht geantwortet? Hat Monika ihrer Mutter noch nicht geantwortet? :Hat Peter seinem Vater noch nicht geantwortet? Hat Monika ihrem Vater noch nicht geantwortet? :Dankt Karin ihren Freunden? Dankt Peter seinen Freunden? :Dankt Karin ihrem Freund? Dankt Peter seinem Freund? :Dankt Karin ihrer Freundin? Dankt Peter seiner Freundin? :Haben Sie dieser Frau geholfen? :Haben Sie diesem Mann geholfen? :Helfen die Kinder ihrem Lehrer gern? :Helfen die Kinder ihrer Lehrerin gern? |} 691c :Beispiel: :Herr Müller gratuliert ... (seine Tochter). :⇒ Herr Müller gratuliert ihr. :--- :Monika hilft ... (ihr Vater). :Monika hilft ... (ihre Mutter). :Wir helfen ... (diese Studentin). :Wir helfen ... (dieser Student). :Antworten Sie bitte ... (Ihr Freund)! :Antworten Sie bitte ... (Ihre Freundin)! :Der Lehrer hat ... gedankt. (die Kinder). :Der Lehrer hat ... gedankt. (das Kind). :Peter hat ... noch nicht geantwortet. (seine Mutter) :Peter hat ... noch nicht geantwortet. (sein Vater) :Karin dankt ... (ihre Freunde) :Karin dankt ... (ihr Freund) :Karin dankt ... (ihre Freundin) :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (diese Frau) :Haben Sie ... geholfen? (dieser Mann) :Die Kinder helfen ... gern. (ihr Lehrer) :Die Kinder helfen ... gern. (ihre Lehrerin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 691c |- | :Herr Müller gratuliert ihr. :--- :Monika hilft ihm. :Monika hilft ihr. :Wir helfen ihr. :Wir helfen ihm. :Antworten Sie ihm bitte! (!!!) :Antworten Sie ihr bitte! (!!!) :Der Lehrer hat ihnen gedankt. :Der Lehrer hat ihm gedankt. (das Kind). :Peter hat ihr noch nicht geantwortet. :Peter hat ihm noch nicht geantwortet. :Karin dankt ihnen. :Karin dankt ihm. :Karin dankt ihr. :Haben Sie ihr geholfen? :Haben Sie ihm geholfen? :Die Kinder helfen ihm gern. :Die Kinder helfen ihr gern. |} 692 :Beispiel: :Andreas hat eine <abbr title="die Einladung - en: invitation">Einladung</abbr> bekommen. (Freund) :⇒ :⇒ Andreas hat eine Einladung bekommen. :⇒ Sein Freund hat sie ihm geschickt. :⇒ Jetzt schreibt Andreas seinem Freund und dankt ihm für die Einladung. :--- :Andreas hat ein Buch bekommen. (Vater) :Monika hat einen Brief bekommen. (Schwester) :Frau Stein hat eine Karte bekommen. (Lehrerin) :Herr Wagner hat eine Einladung bekommen. (Freunde) :Frau Müller hat ein Geschenk bekommen. (Tochter) :Ich habe einen Brief bekommen. (Bruder) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 692 |- | :Andreas hat eine Einladung bekommen. :Sein Freund hat sie ihm geschickt. :Jetzt schreibt Andreas seinem Freund und dankt ihm für die Einladung. :--- :Andreas hat ein Buch bekommen. :Sein Vater hat es ihm geschickt. :Jetzt schreibt Andreas seinem Vater und dankt ihm für die Einladung. :--- :Monika hat einen Brief bekommen. :Ihre Schwester hat ihn ihr geschickt. :Jetzt schreibt Monika ihrer Schwester und dankt ihr für den Brief. :--- :Frau Stein hat eine Karte bekommen. :Ihre Lehrerin hat sie ihr geschickt. :Jetzt schreibt Frau Stein ihrer Lehrerin und dankt ihr für die Karte. :--- :Herr Wagner hat eine Einladung bekommen. :Seine Freunde haben sie ihm geschickt. :Jetzt schreibt Herr Wagner seinen Freunden und dankt ihnen für die Einladung. :--- :Frau Müller hat ein Geschenk bekommen. :Ihre Tochter hat es ihr geschickt. :Jetzt schreibt Frau Müller ihrer Tochter und dankt ihr für das Geschenk. :--- :Ich habe einen Brief bekommen. :Mein Bruder hat ihn mir geschickt. :Jetzt schreibe ich meinem Bruder und danke ihm für den Brief. |} 693 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Pronomen im Dativ!''' :--- :Beispiel: :Meine Mutter hat ... eine Tasche geschenkt. :Die Tasche gefällt ... ausgezeichnet. :⇒ Meine Mutter hat mir eine Tasche geschenkt. :⇒ Die Tasche gefällt mir ausgezeichnet. :--- :Wir haben Herr'''n''' Keller ein Bild geschenkt. :Er hat ... für das Bild gedankt. :--- :Frau Lehmann hat ... Sohn ein Hemd gekauft. :Das Hemd passt ... sehr gut, und es gefällt ... auch. :--- :Frau Müller hat ... einen Hut gekauft, aber der Hut gefällt ... nicht mehr. :Wir haben ... heute Kuchen gekauft, aber der Kuchen hat ... nicht geschmeckt. :--- :Monika hat ... Freunden Bilder aus Frankreich <abbr title="zeigen - en: to show">gezeigt</abbr>. :Die Bilder haben ... gut gefallen. :--- :Andreas hat ... Bruder einen Brief geschrieben. :Sein Bruder hat ... für den Brief gedankt. :--- :Andrea hat ... Bruder einen Brief geschrieben. :Ihr Bruder hat ... für den Brief gedankt. :--- :Herr Pohl hat gestern Geburtstag gehabt. :Die Kinder haben ... gratuliert und ... Blumen geschenkt. Herr Pohl hat ... für die Blumen gedankt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 693 |- | :Meine Mutter hat mir eine Tasche geschenkt. :Die Tasche gefällt mir ausgezeichnet. :--- :Wir haben Herrn Keller ein Bild geschenkt. :Er hat uns für das Bild gedankt. :--- :Frau Lehmann hat ihrem Sohn ein Hemd gekauft. :Das Hemd passt ihm sehr gut, und es gefällt ihm auch. :--- :Frau Müller hat sich einen Hut gekauft, aber der Hut gefällt ihr nicht mehr. :Wir haben ihr heute Kuchen gekauft, aber der Kuchen hat ihr nicht geschmeckt. (Wir haben uns heute Kuchen gekauft, aber der Kuchen hat uns nicht geschmeckt.) :--- :Monika hat ihren Freunden Bilder aus Frankreich gezeigt. :Die Bilder haben ihnen gut gefallen. :--- :Andreas hat seinem Bruder einen Brief geschrieben. :Sein Bruder hat ihm für den Brief gedankt. :--- :Andrea hat ihrem Bruder einen Brief geschrieben. :Ihr Bruder hat ihr für den Brief gedankt. :--- :Herr Pohl hat gestern Geburtstag gehabt. :Die Kinder haben ihm gratuliert und ihm Blumen geschenkt. Herr Pohl hat ihnen für die Blumen gedankt. |} 694 :Der Fisch stinkt vom Kopf her. :Der Esel nennt sich immer zuerst. :--- :der Fisch, die Fische :Fischsuppe :der Kopf, die Köpfe :--- :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="stinken - en: to stinnk">stinken</abbr>''' :ich stinke :du stinkst :er stinkt :wir stinken :ihr stinkt :sie stinken :--- :hat gestunken :der <abbr title="der Gestank - en: stench">Gestank</abbr> :stinkendes Fleisch :<abbr title="riechen - en: to smell; to stink">riechen</abbr>, stinken :--- :<abbr title="zuerst - en: first; at the beginning">zuerst</abbr> :<abbr title="zuletzt - en: last; at the end; finally">zuletzt</abbr> :1. erster :2. zweiter :3. dritter :4. vierter :5. fünfter :127. - „einhundert- sieben- und-zwanzigst'''er'''“ == 695 - 699 == 695 :<abbr title="letzter - en: last; m: letzter; f: letzte; n: letzte; Plural: letzten">letzter</abbr> :<abbr title="vorletzter - en: before last; penultimate; m: vorletzter; f: vorletze; n: vorletzte; Plural: vorletzten">vorletzter</abbr> :<abbr title="allerletzter - en: the very last">allerletzter</abbr> :<abbr title="letzes Jahr - en: last year">letztes Jahr</abbr> :--- :Beispiel: :(Jahr, in Berlin, arbeiten) :⇒ Letztes Jahr habe ich in Berlin gearbeitet. :--- :(Jahr, in [[:de:w:Düsseldorf|Düsseldorf]], wohnen) :(Woche, <abbr title="bei - en: with; in the house of">bei</abbr> Monika, essen) :(Monat, mit Susanne, telefonieren) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 695 |- | :Letztes Jahr habe ich in Berlin gearbeitet. :--- :Letztes Jahr habe ich in Düsseldorf gewohnt. :Letzte Woche habe ich bei Monika gegessen. :Letzten Monat habe ich mit Susanne telefoniert. |} 695a :<abbr title="vorletzte, vorletzter - en: before last; penulitmate">vorletzten</abbr> :--- :Beispiel: :(Donnerstag, Peter, sehen) :⇒ Vorletzten Donnerstag habe ich Peter gesehen. :--- :(Montag, mit dem Chef, sprechen) :(Sonntag, mein Auto, <abbr title="waschen - en: to wash">waschen</abbr>) :(Woche, ein Buch, lesen) :(Jahr, Haus, kaufen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 695a |- | :Vorletzten Donnerstag habe ich Peter gesehen. :--- :Vorletzten Montag habe ich mit dem Chef gesprochen. :Vorletzten Sonntag habe ich mein Auto gewaschen. :Vorletzte Woche habe ich ein Buch gelesen. :Vorletztes Jahr habe ich ein Haus gekauft. |} :<abbr title="vorvorletzter - en: the ohe before before last; pen-penultimate; m: vorvorletzter; f: vorvorletzte; n: vorvorletzte; Plural: vorvorletzten">vorvorletzter</abbr> 695b :Peter wartet in der <abbr title="die Schlange - en: queue; snake">Schlange</abbr> <abbr title="vor - en: in front of">vor</abbr> dem Fußballstadion. Er will eine Karte für das <abbr title="das Endspiel - en: final">Endspiel</abbr> kaufen. Danach kommen Petra und Holger und etwas später <abbr title="auch noch - en: also; on top of that; also still">auch noch</abbr> Bernd und dann auch noch Franz. :--- :Wer war zuerst da? Wer ist als letzter gekommen? Wer ist als vorletzter gekommen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 695b |- | :Wer war zuerst da? - Peter. (Peter war zuerst da. Der erste war Peter.) :Wer ist als letzter gekommen? - Franz. (Franz war als letzter gekommen. Franz ist als letzter gekommen. Der letzte war Franz.) :Wer ist als vorletzter gekommen? - Bernd. (Bernd war als vorletzter gekommen. Bernd ist als vorletzter gekommen.) |} 696 :Dem Glücklichen schlägt keine Stunde. (<abbr title="glücklich – en: happy">glücklich</abbr>; <abbr title="schlagen – en: to beat; Konjugation: ich schlage, du schlägst, er schlägt, wir schlagen, ihr schlagt, sie schlagen">schlagen</abbr>) :Den Letzten beißen die Hunde! (<abbr title="beißen – en: to bite">beißen</abbr>) :Den Nagel auf den Kopf treffen. (<abbr title="der Nagel – en: nail">Nagel</abbr>; <abbr title="treffen – en: to hit; to strike">treffen</abbr>; <abbr title="der Hammer – en: hammer">Hammer</abbr>) :Den Seinen gibt's der Herr im Schlaf. (<abbr title="der Schlaf – en: sleep">Schlaf</abbr>; <abbr title="schlafen – en: to sleep">schlafen</abbr>) :Den Wald vor lauter Bäumen nicht sehen. (<abbr title="der Wald – en: wood; forest">Wald</abbr>; <abbr title="der Baum – en: tree; Plural: Bäume">Baum</abbr>; <abbr title="lauter – en: a buch of; these are all">lauter</abbr>) :Der Apfel fällt nicht weit vom Stamm. (<abbr title="der Stamm – en: trunk; tree-trunk">Stamm</abbr>; <abbr title="der Apfel – en: apple">Apfel</abbr>; <abbr title="fallen – en: to fall; Konjugation: ich falle, du fällst, er fällt, wir fallen, ihr fallt, sie fallen">fallen</abbr>) :Der Appetit kommt beim Essen. :Der dümmste Bauer erntet die dicksten Kartoffeln. (<abbr title="die Kartoffel – en: potato">Kartoffel</abbr>; <abbr title="dick – en: thick; big; fat">dick</abbr>; <abbr title="ernten – en: to harvest">ernten</abbr>; <abbr title="der Bauer – en: farmer">Bauer</abbr>; <abbr title="dumm – en: stupid; dumb; foolish; silly">dumm</abbr>) :Der erste Eindruck zählt. (<abbr title="der Eindruck – en: impression">Eindruck</abbr>) 697 :Beispiel :essen :⇒ hat gegessen :--- # haben # sein # kommen # bekommen # schicken # kaufen # bringen # bleiben # essen # trinken # spielen # erzählen # schlafen # nehmen # besuchen # gehen # bauen # leiten # fotografieren # sehen # zeigen # schenken # erklären # gratulieren # gefallen # erzählen # fahren # lesen # üben # danken # schreiben # machen # holen # bleiben :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 697 |- | :essen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gegessen'''</span>⇐ :--- # haben - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gehabt'''</span>⇐ # sein - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''ist gewesen'''</span>⇐ # kommen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''ist gekommen'''</span>⇐ # bekommen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat bekommen'''</span>⇐ # schicken - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geschickt'''</span>⇐ # kaufen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gekauft'''</span>⇐ # bringen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gebracht'''</span>⇐ # bleiben - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''ist geblieben'''</span>⇐ # essen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gegessen'''</span>⇐ # trinken - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat getrunken'''</span>⇐ # spielen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gespielt'''</span>⇐ # erzählen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat erzählt'''</span>⇐ # schlafen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geschlafen'''</span>⇐ # nehmen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat genommen'''</span>⇐ # besuchen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat besucht'''</span>⇐ # gehen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''ist gegangen'''</span>⇐ # bauen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gebaut'''</span>⇐ # leiten - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geleitet'''</span>⇐ # fotografieren - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat fotografiert'''</span>⇐ # sehen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gesehen'''</span>⇐ # zeigen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gezeigt'''</span>⇐ # schenken - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geschenkt'''</span>⇐ # erklären - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat erklärt'''</span>⇐ # gratulieren - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gratuliert'''</span>⇐ # gefallen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gefallen'''</span>⇐ # erzählen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat erzählt'''</span>⇐ # fahren - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''ist gefahren'''</span>⇐ # lesen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gelesen'''</span>⇐ # üben - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geübt'''</span>⇐ # danken - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gedankt'''</span>⇐ # schreiben - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geschrieben'''</span>⇐ # machen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat gemacht'''</span>⇐ # holen - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''hat geholt'''</span>⇐ # bleiben - ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''ist geblieben'''</span>⇐ |} 698 :Akkusativ: :# für (für mich, für dich, für ihn, für sie, für es, für uns, für euch, für sie) :# brauchen (Andreas braucht mich. Andreas braucht dich. ...) :# fragen (Ich frage mich, ob ich genug Geld habe. Ich frage dich. Ich frage ihn. ... ) :# sehen :# <abbr title="ohne - en: without">ohne</abbr> (ohne mich, ohne dich, ohne ihn, ... ; ohne meinen Vater, ohne deinen Vater, ohne seinen Vater, ...) :# in (Wir gehen in die Stadt. Ich gehe in den Wald.) :# rufen :# hören :# besuchen :# kennen :# grüßen :# verstehen 699 :Dativ: :# mit (mit mir, mit dir, mit ihm, mit ihr, mit ihm, mit uns, mit euch, mit ihnen, mit Ihnen) :# von (von mir, von dir, von ihm, von ihr, von uns, ...) :# gefallen (Berlin gefällt mir. Karin gefällt dir. Karin gefällt ihm. Jochen gefällt ihr. Der Ball gefällt ihm. Das Auto gefällt uns. Die Wohnung gefällt euch. Das Buch gefällt ihnen.) :# antworten (Das Kind antwortet mir. Das Kind antwortet dir ...) :# bringen :# empfehlen :# schreiben :# kaufen :# zeigen :# schenken :# geben :# helfen :# gratulieren :# passen :# schmecken :# holen :# erklären :# schicken :# danken :# hinter / vor / neben / über / unter (Position - Dativ; Bewegung - Akkusativ) :# zuhören 699a :bringen :Er <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringt</abbr> mir Wasser. (Dativ) :Er <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringt</abbr> mich nach Thailand. (Akkusativ) :--- :holen :Er holt mir Wasser. (Dativ) :Er holt mich aus der Küche. (Akkusativ) == Vokabular: Lektion 015 == : telefonieren - en: to telephone : gestern - en: yesterday : machen - en: to make : ich habe gemacht - en: I have made : die Konferenz - en: conference : von - en: of; from : gerade - en: just; in this moment : zeigen - en: to show : der Tee - en: tea : der Zucker - en: sugar : besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow : die Theaterkarte - en: theatre ticket : gerade - en: just : schicken - en: to send : sollen - en: have to; must : ob - en: if : von - en: from : die Einladung - en: invitation : zeigen - en: to show : stinken - en: to stink : der Gestank - en: stench : riechen - en: to smell; to stink : zuerst - en: first; at the beginning : zuletzt - en: last; at the end; finally : letzter - en: last; m: letzter; f: letzte; n: letzte; Plural: letzten : vorletzter - en: before last; penultimate; m: vorletzter; f: vorletze; n: vorletzte; Plural: vorletzten : allerletzter - en: the very last : letzes Jahr - en: last year : bei - en: with; in the house of : vorletzte, vorletzter - en: before last; penulitmate : waschen - en: to wash : vorvorletzter - en: the ohe before before last; pen-penultimate : die Schlange - en: queue; snake : vor - en: in front of : das Endspiel - en: final : auch noch - en: also; on top of that; also still : glücklich - en: happy : schlagen - en: to beat : beißen - en: to bite : der Nagel - en: nail : treffen - en: to hit; to strike : der Hammer - en: hammer : der Schlaf - en: sleep : schlafen - en: to sleep : der Wald - en: wood; forest : der Baum; Plural: Bäume - en: tree : lauter - en: a bunch of; these are all : der Stamm - en: trunk; tree-trunk : der Apfel - en: apple : fallen - en: to fall : die Kartoffel - en: potato : dick - en: thick; big; fat : ernten - en: to harvest : der Bauer - en: farmer : dumm - en: stupid; dumb; foolish; silly : der Eindruck - en: impression : ohne - en: without : bringen - en: to bring == Vokabular: Lektion 015 - alphabetisch geordnet == # allerletzter - en: the very last # Apfel, der - en: apple # auch noch - en: also; on top of that; also still # Bauer, der - en: farmer # Baum, der; Plural: Bäume - en: tree # bei - en: with; in the house of # beißen - en: to bite # besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to steal; to borrow # bringen - en: to bring # dick - en: thick; big; fat # dumm - en: stupid; dumb; foolish; silly # Eindruck, der - en: impression # Einladung, die - en: invitation # Endspiel, das - en: final # ernten - en: to harvest # fallen - en: to fall # gerade - en: just; in this moment # Gestank, der - en: stench # gestern - en: yesterday # glücklich - en: happy # Hammer, der - en: hammer # ich habe gemacht - en: I have made # Kartoffel, die - en: potato # Konferenz, die - en: conference # lauter - en: a bunch of; these are all # letzes Jahr - en: last year # letzter - en: last # machen - en: to make # Nagel, der - en: nail # ob - en: if # ohne - en: without # riechen - en: to smell; to stink # schicken - en: to send # Schlaf, der - en: sleep # schlafen - en: to sleep # schlagen - en: to beat # Schlange, die - en: queue; snake # sollen - en: have to; must # Stamm, der - en: trunk; tree-trunk # stinken - en: to stink # Tee, der - en: tea # telefonieren - en: to telephone # Theaterkarte, die - en: theatre ticket # treffen - en: to hit; to strike # von - en: from; of # vor - en: in front of # vorletzte - en: before last; penulitmate # vorvorletzter - en: the ohe before before last; pen-penultimate # Wald, der - en: wood; forest # waschen - en: to wash # zeigen - en: to show # Zucker, der - en: sugar # zuerst - en: first; at the beginning # zuletzt - en: last; at the end; finally :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 014|Lektion 014]] ← Lektion 015 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016|Lektion 016]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 015]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015]] qqzzl4blg397rfy29vqgvl54yvjpu8c 0 4140 6777 6735 2023-03-15T06:47:09Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015|Lektion 015]] ← Lektion 016 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017|Lektion 017]] == Tabelle: Nominativ (700) == 700 :[[Wêne:Deutsch 700 appca.ogg]] :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :[[:de:w:Nominativ|Nominativ]] ([[:w:Nominative case|Nominative case]]) :'''Wer?''' :'''Was?''' :'''Wer oder was?''' :--- :Nominativ {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) |-align="center" | d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Der Bruder'''</span> ist drei Jahre alt. || da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Das Kind'''</span> <abbr title="weinen – en: to cry (with tears)">weint</abbr>. || di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Die Hose'''</span> ist <abbr title="zu lang – en: too long">zu lang</abbr>. || di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Die Bücher'''</span> sind sehr dick. |-align="center" | dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dieser Hut'''</span> ist zu klein. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dieses Brötchen'''</span> schmeckt nicht gut. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Lampe'''</span> ist zu teuer. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Hemden'''</span> kannst du im Warenhaus kaufen. |-align="center" | ein Freund – Du bist <span style="color:#993300;">'''ein guter Freund'''</span>. || ein Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ein Wörterbuch'''</span> würde mir jetzt helfen. || ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Eine Tasse'''</span> <abbr title="reichen – en: to be enough">reicht</abbr> mir. || unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unsere Freunde'''</span> sind dort. |-align="center" | <abbr title="kein – en: no">kein</abbr> Freund – Im Glas ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''kein Wasser'''</span>. || kein Kind – Heute ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''kein schönes Wetter'''</span>. || kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Heute ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Schule'''</span>. || viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''<abbr title="einige – en: some">Einige</abbr> deutsche Wörter'''</span> sind sehr lang. |-align="center" | sein Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Sein Mantel'''</span> ist blau. || sein Kind – Das Kind möchte malen. Wo ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''sein Heft'''</span>? || unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unsere Tochter'''</span> ist in Chile. || unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unsere Lehrerinnen'''</span> sind sehr <abbr title="streng – en: strict">streng</abbr>. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | '''er''' || '''es''' || '''sie''' || '''sie''' |} == Tabelle: Dativ (701) == 701 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :[[:de:w:Dativ|Dativ]] ([[:w:Dative case|Dative case]]) :'''Wem?''' :'''Was?''' :'''Wem oder was?''' :--- :Dativ {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | maskulinum (= neutrum) || neutrum (= maskulinum) || femininum || Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) |-align="center" | d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dem Freund'''</span> ist kalt. || d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dem Kind'''</span> ist <abbr title="langweilig – en: boring">langweilig</abbr>. || d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Gib <span style="color:#993300;">'''der Lehrerin'''</span> diese CD. || d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Den Studenten'''</span> <abbr title="reichen – en: to be enough; (nicht reichen – en: not enough)">reicht</abbr> die Zeit nicht. |-align="center" | dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesem Mann'''</span> <abbr title="fehlen – en: to bemissing">fehlt</abbr> ein <abbr title="der Zahn – en: tooth">Zahn</abbr>. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesem Mädchen'''</span> gefallen rote Kleider. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Gib das Buch <span style="color:#993300;">'''dieser Lehrerin'''</span>. || d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Den Studentinnen'''</span> <abbr title="reicht das Geld nicht – en: do not have enough money">reicht das Geld nicht</abbr>. |-align="center" | ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesem Jungen'''</span> gefallen schnelle Autos. || ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind – Wir müssen <span style="color:#993300;">'''einem Mädchen'''</span> helfen. || ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich habe das Obst <span style="color:#993300;">'''einer Frau'''</span> verkauft. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesen Männern'''</span> kann ich <abbr title="leider – en: unfortunately">leider</abbr> nicht helfen. |-align="center" | <abbr title="keinem – en: no">kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span></abbr> Freund – Du <abbr title="dürfen – en: you can; to be allowed">darfst</abbr> <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinem Politiker'''</span> <abbr title="trauen, vertrauen – en: to trust">trauen</abbr>. || kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind – Du darfst <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinem Kind'''</span> sein <abbr title="das Spielzeug – en: toy">Spielzeug</abbr> <abbr title="wegnehmen – en: to take away">wegnehmen</abbr>. || kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Wir haben <span style="color:#993300;">'''keiner Studentin'''</span> <abbr title="etwas – en: something">etwas</abbr> <abbr title="sagen – en: to say">gesagt</abbr>. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Aber <span style="color:#993300;">'''diesen beiden Frauen'''</span> helfe ich gerne. |-align="center" | sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund – Er schickt <span style="color:#993300;">'''seinem Freund'''</span> einen Brief. || sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind – Das Kind gibt <span style="color:#993300;">'''seinem Spielzeug'''</span> einen <abbr title="der Tritt – en: kick">Tritt</abbr>. || unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unserer Lehrerin'''</span> helfen wir gerne. || kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern – Ich darf <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinen Kindern'''</span> Zigaretten <abbr title="verkaufen – en: to sell">verkaufen</abbr>. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | '''ihm''' || '''ihm''' || '''ihr''' || '''ihnen''' |} :weitere Beispiele: :femininum: [[Wêne:Schildkroett Puppe Inge 1950.jpg|thumb|upright| die <abbr title="die Puppe – en: doll">Puppe</abbr>]] :::sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Das Kind <abbr title="geben – en: to give">gibt</abbr> <span style="color:#993300;">'''seiner <abbr title="die Puppe – en: doll">Puppe</abbr>'''</span> einen <abbr title="der Kuss – en: kiss">Kuss</abbr>. :::unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unseren Frauen'''</span> gefällt es in [[:de:w:Prag|Prag]]. :::viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Vielen Studentinnen'''</span> <abbr title="fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss">fehlt</abbr> das Geld für ein <abbr title="eigene, eigenes – en: own">eigenes</abbr> Auto. :Plural (maskulinum) :::unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unseren Kindern'''</span> ist es hier <abbr title="langweilig – en: boring; dull">langweilig</abbr>. :::viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Vielen Jungen'''</span> ist es <abbr title="peinlich – en: embarrassing">peinlich</abbr> mit <abbr title="die Puppe – en: doll">Puppen</abbr> zu spielen. :Plural (femininum) :::kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Ich darf <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinen Lehrerinnen'''</span> mein <abbr title="das Geheimnis – en: secret">Geheimnis</abbr> <abbr title="verraten – en: to reveal">verraten</abbr>. 701a :Dativ {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | maskulinum (= neutrum) || neutrum (= maskulinum) || femininum || Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) |-align="center" | mit d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund || mit d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind || mit d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin || mit d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern |-align="center" | mit dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund || mit dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind || mit dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin || mit d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen |-align="center" | mit ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund || mit ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind || mit ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin || mit dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern |-align="center" | mit kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund || mit kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind || mit kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin || mit dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen |-align="center" | mit sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund || mit sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind || mit unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin || mit kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | mit '''ihm''' || mit '''ihm''' || mit '''ihr''' || mit '''ihnen''' |} == Tabelle: Akkusativ (702) == 702 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :[[:de:w:Akkusativ|Akkusativ]] ([[:w:Accusative case|Accusative case]]) :'''Wen? :'''Was?''' :'''Wen oder was?''' :--- :Akkusativ: We'''n''' oder was? :Nominativ: We'''r''' oder was? :Dativ: We'''m''' oder was? :--- :Akkusativ {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || neutrum (Akkusativ = Nominativ) || femininum (Akkusativ = Nominativ) || Plural (Akkusativ = Nominativ) |-align="center" | maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) |-align="center" | d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Ich sehe <span style="color:#993300;">'''den Eingang'''</span> nicht. || da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind – Ich nehme <span style="color:#993300;">'''das Brötchen'''</span>. || di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Frau Stein kauft die Bluse <span style="color:#993300;">'''für ihre Tochter'''</span>. || di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer – Wo ist das Geschenk <span style="color:#993300;">'''für die Studenten'''</span>? |-align="center" | dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Wir kaufen heute wieder <span style="color:#993300;">'''diesen italienischen Weißwein'''</span>. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''dieses Lineal'''</span> <abbr title="nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more">nicht mehr</abbr>. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Studentin'''</span> sehe ich jeden Tag. || di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Wo ist das Zimmer <span style="color:#993300;">'''für die Frauen'''</span>? |-align="center" | ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Wir nehmen heute <span style="color:#993300;">'''einen anderen Ausgang'''</span>. || ein Kind – Ich lese <span style="color:#993300;">'''ein interessantes Buch'''</span>. || ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''eine Frage'''</span>. || di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder – Wo ist das Zimmer <span style="color:#993300;">'''für die Mädchen'''</span>? |-align="center" | kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Ich brauche <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinen Teller'''</span> mehr. || kein Kind – Ich kann <span style="color:#993300;">'''kein blaues Heft'''</span> <abbr title="finden – en: to find">finden</abbr>. || kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Flasche'''</span> für das Wasser. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Ich suche im Warenhaus <span style="color:#993300;">'''diese neuen Fotoapparate'''</span>. |-align="center" | sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Seinen Freund'''</span> kannst du <abbr title="dort drüben – en: over there">dort drüben</abbr> sehen. || sein Kind – Der Vater fragt <span style="color:#993300;">'''sein Kind'''</span>. || unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich brauche <span style="color:#993300;">'''eine Glühbirne'''</span> für unsere Lampe. || dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Französinnen'''</span> sehe ich jeden Tag. |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | '''ihn''' || '''es''' || '''sie''' || '''sie''' |} :weitere Beispiele: :neutrum :::ihr Kind – Die Mutter fragt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr Kind'''</span>. :Plural (maskulinum) :::kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Wir haben meist <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine kalten Winter'''</span>. :::unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Ich sehe <span style="color:#993300;">'''unsere Ärzte'''</span> nicht. :::viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''viele Freunde'''</span> gesehen. :Plural (femininum) :::kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Probleme'''</span> mit ihm. :Plural (neutrum) :::kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Für diesen Preis'''</span> gibt es hier keine Häuser zu kaufen. :::viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Für viele Wörter'''</span> hatte ich eine falsche Übersetzung. 702a :Akkusativ {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || neutrum (Akkusativ = Nominativ) || femininum (Akkusativ = Nominativ) || Plural (Akkusativ = Nominativ) |-align="center" | maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) |-align="center" | für d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund || für da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind || für di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin || für di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer |-align="center" | für dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund || für dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind || für dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin || für dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen |-align="center" | für ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund || für ein Kind || für ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin || für di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder |-align="center" | für kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund || für kein Kind || für kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin || für dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten |-align="center" | für sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund || für sein Kind || für unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin || für sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | für '''ihn''' || für '''es''' || für '''sie''' || für '''sie''' |} == Wiederholung: Nominativ (703) == 703 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :[[:de:w:Nominativ|Nominativ]] ([[:w:Nominative case|Nominative case]]) :--- :maskulinum: :'''er''' :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Freund :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Freund :ein Freund :kein Freund :sein Freund :'''er''' :--- :neutrum: :'''es''' :da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind :ein Kind :kein Kind :sein Kind :'''es''' :--- :femininum: :'''sie''' :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :'''sie''' :--- :Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer :'''sie''' == Wiederholung: Dativ (704) == 704 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :[[:de:w:Dativ|Dativ]] ([[:w:Dative case|Dative case]]) :maskulinum = neutrum :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind :--- :'''ihm''' :--- :femininum :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin :--- :'''ihr''' :--- :Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen :--- :'''ihnen''' == Wiederholung: Akkusativ (705) == 705 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :[[:de:w:Akkusativ|Akkusativ]] ([[:w:Accusative case|Accusative case]]) :maskulinum :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund :'''ihn''' :--- :'''neutrum, femininum und Plural: Akkusativ = Nominativ''' :--- :neutrum :da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind :ein Kind :kein Kind :sein Kind :ihr Kind :--- :'''es''' :--- :femininum :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin :--- :'''sie''' :--- :Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder :--- :'''sie''' == Übung: Nominativ (706) == 706 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :'''Nominativ''' :'''Wer?''' :'''Was?''' :'''Wer oder was?''' :maskulinum :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Der Bruder'''</span> ist drei Jahre alt. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dieser Hut'''</span> ist zu klein. :ein Freund – Du bist <span style="color:#993300;">'''ein guter Freund'''</span>. :kein Freund – Im Glas ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''kein Wasser'''</span>. :sein Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Sein Mantel'''</span> ist blau. :'''er''' :--- :neutrum: :'''es''' :da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Das Kind'''</span> <abbr title="weinen – en: to cry (with tears)">weint</abbr>. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dieses Brötchen'''</span> schmeckt nicht gut. :ein Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Ein Wörterbuch'''</span> würde mir jetzt helfen. :kein Kind – Heute ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''kein schönes Wetter'''</span>. :sein Kind – Das Kind möchte malen. Wo ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''sein Heft'''</span>? :'''es''' :--- :femininum: :'''sie''' :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Die Hose'''</span> ist zu lang. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Lampe'''</span> ist zu teuer. :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Eine Tasse'''</span> <abbr title="reichen – en: to be enough">reicht</abbr> mir. :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Heute ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Schule'''</span>. :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unsere Tochter'''</span> ist in Chile. :'''sie''' :--- :Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum): :'''sie''' :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Die Bücher'''</span> sind sehr dick. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Hemden'''</span> sind grau. :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unsere Freunde'''</span> sind dort. :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Einige deutsche Wörter'''</span> sind sehr lang. :'''sie''' == Übungen: Dativ (707) == 707 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :'''Dativ''' :'''Wem?''' :'''Was?''' :'''Wem oder was?''' :maskulinum = neutrum :neutrum: ::'''ihm''' :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dem Freund'''</span> ist kalt. :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Dem Freund'''</span> ist <abbr title="langweilig – en: boring; dull">langweilig</abbr>. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesem Mann'''</span> <abbr title="fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss">fehlt</abbr> ein Zahn. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesem Mädchen'''</span> gefallen rote Kleider. :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesem Jungen'''</span> gefallen schnelle Autos. :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind – Wir müssen <span style="color:#993300;">'''einem Mädchen'''</span> helfen. :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund – Du darfst <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinem Politiker'''</span> <abbr title="trauen – en: to trust; to believe">trauen</abbr>. :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind – Du darfst <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinem Kind'''</span> sein <abbr title="das Spielzeug – en: toy; Spielzeug = Spielsache">Spielzeug</abbr> <abbr title="wegnehmen – en: to take away">wegnehmen</abbr>. :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Freund – Er schickt <span style="color:#993300;">'''seinem Freund'''</span> einen Brief. :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''em'''</span> Kind – Das Kind gibt <span style="color:#993300;">'''seinem Spielzeug'''</span> einen Tritt. :'''ihm''' :--- :femininum: :'''ihr''' :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Gib <span style="color:#993300;">'''der Lehrerin'''</span> diese CD! :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Gib das Buch <span style="color:#993300;">'''dieser Lehrerin'''</span>! :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich habe das Obst <span style="color:#993300;">'''einer Frau'''</span> verkauft. :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Wir haben <span style="color:#993300;">'''keiner Studentin'''</span> etwas gesagt. :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unserer Lehrerin'''</span> helfen wir gerne. :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Lehrerin – Das Kind gibt <span style="color:#993300;">'''seiner Puppe'''</span> einen <abbr title="der Kuss – en: kiss">Kuss</abbr>. :'''ihr''' :--- :Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Den Studenten'''</span> reicht die Zeit nicht. :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Den Studentinnen'''</span> reicht das Geld nicht. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diesen Männern'''</span> kann ich leider nicht helfen. :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Aber <span style="color:#993300;">'''diesen beiden Frauen'''</span> helfe ich gerne. :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern – Ich darf <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinen Kindern'''</span> <abbr title="die Zigarette – en: cigarette">Zigaretten</abbr> verkaufen. :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Ich darf <span style="color:#993300;">'''keinen Lehrerinnen'''</span> mein <abbr title="das Geheimnis – en: secret">Geheimnis</abbr> <abbr title="verraten – en: to reveal">verraten</abbr>. :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unseren Kindern'''</span> ist es hier langweilig. :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Unseren Frauen'''</span> gefällt es in [[:de:w:Prag|Prag]]. :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrern - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Vielen Jungen'''</span> ist es <abbr title="peinlich – en: embarrassing">peinlich</abbr> mit <abbr title="die Puppe – en: doll">Puppen</abbr> zu spielen. :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Vielen Studentinnen'''</span> <abbr title="fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss">fehlt</abbr> das Geld für ein <abbr title="eigenes – en: own">eigenes</abbr> Auto. :--- :'''ihnen''' == Übungen: Akkusativ (708) == 708 :'''Deklination der Artikel, Possesivpronomen, Demonstrativpronomen und Substantive''' :--- :'''Akkusativ''' :'''Wen? :'''Was?''' :'''Wen oder Was?''' :Akkusativ: Wen oder was? :Nominativ: Wer oder was? :Dativ: Wem oder was? :--- :Akkusativ :maskulinum: :der Eingang :der Ausgang :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Ich sehe <span style="color:#993300;">'''den Eingang'''</span> nicht. :--- :kaufen :verkaufen :der Wein :weiß :rot :der Weißwein :der Rotwein :--- :Beispiel: :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Wir kaufen heute wieder <span style="color:#993300;">'''diesen italienischen Weißwein'''</span>. :⇒ Akkusativ: Wen oder was? :⇒ Frage: Wen oder was kaufen wir heute wieder? :⇒ Antwort: diesen italienischen Wein :!! ⇒ here <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Control your solution in the following line'''</span> here ⇐ (<span style="color:#993300;">'''Control'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''your solution'''</span>! <span style="color:#993300;">'''Select (highlight with your cursor)'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''the white space'''</span> between the arrows ⇒ y ⇐ !!!) :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was kaufen wir heute wieder?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''diesen italienischen Wein'''</span>⇐ :--- :der Ausgang :andere, anderen, anderes :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Wir nehmen heute <span style="color:#993300;">'''einen anderen Ausgang'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was nehmen wir heute?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''einen anderen Ausgang'''</span>⇐ :--- :die Hilfe :helfen :Hilfe!!! :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund – Ich brauche <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Hilfe'''</span> mehr. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was brauche ich?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''keine Hilfe'''</span>⇐ :--- :<abbr title="drüben – en: over there; on the other side">drüben</abbr> :dort drüben :sein<span style="color:#993300;">'''en'''</span> Freund - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Seinen Freund'''</span> kannst du dort drüben sehen. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was kannst du dort drüben sehen?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''seinen Freund'''</span>⇐ :--- :'''ihn''' 708a :'''neutrum, femininum und Plural: Akkusativ = Nominativ''' :--- :neutrum :--- :das Kind :da<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Kind – Ich nehme <span style="color:#993300;">'''das Brötchen'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was nehme ich?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''das Brötchen'''</span>⇐ :--- :<abbr title="nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more">nicht mehr</abbr> :mehr :mehr Kartoffeln :mehr Fisch :mehr Gemüse :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Kind – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''dieses Lineal'''</span> nicht mehr. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was habe ich nicht mehr?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''dieses Lineal'''</span>⇐ :--- :interessant :ein Kind – Ich lese <span style="color:#993300;">'''ein interessantes Buch'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was lese ich?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''ein interessantes Buch'''</span>⇐ :--- :kein Kind – Ich kann <span style="color:#993300;">'''kein blaues Heft'''</span> <abbr title="finden – en: to find">finden</abbr>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was kann ich finden?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''keine blaues Heft // ein blaues Heft'''</span>⇐ :--- :sein Kind – Der Vater fragt <span style="color:#993300;">'''sein Kind'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was fragt der Vater?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''sein Kind'''</span>⇐ :--- :ihr Kind – Die Mutter fragt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ihr Kind'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was fragt die Mutter?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''ihr Kind'''</span>⇐ :--- :'''es''' 708b :femininum :--- :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Frau Stein kauft die Bluse <span style="color:#993300;">'''für ihre Tochter'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Für wen oder was kauft Frau Stein die Bluse?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''für ihre Tochter'''</span>⇐ :--- :jeden, jedes :jeden Tag :jede Woche :jedes Jahr :jede Stunde :jede Minute :jede Sekunde :jeder Student :jedes Buch :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Studentin'''</span> sehe ich jeden Tag. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was sehe ich jeden Tag?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''diese Studentin'''</span>⇐ :--- :ein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''eine Frage'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was habe ich?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''eine Frage'''</span>⇐ :--- :das Wasser :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Flasche'''</span> für das Wasser. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was habe ich nicht für das Wasser? // Wen oder Was habe ich für das Wasser?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''eine Flasche // keine Flasche'''</span>⇐ :--- [[Wêne:Gluehlampe 01 KMJ.png|thumb|upright|die Glühlampe = die Glühbirne]] [[Wêne:Williamsbirne durch die Mitte aufgeschnitten.jpg|thumb|upright|die Birne]] [[Wêne:Bochumer Verein-23-50078.jpg|thumb|upright|<abbr title="glühen – en: to glow">glühen</abbr>]] [[Wêne:Energiesparlampe 01a.jpg|thumb|Energiesparlampe]] [[Wêne:LED light bulb.jpg|thumb|upright|LED-Lampe]] [[Wêne:Neon.JPG|thumb|upright|Neon-Lampe]] [[Wêne:Economylamp-zoom on irc and color temp writing.jpg|thumb||150|Leuchtstofflampe]] :die <abbr title="die Glühbirne – en: (electric) light bulb">Glühbirne</abbr> ([Glüh-Birne]) :die <abbr title="die Birne – en: pear">Birne</abbr> :<abbr title="glühen – en: to glow">glühen</abbr> :die Glühlampe :die <abbr title="die Energiesparlampe – en: low-energy bulb; energy-saving electric bulb">Energiesparlampe</abbr> ([Energie-Spar-Lampe]) (<abbr title="sparen – en: to save">sparen</abbr>) :sparen :die Energie :die LED-Lampe :die <abbr title="die Neonlampe – en: neon lamp; neon light">Neon-Lampe</abbr> :die Neon-<abbr title="die Röhre – en: tube">Röhre</abbr> :die Leuchtröhre (<abbr title="leuchten – en: to shine; to glow; to give light">leuchten</abbr>); die Leuchte = die Lampe) :die <abbr title="die Leuchtstoffröhre – en: fluorescent tube; fluorescent lamp">Leuchtstoffröhre</abbr> :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerin – Ich brauche <span style="color:#993300;">'''eine Glühbirne'''</span> für unsere Lampe. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was brauche ich?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''eine Glühbirne'''</span>⇐ :--- :'''sie''' 708c :Plural (maskulinum, neutrum, femininum) :--- :das Geschenk :schenken :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrer – Wo ist das Geschenk <span style="color:#993300;">'''für die Studenten'''</span>? :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Für wen oder was ist das Geschenk?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''für die Studenten'''</span>⇐ :--- :die Frau :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Wo ist das Zimmer <span style="color:#993300;">'''für die Frauen'''</span>? :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Für wen oder was ist das Zimmer?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''für die Frauen'''</span>⇐ :--- :di<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder – Wo ist das Zimmer <span style="color:#993300;">'''für die Mädchen'''</span>? :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Für wen oder was ist das Zimmer?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''für die Mädchen'''</span>⇐ :--- :neu :alt :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Ich suche im Warenhaus <span style="color:#993300;">'''diese neuen Fotoapparate'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was suche ich im Warenhaus?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''diese neuen Fotoapparate'''</span>⇐ :--- :Frankreich :Französisch :Franzose :Französin :Französinnen :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Diese Französinnen'''</span> sehe ich jeden Tag. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was sehe ich jeden Tag?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''diese Französinnen'''</span>⇐ :--- :<abbr title="meist – en: por lo general; la mayoría de las veces; generalmente">meist</abbr> :meistens ( = meist) :kalt :warm :der Sommer :der Winter :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Wir haben meist <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine kalten Winter'''</span>. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was haben wir meist?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''keine kalten Winter'''</span>⇐ :--- :das Problem :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Lehrerinnen – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''keine Probleme'''</span> mit ihm. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was habe ich?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''keine Probleme'''</span>⇐ :--- :der Preis :zu kaufen :es gibt zu kaufen :es gibt zu essen :kein<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Für diesen Preis'''</span> gibt es hier keine Häuser zu kaufen. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Für wen oder was gibt es hier keine Häuser?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''für diesen Preis'''</span>⇐ :--- :der Arzt :die Ärzte :die Ärztin :die Ärztinnen :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Ich sehe <span style="color:#993300;">'''unsere Ärzte'''</span> nicht. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was sehe ich nicht?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''unsere Ärzte'''</span>⇐ :--- :sehen :gesehen :ich habe gesehen :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Studenten – Ich habe <span style="color:#993300;">'''viele Freunde'''</span> gesehen. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Wen oder was habe ich gesehen?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''viele Freunde'''</span>⇐ :--- :falsch :richtig :übersetzen :die Übersetzung :viel<span style="color:#993300;">'''e'''</span> Kinder - <span style="color:#993300;">'''Für viele Wörter'''</span> hatte ich eine falsche Übersetzung. :Frage: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''Für wen oder was hatte ich eine falsche Übersetzung?'''</span>⇐ :Antwort: ⇒ <span style="color:#ffffff;">'''für viele Wörter'''</span>⇐ :--- :'''sie''' == der, die oder das? (709) == 709 :'''Test''' :der, die oder das? :--- # <abbr title="der Wein – en: wine">Wein</abbr> # <abbr title="die Frage – en: question">Frage</abbr> # <abbr title="die Antwort – en: answer">Frage</abbr> # <abbr title="der Ausgang – en: exit">Ausgang</abbr> (gehen) # <abbr title="die Hilfe – en: help">Hilfe</abbr> # <abbr title="die Kartoffel – en: potato">Kartoffel</abbr> # <abbr title="der Fisch – en: fish">Fisch</abbr> # <abbr title="das Gemüse – en: vegetable">Gemüse</abbr> # <abbr title="der Tag – en: day">Tag</abbr> # <abbr title="die Woche – en: week">Woche</abbr> # <abbr title="das Jahr – en: year">Jahr</abbr> # <abbr title="die Birne – en: pear">Birne</abbr> # <abbr title="die Stunde – en: hour">Stunde</abbr> # <abbr title="die Minute – en: minute">Minute</abbr> # <abbr title="die Sekunde – en: second">Sekunde</abbr> # <abbr title="das Wasser – en: water">Wasser</abbr> # <abbr title="der Rotwein – en: red wine">Rotwein</abbr> # <abbr title="der Franzose – en: Frenchman">Franzose</abbr> # <abbr title="die Glühbirne – en: (electric) light bulb">Glühbirne</abbr> # <abbr title="die Glühlampe – en: incandescent lamp; filament lamp; electric light bulb">Glühlampe</abbr> # <abbr title="die Energiesparlampe – en: low-energy bulb; energy-saving electric bulb">Energiesparlampe</abbr> # <abbr title="die LED-Lampe – en: Led lamp">LED-Lampe</abbr> # <abbr title="die Neon-Lampe – en: neon lamp; neon light">Neon-Lampe</abbr> # <abbr title="die Neon-Röhre – en: Neon Light">Neon-Röhre</abbr> # <abbr title="die Leuchtröhre – en: light tube; fluorescent tube; luminous tube">Leuchtröhre</abbr> # <abbr title="das Geschenk – en: gift; present">Geschenk</abbr> # <abbr title="die Französin – en: Frenchwoman">Französin</abbr> # <abbr title="der Weißwein – en: white wine">Weißwein</abbr> # <abbr title="der Sommer – en: summer">Sommer</abbr> # <abbr title="der Winter – en: winter">Winter</abbr> # <abbr title="der Preis – en: price">Preis</abbr> # <abbr title="der Arzt – en: doctor; physician">Arzt</abbr> # <abbr title="die Ärzte – en: doctors">Ärzte</abbr> # <abbr title="die Ärztin – en: doctor (woman); lady-doctor">Ärztin</abbr> # <abbr title="die Ärztinnen – en: lady-doctors (Plural)">Ärztinnen</abbr> # <abbr title="der Französinnen – en: Frenchwomen">Französinnen</abbr> # <abbr title="die Übersetzung – en: translation">Übersetzung</abbr> # <abbr title="die Übung – en: exercise">Übung</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 709 |- | :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box – between the arrows ::⇒ {{AnswerGray|the}} ⇐ example # {{AnswerGray|der}} Wein # {{AnswerGray|die}} Frage # {{AnswerGray|die}} Antwort # {{AnswerGray|der}} Ausgang # {{AnswerGray|die}} Hilfe # {{AnswerGray|die}} Kartoffel # {{AnswerGray|der}} Fisch # {{AnswerGray|das}} Gemüse # {{AnswerGray|der}} Tag # {{AnswerGray|die}} Woche # {{AnswerGray|das}} Jahr # {{AnswerGray|die}} Birne # {{AnswerGray|die}} Stunde # {{AnswerGray|die}} Minute # {{AnswerGray|die}} Sekunde # {{AnswerGray|das}} Wasser # {{AnswerGray|der}} Rotwein # {{AnswerGray|der}} Franzose # {{AnswerGray|die}} Glühbirne # {{AnswerGray|die}} Glühlampe # {{AnswerGray|die}} Energiesparlampe # {{AnswerGray|die}} LED-Lampe # {{AnswerGray|die}} Neon-Lampe # {{AnswerGray|die}} Neon-Röhre # {{AnswerGray|die}} Leuchtröhre # {{AnswerGray|das}} Geschenk # {{AnswerGray|die}} Französin # {{AnswerGray|der}} Weißwein # {{AnswerGray|der}} Sommer # {{AnswerGray|der}} Winter # {{AnswerGray|der}} Preis # {{AnswerGray|der}} Arzt # {{AnswerGray|die}} Ärzte # {{AnswerGray|die}} Ärztin # {{AnswerGray|die}} Ärztinnen # {{AnswerGray|die}} Französinnen # {{AnswerGray|die}} Übersetzung # {{AnswerGray|die}} Übung |} 709a :'''Test''' :Übersetzen Sie! # <abbr title="richtig – en: correct; right">richtig</abbr> # <abbr title="übersetzen – en: to tanslate">übersetzen</abbr> # <abbr title="sehen – en: to see">sehen</abbr> # <abbr title="falsch – en: incorrec; wrong">falsch</abbr> # <abbr title="meist – en: mostly; in general">meist</abbr> # <abbr title="glühen – en: to glow">glühen</abbr> # <abbr title="kaufen – en: to buy">kaufen</abbr> # <abbr title="verkaufen – to: sell">verkaufen</abbr> # <abbr title="warm – en: warm (30 – 50&nbsp;°C)">warm</abbr> # <abbr title="heiß – en: hot (100 – 500&nbsp;°C)">heiß</abbr> # <abbr title="meistens – en: mostly; en general">meistens</abbr> # <abbr title="meist – en: mostly; en general">meist</abbr> # <abbr title="kalt – en: cold">kalt</abbr> # <abbr title="alt – en: old">alt</abbr> # <abbr title="jede – en: every">jede</abbr> # <abbr title="sparen – en: to save">sparen</abbr> # <abbr title="schenken – en: to present; to give; to make a gift">schenken</abbr> # <abbr title="neu – en: new">neu</abbr> # <abbr title="interessant – en: interesting">interessant</abbr> # <abbr title="nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more">nicht mehr</abbr> # <abbr title="drüben – en: over there; on the other side">drüben</abbr> # <abbr title="helfen – en: to help">helfen</abbr> # <abbr title="andere – en: other">andere</abbr> # <abbr title="verschenken – en: to give away; to give; to present; to make a gift">verschenken</abbr> 709b :der Mann :die Männer :maskulinum = '''männlich''' :--- :die Frau :die Frauen :die Weiber :femininum = '''weiblich''' :--- :das Kind :die Kinder :die <abbr title="die Sache – en: thing; Plural: Sachen">Sache</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Sachen – en: things">Sachen</abbr> :neutrum = '''sächlich''' :--- :maskulinum (m) = '''männlich''' (m) :femininum (f) = '''weiblich''' (w) :neutrum (n) = '''sächlich''' (s) :--- :Buch (n) :Pullover (m) :Hose (f) == Vokabular: Lektion 016 == : weinen – en: to cry (with tears) : zu lang – en: too long : reichen – en: to be enough : kein – en: no : einige – en: some : streng – en: strict : langweilig – en: boring : reichen – en: to be enough : nicht reichen – en: not enough : fehlen – en: to be missing : der Zahn – en: tooth : reicht das Geld nicht – en: do not have enough money : leider – en: unfortunately : keinem – en: no : dürfen – en: you can; to be allowed : trauen, vertrauen – en: to trust : das Spielzeug – en: toy : wegnehmen – en: to take away : etwas – en: something : sagen – en: to say : der Tritt – en: kick : verkaufen – en: to sell : die Puppe – en: doll : geben – en: to give : die Puppe – en: doll : der Kuss – en: kiss : fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss : eigene – en: own : langweilig – en: boring; dull : peinlich – en: embarrassing : die Puppe – en: doll : das Geheimnis – en: secret : verraten – en: to reveal : nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more : finden – en: to find : dort drüben – en: over there : weinen – en: to cry (with tears) : reichen – en: to be enough : langweilig – en: boring; dull : fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss : trauen – en: to trust; to believe : das Spielzeug = Spielsache – en: toy; Spielzeug : wegnehmen – en: to take away : der Kuss – en: kiss : die Zigarette – en: cigarette : das Geheimnis – en: secret : verraten – en: to reveal : peinlich – en: embarrassing : die Puppe – en: doll : fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss : eigenes – en: own : drüben – en: over there; on the other side : nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more : finden – en: to find : glühen – en: to glow : die Glühbirne – en: (electric) light bulb : die Birne – en: pear : glühen – en: to glow : die Energiesparlampe ([Energie-Spar-Lampe]) – en: low-energy bulb; energy-saving electric bulb : sparen – en: to save : die Neonlampe – en: neon lamp; neon light : die Röhre – en: tube : leuchten – en: to shine; to glow; to give light : die Leuchtstoffröhre – en: fluorescent tube; fluorescent lamp : meist – en: mostly : der Wein – en: wine : die Frage – en: question : die Antwort – en: answer : der Ausgang – en: exit : die Hilfe – en: help : die Kartoffel – en: potato : der Fisch – en: fish : das Gemüse – en: vegetable : der Tag – en: day : die Woche – en: week : das Jahr – en: year : die Birne – en: pear : die Stunde – en: hour : die Minute – en: minute : die Sekunde – en: second : das Wasser – en: water : der Rotwein – en: red wine : der Franzose – en: Frenchman : die Glühbirne – en: (electric) light bulb : die Glühlampe – en: incandescent lamp; filament lamp; electric light bulb : die Energiesparlampe – en: low-energy bulb; energy-saving electric bulb : die LED-Lampe – en: Led lamp : die Neon-Lampe – en: neon lamp; neon light : die Neon-Röhre – en: Neon Light : die Leuchtröhre – en: light tube; fluorescent tube; : luminous tube : das Geschenk – en: gift; present : die Französin – en: Frenchwoman : der Weißwein – en: white wine : der Sommer – en: summer : der Winter – en: winter : der Preis – en: price : der Arzt – en: doctor; physician : die Ärzte – en: doctors : die Ärztin – en: doctor (woman); lady-doctor : die Ärztinnen – en: lady-doctors (Plural) : die Französinnen – en: Frenchwomen : die Übersetzung – en: translation : die Übung – en: exercise : richtig – en: correct; right : übersetzen – en: to tanslate : sehen – en: to see : falsch – en: incorrec; wrong : meist – en: mostly; in general : glühen – en: to glow : kaufen – en: to buy : verkaufen – en: to sell : warm – en: warm (30 – 50&nbsp;°C) : heiß – en: hot (100 – 500&nbsp;°C) : meistens – en: mostly : meist – en: mostly : kalt – en: cold : alt – en: old : jede – en: every : sparen – en: to save : schenken – en: to present; to give; to make a gift : neu – en: new : interessant – en: interesting : nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more : drüben – en: over there; on the other side : helfen – en: to help : andere – en: other : verschenken – en: to give away; to give; to present; to make a gift : die Sache – en: thing : die Sachen – en: things; clothes == Vokabular: Lektion 016 – alphabetisch geordnet == # alt – en: old # andere – en: other # Antwort, die – en: answer # Arzt, der – en: doctor; physician # Ärzte, die – en: doctors # Ärztin, die – en: doctor (woman); lady-doctor # Ärztinnen, die – en: lady-doctors (Plural) # Ausgang, der – en: exit # Birne, die – en: pear # dort drüben – en: over there # drüben – en: over there; on the other side # dürfen – en: you can; to be allowed # eigene; eigenes – en: own # einige – en: some # Energiesparlampe, die ([Energie-Spar-Lampe]) – en: low-energy bulb; energy-saving electric bulb # etwas – en: something # falsch – en: incorrec; wrong # fehlen – en: to be missing; to miss # finden – en: to find # Fisch, der – en: fish # Frage, die – en: question # Franzose, der – en: Frenchman # Französin, die – en: Frenchwoman # Französinnen, die – en: Frenchwomen # geben – en: to give # Geheimnis, das – en: secret # Gemüse, das – en: vegetable # Geschenk, das – en: gift; present # Glühbirne, die – en: (electric) light bulb # glühen – en: to glow # Glühlampe, die – en: incandescent lamp; filament lamp; electric light bulb # heiß – en: hot (100 – 500&nbsp;°C) # helfen – en: to help # Hilfe, die – en: help # interessant – en: interesting # Jahr, das – en: year # jede – en: every # kalt – en: cold # Kartoffel, die – en: potato # kaufen – en: to buy # kein – en: no # keinem – en: no # Kuss, der – en: kiss # langweilig – en: boring; dull # LED-Lampe, die – en: Led lamp # leider – en: unfortunately # leuchten – en: to shine; to glow; to give light # Leuchtröhre, die – en: light tube; fluorescent tube; # Leuchtstoffröhre, die – en: fluorescent tube; fluorescent lamp; luminous tube # meist – en: mostly; in general # meistens – en: mostly # Minute, die – en: minute # Neon-Röhre, die – en: Neon Light # Neonlampe, die – en: neon lamp; neon light # neu – en: new # nicht mehr – en: no longer; no more # nicht reichen – en: not enough # peinlich – en: embarrassing # Preis, der – en: price # Puppe, die – en: doll # reichen – en: to be enough # reicht das Geld nicht – en: do not have enough money # richtig – en: correct; right # Röhre, die – en: tube # Rotwein, der – en: red wine # Sache, die – en: thing # Sachen, die – en: things; clothes # sagen – en: to say # schenken – en: to present; to give; to make a gift # sehen – en: to see # Sekunde, die – en: second # Sommer, der – en: summer # sparen – en: to save # Spielzeug, das – en: toy # streng – en: strict # Stunde, die – en: hour # Tag, der – en: day # Trauen = vertrauen – en: to trust; to believe # Tritt, der – en: kick # übersetzen – en: to tanslate # Übersetzung, die – en: translation # Übung, die – en: exercise # verkaufen – en: to sell # verraten – en: to reveal # verschenken – en: to give away; to give; to present; to make a gift # warm – en: warm (30 – 50&nbsp;°C) # Wasser, das – en: water # wegnehmen – en: to take away # Wein, der – en: wine # weinen – en: to cry (with tears) # Weißwein, der – en: white wine # Winter, der – en: winter # Woche, die – en: week # Zahn, der – en: tooth # Zigarette, die – en: cigarette # zu lang – en: too long :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 015|Lektion 015]] ← Lektion 016 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017|Lektion 017]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 016]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016]] dvlbwt3wpkyki2mgw4f8sad29bvblzk 0 4141 6812 6776 2023-10-02T16:50:37Z Quinlan83 1843 /* Vokabular: Lektion 017 */ fix wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016|Lektion 016]] ← Lektion 017 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018|Lektion 018]] == 710 - 714 == 710 :[[File:Deutsch 710 appca.ogg]] [[File:GI at Guantanamo visits the dentist.JPG|thumb|upright|beim Zahnarzt]] :Herr Schulze hat <abbr title="der Zahnschmerz- en: toothache; der Schmerz - pain">Zahnschmerzen</abbr> :--- :Herr Schulze: Guten Tag, Herr '''Doktor'''! :Zahnarzt: Guten Tag, Herr Schulze! Bitte nehmen Sie dort Platz! Haben Sie '''Schmerzen'''? :Herr Schulze: Ja, rechts '''<abbr title="unten - en: down; down there; bottom">unten</abbr> tut''' mir ein '''<abbr title="der Zahn - en: tooth">Zahn</abbr> <abbr title="weh tun = schmerzen - en: to hurt">weh</abbr>'''. <abbr title="seit - en: since">Seit</abbr> <abbr title="vorgestern - en: the day before yesterday">vorgestern</abbr> habe ich <abbr title="wenig - en: little; few; - (Ich habe wenig geschlafen - en: I have not slept much)">wenig</abbr> geschlafen. :Zahnarzt: <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">Öffnen</abbr> Sie bitte den '''<abbr title="der Mund - en: mouth">Mund</abbr>'''! Ja, dieser Zahn hat ein '''<abbr title="das Loch - en: hole; cavity">Loch</abbr>'''. Es ist <abbr title="schon - en: already">schon</abbr> sehr groß. Sie sind sehr '''spät''' gekommen. :Herr Schulze: Das <abbr title="das stimmt = das ist richtig - en: this is correct; this is right">stimmt</abbr>, Herr Doktor! '''<abbr title="ziehen - en: to pull; to extract">Ziehen</abbr>''' Sie den Zahn? :Zahnarzt: Aber nein, keine '''Angst'''! Wir '''<abbr title="röntgen - en: to have an X-ray taken; to x-ray somebody/something">röntgen</abbr>''' ihn zuerst. Aber ich '''<abbr title="glauben - en: to think; to believe">glaube</abbr>''', der Zahn links '''oben''' ist auch nicht '''<abbr title="in Ordnung - en: okay; all right; in order; die Ordnung - en: order">in Ordnung</abbr>'''. Haben Sie dort Schmerzen? :Herr Schulze: Ja, '''<abbr title="manchmal - en: sometimes">manchmal</abbr>''' tut er mir <abbr title="tut weh; wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt">weh</abbr>. :Zahnarzt: Wann sind Sie '''<abbr title="zuletzt = zum letzten Mal - en: last">zuletzt</abbr>''' hier gewesen, Herr Schulze? :Herr Schulze: <abbr title="ungefähr - en: approximately; about; roughly">Ungefähr</abbr> '''vor''' einem Jahr. :Zahnarzt: Sie haben zu lange <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">gewartet</abbr>. Ich mache jetzt eine '''Füllung'''. :Herr Schulze: Sie '''haben <abbr title="das Recht - en: right; Recht haben - en: to be right; to have right">Recht</abbr>''', Herr Doktor, aber ich hatte <abbr title="wirklich - en: really">wirklich</abbr> wenig Zeit. :Zahnarzt: Das ist keine '''<abbr title="die Entschuldigung - en: excuse; die Schuld - en: guilt; fault; blame">Entschuldigung</abbr>'''. Bitte kommen Sie '''<abbr title="mindestens - en: at least">mindestens</abbr> zweimal jährlich'''. So, Herr Schulze, das ist für heute alles. Morgen habe ich keine '''<abbr title="die Sprechstunde - en: surgery; office hours">Sprechstunde</abbr>'''. Bitte kommen Sie <abbr title="übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow">übermorgen</abbr>. '''<abbr title="Passt es Ihnen? - en: Does it fit you?">Passt es Ihnen</abbr>''' 15 Uhr? :Herr Schulze: Ja, '''da passt es mir'''. Ich danke Ihnen, Herr Doktor. Auf Wiedersehen! :Zahnarzt: Auf Wiedersehen! 711 :Fragen zum Text :--- :Wer hat '''Zahnschmerzen'''? :Welcher Zahn ist nicht in Ordnung? :Was macht der Zahnarzt? :Hat er den Zahn gezogen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 711 |- | :Wer hat Zahnschmerzen? - Herr Schulze hat Zahnschmerzen. :Welcher Zahn ist nicht in Ordnung? - Der Zahn rechts unten tut weh und der Zahn links oben ist auch nicht in Ordnung. :Was macht der Zahnarzt? - Er röntgt den Zahn, dann macht er eine Füllung. (Er macht eine Zahnfüllung.) :Hat er den Zahn gezogen? - Nein, er hat ihn nicht gezogen. |} 712 :'''Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text.''' :Lesen und lernen Sie die Beispiele! :--- :2x '''zuletzt''' :--- :<abbr title="zuerst - en: at first; initially; first">Zuerst</abbr> lerne ich die Vokabeln, dann schreibe ich die Aufgaben. :'''<abbr title="zuletzt- en: finally">Zuletzt</abbr>''' höre ich die CD. <abbr title="am Ende - en: finally; at the end; (das Ende - en: end)">Am Ende</abbr> höre ich die CD. :--- :<abbr title="vor drei Tagen - en: three days ago">Vor drei Tagen</abbr> habe ich Herrn Müller '''<abbr title="zuletzt - en: last time; last; finally">zuletzt</abbr>''' gesehen. :<abbr title="seit drei Tagen - en: since three days">Seit drei Tagen</abbr> habe ich ihn <abbr title="nicht mehr - en: no longer; not">nicht mehr</abbr> gesehen. 713 :2x '''in Ordnung sein''' :--- :Der Zahn ist in Ordnung. Er ist gesund. :--- :Herr Müller kommt immer <abbr title="pünktlich - en: punkctual; punctually">pünktlich</abbr>. :Das ist in Ordnung. Das ist richtig. Das ist gut. :Uta kommt nicht pünktlich. Das ist nicht in Ordnung. 714 :'''Ist das in Ordnung? Antworten Sie!''' :--- :Herr Weber kommt immer pünktlich. :Monika hat ihre Hausaufgaben vergessen. :Wir haben die CD's noch nicht geholt. :Karin ist heute zu spät gekommen. :Zuerst lerne ich die Vokabeln. :Zuletzt höre ich die CD. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 714 |- | :Herr Weber kommt immer pünktlich. - Ja, das ist in Ordnung. :Monika hat ihre Hausaufgaben vergessen. - Nein, das ist nicht in Ordnung. :Wir haben die CD's noch nicht geholt. - Nein, das ist nicht in Ordnung. :Karin ist heute zu spät gekommen. - Nein, das ist nicht in Ordnung. :Zuerst lerne ich die Vokabeln. - Ja, das ist in Ordnung. :Zuletzt höre ich die CD. - Ja, das ist in Ordnung. |} == 715 - 719 == 715 :'''<abbr title="oft - en: often; frequently">oft</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="manchmal - en: sometimes">manchmal</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Gehen Sie '''oft''' ins Theater? :⇒ Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich gehe nur manchmal ins Theater. :⇒ Ja, <abbr title="sehr oft - en: very often">sehr oft</abbr>. Ja, ich gehe sehr oft ins Theater. :--- :Gehen Sie oft ins Konzert? :Gehen Sie oft ins Kino? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Darmstadt|Darmstadt]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Hodenhagen|Hodenhagen]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Busendorf (Beelitz)|Busendorf]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Tuntenhausen|Tuntenhausen]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Hymendorf|Hymendorf]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Darmstadt-Wixhausen|Wixhausen]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Fickmühlen|Fickmühlen]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Vögelsen|Vögelsen]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Sexau|Sexau]]? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Fucking|Fucking]]? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 715 |- | :Gehen Sie oft ins Konzert? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich gehe nur manchmal ins Konzert. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich gehe sehr oft ins Konzert. :Gehen Sie oft ins Kino? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich gehe nur manchmal ins Kino. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich gehe sehr oft ins Kino. :Fahren Sie oft nach Darmstadt? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Darmstadt. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Darmstadt. :Fahren Sie oft nach Hodenhagen? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Hodenhagen. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Hodenhagen. :Fahren Sie oft nach Busendorf? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Busendorf. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Busendorf. :Fahren Sie oft nach Tuntenhausen? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Tuntenhausen. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Tuntenhausen. :Fahren Sie oft nach Hymendorf? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Hymendorf. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Hymendorf. :Fahren Sie oft nach Wixhausen? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Wixhausen. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Wixhausen. :Fahren Sie oft nach Fickmühlen? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Fickmühlen. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Fickmühlen. :Fahren Sie oft nach Vögelsen? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Vögelsen. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Vögelsen. :Fahren Sie oft nach Sexau? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Sexau. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Sexau. :Fahren Sie oft nach Fucking? - Nein, nur manchmal. - Nein, ich fahre nur manchmal nach Fucking. - Ja, sehr oft. - Ja, ich fahre sehr oft nach Fucking. :--- :Darmstadt ::der Darm :Hodenhagen ::der Hoden :Busendorf ::der Busen ([[:de:w:Weibliche Brust|weibliche Brust]]) :Tuntenhausen ::die Tunte - Schwule, die durch ein besonders affektiertes Verhalten auffallen ::schwul ::homosexuell :Hymendorf ::das Hymen (en: hymen) :Wixhausen ::wixen - vulgär für onanieren ::Masturbation :Fickmühlen ::ficken - vulgär für Geschlechtsverkehr (en: to fuck) ::die Mühle - Wassermühle, Windmühle :Vögelsen ::vögeln - vulgär für Geschlechtsverkehr (en: to fuck) ::vögeln = ficken :Sexau ::der Sex :Fucking ::to fuck (engl.) - ein Vulgärausdruck der modernen englischen Sprache |} 716 :Beispiel: :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Weimar|Weimar]]? :⇒ Nach Weimar? Nein, nicht oft. :--- :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Wolfsburg|Wolfsburg]]? :Gehen Sie oft ins Konzert? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Fulda|Fulda]]? :Gehen Sie oft ins Kino? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Hanau|Hanau]]? :Gehen Sie oft ins Theater? :Fahren Sie oft nach [[:de:w:Kassel|Kassel]]? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 716 |- | :Fahren Sie oft nach Wolfsburg? - Nach Wolfburg? Nein, nicht oft. :Gehen Sie oft ins Konzert? - Ins Konzert? Nein, nicht oft. :Fahren Sie oft nach Fulda? - Nach Fulda? Nein, nicht oft. :Gehen Sie oft ins Kino? - Ins Kino? Nein, nicht oft. :Fahren Sie oft nach Hanau? - Nach Hanau? Nein, nicht oft. :Gehen Sie oft ins Theater? - Ins Theater? Nein, nicht oft. :Fahren Sie oft nach Kassel? - Nach Kassel? Nein, nicht oft. |} 717 :'''glauben''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wohnt Herr Weber in [[:de:w:Chemnitz|Chemnitz]]? ([[:de:w:Erfurt|Erfurt]]) :⇒ Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, er wohnt in Erfurt. :--- :Studiert Frau Richter in [[:de:w:Potsdam|Potsdam]]? ([[:de:w:Leipzig|Leipzig]]) :Spricht Karin Spanisch? (Russisch) :Wohnt Herr Müller in [[:de:w:Jena|Jena]]? ([[:de:w:Weimar|Weimar]]) :Lernt Thorsten Französisch? (Englisch) :Hat der Zahnarzt heute Sprechstunde? (keine Sprechstunde) :Hat Frau Schulze Zahnschmerzen? (keine Zahnschmerzen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 717 |- | :Wohnt Herr Weber in Chemnitz? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, er wohnt in Erfurt. :--- :Studiert Frau Richter in Potsdam? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, sie studiert in Leipzig. :Spricht Karin Spanisch? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, sie spricht Russisch. :Wohnt Herr Müller in Jena? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, er wohnt in Weimar. :Lernt Thorsten Französisch? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, er lernt Englisch. :Hat der Zahnarzt heute Sprechstunde? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, er hat keine Sprechstunde. :Hat Frau Schulze Zahnschmerzen? - Ich weiß nicht, aber ich glaube, sie hat keine Zahnschmerzen. |} 718 :'''vor''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wann hat Herr Schulze sein Auto gekauft? (vor einem Jahr) :⇒ Vor einem Jahr hat er sein Auto gekauft. :--- :Wann hat Karin meine Karte bekommen? (vor einer Woche) :Wann haben Sie Maria zuletzt gesehen? (vor einem Monat) :Wann hast du dein Studium <abbr title="beginnen - en: to begin; to start">begonnen</abbr>? (vor einem Jahr) :Wann hat Beate Geburtstag gehabt? (vor einem Monat) :Wann ist Karsten nach Hause gekommen? (vor einer Minute) :Wann hat Herr Grundwald sein Studium beendet? (vor einem Jahr) :Wann haben Sie das Buch geholt? (vor dem Unterricht) :Wann habt ihr Herrn Müller gesehen? (vor der Konferenz) :Wann ist Thomas in die Stadt gegangen? (vor dem Mittagessen) :Wann hat Monika die Theaterkarten geholt? (vor der <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture">Vorlesung</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 718 |- | :Wann hat Herr Schulze sein Auto gekauft? - Vor einem Jahr hat er sein Auto gekauft. :--- :Wann hat Karin meine Karte bekommen? - Vor einer Woche hat sie deine Karte bekommen. :Wann haben Sie Maria zuletzt gesehen? - Vor einem Monat habe ich sie zuletzt gesehen. :Wann hast du dein Studium begonnen? - Vor einem Jahr habe ich mein Studium begonnen. :Wann hat Beate Geburtstag gehabt? - Vor einem Monat hat sie Geburtstag gehabt. :Wann ist Karsten nach Hause gekommen? - Vor einer Minute ist er nach Hause gekommen. :Wann hat Herr Grundwald sein Studium beendet? - Vor einem Jahr hat er sein Studium beendet. :Wann haben Sie das Buch geholt? - Vor dem Unterricht habe ich das Buch geholt. :Wann habt ihr Herrn Müller gesehen? - Vor der Konferenz haben wir ihn gesehen. :Wann ist Thomas in die Stadt gegangen? - Vor dem Mittagessen ist er in die Stadt gegangen. :Wann hat Monika die Theaterkarten geholt? - Vor der Vorlesung hat sie die Theaterkarten geholt. |} 719 :'''vor''' :'''seit''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wann hat er sein Studium begonnen? (zwei Jahre) :⇒ Vor zwei Jahren hat er sein Studium begonnen. :--- :Beispiel: :Seit wann studiert er? :⇒ Seit zwei Jahren. :--- :Wann hat der Unterricht begonnen? (zwei Stunden) :Seit wann arbeitet ihr heute? :--- :Wann ist er nach [[:de:w:Wernigerode|Wernigerode]] gefahren? (vier Monate) :Seit wann arbeitet er in Wernigerode? :--- :Wann ist er ins Kino gegangen? (eine Stunde) :Seit wann ist er dort? :--- :Wann ist Karin nach Hause gekommen? (fünf Minuten) :Seit wann ist sie '''zu Hause'''? :--- :<abbr title="fliegen - en: to fly">fliegen</abbr> :geflogen :Wann ist Herr Schröder nach Moskau geflogen? (eine Woche) :Seit wann ist er in Moskau? :--- :Wann hat Peter die Bücher bekommen? (ein Monat) :Seit wann hat er die Bücher? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 719 |- | :Wann hat er sein Studium begonnen? - Vor zwei Jahren hat er sein Studium begonnen. :Seit wann studiert er? - Seit zwei Jahren. :--- :Wann hat der Unterricht begonnen? - Vor zwei Stunden hat der Unterricht begonnen. :Seit wann arbeitet ihr heute? - Seit zwei Stunden. :--- :Wann ist er nach Wernigerode gefahren? - Vor vier Monate'''n''' ist er nach Wernigerode gefahren. :Seit wann arbeitet er in Wernigerode? - Seit vier Monate'''n'''. :--- :Wann ist er ins Kino gegangen? - Vor eine'''r''' Stunde ist er ins Kino gegangen. :Seit wann ist er dort? - Seit einer Stunde. :--- :Wann ist Karin nach Hause gekommen? - Vor fünf Minuten ist Karin nach Hause gekommen. :Seit wann ist sie zu Hause? - Seit fünf Minuten. :--- :fliegen :geflogen :Wann ist Herr Schröder nach Moskau geflogen? - Vor einer Woche ist er nach Moskau geflogen. :Seit wann ist er in Moskau? - Seit einer Woche. :--- :Wann hat Peter die Bücher bekommen? - Vor einem Monat hat er die Bücher bekommen. :Seit wann hat er die Bücher? - Seit einem Monat |} == 720 - 724 == 720 :'''... tut ... weh''' :--- :'''Der Zahnarzt fragt Sie. Sie antworten. :--- :Beispiel: :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? (rechts oben) :⇒ Der Zahn rechts oben tut mir weh. :--- :rechts oben :rechts unten :links oben :links unten :hier oben :hier unten :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 720 |- | :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn rechts oben tut mir weh. :--- :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn rechts oben tut mir weh. :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn rechts unten tut mir weh. :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn links oben tut mir weh. :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn links unten tut mir weh. :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn hier oben tut mir weh. :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? - Der Zahn hier unten tut mir weh. |} 721 :'''<abbr title="Passt es Ihnen? - en: Does it fit you?">Passt es Ihnen?</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Ich bringe Ihnen heute Ihr Buch. (um drei) :⇒ Ich bringe Ihnen heute Ihr Buch. Passt es Ihnen um drei? :⇒ Ja, da passt es mir. :--- :Ich bringe Ihnen morgen die CD. (um sieben) :Wir besuchen dich übermorgen. (halb fünf) :Ich besuche Sie heute Nachmittag. (um vier) :Wir bringen dir morgen die Karten. (halb sechs) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 721 |- | :Ich bringe Ihnen heute Ihr Buch. Passt es Ihnen um drei? - Ja, da passt es mir. :--- :Ich bringe Ihnen morgen die CD. Passt es Ihnen um sieben? - Ja, da passt es mir. :Wir besuchen dich übermorgen. Passt es dir halb fünf? - Ja, da passt es mir. :Ich besuche Sie heute Nachmittag. Passt es Ihnen um vier? - Ja, da passt es mir. :Wir bringen dir morgen die Karten. Passt es dir halb sechs? - Ja, da passt es mir. |} 722 :'''Der Zahnarzt fragt Sie. Sie antworten.''' :--- :Haben Sie Schmerzen? :Seit wann haben Sie Schmerzen? :Wo haben Sie Schmerzen? :Welcher Zahn tut Ihnen weh? :Wann sind Sie zuletzt hier gewesen? :Warum sind Sie nicht vor einem Monat gekommen? 723 :Beispiel: :Wie spät ist es jetzt? (gleich zwölf) :⇒ Es ist gleich zwölf. :--- :gleich halb zwölf :gleich fünf :gleich halb fünf :gleich sechs :gleich halb sechs :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 723 |- | :Wie spät ist es jetzt? - Es ist gleich zwölf. :--- :Wie spät ist es jetzt? - Es ist gleich halb zwölf. :Wie spät ist es jetzt? - Es ist gleich fünf. :Wie spät ist es jetzt? - Es ist gleich halb fünf. :Wie spät ist es jetzt? - Es ist gleich sechs. :Wie spät ist es jetzt? - Es ist gleich halb sechs. |} 724 :Übungen zur Phonetik :--- :[ɛ] - essen, Geld, englisch :[y:] - für, Gemüse, üben, Bücher :[ø:] - hören, mögen, Söhne :[œ] - können, <abbr title="die Hölle - en: hell">Hölle</abbr>, [[:de:w:Köln|Köln]], zwölf, Wörter, öffnen :[ʏ] (kurzes ü) - <abbr title="die Nuss - en: nut">Nüsse</abbr> [ˈnʏsə], <abbr title="der Kuss - en: kiss">Küsse</abbr>, Küste :--- :Öffnen Sie bitte das Buch. :Öffnen Sie bitte die Bücher! :Öffnen Sie bitte die Tür! :--- :Gemüse - Gibt es heute Gemüse? :Bücher - Wo sind meine Bücher? :hören - Hören Sie bitte! :Größe - Brauchen Sie die Größe 50? :<abbr title="die Qualität - en: quality">Qualität</abbr> - Die Qualität ist gut. == 725 - 729 == 725 :Aller guten Dinge sind drei. :Aller Anfang ist schwer. :--- :<abbr title="alle - en: all">alle</abbr> :<abbr title="einige - en: some">einige</abbr> :<abbr title="wenige - en: little; few">wenige</abbr> :<abbr title="keiner - en: no one; nobody">keiner</abbr> :<abbr title="das Ding - en: thing">das Ding</abbr>, Plural: die Dinge :die Sache :<abbr title="der Anfang - en: the beginning; the start">der Anfang</abbr> :<abbr title="anfangen - en: to begin; to start">anfangen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Beginn - en: the beginning; the start">der Beginn</abbr> :<abbr title="beginnen - en: to begin; to start">beginnen</abbr> :<abbr title="das Ende - en: end">das Ende</abbr> :<abbr title="beenden - en: to end; to finish; to terminate">beenden</abbr> :<abbr title="der Schluss - en: end">der Schluss</abbr> :<abbr title="schwer - en: heavy; difficult; hard">schwer</abbr> :schwer - schwerer - <abbr title="am schwersten - en: the most heavy; the most difficult">am schwersten</abbr> :schwierig - schwieriger - <abbr title="am schwierigsten - en: the most difficult">am schwierigsten</abbr> :<abbr title="leicht - en: easy; lightweight">leicht</abbr> :leicht - leichter - <abbr title="am leichtesten - en: most easily">am leichtesten</abbr> 726 :Klappe zu, Affe tot. :Alle <abbr title="der Weg - en: path; way">Wege</abbr> <abbr title="führen - en: to lead">führen</abbr> nach Rom. :<abbr title="das Alter - en: age">Alter</abbr> geht vor <abbr title="die Schönheit - en: beauty">Schöhnheit</abbr>. :--- :<abbr title="die Klappe - en: flap">die Klappe</abbr> :<abbr title="der Mund - en: mouth">der Mund</abbr> :<abbr title="der Affe - en: monkey">der Affe</abbr> :<abbr title="tot - en: dead">tot</abbr> :<abbr title="töten - en: to kill">töten</abbr> :habe getötet :<abbr title="lebendig - en: alive">lebendig</abbr> :<abbr title="das Leben - en: life">das Leben</abbr> :<abbr title="der Tod - en: death">der Tod</abbr> (Ende des Sterbevorgangs) :<abbr title="der Tote - en: the dead">der Tote</abbr> :<abbr title="sterben - en: to die">sterben</abbr> :ist gestorben 727 :Ich wünsche Ihnen ein schönes Wochen-Ende. :Ich wünsche Ihnen noch ein schönes Wochen-Ende. :Ich wünsche Ihnen noch einen schönen Tag. :Ich wünsche Ihnen noch eine schöne Woche. :Ich wünsche Ihnen einen schönen Urlaub. :Ich wünsche Ihnen noch einen schönen Urlaub. 728 :<abbr title="der Anmachspruch - en: pick-up line; (sprechen - en: to speak; der Spruch - en: saying; aphosism; slogan); (anmachen - en: to pick up; to turn on)">Anmachsprüche</abbr> (Teil 1): :#Hast du eine Landkarte mitgebracht? Ich <abbr title="verlieren - en: to lose">verliere</abbr> mich <abbr title="gerade - en: just; in this moment">gerade</abbr> in deinen <abbr title="das Auge - en: eye">Augen</abbr>. :#<abbr title="eigentlich - en: actually">Eigentlich</abbr> bin ich ja kein Typ für eine <abbr title="die Nacht - en: night">Nacht</abbr>, aber für dich <abbr title="ich würde machen - en: I would make">würde</abbr> ich eine <abbr title="die Ausnahme - en: exception">Ausnahme</abbr> <abbr title="machen - en: to make; (würde machen - en: would make)">machen</abbr>. :#Du siehst interessant aus. Ich würde dich gerne kennen lernen. <abbr title="Was hältst du davon? - en: How do you think about this?; (halten - en: to think; to consider; to regard)">Was hältst du davon</abbr>, wenn wir uns <abbr title="irgendwann - en: sometimes">irgendwann</abbr> mal auf einen Kaffee treffen <abbr title="oder so was - en: or something like that">oder so was</abbr>? <abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps">Vielleicht</abbr> <abbr title="tauschen - en: to exchange">tauschen</abbr> wir unsere Nummern <abbr title="austauschen = tauschen - en: to exchange">aus</abbr>? 729 :<abbr title="Anmachsprüche - en: pick-up lines; anmachen; (der Spruch - en: saying; aphosism; slogan)">Anmachsprüche</abbr> (<abbr title="der Teil - en: part">Teil</abbr> 2): :#<abbr title="Hey, du siehst nett aus! - en: Hey, you look nice!">Hey, du siehst nett aus.</abbr> <abbr title="du bist - en: you are">Du bist</abbr> <abbr title="ab jetzt - en:from now ona">ab jetzt</abbr> <abbr title="meine neue Freundin - en: my new girlfriend">meine neue Freundin.</abbr> :#Ich habe <abbr title="so - en: such a; so">so</abbr> einen <abbr title="trocken - en: dry">trockenen</abbr> <abbr title="der Mund - en: mouth">Mund</abbr>. Hast du <abbr title="vielleicht - en: mayby; perhaps">vielleicht</abbr> eine <abbr title="nass - en: wet">nasse</abbr> <abbr title="Sprache - en: tongue">Zunge</abbr> für mich? :#Auf welchen Anmachspruch würdest du am positivsten reagieren? :#Entschuldigung, hast du etwas <abbr title="das Kleingeld - en: change (money)">Kleingeld</abbr> für mich? Ich möchte meine Mutter <abbr title="anrufen - en: to call (by phone)">anrufen</abbr> und ihr sagen, dass ich gerade meine Traumfrau <abbr title="treffen - en: to meet; finden - en: to find">getroffen</abbr> habe. == Vokabular: Lektion 017 == : der Zahnschmerz - en: toothache : der Schmerz - pain : unten - en: down; down there; bottom : der Zahn - en: tooth : weh tun = schmerzen - en: to hurt : seit - en: since : vorgestern - en: the day before yesterday : wenig - en: little; few : Ich habe wenig geschlafen - en: I have not slept much : öffnen - en: to open : der Mund - en: mouth : das Loch - en: hole; cavity : schon - en: already : das stimmt = das ist richtig - en: this is correct; this is right : ziehen - en: to pull; to extract : röntgen - en: to have an X-ray taken; to X-ray somebody/something : glauben - en: to think; to believe : in Ordnung - en: okay; all right; in order : die Ordnung - en: order : manchmal - en: sometimes : tut weh; wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt : zuletzt = zum letzten Mal - en: last time : ungefähr - en: approximately; about; roughly : warten - en: to wait : das Recht - en: right : Recht haben - en: to be right; to have righ : wirklich - en: really : die Entschuldigung - en: excuse : die Schuld - en: guilt; fault; blame : mindestens - en: at least : die Sprechstunde - en: surgery; office hours : übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow : Passt es Ihnen? - en: Does it fit you? : zuerst - en: at first; initially; first : zuletzt- en: finally : am Ende - en: finally; at the end : das Ende - en: end : vor drei Tagen - en: three days ago : zuletzt - en: last time; last; finally : seit drei Tagen - en: since three days : nicht mehr - en: no longer; not : pünktlich - en: punkctual; punctually : oft - en: often; frequently : manchmal - en: sometimes : sehr oft - en: very often : beginnen - en: to begin; to start : die Vorlesung - en: lecture : fliegen - en: to fly : Passt es Ihnen? - en: Does it fit you? : die Hölle - en: hell : die Nuss - en: nut : der Kuss - en: kiss : die Qualität - en: quality : alle - en: all : einige - en: some : wenige - en: little; few : keiner - en: no one; nobody : das Ding - en: thing : der Anfang - en: the beginning; the start : anfangen - en: to begin; to start : der Beginn - en: the beginning; the start : beginnen - en: to begin; to start : das Ende - en: end : beenden - en: to end; to finish; to terminate : der Schluss - en: end : schwer - en: heavy; difficult; hard : am schwierigsten - en: the most difficult : leicht - en: easy; lightweight : am leichtesten - en: most easily : der Weg - en: path; way : führen - en: to lead : das Alter - en: age : die Schönheit - en: beauty : die Klappe - en: flap : der Mund - en: mouth : der Affe - en: monkey : tot - en: dead : töten - en: to kill : lebendig - en: alive : das Leben - en: life : der Tod - en: death : der Tote - en: the dead : sterben - en: to die : der Anmachspruch - en: pick-up line : sprechen - en: to speak : der Spruch - en: saying; aphosism; slogan : anmachen - en: to pick up; to turn on : verlieren - en: to lose : gerade - en: just; in this moment : das Auge - en: eye : eigentlich - en: actually : die Nacht - en: night : ich würde machen - en: I would make : die Ausnahme - en: exception : machen - en: to make : würde machen - en: would make : Was hältst du davon? - en: How do you think about this? : halten - en: to think; to consider; to regard : irgendwann - en: sometimes : oder so was - en: or something like that : vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps : tauschen - en: to exchange : austauschen = tauschen - en: to exchange : Anmachsprüche - en: pick-up lines : der Spruch - en: saying; aphosism; slogan : der Teil - en: part : Hey, du siehst nett aus! - en: Hey, you look nice! : du bist - en: you are : ab jetzt - en:from now ona : meine neue Freundin - en: my new girlfriend : so - en: such a; so : trocken - en: dry : der Mund - en: mouth : vielleicht - en: mayby; perhaps : nass - en: wet : Sprache - en: tongue : das Kleingeld - en: change (money) : anrufen - en: to call (by phone) : treffen - en: to meet : finden - en: to find == Vokabular: Lektion 017 - alphabetisch geordnet == # ab jetzt - en:from now ona # Affe, der - en: monkey # alle - en: all # Alter, das - en: age # am Ende - en: finally; at the end # am leichtesten - en: most easily # am schwierigsten - en: the most difficult # Anfang, der - en: the beginning; the start # anfangen - en: to begin; to start # anmachen - en: to pick up; to turn on # Anmachspruch, der; Plural: Anmachsprüche - en: pick-up line # anrufen - en: to call (by phone) # Auge, das - en: eye # Ausnahme, die - en: exception # austauschen = tauschen - en: to exchange # beenden - en: to end; to finish; to terminate # Beginn, der - en: the beginning; the start # beginnen - en: to begin; to start # das stimmt = das ist richtig - en: this is correct; this is right # Ding, das - en: thing # du bist - en: you are # eigentlich - en: actually # einige - en: some # Ende, das - en: end # Entschuldigung, die - en: excuse # finden - en: to find # fliegen - en: to fly # führen - en: to lead # gerade - en: just; in this moment # glauben - en: to think; to believe # halten - en: to think; to consider; to regard # Hey, du siehst nett aus! - en: Hey, you look nice! # Hölle, die - en: hell # Ich habe wenig geschlafen - en: I have not slept much # ich würde machen - en: I would make # in Ordnung - en: okay; all right; in order # irgendwann - en: sometimes # keiner - en: no one; nobody # Klappe, die - en: flap # Kleingeld, das - en: change (money) # Kuss, der - en: kiss # Leben, das - en: life # lebendig - en: alive # leicht - en: easy; lightweight # Loch, das - en: hole; cavity # machen - en: to make # manchmal - en: sometimes # meine neue Freundin - en: my new girlfriend # mindestens - en: at least # Mund, der - en: mouth # Nacht, die - en: night # nass - en: wet # nicht mehr - en: no longer; not # Nuss, die - en: nut # oder so was - en: or something like that # öffnen - en: to open # oft - en: often; frequently # Ordnung, die - en: order # Passt es Ihnen? - en: Does it fit you? # pünktlich - en: punkctual; punctually # Qualität, die - en: quality # Recht haben - en: to be right; to have righ # Recht, das - en: right # röntgen - en: to have an X-ray taken; to x-ray somebody/something # Schluss, der - en: end # Schmerz, der - pain # schon - en: already # Schönheit, die - en: beauty # Schuld, die - en: guilt; fault; blame # schwer - en: heavy; difficult; hard # sehr oft - en: very often # seit - en: since # seit drei Tagen - en: since three days # so - en: such a; so # Sprache - en: tongue # sprechen - en: to speak # Sprechstunde, die - en: surgery; office hours # Spruch, der; Plural: Sprüche - en: saying; aphosism; slogan # sterben - en: to die # tauschen - en: to exchange # Teil, der - en: part # Tod, der - en: death # tot - en: dead # Tote, der - en: the dead # töten - en: to kill # treffen - en: to meet # trocken - en: dry # tut weh; wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt # übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow # ungefähr - en: approximately; about; roughly # unten - en: down; down there; bottom # verlieren - en: to lose # vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps # vor drei Tagen - en: three days ago # vorgestern - en: the day before yesterday # Vorlesung, die - en: lecture # warten - en: to wait # Was hältst du davon? - en: How do you think about this? # Weg, der - en: path; way # weh tun = schmerzen - en: to hurt # wenig = wenige - en: little; few # wirklich - en: really # würde machen - en: would make # Zahn, der - en: tooth # Zahnschmerz, der - en: toothache # ziehen - en: to pull; to extract # zuerst - en: at first; initially; first # zuletzt- en: finally; last # zum letzten Mal - en: last time :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 016|Lektion 016]] ← Lektion 017 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018|Lektion 018]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 017]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017]] kop3i7vfws0sntk0fq5czhru3p38q8m 0 4142 6775 6255 2023-03-15T06:46:01Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017|Lektion 017]] ← Lektion 018 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019|Lektion 019]] == 730 - 739 == 730 :[[File:Deutsch 730 appca.ogg]] :Übungen zur Grammatik :'''Die Präposition „mit“ mit dem Dativ''' ([[:de:w:Präposition|Präposition]]; [[:en:w:Preposition and postposition#Grammatical properties|Preposition]]) :Uta, Peter und Thomas arbeiten <abbr title="oft - en: often; frequently">oft</abbr> zusammen. Sie arbeiten gern <abbr title="zu dritt - en: three of us; threesome; three at a time">zu dritt</abbr>. Aber heute ist Thomas nicht gekommen. :Uta: Wo ist Thomas? :Peter: Er arbeitet heute nicht '''mit uns'''. Er ist '''mit einem Freund''' in die Stadt gegangen. :Uta: '''Mit wem?''' :Peter: '''Mit einem Freund''' aus [[:de:w:Bremerhaven|Bremerhaven]], Herrn Schüttert. :Uta: Das macht nichts, dann arbeiten wir heute <abbr title="zu zweit - en: two of us; two at a time; in pairs">zu zweit</abbr>. '''Womit''' <abbr title="beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin; der Anfang = der Beginn - en: beginning; start">beginnen</abbr> wir? :Peter: '''Mit der Übung''' 9, Seite 178. :Die Freunde üben, sie fragen und antworten. Sie übersetzen die Beispiele '''mit dem Wörterbuch'''. 731 :<abbr title="Mit wem?- en: With whom?">Mit wem</abbr> ...? :::{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Thomas ist || <font color="993300">'''mit einem Freund'''</font> || in die Stadt gegangen. |-align="center" | Monika hat || <font color="993300">'''mit dem Kind'''</font> || gespielt. |-align="center" | Frau Pohl hat || <font color="993300">'''mit ihrer Tochter'''</font> || Einkäufe gemacht. |-align="center" | Wir sind || <font color="993300">'''mit unseren Gästen'''</font> || in Berlin gewesen. |} 732 :<abbr title="Womit?- en: With what?">Womit</abbr> ...? :::{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Die Studenten üben || <font color="993300">'''mit einem CD-Player'''</font>. |-align="center" | Sie beginnen || <font color="993300">'''mit der Übung 9'''</font>. |-align="center" | Dann übersetzen sie || <font color="993300">'''mit ihren Wörterbüchern'''</font>. |} 733 :Beispiel: :Hat Thomas mit seinem Freund gelernt? :Ist er mit ihm auch in die Stadt gegangen? :⇒ :⇒ a. Hat Thomas mit seinem Freund gelernt? :⇒ b. Ja, er hat mit seinem Freund gelernt. :⇒ a. Ist er mit ihm auch in die Stadt gegangen? :⇒ b. Ja, er ist mit ihm auch in die Stadt gegangen. :--- :Hat Herr Wagner mit seinem Sohn gespielt? :Ist er mit ihm auch in den Park gegangen? :--- :Hat Frau Stein mit dem Übersetzer gesprochen? :Hat sie mit ihm auch den Brief übersetzt? :--- :Ist Frau Lehmann mit ihrer Tochter ins Kaufhaus gegangen? :Hat sie mit ihr auch Einkäufe gemacht? :--- :Hat Monika mit einer Studentin gearbeitet? :Hat sie mit ihr auch den Text wiederholt? :--- :Haben Sie mit den Studenten diesen Abschnitt gelesen? :Haben Sie mit ihnen auch die Aufgabe gerechnet? :--- :Sind Sie mit Ihren Gästen in [[:de:w:Aurich|Aurich]] gewesen? :Sind Sie mit ihnen auch ins Theater gegangen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 733 |- | :a. Hat Thomas mit seinem Freund gelernt? :b. Ja, er hat mit seinem Freund gelernt. :a. Ist er mit ihm auch in die Stadt gegangen? :b. Ja, er ist mit ihm auch in die Stadt gegangen. :--- :a. Hat Herr Wagner mit seinem Sohn gespielt? :b. Ja, er hat mit seinem Sohn gespielt. :a. Ist er mit ihm auch in den Park gegangen? :b. Ja, er ist mit ihm auch in den Park gegangen. :--- :a. Hat Frau Stein mit dem Übersetzer gesprochen? :b. Ja, sie hat mit dem Übersetzer gesprochen. :a. Hat sie mit ihm auch den Brief übersetzt? :b. Ja, sie hat mit ihm auch den Brief übersetzt. :--- :a. Ist Frau Lehmann mit ihrer Tochter ins Kaufhaus gegangen? :b. Ja, sie ist mit ihrer Tochter ins Kaufhaus gegangen. :a. Hat sie mit ihr auch Einkäufe gemacht? :b. Ja, sie hat mit ihr auch Einkäufe gemacht. :--- :a. Hat Monika mit einer Studentin gearbeitet? :b. Ja, sie hat mit einer Studentin gearbeitet. :a. Hat sie mit ihr auch den Text wiederholt? :b. Ja, sie hat mit ihr auch den Text wiederholt. :--- :a. Haben Sie mit den Studenten diesen Abschnitt gelesen? :b. Ja, ich habe mit den Studenten diesen Abschnitt gelesen. :a. Haben Sie mit ihnen auch die Aufgabe gerechnet? :b. Ja, ich habe mit ihnen auch die Aufgabe gerechnet. :--- :a. Sind Sie mit Ihren Gästen in Aurich gewesen? :b. Ja, ich bin mit meinen Gästen in Aurich gewesen. :a. Sind Sie mit ihnen auch ins Theater gegangen? :b. Ja, ich bin mit ihnen auch ins Theater gegangen. |} 734 :Beispiel: :(mit Ihrem Lehrer) :⇒ :⇒ a. Haben Sie schon ''mit Ihrem Lehrer'' gesprochen? :⇒ b. Nein, ich habe <abbr title="noch nicht - en: not yet; still not">noch nicht</abbr> ''mit ihm'' gesprochen. :⇒ a. Sprechen Sie morgen ''mit ihm''? :⇒ b. Ja, morgen spreche ich <abbr title="bestimmt - en: certainly">bestimmt</abbr> ''mit ihm''. :--- :(mit der Studentin) :(mit den Zahnärzten) :(mit dem Übersetzer) :(mit den Mathematikern) :(mit Frau Wagner) :(mit unseren Gästen) :(mit den Arbeiterinnen) :(mit Ihrem Vater) :(mit Ihrer Mutter) :(mit Ihrem Bruder) :(mit Ihrer Schwester) :(mit dem Studenten) :(mit der Studentin) :(mit den Studenten) :(mit den Studentinnen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 734 |- | :a. Haben Sie schon mit Ihrem Lehrer gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihm gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihm? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit der Studentin gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihr gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihr? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihr. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit den Zahnärzten gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihnen gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihnen? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit dem Übersetzer gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihm gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihm? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit den Mathematikern gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihnen gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihnen? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit Frau Wagner gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihr gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihr? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihr. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit unseren Gästen gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihnen gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihnen? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit den Arbeiterinnen gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihnen gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihnen? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit Ihrem Vater gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihm gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihm? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit Ihrer Mutter gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihr gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihr? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihr. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit Ihrem Bruder gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihm gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihm? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit Ihrer Schwester gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihr gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihr? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihr. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit dem Studenten gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihm gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihm? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihm. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit der Studentin gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihr gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihr? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihr. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit den Studenten gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihnen gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihnen? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihnen. :--- :a. Haben Sie schon mit den Studentinnen gesprochen? :b. Nein, ich habe noch nicht mit ihnen gesprochen. :a. Sprechen Sie morgen mit ihnen? :b. Ja, morgen spreche ich bestimmt mit ihnen. |} 735 :Beispiel: :Mit wem sind Sie in [[:de:w:Emden|Emden]] gewesen? (mein Bruder) :⇒ Ich bin mit meinem Bruder in Emden gewesen. :--- :Mit wem haben Sie die Hausaufgaben gemacht? (meine Freundin) :Mit wem seid ihr ins Kino gegangen? (die Studentinnen) :Mit wem hat der Lehrer gesprochen? (mein Vater) :Mit wem hat Frau Wagner Einkäufe gemacht? (ihre Tochter) :Mit wem bist du ins <abbr title="das Museum - en: museum; Plural: Museen">Museum</abbr> gegangen? (meine Freunde) :Mit wem ist Frau Pohl nach [[:de:w:Oldenburg (Oldenburg)|Oldenburg]] gefahren? (ihre Kinder) :Mit wem haben Sie den <abbr title="der Betrieb - en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr> <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besucht</abbr>? (meine Lehrerin) :Mit wem haben Sie gestern gearbeitet. (die Übersetzerin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 735 |- | :Mit wem sind Sie in Emden gewesen? - Ich bin mit meinem Bruder in Emden gewesen. :--- :Mit wem haben Sie die Hausaufgaben gemacht? - Ich habe mit meiner Freundin die Hausaufgaben gemacht. :Mit wem seid ihr ins Kino gegangen? - Wir sind mit den Studentinnen ins Kino gegangen. :Mit wem hat der Lehrer gesprochen? - Er hat mit meinem Vater gesprochen. :Mit wem hat Frau Wagner Einkäufe gemacht? - Sie hat mit ihrer Tochter Einkäufe gemacht. :Mit wem bis du ins Museum gegangen? - Ich bin mit meinen Freunden ins Museum gegangen. :Mit wem ist Frau Pohl nach Oldenburg gefahren? - Sie ist mit ihren Kindern nach Oldenburg gefahren. :Mit wem haben Sie den Betrieb besucht? - Ich habe mit meiner Lehrerin den Betrieb besucht. :Mit wem haben Sie gestern gearbeitet. - Ich habe gestern mit der Übersetzerin gearbeitet. (Ich habe mit der Übersetzerin gestern gearbeitet.) |} 736 :Beispiel: :'''<abbr title="womit? - en: with what? ">Womit</abbr>''' haben Sie jetzt <abbr title="beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin; to start">begonnen</abbr>? (Übungen) :⇒ Mit den Übungen. :⇒ Wir haben jetzt mit den Übungen begonnen. :--- :Womit haben Sie heute gearbeitet? (Lehrbuch) :Womit haben Sie die Vokabeln übersetzt? (Wörterbuch) :Womit haben Sie gestern Nachmittag geübt? (Tonband) :Womit haben Sie das Bild gezeichnet? (Bleistift) :Womit haben Sie die <abbr title="das Diapositiv - en: slide">Dias</abbr> <abbr title="zeigen - en: to show">gezeigt</abbr>? ('''<abbr title="der Projektor - en: projector">Projektor</abbr>''') :Womit haben die Kinder gespielt? (Bilder) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 736 |- | :Womit haben Sie jetzt begonnen? (Übungen) :Mit den Übungen. :Wir haben jetzt mit den Übungen begonnen. :--- :Womit haben Sie heute gearbeitet? (Lehrbuch) :Mit dem Lehrbuch. :Wir haben heute mit dem Lehrbuch gearbeitet. :--- :Womit haben Sie die Vokabeln übersetzt? (Wörterbuch) :Mit dem Wörterbuch. :Wir haben die Vokabeln mit dem Wörterbuch übersetzt. :--- :Womit haben Sie gestern Nachmittag geübt? (Tonband) :Mit dem Tonband. :Wir haben gestern Nachmittag mit dem Tonband geübt. :--- :Womit haben Sie das Bild gezeichnet? (Bleistift) :Mit dem Bleistift. :Wir haben das Bild mit dem Bleistift gezeichnet. :--- :Womit haben Sie die Dias gezeigt? (Projektor) :Mit dem Projektor. Wir haben die Dias mit dem Projektor gezeigt. :--- :Womit haben die Kinder gespielt? (Bilder) :Mit den Bildern. Die Kinder haben mit den Bildern gespielt. |} 737 :Beispiel: :Die Studenten haben heute mit den Wörterbüchern gearbeitet. :⇒ Womit haben die Studenten gearbeitet? :--- :Beispiel: :Diese Studenten sind mit ihrer Lehrerin ins Museum gegangen. :⇒ Mit wem sind die Studenten ins Museum gegangen? :--- :Herr Wagner ist mit seinem Sohn nach [[:de:w:Schwerin|Schwerin]] gefahren. :Die Kinder haben mit ihrer Freundin gespielt. :Die Kinder haben mit Bildern gespielt. :Ines hat den Brief mit dem Wörterbuch übersetzt. :Andreas hat die Aufgaben mit seinem Freund gerechnet. :Herr Nienaber hat mit der CD geübt. :Peter hat mit dem Lehrbuch gearbeitet. :Regine ist mit ihrem Bruder in die Stadt gegangen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 737 |- | :Die Studenten haben heute mit den Wörterbüchern gearbeitet. - Womit haben die Studenten gearbeitet? :Dies Studenten sind mit ihrer Lehrerin ins Museum gegangen. - Mit wem sind die Studenten ins Museum gegangen? :--- :Herr Wagner ist mit seinem Sohn nach Schwerin gefahren. - Mit wem ist Herr Wagner nach Schwerin gefahren? :Die Kinder haben mit ihrer Freundin gespielt. - Mit wem haben die Kinder gespielt? :Die Kinder haben mit Bildern gespielt. - Womit haben die Kinder gespielt? :Ines hat den Brief mit dem Wörterbuch übersetzt. - Womit hat Ines den übersetzt? :Andreas hat die Aufgaben mit seinem Freund gerechnet. - Mit wem hat Andreas die Aufgaben gerechnet? :Herr Nienaber hat mit der CD geübt. - Womit hat Nienaber geübt? :Peter hat mit dem Lehrbuch gearbeitet. - Womit hat Peter gearbeitet? :Regine ist mit ihrem Bruder in die Stadt gegangen. - Mit wem ist Regine in die Stadt gegangen? |} 738 :'''Die Präposition „mit“ mit dem Dativ''' ([[:de:w:Präposition|Präposition]]; [[:en:w:Preposition and postposition#Grammatical properties|Preposition]]) :--- :Thomas ist mit Herrn Fischer in die Stadt gegangen. :'''In der Stadt''' hat er ihm ein Museum gezeigt. :Jetzt gehen die Freunde noch ins Warenhaus. :Thomas braucht ein Buch. :'''<abbr title="in + dem = im">Im</abbr> Kaufhaus''' gibt es auch Bücher und Zeitschriften. :Thomas fragt eine Verkäuferin: „Wo gibt es hier Bücher?“ : „'''Im <abbr title="das Erdgeschoss - en: ground floor">Erdgeschoss</abbr>''' finden Sie Bücher und Zeitschriften“, antwortet sie. 739 :'''Wohin''' sind die Freunde gegangen? :Sie sind '''in die Stadt''' gegangen. :--- :'''Wo''' sind die Freunde? :Sie sind '''in der Stadt'''. :Sie sind '''in dem''' Kaufhaus. :Sie sind '''im''' Kaufhaus. :--- :Wohin?:... in die Stadt ([[:de:w:Akkusativ|Akkusativ]]) ([[:en:w:Accusative case|Accusative case]]) :--- :Wo? :... in der Stadt ([[:de:w:Dativ|Dativ]]) ([[:w:Caso dativo|Caso dativo]]) == 740 - 749 == 740 :Beispiel: :Peter ist im Kino. :⇒ Und wie lange bleibt er im Kino? :--- :Karin und Thomas sind im Museum. :Frau Stein ist in der Mensa. :Frau Lehmann ist im Kaufhaus. :Herr Hoppe ist im Supermarkt. :Rosemarie ist in der Stadt. :Die Studenten sind im Theater. :Die Kinder sind im Park. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 740 |- | :Peter ist im Kino. - Und wie lange bleibt er im Kino? :--- :Karin und Thomas sind im Museum. - Und wie lange bleiben sie im Museum? :Frau Stein ist in der Mensa. - Und wie lange bleibt sie in der Mensa? :Frau Lehmann ist im Kaufhaus. - Und wie lange bleibt sie im Kaufhaus? :Herr Hoppe ist im Supermarkt. - Und wie lange bleibt er im Supermarkt? :Rosemarie ist in der Stadt. - Und wie lange bleibt sie in der Stadt? :Die Studenten sind im Theater. - Und wie lange bleiben sie im Theater? :Die Kinder sind im Park. - Und wie lange bleiben sie im Park? |} 741 :Beispiel: :Die Studenten haben ... gewartet. (Kino) :⇒ Die Studenten haben im Kino gewartet. :--- :Ich bin <abbr title="gerade - en: jaust; a moment ago">gerade</abbr> ... gewesen. (Supermarkt) :Ich habe Peter ... gesehen. (Stadt) :Frau Müller ist nicht lange ... geblieben. (Kaufhaus) :Karin und Thomas sind heute ... gewesen. ('''Bibliothek''') :Karin und Thomas sind heute ... gewesen. ('''Bücherei''') :Die Studentinnen wohnen nicht ... (dieses <abbr title="das Internat - en: students residence">Internat</abbr>) :Die Tasche steht nicht ... (mein Zimmer) :Die Handschuhe liegen ... (meine Tasche) :Herr Müller arbeitet ... in der Stadt. (ein <abbr title="der Betrieb - en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 741 |- | :Die Studenten haben im Kino gewartet. :--- :Ich bin gerade im Supermarkt gewesen. :Ich habe Peter in der Stadt gesehen. :Frau Müller ist nicht lange im Kaufhaus geblieben. :Karin und Thomas sind heute in der Bibliothek gewesen. :Karin und Thomas sind heute in der Bücherei gewesen. :Die Studentinnen wohnen nicht in diesem Internat. :Die Tasche steht nicht in meinem Zimmer. :Die Handschuhe liegen in meiner Tasche. :Herr Müller arbeitet in einem Betrieb in der Stadt. |} 742 :Beispiel: :Wo zeigen Sie uns die Bilder? (Institut) :⇒ :⇒ a: Ich zeige sie ihnen im Institut. :⇒ b: Ich zeige Sie Ihnen im Institut. :⇒ c: Ich zeige sie Ihnen im Institut. :⇒ d: Ich zeige Sie ihnen im Institut. :(Was ist falsch und was ist <abbr title="richtig - en: right; correct">richtig</abbr>? a, b, c oder d) :--- :Wo essen Sie heute? (Mensa) :Wo arbeitet ihr dann? (Internat) :Wo kaufen Sie die Bücher? (Kaufhaus) :Wo spielen die Kinder? (Park) :Wo waren Karin und Andreas? (Kino) :Wo sind Karin und Andreas gewesen? (Kino) :Wo ist Peter gewesen? ([[:de:w:Waren (Müritz)|Waren]]) :Wo ist Frau Wagner gewesen? (Betrieb) :Wo hat Herr Hildebrandt mit dir gearbeitet? (Bibliothek) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 742 |- | :Wo zeigen Sie uns die Bilder? :Ich zeige sie Ihnen im Institut. (c) :--- :Wo essen Sie heute? - Ich esse heute in der Mensa. :Wo arbeitet ihr dann? - Wir arbeiten dann im Internat. :Wo kaufen Sie die Bücher? - Ich kaufe sie im Kaufhaus. :Wo spielen die Kinder? - Sie spielen im Park. :Wo waren Karin und Andreas? - Sie waren im Kino. :Wo sind Karin und Andreas gewesen? - Sie sind im Kino gewesen. :Wo ist Peter gewesen? - Er ist in Waren gewesen. :Wo ist Frau Wagner gewesen? - Sie ist im Betrieb gewesen. :Wo hat Herr Hildebrandt mit dir gearbeitet? - Er hat mit mir in der Bibliothek gearbeitet. |} 743 :Beispiel: :a. Wo ist Peter? (Kino) :⇒ :⇒ b. Ich <abbr title="glauben - en: to believe">glaube</abbr>, er ist im ''Kino''. :⇒ a. Ja, richtig, er ist <abbr title="in + das = ins">ins</abbr> ''Kino'' gegangen. :--- :Wo ist Monika? (Institut) :Wo sind unsere Freunde? (Mensa) :Wo ist Herr Wagner? (Stadt) :Wo ist Andreas? (Bibliothek) :Wo sind die Kinder? (Park) :Wo sind Karin und Thomas? (Museum) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 743 |- | :Wo ist Peter? :Ich glaube, er ist im Kino. :Ja, richtig, er ist ins Kino gegangen. :--- :Wo ist Monika? :Ich glaube, sie ist im Institut. :Ja, richtig, sie ist ins Institut gegangen. :--- :Wo sind unsere Freunde? :Ich glaube, sie sind in der Mensa. :Ja, richtig, sie sind in die Mensa gegangen. :--- :Wo ist Herr Wagner? :Ich glaube, er ist in der Stadt. :Ja, richtig, er ist in die Stadt gegangen. :--- :Wo ist Andreas? :Ich glaube, er ist in der Bibliothek. :Ja, richtig, er ist in die Bibliothek gegangen. :--- :Wo sind die Kinder? :Ich glaube, sie sind im Park. :Ja, richtig, sie sind in den Park gegangen. :--- :Wo sind Karin und Thomas? :Ich glaube, sie sind im Museum. :Ja, richtig, sie sind ins Museum gegangen. |} 744 :Beispiel: :a. Wo ist Peter? <abbr title="wissen - en: to know">Weißt</abbr> du das? (Stadt; Kino) :⇒ :⇒ b. Ich glaube, er ist in die Stadt gegangen. :⇒ c. Nein, in der Stadt war er schon. Jetzt ist er im Kino. :--- :Wo ist Monika? Weißt du das? (Kaufhaus; Institut) :Wo sind unsere Freunde? Weißt du das? (Institut; Mensa) :Wo ist Herr Wagner? Weißt du das? (Internat; Stadt) :Wo ist Andreas? Weißt du das? (Mensa; Bibliothek) :Wo sind die Kinder? Weißt du das? (Supermarkt; Park) :Wo sind Karin und Thomas? Weißt du das? (Stadt; Museum) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 744 |- | :Wo ist Peter? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, er ist in die Stadt gegangen. :Nein, in der Stadt war er schon. Jetzt ist er im Kino. :--- :Wo ist Monika? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, sie ist ins Kaufhaus gegangen. :Nein, im Kaufhaus war sie schon. Jetzt ist sie im Institut. :--- :Wo sind unsere Freunde? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, er ist ins Institut gegangen. :Nein, im Institut war er schon. Jetzt ist er in die Mensa. :--- :Wo ist Herr Wagner? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, er ist ins Internat gegangen. :Nein, im Internat war er schon. Jetzt ist er in der Stadt. :--- :Wo ist Andreas? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, er ist in die Mensa gegangen. :Nein, in der Mensa war er schon. Jetzt ist er im Bibliothek. :--- :Wo sind die Kinder? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, sie sind in den Supermarkt gegangen. :Nein, im Supermarkt waren sie schon. Jetzt sind sie im Park. :--- :Wo sind Karin und Thomas? Weißt du das? :Ich glaube, sie sind in die Stadt gegangen. :Nein, in der Stadt waren sie schon. Jetzt sind sie im Museum. |} 745 :Beispiel: :a. Wo sind Sie gewesen? (Kino) :⇒ b. Ich bin im Kino gewesen. :a. Sind Sie mit Peter im Kino gewesen? (Freundin) :⇒ b. Nein, ich bin mit einer Freundin dort gewesen. :--- :Wo sind Sie gewesen? (Mensa) :Sind Sie mit Karin in der Mensa gewesen? (Lehrer) :--- :Wo seid ihr gewesen? (Theater) :Seid ihr mit Frau Stein im Theater gewesen? (Studenten) :--- :Wo bist du gewesen? (Stadt) :Bist du mit deiner Schwester in der Stadt gewesen? (Bruder) :--- :Wo ist Andreas gewesen? (Institut) :Ist er mit Karin im Institut gewesen? (Maria) :--- :Wo sind Karin und Thomas gewesen? (Museum) :Sind sie mit Peter im Museum gewesen? (Freunde) :--- :Wo ist Frau Lehmann gewesen? (Kaufhaus) :Ist sie mit ihrem Mann im Kaufhaus gewesen? (Tochter) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 745 |- | :Wo sind Sie gewesen? :Ich bin im Kino gewesen. :Sind Sie mit Peter im Kino gewesen? :Nein, ich bin mit einer Freundin dort gewesen. :--- :Wo sind Sie gewesen? (Mensa) :Ich bin in der Mensa gewesen. :Sind Sie mit Karin in der Mensa gewesen? (Lehrer) :Nein, ich bin mit einem Lehrer dort gewesen. :--- :Wo seid ihr gewesen? :Wir sind im Theater gewesen. :Seid ihr mit Frau Stein im Theater gewesen? :Nein, wie sind mit den Studenten dort gewesen. :--- :Wo bist du gewesen? :Ich bin in der Stadt gewesen. :Bist du mit deiner Schwester in der Stadt gewesen? :Nein, ich bin mit meinem Bruder dort gewesen. :--- :Wo ist Andreas gewesen? :Er ist im Institut gewesen. :Ist er mit Karin im Institut gewesen? :Nein, er ist mit Maria dort gewesen. :--- :Wo sind Karin und Thomas gewesen? :Sie sind im Museum gewesen. :Sind sie mit Peter im Museum gewesen? :Nein, sie sind mit Freunden dort gewesen. :--- :Wo ist Frau Lehmann gewesen? :Sie ist im Kaufhaus gewesen. :Ist sie mit ihrem Mann im Kaufhaus gewesen? :Nein, sie ist mit ihrer Tochter dort gewesen. |} 746 :<abbr title="Was fehlt Ihnen? - en: What medical problems do you have?">Was fehlt Ihnen?</abbr> :--- :Herr Berger ist krank. Er geht <abbr title="zu + dem = zum">zum</abbr> Arzt. In diesem '''Ärztehaus''' arbeiten sechs '''Ärzte'''. Sie haben täglich '''Sprechstunde'''. Auch viele <abbr title="die Arzthelferin - en: medical assistent (in a doctor's Surgery); nurse">Arzthelferinnen</abbr> arbeiten hier. Herr Berger gibt Frau Lehmann seine '''<abbr title="die AOK - en: local public medical insurance scheme in Germany">AOK</abbr>-<abbr title="die Versicherungskarte - en: insurance card; die Versicherung - en: insurance; die Karte - en: card">Versicherungskarte</abbr>'''. Sie ist in diesem Ärztehaus <abbr title="die Arzthelferin - en: medical assistent (in a doctor's Surgery); nurse">Arzthelferin</abbr>. Dann nimmt er im <abbr title="das Wartezimmer - en: waiting room">Wartezimmer</abbr> Platz. 747 :<abbr title="die Fortsetzung - en: continuation">Fortsetzung</abbr> :<abbr title="fortsetzen - en: to continue; to carry on">fortsetzen</abbr> :--- :Im <abbr title="das Sprechzimmer - en: doctor's Surgery">Sprechzimmer</abbr>: (Dr. Frey; Herr Berger) :Herr Berger: Guten Tag, Herr Doktor! :Dr. Frey: Guten Tag, Herr Berger! '''Was fehlt Ihnen?''' :Herr Berger: Ich habe schon seit vorgestern '''<abbr title="die Kopfschmerzen (nur Plural) - en: headache">Kopfschmerzen</abbr>''' und seit gestern '''<abbr title="das Fieber - en: fever; temperature; high temperature">Fieber</abbr>'''. :Dr. Frey: Haben Sie die '''<abbr title="die Temperatur - en: temperature">Temperatur</abbr>''' schon '''<abbr title="messen - en: to measure">gemessen</abbr>'''? :Herr Berger: Ja, gestern Abend und heute Morgen. :Dr. Frey: Wie <abbr title="hoch - en: high">hoch</abbr> war sie? :Herr Berger: Heute Morgen hatte ich nur 38 <abbr title="das Grad - en: centigrade">'''Grad'''</abbr> Fieber, aber gestern Abend 39 Grad. :Dr. Frey: <abbr title="atmen - en: to breath">'''Atmen'''</abbr> Sie bitte '''<abbr title="tief - en: deep; deeply">tief</abbr>'''! '''<abbr title="das Herz - en: heart">Herz</abbr>''' und '''<abbr title="die Lunge - en: lungs">Lunge</abbr>''' sind in Ordnung. Haben Sie auch '''<abbr title="die Halsschmerzen (nur Plural) - en: sore throat">Halsschmerzen</abbr>'''? :Herr Berger: Nein, aber ich habe '''<abbr title="der Husten - en: cough">Husten</abbr>''' und '''<abbr title="der Schnupfen - en: cold">Schnupfen</abbr>'''. :Dr. Frey: <abbr title="zeige - en: to show">Zeigen</abbr> Sie mir bitte Ihre '''<abbr title="die Zunge - en: tongue">Zunge</abbr>'''! Sie haben '''<abbr title="die Grippe - en: influenza; flu">Grippe</abbr>'''. Ich schreibe Ihnen ein '''<abbr title="das Rezept - en: prescription">Rezept</abbr>'''. Gehen Sie mit diesem Rezept <abbr title="sofort - en: immediately">sofort</abbr> in die '''<abbr title="die Apotheke - en: pharmcy; chemist's">Apotheke</abbr>''', und holen Sie die '''Medikamente'''! Nehmen Sie <abbr title="täglich - en: daily; every day">täglich</abbr> <abbr title="drei mal - en: three times">drei mal</abbr> 10 '''<abbr title="der Tropfen - en: drop">Tropfen</abbr>''' und <abbr title="zwei mal - en: two times">zwei mal</abbr> eine <abbr title="die Tablette - en: pill; tablet">Tablette</abbr>, und <abbr title="bleiben - en: stay">bleiben</abbr> Sie <abbr title="ein paar Tage - en: a couple of days; some days">ein paar Tage</abbr> zu Hause im '''<abbr title="das Bett - en: bed">Bett</abbr>''', '''<abbr title="denn - en: because">denn</abbr>''' Sie brauchen '''<abbr title="die Ruhe - en: rest">Ruhe</abbr>'''! '''<abbr title="an + dem = am">Am</abbr>''' Mittwoch kommen Sie bitte wieder in meine Sprechstunde! Dann '''<abbr title="untersuchen - en: to examine">untersuche</abbr>''' ich Sie noch einmal '''<abbr title="gründlich - en: thoroughly">gründlich</abbr>'''. Auf Wiedersehen, Herr Berger! '''<abbr title="Gute Besserung! - en: Get well soon!">Gute Besserung!</abbr>''' :Herr Berger: Ich danke Ihnen, Herr Doktor. Auf Wiedersehen! 748 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :--- :Warum geht Herr Berger zum Ärztehaus? :Wie viele Ärzte arbeiten im Ärztehaus? :Was macht Herr Berger <abbr title="zuerst - en: first">zuerst</abbr>? :Was macht er dann? :Was fehlt Herrn Berger? :<abbr title="seit wann? - en: since when?">Seit wann</abbr> hat er Fieber? :Hat Herr Berger Halsschmerzen? :Was schreibt der Arzt für Herrn Berger? :Welche Medikamente <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get; to receive">bekommt</abbr> Herr Berger? :Wo bekommt er sie? :Wie lange bleibt Herr Berger zu Hause im Bett? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 748 |- | :Warum geht Herr Berger zum Ärztehaus? - Er ist krank. (Er geht zum Arzt, weil er krank ist.) :Wie viel Ärzte arbeiten im Ärztehaus? - Im Ärztehaus arbeiten sechs Ärzte. :Was macht Herr Berger zuerst? - Herr Berger gibt Frau Lehmann seine AOK-Versicherungskarte. :Was macht er dann? - Er nimmt im <abbr title="das Wartezimmer - en: waiting room">Wartezimmer</abbr> Platz. :Was fehlt Herrn Berger? - Er hat Kopfschmerzen und Fieber. :Seit wann hat er Fieber? - Er hat seit gestern Fieber. :Hat Herr Berger Halsschmerzen? - Nein, er hat keine Halsschmerzen. :Was schreibt der Arzt für Herrn Berger? - Er schreibt ein Rezept für Herrn Berger. :Welche Medikamente bekommt Herr Berger? - Er bekommt Tabletten und Tropfen. :Wo bekommt er sie? - Er bekommt die Medikamente in der Apotheke. :Wie lange bleibt Herr Berger zu Hause im Bett? - Bis Mittwoch. |} 749 [[File:Massband.jpg|thumb|das <abbr title="das Bandmaß - en: tape measure ">Bandmaß</abbr> = das Maßband]] [[File:Tape measure colored.jpeg|thumb|das Bandmaß = das Maßband]] [[File:Metre pliant 500px.png|thumb|der <abbr title="der Zollstock - en: measuring stick">Zollstock</abbr> = der Gliedermaßstab]] [[File:Quecksilber-Fieberthermometer.jpg|thumb|das Fieberthermometer]] :'''<abbr title="messen - en: to measure">messen</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Ich messe das Fieber. :⇒ Ich habe das Fieber gemessen. :--- :Du misst die Temperatur. :Er misst die <abbr title="die Größe - en: size; dimension">Größe</abbr>. :Wir messen das Fieber. :Ihr messt die Temperatur. :Sie messen die Größe :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 749 |- | :Ich messe das Fieber. :Ich habe das Fieber gemessen. :--- :Du misst die Temperatur. :Du hast die Temperatur gemessen. :--- :Er misst die Größe. :Er hat die Größe gemessen. :--- :Wir messen das Fieber. :Wir haben das Fieber gemessen. :--- :Ihr messt die Temperatur. :Ihr habt die Temperatur gemessen. :--- :Sie messen die Größe. :Sie haben die Größe gemessen. |} 749a :das <abbr title="das Lineal - en: ruler">Lineal</abbr> :der Zollstock :das Maßband = das Bandmaß :der <abbr title="der Baumarkt - en: building supplies store; DIY superstore">Baumarkt</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Schneider - en: tailor">Schneider</abbr> == 750 - 759 == 750 :'''wohin? - nach Hause''' :'''wo? - zu Hause''' :--- :Antworten Sie! :Wohin geht Herr Berger jetzt? :Wo macht Monika ihre Hausaufgaben? :Wo liegt das Buch? :Wo steht die Lampe? :Wohin fährt Herr Schreiber im Sommer? :Wo fotografiert Herr Lehmann seine Familie? :Wohin fahren die Studenten im Urlaub? :Wo <abbr title="erwarten - en: to await; to wait; (erwarten = warten auf)">erwartet</abbr> Andreas seinen Freund? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 750 |- | :Wohin geht Herr Berger jetzt? - Herr Berger geht jetzt nach Hause. :Wo macht Monika ihre Hausaufgaben? - Sie macht ihre Hausaufgaben zu Hause. :Wo liegt das Buch? - Das Buch liegt zu Hause. :Wo steht die Lampe? - Sie steht zu Hause. :Wohin fährt Herr Schreiber im Sommer? - Er fährt im Sommer nach Hause. :Wo fotografiert Herr Lehmann seine Familie? - Er fotografiert sie zu Hause. :Wohin fahren die Studenten im Urlaub? - Sie fahren im Urlaub nach Hause. :Wo erwartet Andreas seinen Freund? - Er erwartet ihn zu Hause. |} 751 :Antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :Was fehlt Ihnen? (Husten) :⇒ Ich habe <abbr title="der Husten - en: cough">Husten</abbr>. :--- :<abbr title="der Schnupfen - en: cold">Schnupfen</abbr> :<abbr title="das Fieber - en: temperature">Fieber</abbr> :<abbr title="die Grippe - en: flu; influenza">Grippe</abbr> :<abbr title="die Halsschmerzen (nur Plural) - en: sore throat">Halsschmerzen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Schmerz - en: pain">Schmerzen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Kopfschmerzen (nur Plural) - en: headache">Kopfschmerzen</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 751 |- | :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Husten. :--- :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Schnupfen. :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Fieber. :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Grippe. :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Halsscherzen. :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Schmerzen. :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Kopfschmerzen. |} 752 :'''<abbr title="denn - en: because">denn</abbr>''' :Kombinieren Sie! {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="left" | 1) Herr Berger geht in die Arztpraxis, ... || a) ... denn er hat Geburtstag. |-align="left" | 2) Monika bleibt ein paar Tage im Bett, ... || b) ... denn er hat Hunger. |-align="left" | 3) Herr Grundwald geht in der Pause in den Imbissraum, ... || c) ... denn er braucht einen Anzug. |-align="left" | 4) Der Zahnarzt <abbr title="röntgen - en: to x-ray; to have an X-ray taken">röntgt</abbr> zwei Zähne, ... || d) ... denn er braucht Medikamente. |-align="left" | 5) Herr Lehmann geht ins Kaufhaus, ... || e) ... denn sie ist krank. |-align="left" | 6) Frau Nienaber kauft ein Geschenk für Jörg, ... || f) ... denn sie tun weh. |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 752 |- | :1d, 2e, 3b, 4f, 5c, 6a :Herr Berger geht in die Arztpraxis, denn er braucht Ruhe. :Monika bleibt ein paar Tage im Bett, denn sie ist krank. :Herr Grundwald geht in der Pause in den Imbissraum, denn er hat Hunger. :Der Zahnarzt röntgt zwei Zähne, denn sie tun weh. :Herr Lehmann geht ins Kaufhaus, denn er braucht einen Anzug. :Frau Nienaber kauft ein Geschenk für Jörg, denn er hat Geburtstag. |} 753 :'''<abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="kein ... mehr - en: no longer; no more; already no">kein ... mehr</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Haben Sie <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> Fieber? :⇒ Nein, ich habe <abbr title="kein Fieber mehr - en: no more temperature">kein Fieber mehr</abbr>. :--- :Haben Sie noch Kopfschmerzen? :Haben Sie noch Husten? :Haben Sie noch <abbr title="der Schnupfen - en: cold">Schnupfen</abbr>? :Haben Sie noch Geld? :Haben Sie heute noch Tabletten genommen? :Haben Sie heute noch <abbr title="der Tropfen - esendrop">Tropfen</abbr> genommen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 753 |- | :Haben Sie noch Fieber? - Nein, ich habe kein Fieber mehr. :--- :Haben Sie noch Kopfschmerzen? - Nein, ich habe keine Kopfschmerzen mehr. :Haben Sie noch Husten? - Nein, ich habe keinen Husten mehr. :Haben Sie noch Schnupfen? - Nein, ich habe keinen Schnupfen mehr. :Haben Sie noch Geld? - Nein, ich habe kein Geld mehr. :Haben Sie heute noch Tabletten genommen? - Nein, ich habe heute noch keine Tabletten genommen. :Haben Sie heute noch Tropfen genommen? - Nein, ich habe keine Tropfen mehr. |} 754 :'''Was hat der Arzt gemacht?''' :--- :Beispiel: :<abbr title="das Fieber - en: temperature">Fieber</abbr> - <abbr title="messen - en: to measure">messen</abbr> :⇒ Der Arzt hat Fieber gemessen. :--- :<abbr title="das Herz - en: heart">Herz</abbr> - <abbr title="untersuchen - en: to examine; to check">untersuchen</abbr> :<abbr title="die Lunge - en: lungs">Lunge</abbr> - untersuchen :<abbr title="das Rezept - en: perscription">Rezept</abbr> - schreiben :Fieber - messen :<abbr title="Gute Besserung! - en: Get well soon!">Gute Besserung!</abbr> - <abbr title="wünschen - en: to wish">wünschen</abbr> :<abbr title="die Wunde - en: wound">Wunde</abbr> - <abbr title="sehen; ansehen; sich ansehen - en: to look; to see">sich ansehen</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 754 |- | :Fieber - messen :Der Arzt hat Fieber gemessen. :--- :Herz - untersuchen :Der Arzt hat das Herz untersucht. :--- :Lunge - untersuchen :Der Arzt hat die Lunge untersucht. :--- :Rezept - schreiben :Der Arzt hat ein Rezept geschrieben. :--- :Fieber - messen :Der Arzt hat Fieber gemessen. :--- :Gute Besserung! - wünschen :Der Arzt hat gute Besserung gewünscht. :--- :Wunde - sich ansehen :Der Arzt hat sich die Wunde angesehen. |} 755 :'''Was hat Herr Berger gemacht?''' (<abbr title="die Gegenwart - en: present">die Gegenwart</abbr>) :--- :in die <abbr title="die Arztpraxis - en: doctor's surgery; doctor's practice">Arztpraxis</abbr> gehen :der <abbr title="die Arzthelferin - en: medical assistent (in a doctor's Surgery); nurse">Arzthelferin</abbr> die Versicherungskarte geben (Versicherungskarte = Krankenversicherungskarte) :im Wartezimmer Platz nehmen :mit dem Arzt sprechen :in die Apotheke gehen :Medikamente holen :im Bett bleiben :Tropfen und Tabletten nehmen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 755 |- | :Was hat Herr Berger gemacht? :--- :Er ist in die Arztpraxis gegangen. :Er hat der Arzthelferin die Versicherungskarte gegeben. :Er hat im Wartezimmer Platz genommen. :Er hat mit dem Arzt gesprochen. :Er ist in die Apotheke gegangen. :Er hat Medikamente geholt. :Er ist im Bett geblieben. :Er hat Tropfen und Tabletten genommen. |} 756 :Beispiel: :(Montag) :⇒ :⇒ a. Wann <abbr title="besuchen - en: to visit">besuchen</abbr> Sie mich? :⇒ b. '''<abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps">Vielleicht</abbr>''' am Montag? :⇒ a. Am Montag <abbr title="passen - en: to fit">passt</abbr> es mir leider nicht. :⇒ b. Passt es Ihnen am Dienstag? :⇒ a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :Dienstag :Mittwoch :Donnerstag :Freitag :Sonnabend :Sonntag :Montag :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 756 |- | :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Montag? :a. Am Montag passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Dienstag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Dienstag? :a. Am Dienstag passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Mittwoch? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Mittwoch? :a. Am Mittwoch passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Donnerstag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Donnerstag? :a. Am Donnerstag passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Freitag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Freitag? :a. Am Freitag passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Samstag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Sonnabend? :a. Am Sonnabend passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Sonntag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Sonntag? :a. Am Sonntag passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Montag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. :--- :a. Wann besuchen Sie mich? :b. Vielleicht am Montag? :a. Am Montag passt es mir leider nicht. :b. Passt es Ihnen am Dienstag? :a. Ja, da passt es mir gut. |} 757 :'''gestern - heute - morgen''' :--- :Beispiel: :Heute ist Mittwoch. :⇒ Gestern war Dienstag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. :--- :Dienstag :Mittwoch :Donnerstag :Freitag :<abbr title="der Sonnabend = der Samstag - en: Saturday">Sonnabend</abbr> :Sonntag :Montag :Freitag :Donnerstag :Montag :Mittwoch :<abbr title="der Sonnabend = der Samstag - en: Saturday">Samstag</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 757 |- | :Heute ist Mittwoch. - Gestern war Dienstag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. :--- :Heute ist Dienstag. - Gestern war Montag. Morgen ist Mittwoch. :Heute ist Mittwoch. - Gestern war Dienstag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. :Heute ist Donnerstag. - Gestern war Mittwoch. Morgen ist Freitag. :Heute ist Freitag. - Gestern war Donnerstag. Morgen ist Samstag. :Heute ist Sonnabend. - Gestern war Freitag. Morgen ist Sonntag. :Heute ist Sonntag. - Gestern war Sonnabend. Morgen ist Montag. :Heute ist Montag. - Gestern war Sonntag. Morgen ist Dienstag. :Heute ist Freitag. - Gestern war Donnerstag. Morgen ist Samstag. :Heute ist Donnerstag. - Gestern war Mittwoch. Morgen ist Freitag. :Heute ist Montag. - Gestern war Sonntag. Morgen ist Dienstag. :Heute ist Mittwoch. - Gestern war Dienstag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. :Heute ist Samstag. - Gestern war Freitag. Morgen ist Sonntag. |} 758 :'''<abbr title="vorgestern - en: the day before yesterday">vorgestern</abbr>''' - gestern - heute - morgen - '''<abbr title="übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow">übermorgen</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Heute ist Mittwoch. :⇒ Gestern war Dienstag. Vorgestern war Montag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. Übermorgen ist Freitag. :--- :Dienstag :Mittwoch :Donnerstag :Freitag :Sonnabend :Sonntag :Montag :Freitag :Donnerstag :Montag :Mittwoch :Samstag :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 758 |- | :Heute ist Mittwoch. - Gestern war Dienstag. Vorgestern war Montag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. Übermorgen ist Freitag. :--- :Heute ist Dienstag. - Gestern war Montag. Vorgestern war Sonntag. Morgen ist Mittwoch. Übermorgen ist Donnerstag. :Heute ist Mittwoch. - Gestern war Dienstag. Vorgestern war Montag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. Übermorgen ist Freitag. :Heute ist Donnerstag. - Gestern war Mittwoch. Vorgestern war Dienstag. Morgen ist Freitag. Übermorgen ist Samstag. :Heute ist Freitag. - Gestern war Donnerstag. Vorgestern war Mittwoch. Morgen ist Samstag. Übermorgen ist Sonntag. :Heute ist Sonnabend. - Gestern war Freitag. Vorgestern war Donnerstag. Morgen ist Sonntag. Übermorgen ist Montag. :Heute ist Sonntag. - Gestern war Samstag. Vorgestern war Freitag. Morgen ist Montag. Übermorgen ist Dienstag. :Heute ist Montag. - Gestern war Sonntag. Vorgestern war Samstag. Morgen ist Dienstag. Übermorgen ist Mittwoch. :Heute ist Freitag. - Gestern war Donnerstag. Vorgestern war Mittwoch. Morgen ist Samstag. Übermorgen ist Sonntag. :Heute ist Donnerstag. - Gestern war Mittwoch. Vorgestern war Dienstag. Morgen ist Freitag. Übermorgen ist Samstag. :Heute ist Montag. - Gestern war Sonntag. Vorgestern war Samstag. Morgen ist Dienstag. Übermorgen ist Mittwoch. :Heute ist Mittwoch. - Gestern war Dienstag. Vorgestern war Montag. Morgen ist Donnerstag. Übermorgen ist Freitag. :Heute ist Samstag. - Gestern war Freitag. Vorgestern war Donnerstag. Morgen ist Sonntag. Übermorgen ist Montag. |} 759 :'''Antworten Sie!''' {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | <abbr title="Was fehlt Ihnen? - en: What medical problems do you have?">Was fehlt Ihnen</abbr>? || Fieber |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Grippe |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Halsschmerzen |-align="center" | <abbr title="seit wann? - en: since when?">Seit wann</abbr> sind Sie krank? || heute Morgen |-align="center" | &nbsp; || gestern Abend |-align="center" | &nbsp; || vorgestern |-align="center" | Sind Sie <abbr title="schon einmal - en: ever">schon einmal</abbr> im '''<abbr title="das Krankenhaus - en: hospital">Krankenhaus</abbr>''' gewesen? || ja |-align="center" | &nbsp; || nein |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 759 |- | :Was fehlt Ihnen? - Ich habe Fieber. Ich habe Grippe. Ich habe Halsschmerzen. :Seit wann sind Sie krank? - Ich bin seit heute morgen krank. Ich bin seit gestern Abend krank. Ich bin seit vorgestern krank. :Sind Sie schon einmal im Krankenhaus gewesen? - Ja, ich bin schon einmal im Krankenhaus gewesen. Nein, ich bin <abbr title="noch nicht - en: not yet">noch nicht</abbr> im Krankenhaus gewesen. (Nein, ich bin <abbr title="noch nie - en: never">noch nie</abbr> im Krankenhaus gewesen.) |} == 760 - 769 == 760 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Haben Sie Schmerzen? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :Haben Sie Zahnschmerzen? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :Haben Sie Halsschmerzen? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :Haben Sie Husten? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :--- :Was fehlt Herrn Berger? [↘ Tonhöhe fallend] Hat er Zahnschmerzen? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :Was fehlt Herrn Pohl? [↘ Tonhöhe fallend] Hat er Halsschmerzen? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] :Was fehlt Herrn Bongo? [↘ Tonhöhe fallend] Hat er Husten? [↗ Tonhöhe steigend] 761 :[h] :<abbr title="helfen - en: to help">helfen</abbr>, geholfen, <abbr title="hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so">hoffentlich</abbr>, <abbr title="der Herbst - en: autumn">Herbst</abbr> :<abbr title="das Herz - en: heart">Herz</abbr>, <abbr title="der Husten - en: cough">Husten</abbr>, <abbr title="der Hals - en: throat; neck">Hals</abbr>, <abbr title="die Halsschmerzen - en: sore throat; - (der Hals - en: throat; neck)">Halsschmerzen</abbr> :<abbr title="der Hunger - en: hunger; der Durst - en: thirst">Hunger</abbr>, haben, <abbr title="höflich - en: polite; courteous">höflich</abbr>, zu Hause :nach Hause, nach [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]] 762 :Übungen zur Wiederholung :wiederholen :die Wiederholung :die Übung :die ...-ung :--- :Lesen und erzählen Sie! :--- :Herr Schulze besucht seinen Freund :--- :Vor zwei Tagen ist Herr Schulze aus Frankreich gekommen. Die Arbeit in Frankreich hat ihm <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en:excellent; very">ausgezeichnet</abbr> <abbr title="gefallen - en: to like">gefallen</abbr>. Das Land ist <abbr title="besonders - en: particullarly; especially">besonders</abbr> schön, und die <abbr title="der Mensch - en: man; human; (Plural: die Leute)">Menschen</abbr> sind sehr freundlich. <abbr title="selbstverständlich - en: of course">Selbstverständlich</abbr> hat er viel gesehen und fotografiert. Seine Dias und Fotos sind schon <abbr title="fertig - en: finished; ready; done">fertig</abbr>. Heute Abend zeigt er sie seinen Freunden. Gestern hat er mit Herrn Lehmann telefoniert, und heute Abend 20 Uhr <abbr title="erwarten - en: to aweit; to wait">erwartet</abbr> ihn Familie Lehmann. Seit einem Jahr hat er seine Freunde nicht gesehen. Jetzt hat er noch zwei Stunden Zeit. Er <abbr title="besorgen = beschaffen - en: to get; to obtain; to buy; to borrow; to steal">besorgt</abbr> noch Blumen für Frau Lehmann und Geschenke für die Kinder. 763 :Lesen und erzählen Sie! :--- :Die Freunde gehen zusammen ins Theater :--- :Frau Lehmann hat 3 Theaterkarten <abbr title="besorgen = beschaffen - en: to get; to obtain; to buy; to borrow; to steal">besorgt</abbr>. Heute Abend geht sie mit ihrem Mann und Herrn Schulze ins Theater. Herr Schulze geht in Berlin <abbr title="besonders gern - en: to like particularly">besonders gern</abbr> ins Theater. Sie hat das nicht vergessen. :<abbr title="es ist bald - en: it is soon">Es ist bald</abbr> 19 Uhr. Frau Lehmann ist schon fertig. Aber ihr Mann ist noch nicht nach Hause gekommen. Er hat Zahnschmerzen und ist vor <abbr title="ungefähr - en: approximately; about; roughly">ungefähr</abbr> zwei Stunden zum Zahnarzt gegangen. '''<abbr title="hoffentlich - en: hopefully">Hoffentlich</abbr>''' kommt er nicht <abbr title="zu spät - en: to be late; too late">zu spät</abbr> nach Hause. 764 :Herr Pohl hat Zahnschmerzen :--- :Herr Pohl hat Zahnschmerzen. Rechts unten <abbr title="tut weh; wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt; to have pain">tut</abbr> ihm ein Zahn <abbr title="tut weh; wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt; to ache">weh</abbr>. Er hat <abbr title="die Angst - en: fear; - (er hat Angst - en: he is afraid)">Angst</abbr>. <abbr title="bestimmt- en: certainly">Bestimmt</abbr> <abbr title="ziehen - en: to pull; to extract">zieht</abbr> der Zahnarzt den Zahn. <abbr title="ungefähr - en: about; approximately">Ungefähr</abbr> vor einem Jahr hat der Zahnarzt gesagt: „Bitte kommen Sie <abbr title="mindestens (= minimum)- en: at least">mindestens</abbr> <abbr title="zweimal jährlich - en:twice a year">zweimal jährlich</abbr> zur <abbr title="die Untersuchung - en: examination; die Kontrolle - en: control; die Kontrolluntersuchung - en: control examination; check-up">Kontrolluntersuchung</abbr>.“ Aber Herr Pohl hat <abbr title="wieder - en: again">wieder</abbr> <abbr title="zu lange warten - en: to wait to long; - (zu lange - en: too long; lang - en: long)">zu lange gewartet</abbr>. Der Zahnarzt <abbr title="Recht haben - en: to be right">hatte Recht</abbr>. Jetzt ist es <abbr title="bestimmt - en: certainly">bestimmt</abbr> zu spät. 765 :<abbr title="der Appetit - en: appetite">Appetit</abbr> <abbr title="holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for something">holt</abbr> man sich <abbr title="woanders - en: somewhere else">woanders</abbr>, gegessen wird zu Hause. :Auch ein <abbr title="blind - en: blind">blindes</abbr> <abbr title="das Huhn - en: chicken; hen">Huhn</abbr> <abbr title="finden - en: to find">findet</abbr> <abbr title="einmal - en: once; someday; - manchmal - en: sometimes">mal</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Korn - en: grain; corn">Korn</abbr>. :Auch <abbr title="Rom - en: Rom (town)">Rom</abbr> wurde nicht an einem Tag <abbr title="bauen - en: to build">gebaut</abbr>. :Auf alten <abbr title="das Schiff - en: ship">Schiffen</abbr> lernt man <abbr title="segeln - en: to sail">segeln</abbr>. :Aus den <abbr title="das Auge - en: eye">Augen</abbr>, aus dem <abbr title="der Sinn - en: sense; memory">Sinn</abbr>. :Aus <abbr title="der Schaden - en: damage">Schaden</abbr> wird man <abbr title="klug - en: intelligent; wise; clever">klug</abbr>. :<abbr title="außen - en: outside">Außen</abbr> <abbr title="hui - en: super; elegant">hui</abbr> und <abbr title="innen- en: inside">innen</abbr> <abbr title="pfui - en: bad">pfui</abbr>. 766 :'''Anmachsprüche''': :# Hallo, mein Name ist Romeo, willst du meine Julia sein? :# <abbr title="toll - en: great; fantastic; terrific">Tolle</abbr> <abbr title="die Brust - en: breast">Brüste</abbr>, sind die <abbr title="echt - en: real; natural; not artificial">echt</abbr>? :# Hi, <abbr title="zeige - en: to show">zeig</abbr> mir mal kurz deine Augen. Ich will wissen, ob deine <abbr title="die Augenfarbe - en: color of eyes ">Augenfarbe</abbr> zu meiner <abbr title="die Bettwäsche - en: bedlinen">Bettwäsche</abbr> <abbr title="passen - en: to suit; to fit">passt</abbr>. :# Hi, ich habe gerade meine <abbr title="die Telefonnummer - en: phone number">Telefonnummer</abbr> <abbr title="verlieren - en: to lose">verloren</abbr>. Kann ich deine haben? :# Hi, bist du ein spontaner Mensch? Ich find du hast eine sehr tolle <abbr title="die Ausstrahlung - en: auro">Ausstrahlung</abbr>. Hast du <abbr title="die Lust - en: desire; (hast du Lust ... ? - en: do you feel like ... ?">Lust</abbr> mich zu küssen? 767 :zwei (= zwo) :drei :--- :a) Ich möchte bitte zwei Brote. :b) Drei Brote, bitte sehr! :a) Nein, zwo Brote. 768 :'''Anmachsprüche''': :# War das <abbr title="das Feuer - en: fire; die Kanone - en: cannon">Kanonenfeuer</abbr> oder <abbr title="schlagen - en: to beat">schlägt</abbr> mein Herz so <abbr title="stark - en: strongly">stark</abbr>? :# <abbr title="lass uns - en: let's">Lass uns</abbr> <abbr title="irgendwo - en: somewhere">irgendwo</abbr> hingehen, wo wir <abbr title="allein sein - en: to be alone">alleine sind</abbr>. Ah, dort auf dem <abbr title="das Sofa - en: sofa">Sofa</abbr> ist <abbr title="niemand - en: nobody">niemand</abbr>. :# Ich möchte dich auf etwas <abbr title="aufmerksam machen - en: to pay attention; to make somebody to pay attention; to point out; aufmerksam - en: attentive; carefully">aufmerksam machen</abbr>. Auf mich. :# Wie geht es dir? :# Haben wir uns schon einmal gesehen? :# Kenne ich dich nicht von <abbr title="irgendwoher - en: from somewhere; irgendwo - en: somewhere">irgendwoher</abbr>? :# Liebst du so gut, wie du <abbr title="aussehen - en: to look">aussiehst</abbr>? 769 # Ich würde gerne eine deiner <abbr title="die Träne - en: tear">Tränen</abbr> sein ... um in deinen <abbr title="das Auge - en: eye">Augen</abbr> <abbr title="geboren - en: to be born; to give birth">geboren</abbr> zu werden, auf deinen <abbr title="die Wange - en: cheek">Wangen</abbr> zu <abbr title="leben - en: to live">leben</abbr> und auf deinen <abbr title="die Lippe - en: lip">Lippen</abbr> zu <abbr title="sterben - en: to die">sterben</abbr>. # Ich würde gerne deine <abbr title="die Haut - en: skin">Haut</abbr> sein, <abbr title="um ... zu - en: to; - (um immer bei dir zu sein - en: to be forever with you)">um</abbr> <abbr title="immer - en: always">immer</abbr> bei dir <abbr title="um ... zu - en: to">zu</abbr> sein und dich zu <abbr title="spüren - en: to feel">spüren</abbr>. # Komm, lebe in meinem <abbr title="das Herz - en: heart">Herz</abbr>, du musst <abbr title="auch - en: also; and">auch</abbr> keine <abbr title="die Miete - en: rent">Miete</abbr> <abbr title="zahlen = bezahlen - en: to pay">zahlen</abbr>. == Vokabular: Lektion 018 == : helfen - en: to help : hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so : der Herbst - en: autumn : das Herz - en: heart : der Husten - en: cough : der Hals - en: throat; neck : die Halsschmerzen - en: sore throat : der Hals - en: throat; neck : der Hunger - en: hunger : der Durst - en: thirst : höflich - en: polite; courteous : ausgezeichnet - en:excellent; very : gefallen - en: to like : besonders - en: particullarly; especially : der Mensch; Plural: Menschen = Leute - en: man; human : selbstverständlich - en: of course : fertig - en: finished; ready; done : erwarten - en: to await; to wait : besorgen = beschaffen - en: to get; to obtain; to buy; to borrow; to steal : besonders gern - en: to like particularly : es ist bald - en: it is soon : ungefähr - en: approximately; about; roughly : hoffentlich - en: hopefully : zu spät - en: to be late; too late : tut weh = wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt; to have pain; to ache : die Angst - en: fear : er hat Angst - en: he is afraid : bestimmt - en: certainly : ziehen - en: to pull; to extract : ungefähr - en: about; approximately : mindestens (= minimum) - en: at least : zweimal jährlich - en:twice a year : die Untersuchung - en: examination : die Kontrolle - en: control : die Kontrolluntersuchung - en: control examination; check-up : wieder - en: again : zu lange warten - en: to wait to long : zu lange - en: too long : lang - en: long : Recht haben - en: to be right : bestimmt - en: certainly : der Appetit - en: appetite : holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for something : woanders - en: somewhere else : blind - en: blind : das Huhn - en: chicken; hen : finden - en: to find : einmal - en: once; someday : manchmal - en: sometimes : das Korn - en: grain; corn : Rom - en: Rom (the capital of Italy) : bauen - en: to build : das Schiff - en: ship : segeln - en: to sail : das Auge - en: eye : der Sinn - en: sense; memory : der Schaden - en: damage : klug - en: intelligent; wise; clever : außen - en: outside : hui - en: super; elegant : innen - en: inside : pfui - en: bad : toll - en: great; fantastic; terrific : die Brust - en: breast : echt - en: real; natural; not artificial : zeigen - en: to show : die Augenfarbe - en: color of eyes : die Bettwäsche - en: bedlinen : passen - en: to suit; to fit : die Telefonnummer - en: phone number : verlieren - en: to lose : die Ausstrahlung - en: aura : die Lust - en: desire : hast du Lust ... ? - en: do you feel like ... ? : das Feuer - en: fire : die Kanone - en: cannon : schlagen - en: to beat : stark - en: strongly : lass uns - en: let's : irgendwo - en: somewhere : allein sein - en: to be alone : das Sofa - en: sofa : niemand - en: nobody : aufmerksam machen - en: to pay attention; to make somebody to pay attention; to point out : aufmerksam - en: attentive; carefully : irgendwoher - en: from somewhere : irgendwo - en: somewhere : aussehen - en: to look : die Träne - en: tear : das Auge - en: eye : geboren - en: to be born : die Wange - en: cheek : leben - en: to live : die Lippe - en: lip : sterben - en: to die : die Haut - en: skin : um ... zu - en: to : um immer bei dir zu sein - en: to be forever with you : immer - en: always : um ... zu - en: to : spüren - en: to feel : das Herz - en: heart : auch - en: also; and : die Miete - en: rent : zahlen = bezahlen - en: to pay == Vokabular: Lektion 018 - alphabetisch geordnet == # allein sein - en: to be alone # Angst, die - en: fear # Appetit, der - en: appetite # auch - en: also; and # aufmerksam - en: attentive; carefully # aufmerksam machen - en: to pay attention; to make somebody to pay attention; to point out # Auge, das - en: eye # Augenfarbe, die - en: color of eyes # ausgezeichnet - en:excellent; very # aussehen - en: to look # außen - en: outside # Ausstrahlung, die - en: aura # bauen - en: to build # besonders - en: particullarly; especially # besonders gern - en: to like particularly # besorgen = beschaffen - en: to get; to obtain; to buy; to borrow; to steal # bestimmt - en: certainly # Bettwäsche, die - en: bedlinen # blind - en: blind # Brust, die - en: breast # Durst, der - en: thirst # echt - en: real; natural; not artificial # einmal - en: once; someday # er hat Angst - en: he is afraid # erwarten - en: to await; to wait # es ist bald - en: it is soon # fertig - en: finished; ready; done # Feuer, das - en: fire # finden - en: to find # geboren - en: to be born # gefallen - en: to like # Hals, der - en: throat; neck # Halsschmerzen, die - en: sore throat # hast du Lust ... ? - en: do you feel like ... ? # Haut, die - en: skin # helfen - en: to help # Herbst, der - en: autumn # Herz, das - en: heart # hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so # höflich - en: polite; courteous # holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for something # Huhn, das - en: chicken; hen # hui - en: super; elegant # Hunger, der - en: hunger # Husten, der - en: cough # immer - en: always # innen- en: inside # irgendwo - en: somewhere # irgendwoher - en: from somewhere # Kanone, die - en: cannon # klug - en: intelligent; wise; clever # Kontrolle, die - en: control # Kontrolluntersuchung, die - en: control examination; check-up # Korn, das - en: grain; corn # lang - en: long # lass uns - en: let's # leben - en: to live # Lippe, die - en: lip # Lust, die - en: desire # manchmal - en: sometimes # Mensch, der; Plural: Menschen = Leute - en: man; human # Miete, die - en: rent # mindestens (= minimum) - en: at least # niemand - en: nobody # passen - en: to suit; to fit # pfui - en: bad # Recht haben - en: to be right # Rom - en: Rom (the capital of Italy) # Schaden, der - en: damage # Schiff, das - en: ship # schlagen - en: to beat # segeln - en: to sail # selbstverständlich - en: of course # Sinn, der - en: sense; memory # Sofa, das - en: sofa # spüren - en: to feel # stark - en: strongly # sterben - en: to die # Telefonnummer, die - en: phone number # toll - en: great; fantastic; terrific # Träne, die - en: tear # tut weh = wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt; to have pain; to ache # um ... zu - en: to # um immer bei dir zu sein - en: to be forever with you # ungefähr - en: about; approximately # ungefähr - en: approximately; about; roughly # Untersuchung, die - en: examination # verlieren - en: to lose # Wange, die - en: cheek # wieder - en: again # woanders - en: somewhere else # zahlen = bezahlen - en: to pay # zeigen - en: to show # ziehen - en: to pull; to extract # zu lange - en: too long # zu lange warten - en: to wait to long # zu spät - en: to be late; too late # zweimal jährlich - en:twice a year :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 017|Lektion 017]] ← Lektion 018 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019|Lektion 019]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 018]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018]] 1o8aliwh5g2piq4uuy8thavct72vcz5 0 4143 6774 6740 2023-03-15T06:44:41Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018|Lektion 018]] ← Lektion 019 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020|Lektion 020]] == 770 - 779 == 770 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :'''Die [[:de:w:Präposition|Präpositionen]] „in, an, <abbr title="vor - en: ago">vor</abbr>, nach, <abbr title="seit - en: since">seit</abbr>“ (temporal) mit dem Dativ''' ([[:w:Preposition and postposition|Preposition]]) :Herr <abbr title="der Keller - en: cellar; der Abstellraum - en: storeroom; abstellen - en: to leave somthing">Keller</abbr>: Guten Tag Herr Weber! Sagen Sie mir bitte, wo ist Ihr Bruder? Ich habe ihn '''<abbr title="seit- en: since">seit</abbr> einer Woche''' nicht gesehen. '''Vor drei Tagen''' war er <abbr title="auch nicht - en: also not">auch nicht</abbr> in der <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture">Vorlesung</abbr>. :Herr <abbr title="der Weber- en: weaver; weben - en: to weave">Weber</abbr>: Mein Bruder ist '''seit ein <abbr title="ein paar - en: some days; a couple of days">paar</abbr> Tagen''' krank. :Herr Keller: Er ist krank? '''<abbr title="seit wann? - en: since when?">Seit wann</abbr>'''? :Herr Weber: '''<abbr title="seit Dienstag - en: since Tuesday">Seit Dienstag</abbr>.''' :Herr Keller: War er schon beim Arzt? :Herr Weber: Ja, '''vor fünf Tagen'''. '''Seit dieser Zeit''' <abbr title="liegen - en: to lie">liegt</abbr> er zu Hause im Bett. Heute geht es ihm <abbr title="schon wieder - en: again; once again; already again">schon wieder</abbr> gut. '''Am Montag''' geht er noch einmal zum Arzt. :Herr Keller: <abbr title="grüßen - en: to greet">Grüßen</abbr> Sie bitte Ihren Bruder! Wir <abbr title="wünschen - en: to wish">wünschen</abbr> ihm gute <abbr title="die Besserung - en: improvement; gut - en: good; besser - en: better">Besserung</abbr>. :Herr Weber: Vielen Dank! Auf Wiedersehen! :Herr Keller: Auf Wiedersehen! 771 :'''Wann ...?''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Herr Keller <abbr title="war - en: was">war</abbr> || '''in seinem <abbr title="der Urlaub (only Singular) - en: holiday; vacation">Urlaub</abbr>''' || in Frankreich. |-align="center" | Er besucht || '''am Montag''' || seinen Freund. |-align="center" | Er besucht ihn || '''nach der Vorlesung'''. || &nbsp; |-align="center" | Sein Freund ist || '''<abbr title="seit - en: since">seit</abbr> einer Woche''' || krank. |-align="center" | Herr Keller hat ihm || '''<abbr title="vor - en: ago">vor</abbr> drei Tagen''' || einen Brief geschrieben. |} 772 :Beispiel: :Womit haben Sie heute im Unterricht gearbeitet? (Lehrbuch) :⇒ Wir haben heute im Unterricht mit dem Lehrbuch gearbeitet. :Wo sind Sie in der Pause gewesen? (Imbissraum) :Mit wem haben Sie in der Pause gesprochen? (Lehrer) :Womit haben Sie heute im Unterricht gearbeitet? (<abbr title="der Beamer - en: video projector">Beamer</abbr>) :Wo sind Sie in der Pause gewesen? (Zimmer) :Mit wem haben Sie in der Pause gesprochen? (Freunde) :Womit haben Sie heute im Unterricht gearbeitet? (Karte) :Wo sind Sie in der Pause gewesen? (Mensa) :Mit wem haben Sie in der Pause gesprochen? (Ärztin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 772 |- | :Womit haben Sie heute im Unterricht gearbeitet? - Wir haben heute im Unterricht mit dem Lehrbuch gearbeitet. :--- :Wo sind Sie in der Pause gewesen? - Ich bin in der Pause im Imbissraum gewesen. :Mit wem haben Sie in der Pause gesprochen? - Ich habe in der Pause mit dem Lehrer gesprochen. :Womit haben Sie heute im Unterricht gearbeitet? - Wir haben heute im Unterricht mit dem Beamer gearbeitet. :Wo sind Sie in der Pause gewesen? - Ich bin in der Pause im Zimmer gewesen. :Mit wem haben Sie in der Pause gesprochen? - Ich habe in der Pause mit Freunden gesprochen. :Womit haben Sie heute im Unterricht gearbeitet? - Ich habe heute im Unterricht mit der Karte gearbeitet. :Wo sind Sie in der Pause gewesen? - Ich bin in der Pause in der Mensa gewesen. :Mit wem haben Sie in der Pause gesprochen? - Ich habe in der Pause mit der Ärztin gesprochen. |} 773 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :Ich hatte in diesem Jahr noch keinen Urlaub. Meinen Urlaub nehme ich im <abbr title="der Herbst - en: autumn">Herbst</abbr> und im <abbr title="der Winter - en: winter">Winter</abbr>, <abbr title="denn = da = weil - en: bacause">denn</abbr> im <abbr title="der Sommer - en: summer">Sommer</abbr> haben wir in unserem <abbr title="der Betrieb - en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr> viel Arbeit. Im <abbr title="der Herbst - en: autumn">Herbst</abbr> fahre ich mit meiner Familie nach Brüssel, und im <abbr title="der Winter - en: winter">Winter</abbr> fahren wir zwei Wochen ins <abbr title="das Gebirge - en: mountains">Gebirge</abbr>, in den [[:de:w:Schwarzwald|Schwarzwald]]. (der <abbr title="der Wald - en: wood; forest">Wald</abbr>) 774 :Beispiel: :Wann besuchen Sie Ihre Freunde? (diese Woche) :⇒ In dieser Woche besuche ich meine Freunde. :--- :Wann <abbr title="beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin; to start">beginnen</abbr> Sie Ihr <abbr title="das Studium - en: studies">Studium</abbr>? (dieses Jahr) :Wann hat Herr Lehmann mit Ihnen gesprochen? (Pause) :Wann nehmen Sie Ihren Urlaub? (Winter) :Wann war Peter <abbr title="zuletzt = das letzte mal - en: last time; for the last time">zuletzt</abbr> beim Arzt? (diesen Monat) :Wann gehst du nach Hause? (morgen) :Wann machen Herr und Frau Grundwald ihre '''<abbr title="Weltreise - en: world trip; die Welt - en: world; die Reise - en: journey; voyage; trip">Weltreise</abbr>'''? (nach der '''<abbr title="die Kreuzfahrt - en: cruise (das Kreuz - en: cross)">Kreuzfahrt</abbr>''') :Wann ist Ihr Freund krank gewesen? (Herbst) :Wann haben Sie mit der Ärztin gesprochen? (diese Woche) :Warum haben Sie mit der Arzthelferin gesprochen? (<abbr title="der Termin - en: appointment">Termin</abbr> brauchen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 774 |- | :Wann besuchen Sie Ihre Freunde? - In dieser Woche besuche ich meine Freunde. :--- :Wann beginnen Sie Ihr Studium? - In diesem Jahr beginnt mein Studium. :Wann hat Herr Lehmann mit Ihnen gesprochen? - In der Pause hat Herr Lehmann mit mir gesprochen. :Wann nehmen Sie Ihren Urlaub? - Im Winter nehme ich meinen Urlaub. :Wann war Peter zuletzt beim Arzt? - In diesem Monat war er zuletzt beim Arzt. :Wann gehst du nach Hause? - Morgen gehe ich nach Hause. :Wann machen Herr und Frau Grundwald ihre Weltreise? - Nach der Kreuzfahrt machen Herr und Frau Grundwald ihre Weltreise. :Wann ist Ihr Freund krank gewesen? - Im Herbst ist mein Freun krank gewesen. :Wann haben Sie mit der Ärztin gesprochen? - In dieser Woche habe ich mit der Ärztin gesprochen. :Warum haben Sie mit der Arzthelferin gesprochen? - Weil ich einen Termin brauche. |} 775 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Präposition „in“!''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wir haben heute ... diesen Text gelesen. (Unterricht) :⇒ Wir haben heute im Unterricht diesen Text gelesen. :--- :Wir sind ... im Imbissraum gewesen. (Pause) :... arbeiten wir <abbr title="oft - en: often">oft</abbr> mit <abbr title="der Beamer - en: video projector">Beamer</abbr> und CD's. (Unterricht) :Herr Wagner hat ... mit mir gesprochen. (Pause) :Andreas hat ... zweimal in der Bibliothek gearbeitet. (dieses Jahr) :Ich habe ... <abbr title="noch kein - en: still no; not yet">noch keinen</abbr> Urlaub gehabt. (dieses Jahr) :... fahren wir nach [[:de:w:Delmenhorst|Delmenhorst]]. (diese Woche) :Wir fahren ... gern ins Gebirge. (Winter) :... beginnt unser Studium in [[:de:w:Mainz|Mainz]]. (Herbst) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 775 |- | :Wir haben heute im Unterricht diesen Text gelesen. :--- :Wir sind in der Pause im Imbissraum gewesen. :Im Unterricht Arbeiten wir oft mit Beamer und CD's. :Herr Wagner hat in der Pause mit mir gesprochen. :Andreas hat in diesem Jahr zweimal in der Bibliothek gearbeitet. :Ich habe in diesem Jahr noch keinen Urlaub gehabt. :In dieser Woche fahren wir nach Delmenhorst. :Wir fahren im Winter gern ins Gebirge. :Im Herbst beginnt unser Studium in Mainz. |} 776 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :Seit einem Monat ist Herr Weber krank. Er ist zu Hause und liegt im <abbr title="das Bett - en: bed">Bett</abbr>. Vor zwei Tagen habe ich ihn besucht. Jetzt geht es ihm <abbr title="wieder - en: again">wieder</abbr> gut. In dieser Woche geht er noch einmal zum Arzt. Hoffentlich ist er <abbr title="bald - en: soon">bald</abbr> <abbr title="wieder - en: again">wieder</abbr> <abbr title="gesund - en: healthy; well; better">gesund</abbr>. 777 :Beispiel: :Was machen Sie vor dem Unterricht? (essen) :⇒ Vor dem Unterricht esse ich. :--- :Was machen Sie vor der Vorlesung? (essen) :Was machen Sie vor der Pause? (Text lesen) :Was machen Sie vor dem Mittagessen? (<abbr title="die Hand - en: hand: Plural: Hände">Hände</abbr> <abbr title="waschen - en: to wash; to clean">waschen</abbr>) :Was machen Sie vor der Konferenz? (<abbr title="trinken - en: to drink">trinken</abbr>) :Was machen Sie vor dem Abendessen? (telefonieren) :Was haben Sie vor dem Konzert gemacht? (essen) :Was haben Sie vor dem Urlaub gemacht? (arbeiten) :Was haben Sie vor ihrem Studium gemacht? (als <abbr title="der Lkw - en: lorry; truck; [El-Ka-Weee]">Lkw</abbr>-<abbr title="der Fahrer - en: driver">Fahrer</abbr> arbeiten) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 777 |- | :Was machen Sie vor dem Unterricht? - Vor dem Unterricht esse ich. :--- :Was machen Sie vor der Vorlesung? - Vor der Vorlesung esse ich. :Was machen Sie vor der Pause? - Vor der Pause lese ich den Text. :Was machen Sie vor dem Mittagessen? - Vor dem Mittagessen wasche ich die Hände. :Was machen Sie vor der Konferenz? - Vor der Konferenz trinke ich. :Was machen Sie vor dem Abendessen? - Vor dem Abendessen telefoniere ich. :Was haben Sie vor dem Konzert gemacht? - Vor der Konzert habe ich gegessen. :Was haben Sie vor dem Urlaub gemacht? - Vor dem Urlaub habe ich gearbeitet. :Was haben Sie vor ihrem Studium gemacht? - Vor dem Studium habe ich als Lkw-Fahrer gearbeitet. |} 778 :Beispiel: :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. (eine Woche) :⇒ <abbr title="seit - en: since">Seit</abbr> einer Woche arbeite ich <abbr title="nicht mehr - en: ya no">nicht mehr</abbr> hier. :--- :zwei Wochen :Montag :ein paar Tage :drei Monate :vier Wochen :ein Jahr :ein Tag :ein Monat :eine Woche :eine '''<abbr title="eine Weile - en: a while; seit einer Weile - en: since a while">Weile</abbr>''' :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 778 |- | :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit einer Woche arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :--- :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit zwei Wochen arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit Montag arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit ein paar Tagen arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit drei Monaten arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit vier Wochen arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit einem Jahr arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit einem Tag arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit einem Monat arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit einer Woche arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. :Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. - Seit einer Weile arbeite ich nicht mehr hier. |} 779 :Beispiel: :<abbr title="seit - en: since">Seit</abbr> einer Stunde <abbr title="suchen - en: to search">suche</abbr> ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Abendessen :⇒ '''<abbr title="doch - en: but">Doch</abbr>''', vor dem <abbr title="das Abendessen - en: dinner (in the evening); der Abend - en: evening; essen - en: to eat">Abendessen</abbr> war er <abbr title="noch - en: still">noch</abbr> hier. :--- :Unterricht :Konzert :2 Stunden :eine Stunde :20 Minuten :Mittagessen :<abbr title="eine Weile - en: a while; seit einer Weile - en: since a while">Weile</abbr> :ein '''<abbr title="der Augenblick - en: moment; instant; - das Auge - en: eye; Plural: Augen; blicken - en: to look; der Blick - en: look">Augenblick</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="kurz - en: short">kurz</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="vor kurzem - en: recently; a short moment ago">vor kurzem</abbr>''' :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 779 |- | :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor dem Abendessen war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor dem Unterricht war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor dem Konzert war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor 2 Stunden war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor einer Stunde war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor 20 Minuten war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor dem Mittagessen war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor einer Weile war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor einem Augenblick war er noch hier. :--- :Seit einer Stunde suche ich Peter. :Hast du ihn nicht gesehen? :Doch, vor kurzem war er noch hier. |} == 780 - 789 == 780 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Präposition „in, vor, seit“!''' :Ich habe meinen Freund ... einem Jahr nicht gesehen. :... einer Woche hat er mir geschrieben. :Er kommt ... diesem Monat nach [[:de:w:Erfurt|Erfurt]] und besucht mich. :... drei Tagen ist Herr Zelle beim Arzt gewesen. :Er hat Husten und <abbr title="der Schnupfen - en: cold">Schnupfen</abbr>. :Jetzt liegt er ... drei Tagen im Bett. :... dieser Woche arbeitet er nicht. :... Sommer fahre ich mit meiner Familie nach <abbr title="Ungarn - en: Hungary">Ungarn</abbr>. :... einem Jahr sind unsere Freunde dort gewesen. :Es hat ihnen <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; outstanding">ausgezeichnet</abbr> <abbr title="gefallen - en: to like; to please">gefallen</abbr>. :... einem Monat bin ich nach [[:de:w:Chemnitz|Chemnitz]] gekommen. :Jetzt lerne ich ... drei Wochen Deutsch. :... Herbst beginnt mein Studium. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 780 |- | :Ich habe meinen Freund seit einem Jahr nicht gesehen. :Vor einer Wocher hat er mir geschrieben. :Er kommt in diesem Monat nach Erfurt und besucht micht. :Vor drei Tagen ist Herr Zelle beim Arzt gewesen. :Er hat Husten und Schnupfen. :Jetzt liegt er seit drei Tagen im Bett. :In dieser Woche arbeitet er nicht. :Im Sommer fahre ich mit meiner Familie nach Ungarn. :Vor einem Jahr sind unsere Freunde dort gewesen. :Es hat ihnen ausgezeichnet gefallen. :Vor einem Monat bin ich nach Chemnitz gekommen. :Jetzt lerne ich seit drei Wochen Deutsch. :Im Herbst beginnt mein Studium. |} 781 :'''Antworten Sie mit der Präposition „nach“!''' :Beispiel: :Wann gehen Sie in die Mensa? (Vorlesung) :⇒ '''<abbr title="nach - en: after; afterwards">Nach</abbr>''' der Vorlesung gehe ich in die Mensa. :--- :Wann machen Sie die Hausaufgaben? (Mittagessen) :Wann kommt Herr Henschel hierher? (Pause) :Wann sprechen Sie mit Ihrem Lehrer? (Unterricht) :Wann fahren Sie nach [[:de:w:Peine|Peine]]? (Konferenz) :Wann gehen Sie ins Kino? (Abendessen) :Wann sind Sie <abbr title="wieder - en: again">wieder</abbr> in [[:de:w:Neumünster|Neumünster]]? (Urlaub) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 781 |- | :Wann gehen Sie in die Mensa? - Nach der Vorlesung gehe ich in die Mensa. :--- :Wann machen Sie die Hausaufgaben? - Nach dem Mittagessen mache ich die Hausaufgaben. :Wann kommt Herr Henschel hierher? - Nach der Pause kommt Herr Henschel hierher. :Wann sprechen Sie mit Ihrem Lehrer? - Nach dem Unterricht sprech ich mit meinem Lehrer. :Wann fahren Sie nach Peine? - Nach der Konferenz fahre ich nach Peine. :Wann gehen Sie ins Kino? - Nach dem Abendessen gehe ich ins Kino. :Wann sind Sie wieder in Neumünster? - Nach dem Urlaub sind wir wieder in Neumünster. |} 782 :'''Ergänzen Sie die Präposition „in, an, vor, nach, seit“!''' :--- :Am Telefon :a. Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. Wie geht es Ihnen? :b. Danke, es geht mir gut. ... ein paar Tagen war ich krank, aber ... gestern bin ich <abbr title="wieder - en: again">wieder</abbr> gesund. :a. Haben Sie ... dieser Woche Zeit? Wir haben eine Einladung für Sie. :b. Vielen Dank! Aber ... dieser Woche habe ich viel Arbeit. :a. <abbr title="Passt es Ihnen? - en: Are you fine with? Does it fit you? Does it suit you?; passen - en: to fit; to suit">Passt es Ihnen</abbr> Ihnen ... Sonntag? :b. ... Sonntag? Das <abbr title="wissen - en: to know; Konjugation: ich weiß; du weißt; er weiß; wir wissen; ihr wisst; sie wissen">weiß</abbr> ich <abbr title="leider - en: unfortunately; I am afraid">leider</abbr> <abbr title="noch nicht - en: not yet; still not">noch nicht</abbr> <abbr title="genau - en: exactly; just">genau</abbr>. ... Nachmittag gehe ich ins Theater. :a. <abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps">Vielleicht</abbr> ... Abend? :b .... Abend? <abbr title="Ja, das geht - en: Yes, that is fine.">Ja, das geht</abbr>. Ich habe morgen eine Vorlesung. ... der Vorlesung sage ich Ihnen <abbr title="Bescheid sagen - en: to give the word; to give somebody a notice; der Bescheid - en: news; information; notice">Bescheid</abbr>. Ich komme <abbr title="selbstverständlich - en: of course; verständlich - en: understandable">selbstverständlich</abbr> <abbr title="gern - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr>. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 782 |- | :Am Telefon :a. Ich habe Sie lange nicht gesehen. Wie geht es Ihnen? :b. Danke, es geht mir gut. Vor ein paar Tagen war ich krank, aber seit gestern bin ich wieder gesund. :a. Haben Sie in dieser Woche Zeit? Wir haben eine Einladung für Sie. :b. Vielen Dank! Aber in dieser Woche habe ich viel Arbeit. :a. Passt es Ihnen am Sonntag. :b. Am Sonntag? Das weiß ich leider noch nicht genau. Am Nachmittag gehe ich ins Theater. :a. Vielleicht am Abend? :b. Am Abend? Ja, das geht. Ich habe morgen eine Vorlesung. Nach der Vorlesung sage ich Ihnen Bescheid. Ich komme selbstverständlich gern. |} 783 :'''Die Präpositionen „an“ und „auf“ mit den Fragen „<abbr title="wohin? - en: whereto?">wohin?</abbr>“ (Akkusativ) und „<abbr title="wo? - en: where?">wo?</abbr>“ (Dativ)''' :Es <abbr title="klingeln - en: to ring (the bell)">klingelt</abbr>. Monika geht '''an die Tür''' und öffnet. :Ihre Freundin Karin steht '''an der Tür'''. Monika und Karin gehen heute Abend zusammen ins Theater. :Monika: Ich suche die Theaterkarten. <abbr title="liegen - en: to lie; to be; to be lying; to be situated">Liegen</abbr> sie dort '''auf dem <abbr title="das Regal - en: shelves; bookshelf">Regal</abbr>'''? :Frau Lehmann: Nein, sie liegen nicht hier. Vielleicht liegen sie '''auf deinem Tisch'''? - Einen <abbr title="der Augenblick - en: moment; das Auge - en: eye; Plural: Augen; blicken - en: to look; to have a look; der Blick - look; glance">Augenblick</abbr>! - Ja, hier '''auf meinem Tisch''' liegen sie. :Monika: Legst du sie bitte '''auf meine Tasche'''? Ich brauche sie <abbr title="gleich - en: in a minute; in a moment; just; straight">gleich</abbr>. 784 :'''liegen''' :'''stehen''' :Das Buch liegt auf dem Tisch. :Die Flasche steht auf dem Tisch. :Ich <abbr title="legen - en: to put (lying)">lege</abbr> das Buch auf den Tisch. :Ich <abbr title="stellen - en: to put (standing)">stelle</abbr> die Flasche auf den Tisch. :liegen - stehen :<abbr title="legen - en: to put (lying)">legen</abbr> - <abbr title="stellen - en: to put (standing)">stellen</abbr> :--- :an + das = ans :(Ich gehe an das Telefon.) :Ich gehe ans Telefon. :--- :auf + das = aufs :(Sie <abbr title="legen - en: to put (lying)">legt</abbr> den Brief auf das <abbr title="das Regal - en: shelves; bookshelf">Regal</abbr>.) :Sie legt den Brief aufs Regal. :--- :an + dem = am :(Sie wartet an dem Theater.) :Sie wartet am Theater. 785 :'''Wohin ... ?''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Monika geht || '''an die Tür'''. |-align="center" | Ich gehe || '''ans Telefon'''. |-align="center" |Ute stellt die Blumen || '''auf den Tisch'''. |-align="center" | Den Brief legt sie || '''aufs Regal'''. |} 786 :'''Wo ... ?''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Ute wartet|| '''am Theater'''. |-align="center" | Andreas steht || '''an der Tür'''. |-align="center" | Die Karten liegen || '''auf deinem Tisch'''. |-align="center" | Die Blumen stehen || '''auf dem Tisch'''. |} 787 :'''Wohin?''' :'''an''' die Tür :auf den Tisch :--- :Wo? :an der Tür :auf dem Tisch :--- :Es klingelt. Ich gehe an die Tür. Der <abbr title="der Briefträger - en: postman; der Brief - en: letter; tragen - en: to carry; to hold">Briefträger</abbr> hat geklingelt. Er steht mit einem '''<abbr title="das Paket - en: parcel">Paket</abbr>''' für mich an der Tür. 788 :'''<abbr title="auf - en: on">auf</abbr> dem''' :'''<abbr title="in - en: in; inside; - in + dem = im - en: in teh; inside the">im</abbr>''' :'''<abbr title="an (= nahe bei) - en: at; near; nearby; close; - an + dem = am - en: at the">am</abbr>''' :'''am''' :--- :<abbr title="hängen - en: to hang">hängen</abbr> :Der <abbr title="der Hut - en: hat">Hut</abbr> liegt '''<abbr title="auf - en: on">auf</abbr> dem <abbr title="der Schrank - en: warderobe; closet; cupboard">Schrank</abbr>'''. :Die Schuhe <abbr title="stehen - en: to stand; to be (standing); Konjugation: ich stehe, du stehst, er steht, wir stehen, ihr steht, sie stehen">stehen</abbr> '''<abbr title="im (= in + dem) - en: in the; inside the">im</abbr> Schrank'''. :Der Anzug '''hängt am Schrank'''. :--- :das <abbr title="das Boot - en: boat">Boot</abbr> :der <abbr title="der See - en: lake">See</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Fisch - en: fish">Fisch</abbr> :<abbr title="schwimmen - en: to swim">schwimmen</abbr> :das Haus :das <abbr title="das Ufer - en: bank; shore">Ufer</abbr> :Die Mädchen sind '''auf dem See'''. Sie sind im Boot. :Die Fische sind '''im See'''. Sie schwimmen im <abbr title="das Wasser - en: water">Wasser</abbr>. :Das Haus steht '''am See'''. Es steht am Ufer. 789 :Beispiel: :Das Telefon klingelt. :Wer geht ans Telefon? (Herr Wagner) :⇒ Herr Wagner, gehen Sie bitte ans Telefon! :--- :Das Telefon klingelt. :Wer geht ans Telefon? (Frau Stein) :--- :Wir schreiben Sätze. :Wer geht an die Tafel? (Hans-Jürgen) :--- :Wir suchen [[:de:w:Goslar|Goslar]]. :Wer geht an die Karte? (Herr Zentsch) :--- :Peter kommt. :Wer geht an die Tür? (Herr Ewald) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 789 |- | :Das Telefon klingelt. :Wer geht ans Telefon? - Herr Wagner, gehen Sie bitte ans Telefon! :--- :Das Telefon klingelt. :Wer geht ans Telefon? - Frau Stein, gehen Sie bitte ans Telefon! :--- :Wir schreiben Sätze. :Wer geht an die Tafel? - Hans-Jürgen, gehen Sie bitte an die Tafel! :--- :Wir suchen Goslar. :Wer geht an die Karte? - Herr Zentsch, gehen Sie bitte an die Karte! :--- :Peter kommt. :Wer geht an die Tür? - Herr Ewald, gehen Sie bitte an die Tür! |} == 790 - 799 == 790 :Beispiel: :(Institut - Mensa) :⇒ a. Ich gehe ins Institut. :⇒ b. Und ich gehe in die Mensa. :⇒ a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :⇒ b. Ja, ich warte an der Mensa. :--- :Bibliothek - Kino :Arztpraxis - Institut :Museum - Bibliothek :Krankenhaus - Internat :Mensa - Institut :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 790 |- | :a. Ich gehe ins Institut. :b. Und ich gehe in die Mensa. :a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :b. Ja, ich warte an der Mensa. :--- :a. Ich gehe in die Bibliothek. :b. Und ich gehe ins Kino. :a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :b. Ja, ich warte am Kino. :--- :a. Ich gehe in die Arztpraxis. :b. Und ich gehe ins Institut. :a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :b. Ja, ich warte am Institut. :--- :a. Ich gehe ins Museum. :b. Und ich gehe in die Bibliothek. :a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :b. Ja, ich warte an der Bibliothek. :--- :a. Ich gehe ins Krankenhaus. :b. Und ich gehe ins Internat. :a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :b. Ja, ich warte am Internat. :--- :a. Ich gehe in die Mensa . :b. Und ich gehe ins Institut. :a. Gehen wir am Nachmittag zusammen nach Hause? :b. Ja, ich warte am Institut. |} 791 :Beispiel: :Sie finden die Beispiele nicht? (<abbr title="die Seite - en: page">Seite</abbr>) :⇒ Hier, '''auf''' dieser Seite sind sie. :--- :Sie finden die <abbr title="die Stadt- en: town; city; Plural: die Städte">Städte</abbr> nicht? (Karte) :Sie finden die Aufgaben nicht? (Heft) :Sie haben das Museum noch nicht gesehen? (Bild) :Sie haben das Theater noch nicht gesehen? (Foto) :Sie haben meinen Bruder noch nicht gesehen? (Bild) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 791 |- | :Sie finden die Beispiele nicht? - Hier, auf dieser Seite sind sie. :--- :Sie finden die Städte nicht? - Hier, auf dieser Karte sind sie. :Sie finden die Aufgaben nicht. - Hier, in diesem Heft sind sie. :Sie haben das Museum noch nicht gesehen? - Hier, auf diesem Bild ist es. :Sie haben das Theater noch nicht gesehen? - Hier, auf diesem Foto ist es. :Sie haben meinen Bruder noch nicht gesehen? - Hier, auf diesem Bild ist er. |} 792 [[File:Bücherregal Kammerstein.JPG|thumb|das <abbr title="das Regal - en: shelves; bookshelf">Regal</abbr>, das Bücherregal; er stellt das Buch ins Regal; die Bücher stehen im Regal]] [[File:An and the sunlounger (2362697218).jpg|thumb|die Gartenliege (der <abbr title="der Garten - en: garden">Garten</abbr>)]] [[File:Reclin Bed.jpg|thumb|der Liegestuhl]] :Beispiel: :Ich bringe Ihnen das Buch. (Tisch) :⇒ Vielen Dank! '''Legen''' Sie es bitte auf den Tisch! :--- :Ich bringe Ihnen die Bilder. (Bücher) :Ich bringe ihnen die Hefte. (Stuhl) :Ich bringe Ihnen die CD. (Zeitschrift) :Ich bringe Ihnen den Brief. (Radio) :Ich bringe Ihnen die Fotos. (Tisch) :<abbr title="liegen - en: to lie; to be; to be lying; to be situated; Konjugation: ich liege, du liegst, er liegt, wir liegen, ihr liegt, sie liegen">liegen</abbr> :<abbr title="legen (hinlegen) - en: to put (lying); Konjugation: ich lege, du legst, er legt, wir legen, ihr legt, sie legen">legen</abbr> :<abbr title="stehen - en: to stand; to be (standing); Konjugation: ich stehe, du stehst, er steht, wir stehen, ihr steht, sie stehen">stehen</abbr> :<abbr title="stellen (hinstellen) - en: to put (standing); Konjugation: ich stelle, du stellst er stellt, wir stellen, ihr stellt, sie stellen">stellen</abbr> :Imperativ :Legen Sie ...! (Sie) - (Beispiel: Legen Sie das Geld auf den Tisch!) :Lege ... ! (du) - (Beispiel: Lege das Buch ins Auto!) :Leg ... ! (du) - (Beispiel: Leg den <abbr title="der Schlüssel - en: key">Schlüssel</abbr> in die Tasche!) :Stellen Sie ...! (Sie) - (Beispiel: Stellen Sie die Kaffeetasse in die <abbr title="die Küche - en: kitchen">Küche</abbr>!) :Stelle ... ! (du) - (Beispiel: Stelle die Flasche nicht hier auf den Tisch!) :Stell ... ! (du) - (Beispiel: Stell das Glas wieder in den Schrank!) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 792 |- | :Ich bringe Ihnen das Buch. - Vielen Dank! Legen Sie es bitte auf den Tisch! :--- :Ich bringe Ihne die Bilder. - Vielen Dank! Legen Sie sie bitte auf die Bücher! :Ich bringe ihnen die Hefte. - Vielen Dank! Legen Sie sie bitte auf den Stuhl! :Ich bringe Ihnen die CD. - Vielen Dank! Legen Sie sie bitte auf die Zeitschrift! :Ich bringe Ihnen den Brief. - Vielen Dank! Legen Sie ihn bitte auf das Radio! :Ich bringe Ihnen die Fotos! - Vielen Dank! Legen Sie sie bitte auf den Tisch. |} 793 [[File:Armchair (PSF).png|thumb|der <abbr title="der Sessel - en: armchair">Sessel</abbr>]] :<abbr title="der Sessel - en: armchair">Sessel</abbr> :Was macht Peter? :Peter '''<abbr title="stellen - en: to put (standing)">stellt</abbr>''' die Bücher ins '''Regal'''. :Er legt die Hefte auf den Tisch. :--- :'''„legen“ oder „stellen“?''' :--- :Ich ... die Blumen auf das Sofa. :Du ... den Bleistift auf das Heft. :Er ... die Tasse auf den Tisch. :Wir ... den Stuhl an den Tisch. :Ihr ... die Mäntel auf den <abbr title="der Sessel - en: armchair">Sessel</abbr>. :Sie (pl.) ... die Zeitschriften auf den <abbr title="der Stuhl - en: chair">Stuhl</abbr>. :Sie (f) ... den Brief in den Schrank. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 793 |- | :Ich lege die Blumen auf das Sofa. :Du legst den Bleistift auf das Heft. :Er stellt die Tasse auf den Tisch. :Wir stellen den Stuhl an den Tisch. :Ihr legt die Mäntel auf den Sessel. :Sie (pl.) legen die Zeitschriften auf den Stuhl. :Sie (f) legt den Brief in den Schrank. |} 794 :Beispiel: :(Buch - Tisch / Radio) :⇒ :⇒ a. Wohin haben Sie ''das Buch'' gelegt? :⇒ b. Ich glaube, ''auf den Tisch''. :⇒ a. Hier liegt ''es'' nicht. :⇒ b. Vielleicht habe ich es ''auf das Radio'' gelegt? :⇒ a. Ja, hier ''auf dem Radio'' liegt ''es''. :--- :(Bleistift - Zeitschriften / Hefte) :(Bild - Regal / Tisch) :(Karte - Vokabelheft / Zeitschriften) :(Hefte - Schrank / Regal) :(Mantel - Stuhl / Sessel) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 794 |- | :a. Wohin haben Sie das Buch gelegt? :b. Ich glaube, auf den Tisch. :a. Hier liegt es nicht. :a. Vielleicht habe ich es auf das Radio gelegt? :a. Ja, hier auf dem Radio liegt es. :--- :a. Wohin haben Sie den Bleistift gelegt? :b. Ich glaube, auf die Zeitschrift. :a. Hier liegt er nicht. :a. Vielleicht habe ich ihn auf das Heft gelegt? :a. Ja, hier auf dem Heft liegt er. :--- :a. Wohin haben Sie das Bild gelegt? :b. Ich glaube, auf das Regal. :a. Hier liegt es nicht. :a. Vielleicht habe ich es auf den Tisch gelegt? :a. Ja, hier auf dem Tisch liegt es. :--- :a. Wohin haben Sie die Karte gelegt? :b. Ich glaube, auf das Vokabelheft. :a. Hier liegt sie nicht. :a. Vielleicht habe ich sie auf die Zeitschriften gelegt? :a. Ja, hier auf den Zeitschriften liegt sie. :--- :a. Wohin haben Sie das Heft gelegt? :b. Ich glaube, auf den Schrank. :a. Hier liegt es nicht. :a. Vielleicht habe ich es auf das Regal gelegt? :a. Ja, hier auf dem Regal liegt es. :--- :a. Wohin haben Sie den Mantel gelegt? :b. Ich glaube, auf den Stuhl. :a. Hier liegt er nicht. :a. Vielleicht habe ich ihn auf den Sessel gelegt? :a. Ja, hier auf dem Sesselliegt er. |} 794a :[[File:Deutsch 794a-1 appca.ogg]] :Akkusativ :--- :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ auf das Buch legen :⇒ auf die Bücher legen :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794a-1 |- | :Buch :auf das Buch legen :auf die Bücher legen :--- :Tisch :auf den Tisch legen :auf die Tische legen :--- :Radio :auf das Radio legen :auf die Radios legen :--- :Zeitung :auf die Zeitung legen :auf die Zeitungen legen :--- :Zeitschrift :auf die Zeitschrift legen :auf die Zeitschriften legen :--- :Heft :auf das Heft legen :auf die Hefte legen :--- :Bild :auf das Bild legen :auf die Bilder legen :--- :Regal :auf das Regal legen :auf die Regale legen :--- :Tisch :auf den Tisch legen :auf die Tische legen :--- :Stuhl :auf den Stuhl legen :auf die Stühle legen :--- :Schrank :auf den Schrank legen :auf die Schränke legen :--- :Sessel :auf den Sessel legen :auf die Sessel legen |} :--- :[[File:Deutsch 794a-2 appca.ogg]] :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ auf das Buch stellen :⇒ auf die Bücher stellen :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794a-2 |- | :Buch :auf das Buch stellen :auf die Bücher stellen :--- :Tisch :auf den Tisch stellen :auf die Tische stellen :--- :Radio :auf das Radio stellen :auf die Radios stellen :--- :Zeitung :auf die Zeitung stellen :auf die Zeitungen stellen :--- :Zeitschrift :auf die Zeitschrift stellen :auf die Zeitschriften stellen :--- :Heft :auf das Heft stellen :auf die Hefte stellen :--- :Bild :auf das Bild stellen :auf die Bilder stellen :--- :Regal :auf das Regal stellen :auf die Regale stellen :--- :Tisch :auf den Tisch stellen :auf die Tische stellen :--- :Stuhl :auf den Stuhl stellen :auf die Stühle stellen :--- :Schrank :auf den Schrank stellen :auf die Schränke stellen :--- :Sessel :auf den Sessel stellen :auf die Sessel stellen |} :--- :[[File:Deutsch 794a-3 appca.ogg]] :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ unter das Buch legen :⇒ unter die Bücher legen :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794a-3 |- | :Buch :unter das Buch legen :unter die Bücher legen :--- :Tisch :unter den Tisch legen :unter die Tische legen :--- :Radio :unter das Radio legen :unter die Radios legen :--- :Zeitung :unter die Zeitung legen :unter die Zeitungen legen :--- :Zeitschrift :unter die Zeitschrift legen :unter die Zeitschriften legen :--- :Heft :unter das Heft legen :unter die Hefte legen :--- :Bild :unter das Bild legen :unter die Bilder legen :--- :Regal :unter das Regal legen :unter die Regale legen :--- :Tisch :unter den Tisch legen :unter die Tische legen :--- :Stuhl :unter den Stuhl legen :unter die Stühle legen :--- :Schrank :unter den Schrank legen :unter die Schränke legen :--- :Sessel :unter den Sessel legen :unter die Sessel legen |} 794b :[[File:Deutsch 794b-1 appca.ogg]] :Dativ :--- :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ auf dem Buch liegen :⇒ Es liegt auf dem Buch. :⇒ auf den Büchern liegen :⇒ Es liegt auf den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794b-1 |- | :Buch :auf dem Buch liegen :Es liegt auf dem Buch. :auf den Büchern liegen :Es liegt auf den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :auf dem Tisch liegen :Es liegt auf dem Tisch. :auf den Tischen liegen :Es liegt auf den Tischen. :--- :Radio :auf dem Radio liegen :Es liegt auf dem Radio. :auf den Radios liegen :Es liegt auf den Radios. :--- :Zeitung :auf der Zeitung liegen :Es liegt auf der Zeitung. :auf den Zeitungen liegen :Es liegt auf den Zeitungen. :--- :Zeitschrift :auf der Zeitschrift liegen :Es liegt auf der Zeitschrift. :auf den Zeitschriften liegen :Es liegt auf den Zeitschriften. :--- :Heft :auf dem Heft liegen :Es liegt auf dem Heft. :auf den Heften liegen :Es liegt auf den Heften. :--- :Bild :auf dem Bild liegen :Es liegt auf dem Bild. :auf den Bildern liegen :Es liegt auf den Bildern. :--- :Regal :auf dem Regal liegen :Es liegt auf dem Regal. :auf den Regalen liegen :Es liegt auf den Regalen. :--- :Tisch :auf dem Tisch liegen :Es liegt auf dem Tisch. :auf den Tischen liegen :Es liegt auf den Tischen. :--- :Stuhl :auf dem Stuhl liegen :Es liegt auf dem Stuhl. :auf den Stühlen liegen :Es liegt auf den Stühlen. :--- :Schrank :auf dem Schrank liegen :Es liegt auf dem Schrank. :auf den Schränken liegen :Es liegt auf den Schränken. :--- :Sessel :auf dem Sessel liegen :Es liegt auf dem Sessel. :auf den Sesseln liegen :Es liegt auf den Sesseln. |} :--- :[[File:Deutsch 794b-2 appca.ogg]] :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ auf dem Buch stehen :⇒ Es steht auf dem Buch. :⇒ auf den Büchern stehen :⇒ Es steht auf den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794b-2 |- | :Buch :auf dem Buch stehen :Es steht auf dem Buch. :auf den Büchern stehen :Es steht auf den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :auf dem Tisch stehen :Es steht auf dem Tisch. :auf den Tischen stehen :Es steht auf den Tischen. :--- :Radio :auf dem Radio stehen :Es steht auf dem Radio. :auf den Radios stehen :Es steht auf den Radios. :--- :Zeitung :auf der Zeitung stehen :Es steht auf der Zeitung. :auf den Zeitungen stehen :Es steht auf den Zeitungen. :--- :Zeitschrift :auf der Zeitschrift stehen :Es steht auf der Zeitschrift. :auf den Zeitschriften stehen :Es steht auf den Zeitschriften. :--- :Heft :auf dem Heft stehen :Es steht auf dem Heft. :auf den Heften stehen :Es steht auf den Heften. :--- :Bild :auf dem Bild stehen :Es steht auf dem Bild. :auf den Bildern stehen :Es steht auf den Bildern. :--- :Regal :auf dem Regal stehen :Es steht auf dem Regal. :auf den Regalen stehen :Es steht auf den Regalen. :--- :Tisch :auf dem Tisch stehen :Es steht auf dem Tisch. :auf den Tischen stehen :Es steht auf den Tischen. :--- :Stuhl :auf dem Stuhl stehen :Es steht auf dem Stuhl. :auf den Stühlen stehen :Es steht auf den Stühlen. :--- :Schrank :auf dem Schrank stehen :Es steht auf dem Schrank. :auf den Schränken stehen :Es steht auf den Schränken. :--- :Sessel :auf dem Sessel stehen :Es steht auf dem Sessel. :auf den Sesseln stehen :Es steht auf den Sesseln. |} :--- :[[File:Deutsch 794b-3 appca.ogg]] :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ unter dem Buch liegen :⇒ Es liegt unter dem Buch. :⇒ unter den Büchern liegen :⇒ Es liegt unter den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794b-3 |- | :Buch :unter dem Buch liegen :Es liegt unter dem Buch. :unter den Büchern liegen :Es liegt unter den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :unter dem Tisch liegen :Es liegt unter dem Tisch. :unter den Tischen liegen :Es liegt unter den Tischen. :--- :Radio :unter dem Radio liegen :Es liegt unter dem Radio. :unter den Radios liegen :Es liegt unter den Radios. :--- :Zeitung :unter der Zeitung liegen :Es liegt unter der Zeitung. :unter den Zeitungen liegen :Es liegt unter den Zeitungen. :--- :Zeitschrift :unter der Zeitschrift liegen :Es liegt unter der Zeitschrift. :unter den Zeitschriften liegen :Es liegt unter den Zeitschriften. :--- :Heft :unter dem Heft liegen :Es liegt unter dem Heft. :unter den Heften liegen :Es liegt unter den Heften. :--- :Bild :unter dem Bild liegen :Es liegt unter dem Bild. :unter den Bildern liegen :Es liegt unter den Bildern. :--- :Regal :unter dem Regal liegen :Es liegt unter dem Regal. :unter den Regalen liegen :Es liegt unter den Regalen. :--- :Tisch :unter dem Tisch liegen :Es liegt unter dem Tisch. :unter den Tischen liegen :Es liegt unter den Tischen. :--- :Stuhl :unter dem Stuhl liegen :Es liegt unter dem Stuhl. :unter den Stühlen liegen :Es liegt unter den Stühlen. :--- :Schrank :unter dem Schrank liegen :Es liegt unter dem Schrank. :unter den Schränken liegen :Es liegt unter den Schränken. :--- :Sessel :unter dem Sessel liegen :Es liegt unter dem Sessel. :unter den Sesseln liegen :Es liegt unter den Sesseln. |} :--- :[[File:Deutsch 794b-4 appca.ogg]] :Beispiel: :Buch :⇒ auf dem Buch sein :⇒ Es ist auf dem Buch. :⇒ auf den Büchern sein :⇒ Es ist auf den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :Radio :Zeitung :Zeitschrift :Heft :Bild :Regal :Tisch :Stuhl :Schrank :Sessel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 794b-4 |- | :Buch :auf dem Buch sein :Es ist auf dem Buch. :auf den Büchern sein :Es ist auf den Büchern. :--- :Tisch :auf dem Tisch sein :Es ist auf dem Tisch. :auf den Tischen sein :Es ist auf den Tischen. :--- :Radio :auf dem Radio sein :Es ist auf dem Radio. :auf den Radios sein :Es ist auf den Radios. :--- :Zeitung :auf der Zeitung sein :Es ist auf der Zeitung. :auf den Zeitungen sein :Es ist auf den Zeitungen. :--- :Zeitschrift :auf der Zeitschrift sein :Es ist auf der Zeitschrift. :auf den Zeitschriften sein :Es ist auf den Zeitschriften. :--- :Heft :auf dem Heft sein :Es ist auf dem Heft. :auf den Heften sein :Es ist auf den Heften. :--- :Bild :auf dem Bild sein :Es ist auf dem Bild. :auf den Bildern sein :Es ist auf den Bildern. :--- :Regal :auf dem Regal sein :Es ist auf dem Regal. :auf den Regalen sein :Es ist auf den Regalen. :--- :Tisch :auf dem Tisch sein :Es ist auf dem Tisch. :auf den Tischen sein :Es ist auf den Tischen. :--- :Stuhl :auf dem Stuhl sein :Es ist auf dem Stuhl. :auf den Stühlen sein :Es ist auf den Stühlen. :--- :Schrank :auf dem Schrank sein :Es ist auf dem Schrank. :auf den Schränken sein :Es ist auf den Schränken. :--- :Sessel :auf dem Sessel sein :Es ist auf dem Sessel. :auf den Sesseln sein :Es ist auf den Sesseln. |} 795 :Beispiel: :Wo liegt die Tasche? (Schrank, auf) :⇒ Die Tasche liegt auf dem Schrank. :Wo steht das Regal? (Tür, an) :⇒ Das Regal steht an der Tür. :--- :Wo steht der Tisch? (Schrank, an) :Wo steht der Sessel? (Tür, an) :Wo liegen die Bücher? (Bett, auf) :Wo stehen die Blumen? (Tisch, auf) :Wo steht das Radio? (Schrank, auf) :Wo steht die Tasche? (<abbr title="der Boden - en: floor">Boden</abbr>, auf) :Wo steht der Stuhl? (Tisch, an) :Wo liegt mein Wörterbuch? (Bett, auf) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 795 |- | :Wo liegt die Tasche? - Die Tasche liegt auf dem Schrank. :Wo steht das Regal? - Das Regal steht an der Tür. :--- :Wo steht der Tisch? - Der Tisch steht am Schrank. :Wo steht der Sessel? - Der Sessel steht an der Tür. :Wo liegen die Bücher? - Die Bücher liegen auf dem Bett. :Wo stehen die Blumen? - Die Blumen stehen auf dem Tisch. :Wo steht das Radio? - Das Radio steht auf dem Schrank. :Wo steht die Tasche? - Die Tasche steht auf dem Boden. :Wo steht der Stuhl? - Der Stuhl steht am Tisch. :Wo liegt mein Wörterbuch? - Dein Wörterbuch liegt auf dem Bett. |} 796 :'''Was machen Sie am Wochenende?''' :Das <abbr title="das Telefon - en: phone">Telefon</abbr> klingelt. Monika geht an den '''<abbr title="der Apparat - en: appliance; telephone; - der Telefonapparat">Apparat</abbr>'''. :--- :Monika: Hier Schröder. :Inge: Hier ist Inge Müller. Monika, bist du es? Ich habe heute an der '''<abbr title="die Schule - en: school">Schule</abbr> auf''' dich '''<abbr title="warten auf - en: to wait for">gewartet</abbr>''', aber ich habe dich nicht gesehen. Bist du nicht in der Schule gewesen? :Monika: '''Doch''', aber wir waren von zwölf bis eins auf dem '''<abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports field">Sportplatz</abbr>'''. :Inge: Was machst du am Wochenende? :Monika: Am Sonnabend und Sonntag? Ich <abbr title="wissen - en: to know; Konjugation: ich weiß, du weiß, er weiß, wir wissen, ihr wisst, sie wissen">weiß</abbr> es noch nicht. Ich habe noch keinen '''Plan'''. :Inge: Ich '''mache''' dir einen <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion; - vorschlagen - en: propose; suggest">Vorschlag</abbr>. Anne und ich fahren '''zu''' meinem '''Onkel'''. Das '''<abbr title="das Wetter - en: weather (meteorology)">Wetter</abbr>''' ist jetzt <abbr title="so - en: so; such">so</abbr> schön, und mein Onkel wohnt <abbr title="direkt am See - en: directly at the lake">'''direkt''' an</abbr> einem '''<abbr title="der See - en: lake">See</abbr>'''. Der '''Wald''' ist auch nicht '''<abbr title="weit = weit weg - en: far away; - es ist weit">weit</abbr>'''. '''Kommst du mit?''' :Monika: <abbr title="das geht - en: this is possible; this works>Das geht</abbr>. Ich bin am Wochenende '''<abbr title="allein - en: alone">allein</abbr>''' zu Hause. Meine '''<abbr title="die Eltern - en: parents">Eltern</abbr>''' <abbr title="fahren - en: to go (by some kind of transport -with wheels); Konjugation: ich fahre, du fährst, er fährt, wir fahren, ihre fahrt, sie fahren">fahren</abbr> am Sonntag nach [[:de:w:Merseburg|Merseburg]] zu Andreas. Fahrt ihr mit dem '''<abbr title="der Zug - en: train">Zug</abbr>'''? :Inge: Nein, mit dem '''<abbr title="das Fahrrad - en: bike; bicycle">Fahrrad</abbr>'''. :Monika: Die '''Idee''' ist gut. <abbr title="hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hoe so">Hoffentlich</abbr> regnet es nicht. :Inge: <abbr title="bestimmt - en: surely; certainly">Bestimmt</abbr> nicht. In der '''Zeitung''' steht, das Wetter <abbr title="bleiben - en: to remain; to stay">bleibt</abbr> schön. '''<abbr title="also - en: so; well; now">Also</abbr>, wie ist es?''' Bist du '''<abbr title="einverstanden - en: to agree">einverstanden</abbr>'''? :Monika: Ich bin einverstanden, aber ich frage '''<abbr title="erst, zuerst - en: first; erst - en: first; Beispiel: Ich habe erst heute das Geld.">erst</abbr>''' meine Eltern. Sie haben heute eine Konferenz und kommen <abbr title="erst - en: not until; only">erst</abbr> <abbr title="halb sieben - en:6:30 p.m.; 18.30 Uhr">halb sieben</abbr> nach Hause, ich '''sage''' dir dann <abbr title="sofort - en: immediately; at once">sofort</abbr> '''<abbr title="Bescheid sagen = informieren = sagen - en: to inform; give the word">Bescheid</abbr>'''. :Inge: <abbr title="bestimmt - en: certainly; surely">Bestimmt</abbr> '''<abbr title="erlauben - en: to allow; to permit">erlauben</abbr>''' sie dir die <abbr title="die Fahrt - en: journey; (from: fahren)">Fahrt</abbr>. :Monika: Ich '''denke''' das auch. '''Bis nachher''', Inge, auf Wiedersehen! 797 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :--- :Wer telefoniert mit Monika? :Wohin fährt Inge? :Fährt sie allein? :Fahren die Mädchen mit dem Zug? :Ist Monika mit dem Vorschlag einverstanden? :Wen fragt sie erst noch? :Wann sagt Monika Inge Bescheid? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 797 |- | :Wer telefoniert mit Monika? - Inge Müller telefoniert mit Monika. :Wohin fährt Inge? - Sie fährt zu ihrem Onkel. :Fährt sie allein? - Nein, sie fährt mit Anne. :Fahren die Mädchen mit dem Zug? - Nein, sie fahren mit dem Fahrrad. :Ist Monika mit dem <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion">Vorschlag</abbr> <abbr title="einverstanden - en: to agree">einverstanden</abbr>? - Ja, Monika ist mit dem Vorschlag einverstanden. :Wen fragt sie erst noch? - Sie fragt erst noch ihre Eltern. :Wann sagt Monika Inge Bescheid? - Sie sagt ihr heute Abend Bescheid. |} 798 :'''Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text''' :--- :3x '''Platz''' :--- :Ist dieser <abbr title="der Platz - en: seat; place">Platz</abbr> noch frei? :Ja, nehmen Sie bitte hier Platz. :--- :Peter wohnt am Waldplatz. :Dort ist auch ein <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports field">Sportplatz</abbr>. :--- :Auf dem Tisch liegen viele <abbr title="die Sache - en: thing; Plural: Sachen">Sachen</abbr>. :Auf dem Tisch ist kein <abbr title="der Platz - en: place; space">Platz</abbr>. 799 :2x '''erst''' :--- :<abbr title="erst - en: first; at first">Erst</abbr> frage ich meine Eltern. :Dann sage ich dir Bescheid. :--- :Haben Sie die Zeitung schon gelesen? :Ja, ich habe sie schon gelesen. :Nein, ich lese sie <abbr title="erst - en: only">erst</abbr> am Abend. == 800 - 809 == 800 :'''<abbr title="doch - en: yes (contradictory)">doch</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Haben Sie die Hausaufgaben nicht gemacht? :⇒ Doch, ich habe die Hausaufgaben gemacht. :--- :Haben Sie den Text nicht wiederholt? :Haben Sie die Wörter nicht gelernt? :Haben Sie die CD nicht gehört? :Haben Sie die Hausaufgaben nicht korrigiert? :Haben Sie die Übung nicht geschrieben? :Haben Sie die Sätze nicht geübt? :Haben Sie das Beispiel nicht verstanden? :Haben Sie mein Buch nicht gefunden? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 800 |- | :Haben Sie die Hausaufgaben nicht gemacht? - Doch, ich habe die Hausaufgaben gemacht. :--- :Haben Sie den Text nicht wiederholt? - Doch, ich habe den Text wiederholt. :Haben Sie die Wörter nicht gelernt? - Doch, ich habe die Wörter gelernt . :Haben Sie die CD nicht gehört? - Doch, ich habe die CD gehört. :Haben Sie die Hausaufgaben nicht korrigiert? - Doch, ich habe die Hausaufgaben korrigiert. :Haben Sie die Übung nicht geschrieben? - Doch, ich habe die Übung geschrieben. :Haben Sie die Sätze nicht geübt? - Doch, ich habe die Sätze geübt. :Haben Sie das Beispiel nicht verstanden? - Doch, ich habe das Beispiel verstanden. :Haben Sie mein Buch nicht gefunden? - Doch, ich habe Ihr Buch gefunden. |} 801 :Beispiel: :Bist Du heute nicht in der Schule gewesen? :⇒ Doch, ich bin in der Schule gewesen. :--- :Sind Sie mit meinem Plan nicht einverstanden? :Sind Sie mit meinem <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion">Vorschlag</abbr> nicht <abbr title="einverstanden - en: to agree; to be in agreement with">einverstanden</abbr>? :Bist du gestern nicht an den See gefahren? :Haben Sie den <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports field">Sportplatz</abbr> nicht gefunden? :Hat Ihnen das Buch nicht <abbr title="gefallen - en: to please; to like">gefallen</abbr>? :War Ihnen der Kaffee zu kalt? :Haben Dir Deine Eltern die Fahrt nicht <abbr title="erlauben - en: to allow; to permit">erlaubt</abbr>? :Hat das Geld <abbr title="nicht reichen - en: is not enough">nicht gereicht</abbr>? :Hat Ihnen Herr Böse nicht Bescheid gesagt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 801 |- | :Bist du heute nicht in der Schule gewesen? - Doch, ich bin in der Schule gewesen. :--- :Sind Sie mit meinem Plan nicht einverstanden? - Doch, ich bin mit Ihrem Plan einverstanden. :Sind Sie mit meinem Vorschlag nicht einverstanden? - Doch, ich bin mit Ihrem Vorschlag einverstanden. :Bist du gestern nicht an den See gefahren? - Doch, ich bin gestern an den See gefahren. :Haben Sie den Sportplatz nicht gefunden? - Doch, ich habe den Sportplatz gefunden. :Hat Ihnen das Buch nicht gefallen? - Doch, es hat mir gefallen. :War Ihnen der Kaffee zu kalt? - (Doch, er war nicht zu kalt.) Nein, er war mir nicht zu kalt. (Doch, er war in Ordnung.) :Haben Dir Deine Eltern die Fahrt nicht erlaubt? - Doch, sie haben mir die Fahrt erlaubt. :Hat das Geld nicht gereicht? - Doch, es hat gereicht. :Hat Ihnen Herr Böse nicht Bescheid gesagt? - Doch, er hat mir Bescheid gesagt. |} 801a :'''<abbr title="reichen = genug - en: to be enough; to have enough">reichen</abbr>''' :--- :Das Geld reicht nicht. Ich brauche <abbr title="noch etwas mehr - en: a little more; something more; still some more">noch etwas mehr</abbr> Geld. :Die Zeit reicht mir nicht. Ich brauche noch etwas mehr Zeit. :Das Bier reicht mir nicht. Kann ich noch etwas mehr haben? :Das Essen hat mir nicht gereicht. Ich habe noch Hunger. :<abbr title="Jetzt reicht es mir! - en: Now it's enough for me!">Jetzt reicht es mir</abbr>. Ich kann <abbr title="so - en: so; like this">so</abbr> nicht mehr arbeiten. :Wir wollen nicht noch mehr Kinder. 13 Kinder reichen uns. :Unsere Wohnung hat 3 Zimmer, das reicht uns. :Ich habe nur ein kleines Auto, aber das reicht mir. 802 :'''<abbr title="hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so">hoffentlich</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Hoffentlich bleibt das Wetter schön. :⇒ <abbr title="bestimmt - en: certainly; surely">Bestimm</abbr>t bleibt das Wetter schön. :--- :Hoffentlich gefallen ihr die Blumen. :Hoffentlich finden die Kinder ihren <abbr title="der Ball - en: ball">Ball</abbr>. :Hoffentlich <abbr title="finden - en: to find; - wiederfinden - en: to find again">findest</abbr> du deinen <abbr title="Schlüssel - en: key">Schlüssel</abbr> <abbr title="wiederfinden - en: to find again; finden - en: to find">wieder</abbr>. :Hoffentlich sagt er ihm morgen Bescheid. :Hoffentlich sind sie mit dem <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion">Vorschlag</abbr> <abbr title="einverstanden sein - en: to agree">einverstanden</abbr>. :Hoffentlich reicht das Geld noch für eine Flasche Wein. :Hoffentlich gefällt ihm unser Plan. :Hoffentlich <abbr title="erlauben - en: to allow; to permit">erlauben</abbr> ihm seine Eltern die Fahrt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 802 |- | :Hoffentlich bleibt das Wetter schön. - Bestimmt bleibt das Wetter schön. :--- :Hoffentlich gefallen ihr die Blumen. - Bestimmt gefallen ihr die Blumen. :Hoffentlich finden die Kinder ihren Ball. - Bestimmt finden die Kinder ihren Ball :Hoffentlich findest du deinen Schlüssel wieder. - Bestimmt finde ich meinen Schlüssel wieder. :Hoffentlich sagt er ihm morgen Bescheid. - Bestimmt sagt er ihm morgen Bescheid :Hoffentlich sind sie mit dem Vorschlag einverstanden. - Bestimmt sind sie mit dem Vorschlag einverstanden. :Hoffentlich reicht das Geld noch für eine Flasche Wein. - Bestimmt reicht das Geld noch für eine Flasche Wein. :Hoffentlich gefällt ihm unser Plan. - Bestimmt gefällt ihm unser Plan. :Hoffentlich erlauben ihm seine Eltern die Fahrt. - Bestimmt erlauben ihm seine Eltern die Fahrt. |} 803 :Beispiel: :Wohin geht der Student? (sein Lehrer) :⇒ Der Student geht zu seinem Lehrer. :--- :Wohin fahren Sie am Wochenende? (mein Freund) :Wohin geht Inge am Abend? (ihre Freundin) :Wohin fährt Andreas? (seine Eltern) :Wohin gehen Sie jetzt? (Ärztin) :Wohin fahren Monika und Peter am Sonntag? (ihr Onkel) :Wohin geht Frau Stein jetzt? (Zahnarzt) :Wohin geht Herr Leitner? (Herr Säuberlich) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 803 |- | :Wohin geht der Student? - Der Student geht zu seinem Lehrer. :--- :Wohin fahren Sie am Wochenende? - Ich fahre am Wochenende zu meinem Freund. :Wohin geht Inge am Abend? - Sie geht am Abend zu ihrer Freundin. :Wohin fährt Andreas? - Er fährt zu seinen Eltern. :Wohin gehen Sie jetzt? - Ich gehe zur Ärztin. :Wohin fahren Monika und Peter am Sonntag? - Sie fahren am Sonntag zu ihrem Onkel. :Wohin geht Frau Stein jetzt? - Sie geht jetzt zum Zahnarzt. :Wohin geht Herr Leitner? - Er geht zu Herrn Säuberlich. |} 804 :'''<abbr title="einverstanden sein mit - en: to agree with">einverstanden sein mit</abbr>''' :--- :<abbr title="die Person - en: person">Person</abbr> A. macht einen <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion">Vorschlag</abbr>: an den See fahren :Person B. ist einverstanden oder nicht einverstanden: Der Vorschlag ist gut. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :Beispiel: :an den See fahren (gut) :⇒ :⇒ a. Wir fahren morgen an den <abbr title="der See - en: lake">See</abbr>. :⇒ b. Der <abbr title="Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion">Vorschlag</abbr> ist gut. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :zu Hause bleiben (gut) :in den Wald fahren (nicht gut) :in die Stadt gehen (gut) :zu meinem Onkel fahren (<abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; outstanding">ausgezeichnet</abbr>) :mit dem Fahrrad an den See fahren (<abbr title="schlecht - en: bad">schlecht</abbr>) :mit dem Zug nach [[:de:w:Würzburg|Würzburg]] fahren (sehr gut) :ins Kino gehen (gefällt mir nicht) :mit dem Auto nach [[:de:w:Koblenz|Koblenz]] fahren (gefällt mir) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 804 |- | :Wir fahren morgen an den See. :Der Vorschlag ist gut. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :Wir bleiben morgen zu Hause. :Der Vorschlag ist gut. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :Wir fahren morgen in den Wald. :Der Vorschlag ist nicht gut. Ich bin nicht einverstanden. :--- :Wir gehen morgen in die Stadt. :Der Vorschlag ist gut. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :Wir fahren morgen zu meinem Onkel. :Der Vorschlag ist ausgezeichnet. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :Wir fahren morgen mit dem Fahrrad an den See. :Der Vorschlag ist schlecht. Ich bin nicht einverstanden. :--- :Wir fahren morgen mit dem Zug nach Würzburg :Der Vorschlag ist sehr gut. Ich bin einverstanden. :--- :Wir gehen morgen ins Kino. :Der Vorschlag gefällt mir nicht. Ich bin nicht einverstanden. :--- :Wir fahren morgen mit dem Auto nach Koblenz. :Der Vorschlag gefällt mir. Ich bin einverstanden. |} 805 :a. Hier ist Inge Müller. Ich habe heute auf dich gewartet. Bist du nicht in der Schule gewesen? :b. ... (Sportplatz) :a. Was machst du am Wochenende? :b. ... (kein Plan) :a. Ich mache dir einen Vorschlag. Wir fahren zu meinem Onkel. Kommst du mit? :b. ... (Ja. Mit dem Zug fahren?) :a. Wir fahren mit dem Fahrrad. :b. ... (hoffentlich regnet es nicht) :a. Bestimmt nicht. Das Wetter bleibt schön. <abbr title="also - en: so; well">Also</abbr>, wie ist es? :b. ... (einverstanden) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 805 |- | :a. Hier ist Inge Müller. Ich habe heute auf dich gewartet. Bist du nicht in der Schule gewesen? :b. Nein, ich bin auf dem Sportplatz gewesen. :a. Was machst du am Wochenende? :b. Ich habe noch keinen Plan für das Wochenende. :a. Ich mache dir einen Vorschlag. Wir fahren zu meinem Onkel. Kommst du mit? :b. Ja, ich komme mit. Fahren wir mit dem Zug? :a. Wir fahren mit dem Fahrrad. :b. Hoffentlich regnet es nicht. :a. Bestimmt nicht. Das Wetter bleibt schön. Also wie ist es? :b. Gut, ich bin einverstanden. |} 806 :Übungen zur Phonetik :--- :[i:] - <abbr title="das Fieber - en: fever; temperature; high temperature">Fieber</abbr>, viele, viel, Ihnen, <abbr title="ziehen - en: to pull">ziehen</abbr> :[ɪ] - <abbr title="die Grippe - en: flu; influenza">Grippe</abbr>, <abbr title="das Gebirge - en: mountains">Gebirge</abbr>, Inge, bis :--- :[e:] - legen, <abbr title="regnen - en: to rain; es regnet">regnen</abbr>, <abbr title="der See - en: lake">See</abbr>, <abbr title="die Idee - en: idea">Idee</abbr>, erst :[ɛ] - stellen, denken, Wetter, Eltern, <abbr title="erlauben - en: allow; permit">erlauben</abbr> :--- :[a:] - <abbr title="das Regal - en: shelves; bookshelf">Regal</abbr>, Plan, Fahrt, Fahrrad, fahren :[a] - Schrank, Platz, Wald, gefallen, allein :--- :[o:] - Vorschlag, vorgestern, Foto, oben, Obst :[ɔ] - Sport, Sportplatz, hoffentlich, doch, <abbr title="oft - en: often; frequently">oft</abbr>, noch :--- :[u:] - Schule, Zug, zu, Husten, Stuhl :[ʊ] - kurz, <abbr title="die Gruppe - en: group">Gruppe</abbr>, Zunge, Lunge, <abbr title="der Schnupfen - en: cold">Schnupfen</abbr> 807 :<abbr title="der Vokal - en: vowel">Vokale</abbr>, offen und kurz :--- :[ɪ] ⇒ i ⇒ Grippe, <abbr title="nichts - en: nothing">nichts</abbr>, womit, bis :[ɛ] ⇒ e ä ⇒ stellen, denken, Eltern, Plätze :[a] ⇒ a ⇒ Schrank, Wald, Platz, allein :[ɔ] ⇒ o ⇒ doch, Onkel, Woche, Wochenende, oft :[ʊ] ⇒ u ⇒ Gruppe, Lunge, Zunge, Schnupfen 808 :<abbr title="verstehendes - en: to understand">Verstehendes</abbr> Lesen. :Lesen Sie! :--- :'''Urlaub''' :Morgen beginnt für Familie Müller der Urlaub. Herr Müller ist Zahnarzt. Er arbeitet in seiner Zahnarztpraxis. Frau Müller ist <abbr title="die Mathematikerin - en: mathematician (woman)">Mathematikerin</abbr>. Sie arbeitet in einem Institut. Doktor Müller und seine Frau haben fünf Wochen Urlaub. Sie fahren mit ihrem Auto nach <abbr title="Schweden - en: Sweden">Schweden</abbr>. Herr Müller geht jetzt noch einmal in die Stadt. Er besorgt noch ein paar Zeitschriften und Bücher, <abbr title="denn - en: because">denn</abbr> Frau Müller liest gern. 809 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :--- :Wann <abbr title="beginnen - en: to begin; to star; - beginnen = anfangen">beginnt</abbr> für Familie Müller der Urlaub? :Wo arbeitet Herr Müller? :Was ist seine Frau? :Wie lange haben Herr und Frau Müller Urlaub? :Warum geht Herr Müller noch einmal in die Stadt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 809 |- | :Wann beginnt für Familie Müller der Urlaub? - Morgen beginnt für Familie Müller der Urlaub. :Wo arbeitet Herr Müller? - Herr Müller arbeitet in seiner Zahnarztpraxis. :Was ist seine Frau? - Frau Müller ist Mathematikerin. (Seine Frau ist Mathematikerin.) :Wie lange haben Herr und Frau Müller Urlaub? - Sie haben fünf Wochen Urlaub. :Warum geht Herr Müller noch einmal in die Stadt? - Er besorgt noch ein paar Zeitschriften und Bücher. (Er kauft noch ein paar Zeitschriften und Bücher in der Stadt.) |} == 810 - 819 == 810 :'''Nehmen Sie das Wörterbuch!''' :--- :Heute hat Inge Geburtstag. Peter schenkt ihr ein Buch und Blumen. Karin schenkt <abbr title="das Taschentuch - en: handkerchief; kleenex; tissue; - das Handtuch - en: towel; - das Tuch - en: cloth">Taschentücher</abbr>. Uta hat kein Geld. Sie zeichnet ein Bild. Das ist eine <abbr title="die Überraschung - en: surprise">Überraschung</abbr>. 811 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :'''Beim Zahnarzt''' :Doktor Müller ist Zahnarzt. Er arbeitet in einer Praxis. Heute kommt Herr Schulze in seine Sprechstunde. Er hat Zahnschmerzen. Seine Zähne links unten sind nicht in Ordnung. Ein Zahn hat ein <abbr title="das Loch - en: hole; cavity">Loch</abbr>. Der Zahnarzt zieht den Zahn nicht. Er <abbr title="röntgen - en: to x-ray; to have an X-ray taken; - Konjugation: ich röntge, du röntgst, er röntgt, wir röntgen, ihr röntgt, sie röntgen">röntgt</abbr> ihn zuerst. Dann bekommt er eine <abbr title="die Krone - en: crown">Krone</abbr>. 812 :<abbr title="Skandinavien - en: Scandinavia">Skandinavien</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="Norwegen - en: Norway">Norwegen</abbr> :<abbr title="norwegisch - en: Norwegian">norwegisch</abbr> :die <abbr title="norwegische Sprache - en: Norwegian language">norwegische Sprache</abbr> = <abbr title="Norwegisch - en: Norwegian">Norwegisch</abbr> :Oslo ist die <abbr title="Hauptstadt - en: capital">Hauptstadt</abbr> von Norwegen. :In der norwegischen Hauptstadt hat es <abbr title="regnen - en: to rain">geregnet</abbr>. :der <abbr title="der Norweger - en: Norwegian (a man from Norway)">Norweger</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Norwegerin - en: Norwegian (a woman from Norway)">Norwegerin</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Norweger - en: Norwegians (men from Norway)">Norweger</abbr>; die <abbr title="Norwegerininnen - en: Norwegians (women from Norway)">Norwegerinnen</abbr> :der norwegische <abbr title="der König - en: king">König</abbr> :--- [[File:Memorial place Berlin-Hohenschönhausen little apel.JPG|thumb|upright|im <abbr title="das Gefängnis - en: prison; jail">Gefängnis</abbr> (= hinter schwedischen <abbr title="die Gardine - en: net curtain; Plural: Gardinen">Gardinen</abbr>)]] :<abbr title="Schweden - en: Sweden">Schweden</abbr> :<abbr title="schwedisch- en: Swedish">schwedisch</abbr> :die <abbr title="schwedische Sprache - en: Swedish language">schwedische Sprache</abbr> = <abbr title="Schwedisch - en: Swedish (language)">Schwedisch</abbr> :Stockholm ist die <abbr title="Hauptstadt - en: capital">Hauptstadt</abbr> von Schweden. :In der schwedischen Hauptstadt hat es <abbr title="schneien - en: to snow">geschneit</abbr>. :der <abbr title="der Schwede - en: the Swede (a man from Sweden)">Schwede</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Schwedin - en: the Swede (a woman from Sweden)">Schwedin</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Schweden - en: Swedes (people from Sweden)">Schweden</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Schwedinnen - en: the Swedes (women from Sweden)">Schwedinnen</abbr> :<abbr title="schwedische Gardinen - en: Swedish curtains = grids in prison; behind bars">schwedische Gardinen</abbr> :der schwedische <abbr title="der König - en: king">König</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="Finnland - en: Finland">Finnland</abbr> :<abbr title="finnisch - en: Finnish">finnisch</abbr> :die <abbr title="finnische Sprache - en: Finnish language">finnische Sprache</abbr> = <abbr title="finnisch - en: Finnish">Finnisch</abbr> :Helsinki ist die <abbr title="Hauptstadt - en: capital">Hauptstadt</abbr> von Finnland. :In der finnischen <abbr title="Hauptstadt - en: capital">Hauptstadt</abbr> <abbr title="scheinen - en: to shine">scheint</abbr> die <abbr title="die Sonne - en: sun">Sonne</abbr>. :der <abbr title="der Finne - en: the Finn (a man from Finland)">Finne</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Finnin - en: the Finn (a woman from Finland)">Finnin</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Finnen - en: the Finns (men from Finland)">Finnen</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Finninnen - en: the Finns (women from Finland)">Finninnen </abbr> :die finnische <abbr title="die Sauna - en: sauna">Sauna</abbr> :--- [[File:Dannebrog.jpg|thumb|die dänische <abbr title="die Fahne - en: flag">Fahne</abbr>]] :<abbr title="Dänemark - en: Denmark">Dänemark</abbr> :<abbr title="dänisch - en: Danish">dänisch</abbr> :die <abbr title="dänische Sprache - en: Danish language">dänische Sprache</abbr> = <abbr title="Dänisch - en: Danish">Dänisch</abbr> :<abbr title="Kopenhagen - en: Copenhagen">Kopenhagen</abbr> ist die <abbr title="Hauptstadt - en: capital">Hauptstadt</abbr> von Dänemark. :der <abbr title="der Däne - en: the Dane (a man from Denmark)">Däne</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Dänin - en: the Dane (a woman from Denmark)">Dänin</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Dänen - en: the Danes (men from Denmark)">Dänen</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Däninnen - en: the Danes (women from Denmark)">Däninnen</abbr> :die dänische <abbr title="die Königin - en: queen">Königin</abbr> :die dänische <abbr title="die Fahne - en: flag">Fahne</abbr> 813 :'''<abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kennen</abbr>''' :--- :Ich kenne dieses Wort nicht. :Ich kenne dieses Wort noch nicht. :--- :'''<abbr title="bedeuten - en: to signify">bedeuten</abbr>''' :die <abbr title="die Bedeutung - en: meaning">Bedeutung</abbr> :<abbr title="Was bedeutet dieses Wort? - en: What does that word mean?">Was bedeutet dieses Wort</abbr>? :<abbr title="Was ist das? - en: What is that?">Was ist das</abbr>? :<abbr title="Was bedeutet das? - en: What does that mean?">Was bedeutet das</abbr>? :<abbr title="die Maschine - en: machine; das Kammgarn - en: combed yarn; worsted">Kammgarn-Flyermaschinen</abbr>? Was bedeutet das? <abbr title="Kannst du mir das bitte kurz erklären? - en: Can you explain me that briefly, please?">Kannst du mir das bitte kurz erklären</abbr>? :<abbr title="Sprich bitte langsam! - en: Please speak slowly!">Sprich bitte langsam</abbr>. <abbr title="Ich bin blond. - en: I am blond. (and stupid)">Ich bin blond</abbr>. <abbr title="Naja, nicht ganz blond. - en: Well, not quite blond.">Naja, nicht ganz blond</abbr>. :<abbr title="Sprich bitte nicht so schnell! - en: Please, don't speak so fast!">Sprich bitte nicht so schnell</abbr>! 814 :'''<abbr title="heißen - en: to be called; to be named">heißen</abbr>''' :Wie heißt du? :Wie heißt er? :Wie heißt das? :Wie heißt das noch mal? :Wie heißt das <abbr title="noch mal - en: (repeat to me once more)">noch mal</abbr>? Das <abbr title="das Ding - en: thing">Ding</abbr>, das man braucht um zu essen? Löffel? :--- :'''<abbr title="meinen - en: to mean; - die Meinung - en: opinion">meinen</abbr>''' :Nein, <abbr title="das meine ich nicht - en: I do not mean that">das meine ich nicht</abbr>. :Nein, nicht das, das meine ich nicht. :Nein, nicht dort, das meine ich nicht. :So etwas <abbr title="ähnlich - en: similar; like; - (So etwas ähnliches. - en: Something like this.)">ähnliches</abbr>. :--- :Die Tür hier? :Nein, die meine ich nicht. Die <abbr title="andere - en: other">andere</abbr>. :Nicht diese, <abbr title="sondern - en: but">sondern</abbr> die andere. :Nein, ich meine ein anderes Wort. 815 :'''<abbr title="ähnlich - en: similar">ähnlich</abbr>''' :so was ähnliches :ein ähnliches Wort :Ich suche ein Wort. Wie heißt es noch mal? :Wie heißt noch mal das deutsche Wort für „diente“? :--- :<abbr title="verdammt = verflucht - en: damned; bloody; cursed">verdammt</abbr> :verdammt noch mal :<abbr title="der Mist - en: crap; manure">Mist</abbr> :<abbr title="verflixt - en: darn; darned">verflixt</abbr> :verflixt und zugenäht :<abbr title="ähnlich - en: similar">nähen</abbr> :zunähen :<abbr title="schade - en: what a pitty">schade</abbr> :sch-sch-sch-schade :<abbr title="die Scheiße - en: shit; fuck">Scheiße</abbr> :--- :'''<abbr title="sich merken - en: to memorize">merken</abbr>''' :--- :Ich kann mir das Wort nicht merken. :Ich kann mir das Wort <abbr title="einfach - en: simply">einfach</abbr> nicht merken. 816 :Ich suche ein Wort. :Es ist ein <abbr title="der Gegenstand - en: object; subject">Gegenstand</abbr>. :Es ist eine <abbr title="die Tätigkeit - en: activity; occupation">Tätigkeit</abbr>. :Es ist eine <abbr title="die Eigenschaft - en: property; attribute">Eigenschaft</abbr>. 817 [[File:Cooked snails.JPG|thumb|upright|ein halbes Dutzend Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter]] [[File:Escargots 1.jpg|thumb|upright|ein Dutzend Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter]] [[File:Half Moon 2.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Halbmond - en: crescent; crescent moon; half moon">Halbmond</abbr> (ein <abbr title="halb - en: half">halber</abbr> <abbr title="der Mond - en: moon">Mond</abbr>)]] [[File:Red delicious, half.jpg|thumb|upright|ein <abbr title="halb - en: half">halber</abbr> <abbr title="der Apfel - en: apple">Apfel</abbr>]] :<abbr title="Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter - en: snails with herb butter">Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter</abbr> :<abbr title="die Weinbergschnecke - en: edible snail">Weinbergschnecke</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Schnecke - en: snail">Schnecke</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Berg - en: mountain">Berg</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Wein - en: wine">Wein</abbr> :(die <abbr title="der Weinpflanze - en: grape (palnt); grapevine; (plant for wine); die Pflanze - en: plant">Weinpflanze</abbr>) = die <abbr title="der Weinrebe - en: grapevine">Weinrebe</abbr> (oder die Reben) :die <abbr title="der Weintraube - en: grape (fruit)">Weintraube</abbr> (Plural: Weintrauben) :die <abbr title="der Traube - en: grape; bunch of grapes; cluster">Traube</abbr> (Plural: Trauben) :der <abbr title="der Weinberg - en: vineyard">Weinberg</abbr> :--- :die <abbr title="die Butter - en: butter">Butter</abbr> :das <abbr title="das Kraut - en: herb">Kraut</abbr> (Plural: die Kräuter) :--- :das <abbr title="das Dutzend - en: dozen">Dutzend</abbr> = 12 :<abbr title="halb - en: half">halb</abbr> :ein <abbr title="halb - en: en">halbes</abbr> <abbr title="das Dutzend - en: dozen">Dutzend</abbr> = 6 :--- :<abbr title="der Chinese - en: Chinese people">Chinesen</abbr> essen mit <abbr title="das Stäbchen - en: chopsticks; Plural: die Stäbchen">Stäbchen</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Stab - en: stick; rod; bar; wand">Stab</abbr> :das <abbr title="das Stäbchen - en: chopsticks; Plural: die Stäbchen">Stäbchen</abbr> (Plural: die Stäbchen) :--- :Die <abbr title="die Ware - en: article; product; merchandise; commodity">Waren</abbr> <abbr title="waren - en: were; - Konjugation: ich war, du warst, er war, wir waren, ihr wart, sie waren">waren</abbr> in [[:w:de:Waren (Müritz)|Waren]]. :Die <abbr title="die Schreibwaren - en: stationary">Schreibwaren</abbr> waren in der Stadt Waren. 818 :„-ung“, „-heit“, „-keit“, „-schaft“ <abbr title="immer - en: always">immer</abbr> mit dem bestimmten Artikel: '''die''' (feminin, Singular) :--- :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box - (between the arrows) : ⇒{{AnswerGray|the}}⇐ example :--- :Teil 1 :1. Teil :Erster Teil :--- :die <abbr title="die Übung - en: exercise; practice">Übung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|üben}} ; <abbr title="üben - en: to practice; to exercise">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Umgebung - en: environment">Umgebung</abbr> (<abbr title="umgeben - en: to surround; to encircle">umgeben</abbr>, <abbr title="sich umgeben - en: surround yourself; surround themselves">sich umgeben</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Abkürzung - en: abbreviation; acronym; shortcut">Abkürzung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|kurz}} ; <abbr title="kurz - en: short">Übersetzung</abbr>, <abbr title="kürzen - en: to shorten; to make shorte; to reduce">kürzen</abbr>, <abbr title="abkürzen - en: to cut short; to take a shorter route; to abbreviate">abkürzen</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Beschäftigung - en: employment; job; activity">Beschäftigung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|beschäftigen}} ; <abbr title="beschäftigen - en: to employ; to occupy; to give work">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Beschreibung - en: description">Beschreibung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|beschreiben}} ; <abbr title="beschreiben - en: to describe">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Entwicklung - en: development">Entwicklung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|entwickeln}} ; <abbr title="entwickeln - en: to develop">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Erinnerung - en: memory; recollection">Erinnerung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|erinnern}} ; <abbr title="erinnern - en: to remember; to recall; to remind">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="sich erinnern - en: to remember">sich erinnern</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Erkrankung - en: illness; disease">Erkrankung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|krank}} ; <abbr title="krank - en: ill">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="die Krankheit - en: illness; disease; sickness">Krankheit</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Rettung - en: rescue">Rettung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|retten}} ; <abbr title="retten - en: to rescue; to save">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="Unterhaltung - en: talk; conversation; maintenance">Unterhaltung</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|unterhalten}} ; <abbr title="unterhalten - en: to maintain">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="sich unterhalten - en: to chat; to have a conversation">sich unterhalten</abbr>) :--- :Teil 2 :2. Teil :Zweiter Teil :--- :die <abbr title="die Gesundheit - en: health">Gesundheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|gesund}} ; <abbr title="gesund - en: healthy">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="niesen - en: to sneeze">niesen</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Dunkelheit - en: darkness">Dunkelheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|dunkel}} ; <abbr title="dunkel - en: dark">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Einheit - en: unit; unity">Einheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|ein}} ; <abbr title="ein - en: one">Übersetzung</abbr>, <abbr title="die Maßeinheit - en: unit of measurement">Maßeinheit</abbr>, <abbr title="messen - en: to measure">messen</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Gelegenheit - en: opportunity">Gelegenheit</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Kindheit - en: childhood">Kindheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|das Kind}} ; <abbr title="das Kind - en: child">Übersetzung</abbr>, Ich hatte eine <abbr title="schwer - en: difficult; hard; heavy">schwere</abbr> Kindheit.) :die <abbr title="die Schönheit - en: beauty">Schönheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|schön}} ; <abbr title="schön - en: beautiful; pretty">Übersetzung</abbr>; Sie ist keine Schönheit. Er ist keine Schönheit. Sie ist keine Schönheit, aber sie hat viel Geld. Er ist keine Schönheit, aber er hat viel Geld. Ich brauche meinen <abbr title="Schönheitsschlaf - en: beauty sleep">Schönheitsschlaf</abbr>. [<abbr title="schlafen- en: to sleep">schlafen</abbr>, der <abbr title="der Schlaf - en: sleep">Schlaf</abbr>]) :die <abbr title="die Dummheit - en: stupidity">Dummheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|dumm}} ; <abbr title="dumm - en: stupid; foolish">Übersetzung</abbr>; die Dummheit = der <abbr title="der Quatsch - en: nonsense; rubbish; crap">Quatsch</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Mehrheit - en: majority">Mehrheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|mehr}} ; <abbr title="mehr - en: more">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Minderheit - en: minority">Minderheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|mindern}} ; <abbr title="mindern - en: to reduce; mindern = verringern = reduzieren">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Menschheit - en: mankind; human race; mankind">Menschheit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|der Mensch}} ; <abbr title="der Mensch - en: man; human; die Menschen = die Leute; die Leute - en: people; folk; men">Übersetzung</abbr>) :Teil 3 :3. Teil :Dritter Teil :--- :die <abbr title="die Tätigkeit - en: activity; occupation">Tätigkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|tätig}} ; <abbr title="tätig - en: active; employed; engaged; to work">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Sauberkeit - en: cleanness; cleanliness">Sauberkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|sauber}} ; <abbr title="sauber - en: clean">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="sauber machen - en: to clean up; to clean">sauber machen</abbr> = säubern) :die <abbr title="die Wirklichkeit - en: reality">Wirklichkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|wirklich}} ; <abbr title="wirklich - en: really; indeed; truly; wirklich = wahr">Übersetzung</abbr>; die Wirklichkeit = die Realität; Das war ein <abbr title="der Spaß - en: fun; enjoyment">Spaß</abbr>.) :die <abbr title="die Flüssigkeit - en: fluid; liquid">Flüssigkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|flüssig}} ; <abbr title="flüssig - en: liquid; fluid; fluent">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="fest - en: solid; hard">fest</abbr>; <abbr title="komisch - en: strange">komisch</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Fähigkeit - en:ability; capability">Fähigkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|fähig}} ; <abbr title="fähig - en: able; capable">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="unfähig - en: uncapable; unfit; incompetent">unfähig</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Unfähigkeit - en: inability; incapacity">Unfähigkeit</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Öffentlichkeit - en: the public; the general public">Öffentlichkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|öffentlich}} ; <abbr title="öffentlich - en: public; in public">Übersetzung</abbr>, <abbr title="offen - en: open">offen</abbr>, <abbr title="geschlossen - en: closed">geschlossen</abbr>, <abbr title="schließen - en: to close">schließen</abbr>, <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open">öffnen</abbr>; Wir haben geschlossen. = Wir haben zu.) :die <abbr title="die Wahrscheinlichkeit - en: probability; likelihood">Wahrscheinlichkeit</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|wahrscheinlich}} ; <abbr title="wahrscheinlich - en: probabely; likely">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps">vielleicht</abbr>; <abbr title="wahr - en: true; real">wahr</abbr>; <abbr title="war - en: was">war</abbr>) :--- :Teil 4 :4. Teil :Vierter Teil :--- [[File:Hammer.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="Hammer- en: hammer">Hammer</abbr>]] :die <abbr title="die Eigenschaft - en: property; quality">Eigenschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|eigen}} ; <abbr title="eigen - en: own">Übersetzung</abbr>; der <abbr title="der Hammer - en: hammer">Hammer</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Leidenschaft - en: passion; emotion">Leidenschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|leiden}} ; <abbr title="leiden - en: suffer">Übersetzung</abbr>, <abbr title="leidenschaftlich - en: passionate; passionalety; emotional">leidenschaftlich</abbr>; <abbr title="nicht leiden können - en: can not stand; dislike; hate">Ich kann ihn nicht leiden</abbr>. <abbr title="Ich kann Franziska nicht leiden. - en: I can not stand Franziska.">Ich kann Franziska nicht leiden</abbr>.) :die <abbr title="die Gemeinschaft - en: community">Gemeinschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|gemeinsam}} ; <abbr title="gemeinsam - en: joint; jointly; together; gemeinsam = zusammen">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Landschaft - en: countryside; scenery; landscape; scene">Landschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Land}} ; <abbr title="das Land - en: country; land">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Freundschaft - en: friendship">Freundschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Freund}} ; <abbr title="der Freund - en: friend; die Freundin - en: girlfriend; Plural: die Freundinnen">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Bekanntschaft - en: acquaintance">Bekanntschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|kennen}} ; <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="können - en: to be able to do something">können</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Botschaft - en: embassy; news">Botschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Bote}} ; <abbr title="der Bote - en: messenger; courier; herald">Übersetzung</abbr>; die Botschafterin; die Botschafterinnen) :die <abbr title="die Wissenschaft - en: science">Wissenschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|wissen}} ; <abbr title="wissen - en: to know">Übersetzung</abbr>; das <abbr title="das Wissen - en: knowlege">Wissen</abbr>, der <abbr title="Wissenschaftler - en: scholar (academic); scientist; researcher">Wissenschaftler</abbr>, die <abbr title="Wissenschaftlerin - en: scholar (woman); scientist (woman); researcher (woman); Plural: die Wissenschaftlerinnen">Wissenschaftlerin</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Wirtschaft - en: economy; business; industry">Wirtschaft</abbr> (die <abbr title="die Gastwirtschaft = Gaststätte - en: restaurant">Gastwirtschaft</abbr>, der <abbr title="der Wirt - en: innkeeper; restaurateur; barkeeper; landlord">Wirt</abbr>, die <abbr title="der Wirtin - en: innkeeper (woman)">Wirtin</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Verwandtschaft - en: relatives; kinship">Verwandtschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|verwandt}} ; <abbr title="verwandt - en: related">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="der Verwandte - en: relatives; Plural: die Verwandten - en: relatives">Verwandte</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Schwangerschaft - en: pregnancy">Schwangerschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|schwanger}} ; <abbr title="schwanger - en: pregnant">Übersetzung</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Partnerschaft - en: partnership">Partnerschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Partner}} ; <abbr title="der Partner - en: partner; die Partnerin - en: partner (woman)">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="die Städtepartnerschaft - en: city partnership; town partnership; city twinning">Städtepartnerschaft</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Ortschaft - en: village o small town">Ortschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Ort}} ; <abbr title="der Ort - en: place; village o small town">Übersetzung</abbr>; <abbr title="außerhalb - en: outside">außerhalb</abbr> von Ortschaften; <abbr title="innerhalb - en: inside; within">innerhalb</abbr> von Ortschaften) :die <abbr title="die Nachbarschaft - en: neighbourhood">Nachbarschaft</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Kundschaft - en: customers">Kundschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Kunde}} ; <abbr title="der Kunde - en: customer; client; die Kundin - en: customer (woman); client (woman); die Kundinnen - en: customers (women); clients (women)">Übersetzung</abbr>; der <abbr title="der Stammkunde - en: regular customer">Stammkunde</abbr>; der <abbr title="der Stammtisch - en: table reserved for the regulars ">Stammtisch</abbr>) :die <abbr title="die Feindschaft - en: hostility; animosity">Feindschaft</abbr> ( {{AnswerWhite|Feind}} ; <abbr title="der Feind - en: enemy">Übersetzung</abbr>, <abbr title="feindlich - en: hostile">feindlich</abbr>) 818a :<abbr title="auf - en: on">auf</abbr> :<abbr title="unter - en: under">unter</abbr> :<abbr title="über - en: above">über</abbr> :<abbr title="neben - en: beside; net to">neben</abbr> :<abbr title="an - en: at; on; about">an</abbr> :<abbr title="vor - en: in front of">vor</abbr> :<abbr title="hinter - en: behind">hinter</abbr> :<abbr title="in - en: in; inside">in</abbr> :<abbr title="zwischen - en: between">zwischen</abbr> <gallery> File:explain on under between by in over thrue 1.svg|Bild 1) Das Buch liegt '''auf''' dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 2.svg|Bild 2) Der <abbr title="der Apfel - en: apple; Plural; die Äpfel">Apfel</abbr> liegt '''unter''' dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 4.svg|Bild 3) Der Apfel liegt '''auf''' dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 3.svg|Bild 4) Der <abbr title="der Pfeil - en: arrow">Pfeil</abbr> geht '''<abbr title="durch - en: through; geht durch - en: goes through">durch</abbr>''' den <abbr title="der Kasten - en: box">Kasten</abbr>. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 5.svg|Bild 5) Das Buch liegt '''auf''' dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt '''unter''' dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 9.svg|Bild 6) Der rote Stuhl steht '''<abbr title="links neben - en: to the left of">links neben</abbr>''' dem Tisch. Der grüne Stuhl steht '''<abbr title="rechts neben - en: to the right of">rechts neben</abbr>''' dem Tisch. Der Tisch steht '''zwischen''' den beiden Stühlen. Die Stühle stehen '''am''' Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 10.svg|Bild 7) Der Stuhl steht '''zwischen''' den Tischen. Der Stuhl steht '''zwischen''' den <abbr title="beide - en: both">beiden</abbr> Tischen. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 6.svg|Bild 8) Das Buch liegt '''<abbr title="neben - en: besides; next to; alongside">neben</abbr>''' dem Tisch (auf dem <abbr title="der Boden - en: floor; ground">Boden</abbr>). Der Stuhl steht '''auf''' dem Tisch. Der Apfel ist '''über''' dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 7.svg|Bild 9) Das Buch liegt '''unter''' dem Tisch. Der Stuhl steht '''neben''' dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt '''auf''' dem Stuhl. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 8.svg|Bild 10) Der Stuhl liegt '''neben''' dem Tisch. Das Buch liegt '''auf''' dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt '''auf''' dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt '''neben''' dem Buch. Das Buch und der Apfel liegen '''<abbr title="nebeneinander - en: side by side; einander - en: each other; one another">nebeneinander</abbr>'''. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 11.svg|Bild 11) Der Apfel liegt auf dem Tisch. Das Buch liegt '''<abbr title="daneben - en: next to; beside">daneben</abbr>''' auf dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 12.svg|Bild 12) Das Buch liegt '''hinter''' dem Apfel. Der Apfel liegt '''vor''' dem Buch. Beide liegen auf dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 13.svg|Bild 13) Das Buch liegt '''vor''' dem Apfel. Der Apfel liegt '''hinter''' dem Buch. Beide liegen auf dem Tisch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 14.svg|Bild 14) Der Apfel liegt '''hinter''' dem Buch. Das Buch liegt '''vor''' dem Apfel. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 15.svg|Bild 15) Der Apfel liegt '''vor''' dem Buch. Das Buch liegt '''hinter''' dem Apfel File:explain on under between by in over thrue 16.svg|Bild 16) Der Apfel liegt '''auf''' dem Buch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 17.svg|Bild 17) Der Apfel liegt '''neben''' dem Buch. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 18.svg|Bild 18) Der Apfel liegt '''vor''' dem <abbr title="der Würfel - en: dice; cube">Würfel</abbr>. File:Dice.jpg|Bild 19) der <abbr title="Würfel - en: dice; cube">Würfel</abbr> = der Spielwürfel (<abbr title="spielen - en: to play">spielen</abbr>, das <abbr title="das Spiel - en: the game; the play">Spiel</abbr>) File:explain on under between by in over thrue 19.svg|Bild 20) Der Apfel liegt '''hinter''' dem Würfel. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 20.svg|Bild 21) Der Apfel liegt '''neben''' dem Würfel. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 21.svg|Bild 22) Der Apfel liegt '''auf''' dem Würfel. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 22.svg|Bild 23) Der Apfel liegt '''zwischen''' den Würfeln. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 23.svg|Bild 24) Der Apfel liegt '''unter''' dem Würfel. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 24.svg|Bild 25) Der Apfel liegt '''unter''' dem Würfel. File:explain on under between by in over thrue 25.svg|Bild 26) Der Apfel liegt '''im''' Würfel. File:Love-heart-arrow.svg|Bild 27) Der Pfeil geht '''durch''' das Herz. - durch (das <abbr title="das Herz - en: heart">Herz</abbr>, der <abbr title="der Pfeil - en: arrow">Pfeil</abbr>, die <abbr title="die Liebe - en: love">Liebe</abbr>) </gallery> 818b <gallery> File:Préposition sous (lit).svg|Bild 1) Der Mann liegt '''unter''' dem Bett. File:Préposition devant (lit).svg|Bild 2) Der Mann steht '''vor''' dem Bett. File:Préposition à travers (porte).svg|Bild 3) Der Mann geht '''durch''' die Tür. Der Mann kommt '''durch''' die Tür. File:Préposition hors (lit).svg|Bild 4) Der Mann kommt '''aus''' dem Bett. (Er steht aus dem Bett auf. - <abbr title="aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up; to rise">aufstehen</abbr>) File:Préposition dans (lit).svg|Bild 5) Der Mann liegt '''im''' Bett. File:Préposition sur (lit).svg|Bild 6) Der Mann steht '''auf''' dem Bett. File:Préposition à côté (lit).svg|Bild 7) Der Mann steht '''neben''' dem Bett. File:Préposition derrière (lit).svg|Bild 8) Der Mann steht '''hinter''' dem Bett. File:Préposition entre (lits).svg|Bild 9) Der Mann steht zwischen den Betten. File:Préposition autour (lit).svg|Bild 10) Der Mann geht '''um''' das Bett. Der Mann geht um das Bett rum. </gallery> 818c <gallery> File:Under.jpg|Bild 1) unter File:In front of.jpg|Bild 2) vor File:"In" - one of a set of images used for teaching prepositions of place.jpg|Bild 3) in, im (in + dem = im) File:Near.jpg|Bild 4) bei (in der <abbr title="die Nähe - en: proximity; vicinity">Nähe</abbr>; <abbr title="nahe bei - en: close to; nearby">nahe bei</abbr>) File:Next to.jpg|Bild 5) neben File:On the left of.jpg|Bild 6) links neben File:On the right of.jpg|Bild 7) rechts neben File:Illustration of an X on a pink background on top of a blue box.jpg|Bild 8) auf </gallery> 818d <gallery> File:Der Apfel ist in der Kiste.svg|Bild 1) Die Äpfel sind in der Kiste. File:Der Apfel ist im LKW.svg|Bild 2) Die Äpfel sind im LKW. File:Der Apfel ist im Auto.svg|Bild 3) Die Äpfel sind im Auto. </gallery> 819 :Besser spät als nie. :gut - besser - am besten :spät - später - am spätesten :<abbr title="nie - en: never">nie</abbr> :<abbr title="niemals - en: never; no way; not ever">niemals</abbr> :<abbr title="niemand - en: nobody">niemand</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="das Blut - en: blood">Blut</abbr> ist dicker als Wasser. :das <abbr title="das Blut - en: blood">Blut</abbr> :das <abbr title="das Wasser - en: water">Wasser</abbr> :<abbr title="dick - en: thick; big; fat; (viscous)">dick</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="borgen - en: borrow; lend">Borgen</abbr> bringt <abbr title="die Sorge - en: worry; concern">Sorgen</abbr>. :<abbr title="borgen - en: borrow; lend">borgen</abbr> :bringen :die <abbr title="die Sorge - en: worry; concern">Sorge</abbr> :--- :Braune Augen sind <abbr title="gefährlich - en: dangerous">gefährlich</abbr>, aber in der <abbr title="die Liebe - en: love">Liebe</abbr> <abbr title="ehrlich - en: honest">ehrlich</abbr>. :braun :das Auge :<abbr title="gefährlich - en: dangerous">gefährlich</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Liebe - en: love">Liebe</abbr> :<abbr title="ehrlich - en: honest">ehrlich</abbr> :--- :Da <abbr title="beißen - en: to bite; abbeißen - en: to bite off">beißt</abbr> die <abbr title="die Maus - en: mouse">Maus</abbr> keinen <abbr title="der Faden - en: thread; filament">Faden</abbr> ab. :die <abbr title="die Maus - en: mouse">Maus</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Ratte- en: rat">Ratte</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Faden - ens: thread; filament">Faden</abbr> :<abbr title="beißen - en: to bite">beißen</abbr> :<abbr title="abbeißen - en: bite off">abbeißen</abbr> :<abbr title="Da beißt die Maus keinen Faden ab. - en: Put [or stick] that in your pipe and smoke it.">Da beißt die Maus keinen Faden ab.</abbr> :--- :Da liegt der <abbr title="der Hase - en: hare">Hase</abbr> im <abbr title="der Pfeffer - en: pepper">Pfeffer</abbr>. :der <abbr title="der Hase - en: hare">Hase </abbr> :das <abbr title="Kaninchen - en: rabbit">Kaninchen</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Pfeffer - en: pepper">Pfeffer</abbr> :<abbr title="Da liegt der Hase im Pfeffer. - en: that's the real cause; that's the crux of the matter; there's the rub">Da liegt der Hase im Pfeffer.</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="Da liegt der Hund begraben. - en: that's the crux of the matter; that's what's behind it">Da liegt der Hund begraben.</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Hund - en: dog">Hund</abbr> :<abbr title="begraben - en: bury; burried">begraben</abbr> <gallery widths="200"> File:Feldhase Schiermonnikoog.JPG|der Hase File:Conejo común (Oryctolagus cuniculus), Tierpark Hellabrunn, Múnich, Alemania, 2012-06-17, DD 02.JPG|das Kaninchen File:Pfeffer-Gewürz.jpg|grüner Pfeffer, weißer Pfeffer, schwarzer Pfeffer </gallery> == Vokabular: Lektion 019 == : das Taschentuch - en: handkerchief; kleenex; tissue : das Handtuch - en: towel : das Tuch - en: cloth : die Überraschung - en: surprise : das Loch - en: hole; cavity : röntgen - en: to x-ray; to have an X-ray taken : die Krone - en: crown : Skandinavien - en: Scandinavia : Norwegen - en: Norway : norwegisch - en: Norwegian : norwegische Sprache - en: Norwegian language : Norwegisch - en: Norwegian : Hauptstadt - en: capital : regnen - en: to rain : der Norweger - en: Norwegian (a man from Norway) : die Norwegerin - en: Norwegian (a woman from Norway) : die Norweger - en: Norwegians (men from Norway) : Norwegerinnen - en: Norwegians (women from Norway) : der König - en: king : das Gefängnis - en: prison; jail : die Gardine - en: net curtain : Schweden - en: Sweden : schwedisch- en: Swedish : schwedische Sprache - en: Swedish language : Schwedisch - en: Swedish (language) : Hauptstadt - en: capital : schneien - en: to snow : der Schwede - en: the Swede (a man from Sweden) : die Schwedin - en: the Swede (a woman from Sweden) : die Schweden - en: Swedes (people from Sweden) : die Schwedinnen - en: the Swedes (women from Sweden) : schwedische Gardinen - en: Swedish curtains = grids in prison; behind bars : der König - en: king : Finnland - en: Finland : finnisch - en: Finnish : finnische Sprache - en: Finnish language : finnisch - en: Finnish : die Hauptstadt - en: capital : scheinen - en: to shine : die Sonne - en: sun : der Finne - en: the Finn (a man from Finland) : die Finnin - en: the Finn (a woman from Finland) : die Finnen - en: the Finns (men from Finland) : die Finninnen - en: the Finns (women from Finland) : die Sauna - en: sauna : die Fahne - en: flag : Dänemark - en: Denmark : dänisch - en: Danish : dänische Sprache - en: Danish language : Dänisch - en: Danish : Kopenhagen - en: Copenhagen : die Hauptstadt - en: capital : der Däne - en: the Dane (a man from Denmark) : die Dänin - en: the Dane (a woman from Denmark) : die Dänen - en: the Danes (men from Denmark) : die Däninnen - en: the Danes (women from Denmark) : die Königin - en: queen : die Fahne - en: flag : kennen - en: to know : bedeuten - en: to signify : die Bedeutung - en: meaning : Was bedeutet dieses Wort? - en: What does that word mean? : Was ist das? - en: What is that? : Was bedeutet das? - en: What does that mean? : die Maschine - en: machine : das Kammgarn - en: combed yarn; worsted : Kannst du mir das bitte kurz erklären? - en: Can you explain me that briefly, please? : Sprich bitte langsam! - en: Please speak slowly! : Ich bin blond. - en: I am blond. (and stupid) : Naja, nicht ganz blond. - en: Well, not quite blond. : Sprich bitte nicht so schnell! - en: Please, don't speak so fast! : heißen - en: to be called; to be named : noch mal - en: (repeat to me once more) : das Ding - en: thing : meinen - en: to mean : die Meinung - en: opinion : das meine ich nicht - en: I do not mean that : ähnlich - en: similar; like : So etwas ähnliches. - en: Something like this. : andere - en: other : sondern - en: but : ähnlich - en: similar : verdammt = verflucht - en: damned; bloody; cursed : der Mist - en: crap; manure : verflixt - en: darn; darned : ähnlich - en: similar : schade - en: what a pitty : die Scheiße - en: shit; fuck : sich merken - en: to memorize : einfach - en: simply : der Gegenstand - en: object; subject : die Tätigkeit - en: activity; occupation : die Eigenschaft - en: property; attribute : der Halbmond - en: crescent; crescent moon; half moon : halb - en: half : der Mond - en: moon : halb - en: half : der Apfel - en: apple : Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter - en: snails with herb butter : die Weinbergschnecke - en: edible snail : die Schnecke - en: snail : der Berg - en: mountain : der Wein - en: wine : die Weinpflanze - en: grape (palnt); grapevine; (plant for wine) : die Pflanze - en: plant : die Weinrebe - en: grapevine : die Weintraube - en: grape (fruit) : die Traube - en: grape; bunch of grapes; cluster : der Weinberg - en: vineyard : die Butter - en: butter : das Kraut; Plural: Kräuter - en: herb : halb - en: half : das Dutzend - en: dozen : der Chinese - en: Chinese people : der Stab - en: stick; rod; bar; wand : das Stäbchen - en: chopsticks : die Ware - en: article; product; merchandise; commodity : waren - en: were : die Schreibwaren - en: stationary : immer - en: always : die Übung - en: exercise; practice : üben - en: to practice; to exercise : die Umgebung - en: environment : umgeben - en: to surround; to encircle : sich umgeben - en: surround yourself; surround themselves : die Abkürzung - en: abbreviation; acronym; shortcut : kurz - en: short : kürzen - en: to shorten; to make shorte; to reduce : abkürzen - en: to cut short; to take a shorter route; to abbreviate : Beschäftigung - en: employment; job; activity : beschäftigen - en: to employ; to occupy; to give work : Beschreibung - en: description : beschreiben - en: to describe : die Entwicklung - en: development : entwickeln - en: to develop : die Erinnerung - en: memory; recollection : erinnern - en: to remember; to recall; to remind : sich erinnern - en: to remember : die Erkrankung - en: illness; disease : krank - en: ill : die Krankheit - en: illness; disease; sickness : die Rettung - en: rescue : retten - en: to rescue; to save : die Unterhaltung - en: talk; conversation; maintenance : unterhalten - en: to maintain : sich unterhalten - en: to chat; to have a conversation : die Gesundheit - en: health : gesund - en: healthy : niesen - en: to sneeze : die Dunkelheit - en: darkness : dunkel - en: dark : die Einheit - en: unit; unity : ein - en: one : die Maßeinheit - en: unit of measurement : messen - en: to measure : die Gelegenheit - en: opportunity : die Kindheit - en: childhood : das Kind - en: child : schwer - en: difficult; hard; heavy : die Schönheit - en: beauty : schön - en: beautiful; pretty : der Schönheitsschlaf - en: beauty sleep : schlafen- en: to sleep : der Schlaf - en: sleep : die Dummheit - en: stupidity : dumm - en: stupid; foolish : der Quatsch - en: nonsense; rubbish; crap : die Mehrheit - en: majority : mehr - en: more : die Minderheit - en: minority : mindern - en: to reduce; (mindern = verringern = reduzieren) : die Menschheit - en: mankind; human race; mankind : der Mensch - en: man; human : die Leute - en: people; folk; men : die Tätigkeit - en: activity; occupation : tätig - en: active; employed; engaged; to work : die Sauberkeit - en: cleanness; cleanliness : sauber - en: clean : sauber machen - en: to clean up; to clean : die Wirklichkeit = die Realität - en: reality : wirklich = wahr - en: really; indeed; truly : der Spaß - en: fun; enjoyment : die Flüssigkeit - en: fluid; liquid : flüssig - en: liquid; fluid; fluent : fest - en: solid; hard : komisch - en: strange : die Fähigkeit - en: ability; capability : fähig - en: able; capable : unfähig - en: uncapable; unfit; incompetent : die Unfähigkeit - en: inability; incapacity : die Öffentlichkeit - en: the public; the general public : öffentlich - en: public; in public : offen - en: open : geschlossen - en: closed : schließen - en: to close : öffnen - en: to open : die Wahrscheinlichkeit - en: probability; likelihood : wahrscheinlich - en: probabely; likely : vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps : wahr - en: true; real : war - en: was : der Hammer- en: hammer : die Eigenschaft - en: property; quality : eigen - en: own : der Hammer - en: hammer : die Leidenschaft - en: passion; emotion : leiden - en: to suffer : leidenschaftlich - en: passionate; passionalety; emotional : nicht leiden können - en: can not stand; dislike; hate : Ich kann Franziska nicht leiden. - en: I can not stand Franziska. : die Gemeinschaft - en: community : gemeinsam - en: joint; jointly; together; gemeinsam = zusammen : die Landschaft - en: countryside; scenery; landscape; scene : das Land - en: country; land : die Freundschaft - en: friendship : der Freund - en: friend : die Freundin - en: girlfriend : die Bekanntschaft - en: acquaintance : kennen - en: to know : können - en: to be able to do something : die Botschaft - en: embassy; news : der Bote - en: messenger; courier; herald : die Wissenschaft - en: science : wissen - en: to know : das Wissen - en: knowlege : Wissenschaftler - en: scholar (academic); scientist; researcher : Wissenschaftlerin - en: scholar (woman); scientist (woman); researcher (woman) : die Wirtschaft - en: economy; business; industry : die Gastwirtschaft = Gaststätte - en: restaurant : der Wirt - en: innkeeper; restaurateur; barkeeper; landlord : die Wirtin - en: innkeeper (woman) : die Verwandtschaft - en: relatives; kinship : verwandt - en: related : der Verwandte - en: relatives : die Schwangerschaft - en: pregnancy : schwanger - en: pregnant : die Partnerschaft - en: partnership : der Partner - en: partner : die Partnerin - en: partner (woman) : die Städtepartnerschaft - en: city partnership; town partnership; city twinning : die Ortschaft - en: village o small town : der Ort - en: place; village o small town : außerhalb - en: outside : innerhalb - en: inside; within : die Nachbarschaft - en: neighbourhood : die Kundschaft - en: customers : der Kunde - en: customer; client : die Kundin - en: customer (woman); client (woman) : die Kundinnen - en: customers (women); clients (women) : der Stammkunde - en: regular customer : der Stammtisch - en: table reserved for the regulars : die Feindschaft - en: hostility; animosity : der Feind - en: enemy : feindlich - en: hostile : auf - en: on : unter - en: under : über - en: above : neben - en: beside; next to : an - en: at; on; about : vor - en: in front of : hinter - en: behind : in - en: in; inside : zwischen - en: between : der Apfel; Plural: Äpfel - en: apple : der Pfeil - en: arrow : durch - en: through : geht durch - en: goes through : der Kasten - en: box : links neben - en: to the left of : rechts neben - en: to the right of : beide - en: both : neben - en: besides; next to; alongside : der Boden - en: floor; ground : nebeneinander - en: side by side : einander - en: each other; one another : daneben - en: next to; beside : der Würfel = der Spielwürfel - en: dice; cube : spielen - en: to play : das Spiel - en: the game; the play : das Herz - en: heart : der Pfeil - en: arrow : die Liebe - en: love : aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up; to rise : die Nähe - en: proximity; vicinity : nahe bei - en: close to; nearby : nie - en: never : niemals - en: never; no way; not ever : niemand - en: nobody : das Blut - en: blood : das Wasser - en: water : dick - en: thick; big; fat; (viscous) : borgen - en: to borrow; to lend : die Sorge - en: worry; concern : die Sorge - en: worry; concern : gefährlich - en: dangerous : die Liebe - en: love : ehrlich - en: honest : gefährlich - en: dangerous : die Liebe - en: love : ehrlich - en: honest : beißen - en: to bite : abbeißen - en: to bite off : die Maus - en: mouse : der Faden - en: thread; filament : die Ratte- en: rat : beißen - en: to bite : abbeißen - en: to bite off : Da beißt die Maus keinen Faden ab. - en: Put [or stick] that in your pipe and smoke it. : der Hase - en: hare : der Pfeffer - en: pepper : das Kaninchen - en: rabbit : der Pfeffer - en: pepper : Da liegt der Hase im Pfeffer. - en: that's the real cause; that's the crux of the matter; there's the rub : Da liegt der Hund begraben. - en: that's the crux of the matter; that's what's behind it : der Hund - en: dog : begraben - en: bury; burried == Vokabular: Lektion 019 - alphabetisch geordnet == # abbeißen - en: to bite off # abkürzen - en: to cut short; to take a shorter route; to abbreviate # ähnlich - en: similar; like # an - en: at; on; about # andere - en: other # auf - en: on # aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up; to rise # außerhalb - en: outside # bedeuten - en: to signify # begraben - en: bury; burried # beide - en: both # beißen - en: to bite # beschäftigen - en: to employ; to occupy; to give work # Beschäftigung - en: employment; job; activity # beschreiben - en: to describe # Beschreibung - en: description # borgen - en: to borrow; to lend # Da beißt die Maus keinen Faden ab. - en: Put [or stick] that in your pipe and smoke it. # Da liegt der Hase im Pfeffer. - en: that's the real cause; that's the crux of the matter; there's the rub # Da liegt der Hund begraben. - en: that's the crux of the matter; that's what's behind it # daneben - en: next to; beside # Dänemark - en: Denmark # dänisch - en: Danish # Dänisch - en: Danish language # dänische Sprache - en: Danish language # Blut, das - en: blood # Ding, das - en: thing # Dutzend, das - en: dozen # Gefängnis, das - en: prison; jail # Handtuch, das - en: towel # Herz, das - en: heart # Kammgarn, das - en: combed yarn; worsted # Kaninchen, das - en: rabbit # Kind, das - en: child # Kraut, das; Plural: Kräuter - en: herb # Land, das - en: country; land # Loch, das - en: hole; cavity # meine ich nicht - en: I do not mean that # Spiel, das - en: the game; the play # Stäbchen, das - en: chopsticks # Taschentuch, das - en: handkerchief; kleenex; tissue # Tuch, das - en: cloth # Wasser, das - en: water # Wissen, das - en: knowlege # Apfel, der; Plural: Äpfel - en: apple # Berg, der - en: mountain # Boden, der - en: floor; ground # Bote, der - en: messenger; courier; herald # Chinese, der - en: Chinese people # Däne, der - en: the Dane (a man from Denmark) # Faden, der - en: thread; filament # Feind, der - en: enemy # Finne, der - en: the Finn (a man from Finland) # Freund, der - en: friend # Gegenstand, der - en: object; subject # Halbmond, der - en: crescent; crescent moon; half moon # Hammer, der - en: hammer # Hase, der - en: hare # Hund, der - en: dog # Kasten, der - en: box # König, der - en: king # Kunde, der - en: customer; client # Mensch, der - en: man; human # Mist, der - en: crap; manure # Mond, der - en: moon # Norweger, der - en: Norwegian (a man from Norway) # Ort, der - en: place; village o small town # Partner, der - en: partner # Pfeffer, der - en: pepper # Pfeil, der - en: arrow # Quatsch, der - en: nonsense; rubbish; crap # Schlaf, der - en: sleep # Schönheitsschlaf, der - en: beauty sleep # Schwede, der - en: the Swede (a man from Sweden) # Spaß, der - en: fun; enjoyment # Stab, der - en: stick; rod; bar; wand # Stammkunde, der - en: regular customer # Stammtisch, der - en: table reserved for the regulars # Traube, die - en: grape; bunch of grapes; cluster # Verwandte, der- en: relatives # Wein, der - en: wine # Weinberg, der - en: vineyard # Weinpflanze, die - en: grape (palnt); grapevine; (plant for wine) # Wirt, der - en: innkeeper; restaurateur; barkeeper; landlord # Wirtin, die - en: innkeeper (woman) # Würfel, der = der Spielwürfel - en: dice; cube # dick - en: thick; big; fat; (viscous) # Abkürzung, die - en: abbreviation; acronym; shortcut # Bedeutung, die - en: meaning # Bekanntschaft, die - en: acquaintance # Botschaft, die - en: embassy; news # Butter, die - en: butter # Dänen, die - en: the Danes (men from Denmark) # Dänin, die - en: the Dane (a woman from Denmark) # Däninnen, die - en: the Danes (women from Denmark) # Dummheit, die - en: stupidity # Dunkelheit, die - en: darkness # Eigenschaft, die - en: property; attribute; quality # Einheit, die - en: unit; unity # Entwicklung, die - en: development # Erinnerung, die - en: memory; recollection # Erkrankung, die - en: illness; disease # Fähigkeit, die - en: ability; capability # Fahne, die - en: flag # Feindschaft, die - en: hostility; animosity # Finnen, die - en: the Finns (men from Finland) # Finnin, die - en: the Finn (a woman from Finland) # Finninnen, die - en: the Finns (women from Finland) # Flüssigkeit, die - en: fluid; liquid # Freundin, die - en: girlfriend # Freundschaft, die - en: friendship # Gardine, die - en: net curtain # Gastwirtschaft, die = die Gaststätte - en: restaurant # Gelegenheit, die - en: opportunity # Gemeinschaft, die - en: community # Gesundheit, die - en: health # Hauptstadt, die - en: capital # Kindheit, die - en: childhood # Königin, die - en: queen # Krankheit, die - en: illness; disease; sickness # Krone, die - en: crown # Kundin, die - en: customer (woman); client (woman) # Kundinnen, die - en: customers (women); clients (women) # Kundschaft, die - en: customers # Landschaft, die - en: countryside; scenery; landscape; scene # Leidenschaft, die - en: passion; emotion # Leute, die - en: people; folk; men # Liebe, die - en: love # Maschine, die - en: machine # Maßeinheit, die - en: unit of measurement # Maus, die - en: mouse # Mehrheit, die - en: majority # Meinung, die - en: opinion # Menschheit, die - en: mankind; human race; mankind # Minderheit, die - en: minority # Nachbarschaft, die - en: neighbourhood # Nähe, die - en: proximity; vicinity # Norweger, die - en: Norwegians (men from Norway) # Norwegerin, die - en: Norwegian (a woman from Norway) # Öffentlichkeit, die - en: the public; the general public # Ortschaft, die - en: village o small town # Partnerin, die - en: partner (woman) # Partnerschaft, die - en: partnership # Pflanze, die - en: plant # Ratte, die - en: rat # Rettung, die - en: rescue # Sauberkeit, die - en: cleanness; cleanliness # Sauna, die - en: sauna # Scheiße, die - en: shit; fuck # Schnecke, die - en: snail # Schönheit, die - en: beauty # Schreibwaren, die - en: stationary # Schwangerschaft, die - en: pregnancy # Schweden, die - en: Swedes (people from Sweden) # Schwedin, die - en: the Swede (a woman from Sweden) # Schwedinnen, die - en: the Swedes (women from Sweden) # Sonne, die - en: sun # Sorge, die - en: worry; concern # Städtepartnerschaft, die - en: city partnership; town partnership; city twinning # Tätigkeit, die - en: activity; occupation # Überraschung, die - en: surprise # Übung, die - en: exercise; practice # Umgebung, die - en: environment # Unfähigkeit, die - en: inability; incapacity # Unterhaltung, die - en: talk; conversation; maintenance # Verwandtschaft, die - en: relatives; kinship # Wahrscheinlichkeit, die - en: probability; likelihood # Ware, die - en: article; product; merchandise; commodity # Weinbergschnecke, die - en: edible snail # Weinrebe, die - en: grapevine # Weintraube, die - en: grape (fruit) # Wirklichkeit, die = die Realität - en: reality # Wirtschaft, die - en: economy; business; industry # Wissenschaft, die - en: science # dumm - en: stupid; foolish # dunkel - en: dark # durch - en: through # ehrlich - en: honest # eigen - en: own # ein - en: one # einander - en: each other; one another # einfach - en: simply # entwickeln - en: to develop # erinnern - en: to remember; to recall; to remind # fähig - en: able; capable # feindlich - en: hostile # fest - en: solid; hard # finnisch - en: Finnish # finnische Sprache - en: Finnish language # Finnland - en: Finland # flüssig - en: liquid; fluid; fluent # gefährlich - en: dangerous # geht durch - en: goes through # gemeinsam - en: joint; jointly; together; gemeinsam = zusammen # geschlossen - en: closed # gesund - en: healthy # halb - en: half # Hauptstadt - en: capital # heißen - en: to be called; to be named # hinter - en: behind # Ich bin blond. - en: I am blond. (and stupid) # Ich kann Franziska nicht leiden. - en: I can not stand Franziska. # immer - en: always # in - en: in; inside # innerhalb - en: inside; within # Kannst du mir das bitte kurz erklären? - en: Can you explain me that briefly, please? # kennen - en: to know # komisch - en: strange # können - en: to be able to do something # Kopenhagen - en: Copenhagen # krank - en: ill # kurz - en: short # kürzen - en: to shorten; to make shorte; to reduce # leiden - en: to suffer # leidenschaftlich - en: passionate; passionalety; emotional # links neben - en: to the left of # mehr - en: more # meinen - en: to mean # messen - en: to measure # mindern - en: to reduce; (mindern = verringern = reduzieren) # nahe bei - en: close to; nearby # Naja, nicht ganz blond. - en: Well, not quite blond. # neben - en: besides; next to; alongside # nebeneinander - en: side by side # nicht leiden können - en: can not stand; dislike; hate # nie - en: never # niemals - en: never; no way; not ever # niemand - en: nobody # niesen - en: to sneeze # noch mal - en: (repeat to me once more) # Norwegen - en: Norway # Norwegerinnen - en: Norwegians (women from Norway) # norwegisch - en: Norwegian # Norwegisch - en: Norwegian language # norwegische Sprache - en: Norwegian language # offen - en: open # öffentlich - en: public; in public # öffnen - en: to open # rechts neben - en: to the right of # regnen - en: to rain # retten - en: to rescue; to save # röntgen - en: to x-ray; to have an X-ray taken # sauber - en: clean # sauber machen - en: to clean up; to clean # schade - en: what a pitty # scheinen - en: to shine # schlafen- en: to sleep # schließen - en: to close # schneien - en: to snow # schön - en: beautiful; pretty # schwanger - en: pregnant # Schweden - en: Sweden # Schwedisch - en: Swedish (language) # schwedisch- en: Swedish # schwedische Gardinen - en: Swedish curtains = grids in prison; behind bars # schwedische Sprache - en: Swedish language # schwer - en: difficult; hard; heavy # sich erinnern - en: to remember # sich merken - en: to memorize # sich umgeben - en: surround yourself; surround themselves # sich unterhalten - en: to chat; to have a conversation # Skandinavien - en: Scandinavia # So etwas ähnliches. - en: Something like this. # sondern - en: but # spielen - en: to play # Sprich bitte langsam! - en: Please speak slowly! # Sprich bitte nicht so schnell! - en: Please, don't speak so fast! # tätig - en: active; employed; engaged; to work # üben - en: to practice; to exercise # über - en: above # umgeben - en: to surround; to encircle # unfähig - en: uncapable; unfit; incompetent # unter - en: under # unterhalten - en: to maintain # verdammt = verflucht - en: damned; bloody; cursed # verflixt - en: darn; darned # verwandt - en: related # vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps # vor - en: in front of # wahr - en: true; real # wahrscheinlich - en: probabely; likely # war - en: was # waren - en: were # Was bedeutet das? - en: What does that mean? # Was bedeutet dieses Wort? - en: What does that word mean? # Was ist das? - en: What is that? # Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter - en: snails with herb butter # wirklich = wahr - en: really; indeed; truly # wissen - en: to know # Wissenschaftler - en: scholar (academic); scientist; researcher # Wissenschaftlerin - en: scholar (woman); scientist (woman); researcher (woman) # zwischen - en: between :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 018|Lektion 018]] ← Lektion 019 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020|Lektion 020]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 019]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019]] 0ecqa7040qvomoqwaimxss5giqicjr4 0 4144 6770 6736 2023-02-18T04:32:28Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019|Lektion 019]] ← Lektion 020 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021|Lektion 021]] == 820 – 824 == 820 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :'''Verben mit Präpositionen „<abbr title="warten auf – en: to wait for">warten auf</abbr>“ und „<abbr title="antworten auf – en: to answer to">antworten auf</abbr>“''' :Thomas '''wartet''' am Institut '''auf''' seinen <abbr title="der Freund – en: friend">Freund</abbr>. Sein Freund kommt, und sie gehen <abbr title="en: together">zusammen</abbr> in die Mensa. :Thomas hat heute einen Brief aus [[:de:w:Südafrika|Südafrika]] bekommen. '''Auf''' diesen Brief '''wartet''' er schon <abbr title="seit – en: since">seit</abbr> ein paar Tagen. Heute Abend '''antwortet''' er <abbr title="gleich – en: straight away; immediately ">gleich</abbr> '''auf''' den Brief. 820a :die Rechtschreibung :schreiben :das <abbr title="das Recht – en: right; law">Recht</abbr> :<abbr title="richtig – en: correct; right">richtig</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Orthographie = die Rechtschreibung – en: spelling; orthography">Orthographie</abbr> :th – ph (ὀρθογραφία; θ = th; φ = ph; Photo, Photographie, Fotografie, <s>'''F'''otogra'''ph'''ie</s> [FEHLER], Theater) :heute Abend, heute abend (groß oder klein?) :heute Mittag, heute vormittag (groß oder klein?) :heute Früh, heute früh (groß oder klein?) :heute Morgen, heute morgen (groß oder klein?) :--- [[Wêne:Duden.jpg|thumb|upright|der Duden]] :der Duden :„Tageszeiten werden in Verbindung mit heute, gestern oder morgen als Substantive angesehen und großgeschrieben.“ :--- :gestern Abend :heute Abend :morgen Abend :heute Nacht :heute Mittag :heute Nachmittag :heute Vormittag :heute Morgen :heute Früh :--- :aber: morgen'''s''' und abend'''s''' (kleingeschrieben) : dienstagsabends (klein) : Dienstagabend (groß) 821 :'''warten auf''' (+ Akkusativ) :--- :Worauf … ? :Er wartet '''auf einen Brief'''. :Worauf wartet er? (eine <abbr title="die Sache – en: thing; clothes">Sache</abbr>) :--- :Auf wen … ? :Er wartet '''auf unseren Freund'''. :Auf wen wartet er? (eine Person) :--- :'''antworten auf''' (+ Akkusativ) :--- :Worauf … ? :Der <abbr title="die Schüler – en: pupil">Schüler</abbr> antwortet '''auf die Frage'''. :Worauf antwortet er? 822 :Beispiel: :Wo wartest du auf Thomas? (Mensa) :⇒ Ich warte in der Mensa auf ihn. :--- :Wo wartest du auf mich? (Museum) :Wo wartest du auf uns? (Arztpraxis) :Wo wartet er auf dich? (Institut) :Wo wartet er auf euch? (Kaufhaus) :Wo wartet sie auf Monika? (Supermarkt) :Wo warten sie auf mich? (Haus) :Wo warten Sie auf den Bus? (vor dem Haus) :Wann wartest du auf ihn? (morgen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 822 |- | :Wo wartest du auf Thomas? (Mensa) – Ich warte in der Mensa auf ihn. :--- :Wo wartest du auf mich? (Museum) – Ich warte im Museum auf dich. :Wo wartest du auf uns? (Arztpraxis) – Ich warte in der Arztpraxis auf euch. :Wo wartet er auf dich? (Institut) – Er wartet im Institut auf mich. :Wo wartet er auf euch? (Kaufhaus) – Er wartet im Kaufhaus auf uns. :Wo wartet sie auf Monika? (Supermarkt) – Sie wartet im Supermarkt auf Monika. :Wo warten sie auf mich? (Haus) – Sie wartet im Haus auf dich. - Sie wartet zu Hause auf dich. :Wo warten Sie auf den Bus? (vor dem Haus) – Ich wartet vor dem Haus auf den Bus. :Wann wartest du auf ihn? (morgen) – Ich warte morgen auf ihn. |} 823 :Beispiel: :(Peter, eine Viertelstunde) :⇒ :⇒ a. Auf wen warten Sie? :⇒ b. Ich warte auf Peter. :⇒ a. Warten Sie schon lange auf ihn? :⇒ b. Ja, schon eine Viertelstunde. :--- :(Karin, 10 Minuten) :(Maria und Uta, 20 Minuten) :(Andreas, eine Viertelstunde) :(die Studenten, 15 Minuten) :(der Lehrer, eine halbe Stunde) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 823 |- | :a. Auf wen warten Sie? :b. Ich warte auf Peter. :a. Warten Sie schon lange auf ihn? :b. Ja, schon eine Viertelstunde. :--- :a. Auf wen warten Sie? :b. Ich warte auf Karin. :a. Warten Sie schon lange auf sie? :b. Ja, schon 10 Minuten. :--- :a. Auf wen warten Sie? :b. Ich warte auf Maria und Uta. :a. Warten Sie schon lange auf sie? :b. Ja, schon 20 Minuten. :--- :a. Auf wen warten Sie? :b. Ich warte auf Andreas. :a. Warten Sie schon lange auf ihn? :b. Ja, schon eine Viertelstunde. :--- :a. Auf wen warten Sie? :b. Ich warte auf die Studenten. :a. Warten Sie schon lange auf sie? :b. Ja, schon 15 Minuten. :--- :a. Auf wen warten Sie? :b. Ich warte auf den Lehrer. :a. Warten Sie schon lange auf ihn? :b. Ja, schon eine halbe Stunde. |} 824 :Beispiel: :Ich warte auf meinen Bruder. :⇒ Und auf wen warten Sie? :--- :Ich warte auf meine Schwester. :Ich warte auf einen Brief. :Ich warte auf mein Essen. :Ich warte auf meine Freundin. :Ich warte auf eine Zeitschrift. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 824 |- | :Ich warte auf meinen Bruder. - Und auf wen warten Sie? :--- :Ich warte auf meine Schwester. - Und auf wen warten Sie? :Ich warte auf einen Brief. - Und worauf warten Sie? ( = Und auf was warten Sie?) :Ich warte auf mein Essen. - Und worauf warten Sie? :Ich warte auf meine Freundin. - Und auf wen warten Sie? :Ich warte auf eine Zeitschrift. - Und worauf warten Sie? |} == 825 – 829 == 825 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :--- :Worauf wartet Peter? :Auf wen wartest du hier? :Worauf hat Uta noch nicht geantwortet? :--- :Andreas, Brief, Freund, Zeitschrift, Karte, Monika, Buch, Studenten :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 825 |- | :Worauf wartet Peter? :Peter wartet auf Andreas. :Peter wartet auf den Brief. :Peter wartet auf seinen Freund. (Peter wartet auf den Freund.) :Peter wartet auf das Buch. :--- :Auf wen wartest du hier? :Ich warte hier auf Monika. :Ich warte hier auf die Studenten. :--- :Worauf hat Uta noch nicht geantwortet? :Uta hat nicht auf den Brief geantwortet. :Uta hat nicht auf die Karte geantwortet. (Postkarte) |} 826 :'''Übungen zur Wort<abbr title="bilden – en: to form; die Bildung – en: formation; education">bildung</abbr>''' :bilden :--- :'''<abbr title="zusammengesetzt – en: composed; assembled; zusammensetzen – en: to put together; to assemble">zusammengesetzte</abbr> Substantive''' :<abbr title="setzen – en: to put (sitting); to set">setzen</abbr> :<abbr title="auseinandernehmen – en: disassemble; aus-ein-ander-nehmen">auseinandernehmen</abbr> = <abbr title="zerlegen – en: dismantle; decompose; dissect">zerlegen</abbr> :--- :Substantiv + <span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> + Substantiv :<span style="color:#009933;">'''das'''</span> Arbeit<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span>zimmer :die Arbeit :<span style="color:#009933;">'''das'''</span> Zimmer :In diesem Zimmer arbeite ich. :Das ist mein Arbeitszimmer. :--- :Substantiv (Pl.) + Substantiv :<span style="color:#009933;">'''das'''</span> Kinderzimmer :die Kinder :<span style="color:#009933;">'''das'''</span> Zimmer :In diesem Zimmer spielen die Kinder. :Das ist ein Kinderzimmer. :--- :Verb + Substantiv :<span style="color:#009933;">'''das'''</span> Schlafzimmer :schlafen :<span style="color:#009933;">'''das'''</span> Zimmer :In diesem Zimmer schlafe ich. :Das ist mein Schlafzimmer. 827 :Beispiel: :der Chemieunterricht :⇒ die Chemie, der Unterricht :--- :die Chemielehrerin :die Chemiestudentin :der Chemiebetrieb :das Chemiezimmer :das Chemielabor :die Chemiezeitschrift :das Chemiebuch :das Chemielehrbuch :der Chemiarbeiter :der Chemiker :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 827 |- | :der Chemieunterricht – die Chemie, der Unterricht --- :die Chemielehrerin – die Chemie, die Lehrerin :die Chemiestudentin – die Chemie, die Studentin :der Chemiebetrieb – die Chemie, der <abbr title="der Betrieb – en: company; firm">Betrieb</abbr> :das Chemiezimmer – die Chemie, das Zimmer :das Chemielabor – die Chemie, das <abbr title="das Labor – en: laboratory; lab">Labor</abbr> :die Chemiezeitschrift – die Chemie, die Zeitschrift :das Chemiebuch – die Chemie, das Buch :das Chemielehrbuch – die Chemie, das Lehrbuch :der Chemiarbeiter – die Chemie, der Arbeiter :der Chemiker – die Chemie |} 828 :1) Wir gehen <abbr title="dann- en: then">dann</abbr> in … :2) Frau Müller hat vor zwei Jahren noch Chemie studiert, sie war … :3) Jetzt ist sie … :4) Einmal im Monat gibt es die … :5) Herr Schulze ist … :6) Er arbeitet in … :7) Er kauft sich … :--- :a) Chemiezeitschrift :b) Chemiebetrieb :c) Chemiebuch :d) Chemiezimmer :e) Chemielehrerin :f) Chemiestudentin :g) Chemiearbeiter :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 828 |- | :1d; 2f; 3e; 4a; 5&nbsp;g; 6b; 7c :1) Wir gehen dann in das Chemiezimmer. :2) Frau Müller hat vor zwei Jahren noch Chemie studiert, sie war Chemiestudentin. :3) Jetzt ist sie Chemielerherin. :4) Einmal im Monat gibt es die Chemiezeitschrift. :5) Herr Schulze ist Chemiearbeiter. :6) Er arbeitet in einem Chemiebetrieb. :7) Er kauft sich Chemiebücher. |} 829 :Herr Wagner hat <abbr title="der Kopf – en: head">Kopf</abbr>schmerzen. :1) Frau Wagner gibt ihm die <abbr title="die Tablette – en: pill">Tablette</abbr> aus der … :Die Tabletten helfen nicht. :2) Herr Wagner ruft seinen … :3) Frau Wagner arbeitet nicht, sie ist … :4) Frau Weber liest die … :5) Herr Weber liest gleich nach dem … ein Buch. :--- :a) <abbr title="die Hausfrau – en: housewife">Hausfrau</abbr> :b) <abbr title="die Hausapotheke – en: medicine chest">Hausapotheke</abbr> :c) <abbr title="der Hausarzt – en: family docto; GP">Hausarzt</abbr> :d) <abbr title="die Abendzeitung – en: evening newspaper">Abendzeitung</abbr> :e) Abendessen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 829 |- | :1b; 2c; 3a; 4d; 5e :Herr Wagner hat Kopfschmerzen. :1) Frau Wagner gibt ihm die Tablette aus der Hausapotheke. :Die Tabletten helfen nicht. :2) Herr Wagner ruft seinen Hausarzt :3) Frau Wagner arbeitet nicht, sie ist Hausfrau. :4) Frau Weber liest die Abendzeitung. :5) Herr Weber liest gleich nach dem Abendessen ein Buch. |} == 830 – 834 == 830 :Beispiel: :das Arbeitszimmer :⇒ die Arbeit, das Zimmer :--- :der Arbeitstag :die Arbeitszeit :der <abbr title="der Arbeitsplatz – en: place of employment; workplace">Arbeitsplatz</abbr> :der Arbeitstisch :der <abbr title="der Arbeitsanzug – en: work clothes; overall; coverall">Arbeitsanzug</abbr> (der <abbr title="der Overall – en: overall">Overall</abbr>; die <abbr title="die Berufsbekleidung – en: professional clothing">Berufsbekleidung</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 830 |- | :das Arbeitszimmer – die Arbeit, das Zimmer :--- :der Arbeitstag – die Arbeit, der Tag :die Arbeitszeit – die Arbeit, die Zeit :der Arbeitsplatz – die Arbeit, der Platz :der Arbeitstisch – die Arbeit, der Tisch :der Arbeitsanzug – die Arbeit, der Anzug |} 831 :'''Kombinieren Sie!''' :1) Ich habe 24 … Urlaub. :2) Mein … ist im Erdgeschoss. :3) Dort stehen 5 … :4) Wir haben 37 Stunden … in der Woche. :5) Herr Wagner kauft einen … :--- :a) Arbeitsanzug :b) Arbeitszeit :c) Arbeitstag :d) Arbeitsplatz :e) Arbeitstisch :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 831 |- | :1c; 2d; 3e; 4b; 5a :1) Ich habe 24 Arbeitstage Urlaub. :2) Mein Arbeitsplatz ist im Ergeschoss. :3) Dort stehen 5 Arbeitstisch :4) Wir haben 37 Stunden Arbeitszeit in der Woche. :5) Herr Wagner kauft einen Arbeitsanzug. |} 832 [[Wêne:Dëschduch w.jpg|thumb|die <abbr title="die Tischdecke – en: tablecloth">Tischdecke</abbr>]] [[Wêne:Trenchcoat worn by President Gerald R. Ford.jpg|thumb|upright|der <abbr title="der Mantel – en: coat">Mantel</abbr>]] :Beispiel: :der Kindermantel :⇒ die Kinder, der Mantel :--- :das Kinderzimmer :das Kinderbuch :das Kinderkrankenhaus :der Kinderarzt :das Kinderbett :das Kinderkleid :der <abbr title="der Kindergarten – en: kindergarten">Kindergarten</abbr> (der <abbr title="der Garten – en: garden">Garten</abbr>) :der Kinder<abbr title="der Geburtstag – en: birthday; anniversary">Geburtstag</abbr> (die <abbr title="die Geburt – en: birth">Geburt</abbr>) :die Kinder<abbr title="die Überraschung – en: surprise">überraschung</abbr> :die Kinder<abbr title="die Schokolade – en: chocolate">schokolade</abbr> :--- :der <abbr title="die Haut – en: skin">Haut</abbr>arzt :der Zahnarzt :der <abbr title="der Nerv – en: nerve">Nerv</abbr>enarzt <br style="clear:both;" /> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 832 |- | :der Kindermantel – die Kinder, der Mantel :--- :das Kinderzimmer – die Kinder, das Zimmer :das Kinderbuch – die Kinder, das Buch :das Kinderkrankenhaus – die Kinder, das Krankenhaus :der Kinderarzt – die Kinder, der Arzt :das Kinderbett – die Kinder, das Bett :das Kinderkleid – die Kinder, das Kleid :der Kindergarten – die Kinder, der Garten :der Kindergeburtstag – die Kinder, der Geburtstag :die Kinderüberraschung – die Kinder, die Überraschung :die Kinderschokolade – die Kinder, die Schokolade :--- :der Hautarzt – die Haut, der Arzt :der Zahnarzt – der Zahn, der Arzt :der Nervenarzt – die Nerven, der Arzt (der Nerv) |} 833 :'''Kombinieren Sie!''' :1) Monika spielt im … :2) Peter schläft im … :3) Frau Weber kauft für Monika … :4) Die Mutter geht mit Peter zum … :5) Peter ist krank. Er liegt im … :6) Die Mutter schenkt Peter ein … :--- :a) Kinderbett :b) Kinderkleid :c) Kinderzimmer :d) Kinderkrankenhaus :e) Kinderbuch :f) Kinderarzt :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 833 |- | :1c; 2a; 3b; 4f; 5d; 6e :1) Monika spielt im Kinderzimmer. :2) Peter schläft im Kinderbett. :3) Frau Weber kauft für Monika ein Kinderkleid. :4) Die Mutter geht mit Peter zum Kinderarzt. :5) Peter ist krank. Er liegt im Kinderkrankenhaus. :6) Die Mutter schenkt Peter ein Kinderbuch. |} 834 :'''Kombinieren Sie!''' :1) Wann haben die Studenten aus Asien eine …? :2) Herr Dr. Müller fährt nach Berlin zu einer … :3) Heute Abend ist in der Schule eine … :--- :a) Lehrer<abbr title="die Konferenz – en: conference; meeting">konferenz</abbr> :b) Studentenkonferenz :c) Ärztekonferenz :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 834 |- | :1b; 2c; 3a :1) Wann haben die Studenten aus Asien eine Studentenkonferenz? :2) Herr Dr. Müller fährt nach Berlin zu einer Ärztekonferenz. :3) Heute Abend ist in der Schule eine Lehrerkonferenz. |} == 835 – 839 == 835 :'''Kombinieren Sie!''' :1) Peter hat heute Geburtstag. Am Nachmittag kommen viel … :2) Die Gäste gratulieren Peter und geben ihm die … :3) Dann essen sie … und trinken Kakao. :--- :a) Geburtstags<abbr title="der Kuchen – en: cake; pie; cupcake">kuchen</abbr> :b) Geburtstagsgäste :c) Geburtstagsgeschenk :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 835 |- | :1b; 2c; 3a :1) Peter hat heute Geburtstag. Am Nachmittag kommen viel Geburtstagsgäste. :2) Die Gäste gratulieren Peter und geben ihm die Geburtstagsgeschenk. :3) Dann essen sie Geburtstagskuchen und trinken Kakao. |} 836 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Monika fährt mit dem Zug zu ihrem Onkel. Sie braucht eine '''Fahr<abbr title="die Karte – en: map; ticket; card">karte</abbr>. Sie kauft die Fahrkarte'''. Alle '''<abbr title="der Fahrgast – en: passenger">Fahrgäste</abbr>''' haben Fahrkarten. Monika fährt nicht <abbr title="weit – en: far">weit</abbr>. Sie fährt 30 Minuten. Sie hat 30 Minuten '''<abbr title="die Fahrzeit – en: driving time; travel time">Fahrzeit</abbr>'''. Im Sommer fährt sie wieder mit dem Fahrrad. 837 :Beispiel: :das Fahrrad :⇒ fahren, das Rad :--- :die Fahrkarte :die Fahrzeit :der Fahrgast :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 837 |- | :das Fahrrad – fahren, das Rad :--- :die Fahrkarte – fahren, die Karte :die Fahrzeit – fahren, die Zeit :der Fahrgast – fahren, der Gast |} 838 :'''Kombinieren Sie! Bilden Sie <abbr title="bei Bedarf – en: as the need arises; der Bedarf – en: demand; requirement; need">bei Bedarf</abbr> die Pluralform!''' :Wir fahren nach [[:de:w:Paderborn|Paderborn]]. :1) Im Zug sind 200 … :2) Alle haben … :3) Unsere … ist 3 Stunden. :4) Das ist <abbr title="zu weit – en: too far">zu weit</abbr> für eine Fahrt mit dem … :--- :a) Fahrkarte :b) Fahrrad :c) Fahrgast :d) Fahrzeit :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 838 |- | :1c; 2a; 3d; 4b :1) Im Zug sind 200 Fahrgäste. :2) Alle haben Fahrkarten. :3) Unsere Fahrzeit ist 3 Stunden. :4) Das ist zu weit für eine Fahrt mit dem Fahrrad. |} 839 :Lesen Sie! :--- :'''Ein Arbeitstag''' :--- :Herr und Frau Schmidt haben drei Kinder. Herr Schmidt ist Chemiearbeiter. Frau Schmidt ist Mathematiklehrerin. Sie wohnen in [[:de:w:Jena|Jena]] am Waldplatz. Ihre Wohnung ist sehr schön und auch groß. Sie haben ein Wohnzimmer, ein Schlafzimmer, ein Arbeitszimmer und ein Kinderzimmer. Am Morgen fahren Herr und Frau Schmidt zusammen in die Stadt. Herr Schmidt geht in den Betrieb und Frau Schmidt in die Schule. Sie hat heute bis 12 Uhr Unterricht. <abbr title="dann – en: then">Dann</abbr> kauft sie im Supermarkt <abbr title="das Lebensmittel; meist Plural: die Lebensmittel – en: foodstuff">Lebensmittel</abbr> ein. Am Nachmittag kommen die Kinder nach Hause. Sie machen ihre Hausaufgaben, und Frau Schmidt korrigiert die Hefte. Um fünf kommt Herr Schmidt von der Arbeit. Frau Schmidt macht das Abendessen, Herr Schmidt und die Kinder helfen ihr. Dann machen alle noch eine Fahrt mit dem Fahrrad, <abbr title="denn – en: because">denn</abbr> das Wetter ist schön. == 840 – 844 == 840 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :--- :Wo wohnt Frau Schmidt? :Haben Herr und Frau Schmidt Kinder? :Was ist Frau Schmidt? :Was ist Herr Schmidt? :Wie viel Zimmer haben sie? :Bis wann hat Frau Schmidt heute Unterricht? :Was kauft sie im Supermarkt? (kaufen = einkaufen; Was kauft sie im Supermarkt ein?) :Was macht sie am Nachmittag. :Wer macht das Abendessen? :Was macht Familie Schmidt am Abend? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 840 |- | :Wo wohnt Frau Schmidt? - Sie wohnt in Jena. :Haben Herr und Frau Schmidt Kinder? - Ja, sie haben drei Kinder. :Was ist Frau Schmidt? - Sie ist Mathematiklehrerin. :Was ist Herr Schmidt? - Er ist Chemiearbeiter. :Wie viel Zimmer haben sie? - Sie haben vier Zimmer. :(Küche und Bad zählen nicht als separate Zimmer) :Bis wann hat Frau Schmidt heute Unterricht? - Sie hat heute bis 12 Uhr Unterricht. :Was kauft sie im Supermarkt? - Sie kauft im Supermarkt Lebensmittel ein. :Was macht sie am Nachmittag. - Frau Schmidt korrigiert am Nachmittag die Hefte. :Wer macht das Abendessen? - Frau Schmidt macht das Abendessen, Herr Schmidt und die Kinder helfen ihr. :Was macht Familie Schmidt am Abend? - Sie machen eine Fahrt mit dem Fahrrad. |} 841 :'''<abbr title="nennen – en: to call; to name">Nennen</abbr> Sie 13 <abbr title="das Lebensmittel; meist Plural: die Lebensmittel – en: foodstuff">Lebensmittel</abbr>!''' :Lebensmittel = <abbr title="das Nahrungsmittel – en: foodstuff; die Nahrung – en: food">Nahrungsmittel</abbr> = <abbr title="die Esswaren – en: edibles; food; provisions; FROM: essen – en: to eat; die Ware – en: good; article; product; merchandise; comodity">Esswaren</abbr> :die <abbr title="die Nahrung – en: food">Nahrung</abbr> :das <abbr title="das Mittel – en: means; medicine">Mittel</abbr> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 841 |- | # das Ei (Plural: Eier) # die Karotte (Karotten = Mohrrüben = Wurzeln) # die <abbr title="die Zwiebel – en: onion">Zwiebel</abbr> (Zwiebeln) # der <abbr title="der Knoblauch – en: garlic">Knoblauch</abbr> # die Milch # der Käse # das Gemüse # die Marmelade # die Konfitüre # die Butter # der Honig # das Obst # das Fleisch # der Fisch # die Wurst # der Kaffee # der Tee # das Wasser # die Cola # das Brötchen # das Brot (Brote) # der Reis # die <abbr title="die Nudel – en: noodle; die Teigwaren – en: pasta; pastas">Nudel</abbr> (Nudeln) # die <abbr title="die Kokosnuss – en: coconut">Kokosnuss</abbr> (Kokosnüsse) # die Ananas # die <abbr title="die Avocado – en: avocado">Avocado</abbr> # die <abbr title="die Aubergine – en: eggplant; aubergine">Aubergine</abbr> (= Eierfrucht; Plural: Eierfrüchte) :--- :Butter, Eier, Wurst, Fleisch, Käse :Brot, Brötchen, Kuchen :Reis, Kartoffeln, Gemüse, Obst :Milch, Marmelade, Konfitüre |} 842 :verstehendes Lesen :Lesen und wiederholen Sie! :--- :Beispiel: :Andreas kauft im Kaufhaus einen Anzug und ein Hemd. Der Anzug kostet 200 Euro, und das Hemd kostet 40 Euro. :⇒ Andreas kauft einen Anzug für 200 Euro und ein Hemd für 40 Euro. :--- :Peter kauft im Kaufhaus eine Hose und einen Anorak. Die Hose kostet 60 Euro, und der Anorak 120 Euro. :Uta kauft im Kaufhaus ein Kleid und eine Kette. Das Kleid kostet 80 Euro, und die Kette kostet 20 Euro. :Frau Lehmann kauft im Kaufhaus einen Wintermantel und einen Hut. Der Wintermantel kostet 250 Euro, und der Hut kostet 35 Euro. :Frau Stein kauft im Kaufhaus <abbr title="der Hausschuh – en: slipper">Hausschuhe</abbr> und <abbr title="der Strumpf – en: stocking">Strümpfe</abbr>. Die Hausschuhe kosten 12 Euro, und die Strümpfe kosten 8 Euro. :Herr Müller kauft im Kaufhaus Handschuhe und einen Schirm. Die Handschuhe kosten 50 Euro, und der Schirm kostet 10 Euro. :Inge kauft im Kaufhaus einen <abbr title="der Pullover – en: sweater; pullover; jumper">Pullover</abbr> und eine Bluse. Der Pullover kostet 40 Euro, und die Bluse kostet 30 Euro. <gallery> Wêne:Meloun.jpg|der Hut Wêne:Ayam kampung free range chicken meat Indonesia.JPG|das Huhn Wêne:Gorro de colores.jpg|die Mütze Wêne:1800's -Masonic Knights Templar- Gold Bullion Hat Cap.jpg|die Mütze Wêne:Batschkapp fcm.jpg|die Mütze Wêne:Socken farbig.jpeg|die Strümpfe (Singular: der Strumpf) = die Socken (Singular: die Socke) </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 842 |- | :Andreas kauft im Kaufhaus einen Anzug und ein Hemd. Der Anzug kostet 200 Euro, und das Hemd kostet 40 Euro. :Andreas kauft einen Anzug für 200 Euro und ein Hemd für 40 Euro. :--- :Peter kauft im Kaufhaus eine Hose und einen Anorak. Die Hose kostet 60 Euro, und der Anorak 120 Euro. :Peter kauft im Kaufhaus eine Hose für 60 Euro und einen Anorak für 120 Euro. :--- :Uta kauft im Kaufhaus ein Kleid und eine Kette. Das Kleid kostet 80 Euro, und die Kette kostet 20 Euro. :Uta kauft im Kaufhaus ein Kleid für 80 Euro und eine Kette für 20 Euro. :--- :Frau Lehmann kauft im Kaufhaus einen Wintermantel und einen Hut. Der Wintermantel kostet 250 Euro, und der Hut kostet 35 Euro. :Frau Lehmann kauft im Kaufhaus einen Wintermantel für 250 Euro und einen Hut für 35 Euro. :--- :Frau Stein kauft im Kaufhaus Hausschuhe und Strümpfe. Die Hausschuhe kosten 12 Euro, und die Strümpfe kosten 8 Euro. :Frau Stein kauft im Kaufhaus Hausschuhe für 12 Euro und Strümpfe für 8 Euro. :--- :Herr Müller kauft im Kaufhaus Handschuhe und einen Schirm. Die Handschuhe kosten 50 Euro, und der Schirm kostet 10 Euro. :Herr Müller kauft im Kaufhaus Handschuhe für 50 Euro und einen Schirm für 10 Euro. :--- :Inge kauft im Kaufhaus einen Pullover und eine Bluse. Der Pullover kostet 40 Euro, und die Bluse kostet 30 Euro. :Inge kauft im Kaufhaus einen Pullover für 40 Euro und eine Bluse für 30 Euro. |} 843 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :'''Antworten Sie!''' :--- :Frau Müller geht heute mit ihrem Sohn zum Arzt, <abbr title="denn – en: because">denn</abbr> Andreas hat seit gestern Abend Fieber und Halsschmerzen. Er hat auch sehr schlecht geschlafen. Frau Dr. Weber <abbr title="untersuchen – en: to examine">untersucht</abbr> Andreas und schreibt ein <abbr title="das Rezept – en: prescription">Rezept</abbr> für ihn. :Was macht die Ärztin? :--- :Peter ist heute zum Zahnarzt gegangen. Er hat <abbr title="seit ein paar Tagen – en: since a couple of days">seit ein paar Tagen</abbr> Zahnschmerzen. Ein Zahn links oben tut ihm weh. Der Zahnarzt <abbr title="untersuchen – en: to examine">untersucht</abbr> den Zahn zuerst, dann röntgt er ihn. Er <abbr title="ziehen – en: to extract">zieht</abbr> ihn nicht. :Was macht der Zahnarzt? :Was macht der Zahnarzt nicht? :--- :Frau Stein geht in die <abbr title="die Apotheke – en: pharmacy">Apotheke</abbr>. Dort gibt sie der <abbr title="die Apothekerin – en: pharmacist (woman)">Apothekerin</abbr> das <abbr title="das Rezept – en: prescription">Rezept</abbr>. Die Apothekerin liest das Rezept, dann holt sie die <abbr title="das Medikament – en: medicine; drug; medication">Medikamente</abbr>. Sie gibt Frau Stein <abbr title="der Tropfen – en: drop">Tropfen</abbr> und <abbr title="die Tablette – en: pill; tablet">Tabletten</abbr>. Die Medikamente kosten 10 Euro. :Was macht die Apothekerin? <gallery> Wêne:Cuello zonas.jpg|der Hals Wêne:Thyreoglossal duct cyst.jpg|die Kehle Wêne:Illu pharynx.jpg|der Rachen = der Pharynx Wêne:Pharyngitis.jpg|die Halsschmerzen = Pharyngitis = Rachen-Entzündung </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 843 |- | :Was macht die Ärztin? - Sie untersucht Andreas und schreibt ein Rezept für ihn :Was macht der Zahnarzt? - Der Zahnarzt untersucht den Zahn zuerst, dann röntgt er ihn. :Was macht der Zahnarzt nicht? - Er zieht den Zahn nicht. :Was macht die Apothekerin? - Die Apothekerin liest das Rezept, dann holt sie die Medikamente. Sie gibt Frau Stein Tropfen und Tabletten. |} 844 :Lesen Sie! :--- :'''<abbr title="bei + dem = beim – en: at the">Beim</abbr> Arzt''' :--- :Frau Berger ist heute beim Arzt gewesen. Dort hat sie im <abbr title="das Wartezimmer – en: waiting room">Wartezimmer</abbr> Platz <abbr title="nehmen – en: to take">genommen</abbr> und <abbr title="ungefähr – en: roundabout; about; approximately">ungefähr</abbr> <abbr title="anderthalb = eineinhalb = ein und ein halbes – en: one and a half">anderthalb</abbr> Stunden gewartet. Dann hat die <abbr title="die Arzthelferin – en: medical assistant">Arzthelferin</abbr> sie <abbr title="in + das = ins – en: in the">ins</abbr> <abbr title="das Sprechzimmer – en: consulting room">Sprechzimmer</abbr> gerufen. Frau Berger hat zuerst mit dem Arzt gesprochen, und der Arzt hat sie untersucht. Er hat das <abbr title="das Herz – en: heart">Herz</abbr> und die <abbr title="die Lunge – en: lungs">Lunge</abbr> untersucht und das <abbr title="das Fieber – en: fever; temperature">Fieber</abbr> <abbr title="messen – en: to measure">gemessen</abbr>. Dann hat er ein Rezept geschrieben. Frau Berger ist mit diesem Rezept <abbr title="sofort – en: immediately">sofort</abbr> in die Apotheke gegangen. Dort hat sie der Apothekerin das Rezept gegeben. Frau Berger hat Tropfen und Tabletten <abbr title="bekommen – en: to receive">bekommen</abbr>. Sie ist dann nach Hause gegangen und hat 10 Tropfen und 2 Tabletten genommen. == 845 – 849 == 845 :'''Fragen zum Text:''' :--- :Wie lange hat Frau Berger gewartet? :Wer hat Frau Berger ins Sprechzimmer gerufen? :Was hat der Arzt gemacht? :Wohin ist Frau Berger mit dem Rezept gegangen? :Wer hat ihr die Medikamente gegeben? :Wie viel Tropfen und Tabletten hat Frau Berger genommen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 845 |- | :Wie lange hat Frau Berger gewartet? - Sie hat ungefähr anderthalb Stunden gewartet. :Wer hat Frau Berger ins Sprechzimmer gerufen? - Die Arzthelferin hat sie ins Sprechzimmer gerufen. :Was hat der Arzt gemacht? - Der Arzt hat mit ihr gesprochen, sie untersucht, das Herz und die Lunge untersucht, das Fieber gemessen und dann ein Rezept geschrieben. :Wohin ist Frau Berger mit dem Rezept gegangen? - Sie ist mit dem Rezept in die Apotheke gegangen. :Wer hat ihr die Medikamente gegeben? - Die Apothekerin hat ihr die Medikamente gegeben. :Wie viel Tropfen und Tabletten hat Frau Berger genommen? - Sie hat 10 Tropfen und 2 Tabletten genommen. |} 846 :Thomas und Marc sind Studenten. Sie wohnen zusammen. Marc ist <abbr title="der Ausländer – en: foreigner">Ausländer</abbr>, er kommt aus Frankreich. <abbr title="oft – en: often">Oft</abbr> lernen Thomas und Marc <abbr title="gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together">gemeinsam</abbr>. In seiner <abbr title="die Freizeit – en: leisure time">Freizeit</abbr> liest Marc viel, und Thomas geht gern ins Kino. <abbr title="manchmal – en: sometimes">Manchmal</abbr> hören sie auch <abbr title="zusammen = gemeinsam – en: together">zusammen</abbr> <abbr title="die Musik – en: music">Musik</abbr>. Marc muss für morgen einen Vortrag <abbr title="vorbereiten – en: to prepare">vorbereiten</abbr>. Er übt den <abbr title="der Vortrag – en: presentation; lecture; tragen – en: to carry; to bear">Vortrag</abbr> und Thomas hört zu. 847 :Kombinieren Sie! :--- :Herr Nguyen studiert in [[:de:w:Heidelberg|Heidelberg]]. Er kommt aus Asien. :1) Er ist … :<abbr title="täglich = tagtäglich – en: every day">Täglich</abbr> hört er <abbr title="die Vorlesung – en: lecture">Vorlesungen</abbr>. :2) <abbr title="oft – en: often">Oft</abbr> arbeitet er am Nachmittag … mit seinen Freunden. :3) Er hat nur <abbr title="wenig – en: little; few">wenig</abbr> … :4) <abbr title="manchmal – en: sometimes">Manchmal</abbr> geht er ins … oder hört … :--- :a) Musik :b) gemeinsam :c) Kino :d) Ausländer :e) Freizeit :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 847 |- | :1d; 2b; 3e; 4ca :Herr Nguyen studiert in Heidelberg. Er kommt aus Asien. :1) Er ist Ausländer. :Täglich hört er Vorlesungen. :2) Oft arbeitet er am Nachmittag gemeinsam mit seinen Freunden. :3) Er hat nur wenig Freizeit. :4) Manchmal geht er ins Kino oder hört Musik. |} 848 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Uta geht zum Arzt, denn sie hat Kopfschmerzen und Halsschmerzen. Der Arzt untersucht Uta. Er untersucht das Herz und die Lungen, er misst die Temperatur. Dann schreibt er ein Rezept. Mit diesem Rezept geht Uta in die Apotheke. Der Apotheker gibt ihr die Medikamente. Uta bekommt Tropfen und Tabletten. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 848 |- | :Der Text in der Vergangenheitsform :--- :Uta ist zum Arzt gegangen, denn sie hat Kopfschmerzen und Halsschmerzen gehabt. Der Arzt hat Uta untersucht. Er hat das Herz und die Lungen untersucht, er hat die Temperatur gemessen. Dann hat er ein Rezept geschrieben. Mit diesem Rezept ist Uta in die Apotheke gegangen. Der Apotheker hat ihr die Medikamente gegeben. Uta hat Tropfen und Tabletten bekommen. |} 849 [[Wêne:Deutsch 849 appca.ogg]] :'''Test''' :'''der, die oder das?''' :--- :to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space between the arrows : ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' the'''</span>⇐ example :--- # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ <abbr title="das Herz – en: heart">Herz</abbr> ( en: ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''heart'''</span>⇐ ) # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' die'''</span>⇐ <abbr title="die Lunge – en: lungs">Lunge</abbr> # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Flasche # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Arzt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Kopfschmerz # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Kopfschmerzen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Kopf # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Schmerz # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Hals # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' das'''</span>⇐ Wartezimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Musik # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' das'''</span>⇐ Kino # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' die'''</span>⇐ Freizeit # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Zeit # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Stunde # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Tag # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Minute # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Sekunde # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Woche # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Jahr # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Ausländer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Vorlesung # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Nachmittag # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Abend # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Dienstag # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Morgen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' das'''</span>⇐ Rezept # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Medikament # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Tropfen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Tabletten # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Apothekerin # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Haus # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Brief # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Recht # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Rechtschreibung # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Duden # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Sache # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Person # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Mensa # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Museum # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Arztpraxis # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' das'''</span>⇐ Institut # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' das'''</span>⇐ Kaufhaus # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Supermarkt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Haus # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Zimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Viertelstunde # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Minute # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Essen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Zeitschrift [[Wêne:Deutsch 849-1 appca.ogg]] # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Antwort # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Arbeitszimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Kinderzimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Schlafzimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Chemie # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Chinese # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Unterricht # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Chemieunterricht # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Chemielehrerin # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Chemiestudentin # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Chemiebetrieb # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Chemiezimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' das'''</span>⇐ Chemielabor # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Chemiezeitschrift # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Chemiebuch # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Chemielehrbuch # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">''' der'''</span>⇐ Chemiearbeiter # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Chemiker # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Hausfrau # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Hausapotheke # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Hausarzt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Abendzeitung # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Abendessen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Urlaub # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Arbeitstag # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Arbeitszeit # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Arbeitsplatz # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Arbeitstisch # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Arbeitsanzug # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Erdgeschoss # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Mantel # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Kinderzimmer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Kinderbuch # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Kinderkrankenhaus # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Krankenhaus # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Kinderarzt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Kinderbett # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Kinderkleid # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Kindergarten # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Kindergeburtstag # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Kinderüberraschung # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Kinderschokolade # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Kindermantel # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Hautarzt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Zahnarzt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Nervenarzt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Haut # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Nerv # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Zahn # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Konferenz [[Wêne:Deutsch 849-2 appca.ogg]] # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Geburtstagskuchen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Geburtstagsgäste # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Geburtstagsgeschenk # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Zug # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Fahrkarte # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Fahrgast # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Fahrzeit # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Fahrrad # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Sommer # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Winter # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Herbst # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Fahrt (<abbr title="die Hinfahrt – en: one way; outward journey">Hinfahrt</abbr>, <abbr title="die Rückfahrt – en: return journey">Rückfahrt</abbr>) # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Arbeitstag # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Stadt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Betrieb # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Schule # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Hausaufgaben # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Supermarkt # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die (PLURAL !)'''</span>⇐ Lebensmittel; <abbr title="selten – en: rarely; seldom">selten</abbr> ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das (Singular!)'''</span>⇐ Lebensmittel # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span>⇐ Kaufhaus # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Geld # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Wetter # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Anzug # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Hemd # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Hose # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Anorak # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das'''</span>⇐ Kleid # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Kette # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span>⇐ Hausschuhe # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Strümpfe # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Handschuhe # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Schirm # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Pullover # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Bluse # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Regen # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span>⇐ Regenschirm # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der'''</span>⇐ Sonnenschirm # ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die'''</span>⇐ Sonne == Vokabular: Lektion 020 == : warten auf – en: to wait for : antworten auf – en: to answer to : der Freund – en: friend : zusammen – en: together : seit – en: since : gleich – en: straight away; immediately : das Recht – en: right; law : richtig – en: correct; right : die Orthographie = die Rechtschreibung – en: spelling; orthography : die Sache – en: thing : die Schüler – en: pupil : zusammengesetzt – en: composed; assembled : zusammensetzen – en: to put together; to assemble : setzen – en: to put (sitting); to set : auseinandernehmen ([aus-ein-ander-nehmen]) – en: disassemble : zerlegen – en: dismantle; decompose; dissect : der Betrieb – en: company; firm : das Labor – en: laboratory; lab : dann- en: then : der Kopf – en: head : die Tablette – en: pill : die Hausfrau – en: housewife : die Hausapotheke – en: medicine chest : der Hausarzt – en: family doctor; GP : die Abendzeitung – en: evening newspaper : der Arbeitsplatz – en: place of employment; workplace : der Arbeitsanzug – en: work clothes; overall; coverall : der Overall – en: overall : die Berufsbekleidung – en: professional clothing : die Tischdecke – en: tablecloth : der Mantel – en: coat : der Kindergarten – en: kindergarten : der Garten – en: garden : der Geburtstag – en: birthday; anniversary : die Geburt – en: birth : die Überraschung – en: surprise : die Schokolade – en: chocolate : die Haut – en: skin : der Nerv – en: nerve : die Konferenz – en: conference; meeting : der Kuchen – en: cake; pie; cupcake : die Karte – en: map; ticket; card : der Fahrgast – en: passenger : weit – en: far : die Fahrzeit – en: driving time; travel time : bei Bedarf – en: as the need arises : der Bedarf – en: demand; requirement; need : zu weit – en: too far : dann – en: then : das Lebensmittel; meist Plural: die Lebensmittel – en: foodstuff : denn – en: because : nennen – en: to call; to name : das Lebensmittel; meist Plural: die Lebensmittel – en: foodstuff : das Nahrungsmittel – en: foodstuff : die Nahrung – en: food : die Esswaren – en: edibles; food; provisions : essen – en: to eat : die Ware – en: good; article; product; merchandise; comodity : die Nahrung – en: food : das Mittel – en: means; medicine : die Zwiebel – en: onion : der Knoblauch – en: garlic : die Nudel – en: noodle : die Teigwaren – en: pasta; pastas : die Kokosnuss – en: coconut : die Ananas – en: pineapple : die Avocado – en: avocado : die Aubergine – en: eggplant; aubergine : der Hausschuh – en: slipper : der Strumpf – en: stocking : der Pullover – en: sweater; pullover; jumper : denn – en: because : untersuchen – en: to examine : das Rezept – en: prescription : seit ein paar Tagen – en: since a couple of days : untersuchen – en: to examine : ziehen – en: to extract : die Apotheke – en: pharmacy : die Apothekerin – en: pharmacist (woman) : das Rezept – en: prescription : das Medikament – en: medicine; drug; medication : der Tropfen – en: drop : die Tablette – en: pill; tablet : bei + dem = beim – en: at the : das Wartezimmer – en: waiting room : nehmen – en: to take : ungefähr – en: roundabout; about; approximately : anderthalb = eineinhalb = ein und ein halbes – en: one and a half : die Arzthelferin – en: medical assistant : in + das = ins – en: in the : das Sprechzimmer – en: consulting room : das Herz – en: heart : die Lunge – en: lungs : das Fieber – en: fever; temperature : messen – en: to measure : sofort – en: immediately : bekommen – en: to receive : der Ausländer – en: foreigner : oft – en: often : gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together : die Freizeit – en: leisure time : manchmal – en: sometimes : zusammen = gemeinsam – en: together : die Musik – en: music : vorbereiten – en: to prepare : der Vortrag – en: presentation; lecture : tragen – en: to carry; to bear : täglich = tagtäglich – en: every day : die Vorlesung – en: lecture : oft – en: often : wenig – en: little; few : manchmal – en: sometimes : das Herz – en: heart : die Lunge – en: lungs : die Hinfahrt – en: one way; outward journey : die Rückfahrt – en: return journey : selten – en: rarely; seldom == Vokabular: Lektion 020 – alphabetisch geordnet == # Abendzeitung, die – en: evening newspaper # Ananas, die – en: pineapple # anderthalb = eineinhalb = ein und ein halbes – en: one and a half # antworten auf – en: to answer to # Apotheke, die – en: pharmacy # Apothekerin, die – en: pharmacist (woman) # Arbeitsanzug, der – en: work clothes; overall; coverall # Arbeitsplatz, der – en: place of employment; workplace # Arzthelferin, die – en: medical assistant # Aubergine, die – en: eggplant; aubergine # auseinandernehmen ([aus-ein-ander-nehmen]) – en: disassemble # Ausländer, der – en: foreigner # Avocado, die – en: avocado # Bedarf, der – en: demand; requirement; need # bei + dem = beim – en: at the # bei Bedarf – en: as the need arises # bekommen – en: to receive # Berufsbekleidung, die – en: professional clothing # Betrieb, der – en: company; firm # dann – en: then # denn – en: because # essen – en: to eat # Esswaren, die – en: edibles; food; provisions # Fahrgast, der – en: passenger # Fahrzeit, die – en: driving time; travel time # Fieber, das – en: fever; temperature # Freizeit, die – en: leisure time # Freund, der – en: friend # Garten, der – en: garden # Geburt, die – en: birth # Geburtstag, der – en: birthday; anniversary # gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together # gleich – en: straight away; immediately # Hausapotheke, die – en: medicine chest # Hausarzt, der – en: family doctor; GP # Hausfrau, die – en: housewife # Hausschuh, der – en: slipper # Haut, die – en: skin # Herz, das – en: heart # Hinfahrt, die – en: one way; outward journey # in + das = ins – en: in the # Karte, die – en: map; ticket; card # Kindergarten, der – en: kindergarten # Knoblauch, der – en: garlic # Kokosnuss, die – en: coconut # Konferenz, die – en: conference; meeting # Kopf, der – en: head # Kuchen, der – en: cake; pie; cupcake # Labor, das – en: laboratory; lab # Lebensmittel, das; meist Plural: die Lebensmittel – en: foodstuff # Lunge, die – en: lungs # manchmal – en: sometimes # Mantel, der – en: coat # Medikament, das – en: medicine; drug; medication # messen – en: to measure # Mittel, das – en: means; medicine # Musik, die – en: music # Nahrung, die – en: food # Nahrungsmittel, das – en: foodstuff # nehmen – en: to take # nennen – en: to call; to name # Nerv, der – en: nerve # Nudel, die – en: noodle # oft – en: often # Orthographie, die = die Rechtschreibung – en: spelling; orthography # Overall, der – en: overall # Pullover, der – en: sweater; pullover; jumper # Recht, das – en: right; law # Rezept, das – en: prescription # richtig – en: correct; right # Rückfahrt, die – en: return journey # Sache, die – en: thing # Schokolade, die – en: chocolate # Schüler, die – en: pupil # seit – en: since # seit ein paar Tagen – en: since a couple of days # selten – en: rarely; seldom # setzen – en: to put (sitting); to set # sofort – en: immediately # Sprechzimmer, das – en: consulting room # Strumpf – en: stocking # Tablette, die – en: pill; tablet # täglich = tagtäglich – en: every day # Teigwaren, die – en: pasta; pastas # Tischdecke, die – en: tablecloth # tragen – en: to carry; to bear # Tropfen, der – en: drop # Überraschung, die – en: surprise # ungefähr – en: roundabout; about; approximately # untersuchen – en: to examine # vorbereiten – en: to prepare # Vorlesung, die – en: lecture # Vortrag, der – en: presentation; lecture # Ware, die – en: good; article; product; merchandise; comodity # warten auf – en: to wait for # Wartezimmer, das – en: waiting room # weit – en: far # wenig – en: little; few # zerlegen – en: dismantle; decompose; dissect # ziehen – en: to extract # zu weit – en: too far # zusammen = gemeinsam – en: together # zusammengesetzt – en: composed; assembled # zusammensetzen – en: to put together; to assemble # Zwiebel, die – en: onion :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 019|Lektion 019]] ← Lektion 020 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021|Lektion 021]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 020]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020]] 0azx2g1cgmjfo5i018y0f71od2dlmbl 10 4146 5890 2015-10-02T20:03:47Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki This post by {{{author}}} was moved on {{{date}}}. You can find it at [[{{{title}}}]]. e5j16chw2130kmdotptl65jvxa6lw5w 10 4147 5891 2015-10-02T20:03:47Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki Previous page history was archived for backup purposes at <span class='flow-link-to-archive'>[[{{{archive}}}]]</span> on {{#time: Y-m-d|{{{date}}}}}. njhr9sbh7lx81p2xfwikn7amdd3n1zn 10 4148 5892 2015-10-02T20:03:47Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki This page is an archived LiquidThreads page. '''Do not edit the contents of this page'''. Please direct any additional comments to the [[{{{from}}}|current talk page]]. nigyidinm7czjt0s9dq851dwhckapia 10 4149 5893 2015-10-02T20:03:47Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki This revision was imported from LiquidThreads with a suppressed user. It has been reassigned to the current user. 1pswkbcu7hauadd98nklgf3pku080ee 10 4150 5894 2015-10-02T20:03:47Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki ''This post was posted by [[User:{{{authorUser}}}|{{{authorUser}}}]], but signed as [[User:{{{signatureUser}}}|{{{signatureUser}}}]].'' gr9xg2oo9p9alcaf8usi587bcmsi65s 10 4151 5895 2015-10-02T20:03:48Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki Previous discussion was archived at <span class='flow-link-to-archive'>[[{{{archive}}}]]</span> on {{#time: Y-m-d|{{{date}}}}}. ccusakfp9y2sl227h5sbt4ok1ptcsxi 10 4152 5896 2015-10-02T20:03:48Z Flow talk page manager 1263 /* Automatically created by Flow */ wikitext text/x-wiki This page is an archive. '''Do not edit the contents of this page'''. Please direct any additional comments to the [[{{{from|{{TALKSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|current talk page]]. hd1xxik7k0u7gcb9oq9ddgh20zmhpy4 4 4155 5915 2015-11-09T19:49:46Z Mehk63 1293 Rupeleke nu. wikitext text/x-wiki Rêveber karkarên Wîkîpirtûk'ene. - Lîsteya Rêveberan * [[Bikarhêner:Mehk63|Mehk63]] ge3x7pjs3ps6tdrdnpuylqf5belqs2i 0 4156 6790 6362 2023-04-09T07:10:37Z WikiBayer 1583 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020|Lektion 020]] ← Lektion 021 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022|Lektion 022]] == 850 - 859 == 850 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :'''Die Präpositionen „bis, bis zu, von ... bis ... , von ... bis zu ...“ (temporal) mit dem Dativ''' :Karin: Wie '''lange''' hast du heute Unterricht? :Thomas: '''Von''' 7.30 Uhr '''bis''' 12.00 Uhr. :Karin: Und '''bis wann''' <abbr title="bleiben - en: to stay">bleibst</abbr> du dann noch in der Schule? :Thomas: '''Bis''' 13.00 Uhr bleibe ich noch hier. Dann gehe ich in die Mensa. Nach dem Mittagessen arbeite ich in der Bibliothek. Dort bleibe ich '''bis zum''' Abend. 851 :'''Bis wann ...?''' : '''Bis''' 12.30 Uhr. : '''Bis''' übermorgen. : '''Bis zum''' Freitag. : '''Bis zur''' Konferenz. :'''Wie lange ...?''' :'''Von''' 7.30 '''bis''' 12.00 Uhr. :'''Vom''' Morgen '''bis zum''' Abend. :'''Vom''' Montag '''bis zum''' Mittwoch. ('''der''' Montag, '''der''' Mittwoch) :'''Von''' Montag '''bis''' Mittwoch. (Montag, Mittwoch) 852 :Beispiel: :Bis wann arbeiten Sie noch? (18.00 Uhr) :⇒ Bis 18.00 Uhr arbeite ich noch. :⇒ Ich arbeite noch bis 18.00 Uhr. :--- :Bis wann bleiben Sie im Kino? (21.30 Uhr) :Bis wann haben Sie auf mich gewartet? (13.15 Uhr) :Bis wann waren Sie in Berlin? (Sonntag) :Bis wann bleibt Ihr Freund in [[:de:w:Solingen|Solingen]]? (übermorgen) :Bis wann war Herr Cordes krank? (vorgestern) :Bis wann brauchen Sie das Wörterbuch? (Freitag) :Bis wann muss die Suppe kochen? (13.00 Uhr) :Bis wann <abbr title="gehen - en: to go; to continue">geht</abbr> ihre Arbeit? (17.00 Uhr) :Bis wann geht Ihre Arbeit? (17.00 Uhr) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 852 |- | :Bis wann arbeiten Sie noch? - Bis 18.00 Uhr arbeite ich noch. Ich arbeite noch bis 18.00 Uhr. :--- :Bis wann bleiben Sie im Kino? - Bis 21.30 Uhr bleibe ich im Kino. Ich bleibe noch bis 21.30 Uhr im Kino. :Bis wann haben Sie auf mich gewartet. - Bis 13.15 Uhr habe ich gewartet. Ich habe noch bis 13.15 Uhr gewartet. :Bis wann waren Sie in Berlin. - Bis Sonntag war ich in Berlin. Ich war noch bis Sonntag in Berlin. :Bis wann bleibt Ihr Freund in Solingen? - Bis übermorgen bleibt mein Freund in Solingen. Er bleibt noch bis übermorgen in Solingen. :Bis wann war Herr Cordes krank? - Bis vorgestern war er krank. Er war noch bis vorgestern krank. :Bis wann brauchen Sie das Wörterbuch? - Bis Freitag brauche ich das Wörterbuch. Ich brauche das Wörterbuch noch bis Freitag. :Bis wann muss die Suppe kochen? - Bis 13.00 Uhr muss die Suppe kochen. Die Suppe muss noch bis 13.00 Uhr kochen. :Bis wann geht ihre Arbeit? - Bis 17.00 Uhr geht ihre Arbeit. Ihre Arbeit geht noch bis 17.00 Uhr. :Bis wann geht Ihre Arbeit? - Bis 17.00 Uhr geht meine Arbeit. Meine Arbeit geht noch bis 17.00 Uhr. |} 853 [[File:Powidl1.png|thumb|der <abbr title="der Pflaumenmus - en: plum jam">Pflaumenmus</abbr>]] :Beispiel: :Wie lange haben Sie Unterricht? (7.30 Uhr; 12.00 Uhr) :⇒ '''Von''' 7.30 ''' Uhr bis''' 12.00 Uhr. :⇒ Ich habe von 7.30 bis 12.00 Uhr Unterricht. :--- :Wie lange arbeitet Herr Müller? (7.00 Uhr; 16.00 Uhr) :Wie lange üben Sie am Nachmittag? (14.00 Uhr; 16.30 Uhr) :Wie lange waren Sie im Kino? (20.00 Uhr; 21.45 Uhr) :Wie lange waren Sie krank? (Montag; Freitag) :Wie lange waren Sie in <abbr title="Bayern - en: Bavaria (federal state)">Bayern</abbr>? (Januar; April) :Wie lange bleibt Herr Cordes in [[:de:w:Solingen|Solingen]]? (Mittwoch; Sonnabend) :Wie lange waren Sie in [[:de:w:Bremen|Bremen]]? (Freitag; Montag) :Wie lange muss die Suppe kochen? (30 Minuten) :Wie lange arbeiten Sie? (8 Stunden täglich) :Wie lange muss die Suppe kochen? (bis 15.20 Uhr) :Wie lange arbeiten Sie? (bis 16.15 Uhr) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 853 |- | :Wie lange haben Sie Unterricht? - Von 7.30 bis 12.00 Uhr. Ich habe von 7.30 bis 12.00 Uhr Unterricht. :--- :Wie lange arbeitet Herr Müller? - Von 7.00 Uhr bis 16.00 Uhr. Er arbeitet von 7.00 Uhr bis 16.00 Uhr. :Wie lange üben Sie am Nachmittag? Von 14.00 Uhr bis 16.30 Uhr. Ich übe am Nachmittag von 14.00 Uhr bis 16.30 Uhr. :Wie lange waren Sie im Kino? - Von 20.00 Uhr bis 21.45 Uhr. Ich war von 20.00 Uhr bis 21.45 Uhr im Kino. :Wie lange waren Sie krank? - Von Montag bis Freitag. Ich war von Montag bis Freitag krank. :Wie lange waren Sie in Bayern? - Von Januar bis April. Ich war von Januar bis April in Bayern. :Wie lange bleibt Herr Cordes in Solingen? - Von Mittwoch bis Sonnabend. Er bleibt von Mittwoch bis Sonnabend in Solingen. :Wie lange waren Sie in Bremen? - Von Freitag bis Montag. Ich war von Freitag bis Montag in Bremen. :Wie lange muss die Suppe kochen? 30 Minuten lang. Die Suppe muss 30 Minuten kochen. Die Suppe muss 30 Minuten lang kochen. :Wie lange arbeiten Sie? - 8 Stunden täglich. Ich arbeite 8 Stunden täglich. Ich arbeite täglich 8 Stunden. Ich arbeite jeden Tag 8 Stunden. :Wie lange muss die Suppe kochen? Bis 15.20 Uhr. Die Suppe muss bis 15.20 Uhr kochen. :Wie lange arbeiten Sie? Bis 16.15 Uhr. Ich arbeite bis 16.15 Uhr. |} 854 :Beispiel: :Bis wann bleiben Sie hier in [[:de:w:Villingen-Schwenningen|Villingen-Schwenningen]]? (Wochenende) :⇒ '''Bis zum''' <abbr title="das Wochenende - en: weekend">Wochenende</abbr>. :⇒ Ich bleibe bis zum Wochenende hier. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie auf Ihren Freund gewartet? (Pause) :Bis wann arbeiten Sie noch? (Abendessen) :Bis wann hat Herr Bornemann in dieser Firma gearbeitet? (sein Urlaub) :Bis wann bleiben Sie noch in Deutschland? (Sommer) :Bis wann bleibt Ihre Mutter hier? (mein Geburtstag) :Bis wann brauchen Sie die Zeitschrift? (Konferenz) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 854 |- | :Bis wann bleiben Sie hier in Villingen-Schwenningen? - Bis zum Wochenende. Ich bleibe bis zum Wochenende hier. :--- :Bis wann haben Sie auf ihren Freund gewartet? - Bis zur Pause. Ich habe bis zur Pause gewartet. :Bis wann arbeiten Sie noch? - Bis zum Abendessen. Ich arbeite noch bis zum Abendessen. :Bis wann hat Herr Bornemann in dieser Firma gearbeitet? - Bis zu seinem Urlaub. Er hat bis zu seinem Urlaub in der Firma gearbeitet. :Bis wann bleiben Sie noch in Deutschland? - Bis zum Sommer. Ich bleibe noch bis zum Sommer in Deutschland. :Bis wann bleibt Ihre Mutter hier? - Bis zu meinem Geburtstag. Sie bleibt noch bis zu meinem Geburtstag hier. :Bis wann brauchen Sie die Zeitschrift? - Bis zur Konferenz. Ich brauche sie bis zur Konferenz. |} 855 :Beispiel: :Wie lange haben Sie gearbeitet? (Morgen; Nachmittag) :⇒ '''Vom''' Morgen '''bis zum''' Nachmittag. :--- :Wie lange waren Sie in [[:de:w:Clausthal-Zellerfeld|Clausthal-Zellerfeld]]? (Freitag; Montag) :Wie lange war Herr Schneider krank? (Dienstag; Donnerstag) :Wie lange bleiben die Studenten in [[:de:w:Eberswalde-Finow|Eberswalde-Finow]]? (Freitag; Sonntag) :Wie lange seid ihr im Kino gewesen? (Nachmittag; Abend) :Wie lange habt ihr gegessen? (13 Uhr; 13.30 Uhr) :Wie lange hast du geschlafen? (22 Uhr; 7 Uhr) :Wie lange hast du ferngesehen? (16 Uhr; 20 Uhr) :Wie lange habt ihr gesucht? (Mittag; Abend) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 855 |- | :Wie lange haben Sie gearbeitet? - Vom Morgen bis zum Nachmittag. :--- :Wie lange waren Sie in Clausthal-Zellerfeld? - Vom Freitag bis zum Montag. :Wie lange war Herr Schneider krank? - Vom Dienstag bis zum Donnerstag. :Wie lange bleiben die Studenten in Eberswalde-Finow? - Vom Freitag bis zum Sonntag. :Wie lange seid ihr im Kino gewesen? - Vom Nachmittag bis zum Abend. :Wie lange habt ihr gegessen? - Von 13 Uhr bis 13.30 Uhr. :Wie lange hast du geschlafen? - Von 22 Uhr bis 7 Uhr. :Wie lange hast du ferngesehen? - Von 16 Uhr bis 20 Uhr. :Wie lange habt ihr gesucht? - Vom Mittag bis zum Abend. |} 856 :'''Antworten Sie auf die Fragen!''' :--- :Wo sind Sie gestern gewesen? :Wie lange sind Sie dort gewesen? :Wann sind Sie nach Hause gegangen? :--- :Haben Sie gestern auf Ihren Freund gewartet? :Wo haben Sie gewartet? :Bis wann haben Sie auf ihn gewartet? :--- :Wann sind Sie gestern ins Institut gekommen? :Wie lange hatten Sie Unterricht? :Was haben Sie nach dem Unterricht gemacht? :--- :Seit wann lernen Sie Deutsch? :Wie lange haben sie täglich Unterricht? :Wie oft haben Sie in der Woche Unterricht? :Wann <abbr title="beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin">beginnt</abbr> Ihr Studium? 857 :'''Das Modalverb „<abbr title="mögen - en: to want; to like">mögen</abbr>“''' :--- :Thomas und Karin sind in der '''<abbr title="die Kantine - en: canteen">Kantine</abbr>'''. :--- :Thomas: Ich '''möchte''' einen Kaffee. Du auch, Karin? :Karin: Nein danke, ich '''möchte''' nicht trinken, ich '''möchte''' nur etwas '''essen'''. :Thomas: Und was '''möchtest''' du '''essen'''? :Karin: Ein Stück Kuchen. 858 :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="mögen - en: to want; to like">mögen</abbr>''' :--- :ich möchte :du möchtest :er möchte :wir möchten :ihr möchtet :sie möchten :--- :Ich möchte heute nicht arbeiten. :Du möchtest jetzt eine Tasse Kaffee trinken. :Er möchte <abbr title="nachher = später - en: later; later on; after this">nachher</abbr> <abbr title="rauchen - en: to smoke">rauchen</abbr>. :Sie möchte nicht mehr essen. :Es möchte nicht mehr spielen. (das Kind) :Wir möchten heute ins Theater gehen. :Ihr möchtet nach [[:de:w:Ribnitz-Damgarten|Ribnitz-Damgarten]] fahren. :Sie möchten, aber sie dürfen nicht. 859 :Ich '''möchte''' in der Pause eine Flasche Milch '''trinken'''. :Wir '''möchten''' <abbr title="nachher = später - en: later; later on; after this">nachher</abbr> im Supermarkt Brot, Butter, Eier, Fleisch, Wurst, Käse und zwei bis drei Zeitschriften '''kaufen'''. :--- :Modalverb: möchte (mögen) :Prädikat = Modalverb + Infinitiv :Der Infinitiv steht am Ende. :Ich '''möchte''' ...... '''trinken'''. :Wir '''möchten''' ...... '''kaufen'''. == 860 - 869 == 860 :<abbr title="wollen - en: to want; ich will, du willst, er will, wir wollen, ihr wollt, sie wollen">wollen</abbr> :--- :'''Ergänzen Sie „mögen“!''' :Beispiel: :Ich ... ein Glas Milch trinken. :⇒ Ich möchte ein Glas Milch trinken. :--- :Was ... du trinken? :Ich ... keine Milch, ich ... gerne eine Limonade trinken. :Peter ... nichts trinken. :Er ... ein Brötchen essen. :Und was ... Sie? :Wir ... drei Stück Kuchen. :Uta und Karin, was ... ihr haben? :Wir ... Eis haben. :Uta und Karin ... Eis essen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 860 (mögen) |- | :Ich möchte ein Glas Milch trinken. :--- :Was möchtest du trinken? :Ich möchte keine Milch, ich möchte gerne eine Limonade trinken. :Peter möchte nichts trinken. :Er möchte ein Brötchen essen. :Und was möchten Sie? :Wir möchten drei Stück Kuchen. :Uta und Karin, was möchtet ihr haben? :Wir möchten Eis haben. :Uta und Karin möchten Eis essen. |} :'''Ergänzen Sie „wollen“!''' :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 860 (wollen) |- | :Ich will ein Glas Milch trinken. :--- :Was willst du trinken? :Ich will keine Milch, ich will gerne eine Limonade trinken. :Peter will nichts trinken. :Er will ein Brötchen essen. :Und was wollen Sie? :Wir wollen drei Stück Kuchen. :Uta und Karin, was wollt ihr haben? :Wir wollen Eis haben. :Uta und Karin wollen Eis essen. |} 861 :Beispiel: : a. Dieses Buch ist sehr interessant. :⇒ a. Möchtest du es lesen? :⇒ b. Ja, ich möchte es <abbr title="gern = gerne - en: with pleasure">gern</abbr> lesen. :--- :Dieses Buch ist '''<abbr title="neu - en: new">neu</abbr>'''. :Dieses Foto ist sehr schön. :Diese Zeitschrift ist <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent ">ausgezeichnet</abbr>. :Dieses Konzert gefällt mir sehr gut. :Dieses Bild ist <abbr title="wirklich - en: really">wirklich</abbr> schön. :Dieser Brief ist interesant. :Diese '''<abbr title="die Schallplatte - en: record">Schallplatte</abbr>''' ist ganz neu. :Dieser <abbr title="der Film - en: film; movie">Film</abbr> ist '''<abbr title="lustig - en: funny; cheerfull">lustig</abbr>'''. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 861 |- | :Dieses Buch ist sehr interessant. - Möchtest du es lesen? Ja, ich möchte es gern lesen. :--- :Dieses Buch ist neu. - Möchtest du es lesen? Ja, ich möchte es gern lesen. :Dieses Foto ist sehr schön. - Möchtest du ee sehen? Ja, ich möchte es gern sehen. :Diese Zeitschrift ist ausgezeichnet. - Möchtest du sie lesen? Ja, ich möchte sie gern lesen. :Dieses Konzert gefällt mir sehr gut. - Möchtest du es hören? Ja, ich möchte es gern hören. :Dieses Bild ist wirklich schön. - Möchtest du es sehen? Ja, ich möchte es gern sehen. :Dieser Brief ist interesant. - Möchtest du ihn lesen? Ja, ich möchte ihn gern lesen. :Diese Schallplatte ist ganz neu. - Möchtest du sie hören? Ja, ich möchte sie gern hören. :Diese Film ist lustig. - Möchtest du ihn sehen? Ja, ich möchte ihn gern sehen. |} 862 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :Was möchten Sie studieren? :Wo möchten Sie studieren? :--- :Was möchten Sie arbeiten? :Wo möchten Sie arbeiten? :--- :Mit wem möchten Sie sprechen. :Haben Sie einen <abbr title="der Termin - en: appointment">Termin</abbr>? :--- :Was möchten Sie heute Abend machen? :Wen möchten Sie besuchen? :--- :Wann haben Sie Urlaub? :Wohin möchten Sie im Urlaub fahren? 863 :'''Das Modalverb „dürfen“''' :--- :Karin: '''Darf''' ich am Wochenende mit Inge und Anne nach [[:de:w:Potsdam|Potsdam]] '''fahren'''? :Mutter: Warum nicht? <abbr title="selbstverständlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident; natürlich - en: of course, naturally">Selbstverständlich</abbr> '''darfst''' du mit deinen Freundinnen dorthin '''fahren'''. :--- :Karin '''darf''' mit ihren Freundinnen nach Potsdam '''fahren'''. Die Eltern <abbr title="erlauben - en: to allow; to permit">erlauben</abbr> es ihr. :Vor vier Wochen '''durfte''' sie nicht '''fahren''', <abbr title="denn - en: because">denn</abbr> sie war krank. 864 :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can">dürfen</abbr>''' (Präsens) :--- :ich darf :du darfst :er darf :wir dürfen :ihr dürft :sie dürfen 865 :Infinitiv: '''<abbr title="dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can">dürfen</abbr>''' (1. Vergangenheit = Präteritum = Imperfekt) :--- :ich durfte :du durftest :er durfte :wir durften :ihr durftet :sie durften 866 :'''Konjugieren Sie!''' :--- :Ich '''darf''' am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :Ich darf <abbr title="bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly">bestimmt</abbr> <abbr title="bald - en: soon">bald</abbr> <abbr title="wieder - en: again">wieder</abbr> arbeiten. :Ich darf nicht mit den Kindern nach [[:de:w:Dessau|Dessau]] fahren. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 866 |- | :Ich darf am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :Du darfst am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :Er darf am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :Wir dürfen am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :Ihr dürft am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :Wir dürfen am Sonntag ins Theater gehen. :--- :Ich darf bestimmt bald wieder arbeiten. :Du darfst bestimmt bald wieder arbeiten. :Er darf bestimmt bald wieder arbeiten. :Wir dürfen bestimmt bald wieder arbeiten. :Ihr dürft bestimmt bald wieder arbeiten. :Sie dürfen bestimmt bald wieder arbeiten. :--- :Ich darf nicht mit den Kindern nach Dessau fahren. :Du darfst nicht mit den Kindern nach Dessau fahren. :Er darf nicht mit den Kindern nach Dessau fahren. :Wir dürfen nicht mit den Kindern nach Dessau fahren. :Ihr dürft nicht mit den Kindern nach Dessau fahren. :Sie dürfen nicht mit den Kindern nach Dessau fahren. |} 867 :'''Ergänzen Sie „dürfen“!''' :--- :... ich Sie morgen besuchen, Frau Wagner? :Selbstverständlich ... Sie mich morgen besuchen. :Peter, wann ... du deinen Freund besuchen? :Monika und Karin, ... ihr heute Abend mit uns ins Kino gehen? :Wir ... <abbr title="bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly">bestimmt</abbr> mit euch ins Kino gehen, aber wir fragen noch unsere Eltern. :Monika und Karin ... heute Abend ins Kino gehen. :Die Eltern haben es ihnen <abbr title="erlauben - en: to allow">erlaubt</abbr>. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 867 |- | :Darf ich Sie morgen besuchen, Frau Wagner? :Selbstverständlich dürfen Sie mich morgen besuchen. :Peter, wann darfst du deinen Freund besuchen? :Monika und Karin, dürft ihr heute Abend mit uns ins Kino gehen? :Wir dürfen bestimmt mit euch ins Kino gehen, aber wir fragen noch unsere Eltern. :Monika und Karin dürfen heute Abend ins Kino gehen. :Die Eltern haben es ihnen erlaubt. |} 868 :Beispiel: :a. Andreas darf jetzt in den Park gehen. :⇒ a. Darf ich auch in den Park gehen? :⇒ b. Selbstverständlich darfst du auch in den Park gehen. :--- :Uta darf morgen nach Berlin fahren. :Meine Freunde dürfen am Nachmittag '''<abbr title="spazieren gehen - en: to walk; to stroll">spazieren gehen</abbr>'''. :Peter darf heute Abend ins Kino gehen. :Mein Freund darf im Sommer ins Gebirge fahren. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 868 |- | :Andreas darf jetzt in den Park gehen. :Darf ich auch in den Park gehen? :Selbstverständlich darfst du auch in den Park gehen. :--- :Uta darf morgen nach Berlin fahren. :Darf ich auch nach Berlin fahren? :Selbstverständlich darfst du auch nach Berllin fahren. :--- :Meine Freunde dürfen am Nachmittag spazieren gehen. :Darf ich auch spazieren gehen? :Selbstverständlich darfst du auch spazieren gehen. :--- :Peter darf heute Abend ins Kino gehen. :Darf ich auch ins Kino gehen? :Selbstverständlich darfst du auch ins Kino gehen. :--- :Mein Freund darf im Sommer ins Gebirge fahren. :Darf ich auch ins Gebirge fahren? :Selbstverständlich darfst du auch ins Gebirge fahren. |} 869 :Beispiel: :a. Monika und Karin dürfen am Nachmittag im <abbr title="der Park - en: park">Park</abbr> spielen. :⇒ a. Dürfen wir am Nachmittag auch im Park spielen? :⇒ b. Selbstverständlich dürft ihr am Nachmittag auch im Park spielen. :--- :Unsere Freunde dürfen jetzt auf den '''<abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports field">Sportplatz</abbr>''' gehen. :Thomas und Peter dürfen heute die Studenten besuchen. :Andreas darf sich heute diese Bücher kaufen. :Monika darf sich jetzt Eis holen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 869 |- | :Monika und Karin dürfen am Nachmittag im Park spielen. :Dürfen wir am Nachmittag auch im Park spielen? :Selbstverständlich dürft ihr am Nachmittag auch im Park spielen. :--- :Unsere Freunde dürfen jetzt auf den Sportplatz gehen. :Dürfen wir jetzt auch auf den Sportplatz gehen? :Selbstverständlich dürft ihr jetzt auch auf den Sportplatz gehen. :--- :Thomas und Peter dürfen heute die Studenten besuchen. :Dürfen wir heute auch die Studenten besuchen? :Selbstverständlich dürft ihr heute auch die Studenten besuchen. :--- :Andreas darf sich heute diese Bücher kaufen. :Dürfen wir heute auch diese Bücher kaufen? :Selbstverständlich dürft ihr heute auch diese Bücher kaufen. :--- :Monika darf sich jetzt Eis holen. :Dürfen wir jetzt auch Eis holen? :Selbstverständlich dürft ihr jetzt auch Eis holen. |} == 870 - 879 == 870 :Beispiel: :Spreche ich zu <abbr title="leise - en: quiet">leise</abbr>? :⇒ Ja, Sie dürfen nicht <abbr title="so - en: so">so</abbr> leise sprechen. :--- :Spreche ich <abbr title="zu - en: too (too much)">zu</abbr> schnell? :Spricht Hans zu undeutlich? :Schreiben wir zu langsam? :Liest Jürgen zu schnell? :Spricht Sabine zu laut? :Schreibt Andrea zu <abbr title="undeutlich - en: illegible, unclear; deutlich - en: clear, clearly, legible">undeutlich</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 870 |- | :Spreche ich zu leise? - Ja, Sie dürfen nicht so leise sprechen. :--- :Spreche ich zu schnell? - Ja, Sie dürfen nicht so schnell sprechen. :Spricht Hans zu undeutlich? - Ja, er darf nicht so undeutlich sprechen. :Schreiben wir zu langsam? - Ja, ihr dürft nicht so langsam schreiben. :Liest Jürgen zu schnell? - Ja, er darf nicht so schnell lesen. :Spricht Sabine zu laut? - Ja, sie darf nicht so laut sprechen. :Schreibt Andrea zu undeutlich? - Ja, sie darf nicht so undeutlich schreiben. |} 871 :Beispiel: :Wann <abbr title="möchten - en: to want; would like; may">möchtest</abbr> du mit den Kindern nach Berlin fahren? (am Wochenende) :⇒ Darf ich mit den Kindern am Wochenende nach Berlin fahren? :--- :Wann möchten Sie mit Herr'''n''' Neumann sprechen? (<abbr title="heute noch = noch heute - en: still today">heute noch</abbr>) :Wann möchten Sie mich besuchen? (morgen) :Wann möchten Sie die '''<abbr title="der Schüler - en: pupil">Schüler</abbr>''' fotografieren? ('''<abbr title="gleich - en: immediately; very soon; just now">gleich</abbr>''') :Wann möchten Sie den Schülern die Fotos geben? (am Freitag) :Wann möchten Sie mir die Bilder <abbr title="zeigen - en: to show; to point">zeigen</abbr>? (jetzt gleich) :Wann möchten Sie Frau Rheinhold die Zeitschrift <abbr title="bringen - en: to bring">bringen</abbr>? (in der Pause) :Wann möchten Sie essen? (heute Abend) :Wann möchten Sie schlafen? (sehr '''<abbr title="zeitig = früh - en: early">zeitig</abbr>''') :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 871 |- | :Wann möchtest du mit den Kindern nach Berlin fahren? - Darf ich mit den Kindern am Wochenende nach Berlin fahren? :--- :Wann möchten Sie mit Herr'''n''' Neumann sprechen? - Darf ich mit Herr'''n''' Neumann heute noch sprechen? :ODER (Darf ich heute noch mit Herrn Neumann sprechen? :Wann möchten Sie mich besuchen? - Darf ich Sie morgen besuchen? :Wann möchten Sie die Schüler fotografieren? - Darf ich die Schüler gleich fotografieren? :Wann möchten Sie den Schülern die Fotos geben? - Darf ich den Schülern am Freitag die Fotos geben? :Wann möchten Sie mir die Bilder zeigen? - Darf ich Ihnen jetzt gleich die Bilder zeigen? :Wann möchten Sie Frau Rheinhold die Zeitschrift bringen? - Darf ich Frau Rheinhold in der Pause die Zeitschrift bringen? :Wann möchten Sie essen? - Darf ich heute Abend essen? :Wann möchten Sie schlafen? - Darf ich sehr zeitig schlafen? |} 872 :'''Wie fragen Sie höflich?''' :Beispiel: :Sie möchten das Fenster öffnen. :⇒ Darf ich das Fenster öffnen? :--- :Sie möchten Platz nehmen. :Sie möchten <abbr title="rauchen - en: to smoke">rauchen</abbr>. :Sie möchten morgen nach Berlin fahren. :Sie möchten das Buch einmal lesen. :Sie möchten die Fotos einmal sehen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 872 |- | :Sie möchten das Fenster öffnen. - Darf ich das Fenster öffnen? :--- :Sie möchten Platz nehmen. - Darf ich Platz nehmen? :Sie möchten rauchen. - Darf ich rauchen? :Sie möchten morgen nach Berlin fahren. - Darf ich morgen nach Berlin fahren? :Sie möchten das Buch einmal lesen. - Darf ich das Buch einmal lesen? :Sie möchten die Fotos einmal sehen. - Darf ich die Fotos einmal sehen? |} 873 :'''Wie fragen Sie <abbr title="höflich - en: polite">höflich</abbr>?''' :Beispiel: :Sie möchten auf Ihre neue Freundin warten. :⇒ Darf ich auf dich warten? :--- :Sie möchten die junge Frau <abbr title="ein Stück - en: a littel bit; a piece; a portion; a stretch">ein Stück</abbr> '''<abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort">begleiten</abbr>'''. :Sie möchten Frau Sommer etwas fragen. :Sie möchten mit Ihrem Lehrer sprechen. :Sie möchten Ihre Freunde am Wochenende besuchen. :Sie möchten Ihre Lehrerin heute Abend besuchen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 873 |- | :Sie möchten auf Ihre neue Freundin warten. - Darf ich auf dich warten? :--- :Sie möchten die junge Frau ein Stück begleiten. - Darf ich die junge Frau ein Stück begleiten? :ODER (Darf ich Sie ein Stück begleiten?) :Sie möchten Frau Sommer etwas fragen. - Darf ich Frau Sommer etwas fragen? :ODER (Darf ich Sie etwas fragen?) :Sie möchten mit Ihrem Lehrer sprechen. - Darf ich mit meinem Lehrer sprechen? :ODER (Darf ich mit Ihnen sprechen?) :Sie möchten Ihre Freunde am Wochenende besuchen. - Darf ich meine Freunde am Wochenende besuchen? :ODER (Darf ich euch am Wochenende besuchen?) :Sie möchten Ihre Lehrerin heute Abend besuchen. - Darf ich meine Lehrerin heute Abend besuchen? :ODER (Darf ich Sie heute Abend besuchen?) |} 874 :Beispiel: :a. Dieses Buch ist sehr interessant. Haben Sie es schon gelesen? :⇒ b. Nein, <abbr title="noch nicht - en: still not">noch nicht</abbr>, aber ich möchte es gern einmal lesen. <abbr title="Darf ich? - en: May I?">Darf ich?</abbr> :⇒ a. Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Die Fotos in diesem Buch sind sehr schön. :Haben Sie sie schon gesehen? :--- :Diese CD habe ich gestern gekauft. :Haben Sie sie schon gehört? :--- :Diese Zeitschrift ist interessant. :Haben Sie sie schon gelesen? :--- :Die Bilder in diesem Lehrbuch gefallen mir <abbr title="wirklich - en: really">wirklich</abbr> gut. :Haben Sie sie schon gesehen? :--- :Das Konzert auf dieser CD ist wirklich sehr schön. :Haben Sie es schon gehört? :--- :Diese '''<abbr title="die Zeitung - en: newspaper">Zeitung</abbr>''' habe ich <abbr title="gerade gekauft - en: just bought; gerade - en: just; a secon ago">gerade gekauft</abbr>. :Haben Sie sie schon gelesen? :--- :Unser '''Auto''' ist <abbr title="ganz neu - en: absolutely new">ganz neu</abbr>. :Haben Sie es schon gesehen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 874 |- | :Dieses Buch ist sehr interessant. Haben Sie es schon gelesen? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte es gern einmal lesen. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Die Fotos in diesem Buch sind sehr schön. Haben Sie sie schon gesehen? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte es gern einmal sehen. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Diese CD habe ich gestern gekauft. Haben Sie sie schon gehört? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte sie gern einmal hören. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Diese Zeitschrift ist interessant. Haben Sie sie schon gelesen? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte sie gern einmal lesen. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Die Bilder in diesem Lehrbuch gefallen mir wirklich gut. Haben Sie sie schon gesehen? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte sie gern einmal sehen. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Das Konzert auf dieser CD ist wirklich sehr schön. Haben Sie es schon gehört? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte es gern einmal hören. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Diese Zeitung habe ich gerade gekauft. Habe Sie sie schon gelesen? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte sie gern einmal lesen. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Unser Auto ist ganz neu. Haben Sie es schon gesehen? :Nein, noch nicht, aber ich möchte es gern einmal sehen. Darf ich? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. |} 875 [[File:Girl playing.JPG|thumb|Elke spielt]] :Beispiel: :a. Andreas ist krank. (zur Arbeit gehen) :⇒ b. <abbr title="dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can: Präteritum: ich durfte, du durftest, er durfte, wir durften, ihr durftet, sie durften; Imperfekt II: ich habe gedurft, du hast gedurft, er hat gedurft, wird haben gedurft, ihr habt gedurft, sie haben gedurft">Durfte</abbr> er zur Arbeit gehen? :⇒ a. Nein, das durfte er nicht. Aber jetzt ist er wieder gesund, und er darf wieder zur Arbeit gehen. :--- :Monika war krank. (ins Kino gehen) :Thomas und Peter waren krank. (<abbr title="spazieren gehen - en: to walk; to stroll">spazieren gehen</abbr>) :Wir waren krank. (arbeiten) :Herr Meier war krank. (nach Berlin fahren) :Ich war krank. (ins Kino gehen) :Elke war krank. (auf den <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports ground">Sportplatz</abbr> gehen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 875 |- | :Andreas ist krank. :Durfte er zur Arbeit gehen? :Nein, das durfte er nicht. :Aber jetzt ist er wieder gesund, und er darf wieder zur Arbeit gehen. :--- :Monika war krank. :Durfte sie ins Kino gehen? :Nein, das durfte sie nicht. :Aber jetzt ist sie wieder gesund, und sie darf wieder ins Kino gehen. :--- :Thomas und Peter waren krank. :Durften sie spazierengehen? :Nein, das durften sie nicht. :Aber jetzt sind sie wieder gesund, und sie dürfen wieder spazierengehen. :--- :Wir waren krank. :Durften wir arbeiten? :Nein, das durften wir nicht. :Aber jetzt sind wir wieder gesund, und wir dürfen wieder arbeiten. :--- :Herr Meier war krank. :Durfte er nach Berlin fahren? :Nein, das durfte er nicht. :Aber jetzt ist er wieder gesund, und er darf wieder nach Berlin fahren. :--- :Ich war krank. :Durfte ich ins Kino gehen? :Nein, das durfte ich nicht. :Aber jetzt bin ich wieder gesund, und ich darf wieder ins Kino gehen. :--- :Elke war krank. :Durfte sie auf den Sportplatz gehen? :Nein, das durfte sie nicht. :Aber jetzt ist sie wieder gesund, und sie darf wieder auf den Sportplatz gehen. |} 876 :'''Lesen Sie den Text und lernen Sie die neuen Wörter!''' :--- :Heute spricht '''Professor''' Körner :--- :Professor Körner hat eine '''<abbr title="die Reise - en: trip; journey; tour; voyage">Reise</abbr> gemacht'''. Er war 12 Wochen im '''<abbr title="das Ausland - en: foreign country">Ausland</abbr>''', 10 Wochen in Indien und 2 Wochen in Nepal. Heute spricht er in der '''Universität'''. Sein '''<abbr title="der Vortrag - en: lecture">Vortrag</abbr>''' ist <abbr title="bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly">bestimmt</abbr> interessant. Nach dem Vortrag '''<abbr title="laufen - en: to run; to go; to play a movie">läuft</abbr>''' ein '''Film'''. :Der Vortrag '''interessiert''' Thomas. Er möchte ihn nicht '''<abbr title="versäumen - en: to miss; versäumen = verpassen">versäumen</abbr>'''. Uta <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany">begleitet</abbr> ihn. Sie '''haben <abbr title="das Glück - en: luck; Glück haben - en: to be lucky">Glück</abbr>''' und <abbr title="bekommen - en: to get; to receive">bekommen</abbr> noch einen Platz. 877 :'''Darf ich Sie <abbr title="einladen - en: to invite">einladen</abbr>?''' :--- :Herr a. Ich habe Sie aber lange nicht gesehen. :Frau b. Ich war im Ausland. Ich habe eine Reise nach Moskau gemacht. :a. Das habe ich nicht gewusst. War es interessant? :b. Ja, ich habe viel gesehen. :a. Ich möchte Sie etwas fragen. Was machen Sie heute Abend? Darf ich Sie ins Kino einladen? :b. Heute? <abbr title="Es tut mir leid. - en: I am sorry.">Es tut mir leid.</abbr> Heute <abbr title="es geht nicht = es ist nicht möglich - en: it is not possible">geht es nicht</abbr>. :a. <abbr title="Schade! - en: Too bad! What a shame! Pity! ">Schade!</abbr> Warum nicht? :b. Professor Neumann '''<abbr title="einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture">hält</abbr>''' einen '''Vortrag'''. Ich möchte ihn nicht <abbr title="versäumen - en: to miss">versäumen</abbr>. :a. <abbr title="Und was ist morgen? = Und morgen? - en: And what is tomorrow?">Und was ist morgen?</abbr> :b. Morgen geht es <abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe">vielleicht</abbr>. :a. Das ist schön. Wir gehen zuerst ins Kino und dann in ein Restaurant. :b. Und in welches Kino gehen wir? :a. In dem kleinen Kino am Marktplatz läuft ein Dokumentarfilm über Affen. Ein Freund hat mir diesen Film sehr empfohlen. :b. Das interessiert mich auch. :a. Dann warte ich morgen am Kino 19.45 Uhr. '''Ist Ihnen das Recht?''' :b. Ja, <abbr title="passen - en: to fit; das passt mir - en: it fits me; this is OK for me">das passt mir</abbr>. Gut, morgen Abend am Kino. :a. Wohin gehen wir jetzt? :b. In die Universität. :a. Darf ich Sie <abbr title="noch - en: still; more">noch</abbr> ein '''Stück''' begleiten? :b. Gern. 878 :'''An der Kinokasse''' :--- :a. Bitte zwei Karten für morgen Abend. :Kassiererin: Für welche <abbr title="die Vorstellung - en: presentation; performance">Vorstellung</abbr>? :a. Für 20.00 Uhr, Kino 6. :Kassiererin: Sie haben Glück, <abbr title="mein Herr - en: mister; (My Lord)">mein Herr</abbr>. Ich habe noch 2 Karten, <abbr title="die Reihe - en: raw">Reihe</abbr> 18. Möchten Sie auch ein Programm? :a: Ja, bitte. :Kassiererin: 18 Euro bitte. 879 :Fragen zum Text :--- :Warum hat Herr A Frau B lange nicht gesehen? :Wohin möchte Herr A mit Frau B gehen? :Welcher Film läuft im Kino? :Wo wartet Herr A auf Frau B? :Wann wartet er? :Für welche Vorstellung kauft Herr A Karten? :Wo sind die Plätze? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 879 |- | :Warum hat Herr A Frau B lange nicht gesehen? - Frau B war im Ausland, in Moskau. :Wohin möchte Herr A mit Frau B gehen? - Er möchte mit ihr ins Kino gehen. :Welcher Film läuft im Kino? - Im Kino läuft ein Dokumentarfilm über Affen. :Wo wartet Herr A auf Frau B? - Er wartet am Kino auf sie. :Wann wartet er? - Er wartet 19.45 Uhr auf sie. :Für welche Vorstellung kauft Herr A Karten? - Er kauft Karten für 20.00 Uhr. :Wo sind die Plätze? - Die Plätze sind in Reihe 18. |} == 880 - 889 == 880 :Übungen zum Wortschatz :Lesen und lernen Sie die Beispiele :--- :2x '''<abbr title="laufen - en: to go; to run">laufen</abbr>''' :Herr Neumann '''<abbr title="laufen - en: to go; to run">läuft</abbr>''' in die Universität, er fährt nicht mit dem Auto. :Im Kino '''<abbr title="laufen - en: to run; they give a film in the cinema">läuft</abbr>''' ein Film. :--- :Infinitiv: '''laufen''' :ich laufe :du läufst :er läuft :wir laufen :ihr lauft :sie laufen 881 :2x '''Film''' :--- :Im Kino läuft ein '''Film'''. :Im Fernsehen läuft ein '''Film'''. :Ich brauche einen '''Film''' für meinen alten Fotoapparat. :Eine Digitalkamera arbeitet ohne '''Film'''. :--- :Ich fotografiere im <abbr title="der Urlaub - en: vacation; holiday">Urlaub</abbr> sehr viel. (Fotoapparat) :Ich <abbr title="filmen - en: to film">filme</abbr> im Urlaub sehr viel. (Videokamera) :--- :Infinitiv: '''filmen''' :ich filme :du filmst :er filmt :wir filmen :ihr filmt :sie filmen 882 :3x '''<abbr title="halten - en: to hold; to stop; to give a lecture">halten</abbr>''' :Sie möchte gehen. Sie zieht ihren Mantel an. Er '''<abbr title="halten - en: to hold">hält</abbr>''' ihr den Mantel. Er ist ein <abbr title="der Gentleman - en: gentleman">Gentleman</abbr>. :Der Zug '''<abbr title="halten - en: to stop">hält</abbr>''', er fährt nicht. :Professor Neumann '''<abbr title="einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture">hält</abbr>''' einen Vortrag. :--- :Infinitiv: '''halten''' :ich halte :du hältst :er hält :wir halten :ihr haltet :sie halten 883 :das <abbr title="das Ausland - en: foreign country">Ausland</abbr> (der <abbr title="der Ausländer - en: foreigner">Ausländer</abbr>) :das Inland :--- :Beispiel: :Herr Schäfer fährt nach Polen. :⇒ Ist er schon <abbr title="oft - en: often">oft</abbr> im Ausland gewesen? :⇒ Ja, er fährt oft ins Ausland. :⇒ Ist er schon oft in Polen gewesen? :⇒ Ja, er fährt oft nach Polen. :--- :Herr Koch fährt nach Argentinien. :Wir fahren nach Kanada. :Frau Berger fährt nach <abbr title="Kapstadt - en: Cape Town; das Kap; die Stadt">Kapstadt</abbr> und Nairobi. :Frau Bauer fährt nach Irland. :Unser Professor fährt auch nach <abbr title="Schottland - en: Scotland">Schottland</abbr>. :Die Studenten fahren auf die [[:w:Islas del Canal|Kanalinseln]]. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 883 |- | :Herr Schäfer fährt nach Polen. :Ist er schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, er fährt oft ins Ausland. :Ist er schon oft in Polen gewesen? :Ja, er fährt oft nach Polen. :--- :Herr Koch fährt nach Argentinien. :Ist er schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, er fährt oft ins Ausland. :Ist er schon oft in Argentinien gewesen? :Ja, er fährt oft nach Argentinien. :--- :Wir fahren nach Kanada. :Seid ihr schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, wir fahren oft ins Ausland. :Seid ihr schon oft in Kanada gewesen? :Ja, wir fahren oft nach Kanada. :--- :Frau Berger fährt nach Kapstadt und Nairobi. :Ist sie schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, sie fährt oft ins Ausland. :Ist sie schon oft in Kapstadt und Nairobi gewesen? :Ja, sie fährt oft nach Kapstadt und Nairobi. :--- :Frau Bauer fährt nach Irland. :Ist sie schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, sie fährt oft ins Ausland. :Ist sie schon oft in Irland gewesen? :Ja, sie fährt oft nach Irland. :--- :Unser Professor fährt auch nach Schottland. :Ist er schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, er fährt oft ins Ausland. :Ist er schon oft in Schottlandgewesen? :Ja, er fährt oft nach Schottland. :--- :Die Studenten fahren auf die Kanalinseln. :Sind sie schon oft im Ausland gewesen? :Ja, sie fahren oft ins Ausland. :Sind sie schon oft auf den Kanalinseln gewesen? :Ja, sie fahren oft auf die Kanalinseln. |} 884 :'''interessieren''' :Beispiel: :(Film) :⇒ Interessiert Sie dieser Film? :⇒ Ja, dieser Film interessiert mich. :--- :(Dokumentarfilm, Vortrag, Buch, Bücher, Zeitschrift, Zeitschriften, Reisen, Foto, Fotos) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 884 (a) |- | :Interessiert Sie dieser Film? - Ja, dieser Film interessiert mich. :--- :Interessiert Sie dieser Dokumentarfilm? - Ja, dieser Dokumentarfilm interessiert mich. :Interessiert Sie dieser Vortrag? - Ja, dieser Vortrag interessiert mich. :Interessiert Sie dieses Buch? - Ja, dieses Buch interessiert mich. :Interessieren Sie diese Bücher? - Ja, diese Bücher interessieren mich. :Interessiert Sie diese Zeitschrift? - Ja, diese Zeitschrift interessiert mich. :Interessieren Sie diese Zeitschriften? - Ja, diese Zeitschriften interessieren mich. :Interessieren Sie diese Reisen? - Ja, diese Reisen interessieren mich. :Interessiert Sie dieses Foto? - Ja, dieses Foto interessiert mich. :Interessieren Sie diese Fotos? - Ja, diese Fotos interessieren mich. |} :Beispiel: :(Film) :⇒ Interessiert Sie dieser Film? :⇒ Nein, dieser Film interessiert mich nicht. :--- :(Filme, Zeitschrift, Zeitschriften, Reisen, Foto, Fotos, Dokumentarfilm, Vortrag, Buch, Bücher) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 884 (b) |- | :Interessiert Sie dieser Film? - Nein, dieser Film interessiert mich nicht. :--- :Interessieren Sie diese Filme? - Nein, diese Filme interessieren mich nicht. :Interessiert Sie diese Zeitschrift? - Nein, diese Zeitschrift interessiert mich nicht. :Interessieren Sie diese Zeitschriften? - Nein, diese Zeitschriften interessieren mich nicht. :Interessieren Sie diese Reisen? - Nein, diese Reisen interessieren mich nicht. :Interessiert Sie dieses Foto? - Nein, dieses Foto interessiert mich nicht. :Interessieren Sie diese Fotos? - Nein, diese Fotos interessieren mich nicht. :Interessiert Sie dieser Dokumentarfilm? - Nein, dieser Dokumentarfilm interessiert mich nicht. :Interessiert Sie dieser Vortrag? - Nein, dieser Vortrag interessiert mich nicht. :Interessiert Sie dieses Buch? - Nein, dieses Buch interessiert mich nicht. :Interessieren Sie diese Bücher? - Nein, diese Bücher interessieren mich nicht. |} 885 :'''<abbr title="Ist Ihnen das Recht? - en: Is this OK for you?">Ist Ihnen das Recht?</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wir gehen ins Kino. :⇒ Wir gehen ins Kino. Ist Ihnen das recht? :⇒ Ja, ich bin <abbr title="einverstanden sein - en: to agree">einverstanden</abbr>. :⇒ Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Wir gehen in ein Restaurant. :Wir gehen in eine <abbr title="die Gaststätte = das Restaurant- en: restaurant">Gaststätte</abbr>. :Ich hole Kinokarten. :Ich warte am Kino auf Sie. :Ich <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany ">begleite</abbr> Sie noch ein Stück. :Wir gehen nicht ins Theater. :Wir haben Karten für Reihe 5 gekauft. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 885 |- | :Wir gehen ins Kino. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Wir gehen in ein Restaurant. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Wir gehen in eine Gaststätte. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Ich hole Kinokarten. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Ich warte am Kino auf Sie. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Ich begleite Sie noch ein Stück. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Wir gehen nicht ins Theater. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. :--- :Wir haben Karten für Reihe 5 gekauft. Ist Ihnen das recht? :Ja, ich bin einverstanden. :Ja, das ist mir recht. |} 886 :'''<abbr title="Es tut mir leid. - en: I am sorry.">Es tut mir leid.</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :Begleiten Sie mich noch ein Stück? :⇒ Es tut mir leid, heute geht es nicht. :--- :Halten Sie morgen den Vortrag? :Schreiben Sie jetzt an den Professor? :Kommen Sie heute Abend in das Restaurant? :Zeigen Sie mir am Nachmittag die Bücher? :Warten Sie um 12 Uhr auf mich? :Bringen Sie mir heute die Kinokarten? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 886 |- | :Begleiten Sie mich noch ein Stück? - Es tut mir leid, heute geht es nicht. :--- :Halten Sie morgen den Vortrag? - Es tut mir leid, morgen geht es nicht. :Schreiben Sie jetzt an den Professor? - Es tut mir leid, jetzt geht es nicht. :Kommen Sie heute Abend in das Restaurant? - Es tut mir leid, heute Abend geht es nicht. :Zeigen Sie mir am Nachmittag die Bücher? - Es tut mir leid, am Nachmittag geht es nicht. :Warten Sie um 12 Uhr auf mich? - Es tut mir leid, um 12 Uhr geht es nicht. :Bringen Sie mir heute die Kinokarten? - Es tut mir leid, heute geht es nicht. |} 887 :a. Was machen Sie heute Abend? Darf ich Sie ins Konzert einladen? :b. Heute? Das tut mir leid, heute geht es leider nicht. :a. Warum nicht? :b. Heute habe ich keine Zeit, ich bekomme Besuch von Freunden. :a. Und morgen? :b. Morgen geht es vielleicht. 888 :Übungen zur Phonetik :--- :ng = [ŋ] :bri'''ng'''en - Bri'''ng'''en Sie mir bitte mein Buch! :kli'''ng'''eln - Das Telefon kli'''ng'''elt. Es kli'''ng'''elt. :<abbr title="hängen - en: to hang">hä'''ng'''en</abbr> - Hä'''ng'''en Sie den Mantel in den Schrank! :Zeitu'''ng''' - Er bri'''ng'''t mir meine Zeitu'''ng'''. :<abbr title="die Überraschung - en: surprise">Überraschu'''ng'''</abbr> - I'''ng'''e hat eine Überraschu'''ng''' für mich. :Einladu'''ng''' - I'''ng'''e bri'''ng'''t mir eine Einladu'''ng'''. :<abbr title="die Vorstellung - en: cinema presentation; performance">Vorstellu'''ng'''</abbr> - Im Kino sind drei Vorstellu'''ng'''en. :<abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture">Vorlesu'''ng'''</abbr> - Thomas hat heute zwei Vorlesu'''ng'''en. :<abbr title="die Ordnung - en: order">Ordnu'''ng'''</abbr> - Das ist nicht in Ordnu'''ng'''. 889 :I'''ng'''e, bri'''ng'''en, <abbr title="klingeln - en: to ring">kli'''ng'''eln</abbr>, <abbr title="hängen - en: to hang">hä'''ng'''en</abbr>, Zeitu'''ng''', Einladu'''ng''', <abbr title="die Entschuldigung - en: excuse">Entschuldigu'''ng'''</abbr>, Vorstellu'''ng''', Ordnu'''ng''' :<abbr title="Gute Besserung! - en: Get well soon!">Gute Besseru'''ng'''!</abbr> :Zeitu'''ng''' - Zeitu'''ng'''en :Vorlesu'''ng''' - Vorlesu'''ng'''en :Einladu'''ng''' - Einladu'''ng'''en :Vorstellu'''ng''' - Vorstellu'''ng'''en == 890 - 899 == 890 :Übungen zum verstehenden Lesen :Lesen Sie und wiederholen Sie! :--- :Beispiel: :Die Studenten haben am Montag 4 Stunden Englisch. Sie haben am Montag auch eine Stunde Sport. :⇒ Die Studenten haben am Montag 4 Stunden Englisch und eine Stunde Sport. :--- :Karin und Uta haben am Dienstag 2 Stunden Physik und 2 Stunden Mathematik. Sie haben am Dienstag auch 2 Stunden Deutsch. :--- :Anne und Inge haben am Donnerstag 1 Stunde Sport und 1 Stunde Chemie gehabt. Sie haben am Donnerstag auch 1 Stunde Mathematik gehabt. :--- :Andreas geht heute Nachmittag auf den <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports ground">Sportplatz</abbr>. Er geht heute Nachmittag auch in die Stadt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 890 |- | :Die Studenten haben am Montag 4 Stunden Englisch. Sie haben am Montag auch eine Stunde Sport. :Die Studenten haben am Montag 4 Stunden Englisch und eine Stunde Sport. :--- :Karin und Uta haben am Dienstag 2 Stunden Physik und 2 Stunden Mathematik. Sie haben am Dienstag auch 2 Stunden Deutsch. :Karin und Uta haben am Dienstag 2 Stunden Physik, 2 Stunden Mathematik und 2 Stunden Deutsch. :--- :Anne und Inge haben am Donnerstag 1 Stunde Sport und 1 Stunde Chemie gehabt. Sie haben am Donnerstag auch 1 Stunde Mathematik gehabt. :Anne und Inge haben am Donnerstag 1 Stunde Sport, 1 Stunde Chemie und 1 Stunde Mathematik gehabt. :--- :Andreas geht heute Nachmittag auf den <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports ground">Sportplatz</abbr>. Er geht heute Nachmittag auch in die Stadt. :Andreas geht heute Nachmittag auf den Sportplatz und in die Stadt. |} 891 :Beispiel: :Inge fährt heute zu ihrem <abbr title="der Onkel - en: uncle">Onkel</abbr>. Karin fährt morgen zu ihrem Bruder. :⇒ Inge fährt heute zu ihrem Onkel, Karin morgen zu ihrem Bruder. :--- :Inge fährt mit dem Fahrrad. Karin fährt mit dem Zug. :--- :Andreas ist am Montag auf den <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sport ground">Sportplatz</abbr> gegangen. Frau Lehmann ist mit Peter am Nachmittag in den Wald gegangen. :--- :Herr Lehmann ist um 16 Uhr nach Hause gekommen. Frau Lehmann ist um 17 Uhr nach Hause gekommen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 891 |- | :Inge fährt heute zu ihrem Onkel. Karin fährt morgen zu ihrem Bruder. :Inge fährt heute zu ihrem Onkel, Karin morgen zu ihrem Bruder. :--- :Inge fährt mit dem Fahrrad. Karin fährt mit dem Zug. :Inge fährt mit dem Fahrrad, Karin mit dem Zug. :--- :Andreas ist am Montag auf den Sportplatz gegangen. Frau Lehmann ist mit Peter am Nachmittag in den Wald gegangen. :Andreas ist am Montag auf den Sportplatz gegangen, Frau Lehmann mit Peter am Nachmittag in den Wald. :--- :Herr Lehmann ist um 16 Uhr nach Hause gekommen. Frau Lehmann ist um 17 Uhr nach Hause gekommen. :Herr Lehmann ist um 16 Uhr nach Hause gekommen, Frau Lehmann um 17 Uhr. |} 892 :'''Lesen Sie und antworten Sie dann!''' :--- :Karin ist heute 7.30 Uhr in die Schule gegangen. Sie hat 5 Stunden Unterricht. 13 Uhr geht Karin nach Hause. :Wie viel Stunden Unterricht hat Karin? :--- :Herr Weber geht schon 5.45 Uhr in seinen Betrieb. Seine Arbeit beginnt 6.30 Uhr. <abbr title="ungefähr - en: about; approximately; roughly">Ungefähr</abbr> 16.30 Uhr ist er wieder zu Hause. Am Sonnabend arbeitet er nicht. :Wann beginnt seine Arbeit? :--- :Andreas ist <abbr title="täglich - en: daily; every day">täglich</abbr> schon um 8 Uhr im Institut. Dort bleibt er bis 14 Uhr. Am Nachmittag arbeitet er zu Hause oder in einer Bibliothek. :Wie viel Stunden ist er im Institut? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 892 |- | :Wie viel Stunden Unterricht hat Karin? - Sie hat 5 Stunden Unterricht. :Wann beginnt seine Arbeit? - Seine Arbeit beginnt 6.30 Uhr. :Wie viel Stunden ist er im Institut? - Er ist 6 Stunden im Institut. (von 8 bis 14 Uhr) |} 892a :'''Achtung!''' :um 8 Uhr = [um 8] :bis 11 Uhr = [bis 11] :<abbr title="ab - en: from; starting from">ab</abbr> 12 Uhr = [ab 12] :ABER NICHT: :um 13 Uhr [RICHTIG] = [um 13 - FALSCH!] :bis 14 Uhr [RICHTIG]= [bis 14 - FALSCH!] :ab 20 Uhr [RICHTIG]= [ab 20 - FALSCH!] :--- :Ab 13 Uhr wird das Wort „Uhr“ nicht <abbr title="weglassen - en: to omit">weggelassen</abbr>. 893 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Heute regnet es nicht. Das Wetter ist schön. Anne und Inge fahren mit den Fahrrädern in den Wald. Direkt am <abbr title="der See - en: lake">See</abbr> ist ein Sportplatz. Die Mädchen bleiben heute nicht auf dem <abbr title="der Sportplatz - en: sports ground">Sportplatz</abbr>. Sie fahren zum See. Inge ist schon einmal mit ihrem Onkel hier gewesen. Sie zeigt ihrer Freundin alles. 893a :'''Was ist das?''' <gallery> File:Carrots with stems.jpg|Bild 1 File:White chicken egg square.jpg|Bild 2 File:Onion.jpg|Bild 3 File:Garlic.jpg|Bild 4 File:Milk - olly claxton.jpg|Bild 5 File:Emmentaler.jpg|Bild 6 File:Assamveggie.jpg|Bild 7 File:Flickr - cyclonebill - Bolle med appelsinmarmelade.jpg|Bild 8 File:Lebensmittel-im-supermarkt-by-RalfR-05.jpg|Bild 9 File:Butterdose.jpg|Bild 10 File:MielCristalizada.jpg|Bild 11 File:Obstkorb.jpg|Bild 12 File:Blade steak.jpg|Bild 13 File:Deep-fried Carp - Kolkata 2011-02-17 1410.JPG|Bild 14 File:Wurst (Bruehwurst).jpg|Bild 15 File:Café en grano (6776490006).jpg|Bild 16 File:Mug of Picwick tea.JPG|Bild 17 File:Ramlösa water (1).jpg|Bild 18 File:Coca-Cola Hesburger.JPG|Bild 19 File:Bread rolls.JPG|Bild 20 File:Mischbrot-1.jpg|Bild 21 File:Nasi putih cooked rice.JPG|Bild 22 File:Nudeln trocken makro.jpg|Bild 23 File:Oyster-Vermicelli.jpg|Bild 24 File:Kokosnussdrink.jpg|Bild 25 File:Ananas.jpg|Bild 26 File:Persea americana 2.jpg|Bild 27 File:Corbeille d'aubergines.JPG|Bild 28 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 893a |- | <gallery> File:Carrots with stems.jpg|Bild 1: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Karotte File:White chicken egg square.jpg|Bild 2: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Ei File:Onion.jpg|Bild 3: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Zwiebel File:Garlic.jpg|Bild 4: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Knoblauch File:Milk - olly claxton.jpg|Bild 5: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Milch File:Emmentaler.jpg|Bild 6: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Käse File:Assamveggie.jpg|Bild 7: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Gemüse File:Flickr - cyclonebill - Bolle med appelsinmarmelade.jpg|Bild 8: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Marmelade File:Lebensmittel-im-supermarkt-by-RalfR-05.jpg|Bild 9: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Konfitüre File:Butterdose.jpg|Bild 10: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Butter File:MielCristalizada.jpg|Bild 11: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Honig File:Obstkorb.jpg|Bild 12: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Obst File:Blade steak.jpg|Bild 13: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Fleisch File:Deep-fried Carp - Kolkata 2011-02-17 1410.JPG|Bild 14: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Fisch File:Wurst (Bruehwurst).jpg|Bild 15: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Wurst File:Café en grano (6776490006).jpg|Bild 16: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Kaffee File:Mug of Picwick tea.JPG|Bild 17: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Tee File:Ramlösa water (1).jpg|Bild 18: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Mineralwasser File:Coca-Cola Hesburger.JPG|Bild 19: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Cola File:Bread rolls.JPG|Bild 20: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Brötchen File:Mischbrot-1.jpg|Bild 21: {{RespuestaGris|das}} Brot File:Nasi putih cooked rice.JPG|Bild 22: {{RespuestaGris|der}} Reis File:Nudeln trocken makro.jpg|Bild 23: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Nudel File:Oyster-Vermicelli.jpg|Bild 24: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Nudeln (nicht ganz identisch mit ''Pasta'' = die Teigwaren) File:Kokosnussdrink.jpg|Bild 25: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Kokosnuss File:Ananas.jpg|Bild 26: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Ananas File:Persea americana 2.jpg|Bild 27: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Avocado File:Corbeille d'aubergines.JPG|Bild 28: {{RespuestaGris|die}} Aubergine (= die Eierfrucht) </gallery> |} 894 :Das <abbr title="denken - en: to think; das Denken - en: the thinking">Denken</abbr> soll man den <abbr title="das Pferd - en: horse">Pferden</abbr> <abbr title="überlassen - en: to leave">überlassen</abbr>, die haben den <abbr title="größer - en: bigger">größeren</abbr> <abbr title="der Kopf - en: head">Kopf</abbr>. :Das <abbr title="fünfte = 5. - en: fifth; 5th">fünfte</abbr> <abbr title="das Rad - en: wheel">Rad</abbr> am <abbr title="der Wagen - en: carriage; car">Wagen</abbr> sein. :Das <abbr title="letzte, letzter - en: last">letzte</abbr> <abbr title="das Hemd - en: shirt">Hemd</abbr> hat keine <abbr title="die Tasche (an Hemd oder Hose) - en: pocket">Taschen</abbr>. :Das <abbr title="das Leben - en: life">Leben</abbr> ist kein Pony<abbr title="der Hof - en: courtyard; yard; der Ponyhof - en: pony club center; Das Leben ist kein Ponyhof - en: Life is no walk in the park. Life is not a bowl of cherry.">hof</abbr>. 895 :Das Leben ist kein Zuckerschlecken. :Das Leben ist kein <abbr title="das Konzert - en: concert; wünschen - en: to wish; der Wunsch - en: the desire">Wunschkonzert</abbr>. :Das macht das <abbr title="das Kraut - en: herb; Plural: die Kräuter">Kraut</abbr> auch nicht mehr <abbr title="fett - en: fat; (rich)">fett</abbr>. :Das <abbr title="schlagen - en: to hit; to blow; ausschlagen - en: to blow out">schlägt</abbr> dem <abbr title="das Fass - en: barrel">Fass</abbr> den <abbr title="der Boden - en: floor; bottom">Boden</abbr> aus. 896 :Anmachsprüche: :#Hi, ich möchte dich auf <abbr title="etwas - en: something">etwas</abbr> <abbr title="aufmerksam machen - en: to draw attention">aufmerksam machen</abbr>. -- (Auf was?) -- Auf mich. :#Wollen wir <abbr title="morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning">morgen früh</abbr> zusammen frühstücken? :#Na wie geht's? -- (Gut) -- Ich habe gefragt, wie es dir geht - nicht wie du <abbr title="aussehen - en: to look like">aussiehst</abbr>. (<abbr title="du siehst gut aus - en: you are looking good">du siehst gut aus</abbr>) :#Boah, du <abbr title="stinken - en: to stink; to smell">stinkst</abbr>. Wir sollten zusammen duschen. :#Es ist heute sehr warm, oder? Oder bist du <abbr title="so - en: so">so</abbr> heiß? 897 :<abbr title="der Anmachspruch - en: pick-up line">Anmachsprüche</abbr>: :#Sind deine Eltern Architekten oder warum bist du so <abbr title="verdammt - en: damned">verdammt</abbr> gut <abbr title="bauen - en: to build; gebaut - en: built">gebaut</abbr>? :#Habt ihr <abbr title="die Lust - en: pleasure">Lust</abbr> auf einen <abbr title="der (flotte) Dreier - en: threesome">Dreier</abbr>? :#Ich <abbr title="reden = sprechen - en: to speak">rede</abbr> gerne mit <abbr title="fremd - en: alien; (stranger)">fremden</abbr> Frauen, die mir <abbr title="gefallen - en: to like">gefallen<abbr>. Ich bin doch total sympatisch, oder? :#Ich <abbr title="ich finde - en: to find; I think; finden - en: to find">fand</abbr> dich sympatisch. <abbr title="Was hältst du davon? - en: What do you think about this?; davon - en: from this; halten für - en: to consider">Was hältst du davon</abbr>, wenn wir uns <abbr title="irgendwann - en: sometime">irgendwann</abbr> mal auf eine Tasse Kaffe <abbr title="sich treffen - en: to come together; to meet; treffen - en: to meet">treffen</abbr>? :#Hi, <abbr title="glauben - en: to believe">glaubst</abbr> du an Liebe auf den <abbr title="erster; erste - en: first">ersten</abbr> <abbr title="der Blick - en: view; look; sight; glimpse">Blick</abbr> oder <abbr title="müssen - en: have to; must">muss</abbr> ich noch mal <abbr title="vorbei laufen - en: walk by; laufen = gehen - en: to walk">vorbei laufen</abbr>? <abbr title="warten - en: to wait">Warte</abbr>, ich lauf <abbr title="noch mal - en: one again">noch mal</abbr> vorbei. - (zurück gehen) - Hi, glaubst du an Liebe auf den ersten Blick? 898 :[[File:Fist by David Shankbone.jpg|thumb|die <abbr title="die Faust - en: fist">Faust</abbr>]] :die <abbr title="die Hand - en: hand">Hand</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Finger - en: finger">Finger</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Daumen - en: thumb">Daumen</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Zeigefinger - en: index finger; zeigen - en: to shop; to point">Zeigefinger</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Mittelfinger - en: middle finger; die Mitte - en: center; midpoint; middle">Mittelfinger</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Ringfinger - en: ring finger; der Ring - en: the ring">Ringfinger</abbr> :der <abbr title="der kleine Finger - en: pinky finger; little finger">kleine Finger</abbr> :--- :Kinder<abbr title="der Reim - en: rhyme; der Rhein - en: Rhine (river)">reim</abbr>: :Das ist der Daumen, :der <abbr title="schütteln - en: to shake">schüttelt</abbr> die <abbr title="die Pflaume - en: plum; der Pflaumenbaum - en: plum tree">Pflaumen</abbr> (= Zeigefinger), :der <abbr title="sammeln - en: to collect">sammelt</abbr> sie alle auf (= Mittelfinger), :der <abbr title="tragen - en: to carry">trägt</abbr> sie <abbr title="nach Hause - en: back home">nach Haus'</abbr> (= Ringfinger) :und der kleine, der <abbr title="essen - en: to eat; aufessen - en: to eat up (everything)">isst</abbr> sie alle auf (= kleiner Finger) :[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hZa-23YANVQ Das ist der Daumen] (1) :[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=at5CTjT5kVY Das ist der Daumen] (2) :[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7DU4GV_KmLw Das ist der Daumen] (3) :--- :<abbr title="das Messer - en: knife">Messer</abbr>, <abbr title="die Gabel - en: fork">Gabel</abbr>, <abbr title="die Schere - en: scissors">Schere</abbr> und <abbr title="das Licht - en: light; das Feuer - en: fire; das Streichholz - match; das Feuerzeug - en: lighter; die Kerze - en: candle">Licht</abbr> – sind für kleine Kinder nicht. 899 :Kinder<abbr title="das Lied - en: song">lied</abbr>: :--- :[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hd4F4pd2w-A Backe, backe Kuchen] :<abbr title="backen - en: to bake">Backe</abbr>, backe <abbr title="der Kuchen - en: cake">Kuchen</abbr>, :Der <abbr title="der Bäcker - en: baker">Bäcker</abbr> hat gerufen. :Wer will guten Kuchen backen, :der muss haben sieben <abbr title="die Sache - en: thing">Sachen</abbr>, :<abbr title="das Ei - en: egg">Eier</abbr> und <abbr title="das Schmalz - en: lard">Schmalz</abbr>, :<abbr title="die Butter - en: butter">Butter</abbr> und <abbr title="das Salz - en: salt">Salz</abbr>, :<abbr title="die Milch - en: milk">Milch</abbr> und <abbr title="das Mehl - en: flour">Mehl</abbr>, :<abbr title="der Safran - en: safran; saffron">Safran</abbr> macht den Kuchen <abbr title="gehl = gelb - en: yello">gehl</abbr>! :<abbr title="schieben - en: to push; to shove">Schieb</abbr>, schieb in den <abbr title="der Ofen - en: oven">Ofen</abbr> rein. 899a :Kinder<abbr title="das Lied - en: song">lied</abbr>: :[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ot_KalFwY-0 Hoppe hoppe Reiter] :[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7cD69v7mJYg Hoppe hoppe Reiter] (auf den Beinen) :--- :<abbr title="hop! - en: Jump!; Alez Hop!">Hoppe</abbr> hoppe <abbr title="der Reiter - en: rider; reiten - en: to ride">Reiter</abbr>, wenn er <abbr title="fallen - en: to fall">fällt</abbr>, dann <abbr title="schreien - en: to cry; to scream">schreit</abbr> er. :Fällt er in den <abbr title="der Graben - en: ditch">Graben</abbr>, <abbr title="fressen - en: to devour; to eat">fressen</abbr> ihn die <abbr title="der Rabe - en: raven">Raben</abbr>. :Fällt er in den <abbr title="der Sumpf - en: swamp">Sumpf</abbr>, macht der Reiter <abbr title="plumps! - en: Thud! (a sound from falling); Plop!">plumps</abbr>! :--- :Hoppe hoppe Reiter, wenn er fällt, dann schreit er. :Fällt er in die <abbr title="die Hecke - en: hedge">Hecken</abbr>, fressen ihn die <abbr title="die Schnecke - en: snail">Schnecken</abbr>. :Fällt er in den Sumpf, macht der Reiter plumps! :--- :Hoppe hoppe Reiter, wenn er fällt, dann schreit er. :Fällt er auf die <abbr title="der Stein - en: stone">Steine</abbr>, tun ihm <abbr title="wehtun - en: to hurt; to ache">weh</abbr> die <abbr title="das Bein - en: leg">Beine</abbr>. :Fällt er in den Sumpf, macht der Reiter plumps! :--- :Hoppe hoppe Reiter, wenn er fällt, dann schreit er. :Fällt er in den <abbr title="der Teich - en: pond">Teich</abbr>, <abbr title="finden - en: to find">find'</abbr> ihn <abbr title="keiner = niemand - en: nobody">keiner</abbr> <abbr title="gleich - en: immediately">gleich</abbr>. :Fällt er in den Sumpf, macht der Reiter plumps! == Vokabular: Lektion 021 == : bleiben - en: to stay : gehen - en: to go; to continue : der Pflaumenmus - en: plum jam : Bayern - en: Bavaria (federal state) : das Wochenende - en: weekend : beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin : mögen - en: to want; to like : die Kantine - en: canteen : mögen - en: to want; to like : nachher = später - en: later; later on; after this : rauchen - en: to smoke : nachher = später - en: later; later on; after this : wollen - en: to want : gern = gerne - en: with pleasure : selbstverständlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident : natürlich - en: of course, naturally : erlauben - en: to allow; to permit : denn - en: because : dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can : dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can : bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly : bald - en: soon : wieder - en: again : bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly : erlauben - en: to allow : spazieren gehen - en: to walk; to stroll : der Park - en: park : der Sportplatz - en: sports field : leise - en: quiet : so - en: so : zu - en: too (too much) : undeutlich - en: illegible, unclear; deutlich - en: clear, clearly, legible : möchten - en: to want; would like; may : heute noch = noch heute - en: still today : der Schüler - en: pupil : gleich - en: immediately; very soon; just now : zeigen - en: to show; to point : bringen - en: to bring : zeitig = früh - en: early : rauchen - en: to smoke : höflich - en: polite : ein Stück - en: a littel bit; a piece; a portion; a stretch : begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort : noch nicht - en: still not : Darf ich? - en: May I? : wirklich - en: really : die Zeitung - en: newspaper : gerade gekauft - en: just bought; gerade - en: just; a secon ago : ganz neu - en: absolutely new : dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can : spazieren gehen - en: to walk; to stroll : der Sportplatz - en: sports ground : die Reise - en: trip; journey; tour; voyage : das Ausland - en: foreign country : der Vortrag - en: lecture : bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly : laufen - en: to run; to go; to play a movie : versäumen = verpassen - en: to miss; versäumen : begleiten - en: to accompany : das Glück - en: luck : Glück haben - en: to be lucky : bekommen - en: to get; to receive : einladen - en: to invite : Es tut mir leid. - en: I am sorry. : es geht nicht = es ist nicht möglich - en: it is not possible : Schade! - en: Too bad! What a shame! Pity! : einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture : versäumen - en: to miss : Und was ist morgen? = Und morgen? - en: And what is tomorrow? : vielleicht - en: maybe : passen - en: to fit : das passt mir - en: it fits me; this is OK for me : noch - en: still; more : die Vorstellung - en: presentation; performance : mein Herr - en: mister; (My Lord) : die Reihe - en: row : laufen - en: to go; to run : laufen - en: to go; to run; they give a film in the cinema : der Urlaub - en: vacation; holiday : filmen - en: to film : halten - en: to hold; to stop; to give a lecture : halten - en: to hold : der Gentleman - en: gentleman : halten - en: to stop : einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture : das Ausland - en: foreign country : der Ausländer - en: foreigner : oft - en: often : Kapstadt - en: Cape Town; das Kap; die Stadt : Schottland - en: Scotland : Ist Ihnen das Recht? - en: Is this OK for you? : einverstanden sein - en: to agree : die Gaststätte = das Restaurant- en: restaurant : begleiten - en: to accompany : Es tut mir leid. - en: I am sorry. : hängen - en: to hang : die Überraschung - en: surprise : die Vorstellung - en: cinema presentation; performance : die Vorlesung - en: lecture : die Ordnung - en: order : klingeln - en: to ring : hängen - en: to hang : die Entschuldigung - en: excuse : Gute Besserung! - en: Get well soon! : der Sportplatz - en: sports ground : der Onkel - en: uncle : ungefähr - en: about; approximately; roughly : täglich - en: daily; every day : ab - en: from; starting from : weglassen - en: to omit : der See - en: lake : der Sportplatz - en: sports ground : denken - en: to think : das Denken - en: the thinking : das Pferd - en: horse : überlassen - en: to leave : größer - en: bigger : der Kopf - en: head : fünfte = 5. - en: fifth; 5th : das Rad - en: wheel : der Wagen - en: carriage; car : letzte, letzter - en: last : das Hemd - en: shirt : die Tasche (an Hemd oder Hose) - en: pocket : das Leben - en: life : der Hof - en: courtyard; yard : der Ponyhof - en: pony club center : Das Leben ist kein Ponyhof - en: Life is no walk in the park. Life is not a bowl of cherry : das Konzert - en: concert : wünschen - en: to wish : der Wunsch - en: the desire : das Kraut - en: herb : fett - en: fat; (rich) : schlagen - en: to hit; to blow : ausschlagen - en: to blow out : das Fass - en: barrel : der Boden - en: floor; bottom : etwas - en: something : aufmerksam machen - en: to draw attention : morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning : aussehen - en: to look like : du siehst gut aus - en: you are looking good : stinken - en: to stink; to smell : so - en: so : der Anmachspruch - en: pick-up line : verdammt - en: damned : bauen - en: to build : gebaut - en: built : die Lust - en: pleasure : der (flotte) Dreier - en: threesome : reden = sprechen - en: to speak : fremd - en: alien; (stranger) : gefallen - en: to like : finden - en: to find; I think : Was hältst du davon? - en: What do you think about this? : davon - en: from this : halten für - en: to consider : irgendwann - en: sometime : sich treffen - en: to come together; to meet : treffen - en: to meet : glauben - en: to believe : erster; erste - en: first : der Blick - en: view; look; sight; glimpse : müssen - en: have to; must : vorbei laufen - en: walk by : laufen = gehen - en: to walk : warten - en: to wait : noch mal - en: one again : die Faust - en: fist : die Hand - en: hand : der Finger - en: finger : der Daumen - en: thumb : der Zeigefinger - en: index finger : zeigen - en: to shop; to point : der Mittelfinger - en: middle finger : die Mitte - en: center; midpoint; middle : der Ringfinger - en: ring finger : der Ring - en: the ring : der kleine Finger - en: pinky finger; little finger : der Reim - en: rhyme : der Rhein - en: Rhine (river) : schütteln - en: to shake : die Pflaume - en: plum : der Pflaumenbaum - en: plum tree : sammeln - en: to collect : tragen - en: to carry : nach Hause - en: back home : essen - en: to eat : aufessen - en: to eat up (everything) : das Messer - en: knife : die Gabel - en: fork : die Schere - en: scissors : das Licht - en: light : das Feuer - en: fire : das Streichholz - match : das Feuerzeug - en: lighter : die Kerze - en: candle : das Lied - en: song : backen - en: to bake : der Kuchen - en: cake : der Bäcker - en: baker : die Sache - en: thing : das Ei - en: egg : das Schmalz - en: lard : die Butter - en: butter : das Salz - en: salt : die Milch - en: milk : das Mehl - en: flour : der Safran - en: safran; saffron : gehl = gelb - en: yello : schieben - en: to push; to shove : der Ofen - en: oven : das Lied - en: song : hop! - en: Jump!; Alez Hop! : der Reiter - en: rider : reiten - en: to ride : fallen - en: to fall : schreien - en: to cry; to scream : der Graben - en: ditch : fressen - en: to devour; to eat : der Rabe - en: raven : der Sumpf - en: swamp : plumps! - en: Thud! (a sound from falling); Plop! : die Hecke - en: hedge : die Schnecke - en: snail : der Stein - en: stone : wehtun - en: to hurt; to ache : das Bein - en: leg : der Teich - en: pond : finden - en: to find : keiner = niemand - en: nobody : gleich - en: immediately == Vokabular: Lektion 021 - alphabetisch geordnet == # ab - en: from; starting from # Anmachspruch, der - en: pick-up line # aufessen - en: to eat up (everything) # aufmerksam machen - en: to draw attention # Ausland, das - en: foreign country # Ausländer, der - en: foreigner # ausschlagen - en: to blow out # aussehen - en: to look like # backen - en: to bake # Bäcker, der - en: baker # bald - en: soon # bauen - en: to build # Bayern - en: Bavaria (federal state) # beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin # begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort # Bein, das - en: leg # bekommen - en: to get; to receive # bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly # bleiben - en: to stay # Blick, der - en: view; look; sight; glimpse # Boden, der - en: floor; bottom # bringen - en: to bring # Butter, die - en: butter # Darf ich? - en: May I? # Das Leben ist kein Ponyhof - en: Life is no walk in the park. Life is not a bowl of cherry # das passt mir - en: it fits me; this is OK for me # Daumen, der - en: thumb # davon - en: from this # denken - en: to think # Denken, das - en: the thinking # denn - en: because # die Vorstellung - en: cinema presentation; performance # Dreier, der = der flotte Dreier - en: threesome # du siehst gut aus - en: you are looking good # dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; can # Ei, das - en: egg # ein Stück - en: a littel bit; a piece; a portion; a stretch # einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture # einladen - en: to invite # einverstanden sein - en: to agree # Entschuldigung, die - en: excuse # erlauben - en: to allow; to permit # erster; erste - en: first # es geht nicht = es ist nicht möglich - en: it is not possible # Es tut mir leid. - en: I am sorry. # essen - en: to eat # etwas - en: something # fallen - en: to fall # Fass, das - en: barrel # Faust, die - en: fist # fett - en: fat; (rich) # Feuer, das - en: fire # Feuerzeug, das - en: lighter # filmen - en: to film # finden - en: to find; I think # Finger, der - en: finger # fremd - en: alien; (stranger) # fressen - en: to devour; to eat # fünfte = 5. - en: fifth; 5th # Gabel, die - en: fork # ganz neu - en: absolutely new # Gaststätte, die = das Restaurant- en: restaurant # gebaut - en: built # gefallen - en: to like # gehen - en: to go; to continue # gehl = gelb - en: yello # Gentleman, der - en: gentleman # gerade gekauft - en: just bought; gerade - en: just; a secon ago # gern = gerne - en: with pleasure # glauben - en: to believe # gleich - en: immediately # gleich - en: immediately; very soon; just now # Glück haben - en: to be lucky # Glück, das - en: luck # Graben, der - en: ditch # größer - en: bigger # Gute Besserung! - en: Get well soon! # halten - en: to hold # halten - en: to hold; to stop; to give a lecture # halten - en: to stop # halten für - en: to consider # Hand, die - en: hand # hängen - en: to hang # Hecke, die - en: hedge # Hemd, das - en: shirt # heute noch = noch heute - en: still today # Hof, der - en: courtyard; yard # höflich - en: polite # hop! - en: Jump!; Alez Hop! # irgendwann - en: sometime # Ist Ihnen das Recht? - en: Is this OK for you? # Kantine, die - en: canteen # Kapstadt - en: Cape Town; das Kap; die Stadt # keiner = niemand - en: nobody # Kerze, die - en: candle # kleine Finger, der - en: pinky finger; little finger # klingeln - en: to ring # Konzert, das - en: concert # Kopf, der - en: head # Kraut, das - en: herb # Kuchen, der - en: cake # laufen - en: to go; to run; to play a movie # laufen = gehen - en: to walk # Leben, das - en: life # leise - en: quiet # letzte, letzter - en: last # Licht, das - en: light # Lied, das - en: song # Lust, die - en: pleasure # Mehl, das - en: flour # mein Herr - en: mister; (My Lord) # Messer, das - en: knife # Milch, die - en: milk # Mitte, die - en: center; midpoint; middle # Mittelfinger, der - en: middle finger # möchten - en: to want; would like; may # mögen - en: to want; to like # morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning # müssen - en: have to; must # nach Hause - en: back home # nachher = später - en: later; later on; after this # natürlich - en: of course, naturally # noch - en: still; more # noch mal - en: one again # noch nicht - en: still not # Ofen, der - en: oven # oft - en: often # Onkel, der - en: uncle # Ordnung, die - en: order # Park, der - en: park # passen - en: to fit # Pferd, das - en: horse # Pflaume, die - en: plum # Pflaumenbaum, der - en: plum tree # Pflaumenmus, der - en: plum jam # plumps! - en: Thud! (a sound from falling); Plop! # Ponyhof, der - en: pony club center # Rabe, der - en: raven # Rad, das - en: wheel # rauchen - en: to smoke # reden = sprechen - en: to speak # Reihe, die - en: row # Reim, der - en: rhyme # Reise, die - en: trip; journey; tour; voyage # reiten - en: to ride # Reiter, der - en: rider # Rhein, der - en: Rhine (river) # Ring, der - en: the ring # Ringfinger, der - en: ring finger # Sache, die - en: thing # Safran, der - en: safran; saffron # Salz, das - en: salt # sammeln - en: to collect # Schade! - en: Too bad! What a shame! Pity! # Schere, die - en: scissors # schieben - en: to push; to shove # schlagen - en: to hit; to blow # Schmalz, das - en: lard # Schnecke, die - en: snail # Schottland - en: Scotland # schreien - en: to cry; to scream # Schüler, der - en: pupil # schütteln - en: to shake # See, der - en: lake # selbstverständlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident # sich treffen - en: to come together; to meet # so - en: so # spazieren gehen - en: to walk; to stroll # Sportplatz, der - en: sports ground; sports ground; sports field # Stein, der - en: stone # stinken - en: to stink; to smell # Streichholz, das - match # Sumpf, der - en: swamp # täglich - en: daily; every day # Tasche, die (an Hemd oder Hose) - en: pocket # Teich, der - en: pond # tragen - en: to carry # treffen - en: to meet # überlassen - en: to leave # Überraschung, die - en: surprise # Und was ist morgen? = Und morgen? - en: And what is tomorrow? # undeutlich - en: illegible, unclear; deutlich - en: clear, clearly, legible # ungefähr - en: about; approximately; roughly # Urlaub, der - en: vacation; holiday # verdammt - en: damned # versäumen - en: to miss # versäumen = verpassen - en: to miss; versäumen # vielleicht - en: maybe # vorbei laufen - en: walk by # Vorlesung, die - en: lecture # Vortrag, der - en: lecture # Wagen, der - en: carriage; car # warten - en: to wait # Was hältst du davon? - en: What do you think about this? # weglassen - en: to omit # wehtun - en: to hurt; to ache # wieder - en: again # wirklich - en: really # Wochenende, das - en: weekend # wollen - en: to want # Wunsch, der - en: the desire # wünschen - en: to wish # Zeigefinger, der - en: index finger # zeigen - en: to shop; to point # zeigen - en: to show; to point # zeitig = früh - en: early # Zeitung, die - en: newspaper # zu - en: too (too much) :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 020|Lektion 020]] ← Lektion 021 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022|Lektion 022]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 021]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021]] ar3adpkuss8aabsripc420lsnycbtm5 0 4157 6785 6392 2023-03-15T06:58:41Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021|Lektion 021]] ← Lektion 022 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023|Lektion 023]] == 900 - 909 == 900 :Übungen zur Grammatik :Das Modalverb „'''wollen'''“ :--- :Monika: Karin und ich '''wollen''' heute Nachmittag ins Kino gehen. Was '''willst''' du heute Nachmittag '''machen''', Uta? :Uta: Ich '''will''' heute zu Hause '''<abbr title="bleiben - en: to remain; to stay">bleiben</abbr>''', meinen Eltern schreiben und Musik hören. Aber ich <abbr title="glauben - en: to think; to believe">glaube</abbr>, Anne '''will''' heute auch ins Kino '''gehen'''. <abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe">Vielleicht</abbr> geht sie mit euch. 901 :'''wollen''' :Konjugation im Präsens :--- :ich will - Ich will jetzt schlafen. :du willst - Du willst heute Nachmittag lernen. :er will - Er will morgen nach Berlin fahren. :wir wollen - Wir wollen <abbr title="nachher - en: later; later on; after this">nachher</abbr> Kaffee trinken und Kuchen essen. :ihr wollt - Ihr wollt heute Nachmittag zu Hause bleiben. :sie wollen - Sie wollen uns besuchen. 902 :'''wollen''' :Konjugation im Perfekt :--- :ich wollte - Ich wollte gestern lernen. :du wolltest - Du wolltest heute Morgen auf mich warten. :er wollte - Er wollte heute <abbr title="eigentlich - en: actually; really; true; as a matter of fact">eigentlich</abbr> arbeiten. :wir wollten - Wir wollten <abbr title="ihr - en: her; to her">ihr</abbr> Blumen zum Geburtstag <abbr title="schenken - en: to present">schenken</abbr>. :ihr wolltet - Ihr wolltet euch Schuhe kaufen. :sie wollten - Sie wollten <abbr title="gestern - en: yesterday">gestern</abbr> Frau Wagner besuchen, aber sie war leider nicht zu Hause. 903 :'''Ergänzen Sie „wollen“!''' :--- :Inge, Anne und Karin ... am Wochenende nach [[:de:w:Augsburg|Augsburg]] fahren. :Frau Altmann ... mit ihren Schülern das Museum '''<abbr title="besichtigen - en: to visit, to tour; sehen - en: to see; die Besichtigung - en: sightseeing; tour">besichtigen</abbr>'''. :Monika und Uta, was ... ihr heute Abend machen? :Wir ... heute zu Hause bleiben. :Ich ... einen Brief an meine Freunde in [[:de:w:Ulm|Ulm]] schreiben, und Uta ... ein Buch lesen. :Dann ... Ralf uns besuchen, und wir ... Musik hören. :Peter, was ... du heute Abend essen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 903 |- | :Inge, Anne und Karin wollen am Wochenende nach Augsburg fahren. :Frau Altmann will mit ihren Schülern das Museum besichtigen. :Monika und Uta, was wollt ihr heute Abend machen? :Wir wollen heute zu Hause bleiben. :Ich will einen Brief an meine Freunde in Ulm schreiben, und Uta will ein Buch lesen :Dann will Ralf uns besuchen, und wir wollen Musik hören. :Peter, was willst du heute Abend essen? |} 904 :'''<abbr title="weit - en: wide; broad; far">weit</abbr>''', <abbr title="breit - en: broad">breit</abbr>, <abbr title="lang - en: long">lang</abbr> :<abbr title="eng - en: narrow">eng</abbr>, <abbr title="schmal - en: narrow">schmal</abbr>, <abbr title="kurz - en: short">kurz</abbr> :'''Erweitern Sie!''' :--- :Beispiel: :Karin will nach [[:de:w:Regensburg|Regensburg]] fahren. (Wochenende; mit ihren Freundinnen) :⇒ Karin will am Wochenende nach Regensburg fahren. :⇒ Karin will am Wochenende mit ihren Freundinnen nach Regensburg fahren. :--- :Herr Lehmann will nach [[:de:w:Ingolstadt|Ingolstadt]] fahren. (am Freitag; mit seiner Frau) :Peter will ins Kino gehen. (heute Abend; mit Thomas und Inge) :Andreas will ins Konzert gehen. (übermorgen; mit Frau Stein) :Frau Wagner will das Museum besichtigen. (am Dienstag; mit ihren Schülern) :Thomas will die Stadt besichtigen. (heute Nachmittag; mit unseren Gästen) :Inge will an einen See fahren. (am Wochende; mit ihren Eltern) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 904 |- | :Karin will nach Regensburg fahren. :Karin will am Wochenende nach Regensburg fahren. :Karin will am Wochenende mit ihren Freundinnen nach Regensburg fahren. --- :Herr Lehmann will nach Ingolstadt fahren. :Herr Lehmann will am Freitag nach Ingolstadt fahren. :Herr Lehmann will am Freitag mit seiner Frau nach Ingolstadt fahren. :--- :Peter will ins Kino gehen. :Peter will heute Abend ins Kino gehen. :Peter will heute Abend mit Thomas und Inge ins Kino gehen. :--- :Andreas will ins Konzert gehen. :Andreas will übermorgen ins Konzert gehen. :Andreas will übermorgen mit Frau Stein ins Konzert gehen. :--- :Frau Wagner will das Museum besichtigen. :Frau Wagner will am Dienstag das Museum besichtigen. :Frau Wagner will am Dienstag mit ihren Schülern das Museum besichtigen. :--- :Thomas will die Stadt besichtigen. :Thomas will heute Nachmittag die Stadt besichtigen. :Thomas will heute Nachmittag mit unseren Gästen die Stadt besichtigen. :--- :Inge will an einen See fahren. :Inge will am Wochende an einen See fahren. :Inge will am Wochende mit ihren Eltern an einen See fahren. |} 905 :Beispiel: :Hat Thomas die Einladung schon geschrieben? (<abbr title="heute noch = noch heute - en: still today">heute noch</abbr>) :⇒ Nein, aber er will sie heute noch schreiben. :--- :Habt ihr Frau Wagner schon besucht? (am Sonntag) :Hast du Peter schon gefragt? ('''<abbr title="gleich morgen - en: tomorrow; immediately tomorrow; promptly tomorrow">gleich morgen</abbr>''') :Haben Sie den Brief schon übersetzt? (heute Abend) :Hat Karin das Buch schon gekauft? (morgen) :Haben Uta und Monika das Museum schon besichtigt? (am Dienstag) :Haben Sie die Zeitschrift schon geholt? ('''<abbr title="gerade - en: just; a second ago">gerade</abbr>''') :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 905 |- | :Hat Thomas die Einladung schon geschrieben? - Nein, aber er will sie heute noch schreiben. :--- :Habt ihr Frau Wagner schon besucht? - Nein, aber wir wollen sie am Sonntag besuchen. :Hast du Peter schon gefragt? - Nein, aber ich will ihn '''gleich morgen''' fragen. :Haben Sie den Brief schon übersetzt? - Nein, aber ich will ihn heute Abend übersetzen. :Hat Karin das Buch schon gekauft? - Nein, aber sie will es morgen kaufen. :Haben Uta und Monika das Museum schon besichtigt? - Nein, aber sie wollen es am Dienstag besichtigen. :Haben Sie die Zeitschrift schon geholt? - Nein, aber ich will sie gerade holen. |} 906 :Beispiel: :Was macht Frau Wagner heute Nachmittag? (Kaufhaus) :⇒ Sie will ins Kaufhaus gehen. :--- :Was macht Herr Krause heute Abend? (Theater) :Was macht ihr am Sonntag? (Konzert) :Was machen Thomas und Andreas morgen? (Kino) :Was macht Herr Köhler jetzt? (Universität) :Was machen die Kinder jetzt? (Schule) :Was machen Sie morgen Abend? (die Stadt) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 906 |- | :Was macht Frau Wagner heute Nachmittag? - Sie will ins Kaufhaus gehen. :--- :Was macht Herr Krause heute Abend? - Er will ins Theater gehen. :Was macht ihr am Sonntag? - Wir wollen ins Konzert gehen. :Was machen Thomas und Andreas morgen? - Sie wollen ins Kino gehen. :Was macht Herr Köhler jetzt? - Er will in die Universität gehen. :Was machen die Kinder jetzt? - Sie wollen in die Schule gehen. :Was machen Sie morgen Abend? - Ich will in die Stadt gehen. |} 907 :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- :wohin?; was?; mit wem?; wann? :--- :wollt ihr; willst du; wollen Sie; will Peter :--- :... heute besichtigen? :... heute Nachmittag in die Stadt gehen? :... am Sonntag gehen? :... ins Kino gehen? :... in der Pause sprechen? :... am Wochenende fahren? :... morgen machen? :... nach [[:de:w:Freiburg|Freiburg]] fahren? :... Frau Becker '''anrufen'''? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 907 |- | :(Verschiede Varianten sind möglich.) :'''Was''' wollt ihr heute besichtigen? :'''Wann''' willst du heute Nachmittag in die Stadt gehen? :'''Wohin''' wollen Sie am Sonntag gehen? :'''Wann''' will Peter ins Kino gehen? :'''Mit wem''' wollt ihr in der Pause sprechen? :'''Wohin''' willst du am Wochenende fahren? :'''Was''' wollen Sie morgen machen? :'''Wann''' will Peter nach Freiburg fahren? :'''Wann''' wollt ihr Frau Becker anrufen? |} 908 :'''<abbr title="doch - en: but; all the same; anyway">doch</abbr>''' :Andreas und Uta <abbr title="sich unterhalten - en: to talk; to converse">unterhalten sich</abbr>. :Uta: Peter hat einen Bruder. Der Bruder wohnt in Berlin. :Andreas: Nein, der Bruder von Peter wohnt in Hamburg. Er wohnt nicht in Berlin. :Uta: '''Doch''', er wohnt in Berlin. Ich weiß das <abbr title="ganz - en: absolutely">ganz</abbr> <abbr title="genau - en: exact; precisely">genau</abbr>. Peter hat es mir gestern <abbr title="erzählen - en: to tell; to narrate">erzählt</abbr>. :--- :a. Eine Kinokarte kostet 6 Euro. :b. Nein, eine Kinokarte kostet nur 5 Euro. :a. Doch, sie kostet 6 Euro. Ich habe mir doch gestern selber eine Kinokarte für 6 Euro gekauft. 909 :Beispiel: :Wollen Sie heute nicht in die Stadt gehen? :⇒ Doch, ich wollte in die Stadt gehen, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :--- :Wollte Thomas heute nicht mit Frau Hoffmann sprechen? :Wollte Karin heute nicht mit uns in den Park gehen? :Wolltest du gestern nicht nach [[:de:w:Konstanz|Konstanz]] fahren? :Wollten Sie heute Nachmittag nicht ins Kino gehen? :Wolltet ihr heute nicht unserern Lehrer besuchen? :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht an deine Eltern schreiben? :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht deine Frau anrufen? :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht länger arbeiten? :Wolltest du morgen nicht <abbr title="eher = früher - en: earlier">eher</abbr> aufstehen? :Wolltest du morgen früh nicht <abbr title="eher = zeitiger = früher - en: earlier">eher</abbr> <abbr title="aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up">aufstehen</abbr>? :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht eher <abbr title="schlafen gehen - en: to go to bed; to go to sleep">schlafen gehen</abbr>? :Wolltest du morgen Abend nicht eher schlafen gehen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 909 |- | :Wollen Sie heute nicht in die Stadt gehen? - Doch, ich wollte in die Stadt gehen, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :--- :Wollte Thomas heute nicht mit Frau Hoffmann sprechen? - Doch, er wollte mit ihr sprechen, aber er hatte keine Zeit. :Wollte Karin heute nicht mit uns in den Park gehen? - Doch, sie wollte mit uns in den Park gehen, aber sie hatte keine Zeit. :Wolltest du gestern nicht nach Konstanz fahren? - Doch, ich wollte nach Konstanz fahren, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :Wollten Sie heute Nachmittag nicht ins Kino gehen? - Doch, ich wollte ins Kino gehen, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :Wolltet ihr heute nicht unserern Lehrer besuchen? - Doch, wir wollten unseren Lehrer besuchen, aber wir hatten keine Zeit. :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht an deine Eltern schreiben? - Doch, ich wollte gestern Abend meinen Eltern schreiben, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht deine Frau anrufen? - Doch, ich wollte sie anrufen, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht länger arbeiten? - Doch, ich wollte länger arbeiten, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :Wolltest du gestern Abend nicht eher schlafen gehen? - Doch, ich wollte eher schlafen gehen, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :'''Wolltest du morgen''' Abend nicht eher schlafen gehen? - Doch, ich will eher schlafen gehen, aber vielleicht bekomme ich Besuch. :'''Wolltest du morgen''' nicht eher aufstehen? - Doch, ich will eher aufstehen, aber ich bin so '''müde'''. :Willst du '''morgen früh''' nicht eher aufstehen? - Doch, aber ich habe heute Abend noch so viel Arbeit. |} == 910 - 919 == 910 :Beispiel: :(ins Kino gehen; keine Zeit) :⇒ a. Was machst du heute? :⇒ b. Ich möchte ins Kino gehen. :⇒ a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon ins Kino gehen? :⇒ b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :--- :(in die Stadt gehen; sehr viel Arbeit) :(das Museum besichtigen; Unterricht) :(meine Freunde besuchen; wenig Zeit) :(in die Bibliothek gehen; Besuch) :(meinen Eltern schreiben; eine Konferenz) :(auf den Sportplatz gehen; viel Arbeit) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 910 |- | :(ins Kino gehen; keine Zeit) :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte ins Kino gehen. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon ins Kino gehen? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte keine Zeit. :--- :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte in die Stadt gehen. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon in die Stadt gehen? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte sehr viel Arbeit. :--- :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte das Museum besichtigen. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon das Museum besichtigen? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte Unterricht. :--- :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte meine Freunde besuchen. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon deine Freunde besuchen? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte wenig Zeit. :--- :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte in die Bibliothek gehen. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon in die Bibliothek gehen? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte Besuch. :--- :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte meinen Eltern schreiben. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon deinen Eltern schreiben? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte eine Konferenz. :--- :a. Was machst du heute? :b. Ich möchte auf den Sportplatz gehen. :a. Wolltest du nicht gestern schon auf den Sportplatz gehen? :b. Doch, das wollte ich, aber ich hatte viel Arbeit. |} 911 :Das Modalverb „'''<abbr title="können - en: can">können</abbr>'''“ :--- :Bernd ist sechs Jahre alt. :Er geht seit acht Wochen in die Schule. :Jetzt '''kann''' er schon etwas '''lesen''' und '''<abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>'''. :Vor acht Wochen '''konnte''' er noch nicht '''lesen''' und '''schreiben''', aber er '''konnte''' schon etwas '''<abbr title="zählen - en: to count">zählen</abbr>''' und rechnen'''. 912 :'''können''' :Konjugation im Präsens :--- :ich kann - Ich kann Lkw fahren. :du kannst - Du kannst mein Buch haben. :er kann - Er kann am Kino auf mich warten. :wir können - Wir können am Sonntag zum See fahren. :ihr könnt - Ihr könnt uns <abbr title="nachher - en: later; later on; after (this)">nachher</abbr> helfen. :sie können - Sie können nur am Montag Abend kommen. 913 :'''können''' :Konjugation im Präteritum (1. Vergangenheit) :--- :ich konnte - Ich konnte nicht Lkw fahren. :du konntest - Du konntest doch <abbr title="gar nicht - en: not at all">gar nicht</abbr> schwimmen. :er konnte - Er konnte am Kino auf mich warten. :wir konnten - Wir konnten <abbr title="nicht mehr - en: no more; no longer; not any more">nicht mehr</abbr> länger warten. :ihr konntet - Ihr konntet uns nicht helfen. :sie konnten - Sie konnten nur am Montag Abend kommen. 914 :'''Ergänzen Sie „können“!''' :--- :Die Schüler ... lesen, schreiben und rechnen. :Bernd ... <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent">ausgezeichnet</abbr> rechnen. :<abbr title="selbstverständlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident">Selbstverständlich</abbr> ... ich dir die Aufgabe erklären. :Wer ... Frau Klein die Hefte bringen? :Wir ... <abbr title="ihr - en: to her">ihr</abbr> die Hefte bringen. :... ihr schon die Kinokarten <abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to procure">besorgen</abbr>? :Nein, wir nicht, aber Karin und Monika ... die Karten heute besorgen, denn sie gehen am Nachmittag in die Stadt. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 914 |- | :Die Schüler können lesen, schreiben und rechnen. :Bernd kann ausgezeichnet rechnen. :Selbstverständlich kann ich dir die Aufgabe erklären. :Wer kann Frau Klein die Hefte bringen? :Wir können ihr die Hefte bringen. :Könnt ihr schon die Kinokarten besorgen? :Nein, wir nicht, aber Karin und Monika können die Karten heute besorgen, denn sie gehen am Nachmittag in die Stadt. |} 915 :Beispiel: :Andreas kann morgen nicht nach Berlin fahren. (krank) :⇒ Warum kann er nicht nach Berlin fahren? :⇒ Ist er krank? :--- :Frau Becker kann heute und morgen nicht zur Arbeit kommen. (krank) :Thomas kann heute Abend nicht an den See kommen. (noch viel Arbeit) :Monika kann heute Abend nicht ins Theater kommen. (noch viel Arbeit) :Wir <abbr title="können - en: can">können</abbr> jetzt nicht auf den Sportplatz gehen. (Unterricht) :Karin und Uta können am Wochenende nicht nach [[:de:w:Bochum|Bochum]] fahren. (keine Zeit) :Ich kann die Gäste nicht ins Hotel <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort">begleiten</abbr>. (keine Zeit) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 915 |- | :Andreas kann morgen nicht nach Berlin fahren. :Warum kann er nicht nach Berlin fahren? :Ist er krank? :--- :Frau Becker kann heute und morgen nicht zur Arbeit kommen. :Warum kann sie heute und morgen nicht zur Arbeit kommen? :Ist sie krank? :--- :Thomas kann heute Abend nicht an den See kommen. :Warum kann er heute Abend nicht an den See kommen? :Hat er noch viel Arbeit? :--- :Monika kann heute Abend nicht ins Theater kommen. :Warum kann sie heute Abend nicht ins Theater kommen? :Hat sie noch viel Arbeit? :--- :Wir können jetzt nicht auf den Sportplatz gehen. :Warum könnt ihr jetzt nicht auf den Sportplatz gehen? :Habt ihr noch Unterricht? :--- :Karin und Uta können am Wochenende nicht nach Bochum fahren. :Warum können sie am Wochenende nicht nach Bochum fahren? :Haben sie keine Zeit? :--- :Ich kann die Gäste nicht ins Hotel begleiten. :Warum kannst du die Gäste nicht ins Hotel begleiten? :Hast du keine Zeit? |} 916 :Beispiel: :Wer begleitet die Gäste in die Stadt? :⇒ Ich kann die Gäste in die Stadt begleiten, denn ich habe heute Zeit. :--- :Wer zeigt den Gästen die Stadt? :Wer <abbr title="bestellen - en: to order">bestellt</abbr> für die Gäste Theaterkarten? :Wer holt die Theaterkarten? :Wer begleitet die Gäste ins Theater? :Wer geht mit den Gästen ins Museum? :Wer <abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to procure">besorgt</abbr> für die Gäste Fahrkarten? :Wer bringt Oma zum Bus? :Wer bringt Oma zum Bahnhof? :Wer bringt Oma zum Zug? :Wer <abbr title="abholen - en: to collect; to pick; to fetch">holt</abbr> <abbr title="die Oma - en: grandmother">Oma</abbr> vom Zug <abbr title="abholen - en: to collect; to pick; to fetch">ab</abbr>? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 916 |- | :Wer begleitet die Gäste in die Stadt? - Ich kann die Gäste in die Stadt begleiten, denn ich habe heute Zeit. :--- :Wer zeigt den Gästen die Stadt? - Ich kann den Gästen die Stadt zeigen. :Wer bestellt für die Gäste Theaterkarten? - Ich kann für die Gäste Theaterkarten bestellen. :Wer holt die Theaterkarten? - Ich kann die Theaterkarten abholen. :Wer begleitet die Gäste ins Theater? - Ich kann die Gäste ins Theater begleiten. :Wer geht mit den Gästen ins Museum? - Ich kann mit den Gästen ins Museum gehen. :Wer besorgt für die Gäste Fahrkarten? - Ich kann Fahrkarten für die Gäste besorgen. :ODER (Ich kann für die Gäste Fahrkarten besorgen.) :Wer bringt Oma zum Bus? - Ich kann Oma zum Bus bringen. :Wer bringt Oma zum Bahnhof? - Ich kann Oma zum Bahnhof bringen. :Wer bringt Oma zum Zug? - Ich kann Oma zum Zug bringen. :Wer holt Oma vom Zug ab? - Ich kann Oma vom Zug abholen. |} 917 :Beispiel: :Peter braucht dieses Buch am Mittwoch. (<abbr title="besorgen - en: to get; to procure">besorgen</abbr>) :⇒ Kannst du es <abbr title="ihm - en: him; for him; to him">ihm</abbr> besorgen? :--- :Herr Schäfer möchte diese Zeitschrift lesen. (geben) :Frau Koch braucht jetzt den <abbr title="der Beamer = der Projektor - en: beamer">Beamer</abbr>. (holen) :Ich möchte gerne einmal die Zeitung haben. (bringen) :Die Gäste möchten die Stadt besichtigen. (zeigen) :Andreas hat diese Aufgabe noch nicht verstanden. (erklären) :Wir haben für morgen noch keine Theaterkarten. (besorgen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 917 |- | :Peter braucht dieses Buch am Mittwoch. - Kannst du es ihm besorgen? :--- :Herr Schäfer möchte diese Zeitschrift lesen. - Kannst du sie ihm geben? :Frau Koch braucht jetzt den Beamer. - Kannst du ihn ihr holen? :ODER (Kannst du ihr ihn holen?) :Ich möchte gerne einmal die Zeitung haben. - Kannst du sie mir bringen? :Die Gäste möchten die Stadt besichtigen. - Kannst du sie ihnen zeigen? :Andreas hat diese Aufgabe noch nicht verstanden. - Kannst du sie ihm erklären? :Wir haben für morgen noch keine Theaterkarten. - Kannst du sie uns besorgen? |} 918 :Beispiel: :Sie <abbr title="wollen - en: want; Präsens: ich will, du willst, er will, wir wollen, ihr sollt, sie wollen; Präteritum: ich wollte, du wolltest, er wollte, wir wollten, ihr wolltet, sie wollten; Perfekt: ich habe gewollt, du hast gewollt; er hat gewollt, wir haben gewollt, ihr habt gewollt, sie haben gewollt">wollten</abbr> doch mit dem Chef sprechen. :Haben Sie schon mit ihm gesprochen? :⇒ Nein, ich konnte noch nicht mit ihm sprechen. :⇒ Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch mit den Studenten sprechen. :Haben Sie schon mit ihnen gesprochen? :--- :Sie wollten doch Frau Bauer das Buch bringen. :Haben Sie es ihr schon gebracht? :--- :Sie wollten doch Frau Richter die Zeitschrift besorgen. :Haben Sie sie ihr schon besorgt? :--- :Sie wollten doch den Kindern die Fotos <abbr title="zeigen - en: to show; to point">zeigen</abbr>. :Haben Sie sie ihnen schon gezeigt? :--- :Sie wollten doch das Buch lesen. :Haben Sie es schon gelesen? :--- :Sie wollten doch die Theaterkarten <abbr title="bestellen - en: to order">bestellen</abbr>. :Haben Sie sie schon bestellt? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 918 |- | :Sie wollten doch mit dem Chef sprechen. :Haben Sie schon mit ihm gesprochen? :Nein, ich konnte noch nicht mit ihm sprechen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch mit den Studenten sprechen. :Haben Sie schon mit ihnen gesprochen? :Nein, ich konnte noch nicht mit ihnen sprechen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch Frau Bauer das Buch bringen. :Haben Sie es ihr schon gebracht? :Nein, ich konnte es ihr noch nicht bringen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch Frau Richter die Zeitschrift besorgen. :Haben Sie sie ihr schon besorgt? :Nein, ich konnte sie ihr noch nicht besorgen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch den Kindern die Fotos zeigen. :Haben Sie sie ihnen schon gezeigt? :Nein, ich konnte sie ihnen noch nicht zeigen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch das Buch lesen. :Haben Sie es schon gelesen? :Nein, ich konnte es noch nicht lesen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. :--- :Sie wollten doch die Theaterkarten bestellen. :Haben Sie sie schon bestellt? :Nein, ich konnte sie noch nicht bestellen. :Ich hatte wirklich noch keine Zeit. |} 919 :'''Ergänzen Sie „<abbr title="können - en: can">können</abbr>“! Präsens oder Präteritum?''' :Wann ... Sie mich besuchen? :Ich ... Sie morgen besuchen. <abbr title="passen - en: to match; to fit; to be convinient">Passt</abbr> es Ihnen morgen? :Gestern ... ich leider nicht kommen, denn ich war in [[:de:w:Bonn|Bonn]]. :Peter und Thomas ... am Sonnabend nicht mit ins Kino gehen, denn sie hatten noch viel Arbeit zu '''<abbr title="erledigen - en: to make; to carry out; to finish; to complete">erledigen</abbr>'''. :Wer ... unsere Gäste jetzt ins Hotel <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort">begleiten</abbr>? :Wir ... sie begleiten. :Habt ihr die Theaterkarten für morgen Abend schon geholt? :Ja, die Theaterkarten ... Monika gestern schon besorgen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 919 |- | :Wann können Sie mich besuchen? :Ich kann Sie morgen besuchen. Passt es Ihnen morgen? :Gestern konnte ich leider nicht kommen, denn ich war in Bonn. :Peter und Thomas konnten am Sonnabend nicht mit ins Kino gehen, denn sie hatten noch viel Arbeit zu erledigen. :Wer kann unsere Gäste jetzt ins Hotel begleiten? :Wir können sie begleiten. :Habt ihr die Theaterkarten für morgen Abend schon geholt? :Ja, die Theaterkarten konnte Monika gestern schon besorgen. |} == 920 - 929 == 920 :'''Das Modalverb „<abbr title="müssen - en: have to; must; Präsens: ich muss, du musst, er muss, wir müssen, ihr müsst, sie müssen; Präteritum: ich musste, du musstest, er musste, wir mussten, ihr musstet, sie mussten; Perfekt: ich habe gemusst, du hast gemusst, er hat gemusst, wir haben gemusst, ihr habt gemusst, sie haben gemusst">müssen</abbr>“''' :Uta: ::::Wann besuchst du mich <abbr title="wieder einmal - en: once again">wieder einmal</abbr>, Monika? ::::Kannst du heute Nachmittag <abbr title="zu mir kommen - en: come to me">zu mir kommen</abbr>? :Monika: ::::Nein, heute Nachmittag <abbr title="es geht - en: it is possible; es geht nicht - en: it is impossible">geht es leider nicht</abbr>. ::::<abbr title="da - en: there; then; here!">Da</abbr> '''muss''' ich zuerst zum Arzt '''gehen'''. ::::Der Arzt hat mich um 15.00 Uhr <abbr title="bestellen - en: to order">bestellt</abbr>. ::::Danach '''muss''' ich <abbr title="auch noch - en: also; even; also even">auch noch</abbr> ein <abbr title="paar - en: some; das Paar (= 2) - en: pair; couple">paar</abbr> <abbr title="der Einkauf - en: purchase; buying; shopping; Plural: Einkäufe; einkaufen - en: to buy">Einkäufe</abbr> '''<abbr title="machen - en: to make">machen</abbr>''', denn meine Mutter arbeitet bis 17.00 Uhr. :Uta: ::::Und heute Abend? Passt es dir heute Abend, oder '''musst''' du noch '''lernen'''? :Monika: ::::Heute Abend kann ich kommen, denn meine Hausaufgaben habe ich schon gemacht. 921 :'''müssen''' :Konjugation im Präsens :ich muss :du musst :er muss :wir müssen :ihr müsst :sie müssen :--- :Ich muss mal. :Du musst noch zwei Stunden arbeiten. :Er muss mal ganz '''<abbr title="dringend - en: urgent">dringend</abbr>'''. :Wir müssen auf Toilette (gehen). :Ihr müsst etwas auf uns warten. :Sie müssen den <abbr title="der Eintritt - en: entry fee">Eintritt</abbr> <abbr title="selber - en: yourself; himself">selber</abbr> bezahlen. 922 :'''müssen''' :Konjugation im Präteritum :ich musste :du musstest :er musste :wir mussten :ihr musstet :sie mussten :--- :Ich musste ganz dringend. :Du musstest schon um neun nach Hause gehen. :Er musste seinen kleinen Bruder suchen. :Wir mussten <abbr title="tanken - en: refuel (gasoline); der Tank - en: fuel tank; der Benzintank - en: fuel tank">tanken</abbr>. :Ihr musstet heute sehr schnell essen. :Sie mussten dieses Buch lesen. 923 [[File:Wir müssen draußen bleiben März 2013.JPG|thumb|upright=1.5|Wir müssen <abbr title="draußen - en: outside">draußen</abbr> <abbr title="bleiben - en: to remain; to stay">bleiben</abbr>.]] :'''Ergänzen Sie „müssen“!''' :Ich ... jetzt in die Stadt gehen und Einkäufe machen. :Wann ... ihr in die Schule gehen? :Wir ... gleich gehen, denn wir ... pünktlich dort sein. :Karin ... <abbr title="heute noch - en: even today; today still">heute noch</abbr> mit dem Arzt sprechen. :Warum ... du nach [[:de:w:Dortmund|Dortmund]] fahren? :Ich ... mit meinem Vater sprechen. Er wohnt dort. :Herr Klein ... heute zu Hause bleiben. :Karin und Uta ... Einkäufe machen. :Und was ... Sie machen? :Du ... im Auto auf mich warten. :Wir ... draußen bleiben. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 923 |- | :Ich muss jetzt in die Stadt gehen und Einkäufe machen. :Wann müsst ihr in die Schule gehen? :Wir müssen gleich gehen, denn wir müssen pünktlich dort sein. :Karin muss heute noch mit dem Arzt sprechen. :Warum musst du nach Dortmund fahren? :Ich muss mit meinem Vater sprechen. Er wohnt dort. :Herr Klein muss heute zu Hause bleiben. :Karin und Uta müssen Einkäufe machen. :Und was müssen Sie machen? :Du musst im Auto auf mich warten. :Wir müssen draußen bleiben. |} 924 :Beispiel: :Wann müssen Sie zum Arzt gehen? :⇒ Ich muss heute Nachmittag zum Arzt gehen. :--- :Wann muss Thomas nach Hause gehen? (um neun) :Wann musst du deinen Eltern schreiben? (heute Abend) :Wann muss Karin auf den Brief antworten? (<abbr title="heute noch - en: event today; still; still today">heute noch</abbr>) :Wann müsst ihr mit dem Chef sprechen? (in der Pause) :Wann müssen Sie auf den Sportplatz gehen? (am Nachmittag) :Wann muss Herr Fischer den <abbr title="einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture; der Vortrag - en: lecture; Plural: Vorträge">Vortrag halten</abbr>? (am Freitag) :Wann müsst ihr zur Arbeit gehen? (<abbr title="gleich - en: just; immediately; in a second">gleich</abbr>) :Wann müssen die Kinder in die Schule gehen? (um sieben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 924 |- | :Wann müssen Sie zum Arzt gehen? - Ich muss heute Nachmittag zum Arzt gehen. :--- :Wann muss Thomas nach Hause gehen? - Er muss um neun nach Hause gehen. :Wann musst du deinen Eltern schreiben? - Ich muss heute Abend meinen Eltern schreiben. :Wann muss Karin auf den Brief antworten? - Sie muss heute noch auf den Brief antworten. :ODER (Sie muss noch heute auf den Brief antworten.) :Wann müsst ihr mit dem Chef sprechen? - Wir müssen in der Pause mit dem Chef sprechen. :Wann müssen Sie auf den Sportplatz gehen? - Wir müssen am Nachmittag auf den Sportplatz gehen. :Wann muss Herr Fischer den Vortrag halten? - Er muss am Freitag den Vortrag halten. :Wann müsst ihr zur Arbeit gehen? - Wir müssen gleich zur Arbeit gehen. :Wann müssen die Kinder in die Schule gehen? - Sie müssen um sieben in die Schule gehen. |} 925 :'''Ergänzen Sie „müssen“ und kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- #Thomas hat Geburtstag, '''<abbr title="deshalb - en: therefore; that's why; hence">deshalb</abbr>''' ... #Karin ist krank, deshalb ... #Ich habe Kopfschmerzen, deshalb ... #Sie haben viel Arbeit, deshalb ... #Ich habe Fieber, deshalb ... #Er muss Uta <abbr title="Bescheid sagen - en: to give the word; to inform; to let somebody know; to say">Bescheid sagen</abbr>, deshalb ... :--- :a) anrufen :b) am Sonntag arbeiten :c) im Bett bleiben :d) eine Tablette nehmen :e) ein Geschenk kaufen :f) zum Arzt gehen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 925 |- | :1e; 2c; 3d; 4b; 5f; 6a :Thomas hat Geburtstag, deshalb muss er ein Geschenk kaufen. :Karin ist krank, deshalb muss sie im Bett bleiben. :Ich habe Kopfschmerzen, deshalb muss ich eine Tablette nehmen. :Sie haben viel Arbeit, deshalb müssen Sie am Sonntag arbeiten. :Ich habe Fieber, deshalb muss ich zum Arzt gehen. :Er muss Uta Bescheid sagen, deshalb muss sie anrufen. |} 926 :Beispiel: :a: Morgen wollen wir nach Berlin fahren. (die Fahrkarten holen) :⇒ b: Morgen wollen wir nach Berlin fahren? Dann müssen wir <abbr title="heute noch - en: still today">heute noch</abbr> ''die <abbr title="die Fahrkarte - en: ticket">Fahrkarten</abbr> holen''. :--- :Morgen wollen wir ins Theater gehen. (die Theaterkarten holen) :Morgen wollen wir Frau Wagner besuchen. (Blumen kaufen) :Morgen will ich zum Arzt gehen. (dort anrufen) :Morgen will ich ins Kino gehen. (die Kinokarten holen) :Morgen will ich meine Freundin besuchen. (ein Geschenk kaufen) :Morgen wollen wir nach [[:de:w:Düsseldorf|Düsseldorf]] fahren. (mit Frau Müller sprechen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 926 |- | :Morgen wollen wir nach Berlin fahren? Dann müssen wir heute noch die Fahrkarten holen. :--- :Morgen wollen wir ins Theater gehen? Dann müssen wir noch die Theaterkarten holen. :Morgen wollen wir Frau Wagner besuchen? Dann müssen wir noch Blumen kaufen. :Morgen will ich zum Arzt gehen? Dann muss ich noch dort anrufen. :Morgen will ich ins Kino gehen? Dann muss ich noch die Kinokarten holen. :Morgen will ich meine Freundin besuchen? Dann muss ich noch ein Geschenk kaufen. :Morgen wollen wir nach Düsseldorf fahren? Dann müssen wir noch mit Frau Müller sprechen. |} 927 :Beispiel: :Warum ist Peter nicht ins Kino gekommen? (Hausaufgaben machen) :⇒ Er musste Hausaufgaben machen, deshalb konnte er nicht ins Kino kommen. :--- :Warum hat Monika gestern ihre Freundin nicht besucht? (zum Arzt gehen) :Warum bist du gestern nicht auf den Sportplatz gekommen? (einen Text übersetzen) :Warum habt ihr nicht auf mich gewartet? (schnell nach Hause gehen) :Warum sind die Kinder nicht ins Kino gegangen? (Hausaufgaben machen) :Warum ist Herr Lehmann nicht nach [[:de:w:Gelsenkirchen|Gelsenkirchen]] gefahren? (mit dem Chef sprechen) :Warum bist du nicht mit uns auf den Sportplatz gegangen? (Einkäufe machen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 927 |- | :Warum ist Peter nicht ins Kino gekommen? - Er musste Hausaufgaben machen, deshalb konnte er nicht ins Kino kommen. :--- :Warum hat Monika gestern ihre Freundin nicht besucht? - Sie musste noch zum Arzt gehen, deshalb konnte sie gestern ihre Freundin nicht besuchen. :Warum bist du gestern nicht auf den Sportplatz gekommen? - Ich musste noch einen Text übersetzen, deshalb konnte ich gestern nicht auf den Sportplatz kommen. :Warum habt ihr nicht auf mich gewartet? - Wir mussten noch schnell nach Hause gehen, deshalb konnten wir nicht auf dich warten. :Warum sind die Kinder nicht ins Kino gegangen? - Sie mussten noch Hausaufgaben machen, deshalb konnten sie nicht ins Kino gehen. :Warum ist Herr Lehmann nicht nach Gelsenkirchen gefahren? - Er musste noch mit dem Chef sprechen, deshalb konnte er nicht nach Gelsenkirchen fahren. :Warum bist du nicht mit uns auf den Sportplatz gegangen? - Ich musste noch Einkäufe machen, deshalb konnte ich nicht mit euch auf den Sportplatz gehen. |} 928 :Beispiel: :Klaus spielt Klavier. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :⇒ Können Sie Klavier spielen? Ja, ich kann Klavier spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Klavier spielen. :--- :Die Kinder spielen <abbr title="Fußball - en: football">Fußball</abbr>. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :Die Studenten spielen <abbr title="Volleyball - en: volleyball">Volleyball</abbr>. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :Die Kinder spielen <abbr title="Federball = Badminton - en: badminton; die Feder - en: feather; der Ball - en: ball">Federball</abbr>. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :Die Studenten spielen <abbr title="Tischtennis - en: ping-pong; table tennis">Tischtennis</abbr>. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :Die Freunde spielen <abbr title="Schach - en: chess">Schach</abbr>. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :Die Freunde <abbr title="schwimmen - en: to swimm; to float">schwimmen</abbr>. Können Sie ... ? Ja, ... Nein, ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 928 |- | :Klaus spielt Klavier. Können Sie Klavier spielen? Ja, ich kann Klavier spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Klavier spielen. :--- :Die Kinder spielen Fußball. Können Sie Fußball spielen? Ja, ich kann Fußball spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Fußball spielen. :Die Studenten spielen Volleyball. Können Sie Volleyball spielen? Ja, ich kann Volleyball spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Volleyball spielen. :Die Kinder spielen Federball. Können Sie Federball spielen? Ja, ich kann Federball spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Federball spielen. :Die Studenten spielen Tischtennis. Können Sie Tischtennis spielen? Ja, ich kann Tischtennis spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Tischtennis spielen. :Die Freunde spielen Schach. Können Sie Schach spielen? Ja, ich kann Schach spielen. Nein, ich kann nicht Schach spielen. :Die Freunde schwimmen. Können Sie schwimmen? Ja, ich kann schwimmen. Nein, ich kann nicht schwimmen. |} 929 :'''Lesen Sie den Text und lernen Sie die neuen Wörter!''' :--- :Ein Urlaub im Gebirge :Im Sommer war ich mit meinem Freund eine Woche im Gebirge. Eine '''<abbr title="die Strecke - en: route; distance; stretch; section; way">Strecke</abbr>''' sind wir mit dem Zug gefahren, und eine Strecke sind wir '''<abbr title="fliegen - en: to fly">geflogen</abbr>''', denn das ist nicht so '''<abbr title="anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring">anstrengend</abbr>'''. Der '''<abbr title="der Flug - en: flight">Flug</abbr>''' <abbr title="war - en: was">war</abbr> '''<abbr title="herrlich - en: gorgeous; marvelous">herrlich</abbr>'''. Das Wetter war <abbr title="besonders - en: especially">besonders</abbr> schön. Am '''<abbr title="der Himmel - en: sky">Himmel</abbr>''' waren keine '''<abbr title="die Wolke - en: cloud">Wolken</abbr>'''. Wir haben viel gesehen. Dieser Flug hat uns ausgezeichnet gefallen. Wir '''<abbr title="denken - en: to think">denken</abbr> <abbr title="beide - en: both">beide</abbr>''' gern '''an''' diesen Urlaub. Im Winter möchten wir wieder '''<abbr title="gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together">gemeinsam</abbr>''' eine <abbr title="die Reise - en: journey; trip; tour; voyage">Reise</abbr> ins Gebirge machen. Aber wir fliegen nicht, denn im Winter fahren wir nicht so weit. == 930 - 939 == 930 :<abbr title="Darf ich bitten? = Darf ich zum Tanz bitten? - en: May I have a dance?; bitten - en: to ask; to request; to beg">Darf ich bitten?</abbr> :--- :Andreas Lehmann (a) und Karin Stein (b) gehen gemeinsam in ein Restaurant. Der <abbr title="der Kellner - en: waiter">Kellner</abbr> bringt ihnen die <abbr title="die Speisekarte - en: menu; die Speise - en: dish; food">Speisekarte</abbr>. Sie wählt das Essen aus. :--- :a: Wollen wir eine Flasche Wein '''bestellen'''? :b: Ja, gern. :a: '''<abbr title="Herr Ober - en: waiter; der Oberkellner - en: head waiter; der Kellner - en: waiter (male); die Kellnerin - en: waiter (female)">Herr Ober</abbr>''', bitte eine '''<abbr title="die Käseplatte - en: chees plate; cheeseboard">Käseplatte</abbr>''' für die '''Dame''' und für mich eine '''<abbr title="die Schinkenplatte - en: ham platter">Schinkenplatte</abbr>'''. :Ober: Bitte sehr. :a: Welchen Wein können Sie uns <abbr title="empfehlen - en: to recomend">empfehlen</abbr>? :Ober: Diesen Rotwein aus Spanien. :a: Gut. Bringen Sie bitte eine Flasche spanischen Rotwein! :b: Spanischer Rotwein! Da muss ich gleich an meine Reise im <abbr title="letzter - en: last">letzten</abbr> Urlaub denken. :a: <abbr title="erzählen - en: to tell; to narrate">Erzählen</abbr> Sie mir bitte etwas. War die Reise schön? :b: Ja, wir waren auf den '''Kanaren'''. Der '''<abbr title="der Hinflug - en: outward flight">Hinflug</abbr>''' war nicht ganz so schön. Wir mussten in Portugal '''<abbr title="zwischenlanden - en: to stop over; landen - en: to land; to touch down">zwischenlanden</abbr>''' und hatten dann 6 Stunden '''<abbr title="die Verspätung - en: delay; spät - en: late; sich verspäten - en: to be late">Verspätung</abbr>'''. <abbr title="Auf dem Rückflug - en: on the return flight; der Rückflug - en: return flight">Auf dem Rückflug</abbr> hatten wir keine Probleme. [[File:Enkai in Kumamoto.jpg|thumb|Prost!]] :a: Wo waren Sie auf den Kanaren? :b: '''Auf''' Gran Canaria, in Maspalomas. Das Wetter war <abbr title="herrlich - en: gorgeous; wonderful">herrlich</abbr>, der Himmel ohne Wolken. :a: Wie lange waren Sie dort? :b: Wir waren zwei Wochen in Maspalomas, zusammen mit meiner Freundin. :--- :Der Ober bringt die '''Speisen''' und den Wein. :--- :a: '''<abbr title="Auf Ihr Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite form) To your health! (polite form); Auf dein Wohl! - en: Cheers! (non-polite form) To your health! (non-polite form); zum Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite and non-polite form); das Wohl - en: the well; wellfare">Auf Ihr Wohl!</abbr>''' :b: '''Zum Wohl!''' :a: Was haben Sie auf ''Gran Canaria'' alles gesehen? :b: Sehr viel. Wir haben uns für drei Tage einen <abbr title="der Mietwagen - en: rental car">Mietwagen</abbr> <abbr title="nehmen - en: to take">genommen</abbr>. Wir waren <abbr title="allein - en: alone">allein</abbr> einen ganzen Tag in Las Palmas - in der <abbr title="die Altstadt - en: old town; historical center">Altstadt</abbr>, in der ''Casa de Colón'' und in <abbr title="einige - en: some">einigen</abbr> <abbr title="das Museum - en: museum; Plural: Museen">Museen</abbr>. Wir sind praktisch die ganze Insel <abbr title="abfahren - en: to depart; to leave">abgefahren</abbr>. Die Insel ist wirklich schön. Aber die vielen <abbr title="die Kurve - en: curve; turn">Kurven</abbr> auf den <abbr title="eng - en: narrow">engen</abbr> Straßen im Gebirge sind wirklich <abbr title="anstrengend - en: tiring; exhausting">anstrengend</abbr>. Wir haben viel am <abbr title="der Strand - en: beach">Strand</abbr> gelegen und '''abends''' haben wir <abbr title="oft - en: often">oft</abbr> '''<abbr title="tanzen - en: to dance">getanzt</abbr>'''. :a: Das können wir hier auch: '''<abbr title="Darf ich bitten? = Darf ich zum Tanz bitten? - en: May I have a dance?; bitten - en: to ask; to request; to beg">Darf ich bitten?</abbr>''' :b: Gern. :--- :a: Sie können sehr gut tanzen. :b: Ich tanze sehr gern, und diese '''Musik''' gefällt mir <abbr title="besonders - en: especially">besonders</abbr>. :a: Darf ich Sie <abbr title="wieder einmal = ein andermal - en: once again; at another time again">wieder einmal</abbr> einladen? :b: Aber gern. :a: Herr Ober, bitte '''<abbr title="zahlen - en: to pay">zahlen</abbr>'''! :Ober: Bitte, <abbr title="mein Herr - en: Mister; (My Lord)">mein Herr</abbr>, Ihre '''<abbr title="die Rechnung - en: bill; check; invoice">Rechnung</abbr>'''. :a: Jetzt können wir gehen. 931 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :--- :Wohin gehen Frau Stein und Herr Lehmann? :Wer bringt ihnen die <abbr title="die Speisekarte - en: menu">Speisekarte</abbr>? :Was <abbr title="wählen - en: to choose; so select">wählt</abbr> Frau Stein? :Was <abbr title="bestellen - en: to order">bestellt</abbr> Herr Lehmann? :<abbr title="woran?- en: by which; on what; at what; what; (Woran denkst du? - en: What are you thinking?">Woran</abbr> muss Frau Stein denken? :Tanzt Herr Lehmann mit Frau Stein? :Wem gefällt die Musik besonders? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 931 |- | :Wohin gehen Frau Stein und Herr Lehmann? - Sie gehen in ein Restaurant. :Wer bringt ihnen die Speisekarte? - Der Kellner (der Ober) bringt ihnen die Speisekarte. :Was wählt Frau Stein? - Sie wählt (sie nimmt) eine Käseplatte. :Was bestellt Herr Lehmann? - Herr Lehmann bestellt eine Schinkenplatte für sich, eine Käseplatte für Frau Stein und eine Flasche spanischen Rotwein für beide. :Woran muss Frau Stein denken? - Sie muss an ihren letzten Urlaub in Spanien denken. Sie muss an ihre Reise nach Gran Canaria denken. :Tanzt Herr Lehmann mit Frau Stein? - Ja, sie tanzen. Ja, er tanzt mit ihr. :Wem gefällt die Musik besonders? - Frau Stein gefällt die Musik besonders. |} 932 :'''Übungen zum Wortschatz''' :--- :'''denken an''' :--- :Beispiel :<abbr title="Woran denkt Karin? - en: What thinks Karin?">'''Woran''' denkt Karin?</abbr> (an die Kanaren) :⇒ Sie denkt an die Kanaren. :--- :Woran denkt Herr Müller? (an die Eltern) :Woran denkt Sabine? (an ihre Arbeit) :Woran denkt Peter? (an seine Arbeit) :<abbr title="an wen? - en: to whom?">An wen</abbr> denkt Thomas? (an seine Mutter) :Woran denkt Ralf? (an seine Reise nach Berlin) :An wen denkt Frau Dietrich? (an ihren Urlaub in Spanien) :Woran denkt Herr Keller? (an seinen Sohn in [[:de:w:Jena|Jena]]) :An wen denkt Anne? (an ihre Freunde) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 932 |- | :Woran denkt Karin? - Sie denkt an die Kanaren. :--- :Woran denkt Herr Müller? - Er denkt an die Eltern. :Woran denkt Sabine? - Sie denkt an ihre Arbeit. :Woran denkt Peter? - Er denkt an seine Arbeit. :An wen denkt Thomas? - Er denkt an seine Mutter. :Woran denkt Ralf? - Er denkt an seine Reise nach Berlin. :An wen denkt Frau Dietrich? - Sie denkt an ihren Urlaub in Spanien. :Woran denkt Herr Keller? - Er denkt an seinen Sohn in Jena. :An wen denkt Anne? - Sie denkt an ihre Freunde. |} 933 :'''<abbr title="beide - en: both">beide</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :Zwei Freunde studieren in Berlin. (Medizin studieren) :⇒ Beide studieren Medizin. :--- :Zwei Studentinnen arbeiten <abbr title="gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together">gemeinsam</abbr>. (Chemie studieren) :Inge und Maria hören gern Musik. (<abbr title="oft - en: often; frequently">oft</abbr> ins Konzert gehen) :Frau Stein und Herr Lehmann gehen in ein Restaurant. (an einem Tisch am Fenster <abbr title="Platz nehmen - en: to take place; to sit down">Platz nehmen</abbr>) :Thomas und Peter sind Freunde. (oft auf den Sportplatz gehen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 933 |- | :Zwei Freunde studieren in Berlin. - Beide studieren Medizin. :--- :Zwei Studentinnen arbeiten gemeinsam. - Beide studieren Chemie. :Inge und Maria hören gern Musik. - Beide gehen oft ins Konzert. :Frau Stein und Herr Lehmann gehen in eine Restaurant. - Beide nehmen an einem Tisch am Fenster Platz. :Thomas und Peter sind Freunde. - Beide gehen oft auf den Sportplatz. |} 934 :'''<abbr title="allein - en: alone">allein</abbr> - <abbr title="gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together">gemeinsam</abbr>''' :--- :'''Lesen Sie!''' :Familie Lehmann fährt mit ihrem <abbr title="der Gast - en: guest">Gast</abbr> gemeinsam nach [[:de:w:Köln|Köln]]. Monika bleibt allein zu Hause. :--- :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :--- :a. Kannst du mir helfen? Ich kann den Text nicht ... übersetzen. :b. Aber gern. Wir übersetzen ihn ... :--- :a. Wollen wir heute Abend ... ins Kino gehen? :b. Das geht leider nicht. Du musst ... gehen, denn ich muss noch arbeiten. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 934 |- | :a. Kannst du mir helfen? Ich kann den Text nicht allein übersetzen. :b. Aber gen. Wir übersetzen ihn gemeinsam :--- :a. Wollen wir heute Abend gemeinsam ins Kino gehen? :b. Das geht leider nicht. Du musst allein gehen, denn ich muss noch arbeiten. |} 935 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :Herr Lehmann fährt '''morgens''' mit dem Fahrrad in seinen Betrieb. Dort arbeitet er '''vormittags''' und '''nachmittags'''. Täglich isst er '''mittags''' im Betrieb. Nur '''sonnabends''' (= samstags) und '''sonntags''' isst er nicht dort. An diesen Tagen isst er zu Hause, denn sonnabends und sonntags arbeitet er nicht. Er arbeitet <abbr title="wochentags; der Wochentag = der Werktag - en: workday">wochentags</abbr> von montags bis freitags. Samstags, <abbr title="sonntags und feiertags - en: sundays and holidays">sonn- und feiertags</abbr> hat er frei. 936 :Beispiele: :Was machen Sie morgens? (Kaffee trinken) :⇒ Morgens trinke ich Kaffee. :--- :Was machen Sie morgens? (Tee trinken) :Was machen Sie morgens? (Brötchen mit Butter essen) :Was machen Sie vormittags? (im Betrieb arbeiten) :Was machen Sie vormittags? (in die Schule gehen) :Was machen Sie mittags? (in eine Gaststätte gehen) :Was machen Sie mittags? (in einem Restaurant essen) :Was machen Sie nachmittags? (nach Hause gehen) :Was machen Sie nachmittags? (in die Stadt gehen und Einkäufe machen) :Was machen Sie abends? (Radio hören, fernsehen und Zeitung lesen) :Was machen Sie abends? (<abbr title="der Vortrag - en: lecture; recitation; Plural: Vorträge">Vorträge</abbr> in der <abbr title="die Volkshochschule - en: Adult Education Centre; Adult education center; Volks-Hoch-Schule (VHS); die Hochschule - en: college; university; das Volk - en: people">Volkshochschule</abbr> hören) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 936 |- | :Was machen Sie morgens? - Morgens trinke ich Kaffee. :--- :Was machen Sie morgens? - Morgens trinke ich Tee. :Was machen Sie morgens? - Morgens esse ich Brötchen mit Butter. :Was machen Sie vormittags? - Vormittags arbeite ich im Betrieb. :Was machen Sie vormittags? - Vormittags gehe ich in die Schule. :Was machen Sie mittags? - Mittags gehe ich in eine Gaststätte. :Was machen Sie mittags? - Mittags esse ich in einem Restaurant. :Was machen Sie nachmittags? - Nachmittags gehe ich nach Hause. :Was machen Sie nachmittags? - Nachmittags gehe ich in die Stadt und mache Einkäufe. :Was machen Sie abends? - Abends höre ich Radio, sehe fern und lese Zeitung. :Was machen Sie abends? - Abends höre ich Vorträge in der Volkshochschule. |} 937 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Dr. Müller |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Arzt für <abbr title="die Allgemeinmedizin - en: general medicine">Allgemeinmedizin</abbr> |-align="center" | &nbsp; || Sprechstunden |-align="center" | montags || 8 - 12 Uhr und 14 - 17 Uhr |-align="center" | dienstags || 8 - 12 Uhr und 14 - 17 Uhr |-align="center" | mittwochs || 8 - 12 Uhr (nachmittags <abbr title="geschlossen - en: closed; schließen - en: to close">geschlossen</abbr>) |-align="center" | donnerstags || 8 - 12 Uhr und 14 - 19 Uhr |-align="center" | freitags || 8 - 12 Uhr und 14 - 16 Uhr |} 938 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :An welchen Tagen hat Dr. Müller Sprechstunde? :An welchen Tagen hat Dr. Müller keine Sprechstunde? :Wann hat Dr. Müller montags Sprechstunde? :Wann hat Dr. Müller vormittags Sprechstunde? :Wie lange hat Dr. Müller freitags Sprechstunde? :Wann hat Dr. Müller nachmittags keine Sprechstunde? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 938 |- | :An welchen Tagen hat Dr. Müller Sprechstunde? - Er hat von Montag bis Freitag Sprechstunde. :ODER (Er hat am Montag, Dienstag, Mittwoch, Donnerstag und Freitag Sprechstunde.) :ODER (Er hat montags bis freitags Sprechstunde.) :ODER (Er hat montags, dienstags, mittwochs, donnerstags und freitags Sprechstunde.) :An welchen Tagen hat Dr. Müller keine Sprechstunde? - Am Samstag und Sonntag hat er keine Sprechstunde. :ODER (Er hat Samstags und sonntags keine Sprechstunde.) :ODER (Dr. Müller hat am Wochenende keine Sprechstunde.) :Wann hat Dr. Müller montags Sprechstunde? - Montags hat er von 8 bis 12 Uhr und von 14 bis 17 Uhr Sprechstunde. :Wann hat Dr. Müller vormittags Sprechstunde? - Vormittags hat er von 8 bis 12 Uhr Sprechstunde. :Wie lange hat Dr. Müller freitags Sprechstunde? - Freitags hat er bis 16 Uhr Sprechstunde. (Der Himmel ist blau, aber das war nicht die Frage.) :Wann hat Dr. Müller nachmittags keine Sprechstunde? - Mittwoch nachmittag'''s''' hat er keine Sprechstunde.) :ODER (Mittwoch'''s''' hat er nachmittag'''s''' keine Sprechstunde.) |} 939 :'''ohne''' :--- :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- # Heute ist das Wetter schön, deshalb gehe ich ... # Jetzt regnet es nicht, deshalb gehe ich ... # Es ist Sommer, deshalb geht Uta ... # Thomas trinkt den Kaffee ... # Karin trinkt den Tee ... :--- :a) ohne Zucker; b) ohne Milch; c) ohne Schirm; d) ohne Strümpfe; e) ohne Mantel :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 939 |- | :1e; 2c; 3d; 4b; 5a :Heute ist das Wetter schön, deshalb gehe ich ohne Mantel. :Jetzt regnet es nicht, deshalb gehe ich ohne Schirm. :Es ist Sommer, deshalb geht Uta ohne Strümpfe. :Thomas trink den Kaffee ohne Milch. :Karin trinkt den Tee ohne Zucker. |} == 940 - 949 == 940 :'''<abbr title="manchmal - en: sometimes">manchmal</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Geht Monika immer mit ... in die Schule? (ihre Freundin) :⇒ Geht Monika immer mit ihrer Freundin in die Schule? :⇒ Nein, sie geht auch manchmal ohne sie. :--- :Geht Andreas immer mit ... in die Universität? (sein Freund) :Geht Frau Westmann immer mit ... in den Supermarkt? (Peter) :Geht Thomas immer mit ... auf den Sportplatz? (sein Bruder) :Geht Herr Stahl immer mit ... ins Institut? (seine Freunde) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 940 |- | :Geht Monika immer mit ihrer Freundin in die Schule? - Nein, sie geht auch manchmal ohne sie. :--- :Geht Andreas immer mit seinem Freund in die Universität? - Nein, er geht auch manchmal ohne ihn. :Geht Frau Westmann immer mit Peter in den Supermarkt? - Nein, sie geht auch manchmal ohne ihn. :Geht Thomas immer mit seinem Bruder auf den Sportplatz? - Nein, er geht auch manchmal ohne ihn. :Geht Herr Stahl immer mit seinen Freunden ins Institut? - Nein, er geht auch manchmal ohne sie. |} 941 :Phonetik :--- :[ŋ] - Tango („tango“ ['taŋ.go]); („razón“ [ra'soŋ]) :nk ➔ [ŋk] :schenken - Wir schenken Inge eine Kette. :Dank - Inge sagt: „Vielen Dank!“ :trinken - Wir möchten gern Tee trinken. :krank - Inge ist heute krank. :Onkel - Mein Onkel wohnt am See. :links - Links steht ein Haus. :--- :Geschenk, Getränk, Dank, Schrank :krank, links :schenken, denken, danken, trinken, Onkel :Geschenk; Geschenke; Getränk; Getränke, Schrank, Schränke 942 :Inge ist krank. Sie liegt im Bett und liest die Zeitung. Es klingelt. Anne kommt und bringt ihr ein Geschenk. Inge dankt ihr für das Geschenk. Anne wünscht ihr gute Besserung. :--- :Fragen zum Text :--- :Wer ist krank? :Wer liest die Zeitung? :Wer bringt Inge ein Geschenk? :Was macht Inge? :Was wünscht Anne ihrer Freundin? :Ist Anne auch krank? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 942 |- | :Wer ist krank? - Inge ist krank. :Wer liest die Zeitung? - Inge liest die Zeitung. :Wer bringt Inge ein Geschenk? - Anne bringt Inge ein Geschenk. :Was macht Inge? - Inge dankt ihr für das Geschenk. :Was wünscht Anne ihrer Freundin? - Anne wünscht ihrer Freundin gute Besserung. :Ist Anne auch krank? - Nein, Anne ist nicht krank. Sie ist gesund. |} 942a [[File:Berliner mit Zuckerguss-01.jpg|thumb|der Berliner (= Berliner Pfannkuchen)]] [[File:Berliner-kameruner-35.jpg|thumb|der Kameruner (Pfannkuchen)]] [[File:BKQuadStacker.jpg|thumb|der Hamburger]] [[File:DEU Braunschweiger (Mettwurst) Vgl 47 MSZ111114.jpg|thumb|die Braunschweiger (Braunschweiger Mettwurst; [[:de:w:Braunschweig|Braunschweig]]) ]] :'''Wie nennt man die Bewohner der folgenden Länder, Regionen und Städte?''' :Beispiel: :China :⇒ Chinesen :⇒ Die Bewohner von China heißen Chinesen. :⇒ Die Bewohner von China nennt man Chinesen. :⇒ In China gibt es viele chinesische Kinder. :--- #Japan #Norwegen #Spanien #Argentinien #Portugal #Brasilien #Mexiko #Chile #Tibet #Kuba #Kanada #Frankreich #Uruguay #Senegal #Südafrika #Peru #Kolumbien #Venezuela #Nikaragua #Puerto Rico :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 50%" |- !Lösung 942a |- | #Japan - Japaner - japanische #Norwegen - Norweger - norwegische #Spanien - Spanier - spanische #Argentinien - Argentinier - argentinische #Portugal - Portugiesen - portugiesische #Brasilien - Brasilianer - brasilianische #Mexiko - Mexikaner - mexikanische #Chile - Chilenen - chilenische #Tibet - Tibeter - tibetische #Kuba - Kubaner - kubanische #Kanada - Kanadier - kanadische #Frankreich - Franzosen - französische #Uruguay - Uruguayer - uruguayische #Senegal - Senegalesen - senegalesische #Südafrika - Südafrikaner - südafrikanische #Peru - Peruaner - peruanische #Kolumbien - Kolumbianer - kolumbianische #Venezuela - Venez'''o'''laner - venez'''o'''lanische #Nikaragua - Nikaraguaner - nikaraguanische #Puerto Rico - Puertorikaner - puertorikanische |} 942b [[File:BandW.jpg|thumb|der Amerikaner (Gebäck)]] #Berlin - Berliner #Hamburg - Hamburger #München - Münchner #Stuttgart - Stuttgarter #Köln - Kölner 942c [[File:Wiener Wuerstchen fcm.jpg|thumb|die Wiener (= Wiener Würstchen) = Frankfurter (= Frankfurter Würstchen)]] #Uruguay - Uruguayer - uruguayische #Tibet - Tibeter - tibetische #Japan - Japaner - japanische #Ukraine - Ukrainer - ukrainische #Mallorca - Mallorquiner - mallorquinische #Littauen - Littauer - littauische #Schweiz - Schweizer - schweizerische (oder schweizer) #Luxemburg - Luxemburger - luxemburgische (selten: luxemburger) #Irak - Iraker - irakische #Österreich - Österreicher - österreichische 942d [[File:Kondom.jpg|thumb|der Pariser (der oder das Kondom)]] #Norwegen - Norweger - norwegische #Brasilien - Brasilianer - brasilianische #Mexiko - Mexikaner - mexikanische #Marokko - Marokkaner - marokkanische #Ägypten - Ägypter - ägyptische #Indien - Inder - indische #Norwegen - Norweger - norwegische #Belgien - Belgier - belgische #Australien - Australier - australische #Italien - Italiener - italienische #Syrien - Syrer - syrische 942e [[File:Kiełbasa krakowska 2.jpg|thumb|die Krakauer (= Krakauer Wurst)]] #Nikaragua - Nikaraguaner - nikaraguanische #Angola - Angolaner - angolanische #USA - Amerika - US-Amerikaner - US-amerikanische #Kamerun - Kameruner - kamerunische #Nigeria - Nigerianer - nigerianische #Korea - Koreaner - koreanische #Iran - Iraner - iranische 942f [[File:Franz Werkz.jpg|thumb|upright|der Franzose (Werkzeug)]] [[File:Monckywrench.jpg|thumb|upright|der Engländer (Werkzeug)]] #Südafrika - Südafrikaner - südafrikanische #Peru - Peruaner - peruanische #Kolumbien - Kolumbianer - kolumbianische #Venezuela - Venez'''o'''laner - venez'''o'''lanische #Puerto Rico - Puertorikaner - puertorikanische #Kuba - Kubaner - kubanische #Mosambik - Mosambikaner - mosambikanische 942g [[File:Icelandic horse.jpg|thumb|der Isländer (das Islandpferd)]] [[File:Bearb josh04 07.JPG|thumb|der Neufundländer (eine Hunderasse; die Rasse)]] [[File:1Maltese.jpg|thumb|der Malteser (eine Hunderasse) (Malta; maltesisch)]] [[File:Bailey Pekingese.jpg|thumb|der Pekinese (Peking)]] [[File:Afghan Hound.jpg|thumb|der Afghane (Afghanistan; afghanisch)]] [[File:Syrian man with Arabian horse 1893.jpg|thumb|der Araber (das Pferd)]] #El Salvador - Salvadorianer - salvadorianische #Haiti - Haitianer - haitianische #Kolumbien - Kolumbianer - kolumbianische #Bolivien - Bolivianer - bolivianische #Ecuador - Ecuadorianer - ecuadorianische #Kenia - Kenianer - kenianische 942h #Argentinien - Argentinier - argentinische #Algerien - Algerier - algerische #Tansania - Tansanier - tansanische #Spanien - Spanier - spanische #Somalia - Somalier - somalische #Libyen - Libyer (Volk der Libyer) (auch Libyier) - libysche 942i #Chile - Chilenen - chilenische #Schweden - Schweden - schwedische #Polen - Polen - polnische #Ungarn - Ungarn - ungarische :--- #Monaco - Monegassen - monegassische #Madagaskar - Madagassen - madagassische :--- #Bangladesh - Bangladeshi (oder Bengalen) - bengalische #Mongolei - Mongolen - mongolische 942j #Portugal - Portugiesen - portugiesische #Baskenland - Basken - baskische #Irland - Iren - irische #Dänemark - Dänen - dänische #Finnland - Finnen - finnische #Katalonien - Katalonen - katalonische #Türkei - Türken - türkische #Bulgarien - Bulgaren - bulgarische #Rumänien - Rumänen - rumänische #Tschechien - Tschechen - tschechische #Slowakei - Slowaken - slowakische #Slowenien - Slowenen - slowenische 942k #Schottland - Schotten - schottische #Laos - Laoten - laotische #Baltikum - Balten - baltische #Estland - Esten - est'''n'''ische #Lettland - Letten - lettische #Jemen - Jemeniten - jemenitische 942m #Senegal - Senegalesen - senegalesische #Kongo - Kongolesen - kongolesische #Sudan - Sudanesen - sudanesische #Sri Lanka - Sri Lankesen - sri-lankische (oder srilankesische) #Vietnam - Vietnamesen - vietnamesische #Libanon - Libanesen - libanesische #Panama - Panamesen - panamesische 942n #Thailand - Thailänder (oder Thais) - thailändische #Niederlande - Niederländer - niederländische #Island - Isländer - isländische #Grönland - Grönländer - grönländische #Holland - Holländer - holländische #Neuseeland - Neuseeländer - neuseeländische :--- #Weißrussland - Weißrussen - weißrussische #Russland - Russen - russische #Estland - Esten - est'''n'''ische #Lettland - Letten - lettische #Baskenland - Basken - baskische #Irland - Iren - irische #England - Engländer - englische #Finnland - Finnen - finnische #Griechenland - Griechen - griechische #Schottland - Schotten - schottische 942p [[File:Florentine biscuits.jpg|thumb|der Florentiner (Florenz)]] #Kanada - Kanadier - kanadische #Frankreich - Franzosen - französische #Israel - Israelis - israelische #Saudi-Arabien - Saudis - saudische :--- #Kasachstan - Kasachen - kasachische #Afghanistan - Afghanen - afghanische #Pakistan - Pakistani - pakistanische 943 [[File:Female human buttocks.jpg|thumb|der <abbr title="der Po - en: bottom; bum; behind; backside">Po</abbr>; [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TyECAoO7dj4 Finger im Po, Mexiko] ]] :'''Wie nennt man die Bewohner der folgenden Länder, Regionen und Städte?''' :Beispiel: :China :⇒ Chinesen :⇒ Die Bewohner von China heißen Chinesen. :⇒ Die Bewohner von China nennt man Chinesen. :⇒ In China gibt es viele chinesische Kinder. :--- #Japan #Norwegen #Spanien #Argentinien #Portugal #Brasilien #Mexiko #Chile #Tibet #Kuba #Kanada #Frankreich #Uruguay #Senegal #Südafrika #Peru #Kolumbien #Venezuela #Nikaragua #Puerto Rico :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 943 |- | #Japan - Japaner - japanische #Norwegen - Norweger - norwegische #Spanien - Spanier - spanische #Argentinien - Argentinier - argentinische #Portugal - Portugiesen - portugiesische #Brasilien - Brasilianer - brasilianische #Mexiko - Mexikaner - mexikanische #Chile - Chilenen - chilenische #Tibet - Tibeter - tibetische #Kuba - Kubaner - kubanische #Kanada - Kanadier - kanadische #Frankreich - Franzosen - französische #Uruguay - Uruguayer - uruguayische #Senegal - Senegalesen - senegalesische #Südafrika - Südafrikaner - südafrikanische #Peru - Peruaner - peruanische #Kolumbien - Kolumbianer - kolumbianische #Venezuela - Venez'''o'''laner - venez'''o'''lanische #Nikaragua - Nikaraguaner - nikaraguanische #Puerto Rico - Puertorikaner - puertorikanische |} 943a :'''Wie nennt man die Bewohner der folgenden Länder, Regionen und Städte?''' :Beispiel: :Japan :⇒ Japan :⇒ Die Bewohner von Japan heißen Japaner. :⇒ Die Bewohner von Japan nennt man Japaner. :⇒ In Japan gibt es nur japanische <abbr title="die Münze - en: coin">Münzen</abbr>. :--- #El Salvador #Haiti #Kolumbien #Bolivien #Ecuador #Kongo #Tansania #Kenia #Mosambik #USA #Angola #Kamerun #Nigeria #Marokko #Algerien #Libyen #Ägypten #Israel #Saudi-Arabien #Jemen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 943a |- | #El Salvador - Salvadorianer - salvadorianische #Haiti - Haitianer - haitianische #Kolumbien - Kolumbianer - kolumbianische #Bolivien - Bolivianer - bolivianische #Ecuador - Ecuadorianer - ecuadorianische #Kongo - Kongolesen - kongolesische #Tansania - Tansanier - tansanische #Kenia - Kenianer - kenianische #Mosambik - Mosambikaner - mosambikanische #USA - US-Amerikaner - US-amerikanische #Angola - Angolaner - angolanische #Kamerun - Kameruner - kamerunische #Nigeria - Nigerianer - nigerianische #Marokko - Marokkaner - marokkanische #Algerien - Algerier - algerische #Libyen - Libyer - libysche #Ägypten - Ägypter - ägyptische #Israel - Israeli - israelische #Saudi-Arabien - Saudis - saudische #Jemen - Jemeniten - jemenitische |} 943b :'''Wie nennt man die Bewohner der folgenden Länder, Regionen und Städte?''' :Beispiel: :Kolumbien :⇒ Kolumbien :⇒ Die Bewohner von Kolumbien heißen Kolumbianer. :⇒ Die Bewohner von Kolumbien nennt man Kolumbianer. :⇒ In Kolumbien gibt es viele kolumbianische Städte. :--- #Somalia #Sudan #Thailand #Vietnam #Laos #Mongolei #Kasachstan #Afghanistan #Korea #Russland #Ukraine #Weißrussland #Polen #Baltikum #Estland #Lettland #Littauen #Finnland #Schweden #Schweiz :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 943b |- | #Somalia - Somalier - somalische #Sudan - Sudanesen - sudanesische #Thailand - Thailänder - thailändische #Vietnam - Vietnamesen - vietnamesische #Laos - Laoten - laotische #Mongolei - Mongolen - mongolische #Kasachstan - Kasachen - kasachische #Afghanistan - Afghanen - afghanische #Korea - Koreaner - koreanische #Russland - Russen - russische #Ukraine - Ukrainer - ukrainische #Weißrussland - Weißrussen - weißrussische #Polen - Polen - polnische #Baltikum - Balten - baltische #Estland - Esten - est'''n'''ische #Lettland - Letten - lettische #Littauen - Littauer - littauische #Finnland - Finnen - finnische #Schweden - Schweden - schwedische #Schweiz - Schweizer - schweizerische |} 943c :'''Wie nennt man die Bewohner der folgenden Länder, Regionen und Städte?''' :Beispiel: :Thailand :⇒ Thailand :⇒ Die Bewohner von Thailand heißen Thailänder (oder Thais). (Thais = ein Mensch vom Volk der Thais) :⇒ Die Bewohner von Thailand nennt man Thailänder (oder Thais). :⇒ In Thailand gibt es viele thailändische Dörfer. :--- #Island #Grönland #Mallorca #Norwegen #Dänemark #Italien #Griechenland #Libanon #Syrien #Österreich #Ungarn #Bulgarien #Rumänien #Tschechien #Slowakei #Slowenien #Irland #Schottland #Baskenland #Katalonien :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 943c |- | #Island - Isländer - isländische #Grönland - Grönländer - grönländische #Mallorca - Mallorquiner - mallorquinische #Norwegen - Norweger - norwegische #Dänemark - Dänen - dänische #Italien - Italiener - italienische #Griechenland - Griechen - griechische #Libanon - Libanesen - libanesische #Syrien - Syrer - syrische #Österreich - Österreicher - österreichische #Ungarn - Ungarn - ungarische #Bulgarien - Bulgaren - bulgarische #Rumänien - Rumänen - rumänische #Tschechien - Tschechen - tschechische #Slowakei - Slowaken - slowakische #Slowenien - Slowenen - slowenische #Irland - Iren - irische #Schottland - Schotten - schottische #Baskenland - Basken - baskisch #Katalonien - Katalonen - katalonisch |} 943d :'''Wie nennt man die Bewohner der folgenden Länder, Regionen und Städte?''' :Beispiel: :Dänemark :⇒ Dänemark :⇒ Die Bewohner von Dänemark heißen Dänen. :⇒ Die Bewohner von Dänemark nennt man Dänen. :⇒ In Dänemark gibt es viele dänische Fahnen. :--- #Türkei #Iran #Irak #Belgien #Luxemburg #Niederlande #Holland #Indien #Pakistan #Bangladesh #Sri Lanka #Madagaskar #Panama #Australien #Neuseeland #Berlin #Hamburg #München #Stuttgart #Köln :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 943d |- | #Türkei - Türken - türkische #Iran - Iraner - iranische #Irak - Iraker - irakische #Belgien - Belgier - belgische #Luxemburg - Luxemburger - luxemburgische #Niederlande - Niederländer - niederländische #Holland - Holländer - holländische #Indien - Inder - indische #Pakistan - Pakistani - pakistanische #Bangladesh - Bangladeshi oder Bengalen - bengalische #Sri Lanka - Sri Lankesen - sri-lankische oder srilankesische #Madagaskar - Madagassen - madagassische #Panama - Panamesen - panamesische #Australien - Australier - australische #Neuseeland - Neuseeländer - neuseeländische #Berlin - Berliner - Berliner #Hamburg - Hamburger - Hamburger #München - Münchner - Münchner #Stuttgart - Stuttgarter - Stuttgarter #Köln - Kölner - Kölner |} 943e :das Land - der Mann - die Frau :Frankreich - der Franzose - die Französin :England - der Engländer - die Engländerin :--- :Berlin - der Berliner - die Berlinerin :Hamburg - der Hamburger - die Hamburgerin :München - der Münchner - die Münchnerin :Köln - der Kölner - die Kölnerin :--- :Rom - der Römer - die Römerin - römisch :Venedig - Venezianer - venezianisch :--- :Amerika - der Amerikaner - die Amerikanerin :Asien - der Asiate - die Asiatin :Afrika - der Afrikaner - die Afrikanerin :Europa - der Europäer - die Europäerin 943f #Japan - der Japaner - die Japanerin #Schweiz - der Schweizer - die Schweizerin #Österreich - der Österreicher - die Österreicherin #Norwegen - der Norweger - die Norwegerin #Brasilien - der Brasilianer - die Brasilianerin #Mexiko - der Mexikaner - die Mexikanerin #Marokko - der Marokkaner - die Marokkanerin #Belgien - der Belgier - die Belgierin #Italien - der Italiener - die Italienerin #Nikaragua - der Nikaraguaner - die Nikaraguanerin #Korea - der Koreaner - die Koreanerin #Peru - der Peruaner - die Peruanerin #Kolumbien - der Kolumbianer - die Kolumbianerin #Venezuela - der Venez'''o'''laner - die Venez'''o'''lanerin #Puerto Rico - der Puertorikaner - die Puertorikanerin #Kuba - der Kubaner - die Kubanerin 943g #El Salvador - der Salvadorianer - die Salvadorianerin #Bolivien - der Bolivianer - die Bolivianerin #Ecuador - der Ecuadorianer - die Ecuadorianerin #Argentinien - der Argentinier - die Argentinierin #Spanien - der Spanier - die Spanierin #Chile - der Chilene - die Chilenin #Schweden - der Schwede - die Schwedin #Polen - der Pole - die Polin #Ungarn - der Ungare - die Ungarin #Mongolei - der Mongole - die Mongolin #Portugal - der Portugiese - die Portugiesin #Baskenland - der Baske - die Baskin #Irland - der Ire - die Irin #Dänemark - der Däne - die Dänin 943h #Finnland - der Finne - die Finnin #Katalonien - der Katalone - die Katalonin #Türkei - der Türke - die Türkin #Bulgarien - der Bulgare - die Bulgarin #Rumänien - der Rumäne - die Rumänin #Schottland - der Schotte - die Schottin #Vietnam - der Vietnamese - die Vietnamesin #Niederlande - der Niederländer - die Niederländerin #Holland - der Holländer - die Holländerin #Neuseeland - der Neuseeländer - die Neuseeländerin #Russland - der Russe - die Russin #Griechenland - der Grieche - die Griechin #Kanada - der Kanadier - die Kanadierin #Frankreich - der Franzose - die Französin 944 :'''Übungen zum verstehenden Lesen''' :--- :Ein Wochenende :--- :Thomas und Uta sind Medizinstudenten. Sie studieren seit zwei Jahren Medizin. Am Wochenende gehen sie manchmal zusammen ins Kino, ins Theater oder in eine Studenten<abbr title="die Kneipe - en: pub">kneipe</abbr>. Für dieses Wochenende hat Thomas zwei Kinokarten besorgt. Im Cineplex-Kinocenter <abbr title="laufen - en: to run; they show him; to be on cinema">läuft</abbr> ein indischer Liebesfilm. Ein Freund hat Thomas diesen Film sehr <abbr title="empfehlen - en: recomend">empfohlen</abbr>. Thomas und Uta gehen in die <abbr title="die Vorstellung - en: cinema performance">Vorstellung</abbr> am Nachmittag. Der Film ist wirklich ausgezeichnet. :Dann möchten sie noch etwas essen. Sie gehen in einen Asia-Imbiss. Dann <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany">begleitet</abbr> Thomas seine Freundin nach Hause. Sie will noch arbeiten, denn sie muss morgen einen <abbr title="einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture; der Vortrag - en: lecture">Vortrag halten</abbr>. Thomas geht ins Institut. Hier liest er noch die Zeitung, dann geht er schlafen. 944a :'''Fragen zum Text.''' :--- :Seit wann studieren Thomas und Uta Medizin? :Wohin gehen sie am Wochenende? :In welchem Kino läuft der indische <abbr title="der Spielfilm - en: motion pictures">Spielfilm</abbr>? :Wo essen Thomas und Uta? :Warum will Uta noch arbeiten? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 944a |- | :Seit wann studieren Thomas und Uta Medizin? - Sie studieren seit zwei Jahren Medizin. :Wohin gehen sie am Wochenende? - Am Wochenende gehen sie ins Kino, ins Theater oder in eine Studentenkneipe. :In welchem Kino läuft der indische Spielfilm? - Im Cineplex-Kinocenter läuft der indische Spielfilm. :Wo essen Thomas und Uta? - Sie essen in einem Asia-Imbiss. :Warum will Uta noch arbeiten? - Uta will noch arbeiten, weil sie morgen einen Vortrag halten muss. :(ODER: Sie muss morgen einen Vortrag halten.) |} 945 :'''Lesen Sie und antworten Sie dann!''' :--- :Am Morgen hat Familie Lehmann nicht viel Zeit. Herr Lehmann geht 6 Uhr, Frau Lehmann geht 7 Uhr und Monika 7.15 Uhr. Herr Lehmann fährt mit dem Auto in die Stadt. Frau Lehmann geht in die Arztpraxis. Das ist nicht <abbr title="weit - en: distant">weit</abbr>. Monika hat fünf oder sechs Stunden Unterricht. Sie kommt am Nachmittag zuerst nach Hause. :--- :Was macht Familie Lehmann am Morgen? 946 :'''Lesen Sie und antworten Sie dann!''' :--- :Am Sonnabend sind Herr und Frau Lehmann zu Hause. Sie arbeiten nicht. Sie arbeiten an fünf Tagen in der Woche, von montags bis freitags, und haben dann am Wochenende frei. Monika geht sonnabends <abbr title="auch nicht - en: neither; also not">auch nicht</abbr> in die Schule. Aber sie muss viele Hausaufgaben machen. Am Sonnabend Nachmittag geht sie mit ihrem Bruder Peter an den See. Peter spielt dort mit seinen Freunden. :--- :Was macht Familie Lehmann am Samstag? 946a :'''Lesen Sie und antworten Sie dann!''' :--- :Im Sommer fährt Familie Lehmann manchmal am Sonntag in den Wald. Alle haben Fahrräder. Auch Peter fährt mit dem Fahrrad. Er hat das Fahrrad schon vor einem Jahr bekommen. Am Abend gehen Herr und Frau Lehmann manchmal mit Monika ins Theater oder ins Konzert. Nur Peter bleibt zu Hause. Er ist noch zu klein. :--- :Was macht Familie Lehmann am Sonntag? 946b :'''Lesen Sie! Nehmen Sie das Wörterbuch!''' :--- :Alle fünf Jahre ist in [[:de:w:Kassel|Kassel]] die ''[[:de:w:documenta|documenta]]''. Das ist eine <abbr title="die Ausstellung - en: exhibition; die Kunst - en: art">Kunstausstellung</abbr>, zu der viele '''<abbr title="der Künstler - en: artist">Künstler</abbr>''' aus Europa, Asien, Amerika und Afrika kommen. Hier zeigen sie ihre <abbr title="das Kunstwerk - en: artwork">Kunstwerke</abbr>. Die ''documenta'' <abbr title="dauern - en: to last">dauert</abbr> <abbr title="jeweils - en: respectively; in each case">jeweils</abbr> 100 Tage. Sie wird von der Stadt Kassel, dem <abbr title="das Land = das Bundesland - en: federal state">Land</abbr> Hessen und der ''Kultur<abbr title="die Stifung - en: foundation">stiftung</abbr> des <abbr title="der Bund = die Bundesrepublik Deutschland - en: Federal Republic of Germany">Bundes</abbr>'' finanziell '''<abbr title="unterstützen - en: to support">unterstützt</abbr>'''. 947 :'''Ergänzen Sie! Antworten Sie danach!''' :--- # Sehen Sie gern ... ? # <abbr title="nennen - en: to name">Nennen</abbr> Sie einen ... ! # Wie ... dauert die ''documenta''? # Wie ... ist die ''documenta'' in Kassel? # Wer ... die ''documenta'' finanziell? :--- :a) unterstützt; b) Künstler; c) lange; d) Filme; e) oft :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 947 |- | :Sehen Sie gern Filme? - Ja, ich sehe gern Filme. Nein, ich sehe nicht gern Filme. :Nennen Sie einen Künstler! - Andy Warhol. :Wie lange dauert die ''documenta''? - Die ''documenta'' dauert 100 Tage. :<abbr title="Wie oft? - en: How often?">Wie oft</abbr> ist die ''documenta'' in Kassel? - Die ''documenta'' ist alle 5 Jahre. :ODER (Die ''documenta'' findet alle 5 Jahre statt.) (stattfinden) :Wer unterstützt die ''documenta'' finanziell? - Die Stadt Kassel, das Land Hessen und die ''Kulturstiftung des Bundes'' |} 948 :Im Theater :--- :Herr Müller geht ins Theater. An der Kasse kauft er eine Karte und ein Programm. Dann nimmt er in <abbr title="die Reihe - en: row">Reihe</abbr> vier Platz. Die Vorstellung beginnt <abbr title="pünktlich - en: in time; punctual">pünktlich</abbr>. In der Pause trinkt er ein Glas Sekt. Um 23 Uhr geht Herr Müller nach Hause. Die <abbr title="die Vorstellung - en: theatre performance">Vorstellung</abbr> im Theater hat ihm <abbr title="ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; exquisite">ausgezeichnet</abbr> gefallen. 948a :Ist alles richtig? :Gibt es einen Fehler? :Wo ist der Fehler? :Wie heißt es richtig? :--- :Ich kann morgen nicht kommen. Leider am sonntag habe ich Arbeite. :Peter Fahrt mit mir. :Am Montag Arbeite auch, aber Peter kann. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 948a |- | :Ich kann morgen nicht kommen. Leider arbeite ich am Sonntag. (Leider habe ich am Sonntag Arbeit.) :Peter fährt mit mir. :Am Montag arbeite ich auch, aber Peter kann. |} 949 :Der frühe <abbr title="der Vogel - en: bird">Vogel</abbr> <abbr title="fangen - en: to cach">fängt</abbr> den <abbr title="der Wurm - en: worm">Wurm</abbr>. :Der <abbr title="der Glaube - en: faith; religion; belief">Glaube</abbr> kann <abbr title="der Berg - en: mountain">Berge</abbr> <abbr title="versetzen - en: to move; to shift; to transpose">versetzen</abbr>. :Der <abbr title="der Hunger - en: hunger">Hunger</abbr> kommt beim Essen. :Der <abbr title="der Klügere - en: the wiser; klug - en: wise; clever; smart; klüger - en: wiser">Klügere</abbr> <abbr title="nachgeben - en: to give in; to yield">gibt nach</abbr>. 949a :Der Mensch denkt, <abbr title="der Gott - en: God">Gott</abbr> <abbr title="lenken - en: to steer; to guide; to manage">lenkt</abbr>. :Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein. :Der <abbr title="der Ton - en: sound; (behavior)">Ton</abbr> macht die Musik. :Der <abbr title="der Wunsch - en: desire; wish; wünschen - en: to wish">Wunsch</abbr> ist der Vater des <abbr title="der Gedanke - en: thought; idea">Gedanken</abbr>. :Der <abbr title="der Zweck - en: purpose; aim; end">Zweck</abbr> <abbr title="heiligen = rechtfertigen - en: to sanctify; to justify; heilig - holy; sacred; der Heilige - the Saint (person), Saint ... ">heiligt</abbr> die <abbr title="das Mittel - en: means">Mittel</abbr>. == Vokabular: Lektion 022 == : bleiben - en: to remain; to stay : glauben - en: to think; to believe : vielleicht - en: maybe : nachher - en: later; later on; after this : eigentlich - en: actually; really; true; as a matter of fact : ihr - en: her; to her : schenken - en: to present : gestern - en: yesterday : besichtigen - en: to visit, to tour : sehen - en: to see : die Besichtigung - en: sightseeing; tour : weit - en: wide; broad; far : breit - en: broad : lang - en: long : eng - en: narrow : schmal - en: narrow : kurz - en: short : heute noch = noch heute - en: still today : gleich morgen - en: tomorrow; immediately tomorrow; promptly tomorrow : gerade - en: just; a second ago : doch - en: but; all the same; anyway : sich unterhalten - en: to talk; to converse : ganz - en: absolutely : genau - en: exact; precisely : erzählen - en: to tell; to narrate : eher = früher - en: earlier : eher = zeitiger = früher - en: earlier : aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up : schlafen gehen - en: to go to bed; to go to sleep : können - en: can : rechnen - en: to calculate : zählen - en: to count : nachher - en: later; later on; after (this); not now : gar nicht - en: not at all : nicht mehr - en: no more; no longer; not any more : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent : selbstverständlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident : ihr - en: to her : besorgen - en: to get; to procure : können - en: can : begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort : bestellen - en: to order : besorgen - en: to get; to procure : abholen - en: to collect; to pick; to fetch : die Oma - en: grandmother : besorgen - en: to get; to procure : ihm - en: him; for him; to him : der Beamer = der Projektor - en: beamer : wollen - en: want : zeigen - en: to show; to point : bestellen - en: to order : können - en: can : passen - en: to match; to fit; to be convinient : erledigen - en: to make; to carry out; to finish; to complete : begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort : müssen - en: have to; must : wieder einmal - en: once again : zu mir kommen - en: come to me : es geht - en: it is possible : es geht nicht - en: it is impossible : da - en: there; then; here! : bestellen - en: to order : auch noch - en: also; even; also even : paar - en: some : das Paar (= 2) - en: pair; couple : der Einkauf - en: purchase; buying; shopping : machen - en: to make : dringend - en: urgent : der Eintritt - en: entry fee : selber - en: yourself; himself : tanken - en: refuel (gasoline) : der Tank - en: fuel tank : der Benzintank - en: fuel tank : der Wassertank - en: water tank : draußen - en: outside : bleiben - en: to remain; to stay : heute noch - en: even today; today still : einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture : der Vortrag - en: lecture : gleich - en: just; immediately; in a second : deshalb - en: therefore; that's why; hence : Bescheid sagen - en: to give the word; to inform; to let somebody know; to say : heute noch - en: still today : die Fahrkarte - en: ticket : Fußball - en: football : Volleyball - en: volleyball : Federball = Badminton - en: badminton : die Feder - en: feather : der Ball - en: ball : Tischtennis - en: ping-pong; table tennis : Schach - en: chess : schwimmen - en: to swimm; to float : die Strecke - en: route; distance; stretch; section; way : fliegen - en: to fly : anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring : der Flug - en: flight : war - en: was : herrlich - en: gorgeous; marvelous; wonderfull : besonders - en: especially : der Himmel - en: sky : die Wolke - en: cloud : denken - en: to think : beide - en: both : gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together : die Reise - en: journey; trip; tour; voyage : Darf ich bitten? = Darf ich zum Tanz bitten? - en: May I have a dance? : bitten - en: to ask; to request; to beg : der Kellner - en: waiter : die Speisekarte - en: menu : die Speise - en: dish; food : Herr Ober - en: waiter : der Oberkellner - en: head waiter : der Kellner - en: waiter (male) : die Kellnerin - en: waiter (female) : die Käseplatte - en: chees plate; cheeseboard : die Schinkenplatte - en: ham platter : empfehlen - en: to recomend : letzter - en: last : erzählen - en: to tell; to narrate : der Hinflug - en: outward flight; the flight leg towards the destination : zwischenlanden - en: to stop over : landen - en: to land; to touch down : die Verspätung - en: delay : spät - en: late : sich verspäten - en: to be late : Auf dem Rückflug - en: on the return flight : der Rückflug - en: return flight; the flight leg rom the destination : herrlich - en: gorgeous; wonderful : Auf Ihr Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite form); To your health! (polite form) : Auf dein Wohl! - en: Cheers! (non-polite form); To your health! (non-polite form) : zum Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite and non-polite form) : das Wohl - en: the well; wellfare : der Mietwagen - en: rental car : nehmen - en: to take : allein - en: alone : die Altstadt - en: old town; historical center : einige - en: some : das Museum - en: museum : abfahren - en: to depart; to leave : die Kurve - en: curve; turn : eng - en: narrow : anstrengend - en: tiring; exhausting : der Strand - en: beach : oft - en: often : tanzen - en: to dance : Darf ich bitten? = Darf ich zum Tanz bitten? - en: May I have a dance? : bitten - en: to ask; to request; to beg : besonders - en: especially : wieder einmal = ein andermal - en: once again; at another time again : zahlen - en: to pay" : mein Herr - en: Mister; (My Lord) : die Rechnung - en: bill; check; invoice : die Speisekarte - en: menu : wählen - en: to choose; so select : bestellen - en: to order : woran?- en: by which; on what; at what; what : Woran denkst du? - en: What are you thinking? : Woran denkt Karin? - en: What thinks Karin? : an wen? - en: to whom? : beide - en: both : gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together : oft - en: often; frequently : Platz nehmen - en: to take place; to sit down : allein - en: alone : gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together : der Gast - en: guest : wochentags; der Wochentag = der Werktag - en: workday : sonntags und feiertags - en: sundays and holidays : der Vortrag - en: lecture; recitation : die Volkshochschule - en: Adult Education Centre; Adult education center : die Hochschule - en: college : das Volk - en: people : die Allgemeinmedizin - en: general medicine : geschlossen - en: closed : schließen - en: to close : manchmal - en: sometimes : der Po - en: bottom; bum; behind; backside : die Münze - en: coin : die Kneipe - en: pub : laufen - en: to run; they show him; to be on cinema : empfehlen - en: recomend : die Vorstellung - en: cinema performance : begleiten - en: to accompany : einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture : der Vortrag - en: lecture : der Spielfilm - en: motion pictures : weit - en: distant : auch nicht - en: neither; also not : die Ausstellung - en: exhibition : die Kunst - en: art : der Künstler - en: artist : das Kunstwerk - en: artwork : dauern - en: to last : jeweils - en: respectively; in each case : das Land = das Bundesland - en: federal state : die Stifung - en: foundation : der Bund = die Bundesrepublik Deutschland - en: Federal Republic of Germany : unterstützen - en: to support : nennen - en: to name : Wie oft? - en: How often? : die Reihe - en: row : pünktlich - en: in time; punctual : die Vorstellung - en: theatre performance : ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; exquisite : der Vogel - en: bird : fangen - en: to cach : der Wurm - en: worm : der Glaube - en: faith; religion; belief : der Berg - en: mountain : versetzen - en: to move; to shift; to transpose : der Hunger - en: hunger : der Klügere - en: the wiser : klug - en: wise; clever; smart : klüger - en: wiser : nachgeben - en: to give in; to yield : der Gott - en: God : lenken - en: to steer; to guide; to manage : der Ton - en: sound; (behavior) : der Wunsch - en: desire; wish : wünschen - en: to wish : der Gedanke - en: thought; idea : der Zweck - en: purpose; aim; end : heiligen = rechtfertigen - en: to sanctify; to justify : heilig - holy; sacred : der Heilige - the Saint (person), Saint ... : das Mittel - en: means == Vokabular: Lektion 022 - alphabetisch geordnet == # abfahren - en: to depart; to leave # abholen - en: to collect; to pick; to fetch # allein - en: alone # Allgemeinmedizin, die - en: general medicine # Altstadt, die - en: old town; historical center # an wen? - en: to whom? # anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring # auch nicht - en: neither; also not # auch noch - en: also; even; also even # Auf dein Wohl! - en: Cheers! (non-polite form); To your health! (non-polite form) # Auf dem Rückflug - en: on the return flight # Auf Ihr Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite form); To your health! (polite form) # aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up # ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; exquisite # Ausstellung, die - en: exhibition # Ball, der - en: ball # Beamer, der = der Projektor - en: beamer # begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort # beide - en: both # Benzintank, der - en: fuel tank # Berg, der - en: mountain # Bescheid sagen - en: to give the word; to inform; to let somebody know; to say # besichtigen - en: to visit, to tour # Besichtigung, die - en: sightseeing; tour # besonders - en: especially # besorgen - en: to get; to procure # bestellen - en: to order # bitten - en: to ask; to request; to beg # bleiben - en: to remain; to stay # breit - en: broad # Bund, der = die Bundesrepublik Deutschland - en: Federal Republic of Germany # da - en: there; then; here! # Darf ich bitten? = Darf ich zum Tanz bitten? - en: May I have a dance? # dauern - en: to last # denken - en: to think # deshalb - en: therefore; that's why; hence # doch - en: but; all the same; anyway # draußen - en: outside # dringend - en: urgent # eher = zeitiger = früher - en: earlier # eigentlich - en: actually; really; true; as a matter of fact # einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture # einige - en: some # Einkauf, der - en: purchase; buying; shopping # Eintritt, der - en: entry fee # empfehlen - en: to recomend # eng - en: narrow # erledigen - en: to make; to carry out; to finish; to complete # erzählen - en: to tell; to narrate # es geht - en: it is possible # es geht nicht - en: it is impossible # Fahrkarte, die - en: ticket # fangen - en: to cach # Feder, die - en: feather # Federball = Badminton - en: badminton # fliegen - en: to fly # Flug, der - en: flight # Fußball - en: football # ganz - en: absolutely # gar nicht - en: not at all # Gast, der - en: guest # Gedanke, der - en: thought; idea # gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together # genau - en: exact; precisely # gerade - en: just; a second ago # geschlossen - en: closed # gestern - en: yesterday # Glaube, der - en: faith; religion; belief # glauben - en: to think; to believe # gleich - en: just; immediately; in a second # gleich morgen - en: tomorrow; immediately tomorrow; promptly tomorrow # Gott, der - en: God # heilig - holy; sacred # Heilige, der - the Saint (person), Saint ... # heiligen = rechtfertigen - en: to sanctify; to justify # Herr Ober - en: waiter # herrlich - en: gorgeous; marvelous; wonderfull # heute noch = noch heute - en: still today; even today # Himmel, der - en: sky # Hinflug, der - en: outward flight; the flight leg towards the destination # Hochschule, die - en: college # Hunger, der - en: hunger # ihm - en: him; for him; to him # ihr - en: to her # ihr - en: her; to her # jeweils - en: respectively; in each case # Käseplatte, die - en: chees plate; cheeseboard # Kellner, der - en: waiter (male) # Kellnerin, die - en: waiter (female) # klug - en: wise; clever; smart # klüger - en: wiser # Klügere, der - en: the wiser # Kneipe, die - en: pub # können - en: can # Kunst, die - en: art # Künstler, der - en: artist # Kunstwerk, das - en: artwork # Kurve, die - en: curve; turn # kurz - en: short # Land, das = das Bundesland - en: federal state # landen - en: to land; to touch down # lang - en: long # laufen - en: to run; they show him; to be on cinema # lenken - en: to steer; to guide; to manage # letzter - en: last # machen - en: to make # manchmal - en: sometimes # mein Herr - en: Mister; (My Lord) # Mietwagen, der - en: rental car # Mittel, das - en: means # Münze, die - en: coin # Museum, das - en: museum # müssen - en: have to; must # nachgeben - en: to give in; to yield # nachher - en: later; later on; after (this); not now # nehmen - en: to take # nennen - en: to name # nicht mehr - en: no more; no longer; not any more # Oberkellner, der - en: head waiter # oft - en: often # oft - en: often; frequently # Oma, die - en: grandmother # paar - en: some # Paar, das (= 2) - en: pair; couple # passen - en: to match; to fit; to be convinient # Platz nehmen - en: to take place; to sit down # Po, der - en: bottom; bum; behind; backside # pünktlich - en: in time; punctual # rechnen - en: to calculate # Rechnung, die - en: bill; check; invoice # Reihe, die - en: row # Reise, die - en: journey; trip; tour; voyage # Rückflug, der - en: return flight; the flight leg rom the destination # Schach - en: chess # schenken - en: to present # Schinkenplatte, die - en: ham platter # schlafen gehen - en: to go to bed; to go to sleep # schließen - en: to close # schmal - en: narrow # schwimmen - en: to swimm; to float # sehen - en: to see # selber - en: yourself; himself # selbstverständlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident # sich unterhalten - en: to talk; to converse # sich verspäten - en: to be late # sonntags und feiertags - en: sundays and holidays # spät - en: late # Speise, die - en: dish; food # Speisekarte, die - en: menu # Spielfilm, der - en: motion pictures # Stifung, die - en: foundation # Strand, der - en: beach # Strecke, die - en: route; distance; stretch; section; way # Tank, der - en: fuel tank # tanken - en: refuel (gasoline) # tanzen - en: to dance # Tischtennis - en: ping-pong; table tennis # Ton, der - en: sound; (behavior) # unterstützen - en: to support # versetzen - en: to move; to shift; to transpose # Verspätung, die - en: delay # vielleicht - en: maybe # Vogel, der - en: bird # Volk, das - en: people # Volkshochschule, die - en: Adult Education Centre; Adult education center # Volleyball - en: volleyball # Vorstellung, die - en: cinema performance; theater perfrormance # Vortrag, der - en: lecture; recitation # wählen - en: to choose; so select # war - en: was # Wassertank, der - en: water tank # weit - en: wide; broad; far; distant # Wie oft? - en: How often? # wieder einmal = ein andermal - en: once again; at another time again # wochentags; der Wochentag = der Werktag - en: workday # Wohl, das - en: the well; wellfare # Wolke, die - en: cloud # wollen - en: want # Woran denkst du? - en: What are you thinking? # Woran denkt Karin? - en: What thinks Karin? # woran?- en: by which; on what; at what; what # Wunsch, der - en: desire; wish # wünschen - en: to wish # Wurm, der - en: worm # zählen - en: to count # zahlen - en: to pay" # zeigen - en: to show; to point # zu mir kommen - en: come to me # zum Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite and non-polite form) # Zweck, der - en: purpose; aim; end # zwischenlanden - en: to stop over :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 021|Lektion 021]] ← Lektion 022 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023|Lektion 023]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 022]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022]] ayfo0laoozeislq8oa9df15rtttrahp 0 4158 6726 6395 2022-05-06T11:22:48Z Minorax 1611 fix lint wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022|Lektion 022]] ← Lektion 023 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024|Lektion 024]] == 950 - 959 == 950 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :das Modalverb „<abbr title="sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do">sollen</abbr>“ :--- :a. Morgen kommen Gäste aus Dänemark. Wissen Sie das schon? :b. Ja, Frau Wagner hat es mir gesagt. Ich '''soll''' <abbr title="gleich - en: just; in a minute">gleich</abbr> Zimmer '''bestellen''' und Konzertkarten '''besorgen'''. :a. Und ich '''soll''' Blumen '''holen''' und die Gäste '''begrüßen'''. '''Sollen''' Sie die Gäste am Abend ins Konzert '''<abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany">begleiten</abbr>'''? :b. Nein, das '''soll''' Frau Stein '''machen'''. Ich '''soll''' den Gästen am Nachmittag die Stadt '''zeigen'''. :a. Und welchen '''<abbr title="der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission">Auftrag</abbr>''' hat Herr Weber bekommen? :b. Er '''soll''' die Gäste am Sonntag nach [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]] '''begleiten'''. 951 :Infinitiv: '''sollen''' :Konjugation im Präsens :--- :ich soll :du sollst :er soll :wir sollen :ihr sollt :sie sollen :--- :Ich soll das neue Buch besorgen. :Du sollst Blumen holen. :Er soll den Brief schreiben. :Wir sollen die Aufgaben <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>. :Ihr sollt leise sein. :Sie sollen <abbr title="sofort - en: immediately">sofort</abbr> zur Arbeit kommen. 952 :Infinitiv: '''sollen''' :Konjugation im Partizip :(1. Vergangenheit: Partizip; 2. Vergangenheit: Imperfekt II) :--- :ich sollte :du solltest :er sollte :wir sollten :ihr solltet :sie sollten :--- :Ich sollte das neue Buch besorgen. :Du solltest Blumen holen. :Er sollte den Brief schreiben. :Wir sollten die Aufgaben <abbr title="rechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>. :Ihr solltet leise sein. :Sie sollten sofort zur Arbeit kommen. 952a :'''<abbr title="sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do">sollen</abbr>''' und '''<abbr title="müssen - en: have to; must">müssen</abbr>''' :'''sollen''' - ein <abbr title="der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission">Auftrag</abbr> an das Subjekt. :Peter <abbr title="sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do">soll</abbr> essen. :Ich soll kommen. :Du sollst <abbr title="bezahlen - en: to pay">bezahlen</abbr>. :Der Sommer soll kommen. :Die Tabletten sollen helfen (<abbr title="gegen - en: against; contra">gegen</abbr> Kopfschmerzen). :--- :Der „<abbr title="Auftraggeber - en: client; customer">Auftraggeber</abbr>“ ist <abbr title="meist = meistens - en: mostly; for the most part">meist</abbr> eine Person oder auch ein <abbr title="das Gesetz - en: law">Gesetz</abbr> oder <abbr title="der Moralkodex - en: code of ethics; (die Moral - en: moral); (der Kodex - en: codex; [moral] code)">Moralkodex</abbr>. :In der <abbr title="die Bedeutung - en: meaning">Bedeutung</abbr> „<abbr title="der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission">Auftrag</abbr>“ ist '''sollen''' <abbr title="eng - en: closely; narrow; tight">eng</abbr> <abbr title="verwandt - en: related">verwandt</abbr> mit '''müssen''', das „<abbr title="die Notwendigkeit - en: necessity; (notwendig - en: necessary)">Notwendigkeit</abbr>“ <abbr title="ausdrücken - en: to express">ausdrückt</abbr>. :Mit '''müssen''' ist aber nicht <abbr title="deutlich - en: clear; obvious">deutlich</abbr>, dass es ein <abbr title="der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission">Auftrag</abbr> ist. :--- :die Negation :ich soll nicht (= <abbr title="verbieten - en: to forbid; to ban; (past tense: verboten)">verboten</abbr>) :ich muss nicht (= wenn ich möchte darf ich; aber wenn ich nicht möchte dann brauche ich nicht) :--- :'''müssen''' oder '''sollen'''? :In beiden <abbr title="der Fall - en: case; Plural: Fälle">Fällen</abbr> ist es ein <abbr title="der Zwang - en: force; pressure">Zwang</abbr>. Aber bei '''müssen''' ist dieser Zwang <abbr title="objektiv - en: objective; objectively">objektiv</abbr>, bei '''sollen''' ist er <abbr title="fremdbestimmt - en: nonautonomous; directed by others; externally determined; (fremd - en: alien">fremdbestimmt</abbr>. :Ich soll etwas <abbr title="tun - en: to do">tun</abbr>. - (<abbr title="jemand - en: someone">jemand</abbr> hat das gesagt, jemand hat es <abbr title="bestimmen - en: to determine">bestimmt</abbr>) :Ich muss etwas tun. - (es ist objektiv <abbr title="notwendig - en: necessary">notwendig</abbr>) :Beispiel: :Ich soll einkaufen. - (meine Mutter hat das gesagt) :Ich muss zur Toilette. - (das braucht mir <abbr title="niemand - en: nobody">niemand</abbr> zu sagen) :--- :Bei '''sollen''' hat man <abbr title="eventuell - en: perhaps; possibly">eventuell</abbr> noch eine <abbr title="die Wahl - en: choice; option">Wahl</abbr>. Zum Beispiel, wenn man eine bessere Idee hat. :Bei '''müssen''' ist der <abbr title="der Befehl - en: order; command; instruction">Befehl</abbr> <abbr title="zwingend - en: mandatory; zwingen - en: to force; (der Zwang - en: force; pressure)">zwingender </abbr> und <abbr title="scheinbar - en: seemingly">scheinbar</abbr> <abbr title="ohne - en: without">ohne</abbr> Alternative. :--- :„Soll“ heißt „müssen“, wenn man kann. 952b :'''sollen''' und '''müssen''' :'''sollen''' = <abbr title="die Empfehlung - en: recomendation">Empfehlung</abbr>, <abbr title="üblich - en: usual; normaly; common practice">übliche</abbr> <abbr title="die Vorgehensweise - en: method; approach">Vorgehensweise</abbr> aber nicht <abbr title="zwingend - en: compellingly; compulsive; absolutely">zwingend</abbr> :'''müssen''' = <abbr title="fast - en: almost">fast</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Gesetz - en: law">Gesetz</abbr>, mehr Zwang als bei „sollen“ :Beispiel: :Wenn die Ampel rot ist, müssen Sie anhalten. :--- :'''Müssen''' kann von anderen oder <abbr title="von mir selber - en: by myself; from myself">von mir selber</abbr> kommen oder von den <abbr title="der Umstand - en: circumstance">Umständen</abbr>. :Beispiel: Ich muss jetzt los. (<abbr title="sonst - en: otherwise; else">sonst</abbr> komme ich zu spät) :Hinter '''sollen''' steht ein anderer Mensch. :Beispiel: :Mutter sagt, ich soll jetzt essen kommen. :--- :'''sollen''' - die <abbr title="die Forderung - en: demand; requirement">Forderung</abbr> einer Person oder <abbr title="die Instanz - en: authority; instance">Instanz</abbr> :'''müssen''' - <abbr title="die Notwendigkeit - en: need; necessity">Notwendigkeit</abbr> :::Es war so kalt, dass ich drei Pullover anziehen musste. (<abbr title="natürlich - en: natural; naturally">natürliche</abbr> <abbr title="die Kraft - en: force">Kraft</abbr>) :::Er musste <abbr title="weinen - en: to cry (with tears)">weinen</abbr> vor <abbr title="die Freude - en: pleasure; joy; fun">Freude</abbr>. (Er musste <abbr title="wegen - en: because of; due to">wegen</abbr> der Schmerzen weinen.) (<abbr title="das Gefühl - en: feeling">Gefühl</abbr>; <abbr title="innere - en: inner">innerer</abbr> Zwang) :::Jeder, der Auto fährt, muss einen <abbr title="der Führerschein - en: driver's license; (der Schein - en: certificate; paper)">Führerschein</abbr> haben. (<abbr title="die Forderung - en: demand; requirement">Forderung</abbr> von <abbr title="die Sitte - en: custom">Sitte</abbr>, <abbr title="das Recht - en: right; law; legislation">Recht</abbr> oder <abbr title="das Gesetz - en: law">Gesetz</abbr>) :::Wenn ihr Geld <abbr title="verdienen - en: earn">verdienen</abbr> wollt, müsst ihr <abbr title="hart - en: hard">hart</abbr> arbeiten. (<abbr title="der Zweck - en: purpose; end">Zweck</abbr> oder <abbr title="das Ziel - en: goal; aim; target">Ziel</abbr>) :::Für die <abbr title="die Busfahrt - en: bus ride">Busfahrt</abbr> muss man eine Fahrkarte kaufen. (<abbr title="das Gebot - en: commandment">Gebot</abbr>, <abbr title="der Befehl - en: order; instruction">Befehl</abbr>) :'''sollen''' - ein Gebot (du darfst nicht) (Du sollst nicht <abbr title="töten - en: to kill">töten</abbr>.) (Soll ich kommen?) :'''können''' - du hast die <abbr title="die Wahl - en: choice">Wahl</abbr> (Du kannst mich mal.) :'''müssen''' - du hast keine <abbr title="die Wahl - en: choice">Wahl</abbr> (Ich muss mal.) :--- :Er soll sein Zimmer <abbr title="aufräumen - en: clean up; clear up; tidy up">aufräumen</abbr>. (<abbr title="der Auftrag - en: order; assignment; job">Auftrag</abbr>) :Er muss sein Zimmer aufräumen. (Befehl) :Er kann sein Zimmer aufräumen. (<abbr title="die Entscheidung - en: decision">Entscheidung</abbr>) :--- :'''müssen''' - obligatorischer Imperativ :'''sollen''' - <abbr title="erwünscht - en: wanted; desireable; welcome">erwünschter</abbr> Imperativ :'''können''' - die <abbr title="die Fähigkeit - en: ability; capability; skill">Fähigkeit</abbr> oder <abbr title="die Fertigkeit - en: skill; craftmanship; skillfulness">Fertigkeit</abbr> der Tätigkeit :--- :'''sollen''' - <abbr title="eigentlich - en: en actually">eigentlich</abbr> muss es gemacht werden, aber ob man es macht oder nicht bleibt einem dann doch überlassen; (sollen = <abbr title="die Aufforderung - en: invitation; request; demand">Aufforderung</abbr>) :'''müssen''' - Zwang 953 :'''Ergänzen Sie „sollen“!''' :--- :Wir bekommen Gäste aus Dänemark. :Frau Stein ... die Gäste begrüßen, und sie ... '''Hotelzimmer''' bestellen. :Wir brauchen auch Blumen. Wer ... die Blumen holen? :Peter, du ... die Blumen holen und den Gästen die Blumen geben. :Andreas ... für die Gäste Konzertkarten besorgen, und wir ... heute Abend mit den Gästen ins Konzert gehen. :Karin und Monika, ihr ... den Gästen die Stadt zeigen. Seid ihr <abbr title="einverstanden - en: to agree">einverstanden</abbr>? :Morgen Nachmittag ... der Lehrer mit den Gästen sprechen. :Übermorgen wollen unsere Gäste nach [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]] fahren, und ich ... sie dorthin begleiten. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 953 |- | :Wir bekommen Gäste aus Dänemark. :Frau Stein soll die Gäste begrüßen, und sie soll '''Hotelzimmer''' bestellen. :Wir brauchen auch Blumen. Wer soll die Blumen holen? :Peter, du sollst die Blumen holen und den Gästen die Blumen geben. :Andreas soll für die Gäste Konzertkarten besorgen, und wir sollen heute Abend mit den Gästen ins Konzert gehen. :Karin und Monika, ihr sollt den Gästen die Stadt zeigen. Seid ihr einverstanden? :Morgen Nachmittag soll der Lehrer mit den Gästen sprechen. :Übermorgen wollen unsere Gäste nach Hannover fahren, und ich soll sie dorthin begleiten. |} 954 :Beispiel: :Soll Frau Stein Konzertkarten besorgen? (die Hotelzimmer) :⇒ Nein, sie soll die Hotelzimmer bestellen. :--- :Soll Frau Weber die Fahrkarten besorgen? (Theaterkarten) :Soll Herr Müller den Gästen das Institut zeigen? (die Stadt) :Soll Frau Wagner mit den Gästen ins Kino gehen? (ins Konzert) :Sollen Sie die Gäste ins Institut begleiten? (ins Hotel) :Soll Herr Lehmann mit den Gästen das Museum <abbr title="besichtigen - en: to visit">besichtigen</abbr>? (die Universität) :Soll Frau Stein mit den Gästen nach [[:de:w:Kassel|Kassel]] fahren? (nach [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]]) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 954 |- | Soll Frau Stein Konzertkarten besorgen? - Nein, sie soll die Hotelzimmer bestellen. --- Soll Frau Weber die Fahrkarten besorgen? - Nein, sie soll die Theaterkarten besorgen. Soll Herr Müller den Gästen das Institut zeigen? Nein, er soll ihnen die Stadt zeigen. Soll Frau Wagner mit den Gästen ins Kino gehen? - Nein, sie soll mit ihnen ins Konzert gehen. Sollen Sie die Gäste ins Institut begleiten? - Nein, ich soll sie ins Hotel begleiten. Soll Herr Lehmann mit den Gästen das Museum besichtigen? Nein, er soll mit ihnen die Universität besichtigen. Soll Frau Stein mit den Gästen nach Kassel fahren? - Nein, sie soll mit ihnen nach Hannover fahren. |} 955 :Beispiel: :Wer bestellt die Hotelzimmer? (Frau Stein) :⇒ Frau Wagner hat gesagt, Frau Stein soll sie bestellen. :--- :Wer holt die Blumen? (wir) :Wer kauft die Geschenke? (du) :Wer spricht mit dem Professor? (Herr Weber) :Wer begrüßt die Gäste? (Frau Müller) :Wer besorgt die Konzertkarten? (ihr) :Wer geht mit den Gästen ins Konzert? (Sie) :Wer zeigt den Gästen die Universität? (Herr Lehmann) :Wer begleitet die Gäste nach [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]]? (ich) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 955 |- | :Wer bestellt die Hotelzimmer? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, Frau Stein soll sie bestellen. :--- :Wer holt die Blumen? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, wir sollen sie holen. :Wer kauft die Geschenke? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, du sollst sie kaufen. :Wer spricht mit dem Professor? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, Herr Weber soll mit ihm sprechen. :Wer begrüßt die Gäste? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, Frau Müller soll sie begrüßen. :Wer besorgt die Konzertkarten? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, ihr sollt sie besorgen. :Wer geht mit den Gästen ins Konzert? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, Sie sollen mit ihnen ins Konzert gehen. :Wer zeigt den Gästen die Universität? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, Herr Lehmann soll ihnen die Universität zeigen. :Wer begleitet die Gäste nach Hannover? - Frau Wagner hat gesagt, ich soll sie nach Hannover begleiten |} 956 :Beispiel: :Ich brauche die Zeitschrift heute Nachmittag. (besorgen) :⇒ Soll ich sie Ihnen besorgen? :--- :Herr Weber braucht das Buch gleich. (holen) :Frau Stein braucht den Brief <abbr title="vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps">vielleicht</abbr> jetzt. (bringen) :Frau Müller braucht bestimmt das Notebook. (bringen) :Herr Wagner braucht das Tonband heute noch. (geben) :Ich brauche drei Theaterkarten für morgen. (besorgen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 956 |- | :Ich brauche die Zeitschrift heute Nachmittag. - Soll ich sie ihnen besorgen? :--- :Herr Weber braucht das Buch gleich. Soll ich es ihm holen? :Frau Stein braucht den Brief vielleicht jetzt. - Soll ich ihn ihr bringen? :Frau Müller braucht bestimmt das Notebook. - Soll ich es ihr bringen? :Herr Wagner braucht das Tonband heute noch. - Soll ich es ihm geben? :Ich brauche drei Theaterkarten für morgen. - Soll ich sie dir besorgen? |} 957 :Beispiel: :(mein Heft; Tisch) :⇒ a. Ich bringe Ihnen ''mein Heft''. Wohin soll ich es legen? :⇒ b. Sie können es <abbr title="gleich hier - en: right here; straight away">gleich hier</abbr> auf den ''Tisch'' legen. :--- :(das Lehrbuch; Tisch) :(ihr Ausweis; Schreibtisch) :(der Laptop; Tisch) :(die CD; Regal) :(die Fahrkarten; Schreibtisch) :(das Radio; Schrank) :(die Zeitung; Tisch) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 957 |- | :a. Ich bringe Ihnen mein Heft. Wohin soll ich es legen? :b. Sie können es gleich hier auf den Tisch legen. :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen das Lehrbuch. Wohin soll ich es legen? :b. Sie können es gleich hier auf den Tisch legen. :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen Ihren Ausweis. Wohin soll ich ihn legen? :b. Sie können ihn gleich hier auf den Schreibtisch legen. :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen den Laptop. Wohin soll ich ihn legen? :b. Sie können ihn gleich hier auf den Tisch '''legen'''. :(Sie können ihn gleich hier auf den Tisch '''stellen'''). :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen die CD. Wohin soll ich sie legen? :b. Sie können sie gleich hier in das Regal '''legen'''. :(Sie können sie gleich hier in das Regal '''stellen'''.) :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen die Fahrkarten. Wohin soll ich sie legen? :b. Sie können sie gleich hier auf den Schreibtisch legen. :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen das Radio. Wohin soll ich es '''stellen'''? :b. Sie können es gleich hier auf den Schrank '''stellen'''. :--- :a. Ich bringe Ihnen die Zeitung. Wohin soll ich sie legen? :b. Sie können sie gleich hier auf den Tisch legen. |} 958 :Beispiel: :Frau Stein hat schon Konzertkarten besorgt. (die Hotelzimmer bestellen) :⇒ Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte die Hotelzimmer bestellen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :--- :Herr Schulze hat die Gäste ins Institut begleitet. (ihnen das Institut zeigen) :Frau Stein hat schon Blumen bestellt. (ein Geschenk kaufen) :Frau Weber hat schon mit dem Professor gesprochen. (mit den Gästen sprechen) :Herr Lehmann hat den Gästen die Universität gezeigt. (die Gäste ins Hotel bringen) :Wir sind mit den Gästen im Museum gewesen. (mit ihnen die Stadt besichtigen) :Wir haben mit den Gästen das Konzert besucht. (die Fahrkarten besorgen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 958 |- | Frau Stein hat schon Konzertkarten besorgt. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte die Hotelzimmer bestellen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :--- :Herr Schulze hat die Gäste ins Institut begleitet. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte ihnen das Institut zeigen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :Frau Stein hat schon Blumen bestellt. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte ein Geschenk kaufen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :Frau Weber hat schon mit dem Professor gesprochen. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte mit den Gästen sprechen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :Herr Lehmann hat den Gästen die Universität gezeigt. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte die Gäste ins Hotel bringen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :Wir sind mit den Gästen im Museum gewesen. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte mit ihnen die Stadt besichtigen. Hat er das schon gemacht? :Wir haben mit den Gästen das Konzert besucht. - Sehr schön. Und Herr Müller sollte die Fahrkarten besorgen. Hat er das schon gemacht? |} 959 :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :„<abbr title="können - en: to be able; to be capable; to be permitted">können</abbr>“, „<abbr title="müssen - en: have to; must">müssen</abbr>“, „<abbr title="dürfen - en: may; to be permitted">dürfen</abbr>“ oder „<abbr title="wollen - en: to want">wollen</abbr>“ :--- :Professor Naumann hält heute Abend in der <abbr title="die Volkshochschule (VHS) - en: Adult Education Centre">Volkshochschule</abbr> einen <abbr title="der Vortrag - en: lecture; (einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture); (er hält einen Vortrag - en: he gives a lecture)">Vortrag</abbr>. :Ich ... den Vortrag leider nicht hören, denn ich bin krank und ... zu Hause bleiben. :Vor fünf Tagen ... ich zum Arzt gehen. Ich hatte Halsschmerzen und Fieber und ... <abbr title="nichts - en: nothing">nichts</abbr> essen. :Jetzt ... ich ungefähr zwei Wochen nicht arbeiten und ... im Bett bleiben. :Ich ... nicht rauchen und keinen Kaffee trinken. :In einer Woche ... ich wieder zum Arzt gehen. :Er ... mich noch einmal <abbr title="gründlich - en: thoroughly; carefully">gründlich</abbr> <abbr title="untersuchen - en: to examine">untersuchen</abbr>. :<abbr title="hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so">Hoffentlich</abbr> ... ich <abbr title="bald - en: soon">bald</abbr> wieder arbeiten. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 959 |- | :Professor Naumann hält heute Abend in der Volkshochschule einen Vortrag. :Ich kann den Vortrag leider nicht hören, denn ich bin krank und muss zu Hause bleiben. :Vor fünf Tagen musste ich zum Arzt gehen. Ich hatte Halsschmerzen und Fieber und konnte nichts essen. :Jetzt darf ich ungefähr zwei Wochen nicht arbeiten und muss im Bett bleiben. :Ich darf nicht rauchen und keinen Kaffee trinken. :In einer Woche muss ich wieder zum Arzt gehen. :Er will mich noch einmal gründlich untersuchen. :Hoffentlich darf ich bald wieder arbeiten. |} == 960 - 969 == 960 :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :„<abbr title="müssen - en: must; have to; need">müssen</abbr>“, „<abbr title="wollen - en: to want; to desire; to wish; to intend">wollen</abbr>“, „<abbr title="sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do">sollen</abbr>“ „<abbr title="können - en: be able; be capable">können</abbr>“ oder „<abbr title="mögen - en: to like">mögen</abbr>“ :--- :Ich ... heute noch Konzertkarten holen, denn ich ... morgen mit meiner Freundin ins Konzert gehen. Monika und Karin ... am Samstag ins Konzert gehen, deshalb ... sie heute Nachmittag noch in die Stadt gehen und Karten kaufen. :--- :Sagen Sie Frau Weber, sie ... mich bitte <abbr title="gleich - en: immediately; just; right">gleich</abbr> anrufen, ich ... mit ihr sprechen. :--- :Herr Berger ... morgen nach [[:de:w:Regensburg|Regensburg]] fahren, aber er ... nicht fahren, denn er ist krank. :--- :a. Wann ... Sie mich besuchen? Passt es Ihnen morgen? :b. Nein, morgen ... ich leider nicht kommen, denn ich ... zum Arzt gehen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 960 |- | :Ich muss heute noch Konzertkarten holen, denn ich will morgen mit meiner Freundin ins Konzert gehen. Monika und Karin wollen am Samstag ins Konzert gehen, deshalb müssen sie heute Nachmittag noch in die Stadt gehen und Karten kaufen. :--- :Sagen Sie Frau Weber, sie soll mich bitte gleich anrufen, ich möchte mit ihr sprechen. :--- :Herr Berger soll morgen nach Regensburg fahren, aber er kann nicht fahren, denn er ist krank. (Herr Berger soll morgen nach Regensburg fahren, aber er will nicht fahren, denn er ist krank.) (Herr Berger will morgen nach Regensburg fahren, aber er soll nicht fahren, denn er ist krank.) :--- :a. Wann möchten Sie mich besuchen? Passt es Ihnen morgen? :b. Nein, morgen kann ich leider nicht kommen, denn ich muss zum Arzt gehen. |} 961 :'''Vergleichssätze''' :<abbr title="vergleichen - en: to compare">vergleichen</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Vergleich - en: comparison">Vergleich</abbr> :<abbr title="gleich - en: equal">gleich</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Satz - en: sentence">Satz</abbr> :[Vergleich-S-Satz] :die Komparation des Adverbs :--- :Im Herbst haben wir eine Fahrt mit unserem Auto gemacht. Ich fahre sehr gern mit dem Auto, '''<abbr title="lieber als - en: rather than; better than">lieber als</abbr>''' mit dem Zug. Diese Fahrt war sehr schön. Wir waren in [[:de:w:Weimar|Weimar]], in [[:de:w:Jena|Jena]] und in [[:de:w:Eisenach|Eisenach]]. In Jena waren wir nicht '''so lange wie''' in Weimar. In Weimar sind wir einen Tag '''länger''' geblieben. Dort haben wir viele Museen besichtigt. Jena ist '''größer''' und '''moderner''', aber Weimar hat uns besser gefallen. Aber '''am schönsten''' war es in Eisenach. Dort ist die <abbr title="bekannt - en: famous; known; well-known">bekannte</abbr> '''Burg''' ''Wartburg''. In Eisenach sind wir '''am längsten''' geblieben. 962 :'''Wir <abbr title="vergleichen – en: to compare">vergleichen</abbr>''' :--- :Ein Zug fährt von Berlin nach Hamburg. Er braucht für die Fahrt 2 Stunden 40 Minuten. Ein Auto fährt auch dorthin. Es braucht auch 2 Stunden und 40 Minuten. :Die <abbr title="die Fahrzeit – en: driving time; travel time">Fahrzeit</abbr> für Auto und Zug ist gleich. (= 2 Stunden 40 Minuten) :--- :Der Zug fährt <span style="color:#993300;">'''so'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''schnell'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''wie'''</span> das Auto. :Der Zug fährt <span style="color:#993300;">'''genauso'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''schnell'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''wie'''</span> das Auto. :Der Zug fährt <span style="color:#993300;">'''ebenso'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''schnell'''</span> <span style="color:#993300;">'''wie'''</span> das Auto. :--- :Im Imperfekt II (Perfekt): :Der Zug ist <span style="color:#993300;">'''so'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''schnell'''</span> gefahren <span style="color:#993300;">'''wie'''</span> das Auto. :Mit Modalverb: :Der Zug kann <span style="color:#993300;">'''so'''</span> <span style="color:#009933;">'''schnell'''</span> fahren <span style="color:#993300;">'''wie'''</span> das Auto. 963 :'''Wir vergleichen''' :--- :Ein Bus (= Autobus) fährt von [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]] nach [[:de:w:Düsseldorf|Düsseldorf]]. Er braucht für die Fahrt 3 Stunden 30 Minuten. Er fährt nicht so schnell wie der Zug. Die Fahrt für Zug und Bus ist nicht gleich. (2 Stunden 50 Minuten / 3 Stunden 30 Minuten) :--- :Der Zug fährt schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span>. :Der Zug fährt schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''er als'''</span> der Bus :--- :Im Imperfekt II (Perfekt): :Der Bus ist '''langsamer''' gefahren '''als''' der Zug. :Mit Modalverb: :Der Zug kann '''schneller''' fahren '''als''' der Autobus. :--- :Ein Flugzeug braucht von Berlin nach Hamburg 1 Stunde. :Wir vergleichen die Zeiten. :Mit dem Flugzeug sind wir <span style="color:#993300;">'''am'''</span> schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> dort. :--- :schnell – Positiv :schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> – Komparativ :am schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> – Superlativ 964 :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | Positiv || Komparativ || Superlativ |-align="center" | &nbsp; || '''-er''' || '''am -(e)sten''' |-align="center" | schnell || schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am schnell<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | klein || klein<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am klein<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | modern || modern<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am modern<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | weit || weit<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am weit<span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | interessant || interessant<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am interessant<span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | leise || leis<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am leise<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | teuer || teur<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am teuer<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | alt || ält<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am ält<span style="color:#009933;">'''e'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | lang || läng<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am läng<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | lange (Zeit) || läng<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am läng<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | groß || größ<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am größ<span style="color:#993300;">'''ten'''</span> |-align="center" | jung || jüng<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am jüng<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | hoch || höh<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> || am höch<span style="color:#993300;">'''sten'''</span> |-align="center" | &nbsp; || &nbsp; || &nbsp; |-align="center" | viel || <span style="color:#993300;">'''mehr'''</span> || am <span style="color:#993300;">'''meisten'''</span> |-align="center" | gut || <span style="color:#993300;">'''besser'''</span> || am <span style="color:#993300;">'''besten'''</span> |-align="center" | gern || <span style="color:#993300;">'''lieber'''</span> || am <span style="color:#993300;">'''liebsten'''</span> |-align="center" | <abbr title="häufig – en: often; frequently">häufig</abbr> || <span style="color:#993300;">'''häufiger'''</span> || am <span style="color:#993300;">'''häufigsten'''</span> |-align="center" |-align="center" | <abbr title="oft – en: often; frequently">oft</abbr> || <span style="color:#993300;">'''öfter'''</span> || am <span style="color:#993300;">'''öftesten'''</span> |-align="center" |} 965 :Beispiel: :Thomas hat 5 Jahre studiert. Andreas auch. :⇒ Er hat '''so''' lange studiert '''wie''' Thomas. :⇒ Er hat '''genauso''' lange studiert '''wie''' Thomas. (genau) :⇒ Er hat '''ebenso''' lange studiert '''wie''' Thomas. :--- :Karin hat 13 Jahre die Schule besucht. Monika auch. :Uta hat 4 Jahre in [[:de:w:Emden|Emden]] gewohnt. Peter auch. :Anne ist 2 Wochen krank gewesen. Bernd auch. :Thomas ist 1,75 m groß. Andreas auch. :Inge ist 1,60 m groß. Karin auch. :Maria ist 25 Jahre alt. Anne auch. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 965 |- | :Thomas hat 5 Jahre studiert. Andreas auch. :Er hat so lange studiert wie Thomas. :Er hat genauso lange studiert wie Thomas. :Er hat ebenso lange studiert wie Thomas. :--- :Karin hat 13 Jahre die Schule besucht. Monika auch. :Sie hat so lange die Schule besucht wie Karin. :Sie hat genauso lange die Schule besucht wie Karin. :Sie hat ebenso lange die Schule besucht wie Karin. :--- :Uta hat 4 Jahre in Emden gewohnt. Peter auch. :Er hat so lange in Emden gewohnt wie Uta. :Er hat genauso lange in Emden gewohnt wie Uta. :Er hat ebenso lange in Emden gewohnt wie Uta. :--- :Anne ist 2 Wochen krank gewesen. Bernd auch. :Er ist so lange krank gewesen wie Anne. :Er ist genauso lange krank gewesen wie Anne. :Er ist ebenso lange krank gewesen wie Anne. :--- :Thomas ist 1,75 m groß. Andreas auch. :Er ist so groß wie Thomas. :Er ist genauso groß wie Thomas. :Er ist ebenso groß wie Thomas. :--- :Inge ist 1,60 m groß. Karin auch. :Sie ist so groß wie Inge. :Sie ist genauso groß wie Inge. :Sie ist ebenso groß wie Inge. :--- :Maria ist 25 Jahre alt. Anne auch. :Sie ist so alt wie Maria. :Sie ist genauso alt wie Maria. :Sie ist ebenso alt wie Maria. |} 966 :Beispiel: :Haben Sie auch so lange gearbeitet wie ich? :⇒ Ja, ich habe auch so lange gearbeitet wie Sie. :⇒ Nein, ich habe nicht so lange gearbeitet wie Sie. :--- :Haben Sie auch so lange in Berlin gewohnt wie ich? :Bleiben Sie auch so lange in [[:de:w:Kaiserslautern|Kaiserslautern]] wie ich? :Gefällt Ihnen die Stadt auch so gut wie mir? :Schmeckt Ihnen das Essen im mexikanischen Restaurant auch so gut wie mir? :Interessiert Sie dieses '''<abbr title="das Thema - en: theme; topic; subject">Thema</abbr>''' auch so sehr wie mich? :Ist Andreas genauso groß wie Thomas? :Ist Monika ebenso alt wie Karin? :Haben Sie Peter auch so <abbr title="oft - en: often; frequently">oft</abbr> besucht wie mich? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 966 |- | :Haben Sie auch so lange gearbeitet wie ich? :Ja, ich habe auch so lange gearbeitet wie Sie. :Nein, ich habe nicht so lange gearbeitet wie Sie. :--- :Haben Sie auch so lange in Berlin gewohnt wie ich? :Ja, ich habe auch so lange in Berlin gewohnt wie Sie. :Nein, ich habe nicht so lange in Berlin gewohnt wie Sie. :--- :Bleiben Sie auch so lange in Kaiserslautern wie ich? :Ja, ich bleibe auch so lange in Kaiserslautern wie Sie. :Nein, ich bleibe nicht so lange in Kaiserslautern wie Sie. :--- :Gefällt Ihnen die Stadt auch so gut wie mir? :Ja, sie gefällt mir auch so gut wie Ihnen. :Nein, sie gefällt mir nicht so gut wie Ihnen. :--- :Schmeckt Ihnen das Essen im mexikanischen Restaurant auch so gut wie mir? :Ja, es schmeckt mir auch so gut wie Ihnen. :Nein, es schmeckt mir nicht so gut wie Ihnen. :--- :Interessiert Sie dieses Thema auch so sehr wie mich? :Ja, es interessiert mich auch so sehr wie Sie. :Nein, es interessiert mich nicht so sehr wie Sie. :--- :Ist Andreas genauso groß wie Thomas? :Ja, er ist auch so groß wie Thomas. (Ja, er ist genauso groß wie Thomas.) :Nein, er ist nicht so groß wie Thomas. :--- :Ist Monika ebenso alt wie Karin? :Ja, sie ist auch so alt wie Karin. :Nein, sie ist nicht so alt wie Karin. :--- :Haben Sie Peter auch so oft besucht wie mich? :Ja, ich habe ihn auch so oft besucht wie Sie. :Nein, ich habe ihn nicht so oft besucht wie Sie. |} 967 :Beispiel: :schnell rechnen :⇒ Wer rechnet schneller? Uta oder Peter? :--- :deutlich sprechen :langsam schreiben :'''<abbr title="gründlich - en: carefully">gründlich</abbr>''' arbeiten :<abbr title="deutlich - en: clearly">deutlich</abbr> schreiben :schön zeichnen :schnell übersetzen :wenig essen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 967 |- | :Wer rechnet schneller? Uta oder Peter? :--- :Wer spricht deutlicher? Uta oder Peter? :Wer schreibt langsamer? Uta oder Peter? :Wer arbeitet gründlicher? Uta oder Peter? :Wer schreibt deutlicher? Uta oder Peter? :Wer zeichnet schöner? Uta oder Peter? :Wer übersetzt schneller? Uta oder Peter? :Wer isst weniger? Uta oder Peter? |} 968 :Beispiel: :Das Kleid dort ist nicht sehr schön. :⇒ Das stimmt. Dieses Kleid hier ist schöner. :--- :Die Schuhe sind nicht sehr teuer. :Die Bluse ist nicht sehr modern. :Das Foto ist nicht sehr <abbr title="deutlich - en: clear">deutlich</abbr>. :Die Bilder sind nicht sehr schön. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 968 |- | :Das Kleid ist nicht sehr schön. - Das stimmt. Dieses Kleid ist schöner. :--- :Die Schuhe sind nicht sehr teuer. - Das stimmt. Diese Schuhe sind teurer. :Die Bluse ist nicht sehr modern. - Das stimmt. Diese Bluse ist moderner. :Das Foto ist nicht sehr deutlich. - Das stimmt. Dieses Foto ist deutlicher. :Die Bilder sind nicht sehr schön. - Das stimmt. Diese Bilder sind schöner. |} 969 :Beispiel: :Herr Lehmann spricht sehr leise. :⇒ Bitte, sprechen Sie lauter! :⇒ Sie müssen lauter sprechen! :--- :Eine Studentin schreibt sehr <abbr title="undeutlich - en: unclear; obscure; blurred">undeutlich</abbr>. :Der Student rechnet sehr langsam. :Herr Schröder liest sehr schnell. :Frau Stein spricht sehr <abbr title="undeutlich - en: unclear; obscure; blurred">undeutlich</abbr>. :Herr Richter liest sehr laut. :Ein Student schreibt sehr schnell und undeutlich. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 969 |- | :Herr Lehmann spricht sehr leise. - Bitte, sprechen Sie lauter! Sie müssen lauter sprechen! :--- :Eine Studentin schreibt sehr undeutlich. - Bitte, schreiben Sie deutlicher! Sie müssen deutlicher schreiben! :Der Student rechnet sehr langsam. - Bitte, rechnen Sie schneller! Sie müssen schneller rechnen! :Herr Schröder liest sehr schnell. - Bitte, lesen Sie langsamer! Sie müssen langsamer lesen! :Frau Stein spricht sehr undeutlich. - Bitte, sprechen Sie deutlicher! Sie müssen deutlicher sprechen! :Herr Richter liest sehr laut. - Bitte, lesen Sie leiser! Sie müssen leiser lesen! :Ein Student schreibt sehr schnell und undeutlich. - Bitte, schreiben Sie langsamer und deutlicher! Sie müssen langsamer und deutlicher schreiben! |} == 970 - 979 == 970 :Beispiel: :Thomas übersetzt gut, aber Monika übersetzt noch ... :⇒ Thomas übersetzt gut, aber Monika übersetzt <abbr title="noch besser - en: even better">noch besser</abbr>. :--- :Uta schwimmt gut, aber Peter <abbr title="schwimmen - en: to swim; to float">schwimmt</abbr> noch ... :Karin rechnet gut, aber Maria rechnet noch ... :Thorsten fährt gut Lkw, aber Sven fährt noch ... :Bernd arbeitet viel, aber Anne arbeitet noch ... :Andreas <abbr title="wissen - en: to know; ich weiß, du weißt, er weiß; wir wissen, ihr wisst, sie wissen; Vergangenheit: ich habe gewusst, du hast gewusst, er hat gewusst, wir ...">weiß</abbr> viel, aber Thomas weiß noch ... :Ich trinke gern Tee, aber Milch trinke ich noch ... :Ich gehe gern ins Theater, aber ins Konzert gehe ich noch ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 970 |- | :Thomas übersetzt gut, aber Monika übersetzt noch besser. :--- :Uta schwimmt gut, aber Peter schwimmt noch besser. :Karin rechnet gut, aber Maria rechnet noch besser. :Thorsten fährt gut Lkw, aber Sven fährt noch besser. :Bernd arbeitet viel, aber Anne arbeitet noch mehr. :Andreas weiß viel, aber Thomas weiß noch mehr. :Ich trinke gern Tee, aber Milch trinke ich noch lieber. :Ich gehe gern ins Theater, aber ins Konzert gehe ich noch lieber. |} 971 :'''<abbr title="viel - en: a lot; much; many">viel</abbr>''' :Beispiele: :Thomas übersetzt gut, aber Monika übersetzt noch ... ... :⇒ Thomas übersetzt gut, aber Monika übersetzt noch '''viel besser'''. :--- :Uta schwimmt gut, aber Peter schwimmt noch ... ... :Karin rechnet gut, aber Maria rechnet noch ... ... :Thorsten fährt gut Lkw, aber Sven fährt noch ... ... :Bernd arbeitet viel, aber Anne arbeitet noch ... ... :Andreas weiß viel, aber Thomas weiß noch ... ... :Ich trinke gern Tee, aber Milch trinke ich noch ... ... :Ich gehe gern ins Theater, aber ins Konzert gehe ich noch ... ... :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 971 |- | :Thomas übersetzt gut, aber Monika übersetzt noch '''viel''' besser. :--- :Uta schwimmt gut, aber Peter schwimmt noch '''viel''' besser. :Karin rechnet gut, aber Maria rechnet noch '''viel''' besser. :Thorsten fährt gut Lkw, aber Sven fährt noch '''viel''' besser. :Bernd arbeitet viel, aber Anne arbeitet noch '''viel''' mehr. :Andreas weiß viel, aber Thomas weiß noch '''viel''' mehr. :Ich trinke gern Tee, aber Milch trinke ich noch '''viel''' lieber. :Ich gehe gern ins Theater, aber ins Konzert gehe ich noch '''viel''' lieber. |} 972 :Beispiel: :a. Was trinken Sie ... : Wein oder Limonade? (gern) :⇒ a. Was trinken Sie lieber: Wein oder Limonade? :⇒ b. Ich trinke Limonade lieber '''als''' Wein. :⇒ c. Und ich trinke lieber Wein. :--- :Was spielen Sie ... : Fußball oder Volleyball? (gern) :Was gefällt Ihnen ... : das Hotel oder das Restaurant? (gut) :Wen kennen Sie ... : Frau Stein oder Andreas? (lange) :Wen kennen Sie ... : Uta oder Peter? (gut) :Mit wem haben Sie ... geübt: mit Thomas oder mit Bernd? (lange) :Womit fahren Sie ... : mit dem Zug oder mit dem Auto? (gern) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 972 |- | :a. Was trinken Sie lieber: Wein oder Limonade? :b. Ich trinke Limonade lieber als Wein. :c. Und ich trinke lieber Wein. :--- :a. Was spielen Sie lieber: Fußball oder Volleyball? (gern) :b. Ich spiele Fußball lieber als Volleyball. :c. Und ich spiele lieber Volleyball. :--- :a. Was gefällt Ihnen besser: das Hotel oder das Restaurant? :b. Mir gefällt das Hotel besser als das Restaurant. :c. Und mir gefällt das Restaurant besser. :--- :a. Wen kennen Sie länger: Frau Stein oder Andreas? :b. Ich kenne Frau Stein länger als Andreas. :c. Und ich kenne Andreas länger. :--- :a. Wen kennen Sie besser: Uta oder Peter? (gut) :b. Ich kenne Uta besser als Peter. :c. Und ich kenne Peter besser. :--- :a. Mit wem haben Sie länger geübt: mit Thomas oder mit Bernd? :b. Ich habe mit Thomas länger geübt als mit Bernd. :c. Und ich habe mit Bernd länger geübt. :--- :a. Womit fahren Sie lieber: mit dem Zug oder mit dem Auto? :b. Ich fahre lieber mit dem Zug als mit dem Auto :b. ODER (Ich fahre mit dem Zug lieber als mit dem Auto.) :c. Und fahre lieber mit dem Zug. |} 973 :Beispiel: :Das Bild ist 300 Jahre alt. (> 300) :⇒ Ich glaube, es ist älter. :⇒ Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, es ist älter. :--- :Die Stadt Berlin ist 750 Jahre alt. (> 750) :Frau Müller ist 26 Jahre alt. (< 26) :Herr Weber ist 45 Jahre alt. (< 45) :Das Zimmer ist 6 m lang. (> 6) :Das Zimmer ist 2,60 m hoch. (> 2,60) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 973 |- | :Das Bild ist 300 Jahre alt. :Ich glaube, es ist älter. :Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, es ist älter. :--- :Die Stadt Berlin ist 750 Jahre alt. (> 750) :Ich glaube, sie ist älter. :Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, sie ist älter. (Ich glaube, sie ist jünger.) :--- :Frau Müller ist 26 Jahre alt. (< 26) :Ich glaube, sie ist jünger. :Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, sie ist jünger. (Ich glaube, sie ist jünger.) :--- :Herr Weber ist 45 Jahre alt. (< 45) :Ich glaube, er ist jünger. :Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, er ist jünger. (Ich glaube, er ist älter.) :--- :Das Zimmer ist 6 m lang. (> 6) :Ich glaube, es ist länger. :Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, es ist länger. (Ich glaube, es ist kürzer.) :--- :Das Zimmer ist 2,60 m hoch. (> 2,60) :Ich glaube, es ist höher. :Weißt du das genau? Ich glaube, es ist höher. |} 974 :Beispiel: :Soll ich diesen Anzug nehmen? (modern) :⇒ Ja, er ist am modernsten. :--- :Soll ich dieses Kleid nehmen? (schön) :Soll ich diese Bluse kaufen? (schön) :Soll ich dieses Radio kaufen? (billig) :Soll ich dieses Buch lesen? (interessant) :Soll ich diese Tasche nehmen? (groß) :Soll ich diesen <abbr title="der Schreibtisch - en: desk; writing desk">Schreibtisch</abbr> kaufen? (modern) :Soll ich diesen Schrank kaufen? (groß) :Soll ich diese <abbr title="der Sessel - en: armchair">Sessel</abbr> nehmen? (modern) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 974 |- | :Soll ich diesen Anzug nehmen? - Ja, er ist am modernsten. :--- :Soll ich dieses Kleid nehmen? - Ja, es ist am schönsten. :Soll ich diese Bluse kaufen? - Ja, sie ist am schönsten. :Soll ich dieses Radio kaufen? - Ja, es ist am billigsten. :Soll ich dieses Buch lesen? - Ja, es ist am interessantesten. :Soll ich diese Tasche nehmen? - Ja, sie ist am größten. :Soll ich diesen Schreibtisch kaufen? - Ja, er ist am modernsten. :Soll ich diesen Schrank kaufen? - Ja, er ist am größten. :Soll ich diese Sessel nehmen? - Ja, sie sind am modernsten. |} 975 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :--- :Welche Stadt gefällt Ihnen am besten? :Was machen Sie am liebsten? :Ist Ihre Schwester (oder Ihr Bruder) älter als Sie? :Wer ist in Ihrer Familie '''am jüngsten'''? :Welches Gebirge ist am höchsten? :Gehen Sie lieber ins Theater oder ins Kino? :Was spielen Sie am liebsten? 976 :'''Suchen Sie die Antwort!''' :--- :Wir wissen: :a) Andreas ist größer als Karin. :b) Peter ist kleiner als Bernd. :c) Karin ist größer als Bernd. :d) Peter ist größer als Uta. :--- :Wer ist am größten? :Wer ist am kleinsten? :<abbr title="begründen - en: to justify; to give reasons for">Begründen</abbr> Sie ihr <abbr title="das Ergebnis - en: result">Ergebnis</abbr>! :--- :das Ergebnis :begründen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 976 |- | :Wer ist am größten? - Andreas ist am größten. :Wer ist am kleinsten? - Uta ist am kleinsten. :Begründen Sie ihr Ergebnis! :1.) Wir setzen für die Namen den ersten Buchstaben ein. Wir schreiben die größere Person immer als ersten Buchstaben. :::a) Andreas ist größer als Karin. (A > K) :::b) Peter ist kleiner als Bernd. (P < B) ➸ (B > P) :::c) Karin ist größer als Bernd. (K > B) :::d) Peter ist größer als Uta. (P > U) :2.) Wir stellen die Sätze a) bis d) um. :::a) (A > K); c) (K > B); b) (B > P); d) (P > U) :3.) Wir schreiben die Namens-Buchstaben als eine lange Kette: ::: A > K > B > P > U :4.) Ergebnis: A (Andreas) ist am größten und U (Uta) ist am kleinsten. |} 977 :'''Suchen Sie die Antwort!''' :--- :Inge hat 2 Brüder und 2 Schwestern. :a) Monika ist 16 Jahre alt. :b) Bernd ist 2 Jahre jünger als Inge. :c) Monika ist 1 Jahr älter als Peter. :d) Uta ist 2 Jahre jünger als Bernd. :e) Peter ist 3 Jahre älter als Inge. :--- :Wer ist am ältesten? :Wer ist am jüngsten? :Wie alt sind Bernd, Inge, Peter und Uta? :Begründen Sie ihr Ergebnis! :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 977 |- | :Wer ist am ältesten? - Monika ist am ältesten. :Wer ist am jüngsten? - Uta ist am jüngsten. :Wie alt sind Bernd, Inge, Peter und Uta? - Bernd ist 10 Jahre alt, Inge 12 Jahre, Peter 15 und Uta 8 Jahre alt. :--- :Begründen Sie ihr Ergebnis! :1.) Wir setzen für die Namen den ersten Buchstaben ein. ::: I = Inge; M = Monika; B = Bernd; P = Peter; U = Uta :2.) Wir schreiben die <abbr title="die Aussage - en: statement; testimony; message; declaration">Aussage</abbr> als <abbr title="die Gleichung - en: equation">Gleichung</abbr>. :::a) Monika ist 16 Jahre alt. (M = 16) :::b) Bernd ist 2 Jahre jünger als Inge. (B = I - 2) :::c) Monika ist 1 Jahr älter als Peter. (M = P + 1) ➸ (P = M - 1) :::d) Uta ist 2 Jahre jünger als Bernd. (U = B - 2) :::e) Peter ist 3 Jahre älter als Inge. (P = I + 3) ➸ (I = P -3) :3.) Wir stellen die Sätze a) bis e) um. ::: a) M = 16; c) P = M - 1; e) I = P - 3; b) B = I - 2; d) U = B - 2 :4.) Wir <abbr title="ausrechnen - en: to calculate">rechnen aus</abbr>: :::M = 16; P = 15; I = 12; B = 10; U = 8 |} 978 :'''Lesen Sie den Text und lernen Sie die neuen Wörter!''' :--- :die Bibliothek = die Bücherei :das Buch (Plural: die Bücher) :--- :Bernd geht in die Bibliothek :Thomas: ::::Bernd, kannst du für mich ein paar Bücher '''<abbr title="abholen - en: to collect; to pick up; to fetch; to reclaim">abholen</abbr>'''? Die Bibliothek ist nicht <abbr title="weit - en: far">weit</abbr> '''<abbr title="entfernt - en: away; (die Entfernung - en: distance)">entfernt</abbr>'''. :Bernd: ::::'''Natürlich''', das ist '''möglich'''. Soll ich sofort gehen? :Thomas: ::::'''Das ist nicht <abbr title="nötig - en: necessary; needed">nötig</abbr>'''. Du kannst nach der <abbr title="die Vorlesung - en: lecture">Vorlesung</abbr> am Nachmittag gehen. ::::'''<abbr title="meinetwegen - en: I agree; for my sake">Meinetwegen</abbr>''' kannst du sie auch morgen abholen. Aber du darfst es '''<abbr title="auf keinen Fall - en: no way; under no circumstances; in no circumstances">auf keinen Fall</abbr>''' <abbr title="vergessen - en: to forget">vergessen</abbr>, '''<abbr title="sonst - en: otherwise; else; alternatively">sonst</abbr>''' kann ich am Montag meinen <abbr title="der Vortrag - en: lecture; (einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture)">Vortrag</abbr> nicht halten. :Bernd: ::::<abbr title="In Ordnung - en: all right; OK">In Ordnung</abbr>. Ich kann sie morgen '''<abbr title="auf dem Weg nach Hause - en: on the way home">auf dem Weg nach Hause</abbr>''' abholen. 979 :'''<abbr title="auf dem Weg nach Hause - en: on the way home">Auf dem Weg nach Hause</abbr>''' :--- :Andreas Lehmann und Karin Stein haben bis 24 Uhr <abbr title="tanzen - en: to dance">getanzt</abbr>. '''<abbr title="nun - en: now; then; well">Nun</abbr>''' gehen sie nach Hause. :Karin Stein: ::::Dieser Abend war sehr schön, aber jetzt müssen wir etwas schneller gehen, meine '''<abbr title="die Bahn; die Straßenbahn - en: tram; streetcar; tramcar; (die Eisenbahn - en: railroad); (die U-Bahn - en: subway; metro)">Bahn</abbr>''' fährt in 5 Minuten. :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Ich <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany">begleite</abbr> Sie natürlich. :Karin Stein: ::::Das ist nicht <abbr title="nötig - en: necessary">nötig</abbr>. Ich wohne am '''<abbr title="südlich von - en: south of; (der Süden - enː the south); (nördlich von - en: north of); (der Norden - en: the noth); (östlich von - en: east of); (der Osten - en: the east); (westlich von - en: west of); (der Westen - en: the west)">südlichen</abbr>''' '''<abbr title="der Stadtrand - en: outskirts; (der Rand - en: edge; border; margin; periphery)">Stadtrand</abbr>'''. Der '''Weg''' ist viel zu weit. Die <abbr title="die Fahrt - en: ride; trip; yourney">Fahrt</abbr> '''dauert''' 15 Minuten, und dann muss ich noch 10 Minuten laufen. (laufen = gehen; laufen = rennen; rennen ≠ gehen) :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Wollen wir ein '''<abbr title="das Taxi - en: taxi">Taxi</abbr>''' nehmen? Das ist '''<abbr title="bequem - en: comfortable">bequemer</abbr>'''. :Karin Stein: ::::Auf keinen Fall. Ich fahre lieber mit der '''Straßenbahn'''. Das ist billiger. :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Mit der Straßenbahn? Können wir nicht auch mit dem '''Bus''' fahren? :Karin Stein: ::::'''Doch''', das ist <abbr title="möglich - en: possible">möglich</abbr>. Aber die '''Bushaltestelle''' ist <abbr title="weiter entfernt = weiter weg - en: further away">weiter entfernt</abbr>. :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Schnell! Dort kommt schon die Bahn. :Karin Stein: ::::<abbr title="Schade! - en: Too bad! Pity!">Schade</abbr>, jetzt ist sie '''<abbr title="weg - en: away; off; gone">weg</abbr>'''. Was machen wir <abbr title="nun = jetzt - en: now">nun</abbr>? :Andreas Lehmann: ::::<abbr title="also - en: so; thus">Also</abbr> fahren wir <abbr title="doch - en: but; nevertheles; after all">doch</abbr> mit dem Taxi. Das ist am besten. Kommen Sie, am '''Bahnhof''' stehen immer <abbr title="das Taxi - en: taxi">Taxis</abbr>. In der '''Nacht''' fahren die Bahnen nicht <abbr title="so - en: so">so</abbr> <abbr title="oft - en: often">oft</abbr>. :Karin Stein: ::::Gut, <abbr title="meinetwegen - en: for my sake; I agree">meinetwegen</abbr>. :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Ich mache Ihnen einen <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion; (vorschlagen - en: to propose; to suggest)">Vorschlag</abbr>. Wollen wir am Samstag in die '''<abbr title="die Oper - en: opera">Oper</abbr>''' gehen? :Karin Stein: ::::Gern. Aber ich '''<abbr title="eine Bedingung stellen - en: to impose a condition; to lay down a condition">stelle</abbr>''' eine '''<abbr title="die Bedingung - en: condition; (eine Bedingung stellen - en: to impose a condition)">Bedingung</abbr>'''. '''<abbr title="diesmal = dieses mal - en: this time">Diesmal</abbr>''' besorge ich die Karten, ich bekomme <abbr title="genauso viel - en: just as much; as much; the same amount of; ">genauso viel</abbr> '''<abbr title="das Stipendium - en: scholarship; grant">Stipendium</abbr>''' wie Sie. <abbr title="sonst - en: otherwise; else">Sonst</abbr> <abbr title="mit gehen - en: go along; walk with; (gehe ich nicht mit - en: I will not go with you)">gehe ich nicht mit</abbr>. :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Sonst gehen Sie nicht mit? Dann muss ich Ihre '''Bedingung <abbr title="annehmen - en: to accept">annehmen</abbr>'''. Wann soll ich Sie am Samstag abholen? :Karin Stein: ::::Ich denke, die <abbr title="die Vorstellung - en: presentation; performance">Vorstellung</abbr> beginnt 19.30 Uhr. :Andreas Lehmann: ::::Dann komme ich halb sieben. == 980 - 989 == 980 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :--- :Wie lange haben Herr Lehmann und Frau Stein getanzt? :Wo wohnt Frau Stein? :Womit will Frau Stein nach Hause fahren? :Warum will sie nicht mit dem Bus fahren? :Warum will sie nicht mit dem Taxi fahren? :Wer besorgt die Karten für die Oper? :Wann will Herr Lehmann Frau Stein abholen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 980 |- | :Wie lange haben Herr Lehmann und Frau Stein getanzt? - Sie haben bis 24 Uhr getanzt. (Sie haben lange getanzt. Sie haben lange Zeit getanzt.) :Wo wohnt Frau Stein? - Sie wohnt am südlichen Stadtrand. :Womit will Frau Stein nach Hause fahren? - Sie will mit der Straßenbahn nach Hause fahren. :Warum will sie nicht mit dem Bus fahren? - Sie will nicht mit dem Bus fahren, weil die Bushaltestelle weit entfernt ist. (Weil die Bushaltestelle weit entfernt ist.) :Warum will sie nicht mit dem Taxi fahren? - Das Taxi ist teuer. (Das Taxi ist ihr zu teuer. Die Straßenbahn ist billiger.) :Wer besorgt die Karten für die Oper? - Karin Stein besorgt die Karten für die Oper. :Wann will Herr Lehmann Frau Stein abholen? - Er will sie halb sieben abholen. |} 981 :'''Übungen zum Wortschatz und zum Text''' :--- :2x '''<abbr title="sonst - en: normally; otherwise; else; or">sonst</abbr>''' :--- :Heute bin ich gelaufen, aber '''sonst''' fahre ich immer mit der Straßenbahn. = Ich fahre immer mit der Straßenbahn, nur heute bin ich einmal gelaufen. :--- :Ich muss schneller gehen, '''sonst''' komme ich zu spät zur Arbeit. = Ich will nicht zu spät zur Arbeit kommen, <abbr title="deshalb - en: therefore">deshalb</abbr> muss ich schneller gehen. 982 :2x '''in''' :--- :Heute ist Donnerstag. Am Montag und Dienstag war ich krank. '''In''' dieser Woche war ich 2 Tage krank. :--- :Jetzt ist es 19.20 Uhr. Die <abbr title="die Vorstellung - en: presentation; performance">Vorstellung</abbr> beginnt 19.30 Uhr. '''<abbr title="in - en: in; after">In</abbr>''' 10 Minuten beginnt die Vorstellung. 983 :Beispiel: :Ich gehe ... ins Theater. (diese Woche) :⇒ Ich gehe in dieser Woche ins Theater. :--- :Wir sind ... zwei mal in Polen gewesen. (dieser Monat) :Sie war ... drei Tage krank. (diese Woche) :Ich habe ... schlecht geschlafen. (diese Nacht) :Herr Wagner fährt ... ins Ausland. (dieser Montag) :Herr Schröder arbeitet ... in Berlin. (dieses Jahr) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 983 |- | :Ich gehe in dieser Woche ins Theater. (ODER: Wir gehen diese Woche ins Theater.) :--- :Wir sind diesen Monat zwei mal in Polen gewesen. (ODER: Wir sind in diesem Monat zwei mal in Polen gewesen.) :Sie war diese Woche drei Tage krank. (ODER: Sie war in dieser Woche drei Tage krank.) :Ich habe diese Nacht schlecht geschlafen. (ODER: Ich habe in dieser Nacht schlecht geschlafen.) :Herr Wagner fährt diesen Montag ins Ausland. (ODER: Herr Wagner fährt an diesem Montag ins Ausland.) :Herr Schröder arbeitet dieses Jahr in Berlin. (ODER: Herr Schröder arbeitet in diesem Jahr in Berlin. ) |} 984 :Beispiel: :Er fährt morgen nach [[:de:w:Duderstadt|Duderstadt]]. (eine Woche) :⇒ Nein, das stimmt nicht. Er fährt <abbr title="erst - en: only; not until">erst</abbr> in einer Woche. :--- :Er fährt heute nach [[:de:w:München|München]]. (drei Tage) :Unsere Bahn kommt gleich. (15 Minuten) :Sein Zug fährt in 10 Minuten. (eine Stunde) :Mein Bus kommt in einer Minute. (zehn Minuten) :Herr Wagner fährt übermorgen ins Ausland. (zwei Monate) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 984 |- | :Er fährt morgen nach Duderstadt. :Nein, das stimmt nicht. Er fährt erst in einer Woche. :--- :Er fährt heute nach München. :Nein, das stimmt nicht. Er fährt erst in drei Tagen. :--- :Unsere Bahn kommt gleich. :Nein, das stimmt nicht. Sie kommt erst in 15 Minuten. :--- :Sein Zug fährt in 10 Minuten. :Nein, das stimmt nicht. Sein Zug fährt erst in einer Stunde. :--- :Mein Bus kommt in einer Minute. :Nein, das stimmt nicht. Dein Bus kommt erst in zehn Minuten. :--- :Herr Wagner fährt übermorgen ins Ausland. :Nein, das stimmt nicht. Er fährt erst in zwei Monaten. |} 985 :'''<abbr title="sonst - en: else; otherwise; or">sonst</abbr>''' :--- :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :Beispiel: :Ich muss ein <abbr title="das Taxi - en: taxi">Taxi</abbr> nehmen, sonst ... :⇒ Ich muss ein Taxi nehmen, sonst komme ich zu spät ins Konzert. :--- # Bernd muss schnell zum Bahnhof fahren, sonst ... # Monika muss ihrer Mutter helfen, sonst ... # Andreas muss viel üben, sonst ... # Sie dürfen nicht so laut sprechen, sonst ... # Thomas darf nicht so undeutlich schreiben, sonst ... :--- :a) Wir können seine Übersetzung nicht lesen. :b) Er lernt nicht gut Englisch. :c) Er <abbr title="verpassen - en: to miss; to lose">verpasst</abbr> den Zug. :d) Sie darf nicht ins Kino gehen. :e) Ihr Freund kann nicht schlafen. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 985 |- | :Ich muss ein Taxi nehmen, sonst komme ich zu spät ins Konzert. :--- :1c; 2d; 3b; 4e; 5a: :Bernd muss schnell zum Bahnhof fahren, sonst verpasst er den Zug. :Monika muss ihrer Mutter helfen, sonst darf sie nicht ins Kino gehen. :Andreas muss viel üben, sonst lernt er nicht gut Englisch. :Sie dürfen nicht so laut sprechen, sonst kann mein Freund nicht schlafen :Thomas darf nicht so undeutlich schreiben, sonst können wir seine Übersetzung nicht lesen. |} 986 :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :Beispiel: :Sonst fahre ich gern mit dem Zug, aber ... (diesmal war die Fahrt nicht interessant) :⇒ Sonst fahre ich gern mit dem Zug, aber diesmal war die Fahrt nicht interessant. :--- # Sonst fahre ich mit der Straßenbahn, aber ... # Sonst war das Wetter im Urlaub immer schön, aber ... # Sonst muss ich beim Zahnarzt nicht lange warten, aber ... # Sonst gefallen mir indische Liebesfilme, aber ... # Sonst sind wir im Urlaub ins Gebirge gefahren, aber ... :--- :a) diesmal hat er mir nicht gefallen. :b) diesmal bin ich mit dem Taxi gefahren. :c) diesmal musste ich lange warten. :d) diesmal wollen wir zu Hause bleiben. :e) diesmal war das Wetter nicht schön. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 986 |- | :Sonst fahre ich gern mit dem Zug, aber diesmal war die Fahrt nicht interessant. :--- :1b; 2e; 3c; 4a; 5d :--- :Sonst fahre ich mit der Straßenbahn, aber diesmal bin ich mit dem Taxi gefahren. :Sonst war das Wetter im Urlaub immer schön, aber diesmal war das Wetter nicht schön. :Sonst muss ich beim Zahnarzt nicht lange warten, aber diesmal musste ich lange warten. :Sonst gefallen mir indische Liebesfilme, aber diesmal hat er mir nicht gefallen. :Sonst sind wir im Urlaub ins Gebirge gefahren, aber diesmal wollen wir zu Hause bleiben. |} 987 :'''<abbr title="dauern - en: to last; to take; to take time">dauern</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :Wie lange dauert der Unterricht? (5 Stunden) :⇒ Der Unterricht dauert 5 Stunden. :--- :Wie lange dauert der Film? (2 Stunden) :Wie lange dauert die Vorstellung? (2 Stunden) :Wie lange dauert die Oper? (2 Stunden) :Wie lange dauert die Fahrt? (3 Wochen) :Wie lange dauert die Reise? (2 Tage) :Wie lange dauert das Studium? (5 Jahre) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 987 |- | :Wie lange dauert der Unterricht? - Der Unterricht dauert 5 Stunden. :--- :Wie lange dauert der Film? - Der Film dauert 2 Stunden. :Wie lange dauert die Vorstellung? - Die Vorstellung dauert 2 Stunden. :Wie lange dauert die Oper? - Die Oper dauert 2 Stunden. :Wie lange dauert die Fahrt? - Die Fahrt dauert 3 Wochen. :Wie lange dauert die Reise? - Die Reise dauert 2 Tage. :Wie lange dauert das Studium? - Das Studium dauert 5 Jahre. |} 988 :a. Können Sie mir ein Taxi besorgen? :b. Sehr gern. Ich telefoniere sofort. :--- :a. Können Sie mir eine Flasche Milch holen? :b. Gern. Ich gehe <abbr title="nachher - en: afterwards; later">nachher</abbr> in den Supermarkt. :--- :a. Es regnet. Ich <abbr title="ich möchte gern - en: I would like; I would like to take">möchte gern</abbr> deinen Schirm nehmen. :b. <abbr title="meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this">Meinetwegen</abbr>, ich bleibe heute zu Hause. :--- :a. Gibst du mir dein Lehrbuch? Ich habe mein Lehrbuch vergessen. :b. Nicht gern. Ich brauche es auch. :--- :a. Willst du ein Heft haben? Ich habe zwei. :b. Nein, ich brauche kein Heft. 989 :'''Das ist nicht <abbr title="nötig - en: necessary">nötig</abbr>.''' :--- :Beispiel: :Soll ich Ihnen eine Tasse Kaffee bringen? (keinen Durst haben) :⇒ Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich habe keinen Durst. :--- :Soll ich ein Brötchen holen? (keinen Hunger haben) :Soll ich Ihnen den Weg zeigen? (allein finden) :Sollen wir hier warten? (lange in der Uni bleiben) :Sollen wir dich abholen? (mit dem Taxi fahren) :Darf ich für Sie eine Limonade bestellen? (keinen Durst haben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 989 |- | :Soll ich Ihnen eine Tasse Kaffee bringen? - Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich habe keinen Durst. :--- :Soll ich ein Brötchen holen? - Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich habe keinen Hunger. :Soll ich Ihnen den Weg zeigen? - Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich finde ihn allein. :Sollen wir hier warten? - Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich bleibe lange in der Uni. :ODER (Ich werde lange in der Uni bleiben.) :Sollen wir dich abholen? - Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich fahre mit dem Taxi :ODER (Ich werde mit dem Taxi fahren.) :Darf ich für Sie eine Limonade bestellen? - Danke, das ist nicht nötig. Ich habe keinen Durst. |} == 990 - 999 == 990 :'''<abbr title="auf keinen Fall - en: no way; unter no circumstances; in no case">auf keinen Fall</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Wollen wir ein Taxi nehmen? (zu teuer sein) :⇒ Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das ist zu teuer. :--- :Wollen wir nach Hause laufen? (zu weit sein) :Wollen wir mit dem Fahrrad fahren? (zu <abbr title="anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring">anstrengend</abbr> sein) :Soll ich Sie nach Hause begleiten? (zu weit sein) :Soll ich im Wartezimmer auf Sie warten? (zu lange dauern) :Wollen wir bis zum Bahnhof laufen? (zu weit sein) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 990 |- | :Wollen wir ein Taxi nehmen. - Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das ist zu teuer. :--- :Wollen wir nach Hause laufen? - Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das ist zu weit. :Wollen wir mit dem Fahrrad fahren? - Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das ist zu anstrengend. :Soll ich Sie nach Hause begleiten? - Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das ist zu weit. :Soll ich im Wartezimmer auf Sie warten? - Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das dauert zu lange. :Wollen wir bis zum Bahnhof laufen? - Nein, auf keinen Fall. Das ist zu weit. |} 991 :'''<abbr title="meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this">meinetwegen</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Bahn; Taxi) :⇒ a. Die ''Bahn'' <abbr title="ist weg - en: is gone; has gone; away">ist weg</abbr>. Also fahren wir mit dem ''Taxi''. :⇒ b. Meinetwegen, dann fahren wir mit dem Taxi. :--- :(Bus; Bahn) :(Zug; Bus) :(Autobus; Straßenbahn) :(Straßenbahn; Bus) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 991 |- | :a. Die Bahn ist weg. Also fahren wir mit dem Taxi. :b. Meinetwegen, dann fahren wir mit dem Taxi. :--- :(Bus; Bahn) :a. Der Bus ist weg. Also fahren wir mit der Bahn. :b. Meinetwegen, dann fahren wir mit der Bahn. :--- :(Zug; Bus) :a. Der Zug ist weg. Also fahren wir mit dem Bus. :b. Meinetwegen, dann fahren wir mit dem Bus. :--- :(Autobus; Straßenbahn) :a. Der Autobus ist weg. Also fahren wir mit der Straßenbahn. :b. Meinetwegen, dann fahren wir mit der Straßenbahn. :--- :(Straßenbahn; Bus) :a. Die Straßenbahn ist weg. Also fahren wir mit dem Bus. :b. Meinetwegen, dann fahren wir mit dem Bus. |} 992 :'''Sind Sie mit dem <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion; (vorschlagen - en: to propose; to suggest); ich schlage vor, du schlägst vor, er schlägt vor, wir schlagen vor, ihr schlagt vor, sie schlagen vor; (schlagen - en: to hit; to strike); (der Schlag - en: the hit; blow; stroke)">Vorschlag</abbr> <abbr title="einverstanden sein - en: to agree; to accept">einverstanden</abbr> oder nicht?''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Kino) :⇒ Wir gehen heute ins Kino. :⇒ Ins Kino? <abbr title="auf keinen Fall - en: no way; under no circumstances; in no circumstances">Auf keinen Fall</abbr>, ich muss noch arbeiten. :⇒ <abbr title="meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this">Meinetwegen</abbr>, ich gehe mit ins Kino. :--- :(<abbr title="das Theater - en: theater">Theater</abbr>) :(<abbr title="das Konzert - en: concert">Konzert</abbr>) :(<abbr title="die Oper - en: opera">Oper</abbr>) :(<abbr title="das Museum - en: museum">Museum</abbr>) :(<abbr title="die Ausstellung - en: exhibition; (ausstellen - to exhibit; to show; to display); (stellen - en: to put; to place; to stand)">Ausstellung</abbr>) :(<abbr title="der Zirkus - en: circus">Zirkus</abbr>) :(<abbr title="die Disko - en: disco; dance disco; club; dance club">Disko</abbr>) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 992 |- | :Wir gehen heute ins Kino. :Ins Kino? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit ins Kino. :--- :Wir gehen heute ins Theater. :Ins Theater? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit ins Theater. :--- :Wir gehen heute ins Konzert. :Ins Konzert? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit ins Konzert. :--- :Wir gehen heute in die Oper. :In die Oper? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit in die Oper. :--- :Wir gehen heute ins Museum. :Ins Museum? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit ins Museum. :--- :Wir gehen heute in die Ausstellung. :In die Ausstellung? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit in die Ausstellung. :--- :Wir gehen heute in den Zirkus. :In den Zirkus? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit in den Zirkus. :--- :Wir gehen heute in die Disko. :In die Disko? Auf keinen Fall, ich muss noch arbeiten. :Meinetwegen, ich gehe mit in die Diskoo. |} 993 :'''Wie antworten Sie richtig?''' :--- :a) Das ist <abbr title="möglich - en: possible">möglich</abbr>. :b) Das ist nicht möglich. :c) Das ist <abbr title="nötig - en: necessary">nötig</abbr>. :d) Das ist nicht nötig. :--- :Müssen Sie noch einmal zum Arzt gehen? - ..., ich bin <abbr title="nicht mehr - en: no more; no longer">nicht mehr</abbr> krank. :Darf Monika mit ins Kino gehen? - ..., sie hat heute Nachmittag keinen Unterricht. :Kann Frau Schröder morgen nach [[:de:w:Halle (Saale)|Halle]] fahren? - ..., sie arbeitet morgen nicht. :Kann ich jetzt mit Frau Stein sprechen? - ..., sie hat Urlaub. :Sollen wir das Geld für die Kinokarten sofort bezahlen? - ..., Herr Schön holt <abbr title="erst morgen = morgen erst - en: not until tomorrow; tomorrow; only tomorrow">erst morgen</abbr> die Karten. :Muss Thomas die Übersetzung noch einmal schreiben? - ..., der Lehrer kann sie nicht lesen. :Soll ich den Vortrag morgen halten? - ..., Sie können ihn auch später halten. :Muss Peter seinen Onkel <abbr title="begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort ">begleiten</abbr>? - ..., der <abbr title="der Onkel - en: uncle">Onkel</abbr> <abbr title="kennen - en: to know">kennt</abbr> den Weg. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 993 |- | :Müssen Sie noch einmal zum Arzt gehen? - Das ist nicht nötig, ich bin nicht mehr krank. :Darf Monika mit ins Kino gehen? - Das ist möglich, sie hat heute Nachmittag keinen Unterricht. :Kann Frau Schröder morgen nach Halle fahren? - Das ist möglich, sie arbeitet morgen nicht. :Kann ich jetzt mit Frau Stein sprechen? - Das ist nicht möglich, sie hat Urlaub. :Sollen wir das Geld für die Kinokarten sofort bezahlen? - Das ist nicht nötig, Herr Schön holt erst morgen die Karten. :Muss Thomas die Übersetzung noch einmal schreiben? - Das ist nötig, der Lehrer kann sie nicht lesen. :Soll ich den Vortrag morgen halten? - Das ist nicht nötig, Sie können ihn auch später halten. :Muss Peter seinen Onkel begleiten? - Das ist nicht nötig, der Onkel kennt den Weg. |} 994 :'''Phonetik''' :--- :[y:] - Süden, Stühle, Gemüse, Bücher, Schüler, üben, grüßen, grün, Frühling, für, Tür, natürlich :[ʏ] - Stück, <abbr title="das Glück - en: happiness; luck">Glück</abbr>, wünschen, fünf, <abbr title="gründlich - en: thoroughly; carefully ">gründlich</abbr>, pünktlich, müssen, dürfen :[øː] - nötig, möglich, schön, Söhne, Größe, hören :[œ] - können, <abbr title="öffnen - en: to open; Konjugation: ich öffne, du öffnest, er öffnet, wir öffnen, ihr öffnet, sie öffnen; Vergangenheit: ich habe geöffnet">öffnen</abbr>, Löffel, Blöcke, Wörterbuch, Töchter :[ɛː] - Universität, Qualität, spät, <abbr title="wählen - en: to choose; to select; to vote">wählen</abbr>, erzählen, Pläne, Städte, Vorschläge, jährlich :[ɛ] - Sätze, Plätze, Nächte, Schränke, Gaststätte, Ausländer 995 :'''Lesen und <abbr title="vergleichen - en: to compare">vergleichen</abbr> Sie!''' :[y:] - [ʏ] Süden - Stück; grüßen - müssen; natürlich - <abbr title="gründlich - en: thoroughly; profound; extensively ">gründlich</abbr> :[øː] - [œ] nötig - öffnen; hören - können; Söhne - Töchter :[ɛː] - [ɛ] wählen - Plätze; Städte - Gaststätte; Universität - Ausländer 996 :Frau Müller fährt <abbr title="täglich - en: every day; wöchentlich - en: every week; jährlich - en: every year; monatlich - en: every month; vierteljährlich - en: every thee month; quarterly">schnell</abbr> in die Bücherei. :Die Bücherei liegt in der Südstadt. :--- :Dürfen wir Sie ein Stück begleiten? :Natürlich dürfen Sie das. :--- :Ralf braucht die Medikamente <abbr title="nötig = dringend - en: urgent">nötig</abbr>. Kannst du die Medikamente <abbr title="gleich - en: immediately; right now; in a second">gleich</abbr> besorgen? :Das ist möglich. :--- :Ihre <abbr title="der Vorschlag - en: suggestion; proposal">Vorschläge</abbr> sind gut. :--- :Welche Pläne hat Herr Keller? :--- :In Deutschland gibt es über 350 Universitäten und <abbr title="die Hochschule - en: college; university">Hochschulen</abbr>. :--- :Jährlich kommen <abbr title="fast - en: almost">fast</abbr> 10 <abbr title="die Million - en: 1,000,000">Mill.</abbr> Touristen nach Berlin. 997 :Des einen <abbr title="das Leid - en: suffering; pain; sorrow; grief">Leid</abbr> ist des <abbr title="andere - en: other">anderen</abbr> <abbr title="die Freude - en: joy; fun">Freud'</abbr>. :<abbr title="dicht - en: close">Dicht</abbr> <abbr title="daneben - en: beside; dicht daneben schießen - en: to miss the target a little bit; to hit almost the target">daneben</abbr> ist auch <abbr title="vorbei - en: past; vorbeischießen - en: to miss; to shoot past">vorbei</abbr>. :Die <abbr title="dumm - en: stupid; dümmer - en: dumber, stupider; am dümmsten - en: the most stupid">dümmsten</abbr> <abbr title="der Bauer - en: farmer">Bauern</abbr> haben die <abbr title="dick - en: thick; fat; great; dicker - en: thicker; am dicksten - en: the thickest">dicksten</abbr> <abbr title="die Kartoffel - en: potato">Kartoffeln</abbr>. :Die <abbr title="die Hoffnung - en: hope">Hoffnung</abbr> <abbr title="sterben - en: to die">stirbt</abbr> <abbr title="zuletzt - en: last">zuletzt</abbr>. :Die <abbr title="die Lage - en: situation">Lage</abbr> ist <abbr title="ernst - en: serious">ernst</abbr>, aber nicht <abbr title="hoffnungslos - en: hopeless; without hope">hoffnungslos</abbr>. :Die <abbr title="die Ratte - en: rat">Ratten</abbr> <abbr title="verlassen - en: to leave">verlassen</abbr> das <abbr title="sinken - en: to sink; (sinkend - en: sinking)">sinkende</abbr> <abbr title="das Schiff - en: ship">Schiff</abbr>. :Die <abbr title="die Suppe - en: soup">Suppe</abbr> wird nicht so <abbr title="heiß - en: hot">heiß</abbr> gegessen, wie sie <abbr title="kochen - en: to cook">gekocht</abbr> wird. :Die <abbr title="die Zeit - en: time">Zeit</abbr> <abbr title="heilen - en: to heal; to cure">heilt</abbr> <abbr title="alle - en: all">alle</abbr> <abbr title="die Wunde - en: wound">Wunden</abbr>. :<abbr title="der Dienst- en: duty; service; work">Dienst</abbr> ist Dienst und <abbr title="der Schnaps - en: booze; liquor; drink; (Whisky; Wodka; Brandy)">Schnaps</abbr> ist Schnaps. :<abbr title="doppelt - en: double">Doppelt</abbr> <abbr title="nähen - en: to sew; to stitch">genäht</abbr> <abbr title="halten - en: to last; to stick>hält</abbr> <abbr title="besser - en: better; gut - besser - am besten - en: good - better - the best">besser</abbr>. :Du sollst den Tag nicht vor dem Abend <abbr title="loben - en: to praise">loben</abbr>! :<abbr title="die Dummheit - en: stupidity; foolishness; ignorance; dumm = doof = blöd - en: stupid; dumb; goofy">Dummheit</abbr> muss <abbr title="wehtun - en: to hurt; to be painful">wehtun</abbr>! :<abbr title="die Eifersucht - en: jealousy">Eifersucht</abbr> ist eine <abbr title="die Leidenschaft - en: passion">Leidenschaft</abbr>, die mit <abbr title="der Eifer - en: eagerness; zeal">Eifer</abbr> <abbr title="suchen - en: to search; to look for">sucht</abbr>, was <abbr title="das Leiden - en: suffering; grief">Leiden</abbr> <abbr title="schaffen - en: to create">schafft</abbr>. 998 :<abbr title="der Anmachspruch - en: catch line; anmachen = aufreißen - en: to chat up">Anmachsprüche</abbr>: :# <abbr title="Entschuldigung! - en: Excuse me! Sorry!">Entschuldigung</abbr>. Ich habe einen neuen <abbr title="der Wecker - en: alarm clock">Wecker</abbr>. Willst du ihn <abbr title="morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning">morgen früh</abbr> <abbr title="klingeln - en: to ring">klingeln</abbr> <abbr title="hören - en: to hear">hören</abbr>? :# Entschuldige. Ich will dich nicht <abbr title="dumm anmachen - en: to chat you up stupidly">dumm anmachen</abbr>, aber ich hätte nichts <abbr title="dagegen - en: against; contra; (I wouldn't be against)">dagegen</abbr>, wenn du es <abbr title="tuen = machen - en: to do; to make; (Konjugation: ich tue, du tust, er tut, wir tuen, ihr tut, sie tuen)">tust</abbr>. :# <abbr title="die Rose - en: rose">Rosen</abbr> sind rot. <abbr title="das Veilchen - en: violet">Veilchen</abbr> sind <abbr title="blau - en: blue">blau</abbr>. Ich bin sehr <abbr title="schüchtern - en: shy; timid">schüchtern</abbr> beim <abbr title="das Flirten = flirten - en: flirting; to flirt">Flirten</abbr>. Du hast <abbr title="toll - en: great; fantastic">tolle</abbr> <abbr title="das Auge - en: eye">Augen</abbr>. :# Sag mal: bist du <abbr title="homosexuell - en: gay">homosexuell</abbr>. (Nein?) Gut, ich auch nicht. Lass uns <abbr title="der Sex - en: sex">Sex</abbr> haben. :# Sag mal: bist du <abbr title="lesbisch - en: lesbian">lesbisch</abbr>? (Nein?) Gut, ich bin auch nicht <abbr title="schwul - en: gay">schwul</abbr>. Lass uns Sex haben. 999 :der, die oder das? :--- # Grammatik # Zimmer # Konzertkarte # Blume # Abend # Konzert # Stein # Nachmittag # Stadt # Auftrag # Sonntag # Buch # Brief # Arbeit # Hotel # Fahrkarte # Institut # Geschenk # Zeitschrift # Notebook # PC # Computer # Handy # Laptop # Tisch # Heft # Zeitung # Universität # Museum # Volkshochschule # Halsschmerzen # Schmerz # Fieber # Woche # Tag # Monat # Jahr # Stunde # Minute # Kaffee # Bett # Café # Samstag # Berg # Wald # Vergleich # Herbst # Fahrt # Auto # Zug # Burg # Essen # Restaurant # Thema # Kleid # Schuh # Bluse # Foto # Bild # Zeichnung # LKW # Wein # Limonade # Wasser # Milch # Saft # Fleisch # Fußball # Volleyball # Zimmer # Alter # Anzug # Kleid # Bluse # Radio # Buch # Tasche # Schreibtisch # Schrank # Sessel # Gebirge # Kino # <abbr title="das Ergebnis - en: result">Ergebnis</abbr> # Wort # Text # Bibliothek # Bücherei # Vorlesung # Vortrag # Weg # Haus # Bahn # Stadtrand # Taxi # Straßenbahn # Bus # Bushaltestelle # Nacht # Oper # <abbr title="die Bedingung - en: condition">Bedingung</abbr> # <abbr title="das Stipendium - en: scholarship; grant">Stipendium</abbr> # Vorstellung # Ausland # Land # Bahnhof # Übersetzung # Urlaub # Liebesfilm # Liebe # Wetter # Unterricht # Reise # Studium # Flasche # Markt # Flohmarkt # <abbr title="der Floh - en: flea">Floh</abbr> # Tasse # Durst # Hunger # Uni # Fall # Fahrrad # Wartezimmer # Geld # Glück # Gemüse # Qualität # Quantität # Löffel # Messer # Gabel # Stück # Südstadt # Stadt # Dorf # Medikament # Plan # <abbr title="die Hoffnung - en: hope">Hoffnung</abbr> # Kartoffel # Theater # Konzert # Oper # Museum # Ausstellung # Zirkus # Disko # Suppe # Wochenende # Geburtstag :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 999 |- | ::to read the solution you have to highlight with the cursor the white space between the arrows :⇒<span style="color:#999999;">''' der '''</span>⇐ :⇒<span style="color:eeeeee;">''' die '''</span>⇐ :⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">''' das '''</span>⇐ # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Grammatik # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Zimmer # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Konzerkarte # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Blume # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Abend # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Konzert # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Stein # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Nachmittag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Stadt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Auftrag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Sonntag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Buch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Brief # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Arbeit # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Hotel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Fahrkarte # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Institut # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Geschenk # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Zeitschrift # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Notebook # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> PC # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Computer # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Handy # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Laptop # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Tisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Heft # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Zeitung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Universität # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Museum # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Volkshochschule # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Halsschmerzen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Schmerz # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Fieber # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Woche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Tag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Monat # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Jahr # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Stunde # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Minute # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Kaffee # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Bett # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Café # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Samstag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Berg # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Wald # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Vergleich # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Herbst # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Fahrt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Auto # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Zug # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Burg # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Essen # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Restaurant # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Thema # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Kleid # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Schuh # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bluse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Foto # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Bild # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Zeichnung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> LKW # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Wein # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Limonade # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Wasser # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Milch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Saft # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Fleisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Fußball # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Volleyball # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Zimmer # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Alter # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Anzug # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Kleid # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bluse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Radio # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Buch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Tasche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Schreibtisch # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Schrank # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Sessel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Gebirge # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Kino # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Ergebnis # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Wort # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Text # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bibliothek # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bücherei # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Vorlesung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Vortrag # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Weg # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Haus # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bahn # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Stadtrand # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Taxi # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Straßenbahn # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Bus # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bushaltestelle # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Nacht # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Oper # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Bedingung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Stipendium # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Vorstellung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Ausland # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Land # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Bahnhof # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Übersetzung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Urlaub # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Liebesfilm # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Liebe # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Wetter # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Unterricht # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Reise # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Studium # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Flasche # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Markt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Flohmarkt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Floh # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Tasse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Durst # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Hunger # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Uni # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Fall # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Fahrrad # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Wartezimmer # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Geld # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Glück # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Gemüse # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Qualität # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Quantität # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Löffel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Messer # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Gabel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Stück # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Südstadt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Stadt # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Dorf # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Medikament # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Plan # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Hoffnung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Kartoffel # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Theater # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Konzert # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Oper # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Museum # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Ausstellung # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Zirkus # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Disko # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;die'''</span> Suppe # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;das'''</span> Wochenende # ⇒<span style="color:#f9f9f9;">'''&nbsp;der'''</span> Geburtstag |} == Vokabular: Lektion 023 == : sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do : gleich - en: just; in a minute : begleiten - en: to accompany : der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission : rechnen - en: to calculate : sofort - en: immediately : rechnen - en: to calculate : sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do : müssen - en: have to; must : der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission : sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do : bezahlen - en: to pay : gegen - en: against; contra : Auftraggeber - en: client; customer : meist = meistens - en: mostly; for the most part : das Gesetz - en: law : der Moralkodex - en: code of ethics : die Moral - en: moral : der Kodex - en: codex; [moral] code : die Bedeutung - en: meaning : der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission : eng - en: closely; narrow; tight : verwandt - en: related : die Notwendigkeit - en: necessity : notwendig - en: necessary : ausdrücken - en: to express : deutlich - en: clear; obvious : der Auftrag - en: order; task; mission : verbieten - en: to forbid; to ban : der Fall - en: case : der Zwang - en: force; pressure : objektiv - en: objective; objectively : fremdbestimmt - en: nonautonomous; directed by others; externally determined : fremd - en: alien : tun - en: to do : jemand - en: someone : bestimmen - en: to determine : notwendig - en: necessary : niemand - en: nobody : eventuell - en: perhaps; possibly : die Wahl - en: choice; option : der Befehl - en: order; command; instruction : zwingend - en: mandatory : zwingen - en: to force : der Zwang - en: force; pressure : scheinbar - en: seemingly : ohne - en: without : die Empfehlung - en: recomendation : üblich - en: usual; normaly; common practice : die Vorgehensweise - en: method; approach : zwingend - en: compellingly; compulsive; absolutely : fast - en: almost : das Gesetz - en: law : von mir selber - en: by myself; from myself : der Umstand - en: circumstance : sonst - en: otherwise; else : die Forderung - en: demand; requirement : die Instanz - en: authority; instance : die Notwendigkeit - en: need; necessity : natürlich - en: natural; naturally : die Kraft - en: force : weinen - en: to cry (with tears) : die Freude - en: pleasure; joy; fun : wegen - en: because of; due to : das Gefühl - en: feeling : innere - en: inner : der Führerschein - en: driver's license : der Schein - en: certificate; paper : die Forderung - en: demand; requirement : die Sitte - en: custom : das Recht - en: right; law; legislation : das Gesetz - en: law : verdienen - en: to earn : hart - en: hard : der Zweck - en: purpose; end : das Ziel - en: goal; aim; target : die Busfahrt - en: bus ride : das Gebot - en: commandment : der Befehl - en: order; instruction : töten - en: to kill : die Wahl - en: choice : aufräumen - en: clean up; clear up; tidy up : der Auftrag - en: order; assignment; job : die Entscheidung - en: decision : erwünscht - en: wanted; desireable; welcome : die Fähigkeit - en: ability; capability; skill : die Fertigkeit - en: skill; craftmanship; skillfulness : eigentlich - en: en actually : die Aufforderung - en: invitation; request; demand : einverstanden - en: to agree : besichtigen - en: to visit : vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps : gleich hier - en: right here; straight away : können - en: to be able; to be capable; to be permitted : müssen - en: have to; must : dürfen - en: may; to be permitted : wollen - en: to want : die Volkshochschule (VHS) - en: Adult Education Centre : der Vortrag - en: lecture : einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture : er hält einen Vortrag - en: he gives a lecture : nichts - en: nothing : gründlich - en: thoroughly; carefully : untersuchen - en: to examine : hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so : bald - en: soon : müssen - en: must; have to; need : wollen - en: to want; to desire; to wish; to intend : sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do : können - en: be able; be capable : mögen - en: to like : gleich - en: immediately; just; right : vergleichen - en: to compare : der Vergleich - en: comparison : gleich - en: equal : der Satz - en: sentence : lieber als - en: rather than; better than : bekannt - en: famous; known; well-known : vergleichen - en: to compare : die Fahrzeit - en: driving time; travel time : häufig - en: often; frequently : oft - en: often; frequently : das Thema - en: theme; topic; subject : oft - en: often; frequently : gründlich - en: carefully : deutlich - en: clear; clearly : undeutlich - en: unclear; obscure; blurred : undeutlich - en: unclear; obscure; blurred : noch besser - en: even better : schwimmen - en: to swim; to float : wissen - en: to know : viel - en: a lot; much; many : der Schreibtisch - en: desk; writing desk : der Sessel - en: armchair : begründen - en: to justify; to give reasons for : das Ergebnis - en: result : die Aussage - en: statement; testimony; message; declaration : die Gleichung - en: equation : ausrechnen - en: to calculate : abholen - en: to collect; to pick up; to fetch; to reclaim : weit - en: far : entfernt - en: away : die Entfernung - en: distance : nötig - en: necessary; needed : die Vorlesung - en: lecture : meinetwegen - en: I agree; for my sake : auf keinen Fall - en: no way; under no circumstances; in no circumstances : vergessen - en: to forget : sonst - en: otherwise; else; alternatively : der Vortrag - en: lecture : einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture : in Ordnung - en: all right; OK : auf dem Weg nach Hause - en: on the way home : tanzen - en: to dance : nun - en: now; then; well : die Bahn; die Straßenbahn - en: tram; streetcar; tramcar : die Eisenbahn - en: railroad : die U-Bahn - en: subway; metro : begleiten - en: to accompany : nötig - en: necessary : südlich von - en: south of : der Süden - en: the south : nördlich von - en: north of : der Norden - en: the noth : östlich von - en: east of : der Osten - en: the east : westlich von - en: west of : der Westen - en: the west : der Stadtrand - en: outskirts : der Rand - en: edge; border; margin; periphery : die Fahrt - en: ride; trip; yourney : das Taxi - en: taxi : bequem - en: comfortable : möglich - en: possible : weiter entfernt = weiter weg - en: further away : Schade! - en: Too bad! Pity! : weg - en: away; off; gone : nun = jetzt - en: now : also - en: so; thus : doch - en: but; nevertheles; after all : das Taxi - en: taxi : so - en: so : oft - en: often : meinetwegen - en: for my sake; I agree : der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion : vorschlagen - en: to propose; to suggest : die Oper - en: opera : eine Bedingung stellen - en: to impose a condition; to lay down a condition : die Bedingung - en: condition : eine Bedingung stellen - en: to impose a condition : diesmal = dieses mal - en: this time : genauso viel - en: just as much; as much; the same amount of : das Stipendium - en: scholarship; grant : sonst - en: otherwise; else : mit gehen - en: go along; walk with : Ich gehe nicht mit. - en: I will not go with you. : annehmen - en: to accept : die Vorstellung - en: presentation; performance : sonst - en: normally; otherwise; else; or : deshalb - en: therefore : die Vorstellung - en: presentation; performance : in - en: in; after : erst - en: only; not until : sonst - en: else; otherwise; or; if not : das Taxi - en: taxi : verpassen - en: to miss; to lose : dauern - en: to last; to take; to take time : nachher - en: afterwards; later : ich möchte gern - en: I would like; I would like to take : meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this : nötig - en: necessary : auf keinen Fall - en: no way; unter no circumstances; in no case : anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring : meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this : ist weg - en: is gone; has gone; away : der Vorschlag - en: proposal; suggestion : vorschlagen - en: to propose; to suggest : schlagen - en: to hit; to strike : der Schlag - en: the hit; blow; stroke : einverstanden sein - en: to agree; to accept : auf keinen Fall - en: no way; under no circumstances; in no circumstances : meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this : das Theater - en: theater : das Konzert - en: concert : die Oper - en: opera : das Museum - en: museum : die Ausstellung - en: exhibition : ausstellen - to exhibit; to show; to display : stellen - en: to put; to place; to stand : der Zirkus - en: circus : die Disko - en: disco; dance disco; club; dance club : möglich - en: possible : nötig - en: necessary : nicht mehr - en: no more; no longer : erst morgen = morgen erst - en: not until tomorrow; tomorrow; only tomorrow : begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort : der Onkel - en: uncle : kennen - en: to know : das Glück - en: happiness; luck : gründlich - en: thoroughly; carefully : öffnen - en: to open : wählen - en: to choose; to select; to vote : vergleichen - en: to compare : gründlich - en: thoroughly; profound; extensively : täglich - en: every day : wöchentlich - en: every week : jährlich - en: every year : monatlich - en: every month : vierteljährlich - en: every thee month; quarterly : nötig = dringend - en: urgent : gleich - en: immediately; right now; in a second : der Vorschlag - en: suggestion; proposal : die Hochschule - en: college; university : fast - en: almost : die Million - en: 1,000,000 : das Leid - en: suffering; pain; sorrow; grief : andere - en: other : die Freude - en: joy; fun : dicht - en: close : daneben - en: beside : dicht daneben schießen - en: to miss the target a little bit; to hit almost the target : vorbei - en: past : vorbeischießen - en: to miss; to shoot past : dumm - en: stupid : dümmer - en: dumber, stupider : am dümmsten - en: the most stupid : der Bauer - en: farmer : dick - en: thick; fat; great : dicker - en: thicker : am dicksten - en: the thickest : die Kartoffel - en: potato : die Hoffnung - en: hope : sterben - en: sterben : zuletzt - en: last : die Lage - en: situation : ernst - en: serious : hoffnungslos - en: hopeless; without hope : die Ratte - en: rat : verlassen - en: to leave : sinken - en: to sink : sinkend - en: sinking : das Schiff - en: ship : die Suppe - en: soup : heiß - en: hot : kochen - en: to cook : die Zeit - en: time : heilen - en: to heal; to cure : alle - en: all : die Wunde - en: wound : der Dienst- en: duty; service; work : der Schnaps - en: booze; liquor; drink; (Whisky; Wodka; Brandy) : doppelt - en: double : nähen - en: to sew; to stitch : halten - en: to last; to stick : besser - en: better : gut - besser - am besten - en: good - better - the best : loben - en: to praise : die Dummheit - en: stupidity; foolishness; ignorance : dumm = doof = blöd - en: stupid; dumb; goofy : wehtun - en: to hurt; to be painful : die Eifersucht - en: jealousy : die Leidenschaft - en: passion : der Eifer - en: eagerness; zeal : suchen - en: to search; to look for : das Leiden - en: suffering; grief : schaffen - en: to create : der Anmachspruch - en: catch line : anmachen = aufreißen - en: to chat up : Entschuldigung! - en: Excuse me! Sorry! : der Wecker - en: alarm clock : morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning : klingeln - en: to ring : hören - en: to hear : dumm anmachen - en: to chat you up stupidly : dagegen - en: against; contra : tuen = tun = machen - en: to do; to make : die Rose - en: rose : das Veilchen - en: violet : blau - en: blue : schüchtern - en: shy; timid : das Flirten = flirten - en: flirting; to flirt : toll - en: great; fantastic : das Auge - en: eye : homosexuell - en: gay : der Sex - en: sex : lesbisch - en: lesbian : schwul - en: gay : das Ergebnis - en: result : die Bedingung - en: condition : das Stipendium - en: scholarship; grant : der Floh - en: flea : die Hoffnung - en: hope == Vokabular: Lektion 023 - alphabetisch geordnet == # abholen - en: to collect; to pick up; to fetch; to reclaim # alle - en: all # also - en: so; thus # am dicksten - en: the thickest # am dümmsten - en: the most stupid # andere - en: other # anmachen = aufreißen - en: to chat up # Anmachspruch, der - en: catch line # annehmen - en: to accept # anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring # auf dem Weg nach Hause - en: on the way home # auf keinen Fall - en: no way; unter no circumstances; in no case # Aufforderung, die - en: invitation; request; demand # aufräumen - en: clean up; clear up; tidy up # Auftrag, der - en: order; assignment; job; task; mission # Auftraggeber - en: client; customer # ausdrücken - en: to express # ausrechnen - en: to calculate # Aussage, die - en: statement; testimony; message; declaration # ausstellen - to exhibit; to show; to display # Ausstellung, die - en: exhibition # Bahn, die ; die Straßenbahn - en: tram; streetcar; tramcar # bald - en: soon # Bauer, der - en: farmer # Bedeutung, die - en: meaning # Bedingung, die - en: condition # Befehl, der - en: order; command; instruction # begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort # begründen - en: to justify; to give reasons for # bekannt - en: famous; known; well-known # bequem - en: comfortable # besichtigen - en: to visit # besser - en: better # bestimmen - en: to determine # bezahlen - en: to pay # blau - en: blue # Busfahrt, die - en: bus ride # dagegen - en: against; contra # daneben - en: beside # das Auge - en: eye # dauern - en: to last; to take; to take time # deshalb - en: therefore # deutlich - en: clear; clearly; obvious # dicht - en: close # dicht daneben schießen - en: to miss the target a little bit; to hit almost the target # dick - en: thick; fat; great # dicker - en: thicker # die Hoffnung - en: hope # die Instanz - en: authority; instance # Dienst, der - en: duty; service; work # diesmal = dieses mal - en: this time # Disko, die - en: disco; dance disco; club; dance club # doch - en: but; nevertheles; after all # doppelt - en: double # dringend - en: urgent # dumm = doof = blöd – en: stupid; dumb; goofy # dumm anmachen - en: to chat you up stupidly # dümmer - en: dumber, stupider # Dummheit, die - en: stupidity; foolishness; ignorance # dürfen - en: may; to be permitted # Eifer, der – en: eagerness; zeal # Eifersucht, die - en: jealousy # eigentlich - en: en actually # eine Bedingung stellen - en: to impose a condition; to lay down a condition # einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture # einverstanden sein - en: to agree; to accept # Eisenbahn, die - en: railroad # Empfehlung, die - en: recomendation # eng - en: closely; narrow; tight # entfernt - en: away # Entfernung, die - en: distance # Entscheidung, die - en: decision # Entschuldigung! - en: Excuse me! Sorry! # er hält einen Vortrag - en: he gives a lecture # Ergebnis, das - en: result # ernst - en: serious # erst - en: only; not until # erst morgen = morgen erst - en: not until tomorrow; tomorrow; only tomorrow # erwünscht - en: wanted; desireable; welcome # eventuell - en: perhaps; possibly # Fähigkeit, die - en: ability; capability; skill # Fahrt, die - en: ride; trip; yourney # Fahrzeit, die - en: driving time; travel time # Fall, der - en: case # fast - en: almost # Fertigkeit, die - en: skill; craftmanship; skillfulness # Flirten, das = flirten - en: flirting; to flirt # Floh, der - en: flea # Forderung, die - en: demand; requirement # fremd - en: alien # fremdbestimmt - en: nonautonomous; directed by others; externally determined # Freude, die - en: joy; fun; pleasure # Führerschein, der - en: driver's license # Gebot, das - en: commandment # Gefühl, das - en: feeling # gegen - en: against; contra # genauso viel - en: just as much; as much; the same amount of # Gesetz, das - en: law # gleich – en: equal; immediately; just; right now; in a second; in a minute # gleich hier - en: right here; straight away # Gleichung, die - en: equation # Glück, das - en: happiness; luck # gründlich - en: thoroughly; carefully; profound; extensively # gut - besser - am besten – en: good - better - the best # halten - en: to last; to stick # hart - en: hard # häufig - en: often; frequently # heilen - en: to heal; to cure # heiß - en: hot # Hochschule, die - en: college; university # hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so # hoffnungslos – en: hopeless; without hope # homosexuell - en: gay # hören - en: to hear # Ich gehe nicht mit. - en: I will not go with you. # ich möchte gern - en: I would like; I would like to take # in - en: in; after # in Ordnung - en: all right; OK # innere - en: inner # ist weg - en: is gone; has gone; away # jährlich - en: every year # jemand - en: someone # jetzt = now - en: now # Kartoffel, die - en: potato # kennen - en: to know # klingeln - en: to ring # kochen - en: to cook # Kodex, der - en: codex; [moral] code # können - en: to be able; to be capable; to be permitted # Konzert, das - en: concert # Kraft, die - en: force # Lage, die - en: situation # Leid, das - en: suffering; pain; sorrow; grief # Leiden, das – en: suffering; grief # Leidenschaft, die - en: passion # lesbisch - en: lesbian # lieber als - en: rather than; better than # loben - en: to praise # meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this # meist = meistens - en: mostly; for the most part # Million, die - en: 1,000,000 # mit gehen - en: go along; walk with # mögen - en: to like # möglich - en: possible # monatlich - en: every month # Moral, die - en: moral # Moralkodex, der - en: code of ethics # morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning # Museum, das - en: museum # müssen - en: must; have to; need # nachher - en: afterwards; later # nähen – en: to sew; to stitch # natürlich - en: natural; naturally # nicht mehr - en: no more; no longer # nichts - en: nothing # niemand - en: nobody # noch besser - en: even better # Norden, der - en: the noth # nördlich von - en: north of # nötig - en: necessary; needed # notwendig - en: necessary # Notwendigkeit, die - en: need; necessity # nun - en: now; then; well # objektiv - en: objective; objectively # öffnen - en: to open # oft - en: often; frequently # ohne - en: without # Onkel, der - en: uncle # Oper, die - en: opera # Osten, der - en: the east # östlich von - en: east of # Rand, der - en: edge; border; margin; periphery # Ratte, die - en: rat # rechnen - en: to calculate # Recht, das - en: right; law; legislation # Rose, die - en: rose # Satz, der - en: sentence # Schade! - en: Too bad! Pity! # schaffen - en: to create # Schein, der - en: certificate; paper # scheinbar - en: seemingly # Schiff, das - en: ship # Schlag, der - en: the hit; blow; stroke # schlagen - en: to hit; to strike # Schnaps, der - en: booze; liquor; drink; (Whisky; Wodka; Brandy) # Schreibtisch, der - en: desk; writing desk # schüchtern - en: shy; timid # schwimmen - en: to swim; to float # schwul - en: gay # Sessel, der - en: armchair # Sex, der - en: sex # sinken - en: to sink # sinkend - en: sinking # Sitte, die - en: custom # so - en: so # sofort - en: immediately # sollen - en: has to; must; shall; is supposed to do # sonst - en: else; otherwise; normally; or; if not; alternatively # Stadtrand, der - en: outskirts # stellen - en: to put; to place; to stand # sterben - en: to die # Stipendium, das - en: scholarship; grant # suchen - en: to search; to look for # Süden, der - en: the south # südlich von - en: south of # Suppe, die - en: soup # täglich - en: every day # tanzen - en: to dance # Taxi, das - en: taxi # Theater, das - en: theater # Thema, das - en: theme; topic; subject # toll - en: great; fantastic # töten - en: to kill # tuen = tun = machen - en: to do; to make # tun - en: to do # U-Bahn, die - en: subway; metro # üblich - en: usual; normaly; common practice # Umstand, der - en: circumstance # undeutlich - en: unclear; obscure; blurred # untersuchen - en: to examine # Veilchen, das - en: violet # verbieten - en: to forbid; to ban # verdienen - en: to earn # vergessen - en: to forget # Vergleich, der - en: comparison # vergleichen - en: to compare # verlassen - en: to leave # verpassen - en: to miss; to lose # verwandt - en: related # viel - en: a lot; much; many # vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps # vierteljährlich - en: every thee month; quarterly # Volkshochschule, die (VHS) - en: Adult Education Centre # von mir selber - en: by myself; from myself # vorbei - en: past # vorbeischießen - en: to miss; to shoot past # Vorgehensweise, die - en: method; approach # Vorlesung, die - en: lecture # Vorschlag, der - en: proposal; suggestion # vorschlagen - en: to propose; to suggest # Vorstellung, die - en: presentation; performance # Vortrag, der - en: lecture # Wahl, die - en: choice; option # wählen - en: to choose; to select; to vote # Wecker, der - en: alarm clock # weg - en: away; off; gone # wegen - en: because of; due to # wehtun – en: to hurt; to be painful # weinen - en: to cry (with tears) # weit - en: far # weiter entfernt = weiter weg - en: further away # Westen, der - en: the west # westlich von - en: west of # wissen - en: to know # wöchentlich - en: every week # wollen - en: to want; to desire; to wish; to intend # Wunde, die - en: wound # Zeit, die - en: time # Ziel, das - en: goal; aim; target # Zirkus, der - en: circus # zuletzt - en: last # Zwang, der - en: force; pressure # Zweck, der - en: purpose; end # zwingen - en: to force # zwingend - en: compellingly; compulsive; absolutely # zwingend - en: mandatory :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 022|Lektion 022]] ← Lektion 023 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024|Lektion 024]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 023]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023]] 6hns5ee3rkzvhj9na2h53jl978aa17g 0 4159 6787 6738 2023-03-15T07:00:46Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023|Lektion 023]] ← Lektion 024 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 025|Lektion 025]] == 1000–1009 == 1000 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :--- :'''Die unfest zusammengesetzten Verben''' :--- :Herr Lehmann wollte Frau Stein für Samstag ins Kino '''einladen''', <abbr title="deshalb – en: therefore">deshalb</abbr> hat er sie gestern Abend angerufen. Pünktlich 19 Uhr '''holt''' er sie am Samstag '''ab'''. <abbr title="vor – en: before">Vor</abbr> der <abbr title="die Vorstellung – en: presentation; performance">Vorstellung</abbr> '''gehen''' sie noch eine Viertelstunde '''spazieren'''. 1001 :'''abholen''' :Konjugation im Präsens: :--- :Ich '''hole''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Du '''holst''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Er '''holt''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Wir '''holen''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Ihr '''holt''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Sie '''holen''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :--- :Ich '''hole''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Du '''holst''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Er '''holt''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Sie '''holt''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Es '''holt''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Wir '''holen''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Ihr '''holt''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Sie '''holen''' die Gäste '''ab'''. :Sie '''holen''' die Gäste '''ab'''. 1002 :Satzkonstruktion :--- :'''anrufen''' :'''Rufen''' Sie ihren Freund '''an'''! :Thomas '''ruft''' seinen Freund '''an'''. :--- :'''einladen''' :Er '''will''' ihn ins Kino '''einladen'''. :--- :'''abholen''' :Am Abend '''hat''' er seinen Freund '''abgeholt'''. 1003 :Wir bilden das '''Partizip Perfekt''': :Lesen Sie und <abbr title="vergleichen – en: to compare ">vergleichen</abbr> Sie! :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | '''Infinitiv''' || '''Partizip Perfekt''' |-align="center" | holen || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>holt |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''ab'''</span>holen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''ab'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>holt |-align="center" | kommen || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>kommen |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''an'''</span>kommen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''an'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>kommen |-align="center" | stehen || <span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>standen |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''auf'''</span>stehen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''auf'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>standen |} :Betonung: :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | '''Infinitiv''' || '''Partizip Perfekt''' |-align="center" | ['holen] || [ge-'holt] |-align="center" | ['ab-holen] || ['ab-ge-holt] |-align="center" | ['kommen] || [ge-'kommen] |-align="center" | ['an-kommen] || ['an-ge-kommen] |-align="center" | ['stehen] || [ge-'standen] |-align="center" | ['auf-stehen] || ['auf-ge-standen] |} 1004 :Wir bilden das '''Partizip Perfekt''': :Lesen Sie und vergleichen Sie! :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | '''Infinitiv''' || '''Partizip Perfekt''' |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''ab'''</span>holen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''ab'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>holt |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''an'''</span>kommen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''an'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>kommen |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''auf'''</span>stehen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''auf'''</span><span style="color:#993300;">'''ge'''</span>standen |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''wieder'''</span>holen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''wieder'''</span>holt |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''be'''</span>kommen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''be'''</span>kommen |-align="center" | <span style="color:#009933;">'''ver'''</span>stehen || <span style="color:#009933;">'''ver'''</span>standen |} :Betonung: :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | '''Infinitiv''' || '''Partizip Perfekt''' |-align="center" | ['ab-holen] || ['ab-ge-holt] |-align="center" | ['an-kommen] || ['an-ge-kommen] |-align="center" | ['auf-stehen] || ['auf-ge-standen] |-align="center" | [wieder-'holen] || [wieder-'holt] |-align="center" | [be-'kommen] || [be-'kommen] |-align="center" | [ver-'stehen] || [ver-'standen] |} 1005 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Bernd fährt mit dem Zug von [[:de:w:Augsburg|Augsburg]] nach [[:de:w:Wien|Wien]]. In [[:de:w:München|München]] muss er 35 Minuten warten. Er kann erst halb zwei '''<abbr title="weiterfahren – en: to continue; to drive on; to carry on driving">weiterfahren</abbr>'''. <abbr title="schon – en: already">Schon</abbr> im Zug nach München hat Bernd seine Vokabeln für den Französischunterricht gelernt. Er möchte auch später auf der Fahrt '''weiterarbeiten'''. Der Zug nach Wien kommt, und die Reise kann '''weitergehen'''. Bernd hat einen Platz am Fenster. Er nimmt das Heft mit den Vokabeln, <abbr title="denn – en: because">denn</abbr> er will jetzt '''<abbr title="weitermachen – en: to continue (to make something); machen – en: to make">weitermachen</abbr>'''. :--- :weiterfliegen :weiterverkaufen :--- :weiter lesen :weiter einkaufen :weiter zeichnen :weiter rechnen :weiter suchen :--- :weiter = fortsetzen 1006 :Ergänzen Sie! :'''weiterfahren, weiterarbeiten, weitermachen, weitergehen''' :--- :Unser Zug ist 19.31 Uhr in [[:de:w:Stralsund|Stralsund]]. Dort müssen wir warten. Wir können erst 21.10 Uhr … :Die Arbeiter haben von 12.00 bis 12.45 Uhr Pause. Drei Viertel eins müssen sie … :Matthias und Stefan machen im <abbr title="der Baumarkt – en: hardware store; Do-It-Yourself supermarket">Baumarkt</abbr> <abbr title="gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together">gemeinsam</abbr> Einkäufe. Sie bleiben sehr lange. Sie wollen noch in den Supermarkt <abbr title="das Bier – en: beer">Bier</abbr> kaufen. Stefan sagt: „Wir müssen jetzt …, der Supermarkt schließt gleich.“ :Die Schüler spielen Fußball. Peter und Thomas sagen: „Wir haben Durst und wollen etwas trinken. In 20 Minuten können wir …“ :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1006 |- | :Unser Zug ist 19.31 Uhr in [[:de:w:Stralsund|Stralsund]]. Dort müssen wir warten. Wir können erst 21.10 Uhr weiterfahren. :Die Arbeiter haben von 12.00 bis 12.45 Uhr Pause. Drei Viertel eins müssen sie weiterarbeiten. :Matthias und Stefan machen im Baumarkt gemeinsam Einkäufe. Sie bleiben sehr lange. Sie wollen noch in den Supermarkt Bier kaufen. Stefan sagt: „Wir müssen jetzt weitergehen, der Supermarkt schließt gleich.“ :Die Schüler spielen Fußball. Peter und Thomas sagen: „Wir haben Durst und wollen etwas trinken. In 20 Minuten können wir weitermachen.“ |} 1007 :Beispiel: :Herr Schulz ist in dieser Woche nicht in der Firma. (Montag) :⇒ Rufen Sie bitte am Montag noch einmal an. :--- :Frau Stein ist jetzt nicht zu Hause. (heute Abend) :Frau Keller ist heute und morgen nicht in der Schule. (übermorgen) :Professor Neumann ist noch nicht im Institut. (um zehn) :Dr. Freitag ist heute Vormittag nicht in der Praxis. (am Nachmittag) :Der Arzt ist jetzt nicht im Sprechzimmer. (um acht) :Frau Götz ist in [[:de:w:Sassnitz|Sassnitz]]. (morgen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1007 |- | :Herr Schulz ist in dieser Woche nicht in der Firma. - Rufen Sie bitte am Montag noch einmal an. :--- :Frau Stein ist jetzt nicht zu Hause. - Rufen Sie bitte heute Abend noch einmal an. :Frau Keller ist heute und morgen nicht in der Schule. - Rufen Sie bitte übermorgen noch einmal an. :Professor Neumann ist noch nicht im Institut. - Rufen Sie bitte um zehn noch einmal an. :Dr. Freitag ist heute Vormittag nicht in der Praxis. - Rufen Sie bitte am Nachmittag noch einmal an. :Der Arzt ist jetzt nicht im Sprechzimmer. - Rufen Sie bitte um acht noch einmal an. :Frau Götz ist in Sassnitz. - Rufen Sie bitte morgen noch einmal an. |} 1008 :Ergänzen Sie! :'''mitbringen, mitnehmen''' :--- :Beispiel: :Monika holt Theaterkarten. Sie will mir auch eine Karte … :⇒ Monika holt Theaterkarten. Sie will mir auch eine Karte '''mitbringen'''. :--- :Ich kann meine Bücher heute nicht in die Bibliothek bringen, denn ich habe keine Zeit. Bernd will die Bücher für mich … :Thomas hat Geburtstag. Leider kann ich ihn nicht besuchen. Kannst du das Geschenk für Thomas …? :Mein Vater ist im Ausland. Er will uns ein Geschenk … :Im Herbst fahre ich ins Gebirge. Ich muss zwei Pullover … :Ich gehe heute in die Bibliothek. Für meinen Freund soll ich zwei Zeitschriften … :Wir gehen heute in den Supermarkt. Soll ich euch etwas …? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1008 |- | :Monika holt Theaterkarten. Sie will mir auch eine Karte mitbringen. :--- :Ich kann meine Bücher heute nicht in die Bibliothek bringen, denn ich habe keine Zeit. Bernd will die Bücher für mich mitnehmen. :Thomas hat Geburtstag. Leider kann ich ihn nicht besuchen. Kannst du das Geschenk für Thomas mitnehmen? :Mein Vater ist im Ausland. Er will uns ein Geschenk mitbringen. :Im Herbst fahre ich ins Gebirge. Ich muss zwei Pullover mitnehmen. :Ich gehe heute in die Bibliothek. Für meinen Freund soll ich zwei Zeitschriften mitbringen. :Wir gehen heute in den Supermarkt. Soll ich euch etwas mitbringen? |} 1009 :Beispiel: :Wann '''bringt''' Herr Weber die Bücher '''zurück'''? :⇒ Heute Nachmittag bringt er die Bücher zurück. :--- :Wann bringen Sie die Zeitschriften zurück? :Wann '''geben''' Sie den Brief '''ab'''? :Wann gibt Peter die Bücher ab? :Wann '''nimmst''' Du dein Wörterbuch '''mit'''? :Wann nimmt Frau Wagner die Hefte mit? :Wann bringst Du die Theaterkarten mit? :Wann ruft ihr Herr'''n''' Keller an? :Wann holen Sie ihre Schwester ab? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1009 |- | :Wann bringt Herr Weber die Bücher zurück? - Heute Nachmittag bringt er die Bücher zurück. :--- :Wann bringen Sie die Zeitschriften zurück? - Heute Nachmittag bringe ich die Zeitschriften zurück. :Wann geben Sie den Brief ab? - Heute Nachmittag gebe ich den Brief ab. :Wann gibt Peter die Bücher ab? - Heute Nachmittag gibt er die Bücher ab. :Wann nimmst Du dein Wörterbuch mit? - Heute Nachmittag nehme ich mein Wörterbuch mit. :Wann nimmt Frau Wagner die Hefte mit? - Heute Nachmittag nimmt Frau Wagner die Hefte mit. :Wann bringst Du die Theaterkarten mit? - Heute Nachmittag bringe ich die Theaterkarten mit. :Wann ruft ihr Herr'''n''' Keller an? - Heute Nachmittag rufen wir Herr'''n''' Keller an. :Wann holen Sie ihre Schwester ab? - Heute Nachmittag hole ich meine Schwester ab. |} == 1010–1019 == 1010 :Beispiel: :Können Sie mich morgen noch einmal anrufen? :⇒ Ja, ich rufe Sie morgen noch einmal an. :--- :Wollen Sie Herr'''n''' Wagner heute einladen? :Können Sie die CD nach dem Unterricht abgeben? :Können Sie die Bücher <abbr title="heute noch – en: still today">heute noch</abbr> zurückbringen? :Wollen Sie die Zeitschrift gleich mitnehmen? :Möchten Sie die Karten morgen abholen? :Können Sie die Tasche <abbr title="wirklich – en: really; indeed; truly">wirklich</abbr> mitbringen? :Können Sie ihren Vater in der Firma anrufen? :Wollen Sie das Rezept heute noch abholen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1010 |- | :Können Sie mich morgen noch einmal anrufen? - Ja, ich rufe Sie morgen noch einmal an. :--- :Wollen Sie Herr'''n''' Wagner heute einladen? - Ja, ich will ihn heute einladen. :Können Sie die CD nach dem Unterricht abgeben? - Ja, ich kann sie nach dem Unterricht abgeben. :Können Sie die Bücher heute noch zurückbringen? - Ja, ich kann sie heute noch zurückbringen. :Wollen Sie die Zeitschrift gleich mitnehmen? - Ja, ich will sie gleich mitnehmen. :Möchten Sie die Karten morgen abholen? - Ja, ich möchte sie morgen abholen. :Können Sie die Tasche wirklich mitbringen? - Ja, ich kann sie wirklich mitbringen. :Können Sie ihren Vater in der Firma anrufen? - Ja, ich kann meinen Vater in der Firma anrufen. :Wollen Sie das Rezept heute noch abholen? - Ja, ich will das Rezept heute noch abholen. |} 1011 :Beispiel: :(weiterfahren; in 2 Stunden; '''mitkommen''') :⇒ a. Wann wollt ihr weiterfahren? :⇒ b. Wir fahren in 2 Stunden weiter. Willst du mitkommen? :⇒ a. Ja, ich komme gern mit. :--- :(weiterarbeiten; in 20 Minuten; '''mitarbeiten''') :(weitermachen; erst morgen; '''mitmachen''') :('''weiterlernen'''; in einer Stunde; '''mitlernen''') :('''weiterspielen'''; in 10 Minuten; '''mitspielen''' :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1011 |- | :a. Wann wollt ihr weiterfahren? :b. Wir fahren in 2 Stunden weiter. Willst du mitkommen? :a. Ja, ich komme gern mit. :--- :a. Wann wollt ihr weiterarbeiten? :b. Wir arbeiten in 2 Stunden weiter. Willst du mitarbeiten? :a. Ja, ich arbeite gern mit. :--- :a. Wann wollt ihr weitermachen? :b. Wir machen in 2 Stunden weiter. Willst du mitmachen? :a. Ja, ich mache gern mit. :--- :a. Wann wollt ihr weiterlernen? :b. Wir lernen in 2 Stunden weiter. Willst du mitlernen? :a. Ja, ich lerne gern mit. :--- :a. Wann wollt ihr weiterspielen? :b. Wir spielen in 2 Stunden weiter. Willst du mitspielen? :a. Ja, ich spiele gern mit. |} 1012 :Beispiel: :Hat Frau Keller den Professor nicht angerufen? :⇒ Doch, sie hat ihn angerufen. :--- :Haben Sie Frau Weber nicht eingeladen? :Hat Andreas die Einladung nicht abgegeben? :Hast du deine Schwester nicht abgeholt? :Habt ihr die CD nicht zurückgebracht? :Haben Sie die Zeitschrift nicht <abbr title="mitnehmen – en: to take; to take along; to give a lift; to take with you">mitgenommen</abbr>? :Hast du das Buch nicht weitergelesen? :Haben Sie das Wörterbuch nicht mitgebracht? :Hat Monika ihr Heft nicht mitgenommen? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1012 |- | :Hat Frau Keller den Professor nicht angerufen? - Doch, sie hat ihn angerufen. :--- :Haben Sie Frau Weber nicht eingeladen? - Doch, ich habe sie eingeladen. :Hat Andreas die Einladung nicht abgegeben? - Doch, er hat sie abgegeben. :Hast du deine Schwester nicht abgeholt? - Doch, ich habe sie abgeholt. :Habt ihr die CD nicht zurückgebracht? - Doch, wir haben sie zurückgebracht. :Haben Sie die Zeitschrift nicht mitgenommen? - Doch, ich habe sie mitgenommen. :Hast du das Buch nicht weitergelesen? - Doch, ich habe es weitergelesen. :Haben Sie das Wörterbuch nicht mitgebracht? - Doch, ich habe es mitgebracht. :Hat Monika ihr Heft nicht mitgenommen? - Doch, sie hat es mitgenommen. |} 1013 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Peter und Bernd haben gearbeitet. Sie haben halb sechs eine Pause gemacht und dann bis um acht weitergearbeitet. Um acht haben sie '''<abbr title="aufhören – en: to stop; to discontinue; to cease; to terminate">aufgehört</abbr>'''. Sie haben ihre Mäntel '''<abbr title="anziehen – en: to wear; to get dressed">angezogen</abbr>''' und sind zum Bahnhof gegangen. Dort wollten sie ihren Freund Thomas abholen. Thomas ist eine Woche im '''Schwarzwald''' gewesen. Heute Abend '''kommt''' er '''zurück'''. 7.23 Uhr ist der Zug in [[:de:w:Baden-Baden|Baden-Baden]] abgefahren und 21.17 Uhr soll er in [[:de:w:Bremen|Bremen]] '''ankommen'''. Der Zug kommt <abbr title="fast – en: almost">fast</abbr> '''pünktlich''' an. Er hat nur 10 Minuten '''<abbr title="die Verspätung – en: delay; lateness; late arrival; (spät – en: late)">Verspätung</abbr>'''. Bernd und Peter begrüßen ihren Freund und gehen mit ihm nach Hause. 1014 :'''Ergänzen Sie das Perfekt (Imperfekt II)!''' – 2. Vergangenheit :--- :Beispiel. :Peter wollte mich um acht anrufen, er … mich aber schon um sechs … :⇒ Peter wollte mich um acht anrufen, er hat mich aber schon um sechs angerufen. :--- :Monika wollte das Buch heute abgeben, sie … es aber schon gestern … :Ich wollte das Buch gestern weiterlesen, ich … es aber <abbr title="erst heute – en: not until today; only today; just today">erst heute</abbr> … :Andreas wollte die CD gestern zurückgeben, er … sie aber erst heute … :Ihr wolltet um drei mit der Arbeit aufhören, ihr … aber schon halb drei … :Herr Wiegand wollte die Einladung heute mitnehmen, er … sie aber schon gestern … :Thomas wollte gestern aus [[:de:w:Warschau|Warschau]] zurückkommen, er … aber erst heute … :Die Gäste wollten heute weiterfahren, sie … aber schon gestern … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1014 |- | :Peter wollte mich um acht anrufen, er hat mich aber schon um sechs angerufen. :--- :Monika wollte das Buch heute abgeben, sie hat es aber schon gestern abgegeben. :Ich wollte das Buch gestern weiterlesen, ich habe es aber erst heute weitergelesen. :Andreas wollte die CD gestern zurückgeben, er hat sie aber erst heute zurückgegeben. :Ihr wolltet um drei mit der Arbeit aufhören, ihr habt aber schon halb drei aufgehört. :Herr Wiegand wollte die Einladung heute mitnehmen, er hat sie aber schon gestern mitgenommen. :Thomas wollte gestern aus Warschau zurückkommen, er ist aber erst heute zurückgekommen. :Die Gäste wollten heute weiterfahren, sie sind aber schon gestern weitergefahren. |} 1015 :Beispiel: :Herr Wagner ist heute nicht in [[:de:w:Nürnberg|Nürnberg]]. Er ist … ('''<abbr title="wegfahren – en: to drive away; (weg = verschwinden – en: away; to disappear); (ist weg – en: is gone)">wegfahren</abbr>''') :⇒ Er ist weggefahren. :--- :Peter ist jetzt nicht zu Hause. Er ist … ('''<abbr title="weggehen – en: give away; (Geh weg! - en: Go away!; Leave me alone!)">weggehen</abbr>''') :Karin ist nicht hier. Sie ist … (wegfahren) :Ich habe die Zeitschrift nicht mehr. Ich habe sie … ('''<abbr title="wegwerfen – en: to throw away; (werfen – en: to throw)">wegwerfen</abbr>''') :Ich habe das Buch nicht mehr. Ich habe es … ('''<abbr title="wegbringen – en: to bring away; to lead away">wegbringen</abbr>''') :Ich habe mein Wörterbuch nicht. Ich habe es … ('''<abbr title="weggeben – en: to give away">weggeben</abbr>''') :Der Brief '''für''' Herr'''n''' Feldmann liegt <abbr title="nicht mehr – en: no longer; not any more; no more">nicht mehr</abbr> hier. Wir haben ihn schon … ('''<abbr title="wegschicken – en: to send away; (schicken – en: to send); (weg – en: away)">wegschicken</abbr>''') :Ich sehe die Kinder nicht. <abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly; surely">Bestimmt</abbr> sind sie … ('''<abbr title="weglaufen – en: to run away">weglaufen</abbr>''') :--- :wegmachen :wegessen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1015 |- | :Herr Wagner ist heute nicht in Nürnberg. Er ist weggefahren. :--- :Peter ist jetzt nicht zu Hause. Er ist weggegangen. :Karin ist nicht hier. Sie ist weggefahren. :Ich habe die Zeitschrift nicht mehr. Ich habe sie weggeworfen. :Ich habe das Buch nicht mehr. Ich habe es weggebracht. :Ich habe mein Wörterbuch nicht. Ich habe es weggegeben. :Der Brief '''für''' Herr'''n''' Feldmann liegt nicht mehr hier. Wir haben ihn schon weggeschickt. :Ich sehe die Kinder nicht. Bestimmt sind sie weggelaufen. |} 1016 :Beispiel: :a. Haben Sie die Bücher noch nicht abgegeben? (heute Nachmittag) :⇒ b. Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht abgegeben. :⇒ a. Und wann wollen Sie sie abgeben? :⇒ b. Ich gebe sie ''heute Nachmittag'' ab. :--- :Haben Sie die Zeitschriften noch nicht mitgenommen? (morgen) :Hast du die Zeitschriften noch nicht zurückgebracht? (nach dem Unterricht) :Hat Andreas das Buch noch nicht weitergelesen? (heute Abend) :Haben Sie den Brief noch nicht mitgebracht? (heute Nachmittag) :Hat der <abbr title="der Abteilungsleiter – en: head of department; department manager">Abteilungsleiter</abbr> noch nicht angerufen? (nach der Frühstückspause) (die <abbr title="die Abteilung – en: department">Abteilung</abbr>; der <abbr title="der Leiter – en: head; director; boss; ;(ABER: die Leiter – en: ladder">Leiter</abbr>, der Chef, der Boss, der Abteilung-S-Leiter, der AbteilungS-Leiter) :Habt ihr Frau Weber noch nicht eingeladen? (jetzt) :Ist dein Freund noch nicht aus [[:de:w:Mannheim|Mannheim]] zurückgekommen? (am Mittwoch) :Sind die Gäste noch nicht abgefahren? (übermorgen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1016 |- | :Haben Sie die Bücher noch nicht abgegeben? :Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht abgegeben. :Und wann wollen Sie sie abgeben? :Ich gebe sie ''heute Nachmittag'' ab. :--- :Haben Sie die Zeitschriften noch nicht mitgenommen? :Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht mitgenommen. :Und wann wollen Sie sie mitnehmen? :Ich nehme sie morgen mit. :--- :Hast du die Zeitschriften noch nicht zurückgebracht? :Nein, ich habe sie noch nicht zurückgebracht. :Und wann willst du sie zurückbringen? :Ich bringe sie nach dem Unterricht zurück. :--- :Hat Andreas das Buch noch nicht weitergelesen? :Nein, er hat es noch nicht weitergelesen. :Und wann will er es weiterlesen? :Er liest es heute Abend weiter. :--- :Haben Sie den Brief noch nicht mitgebracht? :Nein, ich habe ihn noch nicht mitgebracht. :Und wann wollen Sie ihn mitbringen? :Ich bringe ihn heute Nachmittag mit. :--- :Hat der Abteilungsleiter noch nicht angerufen? :Nein, er hat noch nicht angerufen. :Und wann will er anrufen? :Er will nach der Frühstückspause anrufen. :--- :Habt ihr Frau Weber noch nicht eingeladen? :Nein, wir haben sie noch nicht eingeladen. :Und wann wollt ihr sie einladen? :Wir wollen sie jetzt einladen. :--- :Ist dein Freund noch nicht aus Mannheim zurückgekommen? :Nein, er ist noch nicht zurückgekommen. :Und wann will er zurückkommen? :Er will am Mittwoch zurückkommen. :--- :Sind die Gäste noch nicht abgefahren? :Nein, sie sind noch nicht abgefahren. :Und wann wollen sie abfahren? :Sie wollen übermorgen abfahren. |} 1017 :Beispiel: :Wollen Sie <abbr title="heute noch = noch heute – en: still today">heute noch</abbr> nach [[:de:w:Osnabrück|Osnabrück]] fahren? (<abbr title="morgen erst = erst morgen – en: not until tomorrow; only tomorrow">morgen erst</abbr>) :⇒ Nein, wir fahren morgen erst zurück. - Nein, wir wollen morgen erst zurückfahren. :--- :Will Frau Busch heute zurückkommen? (übermorgen) :Willst du jetzt gleich ins Institut '''zurückgehen'''? (dann erst) :Wollt ihr mit dem Bus zurückfahren? (mit dem Zug) :Will Herr Sauer das '''Handy''' morgen zurückbringen? (<abbr title="heute schon = schon heute – en: already today">heute schon</abbr>) :Wollen Sie das Buch gleich '''zurückgeben'''? (am Nachmittag) :Wollt ihr den Apparat gleich zurücktragen? (morgen) :Willst du jetzt gleich '''joggen''' gehen? (erst am Abend) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1017 |- | :Wollen Sie heute noch nach Osnabrück fahren? - Nein, wir fahren morgen erst zurück. :--- :Will Frau Busch heute zurückkommen? - Nein, sie kommt erst übermorgen zurück. - Nein, sie will erst übermorgen zurückkommen. :Willst du jetzt gleich ins Institut zurückgehen? - Nein, ich gehe dann erst ins Insitut zurück. - Nein, ich will dann erst ins Insitut zurückgehen. :Wollt ihr mit dem Bus zurückfahren? - Nein, wir fahren mit dem Zug zurück. - Nein, wir wollen mit dem Zug zurückfahren. :Will Herr Sauer das Handy morgen zurückbringen? - Nein, er bringt es heute schon zurück. - Nein, er will es heute schon zurückbringen. :Wollen Sie das Buch gleich zurückgeben? - Nein, ich gebe es am Nachmittag zurück. - Nein, ich will es am Nachmittag zurückgeben. :Wollt ihr den Apparat gleich zurücktragen? - Nein, wir tragen ihn morgen zurück. - Nein, wir wollen ihn morgen zurücktragen. :Willst du jetzt gleich joggen gehen? - Nein, ich jogge erst am Abend. - Nein, ich will erst am Abend joggen. |} 1018 :'''Lesen Sie den Text und lernen Sie die neuen Wörter!''' :--- :Monika war am <abbr title="der Rhein – en: Rhine (river)">Rhein</abbr> :--- :In diesem Jahr war Monika mit ihrer '''<abbr title="die Klasse – en: class; course">Klasse</abbr>''' auf einer <abbr title="die Klassenfahrt – en: school trip; class trip; excursion of the class">Klassenfahrt</abbr>. Sie haben in einer '''<abbr title="die Jugendherberge – en: youth hostel">Jugendherberge</abbr>''' am [[:de:w:Rhein|Rhein]], <abbr title="in der Nähe – en: nearby; close by">in der Nähe</abbr> von [[:de:w:Koblenz|Koblenz]], geschlafen. <abbr title="ungefähr = circa = ca. - en: about; approximately; around">Ungefähr</abbr> achzig '''<abbr title="Jugendliche – en: young person; adolescent">Jugendliche</abbr>''' können in dieser Jugendherberge wohnen. <abbr title="abends – en: in the evening">Abends</abbr> haben Monika und ihre Freunde <abbr title="oft – en: often">oft</abbr> am '''<abbr title="der Fluss – en: river">Fluss</abbr>''' '''<abbr title="sitzen – en: to sit; (Past tense: ich habe gesessen); liegen – en: to lie">gesessen</abbr>'''. Sie haben die '''<abbr title="das Schiff – en: ship">Schiffe</abbr>''' auf dem Rhein '''<abbr title="beobachten – en: to observe">beobachtet</abbr>'''. Alle Kinder waren von dieser Klassenfahrt '''<abbr title="begeistert – en: enthusiastic; thrilled">begeistert</abbr>'''. Die Tage am Rhein waren <abbr title="herrlich – en: wonderful; gorgeous">herrlich</abbr>. <abbr title=" en: The time has flown by. (der Flug – en: flight); (fliegen – en: to fly); (past tense: ich bin geflogen)">Die Zeit ist '''wie im Flug vergangen'''</abbr>. In zwei Monaten beginnen die Sommerferien. Im Sommer haben alle Kinder sechs Wochen '''Ferien'''. Dann fährt sie mit ihren Eltern ins Gebirge. 1019 :Monika war im Gebirge :Herr Lehmann holt seine Tochter ab :--- :Monika Lehmann ist mit den '''<abbr title="der Pfadfindern – en: scouts; boy scouts">Pfadfindern</abbr>''' zwei Wochen im '''<abbr title="das Ferienlager – en: holiday camp; (= Sommerlager – en: summer camp)">Ferienlager</abbr>''' im <abbr title="das Gebirge – en: mountain">Gebirge</abbr> gewesen. Heute kommen sie vom [[:de:w:Harz (Mittelgebirge)|Harz]] zurück. Herr Lehmann holt sie '''vom''' Bahnhof ab. Der Zug kommt 16.20 Uhr an. :--- :Monika: Du holst mich ab! '''Das ist aber''' schön. :Herr Lehmmann: Dein '''<abbr title="das Gepäck – en: luggage">Gepäck</abbr>''' ist '''<abbr title="sicher – en: certainly">sicher</abbr> <abbr title="schwer – en: heavy">schwer</abbr>'''. Ich möchte dir <abbr title="helfen – en: to help">helfen</abbr>. :Monika: Mein '''<abbr title="der Koffer – en: suitcase">Koffer</abbr>''' ist nicht schwer. Ich habe schon ein '''<abbr title="das Paket – en: parcel; package">Paket</abbr>''' mit der '''<abbr title="die Post – en: mail; post">Post</abbr>''' geschickt. :Herr Lehmmann: Ich <abbr title="tragen – en: carry; take">trage</abbr> ihn '''<abbr title="trotzdem – en: nevertheless; anyhow">trotzdem</abbr>''', Monika. :Monika: Fahren wir mit der '''<abbr title="die S-Bahn = die Stadt-Bahn = die Schnell-Bahn = die Stadtschnellbahn – en: city train; rail rapid transit">S-Bahn</abbr>''' nach Hause? :Herr Lehmmann: Nein, wir fahren <abbr title="lieber – en: to prefer; (lieben – en: to love); (lieb – en: dear); (lieber – en: to prefer)">lieber</abbr> mit der '''<abbr title="die U-Bahn = Untergrundbahn – en: subway">U-Bahn</abbr>'''. <abbr title="sonst – en: otherwise; else">Sonst</abbr> müssen wir '''<abbr title="umsteigen – en: to change; to change-over">umsteigen</abbr>'''. :Monika: <abbr title="Du hast Recht. - en: You are right.; (das Recht – en: the law; the right">Du hast Recht</abbr>. Mit der U-Bahn kommen wir schneller nach Hause. :Herr Lehmmann: Wie war die Fahrt? :Monika: Gut. Heute sind wir schon um 5 '''<abbr title="aufstehen – en: to get up; to stand up">aufgestanden</abbr>'''. :Herr Lehmmann: Warum so '''<abbr title="zeitig – en: early; (spät – en: late">zeitig</abbr>'''? :Monika: Wir wollten noch ein paar Stunden in [[:de:w:Wernigerode|Wernigerode]] bleiben. Um 6 hat uns der Bus am '''<abbr title="das Zeltlager – en: camp; tent camp; (das Zelt – en: tent); (das Lager – en: camp)">Zeltlager</abbr>''' abgeholt und nach Wernigerode gebracht. :Herr Lehmmann: Wie lange seid ihr in Wernigerode geblieben? :Monika: Wir hatten 5 Stunden '''<abbr title="der Aufenthalt – en: stay">Aufenthalt</abbr>'''. <abbr title="zuerst – en: first">Zuerst</abbr> haben wir unser Gepäck <abbr title="abgeben – en: to leave; to hand over; (geben – en: to give)">abgegeben</abbr>, an der '''<abbr title="die Gepäckaufbewahrung – en: left-luggage office; luggage storage">Gepäckaufbewahrung</abbr>''' am Bahnhof, und dann sind wir in die Stadt gegangen. :Herr Lehmmann: Wohin? :Monika: Wir waren <abbr title="überall – en: everywhere; all over">überall</abbr> in der <abbr title="die Altstadt – en: old town; historical center">Altstadt</abbr>. Die ganze Stadt ist sehr schön. Ich bin ganz <abbr title="begeistert – en: enthusiastic; excited">begeistert</abbr> von der Altstadt. :Herr Lehmmann: Das glaube ich. Habt ihr auch das <abbr title="das Schloss – en: palace; castle">Schloss</abbr> <abbr title="besichtigen – en: to visit; to see; (sehen – en: to see); (die Sicht – en: view; vision; sight)">besichtigt</abbr>? :Monika: Ja, aber nur einen '''<abbr title="der Teil – en: part; (der Teil – en: e.g. great part – of a city or of a country); (das Teil – en: e.g. small part – of a machine; a member)">Teil</abbr>'''. :Herr Lehmmann: Wo seid ihr noch gewesen? :Monika: Wir waren im alten <abbr title="das Rathaus – en: town hall; city hall">Rathaus</abbr> und haben auch das <abbr title="kleinste – en: smallest; (klein – en: small; little); (kleiner – en: smaller)">kleinste</abbr> Haus der Stadt gesehen. Es ist nur 2,95&nbsp;m <abbr title="breit – en: broad; wide">breit</abbr>. Wir haben auch das kleine Museum in dem Haus besucht. Die Zeit ist <abbr title="Die Zeit vergeht wie im Flug – en: Time flies like in flight">wie im Flug</abbr> <abbr title="vergehen – en: to pass; to elapse">vergangen</abbr>. :Herr Lehmmann: Jetzt kommt unsere <abbr title="die Bahn – en: train; railway(S-Bahn – en: commuter train; U-Bahn – en: subway; Straßenbahn – en: tram; Eisenbahn – en: railroad)">Bahn</abbr>. Wir '''<abbr title="einsteigen – en: to enter; to get in; to board">steigen</abbr>''' <abbr title="gleich hier – en: right here ">gleich hier</abbr> '''<abbr title="einsteigen – en: to enter; to get in; to board">ein</abbr>''', Monika. == 1020–1029 == 1020 :Fragen zum Text :--- :Wo ist Monika gewesen? :Wer holt sie vom Bahnhof ab? :Wann kommt der Zug an? :Wer trägt den Koffer? :Wann sind die Kinder heute aufgestanden? :Was haben sie in Wernigerode gemacht? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1020 |- | :Wo ist Monika gewesen? - Sie war im Harz. (Sie war im Gebirge.) :Wer holt sie vom Bahnhof ab? - Ihr Vater holt sie vom Bahnhof ab. :Wann kommt der Zug an? - Der Zug kommt 16.20 Uhr an. :Wer trägt den Koffer? - Monika trägt den Koffer. :Wann sind die Kinder heute aufgestanden? - Sie sind um 5 Uhr aufgestanden. :Was haben sie in Wernigerode gemacht? - Sie waren in der Altstadt und haben das Schloss und das Rathaus besichtigt. |} 1021 :'''Lesen und lernen Sie die Beispiele!''' :--- :2x '''<abbr title="tragen – en: to carry; to hold; to wear">tragen</abbr>''' :einen Koffer tragen :Herr Lehmann trägt Monika den Koffer. :eine Tasche tragen :--- :einen Pullover tragen :Monika trägt einen Pullover. :einen Anorak tragen :einen Mantel tragen :ein Kleid tragen :eine Hose tragen :einen Hut tragen 1022 :2x '''aber''' :Wir wollen ins Kino gehen, <abbr title="aber – en: but">aber</abbr> Bernd hat keine Karte geholt. :--- :Sie muss heute schon um fünf aufstehen. Das ist <abbr title="aber – en: but">aber</abbr> zeitig. :Diese Flasche Champagner kostet 450 Euro. Das ist aber teuer. :Du hast 450 Paar Schuhe? Das sind aber viele. :Deine Oma ist 120 Jahre alt? Das ist aber alt. :Du bekommst für diese Arbeit 1 Euro in der Stunde? Das ist aber wenig. :Dieses Haus ist 555&nbsp;m hoch? Das ist aber hoch. 1023 :'''sicher''' :--- :'''Macht er es noch?''' :--- :Beispiel: :Andreas hat das Buch <abbr title="noch nicht – en: not yet; still not">noch nicht</abbr> weggebracht. :⇒ Sicher bringt er es noch weg. :--- :Er hat mich noch nicht angerufen. :Thomas hat seine Freunde noch nicht eingeladen. :Herr Weber hat die Blumen noch nicht abgeholt. :Er hat die CD noch nicht zurückgegeben. :Herr Lehmann hat das Paket noch nicht weggeschickt. :Er hat meinen '''<abbr title="der Ball – en: ball">Ball</abbr>''' noch nicht zurückgebracht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1023 |- | :Andreas hat das Buch noch nicht weggebracht. - Sicher bringt er es noch weg. :--- :Er hat mich noch nicht angerufen. - Sicher ruft er dich noch an. :Thomas hat seine Freunde noch nicht eingeladen. - Sicher lädt er sie noch ein. :Herr Weber hat die Blumen noch nicht abgeholt. - Sicher holt er sie noch ab. :Er hat die CD noch nicht zurückgegeben. - Sicher gibt er sie noch zurück. :Herr Lehmann hat das Paket noch nicht weggeschickt. - Sicher schickt er es noch weg. :Er hat meinen Ball noch nicht zurückgebracht. - Sicher bringt er ihn noch zurück. |} 1024 [[Wêne:2012-10-12 16-41-41-musee-histoire-belfort-au-drapeau.jpg|thumb|das <abbr title="das Gemälde – en: painting; picture">Gemälde</abbr>]] :'''<abbr title="von – en: from">von</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :Ich habe ein Paket von meiner Mutter bekommen. :⇒ Von wem haben Sie ein Paket bekommen? :--- :Ich habe einen Brief von meinem Onkel bekommen. :Er hat ein Geschenk von Frau Seidel bekommen. :Wir haben eine Karte von unserem Lehrer bekommen. :Ich habe einen <abbr title="der Auftrag – en: order; assignment; job; mission">Auftrag</abbr> von meinem Chef bekommen. :Das <abbr title="das Gemälde – en: painting; (malen – en: to paint); (der Maler – en: paintor; artist)">Gemälde</abbr> ist von Rembrandt. :Diese Gemälde sind von Goya. :Dieses Buch ist von Balzac. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1024 |- | :Ich habe ein Paket von meiner Mutter bekommen. - Von wem haben Sie ein Paket bekommen? :--- :Ich habe einen Brief von meinem Onkel bekommen. - Von wem hast du einen Brief bekommen? :Er hat ein Geschenk von Frau Seidel bekommen. - Von wem hat er ein Geschenk bekommen? :Wir haben eine Karte von unserem Lehrer bekommen. - Von wem habt ihr eine Karte bekommen? :Ich habe einen Auftrag von meinem Chef bekommen. - Von wem hast du einen Auftrag bekommen? :Das Gemälde ist von Rembrandt. - Von wem ist das Gemälde? :Diese Gemälde sind von Goya. - Von wem ist dieses Gemälde? :Dieses Buch ist von Balzac. - Von wem ist das Buch? |} 1025 :'''<abbr title="begeistert – en: excited">begeistert</abbr> sein von''' :--- :Beispiel: :(Ferien im Gebirge) :⇒ <abbr title="wovon? - en: from what?">Wovon</abbr> sind Sie begeistert? :⇒ Von den Ferien im Gebirge. :⇒ Ich bin von den Ferien im Gebirge begeistert. :--- :(Fahrt auf dem Rhein) :(Schiffsreise) :('''<abbr title="die Kreuzfahrt – en: cruise">Kreuzfahrt</abbr>''') :(Jugendherberge im Harz) :(das kleine Haus in Wernigerode) :(Gemälde von Rembrandt) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1025 |- | :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von den Ferien im Gebirge. :Ich bin von den Ferien im Gebirge begeistert. :--- :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von der Fahrt auf dem Rhein. :Ich bin von der Fahrt auf dem Rhein begeistert. :--- :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von der Schiffsreise. :Ich bin von der Schiffsreise begeistert. :--- :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von der Kreuzfahrt. :Ich bin von der Kreuzfahrt begeistert. :--- :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von der Jugendherberge im Harz. :Ich bin von der Jugendherberge im Harz begeistert. :--- :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von dem kleinen Haus in Wernigerode. :Ich bin von dem kleinen Haus in Wernigerode begeistert. :--- :Wovon sind Sie begeistert? :Von dem Gemälde von Rembrandt. :Ich bin von dem Gemälde von Rembrandt begeistert. |} 1026 :'''<abbr title="abholen – en: to pick up">abholen</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel: :(18.30 Uhr; Bahnhof) :⇒ Können Sie mich 18.30 Uhr vom Bahnhof abholen? :--- :(nach der Sprechstunde; in der Arztpraxis) :(13.00 Uhr; Bibliothek) :(morgen; Betrieb) :(17.00 Uhr; Theater) :(heute Abend; Konzert) :(am Sonntag; Bushaltestelle) :(morgen Mittag; Flughafen) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1026 |- | :Können Sie mich 18.30 Uhr vom Bahnhof abholen? :--- :Können Sie mich nach der Sprechstunde in der Arztpraxis abholen? :Können Sie mich 13.00 Uhr in der Bibliothek abholen? :Können Sie mich morgen im Betrieb abholen? :Können Sie mich 17.00 Uhr im Theater abholen? :Können Sie mich heute Abend beim Konzert abholen? :Können Sie mich am Sonntag an der Bushaltestelle abholen? :Können Sie mich morgen Mittag am Flughafen abholen? |} 1027 :'''<abbr title="trotzdem – en: nevertheless">trotzdem</abbr>''' :--- :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- :1) Heute ist das Wetter <abbr title="schlecht – en: bad">schlecht</abbr>, … :2) Peter hat keinen Hunger, … :3) Ich habe wenig Zeit, … :4) Heute ist das Wetter schön, … :5) Er hat viel Arbeit, … :6) Es regnet, … :7) Er ist krank, … :8) Heute ist Sonntag, … :--- :a) trotzdem isst er ein Stück Kuchen. :b) trotzdem steht er zeitig auf. :c) trotzdem geht er ohne Anorak in die Schule. :d) trotzdem hole ich meinen Freund vom Bahnhof ab. :e) trotzdem nehme ich meinen Mantel mit. :f) trotzdem geht Thomas ohne Schirm spazieren. :g) trotzdem geht er ins Kino. :h) trotzdem nimmt er seine Tabletten nicht. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1027 |- | :1c, 2a, 3d, 4e, 5&nbsp;g, 6f, 7h, 8b :Heute ist das Wetter schlecht, trotzdem geht er ohne Anorak in die Schule. :Peter hat keinen Hunger, trotzdem isst er ein Stück Kuchen. :Ich habe wenig Zeit, trotzdem hole ich meinen Freund vom Bahnhof ab. :Heute ist das Wetter schön, trotzdem nehme ich meinen Mantel mit. :Er hat viel Arbeit, trotzdem geht er ins Kino. :Es regnet, trotzdem geht Thomas ohne Schirm spazieren. :Er ist krank, trotzdem nimmt er seine Tabletten nicht. :Heute ist Sonntag, trotzdem steht er zeitig auf. |} 1028 :'''<abbr title="schicken – en: to send">schicken</abbr>''' :--- :Beispiel 1: :Ich schicke das Paket nach [[:de:w:Bottrop|Bottrop]]. :⇒ <abbr title="wohin? - en: whereto? where?">Wohin</abbr> schicken Sie das Paket? :--- :Beispiel 2: :Ich schicke das Paket an meinen Freund. :⇒ <abbr title="an wen? - en: to whom? ">An wen</abbr> schicken Sie das Paket? :--- :Andreas schickt das Paket nach Hamburg. :Uta schickt das Buch an ihre Schwester. :Herr Weber schickt die Blumen an seine Frau. :Thomas schickt das '''Gemälde''' nach [[:de:w:Weimar|Weimar]]. :Frau Stein schickt die Bilder an Andreas Lehmann. :Er schickt die Einladung an seine Freunde. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1028 |- | :Ich schicke das Paket nach Bottrop. - Wohin schicken Sie das Paket? :Ich schicke das Paket an meinen Freund. - An wen schicken Sie das Paket? :--- :Andreas schickt das Paket nach Hamburg. - Wohin schickt er das Paket? :Uta schickt das Buch an ihre Schwester. - An wen schickt sie das Buch? :Herr Weber schickt die Blumen an seine Frau. - An wen schickt er die Blumen? :Thomas schickt das Gemälde nach Weimar. - Wohin schickt er das Gemälde? :Frau Stein schickt die Bilder an Andreas Lehmann. - An wen schickt sie die Bilder? :Er schickt die Einladung an seine Freunde. - An wen schickt er die Einladung? |} 1029 :'''<abbr title="Das ist aber – en: But this is ...">Das ist aber</abbr> …''' :--- :'''Kombinieren Sie richtig!''' :--- :1) Ich muss heute schon um fünf aufstehen. :2) Gestern bin ich <abbr title="erst – en: not until; only">erst</abbr> um 23.00 Uhr nach Hause gekommen. :3) Der Pullover hat nur 7 Euro gekostet. :4) Uta hat am Freitag 10 Stunden gearbeitet. :5) Ich kann leider nicht zu deinem Geburtstag kommen. :6) Die Kette hat 300 Euro gekostet. :7) Er hat sein Buch noch nicht '''<abbr title="zurückbekommen – en: to get back; to recover">zurückbekommen</abbr>'''. :--- :a) Das ist aber spät! :b) Das ist aber billig! :c) Das ist aber <abbr title="das ist schade – en: that's too bad; this is a pity">schade</abbr>! :d) Das ist aber nicht in Ordnung! :e) Das ist aber teuer! :f) Das ist aber lange! :g) Das ist aber zeitig! :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1029 |- | :1&nbsp;g, 2a, 3b, 4f, 5c, 6e, 7d :Ich muss heute schon um fünf aufstehehn. - Das ist aber zeitig! :Gestern bin ich erst um 23.00 Uhr nach Hause gekommen. - Das ist aber spät! :Der Pullover hat nur 7 Euro gekostet. - Das ist aber billig! :Uta hat am Freitag 10 Stunden gearbeitet. - Das ist aber lange! :Ich kann leider nicht zu deinem Geburtstag kommen. - Das ist aber schade! :Die Kette hat 300 Euro gekostet. - Das ist aber teuer! :Er hat sein Buch noch nicht zurückbekommen. - Das ist aber nicht in Ordnung! |} == 1030–1039 == 1030 :Fragen und antworten Sie! :--- :⇒ Wann fährt der Zug nach Hamburg ab? :⇒ Er fährt 6.03 Uhr ab. :--- :⇒ Wann kommt der Zug aus Hannover an? :⇒ Er kommt 5.50 Uhr an. :--- :Aus einem '''<abbr title="der Fahrplan – en: timetable; schedule">Fahrplan</abbr>''': :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | '''Abfahrt''' || &nbsp; || '''Ankunft''' || &nbsp; |-align="center" | Hamburg || 6.03 || Hannover || 5.50 |-align="center" | Bremen || 7.20 || Osnabrück || 6.40 |-align="center" | München || 8.15 || Stuttgart || 7.26 |-align="center" | Paris || 10.07 || Amsterdam || 8.59 |-align="center" | Berlin || 10.30 || Leipzig || 9.04 |-align="center" | Köln || 11.00 || Göttingen || 10.46 |} :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1030 |- | :Wann fährt der Zug nach Hamburg ab? - Er fährt 6.03 Uhr ab. :Wann kommt der Zug aus Hannover an? - Er kommt 5.50 Uhr an. :--- :Wann fährt der Zug nach Bremen ab? - Er fährt 7.20 Uhr ab. :Wann kommt der Zug aus Osnabrück an? - Er kommt 6.40 Uhr an. :--- :Wann fährt der Zug nach München ab? - Er fährt 8.15 Uhr ab. :Wann kommt der Zug aus Stuttgart an? - Er kommt 7.26 Uhr an. :--- :Wann fährt der Zug nach Paris ab? - Er fährt 10.07 Uhr ab. :Wann kommt der Zug aus Amsterdam an? - Er kommt 8.59 Uhr an. :--- :Wann fährt der Zug nach Berlin ab? - Er fährt 10.30 Uhr ab. :Wann kommt der Zug aus Leipzig an? - Er kommt 9.04 Uhr an. :--- :Wann fährt der Zug nach Köln ab? - Er fährt 11.00 Uhr ab. :Wann kommt der Zug aus Göttingen an? - Er kommt 10.46 Uhr an. |} 1031 :'''Erzählen Sie!''' :Eine Fahrt von [[:de:w:Wolfsburg|Wolfsburg]] nach Frankfurt: :in den Zug nach Hannover einsteigen :am Fenster sitzen :in Hannover umsteigen :nicht <abbr title="gleich – en: immediately; in a moment">gleich</abbr> weiterfahren :3 Stunden <abbr title="der Aufenthalt – en: stay">Aufenthalt</abbr> haben :das Stadtzentrum und den Maschsee ansehen :nachmittags weiterfahren :um sieben in Frankfurt ankommen :mit dem Bus ins Hotel fahren :dort '''aussteigen''' 1032 :Phonetik :--- :[p] – Paar, Paket, Post, Pause, Plan, Platz, Preis, Programm, Professor, Apotheke, Gepäck, <abbr title="die Schallplatte – en: record; LP; gramophone record">Schallplatte</abbr>, Gruppe, Grippe :[b] – Bett, Bild, Bus, Bahnhof, besichtigen, aber, oben, <abbr title="beobachten – en: to observe; to watch">beobachten</abbr>, Autobus, Blume, Block, Bleistift, Tablette, Augenblick, Brief, Bruder, Brot, arbeiten, Arbeit :[p] – [b] ::::bis zur Post ::::bis zum Bahnhof ::::bis zur Apotheke ::::bis zur Bibliothek ::::bis zur Oper ::::bis zur Bushaltestelle ::::bis zur S-Bahn ::::bis zur U-Bahn 1033 :Lesen Sie! :--- :Peter will seinem Bruder ein Paket schicken. :Er will das Paket mit der Post schicken. :Peter trägt das Paket zur Post. :--- :Wir waren von der Jugendherberge begeistert. :Wir waren von Wernigerode begeistert. :Abends haben wir die Schiffe auf dem Rhein beobachtet. :In Wernigerode haben wir das Gepäck <abbr title="abgegeben – en: to leave; to submit; to deposit">abgegeben</abbr>. :Wir haben das Gepäck im Bahnhof abgegeben. 1034 :<abbr title="vergleichen – en: to compare">Vergleichen</abbr> Sie! :--- :Klub ([klup]) :abgeben ([apgeben]) :er gibt ([er gipt]) :Betrieb ([betriep]) :gelb ([gelp]) :abholen ([apholen]) :--- :Wann gibt Herr Pohl das Paket ab? :Wo gibt Monika das Gepäck ab? :Wo habt ihr das Gepäck abgegeben? :Wann holt ihr die Gäste ab? :Wann fährt der Zug ab? 1035 :Andreas trinkt gern Bier. :Trinken Sie auch gern Bier? 1036 :Am Wochenende :--- :Heute ist Sonnabend. Andreas erwartet Gäste. Sein Freund Thomas will ihn mit seinen Schwestern Inge und Eva besuchen. Sie kommen pünktlich um 7. <abbr title="zuerst – en: first; at first">Zuerst</abbr> essen sie Brötchen mit Butter und Wurst und trinken Bier. Dann hören sie Musik im Radio. Die Musik gefällt ihnen. Andreas tanzt mit Inge und Thomas mit Eva. :--- :Wen erwartet Andreas? :Was trinken die Freunde? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1036 |- | :Wen erwarter Andreas? - Andreas erwartet Gäste. :Was trinken die Freunde? - Die Freunde trinken Bier. |} 1037 :Wir tanzen gern. Wir gehen <abbr title="manchmal – en: sometimes">manchmal</abbr> in eine Bar. :Gehen Sie auch gern in eine Bar? 1038 :Ein Besuch in einer Bar :--- :Am Sonnabend gehen Karin, Inge, Thomas und Bernd in eine Bar. Sie wollen Wein trinken und tanzen. Thomas <abbr title="bestellen – en: to order">bestellt</abbr> eine Flasche südafrikanischen Rotwein. :Der Wein schmeckt ihnen gut. Sie trinken lieber Rotwein als Weißwein. Sie tanzen <abbr title="oft – en: often">oft</abbr>. Thomas und Karin können besser tanzen als Bernd und Inge. Um 1 <abbr title="bringen – en: to bring">bringen</abbr> Thomas und Bernd Karin und Inge nach Hause. :--- :Wohin gehen die Freunde am Sonnabend? :Was bestellt Thomas? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1038 |- | :Wohin gehen die Freunde am Sonnabend? - Die Freunde gehen in eine Bar. :Was bestellt Thomas? - Thomas bestellt eine Flasche südafrikanischen Rotwein. |} 1039 :'''Lesen Sie ohne Wörterbuch!''' :--- :Herr und Frau Lehmann trinken Wein. :Sie haben 12 Weingläser gekauft. :Andreas trinkt lieber Bier. :Monika hat ihm 6 Biergläser geschenkt. :Monika trinkt am liebsten Tee. :Sie hat zum Geburtstag 6 Teegläser bekommen. == 1040–1049 == 1040 :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :Welche Gläser? :--- :Herr und Frau Lehmann haben Wein gekauft. Sie erwarten einen Gast. Herr Schulze will sie <abbr title="wieder einmal – en: once again; once more">wieder einmal</abbr> besuchen. Frau Lehmann hat die … schon auf den Tisch gestellt. :Monika hat Geburtstag und darf ihre Freundinnen einladen. Die Kinder sollen Tee trinken. Sie brauchen … :Thomas besucht Andreas. Thomas möchte gern Bier trinken. Andreas holt eine Flasche Bier und zwei … :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1040 |- | :Herr und Frau Lehmann haben Wein gekauft. Sie erwarten einen Gast. Herr Schulze will sie wieder einmal besuchen. Frau Lehmann hat die '''Weingläser''' schon auf den Tisch gestellt. :Monika hat Geburtstag und darf ihre Freundinnen einladen. Die Kinder sollen Tee trinken. Sie brauchen '''Teegläser'''. :Thomas besucht Andreas. Thomas möchte gern Bier trinken. Andreas holt eine Flasche Bier und zwei '''Biergläser'''. |} 1041 :Familie Lehmann am Morgen :--- :Herr Lehmann fährt halb sieben mit dem Fahrrad in seinen Betrieb. Monika muss drei Viertel acht in die Schule gehen. Um acht geht Frau Lehmann mit Peter Brötchen und Milch holen. :--- :Wann gehen Herr Lehmann, Monika, Frau Lehmann und Peter? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1041 |- | :Wann gehen Herr Lehmann, Monika, Frau Lehmann und Peter? :Herr Lehmann geht halb sieben. :Monika geht drei Viertel acht. :Frau Lehmann geht um acht. :Peter geht um acht. |} 1042 :Familie Lehmann am Nachmittag :--- :Monika kommt um drei aus der Schule. Peter hat mit seinem Freund gespielt und kommt um vier nach Hause. :Frau Lehmann hat Einkäufe gemacht und kommt mit ihrem Mann zusammen um fünf. :--- :Wann kommen Monika, Peter, Herr und Frau Lehmann nach Hause? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1042 |- | :Wann kommen Monika, Peter, Herr und Frau Lehmann nach Hause? :Monika kommt um drei. :Peter kommt um vier. :Herr und Frau Lehmann kommen um fünf. |} 1043 :Familie Lehmann am Abend :--- :Peter ist noch klein, <abbr title="deshalb – en: therefore ">deshalb</abbr> muss er schon um sieben ins Bett gehen. Monika geht zwei Stunden später ins Bett, denn sie darf noch lesen. Herr und Frau Lehmann sehen noch fern und lesen die Zeitung. Um 10 gehen auch sie ins Bett. :--- :Wann gehen Peter, Monika und Herr und Frau Lehmann ins Bett? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1043 |- | :Wann gehen Peter, Monika und Herr und Frau Lehmann ins Bett? :Peter geht um sieben ins Bett. :Monika geht um neun ins Bett. :Herr und Frau Lehmann gehen um zehn ins Bett. |} 1044 :'''Lesen Sie!''' :--- :Andreas Lehmann geht mit Frau Stein in ein Restaurant. Der Kellner bringt die Speisekarte. Herr Lehmann bestellt die <abbr title="die Speise = das Essen – en: food; meal">Speisen</abbr> und eine Flasche Weißwein aus Australien. Der Wein schmeckt gut, und Frau Stein muss an ihre Reise nach Australien <abbr title="denken – en: to think; (denken an – en: to think of)">denken</abbr>. Herr Lehmann tanzt <abbr title="oft – en: often">oft</abbr> mit ihr, die Musik gefällt ihnen. 24 Uhr gehen sie <abbr title="gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together">gemeinsam</abbr> an die Haltestelle. 1045 :<abbr title="Anmachsprüche – en: pick-up lines; chat-up lines">Anmachsprüche</abbr>: :# Wie heißt du? (Petra) Sehr sympatisch. Was hältst du davon, wenn wir uns <abbr title="irgendwann – en: sometime; sometimes; someday; (irgendwo – en: somewhere); (irgendwer – en: somebody)">irgendwann</abbr> mal auf eine <abbr title="die Tüte – en: bag (paper or plastic)">Tüte</abbr> <abbr title="das Gummibärchen – en: jelly bear; gummy bear">Gummibärchen</abbr> treffen oder so was? :# War das <abbr title="gerade – en: a second ago; just">gerade</abbr> ein <abbr title="das Erdbeben – en: earthquake">Erdbeben</abbr> oder bringst du meine <abbr title="die Welt – en: world">Welt</abbr> so zum <abbr title="beben – en: to shake; to quake">beben</abbr>? :# Hi, ich habe eine <abbr title="unheilbar – en: incurable; (heilbar – en: curable); (heilen – en: to cure)">unheilbare</abbr> <abbr title="die Krankheit – en: disease; illness">Krankheit</abbr> und meine <abbr title="einzige – en: the only; the sole">einzige</abbr> <abbr title="die Rettung – en: salvation; rescue; (retten – en: to save; to rescue)">Rettung</abbr> ist, wenn ich in der nächsten halben Stunde Sex habe. Hilfst du mir? :# Hey, <abbr title="sich erinnern – en: to remember">erinnerst</abbr> du dich an mich? Ach so, ich kenne dich ja nur aus meinen Träumen. 1046 :'''Wer hat <abbr title="die Vorfahrt – en: right of way">Vorfahrt</abbr>?''' :<abbr title="abbiegen – en: to turn">Abbiegen</abbr> <abbr title="bevorrechtigt – en: privileged; preferred; (das Vorrecht – en: privilege); (das Recht – en: right; law)">bevorrechtigter</abbr> <abbr title="der Fußgänger – en: pedestrian">Fußgänger</abbr>. :<abbr title="gegenüber – en: towards; opposite">Gegenüber</abbr> welchen <abbr title="das Fahrzeug – en: vehicle; car; vessel">Fahrzeugen</abbr> ist der Fußgänger bevorrechtigt? :§&nbsp;9 <abbr title="der Absatz – en: paragraph">Abs.</abbr> 3 <abbr title="die Straßenverkehrs-Ordnung – en: road traffic regulations; road traffic laws; highway code">StVO</abbr> :§&nbsp;42 Abs.&nbsp;2 StVO zum <abbr title="das Zeichen – en: sign; (das Verkehrszeichen – en: traffic sign">Zeichen</abbr> Vorfahrt :In allen Fällen ist der Fußgänger gegenüber den abbiegenden Fahrzeugen (rot) bevorrechtigt, gegenüber den <abbr title="geradeaus – en: straight; straight ahead">geradeaus</abbr> fahrenden Fahrzeugen (grün) ist er <abbr title="die Pflicht – en: obligation; (pflichtig – en: to be obliged); (warten – en: to wait); (wartepflichtig – en: to be obligated to wait; to have to wait)">wartepflichtig</abbr>. :'''Welche Autos muss der Fußgänger <abbr title="durchlassen – en: to let through; to let pass">durchlassen</abbr>?''' :'''Welche Autos müssen den Fußgänger durchlassen?''' <gallery> Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 1 cut out.svg|Bild 1 Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 2 cut out.svg|Bild 2 Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 3 cut out.svg|Bild 3 Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 4 cut out.svg|Bild 4 Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 5 cut out.svg|Bild 5 Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 6 cut out.svg|Bild 6 Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 7 cut out.svg|Bild 7 </gallery> <br style="clear:both;" /> [[Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 1 cut out.svg|thumb|left|Bild 1]] <br style="clear:both;" /> [[Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 2 cut out.svg|thumb|left|Bild 2]] <br style="clear:both;" /> [[Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 3 cut out.svg|thumb|left|Bild 3]] <br style="clear:both;" /> [[Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 4 cut out.svg|thumb|left|Bild 4]] <br style="clear:both;" /> [[Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 5 cut out.svg|thumb|left|Bild 5]] <br style="clear:both;" /> [[Wêne:Abbiegen bevorrechtigt Fußgänger - 6 cut out.svg|thumb|left|Bild 6]] <br style="clear:both;" /> 1047 :'''Wo ist das <abbr title="das Kreuz – en: cross">Kreuz</abbr>?''' :Der <abbr title="der Kasten – en: box">Kasten</abbr>. :Beispiel: :Das Kreuz ist <abbr title="vor – en: in front of; before">vor</abbr> dem Kasten. <gallery> Wêne:Under.jpg|Bild 1 Wêne:In front of.jpg|Bild 2 Wêne:"In" - one of a set of images used for teaching prepositions of place.jpg|Bild 3 Wêne:Near.jpg|Bild 4 Wêne:Next to.jpg|Bild 5 Wêne:On the left of.jpg|Bild 6 Wêne:On the right of.jpg|Bild 7 Wêne:Illustration of an X on a pink background on top of a blue box.jpg|Bild 8 </gallery> 1047a :Wo ist der Mann? :Wo liegt der Mann? :Wo steht der Mann? :Wo kommt der Mann her? :Wo geht der Mann hin? <gallery> Wêne:Préposition sous (lit).svg|Bild 1 Wêne:Préposition devant (lit).svg|Bild 2 Wêne:Préposition à travers (porte).svg|Bild 3 Wêne:Préposition hors (lit).svg|Bild 4 Wêne:Préposition dans (lit).svg|Bild 5 Wêne:Préposition sur (lit).svg|Bild 6 Wêne:Préposition à côté (lit).svg|Bild 7 Wêne:Préposition derrière (lit).svg|Bild 8 Wêne:Préposition entre (lits).svg|Bild 9 Wêne:Préposition autour (lit).svg|Bild 10 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1047a |- | :Wo ist der Mann? :Wo liegt der Mann? :Wo steht der Mann? :Wo kommt der Mann her? :Wo geht der Mann hin? :--- :Bild 1 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist unter dem Bett. :Wo liegt der Mann? - Der Mann liegt unter dem Bett. :--- :Bild 2 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist vor dem Bett. Der Mann ist neben dem Bett. :Wo steht der Mann? - Der Mann steht vor dem Bett. Der Mann steht neben dem Bett. :--- :Bild 3 :Der Mann geht durch die Tür. :--- :Bild 4 :Der Mann kommt aus dem Bett. :Der Mann steht aus dem Bett auf. :--- :Bild 5 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist im Bett. :Wo liegt der Mann? - Der Mann liegt im Bett. :--- :Bild 6 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist auf dem Bett. :Wo steht der Mann? - Der Mann steht auf dem Bett. :--- :Bild 7 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist neben dem Bett. :Wo steht der Mann? - Der Mann steht neben dem Bett. :--- :Bild 8 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist hinter dem Bett. :Wo steht der Mann? - Der Mann steht hinter dem Bett. :--- :Bild9 :Wo ist der Mann? - Der Mann ist zwischen den Betten. :Wo steht der Mann? - Der Mann steht zwischen den Betten. :--- :Bild 10 :Der Mann geht um das Bett. :Der Mann geht um das Bett rum. |} 1047b :Wo ist der Apfel? :Wo ist das Buch? :Wo ist der Stuhl? <gallery> Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 1.svg|Bild 1 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 2.svg|Bild 2 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 3.svg|Bild 3 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 4.svg|Bild 4 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 5.svg|Bild 5 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 6.svg|Bild 6 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 7.svg|Bild 7 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 8.svg|Bild 8 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 9.svg|Bild 9 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 10.svg|Bild 10 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 11.svg|Bild 11 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 12.svg|Bild 12 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 13.svg|Bild 13 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 14.svg|Bild 14 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 15.svg|Bild 15 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 16.svg|Bild 16 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 17.svg|Bild 17 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 18.svg|Bild 18 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 19.svg|Bild 19 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 20.svg|Bild 20 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 21.svg|Bild 21 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 22.svg|Bild 22 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 23.svg|Bild 23 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 24.svg|Bild 24 Wêne:explain on under between by in over thrue 25.svg|Bild 25 </gallery> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1047b |- | :Bild 1: Das Buch liegt auf dem Tisch. :Bild 2: Der Apfel liegt unter dem Tisch. :Bild 3: Der Pfeil geht durch den Kasten. Der Pfeil geht durch die Kiste. :Bild 4: Der Apfel liegt auf dem Tisch. :Bild 5: Der Apfel liegt unter dem Tisch. Das Buch liegt auf dem Tisch. :Bild 6: Das Buch liegt neben dem Tisch. Das Buch liegt auf dem Boden. Das Buch liegt auf dem Fußboden. Der Stuhl steht auf dem Tisch. Der Apfel ist überdem Tisch. :Bild 7: Das Buch liegt unter dem Tisch, auf dem Fußboden. Der Stuhl steht neben dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt auf dem Stuhl. :Bild 8: Das Buch und der Apfel liegen auf dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt neben dem Buch. Der Stuhl liegt neben dem Tisch. :Bild 9: Die Stühle stehen neben dem Tisch. Die Stühle stehen am Tisch. Der Tisch steht zwischen den Stühlen. :Bild 10: Der Stuhl steht zwischen den Tischen. :Bild 11: Der Apfel leigt auf dem Tisch. Das Buch liegt auf dem Tisch. Der Apfel und das Buc hlieben nebeneinander. :Bild 12: Der Stuhl und der Apfel liegen auf dem Tisch. Der Apfel liegt vor dem Buch. :Bild 13: Das Buch liegt vor dem Apfel. Beide liegen auf dem Tisch. :Bild 14: Das Buch liegt vor dem Apfel. Der Apfel liegt hinter dem Buch. Sie liegen hintereinander, nicht nebeneinander. :Bild 15: Der Apfel liegt vor dem Buch. Das Buch liegt vor dem Apfel. :Bild 16: Der Apfel liegt auf dem Buch. :Bild 17: Der Apfel liegt neben dem Buch. :Bild 18: Der Apfel liegt vor dem Würfel. Der Apfel liegt vor dem Kasten. Der Apfel liegt vor der Kiste. :Bild 19: Der Apfel liegt hinter dem Würfel. Der Apfel liegt hinter dem Kasten. Der Apfel liegt hinter der Kiste. :Bild 20: Der Apfel liegt neben dem Würfel. Der Apfel liegt neben dem Kasten. Der Apfel liegt neben der Kiste. :Bild 21: Der Apfel liegt auf dem Würfel. Der Apfel liegt auf dem Kasten. Der Apfel liegt auf der Kiste. :Bild 22: Der Apfel liegt zwischen den Würfeln. Der Apfel liegt zwischen den Kästen. Der Apfel liegt zwischen den Kisten. :Bild 23: Der Apfel liegt unter dem Würfel. Der Apfel liegt unter dem Kasten. Der Apfel liegt unter der Kiste. :Bild 24: Der Apfel liegt unter dem Würfel. Der Apfel liegt unter dem Kasten. Der Apfel liegt unter der Kiste. :Bild 25: Der Apfel liegt im Würfel. Der Apfel liegt im Kasten. Der Apfel liegt in der Kiste. |} 1048 :die <abbr title="die Häufigkeit – en: frequency; incidence">Häufigkeit</abbr> :<abbr title="häufig – en: frequently; often">häufig</abbr> :<abbr title="oft – en: often">oft</abbr> (= häufig) :<abbr title="Wie oft? - en: How often?">Wie oft?</abbr> :<abbr title="selten – en: seldom; rarely; infrequently">selten</abbr> :<abbr title="manchmal – en: sometimes">manchmal</abbr> (zu einem oder mehreren unbestimmten Zeitpunkten) :<abbr title="ab und zu – en: from time to time">ab und zu</abbr> :<abbr title="ab und an = ab und zu – en: now and then">ab und an</abbr> :<abbr title="dann und wann – en: now and then; now and again">dann und wann</abbr> :<abbr title="hin und wieder – en: occasionally; every now and then">hin und wieder</abbr> :<abbr title="gelegentlich – en: occasionally">gelegentlich</abbr> (Gelegentlich fahre ich bei ihm vorbei.) :<abbr title="mitunter – en: from time to time">mitunter</abbr> :<abbr title="von Zeit zu Zeit – en: from time to time">von Zeit zu Zeit</abbr> :--- :manchmal = ab und zu = ab und an = dann und wann = hin und wieder = mitunter = von Zeit zu Zeit 1048a :<abbr title="häufig – en: frequently; often">häufig</abbr> (<abbr title="vielfach vorkommend – en: occuring frequently; occurign often">vielfach vorkommend</abbr>, <abbr title="viele Male – en: many times">viele Male</abbr>, <abbr title="immer wieder – en: again and again; repeatedly">immer wieder</abbr> <abbr title="auftreten – en: to occur; to appear">auftretend</abbr>) – Das ist ein <abbr title="häufige – en: frequently">häufiger</abbr> <abbr title="der Fehler – en: mistake; error">Fehler</abbr>. Sie kommt relativ häufig <abbr title="zu spät – en: too late">zu spät</abbr> zur <abbr title="die Arbeit – en: work">Arbeit</abbr>. :<abbr title="mehrmalig – en: several times; multiple times>mehrmalig</abbr> :<abbr title="mehrmals – en: several times; multiple times">mehrmals</abbr> :mehrmalig = mehrmals :<abbr title="vielfach – en: in many cases; frequently">vielfach</abbr> :<abbr title="wiederholt – en: repeatedly">wiederholt</abbr> :<abbr title="regelmäßig – en: regularly; periodically">regelmäßig</abbr> (<abbr title="immer wieder – en: again and again">immer wieder</abbr>; <abbr title="sich wiederholen – en: to repeat; to recure">wiederholt sich</abbr> <abbr title="in festen zeitlichen Abständen – en: at fixed time intervals; at fixed intervals">in festen zeitlichen Abständen</abbr>) :--- :<abbr title="nie – en: never">nie</abbr> (<abbr title="zu keiner Zeit – en: at no time; not at any time">zu keiner Zeit</abbr>, zu keinem <abbr title="der Zeitpunkt – en: moment; time; point; (der Punkt – en: point)">Zeitpunkt</abbr>) :niemals (= <abbr title="nie – en: never">nie</abbr>) :<abbr title="nie und nimmer – en: never ever">nie und nimmer</abbr> (zu keinem Zeitpunkt, <abbr title="auf keinen Fall – en: no way; under no circumstances">auf keinen Fall</abbr>) :--- :<abbr title="immer – en: always">immer</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="einmalig – en: unique; single">einmalig</abbr> (<abbr title="ein mal – en: one time">ein mal</abbr>) (<abbr title="Das war eine einmalige Ausnahme. - en: That was a one-time exception.">Das war eine einmalige Ausnahme</abbr>.) :<abbr title="kaum – en: barely; hardly">kaum</abbr> (<abbr title="nur zu einem sehr geringen Grad – en: only at a very minimal degree">nur zu einem sehr geringen Grad</abbr>; <abbr title="so gut wie gar nicht – en: almost never; almost not at all">so gut wie gar nicht</abbr>) :--- :<abbr title="wenig – en: little; a littel bit; few">wenig</abbr> :<abbr title="viel – en: a lot; much">viel</abbr> :<abbr title="viele – en: many">viele</abbr> (viele Männer; viel Frauen; viele Kinder) :viel Suppe – wenig Suppe 1049 :die <abbr title="die Wahrscheinlichkeit – en: probability">Wahrscheinlichkeit</abbr> :<abbr title="wahrscheinlich – en: probable; likely">wahrscheinlich</abbr> :<abbr title="unwahrscheinlich – en: improbabel; unlikely">unwahrscheinlich</abbr> :--- :<abbr title="vielleicht – en: maybe">vielleicht</abbr> (<abbr title="unter Umständen – en: under certain circumstances; in certain circumstances">unter Umständen</abbr>, <abbr title="möglicherweise – en: perhaps; possibly">möglicherweise</abbr>) - <abbr title="Vielleicht scheint morgen die Sonne. - en: Maybe the sun will shine tomorrow.">Vielleicht scheint morgen die Sonne.</abbr> :<abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly">bestimmt</abbr> (<abbr title="sehr wahrscheinlich – en: most likely; highly likely; highly probable">sehr wahrscheinlich</abbr>, <abbr title="mit absoluter Sicherheit – en: with absolute certainty">mit absoluter Sicherheit</abbr>) :<abbr title="sicher – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely">sicher</abbr> :<abbr title="sicherlich – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely">sicherlich</abbr> :<abbr title="gewiss – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely ">gewiss</abbr> :<abbr title="eventuell – en: possibly; perhaps">eventuell</abbr> :<abbr title="womöglich – en: possibly; perhaps">womöglich</abbr> :<abbr title="möglicherweise – en: possibly; perhaps">möglicherweise</abbr> :<abbr title="vermutlich – en: presumably">vermutlich</abbr> :<abbr title="wahrscheinlich – en: probably">wahrscheinlich</abbr> :<abbr title="höchstwahrscheinlich – en: most likely; very probably">höchstwahrscheinlich</abbr> :<abbr title="nie – en: never">nie</abbr> 1049a :Ich gehe morgen zum Arzt. :Ich gehe morgen vielleicht zum Arzt. :Ich gehe morgen <abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly; surely">bestimmt</abbr> zum Arzt. :Ich gehe morgen <abbr title="wahrscheinlich – en: probably">wahrscheinlich</abbr> zum Arzt. :Ich gehe morgen nicht zum Arzt. :Es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass ich morgen zum Arzt gehe. :--- :Er hat kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat möglicherweise kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat höchstwahrscheinlich kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat wahrscheinlich kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat <abbr title="vermutlich – en: presumably">vermutlich</abbr> kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat <abbr title="gewiss – en: certainly; no doubt">gewiss</abbr> kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat sicherlich kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat sicher kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat bestimmt kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Er hat vielleicht kein Geld für ein neues Auto. :Es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass er kein Geld für ein neues Auto hat. 1049b :Er versteht uns nicht. :Er versteht uns vielleicht nicht. :Er versteht uns wahrscheinlich nicht. :Er versteht uns möglicherweise nicht. :Er versteht uns höchstwahrscheinlich nicht. :Er versteht uns vermutlich nicht. :Er versteht uns sicherlich nicht. :Er versteht uns bestimmt nicht. :Er versteht uns vielleicht nicht. :Er versteht uns bestimmt nicht. :Er versteht uns <abbr title="gewiss – en: certainly; no doubt">gewiss</abbr> nicht. :Es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass er uns nicht versteht. 1049c :Ende gut, alles gut. :<abbr title="die Ente – en: duck">Ente</abbr> gut, alles gut. :Am Ende wird alles gut. Und wenn es nicht gut ist, dann ist es <abbr title="noch nicht – en: not yet; still not">noch nicht</abbr> das Ende. :Alles hat ein Ende, nur die Wurst hat zwei. :<abbr title="das T-Shirt – en: T-shirt; (das Hemd – en: shirt)">T-Shirt</abbr> Sprüche: :::Meine 4 größten Krisen: Bier <abbr title="lauwarm – en: lukewarm">lauwarm</abbr>; keine <abbr title="Kippen = Zigaretten – en: cigarette; die Zigarre – en: cigar">Kippen</abbr>; <abbr title="die Alte (= meine Frau) – en: the old lady (= my wife)">Alte</abbr> <abbr title="Ich habe keinen Bock. - en: I do not feel like it. I have no desire.">keinen Bock</abbr>; <abbr title="der Kratzer – en: cratch">Kratzer</abbr> in der <abbr title="die Karre = das Auto = der Wagen – en: car; cart">Karre</abbr>. :::Samstag, Sonntag, Scheißtag, Scheißtag, Scheißtag, Scheißtag, Freitagabend, Samstag, Sonntag. :::Wer <abbr title="tanzen – en: to dance">tanzt</abbr> hat kein <abbr title="das Geld – en: money">Geld</abbr> zum <abbr title="saufen – en: to booze; to drink (alcohol)">Saufen</abbr>. :::Meine Eltern haben ein <abbr title="schön – en: beautiful">schönes</abbr> Kind. :::Keine <abbr title="das Resultat – en: result">Resultate</abbr> ohne <abbr title="das Präparat – en: drug">Präparate</abbr>. (<abbr title="das Fitness-Studio – en: gym; fitness center">Fitness-Studio</abbr>) :::Ich bin nicht <abbr title="neugierig – en: curious">neugierig</abbr>, ich bin nur gut <abbr title="informiert sein – en: to be informed">informiert</abbr>. :::Scheiß auf PISA, das ist doch nicht unser <abbr title="der Turm – en: tower">Turm</abbr>. :::Ich brauche kein T-Shirt mit dummen Sprüchen. :::<abbr title="was es auch ist – en: whatever it is">Was es auch ist</abbr>, <abbr title="ich war es nicht – en: it was not me">ich war es nicht</abbr>. :::Ich wäre lieber ''<abbr title="reich – en: rich">reich</abbr>'' als ''sexy'', aber <abbr title="Was soll man machen? - en: What can you do?">was soll man machen</abbr>? :::Bitte <abbr title="weitergehen – en: to proceed; to go on; to move on">weitergehen</abbr>, hier gibt es nichts zu sehen. (für Frauen) :::Ich will nur <abbr title="spielen – en: to play">spielen</abbr>. 1049d :'''gucken''' :'''kucken''' :sehen :<abbr title="ansehen – en: to look at; to view">ansehen</abbr> :schauen :<abbr title="zuschauen – en: to watch">zuschauen</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Zuschauer – en: viewer; spectator; audience">Zuschauer</abbr> :--- :das <abbr title="das Guckloch – en: peephole">Guckloch</abbr> :--- :ich gucke :du guckst :er guckt :wir gucken :ihr guckt :sie gucken :--- :ich habe geguckt :du hast geguckt :er hat geguckt :wir haben geguckt :ihr habt geguckt :sie haben geguckt :--- :<abbr title="Guck mal! - en: Have a look!">Guck mal!</abbr> :Guckst du! („Türken-Deutsch“) :Was guckst du? :<abbr title="Was guckst du so? - en: What are you looking so?">Was guckst du so?</abbr> :Guck mal, was ich hier habe! :Warum guckst du heute so <abbr title="traurig – en: sad ">traurig</abbr>? :Guck nicht so <abbr title="blöd – en: stupid; idiotic">blöd</abbr>! :Ich gucke immer den Tatort. (im Fernsehen; Film: „Der <abbr title="der Tatort – en: crime scene">Tatort</abbr>“) :--- :der <abbr title="der Ausguck – en: crows nest; look-out (ship)">Ausguck</abbr> :der <abbr title="der Hingucker – en: eyecatcher">Hingucker</abbr> == Vokabular: Lektion 024 == : deshalb – en: therefore : vor – en: before : die Vorstellung – en: presentation; performance : vergleichen – en: to compare : weiterfahren – en: to continue; to drive on; to carry on driving : schon – en: already : denn – en: because : weitermachen – en: to continue (to make something) : machen – en: to make : der Baumarkt – en: hardware store; Do-It-Yourself supermarket : gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together : das Bier – en: beer : heute noch – en: still today : wirklich – en: really; indeed; truly : mitnehmen – en: to take; to take along; to give a lift; to take with you : aufhören – en: to stop; to discontinue; to cease; to terminate : anziehen – en: to wear; to get dressed : fast – en: almost : die Verspätung – en: delay; lateness; late arrival : spät – en: late : erst heute – en: not until today; only today; just today : wegfahren – en: to drive away : weg = verschwinden – en: away; to disappear : ist weg – en: is gone : weggehen – en: give away : Geh weg! - en: Go away!; Leave me alone! : wegwerfen – en: to throw away : werfen – en: to throw : wegbringen – en: to bring away; to lead away : weggeben – en: to give away : nicht mehr – en: no longer; not any more; no more : wegschicken – en: to send away : schicken – en: to send : weg – en: away : bestimmt – en: certainly; surely : weglaufen – en: to run away : wegessen – en: to eat up : der Abteilungsleiter – en: head of department; department manager : die Abteilung – en: department : der Leiter – en: head; director; boss : die Leiter – en: ladder : heute noch = noch heute – en: still today : morgen erst = erst morgen – en: not until tomorrow; only tomorrow : heute schon = schon heute – en: already today : der Rhein – en: Rhine (river) : die Klasse – en: class; course : die Klassenfahrt – en: school trip; class trip; excursion of the class : die Jugendherberge – en: youth hostel : in der Nähe – en: nearby; close by : ungefähr = circa = ca. - en: about; approximately; around : Jugendliche – en: young person; adolescent : abends – en: in the evening : oft – en: often : der Fluss – en: river : sitzen – en: to sit : liegen – en: to lie : das Schiff – en: ship : beobachten – en: to observe : begeistert – en: enthusiastic; thrilled : herrlich – en: wonderful; gorgeous : Die Zeit ist wie im Flug vergangen. - en: The time has flown by. : der Flug – en: flight : fliegen – en: to fly : der Pfadfindern – en: scouts; boy scouts : das Ferienlager – en: holiday camp : Sommerlager – en: summer camp : das Gebirge – en: mountain : das Gepäck – en: luggage : sicher – en: certainly : schwer – en: heavy : helfen – en: to help : der Koffer – en: suitcase : das Paket – en: parcel; package : die Post – en: mail; post : tragen – en: to carry; to take : trotzdem – en: nevertheless; anyhow : die S-Bahn = die Stadt-Bahn = die Schnell-Bahn = die Stadtschnellbahn – en: city train; rail rapid transit : lieber – en: to prefer : lieben – en: to love : lieb – en: dear : lieber – en: to prefer : die U-Bahn = Untergrundbahn – en: subway : sonst – en: otherwise; else : umsteigen – en: to change; to change-over : Du hast Recht. - en: You are right. : das Recht – en: the law; the right : aufstehen – en: to get up; to stand up : zeitig – en: early : spät – en: late : das Zeltlager – en: camp; tent camp : das Zelt – en: tent : das Lager – en: camp : der Aufenthalt – en: stay : zuerst – en: first : abgeben – en: to leave; to hand over : geben – en: to give : die Gepäckaufbewahrung – en: left-luggage office; luggage storage : überall – en: everywhere; all over : die Altstadt – en: old town; historical center : begeistert – en: enthusiastic; excited : das Schloss – en: palace; castle : besichtigen – en: to visit; to see : sehen – en: to see : die Sicht – en: view; vision; sight : der Teil – en: part (e.g. great part – of a city or of a country) : das Teil – en: part (e.g. small part – of a machine; a member) : das Rathaus – en: town hall; city hall : kleinste – en: smallest : klein – en: small; little : kleiner – en: smaller : breit – en: broad; wide : Die Zeit vergeht wie im Flug. - en: Time flies like in flight. : vergehen – en: to pass; to elapse : die Bahn – en: train; railway : S-Bahn – en: commuter train : U-Bahn – en: subway : Straßenbahn – en: tram : Eisenbahn – en: railroad : einsteigen – en: to enter; to get in; to board : gleich hier – en: right here : einsteigen – en: to enter; to get in; to board : tragen – en: to carry; to hold; to wear : aber – en: but : noch nicht – en: not yet; still not : der Ball – en: ball : das Gemälde – en: painting; picture : von – en: from : der Auftrag – en: order; assignment; job; mission : malen – en: to paint : der Maler – en: paintor; artist : begeistert – en: excited : wovon? - en: from what? : die Kreuzfahrt – en: cruise : abholen – en: to pick up : trotzdem – en: nevertheless : schlecht – en: bad : schicken – en: to send : wohin? - en: whereto? where? : an wen? - en: to whom? : Das ist aber … - en: But this is … : erst – en: not until; only : zurückbekommen – en: to get back; to recover : das ist schade – en: that's too bad; this is a pity : der Fahrplan – en: timetable; schedule : gleich – en: immediately; in a moment : der Aufenthalt – en: stay : die Schallplatte – en: record; LP; gramophone record : beobachten – en: to observe; to watch : abgegeben – en: to leave; to submit; to deposit : vergleichen – en: to compare : zuerst – en: first; at first : manchmal – en: sometimes : bestellen – en: to order : oft – en: often : bringen – en: to bring : wieder einmal – en: once again; once more : deshalb – en: therefore : die Speise = das Essen – en: food; meal : denken – en: to think : denken an – en: to think of : oft – en: often : gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together : Anmachsprüche – en: pick-up lines; chat-up lines : irgendwann – en: sometime; sometimes; someday : irgendwo – en: somewhere : irgendwer – en: somebody : die Tüte – en: bag (paper or plastic) : das Gummibärchen – en: jelly bear; gummy bear : gerade – en: a second ago; just; equals; straight : das Erdbeben – en: earthquake : beben – en: to shake; to quake : die Welt – en: world : unheilbar – en: incurable : heilbar – en: curable : heilen – en: to cure : die Krankheit – en: disease; illness : einzige – en: the only; the sole : die Rettung – en: salvation; rescue : retten – en: to save; to rescue : sich erinnern – en: to remember : die Vorfahrt – en: right of way : abbiegen – en: to turn : bevorrechtigt – en: privileged; preferred : das Vorrecht – en: privilege : das Recht – en: right; law : der Fußgänger – en: pedestrian : gegenüber – en: towards; opposite : das Fahrzeug – en: vehicle; car; vessel : der Absatz – en: paragraph : die Straßenverkehrs-Ordnung – en: road traffic regulations; road traffic laws; highway code : das Zeichen – en: sign : das Verkehrszeichen – en: traffic sign : geradeaus – en: straight; straight ahead : die Pflicht – en: obligation : pflichtig – en: to be obliged : warten – en: to wait : wartepflichtig – en: to be obligated to wait; to have to wait : durchlassen – en: to let through; to let pass : das Kreuz – en: cross : der Kasten – en: box : vor – en: in front of; before : die Häufigkeit – en: frequency; incidence : häufig – en: frequently; often : oft – en: often : Wie oft? - en: How often? : selten – en: seldom; rarely; infrequently : manchmal – en: sometimes : ab und zu – en: from time to time : ab und an = ab und zu – en: now and then : dann und wann – en: now and then; now and again : hin und wieder – en: occasionally; every now and then : gelegentlich – en: occasionally : mitunter – en: from time to time : von Zeit zu Zeit – en: from time to time : häufig – en: frequently; often : vielfach vorkommend – en: occuring frequently; occurign often : viele Male – en: many times : immer wieder – en: again and again; repeatedly : auftreten – en: to occur; to appear : häufige – en: frequently : der Fehler – en: mistake; error : zu spät – en: too late : die Arbeit – en: work : mehrmalig – en: several times; multiple times : mehrmals – en: several times; multiple times : vielfach – en: in many cases; frequently : wiederholt – en: repeatedly : regelmäßig – en: regularly; periodically : immer wieder – en: again and again : sich wiederholen – en: to repeat; to recure : in festen zeitlichen Abständen – en: at fixed time intervals; at fixed intervals : nie – en: never : zu keiner Zeit – en: at no time; not at any time : der Zeitpunkt – en: moment; time; point : der Punkt – en: point : nie – en: never : nie und nimmer – en: never ever : auf keinen Fall – en: no way; under no circumstances : immer – en: always : einmalig – en: unique; single : ein mal – en: one time : Das war eine einmalige Ausnahme. - en: That was a one-time exception. : kaum – en: barely; hardly : nur zu einem sehr geringen Grad – en: only at a very minimal degree : so gut wie gar nicht – en: almost never; almost not at all : wenig – en: little; a littel bit; few : viel – en: a lot; much : viele – en: many : die Wahrscheinlichkeit – en: probability : wahrscheinlich – en: probable; likely : unwahrscheinlich – en: improbabel; unlikely : vielleicht – en: maybe : unter Umständen – en: under certain circumstances; in certain circumstances : möglicherweise – en: perhaps; possibly : Vielleicht scheint morgen die Sonne. - en: Maybe the sun will shine tomorrow. : bestimmt – en: certainly : sehr wahrscheinlich – en: most likely; highly likely; highly probable : mit absoluter Sicherheit – en: with absolute certainty : sicher – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely : sicherlich – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely : gewiss – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely : eventuell – en: possibly; perhaps : womöglich – en: possibly; perhaps : möglicherweise – en: possibly; perhaps : vermutlich – en: presumably : wahrscheinlich – en: probably : höchstwahrscheinlich – en: most likely; very probably : nie – en: never : bestimmt – en: certainly; surely : wahrscheinlich – en: probably : vermutlich – en: presumably : gewiss – en: certainly; no doubt : gewiss – en: certainly; no doubt : die Ente – en: duck : noch nicht – en: not yet; still not : das T-Shirt – en: T-shirt : das Hemd – en: shirt : lauwarm – en: lukewarm : Kippen = Zigaretten – en: cigarette : die Zigarre – en: cigar : die Alte (= meine Frau) – en: the old lady (= my wife) : Ich habe keinen Bock. - en: I do not feel like it. I have no desire. : der Kratzer – en: cratch : die Karre = das Auto = der Wagen – en: car; cart : tanzen – en: to dance : das Geld – en: money : saufen – en: to booze; to drink (alcohol) : schön – en: beautiful : das Resultat – en: result : das Präparat – en: drug : das Fitness-Studio – en: gym; fitness center : neugierig – en: curious : informiert sein – en: to be informed : der Turm – en: tower : was es auch ist – en: whatever it is : ich war es nicht – en: it was not me : reich – en: rich : Was soll man machen? - en: What can you do? : weitergehen – en: to proceed; to go on; to move on : spielen – en: to play : ansehen – en: to look at; to view : zuschauen – en: to watch : der Zuschauer – en: viewer; spectator; audience : das Guckloch – en: peephole : Guck mal! - en: Have a look! : Was guckst du so? - en: What are you looking so? : traurig – en: sad : blöd – en: stupid; idiotic : der Tatort – en: crime scene : der Ausguck – en: crows nest; look-out (ship) : der Hingucker – en: eyecatcher == Vokabular: Lektion 024 – alphabetisch geordnet == # ab und an = ab und zu – en: now and then # ab und zu – en: from time to time # abbiegen – en: to turn # abends – en: in the evening # aber – en: but # abgeben – en: to leave; to hand over; to submit; to deposit # abholen – en: to pick up # Absatz, der – en: paragraph # Abteilung, die – en: department # Abteilungsleiter, der – en: head of department; department manager # Alte, die (= meine Frau) – en: the old lady (= my wife) # Altstadt, die – en: old town; historical center # an wen? - en: to whom? # Anmachsprüche – en: pick-up lines; chat-up lines # ansehen – en: to look at; to view # anziehen – en: to wear; to get dressed # Arbeit, die – en: work # auf keinen Fall – en: no way; under no circumstances # Aufenthalt, der – en: stay # aufhören – en: to stop; to discontinue; to cease; to terminate # aufstehen – en: to get up; to stand up # Auftrag, der – en: order; assignment; job; mission # auftreten – en: to occur; to appear # Ausguck, der – en: crows nest; look-out (ship) # Bahn, die – en: train; railway # Ball, der – en: ball # Baumarkt, der – en: hardware store; Do-It-Yourself supermarket # beben – en: to shake; to quake # begeistert – en: enthusiastic; excited; thrilled # beobachten – en: to observe; to watch # besichtigen – en: to visit; to see # bestellen – en: to order # bestimmt – en: certainly; surely # bevorrechtigt – en: privileged; preferred # Bier, das – en: beer # blöd – en: stupid; idiotic # breit – en: broad; wide # bringen – en: to bring # dann und wann – en: now and then; now and again # Das ist aber … - en: But this is … # das ist schade – en: that's too bad; this is a pity # Das war eine einmalige Ausnahme. - en: That was a one-time exception. # denken – en: to think # denn – en: because # deshalb – en: therefore # Die Zeit ist wie im Flug vergangen. - en: The time has flown by. # Die Zeit vergeht wie im Flug. - en: Time flies like in flight. # Du hast Recht. - en: You are right. # durchlassen – en: to let through; to let pass # ein mal – en: one time # einmalig – en: unique; single # einsteigen – en: to enter; to get in; to board # einzige – en: the only; the sole # Eisenbahn, die – en: railroad # Ente, die – en: duck # Erdbeben, das – en: earthquake # erst – en: not until; only # erst heute – en: not until today; only today; just today # eventuell – en: possibly; perhaps # Fahrplan, der – en: timetable; schedule # Fahrzeug, das – en: vehicle; car; vessel # fast – en: almost # Fehler, der – en: mistake; error # Ferienlager, das – en: holiday camp # Fitness-Studio, das – en: gym; fitness center # fliegen – en: to fly # Flug, der – en: flight # Fluss, der – en: river # Fußgänger, der – en: pedestrian # geben – en: to give # Gebirge, das – en: mountain # gegenüber – en: towards; opposite # Geh weg! - en: Go away!; Leave me alone! # Geld, das – en: money # gelegentlich – en: occasionally # Gemälde, das – en: painting; picture # gemeinsam = zusammen – en: together # Gepäck, das – en: luggage # Gepäckaufbewahrung, die – en: left-luggage office; luggage storage # gerade – en: a second ago; just; equals; straight # geradeaus – en: straight; straight ahead # gewiss – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely; no doubt # gleich – en: immediately; in a moment # gleich hier – en: right here # Guck mal! - en: Have a look! # Guckloch, das – en: peephole # Gummibärchen, das – en: jelly bear; gummy bear # häufig – en: frequently; often # Häufigkeit, die – en: frequency; incidence # heilbar – en: curable # heilen – en: to cure # helfen – en: to help # Hemd, das – en: shirt # herrlich – en: wonderful; gorgeous # heute noch = noch heute – en: still today # heute schon = schon heute – en: already today # hin und wieder – en: occasionally; every now and then # Hingucker, der – en: eyecatcher # höchstwahrscheinlich – en: most likely; very probably # Ich habe keinen Bock. - en: I do not feel like it. I have no desire. # ich war es nicht – en: it was not me # immer – en: always # immer wieder – en: again and again; repeatedly # in der Nähe – en: nearby; close by # in festen zeitlichen Abständen – en: at fixed time intervals; at fixed intervals # informiert sein – en: to be informed # irgendwann – en: sometime; sometimes; someday # irgendwer – en: somebody # irgendwo – en: somewhere # ist weg – en: is gone # Jugendherberge, die – en: youth hostel # Jugendliche – en: young person; adolescent # Karre, die = das Auto = der Wagen – en: car; cart # Kasten, der – en: box # kaum – en: barely; hardly # Kippen = Zigaretten – en: cigarette # Klasse, die – en: class; course # Klassenfahrt, die – en: school trip; class trip; excursion of the class # klein – en: small; little # kleiner – en: smaller # kleinste – en: smallest # Koffer, der – en: suitcase # Krankheit, die – en: disease; illness # Kratzer, der – en: cratch # Kreuz, das – en: cross # Kreuzfahrt, die – en: cruise # Lager, das – en: camp # lauwarm – en: lukewarm # Leiter, der – en: head; director; boss # Leiter, die – en: ladder # lieb – en: dear # lieben – en: to love # lieber – en: to prefer # liegen – en: to lie # machen – en: to make # malen – en: to paint # Maler, der – en: paintor; artist # manchmal – en: sometimes # mehrmalig – en: several times; multiple times # mehrmals – en: several times; multiple times # mit absoluter Sicherheit – en: with absolute certainty # mitnehmen – en: to take; to take along; to give a lift; to take with you # mitunter – en: from time to time # möglicherweise – en: possibly; perhaps # morgen erst = erst morgen – en: not until tomorrow; only tomorrow # neugierig – en: curious # nicht mehr – en: no longer; not any more; no more # nie – en: never # nie und nimmer – en: never ever # noch nicht – en: not yet; still not # nur zu einem sehr geringen Grad – en: only at a very minimal degree # oft – en: often # Paket, das – en: parcel; package # Pfadfindern, der – en: scouts; boy scouts # Pflicht, die – en: obligation # pflichtig – en: to be obliged # Post, die – en: mail; post # Präparat, das – en: drug # Punkt, der – en: point # Rathaus, das – en: town hall; city hall # Recht, das – en: right; law # regelmäßig – en: regularly; periodically # reich – en: rich # Resultat, das – en: result # retten – en: to save; to rescue # Rettung, die – en: salvation; rescue # Rhein, der – en: Rhine (river) # S-Bahn, die = die Stadt-Bahn = die Schnell-Bahn = die Stadtschnellbahn – en: commuter train, city train; rail rapid transit # saufen – en: to booze; to drink (alcohol) # Schallplatte, die – en: record; LP; gramophone record # schicken – en: to send # Schiff, das – en: ship # schlecht – en: bad # Schloss, das – en: palace; castle # schon – en: already # schön – en: beautiful # schwer – en: heavy # sehen – en: to see # sehr wahrscheinlich – en: most likely; highly likely; highly probable # selten – en: seldom; rarely; infrequently # sich erinnern – en: to remember # sich wiederholen – en: to repeat; to recure # sicher – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely # sicherlich – en: certainly; for sure; defenitely # Sicht, die – en: view; vision; sight # sitzen – en: to sit # so gut wie gar nicht – en: almost never; almost not at all # Sommerlager, das – en: summer camp # sonst – en: otherwise; else # spät – en: late # Speise, die = das Essen – en: food; meal # spielen – en: to play # Straßenbahn, die – en: tram # Straßenverkehrs-Ordnung, die – en: road traffic regulations; road traffic laws; highway code # T-Shirt, das – en: T-shirt # tanzen – en: to dance # Tatort, der – en: crime scene # Teil, das – en: part (e.g. small part – of a machine; a member) # Teil, der – en: part (e.g. great part – of a city or of a country) # tragen – en: to carry; to take; to hold; to wear # traurig – en: sad # trotzdem – en: nevertheless; anyhow # Turm, der – en: tower # Tüte, die – en: bag (paper or plastic) # U-Bahn, die = Untergrundbahn – en: subway # überall – en: everywhere; all over # umsteigen – en: to change; to change-over # ungefähr = circa = ca. - en: about; approximately; around # unheilbar – en: incurable # unter Umständen – en: under certain circumstances; in certain circumstances # unwahrscheinlich – en: improbabel; unlikely # vergehen – en: to pass; to elapse # vergleichen – en: to compare # Verkehrszeichen, das – en: traffic sign # vermutlich – en: presumably # Verspätung, die – en: delay; lateness; late arrival # viel – en: a lot; much # viele – en: many # viele Male – en: many times # vielfach – en: in many cases; frequently # vielfach vorkommend – en: occuring frequently; occurign often # vielleicht – en: maybe # Vielleicht scheint morgen die Sonne. - en: Maybe the sun will shine tomorrow. # von – en: from # von Zeit zu Zeit – en: from time to time # vor – en: in front of; before # Vorfahrt, die – en: right of way # Vorrecht, das – en: privilege # Vorstellung, die – en: presentation; performance # wahrscheinlich – en: probably; likely # Wahrscheinlichkeit, die – en: probability # warten – en: to wait # wartepflichtig – en: to be obligated to wait; to have to wait # was es auch ist – en: whatever it is # Was guckst du so? - en: What are you looking so? # Was soll man machen? - en: What can you do? # weg = verschwinden – en: away; to disappear # wegbringen – en: to bring away; to lead away # wegessen – en: to eat up # wegfahren – en: to drive away # weggeben – en: to give away # weggehen – en: give away # weglaufen – en: to run away # wegschicken – en: to send away # wegwerfen – en: to throw away # weiterfahren – en: to continue; to drive on; to carry on driving # weitergehen – en: to proceed; to go on; to move on # weitermachen – en: to continue (to make something) # Welt, die – en: world # wenig – en: little; a littel bit; few # werfen – en: to throw # Wie oft? - en: How often? # wieder einmal – en: once again; once more # wiederholt – en: repeatedly # wirklich – en: really; indeed; truly # wohin? - en: whereto? where? # womöglich – en: possibly; perhaps # wovon? - en: from what? # Zeichen, das – en: sign # zeitig – en: early # Zeitpunkt, der – en: moment; time; point # Zelt, das – en: tent # Zeltlager, das – en: camp; tent camp # Zigarre, die – en: cigar # zu keiner Zeit – en: at no time; not at any time # zu spät – en: too late # zuerst – en: first; at first # zurückbekommen – en: to get back; to recover # zuschauen – en: to watch # Zuschauer, der – en: viewer; spectator; audience :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 023|Lektion 023]] ← Lektion 024 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 025|Lektion 025]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 024]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024]] 7ipmcx9qbko2ygwht6twuv2eirl8jnt 0 4160 6786 6737 2023-03-15T07:00:04Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024|Lektion 024]] ← Lektion 025 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|Lektion 001]] == 1050–1059 == 1050 :'''Übungen zur Grammatik''' :--- :'''Das Genitivattribut''' :der [[:de:w:Genitiv|Genitiv]] - <span style="color:#ff00ff;">'''EN:'''</span> [[:w:Genitive case|Genitive case]] :--- :Karin '''Steins''' Eltern wohnen in Berlin. Sie wohnen <abbr title="in der Nähe – en: nearby; close by; in the vicinity">in der Nähe</abbr> '''einer Bücherei''' im Süden '''der Stadt'''. Die Wohnung '''ihrer Eltern''' ist groß und modern. <abbr title="besonders – en: especially; particularly">Besonders</abbr> schön ist '''Karins''' Zimmer. Aber auch das Zimmer '''ihres Bruders''' gefällt mir gut. Im Erdgeschoss '''dieses Hauses''' ist eine Buchhandlung. 1051 :In diesem Haus ist <u>die Bücherei <span style="color:#993300;">'''des Instituts'''</span></u>. :Was … ? / Welche Bücherei … ? :Was ist in diesem Haus? - Die Bücherei ist in diesem Haus. :Welche Bücherei ist in diesem Haus? - Die Bücherei des Instituts. :--- :Die Studenten gehen in <u>die Bücherei <span style="color:#993300;">'''des Instituts'''</span></u>. :Wohin … ? / In welche Bücherei … ? :Wohin gehen die Studenten? - Die Studenten gehen in die Bücherei. :In welche Bücherei gehen die Studenten? - In die Bücherei des Instituts. :--- :Peter arbeitet <u>in der <abbr title="die Spedition – en: forwarding agency; shipping">Spedition </abbr><span style="color:#993300;">'''eines Betriebes'''</span></u>. :Wo … ? / In welcher Spedition … ? :--- :Am Samstag <abbr title="feiern – en: to celebrate">feiern</abbr> wir <u>den Geburtstag <span style="color:#993300;">'''meines Freundes'''</span></u>. :Am Sonnabend feiern wir <u><span style="color:#993300;">'''Peters'''</span> Geburtstag</u>. :<abbr title="Wessen? - en: Whose?">Wessen</abbr> Geburtstag … ? :--- :<u><span style="color:#993300;">'''Karin Steins'''</span> Eltern</u> wohnen in Neustadt. :<u><span style="color:#993300;">'''Karins'''</span> Mutter</u> arbeitet in einer Bücherei. :Das ist <u><span style="color:#993300;">'''Herr Lehmanns'''</span> Arbeitsplatz</u>. :Haben Sie <u><span style="color:#993300;">'''Frau Wagners'''</span> Tasche</u> gesehen? :Wessen … ? :--- :Das '''Genitivattribut''' steht immer mit dem Substantiv zusammen. 1052 :'''Deklination im Genitiv''' :--- :maskulinum und neutrum: :maskulinum: (z. B.: der Betrieb) :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Betrieb'''es''' :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Betrieb'''es''' :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Betrieb'''es''' :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Betrieb'''es''' :neutrum: (z. B.: das Haus) :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Haus'''es''' :mein<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Haus'''es''' :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Haus'''es''' :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''es'''</span> Haus'''es''' :--- :femininum und Plural: :feminium: (z. B.: die Tasche) :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Tasche :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Tasche :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Tasche :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Tasche :Plural: (z. B.: die Bücher) :d<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Bücher :unser<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Bücher :dies<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Bücher :welch<span style="color:#993300;">'''er'''</span> Bücher :Personen: :Peter<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Geburtstag :Monika<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Geburtstag :Frau Weber<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Geburtstag :Herr Stein<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Geburtstag :Peter<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Bilder :Monika<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Bilder :Frau Weber<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Bilder :Herr'''n''' Stein<span style="color:#993300;">'''s'''</span> Bilder 1053 :Jede Universität hat eine <abbr title="die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library">Bibliothek</abbr>. :Die Bibliothek unserer Uni ist im <abbr title="das Hauptgebäude – en: main building">Hauptgebäude</abbr>. :Studenten und <abbr title="der Wissenschaftler – en: scientist">Wissenschaftler</abbr> können dort arbeiten oder Bücher und Fachzeitschriften holen. 1054 :Das ist der Mantel von Ingrid. :Das ist Ingrids Mantel. :--- :Die Zeitung von Peter liegt auf dem Tisch. :Peters Zeitung liegt auf dem Tisch. :--- :Kennen Sie die Tochter von Frau Müller? :Kennen Sie Frau Müllers Tochter? 1055 :Beispiel: [[Wêne:F1 red flag.svg|thumb|left|Beispiel: Das Auto … ist … (mein Vater) ⇒ Das Auto meines Vaters ist rot. ]] [[Wêne:Dark green.PNG|thumb|left|Die Tasche … ist … (meine Mutter)]] [[Wêne:Solid black.svg|thumb|left|Das Kleid … ist … (meine Schwester)]] [[Wêne:Blank.jpg|thumb|left|Die Hemden … sind … (meine Brüder)]] [[Wêne:Himmelblau.jpg|thumb|left|Der Himmel … ist … (über ich)]] [[Wêne:Brown Line buttun.PNG|thumb|left|Der Stuhl … ist … (mein Lehrer)]] [[Wêne:Solid yellow.png|thumb|left|Die Halskette … ist … (meine Freundin)]] [[Wêne:Greycolor.JPG|thumb|left|left|Der Ball … ist … (euer Kind)]] <br style="clear:both;" /> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1055 |- | :Das Auto meines Vaters ist rot. :--- :Die Tasche meiner Mutter ist grün. :Das Kleid meiner Schwester ist schwarz. :Die Hemden meiner Brüder sind weiß. :-- :Der Himmel über mir ist blau. :Der Stuhl meines Lehrers ist braun. :Die Halskette meineer Freundin ist gelb. :Der Ball eures Kindes ist grau. |} 1056 :Beispiel: :Vater, Kind :⇒ der Vater des Kindes :--- :(to read the solution you have to highlight with your cursor the white space of the box – between the arrows) ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''Wer schneller lebt ist eher fertig.'''</span>⇐ # Ende, Woche ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Ende der Woche'''</span>⇐ # Name, Straße ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Name der Straße'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Haus ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des Hauses'''</span>⇐ # Bett, Kind ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Bett des Kindes'''</span>⇐ # Buch, Kind ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Buch des Kindes'''</span>⇐ # Zimmer, Mädchen ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Zimmer des Mädchens'''</span>⇐ # Kleid, Mädchen ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Kleid des Mädchens'''</span>⇐ # Geburtstag, Kind ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Geburtstag des Kindes'''</span>⇐ # Garten, Oma ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Garten der Oma'''</span>⇐ # Auto, Onkel ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Auto des Onkels'''</span>⇐ # Ball, Peter ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''Peters Ball'''</span>⇐ # Arzt, Sabine ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''Sabines Arzt'''</span>⇐ # Lehrer, Uwe ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''Uwes Lehrer'''</span>⇐ # Freund, Student ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Freund des Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Freund, Studenten ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Freund der Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Freundin, Studentin ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Freundin der Studentin'''</span>⇐ # Freundinnen, Student ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Freundinnen des Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Freundinnen, Studenten ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Freundinnen der Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Haus ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des Hauses'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Zimmer ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des Zimmers'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Auto ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des Autos'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Wagen ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des Wagens'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Pkw ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des Pkw's'''</span>⇐ # Tür, Lkw ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Tür des LKWs'''</span>⇐ # Name, Mann ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Name des Mannes'''</span>⇐ # Name, Kind ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Name des Kindes'''</span>⇐ # Name, Frau ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Name der Frau'''</span>⇐ # Buch, Student ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Buch des Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Buch, Studenten ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Buch der Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Bücher, Studenten ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Bücher der Studenten'''</span>⇐ # Bücher, Studentin ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''die Bücher der Studentin'''</span>⇐ # Mantel, Herr ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Mantel des Herrn'''</span>⇐ # Mantel, Frau ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Mantel der Frau'''</span>⇐ # Mantel, Dame ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Mantel der Dame'''</span>⇐ # Mantel, Kind ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''der Mantel des Kindes'''</span>⇐ # Fahrrad, Junge ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Fahrrad des Jungen'''</span>⇐ # Ende, Woche ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Ende der Woche'''</span>⇐ # Haus, Familie ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Haus der Familie'''</span>⇐ # Haus, Leute ⇒<span style="color:ffffff;">'''das Haus der Leute'''</span>⇐ 1057 :das Auto :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural |-align="center'''" | '''des''' Vaters || '''des''' Kindes || '''der''' Mutter || '''der''' Mütter |-align="center'" | ein'''es''' Vaters || ein'''es''' Kindes || ein'''er''' Mutter || kein'''er''' Kinder |-align="center'" | mein'''es''' Vaters || mein'''es''' Kindes || mein'''er''' Mutter || mein'''er''' Eltern |-align="center'" | wessen Vaters? || wessen Kindes? || wessen Mutter? || wessen Mütter? |} 1058 :die Schuhe :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural |-align="center'''" | ich || meines Vaters || meines Kindes || meiner Mutter || meiner Mütter |-align="center" | du || deines Vaters || deines Kindes || deiner Mutter || deiner Kinder |-align="center" | er || seines Vaters || seines Kindes || seiner Mutter || seiner Eltern |-align="center" | sie || ihres Vaters || ihres Kindes || ihrer Mutter || ihrer Mütter |-align="center" | wir || unseres Vaters || unseres Kindes || unserer Mutter || unserer Kinder |-align="center" | ihr || eures Vaters || eures Kindes || eurer Mutter || eurer Eltern |-align="center" | sie || ihres Vaters || ihres Kindes || ihrer Mutter || ihrer Mütter |} 1059 :das Auto des jung'''en''' Mannes (maskulinum) :die Brille des klein'''en''' Kindes (neutrum) :der Mantel der jung'''en''' Frau (femininum) :die Wohnung der jung'''en''' Leute (Plural) == 1060–1069 == 1060 [[Wêne:Roses (2).jpg|thumb|die Rose]] :Der Rose die Rose. :Der Rose die Rosen. <br style="clear:both;" /> 1061 :Meine Eltern wohnen in [[:de:w:Hannover|Hannover]]. Sie wohnen im Süden der Stadt. Sie wohnen in einem Haus in der '''Nähe''' der Universität. In diesem Haus sind 20 Wohnungen. Die Wohnung meiner Eltern ist groß und schön. Im Haus meiner Eltern wohnt auch Frau Wagner. Sie ist die Lehrerin meiner Schwester und war <abbr title="früher – en: earlier; before; previously">früher</abbr> auch meine Lehrerin. 1062 :Beispiel: :a. Frau Pohl arbeitet in der <abbr title="die Verwaltung – en: administration; management">Verwaltung</abbr>. (Krankenhaus) :⇒ :⇒ b. In welcher Verwaltung? :⇒ a. In der Verwaltung des Krankenhauses. :--- :Ihr Mann arbeitet in einem Restaurant. (Hotel „Vier Jahreszeiten“) :Ihre Freundin arbeitet in einer Mensa. (Universität) :Herr Keller ist Lehrer an einer Berufsschule. (Stadt [[:de:w:Rostock|Rostock]]) :Frau Schröder ist Lehrerin an einer Volkshochschule (VHS). (<abbr title="der Landkreis – en: county; administrative district; (der Kreis – en: circle)">Landkreis</abbr> [[:de:w:Landkreis Göttingen|Göttingen]]) :Frau Berger arbeitet in einer <abbr title="die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library">Bibliothek</abbr>. (<abbr title="die Akademie – en: academy">Akademie</abbr>) :Herr Naumann arbeitet in einem Restaurant. (Oper) :Frau Wagner arbeitet in einer Apotheke im '''Zentrum''' der Stadt. (Krankenhaus) :Fau Weber ist Sekretärin in einer <abbr title="Forschungsabteilung – en: research division; research department; (die Forschung – en: investigation); (die Abteilung – en: department); (der Forscher – en: investigator)">Forschungsabteilung</abbr>. (Chemiebetrieb) :Heute arbeiten wir in einem Chemiezimmer. (Schule) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1062 |- | :Frau Pohl arbeitet in der Verwaltung. :In welcher Verwaltung? :In der Verwaltung des Krankenhauses. :--- :Ihr Mann arbeitet in einem Restaurant. :In welchem Restaurant? :Im Restaurant des Hotels „Vier Jahreszeiten“. :--- :Ihre Freundin arbeitet in einer Mensa. :In welcher Mensa? :In der Mensa der Universität. :--- :Herr Keller ist Lehrer an einer Berufsschule. :An welcher Berufsschule? :In einer Berufsschule in Rostock. (In einer Berufsschule von Rostock. In einer Rostocker Berufsschule.) :--- :Frau Schröder ist Lehrerin an einer Volkshochschule. :An welcher Volkshochschule? :In einer Volkshochschule des Landkreises Göttingen. :--- :Frau Berger arbeitet in einer Bibliothek. :In welcher Bibliothek? :In der Bibliothek der Akademie. :--- :Herr Naumann arbeitet in einem Restaurant. :In welchem Restaurant? :Im Restaurant der Oper. :--- :Frau Wagner arbeitet in einer Apotheke im Zentrum der Stadt. :In welcher Apotheke? :In einer Apotheke des Krankenhauses. :--- :Fau Weber ist Sekretärin in einer Forschungsabteilung. :In welcher Forschungsabteilung? :In der Forschungsabteilung des Chemiebetriebes. :--- :Heute arbeiten wir in einem Chemiezimmer. :In welchem Chemiezimmer? :Im Chemiezimmer der Schule. |} 1063 :Beispiel: :Unser Gast aus <abbr title="Schweden – en: Sweden; (capital: Stockholm)">Schweden</abbr> hat mit dem Lehrer gesprochen. (Institut) :⇒ Er hat mit dem Lehrer dieses Instituts gesprochen. :--- :Unser Gast aus der <abbr title="die Schweiz – en: Switzerland; (capital: Bern)">Schweiz</abbr> hat mit den Ärzten und Krankenschwestern gesprochen. (Krankenhaus) :Professor Naumann hat im Hörsaal einen Vortrag gehalten. (Universität) :Frau Berger will mit den Schülern sprechen. (Klasse) :Die Studenten kennen den Lehrer gut. (Gruppe) :Peter und Andreas wollen den Lehrer einladen. (Institut) :Wir haben die <abbr title="das Museum – en: museum; Plural: Museen">Museen</abbr> besichtigt. (Stadt) :Frau Lehmann hat in der <abbr title="die Kinderstation – en: children's ward; pediatric ward; (die Krankenstation – en: infirmary; hospital ward)">Kinderstation</abbr> angerufen. (Krankenhaus) :Herr Berger ist mit den Studenten in Berlin gewesen. (Gruppe) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1063 |- | :Unser Gast aus Schweden hat mit den Lehrer gesprochen. - Er hat mit den Lehrer dieses Instituts gesprochen. :--- :Unser Gast aus der Schweiz hat mit den Ärzten und Krankenschwestern gesprochen. - Er hat mit den Ärzten und Krankenschwestern dieses Krankenhauses gesprochen. :Professor Naumann hat im Hörsaal einen Vortrag gehalten. - Er hat im Hörsaal der Universität einen Vortrag gehalten. :Frau Berger will mit den Schülern sprechen. - Sie will mit den Schülern der Klasse sprechen. :Die Studenten kennen den Lehrer gut. - Sie kennen den Lehrer der Gruppe gut. :Peter und Andreas wollen den Lehrer einladen. - Sie wollen den Lehrer des Instituts einladen. :Wir haben die Museen besichtigt. - Wir haben die Mussen der Stadt besichtigt. :Frau Lehmann hat in der Kinderstation angerufen. - Sie hat die Kinderstation des Krankenhauses angerufen. :Herr Berger ist mit den Studenten in Berlin gewesen. - Er ist mit den Studenten der Gruppe in Berlin gewesen. |} 1064 :Beispiel: :a. Meine Schwester hat Geburtstag. :⇒ :⇒ b. <abbr title="feiern – en: to celebrate">Feiern</abbr> Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrer Schwester? :⇒ a. Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :⇒ b. Und was schenken Sie ihr? (Und was wünscht sie sich? Kennen Sie die <abbr title="der Wunsch – en: wish; Plural: Wünsche">Wünsche</abbr> Ihrer Schwester?) :--- :Mein Vater hat Geburtstag. :Meine Freundin hat Geburtstag. :Meine Mutter hat Geburtstag. :Mein Onkel hat Geburtstag. :Mein Bruder hat Geburtstag. :Mein Freund hat Geburtstag. :Meine Tante hat Geburtstag. :Mein Opa hat Geburtstag. :Mein Freund hat <abbr title="der Namenstag – en: name day; saint's day">Namenstag</abbr>. :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1064 |- | :Meine Schwester hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrer Schwester? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihr? (Und was wünscht sie sich? Kennen Sie die Wünsche Ihrer Schwester?) :--- :Mein Vater hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrem Vater? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihm? :--- :Meine Freundin hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrer Freundin? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihr? :--- :Meine Mutter hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrer Mutter? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihr? :--- :Mein Onkel hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrem Onkel? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihm? :--- :Mein Bruder hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrem Bruder? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihm? :--- :Mein Freund hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrem Freund? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihm? :--- :Meine Tante hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrer Tante? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihr? :--- :Mein Opa hat Geburtstag. :Feiern Sie den Geburtstag mit Ihrem Opa? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihm? :--- :Mein Freund hat Namenstag. :Feiern Sie den Namenstag mit Ihrem Freund? :Ja, wir feiern ihn am Freitag. :Und was schenken Sie ihm? |} 1065 :Beispiel: :a. Das ist das Zimmer meines Bruders. (meine Schwester) :⇒ b. Und wessen Zimmer ist das? :⇒ a. Das Zimmer meiner Schwester. (Das ist das Zimmer meiner Schwester.) :--- :Das ist das Arbeitszimmer meines Vaters. (unser Professor) :Das ist das Sprechzimmer unseres Arztes. (die Ärztin) :Das ist das Wartezimmer des Augenarztes. (HNO-Arzt) :Das ist die Zeitschrift unserer Lehrerin. (dieser Ingenieur) :Das ist der Ausweis dieser Studentin. (mein Freund) :Das ist ein Foto meiner Schwester. (meine Mutter) :Das ist die Wohnung unserer Lehrerin. (meine Eltern) :Das ist mein Zimmer. (meine Freunde) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1065 |- | :Das ist das Zimmer meines Bruders. :Und wessen Zimmer ist das? :Das Zimmer meiner Schwester. :--- :Das ist das Arbeitszimmer meines Vaters. :Und wessen Zimmer ist das? :Das Zimmer unseres Professors. :--- :Das ist das Sprechzimmer unseres Arztes. :Und wessen Zimmer ist das? :Das Zimmer der Ärztin. :--- :Das ist das Wartezimmer des Augenarztes. :Und wessen Wartezimmer ist das? :Das Wartezimmer des HNO-Arztes. :--- :Das ist die Zeitschrift unserer Lehrerin. :Und wessen Zeitschrift ist das? :Die Zeitschrift dieses Ingenieurs. :--- :Das ist der Ausweis dieser Studentin. :Und wessen Ausweis ist das? :Der Ausweis meines Freundes. :--- :Das ist ein Foto meiner Schwester. :Und wessen Foto ist das? :Das Foto meiner Mutter. :--- :Das ist die Wohnung unserer Lehrerin. :Und wessen Wohnung ist das? :Die Wohnung meiner Eltern. :--- :Das ist mein Zimmer. :Und wessen Zimmer ist das? :Das Zimmer meines Freundes. |} 1066 :Ich heiße Thomas Keller und bin Student dieses Institutes. Alle Studenten unseres Instituts studieren Mathematik. Mein Vater ist Kraftfahrer. Im Betrieb meines Vaters arbeiten ungefähr 1.000 Arbeiter. Dieser Betrieb ist im Süden der Stadt. Meine Mutter arbeitet in einer Arztpraxis bei einem HNO-Arzt. Ich habe eine Schwester und einen Bruder. Ich <abbr title="sich vertehen – en: to understand each other; to get along; (ich verstehe mich gut mit … - en: I get along well with ...">verstehe</abbr> mich gut mit meinen Geschwistern. Meine Schwester ist jünger als ich und geht noch in die Schule. Die Schule meiner Schwester ist in der Nähe unserer Wohnung. Viele Schüler und Lehrer dieser Schule kenne ich, denn ich bin auch in diese Schule gegangen. Mein Bruder ist vier Jahre älter als ich. Er hat Sport studiert und ist jetzt Sportlehrer in einer Schule im Zentrum von [[:de:w:Mains|Mainz]]. Die Frau meines Bruders ist Apothekerin. 1067 :'''Antworten Sie!''' :-- :Wer studiert Mathematik? :Wo arbeiten <abbr title="ungefähr – en: about; approximately; roughly">ungefähr</abbr> 1.000 Arbeiter? :Wo ist dieser Betrieb? :Wo ist die Mutter Arzthelferin? :Welche Schule ist in der Nähe der Wohnung? :Wessen Frau ist Apothekerin? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1067 |- | :Wer studiert Mathematik? - Alle Studenten des Instituts studieren Mathematik. :--- :Wo arbeiten ungefähr 1.000 Arbeiter? - Im Betrieb meines Vaters arbeiten ungefähr 1.000 Arbeiter. ODER Im Betrieb von Thomas Keller'''s''' Vater arbeiten ungefähr 1.000 Arbeiter. :--- :Wo ist dieser Betrieb? - Dieser Betrieb ist im Süden der Stadt. (Dieser Betrieb steht im Süden der Stadt. Dieser Betrieb liegt im Süden der Stadt.) :--- :Wo ist die Mutter Arzthelferin? - Sie ist in einer Arztpraxis bei einem HNO-Arzt Arzthelferin. :--- :Welche Schule ist in der Nähe der Wohnung? - Die Schule der Schwester von Thomas Keller ist in der Nähe der Wohnung. (Die Schule von Thomas Keller'''s''' Schwester ist in der Nähe der Wohnung.) :--- :Wessen Frau ist Apothekerin? - Die Frau des Bruders von Thomas Keller ist Apothekerin. (Die Frau von Thomas Keller'''s''' Bruder ist Apothekerin.) |} 1068 :Beispiel: :Wo ist Frau Keller? (Zimmer, Professor) :⇒ Frau Keller ist <abbr title="gerade – en: just; in this moment">gerade</abbr> im Zimmer des Professors. :--- :Wo ist Herr Lehmann? (Arbeitszimmer, Ingenieur) :Wo ist Herr Sommer? (<abbr title="die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library>Bibliothek</abbr>, Institut) :Wo ist Frau Stein? (Sprechzimmer, Arzt) :Wo ist Andreas? (Zimmer, Freund) :Wo ist Herr Müller? (Haus, Chef) :Wo ist Herr Professor Neumann? (Bibliothek, Universität) :Wo sind Thomas und Peter? (Keller, Haus) :Wo ist Frau Schulze? (Wartezimmer, Ärztin) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1068 |- | :Wo ist Frau Keller? - Frau Keller ist gerade im Zimmer des Professors. :--- :Wo ist Herr Lehmann? - Herr Lehmann ist gerade im Arbeitszimmer des Ingenieurs. :Wo ist Herr Sommer? - Herr Sommer ist gerade in der Bibliothek des Instituts. :Wo ist Frau Stein? - Frau Stein ist gerade im Sprechzimmer des Arztes. :Wo ist Andreas? - Andreas ist gerade im Zimmer des Freundes. :Wo ist Herr Müller? - Herr Müller ist gerade im Haus des Chefs. :Wo ist Herr Professor Neumann? - Professor Neumann ist gerade in der Bibliothek der Universität. :Wo sind Thomas und Peter? - Thomas und Peter sind gerade im Keller des Hauses. :Wo ist Frau Schulze? - Frau Schulze ist gerade im Wartezimmer der Ärztin. |} 1069 :Beispiel: :Ist das dein Zimmer? (Peter) :⇒ Nein, das ist Peters Zimmer. :--- :Ist das deine Tasche? (Uta) :Sind das eure Bücher? (Maria) :Ist das dein Heft? (Bernd) :Sind das deine Fotos? (Karin) :Ist das Ihr Mantel? (Monika) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1069 |- | :Ist das dein Zimmer? - Nein, das ist Peters Zimmer. :--- :Ist das deine Tasche? - Nein, das ist Uta'''s''' Tasche. :Sind das eure Bücher? - Nein, das sind Maria'''s''' Bücher. :Ist das dein Heft? - Nein, das ist Bernd'''s''' Heft. :Sind das deine Fotos? - Nein, das sind Karin'''s''' Fotos. :Ist das Ihr Mantel? - Nein, das ist Monika'''s''' Mantel. |} == 1070–1079 == 1070 :Beispiel: :Wessen Schirm ist das? (Karin) :⇒ Das ist Karins Schirm. :--- :Wessen Hefte sind das? (Uta) :Wessen Fotoapparat ist das? (Bernd) :Wessen Fahrkarten sind das? (Monika) :Wessen Anorak ist das? (Maria) :Wessen Schreibtisch ist das? (Peter) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1070 |- | :Wessen Schirm ist das? - Das ist Karins Schirm. :--- :Wessen Hefte sind das? - Das sind Utas Hefte. :Wessen Fotoapparat ist das? - Das ist Bernds Fotoapparat. :Wessen Fahrkarten sind das? - Das sind Monikas Fahrkarten. :Wessen Anorak ist das? - Das ist Marias Anorak. :Wessen Schreibtisch ist das? - Das ist Peters Schreibtisch. |} 1071 :Beispiel: :Wo ist mein Heft? (Peter) :⇒ Das weiß ich nicht. :⇒ Hier liegt nur Peters Heft. :--- :Wo sind meine Bilder? (Uta) :Wo ist mein Lehrbuch? (Eva) :Wo sind meine Zeitungen? (Bernd) :Wo ist meine Zeitschrift? (Monika) :Wo ist meine Kinokarte? (Karin) :Wo ist mein Brief? (Maria) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1071 |- | :Wo ist mein Heft? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegt nur Peters Heft. :--- :Wo sind meine Bilder? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegen nur Utas Bilder. :Wo ist mein Lehrbuch? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegt nur Evas Lehrbuch. :Wo sind meine Zeitungen? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegen nur Bernds Zeitungen. :Wo ist meine Zeitschrift? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegt nur Monikas Zeitschrift. :Wo ist meine Kinokarte? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegt nur Karins Kinokarte. :Wo ist mein Brief? - Das weiß ich nicht. Hier liegt nur Marias Brief. |} 1072 :Beispiel: :a. Wem '''<abbr title="gehören – en: to belong">gehören</abbr>''' die Koffer? (unsere Gäste) :⇒ :⇒ b. Gehören sie nicht unsern Gästen? :⇒ a. Ja natürlich, das sind die Koffer unserer Gäste. :--- :Wem gehört die Tasche? (unsere Lehrerin) :Wem gehört diese Zeitung? (dein Bruder) :Wem gehört das Lehrbuch? (Ihr Freund) :Wem gehören diese Bilder? (Ihre Schwester) :Wem gehört dieser '''<abbr title="der Kugelschreiber – en: pen; ballpoint pen; biro">Kugelschreiber</abbr>'''? (der Professor) :Wem gehören diese Kinokarten? (Uta) :Wem gehört dieser Ausweis? (Peter) :Wem gehören diese beiden <abbr title="die Brille – en: glasses; eyeglasses">Brillen</abbr>? (Maria) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1072 |- | :a. Wem gehören die Koffer? - Gehören sie nicht unsern Gästen? - Ja natürlich, das sind die Koffer unserer Gäste. :--- :Wem gehört die Tasche? - Gehört sie nicht unserer Lehrerin? - Ja natürlich, das ist die Tasche unserer Lehrerin. :Wem gehört diese Zeitung? - Gehört sie nicht deinem Bruder? - Ja natürlich, das ist die Zeitung meines Bruders. :Wem gehört das Lehrbuch? - Gehört es nicht ihrem Freund? - Ja natürlich, das ist das Lehrbuch ihres Freundes. :Wem gehören diese Bilder? - Gehört sie nicht ihrer Schwester? - Ja natürlich, das sind die Bilder ihrer Schwester. :Wem gehört dieser Kugelschreiber? - Gehört er nicht dem Professors? - Ja natürlich, das ist der Kugelschreiber des Professors. :Wem gehören diese Kinokarten? - Gehören sie nicht Uta? - Ja natürlich, das sind Utas Kinokarten. :Wem gehört dieser Ausweis? - Gehört er nicht Peter? - Ja natürlich, das ist Peters Ausweis. :Wem gehören diese beiden Brillen? - Gehören sie nicht Maria? - Ja natürlich, das sind Marias Brillen. |} 1073 :'''Lesen Sie den Text und lernen Sie die neuen Wörter!''' :--- :Wir haben <abbr title="Weihnachten – en: Christmas; (die Weihnachtsfeier – en: Christmas party)">Weihnachten</abbr> <abbr title="feiern – en: to celebrate; (die Feier – en: party; celebration; ceremony">gefeiert</abbr>. :Vor <abbr title="einige – en: some; a few; several">einigen</abbr> Tagen haben wir Weihnachten gefeiert. :Wir haben <abbr title="das Weihnachtsgeld – en: Christmas bonus">Weihnachtsgeld</abbr> bekommen. :Letzte Woche haben wir unser Weihnachtsgeld bekommen, <abbr title="außerdem – en: also; furthermore; in addition">außerdem</abbr> hatten wir letzte Woche unsere <abbr title="die Weihnachtsfeier – en: Christmas party">Weihnachtsfeier</abbr> im Betrieb. :Meine Oma hat mir <abbr title="zu Weihnachten – en: at Christmas">zu Weihnachten</abbr> ein Buch mit vielen Fotografien von Flugzeugen geschenkt. Ich hatte mir dieses Buch von ihr gewünscht. Dieses Buch hat der „Motorbuch<abbr title="der Verlag – en: publishing company; publishing house">verlag</abbr>“, ein '''<abbr title="der Verlag – en: publishing company; publishing house">Verlag</abbr>''' in [[:de:w:Stuttgart|Stuttgart]], '''<abbr title="vor kurzem – en: recently; lately">vor kurzem</abbr>''' '''<abbr title="herausgeben – en: to publish; to issue">herausgegeben</abbr>'''. :Mein Onkel hat mir Geld zu Weihnachten geschenkt. Das Geld will ich '''für''' eine Reise auf dem <abbr title="der Jakobsweg – en: Way of St. James">Jakobsweg</abbr> '''<abbr title="verwenden – en: to use">verwenden</abbr>'''. 1074 :'''Nominativ''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Nominativ''' || der Freund || das Kind || die Lehrerin || die Freunde |-align="center" | Nominativ || dieser Freund || dieses Kind || diese Lehrerin || diese Freunde |-align="center" | Nominativ || ein Freund || ein Kind || eine Lehrerin || -- Freunde |-align="center" | Nominativ || kein Freund || kein Kind || keine Lehrerin || keine Freunde |-align="center" | Nominativ || sein Freund || sein Kind || seine Lehrerin || seine Freunde |-align="center" | Nominativ || unser Freund || unser Kind || unsere Lehrerin || unsere Freunde |} :'''Genitiv''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Genitiv''' || des Freundes || des Kindes || der Lehrerin || der Freunde |-align="center" | Genitiv || dieses Freundes || dieses Kindes || dieser Lehrerin || dieser Freunde |-align="center" | Genitiv || eines Freundes || eines Kindes || einer Lehrerin || -- Freunde |-align="center" | Genitiv || keines Freundes || keines Kindes || keiner Lehrerin || keiner Freunde |-align="center" | Genitiv || seines Freundes || seines Kindes || seiner Lehrerin || seiner Freunde |-align="center" | Genitiv || unseres Freundes || unseres Kindes || unserer Lehrerin || unserer Freunde |-align="center" | '''Dativ''' || dem Freund || dem Kind || der Lehrerin || den Freunden |} :'''Dativ''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Dativ''' || dem Freund || dem Kind || der Lehrerin || den Freunden |-align="center" | '''Dativ''' || diesem Freund || diesem Kind || dieser Lehrerin || diesen Freunden |-align="center" | Dativ || einem Freund || einem Kind || einer Lehrerin || -- Freunden |-align="center" | Dativ || keinem Freund || keinem Kind || keiner Lehrerin || keinen Freunden |-align="center" | Dativ || seinem Freund || seinem Kind || seiner Lehrerin || seinen Freunden |-align="center" | Dativ || unserem Freund || unserem Kind || unserer Lehrerin || unseren Freunden |} :'''Akkusativ''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Akkusativ''' || den Freund || das Kind || die Lehrerin || die Freunde |-align="center" | Akkusativ || diesen Freund || dieses Kind || diese Lehrerin || diese Freunde |-align="center" | Akkusativ || einen Freund || ein Kind || eine Lehrerin || -- Freunde |-align="center" | Akkusativ || keinen Freund || kein Kind || keine Lehrerin || keine Freunde |-align="center" | Akkusativ || meinen Freund || mein Kind || meine Lehrerin || meine Freunde |-align="center" | Akkusativ || unseren Freund || unser Kind || unsere Lehrerin || unsere Freunde |} 1075 :'''Nominativ''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Nominativ''' || der Kaffee || das Buch || die Wohnung || die Bücher |-align="center" | Nominativ || dieser Kaffee || dieses Buch || diese Wohnung || diese Bücher |-align="center" | Nominativ || ein Kaffee || ein Buch || eine Wohnung || -- Bücher |-align="center" | Nominativ || kein Kaffee || kein Buch || keine Wohnung || keine Bücher |-align="center" | Nominativ || sein Kaffee || sein Buch || seine Wohnung || seine Bücher |-align="center" | Nominativ || unser Kaffee || unser Buch || unsere Wohnung || unsere Bücher |} :'''Genitiv''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Genitiv''' || des Kaffees || des Buches || der Wohnung || der Bücher |-align="center" | Genitiv || dieses Kaffees || dieses Buches || dieser Wohnung || dieser Bücher |-align="center" | Genitiv || eines Kaffees || eines Buches || einer Wohnung || -- Bücher |-align="center" | Genitiv || keines Kaffees || keines Buches || keiner Wohnung || keiner Bücher |-align="center" | Genitiv || seines Kaffees || seines Buches || seiner Wohnung || seiner Bücher |-align="center" | Genitiv || unseres Kaffees || unseres Buches || unserer Wohnung || unserer Bücher |} :'''Dativ''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Dativ''' || dem Kaffee || dem Buch || der Wohnung || den Büchern |-align="center" | Dativ || diesem Kaffee || diesem Buch || dieser Wohnung || diesen Büchern |-align="center" | Dativ || einem Kaffee || einem Buch || einer Wohnung || -- Büchern |-align="center" | Dativ || keinem Kaffee || keinem Buch || keiner Wohnung || keinen Büchern |-align="center" | Dativ || seinem Kaffee || seinem Buch || seiner Wohnung || seinen Büchern |-align="center" | Dativ || unserem Kaffee || unserem Buch || unserer Wohnung || unseren Büchern |} :'''Akkusativ''' :{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | &nbsp; || maskulinum || neutrum || femininum || Plural (m, n, f) |-align="center" | '''Akkusativ''' || den Kaffee || das Buch || die Wohnung || die Bücher |-align="center" | Akkusativ || diesen Kaffee || dieses Buch || diese Wohnung || diese Bücher |-align="center" | Akkusativ || einen Kaffee || ein Buch || eine Wohnung || -- Bücher |-align="center" | Akkusativ || keinen Kaffee || kein Buch || keine Wohnung || keine Bücher |-align="center" | Akkusativ || meinen Kaffee || mein Buch || meine Wohnung || meine Bücher |-align="center" | Akkusativ || unseren Kaffee || unser Buch || unsere Wohnung || unsere Bücher |} 1076 :Herr Keller kauft Bücher :--- :Herr Keller hat vor einigen Tagen sein Weihnachtsgeld bekommen. Der Chef hat ihm für seine gute Arbeit <abbr title="danken – en: to thank">gedankt</abbr>. Von dem Geld möchte er sich ein neues Handy kaufen. Heute geht Herr Keller zusammen mit seinem Sohn in einen Handyladen, um das Handy zu kaufen. Er kauft das neuste Modell, <abbr title="mit allem Pipapo – en: with all gimmicks; with the whole enchilada">mit allem Pipapo</abbr>, aber ohne <abbr title="der Vertrag – en: contract">Vertrag</abbr>. Sein Sohn hat ihm bei der <abbr title="die Auswahl – en: selection; choise">Auswahl</abbr> geholfen. Er ist besser über die verschiedenen Handymodelle informiert, als Herr Keller. :Dann geht Herr Keller noch alleine in einen Buchladen, denn er will einen <abbr title="der Teil – en: part">Teil</abbr> des Geldes für Bücher <abbr title="verwenden – en: to use">verwenden</abbr>. Zuerst kauft er das <abbr title="das Lexikon – en: encyclopedia">Lexikon</abbr> der <abbr title="die Weltliteratur – en: world literature">Weltliteratur</abbr>. Ein Kollege hat es ihm <abbr title="empfehlen – en: to recommend">empfohlen</abbr>. Danach sucht er Geschenke für seine Familie. Alle lesen gern. :Die Wünsche seiner Frau und seiner Tochter kennt er. Dieser <abbr title="der Einkauf – en: purchase">Einkauf</abbr> ist für ihn nicht schwierig. Sein Sohn braucht <abbr title="dringend – en: urgent">dringend</abbr> ein Buch über <abbr title="die Atomphysik – en: atomic physics; (das Atom – en: atom); (die Physik – en: physics)">Atomphysik</abbr>, aber Herr Keller hat den <abbr title="der Titel – en: title">Titel</abbr> des Buches vergessen. <abbr title="außerdem – en: also; furthermore">Außerdem</abbr> will er noch ein Kinderbuch für die Tochter seines Sohnes kaufen. :Zuerst geht er in die <abbr title="die Abteilung – en: department">Abteilung</abbr> für Kinderbücher: :Herr Keller: Ich brauche ein Buch für ein Mädchen von 8 Jahren. Was können Sie mir empfehlen? :Verkäuferin: Kinder dieses <abbr title="das Alter – en: age">Alters</abbr> lesen gern <abbr title="die Tiergeschichte – en: animal story; animal tale">Tiergeschichten</abbr>. Hier habe ich ein Buch über <abbr title="das Pferd – en: horse">Pferde</abbr>, mit vielen Fotografien. Das ist sehr <abbr title="hübsch = schön – en: beautiful">hübsch</abbr>. :Herr Keller: Ja, das ist <abbr title="wirklich – en: really">wirklich</abbr> hübsch. Das nehme ich. Und wo ist die Abteilung für <abbr title="das Fachbuch – en: textbook; technical book; specialist book">Fachbücher</abbr>? :Verkäuferin: Die Abteilung für Fachbücher? Oben. :--- :Verkäuferin: Sie wünschen bitte? :Herr Keller: Ich suche ein Buch über <abbr title="die Atomphysik – en: atomic physics; nuclear physics; (das Atom – en: atom); (die Physik – en: physics)">Atomphysik</abbr>, aber ich habe den <abbr title="der Titel – en: title">Titel</abbr> vergessen. :Verkäuferin: Kennen Sie den Autor des Buches? :Herr Keller: Nein, <abbr title="es tut mir leid – en: I am sorry">es tut mir leid</abbr>, aber den <abbr title="der Verfasser = der Autor – en: author">Verfasser</abbr> des Buches kenne ich <abbr title="auch nicht – en: neither; also not">auch nicht</abbr>. Auf dem <abbr title="das Titelbild – en: cover picture; cover photo">Titelbild</abbr> war aber ein <abbr title="das Atomkraftwerk – en: nuclear power station">Atomkraftwerk</abbr> <abbr title="abbilden – en: to depict">abgebildet</abbr>. Der Springer-<abbr title="der Verlag – en: publishing company; publishing house">Verlag</abbr> hat das Buch <abbr title="erst vor kurzem – en: quite recently">erst vor kurzem</abbr> <abbr title="herausgeben – en: to publish; to issue">herausgegeben</abbr>. :Verkäuferin: Dann <abbr title="meinen – en: to think; to believe; to mean; (die Meinung – en: opinion)">meinen</abbr> Sie <abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly; surely">bestimmt</abbr> dieses Buch. Bitte, mein Herr! :Herr Keller: Ja, das habe ich gemeint. Vielen Dank! 1077 :'''Fragen zum Text''' :Was hat Herr Keller vor einigen Tagen bekommen? :Wofür will er das Geld <abbr title="verwenden – en: to use">verwenden</abbr>? :Wer hat ihn bei der <abbr title="die Auswahl – en: selection">Auswahl</abbr> des neuen Handys <abbr title="beraten – en: to advise">beraten</abbr>? :Was kauft er für seinen Sohn? :Welcher Verlag hat das Buch für Atomphysik herausgegeben? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1077 |- | :Was hat Herr Keller vor einigen Tagen bekommen? - Er hat sein Weihnachtsgeldgeld bekommen. Er hat vor einigen Tagen sein Weihnachtsgeldgeld bekommen. Herr Keller hat vor einigen Tagen sein Weihnachtsgeldgeld bekommen. :Wofür will er das Geld verwenden? - Er möchte sich ein neues Handy kaufen. Er will sich ein neues Handy kaufen. Außerdem will er sich davon noch einige Bücher kaufen, z. B. das Lexikon der Weltliteratur, ein Lehrbuch der Atomphysik für seinen Sohn und ein Kinderbuch für die Tochter seines Sohnes. :Wer hat ihn bei der Auswahl des neuen Handys beraten? - Sein Sohn. Sein Sohn hat ihn bei der Auswahl des neuen Handys beraten. Bei der Auswahl des neuen Handys hat ihn sein Sohn beraten. :Was kauft er für seinen Sohn? - Er kauft ein Buch über Atomphysik für seinen Sohn. :Welcher Verlag hat das Buch für Atomphysik herausgegeben? - Der Springer-Verlag. Der Springer-Verlag hat das Buch herausgegeben. Der Springer-Verlag hat das Buch rausgegeben. Das Buch wurde vom Springer Verlag rausgegeben. |} 1078 :'''Übungen zum Wortschatz''' :'''Lesen und lernen Sie die Beispiele!''' :--- :2x '''<abbr title="das Fach – en: compartment; pocket; subject; field">Fach</abbr>''' :Mein Schrank hat vier <abbr title="das Fach – en: shelf">Fächer</abbr>. :Wir haben heute fünf Stunden Unterricht. :Wir haben fünf <abbr title="das Fach – en: subject">Fächer</abbr>: Englisch, Mathematik, Physik, Chemie und Sport. 1079 :'''<abbr title="verwenden für – en: to use">verwenden für</abbr>''' :Fragen und antworten Sie! :Beispiel: :(Reisen) :⇒ a) Verwenden Sie für Reisen viel oder wenig Geld? :⇒ b) Ich verwende für Reisen viel Geld. :⇒ c) Ich verwende für Reisen wenig Geld. :--- :Kleider :Schuhe :Geschenke :Bücher :Computerspiele :Kinokarten :Theaterkarten :Restaurantbesuche :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1079 |- | :Verwenden Sie für Reisen viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Reisen viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Reisen wenig Geld. :--- :Verwenden Sie für Kleider viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Kleider viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Kleider wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Schuhe viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Schuhe viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Schuhe wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Geschenke viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Geschenke viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Geschenke wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Bücher viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Bücher viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Bücher wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Computerspiele viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Computerspiele viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Computerspiele wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Kinokarten viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Kinokarten viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Kinokarten wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Theaterkarten viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Theaterkarten viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Theaterkarten wenig Geld. :Verwenden Sie für Restaurantbesuche viel oder wenig Geld? - Ich verwende für Restaurantbesuche viel Geld. - Ich verwende für Restaurantbesuche wenig Geld. |} == 1080–1089 == 1080 :'''<abbr title="schon lange – en: already for a long time; a long time">schon lange</abbr>''' – '''<abbr title="vor kurzem – en: recently; lately">vor kurzem</abbr>''' :Was ist richtig? Fragen und antworten Sie! :--- :Beispiel: :Fotoapparat – drei Jahre :⇒ Haben Sie diesen Fotoapparat schon lange? :⇒ Ja, ich habe ihn schon lange. :⇒ Nein, ich habe ihn erst vor kurzem gekauft. :--- :Buch – eine Woche :Kette – fünf Jahre :Lampe – zehn Tage :Tasche – ein Monat :Fahrrad – zwei Wochen :Auto – sechs Jahre :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1080 |- | :Fotoapparat – drei Jahre :Haben Sie diesen Fotoapparat schon lange? - Ja, ich habe ihn schon lange. - Nein, ich habe ihn erst vor kurzem gekauft. :--- :Buch – eine Woche :Haben Sie dieses Buch schon lange? - Ja, ich habe es schon lange. - Nein, ich habe es erst vor kurzem gekauft. :Kette – fünf Jahre :Haben Sie diese Kette schon lange? - Ja, ich habe sie schon lange. - Nein, ich habe sie erst vor kurzem gekauft. :Lampe – zehn Tage :Haben Sie diese Lampe schon lange? - Ja, ich habe sie schon lange. - Nein, ich habe sie erst vor kurzem gekauft. :Tasche – ein Monat :Haben Sie diese Tasche schon lange? - Ja, ich habe sie schon lange. - Nein, ich habe sie erst vor kurzem gekauft. :Fahrrad – zwei Wochen :Haben Sie dieses Fahrrad schon lange? - Ja, ich habe es schon lange. - Nein, ich habe es erst vor kurzem gekauft. :Auto – sechs Jahre :Haben Sie dieses Auto schon lange? - Ja, ich habe es schon lange. - Nein, ich habe es erst vor kurzem gekauft. |} 1081 :<abbr title="der Witz – en: joke">Witze</abbr>: :Wie heißt ''<abbr title="der Dieb – en: thief">Dieb</abbr>'' auf Chinesisch? - <abbr title="lang – en: long">Lang</abbr>-<abbr title="der Finger – en: finger; (Langfinger = Dieb – en: thief)">Fing</abbr> :Wie heißt ''<abbr title="der Polizist – en: policeman">Polizist</abbr>'' auf Chinesisch? - Lang-Fing-<abbr title="fangen – en: to catch">Fang</abbr> :Wie heißt ''<abbr title="der Polizeihund – en: police dog">Polizeihund</abbr>'' auf Chinesisch? - Lang-Fing-Fang-Wau :--- :Wie heißt der chinesische <abbr title="Verkehrsminister – en: Minister of Transport">Verkehrsminister</abbr>? - <abbr title="die Umleitung – en: detour; diversion">Um-Lei-Tung</abbr> :--- :Eine Frau war mit ihren Freundinnen aus und hat sich <abbr title="total – en: totally">total</abbr> <abbr title="betrunken – en: drunk; intoxicated">betrunken</abbr>. :Ihre Freundinnen geben ihr einen <abbr title="der Rat = der Ratschlag – en: advice; recommendation">Rat</abbr>: „Damit dein Mann nichts <abbr title="merken = bemerken – en: to notice">merkt</abbr>, wenn du nach Hause kommst, setze dich <abbr title="gleich = sofort – en: immediately">gleich</abbr> hin, <abbr title="aufklappen – en: unfold">klappe</abbr> dein Notebook auf und <abbr title="so tun, als ob – en: to pretend as if">tue so, als ob</abbr> du etwas <abbr title="wichtig – en: important">wichtiges</abbr> liest.“ :Als sie nach Hause kam <abbr title="folgen – en: to follow ">folgte</abbr> sie der <abbr title="die Empfehlung – en: recommendation">Empfehlung</abbr> ihrer Freundinnen. <abbr title="nach einer Weile – en: after a while; (die Weile – en: a while)">Nach einer Weile</abbr> sagte ihr Mann aber zu ihr: „Du bist ja <abbr title="besoffen = betrunken – en: to be drunk">besoffen</abbr>, <abbr title="zuklappen – en: to close">klapp</abbr> den <abbr title="der Koffer – en: suitcase">Koffer</abbr> zu und lege dich ins Bett.“ 1082 :'''ein Buch über''' :Beispiel: :Was suchen Sie? - Physik :⇒ a) Was suchen Sie? :⇒ b) Ich suche ein Buch über Physik. :--- :Was möchten Sie? - Chemie :Was brauchen Sie? - Atomphysik :Was kaufen Sie? - Tiere :Was wünschen Sie? - Autos :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1082 |- | :Was suchen Sie? - Ich suche ein Buch über Physik. :--- :Was möchten Sie? - Ich möchte ein Buch über Chemie. :Was brauchen Sie? - Ich brauche ein Buch über Atomphysik. :Was kaufen Sie? - Ich kaufe ein Buch über Tiere. :Was wünschen Sie? - Ich wünsche ein Buch über Autos. |} 1083 :'''<abbr title="dringend – en: urgent">dringend</abbr>''' :Beispiel: :<abbr title="das Lexikon – en: encyclopaedia">Lexikon</abbr> :⇒ a) Soll ich Ihnen das Lexikon heute noch bringen? :⇒ b) Ja, ich brauche es dringend für meine Arbeit. :--- :Zeitschrift :Zeitung :Buch :--- :Beispiel: :Medikament :⇒ a) Soll ich Ihnen das Medikament heute noch holen? :⇒ b) Ja, ich brauche es dringend. :--- :Rezept :Tabletten :Tropfen :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1083 |- | :Lexikon :Soll ich Ihnen das Lexikon heute noch bringen? :Ja, ich brauche es dringend für meine Arbeit. :--- :Zeitschrift :Soll ich Ihnen die Zeitschrift heute noch bringen? :Ja, ich brauche sie dringend für meine Arbeit. :--- :Zeitung :Soll ich Ihnen die Zeitung heute noch bringen? :Ja, ich brauche sie dringend für meine Arbeit. :--- :Buch :Soll ich Ihnen das Buch heute noch bringen? :Ja, ich brauche es dringend für meine Arbeit. :--- :Medikament :Soll ich Ihnen das Medikament heute noch holen? :Ja, ich brauche es dringend. :--- :Rezept :Soll ich Ihnen das Rezept heute noch holen? :Ja, ich brauche es dringend. :--- :Tabletten :Soll ich Ihnen die Tabletten heute noch holen? :Ja, ich brauche sie dringend. :--- :Tropfen :Soll ich Ihnen die Tropfen heute noch holen? :Ja, ich brauche sie dringend. |} 1084 :'''<abbr title="außerdem – en: furthermore; (außen – en: outside); (innen – en: inside); (außer -en: except)">außerdem</abbr>''' :'''Sie glauben, <abbr title="etwas – en: something">etwas</abbr> stimmt nicht. Sagen Sie es!''' :Bespiel: :Peter kommt heute <abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly">bestimmt</abbr> auf den <abbr title="der Sportplatz – en: sports ground">Sportplatz</abbr>. :(zu Hause bleiben wollen; Gäste bekommen) :⇒ Peter kommt heute <abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly">bestimmt</abbr> auf den <abbr title="der Sportplatz – en: sports ground">Sportplatz</abbr>. :⇒ Das glaube ich nicht. Er will zu Hause bleiben. Außerdem bekommt er Gäste. :--- :Inge geht am Nachmittag bestimmt in die Stadt. :(viel Arbeit haben; nachmittags zwei Stunden Unterricht haben) :--- :Frau Götz fährt bestimmt nach [[:de:w:Hildesheim|Hildesheim]]. :(keinen <abbr title="der Koffer – en: suitcase">Koffer</abbr> <abbr title="packen – en: to pack">gepackt</abbr> haben; morgen <abbr title="einen Vortrag halten – en: to give a lecture">einen Vortrag</abbr> halten) :--- :Herr Wilkens fliegt bestimmt nach Irland. :(nicht gern fliegen; zu viel <abbr title="das Gepäck – en: luggage">Gepäck</abbr> haben) :--- :Monika hat das Auto bestimmt gekauft. :(nicht in der Stadt gewesen sein; kein Geld haben) :--- :Frau Penzin fährt bestimmt zur Konferenz nach [[:de:w:Rostock|Rostock]]. :(keine Einladung bekommen haben; jetzt viel Arbeit haben) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1084 |- | :Peter kommt heute bestimmt auf den Sportplatz. :(zu Hause bleiben wollen; Gäste bekommen) :Das glaube ich nicht. Er will zu Hause bleiben. Außerdem bekommt er Gäste. :--- :Inge geht am Nachmittag bestimmt in die Stadt. :(viel Arbeit haben; nachmittags zwei Stunden Unterricht haben) :Das glaube ich nicht. Sie hat viel Arbeit. Außerdem hat sie nachmittags zwei Stunden Unterricht. :--- :Frau Götz fährt bestimmt nach [[:de:w:Hildesheim|Hildesheim]]. :(keinen Koffer gepackt haben; morgen einen Vortrag halten) :Das glaube ich nicht. Sie hat keinen Koffer gepackt. Außerdem hält sie morgen einen Vortrag. :--- :Herr Wilkens fliegt bestimmt nach Irland. :(nicht gern fliegen; zu viel Gepäck haben) :Das glaube ich nicht. Er fliegt nicht gern. Außerdem hat er zu viel Gepäck. :--- :Monika hat das Auto bestimmt gekauft. :(nicht in der Stadt gewesen sein; kein Geld haben) :Das glaube ich nicht. Sie ist nicht in der Stadt gewesen. Außerdem hat sie kein Geld. :--- :Frau Penzin fährt bestimmt zur Konferenz nach [[:de:w:Rostock|Rostock]]. :(keine Einladung bekommen haben; jetzt viel Arbeit haben) :Das glaube ich nicht. Sie hat keine Einladung bekommen. Außerdem hat sie jetzt viel Arbeit. |} 1085 :'''Ergänzen Sie!''' :--- :Herr Dilewski hat sein Urlaubsgeld bekommen, außerdem … (ein Buch) :⇒ Herr Dilewski hat sein Urlaubsgeld bekommen, außerdem hat er noch ein Buch bekommen. :--- :Ich brauche ein Buch über Atomphysik, außerdem … (3 Fachbücher) :Er holt in der <abbr title="die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library">Bibliothek</abbr> meine Bücher ab, außerdem … (7 Zeitschriften) :Der Verlag hat ein Lexikon herausgegeben, außerdem … (Buch über <abbr title="das Flugzeug – en: airplane">Flugzeuge</abbr>) :Er hat <abbr title="die Tiergeschichte – en: animal story; - (die Geschichte – en: history; story)">Tiergeschichten</abbr> für seine Tochter gekauft, außerdem … (Lexikon) :Wir haben morgen zwei Stunden Mathematik und Physik, außerdem … (2 Stunden Englisch) :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1085 |- | :Herr Dilewski hat sein Urlaubsgeld bekommen, außerdem hat er noch ein Buch bekommen. :--- :Ich brauche ein Buch über Atomphysik, außerdem brauche ich noch 3 Fachbücher. :Er holt in der Bibliothek meine Bücher ab, außerdem holt er noch 7 Zeitschriften ab. :Der Verlag hat ein Lexikon herausgegeben, außerdem hat er noch ein Buch über Flugzeuge herausgegeben. :Er hat Tiergeschichten für seine Tochter gekauft, außerdem hat er noch ein Lexikon gekauft. :Wir haben morgen zwei Stunden Mathematik und Physik, außerdem haben wir noch 2 Stunden Englisch. |} 1086 :'''Im Zug nach Berlin''' ;1.) Platz nehmen, <abbr title="das Fahrziele – en: destination">Fahrziele</abbr> :(Im Zug von <abbr title="Sofia [ˈsɔfijɐ] – en: Sofia (capital of Bulgaria)">Sofia</abbr> nach Berlin) :(Herr Tanev – Bulgare) :(Herr Hagemann – Deutscher) ;Herr Hagemann: Entschuldigen Sie <abbr title="mein Herr – en: mister; (My Lord)">mein Herr</abbr>, ich verstehe nur wenig Englisch. Sprechen sie Deutsch? ;Herr Tanev: Ja, ich habe Deutsch in der Schule gelernt, aber <abbr title="leider – en: unfortunately">leider</abbr> schon wieder viel vergessen. Kann ich meinen kleinen <abbr title="der Koffer – en: suitcase">Koffer</abbr> auf Ihren stellen? ;Herr Hagemann: Bitte, gern, ich kann den Koffer auch noch etwas nach links <abbr title="schieben – en: to shove; to push (a longer time – not only an impulse); (ziehen – en: to pull)">schieben</abbr>, dann können sie ihre <abbr title="die Aktentasche – en: briefcase">Aktentasche</abbr> noch <abbr title="unterbringen – en: accommodate; to fit in>unterbringen</abbr>. Wenn man eine lange Reise vor sich hat, ist es gut, es sich etwas <abbr title="bequem – en: comfortable">bequem</abbr> zu machen. ;Herr Tanev: Sehr <abbr title="nett = liebenswürdig – en: kind; friendly">nett</abbr> von Ihnen. ;Herr Hagemann: Wir haben <abbr title="das Glück – en: luck; happiness; joy">Glück</abbr>, der Zug ist <abbr title="ausnahmsweise – en: as a special exception ">ausnahmsweise</abbr> nicht <abbr title="überfüllen – en: to overfill">überfüllt</abbr>. Und das <abbr title="das Abteil – en: compartment">Abteil</abbr> ist heute sehr <abbr title="sauber – en: clean">sauber</abbr>. ;Herr Tanev: <abbr title="sich freuen – en: to be pleased">Freuen</abbr> wir uns nicht <abbr title="zu früh – en: too early">zu früh</abbr>! Bis Berlin wird er <abbr title="sicher – en: surely">sicher</abbr> noch <abbr title="voll – en: full; occupied">voll</abbr> werden. ;Herr Hagemann: Sie fahren zur Funk<abbr title="die Ausstellung – en: exposition">ausstellung</abbr>? ;Herr Tanev: Ja, Sie auch? ;Herr Hagemann: Ich bin <abbr title="der Berliner – en: a resident of Berlin">Berliner</abbr>. Ich arbeite in Sofia für einen großen deutschen Elektronik<abbr title="der Konzern – en: company; firm; corporation">konzern</abbr> und werde natürlich die Funkausstellung besuchen. ;Herr Tanev: So, Sie sind Berliner. Das ist ja interessant! Ich fahre <abbr title="das erste Mal – en: for the first time">das erste Mal</abbr> zur <abbr title="die Messe – en: fair; exhibition">Messe</abbr>. ;Herr Hagemann: Haben Sie schon ein Zimmer in Berlin? ;Herr Tanev: Ja, ich bin im Hotel „Vier <abbr title="die Jahreszeit – en: season; season of the year">Jahreszeiten</abbr>“ <abbr title="unterbringen – en: to accommodate">untergebracht</abbr>. ;Herr Hagemann: Da wohnen sie in einem sehr <abbr title="angenehm – en: pleasant; enjoyable">angenehmen</abbr> <abbr title="das Viertel = das Stadtviertel – en: quarter; district; neighborhood">Viertel</abbr> in der <abbr title="die Nähe – en: vicinity">Nähe</abbr> der <abbr title="die Gedächtniskirche – en: Memorial Church; (das Gedächtnis – en: memory; memorial); (die Kirche – en: church)">Gedächtniskirche</abbr>. In der Nähe des Hotels ist ein schöner Park. Ich wohne <abbr title="übrigens – en: by the way">übrigens</abbr> nicht weit von dort. ;Herr Hagemann: Darf ich Ihnen eine Zigarette <abbr title="anbieten – en: to offer">anbieten</abbr>? Sie rauchen <abbr title="doch – en: yes?">doch</abbr>? ;Herr Tanev: Danke, sehr <abbr title="freundlich – en: friendly">freundlich</abbr> von Ihnen. Bitte <abbr title="sich bemühen – en: to try hard; to bother oneself">bemühen</abbr> Sie sich nicht, ich habe ein <abbr title="das Feuerzeug – en: cigarette lighter">Feuerzeug</abbr>. 1087 :'''Was ist auf dem Foto zu sehen?''' [[Wêne:P1010768.JPG|thumb|upright=1.5|Bild 1]] <br style="clear:both;" /> :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1087 |- | ;Auf dem Foto sieht man … :Ich sehe auf dem Foto drei Personen. Links ist eine Frau. Sie hat trägt eine Bluse. Sie hat lange Haare. (Sie trägt lange Haare.) Sie trägt eine Kette. Sie ist zufrieden. : - Sie lächelt. Die Zähne sind zu sehen. Die Zähne sind weiß und nicht schwarz. :Nicht sehr weiß : - Gut. Aber mir gefällt nicht … Du musst erst einmal die allgemeine Situation beschreiben. Ich sehe das Bild nicht und du sagst die Frau hat lange Haare. Aber: Sind sie am See, sind sie bei Mond, sind sie drinnen? Sind die Personen ganz zu sehen? Ist nur ihr Fuß zu sehen? Ist nur der Kopf zu sehen? Ist es ein schwarz-weiß Foto? Ist es ein Farbfoto? Beschreib erst mal allgemein: Drei Personen … :Ja, ok. : - Noch nicht so Detail. :Ich sehe eine Familie. Es sind eine Frau, ein Mann und ein Baby. Vielleicht … : - Wo wurde das Foto gemacht. Ungefähr? Wo? Wo ist die Situation? Ist es in Moskau? Oder was ist das? : Das Foto ist im Wohnzimmer. : - Das ist ein Familienfoto. Das Foto ist im Wohnzimmer gemacht worden. Es wurde im Wohnzimmer gemacht. :Der Mann … Ich denk der Mann ist kein deutscher Mann. : - Warum denkst du, dass das kein deutscher Mann ist? :Er ist schwarz. : - Wie schwarz ist er? Sehr schwarz ist er nicht. :Vielleicht ist er aus … : - Er ist etwas dunkler, aber jetzt nicht schwarz wie ein Afrikaner. Eher wie ein Lateinamerikaner. : - Es kann ja aber auch ein Spanier sein. :Nein, nicht Spanien. : - Oder ein Zigeuner. Oder ein Bulgare. :Nein, ich denke nicht. : - Er ist etwas dunkler. Die Frau ist sehr weiß. Du musst erst mal sagen, dass sie weiß sind. Ich weiß ja nicht, ob das Japaner sind. Du musst das beschreiben. :- europäische Rasse :Nicht europäisch. Die Frau: Ja. Aber er ist nicht Europäisch. :Auch die Spanier und Italiener und Griechen sind Europäer. :Nein, nein. : - Vielleicht ein Tunesier? :Ich denke nicht. : - Du bist für einen Lateinamerikaner. : - Ok, und das Kind, ist das Ihr Kind? Oder ist es ein Chinese, adoptiert? : - Kann das … oder … Ist es möglich, dass das ihr Kind ist? :Das Kind: Vielleicht ist er der Vater. : - Wahrscheinlich. Ok, dann beschreib mal ein bissel. Und: Auf dem Foto sind nur die Köpfe zu sehen und der Oberkörper. Nur der Oberkörper ist zusehen. Sie sitzen vielleicht auf einem Sofa. Eine weiße Wand. Hier ist eine Pflanze. Die grünen Blätter sind zu sehen. Nun erzähl man ein bisschen. Beschreib den Mann! :Der Mann hat einen Bart. In den Ohren trägt er zwei Ohrringe. : - Er hat einen Ohrring. Er hat zwei Ohrringe, einen rechts und einen links. Weiter: :Er trägt ein T-Shirt. Er trägt ein weißes T-Shirt. :Das Baby trägt ein Hemd. Es hat einen Nuckel im Mund (der Nucker = der Schnuller). : - Wie alt ist das Kind? :Ich denke, dass das Kind vielleicht 6 Monate alt ist. : - Vielleicht 6 Monate, vielleicht ein Jahr, vielleicht zwei Jahre. : - anderthalb. Weißt du was "eineinhalb ist"? :1,5 Jahre = eineinhalb = anderthalb Jahre : - Das Kind ist anderthalb Jahre alt. Vielleicht. Wer weiß es. Weiter! :Die Frau hat blaue Augen. : - Ich sehe aber rote Augen. :Ja, und auch roten Augen. : - Warum hat die Frau rote Augen. :Die Kamera. Der Fotoapparat. Viel Licht. : - Wenn der Fotoapparat viel Licht hat … : Und dann gibt es rote Augen. : - Warum werden die Augen rot, wenn viel Licht ist vom Fotoapparat? Warum? Woher kommen die roten Augen? :Das Objektiv ist sehr weit auf. :Wenn das Objektiv weit auf ist, dann sind die Augen rot? :Ja. : - Und wenn ich draußen fotografiere und das Objektiv ist weit auf, dann werden die Augen auch rot? :Nein. : - Oder ist es nur, wenn ein Blitzlicht ist? : - Was ist ein Blitzlicht? :Flash. : - Ja, für eine Sekunde ein ganz starkes Licht. :- Nur mit Blitzlicht werden die Augen rot. : - Weil: Das Licht geht in die Augen rein, ganz schnell, sie kann nicht so schnell zumachen. : - Aber warum wird es rot? Wo kommt die rote Fabe her? Ist das Licht von dem Fotoapparat rot? Ist das Blitzlicht rot? :Nein : - Wo kommt die ROTE Farbe her? Warum ist es nicht gelb oder blau? Warum ist es rot? :Ja, es … Deine Augen sind (Himmel) hell (dunkel)... : - Ok, die Farbe kommt vom Blut. Blut ist rot. :Ja. : - Und deshalb sind die Augen rot. Wo ist das Blut? Ist im Auge Blut? :Nein. : - Doch, im Auge ist Blut. Hinten sind ganz kleine Arterien, Venen, Kapillaren. Und da ist das Blut drin. Das Licht leuchtet so stark, dass man das Blut in den Augen sieht. Das macht das Licht rot. So wie die Lippen. Die sind auch rot, weil in ihnen Blut ist. Außer bei Frauen, da ist es Lippenstift. : - Das Licht leuchtet in die Augen und das Blut macht es rot. Nur wenn du Blitzlicht hast, hast du rote Augen. : - Was machen moderne Fotoapparate, damit es keine roten Augen gibt? : - Was macht ein moderner Fotoapparat gegen rote Augen. : - Moderne Fotoapparate haben ein kleines Licht neben dem Blitzlicht und das Licht macht vorher 5 mal klick, klick klick. Und deshalb wird das Auge etwas kleiner. Und wenn dann Licht kommt, (dann) kommt nicht so viel Licht in das Auge und es wird nicht rot. : - Im dunklen Zimmer ist das Auge von der Frau ganz groß und offen. Und wenn dann der Blitz plötzlich kommt, dann geht durch das große Auge ganz viel Licht in das Auge. Und das Auge wird rot. Und wenn ich vorher einen kleinen Blitz habe, einen Vorblitz, dann wird das Auge, die Pupille, etwas kleiner und dann wird es nicht so rot. : - Das andere Problem ist, dass der Blitz ganz in der Nähe von dem Objektiv ist. Er ist nicht einen Meter daneben, er ist genau einen Zentimeter über dem Objektiv. Und wenn die Frau genau zu dem Blitz guckt, dann geht das Licht genau rein. Das Baby, das guckt woandershin. Dann kann das Licht nicht so rein und schon wird es nicht so rot. Also: Ein Vorblitz hilft. : - Kannst du mit noch mal erklären, mit deinen Worten: Warum hat die Frau rote Augen und was kann man dagegen tun? :Ja, das ist einfach. :Die Frau hat ihre Augen rot, weil die Kamera ein Blitzlicht hat. :Blitz – es: flash :Blitzlicht : - Die Kamera hat einen Blitz. :Das Zimmer ist ein bisschen dunkel. :(Leitung, Wasserleitung) : - Weil es im Zimmer dunkel ist, sind ihre Augen sehr weit. Im Dunkeln sind die Augen sehr weit. : - Die Pupille, das Schwarze, ist sehr groß. Die Pupille ist sehr weit offen. Sie hat weit geöffnete Pupillen im dunklen Zimmer. Weiter! :Der Blitz, es ist ja nur ein einziges Mal. : - Das Licht von dem Blitz fällt in ihr Auge und wird dort reflektiert. Und weil in ihrem Auge die Arterien sind, mit roten Blut, wird rotes Licht reflektiert. : - Ok. Was hast du mir noch zur Qualität des Bildes zu sagen? Also die roten Augen sind kein so schönes Foto. Man kann es korrigieren mit einem Programm, mit einem Fotobearbeitungsprogramm. : - Was hast du mit noch zu diesem Farbfoto zu sagen? Gefällt dir die Farbe von diesem Farbfoto? Ist es optimal oder … ? :Ja, ich denke es ist ok. : - Ich denke es ist etwas zu blau. Ich denke es ist alles etwas zu blau. Blau, dadurch wirkt das Bild kalt. Ein kaltes Bild. Es ist mir auch etwas zu dunkel, zu wenig Sonne. Man müsste es etwas heller machen. : - Was hat der Mann für Haare. :Lange, schwarze Haare : - Lockige Haare, mit … :Locken : - Schwarzes, langes Haar mit einem Zopf hinten, oder nach hinten. |} 1088 :'''Was ist auf dem Foto zu sehen?''' [[Wêne:Samoa Familie.JPG|thumb|upright=1.5|Bild 2]] <br style="clear:both;" /> 1089 : (LEER) == 1090–1099 == 1090 :a) Sie wünschen bitte? :b) … (Buch über Atomphysik / Titel vergessen) :a) Kennen Sie den Autor? (der Autor = der Verfasser) :b) … (Nein / Springer-Verlag) :a) Sie <abbr title="meinen – en: to mean; to think">meinen</abbr> <abbr title="bestimmt – en: certainly; surely">bestimmt</abbr> dieses Buch. :b) … (Ja / Preis?) :a) Diese Buch kostet … Haben Sie noch einen Wunsch? :b) … (Nein, danke) :--- :ein Buch über Mathematik :ein Buch über Spanien :ein Buch über Tiere :ein Buch über das Theater :ein Buch über die Beatles :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1090 |- | :a) Sie wünschen bitte? :b) Ich suche ein Buch über Atomphysik. Leider habe ich den Titel vergessen. :a) Kennen Sie den Autor? :b) Nein, den Autor kenne ich leide auch nicht. Das Buch ist vom Springer-Verlag. :a) Sie meinen bestimmt dieses Buch. :b) Ja, dieses Buch meine ich. Wieviel kostet es? :a) Dieses Buch kostet 120 Euro. Haben Sie noch einen Wunsch? :b) Nein, danke. :--- :Ich suche ein Buch über Mathematik. :Ich suche ein Buch über Spanien. :Ich suche ein Buch über Tiere. :Ich suche ein Buch über das Theater. :Ich suche ein Buch über die Beatles. |} 1091 :'''Übungen zur Phonetik''' :[t] - <abbr title="der Teil; das Teil – en: part">Teil</abbr>, <abbr title="das Tier – en: animal">Tier</abbr>, <abbr title="der Titel – en: title">Titel</abbr>, Autor, <abbr title="das Atom- en: atom">Atom</abbr>, Atomphysik, Literatur, <abbr title="die Leitung – en: management; leadership; guidance; cable; line">Leitung</abbr>, <abbr title="zeitig – en: early">zeitig</abbr>, <abbr title="die Abteilung – en: department">Abteilung</abbr>, <abbr title="das Alter – en: age">Alter</abbr>, <abbr title="die Welt – en: world">Welt</abbr>, <abbr title="leicht – en: easy; lightweight">leicht</abbr> :[d] – diesmal, <abbr title="dauernd – en: constantly">dauernd</abbr>, <abbr title="außerdem – en: also; as well; furthermore; moreover; in addition">außerdem</abbr>, <abbr title="die Bedingung – en: condition">Bedingung</abbr>, Akademie, Süden, Norden, <abbr title="verwenden – en: to use">verwenden</abbr>, <abbr title="das Gemälde – en: painting">Gemälde</abbr>, [[:de:w:Dortmund|Dortmund]] :[t] – [d] – '''d'''or'''t''', '''d'''ringen'''d''', <abbr title="trotzdem – en: despite of; nevertheless; notwithstanding; regardless of">'''t'''rotz'''d'''em</abbr>, <abbr title="das Stipendium – en: scholarship">'''S'''tipen'''d'''ium</abbr>, Sü'''d'''en und Os'''t'''en, Nor'''d'''en und Wes'''t'''en :--- :im Süden der Stadt :im Norden Düsseldorfs :im Osten der Stadt :im Westen Dortmunds :dort in der Stadt :dort in Dortmund :dort in der Bibliothek :dort im <abbr title="das Internat – en: boarding school">Internat</abbr> 1092 :'''Lesen Sie die Sätze und üben Sie!''' :--- :Ein Teil des Geldes will Thomas für Bücher <abbr title="verwenden – en: to use">verwenden</abbr>. Er braucht <abbr title="dringend – en: urgent">dringend</abbr> ein Buch über Atomphysik. Den Titel des Buches hat er vergessen. :Er möchte <abbr title="außerdem – en: also; furthermore; in addition">außerdem</abbr> für seinen Bruder ein Kinderbuch kaufen. Wo gibt es Kinderbücher? Wo ist die Abteilung für Kinderbücher? 1093 :'''Vergleichen Sie!''' {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | ''wir schreiben'' || ''wir sprechen'' |-align="center" | Geld || [Gelt] |-align="center" | <abbr title="dringend – en: urgent">dringend</abbr> || [dringent] |-align="center" | Jugend || [Ju:gent] |} :Geld, dringend, Jugend, <abbr title="das Ausland – en: foreign countries">Ausland</abbr> :<abbr title="wofür? - en: for what?">Wofür</abbr> brauchst du das Geld? :Ich brauche das Geld für Bücher. :Ich will das Geld für Bücher <abbr title="verwenden – en: to use">verwenden</abbr>. :Ich brauche <abbr title="dringend – en: urgent">dringend</abbr> ein Buch über Atomphysik. 1093a :'''Vergleichen Sie!''' {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | ''wir schreiben'' || ''wir sprechen'' |-align="center" | Spanien || [Schpanien] |-align="center" | spielen || [schpielen] |-align="center" | <abbr title="sparen – en: to save; to economize">sparen</abbr> || [schparen] |-align="center" | spät || [schpät] |-align="center" | Sport || [Schport] |-align="center" | sprechen || [schprechen] |} 1093b :'''Vergleichen Sie!''' {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left: 10px" |-align="center" | ''wir schreiben'' || ''wir sprechen'' |-align="center" | Stadt || [Schtadt] |-align="center" | Hauptstadt || [Hauptschtadt] |-align="center" | Straße || [Schtraße] |-align="center" | Studentin || [Schtudentin] |-align="center" | Stunde || [Schtunde] |-align="center" | Stück || [Schtück] |} 1094 :'''Übungen zum verstehenden Lesen!''' :'''Lesen Sie ohne Wörterbuch und antworten Sie dann!''' :--- :Herr und Frau Lehmann gehen mit Peter zum Kinderarzt. Wer ist krank? :Frau Wagner geht mit ihrer Tochter in die <abbr title="die Notaufnahme – en: emergency room; (die Not – en: emergency; distress)">Notaufnahme</abbr> ins Krankenhaus. Wen soll der Arzt <abbr title="untersuchen – en: to examine">untersuchen</abbr>? :Monika hat Gäste. Sie legt eine CD mit Tanzmusik auf. Was wollen die Gäste machen? :Monika zeigt ihren Freunden ihre Geburtstagsgeschenke. Wer hat Geburtstag? :Herr Müller will im Sommer eine Auslandsreise machen. Wohin will Herr Müller fahren? :Der Professor spricht heute mit den Studenten über die Prüfungen. Wer wird geprüft? 1095 :Frau Keller fährt in die Stadt :--- :Frau Keller will heute einige Sachen kaufen. Sie fährt mit dem Bus in die Stadt. Sie ist schon etwas <abbr title="zeitiger – en: earlier">zeitiger</abbr> an der Haltestelle und muss warten. Jetzt kommt der Bus. Er ist heute sehr <abbr title="voll – en: full">voll</abbr>. Alle Sitzplätze sind <abbr title="besetzt – en: occupied">besetzt</abbr>. Frau Keller muss stehen, aber sie fährt nicht weit. :--- :Fragen: :Warum fährt Frau Keller in die Stadt? :Ist der Bus besetzt? :Bekommt Frau Keller einen Platz? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1095 |- | :Warum fährt Frau Keller in die Stadt? - Sie fährt in die Stadt, weil sie einige Sachen kaufen will. :Ist der Bus besetzt? - Ja, der Bus ist sehr voll. Er ist voll besetzt. :Bekommt Frau Keller einen Platz? - Nein, sie bekommt keinen Platz. Sie muss stehen. |} 1096 :Frau Keller fährt nach Hause :--- :Frau Keller hat Einkäufe gemacht. Jetzt fährt sie nach Hause. Diesmal fährt sie mit der Straßenbahn. Die Straßenbahn fährt langsamer als der Bus. Die <abbr title="die Strecke – en: route; distane; track">Strecke</abbr> ist auch <abbr title="etwas weiter – en: slightly further; a little bit further">etwas weiter</abbr>, aber Frau Keller bekommt jetzt einen Platz. Das ist gut für sie, denn sie hat jetzt viel <abbr title="das Gepäck – en: luggage">Gepäck</abbr>. Sie hat zwei Taschen und zwei Pakete. Die Pakete sind <abbr title="am schwersten – en: the heaviest; most heavy">am schwersten</abbr>. :--- :Womit fährt Frau Keller nach Hause? :Warum braucht Frau Keller einen Platz? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1096 |- | :Womit fährt Frau Keller nach Hause? - Sie fährt mit der Straßenbahn nach Hause. :Warum braucht Frau Keller einen Platz? - Sie hat viel Gepäck: sie hat zwei Taschen und zwei schwere Pakete. |} 1097 :Ein Besuch in der Stadt :--- :Herr und Frau Wagner wohnen nicht in der Stadt. Heute ist Sonntag und sie wollen ihre Freunde in [[:de:w:Hamburg|Hamburg]] besuchen. Um acht fahren sie mit dem <abbr title="der Bus = (alt: der Autobus) = Omnibus – en: bus; coach">Bus</abbr> zum Bahnhof. Dann fahren sie mit dem Zug nach Hamburg. Die Freunde wohnen <abbr title="weit entfernt – en: far away; (die Entfernung – en: distance)">weit entfernt</abbr>, deshalb können Herr und Frau Weber nicht laufen. Frau Weber will ein Taxi nehmen, aber Herr Weber will nicht mit dem Taxi fahren. Er kennt Hamburg noch nicht und <abbr title="lieber fahren – en: to prefer to go (by tramway, bus, train, car)">fährt lieber</abbr> mit der Straßenbahn. Sie fährt langsamer, und er kann mehr sehen. :--- :Wohin fahren Herr und Frau Weber? :Warum fährt Herr Weber lieber mit der Straßenbahn? :{| class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed wikitable" style="width: 100%" |- !Lösung 1097 |- | :Wohin fahren Herr und Frau Weber? - Sie fahren nach Hamburg. :Warum fährt Herr Weber lieber mit der Straßenbahn? - Die Straßenbahn fährt langsamer, und er kann mehr sehen. |} 1098 :Der <abbr title="der Weg – en: way; path; road; route; distance">Weg</abbr> in die Oper ist <abbr title="weiter als – en: further than; beyond">weiter als</abbr> der Weg ins Kino. Herr Keller <abbr title="geht aber lieber – en: he prefers to go">geht aber lieber</abbr> in die Oper als ins Kino. Für die <abbr title="die Vorstellung – en: presentation; performance">Vorstellung</abbr> heute Abend hat er eine Karte gekauft. Er fährt mit dem Taxi. Eine Fahrt mit dem Bus ist billiger als eine Fahrt mit dem Taxi. Aber das Taxi fährt schneller und ist <abbr title="bequem – en: comfortable">bequemer</abbr> als der Bus. 1099 :Das ist <abbr title="egal – en: no matter; the same; all the same; identical; this doesn't make a difference">egal</abbr>. :Das ist mir egal. :Das ist mir doch egal. :Das ist mir doch <abbr title="das ist mir scheißegal (VULGÄR) – en: I do not care; I do not give a shit">scheißegal</abbr>. :Scheiß drauf. :Ich scheiß darauf. :Ich scheiß auf ihn. :Drauf geschissen. :--- :Das mache ich nicht. :Das will ich nicht machen. :Das habe ich nicht gemacht. :Das mache ich <abbr title="auf gar keinen Fall – en: absolutely no way; definitely not; by no means">auf gar keinen Fall</abbr>. :Das werde ich <abbr title="keinesfalls – en: under no circumstances">keinesfalls</abbr> machen. :Vergiss es, das mache ich nicht! :Das kannst du vergessen. :--- :Ich habe meinen <abbr title="der Schlüssel – en: key">Schlüssel</abbr> vergessen. :Ich habe meine Telefonnummer vergessen, kannst du mir bitte deine geben. :Er ist sehr <abbr title="vergesslich – en: to forget">vergesslich</abbr>. :Er ist so vergesslich wie meine Oma. 1099a :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a appca.ogg]] :die <abbr title="die Aussprache – en: pronunciation">Aussprache</abbr> von '''ch''' :--- :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L0 appca.ogg]] :Buch – Bücher :nach '''a, o, u''' (dunkle Vokale) und auch '''au''': Buch, <abbr title="das Tuch – en: cloth; scarf">Tuch</abbr>, <abbr title="das Dach – en: roof">Dach</abbr>, <abbr title="Schach – en: chess">Schach</abbr>, <abbr title="mach! - en: do it!">mach!</abbr>, <abbr title="der Krach – en: noise">Krach</abbr>, <abbr title="das Fach – en: compartment">Fach</abbr>, <abbr title="der Bach – en: creek">Bach</abbr>, lachen, noch, :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L1 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="das Loch – en: hole; opening">Loch</abbr>, hoch, Woche, <abbr title="der Koch – en: cook">Koch</abbr>, <abbr title="doch – en: but; yes">doch</abbr>, auch, <abbr title="der Rauch – en: smoke">Rauch</abbr>, <abbr title="der Schlauch – en: hose">Schlauch</abbr>, <abbr title="der Brauch – en: custom; tradition">Brauch</abbr>, brauchen, <abbr title="der Benzinverbrauch – en: fuel consumption">Benzinverbrauch</abbr>, <abbr title="der Knoblauch – en: garlic">Knoblauch</abbr>, <abbr title="der Bauch – en: belly; stomach">Bauch</abbr> :--- :In allen anderen Positionen wird '''ch''': ''-chen'', :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L2 appca.ogg]] :Mädchen, Brötchen, <abbr title="das Händchen – en: little hand; knack">Händchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Dörfchen – en: little village; hamlet">Dörfchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Essstäbchen – en: chopsticks">Essstäbchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Flüsschen – en: little river; creek">Flüsschen</abbr> :'''e, i''' (helle Vokale) (<abbr title="die Eselsbrücke – en: a mnemonic">Eselsbrücke</abbr>: Das ''Ei'' ist <abbr title="weich – en: soft">weich</abbr>.): :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L3 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="das Blech – en: sheet metal">Blech</abbr>, <abbr title="frech – en: naughty; cheeky; impertinent">frech</abbr>, <abbr title="rechnen – en: to calculate">rechnen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Pech – en: bad luck">Pech</abbr>, sprechen, <abbr title="versprechen – en: to promise">versprechen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Versprechen – en: promise">Versprechen</abbr>, :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L4 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="brechen – en: to break">brechen</abbr>, rechnen, <abbr title="das Recht – en: the tight; law">Recht</abbr>, <abbr title="der Becher – en: mug">Becher</abbr>, <abbr title="der Eierbecher – en: eggcup">Eierbecher</abbr>, <abbr title="fechten- en: to fence">fechten</abbr>, <abbr title="flechten – en: to plait">flechten</abbr>, :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L5 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="das Gefecht – en: battle">Gefecht</abbr>, <abbr title="das Geschlecht – en: gender; sex">Geschlecht</abbr>, <abbr title="der Specht – en: woodpecker">Specht</abbr>, <abbr title="die Mechanik – en: mechanics">Mechanik</abbr>, <abbr title="die Recherche – en: investigation; enquiry">Recherche</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L6 appca.ogg]] :Griechenland, <abbr title="kriechen – en: to crawl">kriechen</abbr>, <abbr title="riechen – en: to smell; to stink">riechen</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L7 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="feucht – en: humid; damp">feucht</abbr>, <abbr title="leuchten – en: to shine; to glow">leuchten</abbr>, <abbr title="die Leuchtstofflampe – en: fluorescent light; fluorescent lamp">Leuchtstofflampe</abbr>, <abbr title="die Seuche – en: epedemic; plague">Seuche</abbr>, <abbr title="heucheln – en: to be hypocritical; to play the hypocritical">heucheln</abbr>, <abbr title="keuchen – en: to puff; to pant">keuchen</abbr>, <abbr title="scheuchen – en: to drive animals (cattle, sheep, horses); to chase">scheuchen</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L8 appca.ogg]] :Milch, <abbr title="der Dolch – en: dagger">Dolch</abbr>, <abbr title="der Elch – en: elk; moose">Elch</abbr>, [[:de:w:Malchow (Mecklenburg)|Malchow]], Mädchen, <abbr title="das Bildchen – en: little picture; small picture">Bildchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Hündchen – en: little dog">Hündchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Händchen – en: little hand; knack">Händchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Wäldchen – en: little forrest; grove; wood">Wäldchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Häufchen – en: little pile; small heap">Häufchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Köpfchen – en: little head; brains">Köpfchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Zäpfchen – en: uvula; suppository">Zäpfchen</abbr>, :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9 appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="der Rindenmulch – en: bark mulch">Rindenmulch</abbr>, <abbr title="das Blümchen – en: little flower">Blümchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Bäumchen – en: little tree; small tree">Bäumchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Grüppchen – en: small group">Grüppchen</abbr>, <abbr title="das Schnäppchen – en: bargain; good deal">Schnäppchen</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9a appca.ogg]] :ich, <abbr title="der Strich – en: stroke; dash">Strich</abbr>, <abbr title="das Licht – en: light">Licht</abbr>, <abbr title="die Nachrichten – en: news; message">Nachrichten</abbr>, <abbr title="die Geschichte – en: history; story">Geschichte</abbr>, <abbr title="der Bericht – en: report; account; story">Bericht</abbr>, <abbr title="das Gesicht – en: face">Gesicht</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9b appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="das Zeichen – en: sign; character">Zeichen</abbr>, gleich, <abbr title="der Ausgleich – en: compensation">Ausgleich</abbr>, <abbr title="der Bereich – en: area; region; zone">Bereich</abbr>, <abbr title="die Aussicht – en: view; perspective; prospect">Aussicht</abbr>, <abbr title="die Beichte – en: confession">Beichte</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9c appca.ogg]] :Chemie, China, Chile, <abbr title="der Champignon – en: mushroom">Champignon</abbr>, Charlotte, Chef, <abbr title="die Chirurgie – en: surgery">Chirurgie</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9d appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="das Chlor – en: chlorine">Chlor</abbr>, <abbr title="das Chrom – en: chrome">Chrom</abbr>, <abbr title="das Charisma – en: charisma">Charisma</abbr>, <abbr title="das Chaos – en: chaos">Chaos</abbr>, <abbr title="der Charakter – en: character; personality">Charakter</abbr>, <abbr title="das Cholesterin – en: cholesterol">Cholesterin</abbr>, <abbr title="der Chor – en: chorus; choir">Chor</abbr>, <abbr title="Christus – en: Christ; Christian">Christus</abbr>, <abbr title="Christen – en: Christians">Christen</abbr> :[[:de:w:Chemnitz|Chemnitz]] :<abbr title="wechseln – en: to switch; to change">wechseln</abbr>, <abbr title="der Wechsel – en: change; exchange">Wechsel</abbr> :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9e appca.ogg]] :<abbr title="der Chip – en: chip">Chip</abbr>, <abbr title="chatten – en: to chat">chatten</abbr>, <abbr title="der Macho – en: macho; macho male">Macho</abbr>, <abbr title="der Check – en: check; control">Check</abbr>, <abbr title="checken – en: to check; to control">checken</abbr>, <abbr title="der Champion – en: champion">Champion</abbr> :--- :[[Wêne:Deutsch 1099a-L9f appca.ogg]] :Buch – Bücher :<abbr title="der Schlauch – en: hose">Schlauch</abbr> – Schläuche :<abbr title="der Brauch – en: custom; tradition">Brauch</abbr> – Bräuche :<abbr title="der Bauch – en: belly; stomach">Bauch</abbr> – Bäuche :<abbr title="der Strauch – en: bush; shrub">Strauch</abbr> – Sträucher :bringen – brachte – gebracht :sprechen – sprach – gesprochen :<abbr title="stechen – en: to sting; to pierce; to prick">stechen</abbr> – stach – gestochen :<abbr title="schleichen – en: to creep; to sneak">schleichen</abbr> – schlich – geschlichen :brechen – brach – gebrochen :<abbr title="wachsen – en: to grow">wachsen</abbr> – wuchs – gewachsen :brauchen – brauchte – gebraucht == Vokabular: Lektion 025 == : in der Nähe – en: nearby; close by; in the vicinity : besonders – en: especially; particularly : die Spedition – en: forwarding agency; shipping : feiern – en: to celebrate : Wessen? - en: Whose? : die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library : das Hauptgebäude – en: main building : der Wissenschaftler – en: scientist : früher – en: earlier; before; previously : die Verwaltung – en: administration; management : der Landkreis – en: county; administrative district : der Kreis – en: circle : die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library : die Akademie – en: academy : die Forschungsabteilung – en: research division; research department : die Forschung – en: investigation : die Abteilung – en: department : der Forscher – en: investigator : Schweden – en: Sweden : die Schweiz – en: Switzerland : das Museum – en: museum : die Kinderstation – en: children's ward; pediatric ward : die Krankenstation – en: infirmary; hospital ward : feiern – en: to celebrate : der Wunsch – en: wish : der Namenstag – en: name day; saint's day : sich vertehen – en: to understand each other; to get along : ungefähr – en: about; approximately; roughly : gerade – en: just; in this moment : die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library : gehören – en: to belong : der Kugelschreiber – en: pen; ballpoint pen; biro : die Brille – en: glasses; eyeglasses : Weihnachten – en: Christmas : die Weihnachtsfeier – en: Christmas party : feiern – en: to celebrate : die Feier – en: party; celebration; ceremony : einige – en: some; a few; several : das Weihnachtsgeld – en: Christmas bonus : außerdem – en: also; furthermore; in addition : die Weihnachtsfeier – en: Christmas party : zu Weihnachten – en: at Christmas : der Verlag – en: publishing company; publishing house : vor kurzem – en: recently; lately : herausgeben – en: to publish; to issue : der Jakobsweg – en: Way of St. James : verwenden – en: to use : danken – en: to thank : mit allem Pipapo – en: with all gimmicks; with the whole enchilada : der Vertrag – en: contract : die Auswahl – en: selection; choise : der Teil – en: part : verwenden – en: to use : das Lexikon – en: encyclopedia : die Weltliteratur – en: world literature : empfehlen – en: to recommend : der Einkauf – en: purchase; shopping : dringend – en: urgent : die Atomphysik – en: atomic physics : das Atom – en: atom : die Physik – en: physics : der Titel – en: title : außerdem – en: also; furthermore : die Abteilung – en: department : das Alter – en: age : die Tiergeschichte – en: animal story; animal tale : das Pferd – en: horse : hübsch = schön – en: beautiful : wirklich – en: really : das Fachbuch – en: textbook; technical book; specialist book : die Atomphysik – en: atomic physics; nuclear physics : das Atom – en: atom : die Physik – en: physics : der Titel – en: title : es tut mir leid – en: I am sorry : der Verfasser = der Autor – en: author : auch nicht – en: neither; also not : das Titelbild – en: cover picture; cover photo : das Atomkraftwerk – en: nuclear power station : abbilden – en: to depict : der Verlag – en: publishing company; publishing house : erst vor kurzem – en: quite recently : herausgeben – en: to publish; to issue : meinen – en: to think; to believe; to mean : die Meinung – en: opinion : bestimmt – en: certainly; surely : verwenden – en: to use : die Auswahl – en: selection; choise : beraten – en: to advise : das Fach – en: compartment; pocket; subject; field; shelf : verwenden für – en: to use : schon lange – en: already for a long time; a long time : vor kurzem – en: recently; lately : der Witz – en: joke : der Dieb – en: thief : lang – en: long : der Finger – en: finger : Langfinger = Dieb – en: thief : der Polizist – en: policeman : fangen – en: to catch : der Polizeihund – en: police dog : Verkehrsminister – en: Minister of Transport : die Umleitung – en: detour; diversion : total – en: totally : betrunken – en: drunk; intoxicated : der Rat = der Ratschlag – en: advice; recommendation : merken = bemerken – en: to notice : gleich = sofort – en: immediately : aufklappen – en: unfold : so tun, als ob – en: to pretend as if : wichtig – en: important : folgen – en: to follow : die Empfehlung – en: recommendation : nach einer Weile – en: after a while : die Weile – en: a while : besoffen = betrunken – en: to be drunk : zuklappen – en: to close : der Koffer – en: suitcase : dringend – en: urgent : das Lexikon – en: encyclopaedia : außerdem – en: furthermore : außen – en: outside : innen – en: inside : außer -en: except : etwas – en: something : bestimmt – en: certainly : der Sportplatz – en: sports ground : bestimmt – en: certainly : der Koffer – en: suitcase : packen – en: to pack : einen Vortrag halten – en: to give a lecture : das Gepäck – en: luggage : die Bibliothek = die Bücherei – en: library : das Flugzeug – en: airplane : die Tiergeschichte – en: animal story : die Geschichte – en: history; story : das Fahrziel – en: destination : mein Herr – en: mister; (My Lord) : leider – en: unfortunately : der Koffer – en: suitcase : schieben – en: to shove; to push (a longer time – not only an impulse) : ziehen – en: to pull : die Aktentasche – en: briefcase : unterbringen – en: accommodate; to fit in : bequem – en: comfortable : nett = liebenswürdig – en: kind; friendly : das Glück – en: luck; happiness; joy : ausnahmsweise – en: as a special exception : überfüllen – en: to overfill : das Abteil – en: compartment : sauber – en: clean : sich freuen – en: to be pleased : zu früh – en: too early : sicher – en: surely : voll – en: full; occupied : die Ausstellung – en: exposition : der Berliner – en: a resident of Berlin : der Konzern – en: company; firm; corporation : das erste Mal – en: for the first time : die Messe – en: fair; exhibition : die Jahreszeit – en: season; season of the year : unterbringen – en: to accommodate : angenehm – en: pleasant; enjoyable : das Viertel = das Stadtviertel – en: quarter; district; neighborhood : die Nähe – en: vicinity : die Gedächtniskirche – en: Memorial Church : das Gedächtnis – en: memory; memorial : die Kirche – en: church : übrigens – en: by the way : anbieten – en: to offer : doch – en: yes?! : freundlich – en: friendly : sich bemühen – en: to try hard; to bother oneself : das Feuerzeug – en: cigarette lighter : meinen – en: to mean; to think : bestimmt – en: certainly; surely : der Teil; das Teil – en: part : das Tier – en: animal : der Titel – en: title : das Atom- en: atom : die Leitung – en: management; leadership; guidance; cable; line : zeitig – en: early : die Abteilung – en: department : das Alter – en: age : die Welt – en: world : leicht – en: easy; lightweight : dauernd – en: constantly : außerdem – en: also; as well; furthermore; moreover; in addition : die Bedingung – en: condition : verwenden – en: to use : das Gemälde – en: painting : trotzdem – en: despite of; nevertheless; notwithstanding; regardless of : das Stipendium – en: scholarship : das Internat – en: boarding school : verwenden – en: to use : dringend – en: urgent : außerdem – en: also; furthermore; in addition : dringend – en: urgent : das Ausland – en: foreign countries : wofür? - en: for what? : verwenden – en: to use : dringend – en: urgent : sparen – en: to save; to economize : die Notaufnahme – en: emergency room : die Not – en: emergency; distress : untersuchen – en: to examine : zeitiger – en: earlier : voll – en: full : besetzt – en: occupied : die Strecke – en: route; distane; track : etwas weiter – en: slightly further; a little bit further : das Gepäck – en: luggage : am schwersten – en: the heaviest; most heavy : der Bus = (alt: der Autobus) = Omnibus – en: bus; coach : weit entfernt – en: far away : die Entfernung – en: distance : lieber fahren – en: to prefer to go (by tramway, bus, train, car) : der Weg – en: way; path; road; route; distance : weiter als – en: further than; beyond : geht aber lieber – en: he prefers to go : die Vorstellung – en: presentation; performance : bequem – en: comfortable : egal – en: no matter; the same; all the same; identical; this doesn't make a difference : das ist mir scheißegal (VULGÄR) – en: I do not care; I do not give a shit : auf gar keinen Fall – en: absolutely no way; definitely not; by no means : keinesfalls – en: under no circumstances : der Schlüssel – en: key : vergesslich – en: to forget : die Aussprache – en: pronunciation : das Tuch – en: cloth; scarf : das Dach – en: roof : Schach – en: chess : mach! - en: do it! : der Krach – en: noise : das Fach – en: compartment : der Bach – en: creek : das Loch – en: hole; opening : der Koch – en: cook : doch – en: but; yes : der Rauch – en: smoke : der Schlauch – en: hose : der Brauch – en: custom; tradition : der Benzinverbrauch – en: fuel consumption : der Knoblauch – en: garlic : der Bauch – en: belly; stomach : das Händchen – en: little hand; knack : das Dörfchen – en: little village; hamlet : das Essstäbchen – en: chopsticks : das Flüsschen – en: little river; creek : die Eselsbrücke – en: a mnemonic : weich – en: soft : das Blech – en: sheet metal : frech – en: naughty; cheeky; impertinent : rechnen – en: to calculate : das Pech – en: bad luck : versprechen – en: to promise : das Versprechen – en: promise : brechen – en: to break : das Recht – en: the tight; law : der Becher – en: mug : der Eierbecher – en: eggcup : fechten- en: to fence : flechten – en: to plait : das Gefecht – en: battle : das Geschlecht – en: gender; sex : der Specht – en: woodpecker : die Mechanik – en: mechanics : die Recherche – en: investigation; enquiry : kriechen – en: to crawl : riechen – en: to smell; to stink : feucht – en: humid; damp : leuchten – en: to shine; to glow : die Leuchtstofflampe – en: fluorescent light; fluorescent lamp : die Seuche – en: epedemic; plague : heucheln – en: to be hypocritical; to play the hypocritical : keuchen – en: to puff; to pant : scheuchen – en: to drive animals (cattle, sheep, horses); to chase : der Dolch – en: dagger : der Elch – en: elk; moose : das Bildchen – en: little picture; small picture : das Hündchen – en: little dog : das Händchen – en: little hand; knack : das Wäldchen – en: little forrest; grove; wood : das Häufchen – en: little pile; small heap : das Köpfchen – en: little head; brains : das Zäpfchen – en: uvula; suppository : der Rindenmulch – en: bark mulch : das Blümchen – en: little flower : das Bäumchen – en: little tree; small tree : das Grüppchen – en: small group : das Schnäppchen – en: bargain; good deal : der Strich – en: stroke; dash : das Licht – en: light : die Nachrichten – en: news; message : die Geschichte – en: history; story : der Bericht – en: report; account; story : das Gesicht – en: face : das Zeichen – en: sign; character : der Ausgleich – en: compensation : der Bereich – en: area; region; zone : die Aussicht – en: view; perspective; prospect : die Beichte – en: confession : der Champignon – en: mushroom : die Chirurgie – en: surgery : das Chlor – en: chlorine : das Chrom – en: chrome : das Charisma – en: charisma : das Chaos – en: chaos : der Charakter – en: character; personality : das Cholesterin – en: cholesterol : der Chor – en: chorus; choir : Christus – en: Christ; Christian : Christen – en: Christians : wechseln – en: to switch; to change : der Wechsel – en: change; exchange : der Chip – en: chip : chatten – en: to chat : der Macho – en: macho; macho male : der Check – en: check; control : checken – en: to check; to control : der Champion – en: champion : der Schlauch – en: hose : der Brauch – en: custom; tradition : der Bauch – en: belly; stomach : der Strauch – en: bush; shrub : stechen – en: to sting; to pierce; to prick : schleichen – en: to creep; to sneak : wachsen – en: to grow == Vokabular: Lektion 025 – alphabetisch geordnet == # abbilden – en: to depict # Abteil, das – en: compartment # Abteilung, die – en: department # Akademie, die – en: academy # Aktentasche, die – en: briefcase # Alter, das – en: age # am schwersten – en: the heaviest; most heavy # anbieten – en: to offer # angenehm – en: pleasant; enjoyable # Atom, das – en: atom # Atomkraftwerk, das – en: nuclear power station # Atomphysik, die – en: atomic physics; nuclear physics # auch nicht – en: neither; also not # auf gar keinen Fall – en: absolutely no way; definitely not; by no means # aufklappen – en: unfold # Ausgleich, der – en: compensation # Ausland, das – en: foreign countries # ausnahmsweise – en: as a special exception # außen – en: outside # außer – en: except # außerdem – en: also; as well; furthermore; moreover; in addition # Aussicht, die – en: view; perspective; prospect # Aussprache, die – en: pronunciation # Ausstellung, die – en: exposition # Auswahl, die – en: selection; choise # Bach, der – en: creek # Bauch, der – en: belly; stomach # Bäumchen, das – en: little tree; small tree # Becher, der – en: mug # Bedingung, die – en: condition # Beichte, die – en: confession # Benzinverbrauch, der – en: fuel consumption # bequem – en: comfortable # beraten – en: to advise # Bereich, der – en: area; region; zone # Bericht, der – en: report; account; story # Berliner, der – en: a resident of Berlin # besetzt – en: occupied # besoffen = betrunken – en: to be drunk # besonders – en: especially; particularly # bestimmt – en: certainly; surely # betrunken – en: drunk; intoxicated # Bibliothek, die = die Bücherei – en: library # Bildchen, das – en: little picture; small picture # Blech, das – en: sheet metal # Blümchen, das – en: little flower # Brauch, der – en: custom; tradition # brechen – en: to break # Brille, die – en: glasses; eyeglasses # Bus, der = (alt: der Autobus) = Omnibus – en: bus; coach # Champignon, der – en: mushroom # Champion, der – en: champion # Chaos, das – en: chaos # Charakter, der – en: character; personality # Charisma, das – en: charisma # chatten – en: to chat # Check, der – en: check; control # checken – en: to check; to control # Chip, der – en: chip # Chirurgie, die – en: surgery # Chlor, das – en: chlorine # Cholesterin, das – en: cholesterol # Chor, der – en: chorus; choir # Christen – en: Christians # Christus – en: Christ; Christian # Chrom, das – en: chrome # Dach, das – en: roof # danken – en: to thank # das ist mir scheißegal (VULGÄR) – en: I do not care; I do not give a shit # dauernd – en: constantly # Dieb, der – en: thief # doch – en: but; yes; yes?! # Dolch, der – en: dagger # Dörfchen, das – en: little village; hamlet # dringend – en: urgent # egal – en: no matter; the same; all the same; identical; this doesn't make a difference # Eierbecher, der – en: eggcup # einen Vortrag halten – en: to give a lecture # einige – en: some; a few; several # Einkauf, der – en: purchase; shopping # Elch, der – en: elk; moose # empfehlen – en: to recommend # Empfehlung, die – en: recommendation # Entfernung, die – en: distance # erst vor kurzem – en: quite recently # erste Mal, das – en: for the first time # es tut mir leid – en: I am sorry # Eselsbrücke, die – en: a mnemonic # Essstäbchen, das – en: chopsticks # etwas – en: something # etwas weiter – en: slightly further; a little bit further # Fach, das – en: compartment; pocket; subject; field; shelf # Fachbuch, das – en: textbook; technical book; specialist book # Fahrziel, das – en: destination # fangen – en: to catch # fechten- en: to fence # Feier, die – en: party; celebration; ceremony # feiern – en: to celebrate # feucht – en: humid; damp # Feuerzeug, das – en: cigarette lighter # Finger, der – en: finger # flechten – en: to plait # Flugzeug, das – en: airplane # Flüsschen, das – en: little river; creek # folgen – en: to follow # Forscher, der – en: investigator # Forschung, die – en: investigation # Forschungsabteilung, die – en: research division; research department # frech – en: naughty; cheeky; impertinent # freundlich – en: friendly # früher – en: earlier; before; previously # Gedächtnis, das – en: memory; memorial # Gedächtniskirche, die – en: Memorial Church # Gefecht, das – en: battle # gehören – en: to belong # geht aber lieber – en: he prefers to go # Gemälde, das – en: painting # Gepäck, das – en: luggage # gerade – en: just; in this moment # Geschichte, die – en: history; story # Geschlecht, das – en: gender; sex # Gesicht, das – en: face # gleich = sofort – en: immediately # Glück, das – en: luck; happiness; joy # Grüppchen, das – en: small group # Händchen, das – en: little hand; knack # Häufchen, das – en: little pile; small heap # Hauptgebäude, das – en: main building # herausgeben – en: to publish; to issue # heucheln – en: to be hypocritical; to play the hypocritical # hübsch = schön – en: beautiful # Hündchen, das – en: little dog # in der Nähe – en: nearby; close by; in the vicinity # innen – en: inside # Internat, das – en: boarding school # Jahreszeit, die – en: season; season of the year # Jakobsweg, der – en: Way of St. James # keinesfalls – en: under no circumstances # keuchen – en: to puff; to pant # Kinderstation, die – en: children's ward; pediatric ward # Kirche, die – en: church # Knoblauch, der – en: garlic # Koch, der – en: cook # Koffer, der – en: suitcase # Konzern, der – en: company; firm; corporation # Köpfchen, das – en: little head; brains # Krach, der – en: noise # Krankenstation, die – en: infirmary; hospital ward # Kreis, der – en: circle # kriechen – en: to crawl # Kugelschreiber, der – en: pen; ballpoint pen; biro # Landkreis, der – en: county; administrative district # lang – en: long # Langfinger = Dieb – en: thief # leicht – en: easy; lightweight # leider – en: unfortunately # Leitung, die – en: management; leadership; guidance; cable; line # leuchten – en: to shine; to glow # Leuchtstofflampe, die – en: fluorescent light; fluorescent lamp # Lexikon, das – en: encyclopaedia # Licht, das – en: light # lieber fahren – en: to prefer to go (by tramway, bus, train, car) # Loch, das – en: hole; opening # mach! - en: do it! # Macho, der – en: macho; macho male # Mechanik, die – en: mechanics # mein Herr – en: mister; (My Lord) # meinen – en: to think; to believe; to mean # Meinung, die – en: opinion # merken = bemerken – en: to notice # Messe, die – en: fair; exhibition # mit allem Pipapo – en: with all gimmicks; with the whole enchilada # Museum, das – en: museum # nach einer Weile – en: after a while # Nachrichten, die – en: news; message # Nähe, die – en: vicinity # Namenstag, der – en: name day; saint's day # nett = liebenswürdig – en: kind; friendly # Not, die – en: emergency; distress # Notaufnahme, die – en: emergency room # packen – en: to pack # Pech, das – en: bad luck # Pferd, das – en: horse # Physik, die – en: physics # Polizeihund, der – en: police dog # Polizist, der – en: policeman # Rat, der = der Ratschlag – en: advice; recommendation # Rauch, der – en: smoke # Recherche, die – en: investigation; enquiry # rechnen – en: to calculate # Recht, das – en: the tight; law # riechen – en: to smell; to stink # Rindenmulch, der – en: bark mulch # sauber – en: clean # Schach – en: chess # scheuchen – en: to drive animals (cattle, sheep, horses); to chase # schieben – en: to shove; to push (a longer time – not only an impulse) # Schlauch, der – en: hose # schleichen – en: to creep; to sneak # Schlüssel, der – en: key # Schnäppchen, das – en: bargain; good deal # schon lange – en: already for a long time; a long time # Schweden – en: Sweden # Schweiz, die – en: Switzerland # Seuche, die – en: epedemic; plague # sich bemühen – en: to try hard; to bother oneself # sich freuen – en: to be pleased # sich vertehen – en: to understand each other; to get along # sicher – en: surely # so tun, als ob – en: to pretend as if # sparen – en: to save; to economize # Specht, der – en: woodpecker # Spedition, die – en: forwarding agency; shipping # Sportplatz, der – en: sports ground # stechen – en: to sting; to pierce; to prick # Stipendium, das – en: scholarship # Strauch, der – en: bush; shrub # Strecke, die – en: route; distane; track # Strich, der – en: stroke; dash # Teil, der; das Teil – en: part # Tier, das – en: animal # Tiergeschichte, die – en: animal story; animal tale # Titel, der – en: title # Titelbild, das – en: cover picture; cover photo # total – en: totally # trotzdem – en: despite of; nevertheless; notwithstanding; regardless of # Tuch, das – en: cloth; scarf # überfüllen – en: to overfill # übrigens – en: by the way # Umleitung, die – en: detour; diversion # ungefähr – en: about; approximately; roughly # unterbringen – en: accommodate; to fit in # unterbringen – en: to accommodate # untersuchen – en: to examine # Verfasser, der = der Autor – en: author # vergesslich – en: to forget # Verkehrsminister – en: Minister of Transport # Verlag, der – en: publishing company; publishing house # versprechen – en: to promise # Versprechen, das – en: promise # Vertrag, der – en: contract # Verwaltung, die – en: administration; management # verwenden für – en: to use for # Viertel, das = das Stadtviertel – en: quarter; district; neighborhood # voll – en: full # vor kurzem – en: recently; lately # Vorstellung, die – en: presentation; performance # wachsen – en: to grow # Wäldchen, das – en: little forrest; grove; wood # Wechsel, der – en: change; exchange # wechseln – en: to switch; to change # Weg, der – en: way; path; road; route; distance # weich – en: soft # Weihnachten – en: Christmas # Weihnachtsfeier, die – en: Christmas party # Weihnachtsgeld, das – en: Christmas bonus # Weile, die – en: while (eine Weile – en: a while) # weit entfernt – en: far away # weiter als – en: further than; beyond # Welt, die – en: world # Weltliteratur, die – en: world literature # Wessen? - en: Whose? # wichtig – en: important # wirklich – en: really # Wissenschaftler, der – en: scientist # Witz, der – en: joke # wofür? - en: for what? # Wunsch, der – en: wish # Zäpfchen, das – en: uvula; suppository # Zeichen, das – en: sign; character # zeitig – en: early # zeitiger – en: earlier # ziehen – en: to pull # zu früh – en: too early # zu Weihnachten – en: at Christmas # zuklappen – en: to close :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis – Naverok]] :[[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 024|Lektion 024]] ← Lektion 025 → [[Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 001|Lektion 001]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 025]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Lección 025]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Lektion 025]] 0g003fjdv69rwr8jc8kypm64gjjd4vr 0 4161 5983 5982 2015-11-12T15:43:17Z Thirunavukkarasye-Raveendran 1271 wikitext text/x-wiki :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] '''Vokabular der Lektionen 001 bis 025''' # ab jetzt - en: from now on - ku: # ab und zu - en: from time to time - ku: # abbeißen - en: to bite off - ku: # abbiegen - en: to turn - ku: # abbilden - en: to depict - ku: # abends - en: in the evening - ku: # Abendzeitung, die - en: evening newspaper - ku: # aber - en: but - ku: # abfahren - en: to depart; to leave - ku: # abgeben - en: to leave; to hand over; to submit; to deposit - ku: # abholen - en: to collect; to pick up; to fetch; to reclaim - ku: # abkürzen - en: to cut short; to take a shorter route; to abbreviate - ku: # Abkürzung, die - en: abbreviation; acronym; shortcut - ku: # Absatz, der - en: paragraph; section - ku: # abschneiden - en: to cut off - ku: # Abschnitt, der - en: paragraph; section; part - ku: # Abteil, das - en: compartment - ku: # Abteilung, die - en: department - ku: # Abteilungsleiter, der - en: head of department; department manager - ku: # Affe, der - en: monkey - ku: # ähnlich - en: similar; like - ku: # Akademie, die - en: academy - ku: # Aktentasche, die - en: briefcase - ku: # Algerien - en: Algeria - ku: # alle - en: all - ku: # allein - en: alone - ku: # allein sein - en: to be alone - ku: # allerletzter - en: the very last - ku: # Allgemeinmedizin, die - en: general medicine - ku: # Alpen, die (only Plural) - en: the Alps - ku: # alphabetisch - en: alfabetical; alfabetically - ku: # also - en: so; therefore; thus - ku: # alt - en: old - ku: # alt genug - en: old enough - ku: # Alte, die (= meine Frau) - en: the old lady (= my wife) - ku: # Alter, das - en: age - ku: # Altstadt, die - en: old town; historical center - ku: # am besten - en: best; the best would be - ku: # am dicksten - en: the thickest - ku: # am dümmsten - en: the most stupid - ku: # am Ende - en: finally; at the end - ku: # am langsamsten - en: the most slowly - ku: # am leichtesten - en: most easily - ku: # am schlechtesten - en: the worst - ku: # am schnellsten - en: the fastes - ku: # am schwersten - en: the heaviest; most heavy - ku: # am schwierigsten - en: the most difficult - ku: # an - en: at; on; about - ku: # an wen? - en: to whom? - ku: # Ananas, die - en: pineapple - ku: # anbieten - en: to offer - ku: # andere - en: other - ku: # anderthalb = eineinhalb = ein und ein halbes - en: one and a half - ku: # Anfang, der - en: the beginning; the start - ku: # anfangen = beginnen - en: to begin; to start - ku: # Anfänger, der - en: beginner - ku: # angenehm - en: pleasant; enjoyable - ku: # Angst, die - en: fear - ku: # anmachen = aufreißen - en: to chat up; to pick up; to turn on - ku: # Anmachspruch, der; Plural: Anmachsprüche - en: pick-up line; chat-up line; catch line - ku: # annehmen - en: to accept - ku: # Anorak, der - en: anorak - ku: # anrufen - en: to call (by phone) - ku: # ansehen - en: to look at; to view - ku: # anstrengend - en: exhausting; tiring - ku: # Antonym, das - en: antonym - ku: # Antwort, die - en: answer - ku: # Antworte! - en: Answer! (to your friend) - ku: # antworten - en: to answer; to respond - ku: # Antworten Sie! - en: Answer! (to your boss) - ku: # anziehen - en: to wear; to get dressed - ku: # Anzug, der - en: suit - ku: # Apfel, der; Plural: Äpfel - en: apple - ku: # Apotheke, die - en: pharmacy - ku: # Apothekerin, die - en: pharmacist (woman) - ku: # Appetit, der - en: appetite - ku: # Arbeit, die - en: work - ku: # arbeiten - en: to work - ku: # Arbeiter, der - en: worker - ku: # Arbeitsanzug, der - en: work clothes; overall; coverall - ku: # Arbeitsplatz, der - en: place of employment; workplace - ku: # Ärger, der - en: anger; annoyance - ku: # arm - en: poor - ku: # Arm, der - en: arm - ku: # Ärmelkanal, der - en: English Channel - ku: # Arzt, der (Plural: Ärzte) - en: doctor; physician - ku: # Arzthelferin, die - en: medical assistant - ku: # Ärztin, die (Plural: Ärztinnen) - en: doctor (woman); lady-doctor - ku: # atmen - en: to breathe - ku: # Atom, das - en: atom - ku: # Atomkraftwerk, das - en: nuclear power station - ku: # Atomphysik, die - en: atomic physics; nuclear physics - ku: # Aubergine, die - en: eggplant; aubergine - ku: # auch - en: also - ku: # auch nicht - en: neither; also not; not either - ku: # auch noch - en: also; too; on top of that; also still; even - ku: # auf - en: on - ku: # Auf dein Wohl! - en: Cheers! (non-polite form); To your health! (non-polite form) - ku: # Auf dem Rückflug - en: on the return flight - ku: # auf dem Weg nach Hause - en: on the way home - ku: # auf Englisch - en: in english - ku: # auf gar keinen Fall - en: absolutely no way; definitely not; by no means - ku: # Auf Ihr Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite form); To your health! (polite form) - ku: # auf keinen Fall - en: no way; unter no circumstances; in no case - ku: # Auf Wiederhören! - en: goodbye! (at telephone) - ku: # Auf Wiedersehen! - en: Good bye! - ku: # Aufenthalt, der - en: stay - ku: # aufessen - en: to eat up (everything) - ku: # Aufforderung, die - en: invitation; request; demand - ku: # Aufgabe, die - en: exercise; job; task; math problem - ku: # aufhören - en: to stop; to discontinue; to cease; to terminate - ku: # aufklappen - en: unfold - ku: # aufmerksam - en: attentive; carefully - ku: # aufmerksam machen - en: to draw attention; to pay attention; to make somebody to pay attention; to point out - ku: # aufräumen - en: clean up; clear up; tidy up - ku: # aufstehen - en: to get up; to stand up; to rise - ku: # Auftrag, der - en: order; assignment; job; task; mission - ku: # Auftraggeber - en: client; customer - ku: # auftreten - en: to occur; to appear - ku: # Auge, das - en: eye - ku: # Augenfarbe, die - en: color of eyes - ku: # aus - en: from - ku: # ausdrücken - en: to express - ku: # auseinandernehmen ([aus-ein-ander-nehmen]) - en: disassemble - ku: # Ausgang, der - en: exit - ku: # ausgezeichnet - en: excellent; outstanding; exquisite - ku: # Ausgleich, der - en: compensation - ku: # Ausguck, der - en: crows nest; look-out (ship) - ku: # Ausland, das - en: foreign countries - ku: # Ausländer, der - en: foreigner - ku: # Ausnahme, die - en: exception - ku: # ausnahmsweise - en: as a special exception - ku: # ausrechnen - en: to calculate - ku: # Aussage, die - en: statement; testimony; message; declaration - ku: # ausschlagen - en: to blow out - ku: # aussehen - en: to look like - ku: # außen - en: outside - ku: # außer – en: except - ku: # außerdem - en: also; as well; furthermore; moreover; in addition - ku: # außerhalb - en: outside - ku: # Aussicht, die - en: view; perspective; prospect - ku: # Aussprache, die - en: pronunciation - ku: # ausstellen - to exhibit; to show; to display - ku: # Ausstellung, die - en: exhibition - ku: # Ausstrahlung, die - en: aura - ku: # austauschen = tauschen - en: to exchange - ku: # Auswahl, die - en: selection; choise - ku: # auswendig lernen - en: learn by heart - ku: # Auto, das - en: car - ku: # Avocado, die - en: avocado - ku: # Bach, der - en: creek - ku: # backen - en: to bake - ku: # Bäcker, der - en: baker - ku: # Bahn, die - en: train; railway - ku: # Bahnhof, der - en: railway station; train station - ku: # bald - en: soon - ku: # Ball, der - en: ball - ku: # Bauch, der - en: belly; stomach - ku: # bauen - en: to build - ku: # bauen - en: to bulid - ku: # Bauer, der - en: farmer - ku: # Baum, der; Plural: Bäume - en: tree - ku: # Baumarkt, der - en: hardware store; Do-It-Yourself supermarket - ku: # Bäumchen, das - en: little tree; small tree - ku: # bayerisch - en: Bavarian - ku: # Bayern - en: Bavaria (federal state) - ku: # Beamer, der = der Projektor - en: beamer - ku: # beben - en: to shake; to quake - ku: # Becher, der - en: mug; tumbler; glass - ku: # Bedarf, der - en: demand; requirement; need - ku: # bedeuten - en: to signify - ku: # Bedeutung, die - en: meaning - ku: # Bedingung, die - en: condition - ku: # beenden = aufhören - en: to end; to finish; to terminate - ku: # Befehl, der - en: order; command; instruction - ku: # begeistert - en: enthusiastic; excited; thrilled - ku: # Beginn, der - en: the beginning; the start - ku: # beginnen = anfangen - en: to begin; to start - ku: # begleiten - en: to accompany; to escort - ku: # begraben - en: bury; burried - ku: # begründen - en: to justify; to give reasons for - ku: # begrüßen - en: to greet - ku: # bei - en: with; in the house of - ku: # bei + dem = beim - en: at the - ku: # bei Bedarf - en: as the need arises - ku: # Beichte, die - en: confession - ku: # beide - en: both - ku: # Bein, das - en: leg - ku: # Beispiel, das - en: example - ku: # beißen - en: to bite - ku: # bekannt - en: famous; known; well-known - ku: # Bekanntschaft, die - en: acquaintance - ku: # bekommen - en: to get; to receive - ku: # bellen - en: to bark - ku: # Benzintank, der - en: fuel tank - ku: # Benzinverbrauch, der - en: fuel consumption - ku: # beobachten - en: to observe; to watch - ku: # bequem - en: comfortable - ku: # beraten - en: to advise - ku: # Bereich, der - en: area; region; zone - ku: # Berg, der - en: mountain; hill - ku: # Bericht, der - en: report; account; story - ku: # Berliner, der - en: a resident of Berlin - ku: # Beruf, der - en: profession - ku: # Berufsbekleidung, die - en: professional clothing - ku: # beschäftigen - en: to employ; to occupy; to give work - ku: # Beschäftigung - en: employment; job; activity - ku: # Bescheid sagen - en: to give the word; to inform; to let somebody know; to say - ku: # beschreiben - en: to describe - ku: # Beschreibung - en: description - ku: # besetzt - en: taken; occupied - ku: # besichtigen - en: to visit; to see; to tour - ku: # Besichtigung, die - en: sightseeing; tour - ku: # besoffen = betrunken - en: to be drunk - ku: # besonders - en: especially; particularly - ku: # besonders gern - en: to like particularly - ku: # besonders gern - en: with most pleasure - ku: # besorgen - en: to get; to buy; to organize; to procure; to steal; to borrow - ku: # besorgen = beschaffen - en: to get; to obtain; to buy; to borrow; to steal - ku: # besser – en: better; (it is) better - ku: # besser als - en: better than - ku: # bestellen - en: to order - ku: # bestimmen - en: to determine - ku: # bestimmt = sicherlich - en: surely; certainly - ku: # besuchen - en: to visit - ku: # betonen - en: to accentuate - ku: # Betrieb, der - en: company; firm - ku: # Betriebswirtschaftslehre, die (BWL; Betriebs-wirtschafts-lehre) - en: business studies; business administration - ku: # betrunken - en: drunk; intoxicated - ku: # Bett, das - en: bed - ku: # Bettwäsche, die - en: bedlinen - ku: # bevorrechtigt - en: privileged; preferred - ku: # bezahlen - en: to pay - ku: # Bibliothek, die = die Bücherei - en: library - ku: # Bier, das - en: beer - ku: # Bild, das - en: picture; image - ku: # Bildchen, das - en: little picture; small picture - ku: # bilden - en: to form - ku: # billig - en: cheap - ku: # Birne, die - en: pear - ku: # bis - en: till; until - ku: # bis jetzt - en: untill now; till now - ku: # bitte - en: please - ku: # bitten - en: to ask; to request; to beg - ku: # blau - en: blue - ku: # Blech, das - en: sheet metal - ku: # Blei, das - en: lead - ku: # bleiben - en: to stay; to remain; to last - ku: # Bleistift, der - en: pencil - ku: # Blick, der - en: view; look; sight; glimpse - ku: # blind - en: blind - ku: # Block, der - en: block (notepad) - ku: # Blockschrift, die - en: block capitals; block letters; print - ku: # blöd - en: stupid; idiotic - ku: # blond - en: blond - ku: # Blondine, die - en: blonde; blond girl; blond woman - ku: # Blümchen, das - en: little flower - ku: # Blume, die - en: flower - ku: # Bluse, die - en: blouse - ku: # Blut, das - en: blood - ku: # Boden, der - en: floor; bottom - ku: # Boot, das - en: boat - ku: # borgen - en: to borrow; to lend - ku: # Bote, der - en: messenger; courier; herald - ku: # Botschaft, die - en: embassy; news - ku: # Brauch, der - en: custom; tradition - ku: # brauchen - en: to need - ku: # braun - en: brown - ku: # brechen - en: to break - ku: # breit - en: broad; wide - ku: # Brief, der - en: letter - ku: # Brille, die - en: glasses; eyeglasses - ku: # bringen - en: to birng - ku: # Brot, das - en: bread - ku: # Brötchen, das - en: (bread) roll - ku: # Bruder, der - en: brother - ku: # Brust, die - en: breast - ku: # Buch, das; Plural: Bücher - en: book - ku: # Buchstabe, der - en: character; letter - ku: # buchstabieren - en: to spell - ku: # Bund, der = die Bundesrepublik Deutschland - en: Federal Republic of Germany - ku: # Bus, der = (alt: der Autobus) = Omnibus - en: bus; coach - ku: # Busfahrt, die - en: bus ride - ku: # Butter, die - en: butter - ku: # BWL [Be We El] - en: business studies; business administration - ku: # Café, das - en: café - ku: # Champignon, der - en: mushroom - ku: # Champion, der - en: champion - ku: # Chaos, das - en: chaos - ku: # Charakter, der - en: character; personality - ku: # Charisma, das - en: charisma - ku: # chatten - en: to chat - ku: # Check, der - en: check; control - ku: # checken - en: to check; to control - ku: # Chemie, die - en: chemistry - ku: # Chinese, der - en: Chinese people - ku: # Chip, der - en: chip - ku: # Chirurgie, die - en: surgery - ku: # Chlor, das - en: chlorine - ku: # Cholesterin, das - en: cholesterol - ku: # Chor, der - en: chorus; choir - ku: # Christen - en: Christians - ku: # Christus - en: Christ; Christian - ku: # Chrom, das - en: chrome - ku: # da - en: there; then; here! - ku: # Da beißt die Maus keinen Faden ab. - en: Put [or stick] that in your pipe and smoke it. - ku: # Da liegt der Hase im Pfeffer. - en: that's the real cause; that's the crux of the matter; there's the rub - ku: # Da liegt der Hund begraben. - en: that's the crux of the matter; that's what's behind it - ku: # Dach, das - en: roof - ku: # dagegen - en: against; contra - ku: # Däne, der - en: the Dane (a man from Denmark) - ku: # daneben - en: next to; beside - ku: # Dänemark - en: Denmark - ku: # Dänen, die - en: the Danes (men from Denmark) - ku: # Dänin, die - en: the Dane (a woman from Denmark) - ku: # Däninnen, die - en: the Danes (women from Denmark) - ku: # dänisch - en: Danish - ku: # Dänisch - en: Danish language - ku: # dänische Sprache - en: Danish language - ku: # danken - en: to thank; to say thanks; to express one's thanks - ku: # dann - en: then - ku: # dann - en: then; afterwards; later; so - ku: # dann und wann - en: now and then; now and again - ku: # Darf ich bitten? = Darf ich zum Tanz bitten? - en: May I have a dance? - ku: # Darf ich? - en: May I? - ku: # darum - en: that's why - ku: # das Auge - en: eye - ku: # Das ist aber ... - en: But this is ... - ku: # das ist mir scheißegal (VULGÄR) - en: I do not care; I do not give a shit - ku: # das ist schade - en: what a pity; that's too bad; this is a pity - ku: # Das Leben ist kein Ponyhof - en: Life is no walk in the park. Life is not a bowl of cherry. - ku: # Das macht nichts! = kein Problem - en: No problem!; It doesn't matter!; It's all right. = Macht nichts! - ku: # Das meine ich nicht - en: I do not mean that - ku: # das passt mir - en: it fits me; this is OK for me - ku: # das stimmt = das ist richtig - en: this is correct; this is right; this is true - ku: # Das stimmt nicht. - en: This is not correct. (This is not right.) - ku: # Das war eine einmalige Ausnahme. - en: That was a one-time exception. - ku: # Dauer, die - en: duration - ku: # dauern - en: to last; to take; to take time - ku: # dauernd - en: constantly - ku: # Daumen, der - en: thumb - ku: # davon - en: from this - ku: # dein - en: your - ku: # den Tisch decken - en: to set the tabel; to lay the table - ku: # denken - en: to think - ku: # Denken, das - en: the thinking - ku: # denn - en: because - ku: # der Vater - en: father - ku: # deshalb - en: therefore; that's why; hence - ku: # deutlich - en: clear; clearly; distinctly; legible; obvious - ku: # deutsch - en: german - ku: # Deutschkurs für Anfänger - en: German cours for beginners - ku: # Deutschkurs, der - en: German course - ku: # Diapositiv, das - en: slide - ku: # dicht - en: close - ku: # dicht daneben schießen - en: to miss the target a little bit; to hit almost the target - ku: # dick - en: thick; big; fat - ku: # dicker - en: thicker - ku: # Die Zeit ist wie im Flug vergangen. - en: The time has flown by. - ku: # Die Zeit vergeht wie im Flug. - en: Time flies like in flight. - ku: # Dieb, der - en: thief - ku: # Dienst, der - en: duty; service; work - ku: # Dienstag, der - en: Tuesday - ku: # diesmal = dieses mal - en: this time - ku: # Diktat, das - en: dication - ku: # Ding, das - en: thing - ku: # Disko, die - en: disco; dance disco; club; dance club - ku: # doch - en: but; all the same; anyway; nevertheles; after all; yes; yes?! - ku: # Dolch, der - en: dagger - ku: # Donnerstag, der - en: Thursday - ku: # doppelt - en: double - ku: # Dorf, das - en: village - ku: # Dörfchen, das - en: little village; hamlet - ku: # dort - en: there - ku: # dort drüben - en: over there - ku: # dort hinten - en: at the back; over there in the back - ku: # dort vorn - en: over there; there at the front side - ku: # dorther - en: from there - ku: # dorthin - en: (to) there; up to there; thereto - ku: # dorthin gehen - en: to go there - ku: # draußen - en: outside - ku: # drei - en: three – 3 - ku: # Dreier, der = der flotte Dreier - en: threesome - ku: # dringend - en: urgent - ku: # drinnen - en: inside - ku: # drüben - en: over there; on the other side - ku: # du - en: you (to close people; to a friend; addressing to equals) - ku: # du bist - en: you are - ku: # Du hast Recht. - en: You are right. - ku: # du heißt - en: your name is - ku: # du siehst gut aus - en: you are looking good - ku: # dumm = doof = blöd – en: stupid; dumb; goofy; foolish; silly - ku: # dumm anmachen - en: to chat you up stupidly - ku: # dümmer - en: dumber, stupider - ku: # Dummheit, die - en: stupidity; foolishness; ignorance - ku: # dunkel - en: dark - ku: # dunkelbraun - en: dark brown - ku: # Dunkelheit, die - en: darkness - ku: # dünn - en: thin - ku: # durch - en: through - ku: # durchlassen - en: to let through; to let pass - ku: # dürfen - en: to be allowed; may; you can; to be permitted - ku: # Durst, der - en: thirst - ku: # Dutzend, das - en: dozen - ku: # eben - en: to live - ku: # ebendig - en: alive - ku: # echt - en: real; natural; not artificial - ku: # egal - en: no matter; the same; all the same; identical; this doesn't make a difference - ku: # Ehemann, der - en: husband - ku: # eher = zeitiger = früher - en: earlier - ku: # ehrlich - en: honest - ku: # Ei, das - en: egg - ku: # eicht - en: easy; lightweight - ku: # Eierbecher, der - en: eggcup - ku: # Eifer, der – en: eagerness; zeal - ku: # Eifersucht, die - en: jealousy - ku: # Eigen; eigene; eigenes - en: own - ku: # Eigenschaft, die - en: property; attribute; quality - ku: # eigentlich - en: actually; really; true; as a matter of fact - ku: # ein - en: one - ku: # ein mal - en: one time - ku: # ein paar - en: some; a few - ku: # ein paar Sachen - en: some things - ku: # ein Stück - en: a littel bit; a piece; a portion; a stretch - ku: # ein Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake - ku: # einander - en: each other; one another - ku: # Eindruck, der - en: impression - ku: # eine - enː one; a - ku: # eine Bedingung stellen - en: to impose a condition; to lay down a condition - ku: # eine Glatze haben - en: to be bald - ku: # einen Vortrag halten - en: to give a lecture - ku: # einfach - en: simply - ku: # Einheit, die - en: unit; unity - ku: # einige - en: some; a few; several - ku: # Einkauf, der - en: purchase; buying; shopping - ku: # einladen - en: to invite - ku: # Einladung, die - en: invitation - ku: # einmal - en: once; someday - ku: # einmalig - en: unique; single - ku: # einsteigen - en: to enter; to get in; to board - ku: # Eintritt, der - en: entry fee - ku: # einverstanden sein - en: to agree; to accept - ku: # einzige - en: the only; the sole - ku: # Eis, das - en: ice cream - ku: # Eisbecher, der - en: sundae (with ice-cream) - ku: # Eisenbahn, die - en: railroad - ku: # Elch, der - en: elk; moose - ku: # elf - en: eleven - 11 - ku: # empfehlen - en: to recommend - ku: # Empfehlung, die - en: recommendation - ku: # Ende, das - en: end - ku: # Endspiel, das - en: final - ku: # Energiesparlampe, die ([Energie-Spar-Lampe]) - en: low-energy bulb; energy-saving electric bulb - ku: # eng - en: closely; narrow; tight - ku: # Ente, die - en: duck - ku: # entfernt - en: away - ku: # Entfernung, die - en: distance - ku: # Entscheidung, die - en: decision - ku: # Entschuldigen Sie sich! - en: Excuse yourself! - ku: # Entschuldigung, die - en: excuse - ku: # Entschuldigung! - en: Excuse me! Sorry! - ku: # entwickeln - en: to develop - ku: # Entwicklung, die - en: development - ku: # er hält einen Vortrag - en: he gives a lecture - ku: # er hat Angst - en: he is afraid - ku: # er passt gut - en: it fits well - ku: # Er weiß auch nicht, wieso. - en: He also doesn't know why. - ku: # Erdbeben, das - en: earthquake - ku: # Erde, die - en: earth - ku: # Erdgeschoss, das - en: ground floor - ku: # ergänzen - en: to complete - ku: # Ergebnis, das - en: result - ku: # erinnern - en: to remember; to recall; to remind - ku: # Erinnerung, die - en: memory; recollection - ku: # erklären - en: to explain - ku: # Erkrankung, die - en: illness; disease - ku: # erlauben - en: to allow; to permit - ku: # erledigen - en: to make; to carry out; to finish; to complete - ku: # ernst - en: serious - ku: # ernten - en: to harvest - ku: # erst - en: not until; only - ku: # erst heute - en: not until today; only today; just today - ku: # erst morgen = morgen erst - en: not until tomorrow; tomorrow; only tomorrow - ku: # erst vor kurzem - en: quite recently - ku: # erste - en: first - ku: # erste Mal, das - en: for the first time - ku: # erster; erste - en: first - ku: # erwarten - en: to await; to expect - ku: # erwünscht - en: wanted; desireable; welcome - ku: # erzählen - en: to tell; to narrate; to retell - ku: # es geht - en: it is possible; is goes; it's all right - ku: # es geht nicht = es ist nicht möglich - en: it is not possible; it is impossible - ku: # es gibt - en: there is; there are - ku: # es ist - en: it is - ku: # es ist bald - en: it is soon - ku: # Es tut mir leid. - en: I am sorry. - ku: # Eselsbrücke, die - en: a mnemonic - ku: # essen - en: to eat - ku: # Essen, das - en: food; meal - ku: # Essstäbchen, das - en: chopsticks - ku: # Esswaren, die - en: edibles; food; provisions - ku: # etwas - en: something - ku: # etwas weiter - en: slightly further; a little bit further - ku: # euer, eure - en: your - ku: # eventuell - en: possibly; perhaps - ku: # Fach, das - en: compartment; pocket; subject; field; shelf - ku: # Fachbuch, das - en: textbook; technical book; specialist book - ku: # Faden, der - en: thread; filament - ku: # fähig - en: able; capable - ku: # Fähigkeit, die - en: ability; capability; skill - ku: # Fahne, die - en: flag - ku: # fahren - en: go (in means of transport with wheels); to drive - ku: # fahren nach - en: go to (with car, bus, train etc.); travel to - ku: # Fahrgast, der - en: passenger - ku: # Fahrkarte, die - en: ticket - ku: # Fahrplan, der - en: timetable; schedule - ku: # Fahrt, die - en: ride; trip; yourney - ku: # Fahrzeit, die - en: driving time; travel time - ku: # Fahrzeug, das - en: vehicle; car; vessel - ku: # Fahrziel, das - en: destination - ku: # Fall, der - en: case - ku: # fallen - en: to fall - ku: # fallend - en: decreasing pitch - ku: # Fallschirm, der - en: parachute - ku: # falsch - en: false; incorrect; wrong; wrongly - ku: # Familie, die - en: family - ku: # Familienname, der - en: last name; surname - ku: # fangen - en: to catch - ku: # Farbe, die - en: color; paint - ku: # Fass, das - en: barrel - ku: # fast - en: almost - ku: # Faust, die - en: fist - ku: # fechten- en: to fence - ku: # Feder, die - en: feather - ku: # Federball = Badminton - en: badminton - ku: # fehlen - en: to be missing; to miss - ku: # Fehler, der - en: mistake; error - ku: # Feier, die - en: party; celebration; ceremony - ku: # feiern - en: to celebrate - ku: # Feind, der - en: enemy - ku: # feindlich - en: hostile - ku: # Feindschaft, die - en: hostility; animosity - ku: # Fenster, das - en: window - ku: # Ferienlager, das - en: holiday camp - ku: # fertig - en: finished; ready; done - ku: # Fertigkeit, die - en: skill; craftmanship; skillfulness - ku: # fest - en: solid; hard - ku: # fett - en: fat; (rich) - ku: # feucht - en: humid; damp - ku: # Feuer, das - en: fire - ku: # Feuerzeug, das - en: cigarette lighter - ku: # Fieber, das - en: fever; temperature - ku: # filmen - en: to film - ku: # finden - en: to find; I think - ku: # Finger, der - en: finger - ku: # Finne, der - en: the Finn (a man from Finland) - ku: # Finnen, die - en: the Finns (men from Finland) - ku: # Finnin, die - en: the Finn (a woman from Finland) - ku: # Finninnen, die - en: the Finns (women from Finland) - ku: # finnisch - en: Finnish - ku: # finnische Sprache - en: Finnish language - ku: # Finnland - en: Finland - ku: # Fisch, der - en: fish - ku: # Fitness-Studio, das - en: gym; fitness center - ku: # Flasche, die - en: bottle - ku: # flechten - en: to plait - ku: # Fleisch, das - en: meat - ku: # fliegen - en: to fly - ku: # Flirten, das = flirten - en: flirting; to flirt - ku: # Floh, der - en: flea - ku: # Flug, der - en: flight - ku: # Flugzeug, das - en: airplane - ku: # Fluss, der - en: river - ku: # Flüsschen, das - en: little river; creek - ku: # flüssig - en: liquid; fluid; fluent - ku: # Flüssigkeit, die - en: fluid; liquid - ku: # folgen - en: to follow - ku: # Forderung, die - en: demand; requirement - ku: # Forscher, der - en: investigator - ku: # Forschung, die - en: investigation - ku: # Forschungsabteilung, die - en: research division; research department - ku: # Fotoapparat, der - en: camera - ku: # Frage, die - en: question - ku: # Frage! - en: Ask! (to your friend) - ku: # fragen - en: to ask - ku: # Fragen Sie! - en: Ask! (to your boss) - ku: # Frankreich - en: France - ku: # Franzose, der - en: Frenchman - ku: # Französin, die - en: Frenchwoman - ku: # Französinnen, die - en: Frenchwomen - ku: # Französischunterricht, der - en: french lessons - ku: # Frau, die - en: woman; Ms. - ku: # frech - en: naughty; cheeky; impertinent - ku: # frei - en: available; free - ku: # Freitag, der - en: Friday - ku: # Freizeit, die - en: leisure time - ku: # fremd - en: alien; (stranger) - ku: # fremdbestimmt - en: nonautonomous; directed by others; externally determined - ku: # fressen - en: to devour; to eat - ku: # Freude, die - en: joy; fun; pleasure - ku: # Freund, der - en: friend - ku: # Freundin, die - en: girlfriend - ku: # freundlich - en: friendly; kind - ku: # Freundschaft, die - en: friendship - ku: # frisch - en: fresh - ku: # früher - en: earlier; before; previously - ku: # früher schon - en: earlier on; already before - ku: # Frühling, der - en: spring - ku: # führen - en: to lead - ku: # Führerschein, der - en: driver's license - ku: # fünf - en: five - 5 - ku: # fünfte = 5. - en: fifth; 5th - ku: # fünfzig - en: fifty - 50 - ku: # für - en: for - ku: # für meine Mutter - en: for my mother - ku: # für mich - en: for me - ku: # für sich - en: for herself; for themselves - ku: # für wen? - en: for whom? - ku: # Fuß, der - en: foot - ku: # Fußball - en: football - ku: # Fußgänger, der - en: pedestrian - ku: # Gabel, die - en: fork - ku: # ganz - en: absolutely; very - ku: # ganz frisch - en: very fresh - ku: # ganz neu - en: absolutely new - ku: # gar nicht - en: not at all - ku: # Gardine, die - en: net curtain - ku: # Garten, der - en: garden - ku: # Gast, der; Plural: Gäste - en: guest - ku: # Gasthof, der = das Restaurant mit kleinem Hotel - en: restaurant - ku: # Gaststätte, die = das Restaurant - en: restaurant - ku: # Gastwirtschaft, die = die Gaststätte - en: restaurant - ku: # gebaut - en: built - ku: # geben - en: to give - ku: # Gebirge, das - en: mountains; mountain range - ku: # geboren - en: to be born - ku: # Gebot, das - en: commandment - ku: # Geburt, die - en: birth - ku: # Geburtstag, der - en: birthday - ku: # Gedächtnis, das - en: memory; memorial - ku: # Gedächtniskirche, die - en: Memorial Church - ku: # Gedanke, der - en: thought; idea - ku: # gefährlich - en: dangerous - ku: # gefallen - en: to like - ku: # Gefängnis, das - en: prison; jail - ku: # Gefecht, das - en: battle - ku: # Gefühl, das - en: feeling - ku: # gegen - en: against; contra - ku: # Gegenstand, der - en: object; subject - ku: # gegenüber - en: towards; opposite - ku: # Geh weg! - en: Go away!; Leave me alone! - ku: # Geheimnis, das - en: secret - ku: # gehen - en: to go (on foot), to walk - ku: # gehl = gelb - en: yello - ku: # gehören - en: to belong - ku: # geht aber lieber - en: he prefers to go - ku: # geht durch - en: goes through - ku: # gelb - en: yellow - ku: # Geld, das - en: money - ku: # Gelegenheit, die - en: opportunity - ku: # gelegentlich - en: occasionally - ku: # Gemälde, das - en: painting; picture - ku: # gemeinsam = zusammen - en: together; joint; jointly; together - ku: # Gemeinschaft, die - en: community - ku: # Gemüse, das - en: vegetable - ku: # genau - en: exact; precisely - ku: # genauso viel - en: just as much; as much; the same amount of - ku: # Gentleman, der - en: gentleman - ku: # genug - en: enough; sufficient - ku: # Gepäck, das - en: luggage - ku: # Gepäckaufbewahrung, die - en: left-luggage office; luggage storage - ku: # gerade - en: a second ago; just; equals; straight; in this moment - ku: # gerade gekauft - en: just bought; gerade - en: just; a secon ago - ku: # geradeaus - en: straight; straight ahead - ku: # gern = gerne - en: with pleasure - ku: # gern haben - en: to like - ku: # Geschäft, das - en: shop - ku: # Geschenk, das - en: gift; present - ku: # Geschichte, die - en: history; story - ku: # Geschlecht, das - en: gender; sex - ku: # geschlossen - en: closed - ku: # Geschmack, der - en: taste - ku: # Gesetz, das - en: law - ku: # Gesicht, das - en: face - ku: # Gestank, der - en: stench - ku: # gestern - en: yesterday - ku: # gesund - en: healthy; well - ku: # Gesundheit, die - en: health - ku: # gewiss - en: certainly; for sure; defenitely; no doubt - ku: # gibt es? - en: is there?; are there - ku: # Glas, das - en: glass - ku: # Glatze, die - en: bald head - ku: # Glaube, der - en: faith; religion; belief - ku: # glauben - en: to think; to believe - ku: # gleich - en: equal; immediately; in a moment; very soon; just now; just; in a second; right now - ku: # gleich = sofort - en: immediately - ku: # gleich hier - en: right here; straight away - ku: # gleich morgen - en: tomorrow; immediately tomorrow; promptly tomorrow - ku: # gleichfalls - en: likewise; also; and the same to you - ku: # Gleichung, die - en: equation - ku: # Glück haben - en: to be lucky - ku: # Glück, das - en: happiness; luck; joy - ku: # glücklich - en: happy - ku: # Glühbirne, die - en: (electric) light bulb - ku: # glühen - en: to glow - ku: # Glühlampe, die - en: incandescent lamp; filament lamp; electric light bulb - ku: # Gold, das - en: gold - ku: # Gott, der - en: God - ku: # Graben, der - en: ditch - ku: # gratulieren - en: to congratulate - ku: # groß - en: big; great - ku: # Größe, die - en: size - ku: # größer - en: bigger - ku: # grün - en: green - ku: # gründlich - en: thoroughly; carefully; profound; extensively - ku: # Grüppchen, das - en: small group - ku: # grüßen - en: to greet; to say hallo - ku: # Guck mal! - en: Have a look! - ku: # Guckloch, das - en: peephole - ku: # Gummibärchen, das - en: jelly bear; gummy bear - ku: # gut - besser - am besten – en: good - better - the best - ku: # gut - en: good - ku: # gut passen - en: to fit well - ku: # Gute Besserung! - en: Get well soon! - ku: # Guten Morgen! - en: Good morning! (between 5 and 9 a.m) - ku: # Guten Tag! - en: How do you do? - ku: # Guten Tag! - enː I wish you a good day; how do you do? - ku: # Haar, das - en: hair - ku: # haben - en: to have - ku: # halb - en: half - ku: # Halbmond, der - en: crescent; crescent moon; half moon - ku: # Hals, der - en: throat; neck - ku: # Halsschmerzen, die - en: sore throat - ku: # halten - en: to hold; to stop; to give a lecture - ku: # halten - en: to last; to stick - ku: # halten - en: to think; to consider; to regard - ku: # halten für - en: to consider - ku: # Hammer, der - en: hammer - ku: # Hand, die - en: hand - ku: # Hand, die; Plural: Hände - en: hand - ku: # Händchen, das - en: little hand; knack - ku: # Handtuch, das - en: towel - ku: # Handy, das - en: cellular phone; mobile phone - ku: # hängen - en: to hang - ku: # hart - en: hard - ku: # Hase, der - en: hare - ku: # hast du Lust ... ? - en: do you feel like ... ? - ku: # hat ... gekauft - en: has bought - ku: # Häufchen, das - en: little pile; small heap - ku: # häufig - en: often; frequently - ku: # Häufigkeit, die - en: frequency; incidence - ku: # Haupt- - en: „main-“ - ku: # Hauptbahnhof, der - en: central station; main station - ku: # Hauptgebäude, das - en: main building - ku: # Hauptmann, der - en: captain - ku: # Hauptstadt, die - en: capital - ku: # Hauptstraße, die - en: main street - ku: # Hauptwort, das - en: noun - ku: # Haus, das - en: house - ku: # Hausapotheke, die - en: medicine chest - ku: # Hausarzt, der - en: family doctor; GP - ku: # Hausaufgabe, die - en: homework - ku: # Hausfrau, die - en: housewife - ku: # Hausschuh, der - en: slipper - ku: # Haut, die - en: skin - ku: # Hecke, die - en: hedge - ku: # Heft, das - en: exercise book; notebook - ku: # heilbar - en: curable - ku: # heilen - en: to heal; to cure - ku: # heilig - holy; sacred - ku: # Heilige, der - the Saint (person), Saint ... - ku: # heiligen = rechtfertigen - en: to sanctify; to justify - ku: # heiß - en: hot - ku: # heißen - en: to be called; to be named - ku: # helfen - en: to help - ku: # hell - en: fair; light; bright - ku: # Hemd, das - en: shirt - ku: # herausgeben - en: to publish; to issue - ku: # Herbst, der - en: autumn - ku: # Herr Ober - en: waiter - ku: # herrlich - en: gorgeous; marvelous; wonderfull - ku: # Herz, das - en: heart - ku: # heucheln - en: to be hypocritical; to play the hypocritical - ku: # heute - en: today - ku: # heute noch = noch heute - en: still today; even today - ku: # heute schon = schon heute - en: already today - ku: # Hey, du siehst nett aus! - en: Hey, you look nice! - ku: # hier - en: here - ku: # hierher - en: (to) here - ku: # Hilfe, die - en: help - ku: # Himmel, der - en: sky - ku: # hin und wieder - en: occasionally; every now and then - ku: # Hinfahrt, die - en: one way; outward journey - ku: # Hinflug, der - en: outward flight; the flight leg towards the destination - ku: # Hingucker, der - en: eyecatcher - ku: # hinten - en: at the back; at the end; behind; over there - ku: # hinter - en: behind - ku: # hoch - en: to go up - ku: # hochfahren - en: go up (in means of transportation - with wheels) - ku: # hochgehen - en: go up (walking) - ku: # Hochschule, die - en: college; university - ku: # höchstwahrscheinlich - en: most likely; very probably - ku: # Hof, der - en: courtyard; yard - ku: # hoffentlich - en: hopefully; I hope so - ku: # Hoffnung, die - en: hope - ku: # hoffnungslos – en: hopeless; without hope - ku: # höflich - en: polite; courteous - ku: # holen - en: to get; to fetch; to go for something; to get; to take; to go for - ku: # Hölle, die - en: hell - ku: # homosexuell - en: gay - ku: # hop! - en: Jump!; Alez Hop! - ku: # hören - en: to hear - ku: # Hören Sie bitte! - en: Please, listen to me! (to your boss) - ku: # hübsch = schön - en: beautiful - ku: # Huhn, das - en: chicken; hen - ku: # hui - en: super; elegant - ku: # Hund, der - en: dog - ku: # Hündchen, das - en: little dog - ku: # Hündin, die - en: female dog - ku: # Hunger, der - en: hunger - ku: # Husten, der - en: cough - ku: # Hut, der - en: hat - ku: # ich - en: I - ku: # Ich bin blond. - en: I am blond. (and stupid) - ku: # Ich gehe nicht mit. - en: I will not go with you. - ku: # ich habe gemacht - en: I have made - ku: # Ich habe keine Zeit. - en: I have no time. - ku: # Ich habe keinen Bock. - en: I do not feel like it. I have no desire. - ku: # Ich habe wenig geschlafen - en: I have not slept much - ku: # Ich kann Franziska nicht leiden. - en: I can not stand Franziska. - ku: # ich möchte gern - en: I would like; I would like to take - ku: # Ich möchte ihn gern in grau. - en: I would like him in gray. - ku: # ich war es nicht - en: it was not me - ku: # ich würde machen - en: I would make - ku: # ihm - en: him; for him; to him - ku: # ihr - en: her; to her - ku: # ihr - en: their - ku: # Ihr - en: your - ku: # Imbiss, der - en: snack - ku: # Imbissraum, der - en: snack room; cafeteria; canteen - ku: # immer - en: always - ku: # immer wieder - en: again and again; repeatedly - ku: # in - en: in; after - ku: # in - en: in; inside - ku: # in + das = ins - en: into + the - ku: # in der Nähe - en: nearby; close by; in the vicinity - ku: # in festen zeitlichen Abständen - en: at fixed time intervals; at fixed intervals - ku: # in Ordnung - en: okay; all right; in order - ku: # informiert sein - en: to be informed - ku: # innen - en: inside - ku: # innere - en: inner - ku: # innerhalb - en: inside; within - ku: # Instanz, die - en: authority; instance - ku: # Institut, das - en: institute; language school - ku: # interessant - en: interesting - ku: # Internat, das - en: boarding school - ku: # irgendwann - en: sometime; sometimes; someday - ku: # irgendwer - en: somebody - ku: # irgendwo - en: somewhere - ku: # irgendwoher - en: from somewhere - ku: # ist - en: is - ku: # Ist Ihnen das Recht? - en: Is this OK for you? - ku: # ist weg - en: is gone; has gone; away - ku: # ja - enː yes - ku: # Jahr, das - en: year - ku: # Jahreszeit, die - en: season; season of the year - ku: # Jahreszeit, die - en: seasons (of the year) - ku: # jährlich - en: every year - ku: # Jakobsweg, der - en: Way of St. James - ku: # jede - en: every - ku: # jemand - en: someone - ku: # jetzt - en: now - ku: # jeweils - en: respectively; in each case - ku: # Jugendherberge, die - en: youth hostel - ku: # Jugendliche - en: young person; adolescent - ku: # Junge, der - en: boy - ku: # Kaffee, der - en: coffee - ku: # Kakao, der - en: chocolate milk; hot chocolate; cocoa - ku: # kalt - en: cold - ku: # Kammgarn, das - en: combed yarn; worsted - ku: # Kaninchen, das - en: rabbit - ku: # Kannst du mir das bitte kurz erklären? - en: Can you explain me that briefly, please? - ku: # Kanone, die - en: cannon - ku: # Kantine, die - en: canteen - ku: # Kapstadt - en: Cape Town - ku: # Karre, die = das Auto = der Wagen - en: car; cart - ku: # Karte, die - en: map; ticket; card; postcard - ku: # Kartoffel, die - en: potato - ku: # Käse, der - en: cheese - ku: # Käseplatte, die - en: chees plate; cheeseboard - ku: # Kasse, die - en: cash desk; cash register - ku: # Kasten, der - en: box - ku: # Kauf, der - en: buying - ku: # kaufen - en: to buy - ku: # Käufer, der - en: buyer; purchaser - ku: # Käuferin, die - en: buyer (female) - ku: # Kaufhaus, das - en: department store - ku: # Kaufmann, der - en: businessman - ku: # kaum - en: barely; hardly - ku: # kein - en: no, not - ku: # kein; keine - en: no; (kein = no + ein) - ku: # keine Zeit - en: no time - ku: # keinem - en: no - ku: # keiner = niemand - en: nobody; no one - ku: # keinesfalls - en: under no circumstances - ku: # Kellner, der - en: waiter (male) - ku: # Kellnerin, die - en: waiter (female) - ku: # kennen - en: to know - ku: # Kerze, die - en: candle - ku: # Kette, die - en: necklace; chain - ku: # keuchen - en: to puff; to pant - ku: # Kilogramm, das (kg) - en: kilogram - ku: # Kind, das - en: child - ku: # Kindergarten, der - en: kindergarten - ku: # Kinderstation, die - en: children's ward; pediatric ward - ku: # Kindheit, die - en: childhood - ku: # Kippen = Zigaretten - en: cigarette - ku: # Kirche, die - en: church - ku: # Klappe, die - en: flap - ku: # Klasse, die - en: class; course - ku: # Klassenfahrt, die - en: school trip; class trip; excursion of the class - ku: # Klavier, das = das Piano - en: piano - ku: # Kleid, das - en: dress - ku: # klein - en: small; little - ku: # kleine Finger, der - en: pinky finger; little finger - ku: # kleiner - en: smaller - ku: # Kleingeld, das - en: change (money) - ku: # kleinste - en: smallest - ku: # klingeln - en: to ring - ku: # klug - en: intelligent; wise; clever; smart - ku: # klüger - en: wiser - ku: # Klügere, der - en: the wiser - ku: # Kneipe, die - en: pub - ku: # Knoblauch, der - en: garlic - ku: # Koch, der - en: cook - ku: # kochen - en: to cook - ku: # Kodex, der - en: codex; [moral] code - ku: # Koffer, der - en: suitcase - ku: # Kokosnuss, die - en: coconut - ku: # Kollege, der - en: colleague - ku: # komisch - en: strange - ku: # Komma, das - en: comma - ku: # kommen - en: to come - ku: # Kommilitone, der - en: fellow student - ku: # Konferenz, die - en: conference; meeting - ku: # König, der - en: king - ku: # Königin, die - en: queen - ku: # können - en: can (ability); to be able to do something; to be capable; to be permitted - ku: # Kontrolle, die - en: control - ku: # Kontrolluntersuchung, die - en: control examination; check-up - ku: # Konzern, der - en: company; firm; corporation - ku: # Konzert, das - en: concert - ku: # Kopenhagen - en: Copenhagen - ku: # Kopf, der - en: head - ku: # Köpfchen, das - en: little head; brains - ku: # Korn, das - en: grain; corn - ku: # korrigieren - en: to correct - ku: # Krach, der - en: noise - ku: # Kraft, die - en: force - ku: # krank - en: ill - ku: # Krankenhaus, das - en: hospital - ku: # Krankenstation, die - en: infirmary; hospital ward - ku: # Krankheit, die - en: illness; disease; sickness - ku: # Kratzer, der - en: cratch - ku: # Kraut, das; Plural: Kräuter - en: herb - ku: # Kreis, der - en: circle - ku: # Kreuz, das - en: cross - ku: # Kreuzfahrt, die - en: cruise - ku: # kriechen - en: to crawl - ku: # Krone, die - en: crown - ku: # krumm - en: bent; crooked - ku: # Kuchen, der - en: cake; pie; cupcake - ku: # Kugelschreiber, der - en: pen; ballpoint pen; biro - ku: # Kunde, der - en: customer; client - ku: # Kundin, die - en: customer (woman); client (woman) - ku: # Kundinnen, die - en: customers (women); clients (women) - ku: # Kundschaft, die - en: customers - ku: # Kunst, die - en: art - ku: # Künstler, der - en: artist - ku: # Kunstwerk, das - en: artwork - ku: # Kurve, die - en: curve; turn - ku: # kurz - en: short - ku: # kürzen - en: to shorten; to make shorte; to reduce - ku: # Kuss, der - en: kiss - ku: # Labor, das - en: laboratory; lab - ku: # lachen - en: to laugh - ku: # Lachen, das - en: laughter - ku: # Laden, der - en: shop - ku: # Lage, die - en: situation - ku: # Lager, das - en: camp - ku: # Lampe, die - en: lamp - ku: # Land, das - en: country; land - ku: # Land, das = das Bundesland - en: federal state - ku: # landen - en: to land; to touch down - ku: # Landkarte, die - map - ku: # Landkreis, der - en: county; administrative district - ku: # Landschaft, die - en: countryside; scenery; landscape; scene - ku: # lang - en: long - ku: # lange - en: a long time; for a long time - ku: # lange überlegen - en: to think a long time - ku: # länger - en: longer; more time - ku: # Langfinger = Dieb - en: thief - ku: # langsam - en: slow; slowly - ku: # langsamer - en: slower - ku: # langsamer als - en: slower than - ku: # langweilig - en: boring; dull - ku: # lass uns - en: let's - ku: # laufen = gehen - en: to walk; to go; to run; to play a movie - ku: # laut - en: aloud; loud; loudly; noisey - ku: # laut lesen - en: read loudly - ku: # Laut, der - en: tone; noise - ku: # lauter - en: a bunch of; these are all - ku: # lauwarm - en: lukewarm - ku: # Leben, das - en: life - ku: # Lebensmittel, das; meist Plural: die Lebensmittel - en: foodstuff - ku: # LED-Lampe, die - en: Led lamp - ku: # Lehrbuch, das; Plural: Lehrbücher - en: textbook - ku: # Lehrer, der - en: teacher - ku: # leicht - en: easy; lightweight - ku: # Leid, das - en: suffering; pain; sorrow; grief - ku: # leiden - en: to suffer - ku: # Leiden, das – en: suffering; grief - ku: # Leidenschaft, die - en: passion; emotion - ku: # leidenschaftlich - en: passionate; passionalety; emotional - ku: # leider - en: unfortunately - ku: # leider nicht - en: I’m afraid not; no, unfortunately; unfortunately not - ku: # leise - en: quiet - ku: # leiten - en: to manage; to be in charge; to manage; to lead; to run; to organize - ku: # Leiter, der - en: head; director; boss - ku: # Leiter, die - en: ladder - ku: # Leitung, die - en: management; leadership; guidance; cable; line - ku: # lenken - en: to steer; to guide; to manage - ku: # Lerne die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your friend) - ku: # lernen - en: to learn - ku: # Lernen Sie die Vokabeln! - en: Learn the vocabulary! (to your boss) - ku: # lesbisch - en: lesbian - ku: # lesen - en: to read - ku: # letzes Jahr - en: last year - ku: # letzte - en: last - ku: # letzte, letzter - en: last - ku: # leuchten - en: to shine; to glow; to give light - ku: # Leuchtröhre, die - en: light tube; fluorescent tube - ku: # Leuchtstofflampe, die - en: fluorescent light; fluorescent lamp - ku: # Leuchtstoffröhre, die - en: fluorescent tube; fluorescent lamp; luminous tube - ku: # Leute, die - en: people; folk; men - ku: # Lexikon, das - en: encyclopaedia - ku: # Licht, das - en: light - ku: # lieb - en: dear - ku: # Liebe, die - en: love - ku: # lieben - en: to love - ku: # lieber - en: to prefer - ku: # lieber als - en: rather than; better than - ku: # lieber fahren - en: to prefer to go (by tramway, bus, train, car) - ku: # Lied, das - en: song - ku: # liegen - en: to lie; to be (laying) - ku: # Limonade, die - en: soda; lemonade; soft drink - ku: # Limonade, die - en: soda; soft drink; lemonade (no lemon juice) - ku: # Lineal, das - en: ruler - ku: # links - en: left; at the left side; to the left - ku: # links neben - en: to the left of - ku: # Lippe, die - en: lip - ku: # Lippenstift, der - en: lipstick - ku: # LKW-Fahrer, der - en: truck driver; lorry driver - ku: # LKW, der - en: truck; lorry - ku: # loben - en: to praise - ku: # Loch, das - en: hole; cavity; opening - ku: # Löffel, der - en: spoon - ku: # Lunge, die - en: lungs - ku: # Lust, die - en: desire; pleasure - ku: # mach! - en: do it! - ku: # machen - en: to make - ku: # Macho, der - en: macho; macho male - ku: # Mädchen, das - en: girl - ku: # mal - enː times - ku: # malen - en: to paint - ku: # Maler, der - en: paintor; artist - ku: # manchmal - en: sometimes - ku: # Mann, der - en: man - ku: # Mantel, der - en: coat; cloak; overcoat - ku: # Marokko - en: Morocco - ku: # Maschine, die - en: machine - ku: # Maschinenbau, der - en: mechanical engineering; machine construction - ku: # Maßeinheit, die - en: unit of measurement - ku: # Mathematik, die - en: mathematics; (no Plural in German) - ku: # Maus, die - en: mouse - ku: # Mechanik, die - en: mechanics - ku: # Medikament, das - en: medicine; drug; medication - ku: # Mehl, das - en: flour - ku: # mehr - en: more - ku: # Mehrheit, die - en: majority - ku: # mehrmalig - en: several times; multiple times - ku: # mehrmals - en: several times; multiple times - ku: # mein - en: my - ku: # mein Herr - en: Mister; (My Lord) - ku: # meine neue Freundin - en: my new girlfriend - ku: # meinen - en: to think; to believe; to mean - ku: # meinetwegen - en: I agree; on my behalf; for my sake; I have no problems with this - ku: # Meinung, die - en: opinion - ku: # meist = meistens - en: mostly; for the most part; in general - ku: # meistens - en: mostly - ku: # Mensa, die - en: student food court (in an university); refectory; canteen; cafeteria - ku: # Mensch, der; Plural: Menschen = Leute - en: human being; man; human - ku: # Menschheit, die - en: mankind; human race; mankind - ku: # merken = bemerken - en: to notice - ku: # Messbecher, der - en: measuring cup; measuring jug - ku: # Messe, die - en: fair; exhibition - ku: # messen - en: to measure - ku: # Messer, das - en: knife - ku: # Metall, das - en: metal - ku: # Miete, die - en: rent - ku: # Mietwagen, der - en: rental car - ku: # Milch, die - en: milk - ku: # Million, die - en: 1,000,000 - ku: # Minderheit, die - en: minority - ku: # mindern - en: to reduce; (mindern = verringern = reduzieren) - ku: # mindestens = minimum - en: at least - ku: # minus - enː minus - ku: # Minute, die - en: minute - ku: # mir - en: me; to me - ku: # Mist, der - en: crap; manure - ku: # mit - en: with - ku: # mit absoluter Sicherheit - en: with absolute certainty - ku: # mit allem Pipapo - en: with all gimmicks; with the whole enchilada - ku: # mit gehen - en: go along; walk with - ku: # mitnehmen - en: to take; to take along; to give a lift; to take with you - ku: # Mittag, der - en: noon; lunchtime - ku: # Mittagessen, das - en: lunch; dinner (at midday; at noon) - ku: # Mitte, die - en: center; midpoint; middle - ku: # Mittel, das - en: means; medicine - ku: # Mittelfinger, der - en: middle finger - ku: # Mittwoch, der - en: Wednesday - ku: # mitunter - en: from time to time - ku: # möchten - en: to want (week form); would like; may - ku: # möchten - enː would like; to want - ku: # modern [mo'de:rn] - en: modern - ku: # mögen - en: to want; to like (week form) - ku: # möglich - en: possible - ku: # möglicherweise - en: possibly; perhaps - ku: # Möglichkeit, die - en: posibility - ku: # monatlich - en: every month - ku: # Mond, der - en: moon - ku: # Montag, der - en: Monday - ku: # Montage, die - en: assembly - ku: # montieren - en: to assemble - ku: # Moral, die - en: moral - ku: # Moralkodex, der - en: code of ethics - ku: # morgen - en: tomorow - ku: # morgen erst = erst morgen - en: not until tomorrow; only tomorrow - ku: # morgen früh - en: tomorrow morning - ku: # Morgen, der - en: morning (4.00 a.m - 9.00 a.m.) - ku: # Morgenstunde, die - en: morning hours - ku: # Motor, der - en: motor - ku: # Mund, der - en: mouth - ku: # Münze, die - en: coin - ku: # Museum, das - en: museum - ku: # Musik, die - en: music - ku: # müssen - en: have to; must (strong form); need - ku: # Mutter, die - en: mother - ku: # nach einer Weile - en: after a while - ku: # nach Hause - en: back home - ku: # Nachbarschaft, die - en: neighbourhood - ku: # nachgeben - en: to give in; to yield - ku: # nachher = später - en: afterwards; later; later on; after (this); not now - ku: # Nachmittag, der - en: afternoon (12.00 p.m. - 17.00 p.m.) - ku: # Nachrichten, die - en: news; message - ku: # Nacht, die - en: night - ku: # nachts ist es dunkel - en: at night it is dark - ku: # Nagel, der - en: nail - ku: # nahe bei - en: close to; nearby - ku: # Nähe, die - en: proximity; vicinity - ku: # nähen – en: to sew; to stitch - ku: # Nahrung, die - en: food - ku: # Nahrungsmittel, das - en: foodstuff - ku: # Naja, nicht ganz blond. - en: Well, not quite blond. - ku: # Name, der - en: name - ku: # Namenstag, der - en: name day; saint's day - ku: # nass - en: wet - ku: # natürlich - en: of course, naturally; natural - ku: # neben - en: besides; next to; alongside - ku: # nebeneinander - en: side by side - ku: # Negation, die [negaˈtsjo:n] - en: negation - ku: # nehmen - en: to take - ku: # nein - en: no - ku: # nein danke - en: no, thanks - ku: # nennen - en: to call something/somebody; to name something/somebody - ku: # Neon-Röhre, die - en: Neon Light - ku: # Neonlampe, die - en: neon lamp; neon light - ku: # Nerv, der - en: nerve - ku: # nett = liebenswürdig - en: kind; friendly - ku: # neu - en: new - ku: # neugierig - en: curious - ku: # neun - en: nine – 9 - ku: # nicht - en: not - ku: # nicht gern - en: I don't like - ku: # nicht leiden können - en: can not stand; dislike; hate - ku: # nicht mehr - en: no longer; no more; not any more; not any longer - ku: # nicht reichen - en: not enough - ku: # nichts - en: nothing - ku: # nichts mehr - en: no more; nothing more - ku: # nie - en: never - ku: # nie und nimmer - en: never ever - ku: # niemals - en: never; no way; not ever - ku: # niemand - en: nobody - ku: # niesen - en: to sneeze - ku: # noch - en: any more; still; also; in addition; even more; is still left; more - ku: # noch besser - en: even better - ku: # noch ein - en: another; one more - ku: # noch einmal - en: once more - ku: # Noch einmal bitte! - en: Once again, please! - ku: # noch etwas - en: anything else; something else; something more - ku: # noch etwas? - en: Something else? Something more? - ku: # noch mal - en: once again; (repeat to me once more) - ku: # noch nicht - en: not yet; still not - ku: # Norden, der - en: the noth - ku: # nördlich von - en: north of - ku: # Nordpol, der - en: North Pole - ku: # Norwegen - en: Norway - ku: # Norweger, der - en: Norwegian (a man from Norway) - ku: # Norwegerin, die - en: Norwegian (a woman from Norway) - ku: # Norwegerinnen - en: Norwegians (women from Norway) - ku: # norwegisch - en: norwegian - ku: # Norwegisch - en: Norwegian language - ku: # norwegische Sprache - en: Norwegian language - ku: # Not, die - en: emergency; distress - ku: # Notaufnahme, die - en: emergency room - ku: # nötig - en: necessary; needed - ku: # notwendig - en: necessary - ku: # Notwendigkeit, die - en: need; necessity - ku: # Nudel, die - en: noodle - ku: # Null, die - en: zero - ku: # nun - en: now; then; well - ku: # nur - en: only; just - ku: # nur zu einem sehr geringen Grad - en: only at a very minimal degree - ku: # Nuss, die - en: nut - ku: # ob - en: if - ku: # oben - en: at the top; upstairs; up; at the top - ku: # Oberkellner, der - en: head waiter - ku: # objektiv - en: objective; objectively - ku: # Obst, das - en: fruits - ku: # oder - en: or - ku: # oder so was - en: or something like that - ku: # Ofen, der - en: oven - ku: # offen - en: open - ku: # öffentlich - en: public; in public - ku: # Öffentlichkeit, die - en: the public; the general public - ku: # öffnen - en: to open - ku: # oft - en: often; frequently - ku: # ohne - en: without - ku: # Ökonom, der - en: economist - ku: # Oma, die - en: grandmother - ku: # Onkel, der - en: uncle - ku: # Oper, die - en: opera - ku: # ordnen - en: to arrange; to order - ku: # Ordnung, die - en: order - ku: # Ort, der - en: place; village o small town - ku: # Orthographie, die = die Rechtschreibung - en: spelling; orthography - ku: # Ortschaft, die - en: village o small town - ku: # Osten, der - en: the east - ku: # Österreich - en: Austria - ku: # östlich von - en: east of - ku: # Overall, der - en: overall - ku: # paar (ein paar) = einige - en: some - ku: # Paar, das (= 2) - en: pair; couple - ku: # packen - en: to pack - ku: # Paket, das - en: parcel; package - ku: # Pappe, die - en: cardboard - ku: # Park, der - en: park - ku: # Partner, der - en: partner - ku: # Partnerin, die - en: partner (woman) - ku: # Partnerschaft, die - en: partnership - ku: # passen - en: to match; to fit; to be convinient; to suit - ku: # Passt es Ihnen? - en: Does it fit you? - ku: # passt sehr gut - en: fits very well - ku: # Pause, die - en: pause - ku: # Pech, das - en: bad luck - ku: # peinlich - en: embarrassing - ku: # Person, die - en: person - ku: # Pfadfindern, der - en: scouts; boy scouts - ku: # Pfeffer, der - en: pepper - ku: # pfeifen - en: to whistle - ku: # Pfeil, der - en: arrow - ku: # Pferd, das - en: horse - ku: # Pflanze, die - en: plant - ku: # Pflaume, die - en: plum - ku: # Pflaumenbaum, der - en: plum tree - ku: # Pflaumenmus, der - en: plum jam - ku: # Pflicht, die - en: obligation - ku: # pflichtig - en: to be obliged - ku: # pfui - en: bad - ku: # Physik, die - en: physics - ku: # Platz nehmen - en: to take a seat; to take place; to sit down - ku: # Platz, der; Plural: Plätze - en: seat; place - ku: # plumps! - en: Thud! (a sound from falling); Plop! - ku: # plus - enː plus - ku: # Po, der - en: bottom; bum; behind; backside - ku: # Polizei, die - en: police - ku: # Polizeihund, der - en: police dog - ku: # Polizist, der - en: policeman - ku: # Ponyhof, der - en: pony club center - ku: # Post, die - en: mail; post - ku: # Präparat, das - en: drug - ku: # Preis, der - en: price - ku: # Pullover, der - en: sweater; pullover; jersey; jumper - ku: # Punkt, der - en: point - ku: # pünktlich - en: in time; punctual; puntually - ku: # Puppe, die - en: doll - ku: # Qualität, die - en: quality - ku: # Quatsch, der - en: nonsense; rubbish; crap - ku: # Quelle, die - en: source - ku: # Rabe, der - en: raven - ku: # Rad, das - en: wheel - ku: # Radio, das - en: radio - ku: # Rand, der - en: edge; border; margin; periphery - ku: # Rat, der = der Ratschlag - en: advice; recommendation - ku: # Rathaus, das - en: town hall; city hall - ku: # Ratte, die - en: rat - ku: # Rauch, der - en: smoke - ku: # rauchen - en: to smoke - ku: # rauf - en: to get up - ku: # Raum, der - en: room - ku: # raus - en: to get out - ku: # Recherche, die - en: investigation; enquiry - ku: # rechnen - en: to calculate - ku: # Rechnung, die - en: bill; check; invoice - ku: # Recht haben - en: to be right; to have righ - ku: # Recht, das - en: right; law; legislation - ku: # rechts - en: right; at the right side; to the right - ku: # rechts neben - en: to the right of - ku: # reden = sprechen - en: to speak - ku: # regelmäßig - en: regularly; periodically - ku: # Regen, der - en: rain - ku: # Regenschirm, der - en: umbrella - ku: # Regierung, die - en: goverment - ku: # regnen - en: to rain - ku: # reich - en: rich - ku: # reichen - en: to be enough - ku: # reicht das Geld nicht - en: do not have enough money - ku: # Reihe, die - en: row - ku: # Reim, der - en: rhyme - ku: # rein - en: to get in - ku: # Reis, der - en: rice - ku: # Reise, die - en: journey; trip; tour; voyage - ku: # reiten - en: to ride - ku: # Reiter, der - en: rider - ku: # Resultat, das - en: result - ku: # retten - en: to save; to rescue - ku: # Rettung, die - en: salvation; rescue - ku: # Rezept, das - en: prescription - ku: # Rhein, der - en: Rhine (river) - ku: # richtig - en: correct; right - ku: # riechen - en: to smell; to stink - ku: # Rindenmulch, der - en: bark mulch - ku: # Ring, der - en: the ring - ku: # Ringfinger, der - en: ring finger - ku: # Röhre, die - en: tube - ku: # Rom - en: Rom (the capital of Italy) - ku: # röntgen - en: to have an X-ray taken; to x-ray somebody/something - ku: # Rose, die - en: rose - ku: # rot - en: red - ku: # rotbraun - en: reddish brown - ku: # rothaarig - en: red-haired; to have red hairs - ku: # Rotwein, der - en: red wine - ku: # Rückfahrt, die - en: return journey - ku: # Rückflug, der - en: return flight; the flight leg rom the destination - ku: # rufen - en: to call - ku: # Rührei - en: scrambled eggs - ku: # runter - en: to get down - ku: # runtergehen - en: go down - ku: # S-Bahn, die = die Stadt-Bahn = die Schnell-Bahn = die Stadtschnellbahn - en: commuter train, city train; rail rapid transit - ku: # Saal, der - en: hall - ku: # Sache, die - en: thing - ku: # Sache, die - en: thing; object; article - ku: # Sachen, die - en: clothes; closing (only Plural for clothes); things - ku: # Safran, der - en: safran; saffron - ku: # sagen - en: to say - ku: # Salz, das - en: salt - ku: # sammeln - en: to collect - ku: # Samstag, der - en: Saturday - ku: # Satz, der; Plural: Sätze - en: sentence - ku: # Satzstruktur, die - en: structure of the sentence - ku: # sauber - en: clean - ku: # sauber machen - en: to clean up; to clean - ku: # Sauberkeit, die - en: cleanness; cleanliness - ku: # saufen - en: to booze; to drink (alcohol) - ku: # Sauna, die - en: sauna - ku: # Schach - en: chess - ku: # schade - en: what a pity; that's too bad - ku: # Schade! - en: Too bad! What a shame! Pity! - ku: # Schaden, der - en: damage - ku: # schaffen - en: to create - ku: # Schallplatte, die - en: record; LP; gramophone record - ku: # Schein, der - en: certificate; paper - ku: # scheinbar - en: seemingly - ku: # scheinen - en: to shine - ku: # Scheiße, die - en: shit; fuck - ku: # schenken - en: to present; to give; to make a gift - ku: # Schere, die - en: scissors - ku: # scheuchen - en: to drive animals (cattle, sheep, horses); to chase - ku: # schicken - en: to send - ku: # schieben - en: to shove; to push (a longer time - not only an impulse) - ku: # Schiff, das - en: ship - ku: # Schinkenplatte, die - en: ham platter - ku: # Schirm, der = der Regenschirm - en: umbrella - ku: # Schlaf, der - en: sleep - ku: # schlafen - en: to sleep - ku: # schlafen gehen - en: to go to bed; to go to sleep - ku: # Schlag, der - en: the hit; blow; stroke - ku: # schlagen - en: to hit; to strike; to blow; to beat - ku: # Schlange, die - en: queue; snake - ku: # Schlauch, der - en: hose - ku: # schlecht - en: bad; badly - ku: # schlechter - en: worse - ku: # schlechter als - en: worse than - ku: # schleichen - en: to creep; to sneak - ku: # schließen - en: to close - ku: # Schloss, das - en: palace; castle - ku: # Schluss, der - en: end - ku: # Schlüssel, der; Plural: die Schlüssel - en: key; - ku: # schmal - en: narrow - ku: # Schmalz, das - en: lard - ku: # schmecken - en: to taste; to taste good; to enjoy - ku: # Schmerz, der - pain - ku: # Schnäppchen, das - en: bargain; good deal - ku: # Schnaps, der - en: booze; liquor; drink; (Whisky; Wodka; Brandy) - ku: # Schnecke, die - en: snail - ku: # schneiden - en: to cut - ku: # schneien - en: to snow - ku: # schnell - en: fast - ku: # schneller - en: faster - ku: # schneller als - en: faster than - ku: # Schokolade, die - en: chocolate - ku: # schon - en: allready - ku: # schön - en: beautiful; nice; pretty - ku: # schon lange - en: already for a long time; a long time - ku: # Schönheit, die - en: beauty - ku: # Schönheitsschlaf, der - en: beauty sleep - ku: # Schottland - en: Scotland - ku: # Schrank, der - en: wardrobe - ku: # Schrecken, der = der Schreck - en: fright; horror; terror - ku: # schreiben - en: to write - ku: # Schreiben Sie die Hausaufgabe! - en: Write the homework! - ku: # Schreiben Sie die Übung 6, Seite 11! - en: Write exercise 6, page 11. - ku: # Schreibschrift, die - en: script; cursive writing; hand written script - ku: # Schreibtisch, der - en: desk; writing desk - ku: # Schreibwaren, die - en: stationary - ku: # schreien - en: to cry; to scream - ku: # Schrift, die - en: writing; scrip - ku: # schüchtern - en: shy; timid - ku: # Schuld, die - en: guilt; fault; blame - ku: # Schule, die - en: school - ku: # Schüler, der - en: pupil - ku: # schütteln - en: to shake - ku: # schwanger - en: pregnant - ku: # Schwangerschaft, die - en: pregnancy - ku: # schwarz - en: black - ku: # Schwede, der - en: the Swede (a man from Sweden) - ku: # Schweden - en: Sweden - ku: # Schweden, die - en: Swedes (people from Sweden) - ku: # Schwedin, die - en: the Swede (a woman from Sweden) - ku: # Schwedinnen, die - en: the Swedes (women from Sweden) - ku: # Schwedisch - en: Swedish (language) - ku: # schwedisch- en: Swedish - ku: # schwedische Gardinen - en: Swedish curtains = grids in prison; behind bars - ku: # schwedische Sprache - en: Swedish language - ku: # Schweiz, die - en: Switzerland - ku: # schwer - en: difficult; hard; heavy - ku: # Schwester, die - en: sister - ku: # schwimmen - en: to swim; to float - ku: # schwul - en: gay - ku: # sechs - en: six – 6 - ku: # See, der - en: lake - ku: # Segelboot, das - en: sailing boat - ku: # segeln - en: to sail - ku: # Segelschiff, das - en: sailing ship - ku: # sehen - en: to see - ku: # sehr - en: very - ku: # sehr gut - en: very good - ku: # sehr oft - en: very often - ku: # sehr schlecht - en: very bad - ku: # sehr schön - en: very good; very well; very nice; very beautiful - ku: # sehr viel Zeit - en: a lot of time - ku: # sehr wahrscheinlich - en: most likely; highly likely; highly probable - ku: # sehr wenig Zeit - en: very little time - ku: # seid ihr? - en: are you? - ku: # sein - en: his; its (neutrum; for instance: of the boy); to be - ku: # sein - en: to be - ku: # seit - en: since - ku: # seit drei Tagen - en: since three days - ku: # seit ein paar Tagen - en: since a couple of days - ku: # seit wann - en: since when - ku: # Seite, die - en: page - ku: # Sekunde, die - en: second - ku: # selber - en: oneself; myself; yourself; himself; herself - ku: # Selbstverständlich = natürlich - en: of course, naturally, self-evident - ku: # selten - en: seldom; rarely; infrequently - ku: # Sessel, der - en: armchair - ku: # setzen - en: to put (sitting); to set - ku: # Seuche, die - en: epedemic; plague - ku: # Sex, der - en: sex - ku: # sich bemühen - en: to try hard; to bother oneself - ku: # sich erinnern - en: to remember - ku: # sich freuen - en: to be pleased - ku: # sich merken - en: to memorize - ku: # sich treffen - en: to come together; to meet - ku: # sich umgeben - en: surround yourself; surround themselves - ku: # sich unterhalten - en: to chat; to have a conversation - ku: # sich unterhalten - en: to talk; to converse - ku: # sich verspäten - en: to be late - ku: # sich verstehen - en: to understand each other; to get along - ku: # sich wiederholen - en: to repeat; to recure - ku: # sicher - en: surely; certainly; for sure; defenitely - ku: # sicherlich - en: certainly; for sure; definitely - ku: # Sicht, die - en: view; vision; sight - ku: # Sie - enː you (Sir; Mam; polite form of adressing; adressing to more senior persons; or Plural) - ku: # sieben - en: seven – 7 - ku: # Silbe, die - en: syllable - ku: # Silber, das - en: silver - ku: # sind - enː are - ku: # sinken - en: to sink - ku: # sinkend - en: sinking - ku: # Sinn, der - en: sense; memory - ku: # Sitte, die - en: custom - ku: # sitzen - en: to sit - ku: # Skandinavien - en: Scandinavia - ku: # so - en: such a; so - ku: # So etwas ähnliches. - en: Something like this. - ku: # so gut wie gar nicht - en: almost never; almost not at all - ku: # so kalt - en: so cold - ku: # so tun, als ob - en: to pretend as if - ku: # Sofa, das - en: sofa - ku: # sofort - en: immediately - ku: # Sohn, der - en: son - ku: # sollen - en: have to; has to; must; shall; is supposed to do; somebody is to do something (order) - ku: # Sommer, der - en: summer - ku: # Sommerlager, das - en: summer camp - ku: # sondern - en: but; (instead; in contrarry) - ku: # Sonnabend, der - en: Saturday - ku: # Sonne, die - en: sun - ku: # Sonnenschirm, der - en: sunshade - ku: # Sonntag, der - en: Sunday - ku: # sonntags und feiertags - en: sundays and holidays - ku: # sonst - en: else; otherwise; normally; or; if not; alternatively - ku: # Sonst noch was? - en: Do you want something else? - ku: # Sorge, die - en: worry; concern - ku: # sparen - en: to save; to economize - ku: # Spargel, der - en: asparagus - ku: # Spaß, der - en: fun; enjoyment - ku: # spät - en: late - ku: # später - en: later; later on - ku: # Spatz, der - en: sparrow - ku: # spazieren gehen - en: to walk; to stroll - ku: # Specht, der - en: woodpecker - ku: # Spedition, die - en: forwarding agency; shipping - ku: # Speise, die = das Essen - en: food; meal; dish - ku: # Speisekarte, die - en: menu - ku: # Speisesaal, der - en: dining room - ku: # Spiegel, der - en: mirror - ku: # Spiegelei - en: fried egg - ku: # Spiel, das - en: the game; the play - ku: # spielen - en: to play - ku: # Spielfilm, der - en: motion pictures - ku: # Spielzeug, das - en: toy - ku: # Spion, der - en: spy - ku: # spitz - en: pointed; sharp - ku: # Spitze, die - en: point; top; end - ku: # Sportplatz, der - en: sports ground; sports field - ku: # Sprache - en: tongue - ku: # sprechen - en: to speak - ku: # Sprechstunde, die - en: surgery; office hours - ku: # Sprechzimmer, das - en: consulting room - ku: # Sprich bitte langsam! - en: Please speak slowly! - ku: # Sprich bitte nicht so schnell! - en: Please, don't speak so fast! - ku: # Spritze, die - en: syringe - ku: # Spruch, der; Plural: Sprüche - en: saying; aphosism; slogan - ku: # spüren - en: to feel - ku: # Stab, der - en: stick; rod; bar; wand - ku: # Stäbchen, das - en: chopsticks - ku: # Stadt, die; Plural: Städte - en: city - ku: # Städtepartnerschaft, die - en: city partnership; town partnership; city twinning - ku: # Stadtrand, der - en: outskirts - ku: # Stahl, der - en: steel - ku: # Stamm, der - en: trunk; tree-trunk - ku: # Stammkunde, der - en: regular customer - ku: # Stammtisch, der - en: table reserved for the regulars - ku: # stark - en: strongly - ku: # stechen - en: to sting; to pierce; to prick - ku: # stehen - en: to stand; to be (standing) - ku: # steigend - en: rising; increasing - ku: # Stein, der - en: stone - ku: # stellen - en: to put; to place; to stand - ku: # sterben - en: to die - ku: # Stift, der - en: stick; pen; pencil; pin - ku: # Stiftung, die - en: foundation - ku: # Stimmt das? - en: Is this correct? - ku: # stinken - en: to stink; to smell - ku: # Stipendium, das - en: scholarship; grant - ku: # Stock, der - en: stick - ku: # Strand, der - en: beach - ku: # Straße, die - en: street - ku: # Straßenbahn, die - en: tram; street car - ku: # Straßenverkehrs-Ordnung, die - en: road traffic regulations; road traffic laws; highway - ku: # Strauch, der - en: bush; shrub - ku: # Strecke, die - en: route; distance; stretch; section; way; track - ku: # Streichholz, das - match - ku: # streng - en: strict - ku: # Strich, der - en: stroke; dash - ku: # Stroh, das - en: straw - ku: # Struktur, die - en: structure - ku: # Strumpf, der; Plural: Strümpfe - en: stocking - ku: # Stück Kuchen - en: a piece of cake - ku: # Stück, das - en: piece - ku: # Student, der - en: student - ku: # Studentin, die - en: student (girl) - ku: # Studentinnen, die - en: students (girls; notː girls and boys) - ku: # Studienkollege, der - en: fellow student - ku: # studieren - en: to study (at a university) - ku: # Stuhl, der; Plural: Stühle - en: chair; seat - ku: # Stunde, die - en: hour - ku: # suchen - en: to seek; to search; to look for - ku: # Süden, der - en: the south - ku: # südlich von - en: south of - ku: # Sumpf, der - en: swamp - ku: # Supermarkt, der - en: supermarket - ku: # Suppe, die - en: soup - ku: # T-Shirt, das - en: T-shirt - ku: # Tablette, die - en: pill; tablet - ku: # Tafel, die - en: black board - ku: # Tag, der - en: day - ku: # täglich = tagtäglich - en: every day; daily - ku: # tags ist es hell - en: at daytime there ist daylight - ku: # Tank, der - en: fuel tank - ku: # tanken - en: refuel (gasoline) - ku: # tanzen - en: to dance - ku: # Tasche, die - en: bag; (hand)bag; (shopping)bag - ku: # Tasche, die (an Hemd oder Hose) - en: pocket - ku: # Taschentuch, das - en: handkerchief; kleenex; tissue - ku: # Tasse, die - en: cup - ku: # tätig - en: active; employed; engaged; to work - ku: # Tätigkeit, die - en: activity; occupation - ku: # Tatort, der - en: crime scene - ku: # Taube, die - en: dove; pigeon - ku: # tauschen - en: to exchange - ku: # Taxi, das - en: taxi - ku: # Tee, der - en: tea - ku: # Teich, der - en: pond - ku: # Teigwaren, die - en: pasta; pastas - ku: # Teil, das - en: part (e.g. small part - of a machine; a member) - ku: # Teil, der - en: part (e.g. great part - of a city or of a country) - ku: # telefonieren - en: to telephone - ku: # Telefonnummer, die - en: phone number - ku: # Teller, der - en: plate - ku: # teuer - en: expensive - ku: # Text, der - en: text - ku: # Theater, das - en: theater - ku: # Theaterkarte, die - en: theatre ticket - ku: # Thema, das - en: theme; topic; subject - ku: # Tier, das - en: animal - ku: # Tiergeschichte, die - en: animal story; animal tale - ku: # Tisch, der - en: table - ku: # Tischdecke, die - en: tablecloth - ku: # Tischtennis - en: ping-pong; table tennis - ku: # Titel, der - en: title - ku: # Titelbild, das - en: cover picture; cover photo - ku: # Tochter, die - en: daughter - ku: # Tod, der - en: death - ku: # toll - en: great; fantastic; terrific - ku: # Ton, der - en: sound; (behavior) - ku: # Tonband, das - en: tape; audiotape - ku: # Tonhöhe, die - en: pitch - ku: # tot - en: dead - ku: # total - en: totally - ku: # Tote, der - en: the dead - ku: # töten - en: to kill - ku: # tragen - en: to carry; to bear - ku: # tragen - en: to carry; to bear; to take; to hold; to wear - ku: # Träne, die - en: tear - ku: # Traube, die - en: grape; bunch of grapes; cluster - ku: # Trauen = vertrauen - en: to trust; to believe - ku: # traurig - en: sad - ku: # treffen - en: to hit; to strike - ku: # treffen - en: to meet - ku: # trinken - enː to drink - ku: # Tritt, der - en: kick - ku: # trocken - en: dry - ku: # Tropfen, der - en: drop - ku: # trotzdem - en: despite of; nevertheless; notwithstanding; regardless of; anyhow - ku: # Tuch, das - en: cloth; scarf - ku: # tun = tuen = machen - en: to do; to make - ku: # Tunesien - en: Tunisia - ku: # Tür, die - en: door - ku: # Turm, der - en: tower - ku: # tut weh = wehtun = schmerzen - en: to hurt; to have pain; to ache - ku: # Tüte, die - en: bag (paper or plastic) - ku: # U-Bahn, die = Untergrundbahn - en: subway; metro - ku: # üben - en: to practice; to exercise - ku: # über - en: above - ku: # überall - en: everywhere; all over - ku: # überfüllen - en: to overfill - ku: # überlassen - en: to leave - ku: # überlegen - en: to think - ku: # übermorgen - en: the day after tomorrow - ku: # Übermut, der - en: high spirits; boisterousness - ku: # Überraschung, die - en: surprise - ku: # übersetzen - en: to tanslate - ku: # Übersetzen Sie! - en: Translateǃ - ku: # Übersetzung, die - en: translation - ku: # üblich - en: usual; normaly; common practice - ku: # übrigens - en: by the way - ku: # Übung, die - en: exercise; practice - ku: # Uhr, die - en: clock; wrist-watch: o'clock - ku: # um - en: at - ku: # um ... zu - en: to - ku: # um immer bei dir zu sein - en: to be forever with you - ku: # umgeben - en: to surround; to encircle - ku: # Umgebung, die - en: environment - ku: # Umlaut, der - en: vowel mutation (a -> ä; o -> ö; u -> ü) - ku: # Umleitung, die - en: detour; diversion - ku: # Umstand, der - en: circumstance - ku: # umsteigen - en: to change; to change-over - ku: # und - en: and - ku: # Und was ist morgen? = Und morgen? - en: And what is tomorrow? - ku: # undeutlich - en: unclear; obscure; blurred; illegible - ku: # unfähig - en: uncapable; unfit; incompetent - ku: # Unfähigkeit, die - en: inability; incapacity - ku: # Ungarn - en: Hungary - ku: # ungefähr = circa = ca. - en: about; approximately; around; roughly - ku: # unheilbar - en: incurable - ku: # unmöglich - en: impossible - ku: # unser, unsere - en: our - ku: # unten - en: down; downstairs; bottom - ku: # unter - en: under - ku: # unter Umständen - en: under certain circumstances; in certain circumstances - ku: # unterbringen - en: to accomodate; to fit in - ku: # unterhalten - en: to maintain - ku: # Unterhaltung, die - en: talk; conversation; maintenance - ku: # Unterricht, der - en: lesson; class - ku: # unterstützen - en: to support - ku: # untersuchen - en: to examine - ku: # Untersuchung, die - en: examination - ku: # unwahrscheinlich - en: improbabel; unlikely - ku: # Urlaub, der - en: holiday; vacation - ku: # Vase, die - en: vase - ku: # Vater, der - en: father - ku: # Veilchen, das - en: violet - ku: # verbieten - en: to forbid; to ban - ku: # verbinden - en: to connect - ku: # verdammt = verflucht - en: damned; bloody; cursed - ku: # verdienen - en: to earn - ku: # Verfasser, der = der Autor - en: author - ku: # verflixt - en: darn; darned - ku: # Vergangenheit, die - en: past - ku: # Vergangenheitsform, die - en: past tense - ku: # vergehen - en: to pass; to elapse - ku: # vergessen - en: to forget - ku: # vergesslich - en: to forget - ku: # Vergleich, der - en: comparison - ku: # vergleichen - en: to compare - ku: # verkaufen - en: to sell - ku: # Verkäufer, der - en: seller; vendor; sales assistent - ku: # Verkäuferin - en: saleswoman; female sales assistent - ku: # Verkehrsminister - en: Minister of Transport - ku: # Verkehrszeichen, das - en: traffic sign - ku: # Verlag, der - en: publishing company; publishing house - ku: # verlassen - en: to leave - ku: # verlieren - en: to lose - ku: # vermutlich - en: presumably - ku: # verpassen - en: to miss; to lose - ku: # verraten - en: to reveal - ku: # versäumen = verpassen - en: to miss; versäumen - ku: # verschenken - en: to give away; to give; to present; to make a gift - ku: # versetzen - en: to move; to shift; to transpose - ku: # Verspätung, die - en: delay; lateness; late arrival - ku: # versprechen - en: to promise - ku: # Versprechen, das - en: promise - ku: # verstehen - en: to understand - ku: # verstehendes Lesen - en: reading comprehension - ku: # Vertrag, der - en: contract - ku: # Verwaltung, die - en: administration; management - ku: # verwandt - en: related - ku: # Verwandte, der- en: relatives - ku: # Verwandtschaft, die - en: relatives; kinship - ku: # verwenden für - en: to use for - ku: # Verzeihung, die - en: excuse - ku: # viel - en: a lot; much; many - ku: # viel besser - en: much better than - ku: # viel langsamer - en: much slower than - ku: # viel schlechter als - en: much worse than - ku: # viel schneller als - en: much faster than - ku: # viel Zeit - en: very much time - ku: # viele - en: many - ku: # viele Male - en: many times - ku: # vielfach - en: in many cases; frequently - ku: # vielfach vorkommend - en: occuring frequently; occurign often - ku: # vielleicht - en: maybe; perhaps - ku: # Vielleicht scheint morgen die Sonne. - en: Maybe the sun will shine tomorrow. - ku: # vier - en: four – 4 - ku: # Viertel, das = das Stadtviertel - en: quarter; district; neighborhood - ku: # vierteljährlich - en: every thee month; quarterly - ku: # vierzig - en: forty - 40 - ku: # Vogel, der - en: bird - ku: # Vokabel, die - en: word (vocabulary) - ku: # Vokabular, das - en: vocabulary - ku: # Volk, das - en: nation; people - ku: # Volkshochschule, die (VHS) - en: Adult Education Centre - ku: # voll - en: full - ku: # Volleyball - en: volleyball - ku: # von - en: from; of - ku: # von Ihnen - en: from you - ku: # von mir - en: from me - ku: # von mir selber - en: by myself; from myself - ku: # von mir weg - en: away from me - ku: # von Zeit zu Zeit - en: from time to time - ku: # vor - en: in front of; before - ku: # vor drei Tagen - en: three days ago - ku: # vor kurzem - en: recently; lately - ku: # vorbei - en: past - ku: # vorbei laufen - en: walk by - ku: # vorbeischießen - en: to miss; to shoot past - ku: # vorbereiten - en: to prepare - ku: # Vorfahrt, die - en: right of way - ku: # Vorgehensweise, die - en: method; approach - ku: # vorgestern - en: the day before yesterday - ku: # vorlesen - en: to read out something; to read something to somebody - ku: # Vorlesung, die - en: lecture; course of lectures - ku: # vorletzte - en: before last; penulitmate - ku: # Vormittag, der - en: morning (8.00 a.m. - 12.00 a.m.) - ku: # vorn - en: over there; at the front - ku: # Vorname, der - en: first name; Christian name - ku: # vorne = vorn - en: at the front; over there; in front of - ku: # Vorrecht, das - en: privilege - ku: # Vorschlag, der - en: proposal; suggestion - ku: # vorschlagen - en: to propose; to suggest - ku: # Vorstellung, die - en: cinema presentation; theater performance - ku: # Vortrag, der - en: presentation; lecture; recitation - ku: # vorvorletzter - en: the ohe before before last; pen-penultimate - ku: # VWL [Vau We El] - en: economics - ku: # wachsen - en: to grow - ku: # Wagen, der - en: car; carriage - ku: # Wahl, die - en: choice; option - ku: # wählen - en: to choose; to select; to vote - ku: # wahr - en: true; real - ku: # wahrscheinlich - en: probably; likely - ku: # Wahrscheinlichkeit, die - en: probability; likelihood - ku: # Wald, der - en: wood; forest - ku: # Wäldchen, das - en: little forrest; grove; wood - ku: # Wange, die - en: cheek - ku: # wann? - en: when? - ku: # war - en: was - ku: # Ware, die - en: article; good; product; merchandise; commodity; ware; product - ku: # waren - en: were - ku: # Warenhaus, das - en: department store - ku: # warm - en: warm - ku: # warten - en: to wait - ku: # warten auf - en: to wait for - ku: # wartepflichtig - en: to be obligated to wait; to have to wait - ku: # Wartezimmer, das - en: waiting room - ku: # warum? - en: why? - ku: # Was bedeutet das? - en: What does that mean? - ku: # Was bedeutet dieses Wort? - en: What does that word mean? - ku: # was es auch ist - en: whatever it is - ku: # was für ein ... ? - en: what kind of ...? - ku: # was für eine Kälte! - en: What a cold! - ku: # Was guckst du so? - en: What are you looking so? - ku: # Was hältst du davon? - en: What do you think about this? How do you think about this? - ku: # Was ist das? - en: What is that? - ku: # Was soll man machen? - en: What can you do? - ku: # was? - en: what? - ku: # waschen - en: to wash - ku: # Wasser, das - en: water - ku: # Wassertank, der - en: water tank - ku: # Wechsel, der - en: change; exchange - ku: # wechseln - en: to switch; to change - ku: # Wecker, der - en: alarm clock - ku: # weg = verschwinden - en: away; to disappear; off; gone - ku: # Weg, der - en: way; path; road; route; distance - ku: # wegbringen - en: to bring away; to lead away - ku: # wegen - en: because of; due to - ku: # wegessen - en: to eat up - ku: # wegfahren - en: to drive away - ku: # weggeben - en: to give away - ku: # weggehen - en: give away - ku: # weglassen - en: to omit - ku: # weglaufen - en: to run away - ku: # wegnehmen - en: to take away - ku: # wegschicken - en: to send away - ku: # wegwerfen - en: to throw away - ku: # weh tun = schmerzen - en: to hurt - ku: # wehtun – en: to hurt; to be painful; to ache - ku: # weich - en: soft - ku: # Weihnachten - en: Christmas - ku: # Weihnachtsfeier, die - en: Christmas party - ku: # Weihnachtsgeld, das - en: Christmas bonus - ku: # Weile, die - en: while (eine Weile – en: a while) - ku: # Wein, der - en: wine - ku: # Weinberg, der - en: vineyard - ku: # Weinbergschnecke, die - en: edible snail - ku: # Weinbergschnecken mit Kräuterbutter - en: snails with herb butter - ku: # weinen - en: to cry (with tears) - ku: # Weinpflanze, die - en: grape (palnt); grapevine; (plant for wine) - ku: # Weinrebe, die - en: grapevine - ku: # Weintraube, die - en: grape (fruit) - ku: # weiß - en: white - ku: # Weißwein, der - en: white wine - ku: # weit - en: far - ku: # weit - en: wide; broad; far; distant - ku: # weit entfernt - en: far away - ku: # weiter - en: further; onward; go on; to continue - ku: # weiter als - en: further than; beyond - ku: # weiter entfernt = weiter weg - en: further away - ku: # weiterfahren - en: to continue; to drive on; to carry on driving - ku: # weitergehen - en: to proceed; to go on; to move on - ku: # weitermachen - en: to continue (to make something) - ku: # welche - en: which (femininum or Plural) - ku: # welchen - en: what; which - ku: # welcher - en: which (maskulinum) - ku: # welcher Tag? - en: which day? - ku: # welches - en: which (neutrum) - ku: # Welt, die - en: world - ku: # Weltliteratur, die - en: world literature - ku: # Wenig = wenige - en: little; a littel bit; few - ku: # wenig Zeit - en: little time - ku: # weniger - en: less - ku: # wer? - en: who? - ku: # werfen - en: to throw - ku: # Werk, das - en: factory; company; firm - ku: # Wessen? - en: Whose? - ku: # Westen, der - en: the west - ku: # westlich von - en: west of - ku: # wichtig - en: important - ku: # wie - en: like - ku: # Wie alt bist du? - en: How old are you? - ku: # Wie geht es Ihnen? - en: How are you? - ku: # wie immer - en: like always; like everytime - ku: # wie lange? - en: how long? - ku: # Wie oft? - en: How often? - ku: # Wie spät ist es? - en: What time is it? - ku: # Wie viel kostet ...? - en: How much does it cost? Ho much is it? - ku: # Wie viel kostet das? - en: How much is it? - ku: # Wie viel macht das bitte? - en: How much is it? - ku: # Wie viel? - en: How much? How many? - ku: # wie? - en: how? - ku: # wieder - en: again - ku: # wieder einmal - en: once again; again; another time - ku: # wieder einmal = ein andermal - en: once again; at another time again - ku: # wieder hören - en: to hear again - ku: # wiederholen - en: to repeat - ku: # Wiederholen Sie den 1. Teil! - en: Repeat the first part. - ku: # wiederholt - en: repeatedly - ku: # Wiederholung, die - en: repetition - ku: # Wieso das? - en: Why this? - ku: # Wieso nicht? - en: Why not? - ku: # Wieso? - en: Why? - ku: # Winter, der - en: winter - ku: # wir - en: we - ku: # wir hören euch gut - en: we hear you well - ku: # wirklich = wahr - en: really; indeed; truly - ku: # Wirklichkeit, die = die Realität - en: reality - ku: # Wirt, der - en: innkeeper; restaurateur; barkeeper; landlord - ku: # Wirtin, die - en: innkeeper (woman) - ku: # Wirtschaft, die - en: economy; business; industry - ku: # wissen - en: to know - ku: # Wissen, das - en: knowlege - ku: # Wissenschaft, die - en: science - ku: # Wissenschaftler - en: scholar (academic); scientist; researcher - ku: # Wissenschaftlerin - en: scholar (woman); scientist (woman); researcher (woman) - ku: # Witz, der - en: joke - ku: # wo? - en: where? - ku: # woanders - en: somewhere else - ku: # Woche, die - en: week - ku: # Wochenende, das - en: weekend - ku: # wochentags; der Wochentag = der Werktag - en: workday - ku: # wöchentlich - en: every week - ku: # Wofür? - en: What for? For what? - ku: # Woher kommen Sie? (Plural) - en: Where do you come from? - ku: # Woher kommen Sie? (Singular) - en: Where do you come from? - ku: # woher? - en: where from? from where? - ku: # wohin? - en: whereto? where? - ku: # Wohl, das - en: the well; wellfare - ku: # wohnen - enː to live (in a house or apartment) - ku: # Wolke, die - en: cloud - ku: # wollen - en: to want (strong); to desire; to wish; to intend - ku: # womöglich - en: possibly; perhaps - ku: # Woran denkst du? - en: What are you thinking? - ku: # Woran denkt Karin? - en: What thinks Karin? - ku: # woran?- en: by which; on what; at what; what - ku: # Wort, das; Plural: Wörter, Worte - en: word - ku: # Wörterbuch, das - en: dicionary - ku: # wovon? - en: from what? - ku: # Wunde, die - en: wound - ku: # Wunsch, der - en: desire; wish - ku: # wünschen - en: to wish - ku: # würde machen - en: would make - ku: # Würfel, der = der Spielwürfel - en: dice; cube - ku: # Wurm, der - en: worm - ku: # Wurst, die; Plural: Würste - en: sausage; cold cuts; sliced cold sausage - ku: # Zahl, die; Plural: Zahlen - en: number - ku: # zählen - en: to count - ku: # zahlen = bezahlen - en: to pay - ku: # Zahn, der - en: tooth - ku: # Zahnschmerz, der - en: toothache - ku: # Zäpfchen, das - en: uvula; suppository - ku: # zehn - en: ten – 10 - ku: # Zeichen, das - en: sign; character - ku: # zeichnen - en: to draw - ku: # Zeichnung, die - en: drawing - ku: # Zeigefinger, der - en: index finger - ku: # zeigen - en: to show; to point - ku: # Zeile, die - en: (text) line - ku: # Zeit, die - en: time - ku: # zeitig = früh - en: early - ku: # zeitiger - en: earlier - ku: # Zeitpunkt, der - en: moment; time; point - ku: # Zeitschrift, die - en: magazine; journal; periodical - ku: # Zeitung, die - en: newspaper - ku: # Zelt, das - en: tent - ku: # Zeltlager, das - en: camp; tent camp - ku: # Zeppelin, der - en: zepellin - ku: # zerlegen - en: dismantle; decompose; dissect - ku: # ziehen - en: to pull; to extract - ku: # Ziel, das - en: goal; aim; target - ku: # Ziffer, die - en: digit - ku: # Zigarette, die - en: cigarette - ku: # Zigarre, die - en: cigar - ku: # Zimmer, das - en: room - ku: # Zirkus, der - en: circus - ku: # zu - en: too (too much) - ku: # zu billig - en: too cheap - ku: # zu früh - en: too early - ku: # zu Fuß - en: go (on foot) - ku: # zu hoch - en: too hight - ku: # zu keiner Zeit - en: at no time; not at any time - ku: # zu lang - en: too long (spacial distance); too long (time) - ku: # zu lange warten - en: to wait to long - ku: # zu mir her - en: here; into my direction - ku: # zu mir kommen - en: come to me - ku: # zu schnell - en: too fast - ku: # zu spät - en: to be late; too late - ku: # zu teuer - en: too expensive - ku: # zu Weihnachten - en: at Christmas - ku: # zu weit - en: too far - ku: # zu zweit - en: in twos; in pairs; two of you/us; two persons together - ku: # Zucker, der - en: sugar - ku: # zuerst - en: at first; initially; first; at the beginning - ku: # Zug, der - en: train - ku: # zuklappen - en: to close - ku: # zuletzt - en: last; at the end; finally - ku: # zum letzten Mal - en: last time - ku: # zum Wohl! - en: Cheers! (polite and non-polite form) - ku: # zurückbekommen - en: to get back; to recover - ku: # zusammen = gemeinsam - en: together - ku: # zusammengesetzt - en: composed; assembled - ku: # zusammengesetzte Substantive - en: compound nouns - ku: # zusammensetzen - en: to put together; to assemble; to compose - ku: # zuschauen - en: to watch - ku: # Zuschauer, der - en: viewer; spectator; audience - ku: # Zwang, der - en: force; pressure - ku: # zwanzig - en: twenty - 20 - ku: # Zweck, der - en: purpose; aim; end - ku: # zwei - en: two – 2 - ku: # zwei Schlüssel - en: two keys - ku: # zweimal jährlich - en:twice a year - ku: # Zwiebel, die - en: onion - ku: # zwingen - en: to force - ku: # zwingend - en: compellingly; compulsive; absolutely; mandatory - ku: # zwischen - en: between - ku: # zwischenlanden - en: to stop over - ku: # zwölf - en: twelve - 12 - ku: :[[Almanî ji bo destpêkeran|Inhaltsverzeichnis - Naverok]] [[Kategorî:Almanî ji bo destpêkeran]] [[en:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Vocabulary]] [[ar:Deutschkurs für Anfänger/Vokabular]] [[es:Curso de alemán para principiantes con audio/Vocabulario]] 3kq5j9bth78s79p98d71qo3n468460s 0 4179 6343 6342 2017-07-19T06:33:29Z 217.219.65.108 wikitext text/x-wiki Dr Sadiq Ferhadî di sala 1971an de li bajarê Şîrvanê ser bi parêzgeha Bakurê Xorasanê ji dayîk bûye. Hin destketên cenabê Ferhadî: - Pijîşkê bispor yê nexwaşiyên hundir - Helbestvan û lêkolînerê ziman û wêjeya kurmancî - Wergêrê pirtûkên pijişkî û nivîskarê nivîsaran li ser mijara pijişkî li kovarên ISI'yê - Berhevkarê nivîsarên cûr bi cûr li ser ziman û wêjeya kurmancî ya Xorasanê - Helbestvanê kurmancî bi forma Qezel, Mesnevî, Sêxiştî, û bi taybet Dubêytî. hinek helbestên wî: Helbesta 1 Şivan im ez li hêrî hemberê te Diçêrînim xiyalan li çerê te Gerê rawim xewê gerya li çavan Mexel kim satê li ber sî serê te Helbesta 2 Zivistan bû, royek hatî ser avê Du çavên te temûzîtir ji tavê Mi şê'rek sa te li berfê nivîsî Te ku lê ifkirî hate ber avê Helbesta 3 Xeyalên xam dilê min patin îşev Hilanîm birme dinyayek din îşev Mi got gaşe li xewnê te biwînim Heray ku xew jî nê cavê min îşev Helbesta 4 Hewa rind e, tu rind î, halê min rind Şev û ro rind û hîv û salê min rind Tema min tunne bû va rozigara Bihemlîne min û eqbalê min rind Helbesta 5 Bixapînim dilê xwa bi çi manê? Çima nê ew, çima nê ew, çima nê? Nizane ew meger dil tengi teng e? Çimanê min dixapîne, çimanê? Helbesta 6 Biken min ra! biken lê sêva Oxazê! Biken! Arê qezel li canê kaxazê! Biken! Kennê te şîrîn e, nizanî tu Çiqes rind î û ez mest im çi endazê Helbesta 7 Ji xwa ta xwa timêşe ez li rê me Ji xwa hay terrime dîsanê tême Xwedê ya xelkê sergizdan kirim ya Mi xwa venda kir û umrek wi pê me? Helbesta 8 Dutar û bexşî mest û çeppe taw mest Ser û çavên te mest û mest dil û dest Demek mest bûm nizanim çerre bû ku Ji çavên te ketim piştê min işkest Helbesta 9 Tu jî mîna mi gaşe çavlirê wî Serê rê nagirim, tişt nake, rêwî Here! Wi dû te ra ez nagirîme Dirêjînim pîyalêk av ku bêwî Helbesta 10 Şevê li xewnê û ro li xiyalê Xweş im ez wi xiyala te hevalê Xiyala te wi min ra ye timêşe Hema îşev dixwazim bejn û balê Helbesta 11 Şemalek tê û min ber ve te tîne Tê ku destê dilan wi hevdu gîne Ezê ber ve te têm pêxasi pêxas Biwîn solê mi da rîgek tunîne Helbesta 12 Li sîmên berqê rûnişt zirbe sarek Ji saran çar qedem wêda çinarek Ji vî rûsariya wi dest xwe da ma Xwe da şewtî û dil bijyaye arek Helbesta 13 Çima hatî? Çima dîsa te ha kir? Çima va kone xermana li ba kir? Çima ez dîn kirim berdame çollê? Çi karû va te wi xermanê xwa kir? Helbesta 14 Şevêçû li şevek ella mezarî Xwedê jî gurmijî ,hînganê barî Me deng û hêstirê xwe tev li hev kir Û bangî kir birîna kûr û karî Helbesta 15 Selamê min li Şêrkoyê kelatî Xerîbê li wêlêt bê hemwelatî Selamê min selamek bê tema ye Dêhatî me dêhatî me dêhatî Helbesta 16 Li çollê bê xwedê ez jî xerîb im Li kûçên (Bêkes)î gaşe te dî bim Qezel ji her du çavên min dibarî Te got qulmek birêj şayed ku tî bim Helbesta 17 Werin ku taliyan talan kirim ez Werîn talê ku pê xwa dagirim ez Şev îşev dîsa li çavê mi nare Hezar car zinde bûm disa mirim ez Helbesta 18 Xwedê zane ji xwa jî westiya me Ji manê westiya, ji çûnê mame Sibê ta şev xiyalên xam dipêjim Şevê jî ta sibê heyran û pa me Helbesta 19 Tu hîva asimîn, ez li zemînê Ji herdê destê min nagê evînê Tu jî wi ser mi da xar nawî emma Dilê min îşix e li hîverwînê Helbesta 20 Xiyalê te li dar e natê tewnê Tu şîrîn î li çavan natê xewnê Dixwazî yê dilan dil da bimîne Guçê dil da veşêr mîna li kewnê Helbesta 21 Tu rakev rinda min, ez pa dimînim Perestar im, birînan va dimînim Tu rakev bexta min, malava, xew xweş Mepirs sa çi li vî dinya dimînim Helbesta 22 Tu rakev rinda min, xew rind e sa te Siweynda ku dixwazim bêwme ba te Dixwazim sorgula xwa şa biwînim Tu rakev rinda min, xew rind e sa te Helbesta 23 Şemalê serkêşi sari berêvar Xewer anî ji bêdadê şevê sar Xerîb dengek dibîzim ji derek dûr Ne xanî ma ne ocax û ne jî ar Helbesta 24 Hewayî me hema işkesti bal im Ezê ji derdeke zalim dinalim Xerîb dengek dibîzim ku dixwîne Eman ji derdê zalim, derdê zalim Helbesta 25 Şevêçû ta siwê barîm wi dû te Şev îşev sar û çîksa, zexnewût e Li ber çavên şevê sê kes dilerzin Dil û pişt û qerey min va ku rût e Helbesta 26 Qe va ku şair im yani tenê me Were vaje werîn, ez çav li rê me Were wi navê işq, wi navê avê E jî ta her derê ber ve te tême Helbesta 27 Eger şîrîn î ez tal im, bibaxşîn Eger ber ve te nakalim, bibaxşîn Eger goştê te rijiya û ti xallî Ji min narêje, dîfal im, bibaxşîn Helbesta 28 Li çavan haweke hişk bûne hêstir Dubêytî jî ji dil ra nabe pirtir Li dil rûnanine hengên dutarê Wi dû vî şairê dîn kê nifir kir Helbesta 29 Tu helbesta ji tay dil da dibêjim Evîna ku ji çavan da dirrêjim Tu hatî patinê li nav du aran Xwedê carê, e(z) jî carê dipêjim Helbesta 30 Hewa barî, dilê herdê nerim kir Ro yê jî herd li asmîn piştgerim kir Zemînê şallê hêşin da serê xwa Guman kim tazi ji asmîn şerim kir Helbesta 31 Qezel yani eger carê biwînim Derek dûr narime ku vaje bînim Tu helbestan li çavên min dixwînî Û giştan ezber î pêş ez bixwînim Helbesta 32 Ezê çav mêşin im, kewna te jî şîn Tu heyrana min î, ez sa te ra dîn Li canê hîlîyan derd û belên te Biwîn çiqes li hev datênê em hîn Helbesta 33 Xema şîrîn delalê tal kirim ez Ji her talê biwêjin taltir im ez Niha jî westiyame xelko bêlin Serê xwa dayînim ta bimirim ez Helbesta 34 Evîn rengîn xelata asimîn e Sewa me xwîn e, xwîna kesk û şîn e Tu ku aşiq nebûyî ku bizanî Zivistan ew bihara bê evîn e Helbesta 35 Şevaro bi xiyalan da musafir Nemaz işkesti me, ikesti xatir Şevek hatî û îşix bû şeva min Du çavên te nemaza min qeza kir Helbesta 36 Tu derya yî, tu derya yî, tu derya Tu tama hêstirên gewrî mi da ma Bigerrim ser te şîrînê, ku min tî Dibê ser avê û tî tînî dîsa Helbesta 37 Diçû û çav bidû çavên kelê kê Mida ma û welat û welwelê kê Bi dû ra hesretên ku çûne asmîn Xwdêyo! dagirî neynin belê kê Helbesta 38 Hinek ferhad in emma bêmecal in Hinek şîrîn in emma tali tal in Zimanê têvşu jî nare serê wan Nizanim ku dil in ya textesal in Helbesta 39 Şemalek tîne bîna nazenînê Ezê hîn fam dikim bîna evînê Eger Ce'ferqulî bîne dutarê Tînim Milwariyê ji bin zemînê Helbesta 40 Ezê cînarê durnên asimîn im Zemîn teng e, ne heja ye bimînim Xwedê yo! min bixwaz tarînemazek Bêwim ji çavê te dinyê bibînim Helbesta 41 Xwedê livra, evîn livra, tu livra Jiyan îro ye mavêje siweynda Rê û raman û hespê sîs û hêvî Sewa te çav li rê ne, ra be ser xwa Helbesta 42 Hezarmizgeft jî bê te bûye Teftan Çi bê refş in giya û tûm û hefşan Bihar, urdîbihêşt, urdîcihenem Çiqes mîna hev in sa halê weyran Helbesta 43 Ne şê'r e, va şeraw e, noşi can ke Enel-işqê ji dû ra rabe ban ke Şeraw û şê'r li ber tavek kelîne Sewa mestî tu hay li herduyan ke Helbesta 44 Çi rind e tev li hev bin ba û baran Û panavek bigîne hev simaran Evîna min! li piştê min çiya yî Çiya nagêjine hevdu ti caran Helbesta 45 Ne min kiştî ne jî sahil mida kir Ku mocê gêşte sahil bê ecil mir Qerara min wi dil va bêqerarî Xwedêyo! lengerê dil sa mi dagir Helbesta 46 Eger jin tunne bin ku hest tunîne Eger hest tunne be, helbest tunîne Jiyan bê hest û helbest sari sar e Jiyana sip û sar da mest tunîne Helbesta 47 Dixwazim ku şevek mîna şivanê Bilorînim muxama Durne canê Ji bîra xwa û xelkê dizzikane Herim ta kûçebaxên Rezmeqanê Helbesta 48 Nizanim Tirkû ya Kurmancû ya Tat Tenê zanim ku hat û nanê min pat Evîn jan e evîn ar e zewal e Çimanê va zewala sa mi ra hat? Helbesta 49 Ji ser berfê zivistanek si sali Şemalek tê û piştê min dimali Dil û destê mi ra jan hatin emma Elaw tunne li ocaxê ti mali Helbesta 50 Were jinyan mi sergizdan ke hevva Were sêvek ji darê jê ke disa Ezê ji vî dina jî westiyame Were belkum biqewtînin mi jivra Helbesta 51 Neşewtim ez eger manendi tavek Neşewtînî li şev îşev tu bavek Nizanim kî dibîne hêstirên me Şevê tarî ku çav nabîne çavek Helbesta 52 Du destên te kewût in, aşiq û sîs Dilo rabe sefîrên işqê ramîs Du destên te du desmalê hevirmiş Li wan desmalê sîs navê mi binvîs Helbesta 53 Tu Kobanî, mezarê heft birê min Tu navê bav û bapîr û girê min Dibarim ser te da helbest û hêstir Bigir pê hûçikê xwa hêstirê min Helbesta 54 Bilindbejnê! bilindtir te dixwazim Ji halê îro rindtir te dixwazim Newînim dest wi ber da yî, tu merx î! Ji her merxê bilindtir te dixwazim Helbesta 55 Welatê min! welatê kûçebaxan Welatê sond dixwarin wi ocaxan Biwêj arek li ocaxek dişewte Çirên kêmso wi êr in hîn li taxan? Helbesta 56 Welatê min! welatê destê xalî! Welatê çavê berda darê qalî! Dilê te tijî ye, çavê te têr in Welatê hesti têr! Sa çi dinalî? Helbesta 57 Tu şa yî ez mirim, destê te nêşe Ji bîra xwa birim, destê te nêşe Mi got malê te ava! ez xirab im Te rind ez çê kirim, destê te nêşe Helbesta 58 Were ser çavê min, kanî zelal e Biwîn li çavê min dinya delal e Delala min bitirs kûzê te neşkê Dilê vî rozigara textesal e Helbesta 59 Ji min qeyr ez evînê tişt mexwazin Evîndar im, ji dînê tişt mexwazin Ziman ar e, dil ar e, pirti jî ar Dişewtim, cuz revînê tişt mexwazin Helbesta 60 Dilê min tijî ye, yê asimîn jî Hewa hay gurmijî hate zimîn jî Hewa barî û barîm ez jî emma Dilê me herduyan da maye hîn jî Helbesta 61 Were ta torxe dîsa ser hilînin Were ta durne ji koçê nemînin Tu bêwî bulbiya jî têne malan Sewa xwa hengê (Lê yarê) dixwînin Helbesta 62 Hewayî me hewayî li hewa te Ji dest xwa ser hilînim bêwme ba te Dilê min ku birûskê dadê û bir Serê ser li hewa tînim sewa te Helbesta 63 Li halê dil bipirsin rind e xelko Ji janê dil bitirsin rind e xelko E jî mîna we me ,her salê carê Çikapek sa dilê min rind e xelko Helbesta 64 Mi çav avîtine ava simarê Dil û destê mi jî narin ti karê Dilê min sari sari sari sar e Gerim kim vî ocaxa pê çi arê? Helbesta 65 Ser û pay canê min jan û şewat in Tenê ar û birûsk ber ve mi hatin Ji bîr nakim ku mala min dişewtî Birên ender firîgên xwa dipatin Helbesta 66 Xerîb û dest wi berda, dil bişûnda Berê min rû li dil, dil li çiyê ha Dinalim, bang dikim, digrîm, nizanim Xicawa min li paş kîjan çiyê ma Helbesta 67 Dil û dengê te li nav êr dibînim Du çavên te ji heynê têr dibînim Kezeb-çavê mi jî mîna te xwîn in Hema ez kurmê dêr ji dêr dibînim Helbesta 68 Şivan îşev biwe min bîne bîne Biwînim ku berantê min kê dîne Bigerrim li dilê bêser berante Dilê ku dil bi dû me hîne hîne Helbesta 69 Çiqes (Behmen) dilê min da hene hîn Çiqes (Lê yarê) li gewrî te ne hîn Veger (Gulnar)! veger! aşiq bimênî Veger (Xêwe-Bixara) yên me ne hîn Helbesta 70 Terim paşe royê, berve şevên reş Mi qurbet kin! bibaxşînin! Royên xweş! Terim ta dû te ra kes min nebîne Nebînin çavê min jî va royên reş Helbesta 71 Nebînim te ji giştan xwariye têr Diya heft lawê ji lawan nedî xêr! Titûna qussê min çavê te şewtand Dil û destê te emma germ nekir êr Helbesta 72 Heway dil tiji ye li xwa gudar im Şemalek bêwe mala ku bibarim Çi heykat e li ara êr û avê? Şevek barîme hîn tendûrek ar im Helbesta 73 Biwêj min ra te ji şûna evînê Çi berdaye dil û berdaye xwînê? Nizanim va çi arû hîn jî haka Li çavê min zewale têne dînê Helbesta 74 Ocaxên mala me hîn wi elaw in Biroşên ser wi ar, tiji pelaw in Xewê vî xelka her şev tiji xewn e Xiyalên xelkê hespê bê celaw in Helbesta 75 Were ta ber ve te per verxinim ez Hemêzek şê'rê perper verxinim ez Bihêvûsim zimanê çavê aşiq Ku ta ji awiran ser verxinim ez Helbesta 76 Te can daye li te helbest biwêjim Dubeytî rind, qezel yêkdest biwêjim Hema na, nabe natê awirên te Wiqes zinde, wiqes jî mest biwêjim c0xrmif81mqiwrpr5s5xvdff8jdyj57 0 4187 6452 2019-05-21T12:01:29Z Ferhad Kurdi 1418 Rûpela nû: "Çîroka Mem û Zîn Çîroka Mem û Zînê di dema Mîr Zeyneddînê kurê Mîr Ebdullah hikûmdarê Cizîra Botan bû de, di sala 1451’ (zayînî) de qewimî ye. Helbestvanê..." wikitext text/x-wiki Çîroka Mem û Zîn Çîroka Mem û Zînê di dema Mîr Zeyneddînê kurê Mîr Ebdullah hikûmdarê Cizîra Botan bû de, di sala 1451’ (zayînî) de qewimî ye. Helbestvanê navdar yê kurd ev bûyer di pirtûka xwe ya “Mem û Zînê” de, bi awayekî gelek xweş vegotiye. Du xuhên Mîr Zeydîn hebûn. Yek Zîn ya dî Sitî. Zîn sipî bû û can û cegera mîr bû. Sitî esmer û bejindirêj bû. Tacdîn kurê wezîrê dîwana mîr bû. Mem yê lehengê çîrokê jî birayê manewî yê Tacdîn bû û herweha dostê wî bû. Li welatê Botanê dema Newroz dihat her kesî cil û kincên netewî (ango millî) li xwe dikirin û diçûn seyran û seyrangehan. Dîsa di rojeke wisa de Mem û Tacdîn kincên qîzikan li xwe dikin û tevlî şahînetê dibin. Dema diçin nav qerebalixa mirovan de du kesên dibînin. Tu nabêjî ew herdu kes jî Zîn û Sitî ne ku wan jî cilên mêran li xwe kirine. Çawa çavê Mem û Tacdîn li van herdu kesan dikeve ne bi dilekê bi hezar dilan dilê wan dikeve wan kesan û dilê wan dibore û li erdê gêr dibin. Zîn û Sitî jî diçin ser wan, hayê wan jê neyî gustîlkan wan ji tiliya wan derdixin, dixin tiliyên xwe, yên xwe jî dixin tilîyan wan. Mem û Tacdîn dema li ser xwe ve tên dibînin ku ew bêhal in. Dema çavê wan li tiliya wan dikeve dibînin ku di tiliya Mem de gustileke ku li ser de Zîn nivîsî heye, di destê Tacdîn de jî yekî ku li ser de Sitî nivîsî heye. Sitî û Zîn diçin nik dadiya xwe Heyzebûnê û derdê xwe ji wê re dibêjin. Dadî jî kincê hekîman li xwe dike û diçe ba Mem û Tacdînê ku nexweş bibûn. Heyzerûn gustîlka Zîn û Sitiyê ji wan dixwaze. Tacdîn gustîlkê dide lêbelê Mem gustîlkê nade û holê dibêje “ez bi vê gustîlkê dijîm”. Mem û Tacdîn rewşa xwe ji xizmên xwe re dibêjin. Li ser vê çendê eşrafên Cizîrê tên nik mîr û Sitiyê ji Tacdîn re diixwazin. Mîr Sitiyê dide Tacdîn. Ji bo Tacdîn heft roj û heft şevan dawetê dikin. Dergevanekî mîr yê bi navê Beko hebû ku qet ji Tacdîn hez nedikir. Tacdîn çendîn caran ji mîr re gotibe ku Beko ne layiqî dergehê mîr e, lêbelê mîr digot ku aşê wan bi wî digere û se jî dergevaniyê dikin. Bi vî hawî pêşniyara Tacdîn şûn de dida. Beko ji ber ku nedixwest mîr Zînê bide Mem, rabû gote mîr: “Ez benî wê roja ku te Sitî dayî Tacdîn, wê rojê Tacdîn ji nik xwe Zîn daye Mem.” Li ser vê çendê mîr aciz dibe û dibêje ew qet Zînê nade Mem. Rojekê mîr diçe nêçîrê. Mem jî ji vê îstîfade dike û diçe boxçeyê mîr, da ku Zînê bibîne. Çawa çavê Zînê li Mem dikeve dilê wê dibore û li erdê gêr dibe. Mem Zînê nabîne, li gul û rihanê boxçeyê dinêre û spehîtayiya wan datîne ber ya Zînê û holê dibêje: . 'Ey gul! Eger tu nazenînî, / Kengê tu ji rengê ruyê Zîn'î / Ey sinbil! Eger heyî tu xweş bû, Reyhan ji te bûyîne sîyehrû, / Hun ne ji mîsalê zilfe yarin / Hun her du fizûl û herzekarýn / Ey býlbýl! Eger tu ehlê halî / Perwanyê şem'ê werdê alî, / Zîn'a me ji sorgula te geştir / Bext'ê me ji talýê te reştir' / Çawa Mem ev got çavê wî li Zînê dikeve. Çawa çavê wî lê dikeve dilê wî jî dibore. Herdu qederekê bêhiş dimînin, paşê hişê wan tê serê wan û dikevin sohbetê. Hayê wan ji bayê felekê nebû. Paşê çûne hundirê koşkê û heta êvarê li wir mane. Mîr dema ji nêçîrê vedigere dibîne ku Mem di boxçeyê wî de ye. Mîr pê re aciz dibe û dibêjiyê “çawa bêyî destûra min tu hatîyî boxçeyê min de.” Mem holê bersivê dide: “Mîrê min ez nexweş bûm, dilê min dixwest ku ez hinkê bigerim. Hema min xwe li vir dît. Dema haya Zînê ji hatina birayê wî mîr çêdibe hema xwe dixe bin ebayê Mem de xwe vedişêre. Tacdîn di bin ebayê Mem re biska Zînê dibîne, dizane Zîn di bin ebayê Mem de ye. Hema Mîr mijûl dike û dibêjiyê: “Mîrê min tu dizanî Mem dîn e, guhê xwe nediyê.” Li ser vê çendê mîr dest jê berdide û diçe dîwanxaney’ê. Tacdîn daku Mem xilas bike diviya tiştekî mezin bikira, hema dibeze mala xwe û agirî berdide mala xwe. Dibe qerebalix, xelk diçin da agirî vemirînin, bi vî hawî Zîn jî j inik mem direve diçe. Beko dibêje mîr ka tu û Mem sedrencê bilîzin. Mîr û Mem dikevin pêşberê hev û sedrencê dilîzin. Li ser wê çendê dilîzin ku kî bikare kê, ew çi jê bixwaze divê ew bidiyê. Mem sê destan dikare mîr. Dema beko dibîne ku eve Mem karî Mîr çavê xwe li hîleyekê digerîne. Dibîne ku Zîn di pencereyê de ye û li Mem temaşe dike. Lê pişta mem lê ye ew wê nabîne. Hema Beko dibêje mîrê min, cihê ji cihan p’îroztir in, ka tu û Mem cihê xwe li hev bigihorin. Dema cihê xwe digihorin, çavê mem li Zînê dikeve, aqil û sewda di serê wî de namîne. Mîr sê destan dikare Mem. Mem dibêje mîr “ka ezbenî tu çi dixwazî?” Mîr dib’êjiyê derdê min ne malê dinyayê ye. Ka ji min re bibêje ku tu ji kê hez dikî.” Beko dîsa hîleyekê dike, dibêje mîr: “Ezbenî min ya memê hebandî dîtiye, gêjek ereba ye, lêv deqandî ye.” Li ser vê çendê tehn li mem eser dike û yek carî ji eqlî bêxwber dike. Hema dibêje mîr. Ezbenî ew viran dike. Ez ji xuha te Zînê hez dikim.” Li ser vê çendê mîr Mem dide girtin û dixe zîndanê de. Mem di zîndanê de dimire. Zîn jî ji kerba Mem dimire. Dema Mem vedişêrin, çavê Tacdîn li Beko dikeve hema wî dikuje. Zîn li ser kuştina Beko holê dibêje: 'Ey şah û wezirê izz-û temkin! Ez hêvî dikim ne kin înadê Der heqqê vi menbeê fesadê Lewra ku xwedanê ins û canan Wi xaliqe erd û asimanan, Roja ewî hubbe da hebîban Hingê ewî buxzê da raqiban ... / ... Em sorgulin, ew jibo me xare Em gencîn û ew jibo me mare Gul hifz-ý di bin bi nûkê xaran Gencîne xwedan di bin bi maran ... ... Ger ew ne bûya di nêv me hail Işqa me di bû betal û zail' <ref> https://www.facebook.com/Dilkul.Ciziri/posts/315213565215332/</ref> === Çavkanî === {{çavkanî}} fppg8l57nuezq81ppybmi4xb6nhkiwh 10 4191 6491 6486 2019-10-02T03:10:07Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {| width="100%" |- style="text-align:center" | <span style="font-size:2.1em"><div style="font-family: Georgia;">{{{1}}}</div></span> | style="border-bottom:solid 1px;" width="30%"|{{NimînokFizîk}} |- | |<small><small><div style="text-align: center;">'''Nimînok'''</div></small></small> |}<noinclude> {{belgekirin}} </noinclude> 3dduzz75ptdjrprf8rvlix8braf6jh5 10 4192 6474 6462 2019-10-02T02:14:24Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/A|A]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/B|B]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/C|C]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Ç|Ç]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/D|D]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/E|E]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Ê|Ê]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/F|F]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/G|G]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/H|H]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/I|I]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Î|Î]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/J|J]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/K|K]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/L|L]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/M|M]]<br/>[[Ferhengoka fizîkî/N|N]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/O|O]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/P|P]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Q|Q]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/R|R]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/S|S]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Ş|Ş]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/T|T]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/U|U]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Û|Û]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/V|V]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/W|W]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/X|X]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Y|Y]] [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/Z|Z]]<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> 2jvy00y2ydap6e0qf6hmtzk2hnxlmwo 10 4193 6463 2019-10-02T01:29:10Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "<inputbox> type=fulltext width=15 prefix=Ferhengoka fizîkî searchbuttonlabel=Lêgerîn break=no </inputbox> <br/><noinclude></noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki <inputbox> type=fulltext width=15 prefix=Ferhengoka fizîkî searchbuttonlabel=Lêgerîn break=no </inputbox> <br/><noinclude></noinclude> l6v876ig4h3wy3ssxuhykp06iqbfwie 0 4194 6531 6530 2019-10-02T16:03:42Z Ghybu 504 Guhertoya 6530 ya [[Special:Contributions/Ghybu|Ghybu]] ([[User talk:Ghybu|gotûbêj]]) şûnde kir wikitext text/x-wiki {{FerhengFizîk|''Ferhengoka fizîkî''}} [[Wêne:Logo_physics.svg|80px|center|link=]]<br> {{FizîkLêgerîn}} <center>'''Wate:''' bi kurdî<br>'''Werger:''' bi îngilîzî, bi frensî, bi tirkî, ...</center> [[Kategorî:Ferheng]] ooxhy63btqmw9acwlrfe16oquzyj505 14 4195 6466 2019-10-02T01:33:02Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "[[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk]]" wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:Wîkîpirtûk]] q0e2secrz1i5bzamumb6mttcxu647lx 0 4196 6505 6498 2019-10-02T03:32:05Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{FerhengFizîk|- K -}} * {{FPeyv|Kar}} (<math>W</math>) (''nêr'') ({{bi-en|work}}, {{bi-fr|travail}}, {{bi-tr|iş}}), pîvana wizeya ku bi {{gf|hêz}}ê (<math>\vec{F}</math>) tê veguhastin e, <math>\delta W = \vec{F} \cdot d\vec{u}</math>. tdjxatr1lmxfqiieb911pz830btdcmc 0 4197 6596 6524 2020-08-05T04:34:31Z 35.3.7.176 wikitext text/x-wiki {{FerhengFizîk|- H -}} * {{FPeyv|Hêz}} (<math>\vec{F}</math>) (''mê'') ({{bi-en|force}}, {{bi-tr|kuvvet}}), ''wate ?'' * {{FPeyv|Hêza karebayî}} ({{bi-en|?}}, {{bi-tr|?}}), ''wate ?'' {| style="padding-left:3em;" | [[Wêne:Coulombslawgraph.svg|250px|left|]] |- | <math>\boldsymbol{F_{1}}=\frac{1}{4 \pi \varepsilon_0}{q_1q_2\boldsymbol{\hat{r}_{12}} \over |\boldsymbol{r_{12}}|^2}</math> |} :: ''Hevwate:'' hêza elektrostatîk ({{bi-en|electrostatic force}}), hêza Coulombî ({{bi-en|Coulomb's law}}) * {{FPeyv|Hêza rakêş}} ({{bi-fr|force de gravitation}}), ''binêre'' {{gf|rakêş}}. c58hfjkzialwcmm28hxuy5jmp4nv8f1 10 4198 6475 6470 2019-10-02T02:14:38Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki <span id="{{{1}}}">'''{{{1}}}'''</span><noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> glvhi7on3ydu2jmsag1nbkm8uzqzxwr 10 4199 6471 2019-10-02T02:13:26Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "<includeonly>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{belgekirin}} [[Kategorî:String (şablon)]] </noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{belgekirin}} [[Kategorî:String (şablon)]] </noinclude> mk1dw5mfia22ilbezxtmmhjjs9saz0s 10 4200 6485 6484 2019-10-02T02:48:32Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Ferhengoka fizîkî/{{Str left|{{ucfirst:{{{1}}}}}|1}}#{{ucfirst:{{{1}}}}}|{{{1}}}]]<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> aatqkm3iix8hioy9m2g3bqpacpig60n 10 4201 6507 6492 2019-10-02T03:34:51Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{bi|îngilîzî|{{{1}}}}}<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> dwfbwytllmhrd4xea7b7mctrpozw8mq 10 4202 6508 6493 2019-10-02T03:35:12Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{bi|frensî|{{{1}}}}}<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> 24x4mwa9zz6hazfe8zwtyst7q45l8xn 10 4203 6510 6494 2019-10-02T03:35:58Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{bi|farisî|{{{1}}}}}<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> j3caefzwmq8jlc8ya0tb7zxsw0sggn0 10 4204 6509 6495 2019-10-02T03:35:36Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{bi|tirkî|{{{1}}}}}<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> 49w0ya3fimwvy1sxyxsln2zpq1q91fv 10 4205 6511 6496 2019-10-02T03:36:11Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{bi|erebî|{{{1}}}}}<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> ebidgyybz9qyk5u8ys9cfzlxzwb8wom 10 4206 6512 6497 2019-10-02T03:36:26Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{bi|elmanî|{{{1}}}}}<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> kajpvdzowr5w11nf06k86diddrzzbwx 10 4207 6513 6506 2019-10-02T03:39:47Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki bi {{{1}}}: ''<span style="color:teal">{{{2}}}</span>''<noinclude>{{belgekirin}}</noinclude> 29ny3ydn4p2b29z88z4ez70w1c8f7ax 0 4208 6528 6526 2019-10-02T15:46:22Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{FerhengFizîk|- Ş -}} * {{FPeyv|Şiyan}} (<math>P</math>) (''mê'') ({{bi-en|power}}, {{bi-fr|puissance }}), ''wate ?'' <math>\mathcal{P}(t) = \frac{\mathrm{dE}}{\mathrm{d}t}</math> *:''Hevwate:'' zor fnw5r2qcxgofhswnsjwmq0wtp5pgljb 0 4209 6527 2019-10-02T15:37:29Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "{{FerhengFizîk|- Z -}} * {{FPeyv|Zor}} (<math>P</math>) (''mê''), ''binêre'' {{gf|şiyan}}." wikitext text/x-wiki {{FerhengFizîk|- Z -}} * {{FPeyv|Zor}} (<math>P</math>) (''mê''), ''binêre'' {{gf|şiyan}}. ruuho6d763gzc3mm1n7tb9tys9inut0 0 4212 6550 6549 2019-10-03T02:20:39Z Ghybu 504 wikitext text/x-wiki {{FerhengFizîk|- M -}} 6cy81mzw6jpck3yakbooaldbnj4tq7b 10 4214 6538 2019-10-02T18:35:19Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|<noinclude>$</noinclude>}}} |<span class="template-ping">{{{prefix|@}}}:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{1|Mînak}}}}}|{{{label1|{..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|<noinclude>$</noinclude>}}} |<span class="template-ping">{{{prefix|@}}}[[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{1|Mînak}}}}}|{{{label1|{{{label|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{1|Mînak}}}}}}}}}}}]]{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{2|}}} |{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{3|}}}|,|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{{c}}}||,|&nbsp;{{{c|û}}}}}}} [[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{2}}}}}|{{{label2|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{2}}}}}}}}]]{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{3|}}} |,{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{4|}}}||&nbsp;{{{c|û}}}}} [[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{3}}}}}|{{{label3|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{3}}}}}}}}]]{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{4|}}} |,{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{5|}}}||&nbsp;{{{c|û}}}}} [[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{4}}}}}|{{{label4|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{4}}}}}}}}]]{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{5|}}} |,{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{6|}}}||&nbsp;{{{c|û}}}}} [[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{5}}}}}|{{{label5|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{5}}}}}}}}]]{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{6|}}} |,{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{7|}}}||&nbsp;{{{c|û}}}}} [[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{6}}}}}|{{{label6|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{6}}}}}}}}]]{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{7|}}} |, {{{c|û}}} [[:User:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{7|Mînak}}}}}|{{{label7|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />BASEPAGENAME:{{{7|Mînak}}}}}}}}]] }} }} }} }} }} }}{{{p|:}}}</span> |{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />Error|Error in [[Template:Replyto]]: Username not given.}} }}<noinclude> {{Belgekirin}} </noinclude> 007jz1ejmtem6g71bp5r8tv4fnfw7sg 10 4215 6539 2019-10-02T18:35:43Z Ghybu 504 Ji bo [[Şablon:Ragihandin]] hate beralîkirin wikitext text/x-wiki #BERALÎKIRIN [[Şablon:Ragihandin]] e2gsoch8bhswpqte6g3e3t2k4o1ex1l 4 4218 6553 2019-10-03T03:21:31Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "== Test == === K === * [[a]]" wikitext text/x-wiki == Test == === K === * [[a]] k5vmyt0nd6ykqe35o89ovcfi4nljs2v 10 4219 6556 2019-10-03T15:20:35Z Ghybu 504 Rûpela nû: "<references /><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki <references /><noinclude>{{Belgekirin}}</noinclude> 5tis8bi7anthtcbjrgpdr9htsdrvos1 0 4232 6655 2021-04-21T11:13:29Z 88.91.87.41 Rûpel bi "Abdusamet yigit Li ser moforlojiya kurdiya hemdem ==çavkanî== *Kovare zimannas, hijmara 16´an" hat çêkirin wikitext text/x-wiki Abdusamet yigit Li ser moforlojiya kurdiya hemdem ==çavkanî== *Kovare zimannas, hijmara 16´an s7klxhrtty3q1rua525kc6neg7helqq 0 4234 6661 6660 2021-05-01T12:33:40Z 88.91.87.41 wikitext text/x-wiki Ji pirtûka nivîskarê kurd Abdusamet yigit a bi navê "hûnera kurd" ==Di demên nû ên hemdem de pêşketina hûnera kurd û rengê pêşketina wê== Di dewama mijarê de mirov divê ku wê weke aliyekê din mirov, di nava herikina vê nivîsê de destpêkekê bi navê ´sanata kurd a demên hemdem´ wê vekê û wê bi wê re wê werênê li ser ziman. Wê, di aslê xwe de wê, ev jî wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, sanata kurd a hemdem wê, dîmenekê giring ê pêşketî wê di aslê xwe de wê, tevî hemû astengiyên li pêşîya pêşketina wê, karibê bide dîyarkirin li berçav. Lê ji aliyekê ve di dewama hûnera kurd a demên kevn de ya hûnera kurd a demên hemdem hanîna wê ya li ser ziman wê di destpêkê de wê wateyek wê ya giring wê, li vir wê hebê. Ew jî wê ew bê ku wê bandûra ya kevn û pirsgirêkên wê yên xwe di demên nû de afirandina wê de wê, bide dîyarkirin. Di wê warê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê li ser wê bisekinê. Têgîna çanda civakî wê, dema ku mirov wê li berçav digirê wê bi çandî wê dîmenek wê hertimî wê, were berçav. Di wê rengê de wê, ew dîmen wê rastiyek civakî wê bi xwe re wê bide dîyarkirin li berçav. Di nava hûnera kurd de xêzkirina nîgar û wêneyên hûnera kurd wê, di wê rengê de wê, çendî ku wê hê li bendî pêşketina xwe ya li gorî rastiya xwe jî bê lê wê, bi xêzkirina wêneyên keseyetên demkî ên kurd û hanîna wan ya li berçav bi cil û bergên wan ên demkî ku ew bi wê jîya ne wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke aliyekê giring bê ku mirov wê, dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman. Ji xwe wê hûner jî wê kar û xabate wê bê ku ew dîmenekê ji rastiyê hertimî bi xwe re werênê li ser ziman bê. Di wê warê de wê, afrînerî û çalakiya hûnerê wê, civakê wê her demê wê bi rastiya wê re wê bide naskirin û wê temenê pêşketina wê ya civakî a demên pêş de jî wê bi xwe re wê bide çêkirin. Ber vê yekê bi awayekê rast hildana li dest û fahmkirina wê weke aliyekê giring li pêşîya me dimênê ku mirov wê têbigihê.Ez dema ku diçima pêşengeha wêneyên xîzkirî ên hûnera kurd wê dîmenê pirr zêde wê bi wê re wê kifş dikin. Wê di serî de wê, di wê dîmenê de wê çi wê zêdetirî wê were dîtin? Wê, rewşên civakî, rengê pêşketina mirov, rengê dîtin bi dîtbarîya mirov re û her wusa hebûna mirov a di demê de bi rastiya wê re wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di wê warê de wê, xêzkirinên hûnera kurd wê, di wê warê de wê, di roja me de wê karibin wêneyekê dênina li berçav. Her wusa wê, weke aliyekê giring wê di roja me de wê cilûbergên gelîrî wê zêdetirî wê, bi rengekê civakî re wê derkevina li pêş. Di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku wê kurd wê herina şahiyên newrozê wê, di wê de wê, cilûbergên xwe yên gelîrî ên civakî wê li xwe bikin. Wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, xwe bixamilênin. Wê, agir wê pêbixin. Wê, her wusa wê, li hevdû wê rûnihin û wê bi hevdû re wê biaxifin. Hûnera kurd wê, newroz bi orf û adet, çand, kevneşopîya wê re wê, weke temenekê wê yê giring ê pêşketîner bê. Di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring bi hûnera kurd re wê werênina li ser ziman. Di wê warê de wê wêneyên ku ew ew di şahiyan de ku ew dihên kişandin û belavkirin wê, di wê warê de wê, dîmenek harmonî bi rengên weke kesk, sor û zer wê raxina li berçav. Di wê rewşê de wê, ev weke rengên civakî jî wê, werina dîtin. Dîmen û wêneyên ku ew dihên kişandin û parvekirin wê, weke bi hûnerî hevdû nîşandina li hevdû jî bê. Wê, ew wateya wê jî wê hebê. Di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku mirovê kurd xwe di nava cilûbergên xwe yên gelîrî ên civakî de dibînê û ew li ser wê re çi hîs dikê û çi hêst bi wî re diafirênê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke mijareka teybet a hûnera kurd bixwe jî bê. Di wê warê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê wê yê giring mirov diikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di nava hûnera kurd de wê, xêzkirin, çêkirinên peykelan ji keviran wê weke aliyekê giring wê zêdetirî wê derkeve li pêş. Di wê warê de wê ew çêkirin wê, dema ku ew dihên li berçav wê, karibin dîmenekê pirr zêde baş bidina dîyarkirin li berçav. Wê mirov weke bi rastiyê re wê werênê beremberê hevdû. Weke gotineka xalkê ku ew dihê gotin ´dîtinek bi hezar gotinî ya.” Di aslê xwe de wê, ev gotin wê, rewşa çêkerîya hûnerî a bi xîzkirin a hûnerê jî wê bi awayekê pirr baş wê karibê raxê li berçav. Hûner wê, bi dîmenkirinê wê ji xwe re wê esas bigirê. Lê wê dema ku ew bi dîmenkirinê û ankû bi wê kirinê dikê jî wê, li ser têgihiştinekê û wateyekê re wê ew wê bikê. Wê dema ku mirov li wê dîmenê nerî wê, mirov wê wateyê û têgihiştina ku ew di wê dmenê de hatî dîyarkirin wê, were girtin. Wê ji wê ew were hildan. Di wê rengê de wê, fahmkirina wê were hildan wê, weke fahmkirineka bi dîmen bê. Di wê warê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, rewşa hûnerê wê, dema ku mirov wê li wê dihizirê wê, mirov dikarê ji gelek aliyan ve wê, bi têgîhî wê werênê li ser ziman. Mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman. Hûner û wate û ankû bi hûnerê fahmkirin wê, di wê rengê de wê, weke aliyekê têgihîna me ya ji jîyanê bê. Di wê de wê, xweza, jîyan, keseyet, kes, rewş û hwd wê, bi hemû aliyên wan re wê werina dîyarkirin li berçav. Wê, rewşên ku wê, nivîskarekê bi pirtûkekê dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman wê carna wê hûnermendek wê bi xîzkirinekê wê werênê li ser ziman. Di wê warê de wê, hûnermend bo ku ew baş wê hûnermendiya xwe bikê ew pêşî divê ku civakê baş nasbikê bi rastîya wê ya dîrokî û pêşketinên wê yên weke bi orf û adet, çand û kevneşopîyên wê re. Li ser wan re wê bênê li ser ziman. Wê metalyalên hûmermend wê ew bin. Di wê warê de wê, pêşxistina wan wê ji aliyekê ve jî wê, bi dîmenkirina wan re jî bê. Hûner di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, dîmenekê ji jîyanê bê. Wê weke nerîneka li jîyanê bê. Di wê warê de nerîna hûnerê a li jîyanê wê di aslê xwe de wê, weke aliyekê giring ê ku mirov wê, di serî de wê, dikarê wê, hilde li dest û wê, werênê li ser ziman bê. Hûnera kurd di serdemên hemdem pêşketina wê, di wê warê de wê, dema ku mirov wê li wê dinerê wê, dîmenekê civakê wê bi rewşên wê yên ku ew dijîn re wê bide dîyarkirin li berçav. Her wusa dema ku wê wêneyê alîşer û zarife ku ew li rex hevdû di nava cilên berxwedanê de sekinî na ku mirov li wê dinerê wê, bi wê re wê weke dîmenek ku ew gelek tiştan bi têgihiştinî ji me re vedibêjê wê were li berçav. Di aslê xwe de wê, wêneyê alîşêr û zarife wê weke dager, sîmge û îmgeyek hûnerî a dema wan jî bixwe jî bê. Wê, di wê dêmen û wêneyê wan de wê, dema ku mirov li wê dinerê wê, di mejiyê mirov de wê, ew dema wan û tekoşîna wan ya bo pêşketin û parastin û azadiya civakê ku wan dida wê di cih de wê di mejî de wê şaq bide. Wê mirov wê, bi dîmenekê re wê weke ku di nava rûpelên dîrokê de wê, bikeve rêwîtîyekê. Wê wusa li mirov wê were. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman wê, ew dîmen wê weke rastiyaka civake kurd a dîrokî jî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, aliyekê din ê ku mirov bi hûnera kurd re wê bi teybetî wê dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman wê, marşên kurdî bin. Wê, kurd wê li ser wan wê her cûre hêst û ramanên xwe wê xîzbikin. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku mirov li marşek kurdî dinerî wê, li ser wê gelek sûretê tayrik û sawalan wê bi hevdû re wê were dîtin. Wê tenê marşek wê weke pêşengehek ji gelek wêneyan ku ew dihê li berçav bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di dîmenekê de wê mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, dikarim wê werênima li ser ziman ku wê rewşa marşa kurdî wê, di wê rewşê de wê weke nîgar û wêneyek pêşengehê ê ku wê gelek motifên xwezayî û jîyanî wê di nava hevdû de wê bide dîyarkirin li berçav bê. Ew marşên kurdî ku ew dihên çêkirin wê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, nîşanaka dewlemendiyekê hizirkirinî a di hundirê mejî de jî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê giring wê bi wê re wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Marşên kurdî wê, di serî de wê mirov diikarê bi wan re werênê li ser ziman ku wê weke aliyekê giring wê, di çerçoveyekê de wê, gelek tiştan wê bi hevdû re wê karibê bide dîyarkirin li berçav bê. Wê motifên wê yên teybet ên ku mirov wan dibînê wê, weke motifna ku wê kurd wê di jîyane xwe ya asayî de ku ew bihardihênin bin. Bikarhanîna wan reng û motifan di jîyane xwe de re wê, jîyane xwe wê, bi bênê wê awa û rengê û ew di wê de xwe rehet hîsbikê û di wê de karibê bijî bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi wan motifan wê jîyane xwe de wê biadilênê. Jîyan wê, wê, bi rengên wê yên ku ew dihên berhevdû re wê, levkirinekê wê bi hûnerî wê bide dîyarkirin li berçav. Hûnera kurd wê, di demên hemdem de wê, bi zêdeyî wê, bi xêzkirin û rewşên weke kifşkirin û pêşxistina motîfan di jîyane xwe de re wê bi awayekê wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di aslê xwe de wê hûnera kurd a hemdem nivîsandina dîroka wê, bi serê xwe de wê, weke aliyekê pêşketina civakî a hemdem wê raxê li berçav. Di wê warê de wê, gotina ´hûnera kurd a hemdem´ em bi zêdeyî di wê beşê de wê derxina li pêş û li ser wê bisekin in. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman û wê fahmbikê. Di motifên ku wê, di hûnera kurd a hemdem de wê derkevina li pêş wê, bi zêdeyî wê, weke motifna xwezayî bin. Wê, xwezayîtî, rastîtî, serrastîtî û hwd wê, bi zêdeyî wê weke têgînna ku wê, bi wê re wê derkevina li pêş bin. Di wê rengê de wê dema ku mirov hûnera kurd a hemdem wê dahûr dikê wê, di wê rengê de wê, dîmenekê berfireh wê karibê bide me. Di aslê xwe de bo ku mirov hûnera kurd a hemdem wê binivîsê û wê bi awayekê giştî bi têgihiştinên wê re wê, werênê li ser ziman wê, di roja me de wê, têr çavkanî wê hebin. Çavkaniyên wê yên ku mirov wan hilde li dest hin bi hin re rengê xwe li ser temenê xwe yê civakî bi awayekê fihêtokî didina dîyarkirin. Hin bi hin bi wê re bi xwe bawerbûn pêşdikeve. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Hûnera kurd a demên hemdem wê, dema ku mirov dîmenê wê derxê li holê bi nivîsandin û hwd re wê, giring bê bo ku wê dema nû bi wê re bi nirxên wê re hevnasînê bikê. Hûner wê hinekî wê hevnasîna bi demê û nirxên wê re jî bê. Ji wê aliyê ve jî wê mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê din ê giring wê werênê li ser ziman. Wekî din jî bo fahmkirina xwe, jîyane xwe, dema xwe û civaketîya demê jî wê, hûner wê, di wê warê de wê xwediyê têgînna bi dîmenî ên ku mirov wan di wê warê de wan karibê werênê li ser ziman bê. Li vir wê jî wê, weke aliyekê din jî wê dikarim wê werênima li ser ziman ku wê hûnera kurd a hemdem wê, fahmkirina wê û rewşên wê yên têgihiştî û rewşa wê ya çerçoveyî wê, di wê warê de wê, weke mijareka hemdem a hûnera kurd jî bê. Bo ku hûnera kurd di xwe de û bi xwe re şoreşekê bide çêkirin û bi wê çêkirina şoreşê bi xwe re civakê bigihênê şoreşek hûnerî wê, ev wê ji wê re wê pêwîst bê. Hûner wê, weke zadê jîyankirinê ê civakê bê. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ziman çendî bi gotinan wê werênê li ser ziman wê, hûner jî wê bi dîmen wê bênê ser ziman. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê dîmen wê zimanê hûnerê bê. Bi dîmenkirin wê zimanê hûnerê bê. Bo fahmkirina zimanê hûnerê û li wê têgihiştin bibê wê, demê mirov di serî de wê hişmendiya wê hinekî serî li wê li ser wê biwastênê. Hişmendiya hûnerê wê, di çerçoveya wê re wê, afrînerîya wê, dîmenên ku ew pêşdixê wê karibê bi gelek alî û awayan wan bi têgihiştin û hiş bikê. Gotin razber a. Lê dîmen şenber a. Di wê rengê de wê, rengê hûnerê wê ev gotin wê baştirin wê karibê wê werênê li ser ziman. Hûner wê, dema ku mirov wê bi hemdemîya wê re wê fahm dikê wê, bi wê re wê rastîya mirov, keseyet û civakê jî wê, were fahmkirin. Rastîya hûnerê wê, weke rastiyek civakî bê. Di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê kifşbikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Rewşên civakî ên ku ew rûdidin wê, ew wan wê werênê li ser ziman. Wê di derberê şahî, xamgînî, bûhran, tengezerî û hwd de wê, demên wê bi dîmen bikê. Di wê rewşê de bi dîmenkirin wê bi serê xwe de wê zanebûnek tekûz a bifahmkirinê wê bixwezê. Di demên hemdem de wê weke aliyê pêşketina demên hemdem jî wê hûner wê derkeve li pêş. Her kû dem têve diçêt wê zêdetirî wê, giringîya fahmkirina hûnerê wê, bi şaqên wê wê re wê derkeve li pêş. Hûner wê weke aliyekê wê têgîna jîyane hemdem jî wê, werê dîtin. Di wê de wê, bi dîmen bi lêvkirina rastiyên ji jîyanê wê bênê li ser ziman. Lê hûner bi dîmenî wê, bi awayekê pirralî wê dana fahmkirinê jî wê, ji aliyekê ve wê temenê wê bi xwe re wê biafirênê. Dema ku wê bahse demên hemdem wê werê kirin wê bo wê were gotin ku ”demên hemdem wê demna ku wê di wan de bi awayekê pirralî fêr dibê” bê. Di wê rewşê de pirralîya fêrbûnê wê, hûner wê aliyekê wê di jîyanê de wê biafirênê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Bi ziman û gotinên wê, gelek têgihên ku mirov nikarî ji mirovan re vebêjê û bênê ser ziman wê, bi dîmenên hûnerê wê karibê raxê li berçav. Wê ev jî wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring ê ku mirov wê, dikarê wê, di serî de wê fahmbikê bê. Hûner wê, dema ku mirov di fahmkirina wê de kûr dibê mirov bi wê re wê weke vê rastiyê wê gelek rastiyên din ên jîyanî wê karibê wê kifşbikê. Hûner wê dema ku mirov wê di demên hemdem wê weke têgînekê û ankû felsefeyekê wê hilde li dest wê, weke nerîneka li jîyanê bê. Wê çavikek mirov a ku mirov bi wê li jîyanê dinerê bê. Di wê rengê de wê, dema ku wê bê gotin bi çavê hûnerê dîtina jîyanê wê hingî wê ev wê, were fahmkirin. Her wusa wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê hûner wê di nava jîyane hemdem de wê weke têgîneka ku wê tenê wê bi dîmen bikê wê li holê wê bimênê. Wê bi wê re wê weke têgîneka ku wê pêşengîyê ji gelek pêşketinên felsefîkî, zanînî û jîyanî ên bi pêşketina jîyanê re jî wê bikê. Di wê rewşê de wê, hûner wê, weke rûyekê pêşketê ê esasî bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de di demên hemdem de hûnerê mirov dikarê bi awayekê temenî wê hilde li dest û wê fahmbikê bê. Di nava jîyane hemdem de wê mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, darêjkên motîfî ku wê bi wan jîyan wê werê adilandin wê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di roja me de wê, weke demek hemdem wê bê jîyankirin. Her wusa weke demek hemdem ku ew pêşdikeve. Di wê demê de wê gelek rewşên hemdem ên ku ew ji jîyanê na û ankû bandûrê li jîyanê dikin wê werin û rûbidin. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, mirov wê dema ku mirov li wan dîmenan dinerê mirov wê, li wê bi têgihiştinî serwer dibê. Di roja me de wê, dîtbarîya weke bi dîmenan ku ew pêşketîya weke bi tv´yan û hwd wê, pirr zêde wê, li jîyane mirov wê serwer bê. Di nava wê de her tiştên ku ew dihên dîtin weke ku mirov jînkirî û ankû mirov di nava wê de û an jî kû pirr zêde bandûrê li mirov dikê wê mirov dibînê. Wê bi wê re wê, mirov wê rûhiyet wî wê, ji rewşê li rewşê wê, karibê gûharînan bi xwe re bide çêkirin. Ev wê bo pêşketinên rewşên hûnerî û hwd jî wê wusa bê. Ji xwe hûner xîtabî rûhiyetê dikê. Wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di dewama wê de wê dema ku mirov dijî wê bi aqilekê kirinî wê bijî. Di roja me de wê, aqilê kirinî wê, pirr zêde wê bi dîtbarîyê re wê derkeve li pêş û pêşkeve. Hûner wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke ardnîgarîya aqilê kirinî bixwe jî bê. Wê, ji wê aliyê ve jî mirov dikarê wê hilde li dest û wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa dîtbarîyê wê, weke rewşek jîyanî bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, tişta ku mirov dît wê, weke dîmenekê ku mirov ew dît wê di xêva mirov de wê cih û war wê bigirê. Wê, di dewama wê de wê mirov wê, bi wê êdî wê bihizirê. Wê ew dîmen wê, bi hişmendîya xwe ya ku em digihijênê de wê, di mejî de wê, ji dîmenekê zêdetirî wê weke hişmendiyekê ku wê nerîna mirov li jîyanê pêşdixê û ankû diadilênê jî wê, pêşkeve. Li ser wê re wê, mirov wê xwe bigihênê temenekê fahmkirinê. Hûner wê weke zadekê rûhî ku ew wê bi dîtbarîyê hertimî dikê ku têrbikê wê hebê. Di serdemên hemdem ên ku di wan de pêşketin pirralîya wê, hertimî wê, mirov xwe li dîtinê û fahmkirina wê birçî wê hîsbikê. Di wê warê de wê hûner wê weke aliyekê ku wê, li rex wê temenê pêşketina mirov a bi fêrbûnê re wê, weke aliyekê giring ê bi dîmenkirinê wê xwe bide dîyarkirin û wê pêşkeve. Wê, ew wê bi dîtbarîyê wê temen bikê. Wê di wê warê de wê, ji gelek aliyan ve wê fêrbûn û fahmkirinên mirov temem û bi temen bikê. Wê di dewama wê de wê, dewlemendtir bikê. Ev jî wê bi wê bê ku mirov dît wê, ji dîtinekê wê mejiyê mirov wê karibê mirov bigihêjênê li gelek hizran. Di wê warê de wê hûner wê bi dîmenîya wê re wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, ew wê karibê wê çêbikê. Di jîyane xwe de wê mirovê hemdem wê hertimî wê li rehetîya xwe ya jîyanî û rûhî wê bigerihê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê rewşa jîyanî a ku ew di nava wê de dijî wê, çawa wê xwe rehet di wê de bikê wê bikê ku wê biafirênê. Di wê rewşê de wê, ahengên bi rengî ku ew dihên çêkirin wê yan kirin rehetiyê bidina me û yan jî wê ne reheti û ne hûzûrîyê bi mirov re çêbikin. Di nava felsefeyên Asya dûr de wê, têgînên weke ya ´karma´ wê hebin. Wê ew jî wê mantiqê wan wê li ser di jîyanê de hebûna bi serwerî vejene baş û ya ne baş wê bibê. Di wê rewşê de wê, çawa wê vejene xwe ya baş wê zêdetir û serwertir wê bikê wê bi wê bikê ku wê temenê wê biafirênê. Di jîyane mirov de rewşek ku ew hebê bi dîmenî ku ew dema ku wê dîbînê û ew ne xweşîyê bi wî re dide çêkirin wê, bikê ku wê ji holê rabikê. Wê vajî wê, rewşên ku wê zêdetirî wê xweşîyê bikina dil de wê, di jîyane xwe de wê derxê li pêş. Di wê rewşê de wê, rewşên weke hûnerê wê weke aliyekê ku wê ji gelek aliyan ve wê karibê temenê wê rehetiyê di jîyane mirov de bide çêkirin bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, erk û îşleve hûnerê wê di demên hemdem wê bi awayekê giring wê ji vê aliyê ve jî wê, were fahmkirin, pêşxistin û bi têgihiştin kirin. Rehetîya ku mirov wê dijîyane xwe de wê bi rûhî wê bigirê û wê gîyane xwe de wê bigihênê li rehetiyekê û wê bi wê re wê xweş bijî wê, di nava lêgerîna wê de bê. Hûner ev aliyên wê yên ku ew weke jîyanê di adilênin wê bi giştî weke aliyna kifşkar bin. Di wê rewşê de wê bi sazûman û dîzaynkirina van aliyan li ser jîyanê re wê, weke aliyekê jîyanî ê hûnerî û fahmkirina wê û ya bi wê re jî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, dema ku wê hûner wê weke nûqteyek ku ew xitabî rûhiyeta mirov dikê bê wê demê mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê hûner weyn û rolek wê ya giring di jîyane mirov de wê hebê. Temenê xwe pêşxistin û rehet û baş hîskirinê wê di jîyanê de wê hûner bê ji aliyekê ve. Mijare hûnerê wê mirov nikarê wê tenê wê weke aliyekê tenê bi çêkirin û ankû xîzkirina wêneyekê û danîşandina wê ya di pêengehê de wê bi tenê werênê li ser ziman. Ji wê zêdetirî wê, wateyên giring ên jîyanî û rûhiyetî wê bi wê re wê hebin. Wateyên ku mirov bi wan têkiliyê jinûve û jinûve bi jîyanê re dênê bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring mirov dikarê werênê li ser ziman ku wê têgîna hûnerê wê, di wê warê de wê, weke têgîneka pirralî a fahmkirinê wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Hûner di roja me de wê, hanîna wê ya li ser ziman ji nava rêzên nivîsî derxê û wê di jîyanê de wê pîretize bikê wê weke aliyekê jîyanî ê afrîner wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Jîyane hemdem haşîr û neşîrbûyîna wê ya zêde bi hûnerê, çandê, orf û adetan re wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke aliyekê din ê ku mirov wê li ser bisekinê bê. Dema ku wê di destpêkê de wê li têgîna hemdemiyê wê werê hizirkirin wê weke întîbayekê wê bi mirov ku mirov wê derkeve dervî ya klasîk û ankû ya kevn. Di dema wê de wê, ya ku ew dihê jînkirin wê derkeve dervî wê. Lê bêî ku ew wê fahmbikê û wê li berçavên xwe bi dîmen bikê jî wê nikaribê fahmbikê û wê rewşê bi têgihiştinî û hişmendî pêşbixê. Înîtbayên ku wê têgîna hemdemiyê wê bide mirov wê weke aliyekê din ê giring ê ku mirov wê di serî de wê, di serî de wê ji aliyê hûner û çandê ve jî wê hilde li dest bê. Hemdemî wê bi wê redkirina xwe ya kevn û demên bûhûrî re wê mirov karibê wê weke rewşeka ku ew hûnerê jî redbikê wê şîrove bikê? Wê bêgûman mirov wê nikaribê wê bi wê rengê wê şîrovebikê. Dema ku mirov demên hemdem destpêka wan hilde li dest wê, were dîtin ku wê, bi hûner û çandê wê pêşkevin. Lê mirovê demên hemdem ku ew hertimî zû pêşdikeve wê, di afrînerîya hûnerî û çandî de wê, hertimî wê, bi awayekê rêkûpêk wê pêwîstîya pêşxistinê hûnerî jî wê bi xwe re wê di jîyane xwe de wê bide dîyarkirin. Wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman. Hemdemî wê, demeka ku wê bi hûnerê wê pêşkeve bê ji aliyê têgîna hûnerê ve ku mirov wê hilde li dest. Di wê warê de wê, hûner wê ji aliyekê ve wê temenê wê yê pêşketina wê jî bê. Adilandinên di jîyane mirovê hemdem de ku wê werina çêkirin û pêşxistin wê bi hûnerê û têgihiştina wê re bin. Di dewama wê de wê, serwerîya hûnerê wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê hemdemî wê, rûyê wê yê pêşketî wê di aslê xwe de wê bi hûnerê re wê xwe bide dîyarkirin û wê karibê werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de di dewama wê de têkiliya mirovê hemdem bi hûnerê û li ser wê re bi aqil re jî mirov dikarê wê hilde li dest. Ev jî wê, weke aliyekê din ê giring bê ku mirov wê, dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman bê. Hûnera kurd di demên hemdem de wê, bi awayekê wê, motifên wê yên ku ew berê jî di nava jîyanê de bi serdestî hebûna wê, rengên xwe wê, zêdetirî wê bidina dîyarkirin li berçav. Bi teybetî wê dema ku wê bahsa hûnermend wê were kirin wê kesên ku wê weke pîşe wê ji xwe re kirina kar wê, were fahmkirin. Dibê ku ew kesên ku ew bi wê re alaqadar dibin hinekî hişmendîyek wan ya di hinek warên ku ew dikarin bi hûnerî werina ziman de çêbûya. Lê salixkirina hûnermend wê, di aslê xwe de bi wê re wê, ne rastteqînîyet bê. Ku mirov di çerçoveya hûnermendê bihizirê wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê çerçoveya wê bi giştîya darêjkkirina di jîyanê de re wê, were li ser ziman. Ji çêkirina malekê, xêzkirina qaxizekê û heta wê bigihijê çêkirina amûrekê destî ê bi wê xwarin xwarinê ankû xwe parastinê wê, mirov karibê wê, di wê çerçoveyê de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Lê di roja me de wê, di demên hemdem de wê, qatagorîzekirin wê zêdeyî wê weke xosletekê wê di nava wê de wê pêşkeve. Ekolên hûnerî ên felsefîkî ku ew pêşdikevin wê, di wê warê de wê, nîşanaka wê bin di demên hemdem de. Li kurdistanê wê, di demên hemdem de wê, pêşketina hûnerê wê, di wê warê de wê, hem weke hûnereka destî wê pêşkeve û hem jî wê, di rewşên weke bi wêneyî û hwd bi wênekirina re wê pêşkeve. Lê ji wê zêdetirî wê, di demên dawî de wê, bi zêdeyî wê karên weke karê şano, sînama, leyistikên cûr bi cûr ên bi rengên din di rengê van awayan de wê pêşkevin. Wekî din jî wê, tv wê bikeve jîyane wan de. Wê di wê de wê leyistikvan wê derkevin li holê. Wekî din wê, bi wê re wê mijarên ku wê, weke mejuya civakî a guncav in wê bikina mijara xwe. Lê çendî ku mirov wê, dibînê ku wê, ew pêşkeve jî lê mirov wê jî dibînê ku wê desthilatdar wê, dest dênina li ser van qadan jî. Wê çawa wê, nehêlin ku wê zêde bi navê kurdî û bi zimanê kurdî pêşkeve wê, li dijî wê, di nava şer de bin. Wekî din mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, pêşengehên wêneyên xêzkirî wê dem bi dem wê pêşkeve. Li wêneyên ku mirov dihên pêşendin di wan pêşengehan de wê, dîmenên ji jîyane zarokan, jin û malbatan bi rewşên wan ên ku ew baş û xirab dijîn wê di wan de wê were bi dîmenkirin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, di demên hemdem de wê, di aslê xwe de wê, hûnera kurd hem bi temenê xwe yê dîrokî û civakî û hem jî bi pêşketinên demkî wê derfetên mazin ji pêşketina xwe re wê bigirê. Lê li vir wê kesên ku ew karibin wan derfet û firsandan bikarbênin wê, ew pêwîst bê.Hûner wê ji aliyekê ve wê fahmkirina jîyanê û salixkirin û tefsîrkirina wê ya bi têgînî jî bê. Weke aliyekê wê weke rengekê hişmendî ê li ser rewşên hatin jîyankirin û ankû dihên jîyankirin jî bê. Di demên hemdem de wê dema ku mirov hûnerê hilde li dest wê bêgûman wê hûner wê, aliyekê giring ê jîyanê û fahmkirin û bi wê jîyanê jî bê. Di roja me de wê, hûner wê, bi hebûna civakê re wê, were li ser ziman û wê çerçoveya hebûna wê bi rengê wê, di xwe de wê bigihênê li fahmkirinekê. Wê di wê fahmkirinê de wê reng û awa, awayê jîyanê qanc xirab wê werê hanîn li ser ziman. Hûner her hanîna wê ya li ser ziman wê ji aliyê xwe ve wê, ew wê hanîna xwe ya li ser ziman wê fahmbikê. Wê li ser wê fahmkirinê re êdî tişta ku ew rewş bê û ankû tiştekê din bê wê, bi nerîneka hûnerî a rast wê li wê binerê. Li ser wê re jî wê, dema ku wê hanî li ser ziman wê karibê weke nerînek rexnegirt jî wê, xwe li rewşê û hwd wê hûner nerîna xwe wê bide dîyarkirin. Hûner wê hinekî jî wê, nerîna ji/li jîyanê bê. Wê bi wê re wê, çerçoveyek fahmkirinê wê di derbarê jîyanê de wê bi xwe re wê bide çêkirin. Di wê rengê de wê, dema ku wê hûnerê hanî li ser ziman wê, di wê de wê, di wê hanîna xwe ya li ser ziman wê temenê fahmkirinek nû jî wê bi wê re wê bide dîyarkirin. Şariştaniyên kurdistanî ên demên berê di demên sûmer, gûtî, qasît, hûrî, mîtannî med, şadadî, merwanî, eyûbî û hwd de wê, karibê têgînekê wê bi rengên jîyanên wan deman re ew bi xwe re wê werênê li ser ziman û bide li berçav. Di roja me de wê, film wê, kar û xabatên bi wê rengê wê di wan de wê werina pêşxistin û ankû hanîn li ser ziman. Film, şano xêzkkirin û hwd wê weke aliyna hûnerî ê demên hemdem ku ew nebin nabin bin. Wê, li ser wan aliyan û gelek aliyên weke van aliyan ve wê pêşkevin civakî wê werina pêşxistin. Wê bi wê rengê wê hûner wê, rewşên ku wê, hildan nava xwe weke mijar wê weke têgînna gelemper wê pêşbixê. Wê ji aliyekê ve wê hûner wê temenê gelemperkirinê bê. Ji wê aliyê ve wê hûner wê, pêşxistinek civakî a hevbeş wê temenê wê jî bê. Ji van aliyan ve wê hêstên weke piçûk, mazin, şahî, xamgînî, dilxweşî, xizan, dewlemend û hwd wê, hemû rengên jîyanê û başî û nebaşîyên wan wê, bi nerîna xwe re wê bênê li ser ziman. Wê di nava xwe de wê bi bi dîmen bê û ankû bi xêzkirinê bê wê bi dîmen bikê û wê bêne li berçav. Dema ku wê, wêneyek were xêzkirin wê çi hêst û rastî wê di wê de wê werina li ser ziman wê, ew wêne dema ku ew hat çêkirin wê were dîtin. Di wê rewşê de wê, her rewş wê weke mijareka hûnerî wê di wê de wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman bê. Hûnera kurd wê, van aliyan wê hin bi hin wê di nava xwe de wê, bi hiş bikê wê wê werênê li ser ziman. Bêgûman wê hûnera kurdistanê wê di roja me de wê, gelek mijarên ku wê weke mijarên maf û azadiyê ku kurd hê tekoşîna wê didin wê ji xwe re wê bikê mijar. Ji vê aliyê ve wê, hûner wê, dîmenê maf û azadiyê wê weke têgînna şenber wê di xwe de wê, salixbikê û wê karibê wê werênê li ser ziman. Ev wê, weke aliyekê tekoşînî jî wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di roja me de wê, zêdetirî wê hûnera tekoşînê wê pêşketina wê derkeve li pêş. Lê ji wê zêdetirî ku mirov bahsa civakekê bikê wê, di wê de wê ji hemû aliyan ve wê mirov divê ku wê, bi dîmen bikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Çawa dijî, çi li xwe dikê û dixwe û divexwe, rengê têkilî û jîyane wê, malbat, kes û keseyet û hwd wê hemû wê weke alîyna ku wê werina salixkirin bin. Di wê aliyê ve wê sînorê wê salixkirinê û pêşxistinê bi hûnerî jî wê nebê. Minaq li îranê kurd bo ku tekoşîna maf û azadiyê didin wê çawa wê hêncetên di bin navê olê de wê li ser wan wê çêbikin û wê bibin sêdarê. Heman rewş li tirkiya bi êşkencekirin û zindankirinê li îraq û sûrî bi êşkence, windakirin û enfalkirinê û hwd wê, wê karibin weke aliyna ku wê di nava wê de wê werina li ser ziman bin. Bi hûnerê re hanîna li ser ziman mirov bi wê re piçûk nakê. Vajî wê, temenê mazinbûna mirov bi keseyetî diafirênê. Wê dema ku ew weke dîmenekê hat hanîn li ser ziman wê mirov wê xwe di nava wê dîmenê de wê bibînê bi başî û nebaşî, têrbûn û kêmesiyên xwe re. Wê hingî wê, li ser xwe wê bisekinê û wê karibê xwe baştir bikê. Ji vê aliyê ve wê armanc û îdeale hûnerê wê ew bê ku ew bigihijê mirov û keseyeta serkevtî û herî baştir. Di rejimên weke yên rojhilata navîn de wê zêde derkefetê ji hûner û çandê û pêşketina wê re bi civakî wê newê hiştin. Wê hemû tişt wê bi navê rêveberên serdest û hwd re wê, bi têgînna nîjadî ên ku ew jî bi tememî wê nikaribin baş fahmbikin re wê werênina li ser ziman. Pêşketina hûnerê wê temenê pêşneketina civakê bi nirxên civakî û azad jî bê. Ji vê aliyê ve wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di serdemên hemdem de wê, ev wê weke çerçoveyên civakî ên pêşketî bin. Mirovekê dema hemdem ku ew filman tamaşa nekê, hefteye herî hindik carekê neçê opera û ankû şano wê, ji wê rewşa xwe ya civakî a demkî wê, şûn bimênê. Ber ku wê ev mijarên ku ew di nava civakê de dihên li ser ziman wê, mijarên danûstandinê wê biafirênin û ew wê nikaribê wê, tevlî wê bibê. Di wê rewşê de wê, ev wê weke aliyekê wê yê giring bê ku mirov wê karibê wê werênê li ser ziman bê. Mirovê hemdem wê xwediyê rest û ristên xwe yên ku ew di wê rengê û awayê de ew bi wan dijî jî bê. Ol bixwe wê, di aslê xwe de ku mirov wê weke mijareka hûnerî wê hilde li dest wê ji aliyekê ve wê baştir bê. Ew jî jî wê ew bê ku mirov wê, karibê bi nerîna xwe derkeve ser wê re û ew ji derve wê kifşbikê ku ew çawa ya. Wê hingî wê, karibê baştirin fahmbikê û ji fundamatalisma olî xwe dûrbikê. Di wê rewşê de wê, hingî wê, mejî bi nirxên civakî û mirovî re wê nevnasînê wê bikê. Wê bi wan re wê pêşkeve. Wê ev jî wê, weke aliyekê ku mirov wê karibê wê baştir wê fahmbikê. Wê hingî wê gelek aliyên din ên pêşketinê wî bi zêhnî û hişmendî wê kifşbikê. Di wê rewşê de wê heman rewş wê bo rewşên rewîstî jî wê derbasdar bê. Ew jî wê, dema ku wê di wê çerçoveyê de werina fahmkirin wê karibin baştirin werina fahmkirin. Piştî ronasansê wê ji xwe re wê motîfên hûnerî ku wê bên pêşxistin ji nava pêşketinên olî ên demên berê wê bin. Di wê rewşê de wê, piştî ronasansê û barokê wê çêkerîyên ku wê bibin wê, pêşî wê bina temenê pêşketinên têgînî ên weke romantismê û piştre jî wê pêşketina mirovê serbixwe a hemdem wê pêşbixê. Di wê rewşê de wê hûner wê, weke hêzek şoreşger a afrîner wê weynek dîrokî wê bileyizê. Hûnera ronasansê ku wê bibê wê, piştre wê, temenê pêşketinên demên bi aqil ên hemdem ku wê pêşkevin jî bê. Li kurdistanê ber ku wê zêdetirî wê nirxên civakî wê, derkevina li pêş wê li rojhilat wê yekanê pêşketina civakî bê ku wê, karibêbi nirxên civakî û demokratîkî xwe bide pêşxistin û dîyarkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê rejimên herêmê ên weke ya tirkiya û îranê û sûrî û îraqê jî wê, ber vê yekê wê, zêdetirî wê, li dijî wê çawa wê olê weke amûrekê şikandina civakê wê bikarbênin wê bikevin nava hewldana wê de. Wê zêdetirî wê bi gotin û refaransên olî wê, gotinên hêrîşkar wê bilêvbikin. Di serdemên ronasansê de wê li kurdistanê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, rewşek pêşketî a bi aqil wê hebê. Mirov dikarê bahsa demek ronasansê jî wê bikê. Di gelek waran de wê, sanatkirina di jîyanê de a li ser têgihên ku ew di pirtûkan de dihên li ser ziman wê bibin. Gelek naqşvanên kurd ku em î ro navê wan nizanin wê derkevin û wê, xwe bidina wê karê. Li herêmê wê, di wê demê de wê labitandinaka pirr mazin wê hebê. Li herêmê wê di nava civakên herêmê ên kurd, arab û faris de jî wê ew labitandin wê hebê. Lê pêşketina osmanî û piştre ya sefewî li dûvhevdû wê weke du rewşên ku wê li herêmê wê pêşîya wê pêşketina wê rewşê bi rengê pêşketina xwe re wê bigrin bin. Wê herêm wê, piştî wê re wê, di nava tarîyekê de wê, bê hiştin. Tangezeriyên civakî û şariştanî wê, li ser hevdû wê bênavber wê li herêmê wê rûbidin. Wê li ser wê re şer, pevçûn û kuştin wê ji herêmê wê di ti demê de wê qût nebê. Ev rewş hemû wê, weke aliyna ku mirov dikarê bi teybetî wê li ser wê bisekinê û wê bênê li ser ziman bê. Lê li vir di dewama wê de mirov dikarê wê jî wê, weke aliyekê din wê bênê li ser ziman ku wê, zaneyên demê wê tevî gelek astengiyan jî wê, pêşkevin û wê, hizrên xwe wê bênina li ser ziman. Civake kurd wê, di her demê wê tevî hemû hêrîşên li wê dibin wê, pêşketinek wê bi wê re wê xwe bide domandin. Di rewşên civakî de wê, zêdeyî wê, nirxên civakî li pêşgirtin wê weke rewşa herî baştirin a civake kurdistanê bê. Ber ku wê li kurdistanê wê, cihêrengiyên civakî û olî ên kurd û kurdistanî wê pirr zêde wê hebin. Wê li ser rest û ristên civakî wê nêzî hevdû bibin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, zêde wê di nava wan de wê pirsgirêk wê dernekevin. Pirsgirêkên ku ew derdikevin jî wê, bi teşwîk û hêrîşên reêveberîyên weke yên osmanîyan û hwd ku di bin maskeya olê û hwd de wê weke ku wê li kurdên yarsan, êzîdî feylî, şebekî û hwd wê werê kirin bê. Wekî din komên civakî ên civakî ên cûda weke komên asûrî û ankû sûryanî, ermenî û hwd wê hebin û ev kom jî wê, nesibê jî ji wê hêrîş û xazaba wan bigirin. Pêvajoyên hêrîşên li hebûna civakê ku ew dihên kirin wê, weke aliyna ku mirov wê, çawa wê, civakê wê ji kal bikin û wê bişikênin bin. Wê, di wê çerçoveyê û bi wê armancê wê werina kirin. Wê nirxên civakî wê, werina armanc girtin. Rejimên ku wan li ser serê civake kurd serdestî di demên xwe de çêkirina wê hûner û çanda civakê wê bi kevneşopîyên wê re wê, nûqtaya destpêkê a ku wê hêrîşî wê bikin bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê di destpêkê de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Minaq wê, dema ku wê xalifê abasî el-mûtasîm wê hêrîşî kurdên bebekî wê bikê wê, nikaribê wan. Wê bo ku ew wan bişikênê wê propaganda reşkirinê wê bide destpêkirin. Propagandayên bi rengê ”ku win herina devê deriyê malekê ku win bibin kûmek bi devê dêrî ve dalaqandî bê bizanibim ku kesek bi jina malê re di nava nivînan de ya.” Wê gotinên bi wê rengê wê, werênina li ser ziman. Wê di dewama wê de wê, gotinên pirr qirêt wê pirr zêde wê bêjin. Lê tevî wê jî wê komên civakî ên kurdistanî wê ji nirxên xwe yên çandî û civakî wê bi şûn ve wê gavê neavêjin. Her wusa wê rewşê bo kurdên êzîdî jî mirov dikarê bêjê. Mêranî û merdîya mirovê êzîdî bûya mijare gelek vegotinên hûnerî û wêjeyî jî li kurdistanê. Ji mîr caferê Daşnî bigira heta ku wê bigihijê Dewrêşê ewdî wê, ev rewş wê, bi merdî û mêranî wê bi navê wan re wê, werênê li ser ziman. Wê simbel qaytaniya wan wê, weke dagereka wê mêranî û merdîya wan jî wê li kurdistanê wê hertimî wê were zanîn. Di aslê xwe de wê, ev simbel qaytanî wê, li giştîya kurdistanê wê di nava civakê de wê, bi mêranî û merdîyê re wê di hemwate û dagerîyê de wê werê li ser ziman. Hûner wê ji aliyekê ve wê, çendî ku wê, rewşên ku ew bûyîna wê, bi dîmen bikê bi dîmenkirin û xêzkirinê û hwd re wê, bi wê re jî wê, têgînên ku ew hatina pêşxistin wê, ji wan wê, çawa wê, dîmenekê rast ê li gorî wê, derxê li holê bi kirinîya wê weke şano û hwd re wê, bi wê re jî wê, xwediyê rewşekê bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, hûner wê, hem wê weke têgihekê û hem jî wê, weke rewşek şenber a ku mirov wê, li vir wê bênê li ser ziman bê, Ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê din wê bênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa hûnerê wê, weke rewşeka hem ji aliyekê ve dîtbar bê û hem jî wê ji aliyekê din ve wê pirr zêde wê şenber bê. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê dema ku wê, ji têgînekê wê, weke têgihekê ku wê ji wê kiriniya wê pêşbixê weke bi şano û hwd wê, ew rewş wê, weke rewşna ku ew. Hatibin tefkirkirin jî. Ji vê aliyê ve wê, wê rewşên hûnerî wê weke rewşna xiyalî jî jî bin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, xiyalkirin wê çawa wê jîyanê wê bibînê û ankû jîyan çawa xiyalkirinê wê, di afrînê li ser serborîyan û hwd wê, hûner wê karibê dîmenekê di wê rewşê de wê bidê me. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, şano û û ankû film wê, rewşna xiyalî bin. Di serdemên mîtolojiyê de wê, rewşên xiyalkirinê ên weke serxwezayî wê hebin. Hûner wê bi afrînerîya xwe re wê, di wê rengê de bê. Dema ku mirov hûnerê di jîyanê de wê fahmbikê wê, mirov karibê wê jî wê, di dewama wê de wê, bênê li ser ziman ku wê, rewşa rewşên wê weke ku wê di çerçoveya xwe de wê xwediyê mantiqekê levkirî bin. Lê piştî ronasansê wê di hûnerê de wê, mantiqê pirr zêde wê bicih bibê û wê bi dîmenî ku ew li mirov mantiqî werê wê li wê were lêgerîn. Sûrerealîsm wê di wê rewşê de wê, weke têgîneka seraqilî a hûnerî jî wê, bi xwe re wê bide dîyarkirin. Çendî ku wê sûrrerealism wê, di nava felsefeyê de wê, were ser ziman jî lê di aslê xwe de wê weke têgîneka hûnerî bê. Wê, di mantiqê wê de wê levkirina di nava wê de wê, zêdetirî wê li wê were lêgerîn. Ji aliyê din ve jî wê, di mantiqê wê de wê her tişt wê, bi awayekê serxwezayî wê weke ku wê biderfet bê. Di wê rengê û awayê wê di serî de mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Sûrrerealisma hûnera kurd wê, pirr zêde wê, rengê wê, di demên berê ên hûrî û mîtannîyan û piştre di demên medîya de wê bê dîtin. Piştre jî wê, di nava vegotinên çîrokên wan de mirov wê dibînê. Minaq di çîroka rûstemê zal de wê, bê gotin ku ”rûstem wê, rajê çîyayekê û dênê li ser çîyayê din.” Min xwe jî dema ku min ew çîrok ji dê û bavê xwe dibihîst wê, bi wê rengê wê were vegotin. Di vegotina mem û zînê de jî wê Ahmedê Xanê wê, destpêka wê, bi sê keçên ku wê weke ´keçên padîşahê cinan´ bin wê, bi wê re wê, werê hanîn li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, di nava civatan de wê, bi wê rengê wê werê hanîn li ser ziman. Vegotina weke ya şahmaran de wê, di wê de wê bahsa cihane maran û ankû ´welatê maran´ ku ew hemû mar di wê de dijîn û bi hevdû diaxifin û didin û distênin wê hebin. Wekî din wê, dema ku mirov li destana gilgamêş binerê wê, gilgamêş wê, wilqasî bi evîna jîyanê ve wê, girêdayî bê wê, bixwezê ku ew hertimî bijî. Wê bikeve pey îksîra nemîrbûnê de. Wê, rêwîtîya ku wê bi enkîdu re wê bikê wê, ew rêwîtî wê rêwîtiya ku wê, herina cem utnapîştim ku wê, ew wê li wir wê, şînahîyeka ku wê, bi wê nemirbibê wê bide wî wê, bixwezê ku ew xwe bigihênê wê, Di wê rengê de wê, dema ku mirov lêbikolê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, bi heman rengê di vegotinên demên piştre jî wê, heman rewş wê were dîtin. Di vegotina çîrokî a ´ferhed û şêrîn´ de jî wê, bahsa qûlkirina çîyê a ji aliyê ferhed ve bo ku ew bigihijê evîna xwe wê werê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, bi heman rengê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê ev rengê sûrrerealismî wê, weke xosletekê mejiyê demdirêj ku ew dihizirê jî bê. Hûnera kurd wê, ev elementên wê yên têgînî wê, dema ku mirov li vegotinên wan ên din jî dinerê wê bi şêwayna din wê di wan de jî wê kifşbikê. Wê minaq wê, weke vegotinên çîrokî ên civake kurd ên bi navê çîrokên keçelok de jî wê dema ku mirov li wan binerê û bihêsênê wê, bê dîtin ku wê keçelok wê karibê bikevê hemû reng û awayan de. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, heta ku wê, bi afsûnê wê, herê her derê û demê. Wê bi eferendîyên ku ew li jîyanê tûnana re wê, şer bikê. Di warê nivîskî a kurdî de wê, mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê bi nivîskî wê berhemên bi kurdî wê heta di demên berê ên mîtannîyan de jî wê werina dîtin.Minaq dema ku em herina dema hûrî û mîtannî de wê, werê dîti ku wê zimanê wa wê kurdî bê. Keyê mîtannî key Tûşrata sêyem ku wê nameyekê ji Emenhetopê çarem re wê werê nivîsandin wê, di nava ”maneyên amarna” jî wê were dîtin wê bi kurdî bê. Tenê nameyên key Tûşratayê sêyem li dora 12 hatîya kifşkirin û hemû bi kurdî na ku ew hatina şandin ji firawûnê misrê re bi kurdî. Key Tûşratayê sêyem ku wê di kurdîya dema wê de wê were ´keyê mazin´ wê, gotina ”Lugal-kur” wê bikarbênê. Keça keyê mîtannî key Tûşratayê sêyem Tedo-hepa wê, bi firawûnê misrê re wê bizewicê. Berî firawûn di dema heksozîyan de wê, girseyek mazin ku wan bi kurdî dizanî wê li ser axa misrê wê bi girseyî wê bijîyan. Ev ji aliyê gelek dîrokzanan ve hatîya piştrast kirin. Piştî namayên Amarna wê êdî wê bahsa civakek kurdî diaxifê a li misrê di wê demê de wê bahsa wê were kirin. Di hundirê nameyên ´amarna´ de wê, bi teybetî wê, dema ku mirov li navaroka wan dinerê wê, mirov dibînê ku wê, çerçoveyek civakî a pêşketinî ku mirov wê bi hemdemîya wê re wê werênê li ser ziman wê were dîtin. Minaq nameya ku ew bi navê ”ea 24” hatîya bi navkirin de wê li ser têkiliyên ramyarî û aborî ên nava herdû welatan de wê li ser wê were sekin in. Di wê demê de wê di warê çand û hûnera demê de wê mirov karibê li ser wê re di derbarê wê demê de bibê xwediyê têgihiştinekê jî. Di wê rengê de wê, mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê kurdên di wê demê de û berî wê demê ku wê di dema heksozîyan de wê, li wir bijîn bi civakî wê, di derbarê wan de jî wê, têgînekê wê bide me. Wê ji nameyê wê ew jî wê, were fahmkirin û têgihiştin ku wê, girseyek pirr zêde mazin a xalkê ku ew li wir dijî ku ew bi kurdî dizanê jî wê, hebûna wê were dîyarkirin. Ev nameya ku me bi navkir ji nava nameyên amarna wê weke nameya herî zêde bê û wê, bi kurdî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman. Di warê hûnera dema hûrî û mîtannîyan de wê mirov dikarê di dewama wê de bêjê ku wê, di warê çêkirina peykel û xêzkirina pêjnên pîroz li ser hêtên bawergehan wê, bibê. Her wusa wê, keyên bi laş şêr û ankû bi serê eylo bi gelek minaqên wê re wê, werina dîtin. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi awayekê hizirkirina bi serxwezayî wê, tefsîrên ku ew hena wê, dîmenekê wê bidina me. Lê di dewama wê de wê mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê, bi wê re wê li dunyayê jî wê jîyanek pirr pêşketî di ahenge wê de wê were avakirin. Jîyane dema hûrî û mîttanîyan a civakî wê, dema ku mirov li çerçoveya wê dihizirê wê mirov dikarê bêjê ku wê, pirr pêşketî bê. Wê hemdemîya xwe ya di wê demê de wê bijî. Di wê warê de wê, di warê têkilîyên civakî û der civakî ên weke bi welatên li dorê re jî wê, di awayekê de wê, bi têgîneka pêşketî wê, were dîtin. Pêjnên yazdanên wan wê, di serî de wê, di wê demê de wê, derkevina li pêş. Wê bi navê wan wê gelek bawergeh û parastgeh wê werina çêkirin. Wê qûleyên mazin û bilind wê, werina çêkirin. Hin quleyên ku ew çêdikin wê, di tefsîran ku mirov wan kifş dikê wê, têgîna bi gotina ”quleya babil” ku wê bi navê bilinddayîya wê re wê li dîrokê wê were bîrhanîn wê, werinaz dîtin. Ew jî wê ber wê yekê bê ku wê di dewama wan de wê astrolojî û stêrzanî wê pirrzêde wê pêşketî. Wê di wê warê de wê li stêran wê binerin wê rewş û rêyan wê kifşbikin. Wê deman wê kifşbikin. Ber vê yekê wê, li wê bihizirin ku ew çendî û çiqasî bilindtir çêbikin wê ji wan re wê baştir bê. Wê wan zêdetirî û baştirin wê bigihijênê têgînên baştir. Jîyane civakî wê, bi hûner, orf û adet, çand û kevneşopî re wê, bi awayekê pêşketî wê, werê dîtin. Di warê kirmana sûra amede roja me ku wê gelek pêjnên wê yên wan deman jî bin wê, karibin di derbarê wan û fahmkirina wan ya bi hûnerî de têgînek baş û xort bidina me. Her wusa wê mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê hûnera naqşkirinê wê, di wê warê de wê li ser kevir û hwd wê, di dewama wê de wê pirr zêde wê pêşketî bê. Wê, weke ku em di harabeyên zaogma de dibînin wê mozaîkê wê bikarbênin û wê bi wê re wê, pêjnên pirr xweşik di çerçoveya jîyan, bawerî û hizirkirinên xwe yên demê de wê çêbikin. Di wê rengê de wê weke aliyekê giring wê, di serî de mirov dikarê bêjê ku wê harabeyên zaogma wê, ji dema mîtannîyan wê bimênin. Dema mîtannî wê, di wê warê de wê di warê felsefe û pêşketina wê de wê, ji demên xwe yên berê xwe ên dema hûrî û berî ya gûtî û qasîtîyan wê hinekî pêşketîtir bê. Wê, aqil bi matiqê felsefeyê wê bikarbênin. Pêşketinên weke ya Mîtra û hwd ku wê di dema wan de wê bibê wê di wê warê de wê, nîşanak û birhanna pirr baş ên di derbarê dema wan û pêşketina wan de bê. Wekî din wê jî mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, dema mîtannî weke demek kevnare wê, bi pêşketina xwe ya têgîhiştinî re wê temenê demên piştî xwe jî wê biafirênê. Wê, di warê felsefeyê de wê pêşketinên ber bahra sipî û ya reş wê perwerde bikin. Minaq wê, dibistana ´zanon´ ku wê, weke dibistana dema kevnera a dema ber bahra sipî jî bê wê, bi teybetî wê, têgînên felsefîkî ên mîtannîyan wê di nava xwe de wê pêşbixin û wê esas bigirin. `Zanon´ di kurdî de tê wateya yê zane. Zanon bixwe wê weke filosofekê wê demê mirov dikarê bêjê ku wê ew jî wê weke ku wê çawa wê di dema Manîyan de wê ji mesihiyê kesên weke Augustinius wê herina nava manîyan û wê bi salan xwe perwerde bikin û wê hizrên xwe ji wan bigirin û wê di nava mesihiyê de wê bênina li ser ziman wê, heman tişt wê bi zanon û şagirtên wî û dibistana wî de wê were dîtin. Navê zanon bixwe di kurdîya wê demê û ya roja me de jî wê were wateya ”zanan” û ankû ”yê bizane”. Di wê rengê de wê, navê ´zane´ wê di kurdîya wê demê de jî û di demên piştre jî wê, navê kesên bi zane û xwenda bê. Di wê rengê de wê, weke navekê bi ´unwanî´ ku wê li ser xwendina xwe ya bi salan ku wê bê qizinckirin jî bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring di dewama wê de mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman. Ev rewşên ku me hanîna li ser ziman ên bi zanîn û pêşketina demê re wê ji aliyekê ve wê di çerçoveya mijare me de wê, giring û vegotinbar bê. Wê, di derbarê pêşketina demê de wê, têgihiştinekê wê pêşî wê bide me. Piştre em jî li ser wê pêşketinê re di derbarê hûnera demê a kurd de dikarin bibin xwediyê têgîn û fahmkirineka baş. Tenê bermehiyên ku ew ji wan deman mana roja me jî wê, karibin di derbarê pêşketina wan de wê, têgihiştinek baş bide me. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, bermehiyên ku ew mana li serdema me wê weke bi peykel bin û rewşên din ên weke bi kirmanî û hwd bin ku mirov li wan dinerê wê, di wê warê de wê, têgîneka baş bibina me. Li herêmên afrînê ên rojavayê kurdistanê wê, di wê warê de wê, bermehiyên ji wê demê ên pirr zêde wê werina dîtin. Wekî din mirov dikarê wê jî wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, li dora amûdê peykelên ji kevir û herêmên din ên rojava weke li rimêlanê û heta qamişlo û nisêbînê û hwd wê, di wê warê de wê, di xateka mazin de wê, nîşanekên pêşketina dema kevnera a mîtannîyan wê pirr zêde wê mazin wê were dîtin. Piştî dema mîtannîyan wê dema medîya wê weke ku wê di dewama wê de û li ser temenê pêşketina wan re wê bê û bijî. Di dema medîya de wê, mirov dibînê ku wê, pêşketinên demkî ên pêşketî wê bibin. Medî wê, bi aqil û pêşketineka li pêşîya dema xwe wê bi xwe re wê bijîn. Di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Wê sedema wê jî wê ew bê ku wê pêşketinên berî wan ên dema hûrî û mîtannîyan wê pirr zêde û pêşketî wê ji wan re wê bina bingeh. Wekî din wê mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê, hûrî û mîtannî di warê hûnerê, wêjeyê, modayê û hwd wê pirr zêde wê pêşketî bin. Wê bandûra wan wê li herêmên dora wan wê bibê. Li misra kevn jî wê bandûra wan wê bibê. Li anatolia ku wê di wê demê de wê hin bi hin wê bi pêşketina hîtîttîyan re wê xwe bide dîyarkirin wê, li ser wan jî wê bandûra hûrî û mîtannîyan wê pirr zêde wê bibê. Wê bandûra yazdanên hûrî û mîttanîyan wê pêşketinên bawerîyî ên li anatoliya jî wê kifşkar bikê. Çanda kîbelê li anatolia minaqek ku mirov dikarê di wê warê de balê bikişênê li ser wê. Çanda kîbelê wê koka wê ya yazdana hûrîyî a bi navê ´hebedê´ û hinek yazdanên din ên ku wê di dewama wê de wê werin bê. Ev yazdana hûrî û mîtannî wê weke yazdana jîyan û bereketê jî wê, were pênasekirin di dema wê de. Wekî din mirov di dema hûrî û mîtannîyan de wê mirov rastî gelek yazdanên piçûk û mazin ku ew di penteona hûrî û mîtannîyan de hene bin. Wê di wê warê de wê li ser temenekê bi aqil wê bijîn. Wê dema ku wê, piştî wanqas pêşketinan wê Mîtra wê werê wê, mîtra wê, di rengê yazdanekê de wê, tefsîrên ji aliyê bawermendên wî ve wê bên pêşxistin. Wê rengê pêşketinên weke bi rengê ´tîtanan´ ku wê di mîtolojiya yewnanî de wê werê bi navkirin wê, di şêwayekê bi heman rengê de wê Mîtra wê ji aliyê bawermendên wî ve wê were şîrovekirin û hanîn li ser ziman. Wekî din wê, şîroveyên ku wê, bi bavê Zeus kronos û hwd ve wê werina kirin jî wê, mirov dibînê ku wê, weke ku ew ji nava wê pêşketina hûrî û mîtannîyan firî bin û derketin wê were dîtin. Wê dema ku mirov pêşketin û serborîyên bi kronos re dixwênê wê, ev hizir wê, pirr zêde wê di mejiyê mirov de wê bivejin. Pêşketina bi hûner, çand û têgihiştina aqil weke bi felsefîkî û hwd re a di wan demên hûrî û mîtannî de wê, weke ku me li jor hanî li ser ziman wê rengê pêşketina demên xwe û yên piştî wan ku wê werin wê bidina dîyarkirin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de mirov dikarê bi awayekê vekirî bin wê xatbikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Tabî wê piştî demên mîtannî û piştî wan ya demên medîya re wê, pêşketinên ku wê di demên kurdistanê de wê li herêmê wê bibin wê, pirr zêde wê, di warê pêşketina çandî û hûnerî de wê, têgihiştinên xort û pêşketî wê bidina me. Wekî din jî wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê di destpêka medîya de ku wê weke ku wê were bawerkirin û ser ziman wê, keyê medî Dîyaqos wê, di dema xwe de wê, weke paytaxt wê bajarê mazin ´akbatanê´ wê avabikê û wê hêtên wê hemûyan wê bi kevî û serdorên wê re wê bide naqşkirin. Wê, bi wê re wê, têgînên xwe yên bawerî wê li ser wan wê bide naqşkirin. Di dema medîya de wê, pereyên kîrîn û firotin wê hebin. Li ser wê, zêr û zîv wê, ew jî wê hebê ku wê, bi wê rengê wê, were emel kirin. Wekî din wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê weke rewşeka kîrîn û firotinê a di nava kurdistanîya de wê, bi hevdû gûharandina tiştan wê, şêwayekê kîrîn û firotinê hebê. Minaq wê kesek wê albek genim wê bide yekê din û wê di berdêlê de wê, elbek nîsk û ankû nahk wê bistênê. Wê bi wê rengê wê li ser tiştên din jî wê rewş wê wusa bê. Di demên piştî zayîna îsa de wê mirov dibînê ku wê di dema sasanîyan de wê, çendî ku wê sasanî wê li ser temenê medîya wê bijî jî lê wê, ji gelek aliyan ve wê çand û hûnera demê wê ji holê winda bibê. Herê kirina ji aliyê sasanîyan ve bawerîya Zerdeştîyê weke bawerîya rêveberîyê wê, têrê nekê ku ew bi tememê pêşketina herêmê baş fahmbikin û li gorî wê pêşketineka rast di nava xwe de bidina çêkirin. Ji xwe ya ku wê bê temenê cûdahiyan piştre jî wê ev bê. Kurkeyê kurd keyus wê, di dema sasaniyan de wê pirranîya axa herêmên her çar beşên kurdistanê wê karibê bikê bin kontrola xwe û wê levkirinê bi çêkirina hevpeymanî bi rêveberîya sasanîya re wê, bijîn. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, piştre jî wê, ev rewş wê, heta ku wê dem wê were dema mezdek û hûrem wê xira bibê. Wê piştre wê, ew cardin bixwezin ku wê rewşê cardin avabikin û wê werênina weke sêra berê. Di aslê xwe de mezdek û hûrem jî wê hinek têgînên hemdem û pêşketî wê bi wan re wê hebin. Lê wê ji aliyê perspektifa demkî ve wê ne têr bin. Ya ku wê bê temenê serneketina wan jî wê di aslê xwe de wê ev bê. Mezdekîyan wê dema ku wê, keyê Sasanê kawê wê ji taxt bikin û wê li şûnê wê bikin ku wê rûnihin wê keyekê ku wê pêşengîyê ji wan re bikê wê nebê. Wê ber vê yekê wê, keyê sasanî kawê wê ji zindanê wê biravê wê cardin wê taxt wê bidest bixê. Di dema sasanîyan de wê li kurdistanê wê herî hindik wê sê rêveberîyên mazin û giştî wê hebin. Yek wê rêveberîya abgaarîyan bê. Abgaarî wê, Mîtrayî bin. Ya din jî wê Manîyî bin Ew jî wê, zerdeştî bin. Wekî din jî wê komên êzdayî, hersanî û hwd wê hebin. Ew jî wê, weke komna ku wê pirr zêde mazin bin. Lê ev kom wê çendî ku wê xwediyê rêveberîyên olî ên rûhanî jî bin lê wê, di warê rêveberîya civakî de wê, kêm bin. Tenê ku wê navenda wê herêma semsûrê bê wê, rêveberîya komagene wê, hinekî wê bikê ku ew xwe bikê rêveberîyek xort û leşkerî. Wê, di wê warê de wê, levkirinê bi komên civakî ên kurdistanî re wê li ser esasê peymana dardanosê wê çêbikin. Komagene wê bi navê wê re wê were wateya ´koma civakê´ û ankû ´koma gel´. Di wê rengê de wê, komagenî wê bijîn. Komagenî wê, herêmên li dora kurdistanî ên anatolia jî wê, bi xwe ve wê girêbidin. Wê rêveberîyek pirr zêde xort ku wê pirr zêde wê hey û balan wê bikişênê li ser xwe wê avabikin. Rêveberîyên kurdistanî wê aliyekê wan ê giring wê di her demê de wê were dîtin. Wê ew jî wê, ew bê ku wê pirr zêde wê giringîyê wê bidina orf û adet û kevneşopîyên xwe. Wê, di nava xwe de wê, hertimî wê, bi naqşkirinê û hwd wê, xamilandinê wê di malên xwe de wê çêbikin. Navê ´naqşkirinê´ wê, di aslê xwe de wê dema ku mirov di kurdî de em li wê bihizirin wê, ji wateya wê ya naqşkirinê zêdetirî wê wateyek wê di mejiyê kurdên berê de wê hebûba. Ew jî wê ew bê ku wê, di nava jîyane xwe de wê, gotina ´naqşê´ wê hem bi têgihiştinekê wê biheta hildan li dest û hem jî wê, bi çerçoveya naqşkirinên bi destî ên cûr bi cûr ku wê werina çêkirin re wê, bi wê re wê were werina li ser ziman. Dema ku wê bahsa naqşkirinê wê were kirin wê, di aslê xwe de wê, harmonîyek bi naqşkirinê wê werê ser ziman. Wê her jinên kurd ên ciwan wê di demên ciwanîya xwe de wê weke ceyîzê ku ew amede dikirin wê bi naqşkiirnê wê tişt ji xwe re wê çêbikiran. Wê dema ku wê keçik zewicî ba û çûba male xwe wê, hingî wê herkesekê wê mereq bikira ku wê çi weke bi naqş çêkiriya û kirîya nava ceyîzê xwe de. Wê tenê bo dîtîna wê jî ba wê herkesekê li dorê wê biheta male wê û wê binerîya. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di dewama wê de wê, ew bi heta pirsîn ku ka wê çi çêkiriya. Wê piştî dîtinê re wê herkesekê wê ji hevdû re wê bihanîya ser ziman ku ka wê çi çêkiriya ji xwe re weke ceyîz. Wê ji ceyîzê wê biheta fahmkirin ku ew çendî xwedi hûner a bi destî. Wê di wê rengê de wê, ew jî wê biheta lêgerîn. Naqş wê, di wê rengê de wê, dema ku wê werê çêkirin wê, bi destî wê bi dirûtinê wê were çêkirin. Di dewama wê de wê jî mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa naqşê wê, dema ku mirov hinekî li ser wê bisekinê wê mirov karibê wê bênê li ser ziman ku wê naqş wê, bi giştî wê bi sê awayan wê were çêkirin. Wê bi awayekê wê motifên weke yên bawerî ku wê li ser xalîçeyan wê werina çêkirin û wê, bi hêtên hundir ve wê werina dalaqandin bo xweşikkirinê. Wê di wê rengê de wê xalîçeyên kurdî wê ên dalandinê wê di her demê de wê bi nav û deng bin. Wê navdar bin. Wê, her mal wê di wê de wê hebin. Malên ku ew xalîçe nebûn wê nebûban. Xalîçe wê, di rengên wêneyên mazin ên roja me ku wê, bi xêzkirinê wê werina çêkirin bo dalaqandina li hêtan. Wê di wê demê de jî wê xalîçe wê weke li ser paç wê weke bi naqşkirinê wê, çêkirina resmên tişt û têgînên ku wan pê bawer dikir. Minaq xalîçeya şahmaran wê pirr navdar bê di nava kurdan de. Yek li ser kevir xêzkirina bi naqşî û ya din naqşkirina bi wê rengê a li ser paç ku wê werê çêkirin wê pirr zêde wê bi wê rengê wê werê çêkirin. Wekî din wê weke aliyê din ê duyem jî wê, di her malên kurd de wê dema ku wê lihêf, doşek û balgih wê ji xwe re wê çêbikin bo malê wê, hemû wê keviyên wan wê bi wê rengê wê, ji serî heta binî wê werina naqşkirin. Wê, bi wê rengê wê di ti malê de wê lihêf, balgih û doşekên bê naqş wê nebûban. Hebûna wan wê cih bi cih wê karîba weke aybekê jî wê biheta dîtin. Wê weke rewşek ne baş wê biheta pêşwazî kirin. Aliyê din ê sêyem jî wê, bi naqşkirin li ser mendîlên destî cil û bergên li xwekirinê ku wê were kirin. Wê minaq wê cilûbergên jinê ku ew di her temenê wê de wê hinek motifên wê yên cûda wê hebûban wê bi wan wê biheta naqşkirin. Wê, minaq wê xiftanê wê piştî ku ew nawserî xwe bû wê bi sîmên zêr wê biheta çêkirin û wê hemû kevi, milik û bastik û hemû deverên din wê bihetan naqşkirin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziiman ku wê, hertimî wê, bi wê rengê wê, cilên naqşkirî wê li xwe bikiran. Wê, ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, dema ku wê mirov wê li wan naqşên li ser cilên kesekê bidîta wê bi zanîya û fahmbikira ku ew ji kîjan herêma kurdistanê bûya. Wê, di wê rengê de wê ew jî wê bi wê re wê biheta dîtin û fahmkirin. Naqş wê, di wê rengê de wê, weke kar û xabateka destî a pirr zêde bi nirx ku ew dihat pêşwazîkirin bû. Wê bi wê re wê, her demsal wê cil wê bi hûnandinê wê ji xwe re wê, çêbikiran. Wê, kence, gora, lapik û hwd wê, çêbikiran. Wê çi pêwîstba ji wan re wê bo wê demê wê ji xwe re wê çêbikiran. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê ´teşî´ bo badan û çêkirina ta wê, hebûban û wê ew jî wê, weke aliyekê pêjnî ku wê weke ku wê bi dîmenê jina kurd re wê bûba yek. Ew jî wê, di her demê de wê, biheta dîtin. Weke teşîyê wê, tanûrên nan pijtinê û tifikên ku wê xwarina xwe li ser wê çêkiriban wê bi heman rengê wê bikiran. Wê dema ku wê wan ew jî wê çêbikiran wê, piştî ku wan ew çê dikirin wê naqşkirinên li ser wan wê çêbikiran. Minaq wê, kopelên ku ew kalan dikira destê xwe de û bi wê diçû wê çand û hûnereka wê hebûba. Wê her kopel wê mihaqqeq wê naqşkirinên li ser ku ew pirr xweşîk û bi îtînayekê li ser hatina çêkirin wê hebûban. Wê bi wê re wê, ew biheta zanîn. Kopal wê, hûnera wê di nava gel de wê pirr zêde wê li pêş ba. Wê, kopal wê, bi çend awayan wê biheta çêkirin. Minaq kopalê şivanan wê cûda ba û wê naqşên ku ew li ser wê dihatina çêkirin jî wê cûda hebûban. Wê, kopalên kesên bi tifra ku ew hebûn wê ew jî wê, cûda wê biheta çêkirin û wê naqşên wê li gorî wan wê cûda ban. Wê kopalên kalan jî wê cûda hebûba û wê li gorî wan wê naqş wê li ser wê bihata çêkirin. Di wê rengê de wê, kopal wê xwediyê rewşekê ku mirov wê bi teybetî bahsa wê bikê bê. Hûnera kopalê wê, weke aliyên din wê di nava gel de wê li pêş ba. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, dema ku wê, kesekê ji xwe re kopalek çêkira û ankû bi naqanda wê li naqşên wê binerîya. Her wusa wê wekî din jî wê, weke rewşa cilûbergan wê herêm bi herêm wê, li ser kopal jî wê, naqşên cûda wê hatiban çêkirin. Wê, di wê rengê de wê, dema ku wê yekê li kopalê kesekê nerî wê hema bêja wê, naqşbikira ku ew ji kûya. Di wê rengê de wê, rewşa cilûbeg û tiştên ku wê bihetan bikarhanîn wê li ser wê re wê bi hûnerî wê, di aslê xwe de wê aqiilekê pirr zêde hevbeş wê hebûba. Wê, di dewama wê de wê, mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê giring wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, hûner û aqilê wê, di şêwayekê de wê, hevnasîna civakê û kesên wê bi hevdû wê, bide çêkirin. Wê aqilekê hûnerî wê, bi wê rengê ku wan bi wê hevdû nasdikir wê hebûba. Wê, bi wê aqilê wê, rewşên xwe wê bizanîyan û wê, deverên xwe wê bizanîyan Di rewşa fahmkirina aqilê hûnerê de wê, dema ku mirov li ser wê biponijê wê bi wê rengê wê, gelek têgînên ku em wan di destpêkê de wan kifşbikin û wan wê werênina li ser ziman wê hebin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê divê ku mirov wê, werênê li ser ziman. Hûnera kurd û kurdistanê wê, di wê warê de wê, şêwayên pêşketî wê, bi dîmenî li berçav wê pêşketî hebûba. Lê li vir wê mirov dikarê wê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê dem bi dem wê rengên naqşên wê hebûban. Ez bixwe jî li malê ji aliyê dê û bavê xwe ve bûma şahidê wê rewşê ku wan dema ku wê naqşek bidîtan wê bizanîyan ku ew ya kîjan demê û ji kîjan herêmê ya. Di wê rengê de wê, ew bihanîyan ser ziman. Ez ji wê rewşê î ro di mejiyê xwe de digihijima wê têgihiştinê û fahmkirinê ku wê naqşên demên bûhûrî jî wê dem bi dem wê ji hevdû cûda bê. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, her dem wê di nava naqşkirinên xwe de wê, reng, têgihiştin, hizirkirin û bawerîyên xwe wê bi wê re wê bihanîyan li ser ziman. Minaq di hin çîrokên kurdî de wê were ser ziman ku wê, bahsa cinan wê were kirin wê dema ku wê tefsîrên hundirînî wê bê kirin wê bahsa naqşan ku ew ji kîjan demê na wê bê kirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, ev jî wê, weke aliyekê wê, xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di nava çîrokên kurdî ên rast de wê tefsîrên naqşî û hwd wê pirr zêde wê bi hûrûkûr wê hebin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê çîrok wê ji aliyê xwe ve wê, kariban nirxna mazin di xwe de barbikin û bênina li demên piştî xwe. Di wan çîrokan de kesên ku li wan hisand wê, di derbarê wan pêşketina deman, rengên jîyane wan, naqşkirinên wan û hwd wê bizanîya. Çîrok wê di hundirê xwe de wê têgînna xort bi motîfî ên hûnerî wê bi hawandan. Wê, di wê rengê de wê ew bihanîyan li ser ziman. Carna ku wê kesna wê çîrok bizanîyan wê bi teybetî wê, biçûyan li cem wan ku ew wê ji wan bi bihîzin. Minaq carna di hat gotin ”filankes wê çîrokê dizanê.” dema ku dihat ”wê çîrokê” wê çîrokna teybet ku ew bi teybetî bahsa hin rewşên teybet dikirin wê heban. Wê dema ku wan li wan hisand wê, êdî wê, bûban xwediyê wê, têgihiştin di derbarê hinek rewşên ku wan di xwest bizanîyan. Çîrok û naqş wê, di rewşê de wê hevdû di hev de wê bi hûnîyan. Wê bi hanîyan li ser ziman. Wê rewşê de wê mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê naqş wê, bi wê rengê wê ne tenê wê weke têgîneka ku wê malên wan bi xamilanda wê her wusa wê vegotinên wan jî wê bi xamilanda.Di rewşa naqşa kurd de ku mirov bahsa wê bikê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, derkeve li pêş. Gotina naqşê wê, weke gotineka civakî û civaknasî a di mejiyê her kurdî de ku wê, bi wê re wê gelek reng, motif û pêjn wê bi wê biheta ber bîr û hişê mirov. Di wê rewşê de wê, çerçoveyek têgînî wê bi wê re wê di mejî de wê hebûba. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê naqş wê, di wê rengê de wê, weke têgîneka ekolî wê, xwediyê wate û rewşekê bê di fahmkirina xwe de. Di aslê xwe de wê dema ku mirov tenê li ser gotina naqşê re herê wê gelek rewşên ku mirov wê karibê wan bi wê re wan werênê li ser ziman wê hebin. Ku em bi cildan pirtûkan tişî bikin jî wê, nikaribê hemû çerçoveya gotina naqşê û fahmkirina bi wê re ku ew di mejiyan de hebû wê werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku wê naqşkirin wê, werê kirin wê gelek şêwayên bi dirûtin û hûnandin û girêdanê a bi hevdû re wê bi wê re wê hebûba ku ew biheta çêkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ew motifên bi naqşê re ku wê hebûban wê ji aliyekê ve wê, weke aliyekê giring wê xwe bidina dîyarkirin. Wê, bi gelek reng û awa wê hebin. Wê, di nava wan de wê, gelek rewşên ku wê, tenê bi rewşên rengên bi dirûtin, hûnandin û girêdanê û hwd re wê hebûban. Ev jî wê, rewşên teybet wê bi wan re wê hebûban ku wê, ew bihetan pêşxistin. Di rewşa naqşên çêkirinê wê her rewş û motif û pêjn wê navekê wê hebê Minaq weke rengên hûnandin û dirûtina bi navê ´qanawîçê´ û hwd. Di wê rewşê de wê, li ser navên wan de wê, motif û pêjnên naqşî wê bihatan nasîn. Wê, ew wê weke aliyekê wê yê teybet û bi zanîna wê re ku wê, bi heta dîtin û li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring mirov dikarê wê jî wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşên motif û pêjnên naqşî wê, rewşna teybet ên ku mirov dikarê wan bi teybetî wan werênê li ser ziman. Naqş bi xwe û bi serê xwe dikarê bibê mijare perwerdeyên bi salan ku ew werê fêrkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê hûnera naqşê wê, hûnereka civakî a giştî û bi temen bê. Navê naqşê wê navê çerçoveyek hûnerî a kurdî ku wê, bi gelek awa, reng, motif, pêjn û hwd ku wê, were pêşxistin û ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ku mirov bahsa hûnera kurd bikê wê gotina naqşê wê weke gotineka bi çerçove û temenî wê di wê de wê were ser ziman. Gotina naqşê bi xwe wê di kurdî de wê were wateya dirûtîna bi motif û reng. Di wê rengê de wê ew wê were ser ziman. Lê wekî din wê di kurdi de wê ev gotin wê ji wê zêdetirî wê nava çerçoveyeka naqşî ku ew bi wê rengê bi hûnerî û çandî hatî pêşxistin jî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê naqş wê, di her demê de wê, wê minaqên wê li kurdistanê wê were dîtin di nava jîyane civake kurd de. Ber vê yekê em, dema ku bahsa naqşê bikiin bo ku ew bi demê re ew zêde razber nebê ew dem bi dem ew divê ku ew naqşên demî werina fahmkirin û kifşkirin. Dem bi dem nivîsandina dîroka naqşê wê weke nivîsandina dîroka hûnera kurd a dem bi dem jî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring em bin wê xatbikin û wê werênina li ser ziman. Di her demê de wê bi naqşê wê, hêst û ramanên wê demê di wê de wê werina naqşkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di aslê xwe de wê, dema ku em bi gotina hûnera kurd re wê fahmbikin em dikarin bahsa dîrokek tekûz ku ew tişî pêşketinên bi naqşî ên weke bi motif, pêjn û hwd em dikarin wê werênina li ser ziman. Naqş wê, ji aliyekê din ve jî wê mirov dikarê weke navê hûnera kurd a her demê ku ew dem bi dem dihat çêkirin û pêşxistin jî wê werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, naqş wê weke rastiyekê wê, mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, bi wê rengê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rastiya wê, weke rastiyeka hûnerî a civakî wê kifşbikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Naqşkirin wê li kurdistanê wê ne tenê li ser paç bê. Wê bi paç re wê li ser kevir, taxt û hwd jî wê, were kirin û pêşxistin. Weke naqşkirinê mirov dikarê bahsa gotina ´tevnê´ jî bikê. Di aslê xwe de gotina tevnê wê di mejiyê kurd ê hûnerî de wê nekêmî ya naqşê û hwd wê kêm bê. Di rewşa gotina tevnê de bêmî ku em çend gotinan bêjim em nikarin derbas bibin. Gotina tevnê wê, di serî de wê, di çerçoveya wê ya fahmkirinê de wê, di wê warê de wê hildina li dest. Tevnkirin wê, ji çi ter wê were gotin? Tevnkirin wê, ji hûnandina bi çêkirina marş, mahfûr û berrikan bê. Wê tevn wê bo wan hebê. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku wê, bahsa tevnê wê were kirin wê di cih de wê marşên kurdî wê werina berbîra mirov. Wê bi wê re wê, tevn wê berî ku ew wê were çêkirin wê tayên wê bi teşîyê û hwd wê were rêstin. Piştî ku ew hat rêstin wê êdî wê piştre wê, bi wê re wê, marş û ankû mahfûr wê werina çêkirin. Dema ku wê marşek wê were çêkirin wê bi wê re wê ne tenê wê marşek wê were çêkirin wê, bi wê re wê, weke ku wê wêne û ankû nîgarek pirr zêde xweşik wê bi awayek pirr rengê û pirr motifî wê biheta çêkirin. Marşên kurdî wê, di wê rewşê de wê hertimî wê pirr motifî bin. Wê dem bi dem wê, sûretên sawal, tayrik û tiştan wê, ji rewşan wê bigirin û wê di wê de wê çêbikin. Di nava marş û mahfûrê wê farq ew bê bê ku wê marş wê tenik bê. Wê mahfûr wê stûr bê. Wê mahfûr wê, di rengê xalîçeyekê de wê, were çêkirin. Xalîçe wê her cûre wêneyê sawal û tayrik û rewş wê li ser wê werina çêkirin. Di aslê xwe de wê di dema naqşê kevn a dema kevnar a kurd de wê, dema ku wê mahfûrek ew sûretên bi wê rengê ên tayrik, sawal û rewş ku ew li ser wê hatina çêkirin wê ew ne hatiba danîn li ardê. Ew jî wê weke orf û adetekê ba ku wê ew hertimî wê biheta dalaqandin ba. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring wê ew heba ku wê, tişta ku ew bi wê rengê motifên wêneyî hatina çêkirin û ankû motifên bo wan û bawerîyan pîroz bû wê ku ew hat çêkirin wê ew êdî ne hatiba danîn li ardê. Wê ew hatiba dalaqandin bi hêt ve. Ev jî wê weke kevneşopîyeka civakî a ku wê ti kesekê wê bi ser ve ne qawistiba. Li kurdistanê wê, dema ku tevn hat vedan û bi wê re çêkirina marş û mahfûran hat çêkirin wê ew ji dil wê çi motif wê li wê biheta çêkirin wê ew biheta bijartin û wê bi wê bihata çêkirin. Pêşî jî wê çi reng wê weke ta wê biheta biharhanîn wê ew biheta amedekirin. Wê di dewama wê de wê, êdî wê dest pêbikiran. Marş û ankû mahfûra ku ew dihat çêkirin wê, di dema çêkirinê de wê rengên ku ew mirov rehet bikiran bi motifên wê re wê ew bihetan bijartin. Di wê rewşê de di hat bawerkirin ku reng û motifên ku rehetiyê didina mirov hebûn. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, li wan serwaxt ban û wê bi wan ew destpê bikiran. Ji aliyekê din ve jî wê tevn wê, di wê rewşê de wê, marşên ku ew di wê de dihatina çêkirin wê, bi gelek motifan wê bihetan çêkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê marş wê carna nîgarna wê hatiban çêkirin ku mirov li wan dinerî jî wê, mirov di nava hizir, hîst û ramanan de biriban. Di wê rengê de wê ew bihetan çêkirin. Marşên kurdî wê, di wê rewşê de wê, di her demê de wê, bi reng û motifên xwe re wê balê wê bikişênina li ser xwe. Wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, ew wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di rewşa çêkirina tevnê de wê mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, tevn wê, di her malê de wê hebûba. Wê hadiba vedan. Di malê de ku keçên ciwan hebûna wê hertimî wê demên xwe wê bi wê re wê derbas bikiran- Ev jî wê, weke aliyekê din ê ku mirov wê balê bikişênê li ser wê bê. Motifên ku wê di tevn û naqşên kurdan wê bihetan çêkirin wê, weke motif û pêjnna ku wê ji wan re wê pirr zêde wê hêja û bi qadr ban. Di wê rengê de wê mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Wê di aslê xwe de wê ji aliyê hûnera civakî ve wê, ev herdû rewş wê li kurdistanê wê bi xwe re wê karibin gelek rewş û têgînên baş bidina me. Wê di wê warê de wê li ser van herdû rewşan re wê, wê weke gelek rewşên din wê, mirov karibê bigihijê têgîneka hûnerî a tekûz. Hûner ku wê li kurdistanê wê bahsa wê were kirin wê bi van rewşan û rewşên weke wan re wê weke xamleka jîyanî bê. Wê jîyanê wê bixamilênê. Wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman wê hinek aliyên din jî ku em di dewama wê de wê werênina li ser ziman wê hebin. Minaq weke qawartina kevir û çêkirina cêrna bo kûtandina dan û her wusa bi qawartina taxt re çêkirina tiştên weke sênîk, kevçî, zerik û gelek tiştên din ên weke wan wê hertimî wê weke rewşna ku wê di jîyane asayî de ku mirov wê rastî wê were bê. Di warê bikarhanîna taxt û qawartin û ji wê çêkirina tiştan wê di jîyanê de wê pirr zêde wê hebê. Minaq wê, gêsnên ardkolanê wê ji taxt wê werina çêkirin. Weke aliyekê din wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê li kurdistanê biakrhanîn hesin, bafûn, sifir, zêr, zîv û hwd wê dîrokan wê pirr zêde wê kevn wê herê. Dema ku em bahsa dîroka civake kurd ya ´kawayê hesinkar´ dikin jî di navê wî de wê, ew wê weke ´hesinkarekê´ wê were bi navkirin û hanîn li ser ziman. Ev nav wê, karibê bi serê xwe têgînekê bide ku wê hesin wê ji wê tişt wê werina çêkirin û wê kar û xabate wê, li herêmê wê li pêş bê. Di wê warê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê din wê werênê li ser ziman. Karê bi hesin weke hesinkar, yê bi zêr weke zêrker, yê bi zîv weke zîvker, yê bi sifir weke safar û ankû sifirkar û hwd wê, were nasîn. Di warê bikarhanîna van elementan û ji wan çêkirina tiştan de mirov rastî gelek minaqan di jîyane asayî de dihê ku ew di demên berê de pirr zêde hatîya bikarhanîn. Wekî din jî mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, mirov rastî tepsî û hwd ku wê, ji hesin û ankû bafûnê wê werina çêkirin. Wê di wan de wê, xwarin wê werê çêkirin. Bafûn wê, bi teybet di meyendina şîr û hwd de wê, weke tiştekê pirr baş wê were dîtin. Sitil, sênîk û hwd ku ew ji bafûn û sifirkê dihên çêkirin wê, di wan de wê, çêkirina tiştên bi wê rengê wê, pirr zêde wê, were kirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dibînê ku wê hûnerkarîyeka bi wê rengê a li ser wê re wê bizêdeyî wê hebê. Bi teybeyî wê, wê mirov dibînê ku wê ji demên medîya û pêde wê li herêmê wê ev element wê bi awayekê zêde li berçav dihên dîtin wê bikarhanîna wan wê, were dîtin. Minaq wê pêşmalkên ku mêr bi pêşîya xwe ve girêdidin û ji zêr dihên çêkirin wê werina dîtin. Li rojhilatê kurdistanê dîtina mumiayekê kurd ku wê bi wê rengê wê ew wê wer bedilkirin û wê di qabra wî de wê were bicihkirin wê, bide nîşandin ku ev rewş wê, weke rewşna pêşketî bin. Wekî din wê gelek rewşên din ên weke wan ku wê mirov dikarê kifşbikê wê hebin. Em vê jî dikarin wê werênina li ser ziman ku wê rewşên weke yên çêkerîya van elementan weke tiştan wê, hin bi hin wê sanata wê pêşkeve. Wê ji herêmê wê deverên weke dûkanan ku wê di wan de wê ew dayimî wê werina çêkirin wê bibin. Di wê rewşê de wê, rewşên weke halandina wan elementan û wergerandina li tiştan mirov rastî wê dihê. Me li jor bahs kir ku wê li kurdistanê di demên hûrî û mîtannî de wê mozaîk wê, were pêşxistin û çêkirin. Wê di wê demê de wê hin bi hin wê ev element jî wê werina bikarhanîn. Piştre jî wê di wan de wê pîsporî û hwd wê pêşkeve. Wê li ser wan re wê, ew wê, werina çêkirin. Em dem bi dem em dibînin ku ser taxt wê di demên berê wê şahmaran wê were çêkirin. Wekî din wê piştre wê, li ser tepsîyên hesin, zêr û zîv jî wê, şahmaran wê were naqşkirin. Ev minaq wê weke minaqna ku em di demên berê de rastî dihên bê. Di wê rewşê de wê mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê wê yê din jî wê, werênina li ser ziman ku wê, rewşên bi wê rengê û gelek rengên din wê mirov rast wan wê werê Minaq wê çêkirina şêr, key hwd sûretên wan li ser kevir û ankû ji kevir weke hêkel wê were çêkirin. Ev jî wê, bi wê rengê wê, weke karekê hûnerî ê destî ku wê li kurdistanê wê pirr pêşketî bê. Em ji rewşên weke nameyên amarna ku ew hatina dîtin kifşdikin ku wê, di demên hûrî û mîtannîyan de wê ev rewşên weke bi çêkirinê wê pirr zêde wê li pêş bê. Key tuşrata wê, di nivîsekê de wê bahsa şandina hêkelê lipît îştar ji firawûmê misrê re wê, were bahskirin. Ev çêkerîyên ku ew dihên kirin wê, weke dagerna civakî wê pêşkevin û wê di her demê de wê çêkirina wan wê were domandin. Ji aliyekê din ve jî wê mirov ji rewşên weke bawergeha lipît iştar ku ew hatiya birin li muzeya berlinê û li wir hatiya bicihkirin mirov fahmdikê ku wê di wan deman de wê, rewşên weke yên naqşkirina hêtên bawergehan wê pirr zêde wê, pêşketî bê. Tenê hêtên bawergeha îştar ku mirov li wê dinerê wê, di wê warê de wê karibê gelek têgihiştin, hizir û ramanan wê bikê serê mirov de. Bawergeha îştar wê bi serê xwe wê weke berhemen şahaser a hûnerî bê. Ku mirov wê bi teybeyî wê, bi giringiyek bêhampa wê werênê li ser ziman. Di hundirê bawergehê de wê, sûretên sawalên weke bizin, meh, gisk, ga û hwd wê bi gelek sawalên din re wê were dîtin ku ew çi xweşik hatina çêkirin. Wê wekî din mar û şêr wê bi xweşikatiyekê hatîya çêkirin ku wê hûnermendên roja me wê ji xwe re hayran wê bide hiştin. Wêneyên bawergeha îştar ku ew mirov li wan dinerê mirov ji wan digihijê gelek têgînên cûr bi cûr. Bi wê re ez dikarim bahsa wê bikim ku wê di wê rengê de wê bawergehên ku ew dihên çêkirin wê mînaq û nîşanaka sanatvarîyeka herêmê a ku wê pirr zêde wê pêşketî bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, rewşên weke yên modeyê ku wê ji gelek aliyan ve wê li pêşîya ya roja me jî bê wê di demên hûrî û mîtannîyan de wê werina pêşxistin. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê weke xabateka sanatî a jîyanê ku mirov di jîyane xwe de dikir wê dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman. Di aslê xwe de ji bawergeha îştar mirov dikarê gelek têgînên hûnerî ên wê demê ku wê pirr zêde wê pêşketî bin û wê mirov ji xwe re hayran wê bidina hiştin mirov dikarê wan kifşbikê. Ew wêneyên wê tenê ku mirov wan kopî bikê û di roja me de belav bikê wê bi serê xwe re wê, di jîyanê de wê rewşna pêşengehî wê bide çêkirin. Di roja me de wê, dema ku wê, bahsa hûnera ronasansê wê were kirin wê, hûnera Da-Vinci û hwd wê derkevina li pêş. Weke wî wê gelek hûnermend wê hûnerên xwe çêbikin. Wê dêrên xiristiyaniyê ên li watikanê wê, bixamilênin. Ev rewş wê, piştre wê, çendî ku wê werê ji hevdû derxistinû ji hevdû derxistin wê, bê temenê ronekbîryekê jî. Heman rewş û dibê ku wê gelekî ji wê zêdetirî wê li kurdistanê wê bi rewşên weke yên lipît îştar û bawergehên wan û hwd re wê, bi hezaran salan berê wan wê were çêkirin. Weke berhem hundirê bawergeha lipît îştar wê, mirov dikarê wê, watîkana kurdistanê wê werênê li ser ziman û wê fahmbikê. Wêneyên wê ji derxê li holê weke hûnerna herêmê û bide têgihiştin. Ber ku wê her naqşkirinên di wê de wê, bi wateyekê wê were çêkirin. Ji xwe hûner jî ma wê wateya wê ew bê ku ew rohniyê pêşbixê. Wê rastiyê bi têgihiştina wê re bi dîmen bikê. Di wê demê de wê pirr zêde wê baş wê ew wê were dîmenkirin. Wê were hanîn li ser ziman. Wê ew dîrok û meju wê hê jî wê li bendî fahmkirina xwe ya ji aliyê xalkên herêmê ve bê. Li vir wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê çand û hûnera îştar wê di aslê xwe de wê weke çand û hûnera herêmê a civakê wê hê li bendê kifşkirina xwe ya bi rastîya xwe re bê. Wê, di derbarê şariştaniyên kurdistanî ên demên berê û pêşketin û bawerîyên wan de wê gelek hizir, raman û têgînên xort wê karibê bidemê me. Ber vê yekê jî bê mirov divê ku wê di serî de wê, derxê li têgihiştin bi kifşkirina wê re. Di aslê xwe de wê, mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, dema ku mirov îştar bi bawergeha wê re wê kifşbikê û li ser wê re bi dîrokê re wê bi hizirê wê, li dûv hevdû wê xelek bi xelek wê li dûv hevdû pêvajoyên pêşketina bi çand, bawerî û li ser wan re bi hûnerî wê were kifşkirin. Ya ku mirov wê di destpêkê de wê kifşdikê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, di destpêkê de wê ev bê. Çanda îştar wê, weke çandaka xwûdawend ku wê bi hezaran salan wê bi pêşketina wê û bandûra wê ya li pêşketinên li dora wê re wê bibê. Ji vê aliyê ve wê, weke têgîn û pêşketineka navendî jî wê mirov dikarê wê, kifş bikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Li vir vê jî di dewama wê de mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku piştî demên gûtî-qasîtan ku mirov dihê demên hûrî-mîtannî wê bi wê re wê dem bi dem xwe afirandin, pêşxistin û li gorî demê ji nûve hanîna li ser ziman wê bi wê re wê, were dîtin. Di wê çerçoveyê de wê, mirov dikarê werênê li ser ziman ku heta ku wê dem wê were dema keyê mîtannî key Tûşratayê sêyem wê ser sê- hazar salan re wê dem derbas bibê. Lê wê di demê de ji aliyê key Tûşratayê sêyem ve ku wê weke xwûdawend wê bê hanîn li ser ziman ji xwe re wê, di vê demê de wê ev nîşanaka xateka ku wê bê navberê wê heta wê demê wê bi wê rengê wê bi bawerî ku wê her demê xwe afirandîya wê were dîtin û kifşkirin. Wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê din ê giring wê mirov dikarê wê li vir wê li ser wê rewşê re wê kifşbikê. Mîtannî wê demên wê weke demna hemdem ên piştî wan demên civakî ên bi hazaran salan re bê. Wê li ser çanda civakî re wê pêşkeve û wê pêşketinên wê dem bi dem wê xwe bidina dîyarkirin û rûbidin. Li ser wê re wê pêvajoyên xwe afirandinê ên bi wêjeyî bin û ankû bi hûnerî bin wê bibin. Wê, rûbidin û wê pêşkevin. Pêşketina hûnerê a kurd xate wê, di wê rengê de wê, xwediyê demdirêjîyekê bê. Lê wê li ser wê demdirêjiyê re wê xwediyê pêvajoyên dem bi dem ku ew bi teybetî bi serê xwe werina fahmkirin jî bin. Pêvajoyên wê hem yek bi serê xwe werina fahmkirin û hem jî di ast û dîmenê duyemin de li dûv hevdû di xelekekê de bi hevdû re werina fahmkirin. Pêşketina hûnerê li kurdistanê wê bi wê rengê wê pêvajoyên wê û demên wê dirêj bin. Her wusa wê gelek minaq û berhemên wê yên ku em bi wê re kifşbikin û wan werênina li ser ziman wê hebin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, dema ku mirov bi hûnera qawartina keviran ku mirov fahmkirina mijarê bidomênê wê, mirov di wê warê de jî wê, rastî gelek berhem û mînaqan wê werê. Di aslê xwe de wê hem berhemên ji kevir ên bi rengên weke hêkelan û yên weke naqşkirina hêt û serdorên kirman û malan û hwd wê, di wê warê de wê, karibin dîmen û têgihiştineka tekûz di çerçoveya xwe de wê bidina me. Hûnera naqşkirina bi wê rengê a hêt û serdoran wê, di aslê xwe de wê, ji aliyekê ve wê, bi hişmendiyek din mirov wê karibê wê weke têgîneka hûnerî a awadanî û ankû ´mîmarî´ wê werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rengê de wê hinek motîfên wê yên teybet wê hebin ku mirov karibê wan kifşbikê bê. Her wusa di demên mîtannîyan de wê, bêgûman wê di wê warê de wê, weke ku mirov kifş dikê wê, pirr zêde pêşketî bê. Wê xwediyê pêşketineka mazin bê. Di wê çerçoveyê de wê mirov karibê gelek berhemên bi wê rengê ji demên wan kifşbikê. Piştî wan deman wê, demên hatina îslamê de jî wê, bandûra wê çanda awadanîyê û naqşkirinê wê weke ku mirov di demên abasiyên û hwd de dibînê wê pirr zêde wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Hûnera kurd wê, dem bi dem wê pêvajoyên wê di wê rengê û awayê de wê xwe bidina dîyarkirin. Wê berhemên wê ku mirov wan bi dîmen dikê wê, di çerçoveya xêzkirina wêneyî û têgîna wê de wê, karibin weke berhemên bêhempa xwe li ber nerîna mirov bidina dîyarkirin. Mejuya li piştî her xêz û çêkirinê wê, bi wê re wê ew wê hê zêdetirî bi qadrtir û qiymettir bikê. Di wê warê de wê bi awayekê şenber û sîmset pêwîstîya hûnera kurd dem bi dem xwe kifşkirina wê û gihandina têgihiştinê wê hebê. Di wê warê de her demên wê di warê têgîna hûnerê, çandî û wêjeyê û gelek aliyên din jî de wê, hewceyî lêkolînên kûr bi nirx wê hebê bo fahmkirinê û derxistina li têgihiştinê. Di çerçoveya demek hemdem û têgîna wê de wê ev pêşketinên wvê xatê wê hê wê bi awayekê şenber û li berçav wê karibin rê şanî pêşketina mirov di demên şariştaniyên roja me de bidin. Her wusa wê jî wê, weke aliyekê din wê mirov dikarê wê binxatbikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. . ==Hemdemî û hûner== Di destpêka serdemên hemdem de wê şoreşên ku wê bibin weke şoreşa firansa û hwd wê, ji aliyekê ve wê bi hûnerê re wê werina li ser ziman. Wê aliyekê hûnerî ê ku ew bi xwe re pêşdixin wê bi wê re wê pêşketina xwe ya mayinda di nava rûpelên dîrokê de wê bidina dîyarkirin li berçav. Di wê rewşê de wê, hûner wê, di aslê xwe de wê weke rûpeyekê pêşketî her rewşên şoreşî ên ku ew rûdidin bin. Di wê rewşê de wê, ber çi wê ev wusa bê? Ber ku wê dema ku wê rewşek şoreşî wê bibê wê jîyanek nû wê avabikê. Wê dema ku wê jîyanê wê avabikê jî wê pêwîstî bi perspektif û fahmkirina wê re wê bikê. Hûner wê weke têgîneka şoreşî wê rewşên ku ew di cih de pêşdixê wan di cih de dikarê baş bixwênê û bide dîyarkirin li berçav. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, weke aliyekê giring êw mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Şoreşa firansa wê navdarî û pêşketina wê deyndarê pêşketina hûnerê a ku wê bi xwe re hinekî jî wê pêşxistiya bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov werênê li ser ziman ku wê hûner wê, di demên wusa wê zêdetirî wê weke têgînek û hêzek afrîner bê. Di serdemên piştre jî wê, di çerçoveya jîyane hemdem de wê hûner wê bi pêşketina jîyanê û ankû pêşxistina jîyanê re wê xwe bi rêxistin û sazûman bikê. Di wê rewşê de wê jîyane xwe wê, pêbixê. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li sser ziman ku wê şoreşa kurdistanê wê, van aliyan wê di nava xwe de wê bijî, wê bixwênê û wê bi wê re wê bikê ku wan bi civakî derxê li têgihiştinê. Di serdemên hemdem de kirina şoreşekê wê di serî de wê, di mejiî de wê bi aqil bê. Wê, hûner û çand wê aliyekê wê yê ku nebê nabê wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di serdemên hemdem wê hûner wê bi têgînên xwe yên weke estetîsmê ên nûjen û hwd re wê bi demê re wê bi pêşbixê, rêxistin bikê û rengê xwe wê bide li jîyanê. Hemdemî wê çendî ku wê weke demekê wê pêşkeve wê, di xwe de wê nûjenîyê bi hûnerê re wê bijî. Hûner wê rûyê hemdemîyê ê nûjen jî wê ji aliyekê ve wê, biafirênê. Di aslê xwe de wê, dema ku mirov wê bahse nûjenîyê wê bikê wê mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, ya nû, demkî û pêşketî wê were qastkirin. Lê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, bi têgîneka weke ya ku mirov wê, bi aqilê dîzaynkirina hemdem ku wê fahmbikê re jî wê, were dîtin. Di nava jîyanê de wê, dîzayn, estetîsm û hwd wê, hinek têgînên hemdemîyê ên ku wê bi feîsefîkî wê, bi wan li wan were hizirkirin û wê li ser wan re wê rayixistinên di jîyanê de wê, werina pêşxistin. Di wê warê de levkirin û bi wê levkirinê re derxistina li holê xweşikatîyekê wê, weke têgîneka hûnerî jî bê. Weke aqilekê hûnerî jî wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Hûner wê, di afrînerîya xwe de wê, hertimî wê berê wê li ya pêş bê û wê bikê û bixwezê ku ew hertimî bigihijê ya herî baştir. Di wê rewşê de jî wê, hûner wê, di rewşên wê yên levkirinê de ku wê bi hiş têgînekê re wê werina pêşxistin û wê di encamê de wê darêjkek wê were derxistin li holê wê, bi wê re wê, weke çerçoveyekê ku mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman bê. Di rewşa afrînerîya hûnerê de wê, reng û mekan û kifşkirina wê bi hevdû re wê, weke aliyekê wê bê. Di zarokan de jî wê, dema ku mirov wê bikê xwezê jêhatîya destî pêde bide pêşxistin mirov wê, tiştan şanîbide û wê bixwezê ku weke wan hizir û tefkir bikê. Piştre jî ku wê hin bi hin wê bikê ku wan xêzbikê. Her tişt wê, bi rewşên xwe yên heyî re wê di nava jîyane xwazeyê de wê hebin. Gava ku wê bihizirê li tiştekê wê, li wê bihizirê ku ew di hundirê mekanekê de ya. Li deverekê û bi awa û rengekê ya. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, hin bi hin wê dema ku wê wan tiştên xwe wê çêbikê û ankû wê xîzbikê wê van aliyan weke xoslet wê di xîzkirina xwe de wê bikê ku wê, bide danîşandin. Di rewşa çêkirina wêneyekê de wê, di wê rewşê de wê, hin bi hin wê mejiyê mirov wê li tiştan wê bi gelek xosletên wê re wê bihizirê. Di wê rewşê de wê, weke aliyekê afrînerî ku mejiyê mirov fêrî girtina xoslatan bû û pê de wê, piştre wê bi hizirkirina li ser xosletan re wê û bi levhanîna xosletan wê darêjkên nû wê, bikê ku ew ji xwe wan derxê li holê. Minaq wê dema ku wê bi têgîneka hûnerî wê tiştekê wê çêbikê wê, tiştên ku ew dibînê wê, çêbikê. Wê maddeyên ku ew dibînê bi çav wê bikê ku ji wan xosletan bigirê û nêzî wan weke wan tiştna çêbikê. Zarok pêşî wê minaq wê mejiyê xwe bi wê biwastênê ku ew tiştekê weke ya ku ew dibînê çêbikê. Wê di wê rewşê de wê bikê ku ew rengan bi naqênê û çêbikê. Piştre wê hin bi hin ku ew li wê serwer bû wê, tiştan wê di mejiyê xwe de wê bihizirê wê ji wan wê çêbikê. Di wê warê de wê, hûner wê, weke têgîneka ku mirov wê, di wê rengê de wê, bi darêjkîya wê re wê bi têgîneka afrîner wê hilde li dest û wê werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman û mekan wê di wûcanekê de wê dema ku wê were levkirin û dîzaynkirina nava wan were çêkirin de wê bikê ku bigihijê ya baştirin. Bi demê re wê pêşketinên weke di jîyane aborî û civakî de ku wê bibin wê ew jî wê, weke aliyna fektorî ên gûharîner bin. Di wê rewşê de wê piştî şoreşa endûstrîyalismê wê piştre wê demek nû wê hin bi hin wê pêşkeve. Heta wê demê jî wê, ji demên ronasansê wê, têgîna hemdem wê weke têgînek hûnerî û çandî wê di nava jîyanê de wê were girtin û fahmkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê piştre wê hin bi hin wê rewşên jîyanê wê bigûharîn û wê aqil wê pêşkeve. Piştî ku hûner baş pêşket û xwe dît û naskir û pêde wê, têgîna hemdemiyê wê were hin bi hin wê weke têgînekê hizrî wê li wê hizirkirin. Hemdemî çi û neçiya wê êdî wê ew were lêpirsîn. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi demê re wê di nava têgîna hûnerê de jî wê, herîkînên nû wê bi aqilî wê derkevin. Wê weke fahmkirinên nû ên ji hevdû cûda ên di derbarê têgînên weke hemdemiyê û ankû nûjenî û hwd ev çina û mirov wan çawa fahmbikê wê bikin ku ev herîkîn ji aliyê we ve fahmkirinê di derbarê wan de bi xwe re pêşbixin. Lê di asta dawî de wê, di aslê xwe de wê ew herîkîn jî wê, encama wê pêşketina bi demê re ku ew bûna jî bin. Hemdemî weke têgînekê ku ew hat bi têgihiştinkirin û fahmkirin wê bi wê re wê êdî hûnera wê hemdemiyê wê, çawa bê wê li wê were hizirkirin. Di wê nûqtê û pê de wê mantiq wê bikeve dewrê de. Mantiq wê weke aliyekê temenî ku ew têkiliya nava hûnerê û hemdemiyê di nûjeniya wê de didênê jî wê, xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di nava hûnerê de herîkîn weke aqilperêzîyê û ankû ´rasyonalismê´ ku wê pêşkevin wê ev aliyên ku ew pêşdikevin wê di temenê wan de bê. Di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, rasyonalism wê, weke têgîneka hûnerî a ku wê di temenê xwe de wê mantiqê wê esas bigirê bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê piştî ku wê hûner wê herîkînên weke rasyonalismê wê bi wê re wê pêşkevin û pê de wê, bi demê re wê, herîkînên nûjen ên vajî wê û ankû di dewama wê de ku bi rengekê dihizirin wê pêşkevin û wê derkevina li holê. Di wê rengê de wê hûner wê weke ekolekê jîyanî wê ji wê demê û pê de wê bi gelek aliyên wê wê re wê pêşkeve di nava jîyane hemdem de. Hûnera dema hemdem wê ji wê aliyê ve wê, weke aliyekê giring ê ku mirov wê di serî de wê, bi aqil û pirralî wê werênê werênê li ser ziman bê. Di serdemên weke sedsale 19´an û 20an de wê zêdetirî wê, bi çandî û hûnerî wê hemdemî wê derkeve li pêş. Di wê rewşê de wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, bi pêşketinên ku wê bibin û wê bi sazûmanî û civakî wê rûnihin li ser temenê xwe re wê, hemdemî wê, bê navê civakek hemdem ku ew bi demê re pêşketîya. Lê hemdemî pêvajoyek pêşketinê ya û wê heta ku pêşketina mirov bi civakî di jîyanê de hebê wê, ew jî wê, xwe bide domandin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Hemdemî wê, ji sedsale 20an û pê de wê, zêdetirî wê, weke çerçoveyek civakî a bi sazûmanî û bi ast wê derkeve li pêş. Wê di wê demê de wê, restên hemdemîyê wê hin bi hin wê bi çandê, hûnerê, wêjeyê û hwd re wê, were kifşkirin û hanîn li ser ziman. Dema ku wê ev bibê wê bi demê re wê, hemdemî wê, çi bê û ankû çi ya wê bê lêpirsîn kirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, weke aliyekê wê yê giring wê, ev bi zêdeyî wê, xwe bide dîyarkirin. Têgînên weke sûrrealism û hwd wê weke têgînna ku wê raparîna dilê mirov li hemberî çerçoveya sehêtî a demên hemdem ku wê werê û pêşkeve bê. Di aslê xwe de wê, dema ku wê hemdemî wê, weke rastiyek jîyanî wê pêşkeve wê, êdî wê, ev wê, bi zêdeyî wê, were lêpirsîn. Lê hemdemî wê, tenê wê weke tegînek serdest û navê demê wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Wê ji gelek aliyan ve wê, bi wê rengê wê ew wê were pêşwazî kirin. Di pêşketina demên hemdem û bûhûrîna li wan de wê hûner wê pirr zêde wê weynekê giring a temenî wê bileyizê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê li vir mirov dikarê wê kifşbikê. Qarakter û xosletê dema hemdemiyê wê mirov dikarê di destpêka wê de li wê bigerihê û wê kifşbikê. Wê, di destpêkê de wê weke têgînek çandî û hûnerî wê pêşketî û serdest bibê. Lê bi demê re wê, weke sazûmanek civakî wê reng ava bi feîsefîkî wê bistênê. Wê hin bi hin wê rengekê wê yê civakî wê biafirê. Mirovê hemdem ew çawa ya û mirov divê ku wî çawa fahm bikê û kîjan qistas, rest û ristan wî fahmbikê wê, ew were dîyarkirin. Wê mirovê hemdem wê weke mirovekê bi zane, xwenda, ji hewirdora xwe fahm dikê, li civakê û hebûna wê heyîdar û baldar bê, di warê çand û hûnerê de wê, xwe têrzanîn û fahmkiribê. Wê hertimî wê, xwe bi hûnerê bide jîyandin û hwd re wê, were û xwe bide dîyarkirin. Lê di dewama wê de mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê din wê di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, zanîn wê, serwerîyê wê bi xwe re wê bênê. Di çerçoveya wê bi zanebûnê de ku wê mirov wê xwe bigihêjênê wê astê û rewşê wê êdî wê hemdemî wê bê navê ´rewşek serwer´ a li jîyanê bi sazûmanîya civakî. Di wê rewşê de wê, di nava civakê de wê, di wê demê de wê, hemdemî wê, li ser van restên pêşketinê re wê were fahmkirin. Hûner wê, di wê demê de wê, ji her demê wê zêdetirî wê pêşkeve. Pêşengehên wêneyan wê weke rewşna rûtîn ên jîyanê ku wê pêşkevin bin. Wê, çêkirina nîgar û ankû wêneyan bi naqşî wê, zêdetirî wê, pêşkeve. Ev rewş wê, tiştekê din wê bi xwe re wê bide pêşxistin. Ew jî wê, pêşketina çerçoveya sînorê mirov, xiyalkirin û fahmkirina wî bê. Hûner wê di wê demê de wê, weke çerçoveyek pêşketina dema hemdem wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Hêza hûnerê wê, di demên hemdem wê hemû desthilatdar wê kifşbikin. Wê ew jî wê, di wê warê de wê, çawa wê weke komek serdest wê bikina destê xwê û wê bi wê civakê wê, ji wan aliyên wê ve wê bikina bin sehêta xwe de wê, bo wê dest biavêjian hûnerê. Di wê warê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê ji wê demê û pê de wê hûner wê bikeve destê serdestîyê de weke hêzeka ku ew serdest dikê. Têkiliya serdestîyê û hûnerê wê, di wê warê de wê, bi hevdû re wê werê danîn. Ev jî wê, weke aliyekê demên hemdem bê ku wê werê pêşxistin bê. Demên hemdem wê dema ku mirov wê werênê li ser ziman wê mirov karibê wê ji gelek aliyan ve wê bi wê rengê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di aslê xwe de wê hemdemî wê, weke têgînekê wê, ji nava demekê û rengê pêşketina wê zêdetirî wê bi wê re wê, pêşkeve. Demên hemdem wê xosletekê wê jî wê pêşketina jîyane bi hevdû re a bajarvanî û hwd bê. Hûner hinekî jî wê pêşketina wê, bi bajarvaniyê re wê zêdetirî wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Wê weke aliyekê pêşketina wê û pêşxistina wê jî bê. Çand û hûnera bajarvaniyê wê, pêşketina wê, di demên hemdem de wê serdest bê. Wê bi demê re wê bipêşketina wê re wê, pêşketinên çandî û hûnerî ên keviyan weke ya gûnd û herêmên bej wê, bikişênê li nava xwe. Ev jî wê, wê weke aliyekê wê bi wê re wê, were li ser ziman û fahmkirin bê. Hûner wê, bi demê re wê di demên hemdem wê bê weke amûrekê bidestxistinê a hêzê jî. Di wê rewşê de wê, di demek weke dema hemdem de wê, rêveber û ankû desthilatdar wê, di nava hewldana pêşxistina hûnerê û hwd yekalî. Wê, çi wê di wê de wê bê hanîn li ser ziman wê bê dayîn nîşandin wê, bikevina nava hewldana wê de. Di wê rewşê de wê, hûner û çand wê ber ku wê bandûra wê bi dîtbar û hwd wê zêde bibê di demên hemdem wê di wê rewşê de wê, li ser wê bisekin in û wê hemû hêza wê bidina wê ku wê çi û çawa wê di wê de wê were li ser ziman wê li ser wê bisekin in. Di wê rewşê de wê, ya ne li gorî hizrên wan û nerîna wan bê wê, ew wê red bikin û wê hertimî pêşîlêbigirin ku ew were li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, di demên hemdem de wê hûnera yekalî ku wê, weke hûnera desthilatdarîyê wê bê pêşxistin wê, weke şerê wê û navaroka wê bi civakê û pêşketina wê re wê hertimî wê di demên hemdem de wê bê kirin. Di wê warê de wê, ne belesebeb bê ku wê hûnera demên hemdem wê bêxistin berlêpirsînan û wê, di wê rewşê de wê, li dijî wê, bahsa pêşxistina rêyên artarnatif wê were kirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di demên hemdem de wê, hûner û çand ku wê, wê di wê rengê de wê were bikarhanîn wê, bê rêya bişavtinê û bindestkirinê weke bi metingerî û hwd. Metîngerîya bi çandî û hûnerî wê, bi demê re wê bi serdestîya wê re wê pêşkeve. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê hûner û çand wê, di rewşa pêşxistinê de wê, bê xistin rolên xirab de jî. Di wê rewşê de wê demê mirov dikarê bêjê ku wê hûner û çand wê li rex desthilatdarîyê bê? Bêgûman wê mirov nikaribê wê gotinê bi tememî bêjê. Lê wê jî mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê, şerê desthilatdarîyê ê li ser navaroka hûnerê û çandê wê hertimî wê, hebê. Ev jî wê, weke aliyekê din ê ku mirov wê dikarê di demên hemdem bi teybetî balê bikişênê li ser wê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Hûner wê, di roja me de wê, weke lingekê afrînerîya civakê jî bê. Wê, di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Xwe bi zanekirin û pêşxistin û bi wê re xwe gihandina nerîneka hûnera civakî a mejuyî wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke aliyên ku wê, mirov karibê wê li vir bi kirpênê û wê werênê li ser ziman bê. Di dewama wê de wê, weke aliyekê din ê giring jî wê, di serî de mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê çand û hûner serdestîyê wê, çendî ku wê di dîmenêyê civakî de jî bê lê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, ji ber ku wê bi nerînek ji jor ve wê were pêşxistin wê di wê rewşê de wê mirov nikaribê wê bi tememî wê werênê li ser ziman. Di roja me de wê, dema ku wê bahsa civakê, meju û pêşketina wê ya bi civaknasî û hwd wê werê kirin wê pirr zêde wê, şîroveyên bi rêveberîyê re wê kirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, dîmenê rast ê civakî wê, weke ku wê di bin wê rengê şîroveya demî a ku ew bi wan navan dihê kirin de jî wê, weke ku wê werê windakirin û ankû xawrkirin. Hûner û çand wê hertimî wê ji nava xwe ve wê xwediyê têgîneka şoreşgarane bê. Ber vê yekê wê, hertimî wê, ew wê, weke aliyekê aktiv bê. Ew aktivîya hûner û çandê wê di wê rengê û awayê de wê, weke aliyekê wê hertimî wê ji wê were bahskirin. Ya ku wê hertimî wê hûnerê wê cazîp bikê di nerînê de ku mirov hertimî hey û bala xwe bide ser wê jî wê, ev aliyê wê bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, ev aliyên wê yên afrîner wê, di çerçoveyek xwemalî de wê hertimî wê xwe bidina dîyarkirin. Wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê hûner wê, rastîyeka hişmendî bê. Hûner ew xosletê wê yê lêpirsînê heya. Wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ji vê aliyê ve wê, weke têgînek hizrî a felsefîkî jî wê, dîmenekê wê karibê raxê li berçav. Hûnera kurd wê, weke hûnereka civakî û xwezayî wê hertimî wê rengê wê li pêş bê. Di aslê xwe de wê ya ku wê, di demên wê yên kevn û ya demên hemdem jî ku wê bê mijare gotinê û temenê pêşketina civakê di demên hemdem jî wê, di rastiyê de wê ev aliyên wê bin. Di destpêka tekoşîna maf û azadiya kurd de wê, bi zêdeyî wê, hûner û çanda kurd wê, di xwe de wê, ronakbîrîyekê wê bi giştîya civakê re wê pêşbixê di demên hemdem de. Wê li ser wê re wê pêşkeve. Wê, bi wê re wê, civakê wê di demê de wê derxê li astekê de. Î ro em dikarin bahsa ronakbîrîyek hûnerî, çandî û wêjeyî jî li kurdistanê bikin. Lê di aslê xwe de wê, pêşxistina wê ya li gorî demê a gav bi gav wê, di wê warê de wê, hê jî wê kêmesîyên wê hebin. Di wê warê de wê, hûner, çand û wêja wê, temenê fahmkirina civakê jî wê, di demê de wê baş biafirênê. Wê, di wê rengê de wê pêjnên hûnerî û wêjeyî wê, pirr zêde wê bi motîfên xwe re wê li kurdistanê wê xort bin. Di aslê xwe de wê ber ku wê motîfên hûnerî ên civakê wê li ser temenê wê yê mejuyî re wê xort bin wê, bi zêdeyî wê derkevina li pêş. Di xêva mirov bi giştî a civakê de wê, bi awayekê vekirî wê, hertimî wê, xwe bi rengê xwe wê bide dîyarkirin li berçav. Keseyetên ku ew wêjeya kurd wê, temenê wê yê hemdem wê biavêjin ên weke êlî herîrî, seydayê cizirî û Feqiyê teyran wê, hebûna wan weke kirde û dîyardeyet çandî û hûnerî jî wê, xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê ew hebûn û têgihiştina wan wê, temenê pêşketina hûnera kurd jî wê bi têgînî wê biafirênê. Dema ku em bahsa hûnerê li kurdistanê bikin wê hinek xosletên civakî wê ji nava civakê wê bi wê re wê xwe bidina dîyarkirin. Minaq wê, weke kar û xabatên rojane û destî wê, rewşên hûnerî wê xwe weke xamlekê bi ser jîyane wan de wê bide berdan. Di wê rewşê de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Motîfên hûnera kurd ên demên hemdem wê xwe li ser temenê wê yê civakê ê berê re wê, bide pêşxistin. Di wê rewşê de wê, ev wê ji aliyekê ve wê bê bîrkirinekê di derbarê dîroka wê ya berê de jî. Bi wê re wê, pêşketina wê xwe bi demê re wê, bide dîyarkirin. Di nava motîfên hûnera kurd de wê, motîfên weke şahmaran, mirovê di nava cilûbergê gelîrî de wê zêdetirî wê derkeve li pêş. Wê wekî din wê motîfê ´jina bi çarik´ û ankû ´jina bi xiftan´ wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, zêdetirî wê derkeve li pêş. Çarik wê, weke desmalaka sipî a jinên navserî xwe ku wê biavêjina li serê xwe bê. Lê ev rewşê wê bi zêdeyî wê, piştî bajarvanî ku ew li kurdistanê pêşket û pêde wê, xwe bi awayekê wê bide dîyarkirin. Her çendî ku wê, motîfa jina bi çarik wê zêdetirî wê li keviyan û ankû li gûndan wê bijî lê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, mirov dikarê wê, bênê li ser ziman. Wekî din jî wê, hûnera kurd wê, weke van rewşan wê, gelek rewşên din wê motifên wê bin ku ew mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, mirov dikê wê jî werênê li ser ziman ku wê, hûner wê, di rewşeka xwe dewrûdayimkirinê de wê, hertimî wê pêşketinên ku ew rûdidin wê bi têgîna objeyî wê, li wan bihizirê û wê wam bi dîmen bikê. Wê dîmenê wan bigirê û ankû wê, bi wênebikê û wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, rewşên ku wê, darêjka wan wê, derxê wê, weke rewşên ku jîyankirî û wan digirê bê. . ==Di serdemên hemdem de hûnera kurd li kurdistanê û pêşketina wê== Di aslê xwe de wê dewama wê de mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê li kurdistanê wê, di demên hemdem de wê bi zêdeyî wê, pêşketinek wê piştî salên 1980 û pê de wê bibê. Ev dem jî wê, taqabûlî demên pêşketina tekoşîna maf û azadiya kurd wê bikin bin. Di dewama wê de wê, di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku wê, gotina ´tekoşîna maf û azadîyê a civakî´ ku wê were li ser wê sekin in ku mirov, di farqê de bê û ne di farqê de bê wê, hinekî jî bê wê li ser rastiya civakê wê bidest hizirkirinê wê bikê. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Li kurdistanê wê demê ku mirov ji kûve binerê wê, were dîtin ku wê heta roja me wê, şoreşek çandî wê li kurdistanê wê bi civake kurd re wê bibin. Piştî salên 1990î ûpê de hemû hêrîşên ku wê li civakê wê werina kirin û wê gûndên wan bi hezaran wê werina şawatiandin û hwd wê, hemû bi armanca pêşîlêgirtina wê pêşketina wan yya civakî a di wê çerçoveyê de bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê bi milyonan ku wê ji cih û warên wan wê werina kirin û pênaberkirin wê, bo ku ew rewşa civakî bi wê pêşketina wan re ew were tûnakirin bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi teybetî teşwîkkirina çûyina kurdan hertimî li rojavayê tirkiya wê, çawa wê bi wê rewşa bişavtinê wê weke amûreka ji holê rakirina wê hişmendiyê ku wê bikarbênin wê, bi wê armancê bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, li vir mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ji aliyekê din ve jî wê jî mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê kurd wê, dema ku wê deverên ku wê bi zorê wê werina pênaberkirin li wan jî wê, deverên ku wê çinê de wê bi xwe re wê hinek hişmendî ji axa xwe wê bi xwe re wê bibin. Ber vê yekê bê ku wê deverên ku wê çinê de wê li wan deveran wê xwe nêzî hevdû wê bigirin û wê li deveran wê kom bi kom wê xwe li cem hevdû wê bigirin Ew hişmendî bi wan re çêbûbû ku ew bi hevdû re xort bin û ew dikarin bi wê rengê ew xwe biparêzên. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman. Li devera ku ew li wê na wê, di mejiyê wan de wê bi çandî û hûnerî wê dîmenek wê hertimî wê hebê ku ew bi wê xwe tefkîr dikin û li xwe dihizirin. Wê cilûbergên xwe yên civakî û gelîrî wê, zêdetirî wê, bi rengê wê re wê bibînin. Lê bi wê re jî wê, li deverên ku ew diçinê de wê bi reşwên bişavtinê re wê, di nava jîyane xwe de wê hertimî wê di nava tekoşînekê de bin. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê giring wê, werênê li ser ziman. Jîyane civake kurd wê, di aslê xwe de wê, dema ku wê kurd wê bi wê rengê wê bijîn wê zêdetirî wê dîmenekê wê di mejiyê wan de wê şaq bidê. Wê weke ku wê werina li xwe wê li wan wê werê. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, êdî wê li metropolan wê zêdetirî wê, bikevina nava tekoşîna maf û azadiyê de. Wê, bi wê rengê wê, xwe bi rengên xwe re wê bidina nîşandin. Wê, bi cilûberg û rengên xwe re wê herina pîrozbahiyên xwe yên newrozan. Di wê rewşê de wê, qadên pîrozbahiyan ên newrozê wê tişî bikin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke têgînekê wê newroz wê bi serê xwe wê, rewşek çandî û hûnerî a civakî a bi mejuyî a kurdistanî bê. Wê, di serî de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Rejimên herêmê ên weke rejima tirk û hwd wê, hertimî wê çawa wê, di mejiyê wan de wê dûbendiyê wê çêbikin û wê, têkiliya wan ya bi civak û mejuya wan re wê zayif bikin wê hertimî wê bikevina nava hewldana wê de. Ber vê yekê wê, pêvajoyên hêrîşan bi fîzîkî û rengên din ên çandî û hwd wê li ser serê wan wê pêşbixin. Di wê rengê de wê, qadaxaya ku wê bi şitt danîna li ser zimanê kurdî ku kurd bi wê newê axifin wê, temenê sedema wê yek ji wan wê ev rastî bê. Dîmenên hûnera kurd wê, weke dîmenna xort wê hertimî wê karibin kurdan weke ji xewna wan ya bi hezaran salan rabikin. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, motif û dîmenê wan ên hûnerî ku ew di nava jîyane rojane de rastî wê dihên wê, di mejiyê wan de wê bê temenê hişmendiyan di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê weke aliyekê giring wê, bênê li ser ziman ku wê hûnera kurd wê, pêjn û motifên wê, di kifşkirina jîyane kurd de wê, bi zêdeyî wê, kifşkar bin. Di wê rewşê de wê, ber vê yekê wê, hewldana ji nava jîyane bi reng û têgîna wan re dûrkirina wan a ji berçav ku wê, rejimên herêmê wê di nava hewldana wê de bin wê, ber vê yekê bê. Di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, hûnera kurd wê, heta roja me jî wê, bi awayekê wê, wê pêşketina xwe wê bijî. Pêşxistina wê weke ku me got wê temenê wê li ser ya demên wê yên berê bê. Wê, dîmenên jîyane berê wê, weke nasnema wê, xwe di awa û rengekê de wê bidina dîyarkirin. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, rewşa pêşxistina hûnera kurd di demên hemdem de wê, çendî ku wê hinekî labitandin wê bi wê re wê hebê jî lê wê, ne weke ku mirov bixwezê jî bê. Di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring mirov wê kifşbikê. Di aslê xwe de wê, dîtbarîya hûnerî a li kurdistanê ku ew heta roja me jî bi ardnîgarîya wê re wê hebê wê, zêdetirî bandûra wê hebê. Her wusa bi mejuya wê re hebûna cizira bota, nisêbîn, qamişlo, afrîn û hwd wê, weke rewşna çandî, wêjeyî û hûnerê jî bin. Wê ber vê yekê wê, bi teybet û bi îtînayekê wê ev nûqta wê esas û armanc werina girtin di hêrîşên ku wê werina kirin de. Wê çawa wê, têgiha çandî, wêjeyî û hûnerî a bi mejuya van deveran ve di mejiyê kurdistaniyan de heya wê ji holê rabikin wê, di destpêkê de wê bi teybetî wê, bo wê armancê wê, ev herêm wê werina bijartin û wê li wan wê hêrîş wê werina kirin. Rewşa hêrîşên li rojava wê bi teybetî wê, bi şitt bi hêrîşên li ser herêmên weke afrînê û hwd re wê bidomê. Her wusa herêmên weke cizirabota, nisêbîn û hwd wê, kavil bikin. Hebûna şûra amedê ku wê weke bermehiyeka çandî, wêjeyî û hûnerî a civake kurd a ji demên hûrî û mîtannîyan bê wê, ji ber wê mejuya wê ew pêvajiyên hêrîşê wê li wê werina kirin. Her wusa weke şûra amedê bermehiyên balqîsê wê, ku ew di bin ava bendavan de wê bi wê armancê wê werina hiştin wê, bi heman sedemê bê. Herêmên dersimê ku ew bi teybetî li wan bendav dihê çêkirin wê, ev alîyên mejuyî ê çandî û hûnerî wê bi mejuya civakê re wê hebê. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi pêvajoyên hêrîş û şer wê çawa wê çerçoveya çand, hûner û wêjeyî wê ji holê rabikin wê, di serî de wê, bi wê rengê wê ew wê bê domandin. Li vir di dewama wan rewşên ku me hanîna li ser ziman de wê, pirsê êdî mirov dikarê bipirsê. Ber çi di wê demê de bi teybetî ev hêrîş bi awayekê li çand û hûnera kurd dihên kirin? Aliyekê wê yê pirr zêde giring wê ew bê ku wê çawa wê bi pêvajoyên hêrîşê wê ew werina tûna kirin. Ji aliyê din ve jî hertimî domandina wan pêvajoyên hêrîşê û deronîya wê jî wê bi wê armancê bê ku wê çawa wê pêşîya xwe afirandin û tefsîrkirina wê ya di demên hemdem de bê. Pêşîya wê ya xwe hanîna li ser ziman di demên hemdem de ew, li gorî xwe bi wê digirin. Ber vê yekê ew hêrîş dikin. Ji aliyekê din ve jî ew dihizirin ku wan sazûmana civakê a aborî bi tememî kiriya dest û wê nikaribê xwe biafirênê bê. Di roja me de ku em ketina sadsale 21ê de wê li berçavê hemû cihanê wê bajarên kurd ên weke cizira bota, nisêbîn, sûr, afrîn û hwd wê bên rûxandin bi topbaran wê, di wê rewşê de wê, di aslê xwe de wê, bi wê armancê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Ber ku ev deverên ku ew hatina rûxandin wê weke dîyarde û pêjnna hûnerî û çandî ên hûnera civake kurd bin. Wê bi wê re wê, temen, têgihiştin, hîs, hêst û hîşekê xort wê hebê. Li vir di aslê xwe de wê, tevî wan hemû rûxandinan jî wê, pêjnek kurdî wê hertimî wê zîndî wê xwe li ser lingan bigirê. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, mirov dikarê wê, bi rewşa wê ya hûnerî re wê, dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Î ro ku mirov diçê malên kurdan wê, naqşên bi destî ku wê motîfên wan ên civakî wê bidina dîyarkirin wê, çêkirî wê hebin. Di wê rewşê de wê, kêm zêde wê, di nava jîyane xwe de wê, tevî hemû pêvajoyên hêrîşan ên li ser serê wan wê, bi rengekê hûnerî û çandî ê jîyane xwe re wê bijîn. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Heta roja me wê ji ber gelek sedemên bişavtinî ku ew bi awayekê xwebixwe jî bê û ankû bi zorê li ser serê were meşandin jî bê wê, bi zimanê civakê wê lêkolînên li ser hûnera kurd wê, kêm bin. Wê zêde newina kirin. Yên ku ew hatina kirin wê, ew jî wê, ne zêde bin. Ji aliyê din ve jî wê ne zêde vegotinbar bin. Wê mirov nikaribê weke nivîsna giştî ku ew hûnera kurd herêm bi herêm ji xwe re pêşketina wê bi mejuya wê dikê mijar bin. Ev jî wê, wê dide nîşandin wê weke gelek qadên din ev qad jî wê li bendî lêkolînên girabûha ên li ser hûnera kurd û pêşketina wê bê. Lêkolîn ku ew werina kirin wê ne tenê wê ew rewşên wê yên pêşketî ên dîrokî bi jîyane civakê a berê re wê raxê li berçav. Wê bi wê re wê temenê pêşketina wê ya di demên piştre ên pêşarojê de jî wê bide çêkirin. Di serdemên hemdem de wê, ev wê weke aliyekê pêşxistinê ê ku wê nebê nabê bê. Di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring wê divê ku mirov wê kifşbikê û wê werênê li ser ziman. Ber vê yekê wê, pêwîstî bi gelek lêkolînên hûrûkûr ên li ser hûnera kurd wê hebê ku ew karibê li ser wê re xwe bide pêşxistin bi demên hemdem re. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê hûnera kurd wê, dema ku mirov li mejuya wê jî wê dinerê wê, gelek motîfên wê yên demên berê wê hebin. Lê hemû ji herêmê hatina derxistin û dûrkirin. Minaq wê bawergeha lipît îştar wê bê birin li muzaxaneya berlinê a almanya. Weke vê gelek rewşên din ên ku mirov dikarê li deverên din jî wan kifşbikê wê hebin. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi awayekê ji hevdû belavkirî a motîfên hûnera kurdistanê wê, were dîtin. Di aslê xwe de ku mirov bi aqilekê bi wê hizirê tenê wan dîmenên kirinên wê jî derxê û wan di wê çerçoveyê de werênê li holê û ser ziman wê karibê weyna xwe bileyizê. Di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê li vir mirov dikarê wê bênê li ser ziman. Di vê rewşê de wê jî mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, motîfên hûnera kurd wê, di wê rewşê de wan ji pişt derîyên muzexaneyan derxê û bigihênê li nerîna gel. Wê, ev wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, pirranîya welatên ewropî û asyayî û rûsya jî di nav de wê, di muzexaneyên wan de wê, dema ku mirov bi wê rengê lê binerê wê, rastî motîfên hûnera kurd ku wê hatibin birin û li wan bicihkirin wê werina dîtin. Li kurdistanê jî wê motîf û berhemên hûnerî ên li ser ardê ku ew hena wê, gelek ji wan wê weke rewşên sûr û heskîfê wê yan wê werina tûna kirin û yan jî wê, ji nava rastiya wê ya civakî û dîrokî wê dûr û vajî wê bê hanîn li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, bi wê rewşê re wê rejimên serdest ên ku kurdistan û civaka kurd di nava wan de hatîya qatkirin wê weke şerê tûna aîdîyet û nasnemeya wê ya civakî wê bi wê re wê bidin. Çand û hûner wê hinekî jî wê, rewşên civakê, keseyetîyê û pêşketina wan bi nasnema dikê. Di wê rewşê de wê, aliyekê çêkirina bendavan wê, di wê çerçoveyê de wê hebê ku mirov wê dikarê wê bi teybetî wê werênê li ser ziman bê. Ji aliyekê din ve jî wê jî mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê hûner wê, di rewşa xwe de wê, weke çerçoveya hebûnî a bi wê bi motîfî û hwd heya wê, bi wê çerçoveyê re wê were dîtin. Di wê warê de wê dema ku mirov wê hûnerê wê bi afrînerîya wê re wê werênê li ser ziman wê bi aliyê wê yê çêkirinê re wê ji du aliyan ve wê dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman. Aliyê ku wê mirov wê li ser wê re serwaxtî di xwe de qizinckiriya û wê êdî wê diafirênê bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, ev wê, weke aliyekê ku wê, di wê de wê, bi pêşketina aqilê mirov re wê, temenê afîrandinê wê hebê bê. Aliyê din jî wê, dema ku wê, di nava jîyanê de wê, tişt û ankû rewş wê ji mirov re wê bina payxam û ku mirov li ser wê re wê, di cih de wê tiştek û rewşek wê were bîra mirov ku mirov wê çêbikê û ankû biafirênê. Wê, ew afrînerîya bi payxamî wê bi wê kêlîkê re wê bi sînor bê. Wê kêlîkê ku mirov ew kir wê, ew peyxam wê di encama wê de wê berhemek wê were derxistin li holê. Lê piştre wê, bi serborîyên nû ên di jîyanê de ku mirov piştre dijî wê heya mirov wê ji wê nûqteyê wê herê û ew rewş wê, bi derbasîya wê kêlîkê re wê ji mirov wê herê. Di serdemên hemdem de wê, ev jî wê, weke aliyna ku mirov wê, bi rewşên çêkirin û ankû kirina hûnerê re ku wê li wê bihizirê bê. Aliyê dîn jî wê weke tişta ku ew ew bi hûnerî û hwd hat afirandin û çêkirin ku wê ew kopîkirinên wê werina çêkirin ku ew bi destî bê û ankû rewşên din ên teknîkî ên weke di roja me de bi makinayên kopîkirinê û hwd, bê. Ev wê weke zanaatekê jî wê, were bi navkirin û hanîn li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, di aslê xwe de wê, gelek caran wê nîqaş wê li ser wê rewşa kopîkirinê wê werina meşandin ku ew bi rastî kopîyeka û ankû berhemek xwemal a. Di wê rewşê de wê, têgînên weke essansîalismê wê, di wê baweriyê de bin ku wê her tişt wê, tenê xwemaliyek wê hebê û wê aynî weke wê çêkirin jî wê, zêde ne bi derfet bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, ti tişt wê nikaribê wê weke ya xwemaliya xwe bê. Ya xwemal wê hertimî wê weke minaqek tekanê bê. Wê weke wê nebin. Wê ew yek bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, ew wê, were hanîn li ser ziman. Li kurdistanê wê, di gelek rewşan de wê dema ku mirov li nava civakê dinerê wê, rewşên weke yên çêkerîyên bi destî wê, pirr zêde wê, werina çêkirin. Di nava jîyanê de wê hostayên karên dest ku ew tiştan bi dest bo bikarhanîna di jîyanê de ku wê çêbikin wê, hebin. Wê her tişta ku wan çêkir wê weke berhemek hilberîner a destî bê. Di wê rengê de wê, ew wê, weke hûnermendê wê berhemê bin. Têgîna hostatiyê û gotina hostatiyê wê, weke gotineka kurdî ku wê bi teybetî di nava kurdên êzdayî wê, bi zêdeyî wê were bikarhanîn. Wê bo hinek rewşên bi nirx û pîroz wê di demên berê de bikarhanîyan. Hosta wê, ji aliyekê din ve jî ku em li ser gotina hûnerê re lê bihizirin wê weke hûnervanekê baş bê. Weke kesekê ku ew di karê xwe bi zane û afrîner bê. Wê, ew tişta ku ew çêbikê wê li wê xiyalbikê û wê bi wê re wê li gorî wê biafirênê. Li ser rengê û awayê wê yê fîzîkî û rengê wê re wê ew biikê ku wê levkirinê di nava wê de çêbikê ku ew bi xweşikatiyekê xitabî çavbikê. Di wê warê de wê di demên hemdem de wê weke ku em kifş dikin wê mirov bi awayekê pirralî wê hostatiyekê wê bi xwe re wê pêşbixê. Di wê warê de wê çawa wê xwe bi awayekê pirralî wê bizanebikê wê li ser wê re wê, bi awayekê pirralî wê bikê temenê afîrandinên ku ew çêbikê de jî. Di wê warê de wê, hûnera kurd a nava civakê ku wê li ser tişt û amûrên ku ew di jîyanê de çêdikin û bikardihênin re wê, bi awayekê rûniştî wê xwe bide dîyarkirin û domandin. Di dewama wê de mirov dikarê wê jî wê, weke aliyekê giring wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşên civakî wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, mirov dikarê werênê li ser ziman ku wê bi wê re wê, xwe bigihênina tiştên ku ew dihatina çêkirin. Minaq wê, di demên berê de wê kevçî û sênik wê bi destan bihatan çêkirin û wê di wan de wê xwarin bixwaran. Wê zerikên avê wê bi heman rengê wê bihetan çêkirin. Weke van wê her tişt wê, bi destî wê, bi hûnerîyekê wê biheta çêkirin. Ev wê weke aliyna mirovê ên hûnerî ku mirov di çerçoveya pêşketina têgîna hûnerî a bi hostatiyê re ku mirov wê werênê li ser ziman bin. Di demên hemdem de jî wê ev aliyê bi hostatî wê, li kurdistanê wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Minaq wê, di nava şert û mercên zor ên ku ew di bin şidetê dijî jî wê, bi wan xosletên xwe re wê bijî. Li kurdistanê wê ber qadaxaya li ser zimanê kurdî wê derfeta xwe perwerdekirinê û bi wê xwe gihandina pêşeyê wê nebê. Lê kesên bi hûnerên destî bi wê rengê wê pirr zêde wê hebin. Wê di wê rewşê de wê, li ser wê re wê, xwe pêşbixin û wê bidina jîyandin. Wê wan xosletên xwe yên hostayî wê bi rêxistin bikin û wê bi wê jîyane xwe de bidina domandin. Wê bi wê re wê bikin ku ew dabara xwe bikin. Di wê rengê de wê, di aslê xwe de wê, mirovê kurdistanî wê bi hûnerîya destî wê pirr zêde wê, pêşketî bê. Wê xwediyê aqilekê wê yê bi temen bê. Tevî hemû astengîyên rejimî ên li pêşîyê jî wê karibê li ser wan re xwe bi jîyane re bide pêşxistin bi xosletên xwe yên wê rengê re. . ==Hûner û afrînerî== Dema ku wê bahsa hûnerê û afrînerîya wê were kirin wê, di cih de wê, rewşên weke çêkirina wêneyên bi xîzkirin û bo wê peyxamgirtina ji tişt û rewşan wê were bîra mirov. Lê dema ku em bahsa gotina afrînerîyê bi hûnerê re wê bikin wê çerçoveya wê pirr zêde wê berfireh bê. Wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring em dikarin wê werênina li ser ziman ku wê afrînerî wê xosletê mirov ê bi aqilê mirov re bê. Mirov wê çendî ku wê bihizirê wê tiştên ku ew çêbikê wê kifşbikê. Çendî ku ew tişt çêkirin jî wê li ser wan re wê xwe bigihênê aqilên nû. Ber ku ti tişt ku ew biaqilekê jî were çêkirin wê piştî wê çêkirina wê re wê bi gelek aqilan re wê derfet hebê ku mirov wê fahmbikê. Dema ku em bahsa afrînerîyê bikin wê bêgûman wê dîroka wê pirr zêde wê mirov karibê kevn li wê bihizirê û herê. Ji mirovê pêşî ê ku ew li ser lingan dimeşê û bidest bikarhanîna kevir, hastû, agir û hwd kir, wê di wê çerçoveyê de wê mirov karibê di wê çerçoveyê de wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di demên berê de wê, mirov wê tiştan wê bo xwe jîyankirin û parastinê wê pêşbixê. Wê, amûran wê bi wê armancê wê çêbikê. Di wê rengê de wê, dema ku mirov wê, bidest çêkirina amûran bi armanc bikê wê, hingî wê, mirov karibê bahsa afrînerîyeka bi zane bi wê re bikê. Berî wê pêvajoyên weke bikarhanîna hastûyan wê, awayekê afrîner ê ji xwe re bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, mirov wê bi hîs û ajoyên xwe wê gavbiavêjê. Wê di wê rewşê de wê , gavên xwe wê biavêjê. Li kurdistanê wê, di wê warê de wê, heta roja me jî em nûha ji dema neolîtikê peykelên piçûk û mazin ên ku ew hatina çêkirin cih bi cih mirov wan dibînê. Ev rewşên ku mirov wan dibînê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, tiştekê bi têgînî wê bide me. Di wê warê de wê mirov wê, li vê herêmê wê, di temenekê pirr zû de wê bidest çêkirina tiştên ku ew bi wan bijî û xwe biparêzê wê bikê. Di wê rengê de wê, ev wê, weke aliyekê mirov ê afrînerî ku wê zûtirîn wê li vir wê pêşkeve bê. Afrînerîya hûnerê wê ew bê ku mirov wê tiştekê wê, di cih de wê ew were aqilê mirov wê çêbikê. Lê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, bi xosletan wê, bi hanîna li cem hevdû û bi wê tiştên derxistin wê weke aliyekê esasî ê afrîner bê. Di demên berê de wê, minaq di demên gûtî, hûrî û mîtannîyan de wê, mirov wê rastî wê were ku wê key wê dema ku wê peykelên wan wê werina çêkirin wê, yan laşê wan weke yê şer wê û baskên eylo dênina li ser pişta wan wê çêbikin û yan jî wê, serê eylo dênina ser laş û wê bênina li holê. Ev rewşên afrîner wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke rewşna afrîner bin. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê, ji gelek tiştan wê tiştekê derxistin wê, bii wê rengê bê. Di rewşa çêkirina şahmaran de jî wê, kurd wê, hertimî wê, heman tiştê wê bikin. Di wêneya şahmaran û xêzkirina wê de wê, rengên kesk, zor û zer, jin, mar, tac û hwd wê, werina berhevkirin. Di wê rengê de wê, şahmaran wê weke hevgirtinekê wê were çêkirin. Afrînerî wê, weke xosletekê aqilê mirov ê bêsînor ku ew dikarê bihizirê bê. Aqil wê laşê wê nebê. Lê mirov wê laşê wê hebê. Dema ku mirov bixwezê bihizirê û bi firê wê bihizirê li wê. Lê wê nikaribê wê bikê. Lê di aqilê xwe de wê karibê wê bihizirê û wê ew wê, dema ku wê li wê bihizirê wê, mirovê bi bask ku ew dikarê bifirê wê tefkîr bikê û wê li wê bihizirê. Di dewama wê de wê, bi wê rengê wê gelek xosletên ku mirov dikarê werênê li ser ziman bi afrînerî wê hebin. Di wê rewşê de wê, di aslê xwe de wê aqil wê, hizirkirina wê, çendî ku wê weke ji rewşek fîzîkî bê jî bê lê wê, karibê ji wê rewşa fîzîkî cûdatir bihizirê. Minaq li mirovekê pirr zêde bikîlo û qelew wê bihizirê. Wê mirov wê bi wê rengê wê were berçav. Lê dema ku lê bihizirê wê karibê li wê pirr zêde zayif û zirev li wê bihizirê bê. Ev wê weke aliyekê hizirkirinê bê. Di serî de wê, xosletên afrînerîyê wê temenê çêkerîya mirovî a bi destî bin wê, aqilîya me bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov wê dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa aqil wê, di wê rewşê de wê, weke rewşek afrîner bê. Aliyê hûnerê ê afrîner wê bi wê rengê wê xosletên wê bi xosletên fîzîkî ên tiştên din re bê û ankû bi hizirkirinên cûda bê ku ew werina kirin bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku ew hat kirin wê, ew bi çerçoveyî wê were kirin. Mirovekê wê dema ku wê li daristanê dihizirê ku ew tenê bi daran xamilandîya. Lê wê karibê dema ku ew xîzbikê sawal û mirovan di nava wê xîzkirinê de li wê daristanê li devera ku xîzkir bicih bikê. Di hûnerê de afrînerî wê di aslê xwe de wê weke aliyekê ku wê bi wê re wê hertimî wê li wê hizirkirin û wê hewlbê dayîn ku ew were hanîn li ser ziman. Hûner wê ji aliyekê ve wê, weke têgîneka afrîner ku wê jîyane mirov wê, pêşbixê bi kiriniyên ku mirov bi wê tefkîr bikê û çêbikê. Di wê rengê de wê, weke aliyekê bi wê rengê pêşketina mirov û jîyane mirov bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, weke aliyekê din jî mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa hûnerê wê, di wê rewşa wê ya heyî de wê, weke berhemna jîyanî ên ku wê hertimî wê karibin bibina temenê hizirkirin, tefkîrkirin û tefsîrkirinên nû ên ku mirov bi aqilê xwe re wê bikê. Li vir afrînerî wê ji aliyê mirov ve wê, bi têgîna hûnerê re wê xwe bide çêkirin. Ew çêkirinî jî wê, dema ku ew bû û pê de wê, weke ku wê hûner wê hin bi hin wê bibê. Her tişta ku ew bû wê, ji aliyekê ve wê mirov dikarê weke berhemek hûnerî wê werênê li ser ziman. Hûner wê, di wê rewşê de wê rengê hemû afrînerîya me ya bi kirinî, awadanî û tiştî û ankû bi xîzkirinî û hwd bê. Di wê rengê de wê, mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê giring wê li vir wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, hûner wê, di hizirkirina wê de wê, çendî ku wê xweza û heyînên heyî wê, çavkanî jî jî bin wê, dema ku ew çêkirin bû wê, weke çêkirinên razber ku ew bi hûnerî weke di çerçoveyek şenber de hatina çêkirin bê. Wateya wê gotinê çi ya? Wateya wê ew a ku wê tişta ku ew hat çêkirin wê li hemberî hebûna xwezayî wê wê weke rewşek razber wê hebê. Ber ku wê biyendinek ji wê bê. Lê ew berhem ku ew bû wê, di çerçoveya hebûna xwe û xosletên xwe yên heyî de wê, xwediyê şenberîyeka ku mirov wê di çerçoveya wê de salixbikê jî bê. Dema ku mirov gotina afrînerî danî li şûn ya hûnerê wê hingî wê wateyek cûda wê karibê bide me. Wê hingî wê ji wê berhema hûnerî afrînerîyek bi aqil û hwd ku mirov wê, ji wê bigirê jî wê, bide mirov. Lê dema ku em gotina afrînerîyê dênina li pêşîya wê, hingî wê, afrînerîyek ji jîyanê, hewirdorê û ankû xwezayê û hwd ku wê ji wê çêkerîyna hûnerî ku wê werina çêkirin wê, karibê bi xwe re bi wate bikê û werênê li ser ziman.Ji aliyê hûnera kurdistanê mirov ku bihizirê wê bêgûman wê pirr zêde wê, heyînên hûnerî ku ew hena wê karibin pirr zêde afrînerîyekê bi mirov re bidina çêkirin. Tenê hewceyê bi nerînek zelal û hinekî bi zane ku mirov karibê bi wê binerê û wê kifşbikê bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, hewce nekê ku mirov dahîyek û ankû jîrekê pirr zêde mazin bê. Di hûnerê de dîtinên cihêreng ên ku di pêvajoya dîrokî ya nirxandina wê de derdikevin dikarin li gorî rêgezên pirr cuda bidina nirxandin, lê ew bi gelemperî dikare di bin çar serokên sereke de were berhev kirin: hûnermend, hunera hunerê, bûyer û nêzîkatiyên civakparêz dikê ku wan fahmbikê di berhemên xwe de. Hemî nêrînên ji bo ravekirina hûnerê ji van çar elementan vedigire. Hin di têkiliyên xebatê de bi cîhana derve re di taybetmendiyên hunerê de digerin. Hinek li bersiva pirsê digerin ka çi huner di hûnerê de ya. Heya ku jiyana wî û hestên wî di xebata wî de têne xuyang kirin, ew karê hunerî serketî tê hesibandin. Li gorî nêrînek din, rastiya hûnerê di dilşewatiya li kirînê de digere. Li gorî nêrînek din, ravekirin û şîrovekirina hûner ne li cîhekî li derve, lê di darêjka sanatê de ya. Xwerûya hûnerê di binyada bêhempa ya xebatê de tê veşartin. Di demên romantismê de, hûner armanc kir ku li şûna ku pêbaweriya hin rêgezan bike û xizmeta kêfa civakê bike, hestên xwe bi vegotina cîhana xwe ya hundurîn nîşan bide. Di vê çerçovê de hûnermend bi giranî girêdana xwe bi kirrûbirra xwe re wenda dike. Li gorî wî, tiştê girîng ew e ku derbirîna hestên wî ya. Armanca wê ne ragihandina cîhana derve ye, lê ragihandina dinya ya ku ew di nav xwe de bi navgînek hestyarî xewn û ezmûnan re derbirîne. Li gorî wan hûnermend mîna tu kesî nine û kes nikare hestên xwe mîna wî diyar bike wê xwe bibînê. Ji ber vê yekê, hestên hûnermend ji her tiştî girîngtir bûn, û ew tenê dikarin heta ku ew hestên xwe îfade kirin rehet bibin. Xeyal, ku karê hûner û têgîna hunerê wekî derbirîna hestên kesayeta wî destnîşan dike, di xeyalê de faktorek girîng a. Hizirîna xeyalê bi rengek azad îfade kirin tenê heke gengaz bê ku helwesta takekesî bi hestyaran ve were xuyandin, lê takekes azad a. Teoriya hûnerbêjiyê hunera hûnerê wekî hestên derbirînê şîrove kir. Li gorî teoriyê, tişta ku wê bi rastî girîng dibe hestên hûnermend a. Wan hestan tevahî cîhana hundur a hûnermend a. Bûyer jî van hestên wî parve dike da ku ew ezmûnên din nas bike an jî parçeyek ji xwe di van ezmûnan de bibîne. Li gorî hin vegotinan; Dema ku ev ezmûnên li kirrûbiran ve têne veguhastin, divê hin taybetmendiyên exlaqî bêne berçav kirin. Carek din, li gorî vê têgihiştinê, li kêleka van taybetmendiyên exlaqî, xebata hunerê ew ji bo pîvanek nirx dinirxênê. Ew, xwe wekî kesekê nêz destnîşan dike, me ji hestek estetîkî dûr dike. Bi gotinek din, hûner ji armanca hûnermend, çand ji armanca çandvan û wêje ji armanca wêjevan dûr dikeve. Hûner di rastiya wê de weke têgîneka vegotinbar a hêstîyarî wê, temenê fahmkirinê bi wê re wê bikê ku wê çêbikê. Ji hêzrê bi ber hizirkirinê ve ku wê taqabûlê aqilê hêstîyar jî bikê wê, bi wê re wê, şêwayekê wê, di berhemên hûnerê de wê karibin xwe bidina dîyarkirin. Hûner wê di roja me de wê bi awayekê pirr zêde wê pêşketina wê bibê. Mirovê dema hemdem ku xwe perwerde kirîya û bi zane ya wê, di xwesteka xwe ya hûnerê de wê bijarter bê. Wê hilbijêrê ku wê çi û çawa wê hildê li mejiyê û jîyane xwe. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê hûner wê li ser wê rewşê re jî wê, bi demê re wê pêşkeve ku wê xîtabî hêst û xwestekan bi hevdû re bikê. Rexnegirîya hûnerî wê, weke aliyekê ku wê, di wê warê de wê temenê pêşketina wê biafirênê jî bê. Wê, di wê warê de wê afrînerîyeka pirr zêde wê bi wê re wê, were çêkirin. Rexne di her warê jîyanê de wê, ya rast û ne rast, qanc û ne qanc, qals û ne qals û hwd wê ji hevdû wê cûda bikê. Wê, di wê rewşê de wê weke aliyekê ku wê berê mêyla mirov bide ya baştir. Di wê warê de wê, bi rexneyê re wê baştirin wê têgihiştina wê bi mirov re bi hiş pêşkeve ku mirov li ser wê re bibê xwediyê xwestek û hêst û ramanan. Ku hûner bê û ankû tiştekê din bi têgînî û tiştî bê ku ew xwe rexne nekê û di rexneyê de derbas nekê wê bi ya ku ew bi wê heya û asta ku ew bi heya wê bi sînor wê xwe bihêlê. Ji xwe hebûna hûnerê bi xwe wê weke rewşek rexneyî a li pêşketina jîyanê bi xwe jî bê. Bi çavê ku ew hûnermend dinerê wê, başî û nebaşîyên wê ji hevdû cûda bikê û wê dêneê berçavê girseyên civakê. Di wê rewşê de wê, rexne wê weke aliyekê ku wê berê mirov bi ber pêş ve wê bidiyê de li ser pêşketina mirov a bi ber pêşarojê de. Di wê warê de divê ku mirov wê, rastiyê bo hûnera kurd jî wê, werênina li ser ziman ku ew bi mejuya xwe re hewceya wê bi rast xwe fahmkirin û di berçav de derbaskirina wê heya. Wê ev wê weke aliyekê wê yê ku ew xwe baştirîn bide pêşxistin jî bê. Afirandina hûnerê wê, di nava jîyanê de wê, mirov dikarê wê ji pirr aliyan ve wê hilde li dest minaq wê dema ku wê wêneyek werê xêzkirin wê rewşa ku ew wê di wê de dihê hildan, çêkerî û xwemalîya wê bi çêkerîya wê re wê, weke aliyna ku wê werina lê pirsîn û di berçav de ku wê werina derbaskirin. Di filmekê de wê, mirov wê, di wê de wê çawa wê xîtabê hêst û xwestekên têgînî ên tamaşavana wê bikê wê, li ser wê re wê bisekinê. Ji vê aliyê ve mirov dikarê hinekî li ser têgîna hûnerê û afrînerîya wê bisekinê. Dema ku mirov hûnerê û ankû wêjeyê û hûnerê jî wê şîrove bikê wê mirov dikarê ji sê aliyan ve wê şîrove bikê di roja me de. Aliyê pêşî ê pozitivist ê hemdemîya dema me bê. Aliyê din wê ji aliyê têgîna kevneşopî û ankû klasîkîya wê re bê. Aliyê sêyem jî wê, bi temen û bingihê wê ve bê. Herdû aliyên dawî dibê ku ew hevdû temem dikin. Lê dema ku mirov hinekî li ser wan bi ponijê wê mirov kifşbikê wê, yekê bi serê xwe wê pêwîstî fahmkirinekê bi hûnerê û têgînên wê re wê hebê. Di roja me de wê, pirr zêde wê nêzîkatîya pozitivist wê weke nêzîkatîyek demkî wê li pêş bê. Ev nêzîkatî wê ji aliyekê ve wê tenê li çerçoveya popûlaritîyê wê binerê. Wê bi dîtbarî û ankû serrûyî bê. Wê ne kûr û ji bingeh ve wê ne lêkolîner bê. Çanda popûlar hûnerê, di wê warê de wê bi aliyê wê yê ku ew li berçav heya û ku ew karibê hêstek têr bide mirov ve wê li wê binerê. Aliyekê din jî wê, dema ku wê gelek kes wê alaqayê bidina nîşandin wê, ew weke astna dikarê were hildan li dest. Lê li vir wê, di aslê xwe de alaqa wê nikaribê bibê weêe rewş rest û ristekê ku mirov bi wê karibê wê, biast û hêja bibînê û ankû nebînê. Da-Vinci wê dema ku wê wêneyên şîrove bikê wê şibandina neyikê wê mînaqa wê bide. Di wê rewşê de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê, rewşa şikandinê wê weke aliyekê ku wê di rewşa hûnera wêneyê de wê li wê were hizirkirin bê. Minaqek ku ew ji xwezayê hatibê girtin wê, danîna li ber hevdû wê bê qiyaskirin ku ew si şibihê hevdû û ankû na. Hinek hêkelên ku ew ji dema kevnera mana li roja me wê dema ku mirov li xatên laşê wan hêkelan dinerê wê weke mirovna ku wê, bisşibihina mirovan. Wusa xweşik hatina çêkirin mirov, dibê qey wê aha nûha wê zindi bibin û wê li berçavên mirov wê bi tevger bibin. Wusa wê hêstê dikarin bidina mirov Ji wê aliyê ve wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, ev rewşa şibandinê wê bê temenê wê têgîna essansîalismê bixwe jî ku wê bi wê bawer bikê ku wê tenê yek ya xwemal heya û wê ti carî wê minaqên ku ew weke werina çêkirin wê nikaribin bibina weke wê. Li vir ez divê ku wê bêjim ku tişt çendî ku ew nêzî rastiyê vê wê wilqasî wê zêdetirî wê karibê hêstan mirov re bide çêkirin. Di wê rengê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê têgînî ê li ser wê têgîna şibandinê re mirov dikarê wê fahmbikê. Hêsta rastiyê pirr xort a. Vêca ku mirov wê di rewşa sanatê de wê hilde li dest û wê fahmbikê wê, li vir wê, zêdetirî wê giringîya wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Di afirandina berhemekê de wê di serî de wê hûnermend wê armancek wê pê re wê hebê. Ew jî wê ew bê ku ew karibê wê hêstê bi berhema xwe ya ku ew di hilberênê re wê bigirê û bide girtin li kesên ku ew lê tamaşa dikin. Di wê rewşê de wê, hûner wê, têkiliya hêst û dîmenê û berhemê wê, di rewşa afîrandinê de wê bikê wan bigihênê li hevdû. Hûnermendê herî baş ku ew dikarê wê hêsta ji rastiyê bide girtin di berhema xwe de bê. Wê jî wê, çendî ku ew karibî di afirandina hûnera xwe de ew nêzî rastîyê bê û jidil û bi hûner bê wê, berhema xwe wê baştir wê derxê li holê. Ti berhem ji ya ku ew di xwezayê de dijî wê ji wê ne çêtir bê. Xweza çavkaniya wê ya herî temen û afrîner a. Di wê warê de wê, berhemê çêkirina şibîneka wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke aliyekê ku wê, di wê warê de wê, hûnermend li ser wê bihizirê bê. Lê hûnermend di rastiyê de wê, pêşî ew divê ku rastîya hebûna rast a di xwezayê û jîyanê de ku ew heya ew li wê serwer bê bi meji û aqilê xwe. Ya ku wê temenê baştirinîya wî biafirênê jî wê ev bê. Di rastiyê de wê mirov dikarê wê li ser têgîna xwemaliyê re mirov dikarê wê bêjê ku wê, her berhem ku ew weke kopî jî were çêkirin wê, dema ku ew hat tekûzkirin bi awayekê baş wê, di xwe de wê, xwemaliyekê wê bi hawênê. Di wê rewşê de wê, her tişta ku ew afirî wê, di aslê xwe de wê mirov nikaribê bêjê ku ew tenê kopî ya. Wê xwemaliyek wê hebê. Ber ku ew berhema ku ew hati afirandin wê weke berhemekê û tiştekê hûnerî ku ew hatî çêkirin û heyî li jîyanê bê. Di wê rewşê de wê, taqlîd wê, di aslê xwe de wê, zêde derfeta wê di jîyanê de wê nebê. Ber du sedeman. Yek di demekê de kirina tiştekê wê, ti carî di wê demê de wê piştre wê dûbare wê newê kirin. Ya din jî wê, her wê bi hebûna xwe re wê hebê ku ew hebê. Wê ti tişt ku ew hebê wê hebûna wê bi tiştekê din wê nebê û ankû mirov nikaribê bêjê ku wê hebê. Wê her tişt wê bi xwe û hebûna xwe wê hebê. Têgîn û rewşên weke hewldana çêkirina weke wê û ankû şibandina wê, ew wê tenê xoslet bin û wê mirov dikarê cûda wê li ser wê bisekinê û wê fahmbikê. . ==Hûner û pêşaroj== Hûner wê weke gotineka ku mirov çiqasî bixwezê wê karibê çerçoveya wê berfireh bikê û wê bênê li ser ziman. Li vir me di serî de çerçoveya mijare xwe tang girt. Me di çerçoveya pêşketina hûnerê a li kurdistanê û bi civake kurd re ku ew pêşketîya di derbarê wê de têgihiştinekê bidina çêkirin. Lê bêgûman wê dema ku mirov bahsa hûnerê bikê wê, bi wê re wê, di serî de wê ji aliyê teorî û felsefîkî û hwd ve wê gelek aliyên wê yên din wê hebin ku mirov bi wan ve girêdayî wê hilde li dest û wê fahm bikê. Di aslê xwe de hûner wê temenê wê li ser fahmkirinaka giştî ya di çerçoveya civakê û xwezayê de cûda û cûda bê. Di wê rewşê de ev herdû gotin wê, bi teorî wê pêwîstî bi wan hebê ku mirov bi gotina hûnerê û hwd re wê hilde li dest. Gotina hûnerê, ya çandê û hwd mirov dikarê wê, di çerçoveya hevde werênê li ser ziman. Navaroka gotina hûnerê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, bi gotina çandê re wê werê li ser ziman. Hûner wê, li ser jîrbûn û jêhatîya destî û bi wê bikarhanîn û çêkirina amûr û tiştan û hwd re wê were fahmkirin. Gotina hûnerê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê, di wê çerçoveyê de wê zêdetirî wê, bi mantiq û çerçoveya wê re wê li ser çerçoveya bi dîmenkirina bi wêneyî û hwd re wê rûniştî bê. Wê weke têgîneka fêlsefîkî û teorîkî wê hanîna wê ya li ser ziman wê pêşkeve. Di wê rewşê de wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku mirov di çerçoveya demên hemdem de wê hildina li dest wê, weke aliyekê giring wê, giring bê ku mirov wê, bi çerçoveyî wê, hilde li dest. Lê ji aliyekê din ve jî wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa hûnerê wê, di wê çerçoveyê de wê weke ku me di beşa afrînerîya hûnerê de hanî li ser ziman wê li ser rewşên weke girtina bi şibîn û fahmkirina weke a ji xwezayê wê li ser wê girtî bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê ji aliyekê ve wê gotina biriqîna ji xwezayê ku mirov wê bi wê werênê li ser ziman wê ne şaş bê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê di wê rewşê de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşên xwezayî wê, mirov dikarê bi têgînî fahmbikê. Felsefe wê, dema ku wê pêşkeve wê, bi kifşkirina xwezayê û fahmkirina wê re wê pêşkeve. Aqil wê bi dîtina xwezayê a bi hiş re wê pêşkeve. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê rewşa hûnerê wê, di wê rengê de wê, bi xwezayê re wê weke bûjen û kirdeyê wê li hemberî wê bimênê. Di wê rewşê de wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê fahmbikê. Ji aliyê têgîna xwezayî ve wê, dema ku mirov wê hilde li dest wê, mirov wê dema ku wê aqilê wî pêşkeve wê, bi dîtina xwezayê bi hiş re wê pêşkeve. Wê, di dewama wê de wê, dîtina xwezayê bi hiş wê weke aliyekê giring wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê, xwe bi awayekê wê bide dîyarkirin. Di rewşa xwezayê de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, rewşa xwezayê wê bi dîtina wê ya bi hiş re wê xêva mirovî wê ew bi zîndî wê bigirê ji wê weke wê. Di wê rewşê de wê, dema ku wê bigirê wê bi xoslet û teybetmendiyên wê re wê bigirê. Di wê girtinê de wê girtina ku ew bû wê di xêvê de wê weke ku mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman wê dîmenekê ji wê bê. Ew dîmen wê, her çendî ku wê weke dîmenekê wêneyî ê ji wê hatî girtin jî bê lê wê, di aslê xwe de wê, weke derkkirina xwezayî a bi aqilî bê. Wê, di wê rengê û awayê de wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman. Xweza wê bi hemû rewşên xwe re wê, rewşek pirr xweşik û nazîk wê bi xwe re wê raxê li berçav. Wê, di dewama wê de wê weke aliyekê din wê mirov dikarê wê kifşbikê û wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê hemû tiştên ku mirov ji xwezayê digirê wê weke wê çêkê wê, weke aliyekê têgînî ê bi hişê mirov re bê. Li vir wê divê ku mirov wê werênê li ser ziman wê dema ku wê mejiyê mirov wê, bidest girtina wê bikê wê bi xosletên wê bigirê. Wê, piştre wê bi hanîna li cem hevdû a xosletan re wê, ew wê sûdbigirê û wê çêbikê. Minaq wê di xwezayê de wê bi darekê û ankû li ser rûyê ardê wê kevçîyek, sênîyek û ankû cêrek wê şîn nebê. Ew wê, weke tiştna ku mirov wê bi destê xwe wê çêbikê. Lê bo çêkirina wê di serî de wê mirov dikarê wê werênê li ser ziman ku wê hişmendiya di derbarê xwezayê de wê mirov di mejiyê xwe de wê li ser wê hişmendiyê re wê di astek duyemin de û ankû di dîmenekê din ê duyem de wê bigihijênê li hişmendiyekê û ankû fahmkirinekê. Di wê rewşê de wê dema ku wê, pêvajoya çêkiriya mirovî wê bibê wê di serî de wê, bi levkirina van herdû aliyên bi hiş ên li ser hevdû re ku ew pêşdikevin re wê, temenê afrînerîyekê wê bi mirov re wê biafirê. Li vir wê ev wê bibê. Minaq wê dema ku wê, mirov wê avê vexwe wê pêşî wê devê bikira avê weke heywanekê û wê vexwerta. Lê piştre wê fêrî herdû destên xwe wê bibê cem hevdû wê herdû kefên mistên destên xwe bi hevdû re wê tişî av bikê û wê bibê ber devê xwe û wê ji wê vexwe. Dema ku ew kefên mistên desyên xwe tişî av dikê wê hingî wê hişekê bi wê kûrîya kefên mistên dest re wê çêbikê ku ew tiştekê wusa çêbikê û bi wê avê vexwe. Wê ev mirov bibê û bigihênê çêkirina zerikên avê. Di wê rengê û awayê de wê, di serî de wê weke aliyekê giring wê mirov dikarê wê, werênê li ser ziman ku wê, rewşa wê xwe bide dîyarkirin. Piştî ku wî ew kifşkir. Wê hinekî din wê bihizirê ku ew destikekê wê çêbikê ku ew bi wê bigirê. Piştî ku destikê wê çêkir wê bihizirê ku ew destiik hinekê din dirêj ba wê, baştir bûba. Bi wê rengê wê bi demê re wê tişta ku mirov wê çêbikê wê bi lê zêdekirina xosletan re wê, pêşxistina wê bikê. Pêşxistin wê di wê rewşê de wê ji temen ve wê bi zîndîtîya jîyane me ve girêdayî bê. Wê bi wê re wê li ser temenê fahmkirina me ya bi tiştan û xosletên wan ve wê girêdayî bê. Çêkirina tiştan wê weke kifşên mirovî ên ku ew jîyane wî diadilênin, levdikin, rayîdixin û xweşiktir dikin bin. Li ser wê re wê, mirov wê xwediyê rewşên xwe yên jîyanî bê ên bi aqil re bê. Fêrbûna ji xwezayê wê serûwana mirov a di jîyanê de ku ew bi aqil dikeve wê di temenê xwe de wê bihawênê. Di dewama wê de wê mirov dikarê wê weke aliyekê din wê bênê li ser ziman ku wê ew serûwan wê dem bi dem wê xwediyê pêşketinên ku ew li ser hevdû bi temen dibin bin. Aqil û jîyan wê di pêşketina wan a bi hevdû re wê, di wê rengê de wê bi hevdû re wê bibê. Pêşketina wan bi hevdû re wê, aliyên weke têgînên çandî, hûnerî, wêjeyî û hwd re jî wê bi kevneşopîyê wê bi xwe re wê bênê. Di wê rengê de wê rewşa bi têgihiştin û gotin kirina rewşên hizrî bi teorîkî weke minaq bi hûnerê û hwd re wê, çerçoveyek aqilî a ku mirov wê bi wê re wê, li ser çêkirin û afîrandinê a bi wê re wê, bikê. Hûner wê bo çi û ji çi re bê? Wê di serî de ev wê weke pirsek giring a ku mirov wê divê ku wê bi pirsênê. Ez weke nivîskarê van rêzan dikarim bersivekê binivîsênim. Kesekê ku ev nivîs xwend jî wê karibê ji min cûdatir ew bersivekê di mejiyê xwe de biafirênê. Wê demekê piştre wê karibê bersivek baştir jî di mejiyê xwe de biafirênê. Ber ku wê aqil wê bi jîyankirinê re wê hertimî wê bi wasif û pêşketîner dibê. Di wê çerçoveyê de wê, bi zanetir dibê. Çendî dem têve diçê jî wê li ser wê re wê, pêşketina mirov wê bi fêr û azmûnên mirovî ên jîyanî re wê zêdetir bibê. Wê ev jî wê, temenê baştirin hizirina mirov wê biafirênê. Di wê rewşê de mirov divê wê bênê li ser ziman ku wê sanat bo pêşketina jîyanê a bi mirov bê. Ji aliyê mirov ve jî wê bo mirov û poêşketina wî ya di jîyanê de bê. Wê, di serî de wê, weke aliyekê mirov dikarê wê kifşbikê û wê li vir wê werênê li ser ziman. ==Çavkanî== *ji navaroka pirtûka ´hûnera kurd´ a nivîskarê kurd Abdusamet yigit hatiya girtin. bbvtefgv0gj7n4kjbrt12cjedtl1gan 4 4243 6750 2022-08-20T06:15:21Z Rschen7754 828 Ji bo [[Wîkîpirtûk:Portala komê]] hat beralîkirin wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Wîkîpirtûk:Portala komê]] 79bbcs5zhkzhjphnk9uhi6mebmmb5nw 10 4244 6754 2022-09-05T02:02:03Z Kwamikagami 1841 Rûpel bi "{{userbox | border-c = #4169E1 | border-s = 1 | id = [[Wêne:pink Venus symbol.svg|40px]] | id-c = #FFFFFF | info = Ev bikarhêner '''[[jin]]''' e. | info-c = #FA87CE | info-op = text-align:center; }}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Bikarhêner (şablon)|Mêr]]</noinclude>" hat çêkirin wikitext text/x-wiki {{userbox | border-c = #4169E1 | border-s = 1 | id = [[Wêne:pink Venus symbol.svg|40px]] | id-c = #FFFFFF | info = Ev bikarhêner '''[[jin]]''' e. | info-c = #FA87CE | info-op = text-align:center; }}<noinclude>[[Kategorî:Bikarhêner (şablon)|Mêr]]</noinclude> n41q7j2qjgv5vepnv6x5yduoutltxpt 14 4245 6756 6755 2022-09-05T02:04:35Z Kwamikagami 1841 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Kategorî:Şablon]] avpbef8jlfg8pspgezq098eflggpxxx 0 4260 6819 6818 2023-11-03T00:36:13Z ꠢꠣꠍꠘ ꠞꠣꠎꠣ 2007 /* Tîpên dengdêr */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Sylheti in Sylheti Nagari script - example.svg|centre|300px]] Ev wikibook ji bo zimanê Sîlotî yê dewlemend û balkêş hatiye veqetandin. Di serî de li herêma Sylhet a Hindistanê, hin deverên Bangladeşê, û li civatên diasporayê yên li çaraliyê cîhanê tê axaftin, Sylhet zimanek yekta hindo-aryayî ye ku xwedî dîrokek dirêj û cihêreng e. Ev dersa wiki armanc dike ku ji taybetmendiyên wê yên zimanî û pêşkeftina dîrokî bigire heya girîngiya wê ya çandî lêkolînek kûr li ser Sîlotî peyda bike. Çi hûn dilxwazê ​​ziman bin, ne endamê civata Silotese bin, an jî tenê bi vî zimanê xweşik re eleqedar bin, ev pirtûka wiki riya we ye ku hûn Sîlotî fam bikin û fêr bibin. Tevlî rêwîtiyek me bibin da ku fêrî der û dorên Sîlotî, yek ji xezîneyên zimanî yên veşartî yên Asyaya Başûr bibin. == Tîpên dengdêr == {|class="wikitable" style="margin:auto"; | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠀ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠁ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠃ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠄ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠅ.svg|50px]] |- ! /a/ !! /i/ !! /ʊ/!! /ɛ/!! /ɔ/ |}<br> {|class="wikitable" style="margin:auto"; |- | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি স্বরবর্ণ ꠣ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি স্বরবর্ণ ꠤ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি স্বরবর্ণ ꠥ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি স্বরবর্ণ ꠦ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি স্বরবর্ণ ꠧ.svg|50px]] |- ! /a/ !! /i/ !! /ʊ/!! /ɛ/!! /ɔ/ |} == Tîpên konsonantî == {|class="wikitable" style="margin:auto"; | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠇ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠈ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠉ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠊ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি চিহ্ন ꠋ.svg|50px]] |- ! /xɔ/!! /xɔ́/!! /ɡɔ/!! /ɡɔ́/!! /ŋɔ/ |- | [[File: সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠌ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠍ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠎ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠏ.svg|50px]] || |- ! /sɔ/!! /sɔ́/!! /zɔ/!! /zɔ́/!! |- | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠐ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠑ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠒ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠓ.svg|50px]] || |- ! /ʈɔ/!! /ʈɔ́/!! /ɖɔ/!! /ɖɔ́/!! |- | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠔ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠕ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠖ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠗ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠘ.svg|50px]] |- ! /t̪ɔ/!! /t̪ɔ́/!! /d̪ɔ/!! /d̪ɔ́/!! /nɔ/ |- | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠙ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠚ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠛ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠜ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠝ.svg|50px]] |- ! /fɔ/!! /fɔ́/!! /bɔ/!! /bɔ́/!! /mɔ/ |- | [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠞ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠟ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠠ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠡ.svg|50px]] || [[File:সিলেটি নাগরি বর্ণ ꠢ.svg|50px]] |- ! /ɾɔ/!! /lɔ/!! /ɽɔ/!! /ʃɔ/!! /ɦɔ/ |} oy58zn0dj7s24tw6ktl1eatn2d8eung